1. A part, a share.
2. Booty.
3. Inheritance, Man. 9, 47.
4. See aṃsa.
-- Comp. an-, adj. excluded from a share of the heritage, Man. 9, 201. eka-, m. 1. a single part, Man. 9, 150. 2. a part. caturtha-, 1. m. a fourth. 2. adj. entitled to a quarter, Man. 8, 210. tṛtīya-, adj. entitled to a third part, Man. 8, 210. tri-, (m.) sing. three shares, Man. 9, 151. dvi-, (m.) sing. two shares, Man. 9, 153.
-- Comp. gharma-, m. the sun. tigma-, m. the sun. tīkṣṇa-,
I. adj. having hot beams.
II. m. 1. the sun. 2. fire. daśana-, m. the brightness of the teeth. divya-, m. the sun. dīpta-, m. the sun. prāleya-, m. the moon. sahasra-, m. the sun. sudhā-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor. haṃsa-, adj. white. hima-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor Cf. [greek]
1. A leaf.
2. Fine cloth; cloth; leaf and cloth, Ṛt. 6, 19.
-- Comp. cīna-, n. silk. tanu-, n. a thin cloth. patākā-, n. a flag. sita-, adj., f. kā, dressed in a white cloth. stana-, n. a cloth covering the bosom.
I. adj., f. matī. Radiant.
II. m. The sun.
-- With vi vi.
1. To break asunder.
2. To deceive, Pañc. 202, 25.
-- Cf. Goth. amsa;[greek] Lat. humerus and ansa.
1. Pain.
2. Sin.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek] corresponding to Ved. aṃhu; Goth. aggvus Lat. angustus, angere, anxius,
† ak, i. 1, Par. To wind or move tortuously.
-- Cf. a-kuhaka.
I. adj., f. tā.
1. Not done.
2. Undone, Man. 8, 117.
3. Not cultivated, Man. 10, 114.
4. Wavering, MBh. 14, 34.
II. f. tā. A daughter who is not by a formal declaration, but only mentally, appointed to supply an heir for her father, MBh. 9, 136.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. 1. wrought and unwrought. 2. prepared and not prepared.
-- With nis nis, To disperse.
-- With sam sam, To pervade.
1. akṣa, probably from a lost vb. akṣ, corresponding to [greek] in [greek]
I. n.
1. The eye; particularly as latter part of comp. adj., f. kṣī.
2. An organ of sense, Pañc. ii, d. 164.
II. m.
1. A die, Man. 4, 74.
2. The name of a plant, Terminalia Bellerica, of which the nuts are used as dice, and the seed for making rosaries.
-- Comp. kamala-patra-, adj., f. kṣī, adj. having eyes like lotus-leaves. kūṭa-, m. a false die. jāla-, m. a lattice window. tāmra-, adj. red-eyed. tāraka-, 1. adj. having stars for eyes. 2. m. a proper name. tryakṣa, i. e. tri-,
I. adj. having three eyes.
II. m. a name of RudraŚiva, and of a demon. daśākṣa, i. e. daśan-, m. the name of a spell or charm padma-, adj. lotus-eyed. puṇḍarīka-, m. a name of Viṣṇu. puṣkara-, adj. lotus-eyed. manda-, n. modesty. lohita-, adj. red-eyed. sahasra-,
I. adj. thousand-eyed.
II. m. a name of Indra. su-, adj. 1. handsome-eyed. 2. acute.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. oculus; and see akṣi.
2. akṣa, probably akin to aj, m.
1. The axle of a wheel.
2. A wheel.
3. A car.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. having one axle.
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. ahsa; A.S. eax; Lat. axis.
-- Comp. tryakṣan, i. e. tri-, and hari-, adj. epithets of Rudra.
I. adj., f. rā. Imperishable.
II. n.
1. A word.
2. A syllable.
3. The holy syllable om.
4. A letter.
5. A vowel.
-- Comp. an-, adj. one who utters what ought not to be said. eka-, adj. monosyllabic, Man. 2, 83. ghuṇa-, n. a figure bored by a woodworm, and by accident resembling a letter, Rājat. 4, 167 (Pañc. 42, 12, read ghuṇākṣara). catur-, n. four syllables. tryakṣara, i. e. tri-, adj. triliteral, Man. 11, 265. ṣaḍakṣara, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. containing six syllables, Pañc. i. d. 184.
-- Comp. agra-, n. the first look.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] Goth. augo; A.S. aegh, eag.
1. Present, Śiś. 5, 81.
2. Hated.
† ag, i. 1, Par. To wind, or move tortuously.
1. A mountain.
2. A tree.
-- Comp. agnyagāra, i. e. agni-, n. the place where the sacred fire is kept.
I. adj. Short.
II. n. Aloe wood (Aquilaria Agallocum roxb.)
-- Comp. kāla-, n. a black sort of Agallocum.
1. Fire.
2. The sacrificial fire.
3. The deity of fire.
4. The digestive power.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without fire, Man. 6, 25. ākita- (vb. dhā), adj. one who keeps up a consecrated fire, Man. 3, 282. an-āhita-, adj. one who neglects to keep up a consecrated fire, Man. 11, 14. kaṭa-, m. a fire of dry grass, Man. 8, 377. kopa-, and krodha-, m. the fire of wrath. jñāna-, m. the flame of knowledge, Man. 11, 246. tṛṇa-, m. a fire of dry grass, Man. 3, 168. dakṣiṇa-, m. one kind of sacred fire, that which is taken from the domestic fire and is placed to the south. da/āva-, m. the fire of a forest conflagration. pañcāgni, i. e. pañcan-, adj. one who keeps the five fires constantly burning, Man. 3, 185. rājāgni, i. e. rājan-, m. the fire of a king (in wrath), Man. 7, 9. viṣa-, m. the fire of poison. śoka-, m. the fire of grief. huta- (vb. hu), and homa-, m. the sacrificial fire.
-- Cf. Lat. ignis.
1. One who maintains a sacrificial fire, Man. 3, 122.
2. Having a good digestion.
I. adj. First, Megh. 4.
II. n.
1. Point, Man. 2, 167.
2. Summit, top.
3. Forepart, front.
4. Beginning, Man. 2, 161.
5. The first, or best.
III. acc. sing. agram, adv. Before, diṣṭyāsi me Rāghava cakṣuṣo 'graṃ prāptaḥ, 'fortunately, O descendant of Raghu, are you come before my eyes.' Rām. 6, 36, 72.
IV. loc. sing. agre.
1. Before.
2. First; with abl. Sooner, Man. 3, 114.
3. Forward, Pañc. 245. 13.
-- Comp. As former part of a comp. 1. the forepart, the tip: e. g. agranakha, the tip of the nail. 2. in front: e. g. agra-yāyin, adj. going in front, Śāk. d. 185. 3. best: e. g. agravājin, m. an excellent horse. As latter part: e. g. eka-, adj. 1. one whose mind is fixed on one object, Bhag. 6, 12. 2. intent. an-eka-, adj. inattentive. kuśa-, n. the point of a blade of kuśa grass. daṃṣṭrā-, n. the point of a tooth. dakṣiṇā-, adj. that of which the points are directed southward. druma-, m. the top of a tree, Rām. 5, 60, 16. nakha-, n. the tip of the nails, Man. 2, 167. naga-, n. the summit of a mountain. nāsikā-, n. the tip of the nose. maṇḍala-, m. a sword.
1. Going in presence of somebody, Rājat. 5, 196.
2. Going in front, a leader.
-- Comp. senā-, m. the leader of an army.
I. adj., f. jā. Firstborn.
II. m.
1. An elder brother, Man. 3, 171.
2. A Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 20.
-- Comp. gada-, m. the elder brother of Gada, a name of Kṛṣṇa.
I. adv.
1. Before.
2. In front.
3. Forward.
II. preposition with the gen.
1. Before, Man. 3, 244.
2. In presence of.
-- Comp. bhairava-, adv. in the presence of Bhairava.
-- Comp. pra-, adj. First, Śāk. d. 112.
1. First.
2. Best, Man. 12, 30.
-- Comp. dvija-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 3, 35.
† agh, i, 10, aghaya, Par. To sin.
1. Sin, Man. 3, 118.
2. Impurity, Man. 5, 63.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. ghā, 1. sinless, Man. 12, 1. 2. pure. 3. unblamable. Śāk. d. 43.
1. To mark, Pañc. 46, 8.
2. To adorn, Rājat. 5, 230.
3. To brand, Man. 9, 240.
4. To stigmatise, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
5. † To go.
1. A hook.
2. A mark.
3. A cipher.
4. An act in a drama.
5. The flank.
6. The lap.
7. The arm, Vikr. d. 147.
8. Proximity, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. branded, Man. 8, 281. jambāla-, adj. full of swamps. makara-, m. the god of love. mṛga-, m. the moon. valgā-, adj. holding a bridle, Rājat. 5, 342. svanāmāṅka, i. e. sva-nāman-, adj. called after his name, 243. Cf. [greek] Lat. uncus; O.H.G. ango, anga, angul; A.S. angel, etc.
1. A shoot, or sprout, Pañc. i. d. 251.
2. Intumescence.
-- Comp. abhilāṣa-, m. the germ of desire, Rājat. 5, 376. kula-, m. offspring, a young child, Śāk. d. 178. daṃṣṭrā-, m. the point of a tooth, Bhartṛ. 2, 4. rada-, m. the point of a tooth. viṣa-, m. a spear, a dart. vīja-, m. a seedling, Pañc. i. d. 254. smara-, m. 1. a lover, a lecher. 2. a finger nail.
1. A hook.
2. A goad for driving elephants with.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. unmanageable. an-, adj. unruly. niraṅkuśa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. unchecked. 2. unruly. 3. independent, free.
1. To take hold.
2. To stop.
-- With the prepos. pari pari, To surround.
1. To go, Nalod. 1, 23.
2. † i. 10, To mark.
-- With the prepos. pali pali for pari pari, Caus. To stir up. Pass. To go round.
-- With vipali vi-pali, Caus. Ātm. To cover one's self.
1. aṅga, n.
1. A limb, Man. 3, 178.
2. The penis, Man. 8, 374.
3. A part, Man. 11, 11.
4. A supplementary part.
5. A division of Hindu learning, comprehending such sciences as are considered dependent upon the Vedas; cf. aṅgavidyā.
6. An expedient.
7. The body.
-- Comp. In comp. adj. the fem. ends generally in gī, sometimes also in gā. An-, m. Kāma, the god of love. an-a-vadya- (vb. vad), adj., f. gī, of faultless form. aṣṭāṅga, i. e. aṣṭan-, adj. consisting of eight parts. uttama-, n. the head, Man, 1, 93. eka-,
I. n. one part only.
II. m. pl. body-guards. kāla-, adj. having a dark-blue blade, MBh. 4, 231. kuṣṭha-, adj. leprous. kṛśa-, adj., f. gī, meagre. khaṭvā-, n. one of Śiva's weapons (a club with a skull at the top), also carried by devotees. catur-,
I. adj. consisting of four parts; with bala, a complete army, consisting of chariots, elephants, horse, and foot.
II. n. 1. a complete army. 2. chess. citra-, m. a proper name. tanu-, f. gī, a delicate woman. tanū-ja-, n. a wing. niraṅga, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of expedients. pañcāṅga, i. e. pañcan-, adj. consisting of five parts. makā-, m. a camel. rakta-,
I. m. 1. a bug. 2. planet Mars.
II. n. 1. coral. 2. saffron. ratha-,
I. n. 1. any part of a carriage. 2. a wheel.
II. m. the ruddy goose, Anas casarca. vakra-, m. 1. the ruddy goose. 2. a goose. vara-,
I. m. an elephant.
II. n. 1. an elegant body. 2. the head. 3. pudendum, male or female. vi-citra-,
I. adj. 1. handsome. 2. having the body of various colours.
II. m. 1. a tiger. 2. a peacock. hīna- (vb. 2. hā),
I. adj. maimed, Man. 4, 141.
II. f. gī, an ant. hema-,
I. adj. golden, Rām. 3, 55, 32.
II. m. 1. a lion. 2. Brahman. 3. Garuḍa, a fabulous bird.
2. aṅga (an old instr. sing. of the last, signifying 'by my body'), particle:
1. Of asseveration, Indeed, to be sure.
2. Of solicitation, invocation, Rām. 2, 97, 16.
3. Of interrogation, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 7.
4. Again, further, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1106.
3. aṅga, m.
1. The name of a country, Bengal proper. and its inhabitants.
2. The name of a king.
1. = 1. aṅga, e. g. Body, Śiś. 4, 66.
2. A substitute for 1. aṅga at the end of comp. adj., f. gikā, e. g. āliṅgita- (vb. liṅg), One whose body is embraced, Rājat. 5, 410.
-- Comp. raṅga-, n. the area of an amphitheatre. harmya-, n. the court of a palace.
I. n. A bracelet.
II. m. A proper name.
-- Comp. citra-, 1. adj. adorned with splendid or variegated bracelets. 2. m. a proper name. 3. f. dā, a proper name.
1. A passage.
2. A court.
-- Comp. raṇa-, n. a field of battle.
1. A beautiful woman.
2. A woman in general.
3. The female of any animal.
-- Comp. kula-, f. a chaste woman. vara-, f. a lovely woman.
1. Such learning as is comprehended under the title aṅga, viz. pronunciation, grammar, prosody, explanation of obscure terms, description of religious rites, and astronomy, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 6.
2. Palmistry, Man. 6, 40.
-- Comp. kula-, m. or n., an enemy to his own family, Pañc. 211, 14. mṛta-, m. a proper name.
1. The planet Mars.
2. The name of a king.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. attended by the planet Mars.
1. Having limbs.
2. Having expedients.
3. Chief.
-- Comp. catur-, (i. e. caturaṅga + in), adj., f. iṇī, consisting of four parts (Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 32, inī).
-- Comp. tṛṇa-soma-, m. one of the seven priests attending a sacrifice.
1. A finger's breadth as a linear measure.
2. A substitute for aṅguli at the end of many comp. words: e. g. daśāṅgula, i. e. daśan-, adj. Ten fingers long, Man. 8, 271.
-- Comp. pañcāṅgula, i. e. pañcan-, m. The castor-oil plant.
and aṅgulī aṅguli/ī, f. A finger.
-- Comp. latā-, f. a branch serving instead of a finger, Śiś. 9, 4.
-- Cf. Lat. annulus.
1. The thumb.
2. The great toe.
3. A thumb's breadth as a measure.
† aṅgh, i, 1. Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To begin moving.
3. To begin.
4. To hasten.
5. To blame.
6. To despise.
1. A foot.
2. The root of a tree.
-- Comp. śīrṇa- (vb. śṛ10), m. Yama.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Immovable.
2. Steady, Pañc. 202, 19.
II. m. A mountain.
-- Comp. kula-, m. a principal mountain. tuhina-, m. Himālaya. mahā-, m. a great mountain.
-- Comp. su-, adj. 1. transparent, 2. pure. 3. white. 4. healthy.
1. To go.
2. To drive; to direct, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. 1, 112, 16.
-- With the prepos. ud ud, To drive out, Chr. 297, 12 = Rigv. 1, 112, 12.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ago, igitur (for agitur); ON. aka.
1. a-ja, adj., f. jā. Unborn.
2. aja.
1. m. A he-goat.
2. f. jā. A she-goat.
-- Comp. vana-, m. a wild goat.
-- Cf. [greek] of which the base is [greek]
1. Unborn.
2. As former part of comp. adj., Not having, e. g. ajāta-vyañjana, adj. beardless. ajāta-śatru. 1. Having no enemies. 2. One with whom nobody can contend; epithet and name of Yudhiṣṭhira and others.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, n. the hide of the black antelope.
-- Comp. raṇa-, n. a field of battle.
I. adj. Advancing in a straight path, Man. 6, 31.
II. m. An arrow.
1. A courtesan (Mṛcch. 27, 2, Prākṛ.; in the Ssk. translation ajjū).
2. (in Prākṛ. ajjū, and in the Ssk. translation ajjukā, Śāk. p. 105, 3.) A mother.
-- Cf. Lat. agmen; [greek] in [greek] etc.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ager; Goth. akrs; A.S. acer.
1. To go.
2. To ask.
3. To speak indistiṅctly.
4. To bend, to curve, Nal. 12, 45.
5. To honour, Ragh. 9, 24.
6. i. 10 (rather Caus.). To make clear, to manifest, Gīt. 10, 11.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To rise, Rājat. 5, 362.
1. To anoint, to smear, Man. 5, 25.
2. To adorn, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. 1, 92, 1.
3. To make clear.
4. To be beautiful.
5. † To go. Caus. To anoint, Man. 4, 44. † i. 10. To shine.
-- With the prepos. abhi abhi. 1. To anoint, Man. 4, 44. 2. To pollute, Śāk. d. 108.
-- With vi vi. 1. Ātm. To dress one's self, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. 1, 64, 4. 2. To make clear, MBh. 2, 2122. vyakta. manifest, clear, Rām. 3, 73, 12. acc. sing. tam, adv. to be sure, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 11.
-- Comp. a-vyakta, adj. 1. invisible, Man. 1, 6. 2. imperceptible, Rām. 1, 70, 9. acc. sing. tam, adv. indistinctly, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 21. n. the primary Being, Ragh. 13, 60. Caus. 1. To make discernible, Man. 1, 6. 2. To betray, Man. 10, 58. 3. To show, Rājat. 5, 107. vyañjita, discerned, Man. 9, 36.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, 1. To discern clearly, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 23. 2. To reveal. abhivyakta + m, adv. evidently, Nal. 17, 8.
-- With sam sam, To adorn, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. 1, 64, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. unguere; O.H.G. anko, butter; and [greek] in [greek]
I. n.
1. Anointing, Man. 4, 152.
2. A collyrium or application to the eyelashes to darken and improve them, Man. 2, 178.
II. m.
1. The elephant of the west or southwest quarter.
2. The name of a mountain.
3. A particular plant, Pañc. 10, 7.
III. f. nā. The name of a female monkey, the mother of Hanumant.
-- Comp. nirañjana, i. e. nis-, adj., f. nā, artless. rasa-, n. a particular sort of collyrium, Śiś. 9, 21.
1. The cavity formed by putting the hands together and hollowing the palms, Man. 4, 63.
2. This cavity as measure: two handfuls.
3. Putting the hands together and raising them to the forehead, as humble salutation of inferiors to their superiors.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. with uplifted hands, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 1. karṇa-, m. the auditory passage. kṛta-, adj. with humble salutation, Man. 4, 154. jala-, m. 1. two handfuls of water in honour of a deceased relation. 2. farewell, resignation: jalāñjaliṃ dattvā duḥkāya ca sukhāya ca, 'having completely renounced sorrow and joy,' Rājat. 4, 284. brahmāñjali, i. e. brahman-, m. 1. joining both hands together whilst reading the Vedas, Man. 2, 71. 2. paying obeisance to the spiritual preceptor at the beginning or end of a lecture.
1. Straightforward, directly, Man. 2, 244.
2. Instantly, Vikr. d. 48.
3. Truly, Man. 8, 101.
1. An ornament, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. 1, 64, 4.
2. The penis: cf. Lat. inguen.
-- With the preposition pari pari, To wander about, Pañc. 55, 1. puryaṭita, n. Wandering about, Pañc. 70, 12.
-- Comp. bhikṣā-, n. wandering about for begging alms, Pañc. 116, 17.
and aṭanī aṭani/ī, f. The notched extremity of a bow.
† aṭṭ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To transgress.
2. To kill. i. 10, Par. To slight.
1. A room on the top of a house, a sollar.
2. A tower, Rām. 5, 56, 142.
3. As former part of some comp. words, High, lofty, loud. (cf. the next.)
-- Comp. sa-aṭṭahāsa + m, adv. with a horse-laugh.
-- Comp. vṛthā-, f. strolling about, Man. 7, 47.
† aṭh, i. 1, Par. Ātm. To go.
† aḍ, i. 1, Par. To strive or endeavour.
† aḍḍ, i. 1, Par.
1. To attack.
2. To connect.
3. To meditate.
† aṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound. i. 4, Ātm. To breathe (cf. an).
I. adj., f. ṇu and ṇvī.
1. Small, minute; aṇv api, the least, Man. 3, 51.
2. Subtile, Hariv. 1241. Comparat. aṇiyaṃs, very soft, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
II. m. An atom, Bhāṣāp. 35.
-- Comp. parama-, m. an atom.
1. Smallness.
2. Condition of being an atom, Bhāṣāp. 84.
† aṇṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
1. An egg.
2. A testicle.
-- Comp. brahmāṇḍa, i. e. brahman-, n. the world. meṣa-, m. Indra; see pūtyaṇḍa.
1. A bird's egg.
2. An egg in general, Śiś. 9, 9.
I. adj. Oviparous, Man. 1, 44.
II. m.
1. A bird.
2. A fish.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the Indian cuckoo.
1. To go.
2. To move continually.
1. abl. of idam, From this, Man. 2, 213.
2. From this place.
3. From this time, then, now, Man. 5, 26.
4. From this reason, therefore.
I. adv. Over, exceedingly in a high degree, much. Comparat. ati + tarām, very much, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217 10.
II. prepos. with the acc. Over beyond, more than.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their de rivatives.
IV. Former part of compound nouns and adverbs, implying
1. Exceedingly, much, very: e. g. atguru, adj. very heavy; ati-kāya, ad having a very large body, giganting
2. Too muc: e. g. ati-praṇaya, n. exorbitant love, Daśak. in Chr. 18, 10; atyaśnant, i. e. ati- (vb. 2. aś), adj. eating too much.
3. Surpassing the object denoted by the following part the comp. These comps. are genearall a) adj. e. g. atīndriya, i. e. ati-, sur passing the senses, transcendental. adv., e. g. ati-mātra + m. exceeding extraordinarily.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. at atavus, and et.
2. Violation, Man. 11, 120. Offence.
4. Irreverence, Man. 3,
-- Comp. duratikrama, i. e. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be overcome, unconquerable, Man. 11, 238. 2. difficult of accomplishment.
1. Overstepping (of a boundary), Yājñ. 2, 155.
2. Transgression (of time), Pañc. i. d. 170.
1. Surpassing, (sarva-loka-,) Rām. 2, 19, 33.
2. Piercing, (deha-,) Ragh. 12, 48.
-- Cf. vayotiga.
1. A guest.
2. The name of a king.
-- Comp. deśa-, m. a foreigner.
1. Lapse (of time).
2. Unsuitableness, Yājñ. 2, 169 (deśa-kāla-atipattau, 'ṣould time or place not permit').
1. Neglect, Cāk. 7, 10.
2. Hurting.
1. Outrunning.
2. Acute (as a disease).
1. Crossing, passing over.
2. Not caring, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 8.
3. Offending, Rām. 4, 16, 37.
1. Excellence.
2. Excess, Śiś. 9, 77.
3. Plenty, Vikr. d. 157.
4. As former part of comp. words: 1. In a high degree, great, Pañc. 239, 14. 2. Violent.
-- Comp. niratiśaya, i. e. nis-, adj. not to be surpassed, greatest, Pañc. i. d. 36. sa-, adj. most excellent, Man. 9, 114.
and atīsāra ati/īsāra, i. e. ati-sṛ + a, m. Diarrhoea.
I. adj. Surpassing the senses, transcendental, Bhāṣāp. 57.
II. n. Mind, Man. 1, 7.
1. Much, very.
2. Indeed, Śāk. d. 137, v. r.
1. Excessive, very large.
2. Endless, perpetual, Man. 5, 46; eternal. acc. sing. tam, adv. 1. very much. 2. for ever, Man. 9, 202.
1. Passing away, lapse (of time), Man. 8, 145.
2. Death.
3. Danger, Man. 5, 27.
4. Transgression, crime, fault, Man. 8, 243; dāpyo 'ṣṭaguṇam atyayam, 'he shall be fined eight times the amount of the defraudation,' Man. 8, 400.
-- Comp. an-, adj. imperishable. kāla-, m. lapse of time, Man. 8, 145. jala-, m. the end of the rainy season, i. e. autumn. tapa-, m. 1. the end of the hot season, i. e. the rainy season. 2. the end of the heat, i. e. sunset, Śāk. d. 60. duratyaya, i. e. dus-, adj., f. yā, 1. hard to be crossed (as a river), MBh. 4, 1970. 2. hard to be attained, 13, 4880. 3. unfathomable, Rām. 3, 71, 15. niratyaya, i. e. nis-, adj., f. yā, 1. free from danger. 2. infallible. mahā-, 1. m. great pain, Chr. 11, 15. 2. adj. very pernicious, Chr. 22, 22. su-mahā-, adj. very dangerous, Chr. 37, 3.
1. = the loc. of idam, In this, Śāk. d. 59.
2. Here, therein, Man. 3, 235.
1. Then, Nal. 17, 35.
2. Now, at the beginning of works and parts of works.
3. But, Nal. 22, 13.
4. In conditional sentences: If, atha tān nānu gacchāmi gamiṣyāmi yamakṣayam, 'if I do not follow them, I shall go to the house of death,' Rām. 2, 60, 3.
-- With following u, (atho): 1. afterwards, then, Chr. 56, 11. 2. and, Man. 2, 430. 3. even, Chr. 3, 1; and 23, 28.
-- With following api, nevertheless, Rām. 2, 29, 7.
-- With following vā: 1. or also, or, Man. 2, 219. Pañc. i, d. 399, vātha instead of vātha vā (cf. Pañc. iii, d. 36. atho vā, Man. 3, 202). 2. or even, Bhartṛ. 2, 10. 3. but no, Śāk. 60, 18. 4. it is particularly used to introduce sentences: for, Pañc. 26, 14.
-- With following kim: yes, well (in dialogue, cf. [greek]).
-- Cf. Lat. at.
1. A priest.
2. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint.
3. The Atharvaveda.
1. adj., f. sī. Revealed to Atharvan and Angiras, Man. 11, 33.
2. sing and pl. The hymns of the Atharvaveda.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. edere; Goth. itan; A.S. etan.
-- Comp. phala-, m. a parrot.
I. adj., f. tā. Surprising, wonderful; superl. adbhuta + tama, most surprising.
II. n. A strange phenomenon, Man. 4, 118; a prodigy
-- Comp. atyadbhuta, i. e. ati-, adj. very surprising. mahā- adj. very surprising.
1. To-day.
2. Now.
-- Cf. Lat. ho-die, [greek]
1. Of to-day, Pañc. 5, 6. --
2. Of this time, a contemporary, Rājat. 5, 100. 'The Hriṣīkeśa (i. e. an idol of Viṣṇu) of Suyya, reposing in meditation on the bank, may be adored by any contemporary who comes near the temple of Sundarī.'
1. A stone, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. 1, 88, 3.
2. A mountain.
3. A cloud, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. 1, 85, 5.
4. A proper name.
-- Comp. asta-, m. the mountain called asta (q. cf.). kuta-, m. a principal mountain. tuṣāra-, tuhina-, and prāleya-, m. Himālaya.
-- Cf. Lat. infimus.
I. adj., f. rā. Lower, inferior.
II. m.
1. The lower lip Śāk. 102, 10.
2. The lip in general, Śiś. 9, 46.
-- Comp. khaṇḍtta-, adj., f. rā, with bitten lips, Pañc. 46, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. inferus; Goth. undar; A.S. under; probably [greek]
1. The lower lip, Suśr. 1, 114, 19.
2. The lower and the upper lips, the lips, Pañc. 45, 11.
-- Comp. aṅguli-sam-vṛta-, adj. the lips of which are covered with the finger, Śāk. d. 73. vimba-phala-, adj., f. ṣṭhī, having lips like the Bimba fruit, Rām. 5, 28, 17.
I. adv.
1. Underneath.
2. Low, Man. 11, 224.
3. Down, Pañc. i. d. 214; to hell, Man. 7, 53.
II. prepos. Under, with the gen., Man. 2, 59, and abl. Pañc. 115, 25.
III. doubled: adhodhas, i. e. adhas-adhas, adv.
1. Lower and lower, Man. 7, 53.
2. One below the other.
-- Cf. [greek] and see adhara.
I. adv.
1. Underneath, below.
2. Down, downward, Man. 4, 54; to hell, 194.
II. prepos. Under, with the gen.
III. latter part of comp. adv. Under, Pañc. 141, 20.
I. adv. Above, on high, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. 1, 85, 2.
II. prepos. Over, on with the abl., Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. 1, 48, 7.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying:
1. Over, cf. adhijya
2. Chief, cf. adhirāja.
3. Before, cf. adhyakṣa.
4. Relative to, cf. adhiyajña.
5. On, cf. adhijānu.
-- Cf. Lat. ad.
1. Exceeding, Man. 3, 49; greater, Rām. 4, 9, 9 stronger, Pañc. ii. d. 29; more than, with the abl., Man. 9, 154; higher than, with the abl., Bhag. 6, 46; dearer, Rām. 2, 45, 32, Gorr.
2. Surpassing, Man. 11, 185; chief, Hit. pr. d. 48; highest, Bhartṛ. 2, 17.
3. Having an addition, adhikaṃ māsam, 'a month and more,' Rām. 3, 15, 27.
4. Too much, Rām. 6, 16, 78. -- acc. sing. kam, adv. 1. Much, exceedingly. 2. More; with the abl., Rājat. 5, 419. Comparat. adhika + tara, Better than, Śāk. 100, 17.
-- Comp. 1. exceeding, e. g. eka-, adj. exceeding one, i. e. two, Man. 9, 117. sarva-dāna-, adj. better than any gift, Yajñ. 1, 334. prāṇa-, adj. dearer than life. varṣa-śata-, adj. longer than a century. 2. exceeded by, particularly after numerals, e. g. varṣe... rājanyabandhor dvāviṃśe, vaiśyasya dvyadhike tatah, 'in the twenty-second year for a soldier, for a merchant two years later than that,' Man. 2, 65. navatiṃ navādhikām, ninety-nine, Ragh. 3, 69. vayodhika, i. e. vayas-adhika, adj. advanced in age, Man. 4, 141. 3. doubled: adhikādhika, adj. outbidding each other, Rājat. 5, 264.
1. Substance, substratum, or site.
2. Court of justice, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20.
-- Comp. dharma-, n. 1. administration of justice, Pañc. 97, 1. 2. A court of justice, Pañc. 96, 25. rāma-, adj. relating to Rāma, Rām. 2, 15, 29. samāna-,
I. n. generic property.
II. adj. contained in the same subject or category.
and adhīkāra adhi/īkāra, i. e. adhi-kṛ + a, m.
1. Superintendence, Vikr. d. 42.
2. Administration.
3. Office, Pañc. 63, 23.
4. Office of a king.
5. Right, title, Man. 2, 16.
6. Topic, main point.
-- Comp. tāmbūla-, m. the bearer of betel, an officer, Pañc. 63, 22. dharma-, m. administration of justice. pṛtanā-, adj. relating to battles, MBh. 1, 7166. samāna-, m. 1. equal duty. 2. generic character. hṛta-, adj. 1. deprived of office. 2. deprived of one's right.
1. One who holds an office, Pañc. i. d. 180.
2. A superintendent, Hit. 61, 7.
3. One who is entitled to, or fit for, something, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 9.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. a judge, Pañc. 101, 2.
1. Detraction, Rājat. 5, 234.
2. Censure, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 3.
3. Sneer, 184, 16.
1. Coming to, attaining, Megh. 50.
2. Accession to, Rājat. 5, 45.
3. Gaining, profit, Man. 8, 157.
4. Reading, Man. 2, 2.
5. Perception, Śiś. 9, 19.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be attained, Mālav. 10, 8. 2. difficult to be learned, Kir. 5, 18.
1. Obtaining, Rām. 4, 45, 19.
2. Reading, Man. 11, 65.
-- Comp. dāra-, n. marriage, Man. 1, 112.
1. A lord, Chr. 3, 3.
2. A king.
3. A superintendent, Rājat. 5, 233.
4. A commander.
-- Comp. amara-, m. a name of Indra, Rām. 2, 74, 19. sa-amara-, adj. with the lord of the gods, Rām. 3, 53, 28. jana-, m. a king. jala-, m. a name of Varuṇa. tārā-, m. the moon, Rām. 3, 58, 4. daṇḍa-, m. lord chief justice, Kathās. 25, 130. daṇḍa-dhara-, m. a king, Rājat. 4, 655. deva-, m. Indra. dvāra-, m. a porter, a chamberlain, Rājat. 5, 213. dharā-, m. a king. nagara-, m. chief of the police in a town, Kathās. 5, 49.
1. A lord, an owner, Man. 8, 37.
2. A king.
-- Comp. gaṇa-, m. Śiva, Śiś. 9, 27. tri-, m. epithet of Kṛṣṇa-Viṣṇu (lord over the three primary qualities), Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 24. daśādhipati, i. e. daśan-, m. a commander of ten men, MBh. 12, 3712. dhana-, m. a name of Kuvera, Kir. 5, 16. nagara-, m. chief of the police in a town, Kathās. 10, 70.
and adhīmantha adhimantha, i. e. adhi-manth + a, m. Acute pain in the eyes.
I. m. The suprerse sacrifice, Bhag. 8, 4.
II. acc. sing. ñam, adv. Concerning sacrifice, Man. 6, 83.
1. A charioteer.
2. A proper name.
1. adhi-vas + a. A house, an abode, Dev. 4, 10.
2. adhi-vās + a, Perfuming the person, Bhartṛ. 1, 12.
1. Ruling, a ruler.
2. Protecting.
1. A resting-place.
2. A seat, Man. 12, 4.
3. An abode.
4. A place, Pañc. 10, 3.
5. A town, a capital, Rājat. 5, 266.
6. Dignity, Nal. 26, 28.
7. Power, Rām. 4, 14, 30.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. having three bases, Man. 12, 4. dharma-, n. a court of justice, Pañc. 237, 20. nis-, adj. being without a solid base, Rām. 5, 82, 12. sa-, adj. having a solid base, ib. su-, adj., having a solid base, Chr. 25, 52.
1. Independent.
2. Lependent on ourselves, belonging to us, faithful, Pañc. i. d. 196.
1. Unsteadiness.
2. Pusillanimity.
-- Comp. tri-, m. epithet of Kriṣṇa-Viṣṇu (the lord over the three primary qualities), Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 21. dina-, m. the sun, Pañc. i. d. 231.
I. adj. Perceptible, Bhāṣāp. 48.
II. n. Perception, ib. 56; 149.
III. m. A superintendent, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3.
-- Comp. an-, adj imperceptible, Bhāṣāp. 48. aśva-, m. a superintendent of the horses, Pañc. 156, 18. kośa-, m. a treasurer, Pañc. 156, 18. gaja-, m. a superintendent of the elephants, Pañc. 156, 18. dvāra-, m. a porter, a chamberlain, Rām. 1, 20, 5. sūda-, m. a superintendent of the kitchen.
-- Comp. an-, n. neglecting to read the sacred books, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
1. Instructing.
2. Teaching the sacred books, Man. 8, 340.
1. Reading, recitation.
2. The time when the sacred books ought to be read, Man. 4, 102.
3. A section of a book, e. g. the subdivisions of the Rām., MBh. Comp. an-, m. the time when the sacred books ought not to be read, Man. 2, 106. sva-, m. 1. perusal or study of the Vedas, Man. 2, 105. 2. the Veda. 3. inaudible reading or muttering of prayers. niḥsva-, i. e. nis-sva-, adj. not muttering prayers, Hariv. 11187.
I. adj. f. gā, Being on the road, travelling, Rājat. 5, 9.
II. m. A traveller, Man. 11, 1.
-- Comp. gata- (vb. gam), adj. versed, skilled, MBh. 12, 11876.
I. negation, e. g. a-brāhmaṇa, m. One who is not a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 7, 85. a-jñāna, n. Ignorance, Man. 11, 145. an-anta, adj. Endless, Man. 4, 149. In this use it produces very often the opposite signification, e. g. a-gada, m. Health, Man. 11, 237. a-krūra, adj. Soft, Man. 2, 34. a-sakrit, adv. Often, Man. 3, 233.
II. deterforation.
1. Wrong, e. g. a-kāla, m. Unseasonable time, Man. 3, 105.
2. Bad, a-ksketra, n. A bad field, Man. 10, 71.
-- Cf. Lat. in-, Goth. and A.S. un-, [greek] and [greek]
1. To breathe.
2. To blow (as wind).
3. To live.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. animus, ānus (cf. Sskr. apāna); Goth. uz-ana; see prāna.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Having nothing intermediate, Man. 2, 19.
2. Immediately bordering, next, Nal. 22, 16.
3. Immediately following, Bhāṣāp. 123.
4. Of an immediately following caste, Man. 10, 14.
5. Allowing no delay, necessary, Chr. 10, 6.
II. ram, acc.
1. adv. Next in space, Rām. 2, 87, 5. Next in time, immediately afterwards, then, Rām. 1, 3, 7. Especially compounded with preceding tad-, after that, Pañc. 70, 17.
2. prep. with abl. and gen. Immediately after, Bhag. 12, 12; Rām. 5, 73, 28. After, Pañc. 108, 13.
-- Comp. sam-anantara + m, adv. immediately after, Chr. 14, 20.
1. Not going away, Kathās. 12, 33.
2. Lasting, Rājat. 5, 32.
3. Immovable.
4. Imperishable.
I. a naya, m.
1. Bad conduct, Pañc. 259, 16.
2. Sin, Rām. 5, 24, 28.
3. Wrong, Rām. 6, 40, 5 (na sa veda nayānayau. Such a man knows neither right nor wrong).
4. Lewdness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
II. an-aya, m.
1. Distress, Man. 10, 95.
2. Ill-luck, Chr. 8, 33.
I. m.
1. Disadvantage, Man. 8, 24; bhavaty anarthāya, It becomes prejudicial, Man. 4, 193.
2. Misfortune, Śāk. 81, 8.
II. adj., f. thā.
1. Useless, Pañc. 248, 6.
2. Prejudicial, Rām. 6, 21, 5.
3. Poor, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1.
4. Unhappy, Rām. 3, 75, 40.
1. Useless, Pañc. 183, 2.
2. Vain, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 14.
3. Unmeaning, nonsensical.
1. Fire, Man. 3, 261.
2. The deity of fire, Man. 5, 1.
3. The digestive power.
4. The proper name of a monkey, Rām. 6, 13, 8.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the fire of all-destroying Time, Rām. 3, 69, 10. dāva-, m. the fire of a forest conflagration, Pañc. 142, 6. baḍavā-, m. submarine fire, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 419.
-- Cf. Lat. onus.
1. Not arrived, Rājat. 5, 171.
2. Future, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 89. anāgataṃ kṛ, To make dispositions for the future, ib. 88.
3. Not mentioned, Rām. 3, 56, 18.
1. Wind.
2. The deity of wind, Man. 5, 96.
3. Wind as one of the humors of the body.
4. A proper name.
1. The face (ved.), front (ved.).
2. An army, Rājat. 5, 452.
-- Comp. agra-, the van of an army, Man. 7, 193. yathā-anīka + m, adv. as far as the host extended, MBh. 3, 15715.
I. adv. Afterwards, then, Rām. 2, 84, 4.
II. prep.
1. with acc.
a. Along, Rām. 2, 83, 6.
b. After, Pañc. 165, 5.
c. According to, like, Vikr. d. 110.
2. with abl. In consequence of, Rām. 6, 10, 23.
III. combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying. After, according to, along, again secondary, every.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. ana, N.H.G. an.
-- Comp. sa-anu-kampa,
I. adj. kind.
II. pam, adv. kindly, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 13.
1. Imitation.
2. Resemblance.
1. Acting conformably.
2. Imitating, Śāk. d. 49. Like, Śāk. 104, 8.
-- Comp. hita-, adj. kind.
1. Suitable, Rām. 1, 17, 26.
2. Agreeable, Rām. 5, 31, 45.
3. Favourable, Pañc. 120, 16.
1. Favour, Pañc. 263, 13.
2. Proneness, Bhāṣāp. 156.
1. Regular order, Yājñ. 1, 19.
2. Table (of contents), MBh. 1, 2294.
-- Comp. devatā-, m. table of the deities, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 25.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. m. unmercifulness, Rām. 4, 19, 21.
II. adj. merciless. sa-, 1. adj. f. śā, compassionate. 2. śam, adv. compassionately, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 16.
I. adj., f. gā.
1. Following, Pañc. i. d. 63.
2. Corresponding, Man. 8, 239.
II. m. A follower, a servant, Rām. 1, 12, 26.
-- Comp. pada-, m. a follower. śrotra-pada-, adj. agreeable to the ear, Rām. 2, 100, 25, Gorr. vaśa-, adj. 1. obedient, submissive. 2. subject, Man. 2, 214. sa-, adj. with one's attendants, Rām. 3, 55, 24. sa-bala-, adj. with (his) army and followers, Chr. 54, 16.
1. Following, Rām. 5, 81, 23.
2. Assent.
1. Following, pursuing.
2. Penetrating.
I. adj., f. nī. Following, pursuing, Rām. 5, 5, 31.
II. m. A servant, Chr. 62, 47.
1. Promoting, Rām. 6, 11, 22.
2. Favour, Pañc. 34, 2.
3. Help, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1643.
1. Showing favour, Rām. 2, 1, 19.
2. Favour.
I. adj. f. rā. Following, Ragh. 2, 4.
II. m.
1. A servant, an attendant, Pañc. 68, 11.
2. A supporter, Rājat. 5, 288.
III. f. rā (ved. also rī), A female servant, Rām. 6, 38, 14.
-- Comp. lakṣmaṇa-, adj. accompanied by Lakṣmaṇa, Rām. 1, 24, 3.
1. Thinking, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 22.
2. Regretful remembrance.
I. adj., f. jā. Younger, Man. 9, 57.
II. m. A younger brother.
III. f. jā. A younger sister, Rām. 3, 4, 52.
1. Permission.
2. Dismission.
-- Comp. prāpta- (vb. āp), adj. having received the permission to withdraw.
-- Comp. paśca- (cf. paścāt), m. repentance.
1. Reconcilement, Hit. ii. d. 117.
2. Courtesy, Vikr. d. 20.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. kind.
II. yam, adv. tenderly, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 4.
-- Comp. sa-veṇu-vīṇā-paṇava-anunāda + m, adv. re-echoing with flutes, lutes, and tabors.
1. Immediately after, Pañc. 198, 11.
2. In a moment, Śāk. 5, 11.
3. At every step, Śiś. 9, 78.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be preserved, MBh. 13, 1929.
1. Following whoever or whatever precedes.
2. Regular.
1. Entering after.
2. Entering (in general).
1. Beginning, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 5.
2. A motive, Man. 8, 126.
3. An indispensable element, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 8.
4. Uninterrupted succession, Rām. 5, 3, 13.
5. Consequence.
6. Posterity, Rām. 2. 7, 28.
1. Connected with, Bhag. 15, 2; Daśak, in Chr. 193, 6.
2. Lasting.
1. Apprehension, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 14.
2. Understanding, Rām. 4, 42, 9 (Hanuman knows well how to finish the work).
1. Dignity, authority, Daśak. 196, 14.
2. Power, Śāk. 31, 2.
3. A sign, Kathās. 4, 117; Ragh. 2, 75.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. pre-eminent, just, virtuous.
I. adj. Seeing, Śāk. 89, 3 (Prākṛ.).
II. m. A witness, Man. 8, 89.
1. Assent, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3.
2. The goddess of the fifteenth day of the moon's age, Man. 3, 86.
1. Inferring, Bhāṣāp. 139; 140.
2. Argument, Man. 8, 144; Rām. 6, 23, 2.
3. Analogy, Vikr. 63, 13.
1. Retinue.
2. Attendance, Rām. 4, 36, 10.
-- Comp. datta-, adj. accompanied.
1. Question, Śāk. 15, 17.
2. Inquiry, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 2; 195, 20.
1. Redness, Śiś. 9, 1.
2. Love, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 18.
3. Good will, Man. 7, 154.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. f. gā, loving, Rām. 2, 12, 98. sa-, adj. impassioned.
1. Enamoured, Hit. 28, 9.
2. Enamoured or red, Śiś. 9, 10.
1. Attached, Sāh. D. 76, 21.
2. Causing affection.
-- Comp. sva-, adj. Innate, natural.
1. Compliance, Hit. 106, 17.
2. Obligation, Man. 2, 105.
1. Compliant, Rām. 2, 75, 36.
2. Acting in conformity with, Rām. 3, 2, 28.
1. Putting in due order.
2. (In medicine) Correcting the vitiated air of the body, or obviating excretory obstructions.
1. To go or touch with the grain.
2. (In medicine) To direct into the proper channel.
1. Studying, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 1.
2. A section.
1. Following, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 10.
2. Obedient, Pañc. i. d. 331.
-- Comp. citta-, adj. compliant, Lass. 29, 16. vṛtta-, adj. conforming to rule.
I. m. Obedience, Rām. 2, 8, 29.
II. adj. Obedient, Rām. 2, 89, 7.
-- Comp. vāda-, m. 1. attack and rejoinder. 2. plaint and reply.
1. Assenting, Rām. 4, 62, 65.
2. Harmonizing with, Rām. 5, 14, 10.
3. Like, Pañc. 248, 11.
1. Compliant, Vikr. 36, 1.
2. Obedient, Hit. ii. d. 134.
1. Acting in conformity with.
2. Compliance, Śiś. 9, 58.
3. Attachment, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 1.
-- Comp. sneha-, f. affectionate intercourse.
1. Devout, Rām. 1, 6, 16.
2. Faithful, Rājat. 5, 251.
3. Attached to (with acc.), Nal. 2, 26.
1. Repentance, Man. 8, 228.
2. Rescission (as of sale), Man. 8, 5.
1. Instruction, Man. 2, 159.
2. Precept, Man. 8, 139.
3. Explanation, Man. 6, 50.
1. Performing, Pañc, 79, 22.
2. Practice, Man. 7, 100.
3. Study, Rājat, 5, 374.
1. Following, Hit. 98, 21. Persecution, Megh. 82.
2. Searching, Hit, 68, 13.
3. Conformity, Hit. 9, 8.
1. Following.
2. Conformity.
3. Rule, Man. 8, 152.
1. Following, Pañc. 98, 23.
2. Scrutinising, Man. 7, 102.
3. Observant, Man. 7, 31.
-- Comp. kāla-, m, benzoin, Suśr. 2, 32, 1.
-- Comp. an-, m. One who is not versed in the Vedas, Man. 2, 242.
I. adj., f. pā, Watery, Man. 7, 192.
II. m. A shore, Rām. 5, 15, 55.
I. adj. Without a rival.
II. m. (nom. sing., hā) Time, Rājat. 5, 405.
† ant, i. 1, Par. To bind.
1. End, Nal. 22, 4.
2. Boundary, Rām. 3, 15, 16.
3. Limit, Rām. 3, 1, 23.
4. Border, Rām. 4, 6, 16.
5. Proximity, Man. 4, 116.
6. Death, Rām, 5, 87, 29.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. endless, Man. 3, 275.
II. m. 1. a name of Viṣṇu. 2. Śeṣa, the chief of the Nāgas, or serpents. apara-, m. 1. the western extremity. 2. pl. the name of a people. 3. completion. 4. death. udaka-, m. the bank of a river, Śāk. 54, 21. etad-, adj., f. tā, ending in this, Man. 1, 50. kalpa-, m. the end of a Kalpa-period, the destruction, the end of the world, Dev. 1, 49; Hit. i, d. 43. kṛta-,
I. adj., f. tā, deciding, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 13.
II. m. 1. fate, Rām. 1, 41, 1. 2. a name of the God of Death, Hit. 9, 6. 3. a proved doctrine, Bhag. 18, 13. keśa-, m. 1. the end of the hair, Rām. 6, 8, 2. 2. a tuft of hair, Pañc. 245, 12. 3. hair, Rām. 5, 35, 21. 4. the ceremony of cutting the hair, Man. 2, 65. gata-, adj. whose end is near, Rām. 2, 12, 31. gharma-, m. the end of the hot season, Megh. 104. jana m. an uninhabited country, Suśr. 204, 5. tad-, adj. finding its end thereby, Hit. i. d. 85. diś-,
I. m. the end of the world, Kir. 5, 1.
II. adj. dwelling at the end of the world, MBh. 10, 260. diṣṭa-, m. (vb. diś) death, Rām. 2, 111, 3 Gorr. dṛṣṭa-, m. (n. Rām. 2, 109, 37 Gorr.) 1. a prototype, Hariv. 5298. 2. an example, Hit. ii, d. 97. 3. comparison, Chr. 9, 45. yajña-, m. a supplementary sacrifice. yuga-, m. 1. the end of an age. 2. a destruction of the universe. svīkāra-, adj. 1. agreed to. 2. consequent upon a promise.
-- Cf. Goth. andi, A.S. ende; Lat. uls instead of ultis; see antara, antima.
1. The palace of a king, Rām. 2, 14, 28.
2. The female apartments, the gyneceum, Man. 7, 221.
3. The wives of a king. Sing. Nal. 17, 31, and plur. Śāk. 30, 12.
I. adj., f. kā, Causing death, Rām. 3, 46, 9.
II. m. A name of the god of Death, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1520.
-- Comp. an-, adj. endless. kāla-, m. the god of Death, Rām. 6, 67, 2. jagadantaka, i. e. jagat-, m. the destroyer of the world, Bhāg. P. 4. 5, 6. viṣa-, m. Śiva.
I. adj. Causing the end.
II. m. Death.
1. Going to the end.
2. Thoroughly conversant in, Man. 3, 145.
1. With the end or extremity, Man. 2, 62.
2. At the end, lastly, Man. 3, 86.
I. adv. Within, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 119; Vikr. d. 8.
II. prep. Within, with gen. Bhag. 13, 15.
III. Combined and compounded with some verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former and latter part of compourd nouns implying the interiro; e. g. antaḥ-karaṇa, the internal sense (cf. karaṇa); ambhontar, i. e. ambhas-antar in the water, Yājñ. 1, 149. jantāntar, between the teeth, Man. 5, 141.
-- Cf. Lat. inter.
I. adj., f. rā, Other, Rām. 5, 56, 57.
II. n.
1. The interior, Pañc. ii. d. 42; the main substance, Pañc. 167, 6.
2. Interval, Man. 2, 17. etasminn antare, In the mean while, Rām. 1, 24, 24. ekāntara, adj. With one class between, Man. 10, 13. dvi-eka-, adj. With one or two classes between, Man. 10, 7. kāla-, n. Lapse of time, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1264. -- Loc. antare, Between, Rājat. 5, 152.
3. A hole, Rām. 3, 35, 84.
4. Distance, Rām. 2, 49, 1.
5. Difference, Rām. 3, 53, 56.
6. Opportunity, Rām. 1, 46, 23.
7. A weak side, Rām. 6, 18, 46.
8. A surety, Pañc. 213, 24; see antareṇa.
9. When latter part of compound words it may be translated very often by adjectives, e. g. 'other,' diś- and deśa-, n. A foreign country, Rājat, 6, 16; Man. 5, 78. sthāna-, n. Another place, Hit. 25, 9. 'Special,' kāraṇa-, A special reason, Nal. 13, 59; Rām. 4, 9, 28. 'Suitable,' e. g. kāla-, A suitable time, Pañc. iii. d. 236. 'Relative to,' mad-, Relative to myself, Rām. 2, 90, 16 (cf. 92, 21 Gorr.)
-- Comp. divasa-, adj. one day old, MBh. 11, 98. sa-, adj. with interstices. stana-, n. the heart.
-- Cf. Lat. interus, interior, alter, and ulterior, ultra (see anta and antima); Goth. anthar. A.S. other.
1. From the interior, Śiś. 9, 19.
2. Within (in his heart), Rām. 3, 62, 1.
I. adv.
1. Amidst, Śhr. 14, 17.
2. Between, Rām. 5, 34, 5.
3. In the interval, i. e. between morning and evening, Man. 2, 56.
4. For some time, Rām. 3, 8, 13.
5. Therein, Man. 10, 174.
6. On the way, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 17.
7. Near, Rām. 2, 57, 13.
II prep.
1. Between, with loc., Rām. 2, 40, 44, and acc., Ram. 2, 92, 12.
2. Without.
-- Cf. antareṇa, [greek]
-- Comp. sa-, adj., separated, distinct from.
I. adj. Moving in the air, Rām. 5, 27, 11.
II. m. A bird.
1. Between, Śiś. 3, 3.
2. During, Mālav. 67, 21.
3. Except, Rām. 3, 25, 1.
4. Without, Rām. 3, 71, 13.
5. Regarding, Śāk. 59, 14.
1. Disappearance; with i or gam, to disappear, Rām. 6, 19, 39.
2. Invisibility, Rām. 6, 19, 48.
-- Comp. keśa-, i. e. keśānta + ika, reaching to the hair, Man. 2, 46. grahaṇa-, i. e. grahaṇānta + ika, lasting till the comprehension, Man. 3, 1. janāntikam, i. e. jana-antika + m, adv. whispering, speaking aside, Śāk. 13, 12.
-- Cf. Lat. ultimus and intimus; see anta and antara.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Last, Man. 11, 213. With daśā, State of extremity, Pañc. 70, 5.
2. Lowest, Pañc. iv. d. 76. Of a very low class, Man. 12, 59.
II. m.
1. A Cāṇḍāla, Man. 2, 238.
2. One of a barbarous nation, Man. 3, 9.
I. adj., f. jā, Born in the lowest class, Man. 8, 385.
II. m. A man of the lowest tribe, Pañc. i. d. 452.
III. f. jā, A woman of the lowest class, Man. 11, 58.
-- Comp. kṣudra-, n. the entrails which are nearer to the heart. sthūla-, n. those which are near the anus, Yājñ. 3, 94; 95.
† and, i. 1, Par. To bind.
† andolaya (a denomin. derived from *andola, based on *andul, an anomalous frequent. of dul for *dandul, cf. aṅghri). To swing.
1. † To be blind.
2. To make blind, to obstruct the sight, Śiś. 9, 21.
1. Blind, Pañc. 291, 11.
2. Obstructing the sight, Man. 8, 94.
-- Comp. divā-, m. An owl, Pañc. 158, 22.
I. adj., f. dhikā, Blind.
II. m. A proper name.
1. The name of a people.
2. A man of a low caste, son of a Vaidca by a Kārāvara woman, Man. 10, 36.
1. Food, Man. 3, 182.
2. Corn, Man. 3, 76.
3. Boiled rice, Man. 3, 82.
-- Comp. kṛta-, n. dressed food, Man. 9, 213. deva-, n. food offered to gods, Man. 5, 7. dadhi-, n. rice with curdled milk, Yājñ. 1, 288. paryāya-, n. food prepared for another. miṣṭa-, n. a mixture of sugar and acids, etc., eaten with bread or rice. rājānna, i. e. rājan-, n. a sort of rice.
-- Cf. Lat. annona.
1. (the latter part being the ptcple. of the fut. pass. of ad), n. Proper food, Man. 3, 82.
2. (the latter part being the adj. ādya), Dressed rice, etc., Man. 3, 244.
1. Other, Man. 8, 17.
2. Different, Hit. i. d. 121.
3. with abl. Other than, Rājat. 5, 178. (nānyaḥ Śaṅkaravarmaṇaḥ, no other than Śaṅkaravarman).
4. One, Pañc. 80, 16.
5. plur. The others, i. e. the rest, Böhtl. Chr. 219, 161.
6. acc. sing., n. yad. Besides, else, Pañc. 55, 9. -- Comparat. anyatara, f. rā., n. rad, Either of two, Man. 2, 111. -- Superl. anyatama, f. mā, Any one of more than two, Man. 11, 25.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. yā, fixed on one object, Bhag. 9, 32.
-- Cf. Lat. alius, [greek] Goth. alja-, alis, alja, probably also alls. A.S.
1. From another, Man. 4, 33.
2. On the contrary, Pañc. i. d. 109.
3. To another place, Man. 2, 200.
-- Comp. an-, f. identity.
1. Elsewhere
2. On another occasion, Man. 5, 41.
3. To another subject, Man. 2, 168.
4. With abl., except, without, Bhag. 8, 9.
-- Cf. Goth. aljathro, Lat. aliter [greek]
1. In another manner, differently. anyathā kṛ, To change, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 717.
2. Otherwise, else, Man. 8, 144.
3. Untruly, Rām. 4, 21, 15.
4. Wrongly, illegally, Man. 9. 234.
5. In an opposite way, Pañc. 206, 14; with kṛ, To deny.
-- Cf. Lat. aliuta.
1. At another time.
2. Once, Pañc. 234, 8.
1. Belonging to another.
2. Being in others, Daśak. 187, 23.
1. On the following day, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 9.
2. Once, Pañc. 68, 25.
1. Each other, Man. 7, 89.
2. Mutual, Man. 9, 101.
I. adv. Behind, Śiś. 9, 76.
II. prep. with acc. After, Ragh. 2, 16.
1. Following.
2. Connection.
3. The affirmative connection between the major and middle terms, Bhāṣāp. 141.
4. Male descendants, Yājñ. 2, 117.
5. Lineage, Ragh. 1, 9. Race, Rājat. 5, 151. Family, Rājat. 5, 41.
6. Succession, inheritance in anvayāgata, Inherited, Pañc. 16, 11.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be pursued, Rām. 2, 92, 13 Gorr. 2. hard to be performed, MBh. 13, 5854. 3. not easy to be conceived, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 30. nis-, adj. 1. in absence (cf. anvayavant), Man. 8, 332. 2. without descendants, Rājat. 2, 81. 3. not related, Man. 8, 198. sa-, adj. 1. related, Man. 8, 331. 2. in connection with family. 3. with all the family, Pañc. 45, 6. 4. in order or regular succession.
1. Connected with, Bhāṣāp. 73.
2. Belonging to a race, Rājat, 5, 246.
I. adj., f. thā, Clear.
II. adv. tham, Literally.
I. The ninth day of the latter half of the months Pauṣa, Māgha, and Phālguna (and according to another authority, also of the Agrahāyaṇa), Man. 4159.
-- Comp. hita-, adj. seeking another's welfare.
I. adbhis, D.A. adbhyas. Water, Man. 1, 8. adbhir dā, To give and confirm the gift by pouring water, Man. 9, 168.
-- Cf. Lat. aqua amnis, Goth. ahva,
1. apa.
I. adv. (ved.) Away.
II. prep. with abl. Away from, without (very seldom).
III. combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. former part of compounded nouns and adverbs, implying: Loss, negation, privation, wrong, bad, unnatural.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ab. Goth. and A.S. af.
2. -ap + a, a substitute for ap, when latter part of a comp. word, e. g. śuṣka-, adj. Of which the water is dried up, Rām. 2, 72, 20.
1. Deterioration.
2. Sinking, Man. 10, 42.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Removing, Rām. 1, 29, 18.
II. n. Removal, Yājñ. 1, 191.
1. Injury.
2. Malice, Daśak. in Chr. 191.
1. A wrong (unseasonable) act, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 890.
2. Wrong manner, Śiś. 9, 68.
-- Cf. anapakriyā.
1. Going away, Megh. 71.
2. Separation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 643.
3. Passing away (of time), Kathās. 21, 147.
1. Decreasing in, MBh. 3, 11157.
2. Honouring, MBh. 13, 6705.
1. Death, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 20.
2. Trespass, fault, Śāk. 110, 23.
1. Deviating from, Hariv. 1014 (corr. °cāriṇaḥ).
2. Adulterous, Man. 8, 317.
1. Honour, Rām. 2, 74, 26.
2. Expiation.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. yā, childless, without offspring, Man. 9, 190. vipanna- (vb. pad), adj. f. yā, having lost a child by abortment, Rājat. 5, 246. sa-, adj. having progeny.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. pā, impudent, Rām. 4, 30, 17.
1. Stating, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 14.
2. Denunciation, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 13.
3. Pretext, Man. 4, 198. apadeśais, Artfully, Man. 8, 182.
-- Comp. sa-apadeśa + m, adv. under a pretext, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 16.
1. Disregard, MBh. 1, 8457.
2. Hurting, Hariv. 9058(?).
1. Removing.
2. Expiation, Man. 11, 209.
1. Removal.
2. Expiation, Man. 11, 75.
I. adj., f. nī, Removing, Man. 11, 215.
II. n. Expiation, Man. 11, 252.
i. e. apa-pāda-tra (vb. trā), adj. Without shoes, Rājat. 5, 194.
-- Cf. Lat. merda.
1. Disrespect, Rām. 1, 12, 14.
2. Token of disrespect, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1.
I. apa-mṛj + a, m. Cleansing, Śiś. 9, 36.
II. apa-mārga, m. A sideway, Pañc. 169, 15.
1. Going away, Śiś. 9, 84.
2. Retreat, flight, Rām. 3, 40, 29.
I. apa + ra, adj., f. rā.
1. Posterior, Man. 3, 278; with sandhyā, Evening-twilight, Man. 4, 93.
2. Following, Rām. 2, 65, 1.
3. Western, Śiś. 9, 1.
4. Other, Pañc. 55, 13. -acc. ram, adv. Moreover, Pañc. 71, 1.
II. a-para, adj.
1. Inferior, Bhag. 7, 5.
2. Relative, Bhāṣāp. 7; 9.
3. Modern, Man. 9, 99.
-- Comp. pūrva-,
I. adj. 1. being before and behind. 2. prior and subsequent.
II. n. sing. 1. east and west. 2. connexion, Man. 8, 56 (Proof, and thing to be proved, Ragh.).
-- Cf. Goth. afar, after, N.H.G. aber.
1. Relative ness.
2. Condition of being less extensive, Bhāṣāp. 8.
3. Shortness of distance and time.
1. Transgression, Ragh. 1, 6.
2. Offence, Pañc. 40, 23.
3. Crime, Rām. 2, 58, 22.
4. Injury, Rām. 6, 33, 21.
5. aparādha + tas, adv. By the fault, Man. 8, 408.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. innocent, Pañc. 198, 4. sa-, adj. guilty.
I. m. The name of a people.
II. n. A song conducive to final liberation, Yājñ. 3, 113.
1. The afternoon, Man. 3, 255.
2. Evening, Chr. 34, 16.
1. Removing.
2. Depriving one of, Man. 9, 79.
1. Refutation of an erroncous imputation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 24.
2. Insulting, Man. 4, 239.
3. Blame, Pañc. 37, 4.
I. n. Work, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9.
II. adj. Active, diligent, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3.
-- Comp. su-, adj. making beautiful works, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. 1, 85, 9.
-- Cf. Lat. opus, Ved. apasya = Lat. operari, [greek] for [greek]
1. A degraded one, Man. 10, 10.
2. A contemptible individual; in this signification, it is generally the latter part of a comp., e. g. gaja-, m. A contemptible elephant, Pañc. 80, 21; vānara-, m. A contemptible monkey, Rām. 6, 83, 14.
1. Epilepsy.
2. Madness, Bhartṛ. 1, 88.
1. Removing, Rām. 3, 79, 44; Kir. 5, 22.
2. Destroying, Rājat. 5, 179.
3. Curing, Suśr. 2, 408, 5.
-- Comp. vīṣa-, adj. antidotal.
1. Taking away, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 21.
2. Stealing, Man. 9, 293.
1. One who takes away, a thief, Man. 9, 275.
2. One who withholds another's property, Man. 8, 190.
3. Removing, expiating, Man. 11, 161.
1. Taking away.
2. Concealment, Śāk. 13, 22.
I. adj., f. ikā, Taking away, stealing, Man. 9, 256.
II. m. A thief, Man. 4, 255.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Taking away; ravishing, Man. 2, 88.
II. m. A thief, Pañc. 33, 4.
1. Denying, Man. 8, 52.
2. Concealment, Kathās. 10, 92.
-- Comp. śukla-, m. a peacock.
1. One of the five vital airs, that which goes downwards, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 10.
2. The anus (cf. an).
1. Going away.
2. Disappearance.
3. Diminution, Man. 1, 70.
4. End, Rājat. 5, 98.
5. Trespass, injury.
6. Loss.
7. Danger.
8. Calamity.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. diminished by one, Man. 1, 70. nis-, adj. 1. imperishable, MBh. 12, 8003. 2. infallible, MBh. 3, 2178. sa-, adj. dangerous, Pañc. 192, 7.
1. Refuge, support, Man. 9, 335.
2. An awning spread over a court, Rām. 5, 11, 19.
3. The head, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 20 (Sch. Wils. p. 90).
I. part.
1. Moreover, also, Man. 8, 274; 1, 119.
2. Even, Man. 2. 150.
3. Still, Śāk. d. 29.
4. Though, Śāk. d. 68.
5. With preceding yadi, Although, Man. 9, 145.
6. With tathā, Even thus, nevertheless, Śāk. 99, 8,
7. With tad, Nevertheless, Bhartṛ. 1, 28.
8. Only, Pañc. Pr. d. 9.
9. All together, after numerals and words used in a similar signification, Man. 1, 107 (All four), Man. 2, 14 (after ubhau, both); Man. 3, 193 (all together); Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1047 (after ctāni, all these); Pañc. 108, 14 (after aparam, Every other subject).
10. A part. of interrogation, Rām. 5, 33, 34.
11. A part of desire, O that! Man. 3, 274.
12. With following nāma (base nāman), Perhaps, Mṛcch. 174, 3. O that! Vikr.
13. Following the interrogat. pron. kim or its derivatives:
a. It makes them indefinite, ko 'pi (i. e. kas api), Somebody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99 (cf. Lat. quispiam for quis-pi-jam).
b. Signifies: Even, Kathās. 4, 55.
c. Violently, Megh. 110.
14. Preceding kiṃ cid becomes more indefinite, Man. 3, 14.
II. conjunct.
1. And also, Man. 1, 115.
2. And, Man. 4, 55.
3. apiapi, 'as well as,' Hit. i. d. 159; from the one part -- from the other part, Pañc. 113, 8; 9; api-ca, Man. 5, 23.
4. But, Man. 8, 267.
5. But also, Pañc. 155, 25.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of comp. nouns implying 'near to,' 'joined to.'
-- Comp. śilā-, adj., f. nā, covered by stones, Rām. 3, 76, 35.
1. Consideration, Pañc. 40, 16.
2. Regard.
3. Care, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 6.
4. Expectation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 9.
5. Reference, relation, ib. 208, 5.
-- Comp. an-apekṣa, adj., f. kṣā. 1. Regardless. 2. Without desire, Bhag. 12, 16. nis-,
I. f. indifference, Rām. 2, 116, 5 Gorr.
II. adj. 1. Regardless, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 19. 2. Without desire, indifferent, Man. 6, 41.
III. kṣam, adv. 1. Without having any regard. Daśak. in Chr. 192, 22. 2. Accidentally, Pañc. 264, 7.
1. Regarding.
2. Expecting, Rājat. 5, 296.
-- Comp. an-, disregarding, Rām. 4, 28, 5. dīrgha-, i. e. dīrghāpekṣā + in, adj. patient, enduring, MBh. 7, 5467. nis-, adj. indifferent, ib. 13, 6169.
-- Comp. loka-īśa-prabhava-, adj. owing both origin and end to the guardians of the world, Man. 5, 97.
-- Comp. pañcāpsaras, i. e. pañcan-, n. the name of a pond.
I. adj., f. jā, Born or produced in or by water, Man. 5, 112.
II. n. A lotus,
-- Comp. nila-, n. a blue lotus.
1. A cloud.
2. A year, Rājat. 5, 291.
-- Comp. kṛcchra-, m. a year of penance, Man. 11, 162. tri-, n. Three years, Man. 8, 36.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, Kathās. 22, 186.
I. adv. On, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
II. prep. with acc. To, Ved. Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7; over, Chr. 292, 5 = Rigv. i. 86, 5.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
IV. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs implying Towards, in presence of, very, cf. e. g. abhitāmra; Quite, cf. abhinava.
-- Cf. Goth. bī. The original form of this indeclinable was probably ambhi = Gr. [greek] Lat. amb in amb-ire; O.H.G. umbi.
I. m. Love.
II. adj., f. mā, Loving, Rām. 1, 77, 29.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. loving, Nal. 24, 13.
-- Comp. adhika-ud-recita-abhikhya, adj. exceedingly beautiful, Rājat. 5, 365. haṃsa-, n. silver. himāṃśu-, i. e. hima-aṃśu-, n. silver.
1. Approaching.
2. A visit, Megh. 50.
3. Sexual intercourse, Yājñ. 2, 291.
1. Approaching.
2. Mounting, Kathās. 20, 154.
3. Sexual intercourse, Pañc. Pr. d. 8.
1. Striking, Bhāṣāp. 117; Kir. 5, 42.
2. Hurting, affliction. Man. 12, 77.
-- Comp. vapra-, m. butting at a bank or mound.
1. Striking.
2. Hostile, Hit. iv. d. 92.
1. Race, Rām. 3, 48, 18.
2. Family, Rām. 5, 87, 15.
I. m. The name of a sacrifice, Man. 11, 74.
II. n. The name of the eighth Indian hour (muhūrta, comprising 48 minutes) of the day, (i. e. 24 minutes before and 24 minutes after midday), Rām. 6, 112, 70.
-- Comp. an-, adj. ignorant, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 18.
1. Remembrance, Rām. 5. 68, 1.
2. Recognition, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 12.
3. A token of remembrance, Rām. 2, 100, 6.
4. A sign by which one proves himself to be a trustee, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 15.
1. On both sides, Bhartṛ. 1, 80; Rām. 2, 45, 4.
2. From every side, round about, Rām. 2, 94, 20.
3. Near, Kir. 5, 14; also with gen. Rām. 1, 33, 22.
4. Completely, Kir. 5, 11.
5. Towards, in presence of.
1. Extreme heat, Śiś. 9, 1.
2. Great pain, Sāv. 5, 69.
1. Injury, Rām. 1, 26, 20.
2. Contumely, Man. 8, 271.
-- Comp. an-, m. tenderness, Kathās. 13, 34.
1. A name, Rājat. 5, 379.
2. The primary sense of a word.
-- Comp. śūravarmābhidha, i. e. śūravarman-, adj. called Śūravarman, Rājat. 5, 22.
1. A name, Kathās. 7, 112.
2. A word.
-- Comp. suyyā-, adj., f. nā, called Suyyā, Rajāt. 5, 74.
1. Speaking, Rām. 5, 14, 41.
2. Teaching.
1. Praising, Rām. 5, 59, 11.
2. Delighting, Rām. 3, 79, 12.
2. Fresh, Bhartṛ. 2, 14.
1. Inclination, Vikr. 35, 13.
2. Adhering, Man. 12, 5.
3. Tenacity.
4. Determined resolution. samupajātābhiniveśam, i. e. sam-upa-jāta-abhiniveśa + m, adv. After having taken a determined resolution, Prab. 67, 14.
1. Adhering.
2. Persevering, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 22.
1. Intention, Pañc. i. d. 366; wish, Rām. 3, 28, 31.
2. Opinion, Pañc. 150, 25.
3. Consideration, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 13 sqq. samaṣṭi-abhiprāyeṇa, when taken collectively.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. resolute, Pañc. 122, 13.
1. The being overpowered, Śāk. d. 40. 2. Defeat.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., not surpassable, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.
I. adj., f. nī, Oppressing.
II. n. Oppression, Rām. 6, 95, 8; invasion, 6, 100, 7.
-- With ṣ instead of ś (see the last), Rām. 1, 7, 14.
See abhimarśa -marśaka -marśana.
1. Referring existing objects to one's own self, egotism, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 2.
2. Self-conceit, pride, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
3. Love, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. exempt from pride, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 6. sa-, adj. proud, Rājat. 5, 233.
1. Proud, Rām. 3, 37, 16.
2. Fancying, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12 (narendrābhimānin, having the fancy of being a physician).
1. Facing, fronting, Rām. 1, 71, 18: with acc. Directed towards. Rām. 2, 1, 34; towards, Bhag. 11, 28; opposite, Rām. 5, 71, 9.
2. Near, Vikr. d. 28.
3. Ready for, Ragh, 5, 29.
4. Favourable, Rām. 2, 109, 23. Acc. kham, adv. Opposite to, Man. 2, 193; towards, Pañc. 40, 17; to, Rām. 1, 45, 48; near, Megh. 69. Loc. khe, adv. Opposite, Rām. 6, 19, 25.
-- Comp. kānana-, adv. to the wood, Pañc. 63, 3. dakṣiṇā-, adj. turned to the south, Man. 4, 50.
1. Approaching.
2. Aggression, Chr. 53, 5.
1. Approaching, Rām. 6, 16, 56.
2. Assaulting, Ragh. 12, 24.
1. An enemy.
2. A plaintiff. Man. 8, 52.
1. Exertion, Rām. 5, 51, 16.
2. Attack.
3. A charge, Yājñ. 2, 9.
1. Suitable.
2. Beautiful, Man. 9, 88.
3. Learned, Man. 3, 144.
-- Comp. an-, adj. ugly, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. indifferent, Śāk. d. 104. sa-, adj., f. ṣā, eager, Dev. 1, 39. sābhilāṣa + m, adv. passionately, Śāk. 33, 13.
-- Comp. kṛta-pāda-, adj., f. nā, literally, having performed a respectful salutation of the feet, i. e. having made a respectful salutation, Kathās. 22, 131.
1. Suspecting, Rām. 6, 66, 26.
2. Fear.
1. Accused, Yājñ. 1, 223.
2. Inflicted, imprecated.
1. A curse, Rām. 3, 8, 12.
2. A heavy charge.
3. Calumny.
1. Attachment.
2. An eath, Chr. 53, 23.
3. A curse.
4. Defeat, Ragh. 2, 30.
1. Sprinkling with water, inauguration of a king, Pañc. iii. d. 267.
2. The water used for an inauguration.
3. Ablution, Śāk. 50, 16.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without attachment, Bhag. 13, 9.
-- Comp. satyābhisaṃdha, i. e. satya-, adj. one who keeps his promises true, Rām. 1, 6, 5.
1. Promise.
2. Deceiving. Ragh. 17, 76.
-- Comp. satya-, adj., f. nā, keeping one's promises true, Rām. 5, 31, 21.
1. A lover's appointment, a rendezvous.
2. An attack, Rām. 6, 9, 19.
3. plur. The name of a people.
-- Comp. loha-, m. lustration of arms.
1. Seizing.
2. Robbing.
3. Attack.
4. Arming.
-- Comp. loka-, m. lustration of arms.
1. Every moment, continually.
2. Repeatedly.
-- Comp. an-, adv. seldom, Rām. 2, 71, 8.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. nā, 1. devoid of egotism, MBh. 7, 2019. 2. devoid of pride, MBh. 4, 14668.
-- Comp. an-, f. want of permission, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 7 (without the permission of the father). kṛta-, adj., f. jñā, having received the permission to withdraw, dismissed, Rām. 5, 76, 24.
I. adj., f. rā,
1. Interior, Kathās. 4, 51. Being within, Rām. 6, 112, 43 (in the town). Belonging to, Man. 3, 154.
2. Conversant in, Rām. 6, 5, 19.
3. Intimate, Pañc. i. d. 290 (perhaps to be read ābhy°).
4. Secret, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 9.
II. n.
1. The interior, the space within. Bhag. 5, 27.
2. An interval, Pañc. 5, 6.
I. adj., f. ṇā, Near.
II. n. Proximity, Rājat. 5, 145.
-- Comp. an-, n. laziness, Rām. 5, 19, 22.
1. Detraction, envy.
2. Wrath, Megh. 40.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. envious, malicious.
I. adj., f. śā, Near, Kumāras. 6, 2.
II. n. Proximity, Rām. 4, 59, 12.
1. Repetition, Man. 12, 74. Repetition of words, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 8; 9.
2. Repeated practice, Rājat. 5, 164; 439. Use, Yājñ, 3, 68.
3. Reading, Man. 4, 148. Study, Pañc. 220, 4.
1. Rising, Rām. 6, 72, 65.
2. Rising from one's seat as mark of respect, Pañc. ii. d. 65.
3. Origin, Bhag, 4, 7.
4. Elevation, dignity, Ragh. 4, 3.
1. Prosperity, Bhartṛ. 2, 53. Wealth, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 19.
2. A festival, Man. 9, 84.
1. Arrival.
2. Assenting, agreement, Man. 9, 53.
3. Admitting to be true, Mālav. 15, 19.
1. Defence, Man. 8, 112.
2. Protection, Daśak. in Chr. 179 19.
3. Assent.
1. A cloud, especially a rain-cloud, Man. 4, 104.
2. Atmosphere, Pañc. i. d. 209. Heaven, Śiś. 9, 3.
-- Cf. ambhas, [greek] Lat. imber, and probably umbra.
I. adj., f. hā, Touching the clouds, very lofty, Megh. 65.
II. m. Wind.
1. To go.
2. To sound. --
I. 10, Par. To be ill (ved.). The original notion was 'to be hard, strong, powerful.'
-- Cf. aṃsa, āma, and many ved. significations and derivatives; Lat. emo, properly 'to take,' demo; [greek]
I. adj., f. rā and rī, Immortal, Man. 2, 148; Rām. 1, 34, 16.
II. m.
1. A god, Man. 7, 72.
2. The name of a Marut and of a mountain.
-- Comp. dharā-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Mārk. P. 26, 36. sa-, adj. with the gods, Rām. 3, 53, 28.
I. adj. Being in the house.
II. m. (A companion of the king) A minister, Rājat. 5, 3.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a minister. sa-, adj. with the ministers, Chr. 18, 33. sa-janāmātya, i. e. -jana-amātya, adj. together with people and ministers, Chr. 53, 25.
1. = abl. of adas, From that, from him, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 8.
2. From thence, from the other world.
1. There, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 14.
2. In the other world, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 6.
I. adj., f. tā, Immortal, Bhag. 14, 27.
II. m.
1. A god.
2. The soul.
III. n.
1. The beverage of the gods, nectar.
2. A medicine preventing old age, prolonging life, and awakening the dead, Lass. 33, 20.
3. A medicament; nectar and medicament, Śiś. 9, 36.
4. The residue of sacrificial food, Man. 3, 285.
5. Unsolicited alms, Man. 4, 4.
-- Comp. gava-, n. amṛta, consisting of rays, MBh. 3, 17351.
-- Cf. [greek]
† amb, i. 1, Par. To go; Ātm. To sound.
I. n.
1. Sky, Rām. 3, 55, 9.
2. Cloth, Rām, 3, 55, 5. Sky and garment, Śiś. 9, 7.
II. m. plur. The name of a people.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. rā, naked, MBh. 12, 7775. mada-, m. an elephant in rut.
1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1189.
2. The offspring of a Brāhmaṇa father and a Vaiśyā mother, Man. 10, 8.
1. f. A mother, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 855.
2. A proper name, Chr. 4, 10.
-- Cf. O.H.G. amma and ama.
-- Comp. gharma-, n. sweat, Suśr. 2, 343, 10. tila-, n. water with seasame, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 44. nis-, adj. abstaining from water, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 19.
I. adj., f. jā, Born in water, Rām. 4, 25, 24.
II. n. A lotus, Rām. 5, 13, 24.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the salt ocean, Bhartṛ. 2, 6 (Häb.). kṣīra-, m. he sea of milk, Kathās. 17, 8.
-- Comp. hema-, n. a golden lotus, Ṛt. 5, 7.
† ambh, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
-- Comp. ud-, adj abounding in water, Ragh. 4, 31. gharma-, n. sweat, Śāk. d. 29. lavaṇa-, n. the sea of salt water, Matspp. 40.
-- Comp. hema-, n. a golden lotus flower, Megh. 63.
-- Cf. Lat. am + ārus.
1. Going.
2. Good luck. Ragh. 4, 26.
1. A place of motion, Man. 1, 10.
2. A road.
3. A line, Bhag. 1, 11.
4. The half year, i. e. the sun's road north and south of the equator, Man. 4, 26.
-- Comp. uttarā-, Man. 6, 10; and udagayana, i. e. udañc-, Man. 1, 67, n. the half of the year in which the sun is to the north of the equator. dakṣiṇā-,
I. n. the half of the year when the sun moves to the south of the equator, Man. 1, 67.
II. adj. lying on the course of the sun to the south of the equator, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5. gīta-, n. a procession accompanied by hymns, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 5. guṇa-, adj. walking the path of virtue, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 43. vārttā-, m. a spy.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, n. iron, MBh. 13, 6225
-- Cf. Lat. aes; Goth. eis + arn; A.S. isern.
1. A vocative particle, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 16.
2. An interrogative particle, Pañc. 38, 6.
1. Of surprise, Vikr. 11, 3.
2. Of calling, Bhartṛ. 3, 87.
and -ṇī araṇi/ī, f. Wood used for kindling a fire by attrition, Pañc. i. d. 247; Rām. 2, 104, 24.
-- Comp. dharma-, n. 1. a grove where ascetics live, Śāk. 14, 1. 2. The name of a forest, MBh. 13, 7655. maha-, a large forest, Rām. 3, 52, 46.
1. A disposer, Lass. 101, 4 = Rigv. 7, 16, 1.
2. a-rati, f. Pain, Kir. 5, 31.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. The elbow, Draup. 9, 5.
2. A cubit of the middle length from the elbow to the tip of the little finger, Rām. 4, 40, 43.
-- Cf. Goth. arms; Lat. armus, arma; [greek] Lat. ulna; O.H.G. elina.
1. probably a-rā (+ i?) An enemy, Pañc. i. d. 267.
2. ṛ + i, A wheel, Pañc. i. d. 324.
-- Comp. dānava-, m. an enemy of the Dānavas.
I. adj., f. ṭā, Unhurt, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. i. 112, 25; Draup. 7, 20.
II. m.
1. The soap berry plant, Sapindus saponaria, Yājñ. 1, 186.
2. The nimb tree, Melia azadaracta, Rām. 2, 94, 9.
3. A woman's apartment, the lying in chamber, Ragh. 3, 15; the female apartments, the gyneceum, Rām. 2, 42, 22.
I. adj., f. ṇā and ṇī, Tawny, dark red, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88, 2; Rām. 3, 5, 7.
II. m.
1. The dawn, Man. 10, 33.
2. The sun, Śāk. d. 31 (pariṇata-, The setting sun).
3. A proper name, Dev. 11, 49.
1. Wounding, Prab. 31, 16.
2. Causing pain, Prab. 93, 2.
1. The wife of Vaśiṣṭha, Rām. 1, 10, 37.
2. An asterism, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1165.
I. adj., f. ṣī, Tawny, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1.
II. m. A dark red cloud, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
† ark, i. 10, Par. (rather a denom. derived from arka).
1. To praise.
2. To heat.
1. A ray of light, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2.
2. The sun, Chr. 36, 22.
3. Swallowwort, Asclepias gigantea, Śāk. d. 41.
-- Comp. jala-, the reflexion of the sun in water, Bhāg. P. 3, 27, 1. bāla-, m. the rising sun. sa-, adj. with the sun, sunny. su-, adj. flashing beautifully, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unrestrained, Ragh. 3, 39. nis-, 1. adj. unrestrained, MBh. 3, 16601. 2. acc. lam, adv. without constraint, Rājat. 3, 194.
-- Cf. arh, [greek]
1. Price, cost, Man. 8, 398.
2. A mode of worship, or reverence, consisting in an oblation of rice, etc., with water or, of water only, Sāv. 3, 6.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. n. wrong price, Yājñ. 2, 250.
II. adj. priceless, inestimable, Kathās. 24, 148. mahā-, adj. of great value, Kathās. 21, 86.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Deserving worship, Yājñ. 1, 357.
2. Deserving to be entertained, ib. 1, 110.
II. n. A respectful oblation to gods or venerable men, consisting of rice, durva grass, flowers, etc., with water, or of water only, Yājñ. 1, 289.
-- Comp. an-, adj. invaluable, Kathās. 3, 42.
1. To beam, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2; to shine, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3.
2. To worship, to honour, Man. 3, 93. To offer respectfully, Man. 4, 235. an-arcita, Given without due honour, Man. 4, 213.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To worship, Man. 8, 391. abhyarcita, with gen. Rājat. 5, 101.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To worship, Yājñ, 1, 179.
-- With prati prati, Causal. To return a respectful salutation, with acc. Rām. 2, 71, 31.
-- With sama sam, To honour, Rām. 2, 3, 48.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. flaming, Rām. 4, 10, 20.
1. A ray of light, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 92, 5.
2. Flame, Rām. 5, 75, 6; 6, 36, 117.
-- Comp. aruṇa-, m. the sun, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 5. ud-, adj. radiant, Ragh, 7, 21. śānta- (vb. śam), adj. extinguished. saptārcis, i. e. saptan-, m. 1. fire. 2. the planet Saturn.
1. arj, i. 1, and 10, Par. To carn, to acquire, MBh. 11, 193; Indr. 3, 7 (Ātm). sva-arjita and svayam-arjita, adj. Acquired by one's own efforts, Rām. 1, 43, 11; Man. 9, 209.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To acquire, Man. 9, 208.
2. arj, i. 10, Par. To work, to prepare.
-- With the prepositions samupa sam-upa, To prepare, Chr. 14, 21 (read tat tu).
I. adj., f. nī, White, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
II. m.
1. A tree, Terminalia Arjuna, Rām. 3, 19, 13.
2. The name of the third son of Pāṇḍu, Indr. 1, 10.
III. f. nī, The dawn, Rām, 2, 114, 14.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. argentum; the base of these forms is arj + vant: cf. also [greek] see rañj, rajata.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. the ocean. lavaṇa-, m. the sea of salt water, Rām. 1, 1, 70. sa-parvata-vana-, adj., f. vā (viz. pṛthivī, earth), with its mountains, forests, and seas, Rām. 1, 16, 32.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To ask, to request, Prab. 109, 18, with two acc; Par., with acc. and loc. Kathās. 26, 148. tvām bhartṛtve 'bhy arthayiṣyati, She will ask thee to become her husband. abhyarthita, Asked, Man. 2, 189. n. Desire, Yājñ. 2, 88.
-- With kad kad.
1. To treat ill, Böhtl. Ind Spr. 591.
2. To reproach, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 15.
3. To torment, Kathās. 18, 243.
-- With pra pra, To request, Pañc. 255, 22; prārthayāna instead of prārthayamāna, Rām. 2, 25, 31; with inf. kim idaṃ prārthitaṃ kartum, What is this which you intend to do? Nal. 19, 15; Par. Rām. 3, 40, 6; Pañc. 96, 5. tatprārthita, i. e. tad-, adj. Requested by him, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 8. -- Pass. prārthya, To be desired, ib. 184, 17.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To wish, Rām. 2, 11, 3.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To request, MBh. 5, 18.
-- With prati prati, To challenge, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 25.
-- With sam sam (rather a denom. derived from samartha),
1. To prepare, Rām. 4, 26, 25 (Par.); Chr. 55, 7.
2. To consider, Rām. 6, 101, 17.
3. To expect, Vikr. 20, 9.
4. To interpret, Śāk. d. 67.
5. To judge, Pañc. 185, 2.
6. To approve, Pañc. 71, 25 (Par.).
7. To determine, Rām. 2, 20, 26 Gorr.
1. Desire; vivāha-, a marriage suit.
2. Aim; siddha-, one who has obtained his aim, Chr. 62, 60.
3. Advantage, Bhartṛ. 2, 40.
4. Business, Man. 2, 67.
5. Wealth, Pañc. i. d. 197; worldly prosperity, Man. 12, 38 (one of the three aims of men; the two others are kāma, pleasure, and dharma, virtue); money, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 19.
6. Cause, Man. 2, 213.
7. Thing, Man. 8, 170.
8. Meaning, Man. 3, 186; true sense, Man. 1, 3; thought, word, Cāk. d. 164.
9. In law: A suit, an action.
10. The acc. artham is used as an adverb, but almost always at the end of a compound word, implying, 'for,' 'on account of,' e. g. yajña-siddhiartham, For the performance of sacrifices, Man. 1, 23. The dat. arthāya, and loc. arthe, may be also used at the end of a compound word, or may govern the genitive. Abl. arthāt, 'to wit,' 'namely,' Sch. Śāk. d. 41.
-- Comp. iti-artha + m, adv. to this end, Brāhmaṇav, 3, 4. indriya-, m. an object of sense, Man. 4, 16. etad-artha + m, therefore, Pañc. i. d. 330; in order, Rām. 2, 52, 24 kim-, adj. with what aim, Chr. 57, 24. kim-artha + m. adv. why, to what end, Nal. 22, 7. kṛta-, adj. having attained one's end, satisfied, Rām. 4, 34, 22. gṛha-, m. the business of the house, Man. 2, 67. tad-artha + m, adv. therefore, Rām. 1, 73, 4. nirartha, i. e. nis-,
I. m. nonsense.
II. adj. 1. purposeless. 2. poor. 3. unmeaning. niścitārtha, i. e. nis-cita-, (vb. ci), adj. completely resolved, Rām. 4, 42, 9. para-, m. 1. great importance. 2. the interests of another. 3. sexual intercourse. parama-, m. 1. the most sublime truth. 2. the whole truth. 3. reality. 4. earnest, Śāk. d. 51. puruṣa-, m. 1. the object or aim of man. 2. human exertion. bhūta-, m. an element of life. mahā-,
I. m. a principal object.
II. adj. 1. significant. 2. dignified. yajña-, adj. serving for a sacrifice, Bhag. 3, 9. yathā-, adj. 1. according to the sense. 2. proper, right, tham, adv. suitably, properly. a-yathā-, adj. not true, Śāk. d. 54. yad-artha + m, adv. for what reason, Chr. 3, 3. yāvadartha, i. e. yāvant-,
I. adj. as much as may be useful, Man. 2, 182.
II. adv. tham, as much as may be useful, ib. 2, 51. sva-,
I. adj. 1. having one's own object. 2. having a literal meaning. 3. pleonastic.
II. m. 1. property. 2. own object. 3. own interest, Bhartṛ. 2, 59.
1. Money's worth, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 16.
2. Financial affairs, Śāk. 90, 13 (Prākṛ.)
1. Useful, Kathās. 17, 122.
2. Liberal, Man. 2, 109.
1. Wealthy, Hit. i. d. 175. 2. Significant, full of meaning, Rām. 1, 14, 35.
3. True, Pañc. i. d. 152.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. very dignified.
1. Desire, Man. 9, 203.
2. Begging, Hit. i. d. 130.
1. Condition of one who implores, Megh. 6.
2. Request, Mālav. 40, 4.
-- Comp. an-, n. Absence of desire, disdain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 87 (Pañc. i. d. 158).
1. Full of desire, Rām. 1, 48, 18; with instr. bhāryayā cārthī, Longing after a wife, Rām. 3, 24, 4. vadhena mamārthī, Desiring my death, Böhtl. Chr. 114, 27.
2. A beggar, Bhartṛ. 2, 36; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 20.
3. A plaintiff, Man. 8, 62.
-- Comp. chāyā-, adj. desiring shadow. dhana-, adj. greedy for money, Man. 5, 34. putra-, adj. wishing for a son, Man. 3, 48. bala-, adj. desiring power, Man. 2, 37. bhāryā-, adj. desiring a wife, Chr. 6, 5. yuddha-, adj. seeking war. śaraṇa-, adj. depending on others for protection, unfortunate. hita-, adj. seeking another's welfare, Rām. 3, 48, 15.
1. Fit for, susceptible of, e. g. yātanā-, susceptible of torment, Man. 12, 16.
2. Referring to, e. g. dharma-, referring to duty, MBh. 1, 600.
1. Proper, Rām. 6, 92, 77.
2. Wealthy.
-- Comp. hema-, adj. abounding in gold, Pañc. i. d. 377.
1. † To go.
2. To beg, Ragh. 5, 17. i. 1 and 10, Par. and Ātm.
1. To kill, Rām. 1, 16, 30.
2. To hurt; to wound, Pañc. 221, 13.
3. To afflict; to vex, Rām. 3, 14, 11; 53, 27.
-- With the prep. ati ati. To press violently, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 115.
-- With abhi abhi. To press; to afflict, Rām. 2, 21, 55; cf. abhyarṇṇa.
-- With prati prati. To press in return, Rām. 6, 92, 52.
-- With vi vi. To press. a-vyarṇṇa. Not pressed, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 19.
-- With sam sam. To wound, MBh. 3, 761.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] in [greek]
I. adj., f. dhā. Half, halved, Lass. 22, 2. -- Often former part of comp. words: -paṇa, Half a paṇa, Man. 8, 404. -akta, Half spoken, Pañc. 77, 2. -dagadha, Half burnt, Pañc. 98, 1. -- When before cardinal numerals it denotes:
1. A half more, e. g. -trayodaśan, thirteen and a half, Yājñ. 2, 265.
2. A half of the following number more, e. g. -śata, hundred and fifty, Man. 8, 331.
3. Division of the following number, -pañcāśat, twenty-five, Man. 8, 268. -When an ordinal follows a half is added, e. g. -tṛtīya, three and a half, Rām. 2, 92, 10. -- When it follows a cardinal numeral, this numeral is divided, e. g. daśārdha, i. e. daśan-, Five, Man. 1, 24.
II. n. A half, Man. 8, 296.
III. m. A part, e. g. jaghana-, the rear of an army, MBh. 5, 5162. paśca-, The hind-part, Śāk. d. 7. pūrva-, The former part, Bhartṛ. 2, 5.
-- Comp. candra-, m. The half-moon, Rām. 1, 28, 25.
1. A half-moon, Rām. 3, 49, 35.
-- Cf. ardha-bhāṣara.
2. An arrow with a head like a half-moon, Rām. 3, 34, 30; cf. 6, 36, 77.
3. The hand bent into a semicircle or the shape of a claw, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching any thing. ardhacandraṃ dā. To seize one by the neck, Pañc. 63, 24.
-- Comp. tad-, adj. half that (time), Man. 3, 1.
1. Offering, Rām. 4, 28, 22.
2. Returning, Hit. 72, 19.
3. Putting on, Ragh. 2, 35.
-- Comp. deva-, adj. receiving sacrifices(?), MBh. 13, 4202.
† arb, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To kill.
I. m., n.
1. The shape of the foetus in the second month after the conception, Yājñ. 3, 75.
2. A hundred millions, Rām. 5, 29, 3.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Rām. 6, 2, 27.
-- Cf. arbhaka; [greek] Lat. orbus; Goth. arbja; A.S. orf.
1. A child, Ragh. 3, 21.
2. The young of any animal, Śāk. d. 14, v. r.
1. The name of a deity, Rām. 2, 25, 8.
2. The chief of the Pitṛs, or Manes, Bhag. 10, 29.
† arv, i. 1, Par. To kill, or hurt.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. armentum.
1. Towards, Chr. 295, 16 = Rigv. i. 92, 16.
2. Before, till, with abl., Man. 5, 59. Within, Yājñ. 2, 173. arvāk saṃvatsarāt, Until one year has elapsed, Man. 8, 30.
3. Near, Śāk. d. 40 v. r.
1. To deserve, with the acc., Man. 2, 208 (mānam, honour); Man. 8, 323 (vadham, death); 8, 194 (daṇḍam, a fine); 8, 267 (śatam...daṇḍam, a fine of hundred paṇas); 8, 139 (pañcakaṃ śatam, with ellipsis of daṇḍa, he must pay five in the hundred).
2. To be entitled to, with the inf., Man. 8, 147.
3. To be obliged to, with the acc., Śāk. d. 66; with the inf., Man. 8, 155; Naiṣ. 5, 112 (kartum arhati, must be done).
4. To undergo, Man. 8, 145; Rām. 6, 103, 20.
5. To be worthy, to be equal to, with the acc., Man. 3, 131.
6. To be able, with the inf., Bhag. 2, 17.
7. i. 1, and i. 10, Par. To worship or to honour.
8. The second persons of i. 1, joined with an inf. represent a respectful form of the imperative, vaktum arhasi, Say (literally, Be pleased to say, cf. the Lat. dignor, with the inf.), Man. 1, 3.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhyarhita. Fit, suitable.
1. Deserving, with the acc., Rām. 1, 53, 12; subject to, Man. 8, 240.
-- With the inf., Bhag. 1, 37 (nārhā vayaṃ kantum, we ought not to be killed).
2. Entitled to, with the acc., Man. 9, 144; with the inf., Rām. 4, 36, 17.
3. Worth; mahā-, of great value, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 16.
4. Fit, suitable, Pañc. 152, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. not deserving, Draup. 9, 7. 2. unworthy, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 16. pūjā-, adj. worthy of reverence, Man. 9, 26. priya-, adj. deserving love, amiable, Kir. 5, 51. māna-, adj. entitled to respect, Man. 2, 137. rājārha, i. e. rājan-, adj. royal, suitable to, or fit for a king, Rām. 3, 49, 42. satkāra-, adj. deserving hospitality, Nal. 9, 10. sukha-, adj. deserving pleasure, Rām. 3, 52, 41.
I. n. A token of respect, Man. 3, 54.
II. f. ṇā, Worship, adoration, Pañc. 236, 24.
† al, i. 1, Par.
1. To adorn.
2. To be able.
3. To prevent.
I. m. and n. A curl, Ṛt. 6, 6.
II. f. kā, The capital of Kuvera, Megh. 7.
-- Comp. latā-, m. an elephant.
1. Trimming, Rām. 2, 40, 13.
2. Ornament, trinkets, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13.
1. Fit, able, with loc., Rām. 3, 47, 6; with inf., Rām. 2, 39, 28.
2. Adequate, Megh. 54; with inf., Kir. 5, 17; Daśak. in Chr. 194, 3.
3. Enough, with dat. Man. 11, 76; with inf., Śiś. 9, 87.
4. No more, implying prohibition, no, not; with instr., Daśak. 187, 14 (śucālam, cease to lament); with inf., Mṛcch. 45, 6 (alaṃ suptajanaṃ prabodhayitum, do not awake the sleeping man); with absolutive, Rām. 2, 28, 5 (alaṃ vanaṃ gatvā, do not go to the forest).
5. Abundant, powerfully, Rām. 5, 3, 21; Rājat. 5, 377.
6. See kṛ.
1. A fabulous animal, MBh. 12, 87.
2. The proper name of a prince, Rām. 2, 12, 40.
1. Weary.
2. Slack, Ṛt. 6, 12.
3. Sleepy, Rājat. 5, 408.
4. Lazy, Pañc. iii. d. 25.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. languid, Ṛt. 6, 30.
1. A terrace, Śāk. 62, 14.
2. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 371.
I. adj., f. kā, False, Amar. 23.
II. n.
1. Any thing displeasing, Rām. 2, 52, 25.
2. Falsehood, Pañc. 259, 4.
3. Smallness, Pañc. i. d. 205 (smallness and falsehood).
1. Extraordinary.
2. Obstructing the progress to heaven, Man. 2, 161.
1. Little, small, Rām. 5, 35, 31; Man. 3, 55; alpena, For a small price, Daśak in Chr. 180, 18.
2. Insignificant, Ragh. 2, 47.
3. Of no great value, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 6 (cf. naya).
4. Short, Pañc. Pr. d. 10.
5. Feeble, Kathās. 24, 136. Comparative, alpīyaṃs, Man. 8, 36, and alpatara.
-- Comp. an-, adj., 1. great, Daśak in Chr. 182, 8. 2. numerous, 187, 5. 3. much, Kathās. 18, 285. alpa-alpa, adj. very little, Man. 7, 129. su-, adj. 1. very small, Bhartṛ. 2, 23; svalpena, for a very short time, Man. 2, 134. 2. very few.
1. To please, to satisfy, Ragh. 11, 75.
2. To be pleased, ved.
3. To desire, Ragh. 1, 65.
4. To take care, ved.
5. To protect, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13; Śāk. d. 1.
6. † To move.
7. † To excite affection, or be lovely.
8. † To know, or apprehend.
9. † To own (v. r. to be able).
10. † To obey.
11. † To act.
12. † To shine.
13. † To obtain.
14. † To embrace.
15. † To kill or hurt.
16. † To take (v. r. to burn).
17. † To be (v. r. to divide).
18. † To grow. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ūta.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To help. Chr. 288, 2 = Rigv. i. 49, 2; Chr. 296, 5 = Rigv. i, 112, 5.
-- With sam sam, To satisfy, Chr. 297, 18 = Rigv. i. 112, 18.
-- Cf.[greek] Lat. avere and uti (an old denominat.).
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
II. Former part of compounded nouns.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] Lat. autem, aut. -- This prefix is based on a pronoun ava, which is preserved in the Zend language, and in the former part of the compounded pronoun [greek]
1. Space, room, Man. 3, 207.
2. Interval.
3. Opportunity, Rām. 5, 9, 28; Pañc. iii. d. 263 (264), cf. viṣaya.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. having no room for moving freely, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 28. sulabha-, adj. f. śā, getting easily the opportunity (of appearing), Śāk. d. 191.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be comprehended, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 29. svatva-, n. ascertainment of ownership.
1. Obstacle.
2. Drought, Ragh. 11, 29.
3. Contempt, Rām. 5, 44, 18.
4. Nature, original temperament, Mālav. 70, d. 89. (affection).
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. hard to be stopped, Kām. Nītis. 8, 66. 2. disagreeable, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 35. nis-, adj. 1. without any obstacle, MBh. 4, 436. 2. irresistible, Rājat. 5, 52.
-- Comp. sa-avajña, adj. disdainful; sāvajñam, adv. with contempt, Rām. 3, 29, 2.
1. A crest.
2. An ear-ring, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 3.
3. Ornament, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 14.
-- Comp. puṇḍarīka-, adj., f. sā adorned with white lotus flowers, Rām. 5, 12, 18.
-- Comp. koṣṭha-āgāra-, adj., f. kā, adorned, i. e. furnished with treasuries, Rām. 5, 10, 1.
1. Descending, Śāk. 111, 3.
2. Descent especially of a deity from heaven, MBh. 12, 12965.
1. Descent.
2. Entering into, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 6.
2. Descent of a deity from heaven, Ragh. 10, 85.
-- Comp. virya-, n. effecting any thing by prowess.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. yā, blameless, Bhartṛ. 2, 18. nis-,
I. adj. blameless, Rām. 6, 99, 51.
II. f. blamelessness(?), Indr. 5, 11 (v. r.).
1. Attention. Vikr. d. 2.
2. Staring at, Śiś. 9, 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. careful, attentive, Yājñ. 3, 112.
1. Restriction, Prab. 75, 10.
2. Ascertaining, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3.
1. Limit.
2. End.
-- Comp. pratyāgamāvadhi, i. e. pratyāgama-, adv. till (my) return, Kathās. 4, 100. sa-, adj. with the end, Kathās. 9, 52.
and -nī avani/ī, f. The earth, Bhartṛ. 2, 10; Śiś. 9, 20.
1. Falling down.
2. Descent.
3. A pit for catcing game in, Ragh. 16, 78.
4. (From the causal of pat) Striking, wounding, Yājñ, 2, 277.
1. Being awake, Bhag. 6, 17.
2. Full knowledge, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 8.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be understood, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 33.
-- Comp. an-, m. non-appearance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 11; 12.
-- Comp. an-, adj. high, illustrious, Draup. 5, 11.
I. adj. Destroying, Rām. 3, 35, 114.
II. n. Destruction.
1. One who despises, Rām. 5, 81, 6.
2. One who undervalues, Śāk, 91, 16.
1. A limb, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 16.
2. A part, Man. 1, 16.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Posterior, Man. 3, 23.
2. Inferior, Rām. 2, 106, 22.
3. Low, Rājat. 5, 203.
II. m. A Śūdra, or one of the fourth caste, Man. 2, 238.
-- Comp. avara-avara, adj. lowest, Rām. 5, 53, 24. -- Preceded by a numeral it implies 'at least,' e. g. tri-, three at least, Man. 8, 60; at least three times, Man. 11, 80; also, after kārṣāpaṇa-, a kārṣāpaṇa at least, Man. 8, 274.
I. adj., f. jā, Younger, Rām. 3, 75, 10.
II. m.
1. A younger brother, Rājat. 5, 26.
2. A Śūdra, or one of the fourth caste, Man. 2, 223.
1. Hindrance.
2. Blocking up.
3. The seraglio of a palace, Rājat. 5, 357.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. whither it is difficult to descend, Rājat. 6, 49.
1. Depending, hanging on or from.
2. A prop.
-- Comp. jāla-, adj. supported, i. e. borne by a net, Megh. 71. nis-, adj. 1. unsupported. 2. not granting any support. sa-, adj. supported, Ragh. 19, 50. sevā-, adj. depending on the service of..., Bhartṛ. 1, 66. hasta-, adj. supported by the hand of..., Vikr. 11, 1.
1. Supporting one's self, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 24.
2. A prop or support, Śāk. d. 100.
-- Comp. an-, n. not supporting one's self, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 23. kara-, n. taking hold with the hand, Śiś. 9, 82; Hit. 41, 16.
1. Hanging down.
2. Hanging, Mṛcch. 46, 7.
3. Supporting one's self, Śak. 62, 15.
-- Comp. rajju-, adj. hanging by a string.
1. Anointing.
2. Pride, Vikr. 5, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without anointing and without pride, Śiś. 9, 51. sa-, adj. Proud, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 19.
1. Sight, Śiś. 9, 71.
2. Observation, Vikr. 38, 5.
1. Sight.
2. Observation.
3. A glance, Ragh. 10, 14.
-- Comp. ardha-, adj. of which a half is left, Rām. 5, 14, 49. alpa-, adj. of which few are left, Rām. 3, 32, 2. nis-, adj. without a residue, whole, Rām. 3, 16, 28. sa-, adj. 1. leaving a residue. 2. imperfect. 3. remaining, sāvaśeṣa-bandhana, adj. still bound, Pañc. 109, 17. 4. till, mṛd-bhāṇḍa-, adj. exclusive of the earthen pots, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 14.
1. Certainly.
2. Inevitably, Man. 12, 68; necessarily. When compounded with a participle of fut. pass. the final m is dropped, e. g. avaśya-karaṇīya, to be done necessarily, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 16.
1. Hoar-frost, Rām. 3, 22, 21.
2. Dew, MBh. 12, 5334.
1. Relying on, Pañc. 20, 20.
2. Self-confidence, Pañc, 246, 19.
3. Gold.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. full of self-confidence, Pañc. i. d. 215; acc. sāvaṣṭambham, adv. courageously, Kathās. 25, 97.
1. Opportunity, Śiś. 9, 41; Rājat. 5, 36.
2. The right time, Kir. 5, 16; with inf., Śāk. 12, 11.
3. Turn, Pañc. 55, 4 (śaśakasyāvasaraḥ samāyātaḥ, The turn of the hare came).
4. Use, Kathās. 6, 62.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. wrong time, Mṛcch. 102, 8.
II. adj. unseasonable, Hit. 53, 11. sarvāvasara + m, i. e. sarva-, adv. on every occasion, Lass. 2, 2.
1. Sitting down.
2. Exhaustion,
3. Lassitude, want of energy.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. cheerful, Gīt. 11, 1.
1. Termination, end, Śiś. 9, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 201, 4.
2. Death, Pañc. ii. d. 123.
1. Ordure, Rājat. 5, 406.
2. The privy, Rājat. 5, 412.
1. State, Pañc. 44, 1.
2. Condition, Rām. 3, 44, 13.
-- Comp. tad-, adj., f. thā, being in this state. antya-, adj. being in the lowest condition, Pañc. iv. d. 76. kṛta-, adj. brought into court, Man. 8, 60.
1. Standing-place, Rām. 5, 15, 8.
2. Position, Pañc. 9, 14.
3. State, Pañc. 107, 8.
4. Abiding, Pañc. 19, 5; duration, Rājat. 5, 278.
5. Perseverance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 3.
-- Comp. an-,
I. n. unsteadiness, mobility.
II. adj. unsteady.
III. m. wind.
-- Comp. an-, f. unsteadiness.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. despising.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Cf. Lat. ovis, [greek] O.H.G. awi; A.S. eaw; Goth. avistr.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of attention, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
-- Comp. an-, f. Want of attention, Man. 7, 111 (instr. rashly). su-, adj. well taken care of, Rām. 5, 75, 1.
1. aś, ii. 5, aśnu. Ātm.
1. To pervade, to occupy, Yājñ. 1, 260.
2. To attain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 2; ved. ii. 2, Par. Chr. 294, 8 = Rigv. i. 92, 8.
3. † To heap or crowd.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To attain, Man. 6, 82.
-- With vi vi, To pervade, Ragh. 4, 15.
-- With sam sam, To attain, Man, 2, 233.
2. aś, ii. 9, aśnā, nī, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. MBh. 3, 14686)
1. To eat, Man. 1, 95. an-aśnāna, Not eating, Chr. 57, 23.
2. To enjoy, Bhag. 9, 20. Caus. To cause to eat, Man. 3, 83. an-āśita, Not satiated, Rām. 5, 17, 34.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To eat before another, MBh. 3, 14686.
-- With upa upa.
1. To eat up, to consume, Dev. 5, 61.
2. To enjoy, Rām. 1, 62, 6. upāśnīyāt, instead of °śnīy°, on account of the metre, MBh. 12, 3266.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To enjoy, MBh. 3, 12631.
-- With pari pari, To eat, MBh. 3, 13354.
-- With pra pra.
1. To begin eating, Rām. 3, 63, 28.
2. To take in the mouth only, Man. 2, 62.
3. To eat, Man. 5, 103.
4. To drink, Chr. 47, 39 (Ātm.).
5. To enjoy one's self, MBh. 3, 8083 (Ātm.). Caus. To cause to eat or devour, Kathās. 9, 10; Man. 3, 260. prāśita, n. An oblation to the Pitṛs, or Manes, Man. 3, 73; 74.
-- With sam sam, To eat, Pañc. iv. d. 84.
2. aś + ana, n.
1. Eating, Pañc. 236, 22.
2. Food, Man. 3, 59.
-- Comp. ati-, n. excess of eating, Man. 2, 56. adhi-, n. Eating too often. an-,
I. adj. consisting in abstinence, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 20.
II. n. 1. hunger, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 9. 2. fasting, Rājat. 5, 428 (plur.). nis-, adj. abstaining from food, Hariv. 2539. mūla-phala-, n. feeding on roots and fruits, Man. 6, 75. piśita-, n. eating flesh, Śāk. d. 75. sa-, adj. consisting of nourishment, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 30. havis-, m. fire. huta- (vb. ku), m. 1. fire. 2. the deity of fire. 3. Śiva.
1. aś + ani, f. (seldom m. Rām. 3, 4, 45) and aśanī 1. aś + anī, f. (Chr. 40, 12) Indra's thunderbolt, Ragh. 3, 56.
-- Comp. eka-, eighty-one. pañcāśiti, i. e. pañcan-, eighty-five.
I. adj. Free from sorrow, Nal. 12, 107.
II. m. A shrub, Jonesia Asoka, Ṛt. 6, 16.
III. n. An asoka-flower, Ṛt. 6, 6.
-- Comp. nīla-, m. an asoka with blue flowers, Rām. 3, 17, 10.
-- Comp. a-sita-, m. an emerald, Kir. 5, 48. mahā-, m. a ruby, Kir. 5, 8. sūrya-, m. the sun-stone. harita-, n. 1. blue vitriol. 2. a turquoise; an emerald.
-- Cf. the next and [greek] also ved. aśna, stone, and Goth. auhns.
I. A substitute for aśri, when latter part of comp. adj., implying An angle, e. g. catur-, adj. Quadrangular, regular, Kumāras. 1, 32 (written with s instead of ś).
II. n. A tear, Kathās. 13, 126; Man. 3, 229 (with s instead of ś).
-- Comp. sa-, adj. weeping, Megh. 100.
-- Cf. the next, and [greek] Lat. acer.
1. Edge, Kumāras. 2, 20.
2. A corner, an angle, Rām. 1, 13, 28.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Comp. ud-, adj. shedding tears, Ragh. 12, 14.
I. m. A horse, Man. 7, 96.
II. f. vā, A mare, Rājat. 5, 415.
-- Comp. an-, m. one who is not a horse, Pañc. iv. d. 49. indriya-, m., plur. the horse-like organs of sense, Kir. 5, 50. gava-, n. bulls and horses, MBh. 1, 3654. vija-, m. a stallion, Rājat. 5, 280. vṛhadaśva, i. e. vṛ- kant-, m. a proper name. sa-, adj with horses. saptāśva, i. e. saptan-, m. the sun. hata- (vb. han), adj. having the horses killed.
-- Cf. Lat. equus; [greek] Goth. aihvs.
I. m.
1. A mule, Rām. 2, 91, 53.
2. One of the chiefs of the Nāgas or serpent race, MBh. 1, 1555.
II. f. tarī.
1. A female mule.
2. Probably the name of a kind of serpent, which, according to a popular opinion, used to die when pregnant with or bringing forth young, Rām. 3, 49, 49.
-- Cf. the Dioscuri.
† aṣ, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To take.
3. To shine (v. r. as, cf. 3. as).
I. adj. Eight-fold, Man. 7, 48.
II. f. kā.
1. The eighth day after the full moon, Man. 4, 113; especially those on which the Pitṛs or Manes are worshipped.
2. Worship of the Pitṛs, Rām. 2, 108, 14.
III. n. An octad, a collection of eight things.
-- Comp. tri-, n. a kind of vessel, Suśr. 1, 171, 19. aṣṭāṣṭaka, i. e. aṣṭan-, n. sixty-four (arts), Rām. 3, 53, 41.
-- Comp. tri-, Twentyfour, Man. 9, 94.
-- Cf. [greek] = aṣṭau; Lat. octo; Goth. ahtau: A.S. ehta.
I. ord. num., f. mī, Eighth, Man. 2, 36.
II. m. An eighth, Man. 10, 120.
III. f. mī, The eigth day of a lunar half month, Rājat. 5, 327; 412.
-- Cf. Lat. octavus; [greek]
-- Cf. Lat. octodecim.
I. n. A board for draughts, dice, etc., Hariv. 6752.
II. m. and n. Gold, Kumāras, 7, 10.
1. A kernel, MBh. 3, 10629.
2. A ball, MBh. 1, 4494.
1. as, ii. 2, Par. (Ātm. when combined with vi-ati and as anxiliary vb.; e. g. sṛṣṭāḥ smake, MBh. 13, 13).
1. To exist, Bhag. 2, 12.
2. To be, Man. 1, 5; with an adv., MBh. 3, 4041; with participles, Man. 8, 94. asti, So it is, Śāk. 14, 16. asti, Once, Pañc. 132, 22. With na, Not, it implies very often 'to be lost,' e. g. MBh. 3, 10284.
3. With a gen. To belong. kasyāsi, Whose are you, Nal. 12, 118. santi me, I have, Man. 8, 87. tavāsmi, I am thy captive, Man. 7, 91.
4. With a dat. To suffice, Man. 11, 85.
5. With a loc. or with prati, To be affected against, Śāk. 17, 13; 14. sant, participle of the present (cf. Lat. prae-sens), 1. Being, Hit. i. d. 75. 2. Being in the true sense of the word, Right, Bhāṣāp. 138. 3. Virtuous, Chr. 8, 22. 4. Steady, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 10. 5. Venerable, Rājat. 5, 79. 6. Excellent, Kir. 5, 9. fem. satī, A virtuous wife, Lass. 41, 11. Comp. mahā-satī, a very virtuous wife, Pañc. 38, 12. n. sat, Entity, Man. 1, 11. superl. sat + tama, adj., f. mā, Most excellent. In comp. words of the Kharmadhār. class it forms the latter part, e. g. dvija-sattama, 1. A Brāhmaṇa, Man. 1, 33. 2. A most excellent Brāhmaṇa, Chr. 15, 30. brāhmaṇa-, m. Chr. 22, 15; bharata-, 25, 55; bhārata-, 40, 17; bhṛgu-, 45, 11; mṛga-, Ram. 3, 49, 25; ratha-, Chr. 63, 64; rājasattama, i. e. rājan-, 53, 5.
-- Comp. a-sant, adj. wicked, Pañc. i. d. 182; heretic, Man. 11, 65. f. a-satī, an unchaste woman, Pañc. 185, 15. a-sat, n. non-entity, Man. 1, 11.
-- With the prepositions vyati vi-ati, Ātm. To outweigh, Bhaṭṭa. 2, 35.
-- With āvis āvis, To be visible, to appear, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17 (corr. āvir āsīt).
-- With upa upa, To be near, Chr. 12, 2.
-- With prādus prādus,
1. To be conspicuous, Man. 1, 6.
2. To appear, Chr. 13, 6.
3. To spring up, Chr. 31, 10.
-- Cf. [greek] e. g. [greek] = asti; Lat. sum, est; Goth. im, ist; A.S. eom, is. [greek]
2. as, i. 4, Par.
1. To throw, Rām. 2, 67, 18.
2. To leave, Kathās. 6, 141. Aor. āstham, Ragh. 12, 23. Part. of the perf. pass. asta (asita, Rām. 4, 13, 54).
-- With the prep. ati ati, To surpass, Rām. 2, 23, 37.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To cross, Man. 2, 72.
-- With apa apa.
1. To drive away, Amar. 2.
2. To put off, Nalod. 3, 8.
3. To lay aside, Rām. 2, 32, 30.
4. To leave, Pañc. Pr. d. 10. Abeolutive apāsya, Except, Hit. iii. d. 139.
-- With abhi abhi, also Ātm. Man. 4, 149; sometimes i. 1, Par. Man. 11, 106.
1. To discharge (an arrow), MBh. 1, 5497.
2. To do repeatedly; to repeat, Man. 2, 79.
3. To practise, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 1.
4. To study, Pañc. 244, 1.
-- With ud ud.
1. To east upward, MBh. 3, 430.
2. To lift up, Śāk. 34, 1; to raise, Śiś. 9, 74.
-- With parvud pari-ud, To heap round about, MBh. 2, 1805.
-- With vyud vi-ud, To cast off, Bhag. 18, 51.
-- With ni ni, also i. 1 Par. Man. 6, 46.
1. To cast down, Rām. 3, 58, 2; to put down, Chr. 27. 12.
2. To resign, Rām. 2, 46, 20.
3. To put on, Rām. 2, 28, 27; Daśak. in Chr. 189. 6.
4. To support, Śāk. d. 161.
5. To put in, Bhartṛ. 2, 77; to settle, Yājñ. 2, 186; to appoint, MBh. 12, 4336.
6. To intrust, Rām. 3, 51, 18.
-- Comp. partic. citra-nyasta, adj. painted, MBh. 9, 43. su-nyasta, gracefully reposing, Rām. 5, 14, 23. Caus., to cause to put down, Chr. 43, 31.
-- With upani upa-ni.
1. To put near, Rām. 4, 4, 17.
2. To intrust, MBh. 3, 11551.
3. To prove, Hit. 120, 5.
4. To hint, Śāk. 65, 15. Comp. partic. an-upanyasta, unproved, Yājñ. 2, 19.
-- With samupani sam-upa-ni, To prove, Hit. 103, 3.
-- With parini pari-ni, To stretch, Kathās. 6, 121.
-- With pratini prati-ni, To put down for every one, Rām. 2, 40, 16.
-- With vini vini,
1. To put off and down, Pañc. 230, 18.
2. To put down, Nal. 24, 45.
3. To divide, Rām. 1, 13, 28.
4. To direct, Rām. 2, 60, 7.
5. To put in, Pañc. 236, 9.
-- Comp. partic. su-vi-nyasta, well arranged, Rām. 5, 13, 37.
-- With saṃni sam-ni,
1. To put down, MBh. 3, 16708.
2. To abandon, Man. 6, 95; to abandon all worldly concerns, i. e. to become an anchorite, Man. 6, 94.
3. To put together, Rām. 3, 35, 63.
4. To put on, MBh. 3, 740.
5. To intrust, Rām. 4, 28, 5.
-- With nis nis,
1. To throw out, to expel, Śiś. 9, 62; Ṛt. 6, 23; Rām. 3, 75, 24.
2. To drive back, Rām. 3, 42, 42; to send back, Śiś, 9, 33.
3. To destroy, Hit. i. d. 63.
-- With parā parā, To leave, Kir. 5, 27.
-- With pari pari,
1. To spread, Kir. 5, 34.
2. To put around, MBh. 2, 1898.
3. To turn round, Kumāras. 3, 68.
4. To surround, Kumāras. 1, 45; to enchase, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 23.
5. To turn over, Man. 11, 183.
6. To turn away. Bhartṛ. 3, 29. -Caus. to cause to drop, Ragh. 13, 28.
-- With vipari vi-pari, To invert, Mṛcch. 115, 4.
-- With pra pra, To throw, Man. 11, 73.
-- With vi vi,
1. To separate, Man. 7, 159; Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 3; to divide, MBh. 1, 4263; pf. vivyāsa, MBh. 1, 2212, instead of vyāsa, as if the combined vyas was a simple vb. vyasta, different, Prab. 97, 19; MBh. 3, 17052.
-- With sam sam, To unite, Man. 7, 57; Vedāntas. 205, 3. samasta. 1. United, Man. 3, 85. 2. All, Rājat. 5, 62. 3. Whole, Pañc. 69, 15.
-- Comp. yāvatsamasta, i. e. yāvant-, large as it is, Pañc. 31, 17.
† 3. as, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To take.
3. To shine (v. r. aṣ.)
2. as + ana.
I. n. Discharging (as arrows), Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21.
II. m. The name of a tree, Terminalia alata tomentosa, Rām. 2, 94, 8.
-- Comp. iṣu-, n. a bow, Ragh. 11, 37. śara-, n. a bow.
-- Cf. Lat. ensis, [greek] cf. akṣan = akṣi, and [greek] = pīvan.
1. The five vital breaths, or airs of the body (cf. Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 9).
2. Life, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 6.
-- Comp. gata- (vb. gam), adj. lifeless, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 266. a-gata-, adj. living, ib.
I. adj. Eternal, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
II. m. An Asura, or demon, Kir. 5, 30.
III. f. rī, A female Asura, or demon, MBh. 3, 12203.
-- Comp. deva-,
I. m. pl. the gods and the demons, Rām. 1, 45, 27.
II. adj. 1. referring to the gods and the demons, Rām. 1, 34, 8 Gorr. 2. n. elliptically (supply yuddha), the war between the gods and the demons, Rām. 3, 53, 8.
1. To detract, scron, MBh. 4, 99.
2. To reprove, Rājat. 5, 196.
3. To be angry, Mālav. 51, 18.
-- Comp. an-asūyant, free from a spirit of detraction, Bhag. 3, 31. Caus. asūyaya, To chastise, Nal. 14, 17.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To blame, Sāv. 5, 90. asūyām, instead of asūyeyam, MBh. 1, 4377.
-- Comp. an- (i. e. anasūya + ka, see asūyā), adj. free from a spirit of detraction, Nal. 12, 46.
1. Detraction, Man. 7, 48.
2. Ill-will, Rām. 4, 14, 20.
-- Comp. an-asūya,
I. adj. free from a spirit of detraction, Man. 4, 158.
II. f. yā, a proper name, Śāk. 9, 7. sa-, adv. angrily, Vikr. 30, 14.
-- With asan, cf. Lat. san + ies; with asar, Lat. assir, [greek] with *asan-j, Lat. sanguis.
1. as + ta,
I. n. Home.
II. m.
1. Sun-set, Pañc. iii. d. 187; Śiś. 9, 5. The acc. sing. astam, combined like a prefix, with i, gam, yā, implies, To set, Daśak. 184, 1.
2. The western mountain, behind which the sun is supposed to set, Rām. 4, 37, 4.
IV. n. Death, Kathās. 13, 74; Rājat. 5, 126.
-- Comp. sūrya-, n. sunset.
2. as + tṛ, m. A shooter, Chr. 290, 10 = Rigv. i. 64, 10.
2. as + tra, n.
1. A missile weapon, Śāk. 94, 10; an arrow, Vikr. d. 18.
2. A bow, Arj. 8, 2.
-- Comp. iṣu-, n. the art of discharging arrows, Chr. 22, 16; 51. 2. kusuma-, m. the god of Love, Ragl., 7, 58. kṛta-, adj. conversant with the use of missile weapons, MBh. 3, 228. daṇḍa-, n. the name of a fabulous weapon, Rām. 1, 56, 9. mahā-, n. a great missile weapon, Chr. 44, 4.
1. A bone, Bhartṛ. 2, 9.
2. A kernel, seed, Man. 4, 78.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. os, gen. ossis, for ostis.
1. n. A small bone, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
2. A substitute for asthi, when latter part of comp. adj., e. g. an-, Boneless, Yājñ. 3, 275. dṛḍha-gulpha-śirā-, adj. Having strong ancles, nerves, and bones, Rām. 5, 32, 11.
I; nom. sing. aham, plur. vayam; the bases of the other cases are, ma, āva, na, asma.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ego, me, nos; Goth. ik, mis, veis, unsis; A.S. ic, me, vit, unc.
1. ah (h for gh; cf. Lat. adag + ium, ajo for agjo, nego; Goth. aikan), forms only 2. sing. and du., and 3. sing. du., and plur. of the redupl. pf.
1. To say, speak, Man. 9, 47.
2. To specify, Man. 8, 122.
3. To call, MBh. 3, 16065.
4. To pronounce, Man. 9, 44.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To pronounce, Man. 9, 45.
2. To say, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 8.
-- With prati prati, To answer. Hit. 10, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] = āha.
† 2. ah, ii. 5, ahnu, Par. To pervade, or occupy (v. r. aḍ).
1. aha, a particle; Certainly, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4.
2. -aha, a substitute for ahan, when part of compound words. Day, e. g. agha-, n. A day of impurity, Man. 5, 84. anirdaśāha, i. e. a-nis-daśan-, adj. f. hā, Not out of the ten days (of impurity which follow birth or death), Man. 8, 242. ekādaśāha, i. e. ekādaśan-aha, adj. Lasting eleven days, MBh. 13, 4938. ekāha, i. e. eka-aha, m. One day, Man. 5, 59. katipayāha, i. e. ka- tipaya-, Some day, Chr. 52, 19 (sing); Pañc. 9, 6 (plur). kṣapāha, i. e. kṣapā-, A day and night, Man. 1, 68. tri-,
I. n. Three days, Man. 4, 110.
II. adj. Lasting three days, Rām. 1, 13, 43. daśāha, i. e. daśan-, n. An interval of ten days, Man. 5, 59. pañcāha, i. e. pañcan-, n. A period of five days, Kathās. 41, 26. puṇya-, n. A holy day, Chr. 25, 20. saptāha, i. e. saptan-, n. Seven days, a week.
1. Conceiving objects with the notion that they refer to one's own self, egotism, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 3.
2. Pride, Rām. 4, 6, 22.
3. Self-conceit, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 4; arrogance, Rājat. 5, 234.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. free from selfishness, MBh. 15, 882.
1. Selfish, Bhag. 18, 17.
2. Proud, Yājñ. 3, 151.
3. Arrogant, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 11.
-- Comp. an-, adj. not arrogant, Man. 9, 335. nis-, adj. 1. Impersonal, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 8. 2. Not selfish, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 6.
1. Selfishness, Bhartṛ. 3, 95.
2. Pride, Rājat. 5, 481.
1. of surprise, Bhartṛ. 2, 28;
2. of pain, Bhartṛ. 2, 29;
3. of pleasure, Vikr. 65, 11;
4. of calling, Hit. 12, 3.
-- Comp. andha-, m. a kind of snake.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. anguis; probably also [greek]
1. of calling, Pañc. 45, 12;
2. of grief, Pañc. 21, 3;
3. of regret, Śāk. d. 35;
4. of contempt, Pañc. Pr. d. 8;
5. of surprise, Pañc. 76, 24;
6. of praise, Hit. 17, 5.
1. ā, interj. of reminiscence. Ah! Prab. 46. 4.
2. ā.
I. prep.
1. With abl., implying:
a. Limit inceptive: From, Chr. 295, 17 = Rigv. i. 92, 17; Daśak. in Chr. 195, 17.
b. Limit conclusive: Until, with abl., Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
2. With loc., On, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; In, Chr. 297, 17 = Rigv. 1, 112, 17.
II. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
III. Former part of compounded nouns and adverbs: signifying
1. From, e. g. ā-kumāra + m, adv. From (my) youth, MBh. 3, 1403.
2. Up to, till, e. g. ā-gopāla, adj. Reaching up to the herdsmen, MBh, 2, 531. ā-maraṇa + m, adv. Till death, Pañc. i. d. 44. Compounded adverbs of this kind, when they are former part of a compound word, drop the final m, e. g. ā-yojana-su-gandhi, adj. Spreading fragrance as far as a yojana, MBh. 1, 6965.
3. A little, as former part of adj. or participles, e. g. ā-pīta, adj. Yellowish, Rām. 2, 76, 4.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unshakeable, Vikr. d. 160.
1. A multitude, Rām. 5, 17, 18.
2. A mine, Man. 7, 62.
-- Comp. kusuma-, m. spring (literally, Having plenty of flowers), Bhag. 10, 35. padma-, m. a pond abounding in lotus flowers. ratna-, m. 1. the ocean. 2. a proper name.
-- With the prepos. sam sam, To perceive, Pañc. 19, 14.
1. Attraction, Prab. 61, 16.
2. Playing with dice, MBh. 2, 2110.
3. A proper name, MBh. 2, 1270.
-- Comp. khalīna-, pulling of a bridle, Pañc. 258, 22.
1. Wish, Amar. 41.
2. A necessary supply, Bhāṣāp. 83.
-- Comp. nirākāṅkṣin, i. e. nis-, adj. devoid of desire, MBh. 14, 537.
1. Form, Śāk. 103, 18.
2. Countenance, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 24.
-- Comp. guñjā-phala-sama-ākāra, adj. like the fruit of the guñjā, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 119. dvidhā-, adj., of two kinds, Pañc. iii. d. 35. nis-, adj. 1. deprived of one's natural form, Rām. 2, 124, 24 Gorr. 2. disguised, MBh. 1, 5787. 3. unassuming, ib. 5, 1395. vṛthā-, m. a vain, or useless appearance, Pañc. i. d. 62.
1. Embodied, Kathās. 17, 50.
2. Well-shaped, Nal. 5, 5.
I. a-kāla + ika, Unseasonable, Kumāras. 3, 34.
II. ā-kāla + ika, What must be deferred till the same time next day, Man. 4, 103.
1. The fifth element, aether, Man. 1, 75.
2. Sky. Pañc. 47, 14.
3. The open air, Man. 3, 90; Nal. 14, 10.
4. The loc. sing. śe denotes in dramatic language that which is spoken off the stage, Mṛcch. 32, 18.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. filled, Rām. 5, 64, 24.
I. adj., f. gā, Moving in or through the sky, Rām. 2, 33, 8; 1, 38, 7.
II. m. A bird, Chr. 41, 21.
1. Crowded.
2. Fully occupied.
3. Confounded.
4. Distressed.
5. Perplexed.
-- Comp. an-, adj., composed. pari-, adj. 1. full of. 2. confused. 3. agitated. sam-, adj. 1. agitated, bewildered, confused. 2. crowded, thronged.
1. Crowd, MBh. 3, 13711.
2. Disturbance, Bhartṛ. 1, 17.
3. Commotion, Śiś. 9, 42.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. 1. intentional, Lass. 83, 2. 2. significant. 3. wanton. Acc. tam, adv. intentionally, Kathās. 6, 141.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. adj. 1. shapeless, Hariv. 12090. 2. ugly, Mārk. P. 8, 83. 3. one who disregards his religious duties, Man. 3, 154. 4. annihilating, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 4.
II. m. a proper name. vāmana-, adj. dwarfshaped.
1. Drawing, Amar. 1.
2. Attraction, Hit. i. d. 90.
1. Calling loud, Man. 8, 292.
2. Cry of lamentation, Kathās. 10, 94.
3. A king, whose kingdom lies next but one, Man. 7, 207; cf. Kām. Nītis. viii. 17; 43; 46; sqq.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. dā, not crying, MBh. 1, 6568. durākrandam, i. e. dus-ākranda + m, adv. miserably, Pañc. iv. d. 31 (thus to be read).
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. difficult to be attained, MBh. 7, 8861. 2. difficult to be attacked, Rām. 1, 23, 16.
1. Ascending, Rām. 2, 31, 5.
2. Increase.
3. Entering.
I. m. and n. A royal garden, Rām. 5, 9, 10; MBh. 3, 10823.
II. m. Sport.
-- Comp. deva-, m. a play-ground of the gods, Hariv. 6980.
1. Abuse, Yājñ 2, 302.
2. A curse.
-- Comp. durākrośam, i. e. dus-ākrośa + m, adv. with terrible curses, Rām. 4, 9, 19.
1. Convulsion, Kumāras. 7, 95.
2. Putting on, Kumāran, 17.
3. Throwing away.
4. Reproach, Bhartṛ. 2, 59; blame, Bhartṛ. 3, 29.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a flight of arrows. sa-ākṣepa + m, adv. revilingly, Pañc. 24, 12.
-- Comp. vana-, m. A hare.
1. A hunter, Pañc. i. d. 432.
2. Hunting, Kathās. 9, 74.
-- Comp. udaya-ākhya, adj. called Udaya, Böhtl. Chr. 228, 166. kim-, adj. how called, Śāk. 104, 13. daśābda-, i. e. daśan-abda-, adj. declared to be of ten years, Man. 2, 134 (i. e. a citizen may be considered as equal to another citizen who is ten years older or younger than himself).
1. A tale, a report.
2. Appellation, Kathās. 18, 5.
1. A tale.
2. A legend, Nal. 6, 9.
1. Arrival, Śiś. 9, 43.
2. Concern, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 9 (that you have something to do with the theft).
-- Comp. gata-, f. literally, coming and going, i. e. origin and disappearance, Rām. 2, 110, 1.
1. One who arrives, Hit. 18, 2.
2. Incidental, adventitious.
I. adj.
1. Arriving.
2. Incidental.
II. m.
1. A stranger, Hit. 70, 12.
2. An estray (Jur.), Yājñ. 2, 163.
3. A vagabond, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 4.
1. Arrival, Rām. 2, 25, 19.
2. Occurrence, Yājñ. 2, 92.
3. Stream, Man. 8, 252.
4. Afflux of wealth, Bhartṛ. 2, 39.
5. Report, Yājñ. 2, 212.
6. Knowledge, Rām. 6, 4, 30.
7. Art, Mālav. 15, d. 16.
8. Sacred science, Kir. 5, 22.
9. A work on sacred science, Kir. 5, 18.
10. A precept, MBh. 3, 1163.
11. A legal title, Man. 8, 202.
-- Comp. an-, m. not returning, MBh. 3, 8868. artha-, m. revenue, Hit. Pr. d. 18. jalada-, m. the approach of the rainy season, Nal. 21, 4. dina-, m. daybreak, Hariv. 4287. dus-, m. illegal afflux of wealth, MBh. 5, 1513. dhana-, m. afflux of wealth, Man. 8, 347. dharma-, m. a code of law, Mārk. P. 23, 36. puṣpa-, m. spring, Ṛt. 6, 34. hima-, m. winter.
1. Coming, arrival, Nal. 3, 21.
2. Origin, Rām. 4, 2, 29.
3. Sexual intercourse, Rājat. 5, 399.
-- Comp. an-, m. non-returning, Pañc. 89, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. faultless. Brāhmaṇav. 2, 14. kṛta-, adj. guilty, Amar. 43. a-kṛta-, adj. innocent, Rām. 1, 7, 13. nis-, adj. innocent, Rājat. 5, 172.
1. Arriving.
2. Future, next, Pañc. 169, 8.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a building for keeping the sacred fire, Man. 4, 58. antar-, m. a private chamber, Yājñ. 2, 31. āyudha-, n. an arsenal, Man. 9, 280. kūṭa-, n. an apartment on the top of a house, Rām. 5, 12, 45. kośa-, or koṣa-, m. and n. a treasury, Rām. 6, 111, 52. koṣṭha-, m. and n. a treasury, Man. 9, 280. kautuka-, m., n. a nuptial apartment, Kumāras. 7, 94. garbha-, the sanctuary of a temple, Kathās. 7, 71. deva-, and devatā-, m. a temple, Rām. 2, 71, 36; Man. 9, 280. prekṣā-, a temporary structure consisting of stalls for spectators. bandhara-, a jail, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17. bhāṇḍa-,
I. m. a store-room.
II. n. a treasury, Rājat. 5, 10. muktā-, n. the pearl oyster.
I. adj., f. yī, Belonging or relating to fire or the deity of fire, Man. 9, 310.
II. m. pl. The name of a people.
I. n. Offering of new grain, MBh. 3, 14188, and in the vedic literature; in the classic books it is spelled āgrāyaṇa, e. g. Rām. 3, 22, 6; Yājñ. 1, 25; Man. 6, 10, Lois.
II. m. A name of Agni.
1. Favour, Kumāras. 5, 7.
2. Pertinacity, Śukasapt. 6; 8; Kathās. 25, 9.
-- Comp. dus-, m. blameable pertinacity, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 43.
1. Beating, Rājat. 5, 417.
2. A stroke, Bhartṛ. 2, 83.
3. A cast, Rājat. 5, 463.
4. A gust, Rājat. 5, 330.
5. Killing, Bhartṛ. 2, 60 (read prāṇā°).
6. A slaughter-house, Mṛcch. 161, 11.
7. An execution-place, Hit. iv. d. 64.
-- Comp. taṭa-, m. butting at a bank or mound, Kumāras. 2, 50. pakṣa-, m. Hemiplegy. śara-, m. shooting with a bow.
1. Arrival, Chr. 287, 3 = Rigv. i. 48, 3.
2. Conduct, MBh. 15, 312.
1. Rule of conduct, Man. 2, 69.
2. Good custom, good conduct, Sāv. 6, 16.
3. Conduct, Rām. 6, 10, 24.
4. Sacred usage, Ragh. 2, 10.
5. Use, Śāk. d. 100.
6. Rule. MBh. 3, 166.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇa-, adj. conducting one's self honestly, MBh. 4, 167. duḥkha-, adj., f. rā, one who is difficult to dead with, MBh. 4, 274. dus-,
I. m. bad conduct, ib. 12, 4539.
II. adj., f. rā, following bad customs, Man. 4, 157. kāma-, adj. following one's own will, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 8. sadācāra i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), m. 1. approved usage, Man. 2, 18. 2. virtuous conduct.
-- Comp. sadācāra + vant, i. e. sant- (see ācāra), adj. one who observes the approved usages, Man. 4, 158.
-- Comp. kula-, m. a family priest, Bhāg. P. 9, 1, 9. nāṭya-, m. a dancing master, Mṛcch. 49, 2.
1. Covering, Pañc, 22, 17.
2. Cloth, Man. 3, 59.
1. Coming from goats.
2. Made of goat's flesh, Rām. 2, 91, 66.
I. adj. f. yī, Of good race, MBh. 2, 1733.
II. m. A horse of good breed, draup. 7, 10.
1. Battle, Arj. 10, 74.
2. Level ground, field of battle, Chr. 36, 12.
1. Livelihood, MBh. 14, 956.
2. Profession, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp. raṅga-, m. 1. a painter. 2. an actor. strī-, m. one who subsists by (the harlotry of) a wife, Man. 11, 63.
I. adj. Granting livelihood, MBh. 14, 1330.
II. n. Provisions, MBh. 3, 8452.
-- Comp. su-, adj. yielding an easy subsistence, Man. 7, 69.
1. An order, Rājat. 5, 3.
2. Authority, Bhartṛ. 2, 40.
-- Comp. an-, f. want of assent, Man. 9, 199.
-- Comp. vara-, n. choicest liquid butter.
1. One who lives in forests, MBh. 3, 15255.
2. A forest keeper.
1. Inflation.
2. Pride, Pañc. i. d. 229; 46, 4.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. 1. swollen, big, Pañc. 93, 8. 2. Proud. Acc. pam, adv. arrogantly, proudly, Hit. 58, 15.
1. Wealthy, Chr. 61, 38.
2. A bounding in.
-- Comp. ratna-, adj. abounding in jewels.
1. Sickness, Yājñ. 3, 245.
2. Affiction, Vikr. 41, 20.
3. Agitation, fear.
-- Comp. naṣṭa-ātaṅka + m, adv. fearless, Śāk. d. 14 n. nis-, adj. 1. without ailment, Dev. 12, 30. 2. not causing ailment, MBh. 2, 285.
I. adj. Assailing, Chr. 3, 1.
II. m. A felon, a murderer, a thief, Man. 8, 350.
1. Sunshine, Pañc. ii. d. 136.
2. Heat of the sun, Śāk. 31, 8.
-- Comp. an-, adj. shadowy, Bhartṛ. 2, 86. bāla-, m. the rays of the rising sun, Man. 4, 69. sūrya-, m. sunshine, Pañc. 121, 13; heat of the sun, Ṛt. 1, 10.
-- Comp. ucchilīndhra-, i. e. ud-śilīndhra-, adj., f. rā, having raised mushrooms instead of parasols, Megh. 11.
I. adj., f. yī.
1. Proper for a guest, Śāk. 7, 11.
2. Hospitable, Ragh. 12, 25.
II. n. Hospitality, Man. 3, 18.
1. Discased, Rām. 3, 55, 36.
2. Wounded, Rām. 3, 50, 19,
3. Agitated by a morbid desire; pradharṣayitum āturaḥ, Desirous to violate her, Nal. 11, 36.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. free from illness, Man. 2, 187. 2. indefatigable, Ragh. 1, 21.
I. m. A son, Man. 7, 14.
II. f. jā, A daughter, Rām. 1, 1, 69.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira, Lass. 15, 11. nanda-,
I. m. a name of Kṛṣṇa, Gīt. 8, 11.
II. f. jā, a name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 179. varuṇa-, f. jā, spirituous liquor.
-- Comp. an-, adj. foolish, Śak. 78, 15.
1. Breath.
2. The soul. Bhāṣāp. 97.
3. One's own self, Man. 4, 254.
4. Self, own; used, but only in the sing., as reflective pronoun of all the three persons, e. g. darśayātmānam, Show thyself, Nal. 11, 8. gopāyanti kulastriyaḥ ātmānam ātmanā, Virtuous wives protect themselves by means of themselves, Nal. 18, 8.
5. The instr. sing. compounded with following ordinal numbers denotes one's self as making up the number, e. g. ātmanā-saptama, Himself as the seventh, i. e. he with six.
6. The body.
7. Intellect, understanding.
8. The soul of the universe, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
9. The initial ā when preceded by e or o is sometimes in vedic and epic writings irregularly dropped, e. g. Draup. 5, 9.
-- Comp.
I. When latter part it denotes often, 1. nature, mind, e. g. kṛta-, adj. whose mind is improved, Pañc. ii. d. 15. a-kṛta-, adj. whose mind is not improved, Man. 6, 73. jita-, adj. one who has subdued his mind, who restrains himself, Pañc. 131, 19. a-jita-, adj. one who has not subdued his mind, Man. 7, 34. prāta-, adj. with an affectionate mind, Man. 1, 60. śānta- (vb. śam), adj. with a tranquil mind, Man. 1, 52. 2. natural disposition, e. g. karmātman, i. e. karman-, adj. having a natural disposition for action, Man. 2, 53. kāma-, adj. voluptuous, Man. 7, 27. cala-, adj. unsteady, Rām. 4, 55, 7. dharma-, adj. just, Rām. 1, 1, 29. pāpa-, adj. wicked, Pañc. 37, 19. mahā-, adj. magnanimous, Pañc. ii. d. 153. sūtra-, m. having the nature of a thread, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 3. 3. antar-, m. the soul, Rājat. 5, 194. kevata-, m. being the absolute unity, Kumāras. 2, 4. catur-, adj. having four faces, Rājat. 5, 25. chāyā-, m. an image, Megh. 41. jagat-, m. the soul of the world, Rām. 6, 82, 153. jīva-, m. the individual soul, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 2. datta-, (vb. dā), adj. one who has given himself (as a son to another), Yājñ. 2, 131. dvādaśātman-, i. e. dvādaśan-, adj. appearing in twelve forms, MBh. 3, 156. parama-, m. the universal soul. bhāvita- (vb. bhū), adj. 1. intent upon. 2. having obtained (the union with) the universal soul, Pañc. iii. d. 63. bhūta-, m. 1. the elementary or vital principle. 2. the body. 3. Brahman. 4. Śiva. 5. war. manda-, adj. dull, foolish. viśva-, m. the soul of the universe, a name of Viṣṇu.
-- Cf. O.H.G. atum, A.S. acdhm, and see above.
1. Appropriate.
2. Suitable (as diet).
1. One who has subdued his senses; endowed with selfcontrol, Rām. 3, 51, 44.
2. Sensible, Man. 5, 43.
-- Comp. an-, adj. one who has no self-control, Nal. 20, 31.
1. In one's mind, Man. 6, 25.
2. On one's self, Yājñ. 3, 54.
3. Under one's self, MBh. 3, 493.
I. adj., f. yā, Own, poss. pron. of the refl. of all the three persons, Hit. 52, 16; Pañc. 63, 23.
II. m. A friend, Bhartṛ. 2, 47.
-- Comp. an-, adj. not belonging to one's self, Pañc. 132, 18.
I. patronym., f. yī, A descendant of Atri, MBh. 3, 971.
II. f. yī, A woman who has bathed after temporary uncleanness, Man. 11. 87.
I. ad + a, adj., f. dī, Eating, e. g. puruṣāda, i. e. puruṣa-, Eating men. pṛṣṭha-māṃsa-, m. A backbiter, a slanderer. mānuṣa-māṃsa-, Eating men's flesh, Hiḍ. 2, 2.
II. ā-da (vb. dā), adj. Taking.
1. Regard, Kumāras. 6, 13.
2. Concern, Pañc. iii. d. 262.
3. Care, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 10.
4. Love, Pañc. iv. d. 7 (ādarāt, passionately).
5. Interest, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 8.
6. Respect, Kir. 5, 16.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive regard, Pañc. i. d. 463. an-, m. carelessness, Pañc. 202, 5, Bhartṛ. 2, 28 (rāi, easily). sa-, adj., f. rā. 1. impassioned, Ṛt. 6, 14. 2. respectful, Kathās. 2, 67. Acc. sing. ram, adv. considerately, Pañc. 33, 16; respectfully, Pañc, 71, 6.
-- Comp. an-, m. a nonreceiver, Man. 6, 8.
1. Seizing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20. Seizure, Kumāras. 5, 11; Man. 7, 204.
2. Taking, receiving, Man. 11, 15. Receipt, Rājat. 5, 265.
-- Comp. adhyayana-, n. learning the Veda, Man. 11, 62. nis-, adj. not taking, MBh. 3, 8501. rasa-, n. drying up. su-, n. taking with justice, Man. 8, 172.
1. Taking, MBh. 12, 5969 (a-sam-mata-, taking without assent, a thief).
2. Robbing, Man. 7, 123.
3. Bringing, Rājat. 5, 272.
1. m. Beginning, Man. 1, 8; 4, 25.
2. indecl. First, MBh. 2, 2008.
-- Comp. When latter part of a comp. adj. 1. having first, beginning with, e. g. Man. 3, 205, daiva-ādi-anta, beginning and ending with an offering to the gods. 2. other, et-cetera, e. g. Man. 1, 58, marīci-ādīn munīn, Marīci and the other Munis (properly, as before 'The Munis beginning with Marīci'); Man. 3, 104, anna-ādi-dāyin, giving food, etc. 3. the like, Man. 9, 260, evam-ādīn ...kaṇṭakān, these and the like thorny weeds. 4. more, e. g. Man. 8, 407, garbhiṇī dvimāsādih. a woman who is pregnant two months or more. These adj. when without subst. are neuters: e. g. Nal. 13, 43, evam-ādīni...vilapya, lamenting thus and similarly; Hit. 12, 16, ato 'haṃ bravīmi kaṅkaṇasya tu lobhenety-ādi, therefore I say, kaṅkaṇasya et -cetera, i. e. the verse beginning with kaṅkaṇasya tu lobhena. Man. 8, 31, the masc. is used.
1. From the beginning, Chr. 11, 22.
2. First, Man. 1, 34.
-- Comp. rāma-darśana-āditas, after having seen Rāma, Rām. 1, 51, 7.
1. The name of a class of deities, sons of Aditi, Man. 3, 284.
2. The sun, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 24.
3. A deity in general, MBh. 18, 215.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. surpassing the sun, Megh. 44. su-gandha-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 268.
-- Comp. an-, adj. without any beginning, Bhag. 13, 12.
1. Report, tidings, Yājñ. 2, 304.
2. Instruction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 15.
3. Order, Rām. 3, 53, 29.
4. Prediction, Man. 9, 250.
-- Comp. śiva-, m. a fortuneteller, Mālav. 69, 13.
1. First, Man. 7, 92.
2. Preeminent, MBh. 1, 8130.
-- Comp. ādya-ādya, each preceding, Man. 1, 20. Like ādi (q. cf.), other, et-ceters, e. g. anna-, adj. food, etc., Pañc. i. d. 188.
-- Comp. yoga-, n. a fraudulent pledge.
1. Adding, Man. 2, 176. 2. Preparing the holy fire, MBh. 3, 8194.
3. Lighting the nuptial fire, Man. 5, 186.
4. Conception, Megh. 3.
5. Pledging, Yājñ. 2, 238.
6. Using, Ragh. 1, 24.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. a ceremony performed previous to conception. purīṣa-, n. the strait-gut.
1. A prop, support, Rām. 5, 3, 77; Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
2. A canal, Yājñ. 3, 144.
3. A basin round the foot of a tree, Śāk. d. 14.
4. A dike, Ragh, 5, 6.
-- Comp. jala-, or toya-, m. a reservoir of water, Yājñ. 3, 144; Śāk. d. 14.
I. ā-dhā (cf. nidhi), A pledge, Man. 8, 143.
II. ā-dhyai, Mental agony, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 7.
1. Excess, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19.
2. Preeminence, Rām. 5, 90, 24.
3. Superiority, Man. 7, 169.
-- Comp. śata-, m. a cemetery.
1. Bowing, Amar. 22. Salutation, Kathās. 23, 17.
2. Homage, Rājat. 5, 215.
1. The mouth; the face, Ṛt. 6, 30.
2. A point, Rām. 6, 79, 69.
-- Comp. catur-, adj. having four faces, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30. daśānana, i. e. daśan-, adj. epithet of Rāvaṇa, Rām. 3, 39, 8. nāga-, m. a peacock, Pañc. i. d. 175 (perhaps to be changed to nāgāśana, i. e. nāga-aśana). pañcānana, i. e. pañcan-, 1. Śiva. 2. used at the end of names of scholars, Chr. 234, 6. 3. f. nī, perhaps a name of Durgā. mahā-, adj. having a great mouth, Hiḍ. 3, 2. su-hasa-, adj. having a cheerfully smiling face.
1. Joy, Rām. 1, 1, 17.
2. Sensual pleasure, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20.
3. Happiness, bliss, ib. 202, 3; 5.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. dā, joyless, Rām. 2, 47, 10. parama-, m. 1. the highest bliss. 2. the universal soul.
1. Bringing near, Rām. 1, 12, 27.
2. Escorting, Śāk. 48, 21.
1. Obstruction.
2. Length.
1. Suitability, Yājñ. 1, 74.
2. Compliance with (gen.), Rājat. 5, 132.
3. Favour, Kathās. 19, 1.
I. n. Regular succession, order, Man. 2, 41.
II. f. rvī, see the next.
I. adj. Watery, marshy.
II. m. Any animal frequenting marshy places.
1. To attain, Ragh. 8, 24.
2. To incur, Man. 8, 188.
3. To obtain, Man. 1, 63. āpta (cf. Lat. aptus).
1. Fit, Ragh. 3, 12.
2. Trusted, Man. 7, 80; just, 8, 63.
3. Near, Man. 5, 101; a friend, ib. 8, 64.
4. Large, Man. 7, 79. Comp. an-āpta, unapt, Man. 8, 294. -- Desid. īpsa, To desire to obtain, MBh. 1, 1090. īpsita.
1. Desired, Nal. 3, 2.
2. Loved, Nal. 1, 4.
3. Ordained, Man. 2, 48. n. A wish, Kathās. 22, 170. Comp. yathā-īpsita, adj. as desired, Sund. 4, 5; acc. tam, adv. 1. According to one's wish. 2. Willingly. 3. Independently.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, desid. To desire, Man. 136; with infin., Chr. 11, 14.
-- With ava ava.
1. To attain, Kathās. 1, 27.
2. To meet, Kathās. 3, 46.
3. To obtain, Vikr. d. 105. an-avāpta, adj. Not obtained, Man. 9, 209.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, To recover, Śiś, 5, 40.
-- With samava sam-ava.
1. To meet, Rām, 4, 44, 71.
2. To incur, Chr. 23, 20.
3. To obtain, Rām. 3, 55, 40.
-- With pari pari, To cease, MBh. 15, 1073. paryāpta.
1. Adequate, Bhag. 1, 10.
2. Sufficient, Man. 11, 7.
3. Enough (no more), Chr. 42, 13.
4. Full, Kumāras. 7, 26.
5. Many, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
6. Large, Man, 3, 40. Comp. a-paryāpta, adj. inadequate; with infin., Rām. 3, 51, 7. ati-, adj. excessive, Ragh. 15, 18. su-, adj. well finished, Man. 7, 76. a-paryāptavant, adj. unable, Ragh. 16, 28. -- Desid.
1. To demand, Man. 8, 161.
2. To desire, MBh. 1, 5515; Ātm., MBh. 2, 563.
3. To take care, MBh. 3, 17327.
4. To defend, MBh. 4, 480.
-- With pra pra.
1. To reach, Rām. 3, 22, 37. To attain, Rājat. 5, 57.
2. To meet, Pañc. i. d. 328.
3. To incur, Man. 8, 355.
4. To obtain, Man. 3, 277.
5. To get in, Man. 11, 263.
6. To find, Yājñ. 3, 142; Rājat. 5, 406. prāpta.
1. Proper, right, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 4.
2. Having obtained, Man. 7, 2. astaṃ prāpta, Dead, Kathās. 13, 74.
3. Having arrived, Nal. 23, 18.
-- Comp. a-prāpta, adj. 1. not finished, pending, Yājñ. 2, 243. 2. not of age, Man. 9, 88. 3. not obtained, Bhāṣāp. 114. krama-, adj. obtained by succession, Nal. 12, 49. Comp. ptcple of the fut. pass., duṣprāpya, i. e. dus-prāpya, adj. difficult to be attained, Rām. 4, 17, 44. -- Caus. prāpaya.
1. To bring, Rām. 4, 62, 19.
2. To cause to obtain, MBh. 2, 171.
3. To appoint, Rājat. 5, 424.
4. To give, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 15.
-- With anupra anu-pra.
1. To recover, Rām. 1, 1, 80.
2. To find, Chr. 70, 54.
3. To incur, Chr. 54, 11.
4. To imitate, Ragh. 4, 22.
5. To arrive, Rām. 3, 75, 2. anuprāpta, Having attained, MBh. 1, 5874; come, Rām. 3, 27, 9.
-- With samanupra sam-anu-pra.
1. To attain, Rām. 2, 52, 76.
2. To obtain, MBh. 2, 1616. samanuprāpta, Having attained, Rām. 3, 30, 1.
-- With upapra upa-pra, To come near, Rām. 3, 75, 17 (the ptcple. of the pf. pass. in active signification).
-- With saṃpra sam-pra.
1. To attain, Rām. 6, 109, 1.
2. To obtain, Man. 12, 74. saṃprāpta, Having arrived, Man. 3, 99. a-saṃprāpya, Without touching, Chr. 40, 17.
-- With anusaṃpra anu-sam-pra, To attain, Rām. 3, 68, 7. anusaṃprāpta, Having arrived, Rām. 2, 65, 11.
-- With abhisaṃpra abhi-sam-pra.
1. To attain, Rām. 2, 55, 21.
2. To obtain, Rām. 4. 3, 27. abhisaṃprāpta, Having arrived, MBh. 3, 11366.
-- With upasaṃpra upa-sam-pra, To attain, MBh. 3, 2337. upasaṃprāpta.
1. Having incurred, MBh. 1, 5188.
2. Come, MBh. 3, 14378.
-- With vi vi.
1. To pervade, MBh. 12, 124.
2. To occupy, Bhag. 10, 16.
3. To fill, Chr. 33, 5. vyāpta, That which has inherent properties, e. g. smoke, as invariably accompanied by fire, Bhāṣāp. 67. vyāpya, n. That which is invariably accompanied by something else, as smoke by fire; the sign or middle term in an inference. Absol. a-vyāpya, Not having pervaded, Bhāṣāp. 26.
-- With sam sam, To obtain, Rām. 3, 2, 28. samāpta, Finished, Rām. 3, 49, 27. Caus. To finish, Man. 8, 420. Desid. To desire, Rām. 3, 5, 22.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To bring to a full conclusion, Bhag. 4, 33. parisamāpta, Sufficient, Śāk. d. 105.
-- Cf. O.H.G. uobjan, and see above.
1. A river, Rājat. 5, 140.
2. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 6038.
-- Comp. sura-, f. the Ganges, Kir. 5, 40.
-- Comp. antar-, m., the interior part of a market, Rām. 1, 5, 8 Gorr.
1. Happening.
2. Appearing.
1. Undergoing, obtaining.
2. Misfortune, Lass. 30, 9.
-- Comp. artha-, f. presumption (the fifth pramāṇa of the Pūrva and Uttara mīmānsā), Bhāṣāp. 142.
1. Calamity, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 14.
2. Necessity, Man. 9, 82.
-- Comp. an-, f. abseace of misfortune, Man. 4, 2. nis-,
I. f. absence of misfortune, MBh. 12, 9671.
II. adj. free from calamity, Ragh. 1, 64.
1. Attack, Arj. 7, 10.
2. Running on, Man. 11, 9; running in, Yājñ. 3. 154.
3. Throwing down, Megh. 49.
1. A banquet, MBh. 1, 620.
2. A place for drinking, Rām. 1, 3, 28.
1. Squeezing.
2. A chaplet tied on the crown of the head, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
-- Comp. gala-, m. strangling. bhuja-, m. clasping or enfolding in the arms.
-- Comp. an-, f. non-effecting of a purpose, Man. 9, 290.
I. adj.
1. Causing corpulency.
2. Causing wellbeing.
II. n.
1. Satisfying, Man. 3, 211.
2. Advancement, Man. 3, 213.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unobstructed, Rām. 3, 44, 30. dus-, adj. irresistible, MBh. 13, 724. nis-, adj. 1. unmolested, Hiḍ. 4, 12. 2. not injuring, Hariv. 11811.
-- Comp. ṣaṣ-triṃśat-, adj. lasting thirty-six years, Man. 3, 1.
-- Comp. tapta-, n. an ornament made of refined gold, Rām. 3, 58, 19.
1. Splendour, light, Pañc. iv. d. 58.
2. When latter part of a compound adj., often Like; e. g. Rām. 3, 55, 28, giri-śṛṅga-ābha, Like the peak of a mountain.
-- Comp. vajra-,
I. adj. like a diamond.
II. m. a precious opal.
1. Splendour, Rām. 6, 77, 17.
2. Light, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 11.
3. Appearance, Kathās. 12, 16.
4. Semblance, Bhāṣāp. 70.
-- Comp. rasa-, m. the semblance of sentiment, as e. g., a sentiment attributed to an irrational animal. hetu-, m. fallacious reason or middle term.
1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1192.
2. The offspring of a Brāhmaṇa by an Ambaṣṭha woman, Man. 10, 15.
1. Crookedness, MBh. 3, 9957; vault, Rām. 2, 65, 3; roundness, Megh. 89.
2. Fullness, plenty, Śāk. 8, 1.
3. The expanded hood of the Cobra capella, MBh. 16, 118.
-- Comp. stana-, m. a man with a breast like a woman's.
-- Comp. gaṇa-, m. the member of a corporation, MBh. 3, 154.
-- Comp. an-, Not causing prosperity, Mṛcch. 111, 5.
1. Raw, undressed, Man. 4, 223.
2. Unbaked (as a pot), Pañc. iii. d. 13.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. Calling, addressing.
2. Invitation, Pañc. 34, 17.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. 1. healthy, Draup. 4, 10. 2. being in a good condition, Rām. 2, 72, 52. 3. unharmed, Rām. 1, 44, 58.
II. n. health, Śāk. 64, 23; wellbeing, Rām. 2, 89, 6. nis-,
I. adj. 1. healthy, Indr. 3, 8. 2. full, Hariv. 3639. 3. pure, Rām. 1, 62, 18.
II. n. health, Rām. 1, 41, 21. sa-, adj. sick.
-- Comp. khaḍga-, n. the flesh of a rhinoceros, Man. 3, 272. nis-, adj. 1. fleshless, Bhartṛ. 2, 9. 2. free of covetousness, Man. 6, 49.
1. Pleasure, Kir. 5, 26.
2. A fragrancy, strong smell, Ṛt. 6, 34.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. fragrant.
1. Holy tradition, Man. 7, 80.
2. A Veda, Daśak. 140, 3.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. hard to be transmitted, MBh. 14, 1441.
-- Comp. rājāmra, i. e. rājan-, m. a superior sort of mango.
1. Gain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 219.
2. Revenue, Man. 8, 419.
1. A place, Cāṇ. 32.
2. A seat, Man. 6, 77; Pañc. 32, 23.
3. An outhouse, Yājñ. 2, 154.
4. An altar, Pañc. 199, 12.
-- Comp. deva- and devatā-, n. a temple, Man. 4, 46; 8, 248.
1. Dignity, Kathās. 24, 119; Rājat. 5, 189.
2. Future time, Man. 4, 70.
I. adj., f. sī, Of iron, Man. 8, 315;
II. n. Iron, Yājñ. 1, 305.
1. Stopping, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 14.
2. Oppression, Rājat. 5, 165 (perhaps is to be read āyāsa, q. cf.).
3. Length, Rām. 1, 40, 18.
1. Effort, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 997.
2. Fatigue, Rām. 3, 55, 17.
3. Trouble, Śāk. d. 37.
4. Oppression, Rājat. 5, 174 (Chr. 261, 191, read āyāso).
5. Weariness, Rām. 6, 7, 1.
-- Comp. an-, adj. easy, Śāk. 22. 17.
-- Comp. indra- n. the rainbow, Man. 4, 59. sa-indra-, adj. with a rainbow. ud-, adj. with raised weapons, Chr. 4, 17. kusuma-, m. the god of love, Ṛt. 6, 33. cakra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 12. tridaśa-, n. the rainbow, Ragh. 9, 54. nis-, adj., f. dhā, disarmed, Man. 7, 92. sa-, adj. armed, Pañc. 44, 23. hala-, m. Baladeva.
I. adj., f. yā, Procuring long life, Man. 1, 106.
II. n. Long life, Man. 2, 52.
-- Comp. an-, adj. prejudicial to long life, Man. 2, 57.
-- Comp. alpa-, adj. short-lived, Man. 4, 157. kṣīṇa- (vb. kṣi), adj. lifeless, Sāv. 2, 23. gata-, adj. 1. lifeless, Pañc. 101, 23. 2. whose life is forfeited, Rām. 6, 1, 10. dīrgha-, adj. 1. long. lived, Rām. 1, 6, 18. 2. wished to be long-lived, Rām. 3, 1, 11. pari-mita- (vb. mā), adj. short-lived, Rām. 3, 55, 20. śata-, m. a man a hundred years old, Lass. 32, 18; an old man. Cf. [greek] Lat. aevum, Goth. aivs.
1. Battle, Ragh. 5, 71.
2. A field of battle, Draup. 8, 30.
1. Living in forests, MBh. 1, 3637.
2. Growing in forests, MBh. 1, 6658; wild, Man. 10, 89.
I. adj. Referring to forests, MBh. 15, 532; produced in forests, Rām. 2, 36, 6.
II. m. An anchorite, Śāk. d. 46.
III. n. The name of a book, Man. 4, 123.
1. A beginning, Megh. 37.
2. Exertion, effort, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
3. An enterprise, Rām. 4, 30, 14.
-- Comp. citra-, adj. painted, Vikr. d. 4. citrārpita-, i. e. citra-arpita- (vb. ṛ), adj. painted, Ragh. 2, 81. nis-, adj. devoid of exertion, inactive, MBh. 5, 1027.
-- Cf. O.H.G. āla; A.S. āl, ael.
(abl. sing. of ved. āra) adv.
1. From afar, MBh. 1, 6447.
2. Instantly.
I. adj. Who or what conciliates, wins.
II. n.
1. Acquirement, Bhartṛ. 3, 5.
2. Accomplishment (representation), Śāk. 12, 1.
3. Gratification.
4. Adoration, Kathās. 17, 26.
1. Pleasure, Bhag. 3, 16.
2. A garden, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. one who finds his pleasure in his soul, Bhag. 5, 24
1. Sound, Nal. 13, 16.
2. Scream, MBh. 1, 6846.
-- Comp. an-, adj. prejudicial to health, Man. 2, 57. saha-, adj. convalescent, well.
1. Causing to ascend, Kathās. 17, 84 (viz. to heaven, i. e. to die); Rām. 5, 15, 46.
2. Putting on, Ragh. 7, 25.
3. Stringing (a bow), Rām. 1, 66, 27.
-- Comp. vṛkṣa-, n. planting trees.
1. A rider, Hariv. 13464.
2. Mounting, Kathās. 25, 142; Rājat. 5, 310.
3. A heap, Rām. 1, 5, 14.
4. The buttocks, Rām. 3, 52, 27.
-- Comp. aśva-, m. a horseman, Kathās. 10, 124. gaja-, and hasty-āroha, i. e. hastin-, m. a rider on an elephant, Rām. 3, 57, 23; Draup. 8, 22. dus-, adj., f. hā, hard to be ascended, Rām. 2, 105, 6. vara-,
I. m. 1. a rider on an elephant or horse. 2. an elephantdriver.
II. f. hā, 1. an elegant woman. 2. the hip or flank. sa-, adj., f. hā, rising, Rām. 5, 73, 6. syandana-, m. a warrior who fights in a car.
1. Ascending, MBh. 1, 372.
2. A stage, MBh. 14, 282.
3. A ladder, Rām. 5, 14, 14.
-- Comp. durga-, adj. of difficult ascent, Rām. 3, 76, 28. pavitra-, n. the name of a festival, Pañc. 34, 18. sukha-, adj. of easy ascent, MBh. 2, 1281.
-- Comp. an-, n. dishonesty, Man. 9, 17.
I. adj., f. vā, Seasonable, Rām. 2, 30, 16.
II. n.
1. The menstrual discharge, Man. 4, 40; Rājat. 5, 391.
2. The approved time for cohabitation, Man. 3, 48, cf. 46.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unseasonable.
1. Injured Man. 4, 236; hurt, Yājñ. 3, 248.
2. Distressed, Man. 6, 16.
3. Afflicted, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.
-- Comp. bhaya-, adj., distressed with fear.
-- Comp. kṛtrima-, adj. feigning sorrow, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 3.
1. Wet, Megh. 87.
2. Fresh, Amar. 2.
3. Mild, Pañc. 8, 19.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Wet. Cf. probably [greek] (although beginning with [greek]), [greek]
I. m., f. yā,
1. Originally the name of the immigrated Indian people in opposition to the old inhabitants. In later times, the name of the three upper castes in opposition to the fourth, Yājñ. 2, 294; or to barbarians, MBh. 14, 2137.
II. fem. yā, The name of a metre. Rājat. 5. 35.
III. adj., f. yā.
1. Respectable, venerable, Man. 8, 75; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17.
2. Apposite, Rām 2, 115, 6.
-- Comp. an-, adj. and subst. 1. A barbarian, Man. 9, 260.
2. Unworthy, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
3. Inhabited by barbarians, Śāk. C. 139, 7.
1. A grandfather, Rām. 5, 61, 15.
2. A proper name, Mṛcch. 35, 22; MBh. 1, 1552.
-- Comp. an-, f. Want of virtuous dignity, Man. 10, 58. Dishonourableness, Hit. iv. d. 23.
I. adj. f. ṣī.
1. Referring to the Ṛṣis.
2. Ordained by or practised by the Ṛṣis, Man. 3, 21; 12, 106.
II. m. A form of marriage, Man. 3, 53.
III. n. Holy lineage.
I. adj. Hanging down, Rām. 3, 22, 17.
II. m. Support, Rājat. 5, 310 (in Chr. p. 271, corr. -bahe-).
-- Comp. an-, adj. unsupported, Rām. 2, 48, 22. dus-, adj., f. bā, difficult to get a footing in, Rām. 5, 73, 6. nis-, adj. having no support, Rām. 1, 44, 2. matta- (vb. mad), m. a fence round the walls of a palace. sa-, adj. supported, Kathās. 12, 175.
1. Supporting, Megh. 4.
2. Support, Pañc. i. d. 34.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. having no support, Rām. 5, 3, 64.
1. Hanging down, Ṛt. 6, 24.
2. Dependent, MBh. 3, 9924.
3. Depending on, Hit. pr. d. 19.
1. Touching, Man. 2, 79.
2. Cutting, Man. 11, 144.
3. Killing, Megh. 46.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. f. bhā, difficult to be seized, MBh. 13, 4707.
1. A house.
2. A seat.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. 1. having settled. 2. Inhabiting, Rām. 3, 1, 18. tridaśa-, m. 1. the heaven. 2. a deity. deva-, m. a temple. padma-, adj., f. yā, dwelling in a lotus flower. mānasa-, m. a wild swan, or goose. hima-, m. the Himālaya range of mountains.
1. A post to which an elephant is tied, Mālav. 62, d. 76.
2. The rope that ties him, Ragh. 4, 69.
1. Speaking.
2. Conversation, Pañc. 46, 12.
-- Comp. kathā-, m. conversation, Hit. 26, 22.
I. m. A bee, Pañc. i. d. 203.
II. Also ālī, f.
1. A woman's female friend, Kumāras. 5, 83.
2. A line, Amar. 89; Pañc. 203, 6.
-- Comp. sūtra-ālī, f. a necklace.
1. Smearing, anointing.
2. Ointment.
1. Sight, Megh. 38; Śāk. d. 9 (first look).
2. Light, Rām. 4, 50, 52.
3. Appearance, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 15.
4. Flattery, panegyric, Ragh. 2, 9.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be perceived, Gīt. 2, 20. nis-, adj., f. kā, 1. without moving the eyes, Rām. 2, 111, 14. 2. invisible, MBh. 1, 1475. sukha-, adj., f. kā, charming, Vikr. d. 109. sūrya-, m. sunshine.
1. An inhabitant of Avanti, MBh. 3, 15253.
2. The son of a Vrātya or outcast Brāhmaṇa, Man. 10, 21.
1. Sowing seed.
2. Any vessel.
1. Covering, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 23.
2. A cover, Śāk. d. 77.
3. Protection, Rām. 6, 99, 33.
4. A shield, Śiś. 5, 66.
5. Obstruction, Man. 3, 163.
6. A lock, Ragh. 16, 7.
-- Comp. gātra-, n. a shield, MBh. 7, 79. deha-, n. an armour, MBh. 7, 4423.
1. Turning, a turn.
2. A whirlpool, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 392.
3. A curl, Nal. 19, 14.
-- Comp. ārya-, m. the holy land, extending from the eastern to the western sea, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains, Man. 2, 22. dakṣiṇā-, adj. 1. turned to the et Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5. 2. turned the south, MBh. 6, 5671. nandi-, m. a certain diagram, MBh. 7, 2930. brahmāvarta, i. e. brahman-, m. the country between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛṣadvatī, Man. 2, 17. rājāvarta, i. e. rājan-, m. an inferior kind of diamond. ṣoḍaśāvarta, i. e. ṣoḍaśan-, m. a conch shell. su-dus-, adj. very difficult to be dissuaded, MBh. 12, 579. sūrya-, m. 1. a plant, Cleome viscosa. 2. a sun-flower. hṛd-, m. a lock of hair on a horse's neck or breast.
and lī āvali/ī, f. A row, Hit. i. d. 90.
I. adj. Necessary, inevitable, Bhāṣāp. 21.
II. n. Necessity, that which must be done, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 1.
1. A resting-place, Man. 3, 107.
2. A house.
3. The mansion of the holy fire, Man. 4, 151.
-- Comp. deva-, m. a temple, Rājat. 4, 325.
1. Bringing, Rām. 1, 23, 13.
2. Causing, Ragh. 14, 5.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. hā, difficult to be lead, MBh. 12, 12459. mala-, adj. 1. soiling. 2. defiling.
1. An arm-guard, Rām. 6, 92, 15.
2. Watching the enemies, Śiś. 2, 88.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a bow, MBh. 1, 7073.
-- Comp. bhoga-, m. the harem.
I. adj.
1. Coming from a sheep, e. g. kṣīra, 'the milk of an ewe,' Man. 5, 8.
2. Woollen, Man. 2, 41.
II. n. A woollen cloth, Man. 5, 120.
-- Comp. pañcāvika, i. e. pañcan-, n. the five productions from a sheep.
1. Turbid, Nal. 13, 7(6).
2. Without splendour, Rām. 5, 18, 3.
3. Stained, Chr. 40, 11; Foul, Śāutiś. 3, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. pure, Rām. 3, 76, 11. 2. healthy, Man. 7, 69. pari-, adj. very turbid, Ragh. 7, 37.
1. Order, arrangement, Man. 3, 214 (see Lois.).
2. Manner, Man. 3, 248.
3. A ceremony, Man. 2, 66.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive trouble, Prab. 92, 8.
1. A workshop, Man. 9, 265.
2. Possession by demons.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. full of desire, Kir. 5, 23. -śam, adv. uttering a benediction, Vikr. 11, 4.
1. Fear, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
2. Suspicion, Kathās. 14, 56.
-- Comp. gata- and naṣṭa-, adj., f. kā, fearless. sa-, adj. disheartened, Pañc. 47, 15.
1. A seat, Kathās. 20, 128.
2. A den, MBh. 3, 1387.
3. An asylum, Pañc, 141, 1.
4. The stomach, Daśak. 189, 11 (Wils.).
5. The heart, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 1; Mind, Bhag. 10, 20.
6. Intention, Kathās. 12, 73.
-- Comp. ama-, m. the part of the belly about the navel. krūra-, adj., f. yā, containing cruel animals and wicked intentions, Bhartṛ. 1, 80. garbha-, m. the womb, MBh. 14, 501. toya-, m. a pond, a river. dus-,
I. m. a bad abode, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 36.
II. adj. having wicked intentions, Kathās. 20, 3. duṣṭa- (vb. duṣ), adj. having wicked intentions, Pañc. 51, 25. pakva-, m. the abdomen, MBh. 3, 13973. mahā-,
I. adj. 1. magnanimous; 2. liberal.
II. m. a gentleman. mūtra-, m. the lower belly. vi-rata- (vb. ram), adj. resigning worldly intentions, Pañc. ii. d. 189. sukha-, adj. hoping for pleasure, Pañc. ii. d. 160.
I. i. e. 1. aś + a, A quarter, a region, Rām. 3, 22, 8.
II. i. e. ā-śaṃs,
1. Desire, Hit. d. 105.
2. Hope, Daśak. 191, 5.
-- Comp. dus-, f. want of hope, Rājat. 3, 213. dhana-, f. desire of wealth, Hit. i. d. 105. nis-, adj., f. śā, hopeless, Rām. 4, 19, 4. bhagna- (vb. bhañj), adj. disappointed. hata- (vb. han), adj. hopeless, desperate, Mālav. 36, 20.
-- Comp. nirāmisha-, i. e. nis-, adj. not feeding on meat. Hit. 19, 1. pavana-, m. a snake. pūrva-, adj., eating before (others), MBh. 5, 1291.
-- Comp. jaya-, f. cheering, congratulation, Rām. 3, 35, 105.
I. adj., f. gā, Moving quickly, Man. 4, 68.
II. m. An arrow.
-- Comp. sūtyāśauca, i. e. sūti-, n. impurity from child-birth.
I. adj., f. yā, Astonishing, wonderful, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 11.
II. n. A surprising phenomenon, Rām. 5, 49, 27.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. wonderful, Bhartṛ. 2, 59. -yam, adv. with surprise.
1. An hermitage.
2. A religious order of which there are four (or only three, Man. 2, 230) kinds referable to the different periods of a Brāhmaṇa's life, Man. 3, 2.
-- Comp. kāma-, m. and n. the hermitage of the god of love. gṛha-, m. the second order, that of the householder, Man. 6, 1. jyeṣṭha-, adj. being in the most eminent order, Man. 3, 78.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a Brāhmaṇa fulfilling the duties of a householder, Mārk. P. 29, 30.
1. A seat, Pañc. 51, 20; Ragh. 11, 26 (a quiver).
2. An abode.
3. A retreat, Man. 7, 27.
4. An asylum, Pañc. 211, 4.
5. Protection, Pañc. i. d. 43.
6. Recourse, Man. 2, 11; refuge, Ragh. 12, 35.
7. Dependence, Yājñ. 2, 48.
8. Support, Pañc. 155, 8; help, Pañc. 95, 14.
9. Base, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 3; the subject (in Logic), Bhāṣāp. 74.
10. Reference, Yājñ. 3, 143; Daśak. in Chr. 185, 17.
-- Comp. garta-, adj. living in holes, Man. 7, 72. nis-, adj., f. yā, having no support, MBh. 8, 1905. para-, m. 1. dependence from another, Hariv. 5154. 2. the refuge of the enemies, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 12. vana-,
I. adj. who or what is in a forest.
II. m. a raven. vāṇa-, m. a bow.
1. Taking refuge.
2. Referring to, Vikr. d. 51.
1. Seated, Ragh. 6, 4.
2. Lodging, Śāk. 78, 19.
-- Comp. an-, adj., f. vā, not obeying.
1. Recreation.
2. Rest, repose, Rājat. 5, 315.
3. Appeasing, Kathās. 9, 64.
1. The name of a month (June-July), Rājat. 5, 126.
2. A staff carried by an ascetic in that month.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2699.
1. ās, an interj.
1. Of anger: Ah! Pañc. 36, 21.
2. Of fear, Prab. 31, 10.
3. Of recollection, Prab. 72, 11.
4. Of joy, Prab. 29, 9.
2. ās, ii. 2, Ātm. (in epic poetry sometimes Par., MBh. 14, 2871).
1. To sit, Rām. 1, 50, 10; with the acc., Vikr. 27, 16.
2. To abide, MBh. 3, 12723.
3. To stay, Rām. 3, 9, 32.
4. To perform, Nal. 7, 3 (Böhtl.).
5. To spend time in doing something, to do something a long time; the action being expressed,
a. By a participle, Pañc. 36, 20 (svākāraṃ nigūhann āste, He conceals the state of his mind).
b. By an absolutive, Man. 7, 195; Rām. 4, 57, 23 (prāyam [hardly acc. of prāya] āsmahe, we are starving).
6. To exist, Rājat. 5. 99; to be, Pañc. 89, 10; Rājat. 5, 3 (corr. āsātām). With an adv. tūṣṇīm, silent, Pañc. 21, 10; evam, thus, Rām. 5, 57, 15. With an instrumental, Pañc. i. d. 106, 'with fearless mind.' With a dative, Hit. i. d. 207, āstām tuṣṭaye, it may be gratifying.
7. To cease, Pañc. 106, 19; āstām, 'enough,' Hit. 122, 19. Ptcple. of the pres. āsīna, Man. 1, 1. Of the pf. pass. āsita, passed, Rām. 1, 3, 4 (what came to pass with Rāma, etc.); n. Seat, Rām. 2, 58, 10. Comp. dus-, n. Unsuitable manner of sitting, MBh. 3, 14669.
-- With the prepos. adhi adhi,
1. To sit down, Rām. 5, 57, 6.
2. To sit down on, with acc., Rām. 2, 81, 11.
3. To take for his seat, Rām. 2, 99, 11; to occupy, Rām. 6, 2, 34.
4. To inhabit, Rām. 3, 54, 5.
5. To enter, MBh. 3, 13330.
6. To live as wife of, MBh. 1, 7265. Part. of the pf. pass. adhyāsita, Being the subject, Lass. 92, 2.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi,
1. To occupy, Ragh. 13, 52.
2. To inhabit, Rām. 6, 4, 52.
-- With anu anu,
1. To sit down after, Ragh. 2, 24.
2. To attend, Śāk. 33, 3.
3. To perform, Rām. 2, 50, 34.
-- With ud ud, To be indifferent, Śiś. 2, 42. Ptcple. of the pres. udāsīna, One who is indifferent, neither friend nor enemy, Man. 7, 155.
-- With upa upa,
1. To sit near, Man. 4, 154.
2. To attend, Bhag. 12, 2.
3. To honour, MBh. 3, 12611.
4. To partake, Man. 3, 104; MBh. 17, 2871.
5. To attain, Yājñ. 3, 192.
6. To sit, Man. 2, 103.
7. To occupy, Man. 5, 93.
8. To perform, Rām. 4, 24, 11; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 3.
9. To undergo, MBh. 3, 15634.
10. To stay, Rām. 1, 36, 1.
11. To spend time, doing something (cf. the simplex), the action being expressed,
a. By a participle, Bhag. 12, 6;
b. By an absolutive, Rām. 1, 44, 1.
12. To expect, MBh. 3, 1215.
-- With paryupa pari-upa,
1. To surround, MB. 2, 280; Nal. 1, 11.
2. To sit on, Man. 2, 75.
3. To dwell round (with the acc.), MBh. 3, 10412.
4. To partake, Arj. 8, 21.
5. To attend respectfully, Man. 7, 37.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To sit, Rām. 2, 105, 1.
2. To perform, Rām. 4, 10, 24.
3. To honour, Mṛcch. 37, 4.
-- With sam sam,
1. To sit together, MBh. 2, 304.
2. To sit together with (with the acc.), MBh. 1, 2104; with the instr., Sāv. 6, 27.
3. To sit, Man. 2, 101.
4. To be a match, MBh. 3, 372.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be able to resist (with the acc.), MBh. 3, 17314.
-- Cf. [greek] = āste; concerning the spir. asper cf. [greek] in [greek] = asmad.
1. Being attached, Śāk. d. 132.
2. Attachment, Pañc. v. d. 93.
-- Comp. uttara-, m. an upper and outer garment, Pañc. 236, 8.
1. Sitting, Man. 6, 22; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 22 (vigṛhya-, Sitting separately, not together).
2. Sitting in some peculiar posture for pious purposes, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 14; 16.
3. Sitting encamped, Man. 7, 160.
4. Dwelling, Man. 2, 215.
5. A seat, Man. 3, 208; Bhag. 6, 11.
-- Comp. ardha-, n. half a seat, Śāk. 97, 10. kamala- and jalaja-, m. a name of Brahman. dharma-, n. the seat of a judge, Man. 8, 23. nṛpa-, n. a throne. padma-,
I. n. 1. a seat consisting of a lotusflower. 2. a kind of posture when absorbed in meditation.
II. adj. dwelling in a lotus-flower. bhadra-, n. 1. a throne. 2. a peculiar posture, in which abstract meditation is performed by a devotee. vīra-, n. 1. a field of battle. 2. a bivouac. 3. a kind of posture, Man. 11, 110. śakra-, n. a throne, Pañc. iii. d. 270. saha-, n. sitting on the same seat. siṃha-, n. a throne.
-- Comp. madhu-, m. a spirit distilled from the blossoms of the Bassia latifolia. surā-, n. an inebriating liquor, Man. 11, 95. smara-, m. saliva.
1. A hard shower, Pañc. 94, 3.
2. A king whose dominions are separated by other intervening states, Kāmand. Nītis. 8, 17.
-- Comp. dhārā-, m. a hard shower, Vikr. d. 70. puṣpa-, m. a shower of flowers, Megh. 44. sa-, adj., f. rā, rainy.
1. Belonging to the Asuras or demons, Arj. 10, 30.
2. Demon-like, Bhag. 9, 12; wicked, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 13: that form of marriage is so called in which the bridegroom gives to the bride, her father, and paternal kinsmen, as much as he can afford, Man. 3, 31.
-- Comp. sthāna-, m. confine ment to a place.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. vā, hard to have intercourse with, Rām. 3, 23, 15.
I. adj., f. nī, Jumping on, Ragh. 17, 52.
II. m. A donor, Kathās. 24, 87.
1. A layer, MBh. 3, 15142.
2. Lying, Pañc. i. d. 190.
3. A cover, Rām. 3, 49, 15.
1. Stay, Bhartṛ. 1, 93.
2. Trust, Bhartṛ. 2, 96.
3. Regard, Bhartṛ. 3, 59.
-- Comp. an-, f. disregard, Kumāras. 6, 63; no matter, 6, 12. jāta-, adj., f. thā, full of hope, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 6.
1. A place, Rājat. 5, 44.
2. palace, Rājat. 5, 235.
3. A position, Man. 7, 184.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. oppidum.
1. Clapping with the hands, MBh. 2, 900.
2. Clapping, clap in general, MBh. 3, 11141.
1. The mouth, Man. 1, 94.
2. The face, Śṛṅgārat. 1.
3. An organ of speech, as the lips, the teeth, etc., Pañc. v. d. 44.
-- Comp. uraga-, n. A kind of spade, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 9. daśāsya, i. e. daśan-, adj. epithet of Rāvaṇa. dīrgha-, adj. having a long face. pañca(n)-,
I. adj. 1. having five faces. 2. having five edges, MBh. 7, 1710.
II. m. A lion. pāṇi-, adj. one whose hand is his mouth, Man. 4, 117. manda-, n. modesty. markaṭa-, n. copper. sthūla-, m. a snake.
-- Cf. os, ora, probably [greek]
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be accomplished, MBh. 2, 664.
1. Fetching, Śāk. 7, 9.
2. Accomplishment, MBh. 14, 2072.
1. An acquirer, Rām. 5, 95, 34; with acc., Vikr. d. 139 (causing).
2. One who accomplishes, Nal. 12, 45.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a great battle or fight.
-- Comp. an-,
I. m. non-eating, Hit. 24, 12.
II. adj. one who abstains from eating, Rām. 3, 75, 30. ekāhāra, i. e. eka-āhāra, adj. eating only once a day, MBh. 13, 5159. nis-, adj. without food, Rām. 1, 48, 31. pakṣa-, adj. taking food only twice a month, MBh. 3, 15409. phala-, adj., f. rī, in order to fetch fruits, Sāv. 4, 23. śāka-, adj. living upon potherbs, Bhartṛ. 2, 79. su-, adj. easily to be procured, Rām. 2, 31, 26. svecchā-, i. e. sva-icchā-, adj. omnivorous.
I. adj. Daily, MBh. 3, 10772.
II. n. A religious ceremony which must be performed every day, Rām. 1, 25, 2.
-- Comp. gava-, n. the daily food of a cow, MBh. 13, 6175.
1. Betting, Man. 8, 7.
2. As latter part of a comp. adj., Called, e. g. rāmāyaṇa- called Rāmāyaṇa, Rām. 1, 4, 1. gajāhvaya, gajasāhvaya, nāgasāhvaya and vāraṇasāhvaya, i. e. -sa-āhvaya, Called by the name of an elephant, i. e. Hāstinapura from hastin, an elephant, and pura, a town, MBh. 3, 270 and 9, and 1, 1786. gaṇḍa-sāhvayā, f. The name of a river, probably = Gaṇḍakī, MBh. 3, 14230. cakra-sāhvaya, m. The ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Rām. 4, 51, 38; cf. sāhvaya.
-- Comp. hima-, m. camphor.
-- Comp. cakra-, m. the ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Kathās. 14, 62. sūrya-, n. 1. copper. 2. gigantic swallow-wort.
1. Calling, summons, Pañc. iii. d. 44.
2. An invocation, Man. 9, 126.
3. A challenge, Rām. 4, 13, 40.
1. To go, Chr. 296, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8, etave ved. inf.
2. To go to (with the acc.), Rām. 2, 67, 1; with punar, to return, MBh. 2, 58.
3. To undergo, with abstracts, e. g. śudratām, Man. 4, 245, the condition of a Śūdra, i. e. to become a Śūdra; śoṣam, Cāt. 9, dryness, i. e. to become dry; prītim, Nal. 16, 23, joy, i. e. to rejoice; vaśam, Hit. 1, 32, power, i. e. to become subject.
4. To go away, Rām. 3, 1, 28.
5. To return, Rām. 1. 42, 9.
6. To attain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 2.
1. To go.
2. To pervade.
3. To conceive.
4. To desire.
5. To throw.
6. To eat. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. durita, i. e. dus-, n. Sin, Hariv. 11059.
-- With the prep. ati ati, A. i,
1. To pass over, Rām. 1, 21, 19; 3, 74, 7.
2. To surpass, Man. 8, 151, also in the pass. voice or ī, i. 4, Ātm., MBh. 2, 1473.
3. To conquer, Hit. i. d. 18.
4. To pass into, to enter, Man. 4, 73.
5. To avoid, Man. 12, 90.
6. To trespass, Rām. 2, 112, 18. The partic. of the pf. pass. atīta,
1. Passed, Man. 7, 178.
2. Dead, Man. 5, 71.
3. Having passed over, Megh. 30.
4. Conquered, Vedāntas; in Chr. 202, 5.
5. Having let pass away, Rām. 4, 28, 17.
6. Sluggish, Rām. 4, 31, 8.
-- With abhyati abhi-ati,
1. To pass over, Rām. 2, 70, 27.
2. To pass away, MBh. 3, 12547. abhyatīta, Dead, Man. 4, 252.
-- With vyati vi-ati,
1. To pass over, Rām. 2, 113, 4.
2. To conquer, MBh. 1, 6257.
3. To swerve (with the abl.), Rām. 4, 17, 32.
4. To disregard, Naiṣ. 5, 113.
5. To pass away, Rām. 2, 50, 37. vyatīta. 1. Passed, Chr. 16, 20. 2. Dead, MBh. 1, 4592.
-- With samati sam-ati,
1. To pass. Rām. 2, 71, 17; MBh. 3, 10435.
2. To surpass, Kir. 5, 20.
3. To avoid, Bhag. 14, 26.
4. To pass away, Rām. 2, 27, 19.
-- With adhi adhi, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.), To study, Man. 2, 107; MBh. 3, 13689 (Par.); to learn. MBh. 3, 10713 (Par.). Ptcple. of the pres. compounded with an-, anadhīyāna Unlearned, Man. 2, 157. adhīta, in pass. and act. sense, Learned, having learned, Sāv. 6, 11; Hit. Pr. d. 23. dus-, adj. Learned wrongly, Cāṇ. 98. -Caus. adhy-āpaya, To teach (with two acc.), Man. 2, 140.
-- With prādhi pra-adhi in prādhīta, Well-read, Man. 7, 85.
-- With pratyadhi prati-adhi, To study one by one, MBh. 3, 4182.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi, To peruse, MBh. 6, 93.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, Rām. 6, 10, 4.
2. To visit, Nal. 2, 9.
3. To obey, MBh. 3, 1143. anvita,
1. Following, Rām. 3, 40, 31.
2. Possessed of, having, Pañc. iii. d. 238; Rām. 1, 7, 16; 3, 20, 3.
3. Followed, rendered, Śāk. d. 141.
-- Comp. kula-, adj. descended from a high family, Pañc. i. d. 466.
-- With samanu sam-anu in samanvita, Possessed of, having, Rām. 1, 4, 26; 4, 8, 52.
-- With antar antar in antarita.
1. Plunged Pañc. 117, 5.
2. Hidden, Śāk. 9, 18.
3. Obstructed, Pañc. 1. d. 140. B. ay, with antar, to get between, Mṛcch. 35, 11 (cf. Lat. interire).
-- A. i, with apa apa, To go away, Chr. 289, 2 = Rigv. i. 50, 2; Man. 8, 292. apeta,
1. Come off, Pañc. 91, 6.
2. Having swerved from, Ram. 2, 109, 32.
3. When being the former part of a comp. adj., Without, e. g. apeta-bhī, Fearless, Man, 7, 197. Comp. an-apeta, not having swerved from, Rām. 5, 48, 7.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To come asunder, to separate. MBh. 12, 868.
2. To leave, Man. 11, 97. vyapeta,
1. Having swerved from, Yājñ. 2, 5.
2. When being the former part of a comp. adj., Without, e. g. vyapeta-bhī, Fearless, Bhag. 11, 49.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To come near, to approach, Sāv. 6, 4; also with sakāśam, samīpam, Pañc. 46, 4; 200, 2.
2. To enter, Man. 8, 75.
3. To attain, Pañc. 2, 6.
4. To undergo, Pañc. i. d. 132; Rām. 3, 49, 26, grahaṇam, to be caught.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi,
1. To approach, Rām. 2, 97, 18.
2. To follow, Śiś. 1, 72.
-- With ava ava,
1. To understand, MBh. 3, 235.
2. To know, Ragh. 2, 56.
3. To consider, Śāk. d. 108.
4. To believe, Vikr. 8, 18.
-- With samava sam-ava in samaveta,
1. Having met, Man. 2, 139.
2. United, Rām. 4, 28, 12; intimately united, Bhāṣāp. 17.
-- With astam astam, A. i,
1. To set, Man. 4, 75.
2. To die, Rām. 2, 102, 9. --
B. ay, To set, Prab. 112, 6.
-- With ā ā, A. i,
1. To approach, Man. 2, 120.
2. To come, Nal. 7, 4.
3. To undergo, Rām. 2, 62, 20; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 4, mūlaharatvam, To become utterly ruined.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To approach, Nal. 18, 14 (13).
2. To undergo, Rām. 1, 35, 14 (To go to rest).
-- With samabhyā sam-abhi-ā, To approach, Pañc. 40, 21.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To approach, Dev. 13, 3.
2. To cling to, Bhartṛ. 3, 64.
3. To undergo, MBh. 1, 1258 (to become tranquil).
-- With abhyupā abhi-upa-ā, To approach, Rām. 6, 9, 99.
-- With anuparyā anu-pari-ā, To walk round about, MBh. 14, 468.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To return, MBh. 3, 2744.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To go together, Pañc. 45, 15.
2. To meet, MBh. 12, 868; Rām. 3, 43, 42.
3. To unite, Rām. 1, 77, 29.
4. To assemble, Man. 2, 152.
5. To enter, Hit. iii. d. 173.
-- With ud ud, A. i,
1. To proceed, Ragh. 7, 23; Prab. 107, 18.
2. To rise, Rām. 4, 38, 12; Ragh. 17, 77; Man. 4, 37.
3. To rise against (with acc.), MBh. 3, 1921. udita,
1. Risen, Man. 2, 15.
2. Sprung up, Kir. 5, 5.
3. Commenced, Rājat. 5, 117. B. ay, To rise, Rām. 3, 12, 4; Mṛcch. 25, 24; Ātm., Prab. 91, 10. C. ī, To rise, Bhaṭṭ. 18, 20; 8, 35. udīta, Naiṣ. 6, 52.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, A. i,
1. To rise, Rām. 1, 19, 8.
2. To appear, Man. 4, 104.
3. To spring up, Prab. 116. 19.
4. To rise over (with acc.), Man. 2, 219.
5. To rise against, MBh. 3, 210 (īyāt either for iyāt or from ī Par.). abhyudita, Surprised by the rising sun, Man. 2, 221. B. ay, To rise over. MBh. 4, 488 (fut. ii.).
-- With prod pra-ud, A. i, To rise, Bhartṛ. 1, 66.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To rise and go to meet, MBh. 13, 147.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To rise together, Rām. 2, 1, 26.
2. To rise, Rām. 2, 83, 9. samudita,
1. Lofty, Kir. 5, 1.
2. Endowed, Arj. 10, 10.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, Pañc. ii. d. 18; with samīpam, Śāk. d. 139; to approach carnally, Man. 11, 172.
2. To undergo, Ṛt. 6, 7; vistaratām, To spread; Rām. 2, 21, 7, bālyam, To become childish.
3. To reach, to devolve upon, Hit. Pr. d. 30. upeta,
1. Approached, MBh. 3, 3003.
2. Living under, Rām. 3, 76, 13.
3. Undergone, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12.
4. Accompanied, Chr. 56, 16.
5. Possessed of, having, Rām. 3, 55, 6 Ptcple. of the fut. pass. upeya, To be expedited, Man. 7, 215. n. Aim, Mālav. 10. 3.
-- Comp. an-upeya, not to be approached carnally, Man. 11, 172. -- B. ay, To approach, MBh. 14, 781.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, A. i,
1. To approach, Bhartṛ. 3, 83.
2. To attain, Pañc. 40, 13.
3. To undergo, Rām. 5, 90, 41, sakhitvaṃ naḥ, he may become our friend.
4. To assent, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 22.
-- With samopa sam-ā-upa in samopeta, Possessed of, having, Pañc. i. d. 463.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To assemble, MBh. 1, 6937.
2. To meet, Pañc. 35, 2.
3. To approach, Rām. 1, 73, 1.
4. To reach, to devolve upon, Rām. 4, 21, 29.
5. To undergo, Śiś. 9, 68; viṣatām, to become poison. samupeta,
1. Approached, MBh. 2, 1219.
2. Endowed, Nal. 12, 46.
-- With nis nis, To go out (with abl.), Rām. 2, 42, 1.
-- With parā parā,
1. To run away, Pañc. v. d. 74.
2. To approach, MBh. 1, 7204.
3. To attain, MBh. 3, 255. pareta, Dead. Yājñ. 2, 29.
-- Cf. Lat. perire.
-- With palā palā (for parā), B. ay, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 2, 613), To run away, to show one's heels.
-- With prapalā pra-palā, To run away. palāyita, Run away, Rājat. 5, 260.
-- With vipalā vi-palā, To fly away in different directions, Rām. 2, 78, 13; vi-a-palāyata as if palāy was a simplex.
-- With pari pari, A. i,
1. To walk around, Rām. 4, 61, 47; Draup. 7, 8 (as a sign of honour).
2. To turn over in one's mind, MBh. 3, 12508; Rām. 5, 81, 4. parīta, Surrounded, Rām. 1, 49, 16.
2. Filled, Rām. 2, 76, 23.
3. Seized, Nal. 14, 5; 15, 18 (17).
4. Surrounding, MBh. 12, 2167.
5. Expired, Rām. 3, 57, 18.
-- With anupari anu-pari, To roam about, Rām. 6, 3, 29.
-- With abhipari abhi-pari; abhiparīta,
1. Seized, MBh. 3, 997.
2. Filled, Rām. 4, 1, 2.
-- With vipari vi-pari; viparīta,
1. Inverted, Mṛcch. 22, 6.
2. Contrary, Man. 7, 34; Rām. 5, 81, 15.
3. Perverse, MBh. 3, 110.
4. Unfavourable, MBh. 16, 1. n. A kind of lovemaking, Rājat. 5, 372.
-- With pra pra,
1. To proceed, to spring up, MBh. 3, 13116.
2. To come to, MBh. 3, 13385.
3. To die, Man. 2, 111. preta, Dead, Man. 2, 247. Absol. pretya, In the other world, Man. 2, 9.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
1. To approach, Rām. 2, 3, 31.
2. To consider, Rām. 2, 49, 16. abhipreta,
1. Intended, Pañc. 191, 11.
2. Desired, Rām. 2, 21, 35.
3. Beloved, Śāk. 87, 16.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To withdraw, MBh. 1, 6392.
-- With prati prati,
1. To go to, MBh. 3, 12359.
2. To return, Ragh. 5, 35.
3. To learn exactly, to be convinced of (with acc.), Prab. 25, 4.
4. To believe, Rām. 5, 31, 62. pratīta,
1. Agreed, Man. 3, 3.
2. True, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 1.
3. Known, Ragh. 13, 35.
4. Convinced, Hit. 12, 2.
5. Resolved, MBh. 14, 241.
6. Cheerful, Rām. 5, 95, 44. Caus. praty-āyaya, To convince, Śāk. d. 127.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To believe, Rām. 5, 31, 61.
-- With vi vi,
1. To traverse, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.
2. To leave, MBh. 3, 8557. vīta, when the former part of a comp. adj., Devoid of, Man. 6, 32.
-- With apavi apa-vi, B. ay, To deny, Man. 8, 51; 60; 332.
-- With sam sam, A. i.,
1. To assemble, Rām. 1, 44, 21.
2. To meet with, Rām. 6, 18, 5.
3. To become united, Nal. 14, 23. Pass., To be united, to be treated in the same manner with (instr.), Böthl. Ind. Spr. 280.
4. To arrive, Pañc. 53, 23.
5. To go, Pañc. 226, 12.
6. To attain, Pañc. i. d. 221.
7. To begin, MBh. 4, 348. samita,
1. Assembled, MBh. 3, 10651.
2. United with, MB. 14, 2630.
-- Cf. [greek] (= emi),
-- Comp. kāṣṭha-, m. a kind of sugar cane, Suśr. 1, 186, 15.
1. The name of the first king of Ayodhya, Rām. 1, 70, 20.
2. A descendant of that king, Rām. 1, 70, 11.
† ikh and iṅkh iṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. immoveable, MBh. 12, 1558.
I. m. and dī f. The name of a plant, Terminalia catappa.
II. n. Its nut.
-- Comp. an-, f. absence of intention; °chhayā, involuntarily, Man. 11, 124.
-- Comp. mahā-iccha, adj. 1. highminded. 2. liberal. yatheccham, i. e. yathā-iccha + m, adv. according to one's wish, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 21. sva-, f. wilfulness, following one's own inclination, Pañc. 87, 11.
-- Comp. bhūta-ijya, adj. one who makes oblations to the Bhūtas, Bhag. 9, 25.
1. Refreshment, ved. Chr. 288, 16 = Rigv. i. 48, 16 (written iḷa).
2. Oblations to the deities, MBh. 2, 1304.
3. Speech, Hariv. 14036.
4. Earth, MBh. 3, 14750.
5. The wife of Budha, MBh. 1, 3141.
1. Other, Man. 1, 70; itara-itarair atha vā itaraiḥ, By these or those, MBh. 2, 2503.
2. Contrary, e. g. vijayāya itarāya vā, To victory or defeat, MBh. 1, 4092.
-- Comp. itara-itara, adj., used generally only in the oblique cases of the sing., 1. mutual, with each another, Pañc. ii. d. 136. 2. several Man. 3, 35. -- When the latter part of a comp. word it signifies,
I. negation of the former part, e. g. dvija-, m. one who is not a Brāhmaṇa, Ragh. 9, 76. nara-, m. 1. a superhuman being, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 9. 2. an animal, 3, 13, 49.
II. the contrary, e. g. dakṣiṇa-, adj. left, Kumāras. 4, 19. paruṣa-, adj. mild, Ragh. 5, 68. sabhya-, adj. vulgar, Bhartṛ. 3, 57. savya-, adj. right, Ragh. 12, 90. sahaja-, adj. not innate, accidental. sita-, adj. black.
I. = the abl. of idam, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 2 (from this person, i. e. from myself); Hiḍ. 1. 5, than this, i. e. than
I. II. adv.
1. From hence, from this place, Rām. 3, 54, 28; from this time, MBh. 3, 204; therefore, Rām. 5, 81, 45.
2. Hither, Rām. 5, 13, 9; Ragh. 2, 34, against myself.
3. itas-itas, Here -- there, Śāk. 29, 20; itaś cetaś ca, Here and there, Pañc. 20, 25.
1. Thus, Man. 2, 237.
2. It is used in quoting words or thoughts of one's self or some other: Man. 2, 129, tāṃ brūyād bhavatīti, He may address her thus (i. e. by the word), bhavati; Chr. 4, 15, avocam...bhīṣmaḥ śāntanavaḥ kanyā karatīti, I spoke thus: 'Bhīṣma the son of Śāntanu robs the girls,' i. e.
I. rob, etc.; Nal. 16, 9, tarkayām āsa bhaimīti, he thought thus: 'ṣe is the daughter of Bhīma'; Nal. 20, 14, na hi jānāmi bhaved evaṃ na veti, I do not know (thus): may it be so or not, i. e. I do not know if it be thus or not. Generally words expressing 'to say,' or 'to think,' are wanting, e. g. Pañc. 68, 25, akuto pi bhayam iti, 'There is no danger from any quarter' thus (thinking); Nal. 14, 14, na tvāṃ vidyur janā iti, 'People will not know thee' thus (thinking). Sometimes is added kṛtvā or ha, e. g. MBh. 1, 1522, sakheti kṛtvā, Thinking you are my friend, Man. 9, 45.
3. It often follows a question without expressing a distinct meaning, e. g. Hit. 53, 18.
4. It is used to denote the conclusion of a book or chapter, Rām. 1, end.
5. With preceding kim, Why, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 22.
-- Cf. Lat. ita.
-- Cf. Lat. is, ea, id; Goth. is ita.
1. Now, Ṛt. 6. 29.
2. Presently, Śāk. 94, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. idoneus.
† ind, i. 1, Par. To have supreme power.
-- Comp. a-bāla-, m. the full moon, Ragh. 6, 53. vadana-, m. a moon-like face, Śiś. 9, 30.
1. The name of a deity, originally the supreme go of the Hindus. Rām. 1, 1, 83.
2. First, a king, especially as latter part of comp. words, e. g. khaga-, m. The king of the birds, Pañc. i. d. 356; gaja-, m. A huge elephant, Nal. 12, 54 (40); jana-, m. A king (of the people), Rām. 2, 100, 14. tṛṇa-, m. The palmyra tree, MBh. 13, 6861. deva-, m. Indra, Arj. 4, 5. naga-, m. The Himālaya, Ragh. 2, 28. nara-, m.
1. A king, Man. 9, 253.
2. A physician, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12. mahā-, m.
1. Indra.
2. A range of mountains, the northern part of the Ghats. mṛga-, m. A lion. yakṣa-, m. Kuvera, the god of wealth. rākṣasa-, m. Rāvaṇa, the king of the Rākṣasas, or demons, Rām. 3, 55, 35. rājendra, i. e. rājan-, m. An emperor, a powerful king, Chr. 41, 5. sura-, m. Indra, Bhartṛ. 2, 11. sa-, adj. With Indra, Rām. 3, 51, 6.
1. Power, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 83, 2.
2. Semen virile, Man. 4, 220.
3. An organ of sense, Man. 1, 15.
-- Comp. antar-, n, the internal sense, i. e. the faculty of thinking. Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 19. karmendriya, i. e. karman-, n. an organ of action, e. g. the hand, foot, etc., Man. 2, 91. jita-, adj. one who has subdued his senses, Rām. 3, 49, 53. nis-, adj., f. yā, 1. having lost the use of a limb, Man. 9, 201. 2. powerless, Man. 9. 18 (? see Sch.). buddhi- (or jṅāna-), n. an organ of perception and intellect, as the mind, eye, ear, etc., Man. 2, 91. sa-, adj. with the organs of sense, Man. 1, 55.
1. To kindle; pass. idhya, MBh. 3, 10821; ptcple. pf. iddha, Man. 8, 215.
2. To shine.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To kindle, MBh. 3, 10658. Cf. [greek] Lat. aestus; O.H.G. eit.
-- Comp. agni-, n. kindling a sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 108. ap-, adj. having water for fuel, Ragh. 13, 14.
1. To pervade.
2. To please.
3. To satisfy. In the Veda especially: to further.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] cf. [greek] under ju.
-- Comp. gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, Rājat. 1, 300. jala-gandha-, m. a kind of elephant, or a gandhebha (see the preceding) living in water, Rājat. 5, 107. digibha, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, one of eight attached to the north, north-east, etc., supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 39.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
1. So much, Kathās. 4, 95.
2. So large, Kathās. 12, 8.
1. Water.
2. The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 2, 393.
1. To sleep.
2. To go, Hariv. 620. †
3. To throw; in this signification also i. 10, Par.
1. Like, Man. 2, 79.
2. In some way, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 14.
3. Almost, Nal. 17, 12.
4. Scarcely, Chr. 36, 15.
5. With na, Not very, Nal. 25, 19.
6. With kim, Indeed, Śāk. 97, 15.
1. iṣ, i. 4, Par.
1. To throw, ved.
2. To go.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To search, Daśak. in Chr. 192 10, (cf. 2. iṣ).
-- With pra pra, Caus.
1. To throw, Rām. 3, 35, 46.
2. To direct, Śāk. d. 35.
3. To send, Rām. 3, 64, 7.
4. To make known, Rām. 1, 71, 17; preṣita, Banished, Rām. 2, 68, 8; m. A messenger, Śāk. 29, 12.
-- With anupra anu-pra, Caus. To send after, Rām. 4, 37, 10.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To throw, Chr. 30, 7. Caus.
1. To send, MBh. 2, 1179.
2. To send away, Rām. 4, 56, 17.
-- Cf. [greek].
2. iṣ, i. 6, Par. (base of the pres. impf. imprt. and potent. iccha, but cf. anu-),
1. To wish, Sāv. 5, 100; Yājñ. 1, 130.
2. To cherish, Man. 2, 159.
3. To chose, Man. 8, 384.
4. To approve, Man. 8, 366. Pass., To be fixed or determined, Bhāṣāp. 12; Yājñ. 3, 18; Man. 8, 322. Comp. part. of the pres. an-icchant,
1. Not desiring, Rām. 5, 24, 8.
2. Unwilling, Pañc. 55, 4. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., iṣṭa, Desired, good. Nal. 1, 1. m. A lover, Śāk. d. 78.
-- Comp. an-iṣṭa, 1. disagreeable, Rām. 3, 14, 23. 2. disapproved. Man. 9, 319. 3. wicked, Hit. i. d. 5. n. evil occurrence, Kathās. 18, 86. yathā-iṣṭa + m, adv. 1. according to one's wish, Bhartṛ. 2, 81. 2. carelessly, Man. 2, 198. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass. eṣṭavya (anomal.), Desirable, MBh. 3, 8075; n. wish, MBh. 14, 1600.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To search, Man. 6, 84; with iṣa as base of the present, etc., MBh. 3, 15753.
2. To try Man. 8. 190.
3. To ask, Man. 4, 33. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., dus-, Difficult to be searched through, Rām. 4, 86, 6. -Caus.
1. To search, Pañc. 214, 19.
2. To expect, Pañc. 182, 24.
-- With paryanu pari-anu, To search, MBh. 1, 1668.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To search through, Rām. 3, 66, 1.
-- With abhi abhi, abhīṣṭa,
1. Desired, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4.
2. Agreeable, Pañc. 77, 24.
-- With ā ā, eṣṭavya (anomal.), Desirable, MBh. 3, 8075; n. Wish, MBh. 14, 1600.
-- With paryā pari-ā, paryeṣṭavya (see the last), To be searched, MBh. 9, 229.
-- With prati prati,
1. To receive, Sāv. 3, 12.
2. To obey, Rām. 1, 34, 30.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To assent, Rām. 1, 52, 13. Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek]
3. iṣ, ii. 9, iṣṇā, Par.
1. † To repeat an act.
2. ved. To further, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16.
4. iṣ, f. A desirable object, comfort, Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15.
1. iṣ + īkā, f. Reed, MBh. 1, 4332.
-- Comp. śara-, f. an arrow, Rām. 2, 104, 43, Gorr.
1. iṣ + u, m. and f. An arrow.
-- Comp. kusuma-, m. the god of love. pañceṣu, i. e. pañcan-, m. the god of love. puṣpa-, m. the god of love Cf. [greek]
-- Comp. mahā-, a great quiver.
I. 2. iṣ + ti, Wish.
II. yaj + ti,
1. Sacrificing, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
2. Sacrifice. Man. 4, 10.
-- Comp. jāta- (vb. jan), f. a sacrifice on the birth of a child, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 16.
1. iṣ + min, adj. Hastening, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6.
1. An archer, Rām. 1, 1, 12.
2. A bow, Rām. 3, 49, 48.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. an archer.
1. In this case, Chr. 55.
2. Here, Man. 9, 8; in this world, Man. 3, 181.
3. Hither, Chr. 13, 13.
1. To look, Kathās. 25, 148. To behold, Śiś. 9, 61. To perceive, Bhag. 6, 29.
2. To mind, Kumāras. 5, 82; īkṣita, n. A look, Śāk. d. 44.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To suspect, Hit. iv. d. 101 (satye py apāyam adhīkṣate, Suspects injury even in truth).
-- With apa apa,
1. To see, Rām. 5, 42, 6.
2. To mind, Pañc. v. d. 61. To pay regard to, Kathās. 17, 12.
3. To intend, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 13.
4. To require, Bhāṣāp. 63.
5. To expect, Bhartṛ. 3, 66. an-apekṣita, adj.
1. Not minded, Man. 8, 309; unregarded, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 3.
2. Regardless, Prab. 34, 15.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To look back, Rām. 2, 86, 22.
2. To mind, Ragh. 19, 6.
-- With ava ava,
1. To look at, MBh. 1, 5923; Rām. 3, 50, 11 (avekṣya-avekṣya, ever pursuing with his eyes).
2. To perceive, Rām. 2, 45, 5.
3. To consider, Man. 7, 10.
4. To mind, MBh. 2, 2158; to regard, Rām. 6, 7, 48. dus-avekṣita, n. An unsuitable look, MBh. 3, 14669. su-avckṣita, adj. Well pondered, Rām. 4, 31, 5.
-- With anvava anu-ava,
1. To look at, Rām. 1, 64, 9.
2. To look round, Rām. 5, 16, 38.
3. To perceive, Rām. 1, 3, 5.
4. To reflect, Man. 6, 65.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To look at, MBh. 2, 2686.
-- With nyava ni-ava, To ponder, MBh. 12, 4975.
-- With nirava nis-ava, To perceive, Mṛcch. 86, 1.
-- With paryava pari-ava, To regard(?), MBh. 14, 636.
-- With pratyava prati-ava,
1. To look at, Rām. 2, 39, 1.
2. To inspect one after the other, Śāk. 80, 21.
3. To mind, Rām. 2, 32, 34.
-- With samava sam-ava,
1. To look at, Ṛt. 6, 17; to behold, MBh. 4, 218.
2. To consider, Rām. 2, 78, 4.
3. To reflect, Rām. 1, 50, 10.
4. To pay regard to, Rām. 4. 19, 2.
-- With ud ud,
1. To look up to, Rām. 5, 30, 12.
2. To look at, Man. 4, 77.
3. To see, Rām. 2, 22, 7.
4. To wait, Man. 9, 90; to expect, Rām. 6, 109, 5.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To look at, Rām. 6, 11, 2.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To look at, Rām. 2, 9, 19.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To look, Rām. 3, 73, 3.
2. To perceive, Rām. 5, 2, 1.
3. To look up to one, Chr. 3, 7.
-- With upa upa,
1. To look at, Nal. 22, 5.
2. To pay regard to, Chr. 55, 5.
3. To examine, Rām. 4, 29, 29.
4. To descry, Rām. 5, 29, 4.
5. To overlook, Pañc. 66. 11; Rām. 2, 23, 16; to disregard, Rājat. 5, 47; to neglect, Rām. 4, 17, 5.
6. To let escape, Man. 8, 344.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, To forsake, MBh. 16, 160.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To neglect, MBh. 2, 1960.
-- With nis nis,
1. To behold, MBh. 2, 2463.
2. To look at, Man. 4, 38.
3. To look about, Pañc. iv. d. 63, 64 (pass. on account of the metre).
4. To perceive, Kathās. 2, 19.
5. To consider, Rām. 5, 84, 5.
-- With saṃnis sam-nis, To perceive, Rām. 2, 21, 55.
-- With pari pari,
1. To look round, Rām. 5, 17, 2.
2. To examine, Man. 9, 14
3. To perceive, Rājat. 5, 109. a-parīkṣita, adj. Inconsiderate, Lass. 15, 5; foolish, Lass. 14, 20. -- See ku-; su-, adj. Well considered, Pañc. v. d. 16. duṣparīkṣya, i. e. dus-parīkṣya, adj. Difficult to be examined, MBh. 3, 12481. Comp. absol. a-parīkṣya, Without due consideration, Pañc. v. d. 16. Caus. parīkṣaya, To cause to be examined, Man. 7, 194.
-- With pra pra,
1. To look at, Rām. 2, 97, 13.
2. To suffer patiently, MBh. 3, 526.
3. To perceive, Pañc. 23, 11. prekṣita n. A look, Daśak in Chr. 190, 15. prekṣaṇīya, Worthy to be looked at, Indr. 5, 13.
-- Comp. duṣprekṣaṇīya and duṣprekṣya, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be looked at, MBh. 1, 2112; Rām. 3, 30, 35.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To see, Draup. 5, 23.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
1. To look at, Draup. 8, 39.
2. To perceive, MBh. 3, 888.
-- With utpra ud-pra,
1. To look up to, Rām. 5, 85, 5 (utprekṣyāmas, ii. 2, Par.).
2. To perceive, Amar. 38.
-- With upapra upa-pra, To overlook, MBh. 1, 3022.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To look in different directions, Rām. 3, 52, 3.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To behold, Bhag. 6, 13.
2. To perceive, Chr. 22, 21.
3. To consider, Man. 7, 127.
-- With abhisaṃpra abhi-sam-pra, To behold, MBh. 1, 3011.
-- With prati prati,
1. To wait, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 15; To expect, MBh. 3, 1726.
2. To endure, Man. 9, 77. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-pratīkṣamāṇa, adj. Not expecting, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 1.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To wait, MBh. 1, 2903; Rām. 3, 52, 37; literally: do not dwell here waiting, i. e. do not stay here a moment; to expect, Rām. 1, 73, 13.
-- With vi vi,
1. To look, Man. 2, 192; pass. to appear, Vikr. d. 132.
2. To consider, Man. 7, 140. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vīkṣita, n. A look, Ṛt. 6, 11, v. r.
-- With anuvi anu-vi,
1. To look at, MBh. 4, 1235.
2. To examine, Rām. 5, 19, 34.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi,
1. To look at, Man. 7, 6.
2. To perceive, Rām. 3, 53, 62.
3. To consider, MBh. 15, 379 (read -vīkṣate).
-- With udvi ud-vi,
1. To look up, Amar. 24.
2. To look to, Śāk. d. 161.
3. To consider, Pañc. i. d. 265.
-- With samudvi sam-ud-vi,
1. To look at, Rām. 3, 4, 34.
2. To perceive, MBh. 3, 12425.
-- With upavi upa-vi, To look at, Rām. 2, 58, 32.
-- With prativi prati-vi, To perceive, Rām. 1, 15, 26. duṣprativīkṣaṇīya and duṣprativīkṣya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 6, 137; Rām. 2, 23, 3.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To perceive, Rām. 5, 46, 10.
-- With sam sam,
1. To look to, Man. 6, 68.
2. To behold, Rām. 3, 52, 11; to perceive, Hiḍ. 4, 26.
3. To mind, Rām. 2, 61, 12.
4. To consider, Man. 7, 26. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-samīkṣita, adj. Unperceived, Rām. 5, 81, 8; of the fut. pass. dus-samīkṣya, adj. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 1928.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To perceive, Rām. 2, 100, 39.
-- With prasam pra-sam,
1. To see, Man. 7, 214.
2. To perceive, Rām. 3, 52, 52.
3. To consider, Man. 5, 49.
1. Sight, Kathās. 18, 300.
2. Care, Man. 7, 141; superintendence, Man. 9, 11.
3. The eye, Hiḍ. 3, 20.
-- Comp. a-sita-, adj., f. ṇā, black-eyed, Rām. 3, 52, 40. madirā-, f. ṇā, a fascinating woman, Śāk. d. 67.
† īkh, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, Bhartṛ. 1, 66.
† īj and īñj īñj, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To blame.
1. To implore, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
2. To praise, Rām. 3, 9, 8.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. free from calamities, Ragh. 1, 63.
-- Comp. yathā-, fem., instr. sing., according to one's desire, MBh. 3, 116.
-- Comp. dharma-, adj. anxious to perform one's duty, Man. 10, 127.
1. To go.
2. To shake, to throw. -- Caus.
1. To move, MBh. 13, 1839.
2. To throw, MBh. 3, 709.
3. To excite, Rām. 5, 11, 8.
4. To utter (a sound), MBh. 1, 4565; to pronounce, MBh. 14, 941.
-- With the prep. ud ud, ptcple. of the pf. pass. udirṇa,
1. Excited MBh. 3, 973.
2. Lofty, MBh. 1, 5138. Caus.
1. To lift up, Rām. 2, 57, 3.
2. To throw, Rām. 1, 55, 22.
3. To excite, Rām. 2, 93, 14.
4. To cause, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23.
5. To utter Man. 2, 161.
6. To speak, Lass. 73, 8.
7. To show, Kumāras. 2, 6.
8. udīrit a Quick, Prab. 14, 14.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, Caus. To utter, MBh. 1, 2170.
-- With samud sam-ud, samudīrṇa, Excited, Rām. 4, 43, 69. Caus.
1. To raise, Chr. 29, 29.
2. To throw, Rām. 1, 56, 15.
3. To excite, MBh. 3, 5073.
4. To utter, Kathās. 24, 41.
-- With pra pra, Caus.
1. To move, Ragh, 15, 23.
2. To turn, Śāk. d. 35, v. r.
3. To push on, Rājat. 5, 329; 330.
4. To send, Rām. 3, 50, 23.
5. To excite, Megh. 71.
6. To ask, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 1.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To push forward, Pañc. 222, 2.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
1. To move, Rām. 5, 16, 45.
2. To lift up, MBh. 3, 12185.
3. To utter, Rām. 4, 6, 21.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, Caus. To move, MBh. 10, 579.
† īrkṣy, i. 1, Par. To envy (cf. īrṣy)
1. To envy, Hit. i. d. 167, v. r.
2. To be jealous, Prab. 49, 11.
1. Envy, Man. 7, 48.
2. Jealousy, Bhartṛ. 1, 2.
-- Comp. sa-īrṣya + m, adv. full of jealousy, Pañc. 27, 10.
1. To possess, to be master (with gen.), MBh. 3, 955.
2. To be able (with loc.), MBh. 13, 26; cf. īśāna.
-- With pari pari, To be able (with infin.), Skandan. Kāśīkh. 19, 51.
-- Cf. Goth. aigan, A.S. agan.
1. A proprietor, Pañc. i. d. 16.
2. A master, MBh. 1, 1532.
3. A ruler, Man. 9, 245.
4. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 588.
-- Comp. an-, m., f., not being master, Man. 9, 104. amara-, m. a name of Śiva, Rām. 6, 35, 3. avani-, m. a king, Caurap. 22. kṣiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 2, 67. gaurī-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 14, 210. caṇḍī-, m. a name of Śiva, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 17. jagadīśa, i. e. jagat-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Gīt. 1, 5. jana-, m. a king, Hariv. 8403. jala-, m. 1. the ocean, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 26. 2. a name of Varuṇa, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 1. jīvita-, m. a name of Yama, Ragh. 11, 20. tiryagīśa, i. e. tiryañc-, m. a name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 7, 6471. deva-, m. the lord of the gods, Rām. 1, 63, 3. nadi-, m. the ocean, Pañc. ii. d. 27. bhūta-, m. Śiva. rohiṇī-, m. the moon. viṃśati-, m. a lord of twenty towns, Man. 7, 115. vijaya-, m. a name of Śiva, Rājat. 5, 46. vitta-, m. a name of Kuvera, Man. 7, 4. svarga-loka-, m. 1. Indra. 2. the body.
-- Comp. ratha-, f. the pole of a car, Chr. 34, 14.
I. adj Raling, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
II. m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 3, 8169.
III. f. nī, A surname of Durgā, Dev. 8, 21.
-- Comp. gaṇa-īśāna, Gaṇeśa, MBh. 1, 75.
I. m., f. rī,
1. A ruler, Man. 1, 99; f. rī, Rām. 3, 61, 29.
2. An owner,
II. m.
1. A lord.
2. A husband, Nal. 4, 2.
3. A king, Man. 4, 153.
4. A wealthy man, Pañc. 110, 23; ii. d. 70.
5. The supreme deity, Man. 7, 14.
6. A name of Śiva, Kathās. 10, 33.
III. f. rā and rī, A surname of Durgā, Kir. 5, 33.
-- Comp. an-, adj. repugnant to the nature of the supreme deity, Man. 6, 72. amara-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 77, 29; of Indra, Ragh. 19, 15. alakā-, m. a name of Kuvera, Ragh. 19, 15. avanti-, m. the name of a sanctuary, Rājat. 5, 45. ātmeśvara, i. e. ātman-, m. one who has subdued his senses, Kumāras. 3, 40. kavi-, m. the chief of the wise men, Bhartṛ. 2, 21. kāvyadevī-, m. a sanctuary of Śiva, erected by the princess Kāvyadevī, Rājat. 5, 41. kṣiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 3, 3. gaṇa-, m. the chief of a troop, Rām. 4, 28, 22. cakra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rājat. 4, 276. caṇḍā-, m. a name of Śiva, Megh. 34. jagadiśvara, i. e. jagat-, m. a name of Śiva, Rām. 3, 53, 60. jana-, m. a king, Rām. 1, 43, 17. jala-, m. a name of Varuṇa. MBh. 1, 8175. tuṅga-, m. a sanctuary of Śiva, Rājat. 2, 14. tri-diva-, m. a name of Indra, Rām. 1, 48, 17. tri-pura-, the name of a locality, Rājat. 6, 135; of a sanctuary, Rājat. 5, 46. dina- and divasa-, m. the sun, Bhartṛ. 2, 27; 86. deva-, m. the lord of gods, Rām. 1, 25, 13. deha-, m. the soul, Mārk. P. 26, 18. dvija-, m. the moon, Hariv. 2476. dhana-, m. a name of Kuvera, Draup. 2, 3. nandīśvara, i. e. nandi- or nandin-, m. 1. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10431. 2. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 20. prāṇa-, m. a husband. niśā-prāṇa-, m. the moon. bhūta-, m. Śiva. mahā-, m. Śiva. yogu-, m. 1. a teacher of sacred science, Pañc. 24, 23. 2. a magician. 3. a deity, the object of devout contemplation. 4. Kṛṣṇa. śūra-, m. a sanctuary built by Śūra, Rājat. 5, 38. sāmbā-, m. a sanctuary built by Sāmbavatī, ib. 295. sura-,
I. m. Śiva.
II. f. rī, a name of Durgā, Rājat. 5, 37; 40, 41.
1. To go, to hasten, to fly. †
2. To kill. †
3. To see (or to give). † i. 1, Par. To glean.
1. A little, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 18.
2. When the former part of a comp., especially when followed by a word denoting the partic. of the fut. pass.: Easily, e. g. īṣat-kārya (vb. kṛ), Easy to be made, Rām. 4, 54, 12 (vidāraṇe, easy to be cleft). īṣat-kara (vb. kṛ), Easy to be performed, Prab. 36, 6.
1. To aim at, Man. 4, 15.
2. To desire, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
3. To desire to perform, Man. 3, 205. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. an-īhamāna, Not desiring, Yājñ. 2, 116. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., īhita, Desired, Prab. 104, 5. n.
1. Exertion, Man. 9, 208.
2. Desire, MBh. 1, 1370.
-- Comp. āyatī-, adj. referring to future time, Rām. 3, 44, 11.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To desire, Pañc, iii. d. 87; i. d. 105 (Par.). samīhita, n. Desire, Hit. 44, 7.
1. Exertion, Rām. 3, 43, 38.
2. Desire, MBh. 3, 95.
-- Comp. an-īha and nis-, adj. devoid of energy, MBh, 3, 1240; 14, 1302. nis-īhā, f. indifference, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 24.
I. interj. of anger, of command, Kumāras. 1, 26.
II. a part. (cf. ud),
1. Also.
2. Now, Chr. 289, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1. Lengthened ū, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
-- Cf. atho under atha, kim, and the ved. combination sa u, with [greek] in [greek]
† u, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
1. Speaking, Man. 8, 104.
2. Speech, Pañc. 44, 20.
-- Comp. dus-, f. offending speech, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 6. vakrokti, i. e. vakra-, f. 1. equivoque, pun. 2. sarcasm. 3. hint. hita-, f. 1. good advice. 2. tenderness, compassion.
I. adj. Praiseworthy, Chr. 288, 12 = Rigv. i. 48, 12.
II. n. The name of the second day of the horse-sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 44.
1. To sprinkle, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. 1. 87, 2; Chr. 36, 15.
2. To wet, MBh. 13, 1791.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To sprinkle on, Śāk. 41, 4.
-- With pra pra,
1. To hallow (by sprinkling) for a sacrifice, Man. 5, 27.
2. To sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 29; 31, Gorr.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To sprinkle on, Yājñ. 1, 24.
-- With sam sam,
1. To wet, Rām. 3, 75, 8.
2. To endow. Rām. 2. 91. 33.
2. A ved. epithet of the Maruts who, by bringing rain (i. e. by sprinkling), impregnate the earth like bulls, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
-- Cf. Goth. auhsa, base auhsan; A.S. oxa; the ved. fem. is vaśā, probably = Lat. vacca.
† ukh, and uṅkh uṅkh, i. 1 Par. To go, to move.
I. adj. f. rā,
1. Very strong (ved.).
2. Terrible, Rām. 4, 22, 35; Bhag. 11, 31.
3. Cruel, Man. 4, 212.
4. Rigorous, Man. 6, 75. Compar. ugratara, as rigorous as possible, Man. 6, 24.
II. m. and f. rā, The offspring of a Kṣatriya father and a Śūdrā mother, Man. 10, 9; 19.
III. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2738.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. excessively cruel, Pañc. iii. d. 76.
1. Used, Rām. 4, 8, 57.
2. Accustomed to (with the gen.), Nal. 23, 22.
3. Suitable, proper, Pañc. 176, 1; Rājat. 5, 184; Rām. 1, 44, 56.
-- Comp. a-tathā-, adj. not thus used to, Nal. 15, 18. an-, adj. 1. inappropriate, Pañc. 61, 3. 2. unused to, Rām. 2, 58, 5. yathā-, adj. used, Hit. 42, 3. a-yathā-ucita, adj. inappropriate, Pañc. i. d. 193 (former part of a comp. word, in the sense of the adv. °ta + m).
-- With the prep. sam sam, in the ptcple. of the pf. pass. samucita, Used to, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 16.
I. adj. f. cā,
1. High, Kir. 5, 5.
2. Deep, Caurap. 44.
3. Loud, Bhartṛ. 3, 85.
II. uccais (instr. pl.), adv.
1. High, Kumāras. 6, 72.
2. Loud, Nal. 11, 2.
3. Much, excessively, Amar. 94.
4. Powerfully, Pañc. iv. d. 22.
III. m. Culmination, Rām. 1, 19, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. low, Rājat. 5, 478.
1. Gathering, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 20.
2. Collection, Śāk. d. 42.
3. Plenty, Rām. 5, 13, 61.
-- Comp. śilā-, m. a mountain, Kir. 5, 10. salila-, adj. having plenty of water, MBh. 3, 8334. sthūla-, m. 1. a hollow at the root of an elephant's tusk. 2. the middle pace of an elephant. 3. pimples on the face. 4. a hill at the foot of a mountain.
1. Ruin, Prab. 61, 16.
2. The name of one of the arrows of Kāma, Lass. 7, 3.
I. n. A mushroom, Megh. 11.
II. adj. Covered with mushrooms, ib. v. r. (read ucchil°).
I. adj. Having the head erect.
II. n. A pillow, Man. 3, 89.
1. Unrestrained, Hit. iii. d. 97.
2. Wicked, Kathās. 18, 123.
1. Chopping off, Kathās. 18, 29.
2. Destruction, Pañc. ii. d. 196.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be destroyed, Prab. 76, 9.
I. adj. Drying up.
II. n. Drying up, Rām. 5, 72, 2.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. lofty, Rām. 3, 74, 14. su-kṛta-, adj. very lofty, MBh. 1, 6963.
1. Rising, Kir. 5, 31; Kathās. 25, 45.
2. Elevation, Rājat. 5, 261.
-- Comp. śṛṅga-, m. a lofty top, Megh. 59.
1. Breathing, Rām. 1, 65, 7.
2. Growing a little more conspicuoes (of a colour), Śāk. d. 142.
3. Breath, Vikr. d. 105.
4. Sighing, Megh. 100.
5. A division of a book, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 4.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. sā, without breathing, Rām. 5, 25, 48.
1. Sighing, Megh. 100.
2. Rising, Vikr. d. 7.
3. Growing conspicuous (as colour), Kumāras. 7, 82.
1. Splendid, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 24.
2. Clear, Bhartṛ. 2, 16.
3. Beautiful, Śiś. 9, 47.
1. Yawning.
2. Open.
3. Expanded, blown.
1. To abandon, Rājat. 5, 349.
2. To let fall, Kir. 5, 6.
3. To throw, Rājat. 5, 108. ujjhita,
1. Devoid of, Rājat. 5, 4.
2. Risked, Rājat. 5, 131.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To abandon, Pañc. v. d. 22.
2. To avoid, Hit. i. d. 17 n.
-- With sam sam, To abandon, Pañc. i. d. 343. samujjhīta, Free from, Prab. 11. 9.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To wipe out, Mṛcch. 140, 23.
-- Comp. śila-, m. gleaning ears and grains, Man. 7, 33.
-- Comp. saha-, m. A hut made of leaves, the residence of anchorites.
† uṭh or ūṭh ūṭh, i. 1, Par. To strike.
I. uḍu (perhaps akin to udan, and a dialectical form of udra in samudra) -pa (vb. 2. pā), m. and n. A raft, Mṛcch. 123, 20.
II. uḍu-pa (vb. 2. pā), m. The moon.
1. And, Chr. 34. 7.
2. Also, Chr. 3, 8.
3. uta -- uta, As well as, MBh. 3, 10684.
4. uta -- vā -- uta -- uta, As well as, as also, and, MBh. 5, 916; 917.
5. uta vā, Or, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 5.
6. part. of interrogation, What, how. In a disjunctive interrogation: Or, Bhartṛ. 3, 77; also with following vā, Pañc. 68, 14; also with following āho (utāho), Nal. 12, 120; also with following āho svid, Nal. 19, 27-29; also with following svid only, Pañc. 41, 1; seldom with preceding kim (kim uta), Mṛcch. 172, 3.
7. preceded by kim (kim uta), Much less, Rām. 4, 35, 8.
8. preceded by prati (praty uta), Even, Pañc. iii. d. 27.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. desirous, Kathās. 26, 271.
1. Excessive, Rām. 5, 13, 37.
2. Abounding in, Rām. 2, 55, 30.
3. Drunk, MBh. 2, 2160.
4. Furious, Rām. 6, 73, 7.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly great, Hit. i. d. 78. mada-,
I. adj. 1. arrogant. 2. furious.
II. m. an elephant in rut.
1. To long for, Rām. 2, 53, 2.
2. To sorrow, Śāk. 60, 5. -- Caus. utkaṇṭhaya, To make desirous, Bhartṛ. 1, 42.
I. adj. Having the neck erect.
II. f. ṭhā,
1. Longing for, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 18.
2. Regret, sorrow, Śāk. d. 81.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. ṭhā, 1. ardently longing, Rājat. 5, 93. 2. regretting, grieving. -ṭham, adv. sorrowfully, Kir. 5, 51.
I. adj. Trembling.
II. m. Trembling, Megh. 68.
-- Comp. gati-, m. haste, Megh. 68. sa-, adj., f. pā, Trembling, Vikr. 28, 10.
-- Comp. mūṣika-, m. a mole-hill, Mṛcch. 47, 6. prakīrṇa-kusuma-, adj., f. rā, strewed with plenty of flowers, Rām. 1, 77, 7.
I. adj. Boasting.
II. m.
1. Excess, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 21.
2. Distinction, Śāk. d. 38.
3. Exaltation, Man. 10, 42; an exalted rank, Man. 4, 244.
1. Stretched out.
2. Erect.
3. (Sitting) with the legs under one's body, Fausböll, Dhammap. 306.
I. adj., One who receives bribes, Man. 9, 258.
II. (n.) The name of a holy place, MBh. 1, 6914.
1. Tossing up, Megh. 48.
2. Stretching out, Śāk. d. 126.
1. Tossing up, Bhāṣāp. 5.
2. Lifting up, Śāk. d. 29.
1. An ear-ring, Rājat. 5, 138.
2. A crest.
I. adj., f. mā.
1. Supreme, Chr. 289, 10 = Rigv. i. 50, 10.
2. Chief, principal, Pañc. 16, 20; best, Man. 4, 229; greatest, Rām. 5, 33, 35; better, Pañc. 241, 24.
3. Last, MBh. 1, 4674 (cf. [greek]).
II. acc. sing. n. mam, adv.
1. Most, Rām. 2, 30, 2.
2. Very loudly, Chr. 25, 60.
-- Comp. an-, adj. (literally, having no superior), 1. insurmountable, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 24; most lofty, Rām. 3, 52, 22. 2. most rigorous, Rām. 1, 62, 6.
3. most excellent, Rām. 3, 53, 18. dvija-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 49. puruṣa-, m. 1. an excellent man, an excellent servant. 2. a name of Viṣṇu. 3. a proper name. maṇḍala-, n. a principal kingdom, Rājat. 5, 262. mṛga-, m. a most excellent antelope, Rām. 3, 49, 54. raghu-, m. chief of the race of Raghu, Rām. 3, 50, 6. ratha-, m. an excellent cart, Bhag. 1, 24. śara-, m. a very good arrow, Rām. 3, 50, 16. sevaka-, m. an excellent servant, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1435.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Superior, Ragh. 1, 60; more powerful, Chr. 289, 10 = Rigv. i. 50, 10.
2. Northern, Pañc. 241, 7. uttareṇa (instr. sing.), adv. and prep. (with the gen. abl. and acc.), To the north, Megh. 73.
3. Left (not right), MBh. 1, 7212.
4. Posterior, Man. 2, 136; subsequent, Hit. i. d. 143; becoming, fit, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 6.
5. Future, Rām. 2, 33, 22.
6. Answering, Rām. 3, 18, 48; Chr. 59, 24.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Kathās. 25, 23.
III. f. rā,
1. The north, Kathās. 18, 57.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 169.
IV. n.
1. Superiority, MBh. 1, 4986; power, Rām. 5, 70, 18.
2. Answer, Rām. 3, 70, 7; defence, Lass. 90, 4.
-- Comp. adhara-,
I. adj. 1. lower and higher, Yājñ. 1, 96. 2. confused, Man. 8, 53.
II. n. a state of confusion, topsy-turvy, Man. 7, 21; useless discussion, Śāk. 69, 17. uttarattara, i. e. uttara-,
I. adj. 1. always the subsequent, Yājñ. 2, 136. 2. always increasing, Pañc. 84, 25.
II. -ram, adv. higher and higher, MBh. 14, 1016; more and more, Hit. 20, 20.
III. n. useless discussion, Hit. 21, 3. asrottaram, i. e. asra-uttara + m, adv with tears in the eyes, Kumāras. 5, 61. klinna-pakṣa-, adj. of which the upper parts of the wings are wet, Daśak. 1, 16. guṇa-, m. superior virtue, Rām. 5, 2, 4; n. MBh. 3, 13922. dakṣiṇa-, turned to the south and to the north, Mārk. P. 16, 34. dadhi-, n. cream of curdled milk, Suśr. 1, 159, 11. duḥkha-, adj., f. rā, accompanied by pain, Śāk. 61, 18. dharma-, adj. attached to virtue, Ragh. 13, 7. nis-, adj., f. rā, unable to answer, Pañc. 112, 18. prāguttareṇa, i. e. prāñc-, adv. north-eastwards. viṣṭara-, adj. covered with Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 1381. saptottara, i. e. saptan-, adj., f. rā, having a surplus of seven (with śata, hundred and seven), Yājñ. 3, 102.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Causing to cross, MBh. 14, 194.
II. n. Deliverance, Rām. 4, 52, 18.
1. Prominent, Bhartṛ. 1, 72.
2. High, Pañc. iii. d. 260.
1. Rising, Caurap. 18.
2. Springing up, Pañc. 257, 4; proceeding, Pañc. i. d. 400; Bhāṣāp. 119; Rājat. 5, 167.
I. n.
1. Rising, Bhartṛ. 3, 10; of the moon, Ragh, 6, 31.
2. Resurrection, MBh. 3, 10811.
3. Exertion, Man. 9, 215.
II. m. A causer, MBh. 13, 1242.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of exertion, Rājat. 5. 252. su-, adj. clever.
1. Raising, MBh. 1, 1885.
2. Leading away. Lass. 24, 9.
2. Appearing, MBh. 1, 2332.
1. Rising, Ragh. 4, 47.
2. Being about to jump, Pañc. iii. d. 40.
1. Springing up, Śṛṅgārat. 20.
2. Birth, Man. 3, 16; second birth, 2, 68.
3. Produce, Rājat. 5, 69.
-- Comp. an-, f. absence of production, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 4.
I. n. A blue lotus, Nymphaea caerulea, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 127.
-- Comp. nīla-, m. a blue lotus, Nymphaea cyanea Roxb., Rām. 4, 44, 91.
I. adj., f. nī, Abounding with lotusflowers, Rām. 3, 78, 26.
II. f. nī, An assemblage of lotus-flowers, MBh. 3, 8564.
1. Eradication, Rām. 6, 83, 34.
2. Destruction, Rājat. 5, 292.
1. A jump, Rām. 5, 53, 25.
2. A portent, MBh. 1, 8287; an omen, Man. 6, 50.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. terrible, Pañc, 114. 14.
I. adj. A producer, a causer, Man. 4, 168 (a shedder).
II. m. A father, Man. 2, 146.
I. adj., f. nī, Producing, MBh. 1, 7834.
II. n. Producing, Man. 9, 27.
I. utpāda + in, adj., f. nī, Produced, Hit. i. d. 202.
II. ud-pad + in, adj., f. nī, Producing, causing, Yājñ. 2, 224.
1. Drawing out, MBh. 3, 825 (of an arrow).
2. Forcing, Megh. 88 (tears).
3. Pressing, Prab. 71, 10.
4. Foam, Rām. 5, 4, 5.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. covered with foam, Rām. 4, 15, 23.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. violent.
II. m. a horse-laugh.
III. m. and n. irony.
1. The lap, Rām. 6, 71, 11; figuratively, Daśak. 199, 7; Rājat. 5, 6.
2. The slope of a mountain, Ragh. 6, 3.
3. A roof, Pañc. 128, 8.
1. Emission, Megh. 19.
2. Evacuation, Pañc. 34, 22; Man. 12, 21.
3. Abandoning, Nal. 10, 12; relinquishing, Man. 11, 193 (194); dismission, Chr. 9, 37.
4. Donation, Sāv. 1, 8.
5. The name of a ceremony, when suspending the reading of the Veda, Man. 4, 119.
6. Setting at liberty.
7. A general rule, Kumāras. 2, 27.
-- Comp. vṛṣa-, m. setting a bull at liberty on occasion of a sacrifice or obsequial oblation, Pañc. 9, 3.
1. Rejection, Chr. 9, 38.
2. The name of the ceremony, utsarga (q. cf.), Man. 4, 96.
-- Comp. baddha- (vb. bandh), adj., f. vā, celebrating a festival, Kathās. 25, 269.
1. Destruction, Rām. 1, 74, 21.
2. Cleaning with perfumes, Man. 2, 209.
1. Effort, Draup. 8, 56.
2. Energy, Pañc. i. d. 44.
3. Ardour, Rām. 3, 33, 4.
4. Perseverance, Pañc. 79, 1; will, Śāk. 23, 12.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. hā, having made an effort, Sāv. 4, 21. dus-, adj. difficult to be resisted, MBh. 9, 1130. nis-,
I. m. want of energy, Hariv. 14493.
II. adj., f. hā, 1. devoid of energy, Pañc. 123, 23. 2. desponding, Rām. 1, 21, 6. mahā-,
I. adj. possessing great energy, persevering.
II. m. 1. exertion. 2. a king possessing all the powers of monarchy. yathā-utsāha + m, adv. according to one's power or ability, Man. 5, 86. sa-,
I. adj. 1. energetic. 2. persevering.
II. -ham, adv. carefully, Pañc. i. d. 15.
1. Longing for.
2. Languid.
3. Uneasy, Rām. 1, 17, 28.
4. Proud, Rām. 4, 9, 37.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. careless, Arj. 10, 14. pari-, adj. 1. longing for. 2. languid. 3. sad. sa-, adj. languid, Ṛt. 1, 6.
1. Longing for, love, Śiś. 9, 2.
2. Care, zeal, Pañc. 40, 14.
-- Comp. an-, f. modesty, Vikr. 12, 6.
-- Comp. an-, m. meekness, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.
-- Comp. navotsedha, i. e. navan-, adj., f. dhā, having an elevation of nine (viz. fathoms), MBh. 3, 10207.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives, q. cf.
II. Former part of comp. nouns, e. g. ud-ayudha, adj. With raised weapon (literally, having a weapon upward), Chr. 4, 17. utpakṣman, i. e. ud-, adj. The eye-lids of which are elevated, Śāk. d. 90. ud-dāma, adj. Unfettered (literally, having the fetter out), Rām. 2, 23, 21.
-- Cf. [greek] for
1. Water, Man. 2, 99.
2. The ceremony of pouring water at obsequies, Man. 5, 88.
3. Religious ablution, MBh. 1, 790.
-- Comp. kāma-, n. an optional oblation of water, Yājñ. 3, 4. kāla-, the name of a sea, Rām. 4, 40, 36. kuśa-, n. water (boiled) with kuśagrass, Man. 11, 212. kṛta-, adj. 1. one who has performed the ceremony of pouring water at obsequies, Rām. 1, 25, 3. 2. one who has performed his religious ablution, MBh. 3, 8141. tila-, n. water with sesame, Man. 3, 223. maṇḍa-, n. 1. variegated colour. 2. painting figures. samāna-, m. a kinsman connected by oblations of water only to the manes of common ancestors, i. e. when the sapiṇḍas are excluded, a relation from the seventh to the fourteenth degree.
1. Pointing upwards, lofty, Rām. 5, 54, 19; figuratively, Ragh. 2, 53.
2. Uppermost, Vikr. d. 156.
3. Excited, Rām. 6, 14, 15.
1. Upper, upwards.
2. Northern, Megh. 58. udak (acc. sing. n.), adv. To the north, Man. 3, 217.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the salt ocean, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 2. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, MBh. 12, 12778. mahā-, m. the great ocean.
-- Cf. [greek] with [greek] for n; cf. also Lat. udor; Goth. vato, base vatan, represents the organic form of the vb. und, viz. vad; O.H.G. wazar has r instead of n, like the Greek.
1. Rising, Rām. 4, 34, 32 (of the ocean); Ragh. 12, 36 (of the moon); Man. 10, 33 (appearance of dawn); figuratively, Ragh. 9, 9; Rājat. 5, 311.
2. The eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise, Rām. 4, 58, 5.
3. Beginning, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 12.
4. Appearance, Śāk. d. 67.
5. Prosperity, Rājat. 5, 336.
6. Consequence, Man. 4, 70.
7. Gain, Rām. 3, 2, 22; revenue, Man. 7, 55.
8. A gate(?), Rām. 2, 48. 29.
-- Comp. karuṇā-, adj. causing compassion, MBh. 1, 436. candra-, m. the rise of the moon, Suśr. 2, 485, 21. dus-, adj. appearing with difficulty, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 50. mahā-,
I. m. 1. prosperity. 2. final beatitude. 3. covereignty. 4. a lord. 5. the country of Kanoj. 6. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 28.
II. n. Kanoj. yathā-udaya + m, adv. in proportion to one's income, Yājñ. 2, 43. sa-, adj. 1. with profit. 2. with interest.
I. n. Rising (of the sun), Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7; Rām. 4, 40, 43.
II. m. A proper name, Kathās. 9, 599.
1. The belly.
2. The interior part, Bhartṛ. 2, 26.
-- Comp. kṛśa-, adj., f. rī, slender, Vikr. d. 154. jala-, n. dropsy, MBh. 3, 14664. dagdha-, (vb. dah), n. a hungry stomach, Hit. i. d. 62. nis-nata- (vb. nam), adj., f. rī, having a protuberant belly, Rām. 6, 74, 8. brahmāṇḍabhāṇḍa-, i. e. brahman-aṇḍa-bhāṇḍa-, n. the interior of the vessellike egg of Brahman, Bhartṛ. 2, 93. mahā-, adj., f, rī, having a large belly, Rām. 3, 23, 15. lamba-, m. 1. a glutton. 2. Gaṇeśa. sa-, m. a brother, Rājat. 5, 42. saha-, m. a brother of whole blood.
-- Comp. udaka-, adj. hydropic.
1. Future time, Nal. 21, 26.
2. Consequence, Rām. 6, 93, 14.
-- Comp. śubha-, adj., f. kā, causing happiness, Kathās. 9, 58. sa-, adj. with towers(?), MBh. 2, 1299. sukha-, adj. causing happiness, Man. 9, 25. a-sukha-, adj. causing pain, Man. 4, 176.
1. Distinguished, Nal. 1, 8.
2. Excellent, Rām. 1, 35, 8.
3. Great, MBh. 3, 13158.
4. Gentle, Rām. 1, 33, 3.
5. Munificent, Dacak. in Chr. 183, 4.
-- Comp. ati-, f. Excessive munificence, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 20.
1. Speaking, Kumāras. 6, 65.
2. Declaration, Vikr. d. 32.
3. An example.
I. adj. Northern.
II. m. The country to the north and west of the river Śarāvatī, MBh. 3, 14774. pl. Its inhabitants, Rām. 2, 82, 7.
1. Throwing, MBh. 3, 16525.
2. Pronunciation, Kumāras. 2, 12.
1. Springing up, Ragh. 4, 9.
2. A shoot, Kir. 5. 38.
3. Appearance, Bhartṛ. 2, 62.
4. Departing, Kathās. 4, 128.
1. Spitting, Rām. 4. 15, 23; figuratively, Ragh. 4, 57 (exhalation); Bhartṛ. 2, 29 (throwing out).
2. Saliva, MBh. 3, 15549.
3. Roar, MBh. 3, 11140.
1. Rubbing, exciting.
2. Inflammation, Megh. 62.
1. A toss, Śāk. d. 192; pain, Kathās. 17, 3.
2. Height, Rām. 5, 4, 12.
3. A beginning, Ragh. 4, 20.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unhurt, Rām. 2, 72.
1. Pointing to, Kathās. 10, 110.
2. Reference, Kathās. 20, 210; Pañc. 119, 3 (on account of).
3. A sketch, Indr. 4, 16.
4. Exposition, Rām. 4, 17, 12.
5. A region, Rām. 5, 51, 5; a quarter, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 8; a part, Hiḍ. 1, 16; a seat, Rām. 6, 33, 47.
-- Comp. yathā-uddeśa + m, adv. according to the command, Rām. 2, 99, 1. raṇa-, m. a field of battle, Rām. 5, 56, 126. vana-, m. the part of a forest.
I. adj. Resplendent, Rām. 1, 15, 19.
II. m. Splendour, Lass. 2, 11
1. Plucking out.
2. Eradication, Lass. 31, 16.
3. Deliverance, Rājat. 5, 114; Hit. i. d. 27.
-- Comp. caura-, m. the officer charged with the pursuit of thieves, Yājñ. 2, 271.
1. ud-hṛṣ + ana, adj. Comforting, Rām. 2, 2, 1.
II. ud-dhṛṣ + ana, n. Encouragement, MBh. 15, 476.
1. Deliverance from.
2. Taking out, separating what ought to be avoided, Man. 10, 85 (uddhṛtoddhāra, adj. What ought to be avoided being avoided).
3. A selected part, Man. 7, 97.
4. Debt, Daśak. 111, 12, Wils.
-- Comp. vaira-, m. revenge. śalya-, m. 1. extraction of foreign substances from the body. 2. cleansing and purifying a new house. śāpa-, m. deliverance from a curse.
1. Pulling out (as an arrow).
2. Preservation, Rājat. 5, 477.
1. Birth.
2. Origin, Man. 11, 244.
3. When latter part of a comp. adj., Produced, Man. 6, 13; sprung from, Rājat. 5, 244.
-- Comp. kṣata-, blood. jala-,
I. adj. produced by water.
II. m. the name of a country, MBh. 2, 1078. tanu-, m. a son. padma-, 1. adj. sbst. born in a lotus-flower, a name of Brahman. 2. m. a proper name. saṃmūrchana-, m. a fish, or aquatic animal. soma-, f. vā, the Narmadā river.
1. Opening, Śāk. d. 80.
2. Appearance, Bhartṛ. 1, 49.
3. A spring or fountain, Rām. 2, 94, 13.
4. Treason, Kathās. 3, 42.
-- Comp. gaṅgā-, m. (the source of the Ganges) a holy place, MBh. 3, 8043.
1. Raising, Pañc. ii. d. 138.
2. Effort, Pañc. 185, 2.
3. Energy, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 470.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. mā, having made an effort, Kumāras. 5, 3. daṇḍa-, m. and n. (?) severe punishment, Pañc. i. d. 421. nis-, adj., f. mā, lazy, Rām. 4, 9, 49. mahā-,
I. m. great effort.
II. adj. making a strenuous effort, Rājat. 5, 136 (with infin.); 188 (with dat.).
-- Comp. puṇya-, adj., f. nā, having pure gardens, Rām. 2, 71, 19.
-- Comp. an-, m. and n. want of exertion, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1400. nis-, adj., f. gā, 1. Lazy, Sund. 4, 3. 2. disheartened, Rām. 6, 21, 16. sa-, adj. 1. active, persevering. 2. violent (as a disease), Rājat. 5, 123.
1. Excess, MBh. 3, 13169.
2. Excellence, MBh. 14, 1012.
-- Comp. sattva-, m. superabundance of wisdom, MBh. 3, 15818.
1. Jumping, Megh. 41.
2. What has served for rubbing the body with, Man. 4, 132.
I. adj., f. hā, Supporting, continuing, Rām. 1, 13, 56.
II. m. A son, an offspring, Indr. 5, 28.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be borne, MBh. 5, 3147. raghu-, m. Rāma. rata-, m. the Indian cuckoo.
1. Lifting up, Ragh. 13, 8.
2. Bearing, Pañc, 68, 23; having, Rājat. 5, 384.
3. Riding, Man. 8, 370.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. hā, married.
1. Going upwards, MBh. 1, 1214 (fluctuation).
2. Violent motion, Daśak. 189, 6.
3. Uneasiness, distress, Rām. 6, 99, 28.
-- Comp. an-, m. absence of uneasiness, Rām. 3, 14, 20. nis-, adj. fearless, MBh. 3, 7537. sa-,
I. adj. fearful, Pañc. 29, 15.
II. -gam, adv. eagerly, Pañc. 157, 4.
† udhras (a combination of ud-dhras, q. cf.), ii. 9; i. 10, Par. To glean. i. 10, Par. To throw upward.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To moisten, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
1. Rising, Pañc. i. d. 166.
2. Increase, Pañc. iii. d. 58.
3. Loftiness, Bhartṛ. 2, 20.
1. Prominent, Śiś. 9, 72.
2. Lofty, Kathās. 24, 20.
-- Comp. naya-sāhasa-unnati + mant, endowed (i. e. performed) with wisdom, power, and majesty, Pañc. iii. d. 264.
1. Raising, lifting up.
2. Inference.
-- Comp. sīmanta-, n. (arranging of the hair) a purificatory and sacrificial ceremony observed by women in the sixth or eighth month of their first pregnancy.
1. Shaking, Suśr. 1, 25, 17.
2. Throwing down by shots, Rām. 6, 91, 13.
I. m. Ecstasy, insanity.
II. adj., f. dā.
1. Drunk, Prab. 3, 12.
2. Thoughtless, Pañc. 176, 1.
3. Furious, Dev. 4, 22
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. intoxication, literally and figuratively.
2. A sort of fish.
1. Desirous.
2. Agitated, Ragh. 11, 22.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj., f. dā (MBh. 14, 2009), feigning madness, Kathās. 18, 242. sa-, adj. mad.
1. A wrong road.
2. Improper conduct.
1. Opening of the eye, MBh. 1, 84.
2. Springing up, appearance.
1. Opening of the eye-lids, Rām. 6, 102, 25.
2. Flashing (of lightning), Megh. 79.
3. Opening (of buds), Kumāras. 2, 33.
4. Appearance, Prab. 118, 4.
I. adv. Near, further (ved.).
II. prep. Near to (with the acc.), MBh. 1, 4099.
III. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives (q. cf.).
IV. Former part of comp. nouns and adv. implying Inferiority, Nearness, e. g. upa-vana (lit., an inferior, a small, forest), n. A grove. upa-kīcaka, m. A partisan of the Kīcakas (a people). upa-graha, m. A minor planet or any secondary heavenly body, as a comet, etc. upa-kanyā-pura + m. adv. Near the gyneceum.
-- Cf. Goth. uf, e. g. in ufdaupjan (to submerge), ufsneithan (to cut up), and ufhaban (to lift); Lat. sub is compounded with sa, corresponding to a Sskr. sa-upa; likewise [greek]
I. adj., f. ṭhā, Near, Bhartṛ. 3, 24.
II. m. n. Proximity, Pañc. 74, 21; 222, 1.
2. Implements, Yājñ. 2, 276.
3. Complement, Man. 2, 105 (of the Veda, viz. the Vedāngas).
-- Comp. karmopakaraṇa, i. e. karman-, adj. assisting by labour, Man. 10, 120. śastra-, n. military apparatus.
1. Benefitting, Man. 8, 265 (in order to benefit them).
2. Favour, MBh. 3, 15024.
3. Assistance, Vikr. 11, 11.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. rā. 1. beneficial, Man. 8, 143 (which may be used for one's profit). 2. equipped, stocked. 3. assisted, befriended.
1. Benefitting, Hit. 97, 21.
2. Helping, Bhāṣāp. 102.
-- Comp. sa-, i. e. sa-upakāra + ka, one who has been benefitted, Pañc. 239, 4.
1. Benefitting; a benefactor.
2. Supporting.
-- Comp. para-, adj. supporting others.
1. A beginning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3, cf. 5.
2. Deliberate commencement, a design, Pañc. 263, 2.
3. First designed work, Rājat. 5, 98.
4. Proceeding, Rām. 5, 65, 8.
5. An expedient, Man. 7, 107.
6. Practice of medicine, Suśr. 1, 5, 11.
7. Use (medical), Kathās. 17, 37.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without commencement, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 44.
1. Dropping, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 14.
2. Mentioning.
1. Joining, MBh. 13, 992.
2. Getting, Man. 1, 46.
-- Comp. viśvāsa-, m. getting confidence, Śāk. d. 14.
1. Attainment, MBh. 1, 4149.
2. Undergoing, Rām. 4, 53, 20.
1. Approaching, Kathās. 18, 102.
2. Undergoing, 22, 2.
1. Increasing, MBh. 13, 6275.
2. Honouring, MBh. 4, 595.
1. Homage, Śāk. d. 66.
2. Service, Vikr. 56, 9.
3. Courting, Man. 8, 357.
4. Means of doing homage, garlands, etc., Ragh. 7, 4.
5. Practice, Man. 1, 111; performance, Man. 9, 259.
6. Ceremony, Kumāras. 7, 86.
7. Physicking, Suśr. 1, 117, 7; medical use, Vikr. 19, 17.
8. Behaviour, Rām. 5, 32, 8.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. rā, difficult to be treated, Pañc. 203, 5. sopa- cāram, i. e. sa-upacāra + m, adv. respectfully, Rām. 5, 90, 5.
1. Maintaining one's self by, Rām. 1, 6, 11.
2. Dependent, Kathās. 17, 46.
1. Maintaining one's self by, Man. 9, 257.
2. Practising, MBh. 3, 12851.
3. Dependent, Rām. 6, 5, 4.
-- Comp. ātmopajīvin, i. e. ātman-, adj. one who subsists by labour, Man. 7, 138; 8, 362 (by the intrigues of his wife, Kull.). gandha-, adj. trading with perfumes, Rām. 2, 83, 14. tāmra-, m. a coppersmith, Rām. 2, 90, 27 Gorr.
-- Comp. yathā-, adv. Satisfactorily, Rām. 2, 89, 23.
1. Heat.
2. Pain, Śāk. 38, 7 v. r.
3. Disease, MBh. 3, 13333.
I. upa-tap + in, Causing pain, MBh. 1, 3630.
II. upatāpa + in, Affected with illness, Man. 11, 1.
1. Instruction, Bhartṛ. 2, 12.
2. Advice, Rām. 4, 40, 4.
3. A pretext, Man. 9, 268.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. instruction concerning duty, Man. 8, 272. yathopadeśam, i. e. yathā-upadeśa + m, adv. according to the rule, MBh. 3, 8710. hita-, m. friendly or good advice.
1. Distress, Rām. 2, 108, 14; Pañc. i. d. 368.
2. Mischief, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 11.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. vā. 1. unharmed, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1607; Rām. 5, 73, 56 (in an astrological sense). 2. free from danger, Pañc, 264, 25.
1. A false pretence, Man. 8, 193.
2. Deceit, Hit. iii. d. 16.
-- Comp. gaṇḍa-upadhāna, n. a pillow, Suśr. 2, 41, 9.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. guileless, Lass. 88, 5. sa-, adj. guileful, Kir. 1, 45.
1. Supplying, MBh. 3, 70.
2. Applying, Rām. 5, 37, 30.
2. The initiation of the three first classes, Man. 2, 108.
1. Giving, Rājat, 5, 461.
2. Declaration, Śāk. 36, 15 (Prākṛ.).
3. Law, Man. 9, 31.
4. Pretext, Amar. 23.
1. Taking place, happening, Bhag. 13, 9; appearance, MBh. 14, 496; success, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 4, cf. 17.
2. Suitableness, Rājat. 5, 374; 378.
-- Comp. an-,
I. f. 1. not taking place, Bhāṣāp. 81. 2. failure, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 11.
II. adj. not auitable, Rājat. 5, 378.
1. Assault, MBh. 1, 3534.
2. A portent, or natural phenomenon so considered, Ragh. 5, 6.
3. An eclipse, Rām. 2, 65, 2 Gorr.
4. Misfortune, Kumāras. 2, 32.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. unharmed, Śāk. d. 31, v. r. vana-, m. the conflagration of a forest, Megh. 17. sa-, m. the sun or moon in eclipse. salila-, m. inundation, Rājat. 5, 70.
1. Eating, Kathās. 8, 23.
2. Enjoyment, Man. 2, 94.
3. Use, Man. 8, 285.
1. Comparison, Bhāṣāp. 79.
2. Likeness, MBh. 1, 6401; Bhag. 6, 19; ātmānam upamāṃ kṛtvā, comparing thyself (viz. with others), Rām. 5, 23, 5.
-- Comp. an-upama, adj., f. mā, incomparable, Rām. 4, 62, 17. alabdhopama, i. e. a-labdha- (vb. labh), adj., f. mā, incomparable, MBh. 3, 16517. nīs-, adj. not having his like, Bhartṛ. 2, 9. -- As latter part of a comp. adj. it denotes very often, Like; e. g. amaropama, i. e. amara-, adj., f. mā, God-like, Nal. 5, 46. amṛta-, adj., f. mā, Amṛta-like, Nal. 12, 58.
1. Comparison (the third pramāṇa), Bhāṣāp. 139.
2. Likeness, Kumāras. 4, 5.
3. An image, Vikr. d. 22.
-- Comp. satya-, adj. fulfilling, or granting what is requested. Rām. 2, 68, 16.
1. upa-yuj + in, Using, Daśak. 198, 16, Wils.
2. upayoga + in, Serviceable, Kathās. 12, 42.
1. Ceasing, Dev. 11, 3.
2. Resigning, indifference, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 13, cf. 16.
1. End, Rām. 4, 19, 13.
2. Death, MBh. 1, 4897.
1. Painting, Śāk. d. 80, v. r.
2. An eclipse, MBh. 3, 13476.
3. Calamity, Ragh. 16, 7.
-- Comp. nirviṣayoparāga, i. e. nis-viṣaya-, adj., f. gā, unharmed by objects of the senses, Prab. 48, 13.
I. adv. Above, MBh. 1, 571; upwards, Pañc. ii. d. 74; moreover, MBh. 1, 294.
II. prep.
1. Over, with the loc., Rām. 6, 85, 3; with the acc., 6, 3, 26; with the gen. MBh. 1, 507.
2. On, with the gen., Yājñ. 2, 253 (adding to).
3. Concerning, with the gen., Pañc. 94, 12; on account of, 214, 6.
III. Former part of comp. nouns and former and latter part of comp. adv., e. g. upari-puruṣa, adj. Mounted by a man Daśak. in Chr. 188, 16. karparopari, i. e. karpara-, adv. Over earthen pots, Pañc. 218, 12. taruvaropari, i. e. taru-vara-, adv. On an excellent tree, Rām. 3, 35, 92. kathitavelopari, i. e. kathita-velā-, adv. After the appointed time, Lass. 44, 16. -- Doubled uparyupari, i. e. upari-upari.
1. adv. Always higher, Hit. ii. d. 2 (those who look always above themselves, i. e. to their superiors); one above another, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2.
2. prep. Over, with acc., MBh. 1, 4648; with gen., Nal. 1, 2.
-- Cf. upa and ved. upara, of which it is probably the loc. sing. slightly changed; Goth. ufar-; concerning Lat. super and Gr. [greek] (properly [greek] in aeol. [greek], ep. [greek].) cf. upa.
I. adv.
1. Above, Rām. 4, 28, 26.
2. Afterwards, Yājñ. 1, 106.
II. prep.
1. Over, on, with the gen., MBh. 3, 13654.
2. Concerning, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 19.
1. Obstacle, MBh. 3, 13670.
2. Disturbance, Vikr. 44, 12; Śāk. 8, 9.
3. Injury, Man. 11, 10.
I. upa-rudh + in, Disturbing, Ragh. 18, 17.
II. uparodha + in, Interrupted, Śāk. d. 81, v. r.
1. A stone, Man. 11, 167.
2. A rock, Kir. 5, 15.
-- Comp. tapana-, m. A fabulous gem = sūrya-kānta, Rājat. 3, 296. rasa-, n. A pearl.
1. Seeing after, Śāk. 46, 6.
2. A mark, Vikr. 69, 10.
3. Including.
1. Acquisition, Vikr. 65, 11.
2. Perception, MBh. 14, 683.
3. Knowledge, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 5.
-- Comp. an-, f. Non-perception (the sixth pramāṇa of the Pūrva and Uttara mimāṃsā).
1. Acquisition, Rām. 5, 34, 23.
2. Observation, Śāk. 13, 23.
3. Perception, Chr. 59, 22 (tad-upalambhasaṃyukta, according with what he had heard): feeling, Ragh. 14, 2.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. keeping a fast.
-- Comp. māsa-, f. ironically, a lascivious woman, Lass. 41, 12.
-- Comp. yajña-, i. e. yajñopavīta + in, adj., invested with the sacred thread.
1. Encampment, Rām. 5, 92, contents.
2. Undergoing, Rām. 5, 22, 25.
1. Ceasing, MBh. 1, 758.
2. Calmness, Bhartṛ. 2, 80.
1. Sleeping, Rām. 5, 14, 21.
2. Going to rest, MBh. 1, 3626.
1. Drawing back, Arj. 5, 6.
2. Comprehension, compendium, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 3; 5.
1. Touching (one's feet), Pañc. 206, 21 (as a token of respect.
2. Collecting, Rām. 1, 3, 24.
1. Approaching for receiving instruction, MBh. 3, 17169.
2. Presence, Rām. 1, 50, 14 (yajña-, i. e. at the sacrifice).
1. A portent, supposed to announce future evil, Dev. 12, 7.
2. A preposition.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. gā, portentous, Rām. 3, 44, 11; possessed by an evil spirit, Rām. 5, 18, 13.
1. Obecuration, Man. 4, 105.
2. A representative, Man. 9, 121.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. approaching carelessly, Man. 7, 9.
1. Veneration, MBh. 3, 14677.
2. Service, devotion to, Man. 4, 134; MBh. 3, 28.
1. Attendance. Man. 3, 64.
2. Devotion to, pursuing, MBh. 2, 2577.
3. Indulgence, Man. 12, 32.
1. Respecting, Man. 2, 121.
2. Serving, 11, 43.
3. Practising, Pañc. iii. d. 206 (ye hitaṃ vākyam utsṛjya viparītopasevinaḥ, they who neglecting good advice, follow the contrary).
1. Implements, MBh. 2, 2063; household implements, Man. 12, 66.
2. A broom (? vb. kṛ10), Man. 3, 63.
-- Comp. su-, adj. well furnished with the necessary implements, Chr. 25, 52. susaṃskṛta-, i. e. su-sam-kṛ + ta-, f. rā, one who takes great care of the household furniture, Man. 5, 150.
1. The lap (ved.).
2. The male or female organs of generation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 8.
-- Comp. ratha-, m. and n. the carioteer's seat for driving.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. Waiting on, Rām. 4, 44, 111; Vikr. 5, 5.
2. Being at one's command, Yājñ. 3, 160.
3. Assembly, MBh. 2, 1757.
-- Comp. an-, n. want of compliance, Rām. 6, 72, 49.
1. A complimentary present to a superior, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 6.
2. Exultation (which comprehends laughter, dance, song, bowing, recital of prayer, etc.), Daśak. in Chr. 181, 20 (?).
-- Comp. sopahāsam, i. e. sa-upahāsa + m, adv. Sneeringly, Pañc. 227, 4.
I. m.
1. A slope, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2.
II. loc. sing. re,
1. Near, Arj. 1, 5.
2. Privately, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 1; 192, 7; 193, 1.
I. m. A low muttered prayer, Man. 2, 8.
II. adv. Secretly, MBh. 3, 17309.
1. Seizure, Man. 8, 417.
2. Learning, Hit. 4, 13, v. r.
3. Material cause, Bhāṣāp. 149.
1. Deception, Rām. 2, 111, 29.
2. Modifying circumstance, Bhāṣāp. 46.
3. A condition supplied to limit a too general middle term, Bhāṣāp. 13.
-- Comp. an-, m. natural disposition, Prab. 101, 11 (this country is beautiful naturally and not through any accidental circumstance).
-- Comp. paṭṭa-, m. a dispatcher of documents (master of the rolls?), Rājat. 5, 396. mahā-, m. a reverend master, Chr. 175, 1. 17. mahā-mahā-, m. a very reverend master, Chr. 235, 6.
1. Approach, Bhartṛ. 3, 10.
2. Means of success, Man. 7, 177.
3. An expedient in general, Man. 9, 110.
4. Craft, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 498.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. censuring, Rām. 6, 99, 27.
1. A servant, Kathās. 19, 78.
2. A worshipper, Mṛcch. 113, 11.
I. n.
1. Attendance, Man. 3, 107.
2. Practice, Mṛcch. 2, 11.
3. Religious contemplation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 12, cf. 18, 3.
4. The sacred fire, Yājñ. 3, 45.
II. f. nā, Service, Cāt. 10.
1. Indifference, MBh. 14, 1049.
2. Neglect, Rām. 4, 12, 35.
3. Want of attention, Bhāṣāp. 159.
-- With the prep. nis nis, To let loose, to set free, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9.
1. On both sides, Man. 8, 315.
2. In the one and the other case, Man. 1, 47.
I. m. A snake, Kir. 3, 33.
II. f. gī, A female snake, Prab. 77, 7.
III. f. gā, The name of a city.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, m. a black kind of snake, Draup. 5, 8. mahā-, m. a sort of demi-god of the serpent genus, inhabiting Pātāla. hṛta-, adj. robbed of (its) snakes.
-- Comp. kāñcana-, adj. having a mail of gold, Rām. 3, 67, 16.
I. f. urvī, Large, MBh. 1, 1222. Comparat. varīyaṃs, superl. variṣṭha, MBh. 14, 879.
II. f. urvī, the earth, Rām. 4, 44, 130.
-- Cf. [greek]
† urd, or ūrd ūrd, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To measure.
2. To play.
† urv, i. 1, Par. To kill or hurt.
1. An owl, Bhartṛ. 2, 89.
2. A name of Indra, Chr. 46, 26.
3. The name of a country, its people (plur.), and its king, MBh. 1, 335, etc. Comp. kumbha-, m. A kind of owl, MBh. 13, 5499.
-- Cf. Lat. ulula, A.S. and O.H.G. ūla.
1. A firebrand, Rām. 3, 75, 51.
2. Fire falling from heaven, a meteor, Man. 1, 38.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-, f. a burning bunch of grass, Hit. i. d. 81. makā-, f. a great fireball, Man. 4, 103.
-- Cf. Lat. Vulcanus.
I. n. A firebrand, Pañc. 38, 20.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 1275.
1. Skipping, Amar. 48.
2. Joy, Sāh. D. 83.
-- Comp. cidullāsa, i. e. cit-, adj. rejoicing the mind, Bhāg. P. 9, 11, 33.
1. Amnium, the caul, Ait. Br. 1, 3.
2. The womb, Bhag. 3, 38.
-- Cf. Lat. vulva.
1. Abundant, MBh. 3, 340.
2. Evident, Rājat. 5, 148 (incarnate).
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very violent, Rām. 3, 30, 29.
1. To burn; to burn up, Man. 4, 189.
2. To chastise, Man. 9, 273.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. uro prurire; O.H.G. usilvar, yellow, probably Lat. aurum.
-- Cf. 2. vas.
-- Cf. aeol. [greek] (= the original nom. sing. vasās), [greek] Lat. aurora.
I. m. A camel, Man. 3, 162.
II. f. uṣṭrī, A she-camel, Pañc. 87, 6.
-- Comp. khara-, n. an ass and a camel, Yājñ. 2, 160.
I. adj., f. ṇā, Hot, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 17.
II. m. and n. The hot season, Man. 11, 113.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly hot, Man. 3, 236. an-, adj. not hot, Man. 2, 61; chilly, Śiś. 9, 3.
-- Comp. kañcukoṣṇīṣin, i. e. kañcuka-uṣṇīṣa + in, the affix belonging to both parts of the compound, wearing jackets and turbans, Rām. 6, 99, 23.
1. Heat, MBh. 9, 13969.
2. Ardour, Pañc. ii. d. 67; Śiś. 9, 85.
3. Hot moisture, Man. 1, 45.
-- Comp. dhana-, m. ardent longing for wealth, Man. 9, 231. nidhāna-, m. ardour, courage, caused by the possession of a treasure, Pañc. 118, 15. nis-, adj. cold, MBh. 14, 476.
-- Cf. [greek] = loc. vasri, [greek], breakfast, [greek].
I. m. A ray of light, Kir. 5, 31.
II. f. rā, A cow, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. 1. 87. 1; Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.
† uh, i. 1, Par. To hurt or to kill.
† ūṭh, see uṭh.
I. av + ti,
1. Assistance, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14; help, Lass. 98, 16 = Rigv. v. 9, 6; ūtī, ved. instr. sing, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
2. Quickness, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 44.
II. ve + ti, Web, tissue, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 1; 4.
-- Cf. [greek], uber; O.H.G. ūtar; A.S. uder.
1. Lessened, Yājñ. 2, 295.
2. Inferior, Man. 9, 123.
3. Wanting, usually as former or latter part of a comp., e. g. alpa-, adj. Wanting, a little, Man. 8, 217. kiṃcid-, adj. A little less, Sāv. 4, 26. tri-bhāga-, adj. Reduced by a third, Rājat. 5, 170. daśona, i. e. daśan-, adj. Wanting ten, Rām. 1, 46, 12. If one only is wanting, eka may be added, e. g. ekonacatvāriṃśa, i. e. eka-ūna-, ord. The thirty-ninth, MBh. 1, adhy. 39, but usually it is dropped, e. g. ūna -viṃśa, ord. The nineteenth, MBh. 3, adhy. 19. As former part, e. g. ūna-dvi-vārṣika (i. e. -dvi-varṣa + ika), adj. A child under two years, Man. 5, 68; ūna-ṣoḍaśavarṣa (i. e. -ṣaṣ-daśan-varṣa), adj. Under sixteen years, Rām. 1, 22, 2.
-- Cf. probably Lat. un-, or unde-, e. g. in unde-viginti = ūna-viṃśati.
† ūy, i. 1, Ātm. (properly ve, i. 4, Ātm.). To sew, to weave.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. thighless.
II. m. Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun, Skandap., Kāśīkh. 2, 13.
1. To nourish, to strengthen.
2. † To live. urjita,
1. Swollen, Rājat. 5, 214.
2. Strong, Hariv. 9920.
3. Distinguished, Ragh. 9, 38.
4. Violent, Rām. 2, 85, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps Lat. urgere.
-- Comp. karṇorṇa, i. e. karṇa-, adj. having wool near the ears, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 21. patrorṇa, i. e. patra-, n. 1. Wove silk. 2. A garment of wove silk.
-- Cf. Goth. vulla; A.S. wull; Lat. vellus, [greek].
-- With the prep. apa apa, To discover, Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.
-- With vi vi, To discover, Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.
1. Erect, Hiḍ. 3, 2.
2. Raised (as dust), Man. 11, 110.
3. Upper, MBh. 1, 1034.
4. The name of a kind of flying, Pañc. ii. d. 57. vam, adv.
1. Upwards, Rām. 4, 8, 5.
2. Above, Man. 1, 92.
3. After, Rām. 3, 53, 4; after death, Man. 9, 104.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. arduus.
1. Going upwards, MBh. 3, 850.
2. Being in the air.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, a wave of the sea of milk, Ragh. 4, 27.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. having great waves, MBh. 3, 793.
† ūṣ, ii. 1, Par. To be diseased.
I. m. Saline earth, Man. 5, 120.
II. f. ṣī, Salt ground, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 21.
2. Salt ground, barren land, Man. 2, 112.
1. Heat, MBh. 14, 468.
2. A name comprising the sibilants and h, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 47.
I. adj. Drinking the steam of food only, MBh. 13, 646.
II. m. pl. The name of a class of Pitṛs or Manes, MBh. 2, 341.
1. ūh, i. 1, Ātm., with prepositions also Par. To apprehend, MBh. 1, 5228. -- Caus. To observe, MBh. 2, 1240.
-- With the prep. api api, To understand, Hit. iii. d. 33.
-- With abhi abhi, To infer, Kathās. 7, 11
2. ūh (derived from vah, and appearing only after prep.), i. 1, Par. and Ātm. ūhyamānā, Rājat. 5, 33, is to be corrected to uhy°, pass. of vah, Being carried.
-- With the prep. apa apa.
1. To remove, Man. 8, 414; 11, 102 (Ātm.); apohita, Prab. 116, 7. --
2. To press, to follow immediately, Ragh. 19, 5.
3. To avoid, Man. 10, 86 (Ātm.).
-- With the prep. vyapa vi-apa.
1. To remove, Man. 2, 102.
2. To expiate, Man. 11, 81.
3. To keep off, Rām. 6, 75, 57 (Ātm.).
-- With ud ud. To raise, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 15.
-- With upa upa, To bring near, Rām. 2, 52, 6. -Pass. To begin, MBh. 2, 2051. upoḍha, Produced, Śāk. d. 169.
-- With samupa sam-upa in samupoḍha,
1. Near, Man. 6, 41.
2. Commenced, Rām. 2, 75, 29.
-- With prati prati, pratyūḍha.
1. Denied, Rām. 5, 31, 14.
2. Exceeded, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 38.
3. Interrupted, Man. 5, 84.
-- With vi vi, To arrange an army, Man. 7, 191. vyūḍha, Large, Rām. 6, 36, 45.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, nirvyūḍha
1. Brought out, MBh. 1, 6257.
2. Achieved, Kathās. 17, 159.
-- With prativi prati-vi, To arrange an army against, MBh. 3, 16370, pratyavyūhat, instead of prativy-auhat; prativyūḍha, Large, Rām. 6, 35, 18.
-- Comp. an-ūha, adj. without (long) reflection, quick, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 48; 18, 12. durūha, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be inferred, Man. 11, 238. v. r.
1. To go.
2. To go to.
3. To undergo. With abstracts (cf. i): Man. 1, 53, glānim ṛcchati, To become inert; MBh. 3, 2166, mṛtyum, To die; arch, Nal. 7, 4; MBh. 3, 84; Nalod. 2, 10, yuddharaṅgatām āra, To become the field of battle.
4. To rise, ṛ-ṇu.
5. To meet, Man. 8, 351; to attain, Nalod. 1, 32; to fall on, Man. 8, 18, ṛccha.
6. To gain, to acquire.
7. To move, to raise, ved. ii. 3, iyarmi.
8. To open, ii. 5.
9. To attack, MBh, 4, 1059, ṛccha.
10. To hurt; ṛta, and ṛte, see separately. -- Caus. arpaya,
1. To cast; arpita, thrown, Ragh, 8, 87; turned, Bhag. 8, 7.
2. To fasten, Śāk. d. 133.
3. To pierce.
4. To put, Ragh. 9, 74.
5. To deliver, Yājñ. 2, 65; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 24; 201, 11.
6. To restore, Man. 8, 191. -- arpita.
1. Cut in, Śāk. d. 74.
2. Written, Ragh. 17, 79.
-- Comp. citra-, adj. painted, Śāk. d. 143.
-- With the prepos. abhi abhi, To attack, MBh. 3, 11726, ṛccha, 11875 arccha.
-- With ā ā.
1. To meet, MBh. 3, 17226.
2. To adapt (ved.).
-- With pra pra, To rise, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
1. To fasten, Ragh. 6, 28.
2. To deliver, Ragh. 15, 41.
3. To restore, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 15; 189, 15; 192, 16.
-- With vi vi, To open, Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
1. To cast, MBh. 1, 6978.
2. To deliver, Pañc. 36, 13.
3. To restore, Hit. 72, 20. -- samarpita.
1. Fastened, Kumāras. 6, 63.
2. Put together, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 2.
3. Resting, Rām. 1, 77, 25.
4. Painted, Ragh. 3, 15.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Praising.
II. m. A praiser, Chr. 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5.
† ṛkṣ (?), ii. 5, Par. To kill or hurt.
I. m. A bear, Rām. 3, 52, 45.
II. f. kṣī, A she-bear, Rām. 1, 16, 21.
III. m. and n.
1. A star, Rām. 5, 73, 57; MBh. 13, 625.
2. Bears and stars, Śiś. 9, 31.
IV. m. and f. kṣā, Proper names, MBh. 1, 3722; 3790.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ursus.
1. To shine, ved.
2. i. 1, and † i. 6, Par. To praise, ved.
3. To honour, Man. 3, 93; anomal. absol. arcya, Man. 1, 4. -- Caus. arcaya, To honour, Man. 2, 181. arcita, Respectfully bestowed, Man. 4, 235.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To honour, Man. 8, 391.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To honour, Yājñ. i. 226; to adore, 2, 112.
-- With prati prati,
1. To salute in turn, Rām. 2, 71, 31.
2. To salute one by one, MBh. 1, 7211.
-- With sam sam, To adore, Rām. 2, 3, 48; to honour, MBh. 3, 11090 (properly 10190).
1. A verse or text of the Vedas, Man. 11, 142.
2. The Ṛgveda, Man. 1, 23.
-- Comp. an-, adj. unlearned in holy texts, Man. 3, 131. tryṛc, i. e. tri-, f. pl. three holy verses, Man. 2, 77.
1. The name of a saint, Rām. 1, 35, 7.
2. The name of a country, Daśak. 193, 11.
1. To go.
2. To attack, MBh. 3, 16375, ānarcha, pf.
3. † To fail in faculties.
4. † To become stiff.
1. † To go.
2. † To stand or to be firm.
3. † To gain.
4. † To be strong.
5. To live. -- Ved. i. 4, Par., and Ātm.
1. To stretch.
2. To desire, to strive for.
-- Cf. raj under ṛju, [greek], Lat. regere, rectus; Goth. rakian; A.S. reccan; Goth. raints, etc.
1. Straight, Man. 2, 47.
2. Right, Rām. 4, 34, 31. -Comparat. ṛjīyaṃs, and ved. also rajīyaṃs; superl. ṛjiṣṭha, and ved. also rajiṣṭha.
-- Comp. an-, adj. crooked, Man. 4, 177.
-- Cf. [greek], f. of [greek] properly the measure of a tall upright man, i. e. six feet in general.
1. Straightness, Kumāras. 4, 23.
2. Plainness, Amar. 67.
† ṛñj, i. 1, Ātm. To fry.
† ṛṇ, ii. 8, Par., Ātm. (properly the base of the pres. etc. of ṛ, ii. 5), To go.
-- Comp. an-, adj. free from obligation or debt, Man. 9, 106.
1. Obligated, MBh. 1, 8341.
2. m. A debtor, Yājñ. 2, 86.
1. † To blame.
2. To pity, Mālav. 55, 23.
3. † To rival.
4. To domineer.
5. † To go.
I. adj., f. tā, True, Man. 8, 82.
II. n.
1. Truth, Rām. 5, 31, 19.
2. Gleaning, Man. 4, 5.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. untrue, Rām. 3, 53, 18; unjust, Man. 4, 170.
II. n. 1. untruth, Rām. 3, 53, 16; a lie, Chr. 48, 12. 2. agriculture, Man. 4, 5. apānṛta, i. e. apa-an-ṛta, adj. true, Rām. 2, 34, 38. satya-an,
I. adj. true and false at the same time, Pañc. 98, 17.
II. n. commerce, traffic.
-- Cf. Lat. ratus, irritus; [greek]
I. m. A name of Brahman, Bhāg. P. 6, 13, 17.
II. f. rā, Understanding, Prab. 68, 3.
1. Way, Lass, 2, 8.
2. Attack (ved.).
1. Order (ved.).
2. Right time, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3.
3. A season (of the year), Man. 3, 217.
4. The menstrual discharge, MBh. 14, 2739.
5. The season approved for sexual intercourse, Man. 3, 46, sqq.
-- Comp. an-, m. wrong season, Man. 4, 104; for sexual intercourse, 5, 153. The aff. tu is a form of tvan and ṛ of ar; the older form would be * artvan = Lat. ordo, base ordon.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek].
1. A woman in her courses, Suśr. 1, 317, 4.
2. A marriageable girl, Man. 9, 89.
3. A woman in the period approved for sexual intercourse, MBh. 1, 750.
1. Wanting, Yājñ. 2, 117.
2. Except, MBh. 3, 16144; 3090.
3. Without, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 4; 191, 1.
1. Plenty, Indr. 5, 26.
2. Wealth, Kumāras. 2, 58.
3. Prosperity, Rām. 2, 105, 33.
4. Perfection, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 12.
5. The deity of wealth, MBh. 13. 6750.
1. Wealthy, Rām. 5, 9, 63.
2. Prosperous, MBh. 3, 244.
3. Resplendent, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 3; beautiful, MBh. 3, 11077 (p. 572).
1. To prosper, Man. 9, 322 (ii. 5); MBh. 2, 1693 (i. 4); pass. To prosper, MBh. 3, 8488.
2. To augment (ved.).
3. † To please; ṛuana, Prosperous, Ragh, 2, 50.
-- With sam sam, To prosper, Man. 9, 315 (ii. 5), MBh. 2, 1960 (i. 4); samṛddha.
1. Completed, Rām. 1, 44, 60.
2. Abundant, Rām. 2, 104, 26.
3. Abounding in (with instr. or abl.), Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14; Man. 3, 6.
4. Wealthy, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 15.
-- Cf. [greek] also [greek] etc., and [greek] but ṛdh being compounded, viz. ṛ-dhā, and the Vedas having a vb. ṛd, which may be considered also as derived from ṛ, the base [greek] or [greek] may be another derivation from ṛ; cf. also Lat. ordior.
† ṛph, and ṛmph ṛmph, i. 6, Par. To injure, to kill.
-- Cf. ṛph.
1. † To go.
2. To flow, to rain, to drip (ved. i. 1).
3. To pierce (ved. i. 6).
-- Cf. Lat. rigare, rivus; Goth. rign; A.S. regen.
1. A bull, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 19.
2. Chief, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 22; especially as latter part of compound words, 'best, excellent,' e. g. pārthivarṣabha, i. e. pārthiva-, m. An excellent king, Chr. 55, 4. puruṣa-, m. An excellent man, Rām. 3, 49, 11. bharata-, m. A noble descendant of Bharata, Chr. 24, 48. siṃha-, m. A fierce lion.
1. A bard or author of sacred hymns, Chr. 287, 1. 3; Man. 11, 243.
2. An old saint, MBh. 12, 12724; Hariv. 417, seq.
3. A pious person, especially an anchorite, Man. 4, 94.
-- Comp. devarṣi, i. e. deva-ṛṣi, m. a sage of the class of demi-gods, as Nārada, VP. 284; Rām. 1, 1, 83. brahmarṣi, i. e. brahman- and viprarṣi, i. e. vipra-, m. a sage of the class of Brāhmaṇas, as Vaśiṣṭha, VP. 284; Chr. 22, 20; 14, 17. rājarṣi, i. e. rājan-, m. a prince who has adopted a life of devotion, as Viśvāmitra, VP. 284; Chr. 11, 16; Pañc. 76, 9. saptarṣi, see separately.
1. A spear, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4.
2. A sword, Arj. 10, 20.
† ṛ10, ii. 5, To go (cf. ṛ and īr).
I. sing.
1. One (cf. enad), Man. 2, 43; ekasmāt, At once, Rājat. 5, 407.
2. Alone, Man. 1, 3; Only, Hit. i. d. 81; puṇyaikakarman, i. e. puṇya-eka-karman, adj. Practising only virtue.
3. Same, Man. 8, 204; Pañc. iv. d. 10.
4. Preeminent, chief, Megh. 31.
5. When immediately repeated, 'one by one.' Rām. 2, 91, 51.
6. A, an, Pañc. 242, 6, puruṣam ekam, 'a man.'
7. Somebody, Kathās. 18, 330.
II. plur. Some, Man. 9, 61.
III. Former and latter part of compounds, e. g. eka-chara, adj. living alone, Man. 5, 17. an-, adj. many, Man. 5, 159; several, Yājñ. 2, 120; manifold, Yājñ. 3, 144. karapādaikahīnaka, i. e. kara-pāda-eka-hīna + ka, adj. one who has had a hand and foot cut off, Yājñ. 2, 274. tad-eka, one of these, Hit. 25, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. aequus.
1. Solitary, Pañc. iii. d. 51.
2. Same, Man. 9, 38.
1. Fixing one's mind only on one object, Pañc. 244, 23.
2. Unanimity.
1. One of many, Pañc. 169, 15.
2. One of two, Pañc. 92, 5.
3. A, an, Rām. 5, 14, 2.
1. = abl. of eka, Rājat. 5, 90.
2. On one side, Kir. 5, 2; ekatas-ekatas, on one side, on the other, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 523.
1. Unity, Prab. 18, 9.
2. Harmony, Rām. 4, 33, 26.
3. Conjunction, MBh. 3, 14272.
1. = loc. of eka, Man. 5, 136.
2. At the same place, MBh. 3, 1446.
3. Together, Pañc. 25, 10.
1. Once, Rājat. 5, 249.
2. Sometimes, Pañc. iii. d. 60.
1. Alone, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 29.
2. Homogeneous, Bhāg. P. 4, 13, 8.
I. ord. numb., f. śi.
1. The eleventh, Man. 3, 47.
2. Lasting eleven (months), MBh. 13, 4247.
II. f. śī, The eleventh day of the half month, MBh. 13, 4234.
-- Comp. vṛṣabhaikadaśa, i. e. vṛṣabha-, adj., f. śā, having a bull as the eleventh, i. e. ten (cows) with a bull, Man. 11, 116 (117).
I. adj. Consisting of eleven, MBh. 13, 10668.
II. f. nī, Eleven (hymns), Yājñ. 3, 309.
I. adj., f. tā, Alone, Rām. 4, 28, 1; only, Bhartṛ. 2, 7; Pañc. 154, 20 (the only one, i. e. indispensable).
II. m. and n.
1. A solitary place, Pañc. iii. d. 6.
2. An extreme, Rām. 4, 21, 36.
3. One only, MBh. 12, 13618.
III. The acc. tam, instr. tena, and loc. te, are used as adv.
1. Exclusively, Bhag. 6, 16; Pañc. 247, 8.
2. Privately, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10.
3. Necessarily, MBh. 3, 1240.
IV. As former part of comp. words,
1. Perfect, Rām. 6, 93, 24.
2. Altogether, Sund. 1, 15.
3. Necessary, Ragh. 2, 57.
V. As latter part, Only, Pañc, 2, 21. an-, adj., f. tā, Relative, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
I. adj.
1. Passable by one only, MBh. 3, 11136.
2. Adoring one only, MBh. 12, 7872.
II. n.
1. A solitary place, MBh. 3, 11695.
2. Adoration of one only, MBh. 14, 532.
I. adj., f. kā.
1. Every one, Draup. 8, 17.
2. One successively, Kathās. 18, 265.
II. kam, adv. One by one, Rām. 1, 13, 27.
III. comparat. ekaikatara, adj. Always one of many, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 41.
1. One by one, Nal. 1, 25.
2. One after another, Rām. 4, 45, 16.
1. To stir, MBh. 1, 800. Ptcple. of the pres. Living, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 22.
2. To tremble, to quake, cf. ejatka.
3. † i. 1, Ātm. To shine. -- Caus. To move, to turn, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 14.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. aeger.
† eṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To annoy, to resist.
1. Greatness, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 10.
2. Sufficiency, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 28 (etāvattvam -- bhāvyam, it must be sufficient).
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. So much, Man. 9, 45.
2. Such a one, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 8; such, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 4; etāvati, In this distance, Śāk. 8, 10.
3. With kim, Of this kind, Kathās. 20, 58.
II. vat (acc. sing. n.), adv.
1. So far, Rām. 4, 40, 68.
2. Thus, Hit. 27, 19.
1. To prosper, MBh. 2, 510.
2. To increase, Rām. 2, 52, 34; to grow up, Śāk. d. 51. -- Caus. edhaya.
1. To cause to prosper, Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 11.
2. To glorify, Kumāras. 6, 90.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To increase, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 17.
-- With sam sam, To increase, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 25. samedhita,
1. Strengthened, MBh. 3, 10443.
2. United, Rām. 2, 64, 35. Caus. To cause to prosper, MBh. 13, 7510.
I. n. indh + as (see the last), Wood for fuel, Man. 11, 70.
II. edh + as, Prospering; in sukham-edhas, adj. Well prospering, MBh. 13, 5191.
-- Cf. Goth. ainaha, ains; A. S. ān; Lat. oinos, unus; [greek]
1. Sin, Man. 5, 34.
2. Fault, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 17.
-- Comp. an-,
I. adj. guiltless, Man. 8, 19.
II. m. a proper name, Hariv. 669.
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2154.
II. f. kā, The name of a grass, MBh. 1, 620; bent-grass, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 18.
1. Only, Man. 1, 91; 2, 87; 190; Śāk. 69, 15.
2. Still, Man. 2, 168.
3. Just, Man. 5, 61; Pañc. 223, 9.
4. Also, Man. 1, 48.
5. Very (especially after tad), Man. 3, 23.
-- Cf. [greek].
I. m. Such a quality, Rām. 1, 1, 20.
II. adj. Having such qualities, Nal. 6, 12. evam-ādi, adj. Beginning thus, i. e. This and the like, Man. 9, 260. evam-bhū + ta, adj. Being thus, such a one, Hit. 7, 13.
1. To go.
2. To strive to attain, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 44.
3. To search, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 52.
-- With the prep anu anu, To search, MBh. 1, 5253; to investigate. Rām. 1, 3, 2.
-- With pari pari, To search, MBh. 13, 4033 (Par.)
I. n.
1. Wish, desire, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 39.
2. Searching MBh. 1, 8399.
II. f. ṇā, Desire, Rājat. 5, 281.
-- Comp. dhana-, adj. one who asks payment of a debt, Man. 8, 60. sarva-bhūta-hita-, adj. wishing the well-being of all creatures, Chr. 26, 64.
I. n. Unanimity, Hit. 19, 22.
II. adj. Unanimous, Rām. 5, 77, 15.
1. Perfect, Bhag. 14, 27.
2. Exclusive, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 2.
-- Comp. an-, adj. 1. indeterminate, Pañc. 58, 22. 2. going astray, (a fallacious middle term,) Bhāṣāp. 71.
I. adj., f. vī, Made of sugar.
II. n. Sugar.
I. adj. Belonging to a she-antelope, Rām. 2, 56, 18.
II. m. = eṇa, Draup. 4, 15.
1. Belonging to Indra, Arj. 4, 32.
2. Like that which belongs to Indra, Man. 5, 93.
3. Indra-like, Man. 8, 344.
4. Devoted to Indra, MBh. 3, 1494.
I. adj., f. kī, Referring to witchcraft, Prab. 101, 4.
II. m. A wizard, Prab. 55, 1.
1. adj. Relating to Indradyumna (a proper name), MBh. 1, 325.
2. The name of a locality, MBh. 3, 10624.
I. m.
1. Indra's elephant, considered as the elephant of the east quarter, MBh. 1, 2627.
2. A kind of elephant, Rām. 2, 70, 22.
3. A patronymic name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 829.
4. The name of the northern path of the moon, MBh. 3, 11836.
II. m. and n. A particular shape of the rainbow, Ragh, 1, 36.
III. m., f. tī, and n. Lightning, MBh. 13, 7391.
IV. m. The orange-tree; n. its fruit, Suśr. 1, 211, 11.
V. f. tī, The name of a river, MBh. 8, 2055.
1. Befitting a lord, majestic, MBh. 1, 3315; 14, 411; powerful, Rām. 3, 10, 21.
2. Belonging to Śiva, Ragh. 11, 76.
1. Control, Man. 6, 95.
2. Dominion, Rām. 5, 22, 31.
3. Supreme dominion, Man. 4, 235.
4. Superhuman power, Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 37.
-- Comp. dhana-, n. the dominion over wealth, Man. 7, 42.
I. iha + ika, adj. Terrestrial, temporal, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.
II. īhā + ika, n. Business; in tryahaihika, i. e. tri-aha-aihika, adj. m. A shopkeeper who gathers as much corn only as may suffice for three days, Man, 4, 7.
-- Comp. ambara-, m. a god, Kumāras. 5, 79. araṇya-, m. an anchorite, Śāk. d. 81. kānana-, m. a monkey, Rām. 5, 65, 7. jala-,
I. adj. living in water, MBh. 13, 2650.
II. f. a leech, Suśr. 1, 28, 10. tri-diva- and diva-, m. a god, Man. 1, 95; 11, 242. mānasa-, m. the wild swan or goose. vana-,
I. adj. living in woods, Chr. 25, 61.
II. m. 1. an anchorite, Chr. 11, 18. 2. a wild beast, Rām. 3, 49, 39. 3. a monkey, 6, 26, 5. vāri-, m. a leech, Man. 7, 129. vāsa-, n. the private apartments; a sleeping-room. vila-, m. any animal living in holes, Man, 10, 49. svarga-, m. a deity.
† okh, i. 1, Par.
1. To be dry (cf. uṣ, ṣ is often changed to kh).
2. To be able.
1. A stream, Man. 9, 54.
2. A multitude, MBh. 1, 4448.
3. Density, Śiś. 9, 27.
-- Comp. śara-, m. a multitude of arrows, Chr. 34, 15. sarva-, m. l. assembling a complete army. 2. great speed.
I. adj., f. vatī, Rapid, MBh. 3, 10538.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 121.
III. f. vatī, A proper name, ib.
1. The holy syllable om, Man. 2, 75.
2. Thanksgiving, Rājat. 5, 134.
3. Grumbling, Pañc. 158, 7.
† oj, i. 1, and i. 10, Par.
1. To be strong.
2. To live.
I. n.
1. Strength, Matsyop. 2.
2. Light, splendour, Man. 12, 18.
II. ojasā (instr.), adv. Powerfully, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; courageously, Rām. 3, 53, 22.
-- Comp. amitaujas, i. e. a-mita- (vb. mā), adj. all-mighty, Man. 1, 4. mahaujas, i. e. mahā-, adj. eminent in power, Man. 1, 61.
-- Cf. Lat. augus in augus + tus, and [greek] in [greek]
† oṇ, i. 1, Par. To take away (probably a form of arṇ for arṇu, i. e. ṛ ii. 5, cf. [greek]).
1. A pap, see comp.
2. Boiled rice, Man. 8, 329.
-- Comp. kṣī- raudana, i. e. kṣīra-, m. rice boiled with milk, MBh. 13, 947. guḍodana (sic instead of °ḍau°), i. e. guḍa-, boiled rice with sugar, MBh. 13, 6162. tila-, n. a dish of rice, milk, and sesamum, Rām. 2, 69, 10 (tilodana instead of °lau°). dadhi-, m. a mess prepared of curds, Yājñ. 1, 303. māṃsa-bhūtodana (instead of °tau°), i. e. -bhūta-, a dish of rice and meat(?), Rām. 2, 52, 83. śāli-, boiled rice, Bhartṛ. 2, 79.
and dhī oṣadhi/ī, i. e. uṣ + a-dhā (cf. nidhi), f.
1. A plant, Man. 1, 46.
2. A medicinal herb, Caurap. 47.
-- Comp. mahauṣadhi, i. e. mahā-, f. a kind of sensitive plant, Mimosa pudica.
1. The lip, Man. 8, 282.
2. The upper lip, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 46. In comp. words a preceding a may be dropped, and the fem. of a comp. adj. may end in ṭhā or ṭhī, e. g. rucira-dantauṣṭhī, Having beautiful teeth and lips, Rām. 3, 52, 16. bimboṣṭha, adj. Having bimba-like lips, Kathās. 4, 8. saṃdaṣṭauṣṭha, i. e. sam-daṣṭa -oṣṭha (vb. daṃś), adj. Biting the lips, MBh. 3, 427. sphuradoṣṭha, i. e. sphurant-oṣṭha, adj., f. ṭhī, With trembling lips, Indr. 5, 51.
I. n.
1. Perturbation, Rām. 3, 1, 4.
2. Desire, MBh. 3, 114.
II. instr. yena, adverbially, Quickly, Pañc. 35, 9; 95, 25.
-- Comp. manda-, adj. having no great desire, Śāk. 18, 22. sa-, adj., f. yā, full of desire, Pañc. 185, 20.
1. Referring to water, Man. 3, 215.
2. Aquatic, Man. 1, 44; 6, 13.
1. Excellence, Nal. 16, 17.
2. Dignity, Rām. 3, 18, 25.
3. Generosity, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 24.
I. adj., f. rī, Made of Udumbara wood, Man. 2, 45.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1869.
III. f. rī, A branch of the Udumbara tree, Rām. 1, 4, 21.
I. adj., f. sī, Dwelling in one's breast, innate, Man. 3, 1314.
II. m. A legitimate son, Man. 9, 166; Yājñ. 2, 128.
I. adj.
1. Serving for the acquisition of merit, Man. 11, 10.
2. Belonging to the obsequies of a deceased person, Pañc. 9, 3.
II. n. Obsequies, Rām. 4, 24, 24.
I. m. The patronymic name of a Ṛṣi or saint, MBh. 1, 2610.
II. adj., f. vī.
1. Produced by Ūrva, MBh. 1, 1242.
2. adj. or m. (supple agni), Submarine fire, Rājat. 3, 170.
I. adj., f. sī.
1. Belonging to Uśanas.
2. Descended from Uśanas, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 48; 9, 18, 20.
II. n.
1. A lawbook ascribed to Uśanas, Pañc. 253, 12.
2. The name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 7005.
I. m. The king of the Uśīnaras, MBh. 1, 3669.
II. f. rī, A proper name, Vikr. 30, 18.
1. The handle of a fan, MBh. 12, 2299.
2. A bed, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 8.
3. An ointment made of Uśīra, Śāk. d. 57, v. r.
-- Comp. mahā-,
I. n. 1. garlic. 2. long pepper.
II. n. and f. dhī, dry ginger.
and auṣadhī auṣadhi/ī = oṣadhi, Kir. 5, 24; MBh. 13, 454.
I. see kim.
II. m. (properly nom. sing. of kim), A name of the highest deities, viz. Prajāpati, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 2; Brahman, MBh. 1, 32; Viṣṇu, 13, 7027.
III. n. Water, Yājñ. 2, 108.
† kaṃs (or kaś kaś, or kas kas), ii. 2, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To command (v. r. to destroy).
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 357.
II. f. sā, A proper name, Hariv. 2029.
III. m. n. Bell metal.
† kak, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To be proud.
2. To be unsteady.
3. To be thirsty.
1. A summit, Bhāg. P. 5, 25, 7.
2. The hump of the Indian bull, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 15.
-- Comp. tri-, m. a name of Kṛṣna, or Viṣṇu, MBh. 12, 1508.
1. Chief, Rām. 6, 37, 12.
2. The hump of the Indian bull, MBh. 13, 835.
3. An ensign or symbol of royalty, Ragh. 3, 70.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. having three horns, MBh. 12, 13252.
I. adj., f. matī, Having a hump, Ragh. 4, 29.
II. m.
1. A mountain, Ragh. 13, 47.
2. A bull having a hump, Kumāras. 1, 27.
-- Cf. Lat. cacumen.
I. adj., f. nī, Having a hump, MBh. 13, 4935.
II. m.
1. A bull having a hump, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 4.
2. A proper name, Hariv. 644.
1. A summit (ved.)
2. A quarter or point of the compass, Kathās. 21, 13.
3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 4.
1. A tree, Terminalia Arjuna, Rām. 1, 26, 15.
2. A certain musical mode, Vikr. 61, 1.
3. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 16.
† kakk, see kakh.
† kakkh, see kakh.
I. m.
1. A spreading creeper, MBh. 3, 12548; weed, Man. 7, 110.
2. A dry wood, Rām. 5, 5, 24.
3. A forest, MBh. 15, 1082.
4. The side or flank, Rām. 6, 36, 108 (of an army).
5. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 356.
II. m. and f. kṣā.
1. The armpit, Rām. 4, 10, 19; Mṛcch. 34, 11.
2. The end of the lower garment tucked into the waistband, MBh. 2, 902; Pañc. 32, 25 (used for keeping money).
III. f. kṣā.
1. A girdle, MBh. 4, 1749.
2. A wall, Rām. 2, 32, 32.
3. An enclosure, a part of an edifice, Man. 7, 224.
-- Comp. hiraṇya-, adj., f. kṣā, wearing a golden girdle, MBh. 4, 2108. hema-, adj. having a golden wall, Rām. 3, 54, 15.
I. f. yā,
1. A girdle, MBh. 2, 900.
2. An upper garment, Kathās. 18, 5.
3. An enclosed court, MBh. 2, 827; Rām. 2, 57, 22.
II. n.
1. The cup of a balance, Mit. 145, 20.
2. A certain part of a chariot, Rām. 6, 106, 23.
-- Comp. suvarṇa-, adj. having a golden girth, Rām. 2, 92, 32. saptakakṣya, i. e. saptan-, having seven courts, Rām. 4, 33, 24.
† kakh, or kakkh kakkh, or kakk kakk, or khakkh khakkh, i. 1. Par. To laugh.
-- Cf. Lat. cachinnus; [greek] O.H.G. hoh (sneer).
† kag, i. 1, Par. To perform an action.
† kaṅk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
I. m.
1. A heron, Rām. 6, 90, 25.
2. The name of a king, MBh. 1, 227.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1850.
II. f. kā, A proper name, Hariv. 2029.
1. An ornament, MBh. 3, 15757.
2. A bracelet, Bhartṛ. 2, 63.
3. The name of a certain weapon, Rām. 1, 29, 13; 56, 12 (Gorr. has kiṅkiṇī, q. cf.).
1. To bind.
2. † To shine. † i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. kañc and kāñc.
1. The hair, MBh. 1, 4982.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3193.
-- Comp. utkaca, i. e. ud-, adj. 1. blown, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 38. 2. opened, MBh. 1, 6079 (?) vi-, adj., f. cā. 1. bald, MBh. 1, 6078. 2. blown, Kir. 5, 13; Indr. 5, 8.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. the ocean. 2. Varuṇa. 3. a mountain.
1. A tortoise, Pañc. 51, 13.
2. A proper name:
a. of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 4828;
b. of a country, Kathās. 18, 253.
† kaj (?), i. 1, Par. To be glad.
1. A collyrium prepared from lamp-black.
2. Shame, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 27.
† kañc, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To bind.
2. To shine.
-- Cf. kac, and kāñc.
1. A jacket, Rām. 6, 99, 23; Kathās. 18, 16.
2. Dress, MBh. 12, 816.
3. Mail, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 15.
4. The skin of a snake, Pañc. i. d. 73 (and mail).
-- Comp. utkañcuka, i. e. ud-, adj. naked, Bhartṛ. 1, 49. mukta-, m. a snake that has cast his slough. su-bhāṣita-rasa-āsvāda-jāta-romāñca-kañcuka, adj. covered with a mail-like horripilation (a token of pleasure), produced by tasting the flavour of beautiful words, MBh. 12, 816.
† kaṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To rain.
3. To encompass.
-- Cf. prakaṭaya.
1. A twist of straw, a mat, Man. 2, 204.
2. The hip, MBh. 13, 2796.
3. The temples of an elephant, Ragh. 4, 57.
4. A certain cast in a game of hazard, Mṛcch. 33, 10.
5. The name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 12, 13.
-- Comp. baddha-, adj., f. ṭā, made of plaited grass, Rām. 2, 56, 17. śruti-, m. 1. penance. 2. a snake. sa-, adj. bad, vile. sam-,
I. adj. (properly 'having the hips thronged together'). 1. crowded. 2. impervious. 3. narrow, contracted.
II. n. 1. a defile. 2. difficulty, trouble.
III. m. a proper name. mahā-sam-, adj. full of great difficulties, Bhartṛ. 2, 98.
1. A bracelet, Kathās. 9, 73.
2. The hill of a mountain.
3. An army.
I. m. and n. A frying vessel, MBh. 14, 1927.
II. m. The name of a dvīpa of the grand divisions of the terrestrial world, Kathās. 13, 74.
and kaṭī kaṭi/ī (cf. kaṭa), f.
1. The hip, MBh. 1, 6293.
2. The buttocks, Man. 8, 281.
I. adj., f. kā, Sharp, pungent; of taste, Kathās. 11, 23; of smell, Rām. 3, 16, 17; of words, MBh. 13, 6645.
II. n. Pungency.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Harsh, MBh. 2, 1551.
† kaṭh (a form of kaṣṭ in kaṣṭa), i. 1, Par. To live in distress.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Hard, solid, Pañc. 190, 16; Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
2. Cruel, Kathās. 19, 89.
II. f. nī, Chalk, Pañc. Pr. 7.
III. n. A pat, MBh. 3, 8484.
1. Hard, solid, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 15.
2. Full grown, Mṛcch. 115, 13.
3. Sharp, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 3.
4. Violent, Pañc. 93, 1.
5. Loud, Pañc. 248, 17.
6. Hard-hearted, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
† kaḍ, i. 1 and 6, Par. To be glad. i. 6, Par. To eat. i. 10, Par. To remove the husk of grain.
† kaḍḍ, i. 1, Par. To be rough (a dialectical form of kaṣṭ; cf. kaṭh).
† kaṇ, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To cry as in distress.
3. To go. i. 10, Par. To wink, to cover the eye with the lids.
I. m.
1. Grain, Hit. 9, 14; broken rice, Man. 11, 92; also the fine red powder which adheres to the rice berry beneath the husk.
2. A drop, Bhartṛ. 3, 15; spray, Śāk. d. 55.
3. A spark, Pañc. 93, 3.
4. A little bit, Prab. 29, 13.
II. f. ṇā, Long pepper, Suśr. 2, 418, 16.
-- Comp. tuṣāra-, tuhina-, m. a flake of snow, Kathās. 19, 50; Amar. 54.
I. m.
1. Seed, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 33.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 5544.
II. f. kā, A drop, Megh. 96.
† kaṇṭ, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. A thorn, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 183.
2. A sharp bone, Man. 8, 95.
3. An enemy, Pañc. 176, 8; a wicked person, Man. 9, 252; 253.
4. Stinging pain, Suśr. 1, 93, 4.
5. Obstacle, Hit. iii. d. 76.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ikā, free from thorns, i. e. obstacles, Rām. 2, 46, 29; from danger, 2, 81, 6; from harm, 3, 53, 15. amara-, n. the name of the eastern table-land of the Vindhya mountain, Rām. 2, 73, 3 Gorr. niṣkaṇṭaka, i. e. nis-, adj. = akaṇṭaka, MBh. 4, 206. bhūrja-, m. the son of an outcast Brāhmaṇa, Man. 10, 21. sa-, adj. thorny.
1. Thorny, Draup. 1, 14.
2. With bristling hair (a sign of pleasure or love, according to the Hindus), Rājat. 5, 2; Śāk. d. 63.
† kaṇṭh, i. 1, Par., Ātm., i. 10, Par.
1. To grieve.
2. To desire, to long for.
-- Cf. utkaṇṭh.
1. The neck, Rām. 2, 66, 32 Gorr.
2. The throat, Mṛcch. 128, 20; Man. 11, 205.
3. Voice, MBh. 3, 829.
4. Proximity, Pañc. 247, 14.
5. The proper name of a Ṛṣi, Rām. 4, 18, 11. -- When latter part of a comp. adj., f. ṭhī and ṭhā, e. g. aśru- adj. With tears in the throat, i. e. the voice interrupted by tears, Rām. 2, 74, 28; f. ṭhī, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 3. niṣka-,
I. adj., f. ṭhī, Wearing a golden ornament on the neck, MBh. 3, 14694.
II. m. A golden ornament of the neck, 13, 4928. nīla-,
I. adj. With a blue throat, MBh. 10, 454.
II. m.
1. A peacock, Megh. 77.
2. A name of Śiva, Rām. 5, 89, 41.
III. f. ṭhī, A peahen, 5, 11, 23. mukta-kaṇṭha + m (vb. muc), adv. Aloud, as shouting or crying. śiti-, m.
1. A peacock.
2. A gallinule.
3. Śiva. śrī-, m.
1. Śiva.
2. A proper name. sanna- (vb. sad), adj. Choked, scarcely able to articulate. sūtra-, m.
1. A Brāhmaṇa.
2. A wagtail.
3. A dove.
1. Being at the throat.
2. Salutary to the throat.
3. Guttural.
† kaṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To be glad. i. 1 and i. 10, Par. To remove the husk of grain. i. 10, Par. To preserve.
-- Cf. kad.
I. n. The chaff, Suśr. 1, 38, 4.
II. f. nī, A mortar, Man. 3, 68.
I. kaṇḍu, and, usually, kaṇḍū kaṇḍū, f. The itch, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13.
II. kaṇḍu, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, Rām. 2, 21, 31.
1. To scratch, MBh. 1, 5932.
2. To rub, Śāk. d. 144.
3. To stroke, Man. 4, 82. khara-kaṇḍūyita, n. (proverbially) Scratching with a thorn for 'doing an absurd action,' MBh. 3, 1329.
1. Itching, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 10.
2. Scratching, 3, 31, 26.
3. Stroking, Vikr. d. 151.
-- With na and api, Not the least, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 59.
-- Cf. Lat. uter for cuter (ubi: alicubi), utrum; [greek] Goth. hvathar; A. S. hvädher.
1. How many, Rām. 5, 73, 2.
2. Some, Pañc. 171, 2; usually with following cid, Pañc. 87, 22; with api, Amar. 25.
3. A proper name, Hariv. 1461.
-- Cf. Lat. quot.
1. To boast, Chr. 24, 39.
2. To praise, Rām. 3, 55, 8.
3. To blame, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 33.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To boast, Rām. 6, 36, 42.
2. To disparage, MBh. 4, 1299. Caus. To humble, Draup. 9, 10.
I. adj. Boasting, a boaster, Rām. 1, 6, 10.
II. n. Boasting, Rām. 3, 35, 23.
† katr, see kartr.
1. To tell, MBh. 1, 2206; Ātm. ib. 3, 13180; to tell of, with the acc., Śāk. 7, 18.
2. To announce, MBh. 14, 144.
3. To declare, Man. 7, 157.
4. To command, Pañc. 57, 22; Vikr. d. 7.
5. To converse, Rām. 2, 57, 1; Brāhmaṇ. 1, 11. -- Pass. To be called, Hit. Pr. d. 32. -- Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. kathayāna, MBh. 2, 1906. kathita, n. Talk, Śāk. 33, 3.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To announce, Rām. 5, 1, 93.
-- With sam sam,
1. To tell, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 13.
2. To explain, MBh. 3, 14000.
1. In what manner, Nal. 3, 10.
2. How, Śāk. 14, 13; Man. 5, 2.
3. What, Śāk. 94, 1 (kathaṃ mām evoddiśati, What! dares he defy me?).
4. Whence, Śāk. 98, 23.
-- With following api,
1. By some means, by accident, Pañc. 127, 25; 261, 13.
2. A little, Śāk. d. 73.
3. Slowly, with difficulty, Pañc. 236, 7.
4. kathaṃkatham api, Not without great pain, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 11.
-- With following nu,
1. How now? Nal. 17, 20 (19).
2. How much more? Śāk. d. 81; with na, How much less? Rām. 1, 33, 9.
-- With following cana,
1. In any manner, Man. 5, 143; with na, In no manner, never, Man. 4, 11.
2. Not without difficulty, Rām. 1, 67, 4.
3. kathaṃkatham cana, A little, Vikr. 29, 15.
-- With following cid,
1. A little, Śāk. 65, 1.
2. Scarcely, Rām. 3, 24, 20.
3. With difficulty, Pañc. 9, 5; MBh. 13, 2797. kathaṃ cid api, Even a little, Man. 3, 190; Scarcely, Rām. 6, 99, 50. kathaṃ cid -- na, In no way, Rām. 5, 75, 7. na kathaṃ cid api, Never, Chr. 19, 4. na kathaṃ cid -- na, By all means, Arj. 10, 17.
-- Comp. yathā-katha + m, adv. with following cid, by all means, Man. 11, 220 (221).
1. A tale, Ram. 1, 2, 38.
2. A speech, discourse, Man. 3, 231; Śāk. d. 76.
3. Mention, Nal. 21, 33.
4. With preceding kā (fem. of kim), and a following loc., or prati with acc., No question, out of the question, Ragh. 10, 29 (you are out of the question); in a prodosis, Śāk. d. 52, kā kathā vāṇasaṃdhāne, There is no need to fix the arrow to the bow; in an apodosis, Kathās. 4, 123, how much less?
-- Comp. dharma-, f. a conversation concerning law or duty, Pañc. 117, 13. purā-, f. a tale of past ages. sam-, f. conversation.
1. With following cid
2. As former part of compound nouns, Bad, e. g. kad-anna, n. Bad food, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 9. kad-apatya, adj. Having a bad offspring, 4, 13, 43. kad-indriya, n. pl. The paltry organs of sense, 8, 3, 28.
3. Combined with vb. dā, To blame, 7, 5, 28; with arth, q.v.
1. † To be confused.
2. † To confound.
3. To kill; cakāda, Rām. 6, 65, 23.
I. m. A tree, Nauclea cadamba (its flower, when fullblown, is covered with projecting anthers), Rām. 5, 74, 4; Kir. 5, 9.
II. n. Plenty, Śāk. 87, 15 (Prākṛ.).
I. m. and f. lī, The plaintain tree, Musa sapientum, Megh. 75.
II. f. lī, A kind of deer, MBh. 2, 1743.
1. Once, some time; preceded by na, Never, Man. 2, 58.
2. Perhaps, Pañc. 22, 10. With following cid, Once, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 2; preceded by na, Never, Man. 4, 74.
3. Followed by api, and preceded by na, Never, Hit. 58, 12.
-- Cf. Lat. quando, quandoque = kāda cid.
1. To love, to be satisfied, etc. (ved.).
2. † To shine.
3. † To go.
1. Smallest, very small, Rām. 3, 51, 7.
2. Youngest, Man. 9, 113.
3. with and without aṅguli, f. The little finger, Yājñ. 1, 19.
I. comparative of alpa and yuvan, f. yasī, Very small, Pañc. 16, 7.
II. m. A younger brother, Rām. 1, 26, 5.
1. Smaller, MBh. 13, 2560.
2. Younger, MBh. 1, 3518.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. cento(?).
† kand, i. 1, Par.
1. To call.
2. To cry or shed tears.
-- Cf. kad.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. garlic. 2. a sort of yam. 3. a plant, Hingtsha repens. rakta-, m. 1. coral. 2. a sort of onion.
1. A name of the god of love, Rām. 1, 25, 10.
2. Love, MBh. 1, 7920.
1. The flower of the kandalī (q. cf.), Bhartṛ. 1, 43.
2. A new shoot.
-- Comp. rakta-, ratna-, and hema-, m. coral.
I. m. A ball for playing with, Bhartṛ. 2, 83.
II. n. A pillow, Bhartṛ. 3, 42.
-- Comp. utkandhara, i. e. ud-, adj., f. rā (cf. Kathās. 20, 8), with raised neck, Pañc. 249, 5. daśakandhara, i. e. daśan-, adj. having ten necks, epithet of Rāvaṇa, MBh. 3, 16516.
1. A girl, Nal. 1, 8.
2. A virgin, Man. 8, 367.
3. A daughter, Man. 9, 71.
-- Comp. kāśi-, f. a daughter of the king of the Kāśis, Chr. 20, 18. jahnu-, f. a name of the Gangā, Bhartṛ. 3, 79. sama-, f. a girl fit to be married.
1. A small shell used as a coin, a cowrie.
2. The braided hair of Śiva.
1. A half of a folding-door, Rām. 5, 15, 10.
2. A door, Mṛcch. 16, 17.
I. m., f. lī, An earthen water-pot, especially of the religious mendicants, Man. 6, 44; Bhartṛ. 3, 24; of beggars in general, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 1.
II. m. and n.
1. Either half of a water-jar, Bhāṣāp. 10.
2. The skull, MBh. 14, 273.
III. m.
1. A potsherd.
2. Either half of an egg, Kathās. 2, 15.
3. The glene, Suśr. 1, 265, 8.
4. A kind of leprosy, Suśr. 1, 268, 1.
I. = kāpālika II. (q. cf.), Pañc. i. d. 239 (with shortened a on account of the metre?).
II. f. kā, i. e. kapāla + ka, f. A potsherd, Man. 4, 78.
I. adj., f. nī, Wearing skulls (as a necklace), Kumāras. 5, 78; covered with skulls, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 16.
II. m. and f. A follower of a certain sect, Prab. 56, 13.
III. m. A name of Śiva, MBh. 2, 1641; of one of the Rudras, 1, 2567.
IV. f. nī, A name of Durgā.
1. A monkey, Man. 11, 154. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7045.
1. A bird, the francoline partridge, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 5.
2. A proper name, Pañc. 163, 20.
I. m. A tree, Feronia elephantum, Corr., MBh. 1, 2830.
II. n. Its fruit, Suśr. 1, 148, 16.
I. adj., f. lā, Reddish, Man. 3, 8 (with reddish hair), Rām. 6, 3, 2.
II. m. The name of a sage, MBh. 3, 1896; of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
III. f. lā.
1. A reddish or brown cow, MBh. 3, 8067.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
3. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 14233.
I. m. The name of a sage, Hariv. 426.
II. f. vatī, The name of a river, Rām. 2, 71, 15.
I. m. A dove or pigeon, Pañc. iii. d. 139.
II. f. tī, A she-pigeon, Pañc. iii. d. 179.
-- Comp. su-, adj., f. lā, having beautiful cheeks, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 22.
† kab, or kav kav, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To colour.
2. To praise.
1. A headless trunk, especially one retaining the power of action, Böhtl. Ind. Sp. 166.
2. A belly, MBh. 3, 806.
3. A cloud, or vapour, MBh. 3, 13087.
4. The name of a demon, Rām. 3, 75, 24, sqq.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To love, MBh. 1, 2400; Rām. 1, 34, 16.
2. To desire, Sāv. 5, 52; to wish, with infin., MBh. 1, 6582; to intend, with infin., MBh. 3, 2249. -- Anom. ptcple. of the pres. kāmayāna, e. g. MBh. 13, 1891; kāmamana (probably to be corrected to kāmayāna), Rām. 5, 24, 37; 38. -- Pf. pass. kānta.
1. Loved, Hiḍ. 4, 35.
2. Amiable, graceful.
-- Comp. candra-, m. the moon-stone. ramā-, m. Viṣṇu. ravi-, m. the sun-stone. rādhā-, m. Viṣṇu. sūrya-, m. 1. the sunstone, Śāk. d. 40; a gem. 2. Hibiscus phoeniceus. -- Compar. kānta + tara, Most beautiful, Rām. 3, 17, 6. kāmita, n. Wish, MBh. 1, 2187. -Ptcple. of the fut. pass. kamanīya.
1. To be loved, Kumāras. 1, 37.
2. Beautiful, Bhartṛ. 1, 45. kāmya, see separately. -- Caus. To cause to desire, Rām. 3, 38, 20 (Par.); Ṛt. 6, 30 (Ātm.).
-- With the prep. ati ati, in ati-kānta, adj. Excessively loved, Bhartṛ. 2, 30.
-- With abhi abhi, To desire, MBh. 1, 3347.
-- With ni ni, To desire, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 21.
-- Cf. Lat carus = kam-ra, Beautiful, charming (Grammarians), amo (cf. katara), amoenus, etc.; [greek] (aff. [greek] = tvas) [greek], etc.; probably O.H.G. gaman, A.S. gamene.
1. A tortoise, Pañc. ii. d. 199.
2. A proper name, MBh. 2, 117.
I. n.
1. A lotus, Nelumbium, Megh. 32.
2. Water, Kir. 5, 25.
II. f. lā.
1. A name of Lakṣmī, Bhāg. P. i. p. xcv.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 4, 424.
-- Comp. kara-kamala, n. a lotus-like hand, Ṛt. 3, 23. vikasita-vadana-kamala, adj., f. lā, opening her lotus-like mouth, Pañc, 129, 10. vikasita-nayana-vadana-kamala, opening his lotus-like eyes and mouth, 192, 11. sa-, adj. abounding in lotus-flowers, Kir. 5, 25.
1. To move to and fro, Rām. 1, 14, 18.
2. To tremble, Rām. 3, 53, 61. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. ā-kampita, n. Trembling a little, Ragh. 2, 13. Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 1, 74, 13; 3, 33, 38 (Ātm.). Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-kampita, Without being stirred, by themselves, MBh. 4, 1290. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-kampya, immoveable, Rām. 3, 53, 43.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pity, with loc. and acc., MBh. 14, 29; Rām. 3, 37, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. anu- kampita, n. Compassion, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 22. Caus. To pity, Kumāras. 4, 39.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pity, Ragh. 9, 14.
-- With abhi abhi, To tremble, MBh. 3, 15721 (? v. r.).
-- With ā ā, Caus. To cause to tremble, MBh. 1, 1165. ākampita, Excited, Ṛt. 6, 32.
-- With ud ud, To tremble, Kathās. 15, 2.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, Rām. 1, 65, 13. Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 3, 25, 26. Comp. ptcple of the fut. pass. duṣprakampya, i. e. dus-.
1. Difficult to be made to tremble, Hariv. 12824.
2. Difficult to be made to reel, MBh. 5, 718.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To cause to tremble, Rām. 5, 6, 16.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
1. To cause to tremble, MBh. 4, 298.
-- With vi vi.
1. To tremble, Bhag. 2, 31. --
2. To retreat (with abl., from), MBh. 4, 109.
3. To change, Rām. 2, 60, 17. vikampita, Trembling, Ṛt. 1, 3. Caus. To cause to tremble, Ragh. 11, 19.
-- With sam sam, To tremble, MBh. 4, 574. Caus. To cause to tremble, MBh. 1, 1167.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek].
-- Comp. niṣkampa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. pā, unmoved, unmovable. kṣiti-, bhū- and bhūmi-, m. an earthquake, MBh. 7, 7867; Rām. 1, 41, 15.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Causing to tremble, MBh. 13, 662.
II. m.
1. A certain weapon, Rām. 6, 7, 24.
2. A proper name, MBh. 2, 117.
3. The name of a country, Rājat. 5, 446.
III. f. nā, The name of a river, MBh. 3, 8094.
IV. n. Trembling, MBh. 3, 13539.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. nā, accompanied by carthquakes, Chr. 36, 23. sva-, m. wind. hṛdaya-, adj. agitating the heart, causing it to throb (with indignation), Draup. 4, 22.
† kamb, see karb.
I. m. and n.
1. A woollen blanket, MBh. 3, 181,
2. A woollen garment, Rājat. 5, 460.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1555.
-- Comp. pāṇḍu-, m. 1. a white woollen blanket. 2. a kind of stone.
1. A shell, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 20.
2. A bracelet (made of shells, MBh. 2, 2067), MBh. 4, 54.
I. latter part of comp. adj. and subst., f. rī, Making, causing, producing; e. g. vaira-, Causing enmity, Man. 9, 227. a-yaśas-, Causing disgrace, Hiḍ. 3, 18. deha-, m. A father, MBh. 5, 3657.
II. m.
1. The hand, Man. 5, 136.
2. An elephant's trunk, Nal. 13, 12.
B. kṛ10 + a, m.
1. A ray of light, Rām. 6, 11, 44.
2. Hail.
3. Royal revenue, Man. 7, 128; toll, Man. 7, 127.
-- Comp. agra-, m. 1. the tip of the extended hand. 2. the extremity of the hand and of a ray, Śiś. 9, 34. a-tuṣāra-kara, m. the sun, Śiś. 9, 7. kula-kara, m. ancestor, MBh. 1, 6562. citra-, m. a painter, Kathās. 5, 30. dina-, divasa-, and divā-, m. the sun, Bhartṛ. 2, 65. duṣkara, i. e. dus-, adj., f. rī, difficult Man. 7. 55; duṣkaraṃ yadi, scarcely, Rām. 2, 73, 7. padma-,
I. m. a lotuslike hand, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 26.
II. adj., f. rā, holding a lotus, Prab. 86, 3.
III. f. rā, a name of Śrī, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 27. bhoga-, adj., f. rī, procuring food, Bhartṛ. 2, 17. śūlodyatakara, i. e. śūla-udyata- (vb. yam), adj. with a spear in his uplifted hand. sa-, adj. 1. bearing toll. 2. with rays. su-,
I. adj., f. rī. 1. casy, Man. 7, 55. 2. doing well
II. f. rā, a tractable cow.
III. n. charity, benevolence. a-su-, adj. to be shunned, Bhartṛ. 2, 61.
A. kṛ + aka, The waterpot of the student or ascetic, Man. 4, 66.
B. kṛ10 + aka, Hail, Megh. 55.
1. An elephant's temples, MBh. 3, 16039; Bhartṛ. 3, 73. karaṭā-mukha, with lengthened a, MBh. 3, 441, etc., perhaps on account of the metre.
2. A crow, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 29.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 370.
-- Comp. pra-bhinna-, m. an elephant in rut, or from whose temples the juice is exuding, Sund, 2, 20.
1. A crow, Mṛcch. 104, 13 (Prākṛ.).
2. A proper name, Pañc. 9, 19.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Making, causing, e. g. vaidhavya-, Causing widowhood, Rām. 6, 95, 27. saṃjīva-, Causing health, Rām. 6, 26, 5.
II. n.
1. Making, MBh. 3, 15297; performing, Pañc. 40, 15.
2. Action, Rām. 1, 11, 17.
3. Instrument, Bhāṣāp. 57.
4. An organ of sense, Ragh. 8, 38.
5. The body, Kumāras. 4, 5.
6. A document, Man. 8, 51.
7. Musical time, Kumāras. 6, 40.
III. m. The son of a Vrātya Kṣatriya, Man. 10, 22.
-- Comp. a-, n. non-doing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 15. anta-, adj. causing destruction, Man. 9, 221. antaḥkaraṇa, i. e. antar-, n. the internal sense, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 24; the heart, Śāk. d. 21. a-hita-, n. a wicked action, Bhartṛ. 1, 87. trivṛt-, n. triplication, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 20. prahāra-, n. beating, Pañc. 245, 12. virūpa-, n. disfiguring, Rām. 1, 3, 19. śeṣa-, n. doing what is still to be done, Rām. 4, 17, 56.
-- Comp. puṣpa-, n. the name of a garden, Mṛcch. 148, 19. bhramara-, m. (?) a dark lantern, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 11. rakṣā-, n. an amulet, Śāk. 105, 15 (Prākṛ.).
1. Paying taxes, MBh. 1, 7170.
2. Tributary, 3, 15288.
1. The metacarpus, the hand from the wrist to the root of the fingers, MBh. 3, 16138.
2. An elephant's trunk, Ragh. 6, 83.
3. A young elephant, Bhāg. P. 8, 2, 22.
4. A young camel, Pañc. 229, 5.
5. A camel, MBh. 2, 1200.
I. m. A small acanthaceous tree, Carissa carandas, Lin., MBh. 1, 11571.
II. n. Its fruit, Suśr. 1, 210, 18.
I. m.
1. A cake of flour or meal mixed with curds, Man. 12, 76.
2. Mixture, Bhāg. P. 3, 26. 45 (a mixed smell).
3. A proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 35.
II. f. bhā, A proper name, MBh. 1, 3775.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
1. A fragrant plant, Oleander or Nerium odorum, Rām. 3, 17, 10.
2. The name of a magical weapon, Rām. 1, 30, 7.
3. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1557.
4. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 28.
5. The name of a city, MBh. 13, 1730.
1. Gaping, Mṛcch. 47, 2.
2. Formidable, Hiḍ. 2, 5; MBh. 2, 296.
II. m.
1. A certain beast, Suśr. 1, 200, 8.
2. The name of a locality, Rājat. 1, 97.
III. f. lā, A name of Durgā, Mālat. 75, 6.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Mild, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 28. daṃṣṭrā-, adj. Gaping with projecting teeth, Hiḍ. 2, 3. vi-, adj. Formidable.
I. m. An elephant, Kir. 5, 7.
II. f. iṇī, A female elephant, Bhartṛ. 3, 82.
-- Comp. dikkarin, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, one of the eight supporting the globe, Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 24. vana-, m. a wild elephant. sura-, m. an elephant of the gods, Kir. 5, 26.
I. m. and n. The shoot of a bamboo, Suśr. 1, 28, 6.
II. m. A leafless plant, Capparis aphylla, Roxb., Bhartṛ. 2, 89.
1. Dry dung, Rām. 2, 100, 7; 3, 3, 2.
2. Dry cow-dung, Man. 8, 250.
I. adj., f. ṇā,
1. Doleful, Vikr. 4, 1; Rām. 2, 63, 32.
2. Lamentable, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
II. ṇam (acc. sing. n.), adverbially, Miserably, Rām. 1, 2, 14; Śiś. 9, 67.
III. m. Moving compassion, one of the rasas, or sentiments of a poetical production, Rām. 1, 4, 7.
IV. f. ṇā, Compassion, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 3.
-- Comp. a-karuṇa, adj., f. ṇā, cruel, Śiś. 9, 67; Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 37. niṣkaruṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. cruel, Pañc. iv. d. 16. sa-, adj. compassionate, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 12.
-- Comp. niṣkarūṣa, i. e. nis- (kṛ10 + ūṣa), adj. free from dirt, Rām. 1, 27, 20 Gorr.
I. m. A proper name.
II. n. A certain fruit, MBh. 3, 10039.
I. m. f. A male or female elephant, MBh. 13, 4899; 1, 4477.
II. m. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 171, 16.
I. n. The fruit of the plant kareṇu.
II. f. kā, A female elephant, Pañc. 43, 5.
I. m. A basin; probably also cymbals in ṭakkarāghātasaṭāṃkārakaroṭikāḥ Rājat, 5, 417.
II. m., and f. ṭā and ṭī, The skull, Rājat. 6, 157.
I. m.
1. A crab, Pañc. iv. d. 10.
2. The sign of the zodiac, Cancer, Rām. 1, 19, 2.
3. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 253, 12.
II. f. ṭī, A female crab, MBh. 4, 272.
III. m., f. ṭī, The curved end of the beam of a balance, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
-- Cf. Lat. cancer; [greek].
I. m.
1. A crab, Pañc. 1, 237.
2. The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 527, 4.
3. The name of a Nāga, Rām. 5, 78, 9.
II. f. kī, A female crab, Draup. 5, 9.
III. n. A poisonous bulbous plant, Suśr. 2, 252, 7.
I. m., and f. dhū, The jujube, Zizyphus jujuba.
II. n. Its fruit, Yājñ. 1, 240; also the fem. dhū, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 32.
III. m. A proper name, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6.
I. adj., f. rā, Hard, Mālat. 79, 18.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1561.
III. f. rī, A small water-jar, Bhartṛ. 1, 47.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. calculus, calx [greek].
1. Hard, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 740.
2. Firm, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
3. Cruel, Rām. 3, 36, 23.
1. Hardness, Kumāras. 1, 36,
2. Harshness, MBh. 13, 542.
I. m.
1. The name of a Nāga or snake, Nal. 14, 4.
2. A plant, Momordica mixta, Suśr. 1, 137, 15.
II. n. Its fruit, 2, 343, 1.
† karj, i. 1, Par. To pain or make uneasy.
† karṇ, i. 10, Par. To pierce or bore.
-- Cf. ākarṇaya.
1. The ear, Man. 8, 125; with dā, To listen, Śāk. 8, 21.
2. A rudder, Rām. 6, 23, 30.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2427.
-- Comp. When the latter part of a comp. adj. the f. ends in ṇā and ṇī. Aśva-, m. a timber tree, Vatica robusta, Rām. 1, 26, 15. utkarṇa, i. e. ud-, adj. with the ears erect, Ragh. (Calc. ed. 15, 11. kumbha-, m. 1. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10350. 2. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 1, 3, 34. go-, m. 1. a kind of deer, Antelope picta, Rām. 2, 103, 41. 2. a kind of arrow, MBh. 8, 4668. 3. a span from the tip of the thumb to that of the little finger, MBh. 2, 2324. 4. the name of a holy place, Rām. 1, 42, 13. 5. a name of Śiva, Kathās. 22, 218. catuṣkarṇa, i. e. catur-, adj. heard only by four ears, Pañc, i. d. 112. tri-, adj., f. ṇī, having three ears, Rām. 5, 18, 24. dadhi-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 165, 9. lamba-, m. 1. a goat. 2. an elephant. 3. a Rākṣasa. vi-, adj. earless. śaṅku-,
I. adj., f. ṇā, having ears like a javelin, MBh. 1, 6662; ṇī, Rām. 5, 18, 24.
II. m. 1. an ass. 2. a proper name, Pañc. 87, 12. ṣaṭkarṇa, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. heard by six ears, Lass. 3, 10. stabdha- (vb. stambh), adj. having the ears erect. hastikarṇa, i. e. hastin-, m. 1. the castor oil tree. 2. the Butea frondosa. 3. a demigod. 4. the name of a district, Rājat. 5, 32.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. rā, without a pilot, Hit. iii. d. 2.
I. m. pl. The name of a country and its inhabitants, MBh. 3, 16352.
II. f. ṭī, A proper name, Rājat. 4, 152.
1. An ornament of the ear, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 1.
2. The pericarp of the lotus, Rām. 3, 22, 25.
3. The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 428.
-- Comp. padma-karṇika (perhaps to be corrected to °ṇikā), the pericarp of a lotus, i. e. a manner of arraying an army, MBh. 7, 2674.
I. m. The name of a plant, Pterospermum acerifolium, Rām. 3, 21, 15.
II. n. Its flower, Ṛt. 6, 6.
1. Mischievously barbed, Man. 7, 90.
2. In -ardhakuṇḍalakarṇin, MBh. 13, 886, where the aff. in belongs to -ardha-kuṇḍala-karṇa, not to karṇa alone: Wearing in his ear half an ear-ring.
† kart, see kartr.
1. An agent, a maker, Rām. 4, 24, 5; Man. 4, 172; 3, 160; 5, 105 (n.); Kathās. 25, 153 (f.).
2. A founder, MBh. 13, 1662.
3. Creator, Rām. 3, 69, 7.
4. An author, Pañc. ii. d. 34.
-- Comp. ādi-, m. the first creator, Rām. 6, 102, 18. dina-, m. the sun, Hariv. 9367. miṣṭa-, m. a confectioner. rājya-, m. an officer of the government, Rām. 2, 67, 1. śarīra-, m. a father, Chr. 15, 28. su-varṇa-, m. a goldsmith. hema-, m. a kind of bird (?), Man. 12, 61.
and rī karttari/ī (for karttrī, i. e. kṛt + tṛ + ī), f. Scissors, Suśr. 2, 13, 16.
† kartr, or kart kart, or katr katr, i. 10, Par. To loosen (akin to kṛt, a denominative).
-- With karttṛ, cf. Lat. culter.
† kard, i. 1, Par. To grumble, as the bowels.
I. m.
1. Mud, Yājñ. 1, 197; Rām. 3, 78, 31 (rudhirakardama, Gore, Pañc. iii. d. 107).
2. Dregs, MBh. 14, 2683.
3. A certain plant, Suśr. 2, 100, 20.
4. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1561; of a Prajāpati, 12, 2211.
II. adj. Soiled, Suśr. 2, 309, 5.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the name of a hell, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 7. yakṣa-, m. a sort of perfumed paste.
1. A pot, Pañc. 218, 11.
2. A potsherd, Pañc. 217, 22.
-- Comp. ghaṭa-, m. a broken jar, Ghaṭak. 22.
† karb, and kamb kamb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Of a variegated colour, Suśr. 1, 40, 12.
2. Grey, Kumāras. 4, 27.
-- Cf. probably [greek].
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a domestic sorvant, Pañc. 30, 2.
-- Comp. krūra-, i. e. krūrakarman-, adj. doing cruel works, Man. 12, 58. sva-, m. an independent workman.
1. Out of one's works (or with, etc. ?), Man. 12, 98.
2. Concerning one's business, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 8.
1. Action, Bhāṣāp. 5; Sāv. 2, 28.
2. Work, Śāk. 22, 17.
3. Business, Bhag. 18, 42 sqq.; Pañc. 7, 9.
4. Religious action as sacrifice, etc., Chr. 296, 2 = Rigv. i. 112, 2.
5. The actions of a former life as the cause of men's subsequent births and fate, Pañc. v. d. 77; cf. karmatas, and Pañc. 134, 9.
-- Comp. adbhuta-, adj. one who performs surprising deeds, Rām. 1, 21, 18. an-ārya-, adj. one who acts like one who is not an Ārya (like a Śūdra), Man. 10, 73. antya-, n. funeral rites, Man. 11, 197. indra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 16. kāla-, m. (?) death. Rām. 6, 72, 11. See ku-; Kṛta-, adj. one who has done his duty, Rām. 1, 66, 1. keśa-, n. dressing of the hair, MBh. 4, 78. krūra-,
I. n. 1. a cruel deed, Suśr. 1, 106, 1. 2. a hard work, Śāk. d. 37 v. r.
II. adj. 1. practising cruel deeds, Pañc. i. d. 74. 2. f. aṇī, cruel, Rām. 2, 75, 6. gṛha-, n. domestic business, Pañc. 121, 14. grāmya-, n. sensual pleasure, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 31. citra-, n. a picture, Katḥās. 6, 50. cūḍā-, n. the ceremony of tonsure, Man. 2, 35. caura-, n. roguery, Pañc. 96, 22. jāta-, n. the ceremony on the birth of a child, Man. 27. jāla-, n. fishery, MBh. 13, 2653. toya-, n. a religious ceremony performed with water, MBh. 1, 589. tri-, adj. one who performs the three duties of a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6455. dāra-, n. marriage, Man. 4, 5. durga-, n. defences, Rām. 5, 49, 14. duṣkarman, i. e. dus-,
I. n. a bad action, MBh. 5, 415.
II. adj. wicked, MBh. 5, 4478. duṣkṛta-, i. e. dus-kṛta-, m. a sinner, Man. 4, 248. nāma(n)-, n. the ceremony of giving a name to a child, Rām. 1, 19, 14. nau-, n. labour in boats, Man. 10, 34. puṇya-, adj. having done meritorious actions, Indr. 1, 22. putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on the birth of a son, Chr. 55, 4. mūla-, n. a machination with (poisonous) roots, Man. 9, 290 yathā-, acc. adv. according to the work (allotted to them), Man. 1, 41. viśva-, m. 1. the sun. 2. a son of Brahman, the artist of the gods. 3. a saint. ṣaṭk°, i. e. ṣaṣ-, m. a Brāhmaṇa who performs the six acts proper for him. sa-, adj. 1. performing any act. 2. following the same business. sajja-, n. preparation. su-,
I. adj. 1. one who performs beautiful works, Rājat. 5, 115. 2. virtuous. 11. m. the artist of the gods. hīna-, adj. neglecting religious acts.
1. Produced by action, MBh. 3, 129.
2. Having the nature of action, MBh. 14, 1456.
3. Active, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 21.
1. Business, Rām. 5, 12, 39; Man. 8, 419 (public affairs).
2. Cultivated land, Man. 7, 62.
1. Attached to worldly action, Bhag. 6, 46.
2. When latter part of a compound word, the aff. in generally belongs to the whole compound, not to karman alone, e. g. an-ārya-karmin is anāryakarman + in, adj. Doing the work of an Anārya, Man. 10, 73. pāpa-karmin is pāpakarman + in, m. A sinner, MBh. 18, 51. puṇyavāgbuddhikarmin, is puṇya-vāc-buddhi-karman + in, adj. Pure in word, mind, and action, MBh. 17, 96.
† karv, i. 1, Par. To be proud.
-- Cf. garv.
I. m. and n. A market town, Yājñ. 2, 167.
II. m. pl. The name of a country or people, MBh. 2, 1098.
I. adj. Causing to grow lean, Suśr. 1, 189, 1.
II. m. Fire, MBh. 13, 6307.
I. m. Dragging, Yājñ. 2, 217.
II. m. and n. A certain weight, equal to 16 māṣas, about 280 troy grains, Suśr. 2, 175, 15.
1. Bringing, Śāk. 69, 15, v. r.
2. Tormenting, Man. 7, 112.
3. Bending (a bow), Ragh. 11, 46.
4. Tillage, Man. 4, 5.
5. Cultivated land, MBh. 3, 10082.
6. At the end of a compound adj. Overpowering, e. g. śatru-, Overpowering his enemies, Rām. 4, 38, 51.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Dragging, Mṛcch. 96, 6.
2. Attracting, Ragh. 19, 11.
II. m. A cultivator, Kathās. 18, 41.
† 1. kal, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To sound.
2. To count.
2. kal (akin to kṛ), 1. 10, in three forms, kalaya, kalāpaya, and kālaya, Par. (kālaya Ātm. Rām. 4, 18, 28): kalaya,
1. To impel, Kathās. 18, 90; kālaya, to drive, MBh. 4, 1007, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 1. kalita, Incited by, Śiś. 9, 59; greedy of, Rām. 5, 83, 10. Comp. dhairya-, adj. steady, calm. -
2. kālaya, To drive onwards, MBh. 1, 6690; to pursue, Rām. 4, 18, 28.
3. kālaya, To provoke, Rām. 3, 41, 26.
4. etc. kalaya, To bear, Gīt. 1, 16.
5. To perform, Bhartṛ. 3, 20.
6. To put in, to fasten, Gīt. 12, 26.
7. To utter, Gīt. 11, 9.
8. To endow, Śiś. 9, 59.
9. To reckon, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
10. To perceive, Śiś. 9, 83.
11. To consider, Śiś. 9, 58.
12. † To go: cf. ud.
-- With the prep. ā ā: kalaya,
1. To shake, MBh. 1. 2853.
2. To catch, Śiś. 9, 72.
3. To fasten, Kathās. 20, 52; Śiś. 9, 45.
4. To surrender, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 2.
5. To regard, Prab. 5, 5.
6. To perceive, Hit. 38, 10.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, kalaya, To enumerate one by one, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
-- With ud ud,
I. kalaya, To loosen, to deliver, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 26; utkalita,
1. Opened, Pañc. 184, 18 (where kāl° must be changed to kal°).
2. Joyful, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 34.
II. kalāpaya, To beg for dismission, Pañc. 244, 25.
-- With pari pari,
I. kālaya, To pursue, MBh. 15, 1060.
II. kalaya, To reckon, Śiś. 8, 9. To perceive, Naiṣ. 2, 54.
-- With pra pra, kālaya,
1. To drive onwards, MBh. 1, 7178.
2. To pursue, 3, 10778.
-- With sam sam, kālaya,
1. To drive, Hariv. 1191.
2. To put to flight, MBh. 4, 1981.
-- Cf. Lat. celer, cello, procella; [greek] [greek] O.H.G. halon, holon, holên.
I. adj., f. lā,
1. Dumb (ved.).
2. Low, Brāhmaṇ. 3, 21; soft, Śāk. d. 85; Ṛt. 6, 29. kalam, adv. Softly, Rām. 1, 19, 10.
3. Indistinct, confused, Megh. 31.
4. Uttering a low sound, Vikr. d. 119.
II. m. A kind of Pitṛs or Manes, MBh. 2, 463.
III. Often in compound words after aśru and vāṣpa, adj. Indistinct on account of tears, Rām. 2, 106, 33; 2, 34, 53. vāṣpa-kala + m, adv. MBh. 3, 10839. vāṣpa-kalā, f. A torrent of tears, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 55.
-- Comp. mada-, 1. adj. speaking like a drunken person. 2. m. an elephant in rut; see kalā.
1. A confused noise, Rām. 3, 34, 34.
2. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10378.
1. A spot, Rām. 6, 86, 42.
2. The rust of iron, Ragh. 13, 15.
3. Defamation, Pañc. 4, 6, 3.
-- Comp. hariṇa-, m. the moon.
-- Cf. kāla; [greek] Lat. cāligo.
1. Painted, Bhartṛ. 1, 9.
2. Disgraced, Kathās. 12, 24.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with his wife, Pañc. 46, 14.
1. Having a wife, Mṛcch. 67, 3.
2. With his wives, Rājat. 5, 427.
I. n.
1. Gold, Gīt. 8, 4.
2. Silver, Śiś. 4, 41.
II. adj. Golden, Rām. 3, 60, 12.
I. n. A spot, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 2.
II. f. nā, Subjection, Ānandal. 29.
III. As latter part of a comp., Bhartṛ. 3, 72, causing, perhaps to be corrected to karaṇa.
1. A young elephant, Pañc. 159, 16.
2. A young camel, Pañc. 229, 3.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. calamus; O.H.G. halm; A. S. haelme.
I. m. (and f. śī, and n.), A water-pot, a cup, Pañc. 252, 10; i. d. 225; designation of the ocean when churned, MBh. 1, 1149.
II. f. śī,
1. A plant, Hemionitis cordifolia, Roxb., Suśr. 1, 139, 15.
2. The name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 650.
-- Comp. vākkalaha, i. e. vāc-, m. a contest about words, Prab. 55, 12. śuṣka-, m. a quarrel about trifles, Pañc. 171, 25. sa-, adj. quarreling, Kir. 5, 13.
1. A small part, Man. 8, 36.
2. A part, Man. 2, 86.
3. The sixteenth part of the moon's disc, Hit. pr. d. 1.
4. Interest on capital, Śiś. 9, 32 (at the same time, a sixteenth part of the moon's disc).
5. A division of time, Man. 1, 64.
6. One of the seven elements of the human body, as blood, etc., Suśr. 1, 326, 13.
7. One of the sixty-four mechanical or elegant arts, Rām. 1, 9, 8; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 7; 9.
-- Comp. niṣkala, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā, 1. undivided, MBh. 13, 1044. 2. maimed, infirm, MBh. 3, 13851. sa-kala, adj. f. lā, 1. whole, Vikr. d. 95. 2. all, Pañc. 53, 21; 55, 12.
1. A bundle, MBh. 3, 10772.
2. A string, Kumāras. 1, 43 (of pearls).
3. A band (of belts, laces, etc., worn by women round the waist). Ṛt. 3, 20; Bhartṛ. 1, 56.
4. Totality, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 21; perfection, Pañc. v. d. 23.
5. A quiver, MBh. 3, 11454.
6. A peacock's tail, Pañc. ii. d. 85.
1. A string, MBh. 3, 10055.
2. A band, Śiś. 9, 45.
I. adj.
1. Wearing a quiver, MBh. 4, 141 (the aff. in belongs to the whole comp.).
2. With its tail spread out, MBh. 3, 11585 (a peacock).
II. m.
1. A peacock, Pañc. ii. d. 85.
2. A proper name.
1. Peas, MBh. 13, 5469.
2. An unknown plant, Śiś. 13, 21.
I. m. The moon, Kumāras. 5, 71.
II. f. vatī, A proper name, Kathās. 9, 38.
1. A die (ved.).
2. The game at dice personified, Nal. 6, 14.
3. The fourth age of the world, Man. 9, 302.
4. Quarrel, MBh. 3, 12282; Hit. iii. d. 47.
5. A very wicked king, MBh. 12, 361; 363.
6. The name of an inferior deity, MBh. 1, 2552.
7. A proper name, Chr. 297, 15 = Rigv. i. 112, 15.
1. The sixteenth part of the moon's disc, Bhartṛ. 3, 1.
2. A bud, Ṛt. 6, 17.
I. m. The name of a mountain, on which the Yamunā rises, Gīt. 3, 2; Rām. 2, 71, 6.
II. f. kalindī, Rām. 2, 55, 4; 12; 13; it must be corrected to kāl°.
I. adj., f. lā, Filled, MBh. 1, 3717.
II. n. Confusion, Bhag. 2, 52.
I. adj., f. ṣā.
1. Turbid, Vikr. d. 8.
2. Impure, Man. 10, 57.
3. Choked, Śāk. d. 81.
4. Unable, Ragh. 5, 64.
II. n.
1. Dirt, Ṛt. 3, 22.
2. Impurity, Rām. 2, 97, 27.
-- Comp. duṣka°, i. e. dus-, n. the vile body, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 13.
1. Sediment, Yājñ. 1, 276.
2. Paste, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13.
3. Foulness, MBh. 1, 268.
-- Comp. tila-, m. a paste of ground sesame, Mārk. P. 35, 10.
I. adj., f. pā.
1. Able, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 7; with infin., 4, 13, 42.
2. Being a match for, able to protect (with gen.), Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 22.
II. m.
1. A sacred precept, Man. 5, 74.
2. A rule, Man. 3, 147.
3. Performance, MBh. 13, 4728; usage, Daśak in Chr. 189, 17; an act, Śāk. 99, 15.
4. Manner, Man. 1, 112.
5. The rules concerning rites, one of the six Vedāngas, Man. 2, 140.
6. A designation of Viṣṇu as containing all the sacred precepts, MBh. 13, 953; of Śiva, 12, 10368.
7. A day of Brahman, a period of 1000 yugas, the duration of the world, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 23.
8. Toxicology, Suśr. 1, 8, 5.
III. Comp. when the latter part of a comp. adj., f. pā, almost like, Rām. 1, 5, 21; 3, 52, 46. a-, adj. unable, with loc., Bhāg. P. 7, 12, 23; with infin., 4, 3, 21. purā-, m. 1. a former creation, Man. 9, 227. 2. a tale of past ages. pūrva-, m. time of old, MBh. 9, 2732. prathama-, m. a principal rule, Man. 11, 30. prasanna- (vb. sad), adj. almost quiet, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 6. yathā-kalpa + m, adv. according to rule, Rām. 1, 11, 14.
I. n.
1. Determination, Prab. 111, 8.
2. Caparisoning or decorating an elephant, Daśak. 53, 13.
3. Ornament, MBh. 13, 2784.
II. f. nā.
1. A rule, Man. 9, 116.
2. Performance, Mṛcch. 47, 17.
3. Making, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 42; 4, 18, 32.
4. Imagination.
-- Comp. a-satkalpanā, i. e. a-sant- (vb. as), f. deceit, Śāk. 66, 3.
1. Dirt, sediment, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 43.
2. A spot, Rām. 2, 36, 27; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 9.
3. Guilt, Man. 12, 104; sin, 12, 22.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sinless, Lass. 52, 7. niṣkalmaṣa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. ṣā, spotless, sinless, Pañc. iii. d. 212. vi-, adj., f. ṣā, sinless, Rām. 2, 29, 16. vi-gata-, adj. 1. Unsoiled. 2. Pure. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita, adj. free from sin or soil.
I. adj., f. ṣī, Of a mixed or variegated colour, spotted, MBh. 2, 1043; Rām. 1, 52, 20.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1552.
III. f. ṣī,
1. A cow of variegated colour, Rām. 5, 13, 16.
2. The name of a river, MBh. 2, 2575.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Healthy, MBh. 2, 1974.
2. Ready, MBh. 1, 865.
II. n. Dawn, MBh. 1, 6304.
III. kalya + m, adv. At break of day, MBh. 1, 6304. kalyam-kalyam, Every morning, Rām. 4, 44, 112.
-- Comp. ati-kalyam, adv. too early in the morning, Man. 4, 140.
1. kalya-vṛt + a, Breakfast.
2. A trifle, Mṛcch. 34, 10.
I. adj., f. (nā, and) ṇī.
1. Prosperous, Nal. 12, 92.
2. Blessed, Man. 8, 91; Nal. 8, 10.
II. n.
1. Prosperity, welfare, Man. 3, 60.
2. A virtuous action, Rām. 2, 54, 29.
3. An entertainment, Man. 8, 392.
1. Prosperous, Rām. 6, 23, 7.
2. Useful, excellent, Suśr. 2, 285, 3.
† kall, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To sound indistinctly.
2. To be mute.
† kav, see kab.
-- Comp. nārī-, adj. having wives as a coat of mail, protected by wives, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 40. nivāta-, (wearing an impenetrable coat of mail), m. a class of demons, Arj. 5, 10. sa-, adj. clad in armour, mailed.
I. adj. Mailed, Rām. 3, 56, 30.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2738.
1. A mouthful, Bhartṛ. 2, 22; a morsel, Rām. 2, 41, 9.
2. Water for rinsing the mouth, Suśr. 1, 39, 3.
I. adj. Wise (ved.).
II. m.
1. A wise man, Man. 7, 49.
2. A poet, Rājat. 5, 203.
3. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4123.
III. f. The bit of a bridle, Rām. 1, 53, 18 (cf. kavala).
-- Comp. su-, m. an excellent poet, Rājat. 5, 204.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek], i. e. [greek], and kū.
-- Comp. su-, f. excellent poetical talent, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.
† kaś, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. kaṃs, kas, chaṣ and śaś.
-- Comp. hiraṇya-, m. a Daitya, or demon, slain by Viṣṇu.
I. m. and n.
1. Fainting, Chr. 31, 15; 35, 4.
2. Pusillanimity, MBh. 1, 2060.
3. Weakness, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 15.
II. adj., f. lā, Dirty, Lass. 75, 11.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. a name of Vasudeva.
1. i. 1, Par., Ātm. To scratch, to itch, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13 (kaṣāṇa, anomalous, or ii. 2).
2. i. 1, Par. To injure, to destroy, Prab. 90, 3.
-- Cf. chaṣ, vrūs, and śaś.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Being of an astringent taste, MBh. 14, 1411.
2. Fragrant, Megh. 32.
3. Red, subst. m. and n., red colour, Yājñ. 1, 272; MBh. 14, 1263; of a colour composed of red and yellow, Mṛcch. 113, 3.
II. m. and n.
1. An astringent juice, Man. 11, 153.
2. A decoction, Suśr. 2, 175, 9.
3. Ointment, MBh. 13, 5970.
4. Dirt, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 45; impurity, 4, 22, 20.
5. Stupor, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 1.
-- Comp. a-niṣkaṣāya, i. e. a-nis-, adj. full of impure passions, MBh. 12, 568.
I. adj.
1. Bad, Rām. 3, 51, 23; comparat. worse, Man. 7, 53.
2. Miserable, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
3. Heavy, Yājñ. 3, 29.
4. Severe, Man. 12, 78.
5. Dangerous, Man. 7, 186; 210.
6. Pernicious, Man. 7, 50.
II. n.
1. A blameable action, Rām. 1, 2, 32.
2. Misfortune, Hit. 72, 15.
3. Misery, Pañc. 123, 22. Acc. kaṣṭam, adv. Woe! Rām. 3, 79, 46.
-- Comp. adhi-, n. excessive misery, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 12.
-- With the prep. nis nis, Caus. To turn out, Pañc. 127, 16 (with ś instead of s); 224, 5.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. danta-niṣkāśita, Hit. 91, 16, showing his teeth (perhaps from kāś, q. cf.).
-- With pra pra, Caus. To cause to open, Ghaṭ. 19.
-- With vi vi,
1. To burst, Suśr. 1, 247, 12.
2. To open as a flower, Mālat. 15, 3.
3. To rejoice, Bhartṛ. 2, 71. Caus. To cause to blow, Bhartṛ. 2, 65 (ś for s).
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To blossom, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 17.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To blow, Śiś. 11, 63.
-- Cf. kaṃs.
-- Comp. a-, adv. 1. without a cause, Hit. i. d. 102. 2. instantly, Hit. 18, 2. 3. Suddenly, Sāv. 6, 53.
-- Cf. e. g. kāpatha, kāpuruṣa, koṣṇa.
† kāṃs = kāś, i. 1, Ātm.
I. adj. Made of brass, Man. 4, 65.
II. n.
1. Brass, Man. 5, 114.
2. A drinking vessel, MBh. 2, 1751.
I. m., A crow, Man. 7, 21.
II. f. kī.
1. A female crow, Pañc. 52, 23.
2. A proper name, MBh. 3, 14396.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. a small kind of heron.
1. Inconsiderate, Rām. 3, 45, 17. °yam, adv. By accident, MBh. 12, 6596.
and kākalī kākali/ī (cf. kala), f.
1. A soft sound, Ṛt. 1, 8; Bhartṛ. 1, 35.
2. kākalī, A dog-whistle, used for trying whether one be asleep or awake, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10.
I. m. A raven, Man. 5, 14.
II. n. A division of the infernal regions, or hell, Yājñ. 3, 223.
1. To wish, Bhag. 12, 17.
2. To desire, Rām. 4, 17, 18.
3. To wait for, MBh. 3, 414.
4. To attend to (with the dat.), Rām. 2, 25, 43. kāṅkṣita, n. Desire, Rām. 5, 29, 9.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To desire, MBh. 2, 2135 (Ātm.).
-- With abhi abhi, To desire, Rām. 2, 49, 15. Caus. To desire, MBh. 3, 12457.
-- With ā ā,
1. To desire, MBh. 1, 4286.
2. To strive for, Yājñ. 1, 153.
3. To seek (with the gen.), Man. 2, 162.
4. To turn towards, Man. 3, 258.
5. To want, Man. 10, 121.
6. To expect, Rām. 2, 5. 19.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To expect, MBh. 12, 4870 (Ātm.); to wait for, 4, 734 (Ātm.).
-- With samā sam-ā, To desire, MBh. 4, 1664.
-- With pra pra, To desire, Suśr. 1, 52, 6.
-- With prati prati, To long for, Rām. 2, 112, 12 (Ātm.).
-- With vi vi, To intend, Hariv. 13136.
-- Cf. perhaps Goth. huhru; A. S. hungor.
1. Desiring (with acc.), Rām. 2, 110, 20.
2. Expecting, Rām. 5, 33, 27.
1. Glass, Pañc. i. d. 87.
2. A disease of the eyes, Suśr. 2, 305, 4 sqq.
† kāñc, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To shine.
2. To bind.
-- Cf. kack, kañc.
I. n.
1. Gold. Man. 2, 239.
2. Wealth, Bhartṛ. 2, 33.
II. adj., f. nī, Golden, Man. 5, 112; Rām. 3, 52, 21.
III. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 15, 3.
1. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 6684.
2. see kāñcī.
-- Comp. sva-kara-avalambana-vi-mukta-galat-kala-kāñci, adv. so that her girdle fell down with a sound when loosened by his taking hold of it with his hand, Śiś. 9, 82.
1. Hardness, Śāk. d. 58.
2. Firmness, Rājat. 5, 440.
1. One-eyed, monoculous, Man. 3, 155.
2. Perforated, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
3. Blind, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 20; Hit. Pr. d. 11; Bhartṛ. 3, 5 (used of a worn-out coin).
1. The part of a plant from one joint to another (ved.).
2. A slip, Man. 1, 46.
3. A stalk, Rām. 2, 91, 15.
4. A switch, Rām. 2, 89, 19 (97, 24 Gorr.).
5. An arrow, Hit. 85, 5.
6. The section of a book, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 9; Rām. (title of the first, of the second book, etc.); e. g. āraṇyaka-, The section comprising the sojourn in the forest (title of the third book).
7. A bone, Suśr. 2, 31, 5.
8. A multitude, Mālav. d. 43; Rām. 1, 30, 15 (corr. kāṇḍa for kaṇḍa).
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ḍā. 1. unjust, Rājat. 4, 655. 2. sudden, Hit. iv. d. 82; loc. ḍe, suddenly, Śāk. d. 45. jaṅghā-, a stalk-like leg, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 19. danta-, a stemlike tusk, 188, 18.
-- Comp. a-, adj. resolute, courageous, Rām. 3, 19, 27. sa-, adj. cowardly, Nal. 13, 18.
I. patron., f. nī, A descendant of kati or kātya, used as proper name, Rām. 2, 67, 2.
II. f. nī, A name of Durgā, Dev. 8, 28.
I. m. A kind of goose, Rām. 3, 78, 27.
II. i. e. kadamba + a, n. The flower of the Nauclea cadamba, Roxb., Ragh. 13, 27.
-- Cf. perhaps, Lat. columba; [greek] O.H.G. tūba; A.S. dūna.
1. The rain-water which collects in the hollow of the tree Nauclea cadamba when the flowers are in perfection, and which is supposed to be impregnated with their honey, Hariv. 5417.
2. A spirituous liquor, Śāk. 76, 6 (Prākṛ.).
3. A proper name, Sāh. D. 79, 18.
1. A forest, Hiḍ. 1, 42.
2. A grove, Rām. 3, 68, 12.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, n. a grove, Bhartṛ. 3, 15. maṇi-, n. 1. a wood abounding in jewels. 2. the throat.
1. A son, a daughter, of an unmarried woman, Man. 9, 172.
2. Serviceable for the pupil of the eye, Suśr. 2, 353, 13.
1. A large forest, Rām. 2, 28, 6.
2. Wilderness, Rām. 4, 44, 27.
3. A difficult road, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 10.
-- Comp. sūrya-, f. 1. sunshine. 2. the flower of the sesamum.
1. m. A follower of a certain Śaiva sect, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
II. adj. Practised by a Kāpalika, Prab. 57, 12.
-- Cf. kapālika 1.
1. = kapālin III. MBh. 13, 1217 (perhaps with lengthened a on account of the metre).
2. A proper name, Hariv. 9196.
I. m.
1. A contemptible man, Pañc. i. d. 21.
2. A coward Rām. 6, 89, 5.
II. adj. Cowardly, Rām. 6, 88, 13.
I. adj., f. tī, peculiar to pigeons, MBh. 3, 15408.
II. f. tī, The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 173, 12.
I. m.
1. Wish, Rām. 2, 90, 23.
2. Desire, Indr. 5, 61.
3. Love, Man. 2, 94; 214.
4. Intention, Man. 9, 248.
5. A desired object, Man. 9, 304.
6. The god of love, Indr. 5, 49.
II. acc. kāmam, adv.
1. At one's pleasure, Man. 2, 189.
2. Willingly, MBh. 3, 298; Ragh. 12, 75.
3. With following na, Rather than, Hit. i. d. 125; Man. 9, 89.
4. Indeed, Śak. 26, 16.
5. Only, Rām. 5, 94; 21.
III. When the latter part of a comp. adj., f. mā.
1. Deairing, Man. 2, 37.
2. Loving, Rām. 3, 55, 29.
3. An infin. ending in tum drops its final before it; cf. kartukāma.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. mā, exempt from desire, Man. 2, 4.
2. unwilling, without one's consent, Man. 8, 364. artha-,
I. m. du. wealth and pleasure, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 24.
II. adj. desiring wealth, Nal. 17, 47. niṣkāma, i. e. nis-, adj. disinterested, Man. 12, 89. puṃs-, adj., f. mā, wishing for a lover or husband, Hiḍ. 3, 15. priya-, adj. benevolent, Brāhman. 2, 23. bandhu-, adj. one who loves his kinsmen, Prāhmaṇ. 1, 23. yathā-kāma + m, adv. at pleasure. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj. free from desire. sa-,
I. adj. 1. one who has attained his desire, Rām. 3, 52, 52. 2. being in love, Ṛt. 6, 2.
II. -mam, adv. 1. with pleasure, Pañc. 44, 9. 2. indeed, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 4 (for aught I care). svapna-, adj. wishing to sleep. hita-, adj., wishing well to, friendly to, Pañc. i. d. 360.
I. adj., f. gā,
1. Coming by one's own free will, Nal. 18, 23.
2. Going as one lists, Rām. 3, 48, 5.
II. f. gā, A lascivious woman, Yājñ. 3, 6.
-- Comp. sarva-, yielding every desired object, MBh. 13, 357.
I. adj. Going as one lists, MBh. 13, 4175.
II. m. Free will, intention, Yājñ. 2, 162.
1. By inclination, Man. 3, 12.
2. At one's pleasure, 5, 90.
3. Intentionally, 4, 207.
-- Comp. a-, adv. 1. unwillingly, Man. 2, 181. 2. unintentionally, 9, 242.
I. (m. and) f. lā, A disease of the bile, Suśr. 1, 193, 15.
II. f. lī, A proper name, Hariv. 1453.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Wished, wish, MBh. 13, 6025.
2. Wishing, 1969.
3. In sarvakāmika the aff. ika belongs to the comp. sarva-kāma, Attaining all one's desires, MBh. 3, 13860.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Desiring, MBh. 13, 7060.
2. Having sexual intercourse, MBh. 1, 4185.
II. m. A lover, MBh. 4, 978.
III. f. nī, A beloved one, Man. 8, 112.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not in love, Pañc. i. d. 180. kāma-, adj. fostering wishes, Bhag. 2, 70. sarva-, i. e. sarvakāma + in, adj. abounding in all pleasures, Sund. 1, 31 (v. r.).
I. adj., f. kā and kī, Desirous, Rām. 2, 74, 7.
II. m. A lover, Rām. 5, 16, 42.
-- Comp. vañcitāneka-, i. e. vañcita-an-eka-, adj., f. kā, one who has deceived many lovers, Kathās. 12, 190.
I. adj., f. yā, Belonging to Kāmpila, Kathās. 25, 53; with pura or purī, or without a subst., ntr. Its capital, MBh. 1, 5512; Rām. 1, 34, 46; Chr. 52, 14.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 32.
I. adj. Originating from Kamboja, Rām. 5, 12, 36.
II. m. The king of Kamboja, MBh. 1, 6995.
III. m. pl. The name of the people and of the country of Kamboja, MBh. 1, 2668.
I. the ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kam.
1. Amiable, Ragh. 6, 30.
2. Agreeable, Rām. 5, 43, 13.
3. Precious, Rām. 2, 25, 9.
II. kāma + ya, adj. Connected with a wish, interested, Man. 12, 89.
III. f. yā, The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 4820.
IV. f. yā, Desire, Man. 5, 27.
-- Comp. itaretarakāmyā, i. e. itara-itara-, f.; instr. sing. according to their several fancies, Man. 3, 35. tvaddhitakāmyā, i. e. tvad-hita-, f. desire of benefitting thee, Chr. 15, 2. badha-kāmyā, f. intention to hurt, Man. 4, 165. sarva-kāmya, adj. deserving to be wished for by every one, Sund. 4, 7. hita-, f. yā, concern for another's welfare.
I. (base ka, a name of the god Prajāpati).
1. m. A nuptial form called Prājāpatya, Man. 3, 38.
2. n. The root of the little finger, Man. 2, 59.
II. i. e. ci + a, m. The body, Bhag. 5, 11.
-- Comp. ati-,
I. adj. gigantic, Rām. 5, 56, 124.
II. m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 51, 3 sqq. pūrva-, m. the fore-part of the body, Śāk. d. 7. yaśaḥ-kāya, m. a body consisting of glory, i. e. glory, Bhartṛ. 2, 21. svarṇa-, m. Garuḍa.
1. Corporeal, bodily Man. 12, 8; Suśr. 1, 12, 2.
2. (viz. vṛddhi, Immoderate profits) from a pledge to be used by way of interest, Man. 8, 153.
1. kāra, i. e. kṛ + a,
I. adj., f. rī. Latter part of a comp. adj. Making, a maker of, e. g. andha-kāra, māla-kāra, ratha-kāra. danta-, m. An artist in ivory, Rām. 2, 83, 14. dyūta- (vb. div.) m. A gamester, Pañc. i. d. 431. parva(n)-, adj. Working at festivals. bhasma(n)-, m. A washerman. su-varṇa-, svarṇa-, and hema-, m. A goldsmith.
II. m. Latter part of comp. substantives, Making. action. Cf. e. g. kāma-kāra, puruṣa-kāra; especially used after letters to form their name, e. g. a-kāra, the letter a; u-kāra, the letter u; ma-kāra, the letter ma(m), Man. 2, 76.
2. kāra, i. e. kara + a, adj. Produced by hail, Suśr. 1, 170, 1.
I. adj., f. rikā, Making. Latter part of nominal comps., e. g. kṣema-, adj. Causing security, Pañc. v. d. 89. gṛka-, m. A carpenter, Yājñ. 3, 146. priya-, adj. Causing love, Man. 7, 204; guru-vacana-, adj. Performing the order of one's teacher; maṅgala-, adj. Giving joy, MBh. 2, 1925; śilpa-, adj. Versed in an art, Mālav. 65, 15.
II. m. An agent; doing, Yājñ. 2, 233; causing, 3, 150; an author, MBh. 13, 247. siṃha-, m. A maker of lions, Pañc. v. d. 31.
III. f. rikā, A metrical explanation, a memorial verse, MBh. 2, 453.
I. m.
1. Motive, Pañc. iii. d. 99.
2. Cause, Suśr. 1, 310, 4; Kathās. 3, 31 (with the loc.).
3. Primary cause, Man. 5, 152; Bhartṛ. 2, 82.
4. An element, Yājñ. 3, 148.
5. Basis, Man. 11, 84.
6. Argument, Nal. 16, 27; proof, Man. 8, 200.
7. An instrument, a means, Rām. 1, 65, 10 (cf. Gorr. 1, 67, 4, who reads upāyaiḥ).
8. An organ of sense, Ragh. 16, 22.
9. Abl. kāraṇāt, and loc. ṇe, On account of, Rām. 5, 56, 136; 5, 28, 9. Instr. ṇena, By some reason, Cāṇ. 23. yena kāraṇena, Because, Pañc. 175, 10. kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇam, From what motive, MBh. 1, 3600.
II. f. ṇā, Torture, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 16.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unreasonable, Pañc. 246, 6. 2. a-kāraṇam and a-kāraṇena, without cause, Vikr. d. 54; Yājñ. 2, 234. anna-kāraṇam, on account of (supplying) food, Man. 5, 94. kārya-, n. aim and motive, Pañc. i. d. 462. niṣkāraṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. not proceeding from any cause, Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 15. 2. disinterested, Pañc. ed. oru. 41, 19. 3. Acc. ṇam, and abl. ṇāt, adv. without a special motive, MBh. 12, 4993; Rām. 6, 10, 23. yatkāraṇam, and ṇāt, i. e. yad-, adv. because, Pañc. 30, 21; 135, 16.
I. m. MBh. 14, 63.
II. n. The name of a holy place, MBh. 1, 7843.
1. One who does a wrong action, Man. 11, 239.
2. One who does not what ought to be done, i. e. who neglects his duty, Man, 5, 107. a-kliṣṭa-, adj. Indefatigable, Rām. 3, 31, 1. āpta-, adj. Acting properly, Man. 9, 12 (in a trustworthy manner). keśa-, m. f. iṇī, A hair-dresser, MBh. 4, 412. kṣipra-, adj. Clever, Rām. 3, 36, 10. gṛha-, m. A kind of wasp. Man. 12, 66. tatkarmakārin, i. e. tad-karman-, adj. Doing the same, Man. 9, 261. dṛḍha-, adj. Persevering in good actions, Man. 4, 246. vighna-, adj.
1. Obstructing.
2. Fearful.
I. adj. Sprung up from dung, Suśr. 1, 224, 11.
II. n. A great quantity of dung, Hariv. 4355.
1. The name of a country, MBh. 2, 1864.
2. pl. Its people, Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 16.
3. Its king, Hariv. 4954.
1. Hardness, Pañc. i. d. 205.
2. Harshness, Amar. 24.
3. Rough labour, MBh. 13, 5551.
I. m. The name of a month (OctoberNovember), MBh. 2, 918.
II. f. kī, The day of this month on which the moon is full, MBh. 3, 4073.
1. Muddy, Rām. 5, 27, 16.
2. Belonging to the Prajāpati Kardama, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 6.
1. Misery, Bhag. 2, 7; Rām. 5, 19, 17.
2. Compassion, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 10.
I. adj., f. sī, Made of cotton, Man. 2, 44.
II. m. and n.
1. Cotton, Man. 8, 326.
2. Cotton cloth, Suśr. 1, 25, 3.
-- Comp. bhīma-, adj., f. kā, having formidable bows, MBh. 4, 1241.
I. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of 1. kṛ, cf. kṛ.
1. What ought to be made, to be done, etc., Man. 3, 248; superl. kāryatama, That which must be done first, Rām. 5, 77, 16.
2. With an instr. To be used; use, Pañc. i. d. 81 (tṛṇena kāryaṃ bhavatīśvarāṇām, kings use a blade of grass); with na, No use, Rām. 1, 30, 5 (we do not care for possessing the earth); 2, 21, 60 (I am indifferent to life and joy).
II. n.
1. Intention, Rām. 1, 18, 15.
2. Duty, Man. 3, 80.
3. Service, Man. 10, 47.
4. Business, Man. 9, 299; affairs, 7, 59.
5. A law-suit, 8, 43.
6. Effect, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 22.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. not to be done.
II. n. a wrong action. agni-, n. the management of the sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 69. udaka-, n. 1. ablution, MBh. 1, 791. 2. obsequies, Rām. 3, 72, 38. eka-,
I. n. the same work, MBh. 2, 791.
II. adj. having the same intention, Pañc. 182, 5. kṛta-, adj. 1. having accomplished a business, Yājñ. 2, 189. 2. satisfied. Rām. 6, 97, 21; 2, 99, 11. 3. not wanting (with instr.), MBh. 13, 3862. gṛka-, n. the affairs of the house, Man. 5, 150. carmakārya, i. e. carman-, n. leather work, Man. 10, 49. deva-, n. an oblation to the deities, Man. 3, 203. dharma-, n. a sacred duty, Man. 9, 76. pitṛ-, n. an oblation to the Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 203. putra-, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on the birth of a son, Chr. 50, 16. mitra-, n. duty, service, of a friend, Rām. 6, 107, 12. samūha-, n. the affairs of a community, Yājñ. 2, 189.
1. For a special end, Man. 7, 164.
2. On account of judicial proof, 8, 110.
3. For the purpose of work, 10, 55.
1. Meagerness, Megh. 30.
2. Smallness, Ragh. 5, 21.
1. Made of the hide of the black antelope, Man. 2, 41.
2. Composed by Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 1, 261.
I. adj., f. sī, Of iron, Man. 11, 133.
II. n. Iron, Man. 10, 52.
1. Blackness, MBh. 1, 4236.
2. Darkness, Rājat. 5, 94 (in a comp. adj. vyakta-, vb. añj with vi, Dark).
† kāl, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Par. To count time.
1. kāla, m.
1. Due season, Man. 2, 80; instr. kālena, In due season, Man. 9, 246.
2. Time, Man, 1, 24; 7, 183; instr. kālena, and abl. kālāt, In the long run, Pañc. 32, 24; Man. 8, 251; gen. dīrghasya kālasya, After a long time, Nal. 18, 1; kasya cit kālasya, After some time, Śāk. 110, 15.
3. Mealtime; there are two meal-times a day, therefore, ṣaṣṭha kāla, The sixth meal-time = the evening of the third day, MBh. 13, 5175; Rām. 3, 31, 47.
4. A period, Rājat. 5, 73.
5. Death, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 2.
6. Time personified, fate, MBh. 13, 56; Rām. 6, 70, 35; endowed with the attributes of Yama, the regent of the dead, Rām. 1, 21, 13; 3, 35, 43, etc.
-- Comp. a-, m. unseasonableness, Sund. 2, 31; loc. le, unseasonably, Man. 3, 105. ādi-, m. beginning of time, Rām. 3, 20, 6. ṛtu-, m. 1. seasonable time, MBh. 3, 14763. 2. time approved for sexual intercourse, Man. 3, 45. eka-kāla + m, adv. once, Man. 6, 55. kārya-, m. time of action, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1809. kṛta-,
I. m. appointed time, Yājñ. 2, 184.
II. adj. having waited a certain time, MBh. 2, 1875. caturtha-kāla + m, adv. at the fourth meal-time, i. e. on the evening of every second day, Man. 11, 109. tad-kāla + m, adv. instantly, Pañc. 192, 6. tāvatkāla + m, i. e. tāvant-, adv. such a long time, MBh. 3, 16889. tri-, n. 1. past, future, and present time, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 8. 2. morning, noon, and evening, MBh. 13, 6607. duṣkāla, i. e. dus-, m. the formidable, all-destroying, time, Rām. 2, 33, 21; a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10418. nitya-kāla + m, adv. continually, Man. 2, 58. purva(n)-, m. the periodic change of the moon. prāpta-kāla + m (vb. āp with pra), adv. in due season, Pañc. 16, 6. a-prāpta-kāla + m, adv. Out of due season, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 173. yathā-kāla + m, adv. At the proper time, Man. 2, 39. sa-kāla + m, adv. Betimes, early in the morning. sūrya-, m. day.
2. kāla (cf. kalaṅka),
I. adj., f. lī, Dark blue, black, Rām. 6, 67, 2; MBh. 16, 57.
II. m.
1. A black and poisonous snake, Coluber naga, Lass. 16, 13.
2. The black in the eye, Suśr. 2, 336, 20.
3. A name of Rudra, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 12.
4. A proper name, Hariv. 189.
5. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 21.
III. f. lā.
1. The name of several plants, Suśr. 1, 131, 19, etc.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
3. The name of a female demon, Hariv. 11552.
IV. f. lī.
1. A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 195.
2. A surname of Satyāvatī, Chr. 6, 1.
-- Comp. bhadra-kālī, f. 1. a name of Durgā. 2. a fragrant grass, Cyperus. mahā-,
I. m. a name of Śiva.
II. f. lī, Durgā.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., under kalaṅka.
I. m.
1. The black in the eye, Suśr. 2, 304, 2.
2. A sort of grain, Suśr. 1, 73, 5.
3. The name of a Rākṣasa, or demon, Rām. 3, 29, 30; of an Asura, Hariv. 2286.
II. f. kā, The name of a female demon, MBh. 3, 12203.
-- Comp. tila-, m. a mole, a dark spot on the body, Suśr. 1, 31, 18.
I. m. and n. A kind of poison, MBh. 3, 540.
II. m. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 4637.
1. kalāpa + a, m. Hair, Śāntiś. 1, 27.
2. kalāpin + a, m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 113.
1. kālika, i. e. 1. kāla + ika, adj.
1. f. kā, Referring to time, Bhāṣāp. 120.
2. Seasonable, MBh. 3, 868.
3. f. kī, Long, Rām. 2, 41, 12.
-- Comp. a-kālika + m, adv. without delay, MBh. 4, 908. aṣṭama-, adj. one who eats only on the evening of every fourth day, Man. 6, 19 (cf. 1. kāla,
3.). eka-kālika + m, adv. eating once a day, Man. 11, 123. caturtha-, adj. one who eats only on the evening of every second day, Man. 6, 19 (cf. 1. kāla,
3.). niṣkālika, i. e. nis-kāla + ika, adj. one whose lifetime is elapsed (or °kam, adv., without delay), MBh. 8, 3628. māsa- adj., monthly, MBh. 2, 2080.
2. kālikā, i. e. 2. kāla + ka, f.
1. A multitude of clouds, Ragh. 11, 15.
2. The liver, Mit. 1, 31.
3. A blood-vessel in the ear, Suśr. 1, 55, 1.
4. The name of several plants, Suśr. 2, 499, 2.
5. A name of Durgā, MBh. 2, 457.
6. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 8134.
I. m.
1. A prince of the Kaliṅgas, Ragh. 4, 40.
2. pl. = Kaliṅga, a people, MBh. 8, 2066.
II. f. gī, A princess of the Kaliṅgas, MBh. 1, 3775.
I. n. A water melon, Suśr. 1, 156, 21.
II. f. dī.
1. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 33.
2. The Yamunā, Pañc. 25, 3.
-- Comp. yama-kālindī, f. The wife of the sun.
I. n. A dark kind of sandal, Rām. 6, 96, 3.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 1555.
1. Foulness, Kathās. 19, 95.
2. Unfairness, Rājat. 5, 63.
I. n. A dark kind of sandal, Kumāras. 7, 9.
II. m. The name of a tribe of Daityas, MBh. 3, 8719; 8769.
I. n. A yellow fragrant wood, Suśr. 1, 146, 3.
II. m.
1. One of the interior parts of the body not yet identified, Suśr. 1, 208, 3.
2. A kind of jaundice, Suśr. 2, 469. 4.
I. adj., f. yā, Coming from old sages, MBh. 2, 2097.
II. m.
1. A class of Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 199.
2. patron. Surname of Uśanas, MBh. 1, 3188.
III. m. A bard, MBh. 2, 453.
IV. n. A poem, Rām. 1, 2, 38.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. a classical poem, Chr. 170.
1. To be visible, Rām. 3, 29, 8.
2. To shine MBh. 1, 7008. kāśita, Resplendent, Rām. 6, 26, 48.
-- With the prepos. ud ud, To shine, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 2.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, Caus. To reveal, MBh. 14, 1283.
-- With nis nis, cf. kas.
-- With pra pra,
1. To be visible, MBh. 3, 9990.
2. To appear, Rām. 6, 20, 10.
3. To shine, MBh. 3, 13750. Caus.
1. To show, Śāk. 12, 11; Rām. 4, 42, 14.
2. To illumine, MBh. 4, 232.
3. To make known, Lass. 3, 9.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To shine, Rām. 5, 73, 6.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To appear, MBh. 3, 13982.
2. To shine, Rām. 5, 5, 23. Caus. To discover, MBh. 1, 87.
-- With vi vi, To appear, Rām. 5, 40, 10. Caus. To illumine, MBh. 1, 7856.
-- With sam sam, To appear, Rām. 2, 65, 14.
I. m.
1. A proper name, Hariv. 1734.
2. The king of Kāśi, Chr. 19, 6.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 13, 1949.
II. f. śi and śī.
1. The name of Benares, Rām. 1, 12, 22.
2. śī, A proper name, Hariv. 9204.
2. Shining on account of, e. g. jaya- and jita-, On account of victory, victorious, proud on account of triumphs, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 15; Chr. 16, 12.
-- Cf. kāsin.
I. m. A son of Kāśi, Hariv. 1734.
II. f. yī, A daughter of Kāśi, MBh. 1, 3785.
I. adj., f. rī.
1. Trained in Cashmere, MBh. 4, 254 (a horse).
2. An inhabitant of Cashmere, MBh. 3, 5032.
II. m.
1. A king of Cashmere, Mudrār. 18, 17.
2. Cashmere, Rām. 4, 43, 32.
III. n. Saffron, Bhartṛ. 1, 48.
1. Belonging to the Kāśis; a king of the Kāśis, MBh. 1, 4128.
2. f. A daughter of the king of the Kāśis, MBh. 1, 3829.
I. adj. Belonging to Kaśyapa, MBh. 13, 7237.
II. patron. m. A descendant of Kaśyapa, Rām. 1, 9, 28.
1. Red, Sāv. 3, 18.
2. s. A red cloth, Rām. 3, 52, 9.
I. n. A piece of wood, Man. 8, 372.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 2, 415. kāṣṭhā, q. v.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, n. a wooden staff, Śāk. 21, 1. danta-, n. a small piece of wood for cleaning the teeth, MBh. 13, 4998.
1. Aim, MBh. 3, 10424; limit, boundary, Kumāras. 5, 28.
2. Place, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 12.
3. A quarter or point of the compass, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 1.
4. A lunar station, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 31.
5. A measure of time, MBh. 1, 1292.
6. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 25.
I. m. One who carries wood, Kathās. 6, 43.
II. f. kā, A small piece of wood, Pañc. 194, 12.
-- Cf. O.H.G. huosta; A. S. hvosta.
I. m. A tree bearing beautiful red blossoms, Butea frondosa, Man. 8, 246.
II. n. Its blossom, Suśr. 1, 224, 1.
I. m. and f. rī, A servant, Rām. 1, 18, 13; MBh. 4, 634.
II. m.
1. A tribe of demons, Rām. 1, 3, 30.
2. The name of a people, Rām. 4, 44, 13.
† kiṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To go
2. To fear.
3. To alarm.
-- Cf. katakatāpa.
1. To cure, Bhartṛ. 1, 83; to administer remedies, Pañc. 183, 22 (read cikitsyamāno). cikitsita, n. Physic, Man. 10, 47. cikitsya, Curable, MBh. 12, 418. Comp. a-, adj. incurable, Yājñ. 2, 140. -
2. † To chastise.
3. † To remove.
4. † To destroy.
5. † To coerce. -- Caus. of the desider. cikitsaya, To cure, Mālav. 47, 11. -- Caus. or i. 10, Par. ketaya.
1. To invite, MBh. 13, 1596; Man. 3, 190.
2. † To dwell.
3. † To desire.
-- With the prepos. vi vi, desider. To doubt, MBh. 5, 2701. vicikitsita, Uncertain, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 10.
-- Cf. saṃket.
1. A gamester, Man. 3, 151.
2. A cheat, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 3; a rogue, Megh. 110.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1832.
-- Comp. dhūrta-, m. a professed gambler, Yājñ. 2, 199.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 1, 197.
I. interrog. pron., sbst., and adj. Who, what, which, Man. 8, 414; 9, 170; 8, 161.
-- With gen. Who, what in proportion to, Kumāras. 3, 10: ke mama dhanvino nye, What may the other archers be able to do against me?
-- With instr. Away with, e. g. kiṃ vilambena, Do not tarry, Rām. 3, 35, 35. kiṃ bahunā, In short, Pañc. 5, 3. kim anena, No question, Śāk. 91, 7.
-- With instr. and gen. kiṃ te jñātair mahādhanurdharaiḥ, What have you to do with knowing the great arcers? Draup. 7, 4. -- Instead of the instr. may be used also the absolutive, kiṃ te sūryam nipātya, What matters it to you to bring down the sun? MBh. 13, 4628. -- Joined with the demonstr. pron. idam, e. g. ko yam, Who there? Hit. 18, 11. -- Doubled, e. g. kiṃkiṃ na karoti, What, what does he not? Pañc. i. d. 338. -- It joins two questions in one sentence, e. g. kā vām kaṃ varam icchati, Who of you chooses the one and who the other boon? Rām. 1, 39, 12.
II. Indefin. pron.
1. Some, Bhag. 2, 21; generally followed by, a., ca, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 11; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, Whoever, whatever, Man. 12, 95.
b. ca na, Anybody, Nal. 17, 44 (40); anything, Man. 8, 76; some, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 4; doubled, kāṃścana-kāṃścana, Several, Rām. 2, 96, 34; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, Whatever, Nal. 4, 2.
c. cid, Anybody, Man. 8, 212; any, 8, 232; whoever, Sāh. D. 7, 12 somebody, Nal. 14, 2. kaṃ cit kālam, Some time, Rām. 3, 21, 31. kaś cid -kaś cid, Some one -- another, Rām. 1, 4, 18; preceded by the relat. pron. yad, a. Whatever, Man. 2, 7. [greek] Some trifle, Man. 9, 115.
d. api, see api.
2. Any, Yajñ. 3, 133.
3. Joined with na, Nobody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99.
-- With ca na or na -- ca na, Nothing, nobody, Nal. 15, 16; Man. 4, 134. mā kiṃ ca na, Not at all, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 39. na hi kiṃ ca na, Never, MBh. 1, 6132.
-- With na -- cid, Nobody, nothing, Nal. 3, 24; not any, Man. 1, 81.
-- With na -- api, Nobody, Bhartṛ. 3, 99; not the least, Pañc. 157, 6.
III. kim (acc. sing. ntr.) adv.
1. Why, Nal. 11, 3.
2. A particle of interrog., e. g. sāmyam icchasi kim, Are you really desirous of readmission to equality? Man. 11, 195.
-- With following u, kim u, How much more? Man. 7, 55.
-- With following ca, Further, Kathās. 2, 1; Pañc. 226, 11; Hit. 4, 18; go on, Śāk. 89, 17.
-- With following tu, But, MBh. 1, 1916.
-- With following nu,
1. It lays a stress on the interrogation, Draup. 5, 13.
2. How much less? Bhag. 1, 35.
-- With following punar, How much less? Ram. 1, 22, 21. -- A following vā increases the doubt, Śāk. 105, 7; Pañc. 44, 21. -- In disjunctive questions we find, kim -kiṃ vā, Śṛṅgārat. 7. kim -- kiṃ vā -kiṃ vā, Pañc. 34, 15 (tat kim... śastreṇa mārayāmi, kiṃ vā viṣam pra yacchāmi, kiṃ vā paśudharmeṇa vyāpādayāmi, Shall I kill him with a knife, or shall I give him poison, or shall I kill him like a beast?). kim -kim -- vā -- atha, Mṛcch. 171, 14. kim -- uta, Mṛcch. 147, 22. kim -- uta vā, Pañc. 68, 14. kim -- uta -- uta, Bhartṛ. 3, 77. kim -- uta -- atha vā, Kathās. 17, 112. kim -- uta -- āho svid, Śāk. 106. kim -- atha vā -- uta, Rām. 5, 51, 7. kim is sometimes the former part of a compound word, e. g. kiṃrūpa, adj. How ṣaped? Pañc. 258, 13. kiṃcid is also the latter part of compound words, e. g. kiṃcijjña, adj. Knowing a little, Bhartr. 2, 8. a-kiṃcid, Nothing at all, MBh. 13, 2334.
IV. kena, instr. How so? Rām. 6, 12, 4.
-- Cf. kasmāt separately.
-- Cf. [greek] e. g. [greek] etc.; Lat. quis, qui, etc.; Goth. hvas; A.S. [greek]
1. How great, MBh. 14, 766.
2. How long, Rām. 2, 92, 8.
3. How much, Kathās. 2, 17.
4. Of what value, Kathās. 3, 49; Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 22.
5. How little, Pañc. i. d. 46.
6. Some, Pañc. 246, 13.
7. A little, Pañc. 229, 20; with following api, However small, Pañc. 221, 21.
-- Comp. mṛtkirā, i. e. mṛd-, f. rā, an earth worm.
-- Comp. tuṣāra-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 27.
† kil, i. 6, Par.
1. To be white.
2. To play. i. 10, Par. kelaya, To throw (v.r.).
2.) m.
1. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10365.
2. lā, onomatop. A cry expressing joy, Rām. 6, 26, 47.
1. Fault, Man. 8, 235.
2. Crime, 8, 296.
3. Sin, Bhag. 3, 13.
4. Injury, MBh. 1, 882.
-- Comp. caura-, n. an offence equal to larceny, Man. 8, 198. rāma-, n. an offence against Rāma, Rām. 3, 46, 19.
1. Guilty, Man. 8, 13.
2. A sinner, 8, 141.
1. A solt, Rām. 2, 40, 39; 5, 26, 21.
2. A youth Bhāg. P. 4, 12, 20; 24, 11.
3. m. The name of a Dānava, Hariv. 2439.
† kiṣk, i. 10, Ātm. To kill, to injure.
1. The forearm, Rām. 5, 32, 11.
2. A span, as measure, MBh. 3, 10454.
-- Comp. kara-, n. a finger, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 17 (with ś).
1. pl. The name of a people, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 24.
2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 10.
1. A kind of bamboo, Arundo karka, Roxb., Rām. 4, 44, 76.
2. A hollow bamboo, Ragh. 2, 12.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 6085.
† kīṭ, i. 10, Par. To tinge (or bind).
-- Comp. keśa-, m. a louse, Man. 4, 207. pakṣikīṭa, i. e. pakṣin-, m. an insect-like bird, a paltry bird, Pañc. 75, 19. yama-, m. an earthworm. śūra-, m. an inferior warrior, Mahāvīrac. 109, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. qualis, and the next.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m.
1. The chief servant in husbandry, Man. 9, 150.
2. A poor labourer, or in general a poor man, MBh. 13, 3743.
II. adj., f. śā, Covetous, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 11.
1. A parrot, Lass. 19, 14.
-- Comp. vākkīra, i. e. vāc-, m. a wife's brother.
1. Renown, Man. 2, 9. Personified, MBh. 1, 2578.
-- Comp. divā-, m. a man of a low or impure caste, a Caṇḍāla, Man. 5, 85. duṣkīrti, i. e. dus-, adj. infamous, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 43.
I. adj., f. matī, Renowned, Rām. 1, 2, 45.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4356.
† kīl, i. 10, Par. To bind.
1. A stake, MBh. 3, 650.
2. A pin, Pañc. 44, 14.
3. A wedge, Pañc. i. d. 26.
4. A pillar Rājat. 5, 107.
-- Comp. indra-, m. the name of a mountain, Rām. 2, 80, 18. guda-, m. hemorrhoids, Suśr. 1, 198, 13. rata- (vb. ram), m. a dog.
1. A sweet drink (ved.).
2. Blood, Prab. 54, 3.
1. ku-, a contraction of ka + va, from kim. Former part of compound words, implying,
I. Inferiority, wickedness, e. g. ku-karman,
1. n. A wicked action, Pañc. v. d. 64.
2. adj. Doing wicked actions, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 22. ku-kṛtya, n. A shameful action, Pañc. 237, 21. ku-go, m. An infirm bull, Rām. 6, 112, 6. ku-jananī, f. A bad mother, Rām. 6, 82, 118. ku-janman, adj. Having a bad origin, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 22. ku-tanaya, m. A son who has not turned out well, Pañc. i. d. 85. ku-tapasvin, m. A bad ascetic, Pañc. 126, 1. ku-tarka, m. A false doctrine, Rājat. 5, 378. ku-dṛṣṭa, adj. Imperfectly seen, Pañc. v. d. 1. ku-dṛṣṭi, f. A false system, Man. 12. 95. ku-dhī, adj. sbst. A fool, Pañc. i. d. 38. ku-nadikā, f. An insignificant rivulet, Pañc, i. d. 31. ku-patha, m.
1. An erroneous way, Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 14.
2. A proper name, Hariv. 203. ku-parīkṣaka, m. A bad estimator, Bhartṛ. 2, 12. ku-parīkṣita, adj. Imperfectly examined, Pañc. v. d. 1. ku-putra, m. A contemptible son, Man. 9, 161. ku-puruṣa, m.
1. A contemptible man, MBh. 13, 108.
2. A coward, 5, 5493. ku-plava, m. A frail boat, Man. 9, 161. ku-buddhi, adj.
1. Foolish, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 17.
2. Mischievous, Pañc. i. d. 444. ku-bhṛtya, m. A bad servant, Pañc. 83, 43. ku-mati,
A. f.
1. Perversity, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 7.
2. Error, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 36.
B. adj. Foolish, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 17. ku-mantra, m. An evil advice, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 13. ku-mantrin, m. A bad counsellor, Rājat. 5, 455. ku-mārga, m. An erroneous way, Pañc. 122, 24. ku-mitra, n. A false friend, Pañc. iii. d. 61. ku-medhas, adj. Mischievous, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 33. ku-rājan, m. A contemptible king, Pañc. v. d. 64. ku-rūpa, adj. Ugly, Pañc. v. d. 17. ku-varṣa, m. A heavy shower, Rām. 6, 89, 15. ku-vākya, n. Injurious speech, Pañc. v. d. 64. ku-vivāha, m. A culpable marriage, Man. 3, 63. ku-saciva, m. A bad counsellor, Rājat. 5, 439. ku-sṛti, adj. Walking in error; a sinner, Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 7.
II. Surprise: How, cf. e. g. kumāra; how muc? cf. e. g. kumuda.
2. ku, see kū.
3. ku, f. The earth, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 42.
† kuṃś, or kuṃs kuṃs, i. 1 and 10, Par. To shine or speak.
† kuk, i. 1, Ātm. To take.
1. see kurkura.
2. m. The name of a prince, MBh. 13, 7679.
3. pl. The name of a people, Rām. 4, 41, 14.
I. m. A cock, Man. 3, 239 (a dog, Cāṇ. 98, in Monatsber. der Berliner Ak. Hist. Phil. 1864, p. 413, read kukkura).
II. f. ṭī, The silk cotton tree, Bombax heptaphyllon, Suśr. 2, 387, 1.
-- Comp. grāma-, m. a town-cock, Man. 5, 12. jala-, m. a kind of waterbird, Rām. 4, 13, 8. vana-, m. wild fowl.
1. see kurkura.
2. m. The name of a muni, or sage, MBh. 2, 113.
3. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1872.
1. The belly, Rām. 1, 70, 34.
2. Cavity, Pañc. i. d. 281.
3. A cavern, Ragh. 2, 38.
4. A bay, MBh. 3, 793.
5. A proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 21.
† kuj, i. 1, Par.
1. To steal or rob.
2. To be crooked (cf. kuñc).
I. kuñc, i. 1, and kuc kuc, i. 6, Par.
1. To straiten, to make narrow, Ṛt. 4, 16.
2. To bend, Rām. 5, 55, 27; Pañc. 50, 10.
3. To crisp, MBh. 1, 2170.
II. † kuc, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound high.
2. To go.
3. To polish.
4. To be crooked.
5. To draw furrows.
6. To resist.
-- With the prepos. ā ā, ākuñcita,
1. Compressed, Rām. 3, 31, 21.
2. Contracted, Bhartṛ. 1, 3.
3. Crisped, MBh. 13, 882.
-- With vi vi, vikuñcita,
1. Frowning, MBh. 1, 4112.
2. Crisped, Ṛt. 3, 19. Caus. kuñcaya, To turn backwards (?), Rām. 5, 5, 18.
-- With sam sam, kuc.
1. To contract one's self, Pañc. 3, 40.
2. To close, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 3.
saṃkucita,1. Contracted, Bhartṛ. 3, 74.
2. Shut, Rām. 4, 30, 20. Comp. a-saṃkucita, adj. not wrinkled, Suśr. 1, 66, 6.
-- Caus. kocaya,
1. To contract, MBh. 1, 2843.
2. To diminish, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
-- Cf. Lat. quic in conquinisco, conquexi, cūlus for cuc + lus; [greek]; Goth. hauh; N.H.G. hucke in huckeback, etc.
† kuñj, i. 1, Par. To make any inarticulate sound.
-- Cf. kūj.
1. A place overgrown with creeping plants, a bower, Megh. 19.
2. A cavern, Rām. 4, 26, 6; Ragh. 9, 64.
1. An elephant, Pañc. i. d. 177.
2. Preeminent, Rām. 5, 2, 13; in this meaning it is generally the latter part of a compound, e. g. kapi-, m. A most excellent monkey (literally, an elephant among monkeys), Rām. 5, 3, 17.
3. The name of a Nāga, or serpent, MBh. 1, 1560.
4. The name of a prince, 3, 15597.
5. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 41, 50.
1. kuṭ, i. 6, Par. To bend.
2. kuṭ (akin to kṛt, based on kart), i. 4, Par. To burst, Lass. 95, 15. † i. 10, koṭaya, To cut.
-- With the prepos. ava ava, To diminish, Suśr. 2, 175, 20.
-- With pra pra, To divide, MBh. 1, 2842.
I. adj. Crooked, MBh. 3, 13454.
II. f. kā, The name of a river, Rām. 2, 71, 15 (Gorr. 2, 73, 13, reads kuṭilā).
I. adj., f. lā,
1. Crooked, Rām. 1, 44, 25.
2. Crisped, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 14.
3. Frowning, Rām. 5, 89, 2.
4. Deceitful, Pañc. i. d. 73; cf. a-kuṭila, adj. Candid, Pañc. i. d. 142.
II. f. lā, The name of a river, Rām. 2, 73, 13, Gorr. (cf. kuṭika); 4, 40, 20.
I. adj. Crisped, Pañc. i. d. 225.
II. f. kuṭilikā, A kind of motion on the stage, Vikr. 62, 17.
1. A hut, Man. 11, 72.
2. A vessel serving for fumigation, Suśr. 2, 33, 18.
-- Comp. aśva-, f. a stable, Pañc. 254, 22. parṇa-, f. a hut made of leaves, Rām. 2, 92, 12. bhramatkuṭī, i. e. bhramant-, f. a sort of umbrella.
1. A hut, Gīt. 1, 27.
2. Sexual intercourse, Bhartṛ. 3, 66.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-, a hut made of grass, Pañc. 34, 9.
† kuṭumb, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Ātm. To support a family.
1. Household, Śāk. d. 95.
2. Family, Man. 11, 22.
3. Family goods, Man. 9, 199.
-- Comp. vijaya-ratha-kuṭumba, adj. taking care of Vijaya's chariot as a father would a household, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 39.
1. A householder, Man. 3, 80; f. inī, The wife of a householder, MBh. 3, 13660.
2. A kinsman, Pañc. 96, 4.
3. A cultivator of the soil, Rājat. 5, 468.
-- Comp. ratha-, m. a charioteer, Rām. 6, 89, 19.
I. i. 10, Par.
1. † To cut.
2. To cut in a defective manner, Suśr. 1, 361, 19.
3. † To censure.
4. To multiply.
II. † i. 10, Ātm., v. r. of kūṭ.
-- With the prepos. vi vi, Par. To cut off, MBh. 13, 3305.
1. Latter part of compound words, e. g. aśmakuṭṭa, i. e. aśman-, adj. Breaking with a stone, Man. 6, 17.
2. A multiplier.
-- Comp. kāṣṭha-, m. the woodpecker, Picus Bengalensis, Pañc. 157, 4. tāmra-, m. a coppersmith, Rām. 2, 90, 25 Gorr. (thus to be read instead of -kuṭa).
1. adj. = kuṭṭa 1. Yājñ. 3, 49.
2. = kuṭṭa 2.
I. adj., f. mā, Plastered with small stones, Rām. 2, 80, 13.
II. m. and n. A floor or ground smoothed and plastered, MBh. 14, 2522; 1, 6964; Mālav. 21, d. 27.
-- Comp. vastra-, n. 1. an umbrella. 2. a tent.
1. An opening bud, Mṛcch. 10, 10.
2. Opening, Rām. 4, 38, 40.
I. An axe, Rām. 2, 35, 41.
II. m. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2156.
I. m. A wood-cutter, Rājat. 5, 310.
II. f. kā, A small axe, Bhartṛ. 3, 23. A lancet, Suśr. 1, 26, 13.
† kuḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To act as a child.
2. To eat.
3. To heap.
4. To dive(?).
I. m. An opening bud, Ṛt. 2, 25.
II. adj. Opening, MBh. 4, 393.
III. n. A kind of hell, Man. 4, 89.
† kuṇ, i, 6, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To cherish; to support (or to pain). i. 10, Par. kuṇaya,
1. To address.
2. To converse with.
3. To invite.
-- Cf. kvaṇ.
I. m. and n.
1. A dead body, carrion, Man. 12, 71.
II. m.
2. A spear, MBh. 14, 142.
1. A cripple with a crooked or withered arm, MBh. 3, 1270.
2. The name of a prince, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 13.
† kuṇṭ, i. 1, Par. To maim (? v. r.).
1. † To be maimed.
2. † To be lazy. † i. 10, Par. To cover (? v. r.). kuṇṭhita,
1. Blunt, Kumāras. 2, 20.
2. Powerless, Rājat. 5, 138.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sharp, Ragh. 1, 19.
-- With the prep. vi vi, vikuṇṭhita, Blunted, Ragh. 5, 44.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sharp, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 31.
† kuṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To maim (?). i. 1, Ātm. To heat. i. 10, Par. To preserve.
I. m., f. ḍī, and n. A pitcher, a jar, a water pot, MBh. 3, 14311.
II. m. and n. A basin of water, MBh. 13, 4816; Rām. 4, 26, 4.
III. n.
1. A hole in the ground for receiving and preserving consecrated fire, MBh. 3, 8216.
2. A vessel for holding coals, Rām. 5, 10, 16.
IV. m.
1. A son of anadulteress born before the death of the husband, Man. 3, 156; 174.
2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 4828.
3. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10358.
-- Comp. amṛta-, n. the vessel containing the amṛta, or beverage of immortality. homa-, n. a hole in the ground for receiving the fire for an oblation.
1. A jar, Kathās. 4, 47.
2. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 6983.
I. m. and n.
1. A ring, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 3.
2. An ear-ring, Bhartṛ. 2, 63.
II. m. The name of a Nāga, MBh. 1, 2154.
III. f. lā, A proper name, Mārk. P. 21, 34. -- When the latter part of a comp. adj., the f. is lā, e. g. śaila-, adj., f. lā, Surrounded by mountains, MBh. 3, 10943. sa-, adj. With earrings.
I. adj. One who eats food offered by the son of an adulteress, Man. 3, 158.
II. m.
1. The name of a Nāga or serpent.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 4553.
I. adj., f. nī, Carrying a water pot, MBh. 3, 16016.
II. m. A horse, MBh. 2, 2061(?).
I. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3747.
II. n. The name of a city, Nal. 21, 2.
1. A blanket made of the hair of the mountain goat, Man. 3, 234.
2. The eighth portion of the day, about noon, MBh. 13, 6040.
1. = Abl. of kim, Lass. 13, 14.
2. From what place, Hiḍ. 2, 24.
3. Whence, Rām. 1, 14, 36.
4. Whither, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 34.
5. Why, Rām. 3, 1, 12.
6. How, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 28.
7. How much less? Indr. 1, 17.
8. With following api, From some, Pañc. 229, 1; from somewhere.
9. With na and following cana, From no quarter whatever, Man. 6, 40.
10. With following cid, From any, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 7; from anywhere, Pañc. 239, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adv. from no quarter, Pañc. 68, 25.
1. Eagerness, Nal. 1, 16; abl. Eagerly.
2. Curiosity, Nal. 13, 48.
3. Desire, Lass. 67, 12.
4. A surprising object, Pañc. 124, 9.
1. Eager, Ragh. 15, 65.
2. Inquisitive, Man. 4, 63.
1. Where, Rām. 5, 34, 21.
2. Whither, Lass. 25, 5.
3. kutra -- kva are used to denote a great difference, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 25.
4. With following api, Somewhere, Mārk. P. 8, 120.
5. With following cid,
a. In some, Pañc. 256, 6.
b. Somewhere, Rām. 5, 1, 5. With preceding na, Nowhere, MBh. 3, 10359; Pañc. 36, 22.
c. kutra cid -- kutra cid, In some cases -- in others, Man. 9, 34.
6. With preceding yatra and following ca, In whomsoever even, Bhāg. P. 8, 8, 22.
-- Cf. Goth. hvathro and hvar; Engl. whither; Lat. cur.
1. To blame, MBh. 2, 2121.
2. To contemn, Man. 2, 54. kutsita, Contemptible, MBh. 13, 2222. kutsya, Blameable, Bhartṛ. 2, 12 (thus to be read).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To blame. Rām. 2, 75, 2.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To begin stinking, to turn putrid, prakuthita, Suśr. 1, 344, 5.
I. m., and f. thā, and n. A painted woollen blanket, MBh. 2, 1894.
II. m. A kind of grass, Poa cynosuroides, Rām. 2, 30, 14 (but Gorr. reads kuśa, 2, 30, 16).
† kud, i. 10, Par. To speak falsely, to lie (v.r.).
1. Hair, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 30.
2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 347.
I. m.
1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 590.
2. The king of the Kuntis, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 30.
3. A proper name, Mārk. P. 2, 2.
II. f. tī, One of Pānḍu's wives, MBh. 1, 3811.
† kunth, i. 1, Par.
1. To hurt.
2. To afflict. ii. 9, kuthnā, nī,
1. To embrace.
2. To afflict.
I. m. and n. A kind of jasmine, Jasminum multiflorum, or pubescens, Megh. 48.
II. m.
1. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 7036.
2. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 10.
† kundr, i. 10, Par. To speak falsely, to lie.
-- Cf. kud.
1. kup, i. 4, Par. Ātm.
1. To become excited, Suśr. 2, 184, 11.
2. To be angry, Man. 3, 229. With dat. gen. and acc., Of the person with whom one is angry, Pañc. 23, 22; Rām. 4, 19, 24; 1, 49, 7. kupita, Enraged, Man. 9, 313. With upari and gen. (enraged against us), Pañc. 73, 15. a-kupya, adj. Not liable to become angry, MBh. 15, 821. Caus. kopaya,
1. To excite, Suśr. 2, 204, 3.
2. To provoke, MBh. 2, 2140. Ātm. To provoke against one's own self, MBh. 2, 2187. Anomalous kopayīta for kopayeta, kopiṣṭhās for cūkupathās, kopayāna for kopayamāna, MBh. 1, 5790; 2, 2188; 3, 1956.
3. To be angry, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 11.
-- With the prep. pari pari,
1. To be much excited, MBh. 1, 1186.
2. To be very angry, MBh. 13, 2101. -Caus.
1. To excite violently, MBh. 14, 469.
2. To provoke violently, MBh. 13, 7403.
-- With pra pra,
1. To become agitated, Suśr. 2, 396, 4; MBh. 13, 14508. prakupita, Very angry, Pañc. 163, 5. nātiprakupita, Rather indifferent, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 11. Anomalous prakupta, Vikr. d. 130. -- Caus.
1. To excite, MBh. 14, 465.
2. To provoke, Man. 9, 313.
-- With sam sam, To become angry, MBh. 3, 1093. -- Caus. To provoke, MBh. 4, 1845.
-- Cf. Lat. cupio = kupyāmi.
† 2. kup, i. 10, Par. To speak or shine.
I. n. (and kupyaka -kupya + ka as latter part of a comp.), Any metal except gold and silver, Man. 7, 96.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 6, 264.
1. Hump-backed, Pañc. 261, 12.
2. Crooked, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
I. adj. Humpbacked, Pañc. v. d. 77.
II. m. An aquatic plant, Trapa bispinosa, Man. 8, 247.
† kumār, i. 10 (rather a denom. derived from the next), Par. To play as a child.
I. m.
1. A child (ved.).
2. A boy, Man. 7, 152.
3. A youth, Ragh. 3, 40.
4. When compounded, often: Young, as latter part, Śāk. 27, 15; Ragh. 3, 40; as former part, Man. 3, 159, From early youth.
5. A young prince, Ragh. 12, 41.
6. A name of Skanda, the god of war, Suśr. 2, 394, 10.
7. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1870.
II. f. rī.
1. A girl, Man. 3, 54.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3796.
3. The name of a river, MBh. 6, 343.
-- Comp. rājakumāra, i. e. rājan-, m. a prince, Lass. 7, 2. sanatk°, i. e. sanad-, m. one of the four sons of Brahman, and eldest of the progenitors of mankind. su-,
I. adj. 1. soft, smooth. 2. youthful. 3. delicate.
II. m., and f. rā, names of several plants.
I. m.
1. A boy, Śāk. 50, 1.
2. A youth, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 24.
3. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2154.
II. f. rikā, A girl, Pañc. 184, 4.
† kumāl = kumār (v. r.).
I. m. and n. The white esculent water-lily, Nymphaea esculenta, Pañc. 50, 10.
II. m. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 1560; of a celestial being, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 39; of a monkey, Rām. 4, 39, 37; of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 12; of a man, Rājat. 5, 422.
I. adj., f. vatī, Abounding in lotusses, Ragh. 4, 19.
II. f. vatī,
1. A group of lotus flowers, Śāk. d. 65.
2. A plant, Menyanthes indica, Suśr. 2, 251, 18.
3. A proper name, Ragh. 16, 85.
† kump, i. 10, Par., v. r. of kumb, i. 10.
† kumb, i. 1, and i. 10 (cf. the last and the next), To cover.
† kumbh, i. 10, Par., v. r. of kumb.
-- Cf. the last and the next.
I. m., and f. bhī.
1. A pot, Man. 11, 186; MBh. 18, 84.
2. A measure of grain, equal to twenty droṇas, Man. 8, 320; 4, 7.
II. m.
1. dual, The two frontal globes of an elephant, which swell in the rutting season, Pañc. i. d. 351.
2. The paramour of a harlot, Śṛṅgārat. 9.
3. The name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2527; of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 79, 15.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a fire pot, MBh. 13, 5490 (he will get [in hell] a fire pot, in order to be burnt therein; cf. kumbhī-pāka). āma-, m. an unburnt earthen pot, Pañc. iii. d. 13. udakumbha, i. e. udan-, m. a water pot, Man. 2, 182. kuca-, m. a bosom like the frontal globes of an elephant, Śṛṅgārat. 9 (v. r.). tapta-, m. the name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 34. bhadra-, m. a golden jar filled with water from a holy place. vāta-, m. the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal globes. śata-,
I. m. the name of a mountain.
II. n. gold. -- When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. is bhā, e. g. vāri-pūrita-kumbha, adj., f. bhā, Bearing jars filled with water, Kathās. 18, 339.
-- Cf. [greek] a vessel, [greek] etc.; Goth. hups; O.H.G. huf; A.S. hipe; O.H.G. hufila, 'a cheek,' hūfo and hauf, a multitude, heap; cf. supra.
I. m. A religious exercise, closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 18.
II. f. bhikā, A small pot, Kathās. 6, 41.
† kur, i. 6, Par. To sound.
I. m. An antelope, Pañc. 114, 18.
II. f. gī, A female antelope, Gīt. 9, 11.
III. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
I. m. An osprey, Rām. 3, 15, 6.
II. f. rī, A female osprey, MBh. 1, 908.
III. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
I. m.
1. A crimson species of amaranth.
2. A purple sort of Barleria, Ṛt. 6, 18.
II. n. The flower of these plants, Ṛt. 6, 31.
1. pl. The name of a people, Man. 8, 92.
2. The progenitor of the Kurus, MBh. 1, 4346.
1. The name of several plants, a kind of barley, Suśr. 1, 197, 1.
2. A ruby, Śiś. 9, 8.
1. To hop, Hariv. 8398.
2. † To play. -- Caus. of the frequent. cokūrdaya, To invite to hop, Hariv. 8403 (cukūrdayadbhiḥ, read cokūrd°).
-- With the prep. ati ati, To hop briskly, Hariv. 8404.
-- With ud ud, To jump aloft, Pañc. 124, 7.
-- With pra pra, To jump on, Pañc. 118, 15.
† kul, i. 1, Par.
1. To accumulate.
2. To be of kin.
1. A herd, Rām. 4, 40, 24; a flock, Ṛt. 1, 23; Pañc. 82, 20.
2. A multitude, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 33.
3. A caste. Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 43.
4. Family, Man. 2, 34.
5. A house, Man. 7, 82.
6. A grange, holding as much land as can be tilled by two ploughs, each drawn by six bulls, Man. 7, 119.
7. Noble lineage, Man. 7, 54.
8. An inspector of causes, Man. 8, 169 (? Kall.).
-- Comp. anurūpa-, adj., f. lā, being of a suitable family, Rām. 3, 35, 67. uccaiḥkula, i. e. uccais-, n. high rank, Śāk. d. 92. utkula-, i. e. ud-, adj., f. lā, degenerate, Śāk. d. 123. go-, n. 1. a herd of kine, Rām. 1, 9, 60. 2. the name of a temple, Rājat. 5, 23. daṇḍa-deva-, n. a temple of the god of punishment, perhaps Yama, or a court of justice, Pañc. 128, 25. duṣkula, i. e. dus-,
I. n. a base family, Man. 2, 238.
II. adj. sprung from a base family, Bhartṛ. 1, 89. deva-, n. a temple, Mṛcch. 30, 15. niṣkula, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā, having no kindred, Man. 8, 28; with kṛ, to exterminate one's family, Rām. 4, 26, 14. nīcka-, n. a low family, Mṛcch. 83, 8. rājakula, i. e. rājan-,
I. n. 1. the court of a king, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 18. 2. a court of justice, Pañc. 96, 20. 3. a royal race.
II. m. a prince. vāgdevī-, i. e. vāc-devī-, n. science, Rājat. 5, 158. sa-, adj. 1. having a family. 2. belonging to a family.
-- Comp. a-, adj. a person of base birth, Pañc. i. d. 466.
1. A kind of vetc, Dolichos uniflorus, MBh. 13, 5468.
2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 373.
I. m. The name of a Tīrtha, MBh. 3, 6074.
II. f. nā, The name of a river, 13, 7646.
1. A kinsman, Yājñ. 2, 233.
2. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, MBh. 1, 2549.
I. m.
1. A kind of mouse, Suśr. 2, 278, 3.
2. The forktailed shrike, Suśr. 1, 201, 18.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2239.
II. f. gā, The name of a city, Rām. 2, 68, 16.
1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 590.
2. Its prince, MBh. 3, 12350.
1. An axe, MBh. 3, 810.
2. The thunderbolt of Indra, Bhartṛ. 2, 29.
-- Comp. nakha-, thunderbolt-like nails, Pañc. 16, 4.
1. Being of a good family, Man. 7, 210.
2. Of noble breed, Rām. 5, 12, 31.
3. Latter part of a comp. adj. Belonging to a race or family of; the aff. īna belongs to the whole comp., e. g. tad-, adj. Belonging to the same (i. e. his) race, Chr. 25, 53. mahārāja-, adj., f. nā, Belonging to a race of great kings, Rām. 2, 88, 3. a-, adj. Sprung from a low family, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 404. duṣkulīna, i. e. dus-kula + īna, adj. Sprung from a low family, Rām. 3, 23, 15. satkulīna, i. e. sant-kula + īna (vb. as), adj. Well born, nobly descended.
I. m. Sour gruel, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 12.
II. f. ṣī, The name of a river.
-- Comp. sa-, m. 1. A distant kinsman, Man. 9, 187. 2. A kinsman in general.
1. A rivulet, a canal, MBh. 3, 10408.
2. The name of a river, MBh. 13, 1742.
-- Comp. ṛṣi-, f. 1. a holy river, MBh. 2, 1041. 2. the name of a river, MBh. 3, 8026. 3. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 5. deva-, f. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 5.
I. n. A water lily, Megh. 34.
II. m. and n. The terrestrial globe (i. e. 3. ku-valaya), Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 5; 7.
† kuś, v. r.; see kus.
I. m. and n. The sacrificial grass, Poa cynosuroides, Man. 2, 43.
II. m.
1. A proper name, Rām. 1, 34, 1.
2. One of the great dvīpas or divisions of the universe, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 32.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Happy, Bhag. 18, 10.
2. Healthy, Rām. 2, 70, 12.
3. Expert, Pañc. v. d. 33; skilful, Nal. 19, 19; 20; with loc., Man. 7, 190; gen., Yājñ. 2, 181; infin., MBh. 1, 53.
II. lam, adv. Well, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 29; mildly, Man. 6, 48.
III. m. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 359.
IV. n.
1. Well-being, Rām. 1, 52, 5.
2. Happiness, Pañc. 192, 23; prosperity (of devotion), Man. 2, 127.
3. Salutation, Rām. 1, 73, 8. -- Instr. lena, adverbially, Cheerfully, Rām. 2, 34, 22.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unlucky, Bhag. 18, 21; Rām. 2, 64, 44. vaitāna-, adj. Knowing the sacred ordinances, Man. 11, 37. śastra-, adj. expert in arms. samudra-yāna-, adj. well acquainted with sea-voyages and journeys by land, Man. 8, 157. sarvārtha-, i. e. sarva-artha-, adj. expert in all affairs, Nal. 8, 4. svādhīna-, i. e. sva-adhīna-, adj. having prosperity in one's own power, Śāk. 64, 23.
1. Prosperous, Nal. 2, 16.
2. Safe and sound, Rām. 3, 69, 14.
I. adj., f. vatī, Abounding in Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 10533.
II. f. vatī, The name of a city, MBh. 3, 11792.
1. m. An actor, Man. 3, 155.
2. du. kuśa and lava, the sons of Rāma, Rām. 1, 4, 2.
I. adj. Dwelling in Kuśa grass (viz. fire), MBh. 13, 1698.
II. n. A water lily, Ragh. 18, 3.
1. To tear, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 10.
2. † To draw out.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To pull, Suśr. 2, 145, 2.
-- With nis nis, To tear out (i. 6), Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 19; niṣkuṣita, Torn out, Ragh. 7, 47.
1. A plant, Costus speciosus, Rām. 2, 94, 23.
2. i. e. kuṣ + tha, Leprosy, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.
† kus, also kuś kuś, i. 4, Par. To embrace.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek], ep. fut. [greek], etc. -- O.H.G. cus, kussian; A.S. coss, cyssan, belong rather to juṣ.
-- Comp. a-, adj. flowerless, Kir. 5, 10.
I. m. and n. Safflower, Carthamus tinctorius, Śiś. 9, 14.
II. m.
1. A student's water-pot.
2. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
† kusm, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from ku-smaya), Ātm.
1. To smile.
2. To see mentally, to imagine.
I. adj., f. kā, and sbst. Deceiving, a cheat, MBh. 3, 14718; a juggler, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 21.
II. m.
1. A kind of frog, Suśr. 2, 290, 6.
2. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 29.
III. n. and f. kā, Juggling, Hit. iv. d. 101; MBh. 5, 5461.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is no deceiver. Suśr. 2, 290, 6.
I. n.
1. A cavern, Bhartṛ. 3, 29.
2. A cavity, Prab. 3, 15.
3. The interior, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 33.
4. Coition, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 22.
II. m. The name of a serpent, MBh. 1, 2701.
1. kuh + ū (cf. kuhaka), f. The new moon; probably that part of the day of the new moon when the moon is completely waned, MBh. 3, 14129.
2. The name of a river, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 10.
3. The cry of the cuckoo, Gīt. 1, 47.
1. To cry, as a bird, MBh. 3, 9926. To coo, Rām. 2, 52, 2.
2. To buzz, Ṛt. 6, 34, v. r.
3. To rustle, Ragh. 2, 12.
4. To moan, Rām. 3, 32, 33.
5. To fill with one of these sounds, Rām. 3, 78, 27. kūjita, n.
1. Inarticulate sound, Ragh. 9, 26.
2. Chirping, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 12.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To rival in chirping, Rām. 3, 79, 24; in singing, 2, 96, 13; in moaning, MBh. 3, 14144.
-- With abhi abhi, To buzz, Rām. 3, 79, 6.
-- With ā ā, To sing, as a bird, Suśr. 2, 503, 13.
-- With ud ud, To utter a monotonous sound, Kathās. 10, 130.
-- With upa upa, To fill with a sound, MBh. 3, 5212.
-- With ni ni,
1. To chirp, Rām. 3, 7, 4.
2. To fill with chirping, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 20.
-- With nis nis, To utter inarticulate sounds, Rām. 2, 95, 11.
-- With pari pari, To buzz round about, Sāh. D. 55, 20.
-- With prati prati, To answer by an inarticulate sound, Rām. 2, 56, 9.
-- With vi vi, To cry, Rām. 3, 76, 7.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not murmuring, MBh. 1, 4116. niṣkūja, i. e. nis-, adj. silent, Rām. 2, 59, 10.
† kūṭ, i. 10, Par.
1. To burn.
2. To sorrow.
3. To advise. -- i. 10, Ātm.
1. To be foul.
2. To avoid giving.
3. To despond.
I. m. and n.
1. The head, MBh. 16, 110.
2. Top, Rām. 6, 95, 24.
3. The peak or summit of a mountain, MBh. 1, 1172.
4. Chief, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 19.
5. A multitude, a heap, Rām. 1, 13, 15
6. A hammer, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 6.
7. A trap, Rām. 4, 17, 6.
8. An enigma; vācaḥ kūṭa, enigmatic speech, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 29.
II. adj.
1. Untrue, false, Yājñ. 1, 80; 2, 241 (viz. coin).
2. Insidious, Man. 7, 90 (concealed in wood, Kull.; cf. kūṭa-khaḍga).
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. open, honest, Yājñ. 1, 323. 2. genuine (viz. coin), 2, 241. akṣa-, n. a trap by means of dice, MBh. 3, 1266. akṣi-, n. the prominence over the eye, Yājñ. 3, 96. āmra-, m., gṛdhra-, Citra-, m. names of mountains, Megh. 17; Hit. 18, 6; Rām. 1, 1, 30. tri-,
I. adj. having three elevations, MBh. 12, 6170.
II. m. the name of several mountains, MBh. 2, 1484. niṣkūṭa, i. e. nis-, adj. devoid of fraud, free from danger, Rām. 2, 84, 16 brahmakūṭa, i. e. brahman-, adj. pretending falsely to be a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 4526. ratna-, m. a mountain in the Dekhan. vamrī-, n. an ant-hill. haṃsa-, m. the hump on the Indian ox. hima-, m. winter, hemakūṭa, i. e. heman, m. a range of mountains.
I. adj. False, Yājñ. 2, 241.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 16.
1. Having attained the summit Bhag. 6, 8; chief, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 49.
2. Universally, and perpetually the same, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 17.
-- Comp. strī-ratna-kūṭa-stha, adj. surrounded by a multitude of most beautiful women, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 36.
† kūḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To eat.
2. To become firm
-- Cf. 2. kūl.
† kūp, i. 10, Par. To be weak.
1. A pit, MBh. 1, 716.
2. A well, Man. 4, 202.
-- Comp. ludba-, m. a pit-fall, a pit the opening of which is overgrown, Kathās. 4, 120. romakūpa, i. e. roman-, m. a pore of the skin.
1. A bunch of grass, Hariv. 7816; cf. Kathās. 24, 96.
2. Designation of some puffed up parts of the human body, e. g. the palms and balls of the foot, Suśr. 1, 338, 13.
-- Cf. kurpāsaka.
1. A tortoise, Rām. 4, 16, 32.
2. One of the five vital airs of the body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 15.
3. The name of a king of the Nāgas or serpents, MBh. 1, 2549.
† 1. kūl, i. 1, Par. To hinder.
2. kūl (kūḍ), i. 10, Par. To singe, Suśr. 2, 435, 20.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To singe, Suśr. 2, 350, 18.
1. A slope (ved.).
2. A bank, Man. 6, 78.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇa-, adj., f. lā, the bank of which is turned toward the south, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 17. prākkūla, i. e. prāñc-, adj., f. lā, turned toward the east, Man. 2, 75.
I. m. A kind of imp, Yājñ. 1, 284.
II. m., and f. ḍī, The name of certain holy texts, Man. 8, 106; Yājñ. 3, 304.
1. kṛ (originally skṛ; cf. ava-, upa-, pari-, sam-, abhi-sam-, upa-sam-, prati-sam-, and kośaskṛt), ii. 8, Par., Ātm., karomi (in epic poetry also kurmi, MBh. 3, 10943); ved. ii. 5, kṛṇomi; ii. 2, e. g. karṣi; i. 1, karasi.
1. To make, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 88, 3 (kṛṇavante, ved. conjunct.); Pañc. i. d. 436; Man. 2, 154; Rām. 1, 1, 59.
2. To do, Rām. 1, 9, 10.
3. To perform, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 88, 4 (kṛṇvantaḥ); Man. 1, 55 (one's natural functions); Rām. 3, 53, 11 (an order); 1, 2, 2 (to show respect); Pañc. 82, 14 (to show pride).
4. To tell, Rām. 1, 2, 34.
5. To compose, Rām. 1, 3, 38.
6. To appoint, Man. 7, 78; 9, 127.
7. To sacrifice, Man. 3, 210.
8. To act for or against a person; with the gen. of the person, MBh. 3, 2160; with the loc., Rām. 2, 64, 61.
9. To assume, Man. 7, 10.
10. To prepare, MBh. 13, 2794; to cook, Man. 9, 219.
11. To cultivate, Yājñ. 2, 158; to till, Man. 10, 114.
12. With nouns designing sounds, speech, To utter, MBh. 3, 11718.
13. With nouns designing time, To pass, MBh. 15, 6; to wait, 1. 2294; with ciram, To delay, Hiḍ. 4, 13.
14. With nouns denoting mind, To give one's heart to, Man. 12, 118; to resolve, Chr. 11, 11; Rām. 1, 9, 55.
15. With astrāṇi, To practise, MBh. 3, 11824; with udakam or salilam, To make the oblation of water to a deceased one, Man. 5. 188; Rām. 1, 44, 49; with kanyām, To contaminate, Man. 8, 367; with kāryam, To put up with, Pañc. iv. 28; with daṇḍam, To inflict a punishment, Lass. 14, 14; with dārān, To give a wife in marriage, Rām. 1, 77, 26; with nāma, To give a name, Man. 5, 70; with paścāt, To surpass, Ragh. 17, 18; with punar, To undo, Man. 8, 154; with bhaṅgam, To break, Pañc. 8, 17; with bhiyam, To fear, Rām. 1, 22, 14 Gorr.; with vasuṃdharām, To wander over, Rām. 4, 46, 14; with vahis, To exclude, Man. 2, 103; to expel; with vinā, To deprive, Nal. 13, 25; with śramam, To apply diligence, Man. 2, 168; with sneham, To think of the love, Rām. 1, 21, 14.
16. With the instr., To do with, kiṃ kariṣyati saṃsargaiḥ, Of what use will be conjunction, Cāṇ. 106, in Monatsb. d. Berl. Ak. d. Wiss., 1864, 413; To use, Man. 10, 91; with manasā, To mind, MBh. 1, 7051; with hṛdayena, To love, Mṛcch. 73, 7.
17. To be of use, with gen., Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2436.
18. With the loc., To put on, MBh. 1, 1883; with manasi; To mind, Rām. 2, 64, 8; with hṛdaye, To mind, Cāṇ. 92, in Monatsber. d. Berl. Ak. d. Wiss. 1864, 413; with hṛdi, To remember, Rājat. 5, 313; with vaśe, To subdue, Man. 2, 100.
19. With the infin., To begin, Rām. 2, 6, 10. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. kṛta,
I. very often as former part of comp. words, and as n.
1. Well done, MBh. 1, 1615.
2. Well, Rām. 3, 3, 16.
3. Away with, with instr., or saha and instr., Mṛcch. 108, 5.
II. n.
1. Doing, Man. 7, 197.
2. A benefit, Pañc. i. d. 427.
3. The name of one of the dice, MBh. 4, 1578.
4. The name of the first age of the world, Man. 1, 69.
III. m. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4356.
IV. Instr. kṛtena, and loc. kṛte, On account of, Rām. 1, 76, 6; 1, 45, 45.
-- Comp. akṛta see separately. duṣkṛta, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. 1. wicked. Man. 11, 229. 2. unreasonable, MBh. 2, 1400.
II. n. sin, Man. 3, 191. brahmāñjalikṛta, i. e. brahman-añjali-kṛta, adj., an anomalous comp., having made scriptural homage, Man. 2, 70. viśva-, adj. made by Viśvakarman (?), Chr. 38, 12. saha-, adj. assisted, Bhāṣāp. 65. su-,
I. adj. 1. done well. 2. treated with kindness. 3. virtuous, pious. 4. fortunate. II. n. 1. a virtuous act, Man. 3, 37. 2. kindness. 3. virtue. 4. fortune. svayam-, adj. 1. self-formed. 2. Done by, to, or for one's self. hāhā-, adj. filled with the uproar of a battle, Chr. 32, 25. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass., kartavya, n. A work, Rām. 1, 34, 32. Comp. tad-, n. suitable action, Rājat. 6, 269. kārya and kṛtya see separately. -- Causal, kāraya,
1. To cause to be performed, Man. 2, 30; to cause to be cultivated, Yājñ. 2, 158; to cause to be put, Man. 8, 251; to cause to be treated, Rām. 2, 58, 16.
2. To order to make, Man. 7, 16; to order to prepare, Pañc. 129, 9; to order to practise, Man. 8, 410.
3. To make, Hit. d. 71. kārita, Caused, Man. 4, 118. kāritā vṛddhiḥ, An exacted interest, caused by risk, Man. 8, 153. kārayitavya,
1. To be caused to perform, Rām. 2, 14, 16.
2. To be procured, Pañc. 24, 21. -- Desiderative, cikīrṣa (in epic poetry Ātm., Nal. 3, 14),
1. To desire to do, Rām. 2, 35, 11; to desire to perform, Man. 11, 192.
2. To desire to establish, Rājat. 5, 461. cikīrṣita,
1. Desired to be performed, Man. 4, 254.
2. n. Intention, Man. 7, 202. -- kṛ, combined and compounded: With the adv. agnisāt agni + sāt, To burn, Rājat. 5, 226.
-- With aṅga, which becomes aṅgī aṅgī,
1. To put up with, Pañc. i. d. 192; to submit, Rājat. 5, 177.
2. To subdue, Amar. 52.
3. To take to heart, Pañc. 236, 4.
4. To promise, Bhartṛ. 2, 69.
-- With the prepos. ati ati, ati- kṛta, Excessive, MBh. 3, 10064; n. Excess, Rām. 5, 25, 21.
-- With the noun adhara, which becomes adharī adharī, To overcome, Śāk. d. 16, v. r.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi,
1. To put at the head, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 37.
2. To appoint, Yājñ. 2, 30.
3. Pass. To get entitled, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 16.
4. With loc., To be at the head, to inspect, MBh. 4, 241. adhikṛta, Best, Pañc. iii. d. 67. Comp. dharma-, m. a judge, Pañc. 41, 16. -- Absolutive, adhikṛtya, Referring to, Śāk. 4, 5.
-- With anu anu,
1. To do afterward, Amar. 50.
2. To back, Pañc. iii. d. 270.
3. To imitate, Man. 2, 199.
4. To repay, with the acc., Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 20.
5. To bring in harmony, Bhāg. P. 7, 7, 36. Caus. To cause to imitate, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 17.
-- With apa apa,
1. To remove, MBh. 3, 10492.
2. To injure, Rām. 4, 16, 19; with the gen. of the person, Rām. 2, 38, 5; with the acc., MBh. 3, 14835. apakṛta, n. Injury, Pañc. i. d. 317.
-- With abhi abhi, To make (nivāsam, to settle), Sund. 2, 26. Desider. raṇam, To desire to fight, MBh. 4, 1660.
-- With the noun abhyantara, which becomes abhyantarī abhyantarī,
1. To initiate, Rām. 6, 40, 14.
2. To make intimate, Pañc. i. d. 290.
-- With alam alam, To adorn, Rām. 1, 73, 19.
-- With abhyalam abhi-alam, To adorn, Rām. 3, 53, 36.
-- With upālam upa-alam, To adorn, Pañc. 159, 19.
-- With samalam sam-alam,
1. To adorn, MBh, 1, 4941.
2. To violate, with gen., Man. 8, 16.
-- With svalam su-alam, To adorn beautifully, Chr. 60, 35.
-- With the prep. ava ava, the initial is kept in niravaskṛta, i. e. nis-, Pure, MBh. 12, 13201.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus.
1. To ask, Rām. 2, 13, 2.
2. To call, Pañc. 24, 13; ākāraṇīya, To be called.
3. To produce, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 6. Desider. To desire to perform, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 24.
-- With the prepositions apā apa-ā, To remove, MBh. 1, 5680. ṛṇam, To pay, Man. 6, 35.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To bring near, MBh. 3, 3098.
2. To deliver, Nal. 25, 16.
3. To grant, MBh. 3, 15965.
4. To gain, MBh. 3, 10278.
5. To describe, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 35.
6. To perform a preparation for a sacred work, Man. 4, 95. an-upākṛta, adj. Not hallowed by holy texts, Man. 5, 7.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To satisfy(?), MBh. 1, 7765.
-- With nirā nis-ā,
1. To remove, Rām. 5, 13, 31.
2. To disown, Chr. 8, 27; MBh. 13, 4753.
3. To disapprove, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 17.
4. To undo, MBh. 1, 7666.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To explain, Rām. 5, 56, 5. a-vyākṛta, adj. Undivided, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 37.
-- With the noun ākula, which becomes ākulī ākulī, To trouble, Pañc. v. d. 25; Rām. 4, 41, 29.
-- With the adv. ātmasāt ātmasāt, i. e. ātman + sāt,
1. To put in one's self, Yājñ. 3, 54; cf. Man. 6, 25.
2. To subdue, Bhartṛ. 3, 34.
-- With the adv. āvis āvis, To make manifest, Sāh. D. 15, 20; to show, 60, 17. āviṣkṛta, Publicly known, Man. 11, 226. an-āviṣkṛta, adj. Not public, ib.
-- With the noun āharaṇa, which becomes āharaṇī āharaṇī, To make a present, Ragh. 7, 29.
-- With the noun unmanas, which becomes unmanī unmanī, To agitate, Prab. 62, 3.
-- With the prep. upa upa,
1. To confer, Man. 2, 149.
2. To offer, Man. 2, 245.
3. To serve, Pañc. i. d. 95; with the gen. of the person, Pañc. i. d. 398.
4. To confer a benefit, Man. 8, 394; with the gen. of the person, Rām. 4, 38, 47.
5. To honour, Rājat. 5, 311.
6. To set out on, with the dat., Rām. 1, 37, 5 Schl. (Gorr. v. r.). The initial is kept in upaskṛta,
1. Possessed of, having, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 28.
2. Prepared, MBh. 1, 778.
3. Adorned, Bhartṛ. 2, 12.
4. Benefitted, MBh. 13, 5893. Comp. an-upaskṛta, adj. 1. uncultivated, MBh. 13, 3335. 2. not ornamented, Man. 5, 112. 3. untainted, Man. 3, 257. 4. blameless, Man. 7, 98. nirupaskṛta, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. unaccomplished, MBh. 12, 9768. 2. plain, 12, 9079.
-- With the prepositions pratyupa prati-upa, To repay, Pañc. i. d. 95 v. r.
-- With the noun upahāra, which becomes upahārī upahārī, To offer, with gen., Kathās. 10, 141.
-- With the noun uras, which becomes urī urī, To promise, to offer, Ragh. 15, 70.
-- With the noun uṣna, which becomes uṣṇī uṣṇī, To warm, Mṛcch. 50, 1.
-- With ūrī ūrī, To grant, Hit. iii. d. 96.
-- With the numeral eka, which becomes ekī ekī, To join, Rām. 5, 13, 58.
-- With the noun auṣadha, which becomes auṣadhī auṣadhī, To change into a medicine, Mṛcch. 121, 13.
-- With the noun kad-arth + a, which becomes kadarthī kadarthī, To contemn, MBh. 3, 11381.
-- With the noun kapila, which becomes kapilī kapilī, To make tawny, MBh. 3, 16351.
-- With the noun karada, which becomes karadī karadī, To make tributary, MBh. 1, 4462.
-- With the noun kara, which becomes karī karī, To offer as tribute, Kathās. 19, 114.
-- With the noun kaluṣa, which becomes kaluṣī kaluṣī, To trouble, Rām. 3, 22, 14; 5, 57, 5.
-- With the noun kaṣāya, which becomes kaṣāyī kaṣāyī, To redden, Rām. 6, 33, 17.
-- With kāt kāt, an old abl. sing. of kim, To contemn, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.
-- With the noun kuṇḍala, which becomes kuṇḍalī kuṇḍalī in kuṇḍalīkṛta, adj.
1. Ring-streaked, Nal. 14, 3.
2. Moving circularly, Suśr. 2, 523, 16.
-- With the comp. kṛta-artha, which becomes kṛtārthī kṛtārthī, To satisfy, Lass. 83, 13.
-- With the noun kṛśa, becoming kṛśī kṛśī, To make poor, Mṛcch. 19, 13.
-- With the noun koṣṭhaka, which becomes koṣṭhakī koṣṭhakī, To surround, MBh. 14, 2230.
-- With the noun khaṇḍa, which becomes khaṇḍī khaṇḍī, To cut to pieces, Pañc. 262, 16.
-- With the noun khala, which becomes khalī khalī, To abuse, Mṛcch. 33, 24.
-- With the noun khila, becoming khilī khilī,
1. To lay waste, Ragh. 11, 14.
2. To deprive of any strength, Mārk. P. 9, 8.
-- With gaṇḍūṣa, becoming gaṇḍūṣī gaṇḍūṣī, to use as water for rinsing the mouth, Bhāg. P. 9, 15, 3.
-- With goṣpada, becoming goṣpadī goṣpadī, To change into a pool, Rām. 5, 31, 62.
-- With grāsa, becoming grāsī grāsī, To devour, Kathās. 9, 57.
-- With cakra, becoming cakrī cakrī, To make circular, Kumāras. 3, 70.
-- With caṇḍa, becoming caṇḍī caṇḍī, To provoke, Mālav. 44, 5.
-- With camat camat, Caus. To cause to be surprised, Kathās. 25, 225.
-- With citta, becoming cittī cittī, To make something the object of thinking, Bhāg. P. 4, 1, 28.
-- With citra, becoming citrī citrī, To change into a picture, Śāk. d. 148.
-- With cihna, becoming cihnī cihnī, To mark, MBh. 13, 826.
-- With cūrṇa, becoming cūrṇī cūrṇī, To crush, Rām. 5, 54, 7.
-- With jaṭila, becoming jaṭilī jaṭilī, To interweave, Pañc. 223, 2.
-- With jaṭhara, becoming jaṭharī jaṭharī, To shut in one's self, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 20.
-- With jaḍa, becoming jaḍī jaḍī,
1. To stiffen, Rām. 6, 6, 1.
2. To benumb, Rām. 5, 33, 5.
3. To make stupid, Bhāg. P. 6, 3, 25.
-- With jarjara, becoming jarjarī jarjarī, To beat to pieces, Rām. 6, 83, 54.
-- With tanu, becoming tanū tanū, To diminish, to abandon, Ragh. 6, 80.
-- With tāmra, becoming tāmrī tāmrī, To redden, MBh. 7, 8458.
-- With the adv. tiras tiras,
1. To remove, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 18.
2. To cover, Man. 4, 49.
3. To surpass, Pañc. 118, 13.
4. To conquer, Hit. iii. d. 8.
5. To contemn, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 48. a-tiraskrita, adj. Greatest, Pañc. 7, 10.
-- With the noun tīrtha, which becomes tīrthī tīrthī, To hallow, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 9.
-- With tuccha, becoming tucchī tucchī, To despise, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 25.
-- With tṛṇa, becoming tṛṇī tṛṇī, To value like a grass-blade, MBh. 1, 7062.
-- With the pron. tvam tvam (see yuṣmad), To thou somebody, as an insult, Yājñ. 3, 292.
-- With the noun dakṣiṇa, which becomes dakṣiṇī dakṣiṇī, To walk around somebody keeping the right side towards him, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 41.
-- With dāsa, becoming dāsī dāsī, To enslave somebody, Kathās. 22, 84. To subdue, Chr. 94, 30.
-- With divasa, becoming divasī divasī, To turn into day, Mṛcch. 59, 5.
-- With dīrgha, becoming dīrghī dīrghī.
1. To extend, Kumāras. 3, 26.
2. To carry far, Megh. 32.
-- With duḥka, becoming duḥkhā duḥkhā, To afflict, Śiś. 2, 11.
-- With dūra, becoming dūrī dūrī,
1. To remove, Prab.
2. To surpass, Śāk. d. 16.
-- With dṛḍha, becoming dṛḍhī driḍhī, To fasten, Prab. 43, 14.
-- With dvi-guṇa, becoming dviguṇī dviguṇī, To double, Śiś. 1, 63.
-- With the adv. dvijātisāt dvi-jāti + sāt, To offer to Brāhmaṇas, Rājat. 5, 120.
-- With the interj. dhik dhik,
1. To reproach, MBh. 12, 1422.
2. To show contempt, Rām. 4, 9, 8.
-- With the noun dhvaja, becoming dhvajī dhvajī, To use as a means of protection, Hit. ii. d. 95.
-- With nagna, becoming nagnī nagnī, To make somebody a naked mendicant, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
-- With namas namas, namas-kṛ,
1. To salute, Man. 11, 110.
2. To adore, MBh. 3, 2160; with dat. and acc.
-- With nava, becoming navī navī, To renew, Ragh. 16, 38.
2. To refresh, Śāk. 62, 12.
-- With the prep. ni ni, nikṛta,
1. Humbled, Rām. 1, 56, 22.
2. Dejected, Nal. 14, 15.
3. Base, Rām. 5, 23, 6; n. Mortification, Bhartṛ. 2, 30, v. r. nikartavya in tair asmākam nikartavyam, We must be treated ill by them, MBh. 3, 1406.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To injure, MBh. 3, 14036.
2. To defraud, Man. 9, 213.
-- With the noun nimitta, becoming nimittī nimittī,
1. To point out as cause, Rājat. 3, 89.
2. To use as means, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14.
-- With nis-dhana, becoming nirdhanī nirdhanī, To make poor, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 7.
-- With the prep. nis nis,
1. To remove, Dev. 1, 31.
2. To prepare, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1. niṣkrita, n. Expiation, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 2. a-niṣkṛta, adj. Not expiated, Man. 11, 53.
-- With the noun nis-pattra, which becomes niṣpattrā niṣpattrā, To wound, e. g. a deer, with an arrow in such a manner that its feathered part juts out on the other side, Daśak. 196, 1.
-- With nis-spand + a, becoming niṣpandī niṣpandī, To render motionless, Mṛcch. 85, 1.
-- With nyak nyak, acc. sing. n. of nyañc, To insult, Rājat. 5, 436.
-- With nyāsa, becoming nyāsī To deliver in trust, Rājat. 5, 182.
-- With pañcan-śikhā, becoming pañcaśikhī pañcaśikhī, To make somebody an ascetic, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
-- With pañcan, becoming pañcī pañcī, To make fivefold, so as to contain the five elements, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19.
-- With the adv. parasāt para + sāt, To give in marriage, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 931.
-- With parāñc-mukha, becoming parāṅmukhī parāṅmukhī, To put to flight, MBh. 6, 5500.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To surround, MBh. 13, 5044. The initial s changed to ṣ is preserved in pariṣkṛta.
1. Adorned, Rām. 3, 11, 4.
2. Prepared; su-par°, Well prepared, 4, 437; kāla-par°, Seasonable, Rām. 5, 25, 35.
-- With the noun parunha, becoming paruṣī paruṣī,
1. To soil.
2. To use roughly.
-- With the compound noun para-upakaraṇa, becoming paropakaraṇī paropakaraṇī, To make somebody the instrument of another, Hit. ii. d. 23.
-- With parvata, becoming parvatī parvatī, To exalt, Bhartṛ. 2, 71.
-- With pavitra, becoming pavitrī pavitrī, To purify.
-- With paśu, becoming paśū paśū,
1. To change into a beast.
2. To destine for immolation.
-- With pātra, becoming pātrī pātrī,
1. To make something an object worthy of (e. g. interest), Megh. 48.
2. To honour, Śāk. d. 116.
-- With the adv. puras puras, puras-kṛ,
1. To place in front, Rājat. 5, 327.
2. To lead, Chr. 20, 24.
3. To appoint, MBh. 4, 242.
4. To show, Rājat. 5, 328.
5. To regard, Rām. 5, 90, 30.
6. To prefer, Kathās. 29, 105.
7. To honour, Śāk. 18, 18.
8. To use as pretext, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 2. puraskṛta,
1. Attended by.
2. Provided with.
-- With the noun pulaka, becoming pulakī pulakī, pulakī-kṛ10ta, Having the hairs of the body erect, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 25.
-- With the imitative sound pūt pūt, To blow, Pañc. 93, 4.
-- With peśī peśī, and peṣī peṣī, To cut to pieces, Rām. 2, 105, 33 Gorr.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To make, Man. 8, 239.
2. To cause, Pañc. i. d. 276; with infin., Chr. 296, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8.
3. To do, Pañc. 4, 37.
4. To perform. MBh. 3, 12142.
5. To appoint, Man. 7, 60.
6. With kanyām, To pollute, Man. 8, 370; with dārān, To marry, MBh. 1, 1844; with buddhim, To resolve, Nal. 3, 25; with manas, To apply one's heart to, Man. 7, 12. prakṛta,
1. Accomplished, Kathās. 4, 1.
2. Mentioned, Yājñ. 1, 243.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To injure, Rām. 3, 1, 20.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To make, Rām. 6, 82, 182; to perform, MBh. 1, 2387.
-- With the noun prakaṭa, which becomes prakaṭī prakaṭī, To make manifest, Bhartṛ. 2, 64.
-- With praguna which becomes pranuṇī praguṇī, To put up, Pañc. 157, 23; to array, 218, 7; to lay (as traps), 114, 6.
-- With the prep. prati prati,
1. To repay, Rām. 3, 38, 22; with the person in the gen., Rām. 3, 65, 14; in the dat., MBh. 1, 840; loc., MBh. 13, 4764.
2. To resist, with the acc. of an object, MBh. 1, 5656; gen. of a person, Rām. 6, 33, 34.
3. To cure, MBh. 1, 4027.
4. To repair, Man. 9, 285. pratikṛta, n.
1. Requital, Rām. 6, 91, 10.
2. Resistance, Ragh. 12, 94. Comp. kṛta-pratikṛta, n. 1. assault and resistance, MBh. 4, 351. 2. requital for an assault, Rām. 6, 91, 10. Desider. To desire to repay, MBh. 3, 1282.
-- With the noun prativacana, which becomes prativacanī prativacanī, To answer, Śāk. d. 85.
-- With pradakṣiṇa, which becomes pradakṣiṇī pradakṣiṇī, To walk round some one, keeping the right side towards him, Śāk. p. 51, 17.
-- With pramāṇa, becoming pramāṇī pramāṇī,
1. To mete out to, Bhartṛ. 2, 90.
2. To obey, Śāk. 78, 19.
3. To prove.
-- With the adv. prādus prādus, To make visible, to show, Chr. 34, 12. agnim, To kindle, Man. 4, 104.
-- With the imitative sound phut phut, or phūt phūt, To boil, to show indignation, to foam, Pañc. 237, 14.
-- With the noun bhasman, becoming bhasmī bhasmī, To reduce to ashes.
-- With manda, becoming mandī mandī, To diminish, Śāk. 5, 13.
-- With malina, becoming malinī malinī, To soil. malinī-karaṇīya, n. An action which causes defilement, Mān. 11, 125.
-- With mekhalā, which becomes mekhalī mekhalī, To put on the sacrificial string, MBh. 13, 973.
-- With rakta-paṭa (vb. rañj), becoming raktapaṭī raktapaṭī, To change into one who wears a red cloth, i. e. into an ascetic, Pañc. iv. d. 36.
-- With rikta, ptcple. pf. pass. of ric, becoming riktī riktī, To steal, Pañc. 89, 2.
-- With lakṣa, becoming lakṣī lakṣī, To aim at, Śāk. 104, 21.
-- With vandī, becoming vandī vandī, To take prisoner, Vikr. d. 3.
-- With vaśa, becoming vaśī vaśī, To subdue, Pañc, 13, 3.
-- With vaśe vaśe, loc. of vaśa, To subdue, Rām. 3, 55, 7.
-- With vaṣaṭ vaṣaṭ, To accompany with the exclamation raṣaṭ, Man. 2, 106.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To change, MBh. 13, 1513; Man. 1, 76.
2. To disfigure, Man. 9, 288.
3. To blind, MBh. 3, 8881.
4. To develop, Man. 1, 75.
5. To create, MBh. 14, 1487.
6. To adorn, MBh. 1, 1429.
7. To move to and fro, Rām. 3, 74, 18.
8. To destroy, MBh. 3, 1150.
9. To become alienated, Man. 9, 15.
10. To infest each other, MBh. 1, 7670. Caus. To cause to change, Hit. 75, 11.
-- With the noun vikaca, becoming vikacī vikacī, To open, Bhartṛ. 2, 65.
-- With vi-nigaḍa, becoming vinigaḍī vinigaḍī, To unfetter, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 8.
-- With vi-manas, becoming vimanī vi- manī in vimanī-kṛta,
1. Sad.
2. Offended.
3. Altered in mind.
-- With vi-varṇa-maṇi, becoming vivarṇamaṇī vivarṇamaṇī, To make jewels discoloured, Śāk. d. 61.
-- With vi-rajas, becoming virajī virajī in virajī-kṛta,
1. Freed from dust.
2. Freed from passion.
-- With viṣaya, becoming viṣayī viṣayī, To make something the object of thought, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 23.
-- With vyākula, becoming vyākulī vyākulī, To trouble, Pañc. 63, 8.
-- With śithila, becoming śithilī śithilī. To make languid, Ṛt. 6, 24.
-- With śīrṣan-avaśeṣa, becoming śīrṣāvaśeṣī śīrṣāvaśeṣī, To leave only the head undestroyed, Bhartṛ. 2, 27.
-- With śūnya, becoming śūnyī śūnyī, To make empty, to leave, Pañc. 23, 18.
-- With saṃkrama, becoming saṃkramī saṃkramī, To use as means, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 17 (by means of her).
-- With sajja, becoming sajjī sajjī, To prepare, Pañc. 62, 25.
-- With sat sat, acc. n. s. of sant, ptcple. pres. of as,
1. To adorn. Man. 3, 96.
2. To welcome, to receive hospitably, Rām. 3, 53, 25.
3. To honour, Pañc. 26, 21. satkṛta,
1. Done rightly.
2. Worshipped.
3. Respected.
4. Welcomed. n.
1. Virtue.
2. Hospitality.
3. Food, Man. 3, 264.
-- Comp. a-satkṛta, adj. wicked, Nal. 24, 31. su-, n. Excellent hospitality, Chr. 59, 18.
-- With sa-nātha, becoming sanāthī sanāthī, To make possessed of a protector, Śāk. 28, 14.
-- With sa-patra, which becomes sapatrā sapatrā, To wound, e. g. a deer, with an arrow in such a manner that the feathered part enters in its body, Daśak. 196, 1.
-- With the prep. sam sam, becoming saṃkṛ, and, by keeping the initial s, saṃskṛ,
1. To unite, Mṛcch. 137, 20.
2. To prepare, Rām. 3, 53, 5.
3. To hallow; a-saṃskṛta, Not hallowed, Man. 5, 56.
4. To hallow by the investment of the sacrificial cord, to invest, Ragh. 15, 31; Man. 8, 412; a-saṃskṛta, Not invested, Man. 2, 39; to hallow by giving in marriage, Man. 9, 173; a-saṃskṛta, Unmarried, Pañc. iii. d. 218; to hallow by solemn obsequies, MBh. 13, 7777.
5. To adorn, Śiś. 9, 25. -- Causal,
1. To cause to perform, MBh. 1, 4379.
2. To cause to be invested, MBh. 2, 1594.
3. To cause to be solemnly buried, MBh. 1, 4936
4. To make, MBh. 4, 2281.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃskṛ, To hallow, MBh. 3, 8224.
-- With upasam upa-sam, upasaṃskṛ,
1. To prepare, MBh. 1, 7203.
2. To adorn, Suśr. 2, 76, 9.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, pratisaṃskṛ,
1. To repair, Man. 9, 279.
2. To unite, Suśr. 2, 77, 2.
-- With the noun sam-ṛddha (vb. ṛdh), becoming samṛddhī samṛddhī, To make wealthy, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 2.
-- With sāci, becoming sācī sācī, To turn aside, Mālav. d. 73.
-- With sāra, becoming sārī sārī, To make hard, Śāk. d. 54.
-- With su-gupta, becoming sunuptī suguptī, To guard well, Pañc. 208, 21.
-- With sthira, becoming sthirī sthirī, To strengthen, Śāk. 53, 23.
-- With sphīta, becoming sphītī sphītī, To augment, Rām. 2, 65, 26.
-- With sva, becoming svī svī,
1. To appropriate, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 4.
2. To win, 180, 19.
3. To assent to, Rājat. 5, 436. svīkṛta,
1. Agreed.
2. Promised.
-- Cf. Lat. creare with the causal kārayāmi, whose first a originally was also short, as may be inferred from the comparison of the kindred languages.
2. kṛ; see 2. kṛ10.
1. A kind of partridge, Rām. 4, 50, 12.
2. One of the five vital airs, that which assists in digestion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 16.
1. A cock, Bhartṛ. suppl. 21.
2. A peacock, Rām. 2, 28, 10.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Painful, Rām. 3, 74, 29.
2. Difficult, Rām. 3, 46, 16.
3. Dangerous, Suśr. 1, 131, 4.
4. Wicked, Man. 6, 78.
5. Miserable, MBh. 3, 15388.
II. n. and m.
1. Pain, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 35.
2. Difficulty, Rām. 3, 68, 53.
3. Distress, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
4. Penance, Man. 4, 222.
III. acc. ram, adverbially, Miserably, Rām. 4, 22, 7. Instr. reṇa, adv. With difficulty, Pañc. 137, 25; with much ado, Pañc. 40, 10. Abl. rāt, adv. With difficulty, Rām. 3, 73, 11.
-- Comp. ati-, m. 1. a very severe penance, described Man. 11, 213. 2. na atikṛcchrāt, easily, MBh. 1, 1442. kṛcchrātikṛcchra, i. e. kṛcchra -ati-, m. 1. du. a common and a very severe penance, Man. 11, 208. 2. a particular penance, Yājñ. 3, 321. artha-kṛcchra, n. a difficult question, Nal. 15, 3. tapta-, m. and n. a kind of penance, Man. 11, 214. dharma-, a moral difficulty, a situation in which it is difficult to act rightly, Nal. 24, 18. parṇa-, m. a kind of penance. prāṇa-, danger of life. saumya-, n. a kind of penance.
† kṛḍ, v. r. of kūḍ.
† kṛṇv, ii. 5 (base of the pres. kṛṇu), Par.
1. To do (see 1. kṛ ii. 5, ved.).
2. To injure (see 2. kṛ10).
1. kṛt, i. 6, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 17212; and i. 1, MBh. 3, 11383), base of the pres., etc., kṛnta.
1. To cut, MBh. 1, 3641.
2. To cut off, Rām. 3, 75, 4.
3. To cut down, Pañc. 250, 6.
4. To cut out, Man. 4, 172; to extract, Man. 8, 12.
5. To kill, MBh. 1, 5593. -- Caus. To cut, Pañc. 143, 13.
-- With the prepositions samadhi sam-adhi, To cut in addition, MBh. 3, 13294.
-- With anu anu, To cut one by one, MBh. 13, 2906.
-- With ava ava,
1. To cut off, Suśr. 2, 237, 15.
2. To destroy, MBh. 1, 6810. -- Caus. To order a gash to be made on, Man. 8, 281.
-- With ud ud,
1. To cut out, 11, 104 (105).
2. To pull out, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 2.
3. To cut to pieces, Ragh. 12, 49.
-- With ni ni, To cut down, Rām. 3, 33, 36.
-- With vini vi-ni, To cut off, Rām. 3, 31, 48.
-- With nis nis,
1. To cut out, to separate, MBh. 3, 8846.
2. To cut down, 1, 2835.
-- With pari pari,
1. To cut wholly, Rām. 6, 39, 21.
2. To exclude, Man. 4, 219.
-- With pra pra, To cut to pieces, MBh. 3, 11383 (i. 1).
-- With vi vi,
1. To rend, Rām. 3, 56, 39.
2. To divide, Nal. 10, 17 (i. 1). Caus. To rend, Pañc. 91, 5.
-- With sam To cut in pieces, Rām. 3, 25, 6.
-- Cf. Lat. curtus; Goth. giltha, grinda-, dis-skreitan; [greek] in [greek] and kartrikā.
2. kṛt, ii. 7.
1. To spin, (ved.).
2. † To surround.
3. -kṛt, i. e. 1. kṛ + t, latter part of comp. adj.
1. Making, e. g. kṣetrakarmakṛt, i. e. kṣetra-karman-, m. A husbandman, Kathās. 20, 11; citra-, m. A painter, Kathās. 5, 28; janmakṛt, i. e. janman-, m. A father, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 7; dina- and divasa-, m. The sun, MBh. 3, 192; 7, 2935; su-kṛta-, Performing virtuous acts, Man. 3, 37.
2. Causing, sarva-bhūta-, Causing, or the cause of, all beings, Man. 1, 18; anta-, 1. adj. causing death, Rām. 3, 67, 19; 2. death, 5, 23, 17.
3. Agent of all actions signified by the vb. 1. kṛ, e. g. bahu-patnī-, Marrying many wives, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 34.
1. kṛ + ta + ka,
I. adj.
1. Adopted, MBh. 13, 2630.
2. Feigned, Pañc. 188, 5.
3. False, MBh. 13, 2607.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 47.
III. kam, acc. sing. n., adv. Feignedly, Śiś. 9, 83.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unwrought, MBh. 1, 7364. 2. plain, Ragh. 18, 51. putra-, adj. an adopted child, Śāk. d. 89.
I. f.
1. Making, Pañc. 91, 3.
2. Action, Bhāṣāp. 145.
3. A literary work, Mālav. 3, 13.
4. Hurt, Dev. 5, 11 (?).
II. m. and f. Proper names, MBh. 2, 320; Bhāg. P. 6, 18, 13.
-- Comp. cala-, adj. fickle, Pañc. 109, 12. duṣkṛti, i. e. dus-, m. a sinner, Man. 3, 230. su-, f. 1. kindness. 2. virtue. 3. the practice of religious austerities.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Wise, Bhartṛ. 2, 16.
2. Clever, MBh. 3, 8278.
3. Satisfied, Ragh. 3, 51.
II. m. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 5.
-- Comp. duṣkṛtin, i. e. dus-kṛta + in, m. a sinner, Man. 12, 16. su-, adj. 1. benevolent, 2. virtuous, pious. 3. fortunate. 4. wise, learned.
-- Cf. vāsas.
I. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of kṛ.
1. To be done or performed, Rām. 3, 60, 27.
2. Seducible, bribable, Rājat. 5, 247.
II. n.
1. Right, Pañc. i. d. 309.
2. Need, with instr., e. g. na me jīvitena kṛtyam, I do not want (or wish) to live, Mṛcch. 154, 3.
3. Duty, Man. 2, 237.
4. Service, Śāk. d. 193. guṇa-kṛtye niyojitā, is used to serve as a string, Kumāras. 4, 15.
5. Business, Rām. 3, 47, 15.
6. motive, Rām. 6, 33, 18.
III. f. yā.
1. Causing, Man. 11, 67.
2. Act, Man. 11, 125.
3. Charm, witchery, Man. 9, 290.
-- Comp. a-, n. wrong, Pañc. i. d. 309; 128, 12. abhyupetārtha-, i. e. abhi-upa-ita-artha-, adj. one who has undertaken to perform a business, Megh. 39. artha-, n. a useful act, Rām. 4, 38, 43. asat-, i. e. a-sant- (vb. 1. as), adj. one who has acted wickedly, Rājat. 5, 300. See ku-. Kṛta-,
I. n. 1. what has been done and what must be done. 2. fulfilled intention, MBh. 4, 882.
II. adj., f. yā, satisfied, Rām. 1, 1, 84. gṛha-, n. domestic affairs, Rājat. 5, 166. bhūti-, n. any ceremony of a festive character, as marriage, Man. 8, 393. śīghra-, adj., f. ya, what must be done quickly, Pañc. iii. d. 232.
I. adj., f. mā.
1. Factitious, the reverse of what is natural, Pañc. 110, 16.
2. Feigned, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 5 (cf. ārti).
3. Adopted, Man. 9, 169.
4. False, Yājñ. 2, 247.
II. m. An adopted son, Man. 9, 159.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Candid, Hit. i. d. 199.
1. Whole, Man. 1, 105.
2. All, Rām. 4, 43, 64.
1. To pity, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 40.
2. † To be weak.
-- Cf. krap.
I. adj., f. ṇā.
1. Miserable, Rām. 4, 21, 19.
2. Lamenting, Megh. 5.
3. Avaricious, Hit. i. d. 152.
II. n. Misery, MBh. 2, 2348.
III. ṇam, acc. sing. n., adv. Miserably, Pañc. iii. d. 183.
-- Comp. sa-kṛpaṇa, adj. miserable, Śāntiś. 4, 4.
-- Comp. sa-kṛpa + m, adv. compassionately, Śāntiś. 4, 19.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pity, MBh. 3, 329.
I. m. A worm, an insect in general, Man. 1, 40; Suśr. 2, 509, 11 sqq.
II. m. and f. Proper names, Hariv. 2002; 1675.
-- Cf. Lat. vermis; Goth. vaurms; [greek]
1. To become thin (ved.).
2. To make thin. -Caus. karśaya, To cause to become thin, Suśr. 2, 196, 6. karśita, Emaciated, Rām. 1, 54, 2.
-- With the prep. vi vi, Caus. To cause to become thin, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 25.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] Lat. gracilis.
1. Thin, emaciated, Suśr. 1, 53, 17.
2. Weak, Hit. i. d. 196; Man. 7, 208.
3. Poor, Man. 4, 184.
-- Comp. a-, adj. great, Kir. 5, 52. ati-, adj. very thin, Rām. 5, 10, 17.
1. A name of fire, Bhartṛ. 2, 67.
2. A proper name, Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21.
1. To draw, MBh. 1, 6468; Ragh. 9, 27 (an arrow to the ear).
2. To draw (a bow), Ragh. 5, 20.
3. To drag along, MBh. 1, 6001.
4. To lead, Chr. 54, 14 (Ātm.).
5. To bear, MBh. 13, 4580.
6. To tear, MBh. 1, 5992.
7. To allure, Lass. 85, 2.
8. To subdue, Man. 2, 215.
9. To attain, MBh. 3, 66.
10. i. 1, Par., and i. 6, Par., Ātm., To draw furrows, to plough, Rām. 3, 4, 12 (i. 1); Yājñ. 2, 150 (i. 6, kṛṣāṇa, anom. instead of kṛṣamāṇa).
11. To walk, MBh. 3, 16021. kṛṣṭa,
1. Drawn, Śāk. d. 131.
2. Ploughed, Pañc. i. d. 53.
-- Comp. indra-, adj. growing without culture, MBh. 2, 1831. phāla-, n. 1. tilled ground, Man. 4, 46. 2. produced by cultivation, 6, 16. -Absol. kṛṣya, instead of kṛṣṭvā, Chr. 40, 10. -- Caus. karṣaya,
1. To drag, Mṛcch. 16, 25.
2. To pluck out, MBh. 3, 2307.
3. To distress, Man. 2, 24.
4. To oppress, Man. 7, 111. -- All the following are inflected after i. 1: With the prep. anu anu, To drag after one's self Rām. 1, 54, 1 (Ātm.). -- Caus. anukarṣita, Occupied, MBh. 13, 7281.
-- With apa apa,
1. To draw away, MBh. 3, 10615; Rām. 6, 72, 68 (Ātm.).
2. To remove, Rām. 5, 71, 5.
3. To deduct, Suśr. 2, 40, 8.
4. To put aside, Nal. 17, 33.
5. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1909.
6. To humble, MBh. 13, 2186. apakṛṣṭa,
1. Lost, Nal. 9, 33.
2. Inferior, Man. 5, 163. -Causal, To remove, MBh. 1, 6205.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To drag away, Rām. 6, 88, 2.
2. To cast off, MBh. 1 5104.
3. To remove, Nal. 24, 41.
4. To atone, Man. 11, 210.
-- With abhi abhi, To subdue, MBh. 3, 15064.
-- With ava ava,
1. To draw away, Śāk. d. 173.
2. To cast off, MBh. 13, 5007 (reflective pass.).
3. To remove, MBh. 2, 207.
4. To draw down, Suśr. 2, 291, 1. avakṛṣta, Inferior, Man. 8, 177.
-- With vyava vi-ava, To alienate, MBh. 13, 1642.
-- With ā ā.
1. To draw near. Hit. i. d. 102.
2. To draw (a sword), Mṛcch. 132, 5; (a bow) Śāk. d. 54.
3. To draw on, Śāk. 5, 5.
4. To drag along, Śāk. d. 32.
5. To allure, Hit. 41, 14.
6. To cast off, MBh. 2, 2291.
7. To draw out, Lass. 22, 7.
8. To take from, Hit. pr. d. 8; to withdraw, Rājat. 5, 69. -- Caus. To draw near, Ṛt. 5, 11; to fetch, Pañc. 32, 17.
-- With apā apa-ā, To remove, Rām. 2, 17, 9.
-- With vyapā vi-apa-ā, To remove, MBh. 2, 2290.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To drag about, MBh. 18, 9.
-- With vyā
1. To cast off, Rām. 5, 54, 15.
2. To remove, Prab. 37, 7.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To drag near, MBh. 3, 10494; to fetch, Amar. 76.
2. To take out (with abl.), Pañc. 40, 16. -- Caus. To carry along, Pañc. 74, 23.
-- With ud ud,
1. To raise, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 10 (pass. to rise).
2. To take out, MBh. 1, 7869.
3. To cast off, MBh. 2, 1810.
4. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1635. utkṛṣṭa,
1. Excessive, Rām. 3, 41, 5.
2. Superior, Man. 5, 163.
3. Distinguished, Man. 3, 132.
-- With samud sam-ud, To raise, MBh. 1, 3613.
-- With upa upa, To draw near, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 22.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To draw near, Rām. 2, 89, 10.
-- With ni ni, To sink into (a river), MBh. 1, 3616. nikṛṣṭa, Low, base, MBh. 1, 3067. n. Vicinity, Suśr. 1, 94, 4.
-- With saṃni sam-ni; saṃnikṛṣṭa, Near, Rām. 3, 21, 5. n. Vicinity, Śāk. 23, 23. °ṭam, adv. Near, Kumāras. 3, 2.
-- With nis nis,
1. To draw out, MBh. 3, 16763.
2. To tear, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 21; to dissolve, Rājat 6, 272. -- Caus. To destroy, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 19.
-- With parā parā,
1. To draw away, MBh. 2, 2227.
2. To blame, MBh. 13, 2102.
-- With pari pari,
1. To drag about, Rām. 2, 97, 30.
2. To carry about with one, MBh. 17, 104.
3. To lead, Rām. 6, 2, 28. -- Caus. To torment, Rām. 1, 8, 13.
-- With pra pra,
1. To drag away, MBh. 3, 12787.
2. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 1959.
3. To agitate, Rām. 5, 70, 11.
4. To lead, Rām. 6, 2, 44. prakṛṣṭa,
1. Long, Nal. 12, 111.
2. Well to do, Man. 7, 170.
3. Excellent, Pañc, 191, 16.
4. Violent, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 4.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To conquer, MBh. 1, 7197. viprakṛṣṭa, Distant, Pañc. 127, 17.
-- With vi vi,
1. To draw (a bow), Rām. 3, 34, 3; (an arrow) Rām. 6, 70, 39.
2. To drag about, Rām. 2, 78, 16.
3. To draw out, Bhartṛ. 1, 84 (to catch).
4. To withdraw, Rājat. 5, 90. vikṛṣṭa, Long, Rām. 2, 68, 21.
-- With sam sam, To drag along, Rām. 5, 63, 19.
-- Cf. Lat. ac-cerso.
1. Ploughing, Lass. 76, 18.
2. Agriculture, Man. 1, 90.
I. adj., f. ṇā.
1. Black, or dark blue, Rām. 3, 55, 5.
2. With or without pakṣa, m. The dark half of a month, from the full moon to that of the new moon, Man. 1, 66; 6, 20.
II. m.
1. kṛṣṇa, The most celebrated incarnation of Viṣṇu, MBh. 14, 1589.
2. The black antelope, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 20.
III. f. ṇā.
1. A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 184.
2. The name of several plants, Suśr. 1, 162, 16.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very black, Pañc. 104, 15.
1. kṛ10, i. 6, kira, Par.
1. To pour out, Amar. 11.
2. To cast, MBh. 14, 1898.
3. To cover, Rām. 5, 42, 10. kīrṇa,
1. Scattered, Rām. 5, 16, 17.
2. Dishevelled, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 15.
3. Covered, Pañc. i. d. 239.
-- With the prepositions vyati vi-ati, To scatter, MBh. 4, 830.
-- With anu anu, To cover, MBh. 1, 4340.
-- With apa apa, which forms also apaskira, Ātm. To rake (as a bird for pleasure), Uttararāmac. p. 31, 1.
-- With abhi abhi, To cover, MBh. 13, 2655.
-- With ava ava,
1. To diffuse, Man. 6, 48.
2. To cast off, MBh. 2, 2289.
3. To leave, MBh. 1, 3057.
4. To cover, Rām. 2, 43, 13. Ātm. and reflect. pass.,
1. To spread, MBh. 3, 12306.
2. To vanish, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 19.
-- With anvava anu-ava, To scatter about, Yājñ. 1, 230. Caus. To cause to be scattered about, MBh. 13, 4291 (read kārayet).
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To cover, Rām. 2, 33, 19.
-- With paryava pari-ava, To cover round about, MBh. 3, 13596.
-- With samava sam-ava, To cover, Bhāg. P. 8, 18, 10.
-- With ā ā, ākīrṇa,
1. Crowded, Arj. 6, 7.
2. Frequented, Man. 6, 51.
3. Confused, Rājat. 5, 321.
-- With apā apa-ā, To repudiate, MBh. 1, 2851.
-- With avā ava-ā, To cover, Rām. 2, 42, 14 Gorr. (Schl. v.r.).
-- With vyā vi-ā, vyākīrṇa, Dishevelled, Pañc. i. d. 207.
-- With samā sam-ā, To cover, Rām. 1, 6, 24.
-- With ud ud,
1. To throw up, Rām. 6, 90, 26.
2. To dig up, MBh. 1, 5813.
3. To engrave, Vikr. d. 43.
-- With samud sam-ud, To pierce, Ragh. 1, 4.
-- With upa upa, To cover, MBh. 3, 11886.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To cast down, Rām. 6, 8, 19.
2. To leave, Kumāras. 4, 6.
3. vinikīrṇa, Crowded, Rām. 4, 41, 33.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, saṃnikirṇa, Stretehed out, Megh. 87.
-- With parā parā, To leave, Rām. 4, 1369.
-- With pari pari,
1. To surround, MBh. 4, 585.
2. To deliver, Ragh. 18. 32.
-- With pra pra, To scatter, Rām. 2, 76, 15.
2. To spring up, Rām. 1, 9, 19.
3. Pass. (anom. kīryet, with the termination of the Par.), To vanish, MBh. 3, 14767. prakīrṇa,
1. Dishevelled, MBh. 3, 11755.
2. Squandered, Lass. 74, 17.
3. Public, MBh. 13, 6735.
-- With vipra vi-pra, viprakīrṇa,
1. Scattered, Rām. 5, 14, 53.
2. Dishevelled, MBh. 3, 401.
3. Extended, MBh. 3, 730.
-- With pratis pratis, instead of prati prati, To injure (cf. 2. kṛ10), Śiś. 1, 47.
-- With vi vi,
1. To scatter, Hit. 9, 14.
2. To cover, Man. 3, 234.
3. To blame, Rām. 2, 12, 73. vikīrṇa,
1. Dishevelled, Kumāras. 4, 4.
2. Split, Rām. 3, 34, 25.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To scatter, MBh. 4, 298.
-- With sam sam,
1. To mix, MBh. 13, 6232.
2. To confound, MBh. 3, 13736. saṃkīrṇa,
1. Crowded, MBh. 1, 7675.
2. Mixed, Man. 1, 116.
3. Impure, Yājñ. 3, 310.
-- Cf. kal, śakṛt; and Lat. cribrum, cerno, procerus; [greek]
† 2. kṛ10, also kṛ kṛ, ii. 5 and 9, Par., Ātm. To injure, to kill.
-- Cf. 1. kṛ10 with pratis.
† 3. kṛ10, i. 10, Ātm. To know (? v. r.).
1. To celebrate, Man. 3, 221.
2. To propound, Man. 10, 131.
3. To pronounce, Man. 2, 124.
4. To say, Man. 2, 203.
5. To call, Man. 10, 19. Anom. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. kīrtayāna, MBh. 13, 7661.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To mention, Rām. 1, 14, 22.
2. To repeat, Bhāg. P. 8, 4, 15.
3. To proclaim, MBh. 3, 13259.
4. To propound. MBh. 2, 994.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To tell, MBh. 14, 2066.
-- With ud ud, To glorify, Ragh. 10, 33.
-- With pari pari,
1. To proclaim, Man. 11, 122.
2. To propound, MBh. 13, 12802.
3. To glorify, MBh. 13, 7160.
4. To pronounce, Man. 1, 92.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To particularise, Suśr. 2, 268, 21.
-- With pra pra,
1. To propound, Man. 2, 95.
2. To call, Man. 2, 21.
3. To approve, Pañc. iv. d. 37.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To mention, MBh. 13, 4926.
2. To pronounce, Bhag. 18, 4.
-- With sam sam,
1. To celebrate, Man. 3, 221.
2. To proclaim, Rām. 4, 59, 3.
3. To mention, Chr. 13, 4.
1. To prosper, Man. 4, 15.
2. To be fit, to be qualified for; with the loc. Rām. 2, 62, 26 Gorr.; 5, 37, 30; with the dat. Man. 3, 266; to become qualified, Man. 7, 22; Megh. 56 (prāptaye, to attain).
3. To fall to one's lot, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 12.
4. To serve (with the dat.), Man. 8, 353.
5. To resolve upon, Pañc. 150, 24.
6. To create, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 25. klipta,
1. Well arranged, MBh. 3, 790.
2. Fixed, Man. 3, 69.
3. Made, Bhāg. P. 6, 10, 32.
-- Comp. kṣura-, adj, shaved, Kathās. 12, 168. -- Caus., kalpaya, Par., Ātm.
1. To put in suitable order. kalpita, Fixed in proportion, Yājñ. 2, 244. prathama-kalpita, put at the head, Man. 9, 166.
2. To make fit for something, MBh. 8, 9912.
3. To approve, Rām. 2, 61, 17.
4. To show, MBh. 1, 58.
6. To design, Rām. 2, 52, 100; to determine, Man. 7, 125; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 1.
7. To consider, Rām. 2, 23, 33.
8. To form, Ragh. 8, 46; Bhāg. P. 8, 9, 26; to make, Rām. 2, 98, 29; MBh. 1, 700 (vṛttim, To live on, with the instr.).
9. To create, Man. 5, 28; Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 42.
-- With the prep. anu anu, Caus., śraddhām, To give faith, Rām. 5, 56, 15. anukalpita, Accompanied, MBh. 13. 2150.
-- With samanu sam-anu, Caus., To assume, MBh. 3, 9964.
-- With abhi abhi, Caus., To arrange, Rām. 2, 54, 17.
-- With ava ava, To be fit (with the dat.), Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 18.
-- With upa upa,
1. To be suitable, Bhāg. P. 6, 18, 42.
2. To serve, Rām. 5, 25, 21. upakḷpta,
1. Prepared for use, Man. 8, 333; prepared, MBh. 1, 4098.
2. Produced, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 2. -- Caus.
1. To prepare, Rām. 1, 12, 29.
2. To fit out, MBh. 1, 4098.
3. To design for (with the dat.), Yājñ. 1, 109.
4. To place, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 5; 1, 9, 32.
5. To communicate, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 9.
-- With samupa sam-upa, Caus. To prepare, Rām. 2, 50, 29.
-- With pari pari, parikḷpta, Existing, MBh. 13, 2831. Caus.
1. To decide, Man. 12, 110.
2. To determine, MBh. 13, 2689.
3. To perform, Yājñ. 1, 346.
4. To make, Kathās. 15, 173; Man. 9, 152 (daśadhā, To distribute into ten parts).
5. To invite, MBh. 13, 1596.
-- With pra pra, prakḷpta, Prepared, Kathās. 18, 366. Caus.
1. To prepare, 3, 264.
2. To further, Rām. 2, 31, 24.
3. To allot, Man. 7, 135.
4. To establish, Man. 8, 46.
5. To design, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 20.
6. To make, Nal. 25, 5; Amar. 73 (aśru, To shed tears).
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To ordain, MBh. 3, 14110.
-- With vi vi,
1. To change, MBh. 3, 697.
2. To be doubtful, Pañc. i. d. 385; to doubt, Pañc. i. d. 87. Caus.
1. To prepare in a different way, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 38.
2. To devise, Śāk. d. 51.
3. To doubt, Prab. 106, 7.
4. To presume, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
-- With sam sam, To desire; a-saṃkḷpta, Not desired, MBh. 14, 1277. Caus.
1. To desire, Man. 2, 5.
2. To determine, MBh. 14, 4349.
3. To fancy, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 1.
4. To perform obsequies, Rām. 2, 72, 53.
-- With upasam upa-sam, upasaṃkḷpta, Put on, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 54. Caus. To place, MBh. 16. 199.
-- Cf. Lat. corpus.
-- Comp. yathā-kḷpti, adv. in a suitable way, Rām. 2, 80, 15.
I. m.
1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 356.
2. Their prince, Rām. 2, 35, 21.
II. f. yī, One of the wives of Daśaratha, Rām. 2, 70, 20.
1. Desire (ved.).
2. An abode, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 12.
3. An image, 1, 16, 34.
1. Invitation, Man. 4, 110.
2. An abode, MBh. 3, 13396.
3. A place, Kathās. 26, 44.
4. A sign, MBh. 14, 2430.
-- Comp. kapi-, m. a name of Arjuna (having as sign a monkey), MBh. 14, 2457. jhaṣa-, makara-, and mīna- (having as sign a fish), m. the god of love, Bhartṛ. 1, 64.
1. A sign by which an object may be recognised, Chr. 289, 3 = Rigv. i. 50, 3; Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1; Rām. 2, 54, 5.
2. A banner, MBh. 4, 2068.
3. Chief, Rām. 4, 28, 18.
4. A meteor, Man. 1, 38.
5. The mythological name of the descending node, represented as a headless demon, Rām. 3, 35, 52.
-- Comp. agni-, m. the name of a Rākṣasa. tāla-, m. (having as banner the palmyra tree), epithet of Bhīṣma, MBh. 5, 5081. dhūma-, m. 1. fire, MBh. 1, 4162. 2. a meteor, MBh. 6, 80. dhṛṣṭa-, m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 231. makara-, m. the god of love.
-- Cf. Goth. haidus; A.S. had.
1. The name of a Dānava, or demon, MBh. 1, 2532.
2. The name of a palace, Hariv. 8989
-- Comp. eka-, adj. having the same fields, Man. 9, 38.
† kep, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To tremble.
2. To go.
-- Cf. kamp and gep.
1. pl. The name of a people, Rām. 2, 82, 7.
2. Their king, MBh. 3, 15250.
† kel, i. 1, Par.
1. To shake.
2. To go.
1. Amorous sport, Man. 8, 357.
2. Sport, Gīt. 7, 11.
-- Comp. vāta-, m. 1. Whisper. 2. the marks of finger nails on the lover's person. hemak°, i. e. heman-, m. fire.
† kev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
-- Cf. khev, sev.
I. adj., f. lā (ved. lī).
1. Exclusively proper; vīkṣasva yad rūpaṃ mama kevalam, Look what shape is proper only to me, Rām. 5, 35, 52; Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 26.
2. Mere, Man. 2, 199; nothing but, 3, 118.
3. Alone, only, Pañc. v. d. 12.
4. United, i. e. entire, MBh. 13, 2686; whole, 4, 1485; all, Man. 2, 95.
II. lam, adv.
1. Only, Pañc. 31, 7.
2. Entirely (?), Rām. 2, 87, 23; na kevalam -- api, Not only, but also, Rājat. 5, 443.
III. n. The knowledge of the unity of all the universe.
IV. m. The name of a prince. Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 30.
V. f. lī, The name of a locality, MBh. 3, 15245.
1. Hair, Hit. i. d. 102.
2. A lion's mane, Sch. ad Śāk. 6. -Comp. adj. end in the fem. in śā or śī. Añjana-, adj., f. śī, having manes as smooth as ointment, MBh. 1, 8008. bhūta-, m., and f. śī, root of sweet flag. miśra-keśī, f. an Apsaras. mukta- (vb. muc), adj., f. śī, one whose hair is loose, Man. 7, 91; MBh. 1, 782. muñja-, m. Viṣṇu. vi-,
I. adj., f. śī, bald. II. f. śī, a small braid or dress of hair, tied up severally and then collected into the larger braid. vyomak°, i. e. vyoman-, m. Śiva. vi-kīrṇa- (vb. kṛ10), and vi-galita-, adj., fem. śā, with dishevelled hair, Kumāras. 5, 68. śukla-, adj. hoary-haired. su-, adj., f. śī, having beautiful hair, Rām. 3, 52, 35.
I. n. A lion's or horse's mane, Pañc. i. d. 207.
II. m. and n. The filament of a lotus, or of any vegetable, Śiś. 9, 47. (with s).
III. m. The name of several plants, Mesua ferrea, Mimusops elengi, Bottleria tinctoria; their flower, n., Rām. 2, 96, 6.
-- Comp. karāla-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 214, 13. nāga-, m. a tree, Mesua Roxburghii, Wight. Rām. 6, 96, 7.
I. adj., f. iṇi, Having a mane, MBh. 1, 8286.
II. m.
1. A lion, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
2. A proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 26.
-- Comp. puruṣa-, m. a name of Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation (half man, half lion).
1. A name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 45, 31.
2. A proper name, Pañc. iii. d. 270.
-- Comp. go-pāla-, m. the name of an idol of Kṛṣṇa set up by Gopālavarman, Rājat. 5, 243.
I. m. The name of an Asura or demon, etc., MBh. 1, 2531; Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 47.
II. f. inī, The name of an Apsaras, etc., MBh. 1, 2558; Rām. 1, 39, 3.
-- Comp. dhāmakeśin, i. e. dhāman-keśa + in, adj. having rays instead of hair, MBh. 3, 193. muñja-, m. Viṣṇu.
I. m.
1. A descendant of Kekaya, a king of the Kekayas, MBh. 3, 462.
2. pl. The people of the Kekayas, Rām. 4, 43, 11.
II. f. yī, One of the wives of Daśaratha, Rām. 1, 1, 24.
I. n.
1. A stake, MBh. 2, 2163.
2. Gambling, Nal. 26, 10.
3. Deceit, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
II. m. Patron. designation of Ulūka, MBh. 1, 7002.
I. adj. Referring to the Kirātas, MBh. 1, 320.
II. m. A prince of the Kirātas, MBh. 2, 1869.
1. A fisherman, Man. 8, 260.
2. A mixed tribe; the son of a Niṣāda by an Āyogavī woman, Man. 10, 34.
1. Complete absorption in the thought of the universal unity, absolute happiness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 13; MBh. 13, 1073.
2. Totality, Bhāg. P. 3. 11, 2.
1. A wolf, Rām. 5, 26, 9.
2. The cuckoo (ved.).
3. The ruddy goose, Gīt. 5, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. cuculus.
I. n. The red lotus, Gīt. 10, 5.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1026.
1. The Indian cuckoo, Rām. 2, 52, 2. f. lā, The female cuckoo, Bhartṛ. 1, 34.
2. A kind of mouse, Suśr. 2, 274, 4.
3. A poisonous insect. Suśr. 2, 288, 7.
-- Comp. puṃs-, m. the male cuckoo, Ṛt. 6, 14.
1. The hollow of a tree, Pañc. 104, 7.
2. A cavity, Rājat. 5, 439.
and ṭī koṭi/ī, i. e. kuṭ + i, f.
1. A point, Pañc. 120, 23.
2. Eminence, MBh. 3, 542 (pramāṇa-koṭī, extraordinary tallness).
3. Ten millions, Man. 6, 63.
1. A worm, Jaṭādh. in ŚKD.; f. kā, mānuṣa-koṭikā, A worm-like woman, Pañc. 44, 25.
2. A kind of frog, Suśr. 2, 290, 7.
3. A proper name, MBh. 3, 15586.
1. A corner, Pañc. 258, 8.
2. An angle, MBh. 14, 2035.
3. An instrument for sounding a lute, Rām. 2, 71, 26.
-- Comp. sūtra-, m. A kind of drum.
1. Putrefaction, Suśr. 1, 41, 19.
2. Gangrene, Suśr. 1, 92, 4.
1. Morbose excitement, Suśr. 1, 5, 8.
2. Wrath, Pañc. i. d. 139. kopaṃ kṛ, To be angry, Pañc. 162, 25.
-- Comp. antaḥkopa, i. e. antar-, m. inward anger. krīḍā-, m. feigned anger, Amar. 12. mithyā-, m. feigned anger, Lass. 9, 11. mṛga-, m. rage at animals, Pañc. 56, 2. sa-kopa, adj., f. pā, enraged, Pañc. iii. d. 27. sa-kopa + m, adv. angrily, Pañc. 38, 11.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Passionate, wrathful, Rām. 1, 34, 22.
2. Irritating, Suśr. 1, 177, 15.
II. m. The name of an Asura or demon, Hariv. 2284.
III. n.
1. Excitement, MBh. 14, 466.
2. Provocation, MBh. 13, 2426.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not inclined to wrath, Lass. 40, 9.
1. Wrathful, Rām. 3, 16, 29.
2. When latter part of a comp. word, Irritating, Suśr. 1, 199, 15.
1. A flexible joint (as of the fingers).
2. A bud.
I. m.
1. A hog, Yājñ. 3, 273.
2. A kind of weapon, Dev. 1, 4; 5(?).
II. n. The fruit of the jujube, Zizyphus jujuba, Suśr. 1, 25, 6.
I. m. n.
1. A great and confused noise, Rām. 6, 8, 45.
2. Screaming, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13.
3. A shout, Rājat. 5, 361.
II. m. The name of a mountain, MBh. 1, 2367 sqq.
1. A coop, denoting a cloud (ved.), Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2; Chr. 297, 11 = i. 112, 11.
2. A sheath, Rām. 3, 18, 39 (with ṣ).
3. A bud, Ragh. 13, 29.
4. A shell, Mārk. P. 11, 6.
5. The womb, Suśr. 1, 120, 12.
6. A testicle, Suśr. 1, 290, 4.
7. An egg. Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 16.
8. An abode, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 22; Bhāg. P. 1, 34.
9. A store-room, Rām. 2, 63, 7; a treasury, Man. 8, 38; 1, 99.
10. Treasure, Nal. 26, 19.
11. A cocoon, Yājñ. 3, 147.
12. As latter part of comp. words, A ball, e. g. netra-, The eyebal, Rām. 3, 79, 28.
13. A sacred draught, employed in a judicial trial by ordeal, Yājñ. 2, 95.
14. Oath, Rājat. 5, 325.
15. A kind of bandage, Suśr. 1, 65, 17.
-- Comp. a-koṣa, adj. unsheathed, MBh. 4, 321. annamaya-, m. the gross body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 12. jātī-, n. and m. nutmeg, Suśr. 1, 215, 5. dharma-, m. the treasury of duties, Man. 1, 99. madhu-, m. the honeycomb or hive. vi-, adj. unsheathed, Nal. 10, 18. viṣāṇa-koṣa, m. the hollow of a horn.
1. A maker of sheaths, etc., Rām. 4, 40, 26.
2. The silk-worm, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 52.
3. A kind of sugar cane, Suśr. 1, 187, 6.
I. adj., f. vati, Wealthy, MBh. 1, 5808.
II. vatī, f. A certain plant, Suśr. 2, 107, 12.
I. m. The stomach, MBh. 14, 570.
II. m. and n.
1. A granary.
2. A store-room, MBh. 2, 201.
III. n. A wall, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 56.
I. m. The name of a country and its inhabitants, Rām. 1, 5, 5; MBh. 6, 347.
II. f. lā, A name of its capital, Ayodhyā, MBh. 3, 8152.
1. Crispness (as of hair), Pañc. i. d. 205.
2. Deceitfulness, Pañc. 99, 9.
I. adj. Constituting a family, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 3.
II. m. The father of a family, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 12.
1. A Rākṣasa or demon (devouring corpses), MBh. 1, 6450.
2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 2147.
1. Eagerness, Rājat. 5, 359; desire, Pañc. 128, 18.
2. Pleasure, Lass. 43, 11.
3. Happiness, Pañc. iv. d. 35.
4. An interesting spectacle, Kathās. 6, 65.
5. A festival, Bhartṛ. 3, 15; Mālav. 64, 6.
6. Marriage, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 13.
7. The marriage string. Daśak. in Chr. 201, 4.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, n. feigned curiosity, Kathās. 18, 135. vi-, adj. incurious, indifferent.
1. Eagerness, Nal. 1, 16.
2. Curiosity, Rām. 3, 15, 8; 1, 1, 7.
3. Desire, Sāv. 4, 26
1. adj. Used by Kutsa, Man. 11, 249.
2. patron. MBh. 13, 6270.
1. The pudenda, MBh. 1, 3638.
2. A cloth worn over them, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 3.
I. adj., f. rī,
1. Referring to abstinence, MBh. 3, 8527.
2. Married as virgin ([greek]), Rām. 2, 30, 8.
3. Referring to the god of war, MBh. 3, 4086.
II. f. rī, The energy of the god of war, one of the seven mothers, Dev. 8, 16.
III. n.
1. Childhood, Man. 9, 3.
2. Chastity, MBh. 13, 5853.
I. m. The month Kārttika, Oct.-Nov., MBh. 13, 3370.
II. f. dī,
1. Moonlight, Bhartṛ. 1, 38.
2. The day of full moon in the month Kārttika, MBh. 13, 6132.
1. Belonging to the Kurus, Megh. 49; consisting of Kurus, MBh. 1, 5457.
2. patron. A descendant of Kuru, Nal. 14, 26; MBh. 1, 5457.
-- Comp. When latter part of an adj. the fem. ends in vā, Niṣkaurava, i. e. nis-, adj., f. vā, deprived of Kauravas, MBh. 1, 7961.
I. m.
1. A descendant of Kuru, MBh. 14, 2521.
2. The name of a Nāga or serpent, MBh. 1, 5558.
II. adj. Belonging to the Kurus, MBh. 14, 2484.
1. A weaver, Pañc, 35, 15.
2. A heretic, Pañc. iv. d. 12.
I. adj., f. nā, Peculiar to high birth, Rām. 5, 87, 12.
II. n. Gossip, Śāk. 79, 12; rumour, Megh. 111.
1. kuśa + a, adj., f. śī, Made of Kuśa grass, MBh. 3, 10036.
2. kośa + a, adj. Silken, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 7.
1. Well-being, MBh. 4, 486.
2. Prosperity, prosperous event, Rām. 6, 86, 43.
3. Cleverness, Bhag. 2, 50.
1. kauśika, i. e. kuśika + a,
I. adj. and patronym. Descending from Kuśika, MBh. 13, 2719; Rām. 1, 35, 20.
II. m. An owl, Pañc. 157, 21.
III. f. kī,
1. The name of a river, Rām. 4, 40, 19.
2. A proper name, Mālav. 12, 4.
2. kauśika, i. e. kośā + ika,
I. adj.
1. Sheathed, MBh. 3, 11461.
2. Silken, MBh. 3, 1002.
II. n. Silken cloth, MBh. 13, 5602.
I. adj. Silken, Rām. 2, 32, 16.
II. n. Silken stuff, Man. 5, 120.
I. adj. Belonging to the Kosalas, Bhāg. P. 6, 15, 15.
II. yā, f. The mother of Rāma, Rām. 1, 1, 17.
-- Comp. sa-kirīṭa-kaustubha, adj. with a diadem and the jewel of Viṣṇu, Pañc. 44, 15.
† knaṃs, i. 1, and 10, Par. To speak or to shine (? v. r.)
† knath, i. 1, Par. To hurt, to kill.
† knas, i. 4, Par.
1. To be crooked.
2. To shine.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
† knū, or knu knu, ii. 9, Par. and Ātm. To sound.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
1. To be wet.
2. † To sound.
3. † To stink. -Caus. knopaya, To make wet, Śiś. 10, 49.
† kmar, i. 1, Par. To be crooked.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] etc.; Lat. camera.
1. Power (ved.), Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
2. Sacrifice, Man. 7, 79.
3. The name of one of the seven Ṛṣis, Man. 1, 35.
-- Comp. vara-, m. Indra. śata-,
I. adj. honoured by a hundred sacrifices ([greek]), Chr. 298, 23 = Rigv. i. 112, 23.
II. m. a name of Indra, Pañc. i. d.; 88.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; Gradivus, Goth. hardu (a, not tn, on account of the aff. tu being based on tva).
† krath, i. 1 and 10, To kill, to hurt. i. 10, To amuse.
1. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 585.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2697.
3. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 1, 2665.
I. n. Slaughter, Prab. 5, 10.
II. m. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 1, 1488; a monkey, Rām. 4, 63, 4, etc.
1. To roar (ved.).
2. To cry miserably, MBh. 1, 6201.
3. To implore, Mārk. P. 15, 68. -- Caus. To cause to cry, Suśr. 2, 382, 13; cf. kad.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To implore, MBh. 3, 11461.
2. To cry miserably, MBh. 3, 2388. ā-krandita, n. Crying, Vikr. 5, 5. Caus. To cause to cry, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 38.
-- With samā sam-ā, To cry miserably, MBh. 15, 1073.
-- With vi vi, vi-krandita, n. Lamenting, Rām. 2, 59, 30.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] (for [greek]), [greek]
1. To compassionate; ved. to desire, and base of the pres. kṛp.
2. † To go.
1. To step, to walk, Rām. 5, 1, 45.
2. To step through, MBh. 3, 485.
3. To go to (with acc.), Rām. 4, 8, 4.
4. To attain, Ragh. 14, 17.
5. To undertake, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 23.
6. To commit, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 2.
7. Ātm. To succeed, Rām. 4, 44, 121.
8. Ātm. To prevail, MBh. 13, 3918.
9. To overtop, Ragh. 1, 14. krānta, n. A step, Man. 12, 121. Frequent. caṅkram and caṅkramya,
1. To roam, MBh. 5, 707; to go astray, MBh. 1, 716; anomal. ptcple. of the pres. caṅkramamāṇa, MBh. 1, 7917.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To cross, Rām. 3, 60, 18; Man. 5, 76; absol. atikramya, Beyond, Rām. 4, 40, 34.
2. To escape, Rām. 2, 9, 24.
3. To let pass away, Rām. 6, 88, 20.
4. To surpass, Man. 8, 151; MBh. 14, 86.
5. To supersede, MBh. 14, 1810.
6. To respass, Rām. 2, 9, 22.
7. To neglect, Man. 9, 78.
8. To withdraw, Rām. 1, 9, 11.
9. To become deprived (with abl.), Man. 9, 93. atikrānta,
1. Passed, Pañc. i. d. 378.
2. Excessive, MBh. 3, 657. dan-atikrānta, adj. Not exceeded, Rājat. 5, 228. an-atikramaṇīya, adj. Unavoidable, Hit. iv. d. 72. Caus. ati-kramaya,
1. To let pass away, Rām. 4, 26, 24.
2. To disregard, Rām. 6, 16, 67.
-- With atyati ati-ati, To compress (in sexual intercourse), MBh. 1, 4883.
-- With abhyati abhi-ati,
1. To pass, Rām. 2, 70, 26.
2. To avoid, MBh. 14, 1551.
3. To trespass, MBh. 1, 199.
-- With vyati vi-ati,
1. To pass, Rām. 2, 14, 29.
2. To stride through, MBh. 13, 4897.
3. To trespass, Pañc. i. d. 65.
4. To pass away, Rām. 1, 63, 9.
5. To surpass, Rām. 5, 43, 5. vyatikrānta, n. Fault, Rām. 5, 84, 11.
-- With samati
1. To pass, MBh. 3, 2851; Lass. 10, 1.
2. To step out, Rām. 6, 31, 2.
3. To let pass away, Rām. 5, 56, 79 (absol. samatikramya, After).
4. To disregard, Rām. 2, 30, 33.
5. To lose, MBh. 1, 7786.
-- With adhi adhi, To ascend to, MBh. 3, 1777.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, MBh. 3, 356.
2. To particularise, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 45.
3. To make a table of contents, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 8. anukrānta,
1. Followed, Rām. 5, 47, 6.
2. Following, Rām. 2, 30, 41.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pass completely, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 35.
-- With apa apa,
1. To go away, MBh. 1, 177.
2. To leave (with abl.), Rām. 4, 30, 21.
3. To pass away, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 33.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To withdraw, Rām. 2, 87, 21.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To approach, MBh. 3, 8613.
2. To enter, Rām. 4, 47, 3.
3. To set out, Rām. 1, 77, 18.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To approach, MBh. 3, 2389.
-- With ava ava, To withdraw, Mṛcch. (Calc. ed.) 210, 21.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, Bhartṛ. 1, 69.
2. To step on, Man. 4, 130.
3. To step in, Rām. 5, 81, 22.
4. To begin, Rām. 3, 4, 5.
5. To seize, MBh. 1, 5936.
6. To conquer, Mārk. P. 18, 26.
7. To repose on, Rām. 1, 57, 28.
8. Ātm., To rise, Ragh. 5, 71; to ascend, MBh. 1, 4076. ā-krānta,
1. Burdened, Mṛcch. 115, 5.
2. Full of, Bhartṛ. 3, 9; abounding with, Man. 4, 61. -- Causal, To cause to step in, Kumāras. 6, 52.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā,
1. To assault, MBh. 3, 13827.
2. To occupy, Śāk. d. 47.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To visit one by one, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 17.
-- With apā apa-ā, To withdraw, MBh. 13, 3717.
-- With upā upa-ā, To assail, MBh. 3, 11123.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To attain, Rām. 1, 41, 21.
-- With nirā nis-ā, To step out, MBh. 1, 4292.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To step on, MBh. 1, 355.
2. To assail, Pañc. iii. d. 18.
3. To occupy, Ragh. 4, 4. samākrānta,
1. Burdened, Rām. 4, 15, 25; filled, Rām. 5, 20, 2.
2. Performed, Rām. 1, 44, 54.
3. Captive, Kathās. 10, 193.
-- With ud ud,
1. To step out, Rām. 3, 9, 35.
2. To leave, MBh. 13, 1828.
3. To omit, MBh. 14, 1812.
4. To neglect, MBh. 3, 1180. utkrānta, Left, Kathās. 4, 2. utkramaṇīya, What ought to be removed, MBh. 3, 8226.
-- With atyud ati-ud, To excel, MBh. 13, 1628.
-- With vyud vi-ud,
1. To leave, MBh. 14, 1319.
2. To neglect, MBh. 13, 4768.
-- With samud sam-ud, To neglect, MBh. 1, 4835.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 6787.
2. To assail, MBh. 13, 6716.
3. To walk, Rām. 5, 1, 46.
4. To treat, MBh. 2, 678. upāyopakrānta, adj. Treated with (the suitable) means, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 11; cf. 198, 1 (tortured).
5. To physic, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 13; to cure, Suśr. 1, 31, 1.
6. To seize, MBh. 3, 14984.
7. To perform, Yājñ. 3, 200.
8. To dispose, MBh. 1, 4131.
9. To begin Rām. 2, 103, 6.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To approach, Rām. 2, 78, 14.
2. To begin, MBh. 13, 4222.
-- With nis nis, To go forth, to leave, MBh. 1, 4445; in dramatic language, Exit, exeunt, Śāk. 4, 20. -- Caus.
1. To cause to step out or to leave, Rām. 4, 9, 24.
2. To deliver, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 7.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis,
1. To step out and near, Rām. 4, 25, 21.
2. To leave (with abl.), Man. 6, 41.
-- With upanis upa-nis, To leave (with abl.), MBh. 2, 1070.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To step out, MBh. 3, 10273.
-- With parā parā,
1. To turn, MBh. 3, 15772.
2. To put forth one's strength, Man. 7, 106; with parasparam, To rival each other, Chr. 25, 59.
-- With pari pari,
1. To walk about, MBh. 3, 13878.
2. To walk round (with acc.), Rām. 1, 73, 36.
3. To walk through, Bhāg. P. 6, 13, 30.
4. To overtake, Rām. 5, 3, 42. parikrānta, n. Trace, Rām. 3, 68, 46.
-- Comp. tri-, m. epitheton of a true Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6455 (perhaps: Who has been thrice victorious, viz. in tapas, dama, and niyama; cf. MBh. 12, 13566 and 13567). Frequent. pari-caṅkram, To turn round continually, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 3.
-- With anupari anu-pari,
1. To visit one after another, MBh. 3, 10414.
2. To visit in due order, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30.
3. To survey one after another, Man. 7, 123.
-- With vipari vi-pari in viparikrānta, Powerful, Rām. 4, 22, 16.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To walk round (with acc.), Pañc. iii. d. 172; to visit, MBh. 1, 12.
-- With pra pra,
1. To walk on, Suśr. 1, 256, 14.
2. To pass, Rām. 5, 3, 73.
3. Ātm., To act, MBh. 13, 5573.
4. Ātm., To begin, Rām. 5, 1, 34; in epic poetry also Par., Dev. 2, 48. prakrānta, n. The outset of a journey, Yājñ. 2, 198.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Ātm., To begin, Rām. 6, 91, 10.
-- With prati prati, To return, MBh. 3, 15689.
-- With vi vi,
1. Ātm., To walk along, Rām. 4, 58, 24; also Par., Rām. 2, 25, 33.
2. Ātm., To walk through, Rām. 5, 2, 40.
3. Ātm., To enter, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 20.
4. Ātm., To proceed, MBh. 2, 196.
5. To assail, Rām. 6, 100, 8.
6. To overcome, MBh. 3, 1611 (akramat); Ātm., Pañc. 79, 2. vikrānta,
1. Courageous, Rām. 3, 4, 31.
2. Preeminent, MBh. 14, 69. m.
1. A hero
2. A lion. n.
1. Gait, Rām. 3, 25, 13.
2. Valour.
-- Comp. bhīma-, m. a lion. su-,
I. m. a hero.
II. n. heroism.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, To come forth, MBh. 1, 3244.
-- With sam sam,
1. To walk along, MBh. 3, 1755 (saṃkraman).
2. To walk through, Rām. 3, 76, 5.
3. To turn to, Rām. 2, 96, 25. Caus. sam-kramaya and sam-krāmaya,
1. To lead, Ragh. 13, 3.
2. To transfer, MBh. 1, 3462.
3. To ascribe (with loc.), Mṛcch. 131, 2.
4. To conquer, Rām. 6, 1, 41.
5. To agree, Chr. 58, 8, Ātm.
-- With upasam upa-sam, To approach, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 19.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To cease, Ātm., Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 9. Caus. krāmaya, To cause to return, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 50.
-- Cf. kratu, [greek] for [greek] denomin., [greek] etc., [greek]- [greek] (cf. ved. krāvan, i. e. kram + van), [greek] for [greek] denomin., [greek] for [greek] etc.; [greek] for [greek] denom. from [greek] for [greek] + tvan, [greek] etc., [greek] etc.; Lat. gradus, based on gram + tva, gradior, etc.; Goth. hramjan, hlamma, haldan, grids; O.H.G. scrītan; A. S. scrīdhan.
1. A step, MBh. 3, 11178.
2. A foot, MBh. 3, 14316.
3. A posture for assailing, Pañc. 197, 24; a bound, 229, 20.
4. Strength, see comp.
5. Regular order, Man. 8, 24; succession, Pañc. i. d. 83.
6. Course, Pañc. iii. d. 240
7. Method, Hit. 68, 21.
8. Way, Rām. 2, 26, 20.
9. A sacred precept, Mārk. P. 23, 112.
10. Intention, Kathās. 18, 380; Hit. 39, 5.
11. instr. krameṇa, a. By degrees, Pañc. 209, 24; b. In order, Man. 2, 173; c. Afterwards, Pañc. 221, 9.
12. abl. kramāt, In order, Man. 10, 28.
13. The name of a country = Kramavattu, Rājat. 5, 87.
-- Comp. a-, m. an unsuitable method, Bhartṛ. 1, 28. kāla-, m. destiny, Pañc. iii. d. 240. madhu-, m. 1. tippling. 2. the honeycomb. yathā-krama + m, adv. in due order, Man. 3, 2. śaikṣya-guṇa-krama, adj. possessing practice, talent, and strength, MBh. 1, 7023. samākṣarapadakrama, i. e. sama-akṣara-pada-krama, adj. containing a succession of (metrical) feet of the same number of syllables, Rām. 1, 3, 58 Gorr.
1. Walking, Mṛcch. 50, 15.
2. Passing, MBh. 3, 16254.
1. By degrees, Pañc. ii. d. 37.
2. In order, Man. 1, 68.
1. Purchase, Man. 8, 201.
2. Purchased obiects, 8, 209.
-- Cf. [greek] base [greek] Lat. caro, base caron; Goth. hraiv.
-- Cf. also krūra.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not carnivorous, Yājñ. 3, 272.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not carnivorous, Man. 11, 137.
1. Performance, Man. 9, 298.
2. Action, Pañc. 63, 9; an act, Yājñ. 2, 23.
3. Use, Pañc. i. d. 430.
4. Business, Man. 8, 154.
5. A literary work, Vikr. d. 2.
6. Physical treatment, Suśr. 1, 5, 10.
7. An act of piety, Man. 2, 80.
8. A religious ceremony, Man. 5, 84.
9. Obsequies, Rām. 6, 96, 10.
10. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2578.
-- Comp. agni-, f. a religious act performed by means of fire, as burning of a corpse. atithi-, f. hospitality, Rām. 1, 25, 19. udaka-, f. pouring water in honour of a deceased one, Man. 5, 69. kṛta-kriya, adj. one who has performed a religious ceremony, e. g. the funeral rites, Man. 5, 99. kautuka-kriyā, f. the nuptial ceremonies, Ragh. 11, 53. citra-, f. painting, MBh. 4, 1360. jala- = udaka-, Rām. 1, 42, 15. dāra-, f. marriage, Chr. 3, 8. dharma-, f. observance of duties, Man. 12, 31. niṣkriya, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. inactive, Bhāṣāp. 85. 2. one who does not perform his religious duties, Man. 11, 18. nirahaṃkriyā, i. e. nis-aham-,
I. f. want of selfishness, Bhāg. P. 3, 29, 18.
II. -kriya, adj. impersonal, 3, 27, 14. laghu-, f. a trifle, bahvārambhe laghukriyā, Much ado about nothing, Cāṇ. 91, in Montasber. Berl. Ak. Hist. Phil. 1864, 413. vaśa-, f. 1. subduing by drugs, charms, etc. 2. The drugs, etc., so used. vikarmakriyā, i. e. vikarman-, f. 1. vicious conduct, Man. 9, 226. 2. illegal act. sa-kriya, adj. one who observes his religious duties, Lass. 42, 2. hīna- (vb. hā), adj. one who neglects his religious duties, Man. 3, 7.
1. One who performs actions, Hit. i. d. 162.
2. One who performs his religious duties, Rām. 2, 106, 10.
-- Comp. turaga-kriyā + vant, adj. skilful in managing horses, Lass. 70, 9.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To buy, Daśak. 80, 4.
-- With upa upa, To buy, Hit. 115, 3.
-- With pari pari, To hire, MBh. 1, 4672.
-- With vi vi, To sell, Man. 10, 90. vikrīta, n. Sale, Man. 8, 165. -Desider. vi-cikrīṣa, Atm. To desire to sell, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 6.
-- With sam sam, To buy, MBh. 1, 6219.
-- With the prepositions samā sam-ā, To play, MBh. 13, 659.
-- With upa upa, To surround playing (with acc.), MBh. 13, 3832.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. To play, MBh. 3, 14882.
-- With vi vi,
1. To play, MBh. 3, 11099.
2. To act as if jesting, Rām. 3, 569.
3. To treat like a plaything, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 37.
-- With sam sam, Ātm. To play. Rām. 1, 9. 14; Par., MBh. 1, 7651.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To jest, to indulge in amusements, Rām. 4, 30, 16.
-- Comp. udaka-, n. playing in the water, MBh. 1, 4996.
1. Play, Rām. 3, 39, 17; jest, Gīt. 9, 10.
2. Amusement, Rājat. 5, 338.
-- Comp. jala-, f. playing in the water, Pañc. 53, 1. toya-, f. playing in the water, Megh. 34. vapra f. butting at a bank or hillock as or an elephant or bull.
† kruñc, i. 1, Par.
1. To be crooked
2. To curve.
3. To move crookedly.
4. To become small.
5. To make small.
-- Cf. perhaps O.H.G. kriuchan.
† kruḍ, i. 6, Par. To sink.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To be enraged at (with acc.), Vikr. 36, 2.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To be angry, MBh. 3, 8738.
-- With prati prati, To be angry in turn against (with acc.), Man. 6, 48.
-- With sam sam, To be angry, MBh. 3, 14828. saṃkruddha, Wrathful, Rām. 1, 55, 6.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To be enraged at (with acc.), MBh. 4, 1572.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be enraged against, MBh. 1. 5983.
-- Cf. Lat. crudus, crudelis; see also krūra.
† krunth, v. r. of kunth, ii. 9.
-- With anu anu, Caus. krośaya, To pity, MBh. 13, 285.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To cry at, MBh. 4, 359.
2. To bewail, Rām. 4, 24, 22.
-- With ā ā,
1. To cry, Bhartṛ. 3, 87.
2. To revile, Man. 6, 48. ākruṣṭa, n. Scream, Suśr. 1, 108, 17.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To revile in turn, MBh. 3, 1091.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To lament, Rām. 3, 68, 22.
-- With ud ud,
1. To cry out, Rām. 6, 36, 60.
2. To cry to (with acc.), MBh. 1, 7748.
-- With samud sam-ud, To cry out, Rām. 6, 111, 29.
-- With pari pari, To lament, Rām. 2, 65, 22.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cry out, MBh. 2, 2695.
2. To call, MBh. 3, 2363.
-- With vi vi, To call aloud, MBh. 1, 7633.
2. To call, MBh. 2, 2229.
3. To resound, Rām. 6, 92, 69. vikruṣṭa, Offensive, Man. 4, 176; n.
1. Scream, Rām. 3, 30, 29.
2. A cry for help, Yājñ. 2, 234.
-- With sam sam, To cry all together, MBh. 2, 1553.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To call to, Rām. 2, 100, 36. -- Akin to kruś, but not its true reflex, are [greek] etc., Goth. hrukjan; Lat. lugeo.
1. Sore (ved.).
2. Cruel, Hiḍ. 4, 31.
3. Harsh, Rām. 3, 64, 2.
4. Formidable, Pañc. iii. d. 75.
5. Hard, Śāk. d. 37.
-- Comp. a-, adj. soft, Man. 2, 33. danta-krūra + m, adv. (he seized) in a terrible way with the teeth, MBh. 7, 2431.
-- Cf. probably Lat. crusta; [greek] etc., [greek] see krudh.
I. m. and f. ḍā.
1. The breast, Rām. 6, 82, 10; Mṛcch. 34, 14 (the bosom used to keep money in).
2. The interior, Hit. 80, 14.
II. m. A hog, Pañc. 120, 9.
I. m.
1. Anger, Man. 1, 25.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2543.
II. f. dhā, A proper name, MBh. 1, 2520.
-- Comp. a-, m. freedom from wrath, Man. 3, 235. sa-, adj., f. dhā, wrathful, Chr. 57, 28.
I. adj., f. nā, Passionate, Rām. 2, 70, 10; Yājñ. 1, 333.
II. n. Anger.
-- Comp. a-, adj. free from wrath, Man. 3, 192. sa-, adj. enraged, Rām. 5, 85, 3.
1. Cry (ved.).
2. A measure of distance, containing 4,000 cubits, Rām. 2, 90, 1.
I. m., f. cī, A kind of heron, or curlew, Man. 11, 134; Rām. 2, 76, 21.
II. m.
1. The name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 32.
2. One of the Dvīpas, or principal divisions of the world, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 32.
3. The name of a demon.
† klad, see kland.
† kland, i. 1, Par.
1. To call.
2. To weep. i. 1, Ātm. (v. r. klad),
1. To be confused.
2. To confound.
-- Cf. krand.
† klap, i. 10, Par. To speak (? v. r.).
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. crepare; O.H.G. hrofan; A.S. hreopan; Goth. hropjan (= klāpaya).
1. Fatigued. Rām. 2, 42, 19.
2. Exhausted, Ragh. 2. 13.
3. Withered, Śāk. d. 66.
4. Thin, Śāk. d. 58.
-- With the prep. pari pari, pari-klānta, Much exhausted, MBh. 1, 5893.
-- With vi Ātm. To despond, Śiś. 15, 127.
1. Fatigue, Arj. 4, 47.
2. Languor, Rām. 5, 49, 10.
-- Comp. gata-, adj. f. mā, recreated, Nal. 11, 1.
-- With prep. vi vi, To fear.
1. Wet, Rām. 1, 42, 20.
2. Filled with tears.
3. Compassionate, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 10. Caus. kledaya, To make wet, Bhag. 2, 23.
-- With the prep. samā sam-ā, samāklinna, Wet with tears, MBh. 3, 13472.
-- With pari pari, pariklinna, Completely wet, Rām. 4, 6, 16.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. To become wet, Suśr. 1, 297, 17. praklinna, Wet, Rām. 3, 22, 21. Caus. To moisten, Suśr. 1, 68, 4.
-- With vi vi, viklinna, Thoroughly wet, MBh. 1, 5412.
-- With sam sam, saṃklinna, Wet, Mṛcch. 92, 7.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] Goth. hlūtrs, etc.
† klind, i. 1, Par., Ātm. To bewail.
-- Cf. krand.
1. To torment. MBh. 2, 2351; Ragh. 13, 73.
2. i. 4. To suffer distress, MBh. 2, 2255, Man. 8, 169. kliṣṭa,
1. Afflicted, Śāk. d. 58, Rām. 3, 58, 15.
2. Hurt, Rām. 3, 58, 12.
3. Wasted, Suśr. 2, 157.
4. Painful, Pañc. i. d. 12. ṭam, adv. Miserably, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 12.
-- Comp. a-, adj.
1. without pain, MBh. 3, 1706. 2. unhurt, Rām. 6, 103, 4. 3. firm, Rām. 1, 34, 1. 4. reliable, Rām. 1, 38, 6. -Caus. kleśaya, To torment, Rām. 5, 27, 33.
-- With ud ud, To become uneasy, Suśr. 1, 331, 21. Caus. To stir, Suśr. 2, 184, 18.
-- With samud sam-ud, To become uneasy, Suśr. 2, 348, 18.
-- With pari pari,
1. To torment, Rām. 5, 58, 21.
2. i. 4, To suffer distress, Rām. 5, 25. 32; Par. MBh. 3, 578. parikliṣṭa, Much pained, Rām. 3, 52, 41. ṭam, adv. With pain, Bhag. 17, 21. a-, adv. With cheerfulness, MBh. 3, 108.
-- With vi vi, vikliṣṭa, Violated, Ram. 4, 17, 15.
-- With sam sam, To torment, Rām. 2, 22, 14. saṃkliṣṭa, Bruised, Suśr. 2, 16, 17.
-- Cf. kṛś and liś.
† klīb and klīv klīv, i. 1. Ātm.
1. To behave like an eunuch; to be timorous.
1. Deprived of virility; m. An eunuch, Man. 3, 150.
2. Timorous; m. A coward, MBh. 1, 5142.
3. Neuter.
-- Comp. a-, adj. manly, Rām. 1, 28, 1.
1. Want of virility, Suśr. 1, 366, 8.
-- Comp. a-, f. manly behaviour, Ragh. 8, 83.
† klu, i. 1, Ātm. To move(?).
I. adj. Moistening, Suśr. 1, 76, 19.
II. n. Moistening, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 43.
† kleś, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To speak.
2. To impede.
3. To hurt.
-- Comp. a-, m. want of bodily pain, Man. 4, 3; abl. śāt, without any effort, Pañc. ii. d. 9. garbha-, m. pains in labour, Mārk. P. 22, 45.
1. Want of virility, Hit. i. d. 129.
2. Timidity, Rām. 3, 19, 5.
3. Weakness, Ragh. 12, 86.
1. = loc. sing. of kim. In whom, Man. 10, 66.
2. Where, Rām. 5, 34, 21.
3. Whither, Pañc. 36, 21.
4. kva -- kva denotes the greatest difference: kva vayaṃ kva parokṣamanmatho mṛgaśāvaiḥ samam edhito janaḥ, What communion could there be between me and a girl grown up among young fawns and disinclined to love? Śāk. d. 51.
5. How much less, Rām. 1, 67, 10.
6. With following api, Somewhere, Hit. pr. d. 17; Pañc. 96, 5; with na, Nowhere, Nal. 16, 6.
7. With na -- ca, Not anywhere, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 64.
8. With na -- ca na, Nowhere, MBh. 14, 650.
9. With following cid,
a. In some, Pañc. 118, 14.
b. Somewhere, Lass. 6, 17; Kathās. 4, 131;
c. With na, or another negative particle, Nowhere, Man. 2, 56; Rām. 3, 60, 5.
d. kva cid -kva cid, Here and there, Rām. 2, 100, 6; kva cid -- kva cid, Here -- there, Kathās. 6, 26; 27; now -- now, Rām. 3, 50, 7; with na, Never, Man. 2, 180. e. Some time, Nal. 14, 6.
10. With preceding yatra,
a. and following api, or ca, or vā, Wherever, Bhartṛ. 3, 91; Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 34; 1, 17, 36;
b. and following ca na, Wherever, Brāhmaṇ. 3, 12; whenever, Bhag. P. 5, 21, 9.
1. To sound, Ṛt. 3, 26.
2. To buzz, Vikr. d. 103. kvaṇita, n. Sound, Ragh. 7, 83. -- Caus. To cause to sound, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 21.
-- With ud ud, To boil out, Suśr. 2, 418, 10. Caus. The same, 2, 432, 15.
-- With nis nis, Caus. To boil down, Suśr. 2, 80, 16.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] etc.
† kvel, i. 1, Par. To shake (? v. r.; see kṣvel).
† kṣaj, or kṣañj kṣañj, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To give. i. 10, Par. To live in distress.
1. Wounded, Ragh. 3, 53.
2. Destroyed, Ṛt. 1, 2.
3. Violated, Yājñ. 1, 67. n. A wound, Suśr. 2, 19, 1. Comp. a-, f. A virgin, Yājñ. 2, 130. m. pl. or n. sing. Fried grain, Pañc. 158, 4.
-- With the prep. pari pari, parikṣata,
1. Wounded, Man. 4, 122.
2. Hurt, Śāk. d. 72. ati-pari-kṣata, Grievously wounded, Man. 7, 98.
-- With vi vi, vikṣata, Hurt, MBh. 2, 1816. vikṣata in apa-vikṣata, adj. Unhurt, Śāk. 63, 3 C.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, abhivikṣata, Hurt, Rām. 5, 16, 21.
-- With parivi pari-vi, parivikṣata, Wounded, MBh. 1, 6906.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] etc.; [greek] etc.; [greek] i. e. krav + tvan, [greek] etc.; [greek] etc; perhaps Goth. skath, skathjan, skanda.
1. A moment, Nal. 5, 1
2. A measure of time = 4 minutes, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 7.
3. Leisure, Mālav. 8, 9.
4. Opportunity, MBh. 4, 666.
5. A festival, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 21.
6. Loc. ṇe and abl. ṇāt,
a. In an instant, Rām. 2, 42, 44; Man. 11, 246;
b. After a moment, Nal. 2, 3; Rām. 3, 50, 5.
7. kṣaṇekṣaṇe, Every moment, Rājat. 5, 165.
-- Comp. kim-, adj. one who disregards a moment, Hit. ii. d. 87. kṛta-, adj., f. ṇā, expecting impatiently, MBh. 1, 778. tatkṣaṇam, i. e. tad-kṣaṇa + m, and °ṇāt, adv. instantly, Pañc. 69, 20; Rām. 1, 55, 4. vastu-kṣaṇāt (abl.), when there is given an opportunity, Rājat. 5, 378. sa-, adj. being at leisure, Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 21. svayaṃvara-kṛta-, adj. having fixed the moment for the choosing a husband.
I. adj. Caused by wounding, Suśr. 2, 503, 5.
II. n. Blood, Rām. 2, 94, 5.
1. Hurting, MBh. 3, 12180.
2. Destroying, Śāk. d. 39.
3. Harm, MBh. 4, 101.
1. i. e. kṣad + tṛ, A carver (ved.).
2. A door-keeper, MBh. 4, 2215.
3. A charioteer.
4. The son of a Śūdra man and a Kṣatriyā woman, Man. 10, 12.
I. n.
1. Dominion (ved.).
2. The second, or military caste, Man. 9, 322; its dignity, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 31.
II. m. A man of the military caste, Man. 3, 23.
-- Comp. a- and nis-, adj. without the military caste, Man. 9, 322; Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 22.
I. m. A man of the military caste, Man. 10, 4.
II. f. yā, A woman of the military caste, Man. 3, 44.
-- Comp. niḥkṣatriya, i. e. nis-, adj., f. yā, devoid of Kṣatriyas, MBh. 1, 2459.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] skhad, and khaḍga.
1. kṣap (originally Caus. of 3. kṣi), i. 1, Par., Ātm. To fast, MBh. 3, 13405.
-- With the prep. sam sam, The same, MBh. 13, 5149.
2. kṣap, i. 10, Par. To throw, Pañc. 56, 2.
-- Cf. kṣip.
3. see kṣapā, f. Night, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8.
I. n.
1. Fasting, Man. 4, 222.
2. Destroying, MBh. 2. 523.
II. A Buddhistic mendicant; see bhū.
III. adj. Destroying, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 32.
-- Cf. probably Lat. crepusculum.
1. To endure, Rām. 4, 21, 23.
2. To have patience, Rām. 4, 26, 25.
3. To pardon, Rām. 2, 23, 11.
4. To permit, Rām. 2, 64, 37.
5. To be able, Śiś. 9, 65. kṣānta, Patient, Man. 5, 158; n. Patience, Rām. 1, 34, 32. Caus. kṣamaya,
1. To beg one's pardon for something (with two acc., literally, To cause somebody to endure something), MBh. 3, 3017.
2. To endure patiently, Rām. 5, 49, 11.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To indulge MBh. 2, 1389.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.
I. adj., f. mā.
1. Enduring, Draup. 6, 4.
2. Endurable, Śāk. d. 123.
3. Able, Pañc. v. d. 30.
4. Favourable, Rām. 2, 35, 31.
5. Useful, Man. 7, 208.
6. Suitable, MBh. 14, 703.
II. f. mā,
1. Patience, forbearance, Rām. 1, 1, 19.
2. The earth, Rājat. 5, 334.
-- Comp. āyati-, adj. useful in future time, Man. 7, 208. upabhoga-, adj. abounding in enjoyment, Śāk. 4, 4. kālāntara-, i. e. kāla-antara-, adj. suffering delay, Mālav. 28, 8. dṛṣṭi-, adj. worth to be looked on, Vikr. d. 84. deśa-kāla-, adj. in accordance with place and time, Rām. 5, 49, 1. vana-vāsa-, adj. suitable to a sojourn in a forest, Rām. 2, 30, 42.
-- Cf. [greek] + [greek] etc., and ved. kṣam = [greek]
-- Cf. kṣam, Causal.
† kṣamp, i. 1, and 10, Par. To endure.
-- Cf. kṣam.
1. An abode, MBh. 1, 2510.
2. Decrease, Man. 3, 122.
3. Diminution of price, Yājñ. 2, 258.
4. Loss, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 20.
5. End, Rām. 6, 105, 14.
6. Destruction, Hiḍ. 4, 84.
7. Consumption, phthisis, Suśr. 2, 445, 6.
-- Comp. dina-, m. evening, Kām. Nītis. 7, 57. dhana-, m. loss of wealth, Pañc. 234, 7. sarva-duḥkha-, m. final emancipation. sva-kula-, m. a fish.
1. Decreasing, Bhartṛ. 2, 50.
2. Phthisical, Man. 3, 7.
1. Destroying, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 41.
2. Perishable, 7, 7, 40.
1. Subject to phthisis, Man. 3, 7.
2. Perishable.
-- Comp. a-, adj. imperishable, Man. 4, 156.
1. To stream, Rām. 5, 42, 8.
2. To pass away, Man. 2, 84.
3. To lose (with abl.), MBh. 13, 4716.
4. To let escape, to yield, Chr. 297, 11 = Rigv. i. 112, 11; MBh. 13, 3720.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To dissolve, MBh. 14, 2184.
-- Cf. Lat. scortum (cf. mih); Goth. hors.
† 1. kṣal, i. 1, Par. To shake; to move.
2. kṣal, i. 10, kṣālaya, Par. (properly Causal of kṣar),
1. To make clean, Kathās. 25, 52; to purify, Prab. 94, 7.
2. To remove, Rājat. 5, 59.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To wash, Pañc. 245, 7.
2. To remove, MBh. 1, 7510.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To cleanse, Vikr. 78, 6.
-- With vi vi, To wash away, Ragh. 5, 44.
I. adj., f. rt, Peculiar to the military caste, Rām. 1, 54, 14.
II. n.
1. The military caste, MBh. 3, 5097.
2. Royal dignity, Rām. 5, 84, 10.
I. adj., f. rā, Salty, Pañc. 61, 11.
II. m.
1. A burning corrosive substance, either soda or potash, Rām. 2, 73, 3.
2. Treacle, Bhāg. P. 7, 4, 17.
-- Comp. yava-, m. saltpetre.
1. To torment by corrosive substances, Mārk. P. 8, 142.
2. To defame, MBh. 2, 238.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To defame, Man. 8, 275.
1. kṣi, i. 6, kṣiya (ved. ii. 2), Par.
1. To dwell (ved.). 2. † To go.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ii. 2, To acquire, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13. Cf. [greek] in [greek] perhaps Lat. civis, etc., so-cius, cf. sakhi.
2. kṣi, i. 1, kṣaya, Par. To possess; to rule (with gen.), Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3.
-- Cf. [greek]
3. kṣi, ii. 9, kṣiṇā, kṣiṇī, ii. 5, kṣiṇu, i. 1, kṣaya, Par.
1. To destroy, Ragh. 2, 40.
2. To hurt, MBh. 3, 1355.
3. To oppress, Man. 9, 315. -- Pass. kṣīya,
1. To decrease Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 9.
2. To become exhausted, Pañc. i. d. 181.
3. To disappear, Bhartṛ. 2, 16. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass.,
I. kṣīṇa,
1. Decreased, Śāk. d. 133; Bhartṛ. 2, 88.
2. Thin, Śāk. d. 58, v. r.
3. Exhausted, Hit. 1, 66; Pañc. i. d. 244; iv. d. 16 (of hunger). Feeble, Cāṇ. 99, in Montasb. d. Berl. Ak. Hist. Phil. 1864, 413.
4. Finished, Kathās. 5, 128.
5. Perished, MBh. 2, 972.
II. kṣita. Comp. a-kṣita, adj., not decayed, inexhaustible, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 6. -- Causal,
I. kṣapaya,
1. To destroy, MBh. 3, 15163.
2. To emaciate, Man. 5, 157.
3. To pass away, MBh. 14, 2720.
II. kṣayaya in kṣayita,
1. Destroyed, Megh. 54.
2. Atoned, Bhag. 4, 30 (v. r. kṣapita). -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass., kṣayayitavya. To be destroyed, Rām. 6, 17, 4.
-- With the prep. anu anu, pass., To disappear by degrees, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 21.
-- With apa apa in apakṣita, Exhausted, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 32.
-- With upa upa in upakṣīṇa, Disappeared, Sāh. D. 17, 2.
-- With pari pari, To destroy, Bhāg. P. 3, 8, 20. Pass., To become poor, Hit. ii. d. 91, v. r. parikṣīṇa,
1. Diminished, Kathās. 25, 140.
2. Weakened, Man. 7, 172.
3. Indigent, Man. 8, 170.
-- With pra pra, pass., To perish, MBh. 2, 1468. prakṣīṇa,
1. Destroyed, Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 23.
2. Atoned, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 21.
-- With vi vi, in vikṣita, Miserable, Rām. 3, 79, 46.
-- With sam sam, pass., To become exhausted, Bhartṛ. 3, 44. -- Caus.
1. kṣapaya, To cause to fall off, Suśr. 2, 134, 3.
2. Ptcple. pf. pass., kṣayita, Vanished, Rām. 2, 48, 29. Cf. [greek] (probably for [greek] and original [greek] cf. kṣeṣṇu, Vop. 26, 44), [greek] Lat. sitis, properly, exhaustion by thirst.
† kṣiṇ, ii. 8, kṣiṇu (cf. 3. kṣi), Par., Ātm., To hurt, to kill.
-2. kṣi + t, Ruling, e. g. pṛthivī-, m. A king, Nal. 5, 4. mahī-, m. The same, Chr. 5, 25.
1. kṣi + ti, f.
1. An abode, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 5.
2. The earth, Bhartṛ. 3, 5.
3. Land, Rājat. 5, 109.
I. adj. Sprung from the earth, Suśr. 1, 224, 9.
II. m. A tree, Rām. 6, 76, 2.
1. A mountain, Ṛt. 6, 25.
2. A king, Bhartṛ. 3, 59, v. r.
1. To throw, Pañc. 210, 17; MBh. 1, 1126 (kṣipyatas, pass., instead of kṣipyamāṇasya); (of arrows), MBh. 3, 1018.
2. To move quickly, Mṛcch. 9, 19.
3. To impel, Rām. 3, 58, 21.
4. To pour, Yājñ. 1, 230.
5. To disdain, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 17.
6. To slander, Man. 8, 312.
7. To destroy, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 14. -- Comp. partcple. of the pf. pass., tiryakkṣipta, i. e. tiryañc-, adj. (One part of the bones of a joint) being turned outward, Suśr. 1, 300, 8. Caus. To cause to be thrown, Kathās. 13, 160.
-- With the prep. ati ati, ati-kṣipta, Dislocated, Suśr. 1, 300, 8.
-- With adhi adhi,
1. To offend, Man. 4, 185.
2. To humble, to surpass, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 30.
3. To prevent (a disease), Suśr. 2, 337, 8.
-- With apa apa, To remove, Rām. 3, 1, 24.
-- With ava ava,
1. To cast down, MBh. 1, 1126.
2. To cast off, Rām. 2, 37, 7.
3. To slander, MBh. 2, 1337.
4. To tender, to grant, MBh. 13, 3030.
-- With samava sam-ava, To repel, MBh. 3, 15662.
-- With ā ā,
1. To cast on, Pañc. 263, 20.
2. To hit, Rām. 6, 78, 5.
3. To pull, MBh. 4, 750.
4. To rob, Vikr. d. 143.
5. To throw down, Bhāg. P. 6, 12, 28.
6. To expel, MBh. 3, 539.
7. To set up, Kathās. 18, 121.
8. To put in, MBh. 3, 3094.
9. To neglect, MBh. 3, 16117.
10. To insult, Man. 4, 141. Caus. To cause to be overthrown, MBh. 3, 15733.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To twine, Kumāras. 7, 14.
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. To put on, MBh. 3, 566.
2. To discharge, to shoot off.
3. To hit, MBh. 1, 1402. vyākṣipta, Agitated, Rām. 6, 91, 3.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To accumulate, MBh. 1, 156.
2. To repel, MBh. 3, 15662.
3. To move violently, MBh. 3, 117.
4. To expel, MBh. 2, 1019.
5. To pull down, Rām. 3, 56, 50.
6. To destroy, MBh. 1, 1253.
7. To insult, MBh. 1, 1677.
-- With ud ud,
1. To throw up, Man. 3, 90.
2. To raise, MBh. 3, 11187; Pañc. 187, 21.
3. To cast off, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 17.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To throw up, MBh. 3, 436.
2. To lift up, MBh. 3, 11519.
3. To expel, MBh. 3, 13972.
4. To loosen, Rām. 5, 56, 140.
5. To destroy, Rām. 5, 3, 69.
-- With upa upa,
1. To cast on, Sāh. D. 66, 5.
2. To set, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 34.
3. To insult, Rām. 5, 11, 11.
4. To hint, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 6.
-- With ni ni,
1. To throw down, Rām. 3, 33, 20.
2. To put down, Yājñ. 1, 103.
3. To encamp, Rām. 2, 91, 5.
4. To put, Yājñ. 1, 327.
5. To pour, Pañc. 174, 14.
6. To dispense, Man. 7, 101.
7. To intrust, Man. 7, 59.
8. To establish, Rām. 2, 51, 17.
9. To cast off, MBh. 3, 14115.
10. To repel, Hit. 91, 11. Caus. To cause to be drawn up, Ragh. 7, 62.
-- With upani upa-ni, To put down, Man. 3, 224.
-- With pratini prati-ni, To put down again, MBh. 3, 15184.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To throw down, Rām. 5, 11, 12.
2. To put down, Yājñ. 1, 231.
3. To intrust, MBh. 1, 3545.
4. To appoint, MBh. 3, 10403.
-- With nis nis,
1. To put down, Rām. 1, 38, 21.
2. To put in, MBh. 3, 14314.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To inlay with, MBh. 13, 1444.
2. To direct, MBh. 3, 14293.
-- With parā parā, parākṣipta,
1. Robbed, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 18.
2. Enraptured, Bhāg. 5, 2, 18.
-- With pari pari,
1. To overlay, Rām. 2, 32, 35.
2. To surround, Rām. 3, 61, 31.
3. To embrace, Rām. 2, 30, 2.
4. To fetter, Rām. 2, 72, 38.
5. To put in, MBh. 1, 4205. sūryātapa-parikṣipta, Darted upon by the rays of the sun.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cast, MBh. 3, 707.
2. To put, Mṛcch. 50, 1. Caus. To order to be put, MBh. 1, 5008.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To cast, MBh. 13, 4609.
-- With prati prati,
1. To cast in, MBh. 1, 7068.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cast in different directions, Chr. 34, 10.
2. To disperse, MBh. 1, 7022.
3. To extend, MBh. 14, 1161.
4. To let go (the string of a bow, MBh. 3, 15690; or the bow, Rām. 3, 70, 2, i. e. to shoot).
-- With sam sam,
1. To heap, Ragh. 1, 52.
2. To destroy, Rām. 3, 43, 42.
3. To constrain, Rām. 2, 40, 39.
4. To diminish, Man. 7, 34.
5. To abridge, MBh. 1, 51.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To contract, MBh. 5, 283; abhisaṃkṣipta, Thrown at, MBh. 1, 5368.
-- With parisam To surround, Rām. 5, 29, 20.
I. adj., f. rā, Quick, Man, 7, 179. Comparat. kṣepīyaṃs, superl. kṣepiṣṭha.
II. ram, adv. Quickly, Rām. 1, 52, 21.
III. rāt, adv. Directly, Kathās. 18, 280.
† kṣiv, i. 1 and 4, kṣīvya, Par. To spit. -- If identical with Goth. speiwan, AS. spiwan, Lat. spuo, [greek] Sskr. k stands for p, see kloman.
-- Cf. ṣṭhiv.
† kṣī = 3. kṣi, v. r.
1. Drinking milk, MBh. 13, 646.
2. A nurse-child, Suśr. 1, 129, 1.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Abounding in milk, Yājñ. 1, 204; Man. 8, 246.
II. m. A certain tree, Suśr. 1, 133, 16.
III. f. iṇī, A name of several plants, Suśr. 2, 67, 17.
-- With pra pra, prakṣīvita, Intoxicated.
1. One who has sneezed, MBh. 13, 7584.
2. On which a person has sneezed, MBh. 13, 1577. n. Sneezing, Yājñ. 1, 196.
-- With the prep. ava ava, avakṣuta, On which a person has sneezed, Man. 4, 213. -- Akin to kṣiv, q. cf.
1. Pounded, Pañc. 160, 3.
2. Scattered, MBh. 3, 678.
3. Exercised, Suśr. 2, 139, 12.
-- Comp. a-kṣuṇṇa, adj. unbroken, Rām. 1, 8, 9. -- Caus. To grind, Suśr. 2, 66, 13.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To grind, Suśr. 1, 163, 13.
-- With pra pra, prakṣuṇṇa, metaph., urged on, Pañc. ii. d. 150.
-- With vi vi, vikṣuṇṇa, Pounded, Dev. 3, 25.
-- With sam sam, To stamp, Rām. 2, 80, 10.
-- Cf. khud, probably Lat. cudere, incus.
1. Small, Rām. 3, 33, 21.
2. Mean, Pañc. iii. d. 89. Comparat. kṣodīyaṃs, superl. kṣodiṣṭha.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Lofty, Pañc. iii. d. 69; MBh. 2, 152.
I. adj.
1. Very little (young), Man. 8, 297.
2. Short (of breath), Suśr. 2, 497, 7.
II. m.
1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1871.
2. The name of a prince, Bhāg. P. 9, 12, 14.
1. A shrub, Yājñ. 2, 229.
2. The name of a king, MBh. 14, 66.
3. The name of a mountain, Hariv. 8950.
-- Cf. O.H.G. scubo, scubil.
1. Agitated, Suśr. 2, 147, 19; Rām. 1, 65, 12.
2. Shaken, Vikr. d. 115.
3. Trembling, Rām. 5, 36, 77. a-kṣobhya, comp. participle of the fut. pass.
1. Unshakeable, Rām. 2, 18, 6.
2. Undisturbable, Rām. 2, 12, 86. -- Caus.
1. To agitate, Rām. 1, 1, 77.
2. To shake, Rām. 5, 54, 12.
3. To impel, MBh. 13, 7256.
4. To throw in confusion, Man. 8, 418.
5. To trouble, Mārk. P. 1, 40 (Ātm.).
-- With the prep. pra pra, To become agitated, Rām. 6, 87, 15; confused, Man. 9, 254. -- Caus. To excite, Suśr. 2, 247, 10.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To become confused, Rām. 6, 78, 24.
-- With vi vi, To become agitated, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 32. -- Caus.
1. To agitate, MBh. 1, 1216; 7283 (Ātm.).
2. To put in disorder, MBh. 1, 5484.
-- With sam sam, To become agitated, Pañc. 163, 1.
-- Cf. A. S. be-scufan, contrudere; O.H.G. sciuban, A.S. sceofan; but their labial is not the regular substitute for Sskr. bh.
† kṣur, i. e. Par.
1. To cut.
2. To scratch.
3. To make furrows.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.
1. Landed property, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 37.
2. A field, Man. 10, 114.
3. Place, Lass. 17. 2.
4. Extent, Yājñ. 2, 156.
5. A wife, Man. 9, 33; MBh. 1, 4661.
6. The body, Bhag. 13, 1.
-- Comp. a-, n. a barren field, Man. 10, 71. karmakṣetra, i. e. karman-, n. the seat of sacred works, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 11. kuru-,
I. n. the name of a country, Man. 2, 19;
II. m. pl. the name of its inhabitants, Man. 7, 193. dharma-, n. a plain in the north-west of India, Bhag. 1, 1. raṇa-, n. a field of battle, Chr. 25, 57. sura-īśvarī-, n. the name of a district, Rājat. 5, 37.
I. adj. f. jñā, Conversant with (with gen.), MBh. 1, 3653.
II. m. The soul, Man. 8, 96.
1. m. The owner of a field, Man. 8, 241.
2. A husband, Man. 9, 145.
1. The owner of a field, Man. 9, 51.
2. A husband, Man. 9, 132.
-- Comp. a-, 1. one who has no property in a field, Man. 9, 41. 2. one who has no marital property in a woman, Man. 9, 51.
1. Throwing, moving, Rām. 4, 62, 12.
2. Abuse, Yājñ. 2, 204.
3. A nosegay, Megh. 48.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. delay, Pañc. 43, 22. a-kālakṣepa + m, adv. directly, Śāk. C. 91, 8. paṭākṣepa, i. e. paṭa-a-kṣepa, m. not drawing away the curtain(?). apaṭī-kṣepa, m. tossing up the curtain; the instr. eṇa denotes (in theatrical language) abrupt entrance on the stage, Mṛcch. 29, 17. bhrū-, m. 1. a graceful motion of the eyebrows, Indr. 5, 7; 2. a frown. sa-dṛṣṭi-kṣepa + m, adv. glancing to somebodv, Śāk. 12, 7.
I. n.
1. Striking (?), MBh. 4, 352.
2. Letting go (the string of a bow).
3. Expelling, MBh. 3, 13272.
4. Suspension, MBh 4, 419.
5. A sling, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 18.
II. fem. ṇī, A sling, of other missile weapon, Rām. 6, 7, 24.
1. Safe, dangerless, MBh. 3, 488.
2. Prosperous, MBh. 3, 15976.
II. m. and n.
1. Safety, Man. 2, 127.
2. Well-being, Rām. 3, 44, 15.
3. Happiness, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 18.
4. Fortune, wealth, MBh. 13, 3081.
5. instr. meṇa, adverbially, Peacefully, Mṛcch. 110, 8; happily, Pañc. i. d. 162; also kṣemais, MBh. 13, 1519.
III. m.
1. kṣema, safety, happiness, personified, Bhāg. P. 4, 1, 51.
2. The name of a prince, MBh. 1, 2701.
IV. f. mā, The name of an Apsaras, MBh. 1, 4818.
V. n. The name of one of the divisions of the continent, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 3.
-- Comp. yoga-, n.
1. Security, Man. 8, 230.
2. Expenses for securing goods (properly, for securing a business), Man. 7, 127.
3. What serves for giving security of business (family priests and spiritual counsellors), Man. 9, 219.
-- Cf. Goth. haims; A. S. ham.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Salubrious, Man. 7, 212.
2. Secure, MBh. 14, 1691.
II. m. The name of several princes, Hariv. 1592, etc.
† kṣev, i. 1, Par. = kṣiv, v. r.
1. Dried up, Pañc. 20, 25.
2. Emaciated, Ṛt. 6, 28.
3. Slender, Megh. 80.
4. Weak, Rājat. 5, 219.
5. Little, Megh. 78, v. r.
† kṣoṭ, i. 10, Par. To cast.
and kṣoṇī kṣoṇi/ī, f. The earth, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 35; Rām. 1, 42, 23 Gorr.
I. m.
1. The name of a tree, Michelia campaka, MBh. 3, 11569.
2. The name of a mixed caste, the offspring of a Vaideha man and a Māgadhī woman, MBh. 13, 2584.
II. n. Honey, Man. 10, 88.
I. adj., f. mī.
1. Made of flax, Man. 2, 41.
2. Made of linseed-oil, Suśr. 1, 182, 20.
II. (m. and n.) A linen garment, Rām. 5, 45, 4.
III. n. Linseed, Suśr. 2, 364, 8.
-- Cf. Goth. hnuto.
† kṣmīl (cf. śmīl, smīl, mīl and mish), i. 1, Par. To twinkle, to close the eyelids.
1. kṣviḍ, i. 1, Par. To sound inarticulately:
1. To hum (?), Rām. 4, 45, 8.
2. To gnash the teeth, Man. 4, 64. -- Caus. kṣveḍaya, to make a noise, MBh. 3, 12379. kṣveḍita, n. Noise, MBh. 1, 2820.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ākṣvedita, Groaning(?), Rām. 6, 35. 2.
-- With pra pra,
1. To whiz, MBh. 4, 1686.
2. To groan, Rām. 6, 17, 32.
-- Cf. kṣvel.
† 2. kṣviḍ (cf. kṣvid), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To be unctuous.
2. To exude.
-- Cf. svid.
I. m. Poison, Sāyaṇa and Rigv. i. 117, 16.
II. f. ḍā, A bamboo rod.
-- Comp. sthūla-kṣveḍa, m. an arrow.
1. A cavity of the human body, as mouth, nose, etc., Man. 12, 120.
2. A wound, Man. 9, 45.
3. The subtile aether, Man. 12, 120.
4. Sky, Rām. 1, 19, 10.
† khakkh, see kakh.
I. adj. Moving, existing, in the sky, MBh. 3, 12257.
II. m.
1. A bird, Rām. 3, 20, 36.
2. Wind, MBh. 3, 14616.
1. To spring up, Kathās. 23, 88.
2. To appear, Lass. 73, 13.
3. † To bind. khacita,
1. Crowded, Śāk. d. 170, v. r.
2. Inlaid, Megh. 36.
-- With the prep. ud ud, utkhacita, Mixed, Ragh. 13, 54.
I. adj. Moving, existing, in the sky, MBh. 3, 12205.
II. m. A bird, Rām. 4, 68, 15.
† khaj, i. 1, Par. To churn (properly, to move to and fro; cf. khañj).
-- Cf. O.H.G. hinkan.
† khaṭ, i. 1, Par. To desire.
† khaṭṭ, i. 10, Par. To cover.
† khaḍ, i. 10, Par. To divide, to break.
1. A sword, Rām. 1, 1, 41.
2. A rhinoceros, Man. 3, 272.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, m. a sword-cane, Rām. 6, 80, 4. sa-, adj., f. gā, with a sword, Rājat. 5, 385.
I. adj., f. inī, Armed with a sword, Rām. 5, 10, 22.
II. m. A rhinoceros, Rām. 1, 26, 14.
I. † i. 1, Ātm.
II. i. 10, Par. (rather a denomin. derived from the next),
1. To cut to pieces, Pañc. 47, 5.
2. To break, Vikr. d. 19.
3. To bite, Pañc. 46, 1.
4. To destroy, Hit. ii. d. 107.
5. To cause to cease, to satisfy, Rājat. 5, 281.
6. To trouble, Rām. 3, 14, 14. khaṇḍita, Afflicted, Megh. 40.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To dismember, Pañc. iv. d. 60.
2. To trouble, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 30.
1. Breaking up, Rām. 2, 105, 3. (The sense is: You alone are able to avert this breaking up of the kingdom, [which is] like a bridge broken by a great torrent of water, etc.).
2. A piece.
3. A part.
4. The section of a work.
5. A group, Sāv. 5, 108.
6. A multitude.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ḍā, entire, Śāk. d. 43. karpūra-, m. a group of camphor trees, Bhartṛ. 2, 98. padminī-, n. a multitude of lotusses. śata-, n. gold. śrī-, m. and n. sandal wood.
I. adj., Destroying, Gīt. 10, 8.
II. n.
1. Hurting, Pañc. 45, 11.
2. Violation, Pañc. 46, 3.
3. Deceiving, baffling, Hit. ii. d. 58.
1. To be firm.
2. † To kill.
I. m. A fire-fly, Rām. 6, 19, 28.
II. f. tā, The same, denoting an eye, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 47.
1. To dig, Man. 2, 218.
2. To dig up, MBh. 14, 1716.
3. To pierce, Bhartṛ. 2, 76; Pañc. ii. d. 96.
4. To inter, MBh. 13, 3089. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass., khāta, n.
1. A ditch, Hit. iii. d. 57;
2. A pit, Pañc. v. d. 26.
-- Comp. deva-, n. a natural pond (not artificial) Man. 4, 203. -- Caus. khānaya, To cause to be dug, Rām. 2, 110, 25.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To dig up, Rām. 1, 41, 24. With ud ud,
1. To dig out, Kathās. 20, 143.
2. To dig up, Megh. 53.
3. To pull out, Rājat. 5, 221.
4. To eradicate, Pañc. 187, 18; to destroy, Rājat. 5, 149. utkhāta, n. A pit, Śāk. d. 192, v. r.
-- With prod pra-ud,
1. To dig up, Rām. 1, 40, 14.
2. To eradicate, Mṛcch. 178, 1.
-- With samud sam-ud, To eradicate, Prab. 5, 12.
-- With ni ni,
1. To bury, MBh. 1, 3616.
2. To dig in, Ragh. 6, 38.
3. To infix, Rām. 3, 8, 7.
4. To dig up, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 29. -- Caus. nikhānita, Infixed, Suśr. 2, 456, 19.
-- With pari pari, parikhāta, m. Track, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 2
-- Cf. Lat. canalis.
† khamb, i. 1, Par. To go (? v. r.)
I. adj.
1. Solid, Suśr. 2, 176, 12.
2. Pointed (?), Rām. 6, 87, 3.
3. Sharp, Suśr. 1, 76, 14.
4. Hoarse, Rām. 3, 28, 42.
5. Hot, Cāt. 7.
II. ram, adv. Hoarsely, Rām. 3, 29, 9.
III. m.
1. An ass, Man. 2, 201.
2. A proper name, Rām. 1, 1, 45.
-- Comp. ati-, adj., very loud, Rām, 3, 30, 3.
-- Cf. the reduplicated [greek]
1. To creak (ved.).
2. † To worship.
3. † To pain.
4. † To cleanse.
-- Cf. O.H.G. kracjan, kracon.
-- Comp. piṇḍa-, m. and f. rī, A sort of date tree.
† khard, i. 1, Par. To bite.
† kharb, i. 1, Par. To go.
† kharv, i. 1, Par. To be haughty.
-- Cf. garv.
† khal, i. 1, Par.
1. To totter.
2. To gather.
-- Cf. skhal.
I. m. and n. A threshing-floor, Man. 11, 17.
II. m. An oilcake, Pañc. ii. d. 53.
III. m. and f. lā,
1. Mischievous, Pañc, i. d. 443.
2. Vile, Hit. ii. 43.
-- Cf. khala.
1. Indeed, Rām. 3, 35, 32; Yājñ. 2, 64.
2. Only, Rām. 2, 63, 37.
3. With preceding na, Not at all, Rām. 1, 74, 21.
4. It lays a stress on an interrogation, Śāk. 32, 11.
5. khalu kṛtvā, Enough of this, do it no more, Pāṇ. 3, 4, 18.
-- Cf. skhal.
-- Cf. khalati, and Lat. calvus.
† khav, ii. 9, khaunā (others, khunā), Par., v. r. of khac.
I. m.
1. pl. The name of a people, Man. 10, 47.
2. The son of an outcast Kṣatriya, Man. 10, 22 (written with s instead of ś).
II. f. śā (and sā), A proper name, Hariv. 169; 11521.
† khaṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt.
1. Sweetmeats, Rām. 1, 53, 4.
2. The name of a forest, MBh. 1, 316.
1. To eat, Man. 5, 53; pṛṣṭha-māṃsam, To be a backbiter, Hit. i. d. 76.
2. To gnaw, Suśr. 1, 63, 16. khādya, Eatable, Pañc. 61, 13. -- Caus.
1. To let devour, Man. 8, 371.
2. To devour, MBh. 3, 2435.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To devour, Mṛcch. 176, 1.
-- Comp. su-, adj. beautifully adorned, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6.
† khiṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To be terrified.
2. To terrify.
1. To be afflicted, Rām. 2, 39, 7.
2. To be subdued, Hit. ii. d. 134.
3. To despair, Rām. 3, 49, 57. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. khinna,
1. Tired, Man. 7, 141.
2. Exhausted, Bhartṛ. 1, 47.
3. Desponding, Rām. 3, 69, 5. Caus. To distress, Mṛcch. 143, 14. khedita, Relaxed, Rām. 5, 13, 47.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To be afflicted, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 28 (i. 4, Par.). parikhinna, Tired, Rām. 4, 51, 3. Caus. To afflict, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 7.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
1. Waste or unploughed land (ved.).
2. A powerless subject, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 49.
3. Remainder, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 15.
4. A supplement, MBh. 1, 357.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. lā. 1. entire, Man. 1, 59. 2. all, Man. 1, 144. °lena, instr. entirely, Man. 1, 107.
† khu, i, 1, Ātm. To sound.
† khuj, i. 1, Par. To steal.
† khuḍ, i. 10, Par. To break in pieces (v. r. of khuṇḍ, and of thuḍ).
† khuṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm. and i. 10, Par. To break in pieces.
† khur (= kṣur, cf. khud), i. 6, Par.
1. To cut.
2. To break.
-- Comp. aśva-, a horse's hoof, Pañc. 252, 23.
† khurd, i. 1, khūrda, Ātm. To play.
-- Cf. kurd.
I. adj., f. rī, Moving in the sky, Rām. 6, 107, 25.
II. m.
1. A bird, Nal. 20, 1.
2. A Gandharva, MBh. 3, 14887.
III. f. rī A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 186.
† kheṭ, i. 10, Ātm. To eat.
† kheḍ, i. 10, Ātm. To eat (v. r. of kheṭ).
1. Fatigue, Rām. 4, 49, 14.
2. Faintness, Megh. 90.
3. Affliction, Pañc. i. d. 225.
1. To move to and fro, Rām. 5, 55, 26 (to dance?). -- Caus. To put in motion, to turn, Pañc. 221, 12.
I. adj. Moving from one side to the other, swinging, moving gently, MBh. 1, 7043; Vikr. d. 95.
II. °lam, adv. Moving gently, Rām. 2, 60, 19.
-- Comp. sa-khela + m, adv. moving gently, MBh. 2, 2536.
† khev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
-- Cf. kev, sev.
1. To be firm. †
2. To hurt.
3. To dig.
-- Cf. khan.
† khoṭ, i. 1, Par. To be lame; cf. khoḍ, khor, khol. i. 10, Par. v. r. of kṣoṭ.
† khoḍ, i. 1, Par. To be lame. i. 10, Par. v. r. of kṣoṭ.
† khor, i. 1, Par. To be lame.
-- Cf. khoṭ.
† khol, i. 1, Par. To be lame. -- Perhaps cf. [greek] etc.
1. To proclaim, MBh. 5, 7403.
2. To report, MBh. 3, 15697.
3. To praise, Rām. 3, 27, 19.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhikhyāta, Known, MBh. 13, 4644. -- Caus. To proclaim, Man. 9, 262.
-- With ā ā,
1. To report, MBh. 1, 26.
2. To announce, Rām. 2, 34, 1.
3. To name, Man. 4, 6. -- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., an-ā-khyeya,
1. Not to be reported, Pañc. 19, 16.
2. unutterable, Bhartṛ. 1, 51. -- Caus. To proclaim, MBh. 1, 7485.
-- With upā upa-ā, To report, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 45.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To repudiate, Rām. 3, 54, 21.
2. To recant, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 13.
3. To surpass, Mālav. d. 40.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To explain, MBh. 1, 53.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To reckon up, Arj. 5, 11.
2. To add, Man. 7, 156.
3. To report, MBh. 3, 11915.
-- With pari pari, parikhyāta,
1. Known, MBh. 1, 874.
2. Famed, Rām. 3, 62, 2.
3. Named, Rām. 5, 2, 4.
-- With pra pra,
1. To report, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 40. Pass. To shine, Rām. 5, 18, 4. prakhyāta,
1. Acknowledged, Man. 8, 399.
2. Renowned, Rām. 3, 23, 39. -- Caus. To make generally known, Kathās. 1, 61.
-- With vi vi, vikhyāta,
1. Generally known, Yājñ. 3, 301.
2. Renowned, Rām. 3, 55, 16.
3. Named, Rām. 1, 57, 10. -- Caus. To proclaim, Man. 11, 83.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, abhivikhyāta,
1. Renowned, Rām. 4, 1, 22.
2. Named, MBh. 1, 2644.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravikhyāta,
1. Renowned, MBh. 1, 2543.
2. Named, Mārk. P. 1, 26.
-- With sam sam,
1. To sum up, MBh. 3, 2822.
2. To calculate, Rām. 2, 40, 15. saṃkhyāta, n. Number, Bhāg. P. 6, 14, 3.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., a-saṃkhyeya, adj. uncountable, Rām. 1, 1, 91.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To reckon up, Rām. 4, 47, 4; 6, 1, 5.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To add together, Man. 1, 71.
-- With prasam pra-sam,
1. To number, MBh. 1, 2547.
-- Cf. Goth. gods (= khyāta; the original signification of the vb. is probably 'to ṣine'); A. S. god; [greek] where [greek] = Sscrt. sa.
1. Fame, celebrity, Man. 12, 36; personified, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 22.
2. Name, MBh. 1, 3180.
3. Knowledge, Yogas. 2, 26.
-- Comp. su-, f. fame.
1. Report, Chr. 55, 2.
2. Confession, Man. 11, 227.
3. Making renowned, Rājat. 5, 160.
1. -ga (vb. gam), latter part of comp. words.
1. Moving, going, e. g. śīghra-, adj. Going quickly, Rām. 3, 31, 3.
2. Being, e. g. kūpa-ga, adj. Being in a pit, Kathās. 4, 128.
3. Referring to, e. g. rāghavānuja-, adj. Referring to the younger brother of Rāma, Rām. 6, 70, 59.
2. -ga (vb. gai), latter part of comp. words. Singing.
-- Cf. chandoga.
I. adj. Moving in the sky, Bhāg. P. 6, 17, 1; Rām. 3, 39, 6.
II. m. A bird, MBh. 1, 1317 (with n.).
† gaggh, i. 1, Par. = kakh, q. cf. (v. r.).
-- Comp. vyomagaṅgā, i. e. vyoman-, f. the supposed Ganges of the sky. pātāla-, f. that of the lower regions.
I. m. An elephant, Man. 8, 296.
II. f. jī, A female elephant, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 26.
-- Comp. araṇya-, m. a wild elephant, 219, 15. āśā-, m. an elephant, supposed to support a quarter of the world, Rām. 1, 43, 7 Gorr. diggaja, i. e. diś-, and diśā-, m. the same, Rām. 5, 3, 13; 1, 41, 13. mahā-, m. a great elephant, Pañc. 69, 1. vana-, m. a wild elephant, Pañc. 80, 6. sura-, m. Indra's elephant = Airāvata, q. cf. Kir. 5, 47. When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. ends in jā, e. g. sa-gaja, adj., f. jā, With elephants, Rām. 2, 57, 7.
† gañj, i. 1, Par. To sound.
† gaḍ, i. 1, Par. To drop (cf. gal); i. 10, gaḍaya, Par. To cover.
1. To number, MBh. 3, 2618.
2. To value, MBh. 2, 1552.
3. To impute, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
4. To regard, Pañc. 258, 21. gaṇita, Reckoned, MBh. 13, 4439; calculated, Lass, 37, 8. n. Arithmetic, MBh. 1, 293.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To praise, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 21.
-- With ava ava, To disregard, to neglect, Pañc. 239, 2.
-- With pari pari,
1. To count over, Suśr. 1, 334, 8 (parigaṇya, instead of the regular parigaṇayya).
2. To consider, Megh. 5. a-parigaṇita, adj. Innumerable, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 35.
-- With pra pra, To calculate, MBh. 1, 6808.
-- With vi vi,
1. To number, Rām. 3, 53, 11.
2. To consider, Rām. 3, 44, 31.
3. To disregard, Pañc. iii. d. 40.
1. A multitude, Rām. 5, 91, 1.
2. A class, Man. 1, 22.
3. Troops of inferior deities, considered as Śiva's attendants, and under the especial superintendence of Gaṇeśa, Rām. 5, 89, 7.
4. A community, Yājñ. 2, 187.
5. A contemptible association, Man. 4, 209.
6. A body of troops consisting of 3 gulmas: i. e. 27 chariots, 27 elephants, 81 horses, and 135 foot, MBh. 1, 291.
7. A foot of a verse, Śrut. 5, Br.
-- Comp. tārā-, m. a multitude of stars, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2743. trastarakṣogaṇa, i. e. trasta-rakṣas-, adj., f. ṇā, with terrified troops of Rākṣasas, Rām. 5, 51, 1. sendragaṇa, i. e. sa-indra-, adj. with the attendants of Indra, Chr. 25, 61. hari-, m.
1. a troop of horse, Rājat. 5, 142.
2. a proper name, ib.
1. A calculator, MBh, 15, 417.
2. An astrologer, Rām. 1, 12, 7.
1. Counting, Pañc. pr. d. 7.
2. Calculation, settlement, Rājat. 5, 237.
3. Annumerating, Ragh. 8, 94.
4. Consideration, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 9.
5. Regard, Rājat. 5, 308.
-- Comp. śvagaṇin, i. e. śvan-gaṇa + in, adj. having packs of hounds, Ragh. 9, 53.
1. A name of Śiva, MBh. 3, 1629.
2. Ganeśa, the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, god of wisdom, MBh. 1, 74.
† gaṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To be a cheek; cf. the next, and MBh. 13, 4499.
I. m.
1. A cheek, Megh. 27.
2. A boil, Suśr. 1, 283, 8.
3. A bronchocele, Suśr. 1, 288, 15.
II. f. ḍā, A proper name, MBh. 13, 4417.
-- Comp. gala-, m. 1. throat and cheek, MBh. 2, 902. 2. bronchocele, Lass. 94, 8.
I. m. A name of the inhabitants of Videha, derived from the river Gaṇḍakī, MBh. 2, 1062.
II. f. kī, The name of a river, MBh. 2, 794.
-- Comp. sūtra-gaṇḍikā, f. a stick used in spinning thread.
1. A mouthful, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 5 (of honey); MBh. 8, 2051 (of onions).
2. A mouthful of water for rinsing the mouth with, Bhāg. P. 9, 15, 3.
3. The tip of an elephant's trunk, Kumāras. 3, 37.
1. Going and coming, Kathās. 3, 69.
2. The flight of a bird backward and forward, MBh. 8, 1902.
1. Going, Yājñ. 3, 170.
2. Motion, Yājñ. 1, 250; Rām. 2, 60, 12.
3. Course, Rām. 1, 3, 2.
4. Flight, Rām. 5, 76, 7.
5. The transmigration of the souls, Man. 6, 61.
6. Gait, Man. 2, 199.
7. Attainment, Bhag. 2, 43.
8. Way, Brāhmaṇ, 1, 35; with parā, The last way, i. e. death, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 22.
9. A means of success, Kathās. 18, 89.
10. A stratagem, Rām. 6, 92, 6.
11. Refuge, Man. 8, 84 (kā gatis, in dramas, 'how can it be helped ?')
12. Condition, Bhag. 4, 17.
13. Happiness, MBh. 3, 17389.
14. Basis, Man. 1, 110.
-- Comp. a-, f. want of success, Vikr. 26, 3. adhogati, i. e. adhas-,
I. f. 1. going downwards, Pañc. i. d. 166. 2. going to hell, Man. 3, 17.
II. adj. 1. going downwards, Rām. 6, 20, 26. 2. going to hell, Man. 8, 309. a-vi-hata- (vb. han), adj. whose course is irresistible, Megh. 10. ākāśa-, adj. rising to the sky, Pañc. 48, 7. ātmagati, i. e. ātman-, f. one's own way; instr. tyā, by one's own power, Śāk. 104, 14. ūrdhva-,
I. f. going onwards, Suśr. 1, 151, 12.
II. adj. rising, Rām. 1, 2, 40. kāma-, adj. going as one lists, Ragh. 13, 76. kṛṣṇa-, m. fire, MBh. 13, 4071. gagaṇa-, adj. moving in the sky, Megh. 47. dus-, f. 1. distress, Prab. 49, 9. 2. hell, MBh. 12, 5593. daiva-, f. the run of fate, Rām. 6, 94, 26. sadā-, m. 1. the sun. 2. wind. 3. the Supreme Spirit.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Having the power of motion, Hariv. 11794.
2. Fistulous, Suśr. 2, 7, 2.
1. gad, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 13, 1138),
1. To recite, MBh. 3, 2642.
2. To speak, Rām. 4, 5, 31; to speak to, with acc. of the person and of the object, Rām. 2, 36, 1. gadita, Reckoned up, MBh. 3, 13425. n. Speech, Śāk. d. 81, v. r.
-- Comp. a-, adj. uncommanded, Śiś. 9, 57. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass., gadya, n. A prosaic composition, MBh. 3, 966. Desid. jigadiṣa, To desire to speak, MBh. 12, 1604.
-- With the prep. ni ni,
1. To declare, MBh. 1, 4223.
2. To speak, Rām. 2, 40, 10. Pass. To be named, MBh. 1, 5308. nigadita, n. Speech, Bhāg. P. 8, 21, 5.
-- With prati prati, To answer, MBh. 13, 5887.
-- With vi vi, vigadita, Spread, Rām. 2, 35, 15.
-- Cf. Goth. quithan; Engl. quoth; perhaps also [greek] (cf. gadgada).
† 2. gad, i. 10, Par. To thunder.
I. m. i. e. 1. gad + a,
1. Speech, a spell, MBh 1, 1787.
2. Disease, Śṛṅgārat 14.
3. The younger brother of Kṛṣṇa MBh. 1, 7992.
II. f. dā, A club, Rām. 5, 80, 4.
-- Comp. a-gada,
I. adj. healthy Man. 8, 107.
II. m. 1. a medicament. Man. 7, 218. 2. health, 11, 237.
-- Comp. sa-gadgada + m, adv. in a faltering voice, Pañc. 43, 16. haṃsa-, f. dā, a woman speaking pleasantly.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek] frequent. of [greek] = 1. gad.
1. One who goes, MBh. 13, 7173.
2. Able to go, Nal. 24, 38.
3. Undergoing, Yājñ. 3, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. in-ventor.
† gandh, i. 10, Ātm.
1. To injure.
2. To move.
3. To ask.
1. Smell, odour, Hiḍ. 2, 12.
2. A perfume, Man. 2, 177.
3. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10378.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. stinking, Hariv. 2947. nis-, adj. wanting fragrance, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2637. pūti-,
I. adj., having an offensive smell.
II. m. a stench, Man. 4, 107.
III. n. sulphur. matsya-, adj., f. dhā, smelling of fishes, MBh. 1, 2398. yojana-, f. dhā, 1. musk. 2. a name of Sītā and Satyavatī. sa-,
I. adj. fragrant.
II. m. a kinsman. su-,
I. adj. sweet-smelling.
II. m. 1. fragrance. 2. sulphur.
III. f. dhā, 1. the name of several plants. 2. a proper name.
IV. n. the name of several plants.
1. The name of a mountain, Rām. 2, 54, 28.
2. A name of Rāvaṇa, MBh. 2, 410.
3. The name of a monkey, Rām. 1, 16, 13.
I. m. A Gandharva: in epic poetry the Gandharvas are demigods inhabiting Indra's heaven, and serving as celestial musicians, MBh. 1, 4806.
II. f. vī.
1. A female Gandharva, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 21.
2. A mythological person, Rām. 3, 20, 28; 29.
-- Comp. sa-, f. bā, with the Gandharba, Vikr. 13, 19. deva-, m. a celestial Gandharva, Rām. 1, 75, 28 Gorr.
I. adj., f. vatī, Fragrant, Rām. 6, 112, 84.
II. f. vatī,
1. A name of Vyāsa's mother, MBh. i, 2411.
2. The name of a river, Megh. 34.
I. adj., f. hā, Conveying fragrance, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 20.
II. m. The wind, Śāk. d. 101.
I. adj.
1. Fragrant.
2. Virtuous.
II. m.
1. A perfume.
2. A fragrant sort of mango.
III. n. The name of several plants.
1. Smelling,
2. Having only the smell of, e. g. bhrātṛ-, adj. Being a brother only nominally, not really, MBh. 3, 16111.
-- Comp. tri-su-, n. the three perfumes, Suśr. 2, 493, 21.
-- Comp. su-, adj. smelling agreeably, Arj. 4, 51.
1. An arm, Chr. 290, 10 = Rigv. i. 64, 10.
2. A ray of light, Rām. 4, 27, 3.
I. adj., f. matī, Radiant, MBh. 2, 443.
II. m. The sun, Ragh. 3, 37.
I. adj., f. rā,
1. Deep, Rām. 1, 5, 10; dwelling in the depth, Pañc. v. d. 10.
2. Thick, impervious, Rām. 3, 53, 22.
3. Deep-toned, Rām. 3, 30, 27.
4. Unfathomable, Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 14.
II. m. gabhīra, A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 17, 10.
III. f. gambhīrā, The name of a river, Megh. 41.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] and gahana.
1. To go, Man. 4, 47.
2. To move, Hit. i. d. 84; Rām. 3, 52, 12.
3. To go to (with acc.), MBh. 1, 5746; vanena vanaṃ gatvā, Going from one forest to another, Rām. 1, 1, 30; avanīṃ jānubhyām, To fall upon one's knees, MBh. 13, 935; dharanīṃ mūrdhnā, To bow one's head to the ground, Rām. 3, 11, 6; eno gacchati kartāram, An evil deed recoils on him who committed it, Man. 8, 19; with the loc., Pañc. 129, 4; with the dat., MBh. 3, 453; with prati, Nal. 26, 1.
4. To turn to (with acc.), Nal. 5, 33.
5. To pass, Rām. 2, 75, 54; kāle gacchati, In the long run, Kathās. 18, 129.
6. To know carnally (with the acc.), Man. 8, 376 (Atm.); Yājñ. 2, 289.
7. To undergo (cf. i.) śūdratvam, To become a Śūdra, Man. 2, 168; ānṛṇyam, To become quit of a debt, Man. 9, 229; nāśam, To become extinct, Man. 8, 17; saṃkhyānam, To be unmbered, Man. 3, 66.
8. To perceive, MBh. 3, 2108.
9. With doṣeṇa, and the acc. of a person, To accuse somebody, Rām. 4, 21, 3. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. gata (cf. [greek])
1. Gone, Nal. 21, 29, (26).
2. Trodden, Rām. 2, 52, 53.
3. Spread, Draup. 7, 10.
4. Dead, MBh. 5, 472.
5. Passed, Rām. 1, 63, 12.
6. As former part of a comp. adj., often: Disappeared, deprived of, e. g. gata-asu, adj. Dead, Bhag. 2, 11; gata-cetana, adj. Senseless, Nal. 9, 20.
7. Sprung up (with abl.), Kathās. 2, 11; come, Rām. 6, 8, 15.
8. Come to (with acc.), dṛkpatham, i. e. dṛś-patha, Come in sight, Vikr. d. 95; with the loc., Bhag. 15, 4.
9. Turned, Rām. 1, 2, 30; with prati, Rām. 3, 49, 12.
10. Being, Rām. 2, 100, 20. āpad-, adj. Being in distress, Bhartṛ. 2, 64. kaṇṭha-, adj. Being at the throat, Rām, 4, 26, 3; being in the throat, Suśr. 1, 306, 14; Pañc. i. d. 329. antar-gala-, adj. Remaining in the throat, Pañc. 265, 10. tathā-, adj. Being in this state, MBh. 3, 3014.
11. Belonging, Rām. 5, 91, 24.
12. Undergone (with acc.), e. g. anayam, Fallen into distress, Man. 10, 95.
13. Referring to, Śāk. 71, 18. ātmagatam, i. e. ātman-gata + m, adv. Speaking aside, in dramatic language, Śāk. 13, 8.
14. n. Going, MBh. 4, 297.
-- Comp. tad-, adj. 1. turned on him, her, it, that, Rām. 1, 2, 30. 2. only turned, Lass. 32, 12. tiryaggata, i. e. tiryañc-, adj. a quadruped, Rām. 2, 35, 17. dus-, adj. distressed, Bhartṛ. 2, 46. dhūrgata, i. e. dhur-, adj. being at the head, MBh. 1, 2826. payas-, n. ceasing of water, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1610. manas-, desired, Chr. 20, 18. yathā-gata + m, adv., (returning in the same manner) as one came. vayas-,
I. adj. old.
II. n. the end of youth, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1610. sarva-, adj. omnipresent. su- m. a Buddha. -Ptcple. of the fut. pass. gamya,
1. Accessible, Pañc. iii. d. 46.
2. Lascivious, Daśak. 62, 1.
3. Conceivable, Man. 12, 122.
4. Suitable (?) Yājñ. 1, 64.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. yā, unaccessible, unapproachable, unattainable. gamanīya, accessible, Man. 7, 174. -- Caus. gamaya,
1. To cause to go, MBh. 18, 95.
2. To send, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 13.
3. To cause to undergo, MBh. 5, 12; kṣayam, To ruin, MBh. 13, 12.
3. To pass, Pañc. ii. d. 161.
4. To grant, MBh. 14, 179.
5. To explain, MBh. 3, 11290.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To pass away, Rām. 2, 77, 1.
-- With upāti upa-ati, To cross, Rām. 2, 68, 15.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To pass, MBh. 3, 11937.
-- With adhi adhi,
1. To go, Rām. 6, 107, 16.
2. To enter, Man. 3, 250.
3. To attain, Rām. 4, 51, 36.
4. To surround, Gīt. 11, 7.
5. To accomplish, Mālav. d. 9.
6. To feel, Rām. 3, 53, 33.
7. To acquire, Man. 9, 204.
8. To choose, Man. 9, 91.
9. To espouse, Man. 9, 70.
10. To study, Man. 12, 109.
11. To read, MBh. 13, 5027. adhigata, also in the sense of the active,
1. Having attained, Śāk. 59, 14, v. r.
2. Having perused, Pañc. 223, 4.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., an-adhigamanīya, adj. Unattainable, Pañc. 203, 10.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi,
1. To approach, Rām. 2, 84, 5.
2. To acquire, Man. 8, 416.
3. To study, Man. 4, 20.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, Rām. 3, 15, 1.
2. To approach (with acc.), MBh. 13, 1487.
3. To visit, Rām. 2, 48, 10.
4. To cover from behind, Kir. 5, 2.
5. To imitate, Ragh. 16, 13. anugata,
1. Accompanied, Rām. 1, 1, 17.
2. Conformable, Pañc. 218, 8; also in the sense of the active, Following, Man. 9, 267.
-- With samanu sam-anu,
1. To follow, Rām. 3, 66, 17.
2. To pursue, to penetrate, MBh. 11, 125.
-- With antar antar in antargata,
1. Gone into, Rām. 6, 93, 2.
2. Being in, Rām. 6, 100, 1.
3. Interior, Man. 8, 25.
4. Concealed, Śāk. d. 161.
5. Destroyed, Bhag. 7, 28.
-- With apa apa, To go off, MBh. 7, 2087; to leave (with abl.) MBh. 13, 4284.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To go away, MBh. 13, 7421.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To advance, Man. 2, 196.
2. To approach, Man. 1, 1.
3. To approach carnally, Yājñ. 2, 205.
4. To visit, Man. 4, 153.
5. To meet, MBh. 3, 2978.
6. To undergo; nidrām, To fall asleep, Rām. 5, 68, 3. abhigamya, Accessible, Ragh. 1, 16. Caus. To explain, MBh. 1, 1295.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To approach. Rām. 3, 9, 16.
-- With ava ava,
1. To enter into, MBh. 5, 740.
2. To inquire, Śāk. 8, 22, v. r.
3. To perceive, Hit. i. d. 92.
4. To understand, Śāk. 21, 17.
5. To guess, Śāk. 15, 4.
6. To take for, Rām. 6, 101, 7.
7. with doṣeṇa, To accuse, Rām. 2, 92, 29. Caus.
1. To cause to experience, Mālav. 14, 2.
2. To let know, Daśak. 113, 3.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, To know one by one, MBh. 11, 90.
-- With samava sam-ava, To know completely. Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 25.
-- With astam asta + m (cf. asta), To set (as the sun), Hit. 17, 20.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, Rām. 1, 2, 26.
2. With saha, To meet with, Nal. 16, 34.
3. To return, Lass. 30, 7.
4. To undergo. viśvāsam, To take confidence, Pañc. 34, 15. ānṛṇyam, To become quit of a debt, Rām. 3, 27, 13. dāsatvam, To become enslaved, Nal. 26, 21. pañcatvam, To die, Kathās. 2, 32. āgata,
1. Come, Nal. 3, 3.
2. Having attained, Daśak. 2, 58.
3. Devolved, Pañc. 16, 11.
4. Gained, Man. 4, 226.
5. Happened, MBh. 3, 2555.
6. As former part of comp. words often; Possessed of; āgata-manyu, adj. Moved with resentment, Man. 2, 152.
-- Comp. tiryakpratimukha-, i. e. tiryañc-pratimukha-, adj. overturned or running against anything, Man. 8, 291. su-, n. welcome, salutation. -- Caus.
1. To cause to approach, Gīt. 12, 3.
2. To teach, Śiś. 9, 79.
3. To learn, MBh. 5, 132.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā, To find, MBh. 1, 3984.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To follow, MBh. 1, 1917. anvāgata, also in the sense of an active, Following, MBh. 6, 2809.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 3, 10979.
2. To undergo; cintām, To become thoughtful, Rām. 3, 4, 20. abhyāgata, Come, Sāv. 7, 8; a guest, Hit. i. d. 54.
-- With samabhyā sam-abhi-ā, samabhyāgata, Approached, Pañc. 205, 9.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To approach, Nal. 7, 12.
2. To appear, Rām. 4, 51, 40.
3. To come to one's share, Hit. 268, 1
4. To return, Kathās. 18, 400.
5. To undergo; doṣam, Yājñ. 2, 256; pañcatvam, To die, Pañc. 120, 13.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 3, 2192.
2. To befall, Yājñ. 2, 53.
3. To undergo; cintām, To become thoughtful, Rām. 2, 29, 22.
-- With paryā pari-ā,
1. To approach all together, MBh. 4, 1146.
2. To finish, Rām. 3, 35, 9.
3. To subdue, MBh. 1, 4567. paryāgata punar, Recovered, MBh. 13, 3496.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To return, Rām. 4, 33, 22.
2. To recover, Vikr. 8, 1, v. r.
-- With saṃpratyā sam-prati-ā, To return, MBh. 13, 2193.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To meet, to assemble, Rām. 4, 28, 31; Man. 7 148. samāgamya, collectively, Man. 8, 408.
2. To unite, Rām. 4, 44, 78; carnally, MBh. 3, 17097.
3. To approach, Rām. 1, 32, 7. -- Caus. To unite, Vikr. d. 34.
-- With abhisamā abhi-sam-ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 11, 445.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rise, Ṛt. 1, 10, v. r.; Pañc. 47, 18.
2. To open, Vikr. d. 107.
3. To go out, Ragh. 7, 16 (uttered); Rām. 2, 48, 1 (vanished).
4. To spread, Ragh. 18, 19. udgamanīya, see separately.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To advance toward, MBh. 1, 3572. abhyudgata,
1. Elevated.
2. Risen.
3. Approached.
-- With prod pra-ud, To project, Kathās. 26, 9.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To advance toward, Man. 2, 196.
-- With samud sam-ud, To come out, Ṛt. 1, 7.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, Rām. 3, 4, 32; with adharmeṇa, To treat ill, MBh. 8, 2082.
2. To undergo; pratikūlatām, To become hostile, Śiś. 9, 6. upagata,
1. Enchased, MBh. 12, 1545.
2. Granted, Man. 2, 160.
3. n. A receipt, Yājñ. 2, 93. -- Caus. To cause to approach, Daśak. 137, 18. -- Desid. upa-jigamiṣa, To desire to walk, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 26.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa,
1. To approach, Pañc. 189, 24.
2. To go to, Śiś. 9, 13.
3. To attain, Rām. 5, 67, 10.
4. To resign one's self (to somebody), Daśak. in Chr. 191, 12.
5. To assent, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 8.
6. To admit, to grant, Śāk. 69, 22. -- Caus. To persuade to assent, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 12.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 7718.
2. To undergo; pañcatvaṃ samupāgamat (perhaps sam-upa-ā-agamat), To die, Kathās. 5, 122.
-- With ni ni, To undergo; śāntim, To become pacified, Bhag. 9, 31.
-- With nis nis,
1. To go out, to come out, to depart from (with abl.), Mārk. P. 22, 47; Suśr. 1, 298, 1; Śāk. d. 131; Man. 9, 83.
2. To undergo, MBh. 3, 15399 (preṣyatām, To become a servant). nirgata, Disappeared; nirgata-viśaṅka, adj. Fearless, Pañc. 124, 12.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To depart from, Rām. 1, 9, 13.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To go out, to leave (with abl. and gen.), Rām. 5, 84, 10; 4, 22, 39.
2. To depart, Pañc. 48, 13.
3. To be beside one's self, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 30. vinirgata,
1. Stretched forth, Ṛt. 1, 21.
2. Free from, Man. 8, 65.
-- With saṃnis sam-nis, To depart, Rām. 5, 42, 5.
-- With parā parā, parāgata, Covered, Śiś. 6, 2.
-- With pari pari,
1. To walk round, Rām. 2, 55, 24.
2. To wander over, Sāv. 6, 3.
3. To surround, Rām. 6, 15, 5.
4. To spread everywhere, Śāk. d. 194.
5. To die, Bhartṛ. 3, 49.
6. To undergo, e. g. śāntim, To become pacified, MBh. 2, 1761. parigata,
1. Possessed of, Pañc. i. d. 55.
2. Known, Śāk. 95, 20. Caus. To pass, Ragh. 8, 91.
-- With pra pra, To advance, Rām. 1, 9, 30.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To separate, MBh. 1, 7372.
-- With prati prati,
1. To advance towards, MBh. 3, 10908.
2. To return, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 17; Chr. 66, 12, read prati gatām.
-- With vi vi,
1. To pass, MBh. 14, 1912.
2. To disappear, Man. 3, 259. vigata,
1. As former part of comp. adj., Disappeared. -asu, adj. Lifeless, MBh. 7, 1420.
2. Deceased, Man. 5, 75.
3. Sunk down, base, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 36.
-- With sam sam, generally Ātm.
1. To assemble, Rām. 3, 35, 97.
2. To meet, Nal. 12, 29; Rājat. 5, 97; MBh. 1, 5989.
3. To unite, Arj. 3, 1; carnally, MBh. 3, 17085.
4. To shrivel, MBh. 1, 3471.
5. To accord, Vedāntas. in Chr. 213, 17.
6. To undergo, viśrambham, To take confidence, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 2. saṃgata, Seasonable, Rām. 2, 95, 14. n.
1. Meeting, MBh. 3, 14044.
2. Union, Śāk. d. 120; Vikr. d. 162; connection, Man. 3, 140.
3. Friendship, Rām. 5, 94, 21. a-saṃgata, adj. Unfit, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 404. Anom. absol., saṃgatvā, MBh. 13, 456. -- Caus.
1. To unite, Vikr. d. 143.
2. To lead to (with two acc.), Hit. pr. 55.
3. To transfer on (with loc.), Ragh. 12, 104.
4. To offer, MBh. 5, 4841.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam,
1. To approach, Rām. 4, 1, 9.
2. To unite, Rām. 2, 36, 8.
3. To advance towards, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 5.
-- With upasam upa-sam,
1. To unite, MBh. 1, 6897.
2. To approach, Bhag. 1, 2.
3. To undergo, MBh. 13, 5697 (samatām, To become alike).
-- With saha saha, To accompany, Rām. 4, 8, 26.
-- Cf. Lat. venio for vemio (= gam, i. 4); [greek] for [greek] = gaccha; Goth. gaggan, an old frequent., cf. the Sekr. frequent. jaṅgam; also Goth. gatvo, qviman; A.S. cuman; see also gati, gantṛ, and gā.
I. latter part of comp. words, f. mā, Going, e. g. kha-,
1. adj. Moving in the sky, MBh. 3, 820.
2. m. A bird, Nal. 1, 24.
3. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 995.
II. m.
1. Way, Chanrap. 44.
2. Carnal approaching, Man. 11, 54.
-- Comp. a-, 1. adj. inaccessible, MBh. 3, 8247. 2. m. a tree. durgama, i. e. dus-, adj., f. mā, 1. difficult to be passed (as a way), Rām. 5, 74, 31. 2. difficult to be crossed, MBh. 1, 2924.
3. difficult to be attained, Rām. 6, 67, 10. 4. difficult in general, MBh. 13, 7535. pakṣa-, adj. flying, Rām. 3, 56, 45. su-, adj. 1. accessible. 2. easy, MBh. 13, 7535. 3. plain, intelligible.
1. Gait, Śṛṅgārat. 7.
2. Going, Rām. 1, 9, 40.
3. Going to, Rām. 1, 3, 16.
4. Coming, Hiḍ. 4, 27 (? read āgamanam).
5. Carnal approach, Rām. 3, 13, 6.
6. Undergoing, e. g. pañcatva-, Death, Rām. 5, 15, 78.
7. Way, Rām. 3, 68, 50.
-- Comp. adhogamana, i. e. adhas-, n. descending, Rājat. 5, 310. anta-, n. 1. accomplishing, Pañc. iii. d. 130. 2. dying. antarā-, n. passing between, Man. 4, 126. asta-, n. setting (of the sun), MBh. 1, 6058. saha-, n. 1. accompanying. 2. a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband.
† gamb, i. 1, Par. To go.
I. m.
1. The name of a Ṛṣi, Rām. 2, 107, 11.
2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1827.
3. The name of a mountain, MBh. 3, 8304.
II. f. yā.
1. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 8075.
2. The name of a river, MBh. 1, 7818.
1. A fluid (ved.).
2. m. and n. Poison, Rām. 2, 110, 24.
-- Comp. bhū-, n. Poison.
2. The magical faculty of making one's self as heavy as one lists, Lass. 3, 18.
3. Dignity, Pañc. i. d. 36.
4. A most venerable person, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 21.
1. The sovereign of the feathered race and vehicle of Viṣṇu, MBh. 1, 1092.
2. The name of a battle-array, Man. 7, 187.
-- Comp. śveta-, m. A goose.
I. m. The name of an old Ṛṣi, MBh. 9, 2132, and other persons.
II. f. gā, A proper name, Rājat. 5, 250.
1. A whirlpool (ved.).
2. A churn, MBh. 12, 2783.
-- Cf. Lat. gurges.
1. Roaring, MBh. 3, 12137.
2. Thunder, Megh. 35.
-- With anu anu, To roar after, MBh. 7, 1714. anugarjita, n. The echo of a roar, Kumāras. 6, 40.
-- With abhi abhi, To roar at, MBh. 7, 5484. abhigarjita, n. A wild challenging roar, Rām. 4, 14, 1.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To roar at, MBh. 5, 5635.
-- With pari pari, To roar, Rām. 1, 28, 17 (garjatīm, anom. instead of garjantīm, on account of the metre).
-- With pra pra, To begin to roar, MBh. 1, 1419.
-- With prati prati, To roar at, MBh. 5, 2048.
-- With vi vi, To roar, MBh. 6, 610.
-- With sam sam, To roar at, MBh. 7, 5908.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
1. A hole, MBh. 1, 1034; Pañc. 81, 22; MBh. 7, 4953.
2. A ditch, Man. 4, 47; 203.
† gard, i. 1, and 10, Par. To sound.
I. m. An ass, Man. 8, 298.
II. f. bhī.
1. A she ass, MBh. 13, 1827.
2. An insect, a kind of beetle living in cow-dung. Suśr. 2. 288, 3.
-- Cf. gṛdh.
† garb, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- Cf. garv.
1. The womb, Pañc. Pr. 8.
2. The interior, MBh. 9, 2741.
3. A foetus or embryo, Bhag. 3, 38.
4. A sprout, Rām. 5, 28, 6.
5. Conception, Man. 2, 36.
5. As former part of comp. words it has often the second signification; cf. garbha-gṛha. As latter part of comp. adj. Holding in one's interior, containing; e. g. śuka-, adj. Containing parrots, Śāk. d. 14. sneha-, adj. Containing oil, MBh. 12, 13414.
-- Comp. gṛhīta- (vb. grah), adj., f. bhā, pregnant, Suśr. 1, 321, 16. jāra-, adj., f. bhā, Pregnant by an adulterer, not. ad Hit. Pr. d. 38; 39. deva-, m. The child of a god, MBh. 3, 17161. mati-, adj. full of understanding, Śiś. 9, 62. ratna-, I. m. Kuvera. II. f. bhā, the earth. śamī-, m. 1. a Brāhmaṇa. 2. fire. sa-, m. a brother by the same father and mother. sura-, m. the child of a god, Hiḍ. 4, 27. soma-, m. Viṣṇu. sravadgarbhā, i. e. sravant-garbha (vb. sru), f. a woman or cow miscarrying by accident. sva-, m. one's own foetus, Rām. 3, 49, 49. hima-, adj. laden with cold, Śāk. d. 54. hiraṇya-, m. Brahman.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. kalbo; A. S. calf.
1. Being in the womb, Pañc. ii. d. 82.
2. Being in the interior, MBh. 7, 3110.
-- Cf. garbha-srāva.
† garv, or garb garb, i. 1, Par. and i. 10, Ātm. To be proud.
-- Comp. dhana-, m. a proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 23. sa-, adj. proud; °vam, adv. haughtily, Rām. 3, 32, 2.
-- Comp. pari-, adj. very proud, Cāṇ. 94 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 413.
1. To blame, Rām. 2, 75, 19; MBh. 5 648; 1, 5731; 3, 526.
2. To loathe, Man. 11, 229. garhita,
1. Contemned, Man. 10, 39.
2. Blameable, Rām. 3, 51, 23.
3. Prejudicial, Lass. 16, 15.
4. with abl., Worse, MBh. 3, 1040.
-- Comp. a-, adj. f. tā, 1. unblamed, respected, Man. 9, 109. 2. unblameable, Man. 4, 3. -- garhya, contemptible, Man. 5, 149.
-- With the prep. ava ava, avagarhita, Contemned, Rām. 2, 21, 19.
-- With ni ni, To despise, MBh. 13, 5892.
-- With pari pari, To blame much, Rām. 2, 106, 10.
-- With prati prati, pratigarhita, Blamed, Rām. 6, 103, 15 (perhaps prati must be separated, and signifies Concerning).
-- With vi vi, To blame, Rām. 6, 8, 3. vigarhita,
1. Blemished, Man. 9, 72.
2. Contemptible, Man. 3, 167.
1. gal, (akin to gur, cf. ud-gur), i. 1, Par.
1. To drop, to distil, Kathās. 11, 57.
2. To fall, Śiś. 9, 75.
3. To disappear, Bhartṛ. 1, 69. -- Caus. gālaya,
1. To percolate, Daśak. 156, 2.
2. To sift, Suśr. 1, 165, 18.
3. To dilute, Suśr. 1, 166, 6.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To fall off, Śiś. 8, 34.
-- With ā ā, To fall, Rām. 5, 13, 34.
-- With samā sam-ā, To tumble down, MBh. 1, 1409.
-- With ud ud, To burst forth, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 14.
-- With nis nis, nirgalita, Distilling, Ragh. 5, 17.
-- With pari pari, parigalita,
1. Tumbled down, MBh. 1, 1183.
2. Sunk in, Pañc. 8, 17.
-- With vi vi,
1. To distil, Prab. 79, 16.
2. To fall off, Amar. 36.
3. To disappear, Kathās. 7, 75. vigalita,
1. Drained by distilling, MBh. 1, 1182.
2. Liquefied, dissolved, Kathās 18, 78; Gīt. 1, 31.
3. Tumbled down, MBh. 4, 826.
4. Unwieldy, Bhartṛ. 3, 74.
-- Cf. garuḍa, and Lat. volare (concerning the signification, cf. pat), [greek] (Causal).
† 2. gal, i. 10, Atm. To distil; see 1. gal.
† 3. gal, i. 1, Par. To eat.
-- Cf. 2. gṛ10.
-- Cf. Lat. gula; O.H.G. kela; A.S. ceolr, [greek]
-- With the prep. pra pra, To behave resolutely, Śiś. 10, 18.
† galh, i. 1, Atm. = garh.
1. A species of ox, Bos gavaeus, Pañc. 53, 10.
2. The name of a monkey, Rām. 4, 25, 33.
1. An air-hole, a round window, a bull's eye, Rām. 3, 61, 13.
2. (m. ?) The name of a sea, Rājat. 5, 423.
3. The name of a monkey, Rām. 4, 25, 33.
1.
1. The sun, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 36.
2. The name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2538.
I. adj., f. yā,
1. Produced by a cow.
2. Consisting of milk.
II. n. Milk.
-- Comp. pañcagavya, i. e. pañcan-, n. the five pure things produced by the cow, Man. 11, 165.
1. Pasture-ground (ved.).
2. A measure = 4000 daṇḍa = 2 krośas, Rām. 6, 33, 13.
† gah, i. 10, gahaya, Par. To strive, to penetrate.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Deep, Bhartṛ. 3, 11.
2. Impervious, Rām. 2, 85, 4.
3. Impenetrable, Pañc. i. d. 317.
II. n.
1. A thicket, Rām. 4, 48, 2.
2. Impenetrability, obscurity, MBh. 11, 125.
3. Multitude, Rām. 1, 35, 16.
I. adj., f. rā and rī, Impenetrable, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 4.
II. n.
1. A thicket, MBh. 4, 727.
2. An enigma, MBh. 13, 1388.
1. To go, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 1.
2. To come, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 27.
3. To undergo (cf. gam); harṣam, To become glad, Rām. 5, 91, 25. Desider. jigīṣa, To desire to go, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 25.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To cross, Rām. 2, 52, 75.
2. To pass, Arj. 4, 62.
3. To die, Rām. 2, 72, 29.
4. To escape, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 56.
5. To subdue, Bhāg. P. 9, 20, 27.
6. To neglect, MBh. 5, 4212.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To pass, Ragh. 6, 52.
-- With adhi adhi,
1. To undergo; śramam, To become tired, Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 10.
2. To think of, Nal. 10, 16.
3. usually Ātm., To study, to learn, to read, MBh. 1, 5106; 13, 121; Man. 1, 59; Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 23.
-- With anu anu, To follow, MBh. 3, 2303.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To follow, MBh. 5, 432.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To go to, Rām. 1, 63, 3.
2. To approach, Rām. 1, 20, 2.
3. To undergo, to attain, MBh. 3, 16625.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 3573.
2. To befall, MBh. 3, 1355.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā
1. To approach, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 10.
2. To befall, MBh. 3, 1120.
3. To resolve (with infin.), Man. 10, 108.
-- With samabhyā sam-abhi-ā, To approach, MBh. 1, 5328.
2. To befall, MBh. 2, 2597.
-- With upā upa-ā, To approach, Kathās. 5, 68.
-- With paryā To expire, MBh. 12, 8157.
-- With ni ni, To nestle, MBh. 6, 1886.
-- With nis nis, To go out, Kathās. 18, 83.
-- With pari pari,
1. To move round, Rām. 2, 96, 45.
2. To befall, MBh. 1, 3647.
3. To mistake, to know not, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 35.
-- With anupari anu-pari, To walk over, MBh. 12, 8081.
-- With pra pra, To proceed, MBh. 6, 2212.
-- With prati prati, To return, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 37.
-- With sam sam, To go to, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 66.
-- Cf. [greek] (= agām), perhaps Lat. navi-gare.
I. adj., f. gī.
1. Belonging to the Gaṅga, MBh. 7, 2215.
II. n. The name of a kind of rain-water (ascribed to the celestial Gaṅgā), Suśr. 1, 170, 2.
I. adj.
1. Belonging to the Gaṅgā, MBh. 3, 165.
2. Being near the Gaṅgā, Rām. 6, 4, 2.
II. m. metronym. A son of the Gaṅgā, MBh. 1, 94.
1. Depth.
2. Intensity, Daśak. 102, 3.
† gātr, i. 10, Par. To loosen.
1. A limb, Man. 2, 209.
2. The body, Man. 4, 122.
-- Comp. romāñcita-, adj., f. rā, with horripilation of the body, Pañc. 128. 21. vara-, adj., f. rā, having a beautiful body, Mṛcch. 10, 21.
-- Cf. [greek] although of different signification.
1. A singer, MBh. 2, 1450.
2. The father of Viśvāmitra (ved.).
1. To stand.
2. † To desire.
3. † To heap together.
I. adj., f. dhā, Shallow (properly, Wherein one may get a footing), Rām. 5, 94, 6.
II. n. and m. Bottom, MBh. 7, 91; Rām. 5, 94, 12.
-- Comp. a-, adj., 1. bottomless, Rām. 5, 74, 17. 2. unfathomable, MBh. 5, 897. dus- adj., unfathomable, Suśr. 2, 302, 15.
-- Cf. Lat. vadum, vādere.
I. adj., f. vī.
1. Referable or belonging to the Gandharvas, MBh. 7, 6348; Rām. 1, 29, 15.
2. m. viz. vivāha, A form of marriage, that which requires only mutual agreement, Man. 3, 21.
3. Musical, MBh. 3, 8421.
4. Possessed by the Gandharvas, Suśr. 1, 332, 21.
II. n. Music and dance, MBh. 13, 1427.
-- Comp. yuddha- (vb. yudh), n. a battle like the dance of the Gandharvas, Rām. 6, 28, 26.
I. gāndhāri + a,
1. m. A prince of the Gāndhāris.
2. f. rī, A princess of the Gāndhāris, MBh. 1, 3790.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 361.
III. m. The third note of the scale, MBh. 4, 515.
1. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 8, 2135.
2. i. e. gāndhārī + i, metronym. The sor of Gāndhārī, MBh. 2, 1791.
I. m. A vendor of perfumes, Sāh. D. 35, 11.
II. n. Perfumes, Pañc. 7, 17.
1. Going, moving, Hit. Pr. 40; haṃsa-vāraṇa-, Walking like a phenicopteros, or like a young elephant, Man. 3, 10.
2. Approaching carnally, Yājñ. 2, 234.
3. Attaining, Rām. 5, 21, 19.
4. Devolving on, Yājñ. 2, 145.
5. Turning, directed to, Bhag. 8, 8.
6. Referring to, MBh. 2, 26.
-- Comp. agra-, adj. going at the head, Rām. 5, 41, 2. anta-, adj. going to death. ṛtu-, adj. approaching one's wife at the due time, Bhāg. P. 7, 12, 11. kubja-, adj. going astray, Pañc. ii. d. 5.
1. Depth, Rām. 1, 1, 18.
2. Dignity, Ragh. 3, 32.
I. m. and n. A song (ved.).
II. f. trī.
1. A certain metre, MBh. 6, 172.
2. A sacred verse from the Vedas: this is usually personified and cousidered as a goddess, MBh. 3, 13432.
I. m. A public singer, Man. 4, 210.
II. n. A song, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 43.
I. adj.
1. Referable to Garuḍa, Rām. 6, 86, 3.
2. Having the form of Garuḍa, Rām. 6, 6, 11.
II. n. An emerald, Ragh. 13, 53.
1. patronym., f. gī, Offspring of Garga, Rām. 2, 32, 28; Hariv. 10243 (a surname of Durgā).
2. The name of a tribe, MBh. 7, 396.
1. Born of a womb, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 27.
2. Referring to pregnancy, Man. 2, 27.
I. adj. and m. (viz. agni), A sacred fire perpetually maintained by a householder, Man. 2, 132.
II. m. pl. The name of a class of Pitṛs or Manes, MBh. 2, 462.
I. adj. Befitting the householder, MBh. 9, 2854.
II. n.
1. Condition of a householder, Rām. 2, 106, 21.
2. Household, MBh. 14, 162.
3. Abode, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 15.
1. To dive into, Rām. 3, 76, 33.
2. To enter, Rām. 2, 52, 95. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. gāhita, with the sense of the act., MBh. 3, 8772.
II. gāḍha,
1. Used for bathing in, Ragh. 9, 72.
2. Accessible, open, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 40.
3. Fast, tight, Rām. 4, 15, 20.
4. Vehement, Amar. 36; Megh. 81. ḍham, adv.
1. Strongly, fast, Mārk. P. 16, 25; Rām. 2, 31, 2.
2. Vehemently, Rām. 1, 9, 47.
3. Heavily, Chr. 35, 7.
4. Much, Rām. 2, 57, 3.
-- Comp. dus-gāḍha, unfathomable, Hariv. 17484.
-- With the prep. ava ava (sometimes va without its initial),
1. To dive into, Rām. 1, 2, 8.
2. To bathe, MBh. 3, 8649.
3. To betake one's self, Vikr. 62, 15. avagāhita and avagāḍha, Used for bathing in, MBh. 3, 8230; 8236. avagāḍha,
1. Immersed, Rām. 2, 59, 28.
2. Deeply impressed, Śāk. d. 56.
3. Vanished, MBh. 4, 2238.
4. Stagnating, Suśr. 1, 353, 3. -- Caus.
1. To let bathe, Suśr. 2, 192, 11.
2. To bathe, Suśr. 2, 550, 11.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To dive, MBh. 1, 7285.
2. To break in, MBh. 4, 1984.
3. To sink down, to begin (as nightfall), MBh. 3, 16820.
-- With ud ud in udgāḍha, Excessive, Prab. 67, 9.
-- With upa upa, To break in, Rām. 6, 31, 29.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To dive into, MBh. 14, 1392.
-- With vi vi,
1. To dive into, Rām. 2, 48, 8.
2. To enter, Ragh. 14, 30.
3. To betake one's self to, MBh. 3, 11343.
4. To fall (as night; see vi-ava), MBh. 5, 7246. vigāḍha,
1. Bathed, Rām. 5, 7, 39.
2. Used for bathing, Rām. 5, 74, 31.
3. Having penetrated, MBh. 4, 2072.
4. Fallen (as night; see vi-ava), MBh. 3, 1821.
5. Having taken place, MBh. 5, 2776.
6. Much, exceeding. -- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., durvigāhya, i. e. dus-, adj.
1. Difficult to be sounded, MBh. 13, 1840.
2. Difficult to be passed, Hariv. 13670.
3. Difficult to be accomplished, Rām. 5, 51, 23.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To enter, Ram. 6, 16, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek]
1. Voice, Yājñ. 1, 71.
2. Speech, Nal. 1, 26 (25).
3. A word, Nal. 11, 6.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To utter, Pañc. 221, 13.
1. A mountain, Rām. 1, 2, 29.
2. A name of the numeral eight, Śrutab. 38.
-- Comp. antar-, m. land lying in the midst of mountains, MBh. 2, 1012. asta-, m. the mountain behind which the sun is supposed to set, Śiś. 9, 1. kāñcana-, m. a name of Meru, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 28. kula-, m. a principal mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 7. tuṣāra-, m. the Himālaya, MBh. 13, 836. deva-, dhūmra-, rāma-, m. names of mountains. vahirgiri, i. e. vahis-, m. land lying beyond a mountain, MBh. 2, 1012. svar- and svargi(n)-, m. the mountain Sumeru.
I. adj. Produced in mountains.
II. f. jā, A name of Śiva's wife Umā, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 12.
1. gu, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. gaunon.
† 2. gu (v. r. GŪ), i. 6, Par. To void excrement.
3. gu (vb. gam), Going.
-- Cf. adhrigu.
4. -gu, a substitute for go when latter part of comp. adj., e. g. śata-, adj. Possessing a hundred cows, Man. 11, 14.
1. A shrub, Man. 1, 48.
2. A cluster of blossoms, Gīt. 11, 11.
-- Comp. romaguccha, i. e. roman-, n. a sort of whisk.
† guj, i. 6, Par. To buzz.
-- Cf. the next.
-- Cf. [greek] (Frequentat.).
1. A ball, Mṛcch. 79, 2.
2. A pearl, Ragh. 5, 70.
† guḍ, i. 6, Par. To defend.
1. A ball, MBh. 7, 9212.
2. Molasses, Man. 8, 326.
-- Comp. ayoguḍa, i. e. ayas-, m. an iron ball, Man. 3, 133
-- Cf. gola.
1. To multiply. guṇita, Multiplied, MBh. 3, 7030; Megh. 109. Comp. dvi-, adj. double, Kir. 5, 46.
2. † To invite.
1. A string, Ragh. 2, 83.
2. A bow-string, Rām. 3, 33, 16.
3. A lutestring, Śiś. 4, 57.
4. Time; daśa guṇās, Ten times, Man. 2, 85; in this signification it is almost always the latter part of a comp. adj. and preceded by numerals, e. g. aṣṭaguṇa, i. e. aṣṭan-, Eight-fold, Man. 8, 400. dvi-,
a. Twofold, double, Cāṇ. 78.
b. Twice as many, MBh. 3, 14316.
c. Folded, Yājñ. 1, 232. With an abl., As many times more as are denoted by the numeral, e. g. mūlyāt pañcaguṇa, i. e. pañcan-, Five times the value, Man. 8, 289; tvattaḥ śataguṇo bale, A hundred times stronger than thou, Rām. 6, 95, 11; also comparat., e. g. dviguṇatara, Doubled, Pañc. 57, 15.
5. Species, MBh. 12, 6847.
6. A subordinate element.
7. An accompanying dish, Man. 3, 226.
8. Quality of a subject, Man. 3, 36; 1, 76-78.
9. The three fundamental qualities: sattva, rajas, and tamas, Man. 12, 24.
10. A good quality, virtue, Man. 9, 141; excellence, Ragh. 3, 30; gain, Pañc. ii d. 21.
11. Excess, MBh. 3, 14746.
12. One of the six expedients in government, Man. 7, 160.
-- Comp. a-, m. a bad property, Man. 3, 22. ati-, adj. extraordinary, Rām. 4, 41, 79.; dhanus-, a bow-string, Ṛt. 6, 1 (read -mālam and -guṇam). tathā-, adj. having such qualities, Rām. 2, 22, 19. tri-,
I. m. pl. the three principal qualities, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 28.
II. adj. 1. consisting of three strings, Kumāras. 5, 10. 2. three times as many, Man. 5, 137., nis-, adj., f. ṇā, 1. without a string, Mṛcch. 131 17. 2. without qualities, MBh. 1, 2432. 3. devoid of virtue, Rām. 2, 33, 11. muktā-, m. a string of pearls, Megh. 47. vi-, adj. 1. void of all qualities. 2. void of distinguishing qualities, Śiś. 9, 12. 3. worthless, bad. 4. imperfect, Man. 10, 97 (imperfectly performed). viveka-vi-, adj. contrary to reason, unreasonable, Rājat. 5, 352. viśeṣa-, m. a special quality, Bhāṣāp. 26, 89; 90. śruti-viṣaya-, adj. having as its special property that which is the object of hearing, i. e. sound, epithet of the ether, Śāk. d. 1. sa-, adj. endowed with qualities, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 18.
1. Concerning good qualities, Man. 11, 185.
2. Conformably to the three fundamental qualities (see guṇa
9), Bhag. 18, 29.
1. Being subordinate, Bhag. P. 3, 26, 39 (see guṇa
6).
2. Excellence, MBh. 3, 11236.
1. The state of being a string, Hit. i. d. 30.
2. Excellence, Suśr. 1, 184, 10.
1. Consisting of virtues, MBh. 1, 6546.
2. Referable to the three fundamental qualities, MBh. 14, 1327.
1. Possessing good qualities, Rām. 3, 11, 16.
2. Excellent, Nal. 1, 30. Compar. vattara, More excellent, Man. 5, 113. Superl. Most distinguished, Yājñ. 2, 78.
-- Comp. a-, adj. bad, Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
1. Possessing qualities or attributes, i. e. being a subject, Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 14.
2. Possessing good qualities, virtuous, Man. 8, 73.
3. Knowing the qualities, Mārk. P. 27, 9.
-- Comp. su-, adj. virtuous, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.
1. To cover, MBh. 7, 2734.
2. To ensnare, 6, 819.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To cover, Man. 4, 49.
† guṇḍ, i. 10, Par.
1. To cover.
2. To pound.
3. To preserve.
† gud, i. 1. Ātm. To play.
† gudh, i. 4, Par. To cover. ii. 9, Par. To be angry. i. 1, Ātm. To play (v. r.)
† gundr, i. 10, Par. To lie, to speak falsely.
1. gup, Par. Base of the present, etc., gopāya (gopa, Gīt. 6, 12), Par.; and gopaya, Par. Ātm. (old Causals of guh; cf. ruh).
1. To guard, to protect, gopāyati, MBh. 6, 472; gopayasva, 5, 350; jugopa, 6, 3897.
2. To keep in memory, Gīt. 6, 12 (gopatas, ptcple. of the pres.).
3. To conceal, Rājat. 5, 222; Pañc. ii. d. 106.
4. † gopaya, To speak. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass., gopita and gupta, Guarded, MBh. 1, 5090; Man. 7, 76. gupta + m. adv. Privately, Kathās. 5, 40.
-- Comp. deva-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 436. nābhi-, the name of a division of the world, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 15. parva(n)- and viṣṇu-, m. proper names. su-gupta, adj. well concealed, Lass. 15, 3. °tam, adv. privily, Pañc. 231, 17. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
1. goptavya and gopya, To be guarded, MBh. 12, 3449; 12, 1481.
2. gopya, To be concealed, Pañc. i. d. 113.
3. gopanīya, To be prevented, MBh. 12, 5399. -- Caus. gopāyaya, To guard, MBh. 3, 10835. -- Desider. jugupsa, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par. Rām. 2, 69, 20).
1. To disdain, Man. 6, 58.
2. To be offended, MBh. 1, 6375. -Ptcple. of the pf. pass., jugupsita,
1. Abominated, MBh. 3, 1288.
2. Contemned, Man. 4, 209. n. 1. An abominable act, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 15. 2. Abominableness, 1, 7, 42.
-- Comp. a-jugupsita, being reverenced, Man. 3, 209.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anugupta, Guarded, MBh. 3. 8436. tam, adv. Privately, MBh. 3, 251.
-- With abhi abhi, abhigupta, Protected. MBh. 1, 7989.
-- With upa upa, upagupta, Concealed, Bhāg. P. 4, 16. 10.
-- With pari pari, gopāya To guard. Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 1. -- Desider. To be on one's guard (with abl.), MBh. 12, 3136.
-- With pra pra, gopaya. To guard Pañc. i. d. 348.
-- With sam sam, saṃgupta,
1. Protected, MBh. 13, 248.
2. Concealed, MBh. 13, 514 Comp. su-, adj. well guarded, MBh. 5, 900.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃgupta, Guarded, MBh. 3, 274.
2. gup, i. 4, Par. To be confused or disturbed.
1. Guarding, protecting, Rām. 2, 51, 3.
2. Defences, Rām. 6, 12, 16.
3. Concealing.
-- Comp. ratha-, f. an apparatus encompassing a war-chariot, to secure it from being injured by weapons or collision. su-, f. secrecy, Hit. iv. d. 51 (closeness).
-- With the prep. ava ava, To assault, Man. 4, 169.
-- With ud ud, ptcple. of the pf. pass., udgūrṇa, Raised, Yājñ. 2, 215.
I. adj., f. gurvi,
1. Heavy, MBh. 3, 885.
2. Great, Bhartṛ. 2, 50; large, Pañc. 51, 8.
3. Violent, Vikr. d. 6.
4. Weighty, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 6; important, Man. 9, 52.
5. Dear, MBh. i, 2749.
6. Venerable, Man. 2, 133.
II. m. and f. A father or mother, a husband, or any venerable male or female relation, Rām. 1, 22, 20; Sāv. 4, 22; Sund. 4, 15.
III. m.
1. A spiritual teacher, Man. 2, 142.
2. An object of veneration Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 868. Compar.
1. gurutara. Heavier, MBh. 3, 13292; fem. tarā, MBh. 1, 3267 (tarī, Indr. 5, 41, is to be changed to tarā, according to the Calc. ed. 3, 1857).
2. garīyaṃs, Very heavy, Rām. 6, 82, 43.
3. Preferable, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 910. Superl. gurutama, gariṣṭha.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly heavy, Ṛt. 6, 31. Compar. atigarīyaṃs, too dear, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 2. indra-, m. Indra's teacher, Śāk. 101, 11. gaurī-, m. a name of the Himālaya, Śāk. d. 144. jagat-, m. a name of Brahman, Viṣṇu, Śiva, Rāma, Rām. 3, 6, 18. sura-, m. Bṛhaspati, the teacher of the gods.
-- Cf. [greek] etc. [greek] Lat. gravis; Goth. kaurs, kauritha; A. S. caru, Engl. care.
1. Heaviness, Śāk. d. 35.
2. Molestation, Rām. 2, 27, 22.
3. Importance, Śiś. 9, 22.
4. The condition of a teacher, Kathās. 19, 75.
1. Heaviness, Pañc. 247, 13.
2. Dignity, Ragh. 10. 65.
3. The condition of a teacher, Chr. 22, 21.
† gurd, or gūrd gūrd, i. 1, gūrda, Ātm. To play.
† gurv, i. 1, gūrva, Par. To endeavour.
-- Cf. gur.
-- Comp. ucca-, adj., f. phā, having high ancles, MBh. 4, 253.
1. A shrub, MBh. 13, 2992.
2. A body of troops, consisting of 9 elephants, 9 chariots, 27 horses, and 45 foot, Man. 9, 266.
3. A morbose swelling in the belly, Kathās. 15, 14.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. mā, free from bushes, MBh. 1, 5320. vāta-, m. 1. a gale. 2. acute gout. vāyu-, m. a whirlpool.
1. To conceal, Man. 7, 105; ptcple. of the pf. pass., gūḍha,
1. Secret, Man. 7, 186.
2. Disguised, Man. 9, 261. ḍham, adv. Privately, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 13. ḍhe, loc. adv. Secretly, Man. 9, 170.
-- Comp. mantra-, m. a spy. sa-gūḍha + m, adv. secretly, privily, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 6. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass., guhya,
1. To be concealed, Man. 11, 265.
2. Hidden, MBh. 3, 173.
3. Mysterious, Bhag. 18, 63. yam, adv. Solitarily, MBh. 12, 902. n.
1. A secret, MBh. 13, 5876; a mystery, Man. 12, 117.
2. Pudendum, Suśr. 1, 116, 7.
-- Comp. deva-guhya, n. a mystery known only to the gods, Rām. 5, 27, 33.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To cover, MBh. 5, 7246.
2. To embrace, Pañc. iii. d. 191.
-- With upa upa, To embrace; upagāḍha, n. An embrace, Megh. 95.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To embrace, Caurap. 6.
-- With ni ni,
1. To cover, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 24.
2. To conceal, Pañc. 36, 20. nigūḍha + tara, Wellconcealed, Pañc. 46, 7. nigūḍha + m, adv. Privately, Kathās. 5, 65.
-- With vini vi-ni, To conceal, Rām. 5, 20, 6.
-- With vi vi, vigūḍha,
1. Concealed, Man 9, 260.
2. Scarcely perceivable, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 31.
3. Blamed.
-- Cf. kuhaka.
1. A name of Skanda, the god of war, MBh. 13, 4093.
2. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1263.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 12, 7559.
1. A cave, Rām. 1, 6, 20.
2. The heart, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 24; cf. Śvet. Up. 3, 20.
† gūr, i. 4, Ātm. To injure.
-- Cf. gur.
† gṛj, and gṛñj gṛñj i. 1, Par. To roar.
-- Cf. garj.
1. Greedy, MBh. 1, 2948.
2. Loving, MBh. 13, 1876.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To be greedy for (with loc.), MBh. 12, 372.
-- With prati prati, To be greedy for, (with acc.), MBh. 14, 847.
-- Cf. [greek] probably Goth. gredon, to hunger; gredus, gredags; [greek] see gṛdhra.
-- Comp. a-, adj. liberal, Ragh. 1, 21.
I. adj. Greedy, Pañc. i. d. 203.
II. m. A vulture, Rām. 3, 20, 19.
III. f. rī, A female vulture, Yājñ. 3, 256.
-- Cf. Lat. vultur.
1. m. (sing. and pl. and) n. A house, Man. 9, 89; 4, 250; 4, 202.
2. m. pl. Family, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 7.
3. (m. pl. and) n. A wife, Pañc. iii. d. 152.
-- Comp. When latter part of a comp. adj., the fem. ends in hā or hī, e. g. a-vi-chinna-antara-griha, adj., f. hā, of which the houses are not separated by an intermediate space, Rām. 1, 5, 9. su-gṛha, adj., f. hī, having a beautiful abode, Pañc. i. d. 435. antar-, n. the inner apartments of a house, Rām. 2, 4, 3. kārā-, n. a prison, Bhartṛ. 3, 21. kula-, n. a respectable house, Ṛt. 6, 21. kośa-, n. a treasury, Rām. 2, 39, 16. krīḍā-, n. a house for amusement, Rām. 3, 39, 16. garbha-, n. 1. the inner apartments of a house, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 14. 2. the sanctuary of a temple, Kathās. 7, 8. citra-, m. a picture-gallery (?), Rām. 5, 14, 65. chatra-, n. an apartment for guarding the royal parasol, MBh. 5, 3544. jatu-, n. a house painted and filled with lac and other combustible substances, MBh. 1, 313. deva-, n. a temple, Rām. 5, 49, 16. devī-, n. 1. a temple of Durgā. 2. the apartment of a queen, Kām. Nītis. 7, 50. devī-garbha-, n. a temple of Durgā, Kathās. 3, 39. dhārā- and yantra-dhārā-, n. a bathing room with flowing water, Bhartṛ. 1, 38; Megh. 62. niśā-, n. a sleeping room, Rām. 5, 14, 65. bhoga-, n. the inner apartment, the harem. yantra-, n. 1. an oil-mill. 2. a manufactory. latā-, n. an arbour, Kir. 5, 5. vastra-, n. a tent. vāsa-, n. a sleeping room. śānti-, n. a private apartment near the place of a sacrifice. śiras-, n. a room on the top of a house.
-- Cf. the last.
I. m. A householder, or a Brāhmaṇa who, after having finished his studies, performs the duties of the father of a family, Man. 3, 69.
II. f. nī, The wife of such a householder, Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 13.
I. adj. Being in a house, Arj. 2, 16.
II. m. A householder, or a Brāhmaṇa, who performs the duties of the father of a family, Man. 3, 68.
III. f. sthā, The wife of such a householder, Lass. 17, 19.
I. m. A householder (see the last), Man. 2, 232.
II. f. iṇī, The wife of a householder, Pañc. iii. d. 152.
I. adj., f. yā, Domestic, Man. 3, 84.
II. m. A dependent, a servant, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 20.
1. gṛ10, ii. 9, gṛṇā, gṛṇī, Par. (also Ātm.); i. 6, Ātm. see under sam-.
1. To call, MBh. 7, 1754.
2. To expose, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 9.
3. To praise, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4; Chr. 291, 12 = Rigv. i. 64, 12 (gṛṇīmasi, ved. for °mas).
-- With the prep. anu anu, To repeat, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 18.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To praise, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 12.
2. To approve, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14.
-- With pra pra, To praise, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 10.
-- With sam sam,
1. To praise, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 45.
2. i. 6, gira, Ātm. (Daśak. in Chr. 190, 24, Par., sam agirat is probably to be changed to agirata), To agree with (with instr.), Chr. 191, 9; 190, 24 (āśayena, She has taken a resolution).
-- Cf. Lat. garrire and gannire, both for garnire = Sskr. gṛṇā, for original garṇā; [greek] O. H. G. queran, to moan, and kerran, garrire, callon; O.N. kalla.
2. gṛ10, i. 6, gira and gila, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 5, 1760).
1. To devour, MBh. 5, 1760; 2, 2193.
2. To eject, MBh. 12, 12872. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. gīrṇa gilita, Devoured, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 13 (Vetālapañcav. MS.).
-- With the prep. ud ud, To vomit, to eject, Rām. 4, 48, 22; MBh. 1, 712. udgīrṇa, Caused, Gīt. 1, 36.
-- With upa upa, To gulp down, Suśr. 2, 237, 8.
-- With ni ni, To swallow up, MBh. 1, 8238.
-- With nis nis, To vomit, Rām. 3, 35, 62.
-- Cf. [greek] derived from a frequent. [greek] etc.; Lat. gurgulio, vorare (cf. gargara and gala); O.H.G. giri, adj. and f., geron; Goth. gairns, O.H.G. gern, A.S. georn, O.H.G. girida, giridi.
† 3. gṛ10, i. 10, gāraya, Ātm. To know; to make known.
† gep, i. 1, Ātm. To tremble, to move.
-- Cf. kep.
† gev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
-- Cf. kev.
† geṣ, i. 1, Ātm. To search.
-- Cf. gaveṣ.
1. A house, Man. 2, 184.
2. An edifice, Rājat. 5, 37 (a temple).
-- Comp. jatu-, n. a house painted and filled with lac and other combustible substances, MBh. 5, 1987.
I. m. A householder (cf. gṛhin).
II. f. inī, The wife of a householder, Megh. 75.
1. To sing, Man. 4, 64.
2. To teach, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 40 (3 pl. Aor. agus). -Ptcple. of the pf. pass. gīta, Sung, Śāk. 4, 11. n. A song, Arj. 4, 10.
-- Comp. upāṅga-gīta, n. a kind of song (perhaps of lascivious purport), Rājat. 5, 381. bhagavadgītā, i. e. bhagavant-, f. the name of an episode of the Mahābhārata. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass. geya, n. A song, Indr. 5, 27. -- Caus. gāpaya,
1. To cause to sing, Kathās. 12, 31.
2. To cause to praise, Bhāg. P. 6, 17, 3. Frequent. jegīya, To sing aloud, MBh. 12, 12200.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To sing in harmony with (with acc.), Gīt. 1, 39.
2. To accompany with singing, MBh. 1, 7913.
3. To sing, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 60. Pass. anu-gīya, To be spoken of in songs, MBh. 12, 4211.
-- With abhi abhi, To sing, Rām. 1, 4, 24. abhigīta, Filled with song, Rām. 6, 15, 11.
-- With ava ava, in avagīta, Detested, Kir. 2, 7.
-- With ud ud,
1. To sing, Bhāg. P. 7, 4, 39.
2. To celebrate by song, Ragh. 2, 12. udgīta, Filled with song, MBh. 3, 1533. n. song, MBh. 1, 6569.
-- With prod pra-ud, To begin to sing, Prab. 80, 3.
-- With upa upa,
1. To sing before somebody (with the acc. of the peon.), MBh. 1, 4809; upagīyant, anomalous ptcple. of the pres. pass. MBh. 15, 883.
2. To fill with song, MBh. 3, 11606.
3. To celebrate by song, Rām. 4, 44, 57.
4. To sing, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 41. upagīta Singing in the vicinity, Śiś. 4, 57.
-- With ni ni, nigīta, Canted, Man. 9, 19.
-- With pari pari, To sing round a person, MBh. 6, 75.
2. To celebrate by song, MBh. 13, 4095.
-- With pra pra, To sing, Rām. 1, 4, 31. pragīta,
1. Filled with song, Rām. 1, 9, 17.
2. Singing, Kathās. 16, 85.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To sing, MBh. 8, 1836.
-- With vi vi, vigīta,
1. Inconsistent, contradictory, Man. 8, 53.
2. Abused.
3. Illsung (i. e. gīta, with vi).
-- With sam sam, To celebrate by song, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 23. saṃgīta, n.
1. A concert, Megh. 57.
2. Science of music and dancing, Lass. 67, 5.
-- Comp. kāñcana-, n. a sort of ochre, Suśr. 2, 275, 19. svarṇa-, n. golden ochre.
I. m.
1. A bull; f. A cow, Man. 3, 141; pl. Bulls and cows, cattle, Man. 4, 72.
2. m. pl. Rays of light, Rājat. 5, 1.
II. f. The earth, Rām. 1, 41, 18.
III. m. and f. Water, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 36.
IV. f. Speech, Ragh. 5, 12.
V. The deity of speech, MBh. 5, 4149.
VI. m. The name of a Ṛṣi, MBh. 2, 381.
VII. f. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 25.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. bos, ceva; OHG. ko; AS. cū; probably also [greek] Goth. gavi, gauja.
1. Pasture ground; in adbhuta-, adj. Having excellent pasture ground, Rām. 4, 44, 80.
2. Stay, abode; used only as latter part of comp. adj., e. g. vana-, Inhabiting woods, Man. 8, 259; ākāśa-, Moving in the air, Rām. 5, 3, 35. śarīrāntara-, Being in the body, Rām. 6, 101, 30; yauvana-, Being in one's youth, MBh. 1, 3168.
3. Reach, province; hartur yāti na gocaram, Comes not within the reach of a robber, i. e. cannot be robbed, Bhartṛ. 2, 49; vāṇa-, m. The reach of an arrow-shot, MBh. 1, 2833; a-vāṅ-manasa-, adj. Within the reach neither of speech nor thought, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 3.
4. The range of the eyes, MBh. 7, 5616.
5. An object of sense, as sound, shape, etc., Bhag. 13, 5.
6. An object of devotion, MBh. 13, 4349.
-- Comp. locana-,
I. m. the range of the eyes, horizon, Pañc. v. d. 82.
II. adj. accessible to the eyes, Bhartṛ. 1, 74. a-locana-, adj. 1. inaccessible, Pañc. 106, 13. 2. unknown, Lass. 94. 7.
I. n.
1. A cow-house (ved.).
2. Family, race, Pañc. 130, 21; Man. 9, 149.
3. The family name, MBh. 13, 548.
4. Name, Śāk. d. 132.
II. m. A mountain, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 9.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. being of the same family, Man. 9, 190.
II. m. a distant kinsman.
III. n. a family, a race.
1. A leathern guard worn by archers on the left arm to prevent its being injured by the bowstring, Rām. 2, 100, 22.
2. A kind of lizard, Man. 5, 18.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, f. a certain poisonous insect, Suśr. 2, 288, 9.
I. m.
1. A cowherd, Man. 8, 231.
2. A preserver, MBh. 13, 1375.
3. A name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 12, 1438.
II. f. pī, A cowherd's wife, Hit. 64, 7; a milk-maid, Gīt. 2, 21.
-- Comp. When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. ends in pā, e. g. a-gopa, adj., f. pā, without a cowherd, MBh. 1, 3213.
I. adj. Protecting, MBh. 6, 3131.
II. n. Protection, Hariv. 2142.
1. A protector, Man. 7, 14; MBh. 13, 1842; Bhāg. P. 7, 10, 28.
2. One who conceals, Yājñ. 1, 310.
-- Comp. cakra-, m. du. Two men who take care of the wheels of a chariot, MBh. 7, 1627.
† gom, i. 10, gomaya (rather for gomayaya, and a denomin. derived from gomaya), Par. To smear with cowdung.
I. adj., f. matī,
1. Possessing cows, Chr. 295, 14 = Rigv. i. 92, 14; Chr. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2 (gomatīs, ved. for gomatyas).
2. Abounding in cows, Chr. 292, 3 = Rigv. i. 86, 3.
II. f. matī,
1. The name of a river, the modern Goomti, MBh. 3, 8051.
2. The name of a vedic hymn, MBh. 13, 3844.
-- Cf. guḍa.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. the terrestrial globe.
1. A ball, as the Kadamba's round flower, Bhāṣāp. p. 165 (v. r.); ū-, m. The earth, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 4.
2. A widow's bastard, Man. 3, 156; 174.
1. A name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 5, 2572.
2. The name of a mountain, MBh. 6, 460.
-- Comp. gīta-, m. title of an idyllic drama.
† goṣṭ, i. 1, Ātm. To assemble (probably better goṣṭh; cf. the next.)
I. m. and n.
1. A pasture ground, a cow-pen, Man. 11, 108; MBh. 1, 7338.
2. A stable, Man. 4, 58.
3. Stay, abode, MBh. 3, 12341; siṃha-, a lion's den, Draup. 4, 9.
4. Family, Man. 3, 254.
5. A name of Śiva, MBh. 14, 198.
II. f. ṣṭhī,
1. An assembly, MBh. 4, 891.
2. Fellowship, MBh. 6, 3321.
3. Conversation, Bhartṛ. 1, 35; Pañc. 31, 4.
4. A kind of drama, Sāh. D. 541.
-- Comp. pañcavīra-, i. e. pañcan-vīra, m. or n., perhaps an assembly-room named The five heroes, i. e. The five sons of Pāṇḍu, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 8.
1. The impression of a cow's foot, MBh. i. 1444.
2. A puddle not larger than a cow's foot, Rām. 6, 69. 16.
-- Comp. saṃyuga-, n. a most insignificant struggle, MBh. 7, 4724.
I. adj. Distilled from molasses, MBh. 8, 2050.
II. f. ḍī, Rum, or spirit distilled from molasses, Man. 11, 94.
III. n. pl. Sweetmeats, Rām. 1, 53, 4.
IV. m. and n. The name of a country, modern Gaur; m. pl. Its inhabitants, Prab. 22, 13.
1. Named from a quality, MBh. 13, 4501.
2. Subordinate, MBh. 12, 6798.
I. adj., f. rī, White, yellow, pale red, Megh. 53; Rām. 5, 14, 30.
II. m.
1. A kind of buffalo, Bos gaurus, Bhāg. P. 3, 10. 21.
2. White mustard, as a measure, Yājñ. 1, 362.
III. f. rī,
1. Turmeric, Suśr. 1, 59, 11.
2. A young girl prior to menstruation, Pañc. iii. d. 213.
3. The wife of Śiva, Megh. 51.
4. The wife of Varuṇa, MBh. 5, 3968.
5. The name of a river, MBh. 6, 333.
IV. n. Saffron, Caur. 10.
I. adj. Relating to the spiritual teacher, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 46.
II. n.
1. Heaviness, Rām. 3, 4, 26.
2. Importance, Rām. 4, 16, 47.
3. Dignity, Man. 2, 145.
4. Respect, Pañc. 265. 4.
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. vā, devoid of respect, Rājat. 1, 73. °vam, adv. condescendingly, 5, 17.
1. grath, and granth granth, ii. 9, grathnā, nī, Par. † i. 1 and 10, grantha, granthaya, grāthaya (?), grathaya (see ud), Par. † i. 1 (?), gratha, Par. Ātm.
1. To connect, MBh. 4, 262 (granth).
2. To compose, Prab. 101, 8. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass., grathita,
1. Tied, MBh. 3, 10052.
2. Tied together, joined, Śāk. d. 167. Tied in order, Śāk. 3, 12.
3. Strung, Rām. 6, 84, 25.
4. Studded, Ragh. 16, 13.
5. Tied together strongly, MBh. 12, 2901.
6. Obdurate, Suśr. 1, 303, 8.
7. Stopped, Suśr. 2, 501, 10. n. A tubercular abscess, Suśr. 1, 298, 7.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. granth, To tie up, MBh. 4, 1419.
2. grathaya, To untie, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 39. udgrathita,
1. Tied up, Ragh. 2, 8.
2. Wreathed, MBh. 3, 10066.
-- With samud sam-ud, grath, or granth, To tie up, MBh. 4, 244.
-- With vi vi, vigrathita,
1. Bound up, Suśr. 1, 18, 3.
2. Tubercular, Suśr. 1, 286, 18.
3. Clotted, Suśr. 1, 176, 20.
4. Hindered, Suśr. 2, 190, 6.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
† 2. grath, and granth granth, i. 1, Ātm. To be crooked, to be wicked.
1. A literary composition, a book, Rām. 2, 108, 16; MBh. 12, 11340.
2. Wealth, Pañc. i. d. 12.
-- Comp. tarka-, m. a compendium of logic, Suśr. 2, 360, 13. nis-, adj. free from every worldly tie or interest, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 10.
1. A tie, a knot, Man. 2, 43.
2. A joint, Megh. 95.
3. Swelling, MBh. 12, 9121.
-- Comp. suvarṇa-, m. a knot made for keeping gold, Pañc. 134, 12. māna-, m. 1. pride, 2. fault, vastra-, m. the string by which the lower garments are fastened above the hips.
I. m.
1. An astrologer, MBh. 14, 2039.
2. A name of Nakula, the fourth son of Pāṇḍu, MBh. 4, 63.
3. A disease of the ear, Suśr. 1, 59, 4.
II. n. The root of long pepper, Suśr. 2, 208, 21.
1. To seize with the mouth, MBh. 3, 2383.
2. To seize, Yājñ. 3, 245; to devour, MBh. 3, 13829. -- Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass., vāta-grasta, m.
1. Epileptic.
2. Rheumatic. vāyu-grasta, Frantic, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 9. Ptcple. of the fut. pass., grasya, Eatable, MBh. 5, 1107.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To swallow, MBh. 2, 2693.
-- With pra pra, To swallow, MBh. 1, 1153.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] from a frequent., [greek]
1. Swallowing, Suśr. 2, 267, 13.
2. The jaws, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 35.
1. To take, to seize, Man. 11, 100; 8, 283; pāṇim, To marry, Pañc. 130, 6.
2. To marry. Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 38.
3. To hold, Katḥās. 4, 32.
4. To bear, Pañc. 226, 20.
5. To catch, MBh. 3, 2090.
6. To captivate, Rām. 2, 39, 23.
7. To gain, Cāṇ. 22.
8. To rob, Rām. 4, 53, 25.
9. To receive, Man. 3, 51.
10. With garbham, To become pregnant, MBh. 1, 4490.
11. To assume, to adopt, Rājat. 5, 228.
12. To buy, Rām. 1, 61, 21.
13. To obtain by entreaties, Rām. 1, 39, 13.
14. To gather, Śāk. 48, 20.
15. To put on, Man. 8, 256.
16. To undergo, MBh. 13, 6024.
17. To pronounce, Man. 5, 157.
18. To perceive, Man. 8, 26.
19. To trace out, Śāk. 23, 11.
20. To learn, Rām. 1, 24, 12; to understand, Pañc. i. d. 49; with anyathā, To mistake, Mālav. d. 19; paramārthena, To take in earnest, Śāk. d. 51.
21. To approve, Mṛcch. 145, 24.
22. To follow, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 23. -- Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass., su-gṛhīta,
1. Held fast or firmly,
2. Taken auspiciously. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. grahaṇīya, Worth being taken to heart, MBh. 5, 2575.
II. grāhya,
1. Perceivable, Rām. 3, 22, 20; Man. 1, 7.
2. To be regarded, Hit. i. d. 20.
3. Agreeable, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 12.
III. gṛhītavya, sometimes instead of grahītavya, e. g. MBh. 4, 1481. -- Absol. gṛhītva, Holding, i. e. with; dārakaṃ gṛhītva, With the child, Mṛcch. 94, 14; in epic poetry often gṛhya, instead of gṛhītva, Rām. 1, 31, 24. Causal grāhaya,
1. To cause to take, Ragh. 17, 3.
2. To hand over to, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 4.
3. To cause to be apprehended, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 15.
4. To let choose, Rājat. 5, 102.
5. To teach, Man. 1, 58; with ātmānam, To investigate, MBh. 3, 16267.
6. grāhita, Occupied, Rām. 1, 7, 14 Gorr. -- Desider. jighṛkṣa,
1. To be about to seize, MBh. 1, 5482.
2. To be about to rob, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 25.
3. To desire to perceive, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 4.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To rob afterwards, MBh. 4, 996.
2. To support, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 3.
3. To receive friendly, to favour, MBh. 1, 3158; 3, 1666; with instr. MBh. 2, 205.
4. To show the favor of commanding, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 22. anugrahita, Rām. 1, 7, 15, is very questionable (Gorr. v. r.); if correct, it would be anugraha + ita I propose anugṛhīta, Favoured.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To dress, MBh. 8, 295.
-- With apa apa, To tear off, MBh. 14, 250.
-- With abhi abhi, To seize, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 3.
2. To accept, MBh. 3, 1705; to receive, MBh. 3, 16430.
3. To put forth (as flowers), Bhāg. P. 3, 29, 41.
4. To put together, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 12. Caus. abhigrāhita, Caught, Daśak. 115, 4.
-- With ava ava,
1. To divide, Suśr. 1, 101, 13.
2. To resist. -- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., dus-ava-grāhya, Hard to be attained, Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 19. -Absolut. avagṛhya, By violence, Śiś. 5, 49.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, To rescind, Rām. 2, 20, 15 Gorr.
-- With ā ā, To pull, Śāk. 6, 15, v. r.
-- With upā upa-ā, To embrace, Rām. 2, 95, 9 Gorr.
-- With ud ud, To raise, Megh. 8. Caus.
1. To cause to be paid, Yājñ. 2, 200.
2. To explain, Śiś. 2, 75.
-- With upa upa,
1. To put under, Rām. 5, 13, 52.
2. To support, Sāv. 5, 62.
3. To seize, Rām. 5, 36, 77.
4. To provide, Man. 7, 184.
5. To undergo, Pañc. i. d. 415.
6. To cherish, MBh. 12, 2506.
7. To approve, MBh. 12, 6977. upagṛhītum, Hit. ii. d. 3, is to be changed to upagūhitum.
-- With ni ni,
1. To close (the eyes), Mṛcch. 35, 19.
2. To stop, MBh. 3, 10769.
3. To seize, Rām. 3, 30, 34.
4. To hold, Ragh. 2, 33.
5. To apprehend, Man. 8, 184.
6. To restrain, Man. 8, 310.
7. To chastise, Hit. 67, 13.
8. To subdue, Śāk. 16, 12. Caus. To cause to be apprehended, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 17.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To seize, MBh. 1, 4980.
2. To stop, MBh. 3, 12170.
3. With saṃni sam-ni,
1. To subdue, MBh. 3, 14357.
2. To seize, MBh. 2, 2528.
-- With pari pari,
1. To embrace, MBh. 1, 4983.
2. To wrap, MBh. 4, 215.
3. To put on, MBh. 13, 2594.
4. To put round, Rām. 3, 57, 27.
5. To surround, MBh. 3, 14919; absol. parigṛhya sarasvatīm, Along the river Sarasvatī, Chr. 20, 24.
6. To turn, MBh. 7, 1169; to overturn, 1170.
7. To catch, MBh. 3, 11725.
8. To seize, Ragh. 7, 18; absol. parigṛhya, with, Rām. 3, 62, 35.
9. To accept, Śāk. 28, 10; to receive, Man. 9, 171; to treat kindly, MBh. 1, 6269.
10. To undergo, Mālav. d. 71.
11. To marry, Śāk. d. 115.
12. To support, Mālav. d. 12.
13. To follow, Man. 8, 73.
14. To surpass, Man. 2, 151.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari,
1. To accept, Rām. 2, 112, 29; to receive, MBh. 4, 2143.
2. To embrace, MBh. 12, 2663.
-- With pra pra,
1. To stretch forth, Rām. 3, 24, 25.
2. To seize, Rām. 3, 21, 9; to take, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 16; to touch, Rām. 2, 99, 7; absol. pragṛhya, with, MBh. 13, 173.
3. To stop, Śāk. 6, 15.
4. To favour, MBh. 4, 122. MBh. 13, 4435, pragrāhītum, To receive, has the same signification as pragrahītum, and is probably to be changed to it, else it is an anomalous infin. of the causal for °grāhayitum.
-- With pratipra prati-pra, To receive again, MBh. 12, 6978.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To seize, Rām. 6, 76, 9.
2. To accept kindly, MBh. 12, 4643.
-- With prati prati,
1. To seize, Mālav. 47, 15.
2. To receive, Man. 6, 28; to receive kindly, MBh. 3, 1774; to accept, Man. 4, 247.
3. To approve, Rām. 3, 72, 1.
4. To collect, MBh. 4, 2211.
5. To occupy, Rām. 4, 26, 4.
6. To assail, MBh. 3, 12225 (agṛhṇam, instead of agṛhṇām, cf. vi).
7. To eclipse, Rām. 3, 29, 4.
8. To marry, Man. 9, 72.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass., a-pratigrāhya, Not permitted to be accepted, Man. 11, 253. Caus. To offer, Śāk. d. 116.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To receive kindly, MBh. 13, 3863.
-- With vi vi,
1. To quarrel, MBh. 12, 2705.
2. To wage war, Man. 7, 183; against (with acc.), MBh. 15, 220.
3. To assault, MBh. 3, 1226 (agṛhṇam, cf. prati).
4. To seize, MBh. 4, 2086.
5. To receive kindly, MBh. 3, 12274.
6. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 24. vigṛhīta,
1. Opposed, prevented.
2. Encountered (as in fight). Caus. To cause to wage war against, Daśak. 193, 1.
-- With sam sam,
1. To collect, Rām. 1, 17, 15.
2. To seize, Rām. 3, 48, 9.
3. To catch, Rām. 7, 5235.
4. To govern, Man. 7, 113.
5. To unstring (a bow), MBh. 3, 16065.
6. To constrain, Man. 8, 48.
7. To accept, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 12.
8. To receive kindly, Hit. 91, 11.
9. To marry, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 36.
10. To pronounce, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 13. Caus. To impart, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 18. Desider.
1. To strive to collect, MBh. 3, 1356.
2. To desire to marry, Daśak. 172, 8.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To salute humbly, touching one's feet, MBh. 12, 3850.
2. To favour, Rām. 6, 104, 31.
-- With upasam upa-sam,
1. To seize, Man. 3, 224; to touch, MBh. 1, 5529.
2. To salute, Man. 2, 132.
3. To undergo, MBh. 12, 8791.
4. To receive, MBh. 1, 8192; to receive kindly, Pañc. 187, 25.
5. To gain, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 15.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To receive, Rām. 1, 76, 4.
-- With saha saha, To take along with, Kathās. 15, 88.
-- Cf. with the original grabh, O.H.G. kraft A.S. craft; Goth. greipan, A.S. gripan, cf. garbha and labh. With grah, cf.
I. Latter part of comp. adj.
1. Seizing, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 35.
2. Gathering, Bhāg. P. 8, 6, 23.
II. m.
1. A seizure of the sun or moon by Rāhu, i. e. an eclipse, Bhartṛ. 2, 87.
2. A planet, Man. 1, 24, 7.
3. The five planets, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn, combined with Rāhu, Ketu, sun and moon, making nine; it denotes the numeral Nine, Śrutab. 35.
4. An imp, Suśr. 2, 382, 4.
5. A crocodile, or shark, Rām. 4, 44, 47.
6. Booty, MBh. 3, 11461.
7. A draught, Bhāg. P. 4, 13, 30.
8. A vessel, Man. 5, 116.
9. The place where a bow is held when strung, MBh. 4, 1351.
10. Gripe, Pañc. i. d. 237.
11. Theft, Man. 9, 277.
12. Receipt, Man. 8, 180.
13. Mention, Man. 8, 271; Rājat. 5, 361.
14. Perception, Bhāṣāp. 58; understanding, Bhāg. P. 7, 14, 11.
15. An organ of perception, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 31.
16. Tenacity, perseverance, Kathās. 24, 156; Pañc. i. d. 291 (where grāhas must be changed to grahas).
-- Comp. a-, m. refusal, Rājat. 5, 441. aṅkuśa-, m. a mohout, or elephant's driver, MBh. 3, 978. kuñjara-, m. a hunter of elephants, Rām. 2, 91, 55. keśa-, m. laying hold of one's hair, Man. 4, 83. dus-,
I. m. a wicked imp, Kathās. 17, 130.
II. adj. 1. Difficult to be conquered, Ragh. 17, 52. 2. Difficult to be performed, MBh. 12, 775. deva-, m. suffering from a certain kind of frenzy, MBh. 3, 14501. dhanus-, m. 1. an archer, Rām. 2, 44, 18. 2. Archery, MBh. 12, 7662. nava-, adj. lately caught, Rām. 2, 58, 2. nāmajāti-, i. e. nāman-jāti- m. mentioning name and classes, Man. 8, 271. pāṇi-, m. marriage. śabda-, m. 1. The ear. 2. Catching sound. sūtra-, adj. holding a thread. sūrya-, m. 1. the sun. 2. an eclipse of the sun. 3. Ketu and Rāhu. 4. the bottom of a water jar. hrada-, m. a crocodile.
I. adj. Seizing, Hariv. 2734.
II. n.
1. Taking, seizure, Mṛcch. 147, 1.
2. Captivity, Rām. 1, 1, 73.
3. An eclipse (cf. graha,
II. 1), Śṛṅgārat. 6.
4. Receiving, Rām. 1, 24, 18.
5. Buying, Pañc. 229, 2.
6. Putting on, MBh. 2, 840.
7. Undergoing, Pañc. 34, 9.
8. Protection, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 44.
9. Pronouncing, Man. 6, 67.
10. Perception, MBh. 14, 1197.
11. Study, Man. 2, 173.
-- Comp. keśa-, n. laying hold of one's hair, Megh. 51; with ā, even to laying hold, etc., i. e. to the utmost, Rām. 3, 46, 2. cakṣus-, n. weakness of the eyes, Suśr. 2, 267, 21. dāra-, n. marrying, MBh. 1, 1044. dūra-, n. the faculty of seizing distant objects, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 35. pāṇi-, n. marriage.
1. Assuming, Sāh. D. 24, 13.
2. Frantic, Śukas. 15 (14).
I. m. f. trī, and n. Apprehending, Man. 1, 15.
II. m.
1. A purchaser, Pañc. i. d. 15.
2. A debtor, Man. 8, 166.
-- Comp. pāṇi-, m, a husband, MBh. 13, 2423.
† grām, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To invite, see śrām.
1. A village, Man. 4, 107 (n. Rām. 2, 57, 4).
2. A villager, Man. 8, 258 (? perhaps is to be read grāmasām°).
3. As latter part of a comp. word. A multitude, Nal. 4. 10.
4. A scale in music, Mārk. P. 23, 52.
-- Comp. indriya-, m. all the senses, Man. 2, 100. guṇa-, m. a multitude of good qualities, Bhartṛ. 3, 23. tri-grāmī, f. the name of a locality, Rājat. 5, 97. daśagrāmī, i. e. daśan-, f. a district of ten villages, MBh. 12, 3263. sāla-, m. a stone, a species of ammonite worshipped by the Vaiṣṇavas.
1. A village, MBh. 5, 1466.
2. A fictitious name, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 52.
1. The chief of a community, MBh. 1, 4798 (grāmaṇi, on account of the meti, MBh. 7, 1123; 4099).
2. A chief, MBh. 12, 4798.
3. A proper name, Rām. 4, 41, 61.
-- Comp. eka-, i. e. ekagrāma + īna, adj. living in the same village, Man. 3, 103.
I. adj.
1. Referring to villages, Man. 7, 120.
2. Prepared in villages, MBh. 1, 3637.
3. Inhabiting a village, Yājñ. 2, 166.
4. Coarse, sensual, Rām. 3, 37, 3.
5. Living in towns, Man. 11, 199; tame, Pañc. 68, 14.
6. Cultivated, MBh. 1, 6658.
II. n. Sensuality, MBh. 2, 2270.
-- Comp. a-, adj. town-made.
-- Comp. nikaṣa-, m. a touchstone, Hit. i. d. 204.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Lat. lapis (cf. ovis, opilio).
1. A mouthful, Man. 3, 133; a morsel, Pañc. 221, 21.
2. Food, Man. 8, 339.
3. Swallowing, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
I. adj., f. hī,
1. Taking, Yājñ. 2, 51.
2. Robbing, Rām. 4, 41, 38.
II. m.
1. A shark, Pañc. i. d. 420. f. hī, A female shark, Rām. 6, 82, 73.
2. Seizing, seizure; e. g. pāṇi-, Taking the hand at marriage.
3. A fit, a disease, MBh. 6, 5680 (read ūru-).
4. Enterprise, Bhag. 17, 19.
-- Comp. jīva-grāha + m (absol. of grah), combined with grah, to take somebody prisoner alive, MBh. 3, 14918. dhanus-, m. an archer, MBh. 3, 1430. pāṇi-, m. a husband. pārṣṇi-, m. a supporting prince (perhaps, rather, a dangerous prince), Man. 7, 207. vandi-, m. a housebreaker. sūtra-, adj. taking a thread.
I. adj.
1. Apprehending, MBh. 3, 13932.
2. Convincing, Rām. 4, 38, 18. m.
1. A purchaser, Pañc. 7, 16.
2. A policeman, Yājñ. 2, 266.
-- Comp. bhīma-, i. e. bhīmagrāha + vant, adj. containing fearful sharks, Chr. 47, 37. rāga-grāha + vant, containing love instead of sharks, Bhartṛ. 3, 11.
1. Seizing, robbing, Rām. 5, 8, 6.
2. Gaining, Rām. 3, 72, 1.
3. Catching, Kathās. 25, 49.
4. Gathering, Sāh. D. 11, 12.
5. Choosing, Mārk. P. 27, 28.
6. Spying, Śāk. 24, 7.
7. Holding, Bhartṛ. 3, 67.
8. Containing, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 11.
9. Charming, Rām. 5, 44, 8.
10. Obstructing, Suśr. 1, 178, 10.
-- Comp. guṇa-, m. acknowledging another's virtues, Lass. 34, 7. pallava-, adj. shooting forth too luxuriantly (or twigpicking, superficial), Hit. i. d. 131. vacana-, adj. compliant. vinaya-, adj. compliant, governable.
-- Comp. aśva-grīva, m. the name of a demon. ud-grīva, adj., f. vā, with raised neck, Rājat. 5, 359. kambu-,
I. adj., f. vā, having a neck marked with three lines like a shell, and considered to be indieative of exalted fortune, Rām. 1, 1, 11.
II. m. a proper name, Pañc. 76, 7. citra-grīva, m. a proper name, Pañc. 105, 6. daśagrīva, i. e. daśan-, adj. 1. an epithet of Rāvaṇa, Rām. 1, 16, 18. 2. the name of a demon, MBh. 2, 367. niṣka-grīva, adj. wearing a golden ornament on the neck, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 31. nīla-grīva, adj. with a blue neck (epithet of Śiva), MBh. 3, 1625. mahāgrīva, m. a camel. vakra-, m. a camel. su-,
I. adj. handsome-necked.
II. m. 1. a goose. 2. a hero. 3. a sort of weapon. 4. one of Kṛṣṇa's horses. 5. a proper name. 6. Indra. 7. Śiva. 8. a serpent of the lower regions. 9. the name of a mountain. haya-, m. a demon.
† gruc, i. 1, Par. To steal.
† glas = gras.
1. To play with dice, MBh. 8, 4404.
2. To win, 7, 6538.
3. † = grah (v. r.).
1. A gambler, MBh. 2, 2037.
2. A stake, MBh. 2, 2499; Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
3. A die, MBh. 8, 3756.
4. A dice-box, MBh. 2, 1986.
5. Playing with dice, MBh. 5, 1898.
6. Aim, MBh. 8, 4402.
1. Lassitude, MBh. 1, 8142.
2. Inertness, Man. 1, 53.
† gluñc, i. 1, Par. To go.
† glep (akin to glai), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To be poor.
2. To tremble.
3. To move.
† glev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
† gleṣ (? v. r.), i. 1, Ātm. To search.
1. To become exhausted, MBh. 5, 7178.
2. To decrease, MBh. 12, 7513.
3. To repine, Man. 3, 98. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. glāna,
1. Sad, MBh. 15, 132.
2. Wearied, MBh. 3, 14109, n. Exhaustion, MBh. 13, 3519. Caus. glāpaya and glapaya,
1. To macerate, Vikr. d. 54.
2. To injure, Rājat. 1, 334.
3. To pain, distress, MBh. 5, 1100 (glapet, instead of glapayet, cf. gup); 13, 4694 (Ātm.)
-- With the prep. pari pari, pariglāna, Exhausted, MBh. 7, 8898.
-- With abhipari abhi-pari, abhipariglāna, The same, MBh. 1, 4489.
-- With vi vi, Caus. glāpaya, To afflict, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 22.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. kleini, akin to glāna.
-- Cf. [greek] ha.
† ghaṃṣ, and ghaṃs ghaṃs, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To render handsome.
2. To sprinkle, v. r.
† ghaggh, and ghagh GHAGH, i. 1, Par. To laugh.
-- Cf. gagh.
1. To endeavour, MBh. 3, 1581.
2. To work, MBh. 5, 256.
3. To take place, Śiś. 9, 44.
4. To be possible, Bhāg. P. 7, 10, 3.
5. To fall into, Lass. 18, 8 (one's hand).
6. To be joined, Mālat. p. 38, 9. -- Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-ghaṭita, adj. impossible, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 44. su-, adj.
1. well joined.
2. well-contrived or managed. -- Caus.
I. ghaṭaya,
1. To join, Pañc. 40, 12.
2. To put on, Gīt. 12, 26.
3. To fetch, Bhartṛ. 3, 18.
4. To make, Pañc. 44, 16; to perform, Rājat. 4, 364.
5. To endeavour, MBh. 3, 14702.
6. To touch, MBh. 4, 637.
II., also i. 10, Par. ghāṭaya,
1. (cf. ud, pari), To injure.
2. † To shine or speak.
-- With the prep. vyā vi-ā, vyāghaṭita, Returned (?), Lass. 22, 9.
-- With ud ud, Caus. ghāṭaya,
1. To open, Mṛcch. 80, 7.
2. To discover (as a secret), Pañc. 184, 16.
3. To begin, Hit. iv. d. 2.
4. To tickle, Suśr. 2, 370, 2. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
1. udghāṭita, Rājat. 2, 100.
2. udghaṭita, Kūmar. 7, 53.
-- With pari pari, Caus. ghāṭaya, To strike, to sound, Mṛcch. 11, 4 (v. r.).
-- With vi vi,
1. To burst, to crumble down, Prab. 8, 11.
2. To become interrupted, Hit. iv. d. 2. Caus. ghaṭaya,
1. To tear, Prab. 116, 3.
2. To ruin, Hit. ii. d. 157.
-- With sam sam, To assemble, Rājat. 6, 242. Caus. ghaṭaya,
1. To strike, to sound, Rām, 2, 71, 26.
2. To collect, Rājat. 5, 326.
I. adj. Active, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
II. m.
1. A jar, Man. 11, 183 (184).
2. The Aquarius of the zodiac, Mārk. P. 12, 22 (change ghaṭī to ghaṭaḥ).
III. f. ṭā,
1. A multitude, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 6.
2. A troop of elephants assembled for martial purposes, Rājat. 1, 369.
IV. f. ṭī, A jar, Prab. 22, 18.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult, Rājat. 4, 364.
1. Striving, Pañc. i. d. 175.
2. Exertion, Śāntiś. 2, 20.
3. Junction, Vikr. 34, v. r.; Kathās. 24, 231.
4. Composition, Lass. 68, 12.
1. A jar, Pañc. i. d. 206; a bucket, Mṛcch. 178, 7.
2. A muhūrta, or thirtieth part of a day and night, Bhāg. P. 5, 21, 4.
1. To slip over, to touch, Suśr. 2, 28, 4.
2. To stir, MBh. 7, 7742.
3. To shake, MBh. 7, 9401.
4. To churn, Suśr. 2, 88, 19.
-- With ava ava, ghaṭṭaya,
1. To push away, Rām. 5, 15, 10.
2. To touch, MBh, 11, 462.
3. To besmear, Suśr. 1, 42, 17.
4. To churn, Suśr. 1, 33, 4. avaghaṭṭita, n. Butting at each other, Hariv. 4720.
-- With pari pari, ghaṭṭaya, To rub, Śiś. 9, 64.
-- With vi vi, ghaṭṭaya, To open, MBh. 2, 1674. vighaṭṭita,
1. Dispersed, Bhartṛ. 3, 36.
2. Churned, Suśr. 1, 32, 19.
3. Shaken, Kumāras. 1, 9.
4. Hurt, Suśr. 1, 71, 18.
5. Severed, Ṛt. 3, 8.
6. Disclosed, MBh. 4, 1494.
-- With sam sam, ghaṭṭ, To grind, Rām. 6, 68, 30. ghaṭṭaya,
1. To rub, Ragh. 6, 73.
2. To stir, MBh. 7, 8584.
3. To collect, MBh. 7, 3512.
1. Scratching, Rām. 6, 98, 25.
2. Touching, Hariv. 14581.
3. Churning, Mārk. P. 12, 38.
† ghaṇ, ii. 8, Par., Ātm. To shine (v. r.)
† ghaṇṭ, i. 1, and 10, Par. To shine, or speak.
I. adj., f. ṭī, Sounding (?), MBh. 12, 10377; 4, 188.
II. f. ṭā, A bell, Man. 10, 33.
I. adj., f. nā,
1. Firm, hard, Bhartṛ. 1, 17.
2. Without interstices, Suśr. 1, 29, 8.
3. Uninterrupted, Pañc. iii. d. 237.
4. Dense, Pañc. iii. d. 188; 129, 8.
5. As latter part of a compound adj., sometimes Full, Ragh. 8, 90.
6. Dusk, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 3.
7. Deep (as a sound), MBh. 1, 6680; Rājat. 5, 377.
8. Whole, Upak. 24.
II. m.
1. A solid mass, substance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 9.
2. A heap, Rām. 5, 16, 55.
3. A cloud, Megh. 20.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. dense, Pañc. 141, 16. stamba-, m. 1. a small hoe for weeding. 2. A sickle. 3. A basket for the heads of wild rice.
I. adj., f. nā, Warlike, MBh. 8, 697.
II. m. A rainy cloud, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 7.
† ghamb i. 1, Ātm. To move.
† gharb, i. 1, Par. To move.
1. Heat, Pañc. 80, 7.
2. The hot season, Rām. 1, 63, 24.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. formus (Fest.). feumentum; O.H.G. waram; A. S. wearm; and ghri.
-- Cf. Lat. gānea, ganeo; perhaps Goth. gasts; A. S. gest.
I. Latter part of comp. adj., Killing.
II. m.
1. A stroke, Rām. 6, 98, 23.
2. A shot, Chr. 35, 4.
3. Killing, Pañc. i. d. 321.
4. Sacking, Man. 9, 274.
5. Spoiling, Yājñ. 2, 159.
-- Comp. danta-, m. 1. bite, Sāh. D. 25, 12. 2. a proper name, Lass. 8, 10. viśvāsa-, m. perfidy, treachery, Pañc. 101, 25. sa-mūla-, m. utter destruction or eradication.
1. A murderer, Man. 5, 51; Lass. 12, 12.
2. Destroying, MBh. 3, 1277.
-- Comp. viśvāsa-, m. a traitor, Pañc. 52, 15.
I. n. Killing, MBh. 2, 1558.
II. f. nī, A club, Rām. 6, 37, 54.
1. Killing, MBh. 3, 17198; a murderer, Man. 8, 89.
2. Destroying, MBh. 3, 63.
-- Comp. atmaghātin, i. e. ātman-, m. a felo-de-se, Yājñ. 3, 21. kāla-, adj. killing slowly, Suśr. 2, 252, 19. grāma-, adj. sacking a village, MBh. 12, 1213. pitṛ-, m. a parricide, Rājat. 5, 448. viśvāsa-, adj. perfidious, MBh. 3, 625.
-- Comp. aśva-, m. 1. food for horses, Rājat. 3, 489. 2. Pastureground for horses, Kathās. 15, 124.
† ghiṇṇ (a dialectical form of gṛhṇ from gṛhṇā, vb. grah; cf. ghṛṇṇ), i. 1, Ātm. To take.
† ghu, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
† ghuṃṣ, i. 1, Ātm. To render beautiful.
-- Cf. ghaṃṣ.
1. To resist.
2. To protect (v. r.). i. 1, Ātm. To return.
-- With the prep. ava ava, avaghoṭita, Covered, MBh. 3, 13155.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To turn, Pañc. 36, 17
† ghuḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To hinder.
2. To protect, v. r.
† ghuṇ (a dialectical form of ghūrṇ), i. 1, Ātm., i. 6, Par. To whirl.
† ghuṇṇ (like ghiṇṇ, a dialectical form of gṛhṇ, vb. grah), i. 1, Ātm. To take.
† ghur. i. 6, Par.
1. To be frightful.
2. To sound.
1. Loud, MBh. 13, 4557.
2. Resounding, Hariv. 1125.
3. Offered, Man. 4, 209. Caus. ghoṣaya, To proclaim, Rām. 5, 49, 13.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To proclaim, Hariv. 3522. avaghuṣṭa,
1. Summoned, Rām. 3, 47, 9.
2. Resounding, MBh. 13, 522.
3. Offered, MBh. 13, 1576.
-- With ā ā, To proclaim, MBh. 3, 647.
-- With vyā vi-ā, vyāghuṣṭa, Loud sounding, MBh. 12, 3637. Caus. To proclaim loud, Hariv. 10542.
-- With ud ud, To cry, MBh. 12, 5349. udghuṣṭa, Resounding, Rām. 3, 79, 45. Caus.
1. To cause to be sounded loud, Rājat. 3, 5.
2. To proclaim, Mṛcch. 169, 8.
-- With prod pra-ud, prodghuṣṭa, Resounding, MBh. 3, 2512. Caus. To proclaim, Rājat. 1, 285.
-- With upa upa, upaghuṣṭa, Resounding, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 28.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To proclaim, MBh. 12, 2645.
-- With vi vi, To proclaim, Man. 8, 233. vighuṣṭa, Resounding, Rām. 3, 12, 14.
-- With udvi ud-vi, Caus. To proclaim, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 66.
-- With sama sam, saṃghuṣṭa,
1. Sounding, Hariv. 3715.
2. Resounding, Rām. 2, 31, 4.
3. Offered, Yājñ. 1, 168.
-- With parisam pari-sam, parisaṃghuṣṭa, Resounding, MBh. 3, 2406.
† ghūr, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To kill.
2. To become old.
1. To reel, MBh. 10, 802.
2. To move to and fro, MBh. 1, 2133.
3. To roll (as the eye), Prab. 6, 5.
4. To be uncertain, MBh. 1, 2061. Caus. ghūrṇaya,
1. To roll, Bhartṛ. 1, 88.
-- With ava ava, To roll, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 12. avaghūrṇita, Cast down, MBh. 9, 3239.
-- With ā ā, To wave, Mṛcch. 85, 16. āghūrṇita,
1. Shaken, Dev. 12, 26.
2. Rolling, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 59.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To flutter, MBh. 7, 7301. vyāghūrṇita,
1. Shaken, MBh. 5, 7191.
2. Tottering, MBh. 2, 1673.
-- With pari pari, To be agitated, MBh. 1, 2089.
-- With vi vi, To stagger, MBh. 11, 522; to shake, 3, 11141. vighūrṇita, Revolved, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 3.
2. Shaken, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 17.
-- Comp. timira- (corr. perhaps timire-), adj. staggering in dimness, Cāṇ. 70, Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411. mahā-, f. ṇā, Spirituous liquor.
1. ghṛ, i. 1, ii. 3, jighṛ, and i. 10, Par. To sprinkle.
-- Cf. ghṛta separately.
† 2. ghṛ, ii. 3, jighṛ, Par. To shine.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; [greek] Lat. fervor, fornax, and gharma.
† 3. ghṛ, i. 10, Par. To cover.
† ghṛṇ, ii. 8, ghṛnu, and gharṇu, Par. To shine.
-- Cf. 2. ghṛ.
1. Compassion, Rām. 1, 27, 16.
2. Contempt, Naiṣ. 1, 20.
-- Comp. nirghṛṇa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. ṇā, cruel, Rām. 1, 32, 20. sa-nis-, adj. The same, 1, 61, 20, Gorr.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Not despising, MBh. 1, 6374.
† ghṛṇṇ (a dialectical form of gṛhṇ, vb. grah, cf. ghiṇṇ), i. 1, Ātm. To take.
1. Clarified butter, or butter which has been bolled gently and allowed to cool, Man. 11, 134.
2. (ved.) Rain, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3.
1. Pounded, Pañc. iii. d. 240.
2. Scratched, Hariv. 12175.
3. Rubbed into, Suśr. 2, 278, 7. Caus. gharṣita, Crumbled, Rām. 3, 79, 31.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To rub off, Pañc. i. d. 337. Caus.
1. The same, Suśr. 1, 344, 6.
2. To rub into, 1, 46, 12.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rub out, Ragh. 17, 28.
2. To strike, Rājat. 2, 99.
-- With ni ni, To grind, MBh. 8, 1797. nighṛṣṭa, Subdued, MBh. 12, 7318.
-- With nis nis, To rub, Rām. 2, 96, 18.
-- With pari pari, To grind, Hariv. 5362.
-- With pra pra, To rub into, Suśr. 2, 193, 3.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, The same, Suśr. 2, 67, 2.
-- With vi vi, vighṛṣṭa,
1. Ground.
2. Sore, 2, 129, 6.
-- With sam sam,
1. To rub, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 30; MBh. 1, 1133 (ghṛṣya, pass. with the terminations of the Par.).
2. To rival, Ragh. 19, 36.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. frio, frico; O.H.G. and A.S., hrinan, to touch.
1. The nose. Mṛcch. 35, 10.
2. The nostrils of a horse, MBh. 6, 3390.
3. A beak, MBh. 10, 38.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Horrible, dreadful, Rām. 3, 8, 12.
2. Violent, Suśr. 1, 35, 7.
II. m.
1. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10375.
2. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4148.
III. n. A horrible act, Rām. 1, 58, 8.
-- Comp. su-, adj. terrific, hideous.
-- Cf. probably Goth. gaurs, sad.
1. Sound, Man. 7, 225; roar, Rām. 2, 66, 10; language, Rām. 3, 52, 20.
2. A station of herdsmen, MBh. 2, 215.
3. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10386.
-- Comp. dama-, m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 7029. nandi-, m. shout, MBh. 13, 5288. mahā-, n. a market. siṃha-, m. a proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 20. sukhapuṇyāha-, i. e. sukha-puṇya-aha-, m. the proclamation of a happy holiday. strī-, m. day-break.
I. adj. Causing to sound, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 6.
II. n., and f. ṇā, Proclaiming, Rām. 5, 58, 18; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 5.
I. adj. vatī, Sounding, MBh. 2, 65; roaring, MBh. 6, 578.
II. f. vatī, A kind of lute (?), Kathās. 12, 32.
1. Striking, Man. 8, 386.
2. Killing, a murderer, Man. 9, 232.
3. Destroying, Man. 8, 127; Rām. 2, 35, 6.
4. Removing, Man. 7, 218.
1. To smell, Man. 2, 98.
2. To sniff at, Rām. 2, 26, 35.
3. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 36.
4. To kiss (or, rather, To smell as a token of affection; see Wilson, Hindu Dr. vol. i. p. 45 n.), MBh. 9, 2940. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. jighrāṇa, MBh. 1, 5781. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ghrāta, also in the sense of an act, Having scented. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
1. ghrātavya, n. Smell, Bhartṛ. 1, 7.
2. ghreya, n. Smell, MBh. 2, 200. Comp. a-, adj. unfit to be smelt, Man, 11, 67. Anomalous absolut. jighṛtvā, Hariv. 7059.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To smell, Man. 3, 218.
2. To kiss, Rām. 2, 20, 21.
-- With ā ā,
1. To smell, Man. 11, 149.
2. To kiss, Rām. 2, 70, 16. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. āghrāta, in active sense, Hariv. 4478.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To smell, MBh. 3, 14504.
2. To kiss, Rām. 1, 4, 9.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To kiss, Rām. 2, 72, 4.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To smell, Rām. 5, 23, 32.
2. To kiss, Rām. 2, 72, 4.
-- With upa upa,
1. To smell, MBh. 5, 4059; to smell at, Man. 4, 209.
2. To kiss, Rām. 2, 72, 30.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To kiss, Rām. 4, 22, 1.
-- With pari pari, To kiss all over, MBh. 11, 616.
-- With vi vi,
1. To trace, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 28.
2. To smell, Bhāg. P. 3. 2, 18.
-- Cf. [greek] and dhrāna; perhaps also Lat. frāgro.
I. m.
1. Smelling, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 29.
II. n. and f. ṇā, The nose, MBh. 1, 6074.
-- Cf. [greek]
† ṄU, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
I. A copulative particle, And. Where two things are to be joined, it is,
1. Repeated, ca -- ca (like [greek] Lat. que -- que), As well -- As, and, saṃjīvayati cājasraṃ pramāpayati cāvyayaḥ, That immutable power revivifies as well as destroys in eternal succession, Man. 1, 57; daśa cāṣṭau ca, Ten and eight, Man. 1, 64.
2. Dropped in the first place; this is the general use, Hit. i. d. 33.
3. Dropped, but not often, in the second place, e. g. pretya ceha, In the next world and in this, Man. 3, 20. Where more than two things are to be joined, some have the conjunction, while others are without it, e. g. karṇau carma ca bālāṃś ca vastiṃ snāyuṃ ca rocanām, (let him carry) their ears, their hides, their tails, the skin below their navels, their tendons, and the liquor exuding from their foreheads, Man. 8, 234.
II. When followed by vā, Either, Man. 12, 89; when preceded by vā, Or, Nal. 14, 8.
III. Even, Śāk. 6, 5; and even, Hiḍ. i. 26.
IV. Just, Ragh. 12, 45.
V. But, Hit. Pr. d. 12.
VI. If, Bhartṛ. 2, 45.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. que; Goth. -h, e. g. in sa-h, 'and he.'
CAK, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. † To be satisfied.
2. † To resist.
3. To shine. cakita,
1. Frightened, Bhartṛ. 3, 10.
2. Timid, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 18. n. Being frightened, Mṛcch. 86, 20.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To see, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 48.
-- With pra pra, pracakita, Frightened, Pañc. i. d. 420.
† cakk, i. 10, Par. To give pain.
I. n.
1. A wheel, Man. 8, 291.
2. A potter's wheel, Yājñ. 3, 146.
3. A discus, or sharp circular missile weapon, especially of Viṣṇu, Rām. 1, 29, 6.
4. An oil-press, Man. 4, 84.
5. A circle, Rājat. 5, 230.
6. A form of military array, a circular position.
7. An astrological or mystical figure, Rājat. 5, 55 (mātṛ-).
8. A multitude, Rām. 6, 75, 39.
9. An army, MBh. 5, 1939.
10. Dominion, Bhāg. P. 9, 20, 32.
II. m.
1. The ruddy goose, Anas casarca, MBh. 9, 443.
2. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 352.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2147.
4. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 15.
-- Comp. eka-,
I. adj., f. rā, protected by one sovereign, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 20.
II. m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 2533.
III. f. kā, the name of a town, MBh. 1, 382. kāla-,
I. n. the wheel of ever-revolving time, MBh. 4, 1607.
II. m. the sun, MBh. 3, 151. dikcakra, i. e. diś-, n. the real horizon, Lass. 74, 1. dharma-, n. the law, MBh 2, 456. para-, n. the host of the enemy, MBh. 1, 6209. mātṛ- (see
7.). rāśi-, n. the zodiac. hiraṇya-, adj. having golden wheels, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 88, 5.
1. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 17.
2. A proper name, MBh. 13, 253.
I. adj.
1. Bearing a wheel, Pañc. 242, 15.
2. Bearing a discus.
II. m.
1. A name of Viṣṇu (wielding the discus) Mṛcch. 76, 13.
2. A sovereign, MBh. 3, 8221.
3. A snake, Rājat. 1, 261.
I. (m. or n.) A ring, MBh. 1, 7021.
II. m. A range of mountains supposed to encircle the earth, and to be the limit of light and darkness.
III. n.
1. A circle, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 14.
2. A group, Bhartṛ. 2, 65.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, m. 1. the name of a fabulous weapon, Rām. 1, 29, 5. 2. A division of an army, Mālav. 9, 10. diś-, n. the horizon, Lass. 74, 1. 2. A compasscard, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 86, 99. sa-mātṛ-, adj. surrounded by the divine mothers, Rājat. 5, 55.
I. m. The ruddy goose, Anas casarca Gm., Rām. 3, 20, 20.
II. f. kī, Its female, Megh. 81.
1. A troop, Rājat. 4, 376.
2. Artifice, Rājat. 5, 279.
I. adj. Driving in a carriage, Man. 2, 138.
II. m.
1. A name of Viṣṇu, Bhag. 11, 17.
2. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 745.
3. An oil-grinder, Yājñ. 1, 141.
CAKṢ (akin to akṣi), ii 2, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 3, 601),
1. To see, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 13.
2. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 25.
3. To say, MBh. 8, 3384 (Par.).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To look at, Chr. 294, 9 = Rigv. i. 92, 9 (abhicakṣyā, absol. with lengthened final); Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 18.
2. To address, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 5.
3. To name, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 51.
-- With ā ā,
1. To declare, Man. 4, 81.
2. To address, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 2.
3. To name, Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 6.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To look at, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 11.
2. To speak, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 14.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To decline, MBh. 12, 6676.
2. To repulse, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 6.
3. To answer (with acc. of the person), Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 11.
-- With samā sam-ā, To report, Bhāg. P. 1. 4, 13.
-- With pari pari,
1. To overlook, Bhāg. P. 4, 14, 33.
2. To report, MBh. 1, 1025.
3. To mention, admit, MBh. 12, 294.
4. To call, Man. 2, 171.
5. To answer (with acc.), Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 21.
-- With pra pra,
1. To report, MBh. 1, 8331.
2. To declare, Man. 4, 102.
3. To call, Man. 2, 59.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To explain, Suśr. 1, 37, 13.
-- With prati prati,
1. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 32.
2. To expect, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 41.
-- With vi vi,
1. To see clearly, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 17.
2. To explain, MBh. 1, 2199. With pravi pra-vi, To call, MBh. 12, 11466.
-- With sam sam,
1. To look at, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 8.
2. To consider, Rām. 2, 1, 27.
3. To report, MBh. 6, 253.
-- Cf. [greek] (properly a denominative of a lost noun, [greek] = ved. cakṣan), also [greek] probably Goth. saihvan, A.S. sean; Goth. siuns (for organ. sihvni + s); O.H.G. sagên, A.S. saegan, etc.
2. Guidance, Chr. 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5. Comp. viśva-, adj. all-seeing, Chr. 289, 2 = Rigv. i. 50, 2.
1. Seeing, MBh. 1, 737.
2. Having eyes, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 19.
1. Fit for the eyes, MBh. 13, 3423.
2. Agreeable to the eyes, Rājat. 3, 493.
-- Comp. a-, adj. blind, Pañc. i. d. 393. ghrāṇa-, adj. using his nose instead of his eye, blind, MBh. 8, 3443. cāra-, adj. seeing by means of spies, Man. 9, 256. jana-, n. the eye of all creatures, i. e. the sun, Hariv. 8050. jñāna-, n. intellect, Man. 2, 8. divya-,
I. n. a divine, i. e. a prophetic eye, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 7.
II. adj. having a divine eye, Ragh. 3, 45. dharma-, adj. loving justice, Rām. 2, 111, 22. naya-, n. the eye of prudence, Rām. 1, 7, 11. nis-, adj. blind, MBh. 12, 10523. mukta- (vb. muc),
I. adj. with one's eyes opened.
II. m. a lion. sa-, adj. seeing.
† CAGH, ii. 5, Par. To kill.
1. To hop, to dance, Gīt. 4, 8.
2. To move, Bhartṛ. 3, 1.
1. Moving to and fro, unsteady, MBh. 8, 3920.; Pañc. 204, 1.
2. Fickle, Kathās. 7, 57.
-- Comp. vāda-, m. a jester, Bhartṛ. 3, 57 (read rāda- instead of vādi, and probably cuñcavaḥ instead of cañcavaḥ, cf. Pāṇ. 5, 2, 26; cf. Schol.).
1. † To rain.
2. To cover.
3. To separate, Pañc. 121, 1. i. 10 (rather Causal), cāṭaya,
1. To separate.
2. † To kill.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To disappear, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 18. Caus. To drive out, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 28.
-- Comp. mṛga-indra-, m. A hawk.
CAṬACAṬĀYA (a denomin. derived from the preceding by ya), Ātm. To crackle, Suśr. 2, 245, 20.
1. Unsteady, Ragh. 9, 58.
2. Inconstant, Amar. 71.
3. Beautiful, Gīt. 10, 9.
† caṇ, i. 1, Par.
1. To give (or to go, to kill).
2. To sound, v. r.
† caṇḍ, i. 1 and 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Ātm. To be angry.
I. adj., f. ḍī.
1. Flaming, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 20; hot, e. g. in caṇḍāṃśu, i. e. caṇḍa-aṃśu, m. The sun (properly, Having hot rays), Rājat. 4, 401.
2. Violent, MBh. 1, 1493; Bhartṛ. 2, 47.
3. Passionate, Ragh. 2, 49.
4. Wrathful, Rām. 2, 70, 10 (ḍī).
5. Cruel, MBh. 1, 6752.
II. °ḍam, adv. Passionately, Mālav. d. 56.
III. m.
1. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10358.
2. A name of Skanda, MBh. 3, 14631.
3. A proper name, Hariv. 12937.
IV. f. ḍā.
1. A name of Durgā, MBh. 6, 797.
2. A name of several plants, Suśr. 1, 139, 9.
V. f. ḍī, A name of Durgā, MBh. 6, 797.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. verv passionate, Rājat. 5, 380.
CAT, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To abscond (ved.).
2. † To ask.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] Lat. quatuor; Goth. fidvör; A. S. feower.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Dexterous, Pañc. 161, 2.
2. Ingenious, Pañc. 158, 9.
3. Charming, Ragh. 8, 94.
4. Quick, Rājat. 3, 176; °ram, adv. 188.
II. n. Cleverness, Amar. 20.
1. A proper name, Pañc. 87, 4.
2. f. rikā, A proper name, Kathās. 6, 53.
I. adj. Epithet of the earth, denoting: Whole (verbally, with its four ends, i. e. north, east, etc.), MBh. 1, 2801.
II. f. tā, The earth, Ragh. 10, 86.
I. ordin. number, f. thī, Fourth, Chr. 12.
II. n. A fourth part, MBh. 1, 1822
-- Cf. [greek]- [greek] Lat. quartus; O.H.G. fiordo; A.S. feordh.
I. ord. number, f. śī, Fourteenth, Rām. 2, 112, 25.
II. f. śī, The fourteenth day of the half of a lunar month, Man. 4, 113.
1. In four parts, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 19.
2. Four-fold, MBh. 9, 2487.
I. adj. with śatam, Four in the hundred, Man. 8, 142.
II. n.
1. A collection of four things, Man. 7, 50.
2. A hall supported by four columns, Kumāras. 5, 68.
I. adj., f. yī.
1. Of four different sorts, MBh. 12, 11965.
2. Being four, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 28.
II. n. A collection of four things, Man. 8, 180.
I. adj., f. dā.
1. Having four legs, MBh. 3, 10661.
2. Consisting of four pādas, or verses, Mālav. 19, 11.
II. m. A quadruped, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 9.
III. n. A stanza of four pādas (see
I. 2), Mālav. 16, 18.
I. adj., f. -padī, but n. -pād and pad,
1. Having four legs, Chr. 288, 3 = Rigv. i. 49, 3; Man. 1, 81.
2. Having four steps, MBh. 12, 8838.
3. Consisting of four parts, MBh. 5, 5352.
II. m. A quadruped, MBh. 12, 5697.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. quadrupes; A.S. feower-fed.
I. adj., f. dī
1. Having four legs, Rām. 5, 17, 30.
2. Having four parts, MBh. 3, 1459.
II. m. A quadruped, Yājñ. 2, 298.
-- Cf. Lat. quater.
1. A place where many (literally, four) roads meet; in the name of one of the mothers, catvara-vāsinī, MBh. 9, 2630 (dwelling on cross-roads, cf. catuṣpatha-niketā, MBh. 9, 2643; catuṣpatha-ratā, 2645, names of other mothers bearing the same signification; cf. Hecate trivia); a square, MBh. 3, 655.
2. A courtyard, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 57.
-- Comp. dvā-, fortytwo, MBh. 12, adhy. 142.
† cad, i. 1, Par., Ātm. To beg.
-- Cf. Goth. -hun, e. g. hvar-hun, whenever.
CAND (for original ścand; cf. the ved. frequent. caniścand, ved. ścandra, Rigv. 3, 31, 15; and some comp. words, e. g. puru-ścandra), i. 1, Par. To shine.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. candere, accendo, scintilla, etc.
I. m. and n.
1. Sandal, the tree, Rām. 3, 76, 3; the wood, Pañc. i. d. 47; the unctuous preparations of the wood, Pañc. v. d. 18.
II. m. A proper name, Rām. 4, 41, 3.
III. f. nī, The name of a river, Rām. 4, 40, 20.
-- Comp. ku-, n. redsanders, Pterocarpus santalinus. hari-,
I. m. and n. 1. A yellow and fragrant sort of sandal-wood. 2. a tree of paradise.
II. n. 1. saffron. 2. moonlight. 3. the farina of the lotus. 4. the person of a beloved one.
1. The moon, MBh. 11, 220.
2. A moon-like spot, Bhāg. P. 4, 15, 7.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2667.
4. The name of a mountain, Rām. 6, 26, 6.
-- Comp. ardha-, see separately. pūrṇa-, m. the full of the moon, Rām. 3, 53, 44. rāma-, m. the second of the three renowned Rāmas, the son of Daśaratha, and hero of the Rāmāyaṇa. śaraccandra, i. e. śarad-, m. the autumnal moon.
I. A substitute for candra when latter part of comp. adj. Mālav. d. 82; Rām. 5, 42, 3.
II. m.
1. The eye in a peacock's tail, Rājat. 1, 260.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 2, 16.
III. f. rikā.
1. Moonlight, Śiś. 9, 28.
2. A proper name, Mālav. 50, 6.
I. adj. Graceful, like the moon, Śrut. 23.
II. m. A fabulous gem, supposed to be formed of the congealed rays of the moon, Pañc. i. d. 88.
I. adj., f. vatī, Moonlit, Ghaṭ. 2.
II. f. vatī, A proper name, Pañc. 127, 22.
† cap, i. 1. Par. To soothe. i. 10, Par.
1. To grind.
2. To deceive.
1. Trembling, unsteady, Ragh. 11, 8; Hit. i. d. 46.
2. Giddy, inconsiderate, Matsyop. 72; MBh. 3, 13848.
3. Swift, Hariv. 4104; °lam, adv. Quickly, Daśak. in Chr. 260, 2.
4. Wanton, Rām. 3, 51, 33.
CAM, i. 1; ii. 5, Par. To sip.
-- With the prep. ā ā, base of the pres. etc., cāma,
1. To sip water, Rām. 2, 52, 73.
2. To rinse one's mouth, i. e. to make one's ablution, Man. 2, 61.
3. To swallow figuratively, MBh. 5, 2978 (the horses swallowed the way, i. e. finished it very quickly). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ā-cānta, in active sense, One who has rinsed his mouth, Man. 3, 251. Ptcple. of the fut. pass., ā-camanīya, n. Water for rinsing the mouth with, MBh. 3, 13662. Causal, cāmaya, To cause to sip, Man. 5, 241.
-- With paryā pari-ā, paryācānta (viz. anna, food), One who has rinsed his mouth too early (without waiting the end of a meal), Man. 4, 212.
-- With samā sam-ā, To make one's ablution, MBh. 13, 5063.
I. m. Bos grunniens, Rām. 3, 49, 24.
II. m. and n. The tail of the Bos grunniens, used to whisk off insects, flies, etc.; one of the insignia of royalty, MBh. 2, 1861; Vikr. d. 76.
† camp, i. 10, Par. To go, v. r.
I. m. A tree, Micelia champaca, Lin., Rām. 1, 17, 35.
II. f. kā. The name of a town, Hit. 27, 10.
-- Comp. śita-, m.
1. a lamp. 2. a mirror.
1. The name of a forest, Hit. 17, 13.
2. The name of a town, 27, 10, v. r.
† CAMB, i. 1, Par. To go.
† CAY, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
1. A heap, Mārk. P. 21, 86.
2. A mass, MBh. 3, 16426.
3. A multitude, Caurap. 34.
4. Arranged fuel, Hariv. 2161.
5. A mound of earth, a rampart, Rām. 5, 9, 15.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a funeral pile, Rām. 3, 9, 35.
1. To move, Rām. 4, 51, 8.
2. To go, MBh. 1, 3071.
3. To graze, Man. 2, 23; with acc., Hit. 81, 15.
4. To go through, over, along (with acc.), Man. 2, 185; 9, 238; Hariv. 3632.
5. To behave, to live, Man. 5, 90.
6. To act, MBh. 14, 534; viṣamam, To deal unjustly, Man. 9, 287.
7. To make, to perform, Man. 3, 30; 11, 53; vivādam, To contest, Man. 8, 8; indravratam, To act like Indra, Man. 9, 304; tejovrittam, To emulate the power and acts, Man. 9, 303.
8. To treat, tapasā ...indriyagrāmam, To mortify one's flesh, MBh. 14, 544.
9. To spy, Rām. 6, 6, 16. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. carita, n.
1. Going, Suśr. 1, 21, 17.
2. Doing, acting, Hit. i. d. 76; adventures in daśakumāra-, i. e. daśan-, The adventures of the ten princes, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 2. Comp. dus-, n. sin, Man. 11, 48. su-, 1. adj. 1. well-conducted. 2. well-managed. 11. n. 1. good action, Bhartṛ. 2, 58. 2. good-conduct.
II. cīrṇa, Performed, MBh. 15, 91. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. caritavya;
II. cartavya, MBh. 13, 5134.
III. carya, see separately. -- Absol.,
I. caritvā;
II. cartvā, MBh. 5, 3790;
III. cīrtvā, MBh. 13, 495. -- Infin.
I. caritum;
II. cartum, Rām. 3, 14, 15. -- Caus. cāraya,
1. To cause to graze, Hariv. 3548.
2. To cause to wander, MBh. 3, 1498.
3. To send out, MBh. 12, 2705.
4. To expel, MBh. 12, 12944.
5. To cause to perform, Man. 11, 176.
6. To permit to hold a culpable intercourse, Man. 8, 362.
7. To cause to be spied, MBh. 3, 10030. -- Frequent. cañcūrya,
1. To rove, MBh. 1, 7910.
2. To wander over (with acc.), Hariv. 3726. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. cañcūryant, Hariv. 3602.
-- With ati ati,
1. To over-step, Hariv. 12790.
2. To trespass, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 8.
3. To offend (one's husband by committing adultery, one's parents by disobedience), MBh. 12, 8387.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To offend somebody, Rām. 6, 101, 11.
-- With anu anu,
1. To ramble through, Rām. 1, 59, 19.
2. To follow, MBh. 4, 652.
3. To act, MBh. 3, 1303. anucarita, n. Doing, history, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 10. Caus. To cause to be marched through, Man. 9, 266.
-- With antar antar, To move in the midst, MBh. 3, 2989.
-- With apa apa,
1. To trespass, MBh. 12, 9566.
2. To offend, Mārk. P. 13, 13. apacarita, n. Sin, Śāk. d. 106.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To offend, Man. 9, 102.
2. To use witchcraft, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 13.
3. To occupy, to possess, Rām. 1, 34, 10.
-- With vyabhi vi-abhi,
1. To offend, MBh. 1, 3234.
2. To fail, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 5.
3. To surpass, Kir. 5, 34.
-- With ava ava, Caus. To apply, Suśr. 2, 8, 12.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, Caus. To send out, MBh. 12, 3779.
-- With ā ā,
1. To frequent, Rām. 3, 57, 11.
2. To live, Man. 11, 180.
3. To act, Man. 2, 110.
4. To treat, Man. 8, 102.
5. To perform, Man. 5, 156; to make, MBh. 4, 117.
6. To act according to custom, Śāk. 108, 22. ācarita, n.
1. Behaviour, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 26.
2. Acting desperately, in order to excite compassion (as killing wife and cattle, and sitting before some-one's door till he complies with what is wished for), Man. 8, 49. ācīrṇa, Eaten.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā, To occupy, Man. 2, 119 (śayyāsane 'dhyācarite śreyasā, A couch or chair being occupied by a superior).
-- With anvā anu-ā, To imitate, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 6.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, To practise, MBh. 12, 9719.
-- With samudā sam-ud-ā,
1. To treat, MBh. 12, 1203 (read samud° instead of sadud°).
2. To perform, MBh. 13, 3968.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To serve, MBh. 2, 408.
2. To treat, MBh. 18, 95.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā,
1. To treat, Suśr. 1, 47, 4.
2. To practise, MBh. 3, 10572.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To walk, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 9.
2. To act, Pañc. i. d. 78.
3. To perform, Man. 11, 231.
4. With dūrād, To remove far from, Man. 4, 151. samācīrṇa, Committed, MBh. 8, 1281.
-- With anusamā anu-sam-ā, To perform, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 53.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rise, MBh. 3, 10088.
2. To fly back (as a bow), Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 25.
3. To void one's excrements, Man. 4, 49.
4. To utter, to pronounce, MBh. 5, 917.
5. To leave, Naiṣ. 5, 48 (Ātm.).
6. To offend, MBh. 16, 43. uccarita, n. Excrements, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 32. Caus. To utter, to pronounce, MBh. 1, 966.
-- With prod pra ud, To pronounce, Hariv. 14694. Caus. To cause to sound, Pañc. 21, 3.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, Caus. To excite, MBh. 8, 3553.
-- With vyud vi-ud,
1. To offend (Ātm.).
2. To have culpable intercourse (with instr.), MBh. 3, 12868.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, Rām. 5, 64, 5.
2. To serve, Man. 4, 254; to attend, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 21; to honour, Man. 3, 193.
3. To treat, Pañc. 43, 10.
4. pass. To be used metaphorically (with loc.), Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 37. upacīrṇa, Attended, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 38.
-- With dus dus, To treat ill, to deceive, Rām. 3, 2, 25.
-- With nis nis,
1. To come out, MBh. 1, 8235.
2. To appear, MBh. 6, 4543.
3. To proceed, MBh. 5, 4929.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To proceed, MBh. 4, 1322.
-- With pari pari,
1. To go round, Rām. 5, 52, 5.
2. To serve, Man. 2, 243; to attend, Rām. 1, 46, 11.
3. To honour.
-- With pra pra,
1. To proceed, to appear, MBh. 6, 2189; Rām. 1, 35, 18.
2. To succeed, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 2.
3. To visit, Rām. 2, 55, 5.
4. To walk, Prab. 33, 10.
5. To circulate, Rām. 1, 2, 40.
6. To act, Man. 9, 284.
7. To perform, Man. 10, 100. Caus. To cause to graze, Hariv. 785.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To advance, Rām. 6, 16, 105.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To diffuse, MBh. 12, 12742.
-- With vi vi,
1. To go in different directions, Hiḍ. 2, 31; to rove, MBh. 3, 2486.
2. To wander through, MBh. 1, 3931 (Ātm.).
3. To live lasciviously, Man. 9, 20.
4. To fail, Bhāg. P. 9, 1, 15.
5. To act, Pañc. 26, 3.
6. To live, Man. 4, 18; 9, 302 (to live virtuously); with instr., To converse with, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 52.
7. To make, to perform, Hariv. 10148. vicarita, n. Roving, Nal. 24, 49. vicīrṇa,
1. Wandered through, Rām. 3, 73, 25.
2. Performed, Pañc. i. d. 307. Caus.
1. To cause to run, Arj. 6, 17.
2. To cause to go round, Rām. 4, 13, 44; buddhim, To reflect, Rām. 1, 41, 9.
3. To seduce, Rām. 1, 49, 6.
4. To consider, Man. 7, 178.
5. To doubt, Rām. 1, 23, 19.
6. To hesitate, Rām. 5, 35, 25; to decide, MBh. 4, 235. vicārita, n.
1. Consideration, Sāv. 3, 13.
2. Scruple, Mṛcch. 9, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Requiring no hesitation, Man. 8, 295. -- Comp. absol. a-vicārya, without having considered, Rām. 3, 51, 21.
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To walk through, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 13.
-- With pravi pra-vi,
1. To advance, MBh. 7, 1451.
2. To wander through, MBh. 10, 732. Caus. To consider duly, Pañc. iii. d. 116.
-- With anusaṃvi anu-sam-vi, To wander through one by one, MBh. 3, 10288.
-- With sam sam (Ātm. when joined with an instrumental),
1. To come together, to join, Gīt. 2, 2; to collect, Hariv. 10758; to converse with, Pañc. i. d. 335.
2. To wander, MBh. 12, 6669.
2. To descend, Kumāras. 1, 6.
3. To wander through, Rām. 6, 83, 20.
4. To move, to live, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.
5. To pass over to somebody, Pañc. 186, 24.
6. To practise, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 33. Caus.
1. To put in motion, Hit. 65, 13.
2. To let go, Rājat. 5, 195.
3. To cause to wander over, Bhāg. P. 8, 14, 5.
4. To lead, Śāk. d. 102.
5. To transfer, MBh. 1, 3169.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To wander through, MBh. 3, 1366.
2. To rove, MBh. 1, 3606.
3. To visit one by one, MBh. 12, 7002. Caus. To cause to change to, MBh. 12, 11208 (anusaṃcārya tān, Having been changed to those).
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To meet, MBh. 12, 11022.
-- Cf. cal, [greek] in [greek] (= duścara, i. e. dus-cara), [greek] (based on [greek]); Lat. colere, in-quilinus.
1. adj., f. rī.
1. Moveable, Man. 7, 15.
2. Latter part of comp. adj.
a. Moving, Rām. 3, 9, 10.
b. Practising, Man. 4, 196.
II. m. A spy, Man. 7, 122.
-- Comp. a-, adj., 1. immoveable, Man. 5, 29. 2. not to be trodden, Hariv. 12302. anta-, adj. going to the end (of the earth), Rām. 4, 40, 3. antaḥpura-, i. e. antar-pura-, m. an attendant in a gynaeceum, Pañc. i. d. 61. araṇya-, 1. adj. living in a forest, Pañc. 135, 23. 2. m. a wild beast, Pañc. 215, 6. eka-, adj., f. rā, solitary, Man. 5, 17. ku-, m. a fixed star, MBh. 14, 1070. kūla-, adj. living near the banks of rivers, Suśr. 1, 264, 9. toya-, m. an aquatic animal, MBh. 3, 17135. divā-, adj. walking by day, Man. 3, 90. duścara, i. e. dus-, adj., f. rā. 1. difficult to be passed, Rām. 3, 26, 7; MBh. 14, 2369. 2. difficult to be performed, MBh. 12, 656. su-duścara, very difficult, Man. 1, 34 (cf. [greek]). dhārāntara-, i. e. dhārā-antara-, adj. moving among clouds, Rām. 2, 105, 38 Gorr. niśā-, 1. adj. wandering at night, Rām. 1, 36, 18. 2. m. a demon, a Rākṣasa, Rām. 3, 54, 27. 3. f. rī, a female demon, 5, 25, 34. vyomacara, i. e. vyoman-, adj. passing through the air. saha-,
I. adj., f. rī. 1. going with. 2. united, Pañc. 43, 4.
II. m. 1. a companion, 2. a surety.
III. m. and f. rī, yellow Barleria.
IV. f. rī. 1. female acquaintance. 2. a wife.
I. m. A foot soldier, Hariv. 5957.
II. m. and n.
1. A foot, Man. 9, 277.
2. A verse, Śrut. 22.
3. A school, MBh. 12, 6369.
III. n.
1. Fixed observances, good conduct, MBh. 13, 3044.
2. Practice, Rām. 1, 31, 2.
-- Comp. tapas-, n. mortification, Arj. 4, 22.
1. Having obtained one's object, Śāk. 111, 12.
2. Effected.
CARITĀRTHAYA (a denomin. derived from caritārtha by aya), Par. To let somebody attain his object, Naiṣ. 9, 49.
1. Ancient usages, Man. 9, 7.
2. Conduct, Rām. 5, 51, 17.
-- Comp. vi-citra-, adj., f. trā, behaving in a surprising way, Pañc. iv. d. 57.
1. A caldron, Man. 5, 117.
2. An oblation to the gods, chiefly of milk and butter, Man. 6, 11.
CARC, i. 1 and 6, Par.
1. † To abuse.
2. † To menace.
3. † To injure. i. 10, Par., Ātm.
1. To repeat.
2. † To study.
1. Cleaning the person with fragrant unguents, Gīt. 9, 10.
2. Smearing, anointing.
3. Applying, practice, Rājat. 5, 303.
1. Anointed, MBh. 2, 2371.
2. Smeared, Pañc. 123, 14.
-- Comp. vi-, adj., anointed, smeared, Ṛt. 6, 12.
† CARB, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Skin, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 16.
2. Hide, Man. 2, 41.
3. A shield, Rām. 5, 73, 17.
-- Comp. gala-, n. the throat, Suśr. 2, 215, 15. go-, n. the hide of a cow, MBh. 13, 1228. dus-, adj. suffering from a cutaneous disease, Yājñ. 3, 209.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
-- Comp. vyāghracarmamaya, i. e. vyāghra-carman + maya, covered by a sheath made of the hide of a tiger, MBh. 6, 1787.
I. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of car, To be practised, Man. 3, 1.
II. f. yā.
1. Roaming, MBh. 8, 2099.
2. Visiting, Bhāg. P. 9, 16, 1.
3. Going, Rām. 1, 19, 19.
4. Observance, Man. 1, 111.
5. Practising, occupation, Rām. 1, 40, 6.
6. Conduct, Man. 6, 32.
III. n.
1. Going, MBh. 8, 4215.
2. Practising.
-- Comp. ku-caryā, f. bad conduct, Man. 9, 17. tapaścaryā, i. e. tapas-, f. mortification, MBh. 7, 1280. deva-caryā, f. worship of the gods, MBh. 3, 11045. dharma-, f. observance of the law, Kumāras. 7, 83. paśu-, f. acting like beasts, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 23. brahmacarya, i. e. brahman-,
I. n. 1. studentship, the order of a religious student. 2. pious austerity, Man. 5, 160. 3. chastity, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 15.
II. brahmacarya, m. a religious student. sa-brahmacarya, n. studying together. ratha-caryā, f. a chariot-exercise. vrata-,
I. f. observance of religious vows, Chr. 42, 11.
II. vrata-carya, m. a student in theology, Man. 1, 111.
CARV (akin to car), i. 1, and 10, Par.
1. To chew, to bite, Pañc. 259. 8.
2. To bite to pieces, Dev. 7, 10.
3. To taste, Sāh. D. 27, 11.
-- Cf. cūrṇ, cūrṇa, [greek] Lat. terere, triticum, etc.
1. Chewing.
2. Tasting, Sāh. D. 30, 17; also fem. ṇā, 30, 2.
3. Food, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 35.
-- Comp. punaḥpunaścarvita-, i. e. punar-punar-carvita-, adj. chewing repeatedly what has been chewed already, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 30.
-- Comp. viśva-, adj. active, strenuous in everything, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
1. cal (akin to car), i. 1, Par. (sometimes also Ātm.),
1. To tremble, MBh. 2, 1589.
2. To move, Hariv. 5591; to go, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 23.
3. To go away, MBh. 1, 6546.
4. To become troubled, Pañc. i. d. 448.
5. To swerve (with the abl.), Man. 7, 15 (svadharmān na calanti, They do not swerve from their duty). calita,
1. Shaking, Rām. 3, 57, 23; trembling, MBh. 3, 10065.
2. Gone away, Arj. 4, 39.
3. Troubled, Rām. 5, 30, 13.
4. Damaged, Pañc. iv. d. 30. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass. calitavya, Rām. 3, 49, 14, na calitavyaṃ te, You must not leave this place. -- Caus.
I. calaya,
1. To put in motion, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 37; to stir, Śāk. d. 158.
2. To trouble, to excite, Ṛt. 3, 10.
3. To turn off, Mṛcch. 147, 9.
II. cālaya,
1. To shake, Rām. 3, 7, 10; to move, MBh. 3, 11185.
2. To cause to waver, Rām. 6, 73, 20.
3. To drive onwards, MBh. 1, 5743.
4. To drive away, Hariv. 2697.
5. To put to flight, MBh. 7, 222.
6. To trouble, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 7. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. cālayāna, MBh. 3, 11095. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. Not to be turned off, Bhāg. P. 2, 17, 17.
-- Comp. a-, adj., immoveable, MBh. 13, 2161.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus. cālaya,
1. To cause to tremble, Hariv. 3036.
2. To push away, MBh. 12, 5814.
-- With ud ud,
1. To depart, Śāk. d. 28.
2. To rise, Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 8.
3. To unbind, Hariv. 2886.
4. To set out, Daśak. in Chr., 184, 6.
-- With samud sam-ud, To set out together, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 15.
-- With pari pari, To move, Sāh. D. 67, 12. Caus. cālaya, To turn round, MBh. 12, 6870.
-- With pra pra,
1. To tremble, Rām. 3, 29, 13.
2. To advance, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 23.
3. To move, Pañc. 87, 17.
4. To set out, Pañc. 104, 14.
5. To become troubled, MBh. 12, 2736.
6. To swerve, MBh. 3, 11249. Caus. calaya, To move, Amar. 58. cālaya,
1. To cause to tremble, Rām. 5, 38, 34.
2. To stir up, Pañc. 262. 20.
-- With vi vi,
1. To waver, Rām. 3, 57, 23.
2. To depart, Hariv. 4113.
3. To move, MBh. 3, 2614.
4. To fall down, Gīt. 5, 10.
5. To become troubled, Hariv. 9948.
6. To swerve, Man. 7, 28. Caus. cālaya,
1. To cause to tremble, Rām. 1, 16, 23.
2. To make unsteady, Man. 7, 13; to rescind, 8, 167.
3. To trouble, Rām. 5, 32, 37.
4. To turn off, Bhāg. P. 9, 8, 15.
-- With pravi pra-vi,
1. To tremble, MBh. 1, 1184.
2. To become unsteady, Hariv. 1, 11126.
3. To deviate, Bhartṛ. 2, 81. Caus. cālaya, To cause to tremble, Hariv. 6226.
-- With sam sam,
1. To tremble, Rām. 6, 75, 34.
2. To move, Rām. 2, 90, 4 (āsanāt, To start up from one's seat). Caus. cālaya,
1. To cause to tremble, Hariv. 13211.
2. To put in motion, Śāk. d. 69.
3. To drive away, MBh. 10, 627.
† 2. cal, i. 6, Par. To sport.
† 3. cal, i. 10, Par. To foster, v. r.
1. Trembling, Ragh. 3, 68.
2. Loose, Suśr. 1, 303, 18.
3. Troubled, Suśr. 1, 146, 16.
4. Fickle, Nal. 19, 6.
-- Comp. see acala. Nis-, adj. 1. immoveable, Bhartṛ. 2, 69. 2. steady, Bhag. 2, 58. vi-nis-, adj. immoveable, firm. vi-, adj. 1. moving to and fro, unsteady. 2. conceited. a-vi-, adj. immoveable.
1. Trembling, Pañc. ii. d. 174.
2. Moving, MBh. 12, 3708.
3. Swerving, MBh. 3, 1319.
-- Comp. bhūmi-, n. an earthquake, Man. 4, 105.
1. Moving to and fro, Rām. 5, 42, 11.
2. Unsteady, MBh. 5, 2758.
† CAṢ, i. 1, Par. To kill. i. 1, Par., Ātm. To eat.
† CAH, i. 1 and 10 (v. r.), Par. To deceive.
1. An oil grinder, Rājat. 6, 272 (at the same time, A partisan).
2. A bellman, Hariv. 9047.
3. A partisan, Rājat. 5, 267.
I. adj., f. ṣī.
1. Peculiar to the eye, e. g. ṣī vidyā, The magic faculty of seeing every object, MBh. 1, 6478.
2. Perceptible by the eye, Suśr. 1, 153, 5.
3. Referring to Manu Cākṣuṣa, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 49.
II. m. The name of the sixth Manu, Man. 1, 62.
I. m. A proper name, Pañc. 253, 12.
II. adj. Composed by Cāṇakya, Cāṇ. 1.
-- Comp. brāhmaṇa-, m. The son of a Śūdra man and Brāhmaṇī woman, Man. 9, 87.
I. adj. Conversant in the four Vedas, Rājat. 5, 158.
II. n. The four Vedas, MBh. 12, 1574.
I. adj. Performed by the four principal priests, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 19.
II. n.
1. A sacrifice performed by the four principal priests, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 5.
2. The functions of the four principal priests, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 24.
3. The four principal priests, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 37.
-- Comp. yati-, n. a species of this penance, Man. 11, 218. śiśu-, n. another species of this penance, Man. 11, 219.
-- Comp. indra-, m. the rainbow, Megh. 65. mahendra-, i. e. mahā-indra-, m. the same, Rājat. 5, 381. kusuma-, puṣpa-, m. a name of the god of love, Ragh. 9, 33; Kathās. 14, 29. sa-sura-cāpa + m, adv. with Indra's bow, Kir. 5, 12. skandha-, m. a sort of yoke for carrying burthens.
1. Quickness, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 20.
2. Unsteadiness, Rājat. 5, 377.
-- Comp. ati-, n. great quickness, Pañc. 62, 12. pāṇi-, n. fidgeting with the hands.
-- With the prep. ni ni, To worship, Daśak, 174, 5.
-- Cf. ci.
1. A spy, Rājat. 5, 81.
2. Going, motion, Vikr. d. 140.
3. Course, Rām. 2, 66, 23.
4. Occupation with, MBh. 5, 1410.
-- Comp. pāda-, m. 1. going on foot. 2. walking, Megh. 61. saha-, m. the concomitance of the major and middle term, Bhāṣāp. 136.
I. adj. Acting, Rām. 3, 66, 18.
II. m.
1. A spy, MBh. 2, 172.
2. A prison, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 11.
III. f. rikā, A servant-girl, Kathās. 14, 65. pracchanna- (vb. cad), adj. Acting fraudulently, Rām. 3, 66, 18.
1. A strolling player, Man. 12, 44.
2. A panegyrist of the gods, Chr. 24, 46.
3. A spy, Bhāg. P. 4, 16, 12.
1. Peculiar observance, praiseworthv observance, Rām. 6, 88, 11.
2. Conduct, Rām. 3, 59, 15.
3. Good conduct, Rām. 1, 1, 3.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. wicked-lived, MBh. 12, 2359. duṣṭa- adj., f. rā, ill-behaving, Pañc. iv. d. 55.
1. Conduct, MBh. 12, 12357.
2. Good conduct, virtue, Mṛcch. 147, 9.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Moveable, MBh. 7, 372.
2. As latter part of comp. words: a. Going, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 9. b. Moving, Hiḍ. 4, 4. c. Roaming, Pañc. 69, 1. d. Living, Rām. 3, 15, 6. e. Acting, pracchanna- (vb. cad), Acting fraudulently, Rām. 3, 51, 26. f. Observing, Rām. 3, 53, 21. g. Feeding on, Suśr. 1, 208, 12.
II. m. A foot-soldier, MBh. 6, 3545.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. solitary, MBh. 1, 6928; f. riṇī, a faithful wife, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20; Rājat. 5, 8. kāma-, adj. 1. moving where one lists, Chr. 58, 4. 2. self-willed, independent, Rām. 3, 52, 38. 3. Desirous, MBh. 13, 2265. kha-, adj. moving in the sky, MBh. 3, 14635. gūḍha- (vb. guh), adj. going disguised, Yājñ. 2, 268. citta-, adj., f. iṇī, compliant, MBh. 3, 14668. jala-, m. an aquatic animal, MBh. 3, 11577. dus-, adj. wicked-lived, Kathās. 23, 8. duṣṭa-, m. a sinner, MBh. 4, 97. dharma-, adj. virtuous, Rām. 3, 2, 19. pāda-,
I. adj. going on foot, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 9.
II. m. a footsoldier. brah macārin i. e. brahman-, m. 1. a religious student. 2. chaste, Man. 4, 128. saṃgha-, m. a fish. saha-, m., f. iṇī, and n., a companion, an attendant. svacchanda-, i. e. sva-chanda-, adj., f. iṇī, a harlot, Śāk. 69, 9 (Prākṛ.).
1. Agreeable, Pañc. 256, 14.
2. Beautiful, Rām. 1, 63, 6.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. very beautiful.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Motion, Bhāg. P. 3. 26. 37.
2. Shaking. MBh. 16, 267.
1. ci, ii. 5, cinu, Par. Ātm.
1. To arrange, MBh. 12, 10745.
2. To heap, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 15.
3. To collect, to gather, MBh. 1, 7719.
4. To cover, Arj. 9, 9. cita, Full, Rām. 3, 68, 12. citā, see separately. -- Caus. cāyaya and cāpaya. † 1, 10, cayaya and capaya, To heap, to collect.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To gather, Rām. 2, 100, 5.
2. To diminish, Mārk. P. 29, 8; apacita, fallen off, Śāk. d. 37.
3. To deprive, MBh. 3, 1319.
-- With ava ava, To gather, Pañc. 93. 4.
-- With ā ā,
1. To heap on, Bhā[greek] P. 4, 29, 78.
2. To cover, Rām. 6, 20, 23.
-- With avā ava-ā, To heap on, MBh. 12, 5952.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To heap, Hariv. 14815.
2. To cover, MBh. 7, 7242.
-- With ud ud, To gather, Kathās. 22, 109.
-- With samud sam-ud, To arrange, MBh. 2, 2087 (anomalous absolut. samuccīya).
-- With upa upa,
1. To collect, to augment, MBh. 5, 473.
2. To cover, MBh. 3, 11962. cīya, pass. To increase, Bhartṛ. 2, 84; to profit, Man. 8, 169. upacita,
1. Well-fed, MBh. 13, 4460.
2. Prosperous, Ragh. 17, 54.
3. Loaded, Man. 6, 41.
4. Endowed, Ram. 3, 41, 19.
-- With ni ni,
1. To pile up, MBh. 12, 2099.
2. To erect, MBh. 14, 2635.
3. To cover, Rām. 6, 32, 24.
4. To fill, MBh. 3, 650.
5. To stagnate, Suśr. 1, 92, 19.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To stagnate, Suśr. 2, 430, 15.
-- With pari pari,
1. To collect, Rājat. 4, 354.
2. To augment, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.
3. To fill, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 13.
-- With pra pra,
1. To gather, Hariv. 5237.
2. To cut, MBh. 5, 1865.
3. pass. To increase, MBh. 14, 509.
4. To cover, MBh. 12, 1702.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To cease gathering, MBh. 12, 5952.
-- With vi vi,
1. To select, MBh. 5 1111.
2. To pick out, Dev. 2, 67 (anomalous vicinvati, instead of noti).
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To segregate, Rām. 5, 85, 18.
-- With sam sam,
1. To heap up, Rām. 1, 13, 30.
2. To collect, Man. 6, 15. saṃcita,
1. Dense, Rām. 5, 59, 13.
2. Provided, MBh. 6, 3327.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To collect, Sāh. D. 73, 12.
-- Cf. Lat. capio = Caus. capayāmi, capulus, capistrum; perhaps also [greek] and Goth. hafjan, hafan, hafts; A.S. hebban, thu hefest; Engl. to heave.
2. ci, ii. 5, cinu, Par., Ātm.
1. To search, Kathās. 26, 136.
2. To search through, MBh. 3, 2659.
-- With the prep. apa apa, apacita,
1. Honoured, MBh. 3, 10835.
2. Invited, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 9. n. Honour, MBh. 9, 3620,
-- With ava ava, To honour, MBh. 3, 10676.
-- With nis nis,
1. To know thoroughly, Rājat. 5, 124.
2. To decide, Rām. 2, 1, 26. niścita, n. Resolution, Rām. 5, 15, 57. niścita + m, adv. Certainly, Pañc. 223, 7.
-- Comp. a-niścita, wavering, Pañc. iii. d. 261. su-, adj. 1. ascertained. 2. approved.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To decide, MBh. 3, 1086; 12, 10635.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To consider, Man. 7, 59.
2. To decide, Bhag. 13, 4.
-- With pari pari,
1. To search, Rām. 4, 47, 1.
2. To familiarise one's self with something, Ragh. 8, 18. paricita, Familiar, Śāk. d. 107; acquainted, Hariv. 8615. -- Caus. cāyaya, To search, Häberl. Anth. 432, 13.
-- With vi vi,
1. To discern, Pañc. i. d. 42.
2. To make discernible, Rām. 5, 11, 1.
3. To search, Rām. 3, 68, 9.
4. To examine, MBh. 5, 6088.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To search, Rām. 4, 48, 23. pravicita, Tested, MBh. 7, 4440.
-- With sam sam, To think, Rājat. 6, 32 (? probably it is to be read saṃcintya).
-- Cf. ki, cāy, and ved. ci, i. 1, Ātm. To punish; [greek] Lat. timeo.
-- Comp. dus-cikitsa, adj. difficult to be cured, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 38.
1. Desiring to make, to perform, MBh 7, 881.
2. Desiring to practise, MBh. 8, 1965.
1. Hair, Gīt. 7, 23.
2. A proper name, MBh. 5, 3640.
† cikk, i. 10, Par. To give pain, v. r.
-- Cf. cakk.
† ciṭ, i. 1, Par. To send off.
1. cit (akin to 2. ci), i. 1. Par. To perceive. Chr. 295, 12 = Rigv. i. 92, 12. -- Caus. and i. 10, Atm. cetaya,
1. To perceive, MBh. 12, 9890 (Ātm.).
2. To get consciousness, MBh. 1, 3616 (Ātm.).
3. To think, MBh. 18, 74 (Par.); Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 9 (Ātm.).
4. To cause to think, Bhāg. P. 8, 1, 9 (Ātm.).
5. To know, MBh. 3, 14877 (Par.). Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. cetayāna, Sensible, Rām. 2, 109, 7.
2. cit, f. Soul (as distinguished from citta), Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 6; Sānkhya Aph. 1, 146.
3. cit, see cid.
1. A heap, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 50.
2. Wood raised for burning, Man. 4, 46.
3. An altar, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 36.
4. Intellect, Dev. 5, 36.
1. cit + ta, n.
1. Thought, Bhag. 16, 16.
2. Intellect, Vedāut. in Chr. 207, 2.
3. Will, Śāk. C. 32, 3.
4. The mind, Rām. 3, 55, 19.
5. The heart, Pañc. 140, 17.
-- Comp. anya-, adj. thinking of some one or something else, Pañc. 225, 23. eka-,
I. n. 1. thought directed to one object only, Prab. 8, 5. 2. unanimity, Rām. 2, 40, 35.
II. adj. 1. thinking only of one object; in tad-, thinking of him only, Hit. 39, 2. 2. unanimous, Hit. 14, 3. cala-,
I. n. fickleness, Man. 9, 15.
II. adj. unsteady, Rām. 3, 1, 32. pramoha-, adj., f. tā, bewildered in mind.
1. cit + ti, f. Thought, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 18.
-- Comp. pūrva-, f. l. first thought. 2. the name of an Apsaras.
1. ci + tyā,
I. n. A tomb, Rām. 1, 58, 10.
II. f. A layer.
-- Comp. catuścitya, i. e. catur-, adj. supported on four layers, MBh. 14, 2643.
1. To colour with various colours, Hit. i. d. 171.
2. To adorn, MBh. 12, 988.
3. † To see a wonderful sight.
-- With the prep. vi vi, vicitrita (rather vi-citra + ita),
1. Spotted, Rām. 3, 49, 35.
2. Coloured with various colours, Chr. 34, 10.
3. Wonderful.
1. cit + ra,
I. adj.
1. Visible (ved.).
2. Clear, shining, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88, 2.
3. Variegated, Chr. 2, 21.
4. Spotted, Rām. 3, 48, 12.
5. Various, Man. 9, 248.
6. Fluctuating, Rām. 3, 52, 15.
7. Wonderful, Rām. 3, 35, 4.
8. Surprised, Rājat. 5, 2.
9. Uncommon, rigorous, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 4; adv. in a rigorous manner, ib. 198, 3.
II. f. trā, The name of a lunar mansion, Spica virginis, Rām. 3, 23, 11.
III. n.
1. A surprising appearance, Śāk. 110, 17; wonder, Rām. 3, 51, 26.
2. A spot, MBh. 13, 2605.
3. A picture, MBh. 13, 7692.
4. Painting, Rām. 2, 90, 23 Gorr.
-- Comp. vi-,
I. adj. 1. variegated, spotted. 2. painted. 3. handsome. 4. surprising.
II. n. 1. variegated (the colour). 2. surprise. 3. speech implying apparently the reverse of the intended object. sa-, adj. 1. painted, Hariv. 4532. 2. containing pictures, Megh. 65.
I. m. The Cheeta, or small hunting leopard, Pañc. 72, 11.
II. n.
1. A sectarial mark, made on the forehead, Hariv. 7074.
2. A mode of fighting, Hariv. 15979.
3. The name of a forest, Hariv. 8952.
1. To be surprised, Kathās. 6, 50.
2. To cause surprise, Daśack. 177, 13.
-- Cf. Lat. -que (= Oscan -pid) in quando-que = kadā cid, (qui)-cumque = kam cid.
1. To think, Lass. 36, 8. To think of, with the acc., Pañc. i. d. 100; with the dat., Hariv. 5976; with the loc., Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 14; with prati and acc., MBh. 3, 1714.
2. To reflect, Rām. 1, 8, 2.
3. To mind, MBh. 3, 2399.
4. To regard, Rām. 5, 77, 11.
5. To devise, Hit. 13, 19. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres., chintayāna, Pañc. 209, 6. cintita, n.
1. Thought, Matsyop. 37.
2. Design, Rām. 1, 70, 7.
3. Care, Lass. 74, 17.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unexpected, Pañc. ii. d. 3. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
1. Comp. a-cintanīya, Not to be thought of, Pañc. iii. d. 221.
2. cintya, n. Necessity of minding something, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 49. Comp. a-, adj. incomprehensible, Man. 1, 3. dus-, adj. difficult to be penetrated, MBh. 7, 433.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To think, to think of, Hariv. 9216.
2. To reflect, Rām. 1, 15, 23.
3. To remember, MBh. 3, 2642.
4. To consider, Rām. 6, 21, 35.
-- With samanu sam-anu,
1. To remember, MBh. 3, 9952.
2. To consider, MBh. 12, 12393.
-- With abhi abhi, To ponder, MBh. 13, 4341.
-- With nis nis, a-niścintya, adj. Unfathomable, Rām. 5, 81, 6.
-- With pari pari,
1. To reflect, MBh. 4, 1534.
2. To remember, Rām. 5, 34, 23.
3. To consider, MBh. 14, 568.
4. To devise, Rām. 1, 9, 2.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To devise, Rām. 6, 22, 10.
-- With pra pra,
1. To reflect, Rām. 4, 8, 8.
2. To consider, MBh. 3, 12231.
3. To devise, MBh. 3, 8820.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To remember, MBh. 8, 4230.
-- With prati prati,
1. To remember, Rām. 5, 28, 11.
2. To consider again, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2977.
-- With vi vi,
1. To reflect, Pañc. 23, 10.
2. To consider, MBh. 1, 5190.
3. To care, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 38.
4. To devise, Pañc. 92, 6.
5. To find out, MBh. 3, 1445. -- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. durvicintya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be penetrated, MBh. 12, 4628.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To think of (with acc.), Rām. 5, 66, 33.
-- With sam sam,
1. To reflect, Rām. 5, 1, 86.
2. To consider, Pañc. 255, 3.
3. To design, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 1. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. dus-saṃcintya, adj. Hardly to be imagined, Rājat, 6, 61.
-- With anusan anu-sam, To reflect, MBh. 14, 59.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To remember, MBh. 7, 5551.
-- Comp. kārya-, m. a superintendent of all affairs. Yājñ. 2, 191. daiva-, m. an astrologer, MBh. 12, 4454. sarvārtha-, i. e. sarva-artha-, m. a superintendent of all affairs, Man. 7, 121. sthāna-, m. a quartermaster, Pañc. 156, 22.
1. Thinking, Man. 12, 5.
2. Way of thinking, Rājat. 5, 200.
1. Thinking, Bhāṣāp. 65.
2. Thought, Rājat. 5, 11.
3. Care, Pañc. i. d. 226.
-- Comp. an-anya-cinta, adj. having one's thoughts fixed on one only object, Rām. 5, 57, 8. niścinta, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. free from thought, MBh. 14, 1307. 2. Careless, Hariv. 10302.
1. Appearing as thought, Bhāg. P. 2, 2, 12.
2. Produced by thinking, Rām. 2, 85, 16.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Long, Hariv. 9942.
2. Olden, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 21.
II. n. Delay, Rām. 4, 5, 27.
III. The acc. ram, instr. reṇa, dat. rāya, abl. rāt, gen. rasya, and loc. re, are used adverbially: ram, A long time. Man. 4, 60. reṇa, After a long time, Sāv. 5, 84; from a long time back, Prab. 29, 14. rāya, A long time, Ragh. 14, 59; after a long time, at last, Pañc. 231, 21; too late, MBh. 5, 780; for a long time, MBh. 13, 392. rāt, After a long time, Pañc. ii. d. 63; at last, Rām. 4, 27, 17; from a long time back, Hit. 17, 14. rasya, After a long time, at last, Rām. 2, 54, 20. -- When former part of a comp. word these adverbs drop their terminations, and appear in the form of the base cira, e. g. Rām. 1, 42, 1. Comp. a-, adj. short, Rām. 5, 37, 21; the acc. ram, instr. reṇa, and abl. rāt, are used adverbially: In a short time, Draup. 5, 20; Man. 7, 134; Rām. 1, 70, 34. As former part of comp. words it signifies often, Just, Man. 3, 280. na-, adj. not long, MBh. 1, 3860; °ram, adv. a short time, Rām. 2, 94, 14 Gorr. °reṇa, rāya, and rāt, adv. soon, MBh. 1, 7487; 833; Rām. 5, 89, 28. mācira, see separately. su-cira + m, adv. a very long time, Rājat, 5, 9.
1. Old, Pañc. 228, 11.
2. Hereditary, Pañc. 16, 1.
† ciri, ii. 5, ciriṇu, Par. To hurt.
† cil, i. 6, Par. To put on clothes.
† cill, i. 1, Par.
1. To be loose.
2. To indicate one's meaning(?).
1. A mark of any kind, Rām. 4, 12, 44.
2. Insignia, Ragh. 2, 7.
3. An attribute, Bhāg. P. 4, 15, 9.
4. A sign, Pañc. i. d. 193.
5. Caracter, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 35.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To mark, Rām. 4, 42, 12.
-- With upari upari, uparicihnita, Signed above, Yājñ. 1, 318.
-- With pari pari,
1. To mark, MBh. 3, 12445.
2. To sign, Yājñ. 2, 93.
† cīk, i. 1 and 10, Par. To suffer.
and cīcīkūcī cīcīkūcī, a word imitative of the chirping of birds, Rām. 6, 11, 42; MBh. 16, 38.
-- Cf. citkāra.
-- Cf. citkāravant.
1. pl. The name of a people, Man. 10, 44.
2. A sort of cloth, Suśr. 1, 65, 14.
-- Comp. apara-, m. pl. the western Cīnas, Rām. 4, 44, 14.
† cīb, see cīv.
† cībh, v. r. of bībh, q. cf.
† cīy, v. r. of cīv.
1. Bark, Rām. 5, 31, 22; a vesture of bark, Man. 6, 6.
2. A rag, Kathās. 4, 48; also fem. rā, Rājat. 4, 573.
3. A cloth, Rām. 2, 37, 10 (kuśa-, A cloth of Kuśa grass).
† cīv, or cīb, or cīy, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To take.
2. To cover. cīv, i. 10, Par. To shine (or speak).
† cukk, i. 10, Par. To give pain.
-- Cf. cakk.
I. m. The name of a mixed class, Man. 10, 48.
II. as latter part of comp. words, Renowned, known; see cañcu.
† cuṭ, i. 6 and 10, Par. To cut. i. 1 and 10, Par. To become small (cf. cuṭṭ, of which it is a v. r.).
† cuṭṭ, i. 10, Par. To become small (probably a dialetical form of a denomin. derived from kṣudra).
† cuḍ, or buḍ buḍ, i. 6, Par. To cover.
† cuḍḍ, i. 1, Par. To dally, to wanton (or to guess, to act).
† cuṇ, i. 6, Par. To cut, v. r.
† cuṇṭ, i. 1 and 10, Par. To cut. i. 1, Par. To become small.
-- Cf. cuṭ.
† cuṇṭh, i. 10, Par. To hurt, v. r.
† cuṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To become small (cf. cuṭ). i. 10, Par. To cut.
† cut, v. r. of cyut.
1. To push on, Arj. 4, 37.
2. To impel, MBh. 1, 5986.
3. To order, Draup. 8, 1.
4. To ask, MBh. 13, 578.
5. To ordain, Man. 2, 165.
6. To mention, Man. 3, 26.
7. To lay a stress upon, Śiś. 9, 16 (na codyam adas, It is not to be wondered at). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. codya, n. A question, MBh. 5, 1653.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus.
1. To impel, Chr. 4, 17.
2. To order, Rājat. 3, 67.
3. To announce, MBh. 3, 11396.
4. To inquire, MBh. 1, 2913.
-- With pari pari, Caus.
1. To wield, Hariv. 15892.
2. To impel, MBh. 14, 2387.
-- With pra pra. Caus.
1. To push on, MBh. 3, 12095.
2. To impel, Rām. 3, 28, 42.
3. To command, Man. 2, 291.
4. To ask, Man. 4, 248.
5. To proclaim, Man. 3, 228.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, Caus. To impel, MBh. 1, 575.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus.
1. To wield, MBh. 7, 559.
2. To push on, to impel, MBh. 3, 12109; 1, 4875.
3. To invite, Rām. 1, 4, 32.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To push on, to impel, Rām. 3, 28, 40. praticodita, One who has turned himself against (with the acc.), Rām. 4, 61, 48.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
1. To wield, MBh. 3, 12238.
2. To push on, to impel, MBh. 3, 756; Rām. 2, 40, 40.
3. To further, Rām. 6, 95, 59.
-- Cf. Goth. skiutan; A.S. sceótan; O.H.G. sciozan; probably [greek] Lat. studere; perhaps Goth. giutan: A.S. geotan.
-- Cf. cyu.
1. cup, i. 1, Par. To move, MBh. 3, 10648.
2. cup, see chup.
1. cumb, i. 1, and 10, Par. (i. 1, Ātm., Pañc. iv. d. 7), To kiss Ṛt. 6, 14. Caus. To cause to be kissed, Daśak. 49, 9.
-- With pari pari, to kiss warmly, Amar. 77. paricumbita, Closesurrounded, Caurap. 14.
† 2. cumb, i. 10, Par. To hurt.
1. cumb + aka, m. A loadstone, Prab. 108, 13.
1. Kissing, Pañc. 263, 5.
2. Kiss, Rājat. 5, 383.
1. To steal, Man. 8, 333.
2. To steal from, Hariv. 11146.
-- Cf. cora.
† cul, i. 10, Par.
1. To rise.
2. To let down, v. r.
† culump, i. 1, Par.
1. To rock.
2. To break(?).
† cull, i. 1, Par. To dally, to wanton (or, to guess, to act), v. r.
-- Cf. cuḍḍ.
1. A nipple, Suśr. 1, 349, 17.
2. The breast, Rām. 6, 23, 13.
I. m. or n. The ceremony of cutting the hair.
II. f. ḍā.
1. A single lock of hair left on the crown of the head at the ceremony of tonsure.
2. The hair.
3. The ceremony of cutting the hair.
-- Comp. kṛta-cūḍa, adj. one whose head has been shorn, Man. 5, 58. candra-, m. a name of Śiva, tāmra-,
I. adj. having a red cock's comb.
II. m. 1. a cock. 2. a proper name. pañcacūḍa, i. e. pañcan-,
I. adj. having five tufts of hair.
II. f. ḍā, the name of an Apsaras. puṣkara-, m. the name of one of the four elephants who are supposed to support the world, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 39. svarṇa-, m. 1. a cock. 2. the blue jay.
† cūṇ, i. 10, Par. To contract.
† cūr, i. 4, Ātm. To burn.
1. To grind, Suśr. 2, 56, 3.
2. To crush, MBh. 3, 12133.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To powder, to cover with a ground substance, Suśr. 1, 46, 14; MBh. 8, 456.
2. To cover, MBh. 2, 813.
-- With vini vi-ni, To crush, MBh. 8, 4665.
-- With vi vi,
1. To grind, MBh. 1, 4773.
2. To crush, Rām. 6, 87, 23.
-- With sam sam,
1. To grind, Suśr. 1, 162, 19.
2. To crush, MBh. 7, 1394; Rājat. 5, 411.
1. Flour, Pañc. 121, 11.
2. Dust, MBh. 3, 10972.
3. Powder, MBh. 6, 5764.
4. Aromatic powder, Megh. 69.
-- Comp. yoga-, m. or n. magical powder, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10. rāga-, m. 1. a name of Kāma. 2. red lead. 3. the red powder thrown over one another by the Hindus, at the festival called Holi.
1. adj. Having a crest, Hariv. 2495; 4440.
2. m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 34, 38.
1. To suck.
2. pass. To fester (of wounds), Suśr. 1, 103, 17. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. cūṣya, To be sucked, Pañc. 61, 13. Caus. To suck up, Suśr. 2, 33, 16.
-- With the prep sam sam, pass. To boil up, Suśr. 2, 486, 10.
-- Cf. probably Lat. sūgere, succus; A.S. sucan; O.H.G. sūgan (cf. cakṣ).
1. To connect together.
2. To kill.
-- Cf. chṛd.
† cṛp, i. 1, and 10, Par. To light, v. r.
I. m. A sentient being, Megh. 5.
II. f. nā.
1. Consciousness, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 34.
2. Recollection, Pañc. 35, 11. (°nāṃ labdhvā, After having recovered his senses).
3. Intellect, Man. 9, 67. Comp. a-, adj., f. nā. 1. insensible, Bhartṛ. 2, 30. 2. unconscious of one's self, Nal. 13, 35. nis-, adj. 1. unreasonable, Rām. 2, 41, 6. 2. unconscious of one's self, Pañc. 146, 12. vi-, adj. unconscious, senseless, lifeless. sa-, adj. recovering one's senses, Pañc. 43, 10.
1. Sentient, MBh. 14, 529.
2. Discreet, MBh. 12, 2449.
1. Intellect, Nal. 11, 24.
2. Consciousness, MBh. 7, 6935.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unconscious of one's self, Chr. 31, 16. duṣṭa-, adj. malevolent, Man. 3, 225. nis, adj. senseless, Rām. 2, 77, 12. manda-, adj. fainting, Chr. 29, 35. vi-, adj. 1. stupid. 2. perplexed, unhappy. vyākula-, adj. bewildered. sa-, adj. intelligent, Bhāṣāp. 144.
1. Even, MBh. 1, 2403.
2. If, Man. 7, 25.
3. With preceding no it forms usually a short sentence, which must be completed by the preceding words, e. g. bhavatā maunavratena sthātavyam no cet tava kāṣṭhāt pāto bhaviṣyati, You must be silent, if not you will fall from the stick, Pañc. 76, 20.
4. With preceding na sometimes, That not, Rām. 5, 80, 24.
5. With preceding iti and following na, viz. iti cen na, a common form of concluding an opponent's objection, and proceeding to answer it.
-- Cf. probably vaí.
† cel, i. 1, Par. To move.
-- Cf. cal.
-- Comp. ku-, n. coarse vesture, Man. 6, 44. sa-, adj. clothed.
1. To struggle, to move in convulsions, MBh. 3, 2542.
2. To stir, Matsyop. 22.
3. To strive, MBh. 6, 3642.
4. To perform, MBh. 13, 4676.
5. To act, Bhag. 3, 13.
6. To frequent, Ragh. 9, 51. Ptcple of the pf. pass. ceṣṭita, n.
1. Motion, gesture, Man. 8, 25.
2. Action, Man. 2, 4. Comp. dus-, n. acting perversely, Bhartṛ. 1, 72. Caus. Par. and Ātm.
1. To cause to move, MBh. 3, 13981.
2. To impel, Rām. 6, 94, 24.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To strive too much, Hit. i. d. 170.
-- With ā ā, To perform, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 1.
-- With pari pari, To welter, Rām. 4, 19, 32.
-- With vi vi,
1. To stretch, MBh. 7, 3168.
2. To struggle against, Draup. 9, 3.
3. To move in convulsions, Rām. 2, 77, 20.
4. To surround, Hariv. 10200.
5. To move, Rām. 3, 54, 10.
6. To struggle, Rām. 2, 66, 21.
7. To act, Man. 8, 334. viceṣṭita, n.
1. Action, Pañc. 95, 16.
2. Evil or malicious act (i. e. ceṣṭita, with vi).
-- With sam sam,
1. To shrink up, MBh. 7, 3168.
2. To crowd together (from fear), MBh. 5, 1855.
3. To strive, MBh. 3, 2923.
I. n. and f. ṭā.
1. Motion, Kathās. 23, 84.
2. Gesture, Man. 7, 63; 8, 26.
3. Action, Hariv. 5939; Man. 4, 63.
II. f. ṭā, Acting, activity, Man. 1, 65. Comp. karmaceṣṭā, i. e. karman-, f. 1. acting, business, Man. 1, 66. 2. action, Nal. 23, 18 (16, read karmaceṣṭābhi°). 3. exertion, Rām. 2, 64, 11. niśceṣṭa, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of motion, Rām. 2, 45, 31. sa-,
I. adj. making effort, active.
II. m. the mango, Mangifera indica.
1. Intellcet. Yājñ. 3, 81.
2. Consciousness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 18.
3. Soul, spirit, MBh. 14, 529.
I. probably citi + ya, m. The individual soul, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 61.
II. citā + ya, m. and n.
1. A tomb, MBh. 12, 914.
2. An altar, Rām. 1, 13, 30.
3. A religious building, Rām. 5, 17, 20.
4. A sacred tree; a religious fig-tree growing in a village, or near it, and held in veneration by the villagers, Hiḍ. 1, 40.
-- Comp. grāma-, m. a sacred tree growing in a village, Megh. 24.
I. adj.
1. Made of a tree called citra, MBh. 7, 76.
II. m. The name of a month, March -- April, Man. 7, 182.
III. f. trī, The day of the full-moon in this month, MBh. 12, 3691.
I. adj. Treating of the Gandharva Citraratha, MBh. 1, 313.
II. patron. m. and f. thī, A descendant of Citraratha, MBh. 1, 3740; Hariv. 712.
III. n. The name of a forest, Rām. 1, 28, 37.
1. Cloth, Man. 5, 119.
2. Raiment, Man. 5, 103.
1. Inciting, invitation, MBh. 13, 41; Bhag. 18, 18.
2. Command, Man. 2, 35.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. fur.
1. A thief, Man. 4, 118.
2. The robber of a heart; in the title, caura-pañcāśikā, The fifty strophes of a robber of a heart.
-- Comp. bhitti- and vandi-, m. a housebreaker. strī-, m. a libertine.
1. Theft, Pañc. v. d. 41.
2. Fraud, Pañc. 199, 9.
1. Theft, Man. 9. 276.
2. Fraud, Hariv. 15163.
3. Stealth, Pañc. i. d. 190 (caurya-rata, literally, enjoyment of love by stealth, i. e. adultery).
I. m. The name of a Ṛṣi, MBh. 1, 870.
II. n.
1. Motion, Suśr. 1, 48, 12.
2. Loss, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 5.
I. adj. Felling, MBh. 8, 1506.
II. n. Expelling, Hariv. 1512.
1. cyu (for original ścyu, cf. ścyut), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.),
1. To move (ved.).
2. To depart, Rām. 2, 72, 5.
3. To fly, Rām. 3, 33, 16.
4. (with abl.), To swerve, MBh. 2, 2357; Man. 7, 98 (asmād dharmān na cyaveta kṣatriyaḥ, From this law a king must never depart).
5. To become deprived, to lose (with the abl.), Man. 3, 140.
6. To fall, Rām. 5, 13, 31.
7. To perish, Man. 12, 96. -Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-cyuta,
I. adj.
1. Unshakeable, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; firm, MBh. 1, 7770.
2. Imperishable, Chr. 51, 18.
II. m. A name of Viṣṇu, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20. -- Caus. cyāvaya,
1. To expel, MBh. 3, 15920.
2. To cause to fall, MBh. 13, 324.
3. To deprive (with two acc.), Rām. 2, 53, 7.
-- With the prep. pari pari,
1. To fly, MBh. 7, 5220.
2. To swerve, Rām. 4, 16, 20.
3. To become deprived, to lose, Rām. 4, 16, 8.
4. To escape, Mārk. P. 15, 38.
5. To come down, MBh. 3, 11614.
6. To surround, MBh. 7, 6449.
-- With pra pra,
1. To depart, Man. 9, 273.
2. To proceed, Rām. 4, 44, 47.
3. To fall, Rām. 2, 91, 21.
4. To become deprived, Rām. 3, 53, 22. a-pracyuta, adj. Not swerving, Man. 12, 116. Caus.
1. To shake, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 3.
2. To expel, Pañc. 86, 13.
3. To cause to fall, MBh. 7, 1717.
-- With vi vi,
1. To fall asunder, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 21; to split, Rām. 3, 35, 53.
2. To depart, Man. 9, 273. a-vicyuta, Unperishable, Yājñ. 1, 212. °tam, adv. Faultless, Yājñ. 3, 112.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To remove, MBh. 7, 7515.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., Goth. skevjan, skura, vinthi-skauro; A.S. scur, Engl. shower; O.H.G. spuon; A.S. speovan; O.H.G. spua + t, spuaton; A.S. spaedan; see cud; [greek] Lat. jacere (Causal = cyāvaya.)
† 2. cyu, i. 10, Par. To laugh.
1. Departing, MBh. 1, 4169.
2. Not doing one's duty, Bhartṛ. suppl. 10.
3. Perishing, Kumāras. 3, 10.
4. Flowing out, Pañc. i. d. 371.
5. Fall, Bhartṛ. 3, 32.
-- Comp. garbha-, f. abortion, Hit. Pr. 36.
† cyus, i. 10, Par.
1. To laugh.
2. To leave.
1. A lump, a mass, Kathās. 25, 274.
2. An assemblage, a multitude, Śiś. 1, 47.
3. Light, splendour, Prab. 65, 10.
I. n. A parasol, Man. 2, 178; one of the insignia of a king, Rājat. 5, 18.
II. f. rā, The name of a plant, Suśr. 2, 170, 2.
-- Comp. ahicchattra, i. e. ahi-, m. the name of a people.
-- Cf. Lat. castrum.
1. adj., f. vatī, Having a parasol, Suśr. 1, 30, 2.
2. f. vatī, The name of a town or country, MBh. 1, 6348.
1. chad, i. 10, chādaya, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. Rām. 4, 58, 7); † i. 1, Par.
1. To cover, MBh. 1, 8245.
2. To conceal, Rām. 5, 90, 16.
3. To eclipse, Pañc. i. d. 319. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. chādayāna, MBh. 6, 2430. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
1. chādita, Kathās. 17, 44.
2. channa, Rām. 1, 74, 16; °nam, adv. Secretly, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10; tacitly, Man. 9, 98; n. A hiding-place, Hariv. 8686.
-- With the prep. samabhi sam-abhi, To cover, MBh. 12, 255.
-- With ava ava,
1. To cover, MBh. 1, 5421.
2. To leave unlighted, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30. avacchanna, Filled, MBh. 12, 5835.
-- With samava sam-ava,
1. To cover, Hariv. 6444.
2. To obscure, MBh. 6, 94.
-- With ā ā,
1. To cover, Rām. 1, 13, 29.
2. To obscure, MBh. 4, 1853.
3. To clothe, Man. 3, 27.
4. To put on, MBh. 2, 789.
5. To conceal, Hit. 22, 1.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To cover, MBh. 3, 12179.
2. To veil, MBh. 3, 15670.
-- With ud ud, To unclothe, Rām. 2, 91, 51.
-- With upa upa,
1. To cover, MBh. 1, 5005.
2. To conceal, Man. 8, 249.
-- With pari pari,
1. To cover, Pañc. 144, 23.
2. To disguise, Rām. 1, 9, 9.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cover, MBh. 2, 2626.
2. To obscure, MBh. 1, 4416.
3. To conceal, Chr. 51, 5.
4. To disguise, Man. 4, 198. pracchanna, Secret, Man. 5, 107. °nam, adv.
1. Privately, Man. 9, 228. Comp. su-, adj. well-concealed, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 3.
-- With prati prati,
1. To cover, Pañc. 224, 4.
2. To endow, MBh. 3, 1268.
3. To obscure, MBh. 7, 6129.
4. To disguise, Rām. 3, 51, 27.
-- With sam sam,
1. To cover, Rām. 2, 93, 3.
2. To obscure, MBh. 1, 8235.
3. To conceal, MBh. 13, 2606.
-- Cf. Goth. skadus, shadow; [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] which show that the primitive form of chad was skad; cf. also Lat. castrum, and chāyā.
† 2. chad, i. 1, Par. To make strong.
2. A leaf, Pañc. ii. d. 2.
-- Comp. uttara-, 1. a cover, MBh. 13, 746. 2. a coverlet, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 6. ghana-, adj. covered by clouds, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 27. tanu-, 1. adj. covering the body, Rām. 4, 63, 2. 2. m. a coat of mail, MBh. 12, 4424. danta- and daśana-, m. a lip, Ṛt. 4, 12; Rām. 5, 45, 5. dus-, adj. ill-covering, Rām. 2, 32, 31. rada- and radana-, m. a lip. sita-, m. a goose.
1. Covering, a cover, Rām. 2, 56, 32.
2. A wing, MBh. 3, 11595.
3. A leaf, Suśr. 1, 305, 16.
1. Disguise, Rām. 3, 53, 28.
2. Hypocrisy, Rām. 4, 16, 16.
3. Fraud, Man. 4, 199.
4. Pretext, Megh. 76.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, m. a rogue, Pañc. i. d. 390.
1. To appear (ved.).
2. To please. -- i. 10, or rather Caus.
1. To wait on, Rām. 2, 97, 1; Chr. 48, 8.
2. To present (especially with vareṇa), Rām. 6, 4, 43.
-- With the prep. ava ava, i. 1, To desire, MBh. 12, 7378.
-- With upa upa, Caus.
1. To wait on, Ragh. 5, 58.
2. To seduce, Prab. 101, 10.
-- With sam sam, To wait on, to present, MBh. 3, 13507.
-- Cf. Lat. spons, spontis for spond + ti, spondeo, [greek]
I. adj. Flattering, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6.
II. m.
1. Appearance, Hariv. 8359.
2. Wish, Rām. 2, 9, 7.
3. Will, Yājñ. 2, 195.
4. Self-help, Man. 8, 176.
5. Power, MBh. 12, 1820.
-- Comp. a-, m. unwillingness, hariv. 8557 (against the will). para-, m. dependence, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 25. sva-,
I. m. 1. one's own will, Hit. i. d. 62. 2. independence, Ram. 1, 34, 28.
II. adj. 1. independent, Rām. 1, 36, 17. 2. following one's own will, Hit. ii. d. 135. 3. spontaneous. 4. uncultivated.
III. °dam, adv. by one's own will, Yājñ. 2, 234.
1. Pleasure, MBh. 12, 7376.
2. A holy hymn, MBh. 5, 1224.
3. The Vedas, MBh. 12, 12933.
4. Poetical metre, Bhag. 10, 35.
5. Metrics, Pañc. ii. d. 34.
-- Comp. niśchandas, i. e. nis-, adj. where the Vedas are not studied, Man. 3, 7.
† cham, i. 1, Par. To eat.
† champ, i. 10, Par. To go.
1. Fraud, Rām. 4, 57, 10.
2. Artful management, Man. 8, 49.
3. Pretext, Śiś. 9, 48.
4. Intention, Mārk. P. 25, 10.
1. Hide, skin, Hariv. 15709.
2. Colour, Ṛt. 6, 20.
3. Beauty, Ragh. 9, 34.
4. Splendour, Śiś. 9, 3.
-- Cf. Goth. skauns, gutha-skaunei; A.S. sceone.
† chaṣ (v. r. kaś and kaṣ), i. 1, Par., Ātm. To kill, to hurt.
I. m. A goat, Man. 3, 269.
II. adj. Produced from a goat, or a she-goat.
-- Comp. vana-, m. 1. a wild goat. 2. a hog, Yājn. 1, 257.
I. adj. Produced from a goat, or a shegoat, Suśr. 2, 12, 18.
II. m. A goat, Rām. 6, 19, 42.
I. m. A pupil, Pañc. 34, 25.
II. n. A kind of honey, Suśr. 1, 185, 1.
1. Covering, raiment, MBh. 1, 3685.
2. A means of concealing, Bhartṛ. 2, 7.
1. Referring, or referable, to the Vedas (vedic), Hariv. 12284.
2. Conversant with the Vedas, Kathās. 18, 108.
I. m. Shadowing, MBh. 12, 10374.
II. f. yā.
1. Shade, Rām. 2, 45, 23; Man. 4, 51.
2. Reflected image, Man. 5, 133.
3. Reflected light, splendour, Megh. 36.
4. Colour, Vikr. d. 146.
5. When latter part of a comp. subst. noun, it becomes very often neuter, e. g. Ragh. 12, 50; Man. 3, 274 (prākchāye [i. e. prāñc-] kuñjarasya, When the shadow of an elephant falls to the east).
-- Comp. eka-, adj. quite dark, MBh. 4, 1878. vi-,
I. adj. ṣadowless.
II. n. the shadow of a flock of birds. vṛkṣa-, I. f. yā, the shadow of a single tree.
II. n. the shade of many trees.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To cut, Man. 4, 69.
2. To lop off, Man. 9, 276.
3. To wound, Man. 3, 33.
4. To break, Man. 9, 276.
5. To interrupt, Hariv. 16258.
6. To destroy, Rām. 3, 70, 20.
7. To remove, MBh. 1, 6890. With ṛṇam, To discharge, Rājat. 6, 16. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. duśchinna, i. e. dus-, adj. Cut out, or extracted wrongly. MBh. 12,5307 (a thorn). Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-cchedya, adj. Not to be cut down, MBh. 1, 93. Caus. and i. 10. chedaya,
1. To lop off, MBh. 7, 5954.
2. To order to be lopped off, Man. 8, 283.
-- With the prep. ava ava, avacchinna, Confined, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 13; an-avacchinna, adj. Unbounded, Bhartṛ. 2, 1.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To cut off, MBh. 7, 1166.
2. To separate, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 45.
3. To resolve, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 7. a-vyavacchinna, adj. Uninterrupted, Hariv. 3580.
-- With ā ā,
1. To pull off, MBh. 12, 9377.
2. To cut, MBh. 1, 5936.
3. To break, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 18.
4. To remove, MBh. 3, 11710.
5. To tear away, Pañc. 222, 4.
6. To rob, MBh. 4, 2147.
7. To draw, Daśak. 117, 4.
8. To disregard, Rām. 2, 24, 33.
-- With avā ava-ā, To deliver, Vikr. d. 15.
-- With upā upa-ā, To snatch away, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 24.
-- With samā sam-ā, To snatch away, Rām. 6, 8, 17.
-- With ud ud,
1. To root out, MBh. 7, 139; to exterminate, MBh. 1, 6811.
2. To cut off, Mālat. 151, 6.
3. To stop, MBh. 1, 4891.
4. pass. To be deficient, Man. 3, 101. -- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. durucchedya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be exterminated, Prab. 93, 12. sukhocchedya, i. e. sukha-, adj. To be exterminated easily, Pañc. iii. d. 25. Caus. or i. 10, To exterminate, Pañc. 55, 12.
-- With vyud vi-ud, pass., with the terminanations of the Par. (i. e. i. 4),
1. To become extinct, MBh. 12, 3923.
2. To cease, MBh. 1, 6188. a-vyucchinna, adj. Uninterrupted, Vikr. d. 110.
-- With samud sam-ud, To exterminate, Pañc. iii. d. 57.
-- With pari pari,
1. To cut off, MBh. 3, 2593.
2. To wound, Rām. 3, 32, 26.
3. To limit, Ragh. 6, 77.
4. To weigh duly, Pañc. 161, 24.
5. To be assured, Ragh. 15, 51. paricchinna, Limited, small, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 1. a-paricchedya, adj. Boundless, Ragh. 10, 29.
-- With vipari vi-pari, To destroy completely, MBh. 5, 4513.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cut, Rām. 2, 87, 9 Gorr.
2. To cut to pieces, Hariv. 13580.
3. To withdraw, MBh. 12, 9770. Caus. To order to be lopped off, MBh. 12, 686.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To cut to pieces, Hariv. 13613.
-- With prati prati, To retort by cutting to pieces, MBh. 7, 4848.
-- With vi vi,
1. To tear asunder, Hariv. 8530.
2. To interrupt, Bhartṛ. 1, 95; Daśak. in Chr. 179, 16 (a-vicchinna-pātam, Without rising again).
3. To separate, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 20.
-- With sam sam,
1. To cut, MBh. 1, 2242.
2. To cut to pieces, MBh. 5, 2909.
3. To cut off, MBh. 7, 7918.
4. To pierce, MBh. 4, 2004.
4. To destroy, to remove, Bhag. 4, 11.
5. To decide (a question), Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 52.
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek] etc.; Lat. scindo, caedo (Causal); Goth. skaidan; A.S. steádan; O.H.G. sceit, etc.
1. Cutting, piercing, e. g. MBh. 7, 4656; Rām. 5, 37, 10.
2. Destroying, MBh. 5, 1809.
3. Removing, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 23.
-- Comp. duścid, i. e. dus-, difficult to be destroyed, Kām. Nītis. 14, 68.
† chidr, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To perforate.
I. adj., f. rā, Perforated, Rām. 1, 73, 20.
II. n.
1. A gap, Man. 8, 239.
2. A defect, Pañc. 40, 12.
3. An opening, Suśr. 1, 54, 16; an entry, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 4.
4. A weak point, Pañc. i. d. 366; a vulnerable part, Man. 7, 105.
-- Comp. a-cchidra,
I. n. uninterruptedness, Rām. 4, 43, 25.
II. adj. 1. unhurt, Rām. 6, 23, 16. 2. uninterrupted, Rām. 1, 40, 10. niśchidra, i. e. nis-, adj. without holes, and without weak points, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 122.
† chuṭ, i. 6 and 10, Par. To cut, v. r.
† chuḍ, i. 6, Par. To cover, v. r.
† chup, or cup cup, i. 6, Par. To touch.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus. To scratch, Kathās. 17, 33.
-- With vi vi, Caus.
1. To inlay with, Kumāras. 1, 56.
2. To paint, Vikr. d. 136.
3. To cover, Caurap. 12.
1. † To shine.
2. To vomit.
3. † To play. chṛd, or chṛt chṛt, or chṛp chṛp, i. 1 and 10, † To kindle. -- Caus. To vomit, MBh. 5, 3493 (3492).
-- With the prep. pra pra, Caus. To vomit, Suśr. 1, 276, 14.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek] perhaps also [greek] and [greek] etc.; Goth. spai-skuldrs; Lat. screare.
† chṛp, see the last.
1. A wood-cutter, Hit. i. d. 52.
2. One who removes, Hit. i. d. 23.
I. adj. One who cuts away, Man. 9, 44.
II. m.
1. A slice, a piece, Ragh. 12, 100; Megh. 11.
2. Cutting, Pañc. 108, 11.
3. Cutting off, Man. 8, 368.
4. Destruction, MBh. 13, 1637.
5. Dissipation, Śāk. d. 38.
6. Ceasing, Vikr. d. 76.
7. Want, Śāk. 91, 12.
8. Limit, Yājñ. 1, 319.
-- Comp. bhakti-, m. certain streaks on the forehead, nose, cheeks, breast, and arms, which denote a follower of Viṣṇu. sa-, adj. interrupted, Lass. 21, 1. sthāṇu-, m. one who cuts away the trunks of trees, Man. 9, 44.
I. adj.
1. Cutting, destroying, MBh. 1, 1498.
II. m.
1. Cutting, Man. 12, 75.
2. Lopping off, Man. 8, 280.
3. Removing, MBh. 3, 12700.
1. One who splits, Man. 4, 71.
2. Removing, Śāk. 35, 15.
-- With the prep. pra pra, Caus. To scarify, pracchita, Suśr. 2, 247, 19; cf. 1, 33, 18 (pra-cchayitvā, sic!)
† chyu, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Born, son, daughter, e. g. gūḍha- (vb. guh), Born secretly. m. A son of concealed birth, Yājñ. 2, 129. dhṛtarāṣṭra-jā, f. A daughter of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, MBh. 14, 2285. ātmaja, i. e. ātman-, A son, Hit. 41, 21. jaghanya-, adj. Youngest, MBh. 1, 804. deha-, m. A son, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 3. pūrva-, m. pl. Ancestors, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 7.
2. Produced, Man. 1, 87; Bhāṣāp. 62.
3. Caused, Nal. 4, 13.
-- Cf. also dharma-,
I. adj. Begotten from a sense of duty, Man. 9, 107.
II. m. Son of Dharma, a name of Arjuna, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 16.
† jaṃs, i. 10 (and 1?) Par. To protect, to deliver.
1. jakṣ (i. e. jaghas, vb. ghas reduplicated), ii. 2, Par.
1. To eat, Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 23.
2. To be hungry, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 17. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jagdha, Man. 5, 125.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To devour, MBh. 11, 479.
2. jakṣ (i. e. jahas, vb. has reduplicated), ii. 2, Par. To laugh.
I. adj. Moveable, MBh. 12, 12465.
II. n.
1. Race of men, Man. 7, 22.
2. The world, Man. 1, 52; dual, jagatī, Heaven and earth, Kir. 5, 20.
III. f. tī,
1. The earth, Man. 1, 100.
2. The world, Rām. 2, 69, 11.
3. The name of a metre, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 45.
-- Comp. a-jagat, adj. immoveable, MBh. 12, 12465. tri-jagat, n. the three worlds, heaven, earth, and the lower regions, Lass. 5, 1.
1. Eating, Man. 5, 31.
2. Food, Man. 3, 115.
1. The pudenda, Hariv. 8625.
2. The buttocks, Rām. 5, 18, 11.
3. The rear-guard of an army, MBh. 3, 16284.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Last, MBh. 3, 1366.
2. Late, MBh. 12, 4794.
3. Shortest, Suśr. 1, 125, 5.
4. Indifferent, Suśr. 1, 95, 14.
5. Lowest, Man. 8, 270; Pañc. iii. d. 218.
6. Comparat. jaghanyatara, Lower, MBh. 14, 1137.
7. °yam, adv. At last, MBh. 3, 905.
8. loc. ye, adverbially, At last, MBh. 3, 1303; Behind, Hariv. 3087.
† jaṅkṣ, v. r. of kṣañj.
1. Moveable, Man. 1, 41; patrolling, Man. 9, 266.
2. Living, MBh. 1, 5019.
-- Comp. tāla-, 1. adj. long-legged, Rām. 5, 12, 35.
2. m. The name of a people, Rām. 1, 70, 28. su-, adj., f. ghā, having a beautiful leg, Śrut. 21.
† jaj, i. 1, Par. To fight.
† jaṭ, i. 1, Par. To be entangled.
I. m. = f. (see
II.), Hariv. 9551.
II. f. ṭā,
1. The hair matted, as worn by the god Śiva and by ascetics; the long hair occasionally clotted together and brought over the head, so as to project like a horn from the forehead, or allowed to fall carelessly over the back and shoulders, Man. 6, 6.
2. A braid, MBh 3, 16137.
-- Comp. tri-jaṭa,
I. adj. wearing three braids, MBh. 3, 16137.
II. m. 1. a name of Śiva, 12, 10357. 2. a proper name, Rām. 2, 32, 28.
III. f. ṭā, a proper name, Rām. 3, 41, 34. śikhā-, adj. one who wears a lock of hair in a knot on the top of the head, Man. 2, 219.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Having matted or entangled hair, Man. 2, 219; MBh. 3, 16257.
2. Entangled, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 14.
II. f. lā.
1. A proper name, MBh. 1, 7265.
2. The name of several plants, e. g. Suśr. 1, 71, 16.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Hard, Śāntiś. 4, 13.
2. Old, Śiś. 4, 29(?).
II. m.
1. The belly, Pañc. i. d. 27.
2. The womb, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 4.
3. The interior, Rām. 3, 41, 26.
-- Cf. probably Lat. venter, [greek] Goth. qvithra and in-kiltho.
1. Cold, Pañc. i. d. 353.
2. Rigid, immoveable, Rām. 6, 6, 1.
3. Material, irrational, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 22.
4. Dimmed, Śāk. d. 81.
5. Unfeeling, apathetic, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 10.
6. Stupid, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 8.
7. Dumb, Man. 2, 110.
-- Comp. a-jaḍa, m. not an idiot, Man. 8, 148.
1. Apathy, Sāh. D. 175.
2. Stupidity, Mārk. P. 10, 33.
-- Comp. śilā-, n. 1. bitumen. 2. red chalk.
I. Transitive,
1. To bring forth, MBh. 1, 2770.
2. To produce, Bhāg. 5, 7, 12.
II. Intransitive, i. 4, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 12, 7751).
1. To be born, Man. 3, 39.
2. To be produced, Man. 3, 76.
3. To be caused, MBh. 3, 16748.
4. To grow, Man. 9, 38.
5. To be born again (by transmigration of the soul), Hit. Pr. 13.
6. To fall to one's share, Pañc. ii. d. 3.
7. To become, MBh. 3, 4083.
8. To be, Śrut. 19, 25.
9. To take place, Lass. 11, 5. -- Ptcple. of the pf. act. jajñivaṃs and jātavant, Born, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 2; Chr. 24, 40; of the pass. jāta,
1. Born, Rām. 1, 1, 26.
2. Old, MBh. 8, 3389.
3. Grown, Man. 9, 40.
4. Sprung up, Rām. 1, 9, 27.
5. Happened, Hit. 9, 7.
6. Become, Śāk. d. 60.
7. As former part of a comp. adj. very often, Having, e. g. jāta-danta, adj. Having teeth, Man. 5, 70. The same signification it has also sometimes as latter part, e. g. danta-jāta, adj. Having teeth, Man. 5, 58.
8. m. A son, Pañc. i. d. 32.
9. n.
a. Class, MBh. 15, 215;
b. Kind, MBh. 13, 7241;
c. A multitude of objects of the same genus, MBh. 4, 143; 12, 1500.
-- Comp. a-jāta, see separately. eka-, adj. 1. having the same father, Man. 9, 148. 2. having the same parents, Man. 9, 182. kula-, adj. descending from a noble family, Rām. 1, 71, 2. cira-, adj. old, MBh. 3, 13334. dus-, 1. miserable, MBh. 12, 8120. 2. wicked, Rājat. 1, 356. yathā-, adj. foolish, a fool. su-, adj. of high birth, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 88, 3. janya, see separately. -- Caus. janaya (also Ātm., MBh. 1, 3104; Hit. i. d. 133),
1. To beget, Man. 3, 17.
2. To bring forth, Man. 9, 172.
3. To produce, Man. 12, 119.
4. To cause, Pañc. v. d. 47.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atijāta, Superior by birth (to the parents), Pañc. i. d. 442.
-- With adhi adhi, To be born, Ragh. 18, 23.
-- With anu anu,
1. To be born afterwards, Man. 9, 134.
2. To be born similar to (with the acc.), Ragh. 6, 78. anujāta,
1. Similar by birth (to his parents), Pañc. i. d. 442.
2. After teething(?) Man. 5, 53.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To be born similar to (with the acc.), Rām. 2, 35, 26.
-- With apa apa, apajāta, Inferior (to his parents), Pañc. i. d. 442.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To be born (predestinated) to, Bhag. 16, 3; with mahīm, To be born to rule the earth, MBh. 5, 4342.
2. To be born, Man. 2, 147.
3. To be produced, Bhag. 2, 62.
4. To be born again (by transmigration of the soul), Bhag. 6, 41.
5. To spring up again, MBh. 1, 3514.
6. To become, Rām. 4, 44, 77. abhijāta,
1. Inherited, MBh. 5, 1357.
2. Of noble family, Rām, 5, 11, 21.
3. Well-bred, Bhartṛ. 2, 48.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To spring up, Rām. 1, 39, 24.
-- With ava ava, Caus. To bring forth, Hit. Pr. n. d. 12, 13.
-- With ā ā,
1. To be born again, Man. 2, 249.
2. To be produced, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 17.
-- With upa upa,
1. To be added, MBh. 4, 1608.
2. To be born, Man. 1, 45.
3. To spring up, Man. 12, 73.
4. To appear, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 15.
5. To be born again, Bhag. 14, 2.
6. To be, Hit. i. d. 115. upajāta, as former part of comp. adj., Having, Hit. 42, 6. Caus. To cause, Prab. 29, 15.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To spring up, Rām. 2, 75, 41.
2. To be born again, MBh. 13, 6722; cf. abhiniveśa. Caus. To produce, Ṛt. 2, 28.
-- With pra pra,
1. To bring forth, Chr. 50, 14.
2. To be born, Man. 10, 9.
3. To be produced, Hit. i. d. 24.
4. To be born again, MBh. 13, 5509.
5. To propagate, Man. 10, 64. prajātā, f. A woman who has borne a child, MBh. 1, 3046.
-- With apapra apa-pra, To abort, Suśr. 2, 398, 21. apaprajātā, f. A woman who has miscarried, Suśr. 2, 398, 21.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To spring up, Pañc. i. d. 69.
2. To appear, Rām. 6, 90, 32.
3. To exist, Pañc. i. d. 452.
4. To be born again, MBh. 13, 5459.
-- With prati prati, To spring up anew, MBh. 6, 2651.
-- With vi vi,
1. To bring forth, Rām. 1, 70, 35.
2. To be born, Rām. 1, 16, 20.
3. To spring up, Rām. 1, 68, 8.
4. To be changed to, to become, MBh. 5, 7368. vijāta, Base born, of mixed origin (rather jāta with vi); f. tā, The mother of children, a matron.
-- With sam sam,
1. To bring forth, Rām. 3, 20, 27.
2. To be born, Rām. 1, 70, 27.
3. To grow, Nal. 24, 52.
4. To be produced, MBh. 3, 17684.
5. To rise, Man. 8, 172.
6. To happen, Rājat. 5, 180.
7. To become, Pañc. 32, 9.
8. To pass, Pañc. 242, 14. saṃjāta, as former part of comp. adj. often, Having, Kathās. 4, 26. Caus.
1. To beget, MBh. 1, 3135.
2. To bring forth, Rām. 3, 20, 13.
3. To build, MBh. 1, 4995.
4. To produce, Pañc. 188, 10.
5. To cause, Rām. 2, 95, 5.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To be produced, Hariv. 13778.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be produced, Rām. 2, 22, 7.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] etc.; Lat. gigno, genus, germen (cf. janman); Goth. keinan, us-kijan, niu-klahs, kuni, qvino; A.S. cyn; O.H.G. kind, A.S. cild; see janaka.
1. Creature, MBh. 3, 1204.
2. Man collectively, men, Rām. 1, 6, 7; Man. 4, 108; with āyudhīya, Armed men, 7, 222; crowd, Rām. 6, 101, 33.
3. Man, individually, a person, Draup. 3, 5; Man. 11, 241.
4. This person, Nal. 10, 10.
5. With the msc. of the pronoun idam,
I, Śāk. 85, 16.
6. The name of a division of the world, the residence of deified mortals, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 31.
7. It is often used as latter part of comp. words, especially in signification
2 and
3; e. g. preṣya-, m. The whole set of menial servants, Man. 7, 125; śiśu-, m. sing. pl. Children, Pañc. 95, 17; dāsa-, m. A slave, Vikr. d. 54.
-- Comp. a-, adj. deserted, Rām. 2, 92, 10. antaḥpura-, i. e. antar-pura-, m. the women of a gyneceum, Rām. 1, 10, 33. a-sajjana, i. e. -sant-jana, m. a wicked person, Rām. 2, 39, 28. kula-, m. a person of a noble family, Mṛcch. 120, 4. guru-, m. a venerable person, as one's parents or spiritual teacher, Bhartṛ. 2, 19. grāma-bāla-, m. young peasants, Lass. 11, 7. capalā-, m. an unsteady woman, and the goddess of fortune, Śiś. 9, 16. tiryagjana, i. e. tiryañc-, m. an animal, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 46. dāsa-, m. the household servants, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 3. dus-, m. a mischief-making person, Man. 9, 13. pañcajana, i. e. pañcan-,
I. m. 1. the five higher classes of beings (gods, men, Gandharvas with the Apsaras, serpents, and manes). 2. mankind. 3. the name of a demon, and of others.
II. f. nī, a proper name. puṇya-, m. pl. a kind of good demon. pṛthagjana, i. e. pṛthak-, m. 1. low people, Man. 7, 137. 2. an ignorant man. 3. a sinner, a wicked man. 4. pl. children of one father by different mothers. paura-, m. a citizen. mahā-, m. 1. a preeminent man, a virtuous man. 2. a merchant. vi-, adj. lonely, private; loc. °ne, privately, Pañc. 58, 8. viśva-, m. all men, mankind. su-, m. 1. a virtuous man. 2. a benevolent one. 3. the charioteer of Indra. sva-, m. 1. a kinsman. 2. family, Bhartṛ. 2, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 24.
I. adj. Causing, MBh. 4, 1456.
II. m.
1. A father, Pañc. v. d. 19.
2. A producer, Bhāṣāp. 44.
3. A proper name, Rām. 1, 1, 26.
-- Comp. yamunā-, m. the sun.
-- Cf. O.H.G. kuning; A.S. cyning, king; [greek]
1. Causing, Sāh. D. 2, 5.
2. Paternity, Kathās. 17, 57.
1. Mankind, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 8.
2. Household servants, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 24.
3. Subjects, Kathās. 18, 23.
-- Comp. su-, f. 1. goodness. 2. benevolence.
3. a number of respectable persons.
I. adj., f. nī,
1. Bringing forth, Man. 9, 81.
2. Causing, MBh. 1, 1183.
II. f. nī, A mother, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 20.
III. n.
1. Child-birth, Man. 5, 61.
2. Producing, production, Rām. 1, 23, 17.
3. Existence, Śāk. d. 99.
-- Comp. see ku-. Strī-jananī, a woman who brings forth only daughters, Man. 9, 81.
I. m.
1. A progenitor, Rām. 2, 111, 11.
2. A father, Man. 9, 142.
II. f. trī, A mother, Rājat. 3, 108.
1. A woman, Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1.
2. Birth-place, Hariv. 11979.
I. m. A father, Pañc. i. d. 9.
II. f. trī, A mother, MBh. 3, 10498.
-- Cf. Lat. genitor, genitrix; [greek]
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A creature, Man. 3, 77.
2. A man, Man. 4, 240.
3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 1.
-- Comp. karkaṭī-, m. the offspring of a crab, Cāṇ. 56 in Berl. Monatsb. jala-, m. an aquatic animal, Hit. i. d. 187.
1. Birth, Man. 1, 42.
2. Production, Rām. 3, 20, 31.
3. Sowing, planting, Kumāras. 5, 60.
4. Appearance, Yājñ. 3, 23.
5. Existence, Man. 5, 38.
6. A father, Śāk. d. 177.
7. Creature, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.
8. Manner, Chr. 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5.
-- Comp. agra-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 20. antya-, adj. of the lowest tribe, Man. 10, 110. ambhoja-, m. a name of Brahman, Lass. 66, 3. ātmajanman, i. e. ātman-,
I. n. the birth of a son, Kumāras. 6, 28.
II. m. a son, Ragh. 1, 33. ūru, m. = aurva, Mālav. 71, d. 92. See ku-. Kumbha-, m. a name of Agastya, Ragh. 12, 31. citta-, m. the god of love, Daśak. 106, 13. dvi-, m. a man of either of the three first classes, especially a Brāhmaṇa (cf. dvija), Man. 2, 26; Rājat. 4, 105. punar-, n. Palingenesia (by transmigration of the soul), Bhag. 8, 15. pūrva-,
I. n. a former existence.
II. m. an elder brother. brahmajanman, i. e. brahman-, n. 1. second or spiritual birth, Man. 2, 146. 2. investiture. vi-,
I. adj. born by a paramour (ŚKD).
II. m. the son of an outcaste Vaiśya, Man. 10, 23. śara-, m. Kārtikeya, the god of war. saṃkalpa-, m. Kāma. saroj°, i. e. saras-, n. a lotus.
-- Cf. Lat. germen; O.H.G. cīmo.
1. A preceding existence, MBh. 3, 2564.
2. A future existence, Pañc. ii. d. 185.
A. ptcple. of the fut. pass. of jan,
1. To be born, Bhāṣāp. 44.
2. Produced, Bhāṣāp. 110.
3. n. The body, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 31.
B. i. e. jana + ya,
I. m. The friend of a bridegroom, MBh. 1, 7203.
II. f. yā, A bridesmaid, Ragh. 6, 30.
III. n. War, combat, MBh. 5, 3195.
1. To speak low, to murmur (prayers), Man. 2, 78.
2. To pray to in a low voice, MBh. 13, 750.
3. To invoke murmuring, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 29. -- Ptcple. of the future pass. japya and jāpya, n. A low prayer, Man. 2, 87; Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 1.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pray low afterwards, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 29.
-- With abhi abhi, To charm, Rām. 2, 25, 36.
-- With upa upa,
1. To whisper to, Rām. 1, 9, 38.
2. To bring over to one's party, Man. 7, 197.
-- With pra pra, To recite in a low tone, MBh. 3, 13432.
-- With sam sam, To report, MBh. 4, 111.
1. Muttering prayers, Man. 3, 74.
2. A prayer, Rām. 1, 25, 3.
1. To gape, to yawn.
2. To destroy, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 26. -- Caus. and i. 10, jambhaya, Par. To destroy; cf. yabh.
-- Cf. A.S. geapan, to gape; and see gabhīra.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Muddy.
1. A fruit tree, the rose apple, Eugenia jambu, MBh. 1, 7587; Pañc. 205, 5.
2. The name of a division of the world, comprising India (cf. dvīpa), Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 32.
3. The name of a fabulous river, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 2.
-- Comp. bhū-jambū, f. 1. wheat. 2. the fruit of the Flacourtia sapida.
I. m., f. bhā, and n.
1. The jaws, the teeth, a tooth (ved.).
2. Cracking, explaining, MBh. 5, 2474.
II. m. A proper name.
-- Cf. [greek] A.S. geaflas.
I. adj.
1. Bruising, Rām. 1, 30, 9.
2. Cracking, explaining, MBh. 5, 2470.
II. m.
1. The name of certain demons, Rām. 1, 31, 4 Gorr.
2. The name of a spell, Rām. 1, 31, 9.
I. latter part of comp. adj. Conquering.
II. m.
1. Victory, Man. 7, 183.
2. Conquest, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 22.
3. Resigning, resignation, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 5.
4. A name of the sun, MBh. 3, 154.
5. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 8, 13, 22.
III. f. yā, A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 194.
-- Comp. a-, m. defeat, Bhag. 2, 38. kakubjaya, i. e. kakubh-, m. the conquest of the world, Rājat. 5, 139. dus-,
I. adj., f. yā, difficult to be conquered. Rām. 6, 75, 51.
II. m. 1. the name of a race of demons, Śāk. 95, 4. 2. a proper name, Rām. 3, 29, 30. su-dus-, adj. very difficult to be overcome. rakka-, f. yā, the name of an idol, Rājat. 5, 425.
I. m. A proper name, Śāk. d. 161.
II. f. tī.
1. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 5089.
2. The name of a country, Rājat. 8, 655.
1. Conquering, a conqueror, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 38.
2. Victorious, MBh. 9, 1676.
3. The winning party in a law-suit, Yājñ. 2, 79.
1. Old (ved.).
2. Digestive, Suśr. 1, 155, 16.
1. An old ox, Pañc. ii. d. 169.
2. A proper name, Hit. i. d. 49.
1. Old age, Man. 6, 62; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 13; Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 3.
2. Digestion, Rām. 3, 53, 59.
3. A proper name, MBh. 2, 715.
-- Comp. a-jara, adj. ever young, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3. a-jaras, adj. not to be worn out by use, MBh. 13, 5862.
† jarc, also jarch jarch, v. r., i. 1 and 6, Par.
1. To speak.
2. To abuse.
1. To speak.
2. To abuse, v. r. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jarjita, Mangled, Pañc. 160, 4; cf. jarjarita, which is perhaps to be read.
1. Decayed, Lass. 7, 9.
2. Ragged, Mṛcch. 49, 11.
3. Broken, Pañc. 117, 6.
4. Crushed, MBh. 3, 16049.
5. Torn asunder, disunited, Rājat. 2, 152.
1. Mangled, Hariv. 4676.
2. Weakened, MBh. 3, 10353.
† jarjh, v. r. of jarc.
† jarts, i. 1, Par.
1. To speak.
2. To abuse.
3. To protect.
† 1. jal, i. 1, Par.
1. To be wealthy, or to cover; or to be blunt, or sharp. i. 10, jālaya, To cover.
2. jal (a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To turn into water, Śatr. 14, 81.
I. n.
1. Water, Man. 4, 46.
2. A fragrant plant, Suśr. 2, 275, 19.
II. f. lā, The name of a river, MBh. 3, 10556.
-- Comp. ati-, adj., f. lā, abounding in water, Rām. 4, 44, 64. gandha-, f. lā, fragrant water, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 15. netra-, n. tears, Rām. 5, 25, 55. rajanī-, n. frost, hoarfrost, dew. sa-, adj. humid, Megh. 23.
I. adj., f. jā.
1. Water-born, Hariv. 3621.
2. Existing in water, MBh. 2, 94.
II. m.
1. An aquatic animal, Rām. 5, 5, 30.
2. A fish, Rām. 2, 61, 22.
3. A shell, Hariv. 10936.
III. n. A lotus, MBh. 2, 1813.
1. A cloud, Kir. 5, 48.
2. The name of a varṣa, or division of the known continent, MBh. 6, 425.
I. i. e. jala-ā-śī + a, adj. Reposing in water, MBh. 3, 11123.
II. for jaḍa-āśaya (which is perhaps to be read), adj. Stupid, Kathās. 6, 58.
III. i. e. jala-āśaya, m.
1. A reservoir of water, Hariv. 3820.
2. A pond, Man. 4, 129.
3. A sea, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 15.
-- Comp. tṛṇa-, f. a caterpillar, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 76.
I. adj., f. rī, Living in water, Rām. 4, 50, 18.
II. m. An aquatic animal, Rām. 4, 51, 39.
III. f. rī, The female of an aquatic animal, MBh. 1, 7852.
I. adj. Living in water, MBh. 1, 1365.
II. m. Epithet of Viṣṇu, Hariv. 14348.
1. adj. and sbst. Living in water, an aquatic animal, MBh. 13, 2650.
2. f. A leech, Suśr. 1, 28, 10.
1. To speak, Pañc. 35, 10.
2. To speak with or of (with the acc.), Lass. 41, 18; MBh. 4, 864. jalpita, n. Talk, Pañc. 133, 5.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To speak afterwards, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 58.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To address, Rām. 4, 2, 16.
2. To accompany by words, MBh. 12, 3189.
3. To advise, MBh. 7, 3033.
4. To determine, MBh. 4, 711.
-- With upa upa, upajalpita, n. Talk, Rām. 2, 60, 14.
-- With pari pari,
1. To prate, MBh. 5, 1125.
2. To speak of (with the acc.), Hariv. 11301.
-- With pra pra,
1. To speak, Pañc. i. d. 300.
2. To chatter, Pañc. i. d. 437.
3. To proclaim, MBh. 13, 3686. prajalpita, Having begun to speak, Kumāras. 1, 46; n. Words, Hiḍ. 1, 22.
-- With prati prati, To answer, Rām. 3, 75, 2.
-- With vi vi, To utter, Śāk. d. 51.
-- With sam sam,
1. To converse, Rām. 1, 74, 20.
2. To speak, Rām. 5, 89, 21. saṃjalpita, n. Words, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 18.
1. Words, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 17.
2. Prate. MBh. 1, 566.
I. m. Quickness, Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21; MBh. 3, 10891.
II. f. javā = japā, The China rose, Rām. 5, 3, 48.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive quickness, Pañc. ii. d. 86. manojava, i. e. manas-,
I. adj. 1. swift as thought. 2. quick in thought, 3. fatherly, parental.
II. m. Viṣṇu. mahā-, adj. very fleet.
I. adj. f. nī, Quick, Kir. 5, 7.
II. n. Quickness, MBh. 4, 1414.
-- Comp. su-, adj. quick.
† jaṣ, i. 1, Par. To kill; to wound, v. r.
1. To be exhausted, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6,
2. i. 4, Par. † To liberate.
3. i. 1(?) and 10, or Caus., jāsaya, To kill, to strike, † to slight.
-- With the prep. ud ud, Caus. or i. 10, To root out (with gen.), Ciś. 1, 37.
-- Cf. Goth. qvistjan.
1. Waking, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 3.
2. A vision, Yājñ. 3, 172.
1. To wake, Rām. 2, 63, 4.
2. To watch over (with the loc.), Ragh. 8, 23; with the acc., Caurap. 35.
3. To be roused, Hit. 50, 14. Ptcple. of the pres. jāgrat, n. Waking, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 13. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm., jāgramāṇa, MBh. 13, 1274. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., jāgarita, One who has waked, Suśr. 1, 357, 18. n. Waking, Suśr. 1, 330, 8; Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 22. jāgaritavant, One who has waked, Suśr. 1, 330, 8. Ptcple. of the fut. pass., jāgartavya, n. Necessity of waking, MBh. 1, 5925; anomalous jāgṛtavya, MBh. 13, 2746. -- Caus. jāgaraya, To rouse, Hit. 50, 4; ved. Aor. sing. 3, ajīgar, Chr. 294, [greek] = Rigv. i. 92, 6.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To wake near to somebody, Rām. 2, 50, 36.
-- With pra pra, To lie in wait (with the gen.), MBh. 9, 1463.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps also Lat. vigil, vigilare; and Goth. vakan; A.S. wácian; O.H.G. wachar, A.S. waccor.
I. adj.
1. Dry, even and productive (country), Man. 7, 69.
2. Existing in such a country, Suśr. 1, 184, 12.
3. Belonging to game which lives in such a country, Suśr. 1, 72, 2.
II. n. Game, Suśr. 2, 342, 21.
III. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 5, 2127.
-- Comp. kuru-, 1. n. the name of a country, Rām. 2, 68, 13. 2. m. pl. the name of its inhabitants, MBh. 3, 356.
I. adj., f. rī,
1. Of the belly, Mārk. P. 2, 37.
2. With agni, a. The digestive power, Suśr. 1, 128, 18. b. Hunger, Pañc. ii. d. 193.
II. m. A child, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 38.
1. Want of sensation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 17.
2. Stupidity, Bhartṛ. 2, 20.
I. m. A son, Man. 9, 143 (in jāra-, Begotten by an adulterer).
II. n.
1. A ceremony on the birth of a child, MBh. 1, 949.
2. Astrological calculation of a nativity, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 13.
1. The producer of wealth(?), Chr. 289, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1.
2. Fire, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 5.
1. Birth, Man. 2, 148.
2. Existence, life, Man. 4, 148.
3. State, Man. 3, 15.
4. Tribe, Man. 1, 118.
5. Kind, genus, MBh. 4, 45; Pañc. 203, 3.
6. Species, Man. 1, 48.
7. Also jātī jātī, Great flowered jasmine, Hariv. 7891. jātī jātī, also The nutmeg-tree, Suśr. 1, 132, 20; nutmeg.
-- Comp. a-jāti, f. another sort, Yājñ. 2, 246. eka-, 1. adj. having only one birth, Man. 10, 4. 2. belonging to the same kind, Suśr. 2, 289, 12.
II. m. a Śūdra, Man. 8, 270. dus-, 1. f. misfortune, Mālav. d. 86. 2. adj. wicked, MBh. 5, 1944. dvi-, m. a man of either of the three first classes, especially a Brāhmaṇa (cf. dvija), Man. 10, 4; Bhāg. P. 6, 11, 15. pūrva-, f. a former existence, Kathās. 27, 82. mṛga-, f. pl. the deer species, Draup. 4, 16. sa-, adj. being of the same class, Man. 9, 87. hīna- (vb. hā), adj. being of the lowest class, Man. 3, 15; degraded, outcaste.
-- Cf. Lat. gens; A.S. cynd; Engl. kind.
7.
-- Comp. dus-, wicked, Hariv. 4239. vi-, adj. 1. of mixed origin. 2. of a different cast. 3. of a different kind, dissimilar. sa-, adj. 1. of the same tribe. 2. of the same species. 3. like. samāna-, adj. of the same caste or species. sva-, adj. of one's own tribe, caste, species, &c.
1. Ever, MBh. 5, 7071.
2. Perhaps, MBh. 12, 6739.
3. Once, Kathās. 6, 89.
4. With preceding na, Never, Man. 2, 94.
5. With preceding na, and following cid, Nevermore, never, MBh. 1, 1936.
1. Belonging to a tribe, Rām. 2, 50, 18.
2. Belonging to a family, Man. 10, 5.
3. Of a noble race, Rām. 2, 45, 14.
4. True, Rām. 2, 9, 40. sva-, adj. Belonging to one's own species, Pañc. 71, 11.
I. m. An inhabitant of a country, a subject, Yājñ. 2, 36.
II. adj.
1. Living in the country, Rām. 2, 50, 4.
2. Referring to districts, Man. 8, 41.
-- Comp. paura-, m. The inhabitants of the town and of the country, MBh. 1, 2828.
-- Cf. Goth. quens, A.S. cwen, Engl. queen.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. and adv. Having (the hands) between the knees, Yājñ. 1, 18. indra-, m. A proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 33. jānu-vi-, n. Joining and disjoining the legs, a mode of fighting. saṃhata- (vb. han), adj. knock-kneed.
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek]); Lat. genu; Goth. kniu; A.S. cneow.
-- Comp. karṇa-, m. Tale-bearing, Pañc. i. d. 337.
1. Muttering prayers, MBh. 12, 7153.
2. Produced by prayer, MBh. 12, 7249.
I. adj. Referring to Jamadagni, MBh. 1, 332.
II. patron. A descendant of Jamadagni, Rām. 1, 74, 23.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] Lat. gener for gem + ros.
I. adj. and sbst. Brother and sister; related (ved.).
II. also jāmī jāmī, f.
1. A female relation, Man. 3, 57.
2. A sister, Yājñ. 1, 157.
I. jambu + a,
1. adj. Coming from the Jambu-tree, Suśr. 1, 190, 5.
2. n. The fruit of the Jambu-tree, 1, 73, 17.
II. = jāmbavant, A proper name, Rām. 5, 1, 57.
and jāmbūnada jāmbu/ūnada, i. e. jambu/ū-nadī + a,
I. adj. Coming from the river Jambu, epithet of a peculiar kind of gold, MBh. 6, 279.
II. n. Gold, Rām. 3, 49, 9.
III. adj., f. dī, Golden, Rām. 5, 7, 19.
IV. m.
1. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3745.
2. The name of a mountain, MBh. 3, 10835.
V. f. dī, The name of a river, MBh. 6, 338.
VI. n.
1. A golden ornament, Śiś. 4, 66.
2. The name of a sea, MBh. 5, 3843.
and jāmbūnadamaya jāmbu/ūnada + maya, adj., f. yī, Golden, Pañc. 175, 8.
-- Cf. Lat. gaja.
1. A lover, Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.
2. A paramour, an adulterer, Yājñ. 2, 301.
1. A net, Pañc. 78, 14.
2. A coat of mail, MBh. 6, 725.
3. A lattice, Rām. 3, 61, 13.
4. A window, Man. 8, 132.
5. A dense multitude, Rām. 1, 28, 23.
6. A webmembrance between the fingers, Śāk. d. 175.
7. A disease of the eye, Suśr. 2, 311, 6.
8. Magic, illusion, Kathās. 24, 199.
-- Comp. indra-, n. 1. magic, Kathās. 22, 12. 2. illusion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 20. 3. the name of a weapon, MBh. 3, 14995. dhvānta-, n. deep darkness, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 18. muktā-, n. a string of pearls, Megh. 64. vindu-, n. coloured marks on as elephant's face or trunk.
I. n.
1. A net, Pañc. iii. d. 179.
2. (m?) A window, Śiś. 9, 39.
3. A bud, Megh. 96.
II. m. The name of a tree, Bhāg. P. 8, 2, 18.
III. f. likā.
1. A net.
2. A coat of mail, Rām. 3, 28, 26.
1. Having a net, Suśr. 1, 87, 16.
2. Covered with a coat of mail, MBh. 6, 747.
1. Wicked, Vikr. 5, 14.
2. Contemptible, MBh. 5, 4518.
1. To overpower, to conquer, Pañc. i. d. 375; Man. 4, 181.
2. To be victorious, Śāk. 23, 11.
3. To win, MBh. 3, 2229.
4. To win something from somebody (with two accs.), Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3.
5. To restrain, Man. 7, 22.
6. To excel, MBh. 2, 2577. Anomal. potent. jayyāt, MBh. 4, 1604. Anomal. pf. parā-jayām āsa, Hariv. 13946. Anomal. Aor. ajaiṣṭa, MBh. 1, 6378. Anomal. fut. jayiṣyasi, Rām. 1, 29, 3. Anomal. potent. of the pass. jīyeyam, MBh. 7, 2702. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-jita,
1. adj. Unsubdued.
2. m. Viṣṇu. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass.,
1. a-jeya, and
2. a-jayya, adj. Unconquerable, Chr. 44, 6; Rām. 2, 11, 7. Caus. jāpaya; anomal. Aor. ajījayat, MBh. 7, 2280; see vi. Desid. jigīṣa, Par. and Ātm. To desire to conquer, MBh. 2, 1140; Pañc. i. d. 409.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To subdue, MBh. 12, 3124. Desid. To desire to subdue, MBh. 5, 1274.
-- With abhi abhi, abhijita, m. The leading star of the twenty-second Nakṣatra, or lunar asterism. Desid.
1. To desire to gain, MBh. 12, 8465.
2. To assail, Suśr. 1, 122, 3.
-- With ava ava,
1. To extort, MBh. 1, 7765. avajitya, Forcibly, Man. 11, 80.
2. To conquer, MBh. 4, 1118.
-- With nis nis,
1. To overcome in play, MBh. 3, 2589.
2. To conquer, MBh. 1, 7658.
3. To gain, nirjita, run up, Man. 8, 154.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To overpower, MBh. 14, 2220.
-- With parinis pari-nis, To conquer, MBh. 4, 2251.
-- With pratinis prati-nis, To rescind, Rām. 2, 26, 22.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To overpower, Man. 11, 205.
2. To conquer, MBh. 3, 1883.
-- With parā parā, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 2, 2141),
1. To succumb, to be defeated, MBh. 4, 1604 (anomal. potent. jayyāt).
2. To lose, MBh. 2, 2141.
3. To overpower, Rām. 3, 36, 13; to defeat in a law suit, Yājñ. 2, 75; parājita, Condemned (by law), Man. 8, 58; to defeat in play, MBh. 2, 2171. a-parā-jita, m. A poisonous insect, Suśr. 2, 289, 14. f. tā, The northeastern quarter, Man. 6, 31.
-- With pari pari, To overpower, MBh. 5, 712.
-- With pra pra, To overpower, MBh. 7, 70.
-- With prati prati, To defeat (in game), MBh. 7, 1357. Desid. To desire to conquer, MBh. 7, 4376.
-- With vi vi, Ātm. (also Par., e. g. Man. 2, 232),
1. To be victorious, Pañc. 184, 1.
2. To conquer, MBh. 2, 992.
3. To defeat (in play), Nal. 26, 22.
4. To overcome; in vijitāsana, i. e. vijita-āsana, adj. Indifferent concerning one's seat, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 8. Caus. To conquer (anomal. Aor. ajījayat), MBh. 7, 2280. Desid. To desire to conquer, Hariv. 8828.
-- Cf. Goth. ga-geigan (Frequent.).
1. Wish to overcome, Chr. 31, 20.
2. Wish to win, Kathās. 21, 81.
3. Wish to attain, MBh. 3, 13360.
4. Emulation, Chr. 28, 19.
-- Comp. guru-jigīṣa, adj. wishing to surpass, emulating the venerable, Kathās. 21, 81.
1. Desiring to conquer, MBh. 1, 6845.
2. Desiring to excel, Rām. 1, 13, 21.
3. Ambitious, Kathās. 4, 126.
1. Intention to kill, Man. 11, 206.
2. Intention to destroy, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 24.
1. Desiring to kill, Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 41.
2. Desiring to detroy, Suśr. 1, 71, 4.
1. Wish to know, Rām. 1, 50, 23.
2. Wish to test, Rām. 4, 8, 6.
3. Examination, MBh. 2, 1158.
1. To be brisk (ved.).
2. To further (ved.).
3. To help, Chr. 296, 1; 6; 9 = Rigv. i. 112, 1; 6; 9.
4. To love, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 8. † i. 10, To speak (? v. r.)
† jim, i. 1, Par. To eat, v. r.
† jiri, ii. 5, jiriṇu, Par. To hurt.
† jiṣ, i. 1, Par. To sprinkle.
I. adj.
1. Overpowering, MBh. 6, 5352.
2. Victorious, Rājat. 5, 136.
3. Excelling, Bhartṛ. 1, 5.
II. m.
1. A name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 5, 2571.
2. Of Arjuna, MBh. 3, 425.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with Arjuna.
1. Wish to take, to seize, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 25.
3. Wish to remove, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 43.
1. Wishing to fetch, to rob, Daś. 1, 36; MBh. 7, 8980.
2. Wishing to remove, Rājat. 5, 401.
1. Oblique, Chr. 292, 11 = Rigv. i. 85, 11.
2. Squinting, Suśr. 2, 349, 3.
3. Crooked, fallacious, Rām. 5, 89, 69.
4. °mam, adv. Astray, MBh. 5, 7361.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. candid, Yajñ. 1, 123.
II. m. a fish. vi-, adj. 1. crooked. 2. dishonest.
I. m. and f. vā, The tongue, Hariv. 6326; Man. 2, 90. -- Comp. adhi-, m. a tumour on the tongue. dīrgha-, m. the name of a Dānava, MBh. 1, 2538. f. vā, the name of a female Rākṣasa, Rām. 1, 28, 18 Gorr. dvi-,
I. adj. 1. having two tongues, MBh. 1, 1543. 2. treacherous, Pañc. i. d. 74.
II. m. a snake, Rām. 2, 42, 2 Gorr. saptaj°, i. e. saptan-, m. Agni. sthira-, m. a fish.
-- Cf. Lat. lingua for dingua; Goth. tuggo (based on an older redupl. duhva; cf. vedic juhū); A.S. tunge.
I. ptcple. pf. pass. of jyā.
II. n. A leathern pouch, Man. 11, 138.
2. A name of the sun, MBh. 3, 152.
I. adj., f. rā, Driving, Chr. 287, 3 = Rigv. i. 48, 3.
II. m. Cumin seed.
1. To live, Man. 2, 235.
2. To return to life, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 51.
3. To maintain one's self, Man. 10, 112; with the instr. 3, 152; with the loc. MBh. 5, 1059. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-jīvant, Unable to subsist, Man. 10, 81. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jīvita,
1. Living, Ragh. 12, 75.
2. Revived, Pañc. 221, 8.
3. Enlivened, Rām. 5, 66, 24. n.
1. Life, Man. 6, 45.
2. Livelihood, Hit. i. d. 85. Comp. a-, n. death. an-apekṣita- (vb. īkṣ), adj. regardless of life, Kathās. 18, 374. sa-, adj. still living, Rājat. 5, 58. hata- (vb. han),
I. adj. desponding.
II. n. despair. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. jīvya, n. Life, Hariv. 14376.
II. jīvitavya, n.
1. Possibility of living, Pañc. 76, 13.
2. Life, Pañc. 221, 6.
III. jīvanīya, n. Epithet of milk; perhaps, Just milked, still warm, Suśr. 1, 175, 14. -- Caus.
I. jīvaya (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 16230),
1. To revive, MBh. 1, 1995.
2. To let live, MBh. 3, 870.
3. To bring up, MBh. 1, 6152.
II. jīvāpaya, To revive, Lass. 18, 8. -- Desid. jijīviṣa,
1. To wish to live, MBh. 4, 615.
2. To gain one's livelihood, Man. 10, 121.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To imitate the life of (with the acc.), Ragh. 19, 15.
2. To live in conformance with, Rām. 6, 5, 7.
3. To live for (with the acc.) MBh. 8, 3388.
4. To maintain one's self by (with the acc.) Rām. 5, 2, 35. Caus. jīvaya, To revive, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 9.
-- With ā ā,
1. To maintain one's self by (with the acc.), MBh. 5, 4536.
2. To use, Yājñ. 2, 67.
-- With ud ud, To return to life, MBh. 12, 5675.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To live as chief, MBh. 5, 4538.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To return to life, Kathās. 10, 97. Caus. To revive, Pañc. 244, 2.
-- With upa upa,
1. To maintain one's self by (with the acc.), Man. 9, 105.
2. To apply to one's own use, Man. 3, 52.
3. To gain, Man. 4, 200.
4. To practise, Bhāg. P. 7, 13, 7. upajīvya, That by which one maintains one's self, Yājñ. 2, 227. n. Livelihood, Rām. 2, 37, 25.
-- With vi vi, To return to life, MBh. 1, 2002.
-- With sam sam,
1. To live, MBh. 3, 3054.
2. To return to life, Draup. 9, 4. Caus. jīvaya,
1. To animate, Man. 1, 57.
2. To revive, Rām. 4, 51, 20.
3. To preserve, Rājat. 2, 28.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To return to life, Rām. 5, 28, 16.
-- Cf. [greek] (= jīvatha), [greek] etc.; Lat. vivc; Goth. quivs; A.S. cwic; Goth. ga-quivjan, etc.
I. adj.
1. Living, MBh. 13, 31.
2. Causing life, Bhāg. P. 9, 21, 13.
II. m. and n.
1. Creature, MBh. 13, 13828.
2. Life, Rām. 5, 3, 74.
III. m. The individual soul, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 6.
-- Comp. dus-,
I. adj. difficult to live, Rām. 2, 57, 20.
II. n. hard life, Rām. 2, 105, 5. nis-,
I. death, Kathās. 17, 15.
II. adj., f. vā, lifeless, dead, MBh. 7, 1954. su-, n. easy life, Rām. 2, 105, 5.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. vivus; Goth. qvivs.
I. latter part of comp. adj. Maintaining one's self by, MBh. 13, 6455.
II. m. A medicinal plant, considered as one of the eight principal drugs, Suśr. 1, 59, 16.
III. f. vikā,
1. Life, Man. 4, 11.
2. A means of subsistence, Man. 10, 76; Bhāg. P. 7, 13, 7.
-- Comp. raṅga-, m.
1. a painter.
2. an actor.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj., f. nī, Animating, enlivening, MBh. 1, 3241.
II. n. Life, Rām. 4, 19, 19.
2. Subsistence, Man. 11, 76.
3. A means of subsistence, MBh. 3, 13724.
4. Revivification, Rām. 6, 105.
-- Comp. a-, n. death, Rām. 2, 38, 7. dāsa-, adj. living by slavish work, Man. 10, 32. dharma-, adj. subsisting by the performance of religious works, Man. 9, 273. mṛga-, m. a hunter, Nal. 11, 28.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Living, Man. 9, 246.
2. Subsisting on, Rām. 1, 9, 61; especially latter part of comp. words, e. g. kṛṣi-, adj. Supporting one's self by tillage, Man. 3, 165.
II. m. A living being, Pañc. 68, 15.
-- Comp. dīrgha-, adj. long-lived, Man. 9, 246. buddhi-, adj. intelligent. jala-, and matsya-, m. a fisher, MBh. 12, 7427; 1, 1339. śyena-, m. one who lives by training hawks, a falconer, Man. 3, 164. saṃgha-, m. a hired labourer. saṃcāra-, adj. living in distress. surā-, m. a distiller.
-- Comp. a-jugupsa, adj. having no aversion, MBh. 13, 3077.
† juṅg, i. 1, Par. To abandon.
† juñc, i. 1 and 10, Par. To speak(?).
† I. juṭ, or juḍ juḍ, i, 6. Par. To bind.
† II. juḍ, or jun jun, i. 6, Par. To go.
† III. juḍ, i. 10, Par. To send.
† jut (= jyut, q. cf.), i. 1, Ātm. To shine.
† jun, see juḍ
II.
1. To hurt.
2. ved. To burn.
† jul (akin to jṛ10), i. 10, Par. To grind.
1. juṣ, i. 6, Ātm. (also Par., Hariv. 7430).
1. To be pleased, Mārk. P. 31, 49.
2. To enjoy, MBh. 2, 1718.
3. To like, MBh. 3, 12732.
4. To undergo, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 20.
5. To frequent, MBh. 3, 2464.
6. To befall, MBh. 3, 11061. juṣṭa,
1. Loved, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 87, 1.
2. Endowed, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 20. Caus. joṣaya, To agree, MBh. 14, 1289.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To frequent, MBh. 5, 1040.
-- With ava ava, To visit, MBh. 13, 645.
-- With samā sam-ā, To resolve upon, Hariv. 7431 (precat. Par., or ii. 2, potent.).
-- With nis nis, nirjuṣṭa, Frequented, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 21.
-- With pra pra, prajaṣṭa, Strongly attached to, Man. 2, 96.
-- With sam sam, saṃjuṣṭa, Frequented, MBh. 13, 646.
-- Cf. Lat. gustus, gustare; [greek] Goth. kiusan, A.S. ceosan, also cyssan; Goth. kukjan, cf. with ved. juj; cf. kus.
2. juṣ, adj.
1. Loving, attached to, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 25; especially as latter part of comp. words, e. g. Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 36.
2. Visiting, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 25.
3. juṣ, i. 1 and 10, Par.
1. † To reason or to hurt.
2. To satisfy.
-- Cf. 1. juṣ.
1. To push on (ved.).
2. To impel.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To push on, to impel. Ptcple. pf. pass. prajavita, Rām. 3, 33, 27; Hariv. 10848.
-- Cf. probably Lat. gavi in gaudeo, gavisus sum; [greek]
-- Comp. jaṭā-jūṭa, the same, Kathās. 25, 231.
1. To grow old (appearing in the Veda in the form jur, i. 6, and i. 4, jūrya, Par.).
2. † To hurt.
3. To be angry.
† jūṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt.
† jṛ, i. 1, Par. To subdue(?).
† jṛbh, i. 1, Ātm. = jṛmbh(?)
1. To yawn, Man. 4, 43.
2. To open, Kathās. 25, 238.
3. To snap backwards (of a bow), MBh. 5, 1909.
4. To cause to snap backwards, Rām. 3, 30, 28.
5. To spread, Hariv. 2556.
6. To increase, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
7. To arise, Rājat. 5, 363.
8. To revive, to take courage, Rājat. 6, 283; to feel at ease, Hariv. 12073. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jṛmbhita, n.
1. Yawning, Suśr. 1, 363, 15.
2. Appearance, Kathās. 26, 89. Causal, jṛmbhaya, To cause to gape, Hariv. 10632.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To gape at, Rām. 6, 2, 18.
-- With ud ud,
1. To open wide, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 16.
2. To arise, Prab. 10, 2.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To spread, Mṛcch. 84, 24.
2. To endeavour, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
-- With pra pra, To begin to yawn, MBh. 3, 11138.
-- With vi vi,
1. To gape, Rām. 5, 3, 4.
2. To open, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 25.
3. To spread, Sāh. D. 71, 10; to increase, Vikr. 41, 15.
4. To snap backwards, MBh. 8, 3984.
5. To rise, Rām. 5, 2, 34.
6. To appear, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 15. vijṛmbhita,
1. Yawning, Hariv. 10635.
2. Expanded, blossomed.
3. Sported, wantoned. n.
1. Wish.
2. Pastime, sport.
-- With sam sam, To appear, Rājat. 6, 229.
I. m. and f. bhā, and n.
1. Yawning, Suśr. 1, 98, 11.
2. Opening, as a flower, Mālat. 148, 8.
II. m. A kind of animal, Rām. 2, 35, 18.
I. m.
1. The name of certain demons, MBh. 3, 14548.
2. The name of a spell, producing drowsiness, Rām. 1, 30, 7.
II. f. bhikā, Yawning, MBh. 5, 282.
III. n. Swelling, Lass. 17, 4.
I. adj. Causing to gape, Rām. 1, 56, 7.
II. n.
1. Yawning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 16.
2. Opening, as a flower, Bhartṛ. 1, 24.
3. Stretching, Ṛt. 6, 9.
1. To grow old, MBh. 3, 13860.
2. To be digested, Suśr. 1, 70, 18. -- Ptcple. of the pres. jarant, f. ratī, Old, Rājat. 6, 172. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jīrṇa,
1. Old, decayed, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 22; Rām. 3, 11, 9.
2. Tumbled down, Man. 4, 46.
3. Rotten, MBh. 3, 678.
4. Faded, Śāk. d. 170.
5. Destroyed, MBh. 3, 1939. n. Old age, Rājat. 3, 316. Comp. a-, n. indigestion, Man. 4, 121. Caus. and i. 10,
I. jaraya, To cause to wax old, Chr. 287, 5 = Rigv. i. 48, 5; Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. 1, 92, 10; MBh. 7, 5967 (Ātm.).
2. To consume, Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 33.
3. To overpower, MBh. 3, 1939.
4. To digest, Rām. 5, 84, 12.
II. † jāraya.
-- With the prep. nis nis, To grind, Bhāg. P. 6, 12, 29.
-- With pari pari,
1. To wear out, MBh. 4, 332.
2. To fade, Suśr. 1, 224, 20.
3. To wax old, MBh. 1, 5139.
4. To be digested, Suśr. 2, 178, 14.
-- With pra pra, To be digested, Suśr. 1, 239, 1.
-- Cf. [greek] (= jarant) [greek] [greek] Lat. granum; Goth. kaurn, ga-kroton; O.H.G. korn, kern; Goth. qvairnu; A.S. cweorn, cwyrn.
1. Conquering, a conqueror, Rām. 3, 38, 13.
2. A winner in a game, Yājñ. 2, 200.
† jeṣ, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
† jeh (an old frequentat. of kā), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To gape (ved.).
2. † To endeavour.
† jai (akin to jyā), i. 1, Par. To wane.
1. Knowing, MBh. 12, 12028; particularly as latter part of comp. words, e. g. Man. 4, 102.
2. Intelligent, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 11.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. ignorant, Bhartṛ. 2, 3. 2. unreasonable, Pañc. ii. d. 3. 3. foolish, Mṛcch. 24, 5. manojña, i. e. manas-, adj. beautiful, Lass. 53, 2. sarva-, adj. omniscient, Bhartṛ. 2, 8.
-- Cf. Lat. beni-gnus, mali-gnus.
1. Knowledge, Yājñ. 3, 142. When latter part of comp. words, tā is the aff. of the comp., e. g. haya-jña + tā, Knowledge of horses and their management, Nal. 19, 26.
1. To know, Man. 2, 123; MBh. 3, 2154 (with the gen.).
2. To be intelligent, Man. 2, 110.
3. To recognise, Megh. 64; Bhag. 5, 29.
4. To search, Rām. 3, 51, 1; to investigate, MBh. 4, 962; to learn, Pañc. 4, 17.
5. To consider, Man. 8, 71; 2, 23.
6. To perceive, Rām. 1, 42, 1. Anomalous 3 sing. pres. jānate, MBh. 13, 5204; 1 pl. jānīma, 3, 15591; 2 pl. jānatha, 2, 842; 2 pl. imptve. jānata, 2, 2397; 2 sing. impf. Ātm. jānithās, 14, 1641; ptcple of the pres. Ātm. jānamāna, 3, 1413. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jñāta,
1. Known, Mṛcch. 2, 8.
2. Thought, Pañc. i. d. 123. Comp. a-, without knowing, unknowingly, Man. 4, 140; 11, 155. -Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
1. jñātavya, Perceptible, Hariv. 11143.
2. dus-jñeya, adj. Hard to be discerned, Man. 6, 73. Caus. jñāpaya and jñapaya,
1. To declare, MBh. 2, 558.
2. To teach, MBh. 14, 415.
3. To report, MBh. 1, 5864.
4. To address, MBh. 3, 8762. Ptcple of the pf. pass. jñāpita and jñapta. Desider. jijñāsa,
1. To desire to know, Rām. 2, 35, 19.
2. To search, to inquire, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 35.
3. To get certainty, Kathās. 22, 84.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To grant, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 14.
2. To promise, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 19.
3. To permit, give leave, Mālav. 16, 11; Rām. 2, 52, 44.
4. To pardon, MBh. 1, 7772.
5. To repent, Rām. 2, 42, 8.
6. To dismiss, Man. 3, 251.
7. To take leave, Rām. 2, 37, 4 (with the acc.).
8. To beg, Rām. 2, 21, 25.
9. To favour, MBh. 3, 11631. Caus.
1. To ask permission, Man. 4, 122.
2. To take leave (with the acc.), Rām. 2, 71, 13.
-- With abhyanu abhi-anu,
1. To approve, Man. 2, 1.
2. To permit, Man. 3, 243.
3. To dismiss, Rām. 1, 2, 3.
4. To take leave, Rām. 3, 12, 7.
5. To favour, Rām. 3, 36, 19. Caus. To take leave, MBh. 1, 6619.
-- With pratyabhyanu prati-abhi-anu, To dismiss, MBh. 12, 13928.
-- With pratyanu prati-anu, To spurn, Rām. 2, 87, 16.
-- With samanu sam-anu,
1. To approve, MBh. 3, 14824.
2. To pardon, Rām. 2, 39, 38.
3. To empower, MBh. 3, 14815; to allow, MBh. 3, 1850.
4. To dismiss, MBh. 5, 5974.
5. To favour, MBh. 13, 3603. Caus.
1. To beg, MBh. 1, 6340.
2. To beg permission, Rām. 2, 40, 2.
3. To take leave (with the acc.), Rām. 1, 74, 6.
4. To salute, MBh. 1, 6423.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To recognise, MBh. 3, 2201.
2. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 26.
3. To know, Rām. 6, 94, 15; MBh. 3, 13339.
4. To think, MBh. 1, 3337.
5. To approve, MBh. 13, 5871.
6. To acknowledge, MBh. 1, 3060.
-- With pratyabhi prati-abhi,
1. To recognise, Prab. 24, 16.
2. To recover, Kathās. 18, 175.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To recognise, MBh. 3, 2945.
-- With ava ava, To despise, Bhag. 9, 11. avajñāta, Accompanied with contempt, Bhag. 17, 22.
-- With ā ā, To perceive, MBh. 3, 448; to learn, Rām. 1, 9, 61. Caus.
1. To command, MBh. 2, 2567 (Ātm.); with that which is commanded in the dat., e. g. svagṛhāya, To command to go home, Pañc. 242, 24.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To recognise, MBh. 4, 1736.
2. To learn, Lass. 18, 13.
3. To know, MBh. 3, 680. Caus. To command, Mṛcch. 66, 23.
-- With upa upa, desider. To spy, MBh. 13, 3016.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To perceive, to learn, MBh. 12, 5241.
-- With pari pari,
1. To recognise, Rām. 6, 8, 3.
2. To learn, MBh. 7, 467. To know, Pañc. 99, 8.
4. To know exactly, Vikr. 5, 14. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. ku-pari-jñāta, adj. Imperfectly known, Pañc. v. d. 1.
-- Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-pari-jñeya, adj. Incomprehensible, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 36.
-- With pra pra,
1. To discern, Bhag. 18, 31.
2. To know, Bhag. 11, 31. prajñāta, Renowned, Man. 4, 39. a-prajñāta, adj. Imperceptible, Man. 1, 5.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To discern, MBh. 12, 1872.
2. To know exactly, MBh. 12, 2319.
-- With prati prati (according to the Grammar. Ātm., except in the seventh signification),
1. To admit, Man. 8, 139.
2. To promise (with the acc. and dat. of the promised object), Rām. 2, 109, 24; MBh. 1, 7234; with the gen. of the person to which something is promised, Man. 9, 99; with the dat., MBh. 3, 2135; with the loc., Rām. 1, 75, 7.
3. To confirm, Sāv. 1, 16.
4. To affirm, MBh. 2, 842.
5. To recognise, MBh. 1, 2089.
6. To perceive, Hariv. 1036.
7. To remember sorrowfully, MBh. 12, 8438 (Ātm. against the rule).
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To promise, MBh. 7, 2652.
-- With vi vi,
1. To distinguish, Man. 2, 212.
2. To know exactly, Man. 5, 121; to know, MBh. 9, 2666.
3. To inquire, Pañc. 45, 24.
4. To learn, Pañc. i. d. 430.
5. To perceive, Rām. 3, 51, 1.
6. To consider, Man. 9, 32.
7. To explain, Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 30.
8. To become learned, Man. 4, 20. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. adj. a-vijānant, Inconsiderate, Chr. 15, 5. Comp. ptcple of the pf. pass. a-vijñāta, adj.
1. Unknown, Man. 4, 129.
2. Unperceived, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 16. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. dus-vijñeya, adj. Difficult to be conceived, MBh. 13, 724. Comp. absol. a-vijñāya, Without knowing exactly, Pañc. 57, 3. Caus.
1. To declare, Pañc. 152, 5.
2. To speak, Rām. 5, 90, 17.
3. To address, Pañc. 69, 12.
4. To impart (with acc. of the person and of the object), Rājat. 3, 241. Desid. To with to learn, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 2.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi,
1. To learn, MBh. 1, 1565.
2. To perceive, Rām. 2, 101, 1.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To know exactly, Suśr. 1, 342, 3.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To advise, MBh. 12, 2451. Caus. To recite, Rājat. 3, 180.
-- With sam sam, Ātm.
1. To allot, Bhāg. P. 9, 16, 34.
2. To understand, Rām. 2, 35, 17. Caus.
1. To satisfy, MBh. 12, 12567.
2. To quiet an animal destinated to be sacrificed, MBh. 14, 2645.
3. To speak in signs, Mṛcch. 30, 15.
4. To command, Hariv. 7056 (saṃjñapan instead of -jñapayan).
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; Lat. nosco, cf. co-gnosco, gnarus, narro; Goth. kunuan, kunths, kunthi; O.H.G. knajan; A.S. cnáwan.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not a paternal kinsman, Man. 5, 103. nis-, adj. being without kinsmen, MBh. 8, 280. sva-,
I. f. kindred.
II. m. a kinsman.
-- Cf. Goth. knods; Lat. co-gnatus, natio; [greek]
1. One who knows, MBh. 13, 7173.
2. A witness, Man. 8, 57, v. r.
-- Cf. Lat. co-gnitor.
1. Knowledge, Man. 2, 13.
2. Superior knowledge, Bhag. 3, 3.
3. Consciousness, MBh. 1, 5827.
4. Intention, Man. 11, 145.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. 1. ignorance, Pañc. ii. d. 34. 2. inadvertence, Man. 11, 145. Abl. °nāt, without one's knowledge, Man. 8, 243.
II. adj., f. nā, ignorant. ātmajnāna, i. e. ātman-, n. the knowledge of the universal soul, Man. 12, 85. dus-, adj. difficult to be known, MBh. 12, 4026.
1. Knowing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 20.
2. Endowed with superior knowledge, Rām. 6, 102, 7.
I. adj., f. nī, One who understands fully, Man. 12, 103; learned, Rām. 1, 8, 13.
II. m. An astrologer, a fortune-teller, Rām. 6, 23, 4.
I. m.
1. A teacher, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 10.
2. A master of requests, Pañc. 156, 18 (thus to be read instead of nāyaka).
II. n. A precept, Rājat, 1, 5; a rule, MBh. 1, 5846.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To overpower (ved.).
2. To be overpowered (jīya, ved.).
3. † To decay, to become old. jīna, see separately.
-- Cf. [greek] (= ved. jyā), [greek] etc., probably also [greek]
-- Comp. sa-jya, adj. strung.
-- Cf.
1. More powerful (ved.).
2. Stronger, MBh. 9, 3247.
3. Superior, Man. 3, 137.
4. m. A master, Man. 8, 167.
5. Elder, Man. 2, 139.
† jyu, i. 1, Ātm. To go, v. r.
I. superl. of praśasya and vṛddha (cf. jyāyaṃs), f. ṭhā,
1. Most excellent, Man. 9, 123.
2. Eldest, Man. 9, 126; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 12.
II. m.
1. An elder brother, Man. 4, 184.
2. = jyaiṣṭha, The name of a month, Rājat. 1, 220.
III. f. ṭhā.
1. The name of a lunar station, Rām. 6, 86, 43.
2. Misfortune, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 32.
-- Comp. a-, adj. forfeiting one's primogeniture, Man. 9, 213. yathā-jyeṣṭha + m, adv. according to (their) rank, Pañc. 198, 10.
1. Superiority, Hariv. 7164.
2. Primogeniture, Man. 9, 134.
1. Precedence, Man. 9, 85.
2. Primogeniture, Man. 1, 93.
† jyo, i. 1. Ātm.
1. To restrain.
2. To vow.
3. To instruct(?).
I. m. A kind of spell, Rām. 1, 30, 6.
II. n. Astronomical science, MBh. 12, 13136.
1. The name of a shining weapon of Arjuna's MBh. 7, 1325.
2. The name of the summit of Meru. MBh. 12, 16212.
2. pl. The stars. Man. 1, 38.
3. Intelligence, Bhag. 13, 17.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. one whose light (i. e. thought) is fixed on his soul (not on external pleasures), Bhag. 5, 24. sa-, adj., n. the time during which the sun or the stars give light, Man. 5, 82 (viz., when a king dies at day-time the impurity lasts till sunset, when he dies at night till the disappearance of the stars).
I. m. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 20.
II. f. thā, The name of a river, MBh. 6, 334.
1. Moonlight, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 34.
2. Light, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 21 (pl.)
3. The name of a body of Brahman, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 39.
1. Moonlight (night), Ragh. 6, 34.
2. Shining, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 26.
1. jri, i. 1, Par.
1. † To conquer.
2. To go (ved.).
† 2. jri, and jrī jrī, i. 1, ii. 9, jriṇā, ṇī, and i. 10, jrāyaya, Par. To grow old, v. r.
-- Cf. jṛ10.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To be afflicted, MBh. 3, 13743.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To afflict, MBh. 5, 1607.
2. To envy, MBh. 5, 1605.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To envy, MBh. 5, 1615.
I. adj. Excited, MBh. 13, 3464,
II. m.
1. Fever, MBh. 12, 10255.
2. Sorrow, Rām. 1, 18, 11.
-- Comp. gata-, adj., f. rā, without sorrow, Rām. 6, 98, 7. jīrṇa- (vb. jṛ10), m. a lingering fever, Suśr. 1, 175, 5. jīrṇāmaya-, i. e. jīrṇa-āmaya-, m. the same, Kathās. 17, 36. dāha-, m. a burning fever, Kathās. 5, 122; Daśak. in Chr. 192, 4. maithuna-, m. wantonness, MBh. 13, 1516. ratha-, m. a crow.
1. To blaze, MBh. 1, 3687 (Ātm.).
2. To shine, Suśr. 1, 113, 16.
3. To burn, Pañc. 98, 1.
4. To be consumed by fire, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 23.
5. To be red hot, Man. 8, 271. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. jvalita,
1. Flaming, Pañc. i. d. 37; Indr. 1, 6.
2. Shining, Rām. 3, 50, 18.
3. Burnt. Chr. 24, 40 (ṭriṇeṣu jvalitaṃ tvayā, You have burnt up only grass, i. e. You have fought only with insignificant men). Caus. jvālaya and jvalaya, after prep. only the latter (also jvālaya, e. g. MBh. 3, 17078),
1. To kindle, Rām. 2, 52, 99.
2. To illuminate, Kir. 5, 14. agni-jvalita, Blazing with fire, Man. 7, 90. Frequent. jājval and jājvalya,
1. To burn violently, MBh. 12. 11597.
2. To flame violently, Rām. 4, 38, 15.
3. To be very brilliant, Rām. 6, 19, 49.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To shine, MBh. 3, 10335. Frequent. To blaze powerfully, Kām. Nītis. 15, 8.
-- With ud ud, To flash up, Rām. 5, 93, 15. Caus. To kindle, Rājat. 3, 176.
-- With prod pra-ud, To shine brightly, Hariv. 15696.
-- With samud sam-ud, The same, MBh. 8, 1715.
-- With pra pra,
1. To being to blaze, Rām. 3, 18, 32.
2. To begin to burn, MBh. 1, 1770.
3. To become wrathful, Rām. 2, 21, 53.
4. To blaze brightly, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 15. prajvalita,
1. Burning, Chr. 33, 5.
2. Shining, Hariv. 9746.
3. Flaming, Pañc. 55, 10. n. Blazing, Hariv. 3293. Caus. To kindle, Rām. 2, 47, 8.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To become inflamed, MBh. 6, 4188.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, The same, Rām. 6, 96, 17; Hariv. 6475. Caus. To kindle, MBh. 13, 7776.
-- With prati prati, To shine, MBh. 7, 7437.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, To shine towards, Bhag. 11, 28.
-- With mas sam, To blaze, MBh. 9, 222. Caus. To kindle, MBh. 3, 16882.
-- Cf. O.H.G. quelan, A.S. cwellan; Goth. vulan. A.S. wellian, Lat. bullire, O.H.G. quellan, cf. A.S. weall (a well); [greek] (cf. anu-sam-jvar, and abhi-sam-jvar), probably also [greek]
I. adj. Shining, MBh. 3, 12239.
II. m.
1. Fire, Man. 10, 103.
2. Caustic potash, Suśr. 2, 125, 17.
III. n. Shining (and fire), Śiś. 9, 13.
-- Comp. saptaj°, i. e. saptan-, m. Agni. hemaj°, i. e. heman-, m. fire.
-- With the prep. ud ud, ujjhaṭita, Confused, Rājat. 1, 116.
† jham, i. 1, Par. To eat.
-- Cf. jam.
† jharc, jharch jharch, jharjh jharjh, i. 1, and 6, Par.
1. To explain.
2. To menace.
3. To hurt.
† jhaṣ, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To take.
2. To cover. i. 1, Par. To hurt.
1. A fish, MBh. 1, 8316.
2. The sign Pisces.
† jhūṣ, v. r. for jūṣ.
† jhṛ10, i. 4, jhīrya; ii. 9, jhṛṇā, ṇī, m. To grow old, v. r.
-- Cf. jṛ10.
† jhyu, i. 1, Par. To go, v. r.
-- Cf. karoṭika.
1. † To bind.
2. To cover (ved.).
-- With the prep. vi vi, vitaṅkita,
1. Marked, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 36.
2. Loaded, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 5.
I. m. and n.
1. A hatchet, Hariv. 5009.
2. Slope, Bhaṭṭ. 1, 8 (Sch.).
II. m.
1. A weight equal to 4 māṣas, Lass. 29, 4.
2. (and n?) A coin, Hit. 98, 11.
† ṭal, i. 1, Par. To be confused, v. r.
† ṭik, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. m. A bird, Parra jacuna, or goensis, Pañc. 74, 17.
2. f. bhī, Its female, Rām. 2, 8, 43 Gorr.
† ṭip, i. 10, Par. To cast, v. r.
-- Cf. ḍhauk, with upa.
† ṭval, i. 1, Par. To be confused, v. r.
-- Cf. dval.
† ḍap, i. 10, ḍāpaya, Ātm. To collect.
† ḍamp, v. r. for ḍap.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To imitate, Ragh. 4, 17.
2. To simulate, Hariv. 8406.
3. To deride, to sneer, Hariv. 1.
4. To deceive, Bhartṛ. 1, 21. viḍambita, Low, poor, distressed.
I. adj.
1. Renowned, Mālat. 3, 8, Lass. vāc- m. Graceful and eloquent language.
II. m.
1. A proper name, MBh. 9, 2541.
2. A mass, assemblage (as of blossoms), Mālat. 48, last 1., 148, 8; (of clouds), Mahāvīr. 99, 17; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 37.
-- Cf. tāṃkṛta.
1. m. An object causing surprise, Gīt. 12, 23.
2. The name of a people, Rājat. 5, 51.
† ḍip, ḍimp ḍimp, i, 10, Ātm. To collect. ḍip ḍip, i. 4; 6 and 10, Par., and ḍimb ḍimb, i. 10, Ātm. To cast.
1. An affray, conflict, MBh. 1, 1219; a battle without king, i. e. after the king has been slain (?), Man. 5, 95.
2. An egg or ball, Mālat. 148, 8.
† ḍimbh, i, 10, Ātm. To collect.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atiḍīna, n. Flying over, MBh. 8, 1900.
-- With abhi abhi, abhiḍīna, n. Flying towards, MBh. 8, 1900.
-- With ava ava, avaḍīna, n. Flying down, MBh. 8, 1899.
-- With ud ud, To fly up, Pañc. 106, 1. uḍḍīna, Flown up, MBh. 7, 776. n.
1. Flying up, MBh. 8, 1899.
2. The flight of a bird, Pañc. 114, 25.
-- With prod pra-ud, To fly up and away, Mṛcch. 84, 22. proḍḍīna, Flown up and away, Rām. 4, 63, 24.
-- With ni ni, niḍīna, n. Flying down, MBh. 8, 1899.
-- With parā parā, parāḍīna, n. Flying away, MBh. 8, 1900.
-- With pari pari, pariḍīna, n. Flying round, MBh. 8, 1900.
-- With pra pra, praḍīna, Flown forth, Rām. 6, 83, 26; n. Flying forward, MBh. 8, 1899.
-- With vi vi, viḍīna, n. Flying apart, MBh. 8, 1900.
-- With sam sam, saṃḍīna, n. Flying together, MBh. 8, 1899.
-- With avasam ava-sam, avasaṃdīna, n. Flying down together, MBh. 8, 1901.
-- Cf. duṇḍubha.
1. m. A kind of sacred edifice(?), Rājat. 5, 305.
2. f. kā, A large drum Rājat. 6, 133.
1. To offer, Rājat. 445.
2. To procure, Kathās. 26, 7.
-- With the prep. upa upa, Caus.
1. To offer, Hit. 67, 20, v. r. upa ṭaukayāmaḥ.
2. To perform, Pañc. 158, 4.
2. † To adorn.
1. ii. 2, Par. Ātm. ved. To start.
2. † i. 1, Par. TO laugh, or to endure.
1. To slice (wood), MBh. 5, 4161.
2. To cut to pieces, to wound, MBh. 3, 1585.
3. To prepare, to form (ved.).
4. † To cover with a hide.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To sharpen, Chr. 292, 3 = Rigv. i. 86, 3.
-- With sam sam, To cut to pieces, to wound, MBh. 6, 3725.
-- Cf. Lat. tignum; O.H.G. dehsa (an axe), dīhsila, A.S. thixl, thisl; Lat. temo, and probably O.H.G. dahs (a badger); [greek] see takṣan.
-- Cf. [greek]
† taṅk, i. 1, Par. To live in distress.
† taṅg, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To stumble.
3. To shake.
1. Knowing that, a connoisseur, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 20.
2. Versed in, Hariv. 8427.
1. ii. 7, tanac, tañc, Par. To contract.
-- With the prep. ā ā and abhyā abhi-ā, To curdle (ved.).
2. † i. 1, Par. To go.
I. m.
1. Slope, MBh. 1, 1567.
2. Horizon, Kathās. 26, 26.
II. m. and f. ṭī, and n.
1. A bank, MBh. 13, 1334.
2. Often without a special signification as latter part of a comp. whose former part denotes a portion of the human body, e. g. adhara-, The lips, Gīt. 4, 23; kaṭi-, The hip, Indr. 2, 32; kaṇṭha-, The throat, Rājat. 5, 1; jaghana-, The buttocks, Bhartṛ. 1, 49; lalāṭa-, The forehead, Śiś. 9, 28; śravaṇa-, The ear, Ṛt. 5, 13; stana-, The bosom, Amar. 21.
-- Comp. a-, adj. steep, Śāk. d. 137. diś-, m. the end of the horizon, Rājat. 3, 253. vidruma-, adj. f. tā, having banks of coral, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 22.
-- Comp. a-mara-, f. a name of the Gaṅgā, Bhartṛ. 3, 87.
1. taḍ (a form of tṛd, based on the original form tard), i. 10, tāḍaya (anom. pf. tatāḍa, Bhāg. P. 6, 12, 1), Par.
1. To strike, Man. 4, 169.
2. To chastise, Man. 4, 164.
3. To wound, MBh. 1, 5302.
4. Pass. To beat, Suśr. 1, 265, 15.
5. To play a musical instrument, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 45, 61.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To strike, MBh. 7, 531.
2. To wound, Rām. 2, 36, 13.
-- With ā ā, To strike. Pañc. 235, 23.
-- With pari pari, To touch, Kathās. 6, 114.
-- With pra pra, To strike, MBh. 8, 4693.
-- With prati prati, To strike in one's turn, MBh. 13, 4562.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cast, Pañc. 263, 8.
2. To wound, MBh. 8, 1067.
-- With sam sam, To strike, MBh. 7, 3401.
† 2. taḍ, i. 10, tāḍaya, Par. To shine, or speak.
-- Cf. taṭāka.
-- Cf. taḍāka.
-- Comp. sendrāyudha-, i. e. sa-indra-āyudha, adj. with a rainbow and lightning.
1. Containing lightnings, Kir. 5, 4.
2. Flashing, Vikr. d. 14.
† taṇḍ (akin to taḍ), i. 1, Ātm. To strike.
1. = the abl. of tad, Man. 4, 82; with preceding yatas, Indiscriminately (literally, From whomsoever), Man. 4, 15.
2. From that place, Sāv. 5, 78. yatas-yatas -- tatas-tatas, Wherever -- from that place, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 13.
3. Thither, Rām. 1, 44, 34. yatas-yatas -tatas-tatas, Wherever -- thither, Śāk. d. 23.
4. tatas-tatas, Everywhere, Rām. 1, 35, 18.
5. itas-tatas From here and there, Rām. 6, 96, 2; here and there, 3, 61, 16.
6. yatas-tatas, From wherever, Pañc. i. d. 6.
7. Afterwards, then, Man. 2, 60.
8. Therefore, MBh. 12, 13626.
1. The very essence, Man. 4, 92; Bhag. 18, 1.
2. Truth, Śāk. d. 22.
3. A principle (especially the 25 of the Sānkhya philosophy), Rām. 3, 53, 42. Instr. tvena,
1. Truly, Rām. 1, 48, 13.
2. Thoroughly, Man. 7, 68.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. not contained in the principles, MBh. 12, 11480. yathā-tattva + m. adv. truly, Chr. 17, 22. sa-,
I. adj. knowing the real essence, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 3.
II. n. natural property, nature.
1. According to the principles, Man. 8, 229.
2. Truly, Man. 8, 32.
3. From the bottom, Man. 7, 10.
I. = the loc. of tad,
1. In that, Man. 3, 60.
2. 'atra-tatra, On that continually, Nal. 5, 9.
3. On account of that, Nal. 18, 10.
4. yatra-tatra, For every trifle, MBh. 13, 514.
II. There, Man. 7, 146.
III. Thither, Nal. 7, 1.
IV. tatra-tatra, Here and there, Man. 7, 81.
V. yatra-tatra, Indiscriminately (literally, Wherever), MBh. 13, 3686.
VI. Thereby, Man. 8, 34.
VII. Then Man. 8, 238.
1. So, correl. to yathā, As, Man. 3, 258; correl. to iva, Man. 3, 181.
2. Thus, in that manner, Man. 1, 4.
3. yathā-tathā, By all means, Man. 4, 17.
4. yathā-yathā -- tathā-tathā, As far -- so far, Man. 4, 20; in proportion, 8, 285; the more -- the more, Nal. 8, 14.
5. Yes, Rām. 1, 2, 22.
6. So, in an oath, correl. to yathā, e. g. yathā nānyaṃ varaṃ dhyāyāmi kaṃ cana tvām ṛte -- tathā mūrdhānam ā labhe, I touch my head, in token that I have not thought of any bridegroom beside thee, Chr. 7, 16.
7. Also, and, Man. 1, 24.
-- Comp. yathā-tatha + m, adv. Properly, suitably. a-yathā-tatha + m, adv. without fruit, Man. 3, 240. vi-tatha, adj. false, Man. 8, 118; with kṛ, To annul, 9, 73. °tham, adv. Falsely, 8, 94. a-vitatha,
I. adj. true.
II. n. truth.
I. adj. True, MBh. 7, 2136.
II. n. Truth, Rām. 2, 34, 23.
III. instr. yena, Truly, MBh. 8, 274.
I. third personal pronoun,
1. He, she, it, that, Man. 2, 234; 8, 11.
2. Combined with the pronouns of the first, second, and third persons, Here, MBh. 1, 6415; 5, 5957; Hiḍ. 1, 38.
3. Combined with the relative pronoun, a. Without a special signification, MBh. 7, 427.
b. Every one, MBh. 13, 1674; whoever, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2429.
c. with vā, This or that, Man. 12, 68.
4. Repeated, This and that, Man. 12, 74; with following eva, The same, Rām. 3, 50, 28.
5. yad-yad -- tad-tad, Whatever, that, Man. 4, 159.
II. n. The universe, Rām. 6, 102, 25.
III. acc. sing. n. tad, adverbially,
1. Then, Pañc. 48, 3.
2. Therefore, Man. 9, 41.
IV. instr. tena,
1. Thus, Man. 4, 178.
2. Therefore, Man. 7, 36.
V. abl. tasmāt, Therefore, Man. 1, 108.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. te, ta, tud in iste, etc.; Goth. sa. so thata; A.S. se, seo, thaet.
1. Then, Nal. 1, 25; at that time, Man. 1, 52.
2. From that time, MBh. 13, 2231.
1. Belonging, or referring, or proper, to him, her, it, that, Rām. 4, 21, 35; Pañc. i. d. 224. Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 8.
2. Such, Kathās. 3, 47.
1. Thus, Pañc. ii. d. 62.
2. Thus also, Pañc. i. d 254.
3. And, Kathās. 6, 48.
1. tan, ii. 8, tanu, Par., Ātm.
1. To draw (a bow), MBh. 4, 141.
2. To spread, Bhag. 2, 17.
3. To cover, Śiś. 9, 23.
4. To propagate, Hariv. 2386.
5. To augment, Śāk. d. 19.
6. To direct, Nalod. 1, 20.
7. To arrange, Man. 4, 205.
8. To cause (pleasure or pain), Ragh. 3, 25; Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 37.
9. To speak, Daśak. 7 ult. Pass. tanya, and tāya; ptcple. tata.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atitata, Very haughty, Śiś. 19, 3.
-- With adhi adhi, To cover, Rām. 5, 12, 33.
-- With anu anu,
1. To augment, MBh. 12, 4816.
2. To maintain, MBh. 3, 12681.
-- With ava ava,
1. To descend, avatata, Descending, Hariv. 3621.
2. To cover, MBh. 6, 2666. -
-- With ā ā,
1. with padam, To get a footing, Bhartṛ. 1, 32.
2. To stretch, MBh. 5, 4164; to draw, Ragh. 1, 19.
3. To effuse, Śāk. d. 193.
4. To grant, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 22.
5. To cause, Bhartṛ. 1, 50.
6. To arrange, Bhartṛ. 1, 36.
-- With samā sam-ā, To procure, Rājat. 4, 247. samātata, Violent, MBh. 8, 4205.
-- With pra pra,
1. To spread, Suśr. 1, 354, 5.
2. To show, Śiś. 2, 30.
3. To cover, Rām. 3, 76, 25.
4. To begin (a sacrifice), MBh. 12, 9613.
5. To cause, Rājat. 2, 78.
-- With vi vi,
1. To spread out, MBh. 1, 1335.
2. To stretch out, Mṛcch. 143, 21.
3. To draw, MBh. 1, 5290.
4. To cover, Rām. 3, 63, 13.
5. To arrange (a sacrifice), Man. 3, 28.
6. To show, Rām. 4, 9, 89. vitata,
1. Large, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 7.
2. Powerful, Rājat. 5, 22.
-- With āvi ā-vi, To illuminate, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 37.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravitata,
1. Large, Megh. 104.
2. Begun, MBh. 5, 5317.
-- With sam sam,
1. To cover, Rām. 6, 21, 1.
2. To fill up, Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 14.
3. To expand, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 37. saṃtata,
1. Uninterrupted, Lass. 96, 9.
2. Eternal.
3. Extended.
4. Much. °tam, adv. Eternally. Caus. tānaya, To cause to be performed, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 16.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To spread, Bhag. 15, 2.
2. To cover, Rām. 5, 16, 8.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To cover, Hariv. 4986.
-- Cf. [greek] (= tata), [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] (for [greek] + tvas); Lat. tenere, tendere, ostendere (for obs-). tenus, etc.; O.H.G. danjan; A.S. thenian; see also tanu.
2. tan (akin to stan), i. 4, Par. To sound (ved.).
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. tonare; O.H.G. donar; A.S. thunor.
† 3. tan (or van van), i. 1 and 10, tānaya, Par.
1. To believe.
2. To assist (or to afflict, or to be afflicted).
3. To sound (cf. 2. tan).
4. With prepositions, To stretch (cf. 1. tan).
I. adj. Continuing a family, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
II. m.
1. A son.
2. du. A son and a daughter.
III. f. yā, A daughter.
-- Comp. See ku-. Pavana-, m. Hanumant, the son of the wind. rādhā-, m. Karṇa. sūrya-,
I. m. 1. Karṇa. 2. Sugrīva.
II. f. yā, the Yamunā river.
I. adj., f. nu and nvī,
1. Thin, Rām. 2, 8, 42 Gorr.
2. Delicate, Nal. 12, 106.
3. Moderate (in quantity and size), Man. 3, 10.
4. Small, MBh. 3, 1747. Comparat. tanīyaṃs, Rājat. 3, 223, and tanutara, Amar. 3. Superl. taniṣṭha and tanutama.
II. f. nu and nū,
1. The body, Man. 2, 28; Rām. 1, 16, 5.
2. A person, Man. 4, 184.
3. One's own self, Hariv. 2386.
III. f. nvī, A slender woman, Bhartṛ. 1, 71.
-- Comp. a-, adj. large, MBh. 3, 6028. ardha-, f. half a body. vāmana-, adj. dwarfbodied. su-,
I. adj. very delicate.
II. f. a woman.
-- Cf. Lat. tenuis; O.H.G. dunni, A.S. thyn; [greek] (= tanvī), [greek] for [greek] (cf. [greek]), i. e. [greek]
1. Smallness, meagerness, Rām. 5, 19, 22; Megh. 83.
2. in kalabha-, Condition of having the body of a young elephant, Megh. 79.
-- Comp. su-, f. Great meagerness, Lass. 72, 10.
I. m. A son, Rām. 2, 43, 20.
II. f. jā, A daughter, Chr. 52, 10.
1. A thread, MBh. 1, 806; epithet of the supreme deity, Being the thread, Bhāg. P. 8, 16, 31.
2. A cobweb, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 13.
3. A filament, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
4. Series, Bhāg. P. 8, 13, 36.
5. Propagation of a family, race, MBh. 8, 3393; 3, 15363 (on whom depends the propagation).
6. Issue, Man. 9, 203.
-- Comp. āśā-, m. A thread of hope, Mālat. 151, 6. tṛṣṇā-, m. the thread of desire, MBh. 12, 7877. nis-, adj. without offspring, MBh. 12, 6225. prajā-, m. race, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 15. saptat°, i. e. saptan-, m. a sacrifice. sūtra-, m. a thread.
1. a substitute for tantu, as latter part of a comp. adj., A string, Bhartṛ. 1, 95.
2. m. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 13.
1. To perform in a regular succession, MBh. 12, 7814.
2. Ātm. To maintain a family, to govern, Śāk. d. 102, v. r.
I. n.
1. A warp, MBh. 1, 806.
2. A series, propagation, offspring, MBh. 13, 2567.
3. A system, a totality, Bhāg. P. 3, 144; order, MBh. 1, 4171.
4. The order of ceremonies, a ritual, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 25.
5. Necessary or indispensable act, or provision, Rām. 3, 61, 28; 2, 7, 19 Gorr.
6. Main point, MBh. 14, 612; essence, Bhāg. P. 3, 30. 10; principle, MBh. 12, 7663.
7. Rule. Yājñ. 1, 228.
8. Science, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 30.
9. A religious or scientific work, a literary work in general, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 8; 9, 21, 6; Rām. 4, 17, 15.
10. Part of a work, Suśr. 1, 3, 13; Pañc. pr. d. 3.
11. A class of mystical and magical writings, treating particularly of spells, charms, etc.
12. Spell, Pañc. i. d. 80.
13. An army.
II. f. rī (nom. sing. tantrīs),
1. A string, Man. 4, 38; of a bow, MBh. 12, 4375; of a musical instrument, Megh. 84.
2. Music of a string-instrument, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 39.
-- Comp. a-tantrī, adj. n. tri, without strings, Rām. 2, 39, 29. ātmatantra, i. e. ātman-, adj. independent, MBh. 13, 4399. ku-tantrī, f. the tail, MBh. 12, 5355. pañcatantra, i. e. pañcan-, n. Five books, the title of a work. para-tantra, adj. dependent upon another, MBh. 13, 15. su-tantrī, adj., n. tri, Melodious. Rit. 1. 3. sva-tantra, adj. 1. independent, 2. of age. a-sna-tantra, adj. dependent, not of age, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 17.
1. for tantrī (see tantra), Rām. 6, 28, 26.
2. for tandri, MBh. 13, 6538 (ought to be corrected; also
1. Lassitude, Suśr. 1, 13, 8.
2. Want of energy, MBh. 14, 874; Hit. i. d. 29.
I. m. or n. Fatigue, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 40.
II. f. rī, The same, Rām. 2, 80, 24 Gorr.
-- Comp. a-tandrī, and nis-tandri, adj. unwearied, indefatigable, MBh. 12, 12585, Rām. 2, 1, 18.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. without remissness, Man. 3, 279. 2. unwearied.
I. n.
1. That only, Pañc. i. d. 284.
2. An atom, or rudimentary element, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19.
II. adj. Consisting of atoms, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 15.
1. tap, i. 1. Par. (also Ātm. MBh. 1, 8414), i. 4, Ātm. or pass. (also Par. MBh. 1, 3165).
I. i. 1,
1. To warm, to heat, Rām. 1, 14, 17.
2. To be warm, MBh. 2, 1333.
3. To shine, Śāk. d. 111; to illuminate, Bhag. 11, 19.
4. To burn up, to consume, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 4.
5. To give pain, MBh. 1, 3323.
II. i. 1, and i. 4, or pass.,
1. To suffer pain, MBh. 8, 1794; MBh. 1, 6217; 1, 3165,
2. To mortify one's flesh, Rām. 1, 58, 1, and 4 Gorr.; usually with tapas, To do penance, Man. 2, 167; 166.
III. i. 4, To become warm, Lass. 12, 19 (with the termination of the Par.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tapta,
1. Hot, Man. 8, 272.
2. Molten, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 6, 13.
3. also tapita, Refined, MBh. 3, 1722; Hariv. 13035. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. tapanīya, n. Gold, Rām. 6, 70, 41. tapya, Doing religious penance, MBh. 12, 10381 (cf. 13, 750). Caus. and i. 10, Par. and Ātm., tāpaya, Par.
1. To warm, to heat, MBh. 12, 5536; to burn, Rām. 6, 11, 44.
2. To torment, Rām. 5, 32, 36; by mortification, Chr. 46, 23.
3. To mortify one's flesh, MBh. 3, 8199. Anomal. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. tāpayāna, MBh. 15, 855. Frequentat tātapya, To suffer violent pain, Rām. 1, 11, 8.
-- With the prep. ati ati, i. 1, To heat excessively, Rām. 3, 12, 8. atitapta, Very afflicted, Rām. 3, 66, 26. Caus. To heat excessively, MBh. 14, 506.
-- With anu anu, i. 4. or pass. To suffer pain, MBh. 3, 13720. i. 1, and 4,
1. To repent, MBh. 5, 1822; Rām. 2, 42, 11.
2. To grieve, to long for (with the acc.), MBh. 11, 182; 7, 2195. anutapta, Hot, Suśr. 2, 181, 14. Caus. To cause to grieve, Ragh. 8, 88.
-- With samanu sam-anu, i. 4, or pass. To repent, MBh. 13, 5335.
-- With abhi abhi, i. 4, or pass., To suffer pain, Rām. 2, 62, 5; Kathās. 21, 72; MBh. 7, 6555 (with the termination of the Par.). abhitapta,
1. Heated, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 11.
2. Illuminated, Ṛt. 4, 14.
3. Tormented, MBh. 6, 5771. Caus. To torment, MBh. 7, 1417.
-- With ava ava, Caus. To illuminate, MBh. 5, 7162.
-- With ā ā, i. 4, or pass.
1. To suffer pain, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 13.
2. To mortify one's flesh, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 8. ātapta, Refined, Hariv. 15769.
-- With ud, i. 1, To torment, Śic. 9, 67; to afflict, Rājat. 3, 183; uttapta, Nealed, purged by fire, Rājat. 4, 368; uttapta tāmra, Pure copper. Caus. To warm, MBh. 12, 11884.
-- With upa upa, i. 4, or pass. To become hot, MBh. 3, 71; to suffer pain, Suśr. 1, 21, 16. upatapta, Hot, Rām. 2, 59, 9. Caus. To torment, to mortify, MBh. 3, 10708.
-- With samupa sam-upa, i. 4, or pass. To suffer pain, MBh. 2, 856.
-- With nis nis, of which the s becomes ṣ, i. 1, To purify, MBh. 7, 9458. niṣṭapta,
1. Singed, MBh. 1, 8215.
2. Warmed, MBh. 13, 1796.
3. Roasted, Rām. 2, 97, 2.
4. Refined, MBh. 6, 228.
-- With vinis vi-nis, viniṣṭapta, Well roasted, Rām. 3, 76, 10.
-- With pari pari, i. 1,
1. To set on fire, Rām. 3, 35, 15.
2. i. 1, and i. 4, or pass. To suffer pain, Rām. 2, 66, 7; MBh. 3, 9916; 14, 1070 (with the termination of the Par.).
3. i. 4, or pass. To mortify one's flesh, MBh. 1, 4784. Caus. To torment, Rām. 5, 86, 9.
-- With vipari vi-pari, i. 4, or pass. To suffer much pain, Rām. 2, 19, 3, Gorr.
-- With paścāt paścāt, i. 4, or pass. To repent, MBh. 8, 1795.
-- With pra pra, i. 1, To heat, Bhag. 11, 30; to burn, MBh. 3, 881; to roast, Rām. 2, 91, 65.
2. To shine, MBh. 13, 2125.
3. To illuminate, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30.
4. To suffer pain, Rām. 2, 12, 1.
5. To mortify one's flesh, Rām. 1, 67, 8.
6. To torment, MBh. 6, 5567. i. 4, or pass. To suffer pain, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 21. Caus.
1. To warm, Man. 4, 53; to heat, Mārk. P. 14, 60.
2. To illuminate, Rām. 4, 60, 16.
3. To set on fire.
4. To torment, MBh. 4, 550; 6, 3103. Anomalous pratāpitā (fut. i) instead of pratāpayitā, MBh. 8, 1971.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, abhipratapta,
1. Dried, Suśr. 1, 158, 12.
2. Tormented, Rām. 2, 21, 54.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, saṃpratapta, Suffering, Suśr. 1, 70, 17.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravitapta, Tormented, Kām. Nītis. 15, 9.
-- With sam sam, i. 1, To repent, MBh. 7, 4731. i. 4, or pass.
1. To suffer pain, Bhartṛ. 2, 84.
2. To mortify one's flesh, Rām. 1, 63, 26. saṃtapta,
1. Heated, Rām. 4, 44, 26.
2. Molten, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 32, 10.
3. Dried, Rām. 2, 85, 17.
4. Tormented, Ṛt. 1, 27.
5. saṃtapta-vakṣas, Shortbreathed. Suśr. 2, 447, 7. Caus.
1. To warm, Hit. i. d. 81.
2. To burn, MBh. 1, 1270.
3. To set on fire, MBh. 13, 3998.
4. To torment by heat, Bhartṛ. 2, 86; to torment, Pañc. iii. d. 244.
-- With atisam ati-sam, atisaṃtapta, Much afflicted, Rām. 3, 68, 15.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃtapta, Tormented, Rām. 4, 57, 13.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To suffer pain, Rām. 4, 21, 11.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. tepeo; probably A. S. tháfian (to suffer, to allow), concerning the signification cf. Sekr. kṣam.
† 2. tap, i. 4, Ātm. To govern.
I. adj.
1. Illuminating.
2. Tormenting, e. g. paraṃtapa.
II. m.
1. Heat, Pañc. 121, 13.
2. The hot season, Śiś. 1, 66.
3. Penance, Hariv. 15434.
-- Comp. su-, adj. having accomplished great religious austerity.
I. adj.
1. Warming, shining, Rām. 6, 79, 57.
2. Tormenting, MBh. 12, 10381.
II. m.
1. The sun, Rām. 1, 16, 11.
2. The name of a hell, Man. 4, 89.
1. Fire, Man. 6, 23.
2. Penance, mortification, religious austerity, devotion, Man. 1, 33.
3. The name of a month, January -- February, Suśr. 1, 19, 8.
-- Comp. a-, adj. one who does not practise austerities, Man. 4, 190. dīrgha-, adj. practising longlasting austerities, Rām. 1, 59, 11 Gorr. pañcatapas, i. e. pañcan-, adj. sitting exposed to five fires, i. e. four blazing around him with the sun above, Man. 6, 23. mahā-, or su-tapas, adj. one who has practised great religious austerities, Chr. 39, 4. su-mahā-, adj. one who has practised very great religious austerities, Chr. 11, 23.
1. tapasya, a denominat. derived from tapas by ya, Par. To mortify one's flesh, Bhag. 9, 27; Kir. 5, 49.
2. tapas + ya,
I. m. The name of a month, February -- March, Suśr. 1, 19, 8.
II. n. Religious penance, MBh. 13, 445.
I. adj.
1. Distressed, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 48.
2. Devout, Man. 4, 162.
II. m. An ascetic, one engaged in the practice of rigorous and devout penance, Bhag. 6, 46.
-- Comp. ati-, exceedingly devout, Chr. 25, 60. -- See ku-.
1. Consisting in religious penance, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 19.
2. Devout.
1. To become breathless, Suśr. 1, 120, 16.
2. To breathe with difficulty, Rājat. 5, 344.
3. To become exhausted, Rām. 2, 52, 25.
4. To be distressed, Amar. 7.
5. To become staring, immoveable, Amar. 3.
6. To choke (ved.).
7. † To desire. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tānta, Distressed, Kathās. 24, 65. Caus. tamaya.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To become breathless, Rām. 2, 63, 50.
-- With ud ud,
1. To become breathless, Rām. 2, 65, 45 Gorr.
2. To be distressed, Rājat. 6, 124.
-- With ni ni in nitānta, Excessive, much, Pañc. i. d. 139. °ta + m, adv. Much, excessively, Rājat. 4, 634; violently, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 15.
-- With pari pari, To gasp. Suśr. 2, 447, 7. -pra pra,
1. To become breathless, Suśr. 1, 121, 1.
2. To become exhausted, MBh. 12, 12241.
3. To be beside one's self, Rām. 2, 12, 105.
-- With sam sam, To become exhausted, Gīt. 4, 21.
-- Cf. probably Lat. temere, con-tumax, temetum, abs-temius perhaps O.H.G. damf, damfjan, an old Causal (to choke).
1. Darkness, Hit. pr. 16.
2. The gloom of hell, Man. 4, 242.
3. The name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 10.
4. = Rāhu, or the personified ascending node, Rām. 2, 63, 2.
5. One of the three guṇas, or qualities incident to creation, the property of darkness, whence proceed folly, ignorance, stupidity, worldly delusion, etc., Man. 12, 24. Comp. dīrgha-, m. The name of a Ṛṣi, MBh. 2, 293.
-- Cf. O.H.G. demar; A. S. dim thystre; Lat. tenebrae.
I. n. a substitute for tamas, when the latter part of a comp. word, e. g. sam-, n. Intense darkness, Śiś. 9, 22.
II. f. sā, The name of a river, Rām. 1, 2, 4.
I. adj. f. nī, Dark.
II. f. nī, Night, MBh. 4, 732.
I. n. Darkness, a dark night, MBh. 4, 710.
II. f. rā, A night without moon or star, Ragh. 5, 13.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without darkness, Śiś. 9, 12.
I. adj. Removing darkness, MBh. 13, 7298.
II. m. Light, naṣṭa- (vb. naś), adj. Dark, Rām. 5, 32, 23.
I. adj., f. dā, Removing darkness, Man. 1, 6.
II. m.
1. The sun, MBh. 3, 11892.
2. The moon, Ragh. 3, 33.
1. Dark, involved in darkness, Man. 1, 5.
2. Foolish, Man. 12, 115.
I. adj., f. yī.
1. Consisting of darkness, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 19.
2. Involved in darkness, Rājat. 4, 583.
II. m. Wrath, Mārk. P. 47, 15.
† tamb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. To go.
2. † To preserve.
I. adj. Conquering, MBh. 12, 10380.
II. m.
1. Passage, crossing, Man. 8, 407.
2. Freight, Man. 8, 406.
3. A certain spell for banishing demons, Rām. 1, 30, 4.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. rā. 1. hard to be crossed or traversed, Rām. 2, 28, 9; Man. 4, 242. 2. hard to be overcome, Rām. 3, 2, 46. 3. irresistible, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 32. a-su-, adj. hard to be surmounted, Kir. 5, 18.
1. A wave, Pañc. 263, 20; signifying a section of a book, Kathās.
2. The gallop of a horse, Gīt. 12, 20.
3. Moving to and fro, Hariv. 4298.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. with high waves, Ragh. 7, 33.
I. adj.
1. Wavy, MBh. 6, 3851.
2. Overflowing, Kathās. 18, 223.
II. n. Moving to and fro, Gīt. 3, 13. 3.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Wavy, Rām. 2, 71, 2.
2. Unsteady, Gīt. 5, 19.
II. f. iṇī, A river, Bhartṛ. 3, 65.
-- Comp. rājataraṇgiṇī, i. e. rājan-, f. title of a historical poem.
1. Passing over, crossing, Rām. 6, 11, 4.
2. Overcoming, MBh. 1, 6054.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. ṇī, difficult to be crossed, MBh. 8, 3905. pratīpa-, n. crossing over (literally, crossing against the stream), Vikr. d. 24 (read uhyamānasya, instead of udyamānasya, which would be the ptcple. pres. pass. of und; cf. Lenz. App. cr.).
I. adj., f. ṇī, Overcoming, Hariv. 14078.
II. m.
1. The sun, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 30.
2. (? or f.), A boat, Prab. 83, 10.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Trembling, tremulous, MBh. 1, 1234; 4, 269.
2. Sparkling, Śāk. d. 25.
3. Fickle, Rājat. 3, 515.
II. m. The central gem of a necklace, MBh. 8, 4913.
III. f. lā, Spirituous liquor, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 75, 12.
1. To cause to tremble, Amar. 87.
2. To move to and fro, Gīt. 12, 15.
1. Speed (ved.).
2. Energy, Rām. 5, 77, 18.
3. Strength, Ragh. 11, 77. Instr. °sā, adv. Speedily, Hiḍ. 4, 2.
1. Swift, energetic, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 31; MBh. 1, 2546.
2. Bold, Śāk. 90, 19.
and tarī tari/ī, i. e. tṛ10 + i/ī, f. A boat, MBh. 1, 4014; 4228.
-- Comp. kalpa-, m. a fabulous tree fulfilling all wishes, Pañc. v. d. 8. chāyā-, m. a shady tree, Megh. 1. prati-, adv. at every tree. śikhā-, m. a lampstand.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. termes.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Young, MBh. 4, 1108.
2. Fresh, Suśr. 1, 191, 8.
3. Vivid, Bhartṛ. 3, 86.
4. Beginning, Suśr. 2, 52, 16.
II. m. A young man, Pañc. i. d. 11.
III. f. ṇī, A young woman, Rām. 3, 59, 1; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 22.
IV. n. Cartilage, Suśr. 1, 35, 1.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To become young, Hariv. 4745.
2. To remain young, Pañc. v. d. 15.
1. To suppose, Rām. 5, 18, 22.
2. To utter one's supposition, Śāk. 83, 5, v. r.
3. To find out, Kathās. 26, 18; Nal. 11, 36.
4. To reflect, MBh. 3, 1723.
5. To bear in mind, MBh. 5, 1895.
6. To intend, MBh. 3, 1894.
7. † To shine or speak. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tarkita, n. Supposition, Hariv. 9467. a-, adj. Unexpected, Hariv. 4467. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. tarkaṇīya, To be suspected, MBh. 5, 1093. Comp. a-tarkya, and nis-, adj. incomprehensible, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 3; MBh. 12, 11299.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To suppose, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 32.
2. To bear in mind, MBh. 3, 1722.
-- With pari pari, To reflect, Rām. 5, 30, 18. a-paritarkita, adj.
1. Not examined, Rām. 2, 109, 16.
2. Unexpected, Hariv. 4500.
-- With pra pra, To search, to investigate, MBh. 12, 6687. a-pratarkya, adj. Undiscoverable by reason, inconceivable, Man. 1, 5.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To think, Hariv. 13804.
-- With vi vi,
1. To suppose, Pañc. 35, 5.
2. To guess, MBh. 1, 3571.
3. To take for, Suśr. 1, 298, 17.
4. To reflect, Rām. 5, 35, 39.
5. To infer, Kathās. 7, 67. a-vitarkita, adj. Not anticipated, Rām. 2, 69, 21. durvi- tarkya, i. e. dus-, adj. Hard to be imagined, Bhāg. P. 7, 10, 53.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To reflect, MBh. 4, 234.
-- With sam sam, To take for, MBh. 6540.
-- Cf. [greek] probably also [greek] (cf. tarku); Lat. torquere, torcular, torques, torvus; O.H.G. drajan, N.G. drehen.
I. m.
1. Supposition, Rām. 5, 71, 12.
2. Consideration, Pañc. iii. d. 258.
3. Logical reasoning, logic, Man. 12, 106; MBh. 2, 453.
4. A philosophical system, Prab. 86, 14.
II. f. kā, Logical reasoning, MBh. 4, 892.
-- Comp. ku-, and dus-, m. wrong reasoning, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 22; 6, 9, 35.
1. i. e. tark + in, Supposing, Śāk. 103, 19.
2. i. e. tarka + in, Skilled in speculation, Man. 12, 111.
I. n. Spinning.
II. f. ṭī, A distaff, a spindle.
-- Comp. sūtra-, f. ṭī, A distaff, a spindle.
1. To menace, Rām. 2, 96, 26.
2. To blame, MBh. 8, 1543. Caus. and i. 10, Ātm.
1. To menace, Ragh. 12, 41.
2. To blame, Hariv. 11166.
3. To terrify, Rām. 6, 98, 31.
4. To ridicule, MBh. 5, 2485. tarjita, n. Menacing, Rām. 5, 66, 22.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To menace, Rām. 3, 55, 32.
2. To blame, Ṛt. 5, 6, v. r.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, The same, MBh. 7, 7176.
-- With pari pari, To menace, Rām. 5, 42, 9.
-- With vi vi,
1. To menace, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 30.
2. To blame, Ṛt. 5, 6.
-- With sam sam,
1. To menace, Rām. 3, 68, 43.
2. To blame. Rām. 4, 61, 26.
-- Cf. A.S. threagan (to chide); O.H.G. drawjan, N.G. drohen.
I. n.
1. Menacing, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 20.
2. Blaming, Rām. 5, 66, 3.
3. Terrifying, MBh. 3, 12569.
II. f. nā, Menacing, Sāh. D. 66, 11.
III. f. nī, The forefinger, Kathās. 17, 88.
1. Satisfaction given or received, Kathās. 26, 236; MBh, 14, 673.
2. An oblation to the deities or Manes, Yājñ. 1, 46; Man. 3, 70.
3. Pleasing, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 27.
4. A sweetmeat(?), MBh. 18, 269.
-- Comp. apa-, n. fasting (in sickness). ghrāṇa-tarpaṇa, 1. adj. smelling sweetly, Hariv. 3710. 2. n. perfume, Rām. 2, 94, 14. pitṛ-, n. oblation to the Manes, Man. 2, 176.
† tarb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. At that time, Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 12.
2. Then, therefore, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 32.
† tal, i. 1 and 10. To fulfil a vow.
1. Surface, MBh. 3, 2412.
2. Bottom, Rām. 5, 13, 11.
3. Without a special signification, as latter part of many comp. words, e. g. nabhas-tala = nabhas, Heaven, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 27.
4. The palm, Arj. 3, 40; often compounded with a word denoting hand, e. g. pāṇi-tala, MBh. 13, 5013.
5. Sole of the foot, Rām. 5, 13, 47; usually compounded with a word signifying foot, e. g. pāda-tala, MBh. 13, 7444.
6. That which is under or below anything, under, Hit. 43, 21; Mṛcch. 34, 11; Man. 2, 59 (aṅguṣṭhamūlasya tale, Under the root of the thumb).
7. (also f. lā), A leathern fence worn by archers on the left arm, MBh. 6, 621 (talabaddha = baddhatala, Having put on a leathern fence, etc., cf. talatra), Rām. 2, 87, 23.
-- Comp. a-, n. the name of a hell, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2. adhas-, m. or n. that which is under anything, Pañc. 187, 5. kara-, m. or n. the palm, Rām. 2, 66, 17. talātala, i. e. tala-a-tala, n. the name of a hell, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2. pāda-, n. the sole of the foot. bhū-, n. the earth, Pañc. 43, 7. mahā-, n. the name of a hell, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2. mahī-, m. or n. the earth, Rām. 3, 52, 36. rasā-, n. 1. the lowest of the seven hells, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 2. 2. the lower regions, Bhartṛ. 2, 32. vaṭa-, under a fig-tree, Pañc. 9, 23. vi-, n. one of the seven hells. vṛkṣa-, n. the foot of a tree. śilā-, n. the surface of a stone. su-, m. one of the hells. hasta-, m. 1. the palm of the hand. 2. the hand. 3. the tip of an elephant's trunk.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with leathern fences, MBh. 8, 616.
7), MBh. 5, 5367.
1. A bed, Man. 3, 3.
2. A turret, MBh. 1, 7577.
-- Comp. guru-, m. one who violates the bed of his guru, i. e. of his father or teacher, Man. 9, 237.
-- Comp. sva-, adj. possessed of own or innate strength, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7.
† tas, i. 4, Par.
1. To wane,
2. To cast, v. r.
3. To cast aloft.
I. adj., f. nā, Striking, Rām. 1, 30, 17 Gorr.
II. n. (The act of) striking, Yājñ. 1, 151.
1. voc. sing. Dear; a caressing word used by parents addressing their children, MBh. 1, 4728; by teachers addressing their pupils, Rām. 1, 2, 7; by children addressing their fathers, MBh. 1, 6796.
2. A father, Rām. 2, 53, 10.
-- Cf. tata.
1. Lasting a time of equal length, MBh. 12, 12785.
2. Instantly appearing.
1. Purport, Bhāṣāp. 83.
2. Aim, Bhartṛ. Suppl. 19.
3. Object, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 24.
1. Such one, Rājat. 5, 425.
2. Equal, Pañc. 38, 15; 19.
-- Cf. Lat. talis, and see the next.
1. Such like, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 13.
2. Such one, Man. 5, 34.
3. Equal, Bhāg. P. 4, 27, 14.
5. With preceding yādṛśa, Indiscriminate, Pañc. i. d. 435; compounded, MBh. 13, 5847.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A thread, Suśr. 1, 93, 17.
2. A musical tone, MBh. 2, 133.
-- Comp. eka-, 1. adj. turning one's attention wholly upon an object, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 8. 2. m. attention directed only to one object, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 27.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Meagerness, Rājat. 4, 25.
2. Smallness, Bhartṛ. 1, 36.
-- Comp. śaṇa-, adj., f. vī, woven of hemp, Man. 2, 42.
I. m. One versed in a system, Bhāṣāp. 148.
II. adj. Taught in a work of the Tantra-class, Bhāg. P. 8, 6, 9.
1. Heat, Man. 12, 76.
2. Pain, MBh. 1, 4405.
3. Sorrow, Rām. 2, 22, 10.
-- Comp. paścāt-, m. repentance.
1. adj. Relating to Tapatī, MBh. 1, 387.
2. metronym. A descendant of Tapatī, MBh. 1, 6505.
I. adj., f. nī, Tormenting, MBh. 1, 1178.
II. m. The sun, MBh. 5, 1739.
III. n.
1. Heating, Suśr. 1, 151, 13.
2. Mortifying, MBh. 13, 1098.
3. The name of a hell, Yājñ. 3, 224.
I. adj., f. sī.
1. Performing penance, a practiser of religious austerities, an ascetic, Man. 6, 27; MBh. 1, 3006.
2. Referring to religious penance, Rām. 2, 52, 5 Gorr.
II. m. A sort of sugar-cane, Suśr. 1, 186, 15.
-- Comp. kapaṭa-, m. a feigned ascetic, Kathās. 24, 208. ku-, m. and f., sī, a wicked ascetic, Kathās. 13, 141.
I. n. A lotus, Rām. 3, 76, 14.
II. f. sī, A pond full of lotus flowers, MBh. 4, 220.
I. adj., f. sī.
1. Belonging to the dark guṇa, or quality, MBh. 12, 33.
2. Immersed in darkness, Man. 12, 40.
3. Referring to the Manu Tāmasa (see
II.), Bhāg. P. 8, 1, 28.
II. m. The name of a Manu, Man. 1, 62.
III. f. sī, Night, Rājat. 1, 137.
I. adj. With and without pakṣa, The dark half of the month, from full-moon to new-moon, MBh. 3, 11813.
II. m.
1. Wrath, MBh. 14, 1019.
2. The name of a hell, Man. 4, 88.
-- Comp. andha-, n. the name of a hell, Man. 4, 88.
-- Comp. vāsa-, n. betel mixed with fragrant substances, Daśak. 88, n. 2 Wils.
I. adj.
1. f. rā, Of a coppery-red colour, Rām. 2, 34, 13.
2. f. rī, Of copper, Rām. 3, 21, 17.
II. n.
1. Copper, Man. 5, 114.
2. A sort of sandal, Rām. 2, 83, 17.
† tāy, i. 1, Ātm. (properly pass. of tan),
1. To spread.
2. To protest.
A. i. e. tṛ10 + a,
I. adj.
1. Saving, MBh. 13, 6986.
2. Piercing, Mṛcch. 44, 10; °ra + m, adv. Sounding loud, 92, 13.
II. m. and n. A shrill loud sound, MBh. 7, 6737.
III. m.
1. A pearl, Gīt. 11, 25.
2. A proper name, Rām. 1, 3, 24.
B. (for original stāra, cf. 3. stṛ),
I. (m.), f. rā (and n.),
1. A star, Rām. 1, 35, 16.
2. The pupil of the eye, Ṛt. 6, 31.
II. f. rā,
1. A certain meteor, perhaps a shootingstar, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 32, 1.
C. f. rā.
1. The knowledge which arises from reasoning in regard to the principles, the conditions of intellect, the elemental creation, Tattvas. 41 Ball.
2. The name of deities, MBh. 5, 3972; of a monkey, Rām. 1, 1, 67.
D. n. Silver, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 27.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be crossed or overcome, MBh. 6, 2337; Bhāg. P. 6, 14, 26.
I. i. e. tṛ10 + aka, adj., f. rikā,
1. Bringing over, Rām. 2, 97, 23 Gorr.
2. Saving, Prab. 25, 17.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 6, 4249.
III. f. rakā, and n.
1. A star (see tāra
B.), Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 11; MBh. 5, 5390.
2. The pupil of the eye, Rām. 3, 52, 34.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Saving, Hariv. 7022.
II. n.
1. Crossing, passing over, Mṛcch. 146, 25.
2. Overcoming, MBh. 4, 135.
3. Saving, MBh. 1, 1050.
4. An implement of sacrifice(?), MBh. 14, 2668.
2. State or condition, Mṛcch. 157, 20.
1. A kind of bird, Suśr. 1, 334, 11.
2. A kind of plant, 2, 498, 19.
3. A name of Kaśyapa, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 2.
4. erroneously instead of tārkṣya, e. g. Hariv. 6966.
I. m.
1. A fabulous being, sometimes fancied as a horse, sometimes as a bird, MBh. 1, 2548. identical with Garuḍa, Hariv. 7460.
2. A bird(?), Suśr. 2, 162, 4.
3. A kind of antidote, Suśr. 2, 275, 21.
II. n. A certain medicine, Suśr. 2, 69, 13.
1. Belonging to the third, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 29.
2. Third, 8, 19, 34.
I. m.
1. The palmyra tree, or fan palm, Borassus flabelliformis, Rām. 1, 1, 64; used as banner, MBh. 6, 1811.
2. Slapping or clapping the hands together, Megh. 77; often compounded with a word denoting hand, MBh. 13, 1397.
3. Slapping together in general, Ragh. 9, 71.
4. Musical measure, Pañc. v. d. 43; MBh. 13, 995.
5. A sort of cymbal, Pañc. 20, 8.
II. n. The fruit of the palmyra tree, Hariv. 3711.
III. f. li, The name of a tree. Corypha taliera Roxb., Rām. 4, 43, 6.
-- Comp. apara-, m. the name of a country, Rām. 2, 68, 12. eka-tāla, adj. endowed with one tree, Ragh. 15, 23. kāṃsya-, m. a cymbal, Rājat. 5, 464. tala-, m. slapping the hands together, MBh. 3, 12379. manas-, m. the lion of Durgā. su-rata- (see ram), f. lī, 1. a female messenger, a gobetween. 2. a chaplet.
I. m. Slapping the hands together, Pañc. ii. d. 137.
II. f. kā, The palm, Hariv. 9920.
I. adj., correl. of yāvant, Man. 8, 155; of yathā, Nal. 20, 24.
1. So much, Man. 9, 249.
2. So long, Man. 1, 72.
3. Just so many, Man. 1, 64.
4. So manifold, Ragh. 12, 45 (v. r.).
5. Compounded with numerals, As much, e. g. dvis-, Twice as much, MBh. 4, 289.
II. °vat, acc. ntr., adv.
A. combined with a correlative,
1. So much, Rām. 1, 53, 21.
2. So long, Man. 2, 235; combined with yāvat na, As long as not, Till, Hit. pr. 39; sometimes also without na, Man. 8, 27.
3. In that time, then, Lass. 5, 11.
B. Without a correlative,
1. Meanwhile, MBh. 13, 2727.
2. For a while, Man. 4, 174.
3. At first, Hit. 45, 1.
4. Just, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
5. With mā, Not for heaven's sake, Śāk. 66, 22.
6. With na, Not yet, MBh. 1, 1273; not at all, Rām. 6, 5, 4.
7. Indeed, Rām. 5, 49, 2.
8. Even, Rām. 5, 49, 27.
9. Only Man. 3, 53.
-- Comp. dvis-, twice as much, Hariv. 6927.
-- Cf. [greek] = tāvat, also [greek] (= tāvat + ya); Lat. tantus (for tāvant + o).
† tik, i. 1, Ātm. To go. ii. 5, Par.
1. To go.
2. To assail.
3. To seek to injure.
4. To challenge.
I. adj. Bitter, Suśr. 1, 215, 21.
II. m. or n. An object of bitter taste, Suśr. 2, 136, 2.
III. m. The name of several plants; Trichosanthes dioica Roxb., etc.
-- Comp. kaṭu-, m. the name of two plants, Gentiana cerayta Roxb., Cannabis sative, Lin.; (Rām. 2, 28, 21, Gorr., Pungent or disagreeable Trichosanthes).
† tig, ii. 5 = tik, ii. 5.
1. Sharp, MBh. 6, 3187.
2. Hot, Rām. 4, 44, 26.
3. Passionate, MBh. 13, 1161.
† tigh, ii. 5, Par. To kill,
-- Cf. stigh.
1. To sharpen, MBh. 5, 7169.
2. To stir up, Rām. 3, 31, 36. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. su-tejita, adj. Well-pointed, Chr. 30, 7. Desider. titikṣa, Ātm. (also Par., MBh. 1, 3560), To endure, to suffer, Man. 6, 47.
-- With the prep. ud ud, Caus. To stir up, Kathās. 18, 91.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To stir up, MBh. 5, 2742.
-- Cf. probably [greek] etc.; Lat. stimulus for stig + mulus, instigo, instinguere; Goth. stiggqvan; A.S. stician, to sting; tij has lost the initial s, as tāra
B., and others.
1. Suffering, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 17; Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 24.
2. Patience, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 27.
1. Desiring to cross, Rām. 2, 52, 68.
2. Desiring to attain, MBh. 1, 4647.
-- Comp. dus-, an inauspicious lunar day, MBh. 12, 6735.
† tip, i. 1, Par. To drop.
-- Cf. stim.
1. A large fish, MBh. 1, 1222.
2. A whale, Ragh. 13, 10.
3. A fish in general, Kathās. 5, 24.
1. A large fabulous fish, MBh. 1, 1208.
2. The name of a people and their prince, MBh. 2, 1172.
-- Comp. timi-, m. a large fabulous fish, MBh. 3, 12081.
I. adj., f. rā, Dark, Rām. 6, 16, 104.
II. m. and n.
1. Darkness, Rām. 2, 28, 18.
2. A class of diseases of the eye, Suśr. 1, 32, 4.
3. A certain plant, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 54, 11.
III. n. The name of a town, Rām. 4, 40, 26.
-- Comp. nis-, and vi-, adj. clear, MBh. 12, 6817; Indr. 1, 3.
1. To stop, Mālat. 21, 6.
2. To restrain, to conquer, Prab. 41, 3.
-- Comp. ā-, adv. a little athwart, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 23.
1. adv. Awry, Mārk. P. 17, 3.
2. prepos. Over, through, etc. (ved.); see kṛ, dhā, and bhū.
-- Cf. Lat. trans.
I. m. A curtain, Rām. 2, 15, 20.
II. f. iṇī.
1. The same, Mālav. d. 22.
2. A hiding veil, Vikr. 27, 8.
1. n. A diadem.
2. m. A tree, Symplocos racemosa Roxb.
1. Moving crookedly, Rām. 2, 12, 6 Gorr.
2. Moving horizontally, Suśr. 1, 43, 7.
I. adj., f. tiraścī, i. e. tiras-añc + ī, Horizontal (ved.).
II. acc. sing. n. °yak, adv.
1. Over, Man. 8, 291 (cf. ā-gam).
2. Horizontally, MBh. 2, 1396.
3. Sideways, Rām. 2, 23, 5.
III. m. and n.
1. An animal, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 34.
2. An amphibious animal, Man. 5, 40.
-- Cf. Goth. thairh, thairko; A.S. thurh.
1. til, i. 6 and 10, Par. To be greasy.
† 2. til, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Sesame, a plant, Sesamum indicum, Lin., Man. 3, 210.
2. Its seed, which gives a good oil, Pañc. ii. d. 68.
3. A very small piece, Rājat. 4, 328.
1. The name of a tree, Rām. 2, 91, 48.
2. A freckle, a mole, Kathās. 5, 32.
3. A mark made on the forehead and between the eyebrows, either as an ornament or as a sectarial distinction, Rām. 3, 22, 8.
4. Ornament, Rājat. 1, 47.
I. f. kā, Red sanders, Pterocarpus santalinus, Lin., Suśr. 1, 215, 5.
II. n. ka, Its wood, 2, 285, 10.
† till, i. 1, Par. To go, v. r. for til.
I. m.
1. The name of a Nakṣatra, or lunar mansion, containing three stars, of which one is [greek] Cancri, MBh. 3, 13099.
II. n. The Kali yuga, i. e. fourth or present age, MBh. 6, 387.
† tīk, i. 1, Ātm. To go, see tik.
I. adj., f. ṇā,
1. Sharp, Rām. 1, 44, 22.
2. Hot, Ṛt. 1, 18; flashing, Rām. 5, 29, 14.
3. Energetic, Chr. 49, 14.
4. Of a pungent taste, Bhag. 17, 9.
5. Harsh, Man. 7, 140.
6. Subtle, Śiś. 2, 109.
II. n. Harsh speech, Rām. 2, 35, 23.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very sharp, Ṛt. 6, 27.
† tīm, i. 4, Par. = tim.
I. adj. Grown on a shore, MBh. 5, 2052.
II. m. A tree grown on a shore, Rām. 2, 91, 31.
1. Stairs of a landing-place, a descent, Bhāg. P. 9, 19, 4.
2. A bathing-place, Rām. 1, 2, 6.
3. A place of pilgrimage, Man. 8, 356; Rājat. 5, 304.
4. A holy place, Man. 11, 196.
5. The right or holy moment, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 44; 1, 12, 14.
6. Opportunity, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 4.
7. Instruction, Kir. 2, 3.
8. A sacred preceptor, MBh. 5, 4212.
9. Certain lines or parts of the hand, Man. 2, 58.
10. A venerable object, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 4.
11. A venerable person, MBh. 13, 5356; Daśak. in Chr. 182, 20.
12. Certain persons of a king's court, MBh. 2, 171; tīrthatama, see separately.
-- Comp. apsaras-, n. the name of a locality. dus-, adj., f. thā, difficult to be crossed, Chr. 47, 36. sa-, m. a fellow student, soma-, n. a place of pilgrimage in the west of India.
I. adj. Holy, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 32.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa.
I. adj. Saving, MBh. 13, 7023.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa.
1. A holier place of pilgrimage, MBh. 3, 7018.
2. A holiest object of veneration, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 19.
† tīv, i. 1, Par. To become fat.
-- Cf. tu.
1. Sharp, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
2. Hot, Bhartṛ. 3, 19; flashing, Rām. 3, 62, 11.
3. Violent, MBh. 7, 6893; deep (of darkness), Arj. 8, 13.
4. Bad, MBh. 1, 3097.
1. tu, ii. 2, Par.
1. To be powerful (ved.).
2. † To increase.
3. † To go.
4. † To hurt.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. tumor, tumere, tumulus, tuber, tueri, totus; Goth. thiuda, thiuth, thiuthjan; A. S. theod, people.
2. tu, a particle (akin to tva, a ved. pron., Some, one, another, etc.).
1. But, Man. 1, 109.
2. Preceded by api, But rather, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 17; by kim, Nevertheless, MBh. 1, 1916.
3. Or, Man. 11, 201.
4. And, Man. 2, 22.
5. tu -- tu, Indeed -- but, Hit. i. d. 32.
6. Often without a special signification, Man. 7, 95.
7. Sometimes erroneously for nu, Brāhmaṇ. 3, 17 (where the Calc. ed. has nu).
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
I. adj., f. gā, Prominent, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 27; high, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
II. m.
1. a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 20.
2. Culmination, Varāh. Bṛh. 1, 13.
3. Height, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 1.
4. A tree, Bottleria tinctoria Roxb., Suśr. 2, 78, 19.
5. A proper name, Rājat. 6, 318.
1. To strike, to push.
2. tuñj, † To protect, or to be strong. i. 10, tojaya and tuñjaya,
1. † To be strong.
2. To strike.
3. To abide.
4. To give, or to take.
† tuṭ, i. 6, Par. To quarrel.
† tuḍ (a form of tṛd, based on tard), i. 1 and 6, Par. To split (v. r. to procure, to destroy).
† tuḍḍ, i. 1, Par. To disregard.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To jut out, Suśr. 1, 100, 12 (probably a denomin. derived from the following word).
1. Beak, MBh. 1, 1474.
2. Snout, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 31.
3. The name of a Rākṣasa or demon, MBh. 3, 16372.
-- Comp. kaṅka-, m. the name of a Rākṣasa or demon, Rām. 6, 84, 13. siṃha-, m. a kind of fish, Man. 5, 16.
† tutth, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To cover.
1. To strike, Rām. 2, 36, 14.
2. To sting, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 27. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tunna.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To push on, Man. 4, 68. ātodya, n. A musical instrument, Kathās. 23, 83.
-- With nis nis, To sting, Suśr. 1, 61, 18.
-- With pari pari, To stamp to pieces, MBh. 5, 2747.
-- With pra pra, To strike, MBh. 8, 4187. Caus. todaya, To push on, MBh. 13, 2795.
-- With vi vi,
1. To sting, Yājñ. 3, 53.
2. To strike, MBh. 8, 2729.
3. To scratch, Rām. 5, 68, 7.
-- With mas sam, To sting, MBh. 9, 3067.
-- Cf. tund, Lat. tundo, tussis; [greek] the initial s in Goth. stautan is original and dropped in Sskt., etc.; A. S. a-stintan, to blunt.
1. = tud, ved.
2. † i. 1, Par. To be active, v. r. of trand.
† tup. and † tuph tuph, tump tump, † tumph tumph, i. 1, and 6, Par. To hurt. tump, i. 10, v. r. of tumb.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. stupeo; see tud, and cf. stump, in the Gaṇa pāraskarādi.
-- Cf. stubh.
I. adj., f. lā,
1. Noisy, Rām. 1, 26, 6; tumala, MBh. 7, 6670.
2. Tumultuous, Hariv. 9609.
3. Excited, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 23.
II. n.
1. Tumultuous combat, melée, MBh. 2, 2688.
2. Tumult, MBh. 6, 1642; tumala, 7, 6661.
-- Cf. Lat. tumultus.
† tumb, i. 1, Par. To torment. i. 10, To be invisible, v. r.
I. m. The name of a Gandharva, Rām. 3, 8, 12.
II. n. The fruit of Diospyros embryopteris Pers., Suśr. 2, 43, 2.
-- Cf. tūr, tṛ10, and tvar.
1. m. A horse, Pañc. i. d. 314.
2. f. gī, A mare, Śatr. 14, 112.
1. m. A horse, Rām. 2, 45, 14.
2. f. mī, A mare, MBh. 4, 254.
1. ord. number, fem. yā, Fourth, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 3.
2. adj. and n. Fourth part, a quarter, Man. 11, 126; 4, 202.
3. n. The fourth state of the student of the Vedānta philosophy, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 19.
1. The name of a people, Rājat. 5, 152.
2. Olibanum, the resin of the Boswellia serrata Stackh.
1. ord. number, Fourth, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 9.
2. n. A quarter, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 8.
1. To overcome (ved.).
2. † To hurt.
1. To lift, Rām. 3, 4, 44.
2. To weigh, MBh. 3, 10588.
3. To ponder, MBh. 12, 2394.
4. To suspect, Mṛcch. 33, 5.
5. To compare, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 23.
6. To equal, Megh. 65,
7. To attain, Ragh. 13, 75.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To lift, Rām. 1, 34, 10 Gorr.
-- With sam sam, To weigh, together, MBh. 13, 2607.
-- Cf. Lat. tollo, tuli, latum (for tlatum); [greek] (Frequent.), [greek] (for [greek] Frequent.), [greek] (office), [greek] Goth. thulan; A. S. tholian, thyldian, athylgian.
1. Lifting, Mṛcch. 146, 25.
2. Taxing, 50, 16.
1. A balance, Man. 8, 403.
2. Weight, MBh. 3, 10385.
3. The beam of a balance, MBh. 12, 9350.
4. Equality, Ragh. 19, 50; Megh. 93.
5. The sign of the zodiac, Libra, Pañc. i. d. 375.
6. A measure or weight of gold and silver = 100 palas, MBh. 14, 1929.
-- Comp. a-tula, adj., f. lā, incomparable, Rām. 5, 13, 19. kūṭa-, f. a wrong balance, Pañc. 7, 15.
1. Equal, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 31; with the gen. Rām. 1, 7, 17; and the instr. Man. 4, 86.
2. Indifferent, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 24.
3. Being of the same class, Man. 8, 364.
4. °yam, adv. Equally, Rām. 6, 90, 31.
-- Comp. māsa-, adj., f. yā, equal to the number of months, Man. 5, 66. śarīra-, adj. dear as one's person.
1. To be calmed (properly, to be silent, cf. tūṣṇīm), MBh. 3, 1109.
2. To be satisfied, Man. 2, 228.
3. To be content, Hit. i. d. 134.
4. To be pleased, Man. 3, 207; with the gen., MBh. 1, 8361; with the dat., Kathās. 24, 195; with the instr., MBh. 4, 291; with the loc., Pañc. iii. d. 155.
5. To satisfy, MBh. 1, 4198. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tuṣṭa, Content, satisfied, pleased, MBh. 4, 291. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. tuṣya, Easily to be satisfied, Hariv. 14882. Caus.
1. To appease, MBh. 5, 7391.
2. To satisfy, Mārk. P. 26, 37.
3. To gladden, Pañc. 38, 3. Anomalous absolutive, toṣya, MBh. 1, 160.
-- With the prep. pari pari,
1. To be completely satisfied, Bhāg. P. 6, 18, 67; Rām. 2, 2, 33.
2. To be much pleased, Bhartṛ. 2, 2. Caus.
1. To satisfy completely, Rām. 6, 104, 28.
2. To flatter, Pañc. 38, 22.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To satisfy, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 1.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To be content, MBh. 12, 6283.
-- With sam sam,
1. To be calmed, Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
2. To be satisfied, content, MBh. 13, 220. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. saṃtuṣṭa, Easy to be satisfied, Böhtl, Ind. Spr. 277. Comp. a-, adj. unsatiable, ib. dus-saṃtuṣṭa, adj. discontented, Hit. i. d. 22. su-, easily satisfied, Pañc. i. d. 31. Caus.
1. To appease, Pañc. 101, 11.
2. To please, to gladden, MBh. 3, 13685.
-- Cf. Lat. taceo; Goth. thahan.
I. adj., f. rā, Cold, Naiṣ. 3, 93.
II. m.
1. Mist, MBh. 9, 3632.
2. Thin rain, Ragh. 2, 13.
3. Dew, Śāk. d. 115.
4. Hoar frost, Ṛt. 4, 1.
5. Snow, Megh. 53.
6. see tukhāra.
I. m.
1. pl. A class of subordinate deities, MBh. 13, 1371.
2. Epithet of Viṣṇu, MBh. 12, 12864.
II. f. tā, A proper name, Bhāg. P. 8, 1, 21.
† tus, i. 1, Par. To sound.
† tuh, i. 1, Par. To hurt, to give pain.
1. Mist, Prab. 13, 13.
2. Dew, Ṛt. 4, 7.
3. Snow, Rājat. 2, 18.
† tūḍ, i. 1, Par. To split.
-- Cf. tuḍ.
† tūṇ, i. 10, Par. To shrink. i. 10, Ātm. To fill.
I. m. and f. ṇī, A quiver, Hariv. 15940; Rām. 1, 48, 3; 2, 31, 30.
II. f. ṇī, A disease of the nerves, Suśr. 1, 232, 8.
-- Comp. pūrṇa-, adj. full quivered.
† tūr, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To go quick.
2. To hurt, see tur.
I. = turya, Rājat. 2, 91.
II. m. and n. Any musical instrument, Man. 7, 225.
† tūl, i. 1 and 10, To weigh (cf. tul). i. 10, Ātm. = tūṇ.
-- Comp. haṃsa-, down, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 17.
1. A pencil, Kumāras. 1, 22.
2. A mattress filled with cotton, Kathās. 26, 78.
† tūṣ, i. 1, Par. To be satisfied; see tuṣ.
† tṛṃh, i. 6, tṛha, Par. To hurt; see tṛh.
† tṛkṣ, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Grass, any gramineous plant, Man. 1, 48; Hit. i. d. 144; Rām. 2, 21, 26; Man. 4, 166.
2. A grass blade, Pañc. i. d. 190.
-- Cf. perhaps O.H.G. dorn, A.S. thorn.
1. ordinal number, Third, Man. 2, 35.
2. adj. A third part, Man. 6, 33.
3. °yam, adv. Thirdly, Man. 8, 129.
-- Cf. Goth. thridja; A. S. thridda; Lat. tertius; [greek]
1. Being of the third rank.
2. Entitled to a third part.
1. To cleave (ved.).
2. To kill, to destroy, Hariv. 7621.
3. † To disregard (or, to eat).
1. To become satiate, Kathās. 26, 237.
2. To be satisfied, Man. 3, 267.
3. To enjoy, Man. 4, 251. With gen. instr. and loc., MBh. 3, 336; Hit. ii. d. 164; MBh. 4, 2320.
4. † To kindle. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tṛpta, Satisfied, Bhartṛ. 2, 82; MBh. 3, 2247. Caus. tarpaya, Par. (and Ātm., MBh. 12, 5542),
1. To satisfy, Kathās. 26, 237; Chr. 292, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 11; Man. 3, 283.
2. To gladden, to exhilarate, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 8.
3. † To kindle. Anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. tarpayāna (with n instead of ṇ), MBh. 14, 291.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To become satisfied, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 13.
-- With anu anu, To be satisfied after (with abl.), MBh. 13, 1922.
-- With apa apa, Caus. To cause to hunger, Suśr. 2, 43, 1.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To be satisfied, MBh. 5, 3604.
2. To enjoy, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 1. Caus. To satisfy, Rām. 1, 54, 5 Gorr.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To satisfy completely, MBh. 3, 8537.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To satisfy, Pañc. 217, 6.
-- With vi vi, To be satisfied, Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 19; Rām. 4, 35, 9.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To satisfy, MBh. 3, 946.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. torpor, torpere; Goth. tharf (primitively 'to satisfy,' then 'to be of use,' cf. O.H.G. bidarbi; and finally 'to be necessary'), thrafstjan; A. S. thearf; O.H.G. trostjan.
1. Satiating, Bhag. 10, 18.
2. Satisfaction, Man. 3, 271.
3. Disgust, Suśr. 1, 90, 11.
-- Comp. ati-, f. over-satisfaction, Yājñ. 1, 114.
† tṛph and tṛmph tṛmph, i. 6, Par. = tṛp.
1. tṛṣ, i. 4, Par. To thirst. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tṛṣita.
1. Thirsty, MBh. 3, 101.
2. Desirous, Rām. 2, 104, 1.
3. Greedy, Ṛt. 1, 18.
-- Cf. O.H.G. durst, A.S. thurst; Goth. thaursjan, thairsan, thaursus; A. S. thyrr; [greek] Lat. torrere.
2. tṛṣ, f. Thirst, MBh. 14, 1605.
-- Comp. mṛga-, f. mirage. sa-, adj. 1. thirsty. 2. greedy.
1. Thirst, Pañc. 81, 22.
2. Desire, Hit. i. d. 133.
-- Comp. mṛga-, f. mirage.
1. Thirst, Man. 8, 67.
2. Desire, Bhartṛ. 2, 70.
-- Comp. ati-, f. excess of covetousness, Man. 7, 139. ati-tṛṣṇa, adj. very thirsty, Ragh. 2, 69. mṛga-, f. mirage. vi-, adj. free from desire. sa-tṛṣṇa + m, adv. with desire, Śāk. d. 59.
1. To pass over, Man. 4, 194; to cross, Man. 4, 77.
2. To hasten, Śāk. d. 8, v. r.
3. To accomplish, Rām. 6, 100, 14.
4. To fulfil, Rām. 2, 25, 41.
5. To overcome, MBh. 2, 669.
6. To conquer, Rām. 2, 53, 26.
7. To be saved, MBh. 14, 44.
8. To save, MBh. 1, 8369. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. tīrṇa,
1. Passed over, Prab. 92, 15.
2. Having passed over, Rām. 2, 55, 22; 5, 15, 23. Comp. dus-, adj., f. ṇā, 1. difficult to be crossed, MBh. 5, 7368. 2. impenetrable, Rām. 5, 76, 10. Ptcple of the fut. pass. tartavya, MBh. 7, 4706. tārya, n. Toll at a ferry, Man. 8, 405. Infin. tarītum, Rām. 4, 44, 77; taritum, Rām. 5, 74, 18; tartum, MBh. 1, 6142. Caus. tāraya,
1. To bring over, MBh. 1, 5853.
2. To save, MBh. 5, 1470; to release, Man. 4, 228. Desider. titīrṣa, To desire to pass over, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 40.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To cross, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 21.
2. To attain, Hit. iv. d. 85; Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 20.
3. To overcome, MBh. 12, 4053. Desider. To desire to overcome, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 3.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To overcome, Bhag. 2, 52.
-- With anu anu, pass. tīrya, To lay down, MBh. 7, 8721.
-- With abhi abhi, To attain, MBh. 7, 280.
-- With ava ava,
1. To descend, Rām. 2, 45, 17; used especially of deities who descend from heaven to be born as men, MBh. 1, 2509.
2. To betake one's-self, MBh. 3, 10015.
3. To overcome, Kathās. 24, 194. Caus.
1. To cause to descend, MBh. 1, 4327; 3, 9917; to lead down, Rām. 2, 103, 23; to lead to, MBh. 5, 4395.
2. To take off, Rām. 4, 19, 29.
3. To introduce, Rājat. 5, 32.
4. To perform, Rājat. 2, 58.
-- With samava sam-ava, Caus. To cause to descend, MBh. 1, 4326.
-- With ud ud,
1. To get out, MBh. 3, 211; to get out of water, MBh. 1, 6750.
2. To descend, Lass. 5, 7.
3. To pass over, MBh. 2, 795.
4. To overcome, Hariv. 14227.
5. To abandon, MBh. 3, 2042. uttīrṇa, Learned, MBh. 4, 1408. Caus.
1. To fetch out, Rām. 4, 52, 15.
2. To vomit, Man. 11, 160.
3. To save, to deliver, MBh. 3, 8306; Rām. 1, 43, 4 Gorr.
4. To cause to descend, Pañc. 187, 13.
5. To take off, Lass. 22, 3.
6. To bring over, Pañc. 226, 15. Desider. To wish to cross, MBh. 15, 1878.
-- With prod pra-ud, To pass over, Rājat. 3, 71.
-- With pratyud prati-ud,
1. To get again out (as from water), Rām. 2, 111, 37.
2. To betake one's-self, Rām. 2, 103, 28.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To get out, Yājñ. 3, 7.
2. To be saved, MBh. 13, 6676.
3. To pass over, Rājat. 3, 344.
-- With nis nis,
1. To be saved, MBh. 3, 15561.
2. To pass over, Bhartṛ. 3, 5.
3. To pass, MBh. 13, 5155.
4. To accomplish, Lass. 4, 2.
5. To overcome, MBh. 12, 1566.
6. To expiate, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 30.
7. To settle, Yājñ. 2, 9. Caus. To release, Man. 3, 98. Desider. To desire to pass over, Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 22.
-- With pra pra,
1. To pass over, MBh. 4, 1546.
2. To propagate, MBh. 3, 8149. Caus.
1. To extend, MBh. 3, 8647.
2. To persuade, Kathās. 26, 243.
3. To deceive, Mṛcch. 82, 2.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To deceive, Śatr. 10, 121.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cross, Ragh. 6, 77.
2. To grant, MBh. 1, 4498; to favour with (with acc.), Pañc. 127, 21; to allow, MBh. 3, 1681.
3. To give (as medicine), Suśr. 2, 337, 9.
4. To give away, Bhartṛ. 3, 86.
5. To perform, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 24; to fight (a battle), Rājat. 5, 135.
6. To produce, Kir. 5, 31.
-- With sam sam, To cross, MBh. 1, 5887.
2. To overcome, MBh. 12, 11161.
3. To attain, Rām. 5, 35, 5.
4. To be saved, Rājat. 4, 528.
5. To save, MBh. 13, 4155. Caus.
1. To bring over, Rām. 2, 89, 8.
2. To save, Man. 9, 139.
3. To persuade, MBh. 14, 2310.
4. To deceive, Kām. Nītis. 14, 4.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] (end), [greek] (to rise), [greek] (Causal), [greek] (i. e. [greek] cf. ved. tarūtṛ and tul), etc.: Lat. terminus; cf. tul, trā.
† tej, i. 1, Par. To protect.
1. Kindling, Suśr. 2, 140, 10.
2. A point, MBh. 6, 3187.
3. A bambu.
-- Comp. agni-jvalita-, adj. the points of which are blazing with fire, Man. 7, 90.
1. Sharpness (ved.).
2. Splendour, Bhag. 10, 30.
3. Flame, Man. 11, 246.
4. Light, MBh. 2, 1395; Śāk. d. 77 (the sun and the moon).
5. Beauty, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 3.
6. Strength, Man. 9, 321.
7. Violence, MBh. 3, 1031.
8. Dignity, Man. 9, 303; glory, Man. 7, 5.
9. A venerable person or object, MBh. 13, 5017; a renowned person, Chr. 24, 40.
10. Semen virile, Rām. 1, 37, 11.
-- Comp. a-mita- (vb. mā), adj. of boundless splendour. tigma-, adj. 1. very sharp, Rām. 4, 7, 21. 2. very violent, MBh. 13, 184. nis-, adj. devoid of energy, MBh. 10, 124. mahā-,
I adj. 1. very bright. 2. very vigorous.
II. m. 1. fire. 2. a name of the god of war. 3. a demigod. brahmatejas, i. e. brahman-, n. Brahmanical virtue. māṃsa-, n. marrow or serum of the flesh. samāna-, adj. equal in glory. su-, adj. 1. sharp-edged. 2. very bright. 3. potent.
1. Bright, Man. 9, 318.
2. Strong, Sund. 1, 2.
3. Awful, glorious, Man. 9, 310.
-- Comp. sarva-, adj. containing every kind of power, Man. 7, 11. brahmatejomaya, i. e. brahman-tejas + maya, adj. having a holy splendour, Man. 7, 14.
† tep, i. 1, Ātm. To drop.
-- Cf. tip.
† tev, i. 1, Ātm. To play; cf. div, dev.
1. Ṣarpness, Śāk. 32, 5, v. r.
2. Severity, Man. 4, 163.
1. Produced by fire, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 42.
2. Made of brilliant metals, Man. 5, 111.
1. Coming from holy places, MBh. 3, 8085.
2. Frequenting holy places, an ascetic, Prab. 25, 19.
3. Holy(?), MBh. 13, 6066.
I. m. An animal, MBh. 5, 3506.
II. adj. Referring to animals, Mārk. P. 47, 33.
1. Oil, Yājñ. 1, 283.
2. Incense, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 76, 4.
-- Comp. gandha-, n. oil prepared with perfumes, Rām. 4, 24, 16. tila-, n. oil prepared from sesamum, Suśr. 1, 80, 6.
1. A kind of bettle (cf. tailapaka), Yājñ, 3, 211.
2. A sword (?), MBh. 7, 6713.
I. n.
1. Offspring, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
2. Child, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 27.
II. m. in varāhatoka, A young boar, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 18.
-- Cf. ved. tuc, Offspring; tvakṣ, [greek] (= A.S. thegn, thegen, O.H.G. degan, servus), [greek] probably Goth. thius, thivi; A. S. theowa-man.
† toḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To despise.
1. A goad for driving cattle, MBh. 6, 1674.
2. A stick with a sharp iron head for guiding an elephant, Rām. 2, 40, 41.
1. Stinging, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 6.
2. A sting, Suśr. 1, 34, 16.
I. n. Stinging, Suśr. 1, 5, 8.
II. m. The name of a tree, and (n.) its fruit, Suśr. 1, 211, 12; 20.
1. m. and n. A javelin, Rām. 2, 74, 31.
2. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 377.
-- Comp. antastoya, i. e. antar-, adj. containing water, Megh. 65. nis-, adj. devoid of water, Rām. 4, 48, 8.
1. An arc, Pañc. 192, 16.
2. A gate, Rām. 1, 6, 26.
-- Comp. ud-, adj., f. ṇā, adorned with erected arches, Ragh. 14, 10. kautuka-, n. an arc erected at festivals, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 14.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be satisfied, MBh. 12, 4166.
1. Satisfying, MBh. 2, 678.
2. Appeasing, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 13.
1. Content, MBh. 13, 3030.
2. Liking, Hariv. 15267.
3. Gladdening, Rām. 4, 37, 31.
1. To leave, to abandon, MBh. 5, 5994; Nal. 24, 35. To throw away, Cāṇ. 108, in Berl. Monatsb.
2. To disown, Śāk. d. 122.
3. To expose, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 35.
4. To give, MBh. 5, 2348.
5. To resign, Man. 2, 95; with prāṇān, śvāsam, jīvitam, To sacrifice one's life, Rām. 3, 55, 24; to risk one's life, MBh. 5, 7204.
6. To neglect, Hit. ii. d. 39. Caus. tyājaya,
1. To cause to abandon, to rob, Megh. 94.
2. To expel, Kathās. 20, 126.
3. To cause to be disregarded, Ragh. 6, 56.
-- With the prep. samabhi sam-abhi,
1. To resign, MBh. 12, 269.
2. To risk, MBh. 6, 158.
-- With nis nis, To expel, Rām. 4, 46, 8.
-- With pari pari,
1. To abandon, Hit. 25, 19.
2. To disown, Man. 9, 175.
3. To resign, Man. 4, 176; With deham, To die, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 49.
4. To disregard, to leave out, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 19.
5. pass. with instr. To lose, Hit. i. d. 128. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. parityakta,
1. Deserted, Man. 12, 21.
2. Robbed, Hit. i. d. 31.
3. Left, wanting, Cāṇ. 101, in Berl. Monatsb. Caus. To rob (with two accus.), Rām. 4, 19, 35.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari,
1. To abandon, Rām. 3, 54, 5.
2. To risk, Rām. 6, 29, 15.
-- With sam sam, To abandon, Pañc. i. d. 168.
2. To shun, Man. 4, 181; Bhartṛ. 1, 80.
3. To resign, Bhāg. P. 6, 10, 7.
4. To except, Rājat. 3, 343. saṃtyakta, Robbed, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 67, 70. Caus. To rob (with two accus.), MBh. 7, 8991.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To leave, MBh. 6, 2232.
-- Comp. tanu-, adj. 1. dying, Ragh. 1, 8. 2. risking one's life, MBh. 4, 2354.
-- Cf. Goth. si; O.H.G siu.
1. Abandoning, Man. 10, 111; Pañc. 261, 6; forsaking, Man. 8, 389; resigning, Rām. 4, 7, 9.
2. Giving away, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 499; liberality, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 16; prodigality, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1260.
3. Secretion, MBh. 14, 630.
-- Comp. ātmatyāya, i. e. ātman-, m. 1. loss of conscience, Suśr. 1, 192, 6. 2. suicide, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 9. tanu-, m. risking one's life, Rām. 2, 40, 6. deha-, m. dying, death, Man. 10, 62. sthāna-, m. leaving one's place, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3348.
1. Deserting, Man. 3, 245; disowning, Śāk. d. 125; resigning, Bhag. 18, 11; with ātmanas, killing one's self, Man. 5, 89.
2. Liberal, Pañc. iii. d. 259.
-- Comp. ātmatyāgin, i. e. ātman-, m. a suicide, Yājñ. 3, 6.
† traṃs, i. 1 and 10, Par. To speak or shine.
† trakh, i. 1, Par. To go.
† traṅk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
† traṅkh, and traṅg traṅg (v. r.), i. 1. Par., To go.
† trand, i. 1, Par. To be active.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To turn away on account of shame, MBh. 12, 3491.
2. To be ashamed, MBh. 3, 110.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To turn away on account of shame, MBh. 2, 433.
2. To be ashamed, Rām. 3, 59, 3.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. turpis, probably also trepidus (cf. ved. tṛpra, hastening), and perhaps Goth. dreiban; A. S. drifan (Caus.).
-- Comp. a-trapa and nis-, adj., f. pā, Shameless, Pañc. i. d. 472; MBh. 5, 1458.
I, adj., f. yī, Threefold, Man. 1, 23.
II. f. yī,
1. The three Vedas, Man. 4, 125.
2. Triad, Rājat. 5, 143 (śata-, Three hundreds).
III. n. Triad, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17.
-- Comp. agni-, n. The three holy fires, Rām. 3, 12, 3.
1. ordinal number, f. śī, Thirteenth, Rām. 2, 77, 22.
2. f. śī, The thirteenth day of the lunar fortnight, Man. 3, 273.
-- Comp. ardha-, Thirteen and a half, Yājñ. 2, 165.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] Lat. tredecim for tres-decem.
1. tras, i. 1 and 4, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 20), To tremble, to be afraid, MBh. 7, 1402; 6, 20. trasta, Trembling, MBh. 3, 1431; fearful, Rām. 1, 49, 1; MBh. 4, 841. Comp. a-trasta, adj. intrepid, Ragh. 1, 21. Caus. trāsaya, To frighten, Rām. 2, 43, 3; anomalous ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. trāsayāna, MBh. 6, 2141. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. trāsanīya, Terrible, Hariv. 2430.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To retire in fear, MBh. 12, 2526.
-- With ava ava, avatrasta, Frightened, Hariv. 2520.
-- With ud ud, uttrasta, Frightened, Rājat. 5, 148. Caus. To frighten, Hariv, 3377.
-- With pari pari, paritrasta, Trembling, Hariv. 10127; frightened, Rām. 3, 54, 7.
-- With vi vi, To tremble, to be afraid, MBh. 3, 8663. vi- trasta, Frightened, MBh. 1, 5964. Comp. a-vitrasta, adj. intrepid, MBh. 1, 5496. Caus. To frighten, to alarm, MBh. 3, 698; Man. 7, 196.
-- With sam sam, To be afraid, MBh. 7, 103. saṃtrasta, Frightened, MBh. 6, 2640. Comp. su-saṃtrasta, adj. very frightened, Rām. 3, 55, 29. Caus. To frighten, Pañc. i. d. 212.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃtrasta, Frightened, Rām. 2, 9, 6 Gorr.
-- Cf. tra/āsa, [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] (for [greek]), Goth. thlahsjan; Lat. terrere (for tersere, tresere); cf. tarala, tṛ10, tur, trap; [greek] Lat. tremo, probably tristis, [greek] and many other words.
† 2. tras, i. 10, Par. To hold, or to take, or to prevent.
1. A small mote visible in a sunbeam, Man. 8, 132.
2. A compound atom in the Vaiśeṣika philosophy (said by some to be composed of three paramāṇus, by others of three dvyaṇukas), Brahmavaiv. P. 4, 96, 49.
-- Comp. a-, adj. intrepid, Ragh. 14, 47. an-ati-, adj. confident, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 14.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To protect, MBh. 13, 3600; paritrāta, Rām. 6, 6, 10.
-- With sam sam, To protect, MBh. 1, 6819. -- Akin to tṛ10, and for original tar + ā.
1. Shelter, Man. 11, 113.
2. Protection, MBh. 3, 13284.
-- Comp. aṅguli = aṅgulitra, q. cf. tanu-, n. a coat of mail, Rām. 2, 31, 25 Gorr. tala-, n. a leathern fence worn by archers on the left arm, MBh. 3, 1501. pāda-, n. a shoe.
-- Comp. makha-, m. Rāma, the son of Daśaratha, and second incarnation of Viṣṇu.
-- Comp. su-, m. Indra (cf. sūtrāman).
I. adj. Moveable, MBh. 7, 9476.
II. m.
1. Fear, terror, Rām. 3, 50, 17.
2. Frightening, Hit. 27, 15.
-- Comp. jala-, m. hydrophobia, Suśr. 2, 282, 3.
I. adj., f. nī, Frightening, Rām. 3, 7, 8.
II. n.
1. Frightening, MBh. 4, 1706.
2. Fright, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 28.
-- Comp. jala-, adj. suffering from hydrophobia, Suśr. 2, 282, 4.
-- Comp. catustṛṃśa, i. e. catur-, Thirtyfourth, Rām. 1, 30; 34. dvā-, thirtysecond. pañcatriṃśa, i. e. pañcan-, thirty-fifth.
-- Comp. dvā-, thirty-two, Rām. 1, 43, 5. ṣaṭ- triṃśat, i. e. ṣaṣ-, thirty-six, Rājat. 5, 117.
I. adj.
1. Forming a triad, Suśr. 1, 158, 2.
2. (suppl. śata), Three per cent. Man. 8, 142.
3. (A place) where three roads meet, Hariv. 6501.
II. n.
1. A triad, MBh. 12, 7954.
2. The chine-bone, Ragh. 6, 16.
3. The hip, Pañc. i. d. 205.
† triṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go; see trakh.
I. adj. pl. Thirty, MBh. 1, 4445.
II. m. A name of the thirty-three gods, a deity, MBh. 3, 8162.
III. n. Heaven, MBh. 13, 3327.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Triple, Man. 11, 263.
2. A peculiar mode of reciting the eleventh hymn of the ninth maṇḍala of the Rigv., Man. 11, 74.
II. m. A triple string, Man. 2, 43.
III. f. Ipomoea turpethum R. Br., Suśr. 2, 35, 9.
III., Suśr. 1, 132, 17.
1. Thrice, Man. 2, 60.
2. At three places, MBh. 1, 5885.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ter.
1. A moment as measure of time, MBh. 1, 1292.
2. Small cardamoms, Suśr. 2, 505. 1.
† trup. truph truph, trump trump, and trumpha trumph, i. 1, Par. To hurt.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] etc., and [greek]
1. A triad, MBh. 14, 2759.
2. The three sacred fires, MBh. 5, 1559.
3. A die, or the side of a die, which has three points, Mṛcch. 33, 9.
4. The name of the second yuga, or age, Man. 9, 201.
-- Comp. agni-, f. the three sacred fires, Man. 2, 231.
1. The three times, past, present, and future, MBh. 12, 1690.
2. Morning, noon, and evening, Yājñ. 3, 308.
3. A triad(?), Hariv. 7446.
I. adj. Proper to the Trigartas, MBh. 4, 1117.
II. m.
1. A prince of the Trigartas, MBh. 4, 1070.
2. pl. = Trigarta.
III. f. tī, A princess of the Trigartas, MBh. 1, 3788.
1. pl. The inhabitants of Tripura/ā and Tripurī, i. e. the Cedis, Hariv. 7443; MBh. 6, 3855.
2. A prince of the Cedis.
I. adj. Belonging to Viṣṇu, Ragh. 7, 32.
II. n. Going three steps, Hariv. 3168.
I. n.
1. The three Vedas, Man. 2, 28.
2. An assemblage of Brāhmaṇas skilled in the three Vedas, Yājñ. 1, 9.
II. adj. Skilled in the three Vedas, Man. 12, 111.
† trauk, i. 1, Ātm. To go, to move.
1. To produce, to work (ved.).
2. † To pare.
3. † To cover.
-- Cf. takṣ, toka; [greek]
† 1. tvac, i. 6, Par. To cover.
2. tvac, f.
1. Skin, Man. 2, 90.
2. Hide, Rām. 3, 49, 9.
3. Bark, Ragh. 2, 37.
I. a substitute for tvac, when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. mṛdu-, Having a tender skin, Hariv. 10425.
II. n. Cinnamon, Rām. 3, 39, 22.
† tvañc, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To contract.
-- Cf. tañc.
I. tvarita,
1. Hastening. Rām. 1, 67, 24.
2. Swift, Pañc. iii. d. 102. °tam, adv. Swifty, Rām. 1, 42, 23.
II. tūrṇa, °ṇam, adv. Quickly, Pañc. 167, 16. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. tvaraṇīya, Where there needs haste, MBh. 7, 5842. Caus. traraya, To cause to hasten, MBh. 7, 1584.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To hasten very much, MBh. 12. 5003.
-- With abhi abhi, To make haste, Rām. 6, 33, 4.
-- With pra pra, To hasten, MBh. 6, 3776.
-- With sam sam, To make haste, Rām. 2, 30, 43. Caus. To cause to hasten, MBh. 7, 955.
-- Cf. tur; tṛ10, [greek] Lat. red-am-truare, probably [greek] Lat. turba, [greek] probably A. S. a-thwerian (to move, or to shake together).
-- Comp. a-, f. absence of precipitate haste, Man. 3, 235. sa-tvara, adj. hastening, Chr. 28, 18; quick. °ram, adv. Quickly, Pañc. 46, 1.
1. A carpenter (ved.).
2. The name of a deity, the artist of the gods, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9; MBh. 4, 1178.
I. adj. Referring to or made by Tvaṣṭṛ, Rām. 1, 29, 19.
II. m. The name of an Asura or demon, MBh. 5, 504 = Vṛtra, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 17.
III. f. rī, The daughter of Tvaṣṭṛ, and wife of Sūrya, MBh. 1, 2599.
IV. n. The power of Tvaṣtṛ, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 35.
1. tviṣ, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To be excited (ved.).
2. To shine.
2. tviṣ, f.
1. Light, Daśak in Chr. 195, 23.
2. Splendour, Arj. 10, 65.
† thuḍ, i. 6, Par. To cover.
† thurv, i. 1, thūrva, Par. To hurt.
I. (vb. 1. dā), Giving, e. g. aśva-, adj. Giving a horse, Man. 4, 231. go-
1. adj. Giving cattle, Man. 4, 231.
2. f. dā, The name of a river, Ragh. 13, 35 (anu-goda + m, compounded adverb, Along the Godā). janmada, i. e. janman-, m. A father, Śāk. d. 177, v. r. sahasra-, adj. Giving, or one who has given, a thousand (cows), Man. 3, 186.
II. (vb. 2. dā),
1. Destroying, cf. e. g. anala-, adj. Quenching fire. māna-, adj. Destroying arrogance (or from
I. pride-inspiring), Chr. 38, 15.
III. (vb. 3. dā), Binding; cf. aṅgada.
1. daṃś (in epic poetry also daś daś, MBh. 1, 1605), i. 1, daśa, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 1, 1798), To bite, MBh. 1, 843. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. daṣṭa, Man. 11, 199.
2. † To see (cf. daṃs, the Prākṛt form of dṛś). Caus. To cause to be bitten, MBh. 1, 2243. i. 10, Ātm.
1. † To bite.
2. † To see. Frequent. Caus. dandaśaya, To cause to be bitten violently, Daśak. 11, 14.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To bite, MBh. 11, 638.
-- With nis nis, To bite through, MBh. 6, 1798.
-- With pari pari, To bite violently, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 27.
-- With vi vi,
1. To bite through, MBh. 1, 3362.
2. To wedge in, Suśr. 1, 101, 5.
-- With sam sam,
1. To bite, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 15.
2. To press together, MBh. 1, 6274; to crush, Śāk. d. 66. saṃdaṣṭa,
1. Bound, Śāk. d. 170.
2. Tight, Ragh. 16, 65.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. lacruma, perhaps lacero; Goth. tagr, A. S. taeher; O.H.G. zanga, A. S. tang; O.H.G. zangar, mordacitas.
† 2. daṃś, i. 1 and 10. To speak or shine; cf. daṃs and the last.
1. Biting, Gīt. 10, 11.
2. Bite, Mālav. 47, 4.
3. A tooth, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 3.
4. A gad-fly, Man. 12, 62.
5. A coat of mail, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 9.
6. A proper name, MBh. 12, 93.
-- Comp. vṛka-, m. a dog. vṛṣa-daṃś + a, m. a cat.
I. adj. Biting.
II. m. A gadfly.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. having teeth.
II. m. a crab.
1. Biting, MBh. 14, 754.
2. Coat of mail, 8, 2848.
1. Mailed, Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 33; armed, Bhāg. P. 9, 1, 24.
2. Protected, MBh. 7, 4202.
3. Close together, MBh. 4, 1329.
-- Comp. su-, adj. Very close, Chr. 32, 22.
-- Comp. ayas-, adj. with iron teeth, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 88, 5. tīkṣṇa-, adj. having sharp teeth, Hiḍ. 2, 7. puṣpa-, m. the name of a demon. sthira-, m. 1. A snake. 2. Viṣṇu in the boar avatāra.
† daṃs (cf. daṃś and the Prākṛt form of dṛś), and das das, i. 1, Par. and i. 10, Ātm.
1. To bite.
2. To see. daṃs daṃs, i. 1(?) and 10, Par. To speak or to shine.
-- Comp. su-, adj. performing splendid actions, Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1.
† daṃh, i. 10. To shine, to burn.
-- Cf. dah.
1. To be strong, Lass. 101, 15 (read dakṣatc) = Rigv. vii. 16, 6, ved.
2. † To increase.
3. To act quickly.
4. To go or move.
5. † To hurt.
I. adj., f. ṣā.
1. Clever, able, Man. 7, 61; 5, 150.
2. Suitable, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 44.
II. m. One of the Prajāpatis, sons of Brahman, Man. 9, 128; MBh. 1, 2574.
-- Cf. dakṣiṇa; [greek] Lat. dexter; Goth. taihsvs. O.H.G. zeso.
I. adj., f. ṇā.
1. Clever, Śatr. 14, 56.
2. Right (not left), Rām. 2, 52, 86; with pari-i, To walk round a person or thing, keeping the right hand towards them, Bhāg. P. 4, 12, 25; with kṛ, To show one's reverence in this manner, 1, 14, 13.
3. South, southern, Man. 3, 258.
4. Upright, honest, MBh. 4, 167.
II. m. and n.
1. The right side, Rām. 2, 92, 13.
2. South, Nal. 9, 23.
III. f. ṇā.
1. A good milch cow (ved.).
2. Legitimate possession(?), Man. 8, 349.
3. A present to Brāhmaṇas, as a sacrificial fee, Man. 8, 207.
4. Fee, MBh. 5, 3779.
5. Gift, Man. 3, 141.
IV. dakṣiṇena, instr. adv.
1. Southward, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 9.
2. To the right hand, 5, 21, 8.
-- Comp. a-dakṣiṇa, adj. 1. left, Rām. 6, 29, 10. 2. foolish, 3, 24, 13. 3. devoid of presents, Pañc. ii. d. 101. a-bhaya-dakṣiṇā, f. promise of security, Man. 4, 247. pūrva-, adj. south-eastern, Mārk. P. 58, 19. prāṇa-dakṣiṇā, f. with dā, to give one his life, Pañc. 231, 20. bhūri-dakṣiṇa, adj. one who makes large presents to Brāhmaṇas upon solemn or sacrificial occasions, Nal. 12, 14. sa-dakṣiṇa, adj. accompanied by presents, Rājat. 5, 285.
1. To the right hand, MBh. 3, 14549.
2. Southward, Man. 3, 91.
-- Cf. dakṣiṇa.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. tekan (to take); Lat. tango.
† daṅgh, i. 1, Par.
1. To quit.
2. To protect.
1. To chastise, to punish, Man. 8, 132.
2. To amerce (with two accus.), 9, 234. Ptcple. of the fut. pass., daṇḍya, Guilty, Man. 7, 20.
-- Comp. a-daṇḍya, 1. not to be punished, Man. 8, 335. 2. innocent, 8, 128.
1. A staff, Man. 8, 280.
2. Often compounded with preceding words signifying arm, thigh, trunk, e. g. bāhu-, An arm as hard as a staff, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 11.
3. A stem, MBh. 2, 2390.
4. A handle, MBh. 2, 38.
4. The staff of a banner, MBh. 2, 2079.
5. m. A long measure, a pole of four cubits, Mārk. P. 49, 39.
6. A staff as symbol of royal power, the sceptre of justice, etc., MBh. 12, 4482 sqq.
7. Symbol of energetic power, Man. 7, 102 (nityam udyatadaṇḍa, Ever with raised staff, i. e. ever ready to use violence); military power, Man. 7, 101; force of arms, 7, 107.
8. Violence, Man. 8, 72.
9. An army, Man. 9, 294.
10. Punishment of all kind, corporal and amercement, Man. 7, 22; 8, 274; personified, Mārk. P. 50, 26.
11. The name of an attendant of the sun, MBh. 3, 198.
12. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2681.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. with raised staff, Hit. ii. d. 28; stem, Ragh. 16, 46; arm, Prab. 81, 13. khara-, n. A lotus, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 29. tri-, n. 1. the three staves of a religious mendicant joined together, MBh. 12, 12007. 2. three kinds of self-command (in thought, word, and deed), Man. 12, 11. dhana-, m. an amereement, Man. 8, 129. dhik-, m. a harsh reproof, Man. 8, 129. manas-, m. control over the mind. mahā-, m. heavy punishment, Chr. 61, 40. rājanirdhūta-, i. e. rājan-nis- (vb. dhū), adj. punished by the king, Man. 8, 318. vāgdaṇḍa, i. e. vāc-, m. 1. reprimand, Man. 8, 129. 2. restraint, or control of speech. vāṇa-, m. a weaver's loom. vīṇā-, the neck of a lute.
1. The staff of a banner, MBh. 7, 1569.
2. also f. kā, The name of a great forest in the Dekhan, Rām. 1, 1, 39; Mahāv. 65, 11.
3. m. pl. The name of the inhabitants of this locality, and of the locality itself, MBh. 13, 7223; Rām. 2, 21, 63.
4. m. A proper name, Hariv. 637.
-- Comp. tri-, n. the three staves of a religious mendicant, MBh. 12, 11870.
I. adj. Bearing a staff, Man. 6, 52.
II. m.
1. Epithet of Yama, Kām. Nītis. 2, 36.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2738.
-- Comp. tri-, i. e. tri-daṇḍa + in, m. 1. an ascetic, Yājñ. 3, 85. 2. one who has command over the three seats of action (mind, speech, and body), Man. 12, 10.
1. To hold.
2. To give.
1. m., without nom. voc., acc. sing., and du., and nom. and voc. pl., A tooth, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 39.
2. Often latter part of comp. words, e. g. ubhayatodant, i. e. ubhayatas-, adj. Having two rows of teeth, Man. 1, 39 (43, anomalous nom. pl.). ekatas-, adj. Having but one row of teeth, Man. 5, 18. kara-pāda-, m. A hand, a foot, or a tooth, Yājñ. 2, 219. su-, adj. f. datī, Having handsome teeth.
-- Cf. Lat. dens, and the next.
I. m. and n. A tooth, Man. 4, 69; Rām. 6, 82, 28.
II. f. tī, A medicinal plant, Croton polyandrum Roxb., Suśr. 1, 139, 18.
III. When latter part of comp. adj., the fem. ends in tā, Kathās. 21, 29, and tī, MBh. 9, 2649.
-- Comp. īśā-, or īṣā-, adj. having tusks like the pole of a carriage (i. e. an elephant), Rām. 5, 12, 31; MBh. 2, 1877. catur-, m. the name of an elephant, Pañc. 159, 13. nāga-,
I. m. 1. ivory, MBh. 12, 3630. 2. a pin projecting from a wall, and used to hang things upon, Pañc. 116, 19.
II. f. tā, the name of an Apsaras, Rām. 2, 91, 17.
III. f. tī, a plant, Tiaridium indicum Lehm., Suśr. 1, 138, 12. puṣpa-,
I. m. 1. the name of a Gandharva and other beings. 2. du. the sun and the moon, Śatr. 14, 225.
II. f. tī, the name of a female Rākṣasa.
III. n. the name of a temple. rājad°, i. e. rājan-, m. an upper and fore-tooth, applied to the two middle ones. hastid°, i. e. hastin-,
I. m. a pin projecting from a wall, and used to hang things upon.
II. n. ivory.
-- Cf. Goth. tunthus; A. S. todh.
-- Comp. nāga-, m. 1. ivory, Varah. Bṛh. S. 52, 62. 2. a pin projecting from a wall, and used to hang things upon, Hit. 27, 12.
I. adj.
1. Mordacious, MBh. 1, 1199.
2. Mischievous, MBh. 5, 1254.
II. m.
1. A snake, Yājñ. 3, 197.
2. A kind of snake, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 27.
3. The name of a hell, 5, 26, 7.
† danv, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. To hurt (ved.).
2. To deceive. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-dābhya, Not to be checked, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 4. † i. 10, dābhaya, and dambhaya, Par. To send, to impel. † dambhaya, Ātm. To gather.
-- Cf. probably [greek] O.H.G. tepjan or depjan.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Great, Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 19. Excellent, 1, 15, 15.
1. To be tamed.
2. To tame, MBh. 7, 2379. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dānta, Tamed, MBh. 3, 15704. m.
1. A steer, a young bullock, Rājat. 5, 432.
2. One who has subdued his passions, calm, Man. 4, 35. Comp. dus-, adj. unruly, MBh. 13, 1534. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. damya,
1. To be tamed for labour, Man. 8, 146.
2. m. A steer, a young bullock, MBh. 12, 6590. Caus. damaya,
1. To subdue, MBh. 1, 2995.
2. To break, Rājat. 4, 265.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To subdue, MBh. 12, 6596.
-- Cf. [greek] (= ved. damāyāmi, Lat. domare), [greek] Lat. damnare, damnum; Goth. ga-timan; O.H.G. zeman, zam; A. S. tam, tamian; Lat. densus, [greek] etc., cf. dampati.
1. Self-command, Man. 4, 246.
2. A fine, Man. 9, 230.
3. Punishment, chastisement, Man. 9, 284; Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 20.
4. The name of a Ṛṣi, MBh. 13, 1762.
-- Comp. dus-, 1. adj. difficult to be tamed, MBh. 12, 3310. 2. m. a proper name, Hariv. 1951. su-, adj. easy to be subdued.
-- Cf. dampati.
I. adj., f. nī, Subduing, Bhartṛ. 3, 47.
II. n.
1. Subduing, Bhartṛ. 2, 52.
2. Chastising, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 14.
III. m. A proper name, Nal. 1, 6.
-- Comp. sarva-,
I. adj. all-subduing.
II. m. Bharata, the son of Śakuntalā.
-- Comp. kāma-damin + ī, f. a proper name, Pañc. 185, 10.
1. Deceit, Pañc. i. d. 222.
2. Feigning, Rājat. 6, 195.
3. Arrogance, Mārk. P. 34, 46.
-- Comp. a-, 1. m. sincerity, Rām. 2, 86, 2. 2. adj. sincere, Hariv. 4137. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj. humble, not proud.
1. To allot (ved.).
2. To have compassion, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 2; with the gen., 195, 10.
3. To destroy (ved.).
4. † To move.
5. † To protect. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dayita, Dear, Rām. 1, 1, 26. m. A lover, a husband, Śāk. 58, 7, C. f. tā, A mistress, a woman, Śiś. 9, 70. Comp. samudra-, f. tā, a river. su-, adj. very dear, Chr. 38, 11.
-- Cf. [greek] 2. dā and de.
-- Comp. a-daya + m, adv. passionately, Vikr. d. 147. nirdaya, i. e. nis-, adj., f. yā. 1. unmerciful, cruel, Pañc. 176, 10. 2. passionate, Rājat. 5, 281. 3. not treated with affection, Man. 9, 239. °yam, adv. passionately, Hit. i. d. 102. bhūta-, f. compassion for living creatures, MBh. 14, 2841. sa-, adj. 1. compassionate. 2. benevolent. °yam-, adv. softly, Śāk. d. 72.
A. dṛ10 + a,
I. m., f. rī, and n. A cave, Rām. 2, 96, 4; MBh. 1, 4651.
II. m. and n.
1. Cavity, Bhartṛ. 3, 24.
2. A shell, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 1.
B. dṛ + a, m. and n. Fear, MBh. 5, 4622.
C. adj. and indecl., A little, Sāh.
D. 41, 18; Gīt. 1, 35.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. fearful, afraid.
1. The name of a people, Rājat. 5, 152; Man. 10, 44.
2. darada, The king of the Daradas, Hariv. 4969.
1. Strolling (ved.).
2. Poor, Man. 9, 230.
1. A frog, Man. 12, 64.
2. A flute, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 15.
3. The name of a mountain, Rām, 5, 34, 7.
4. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 34.
-- Comp. kūpa-, m. A frog living in a well, Pañc. i. d. 21.
-- Comp. ati-, 1. m. excessive arrogance, Cāṇ. 50. 2. the name of a snake, Pañc. 170, 23. bhagna- (vb. bhañj), adj. humbled. sa-, adj. lofty. sam-iddha- (vb. indh), adj. inflamed with pride.
1. Kuśa, or sacrificial grass, Man. 3, 216.
2. Another kind of grass, Suśr. 1, 137, 19.
-- Cf. O.H.G. zurft (zurba), A.S. turf.
and darvī darvi/ī, i. e. dṛ10 + vi/ī,
1. A spoon, MBh. 2, 1945.
2. The expanded hood of a snake (see the next).
3. The name of a country, MBh. 6, 362.
1. The new moon, Ragh. 18, 34.
2. The day of the conjunction, Man. 3, 282.
-- Comp. ātmadarśa, i. e. ātman-, m. a mirror, Ragh. 7, 65. dus-, adj., f. śā, 1. difficult to be beheld, Bhag. 11, 52. 2. disgusting, MBh. 1, 3471. su-dus-, adj. very difficult to be beheld.
A. dṛś + aka, adj.
1. Looking, seeing, a spectator, MBh. 13, 5907.
2. Searching, MBh. 1, 5559.
B. dṛś, Causal, + aka, adj.
1. Showing, causing to be seen, Mṛcch. 65, 4; Man. 8, 284.
2. Explaining, Hit. Pr. d. 9, v. r.
C. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 361.
-- Comp. pāra-, adj. showing the opposite bank or shore, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 38.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj.
1. Looking on, Ragh. 11, 93, v. r.
2. Knowing, MBh. 13, 3254.
3. Teaching, MBh. 1, 583.
II. n.
1. Seeing, Suśr. 2, 158, 10. āditya-, Exposure to the sun, Mṛcch. 47, 5.
2. Sight, MBh. 13, 961; Śāk. 18, 18; a vision, Rām. 5, 27, 8; a dream, Hariv. 1285.
3. Adoration, Kathās. 3, 8.
4. Appearance, Man. 2, 101; with the vbs. i and yā, To become visible, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 34; with dā, To show one's self, Gīt. 3, 9.
5. Review, Yājñ. 1, 328; inspection, Man. 8, 9.
6. Knowledge, Man. 6, 74.
7. Opinion, Kām. Nītis. 2, 6.
8. Precept, MBh. 14, 2700.
9. Doctrine, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 8.
10. A philosophical system, Lass. 29, 7.
11. Intention, Rām. 1, 58, 18.
12. An eye, Śāk. d. 81.
13. A mirror, Megh. 59, v. r.
14. Showing, Lass. 87, 3.
15. Producing, Yājñ. 2, 170.
16. abl. darśanāt, From, Ragh. 12, 60.
III. f. nī, Epithet of Durgā, Hariv. 10238.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. 1. not seeing, Rām. 5, 53, 6. 2. neglect, Man. 10, 43. 3. disappearance, Rām. 3, 50, 11; with gam, to disappear, Pañc. 137, 21; with nī, to cause to disappear, Rām. 5, 22, 2.
II. adj. invisible, Arj. 8, 28. acchidra-, i. e. a-chidra-, adj., f. nā, faultless, MBh. 6, 384. adbhuta-, adj. wonderfully handsome, Nal. 12, 6. an-ati-. n. not seeing too often, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 5. ātmadarśana, i. e. ātman-, n. seeing one's self, Yājñ. 3, 157. tulya-, adj. indifferent, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 24. dāra-, n. interview with a woman, Cāṇ. 22, in Berl. Monatsb. dus-, adj. 1. difficult to be seen, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 34. 2. disgusting, Suśr. 1, 260, 1. dūra-, adj. hardly to be seen, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 8. pāra-, adj. seeing the opposite bank or shore, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 58. puṇya-, adj. f. nā, of beautiful aspect, beautiful. bhāla-, n. red lead. su-,
I. adj. handsome.
II. m. 1. The discus of Viṣṇu. 2. a vulture. 3. Mount Meru.
1. Looking; sama-, Looking indifferently on every object, Bhag. 5, 18.
2. Knowing, Man. 3, 212; divya-, Knowing celestial things, MBh. 15, 566.
3. Having seen, Kathās. 25, 297.
4. Showing, Rām. 2, 75, 12.
5. Teaching, MBh. 1, 522.
-- Comp. chidra-, adj. perceiving weak points, Hariv. 1265. dīrgha-, adj. far-seeing, provident, Pañc. 194, 5. dūra-, far-seeing, wise, Rām. 5, 87, 20. deva-, adj. frequenting the gods, Rām. 5, 30, 2. dvāra-, m. a porter, Rām. 2, 41, 25 Gorr. vidhi-, m. a priest whose business at a sacrifice is to see that everything is done according to the rule. sama-, adj. impartial. sūkṣma-, adj. acute. intelligent.
1. Having seen, MBh. 8, 1756.
2. Knowing, 1, 6157.
-- Comp. dīrgha-, provident, MBh. 5, 4380.
1. Burst, MBh. 8, 4633.
2. Split, wounded, Prab. 87, 13.
3. Destroyed, Prab. 116, 6.
4. Visible, Prab. 40, 10.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To burst, Suśr. 2, 166, 6.
-- With ud ud, Caus. To divide, MBh. 12, 7349.
-- With vi vi,
1. To burst, Naiṣ. 4, 88.
2. To rend, Rām. 2, 87, 10 Gorr. vidalita, Crushed, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
-- With sam sam, saṃdalita, Pierced, Lass. 73, 12.
-- Cf. dṛ10.
I. n. A part, Suśr. 2, 357, 4 (aṇḍa-, an egg-shell; veṇu-, a small shoot of a cane, Man. 8, 299).
2. A half, Suśr. 1, 25, 2.
3. A leaf, Rām. 2, 46, 14.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 3, 13178.
-- Comp. dvi-, adj. broken, Hariv. 15522.
I. adj., f. nī, Tearing, Bhāg. P. 7, 10, 59.
II. n. Breaking, crushing, Gīt. 5, 2; Rājat. 3, 284.
1. instead of daśan, Ten, MBh. 3, 15649.
2. = daśama when latter part of a comp. numeral; cf. aṣṭādaśa, dvādaśa, tridaśa. nava-daśa, i. e. navan-, f. śī, Nineteenth. pañcadaśa, i. e. pañcan-, f. śī,
1. Fifteenth.
2. f. śī, The fifteenth day of a half month.
-- Comp. śata-, ten per cent., Yājñ. 2, 38.
1. Ten, MBh. 3, 10677.
2. Ten bad qualities, Hariv. 744.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. taihun and -tigu in tvaim-tigum; A.S. tên, -tig; Lat. decem; cf. daśa.
-- Comp. vajra-, m. a rat.
I. ordinal number, f. mī, Tenth, Chr. 47. 38.
II. f. mī,
1. The tenth day of the half month, Man. 3, 276.
2. The tenth decade of human life, Man. 2, 137.
III. n. A tenth part, Man. 8, 33.
-- Comp. trayo-, Thirteenth, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 17. dvā-, twelfth, MBh. 1, 6597.
-- Cf. Lat. decimus.
1. The skirt, or the ends of a garment, Man. 3, 44; Mṛcch. 26, 17.
2. The wick of a lamp, Bhartṛ. 3, 1.
3. Condition, state of life, Rām. 3, 75, 59.
4. State, Kathās. 7, 113.
5. Period, age, Hit. 10, 19; Hariv. 4394.
1. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 1, 4449.
2. Their king, Chr. 60, 33.
1. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 3, 769.
2. m. A proper name, Hariv. 1991.
3. A name of Kriṣṇa, MBh. 13, 7003.
1. A young camel, MBh. 8, 1852.
2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 7, 397.
1. A ruffian, a thief, Man. 7, 143.
2. The name of one of the mixed classes, Man. 5, 131.
1. Helping(?), Chr. 295, 16 = Rigv. i. 92, 16.
2. The name of one of the Aśvins, MBh. 1, 723.
1. To consume by fire, MBh. 8, 116.
2. To destroy, Man. 7, 9.
3. To give pain, Pañc. pr. d. 4; Pass. To suffer pain, MBh. 3, 2483.
4. Pass. To burn, MBh. 1, 8330. Passive, with the terminations of the Par., MBh. 1, 2061; 8210. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dagdha,
1. Consumed by fire, Man. 8, 189.
2. Pained, Ṛt. 1, 10.
3. Cunning, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 15.
4. n. Cauterising, Suśr. 1, 33, 20. Comp. agni-, 1. adj. burned with fire. 2. m. a class of Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 199. an-agni-, m. another class of Pitṛs, Man. 3, 199. Caus. dāhaya,
1. To cause to be burned, Man. 5, 167.
2. To cause to be roasted, Hariv. 15523. Desider. didhakṣa (also Ātm., Rām. 2, 12, 106), To wish to consume by fire, to be about to consume, MBh. 1, 1244; Rām. 1. 1. Frequent.
1. dandah, dandahya, To destroy completely, Hariv. 8726; Śiś. 2, 11.
2. dandahya, To be consumed completely by fire, Bhāg. P. 2, 2, 26; by grief, Pañc. 58, 2.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To burn excessively, Suśr. 2, 47, 19.
2. To press hard, MBh. 6, 5238.
-- With anu anu, To consume completely by fire, Rām. 2, 63, 41.
-- With apa apa, To burn away, MBh. 12, 7705.
-- With ava ava, To burn away, Suśr. 2, 35, 10.
-- With upa upa, To set on fire, MBh. 3, 546.
-- With ni ni, To consume by fire, MBh. 1, 4454.
-- With nis nis,
1. To consume by fire, Man. 11, 246.
2. To destroy, Rām. 1, 54, 22. Caus. To order to set on fire, Rājat. 6, 171.
-- With vinis vi -nis,
1. To consume by fire, MBh. 1, 5307.
2. To destroy completely, MBh. 5, 5769.
-- With pari pari, To consume by fire, Suśr. 1, 155, 22. Pass. To burn, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 29.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, i. 4, To be consumed by fire, MBh. 3, 10067.
-- With pra pra,
1. To consume by fire, MBh. 1, 2120.
2. To destroy, Rām. 2, 24, 8. Pass. To be consumed by fire, MBh. 2, 2689.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To consume by fire, MBh. 1, 5796.
2. To destroy, 9, 3526.
-- With prati prati, i. 4, To be consumed by fire, MBh. 8, 2750.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cauterise, Suśr. 1, 100, 21.
2. To consume by fire, MBh. 8, 464. Pass.
1. To be consumed by fire, Rām. 4, 60, 20.
2. To burn (as a wound), Suśr. 1, 103, 19.
3. To be consumed by grief, MBh. 12, 52.
4. To puff one's self up, Rām. 2, 6, 12 Gorr. vidagdha,
1. Inflamed, Suśr. 2, 5, 21.
2. Digested, Suśr. 2, 110, 14; 118, 15.
3. Corrupt, Suśr. 2, 369, 18.
4. Clever, MBh. 4, 745.
5. Well-bred, Vikr. 3, 12.
6. Intriguing, Bhartṛ. 1, 97. Comp. a-, adj. uncultivated, fooliṣ, Pañc. i. d. 180. dus-, adj. 1. puffed up, Bhartṛ. 2, 3. 2. stupid, Prab. 27, 8.
-- With sam sam, To destroy, Rām. 1, 77, 12 Gorr. Pass.
1. To burn, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 8.
2. To grieve, Ragh. 14, 56 Calc. Caus. To cause to be consumed by fire, MBh. 1, 4954. Cf. probably [greek] Lat. lignum; O.H.G. tāht or dāht; perhaps Goth. dags, A. S. daeg.
I. adj., f. nī, Consuming by fire, Hariv. 2522.
2. Destroying, Bhartṛ. 1, 70.
II. m.
1. Fire, Bhartṛ. 2, 29.
2. The deity of fire, MBh. 1, 8360.
3. One of the Rudras, MBh. 1, 2567.
III. n.
1. Consuming by fire, Ragh. 8, 20.
2. Burning, Bhāṣāp. 156.
-- Comp. dava-, n. The fire of a forest conflagration, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 22.
I. adj.
1. Small, subtile.
II. The cavity of the heart, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 44.
1. dā, ii. 3, Par., Ātm.
1. To give, Man. 3, 31.
2. To grant, to bestow, Hariv. 5709; Hit. pr. d. 2.
3. To marry, MBh. 1, 6526.
4. To sell, with the instr. of the price, Rām. 1, 53, 8.
5. To deliver, Man. 8, 234.
6. To return, Man. 8, 222.
7. To pay, Man. 8, 154.
8. With talam, or talān, To shake hands, Hariv. 15741; MBh. 3, 14819.
9. To offer, Man. 9, 136.
10. To communicate, to teach, Man. 2, 114.
11. With ātmānam, To sacrifice one's self, Kathās. 22, 227.
12. With many words it has the signification of Doing, performing, Caurap. 35; with anuyātrām, To accompany, Kathās. 18, 197; with tālam, To beat the time, MBh. 1, 5939.
13. To cause, Rām. 2, 53, 21.
14. To allow, MBh. 1, 1528 (with infin.).
15. To put, Mṛcch. 139, 8; cf. ardhacandra.
16. With śāram, To draw, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 24.
17. With argalam, To bolt, Kathās. 4, 60.
18. To turn, Kathās. 16, 40; MBh. 12, 2526.
19. To add, Pañc. ii. d. 148. -- Anomalous 1. sing. pr. par. dadmi, MBh. 12, 10466; 3. sing. dadati, 3, 13422; 3. pl. dadanti, 13, 3148; 3. sing. impf. adadat, 2, 1880; 2. sing. imptive. dada, 9, 2442; Ātm. dadasva, 1, 3482; cf. dad. -- Ptcple. of the pf. pass. datta, m.
1. A given son, Man. 9, 159.
2. A proper name.
3. n. Giving Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 22. Comp. svayam-, adj. self-given. m. a child who has given himself to adoptive parents, Man. 9, 177. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-deya, What ought not to be given, Chr. 57, 26. Comp. absol. a-dattvā, Without being given, Rājat. 5, 195. Caus. dāpaya,
1. To cause to be given, Rām. 2, 32, 19.
2. To oblige to pay, Man. 7, 127.
3. To oblige to return, Yājñ. 2, 269.
4. To procure, Pañc. 26, 1.
5. To cause to be performed, Kathās. 5, 112.
6. To cause to utter, Hariv. 15782.
7. To cause to be put on, MBh. 1, 5724. Desider. ditsa, To wish to give, MBh. 1, 5119.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To leave(?), MBh. 7, 9499.
-- With abhi abhi, To give, MBh. 3, 13309.
-- With ā ā, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 2, 2637),
1. To take, Man. 4, 223.
2. To receive, Man. 2, 238; with garbham, To become pregnant, Draup. 5, 9 (and To rob).
3. To take away, Man. 7, 124.
4. To impair, Man. 4, 218.
5. To carry with one's self, Man. 9, 92.
6. To seize, MBh. 4, 1113.
7. To perceive, MBh. 14, 675.
8. To agree, Rām. 2, 90, 16.
9. To undergo, Bhāg. P. 2, 3, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. ātta,
1. Seized, MBh. 6, 5592.
2. Robbed, Rām. 2, 61, 18.
3. Undertaken, Kathās. 21, 142.
II. ā-datta, Taken away, Hariv. 11811. ādeya,
1. What ought to be received, Man. 8, 171.
2. To be approved, Rājat. 5, 274. an-ādeya, What ought not to be taken, ib. Absol. ādāya, very often With, Rām. 3, 42, 30. Desider. To be about to seize, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 11.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, Ātm. (Par., Hariv. 14602),
1. To take away, MBh. 1, 3558.
2. To put on, Hariv. 13086.
3. To begin, MBh. 5, 3384.
-- With udā ud-ā, udātta, Prominent, Rām. 2, 100, 10; Prab. 97, 1. m. The acute accent. n. An ornament (in rhetoric), Sāh. D. 752. Comp. an-, m. The grave accent.
-- With upā upa-ā, Ātm.
1. To receive, MBh. 3, 8537.
2. To acquire, Mārk. P. 21, 93.
3. To take away, MBh. 3, 8599.
4. To take, MBh. 3, 1553.
5. To gather, Rām. 3, 13, 18.
6. To assume, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 10.
7. To consider, MBh. 12, 427.
8. To begin, Rām. 5, 81, 32. Absol. upādāya,
1. With, MBh. 3, 3028.
2. Inclusively, Rām. 2, 92, 6.
3. By means of, MBh. 4, 1775. Desider. To wish to acquire, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 7 (Par.).
-- With abhyupā abhi-upa-ā, To gather, MBh. 12, 167.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā,
1. To take, Rām. 2, 25, 25.
2. To acquire, Mārk. P. 21, 95.
3. To rob, MBh. 3, 11676.
4. To collect, Rām. 2, 32, 35 Gorr.
4. To put on, MBh. 1, 6974.
-- With paryā pari-ā, Ātm.
1. To take off, Suśr. 2, 36, 2.
2. To seize, MBh. 5, 1940.
3. To learn, MBh. 12, 3256.
-- With prā pra-ā, To deliver, MBh. 1, 4899.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, Ātm.
1. To get back, MBh. 12, 7415.
2. To take back, to rescind, MBh. 1, 785.
-- With vyā vi-ā, Par.
1. To open wide, Hariv. 16003.
2. To gape, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 14. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vyātta, and anomalous vyādita, Wide-opened, MBh. 3, 2024; 2, 946.
-- With samā sam-ā,
I. Par.
1. To give, Hariv. 16367.
2. To return, Bhāg. P. 9, 17, 15.
II. Ātm. (also Par., Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 43),
1. To take up, Man. 6, 4.
2. To take away, Man. 3, 219.
3. To seize, Rām. 3, 32, 5.
4. To begin, MBh. 5, 26.
5. To take to mind, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 24.
-- With ud ud, To snatch away, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 39.
-- With upa upa, To give, Rām. 1, 50, 9 Gorr.
-- With kad kad, To reproach, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 28.
-- With parā parā, To exclude, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 5.
-- With pari pari, Par., Ātm.
1. To deliver, Man. 9, 327.
2. To grant, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 50. Caus. To cause to be delivered, MBh. 15, 445.
-- With pra pra, Par. (Ātm., Naiṣ. 6, 95),
1. To give, Man. 9, 118; to communicate, MBh. 1, 103.
2. To grant, Rām. 1, 62, 26.
3. To give in marriage, Man. 8, 204.
4. To sell, Pañc. i. d. 17.
5. To pay, Yājñ. 2, 90.
6. To make good, Man. 8, 232.
7. To put, Yājñ. 1, 236. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. pratta and pradatta, Given, etc., Pañc. 25, 4; 63, 22. Comp. a-pratta, adj. of which nothing is given away before (eating it), Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 18. Caus.
1. To compel to return, Yājñ. 2, 270.
2. To cause to put in, MBh. 1, 5723. Desider. To wish to give in marriage, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 6.
-- With pratipra prati-pra, To return, MBh. 5, 5525.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To deliver, Rām. 2, 32, 23.
2. To grant, MBh. 1, 3346.
3. To give in marriage, Hariv. 11006 (p. 790). Caus. To order to be given, Rām. 2, 32, 16.
-- With prati prati,
1. To return, Chr. 58, 6.
2. To give, MBh. 7, 6976. Caus. To cause to repay, Yājñ. 2, 61.
-- With vi vi, to divide, Rām. 1, 13, 39 Gorr.
-- With sam sam, To grant, MBh. 7, 2618.
-- Cf. [greek] (Caus.); Lat. dare.
2. dā, ii. 2 Par., and do do, i. 4, dya, Par. To cut. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dita, Cut off, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 23.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To cut off, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 31.
-- With vi vi, To cut, to destroy, Hariv. 8435 (anomal. absolut. vi-ditya).
-- Cf. day; [greek] (Caus.), [greek] Lat. daps.
† 3. dā, i. 4, dya, To bind (ved.).
-- With the prep. sam sam, ptcple. of the pf. pass. saṃdita, Tied, Hariv. 3674.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps also [greek]
I. adj. Referring to Dakṣa, Hariv. 7444.
II. m. or n. South, Man. 6, 10 (with ayana, The sacrifice ordained for the winter solstice).
I. patronym., f. ṇī, A descendant of Dakṣa, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 2; Śāk. 101, 7.
II. n.
1. The posterity of Dakṣa, Bhāg. P. 4, c. 1.
2. Gold, or a gold ornament; see the next.
I. adj. Southern, MBh. 1, 4690; Pañc. 3, 9.
II. m.
1. pl. The nations of the south, Rām. 2, 82, 7.
2. The south, Hariv. 6200.
1. Politeness, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 17.
2. Kindness, Bhartṛ. 2, 19.
1. A donor, a giver, Man. 11, 9; Rām. 4, 20, 4.
2. Giving in marriage, Man. 3, 172.
3. Communicating, Man. 2, 146.
4. A creditor, Man. 8, 161.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. one who gives no present, Man. 11, 15. 2. one who is not obliged to pay, Man. 8, 161. kṣīra-dātrī, f. yielding milk, MBh. 13, 4919.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. dator.
2. dā + tra, n. A kind of sickle, Rām. 2, 87, 9 Gorr.
† dān, i. 1, Par., Ātm. i. 10, Par. To cut. Desider. dīdāṃsa, Par., Ātm.
1. To be straight.
2. To make straight.
1. Giving, Man. 1, 90.
2. Gift, Man, 4, 233; 11, 2.
3. Liberality, Man. 1, 86.
4. Oblation, Man. 3, 211.
5. Giving in marriage, Man. 3, 27.
6. The fluid that flows from the temples of an elephant in rut, Pañc. i. d. 419.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. 1. non-payment, Man. 8, 5. 2. illiberality, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
II. adj. illiberal; and, without the fluid which flows from the temples of an elephant in rut, Pañc. ii. d. 73. ati-, n. excessive liberality, Cāṇ. 50. ātman-, n. sacrificing one's self, Kathās. 22, 219. udaka-, n. Pouring water in honour of a deceased one, Prab. 98, 3. yoga-, n. a fraudulent gift, Man. 8, 165. vṛthā-, unprofitable donation, gift to musicians, actresses, etc., Man. 8, 159. sa-, adj. pouring out the fluid which flows from the temples of an elephant in rut, Kir. 5, 9. sadā-,
I. n. liberality.
II. m. 1. Indra's elephant. 2. an elephant in rut. 3. Gaṇeśa.
-- Cf. Lat. donum.
1. m. A demon, Man. 3, 201.
2. adj., f. vī, Peculiar to the Dānavas, Arj. 10, 24.
I. danta + a, adj. Of ivory, Rājat. 5, 12, 21.
II. Ptcple. pf. pass. of dam, q. v.
3. dā + man, n. A rope, MBh. 1, 6678.
2. A string, Rām. 2, 78, 7.
3. A garland, Megh. 89.
4. A large bandage to support parts, Suśr. 1, 65, 17.
-- Comp. puṣpa-dāman, n. a garland, Criṅgārat. 10.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 5, 2566.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 1, 64.
1. Deceitful, Man. 12, 44.
2. A cheat, Man. 3, 159.
3. A hypocrite, Man. 4, 211.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To seize, MBh. 1, 7029.
1. A gift, MBh. 1, 6938.
2. Separate property of a wife, Man. 9, 77.
3. Delivering, Man. 8, 180.
4. Inheritance, Man. 9, 217
-- Comp. su-, m. A special gift, as a nuptial present, &c.
-- Comp. agni-, m. An incendiary, Rām. 2, 79, 19 Gorr. tāmbūla-, m. The betel-bearer of a prince, Kām. Nītis. 12, 46. viṣa-, m. a poisoner, Rām. 2, 75, 38.
1. A heir, Man. 8, 160.
2. A son, a kinsman, Rām. 2, 110, 35; 1, 60, 2.
-- Comp. a-, f. dā, not being a heir, Man. 9, 158; 8, 160.
1. Giving, Man. 3, 104.
2. Causing, Hariv. 15379.
-- Comp. udaka-, m. a kinsman connected only by the oblations of water to the manes of common ancestors, Man. 5, 64. viṣa-, m. a poisoner, Kām. Nītis. 7, 26.
1. A ploughed field, Man. 9, 38.
2. m. pl. and f. sing. rā (n., Pañc. i. d. 450, but see Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2173, where v. r.), A wife, Man. 2, 217; 247; Bhāg. P. 7, 14, 11.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unmarried, Rām. 4, 18, 15. kṛta-, adj. married, Man. 4, 1. dharma-, m. pl. a legitimate wife, Rām. 3, 57, 9. putra-, n. son and wife, Man. 4, 239. bhū-, m. a hog.
1. dāraka, i. e. dṛ10 + aka,
I. adj., f. rikā, Splitting, MBh. 7, 6871.
II. f. rikā, A chap, Suśr. 1, 292, 10.
-- Comp. loha-, n. the name of a hell, Man. 4, 90.
2. dāraka, m.
1. A son, Pañc. 100, 24.
2. A young animal, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 17.
3. du. A boy and a girl, Brāhman. 2, 35.
-- Comp. bhartṛ-, 1. m. a young prince, designated as suścessor. 2. f. kā, a princess.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Splitting, MBh. 6, 5594.
2. f. ṇī, Epithet of Durgā, Hariv. 10246.
II. n.
1. Bursting, Suśr. 1, 25, 17.
2. A means for opening, Suśr. 1, 132, 9.
1. Wooden, Man. 5, 115.
2. Produced from wood, MBh. 13, 4718.
1. Wood, Pañc. i. d. 100.
2. A species of pine, Pinus deodora Roxb., Suśr. 1, 161, 10.
-- Comp. deva-, n. A species of pine, Pinus deodora Roxb., Rām. 2, 76, 16.
-- Cf. [greek] for [greek] etc.
I. adj., f. ṇā.
1. Hard, Suśr. 1, 295, 10.
2. Sharp, 1, 130, 14.
3. Harsh, severe, Pañc. 58, 11.
4. Violent, MBh. 14, 442.
5. Painful, Man. 12, 78.
6. Terrible, Rām. 1, 56, 8.
II. n. Severity, MBh. 13, 2144.
-- Comp. ati-, and su-, adj. very terrible, very hard, Chr. 33, 1; 47, 32.
1. Hardness, Suśr. 2, 136, 18.
2. Strength, Suśr. 1, 201, 14.
3. Stability. Rājat. 6, 173; Kām. Nītis. 1, 21.
4. Confirmation. Kull. ad Man. 3, 281.
I. adj., f. vī, Wooden, Bhāg. P. 5, 12, 6.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 1026.
III. f. vī, The name of several plants, Curcuma zantorhiza, Suśr. 2, 23, 14, etc.
1. A forest conflagration, MBh. 3, 2608.
2. A forest, MBh. 1, 8088.
1. To worship, Chr. 292, 6 = Rigv. i. 86, 6.
2. To make oblations.
3. To bestow.
4. † ii. 5, Par. To hurt. Ptcple. of the pf. act. dadāśivaṃs, Chr. 297, 20 = Rigv. i. 112, 20, and dāśvaṃs, 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12.
1. Pious.
2. Bestowing, Bhāg. P. 8, 22, 23.
I. m.
1. A fisherman, MBh. 1, 4012.
2. A boatman, MBh. 1, 5875; Man. 8, 408 (with s).
3. The son of a Niṣāda by an Āgoyava-woman, Man. 10, 34 (with s).
II. f. śī, A fisher-maid.
I. daśaratha, a proper name, + a.
1. patronym. A descendant of Daśaratha, Rām. 5, 80, 23.
2. adj. Belonging to Daśaratha, Hariv. 4167.
II. daśan-ratha + a, adj. Ten carriages broad, MBh. 12, 242.
1. adj., f. hī, Belonging to Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 2, 84.
2. m. A name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 2, 1223.
3. m. pl. Daśārhas, the people, MBh. 1, 7513.
I. m. A slave, a servant, Man. 4, 253; 8, 416.
II. f. sī, A female slave, a servant-maid, Man. 9, 48. Cf. dāśa.
-- Comp. a-, m. not being a slave, Man. 10, 32. daṇḍa-, m. one enslaved by punishment, Man. 8, 415. dāsī-, n. sing. and m. pl. male and female slaves, MBh. 13, 2950; 2, 2510. bhakta- (vb. bhaj), m. a slave maintained in consideration of service, Man. 8, 415. śiva-, m. a proper name.
1. A camel, Pañc. 87, 8.
2. pl. The name of a people, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 14, 26.
1. Servitude, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 11.
2. Service, Man. 8, 410.
1. Burning, Man. 4, 115.
2. Conflagration, Rām. 1, 3, 31.
3. Cauterising, Suśr. 1, 47, 8.
4. Feverish heat, Suśr. 1, 34, 16.
-- Comp. antar-, m. inward heat, Rām. 2, 85, 17.
1. Setting on fire, Man. 3, 158.
2. Burning, Suśr. 2, 213, 16.
3. Paining, Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
I. adj., f. rā, Naked, Pañc. v. d. 14.
II. m. An ascetic, Prab. 46, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adj. one who will not give, Man. 9, 118.
-- Comp. jāta-gīta-didṛkṣa, adj., f. ṣā, desirous to see the singer, Rājat. 5, 357.
1. Desirous to see, Chr. 35, 11.
2. Desirous of inspecting, Man. 8, 1.
I. m. A husband, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 34.
II. f. ṣū, A widow married to the brother of her deceased husband, Man. 3, 173.
-- Comp. agre-didhiṣū, f. a younger sister married before her elder one, Man. 3, 160.
-- Comp. adya-, the present day, Pañc. 186, 23. dus-,
I. n. 1. a cloudy day. Hariv. 7856. 2. rain, rainy weather, Rām. 3, 73, 13.
II. adj. clouded, Rām. 6, 90, 90. vāṣpa-dus-dina, adj. clouded by tears, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 16. hima-dus-, n. wintry weather, winter. su-, n. a fine day, fine weather.
† dinv, i. 1, Par. To please, to be pleased.
-- Cf. jinv.
† dip, i. 1, Par. To drop, v. r. of tip.
† dimp, and dimbh dimbh, i. 10, Ātm. To accumulate. dimbh, i. 10, Par. To cast.
1. div, i. 4, dīvya, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm. MBh. 4, 533),
1. To play at dice, MBh. 3, 2260.
2. To play, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 2.
3. With the instrumental and dat. of the stake, MBh. 2, 2061; 4, 533.
4. To shine, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 22.
5. † To praise.
6. † To be glad.
7. † To be mad.
8. † To be sleepy.
9. † To desire. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dyūta, n.
1. Gaming with inanimate things, Man. 9, 221.
2. Game at dice, Nal. 9, 2.
3. Battle, MBh. 7, 1350.
4. The prize of a combat, MBh. 7, 3996. Comp. dus-, n. a wicked game, MBh. 4, 532. muṣṭi-, n. a kind of game, odd or even. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. devitavya, To be played at dice, MBh. 2, 2493. n. Game at dice, 5, 894.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To lose at play, MBh. 2, 2041.
-- With pra pra, To play, MBh. 8, 4210.
-- With prati prati, To throw dice in one's turn, MBh. 5, 137.
-- With vi vi, To lose at play, MBh. 2, 2384.
2. div, i. 1 and 10, Par. † To pain. i. 10, Par. † To beg. i. 10, Ātm. To suffer pain.
-- With the prep. pari pari, i. 1, Par. and Ātm. (see dev), To lament, Hariv. 3687. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. paridyūna, Miserable, MBh. 5, 3175. Caus. and i. 10, Ātm. devaya, To lament, Rām. 2, 40, 37. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. paridevita, Miserable, MBh. 4, 807. n. Lamentation, MBh. 1, 6199.
3. div, the base of many cases is dyu, of the nom. and voc. sing. dyo (m. ved. and), f.
1. Heaven, Man. 8, 86.
2. Day, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 21, 8.
3. Splendour, Bhāg. 3, 8, 23.
-- Cf. [greek] (= dyaus), [greek] (= divas), [greek] (cf. a-dya, Lat. hodie), [greek] cf. Lat. jam, dum, du-dum, etc.; Lat. dies, Ju-piter, Jovis, etc.; O.H.G. zies-tac; A.S. tiwes daeg.
1. div + a, n.
1. Heaven, MBh. 3, 11746.
-- Cf. tri-, n. Heaven (perhaps properly the third, the most holy heaven), Man. 9, 253.
1. Rising to heaven, MBh. 4, 1526.
2. Leading to heaven, 3, 11135.
-- Comp. ardha-, m. noon, Rām. 1, 36, 6. dus-, m. a cloudy day, Pañc. i. d. 189.
1. By day, Man. 4, 50.
-- Cf. Lat. diu, du-dum, and divātana.
-- Cf. Lat. diutinus.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Celestial, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3.
2. Divine, Bhag. 11, 8 (prophetic).
3. Magical, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.
4. Brilliant, Rām. 1, 4, 26.
II. n.
1. An ordeal, Yājñ. 2, 22.
2. Oath, Hit. 133, 3.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. divus.
1. diś, i. 6, Par., Ātm.
1. To show, to produce, Man. 8, 57.
2. To denote, Rām. 3, 30, 14.
3. To give, Ṛt. 6, 34.
4. To command, Kir. 5, 28. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. diṣṭa.
1. Shown, Bhaṭṭik. 2, 32.
2. Determined, MBh. 3, 8847; with gati, Death, Rām. 2, 30, 40. n.
1. Command, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 1.
2. Fate, MBh. 14, 1551. Comp. pūrva-, n. fate, Bhāg. P. 6, 17, 17. Caus. deśaya,
1. To point out, Rām. 3, 78, 13.
2. To order, MBh. 4, 670.
3. To govern, Rām. 2, 61, 34 Gorr.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To assign to, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 19.
2. To promise, 4, 9, 26.
-- With anu anu, To order, Rām. 6, 89, 21. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. ekānudiṣṭa, i. e. eka-, n. obsequies to a single ancestor, Man. 4, 111.
-- With apa apa,
1. To state, Man. 8, 54.
2. To denounce, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 4.
3. To pretend, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 19.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To design, MBh. 3, 16189.
2. To name, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 9.
3. To name falsely, Rām. 3, 54, 24.
4. To pretend, MBh. 13, 1458.
-- With ā ā,
1. To aim at, MBh. 7, 1234.
2. To assign to, Rām. 4, 41, 7.
3. To mark, Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 7.
4. To show, Bhāg. P. 8, 32, 5.
5. To teach, Man. 4, 80.
6. To design, Bhāg. P. 8, 22, 4.
7. To order, prescribe, Rām. 5, 38, 19; Man. 11, 192 (193).
8. To banish, Kathās. 2, 19.
9. To undertake, Rām. 2, 52, 65 (a vow).
10. To try, MBh. 3, 11986. ādiṣṭa, n. Command, Lass. 67, 13. Caus.
1. To point out, Mṛcch. 138, 4.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To assign to, MBh. 1, 7239.
2. To declare, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 29.
3. To order, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 7.
-- With nirā nis-ā, To pay, Man. 8, 162.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To prescribe, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 22.
2. To advise, Rām. 5, 81, 4.
3. To report again, MBh. 3, 14717.
4. To summon, Hit. 71, 16.
5. To countermand, Vikr. 56, 1.
6. To decline, Śāk. 73, 3.
7. To overcome, MBh. 14, 2460.
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. To assign to, MBh. 14, 1921.
2. To teach, Prab. 107, 5.
3. To order, MBh. 1, 7689.
4. To declare, Mālav. 69, 13 v. r.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To assign to, Man. 1, 91.
2. To declare, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 1.
3. To teach, Kām. Nītis. 15, 2.
4. To determine, Rām. 1, 8, 14.
5. To order, Arj. 3, 10. Caus. To order, Pañc. 171, 8.
-- With pratisamā prati-sam-ā,
1. To answer, Daśak. 124, 3.
2. To order, Rām. 5, 24, 35.
-- With ud ud,
1. To point out, Rām. 2, 56, 4.
2. To defy, Śāk. 94, 1.
3. To predict, Śāk. 71, 11.
4. To denote, Mārk. P. 26, 17.
5. To teach, Bhartṛ. 2, 54. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. eka-uddiṣṭa, n. Obsequies to a single ancestor, Man. 4, 110. Absol. uddiśya,
1. Against, on, Rām. 3, 50, 17.
2. To, Rām. 1, 33, 17; 3, 2, 14.
3. For, Rām. 1, 13, 31.
4. In remembrance of, Rājat. 5, 120.
5. On account of, Kathās. 2, 17.
6. In the name of, Rām. 1, 80, 21 Gorr.
7. Referring to, Bhartṛ. 1, 56. Repeated uddiśyoddiśya, To one (this) -- to another (that), MBh. 15, 414.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To mention, Man. 5, 17.
2. To name, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 47, 52. Absol. samud a,
1. Against, on, MBh. 1, 4573.
2. For, MBh. 4, 742; Rām. 2, 15, 34 Gorr.
3. In remembrance of, MBh. 15, 1094.
4. With regard to, MBh. 1, 489.
-- With upa upa,
1. To point out, Rām. 2, 55, 2 Gorr.
2. To teach, Chr. 22, 16.
3. To advise, Hit. 57, 1.
4. To mention, Man. 3, 14.
5. To name, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 9.
6. To ordain, Man. 2, 190.
7. To govern, Kumāras. 1, 2. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. kāla-atyayaupadiṣṭa, Produced too late, the designation of an argument which, however plausible, is precluded by higher evidence, Bhāṣāp. 70.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, To teach in one's turn, Mālav. d. 5.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To point out, MBh. 3, 2328.
2. To assign to, Rām. 3, 45, 18.
-- With nis nis,
1. To point to, Śāk. 63, 10.
2. To assigu to, Rām. 1, 15, 18 Gorr.
3. To declare, Man. 3, 199.
4. To denounce, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 23.
5. To determine, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 22.
6. To mention, Man. 7, 144; with parigaṇanayā, To number, Megh. 22.
7. To order, Man. 11, 146.
8. To advise, Hit. iii. d. 39. a-nirdiṣṭa, adj. Allowed (by the Veda), Man. 5, 11.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis,
1. To point to, Rām. 3, 63, 15.
2. To determine, MBh. 12, 6991.
3. To call, Man. 10, 20.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To direct, Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 8.
2. To determine, Bhāg. P. 7, 11, 35.
3. To declare, Yājñ. 2, 111.
4. To order, Rām. 5, 37, 32.
-- With pari pari, paridiṣṭa, Known, MBh. 3, 12497.
-- With pra pra,
1. To show, MBh. 3, 2209.
2. To declare, Bhag. 8, 28.
3. To ordain, MBh. 12, 7050.
4. To impel, Rām. 3, 66, 9.
5. To assign to, Rām. 1, 14, 13.
6. To grant, MBh. 1, 6472 (i. 4, Par.). Caus. To impel, MBh. 3, 2727.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, Caus. To impel, Rām. 2, 32, 6.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To teach, MBh. 12, 13943.
-- With sam sam,
1. To assign to, Rām. 1, 22, 29.
2. To promise, Yājñ. 2, 232.
3. To declare, MBh. 5, 7534.
4. To order, Rām. 2, 52, 59. Caus. To invite to speak, MBh. 14, 458.
-- With pratimam prati-sam,
1. To give an order in one's turn, Rām. 6, 98, 37.
2. To give an order, MBh. 1, 748.
-- Cf. [greek] (frequent. with inchoat. [greek] for + [greek]; Lat. in-dicare, ju-dex, dicere, perhaps dignus (but cf. yaśas); Goth. teihan, A. S. tihian, tihhan, O. H. G. zeigon; A. S. taecan; probably Goth. taikns, A. S. tácn, tácen, taecan'; O. H. G. zīt (for zig + ti); A. S. tiid. tíd; O. H. G. zeinjan.
2. diś, f.
1. A region, or quarter, or point of the compass, Pañc. ii. d. 64.
2. pl. The parts of the earth, Sund. 2, 26.
3. pl. Different directions, Rām. 1, 55, 22; 2, 106, 27; repeated tiśo-diśas (The one) hither -- (the other) thither, Pañc. 129, 20; also sing. (but with sarvatas), Nal. 16, 5.
4. There are variously reckoned four, eight, or ten quarters of the world, Kathās. 15, 137; Man. 1, 13; MBh. 1, 729.
5. The number ten, Śrut. 36.
6. A foreign country, Yājñ. 2, 254.
7. The name of a river, MBh. 6, 327.
-- Comp. vi-, f. an intermediate point of the compass.
-- Cf. diś.
1. Smeared, Man. 3, 132.
2. Anointed, Rām. 3, 42, 39. m. A poisoned arrow, Man. 7, 90; Rām. 2, 114, 33 Gorr.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ādigdha,
1. Smeared, MBh. 6, 4384.
2. Anointed, 7, 4386.
-- With upa upa, upadigdha, Overlaid, Suśr 2, 376, 11.
-- With pra pra,
1. To smear, Bhag. 2, 5.
2. To anoint, Suśr. 1, 42. 19.
-- With sam sam,
1. To smear, MBh. 8, 3161.
2. To cover, Vikr. d. 43. Pass. To be dubious, Rām. 5, 18, 17. saṃdigdha,
1. Poisoned (?), Daśak. in Chr. 197, 2.
2. Indistinct, MBh. 1, 6565.
3. Dubious, uncertain, Pañc. i. d. 196.
4. Desponding, Rām. 1, 66, 25. a-saṃdigdha + m, adv. Undoubtedly, Pañc. 241, 8. nis-saṃdigdha, adj. Certain, MBh. 13, 3528. °dham, adv. Undoubtedly, MBh. 12, 7809.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. tingere, [greek] Lat. fingo, figulus; O. H. G. ziagal; A. S. tigel, tigul; Goth. deigaṇ, ga-dikis, daigs; A. S. díc, deag.
1. dī (cf. ḍī), i. 4, Par. To soar, to fly (ved.).
-- Cf. probably [greek] perhaps [greek]
2. dī, anomal. ii. 3, dīdī, Par., Ātm. To shine (ved.).
-- Cf. [greek] probably also [greek]
3. dī, i. 4, Ātm. To waste, to go to ruin. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dīna,
1. Scanty (ved.).
2. Afflicted, wretched, Man. 9, 238. Comp. a-dina, joyful. paridīna, much afflicted. sa-dīna + m, adv. lamentably.
1. To hallow one's self, to prepare one's self for a sacred act.
2. † To be shaved.
3. † To perform a sacrifice.
4. † To initiate.
5. † To restrain one's self.
6. † To declare a vow. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dīkṣita,
1. Prepared for a sacrifice, Man. 8, 360.
2. Initiated, MBh. 13, 918.
3. Ready, MBh. 2, 2514. Caus. dīkṣaya,
1. To initiate, Par. and Ātm., MBh. 14, 2110; 2, 1247.
2. To determine, MBh. 5, 5648.
1. Consecration, MBh. 1, 8135.
2. Undergoing religious observances, engaging in a course of austerities, Rām. 1, 32, 4.
3. Religious observances, Man. 6, 29.
4. Devotion, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 29.
-- Comp. yathā-dīkṣa + m, adv. according to the religious observances, MBh. 14, 1270.
1. A ray of light, a sun or moonbeam, MBh. 3, 188; Prab. 94, 6.
2. Light, Pañc. i. d. 369; Mārk. P. 18, 19.
3. Splendour (?), Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
-- Comp. sita- and hima-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 29.
1. To blaze, Rām. 5, 50, 5.
2. To shine, MBh. 5, 7322. dīpta,
1. Blazing, Bhag. 11, 17.
2. Hot, Man. 3, 133.
3. Radiant, MBh. 5, 7040.
4. Illuminated by the sun, opposite to the sun, inauspicious, Draup. 6, 3; Hariv. 9702.
5. Clear, MBh. 3, 16603. Caus. dīpaya,
1. To kindle, Bhag. 4, 27.
2. To excite, Śiś. 9, 42.
3. To illuminate, Kir. 5, 2.
4. To make illustrious, MBh. 5, 1069. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. adīpita, Not illuminated, Kir. 5, 48. Frequent. dedīpya (Par., MBh. 7, 8138),
1. To be all in flame, MBh. 3, 15588.
2. To be very radiant, MBh. 3, 2146.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atidīpta (rather dīpta with ati), Blazing violently, Rām. 5, 50, 8.
-- With abhi abhi, To shine towards, Hariv. 7501.
-- With ā ā, ādīpta,
1. Blazing, Ṛt. 6, 19.
2. Burning, MBh. 15, 1081. Caus. To kindle, Rām. 2, 89, 16.
-- With vyā vi-ā, Caus. To illuminate completely, MBh. 7, 7296.
-- With ud ud, Caus.
1. To kindle, Hariv. 5521.
2. To excite, Bhāg. P. 8, 7, 11.
3. To illuminate, Mārk. P. 49, 11.
-- With samud sam-ud, Caus. To inflame, Rām. 4, 26, 14.
-- With upa upa, Caus. To kindle, set on fire, MBh. 3, 10230; 1, 5828.
-- With pari pari,
1. To boil up, MBh. 12, 2036 (Par.).
2. To be completely radiant, MBh. 7, 2237.
-- With pra pra, pradīpta,
1. Blazing, Rām. 1, 54, 22.
2. Kindled (as anger), MBh. 3, 2374.
3. Shining, Ṛt. 1, 27.
4. Illuminated, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 9. Caus.
1. To set on fire, kindle, MBh. 1, 5600; 13, 4037. 2. To inflame, Rām. 3, 69, 21.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, saṃpradīpta, Blazing, Rām. 5, 52, 13. Caus. To kindle, MBh. 7, 7237.
-- With prati prati, pratidīpta, Flaming towards, Hariv. 13155.
-- With vi vi, To shine, MBh. 7, 7322; vidīpta, Shining, MBh. 12, 8332. Caus.
1. To illuminate, MBh. 8, 1488.
2. To inflame, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 46.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, Caus. To set on fire, MBh. 14, 2033.
-- With sam sam, To blaze, Hariv. 3539; saṃdīpta,
1. Burnag, Bhartṛ. 3. 26.
2. Flaming, MBh. 5, 7205. Caus.
1. To kindle, set on fire, Pañc. 97, 25; MBh. 1, 8366.
2. To excite, MBh. 5, 2801.
-- Comp. nirvāṇa-, m. an extinguished lamp, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1610. nṛpa-, m. a king like a lamp, Pañc. i. d. 251.
I. adj.
1. Inflaming, Pañc. iii. d. 27.
2. Illuminating, Pañc. 190, 2.
II. m. A lamp, Bhartṛ. 1, 55.
III. f. pikā, A lamp, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 4.
-- Comp. śarvarī-, m. the lamp of the night (epithet of the moon), Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2968.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Inflaming, MBh. 1, 8455.
2. Exciting, Ṛt. 1, 3.
II. n.
1. Setting on fire, Pañc. 194, 12.
2. Burning, Daśak. in Śhr. 181, 21.
3. Exciting, or promoting digestion, Suśr. 1, 152, 8. - Comp. anala-, adj. promoting digestion, Suśr. 1, 200, 14.
-- Comp. gṛha-, f. being the splendour of the house, Man. 9, 26.
I. adj., f. ghā Long, applied either to space or time, Rām, 5, 17, 28; 3, 68, 36; °gham, adv. 2, 62, 3; comparat. dīrghatara, Pañc. 209, 1; and drāghīyaṃs; superl. dīrghatama, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 44, and drāghiṣṭha.
II. m. A long vessel, Man, 2, 33.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very long.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Comp. a-, f. Resoluteness, Kām. Nītis. 8, 8.
1. du, ii. 5, Par. (also Ātm., MBh. 1, 3289), i. 4, dūya, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 4, 591).
1. To burn morally or figuratively, to be in pain, MBh. 3, 10069; Gīt. 3, 9; MBh. 3, 1371.
2. To burn, to afflict, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 9. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
1. dūna, Suffering pain, Gīt. 8, 7.
2. duta, Tormented, Śiś. 6, 59.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To grieve, MBh. 1, 3289 (ii. 5, Atm.).
-- With pari pari,
1. To burn violently, MBh. 6, 5779.
2. To suffer pain, Rām. 2, 35, 34.
-- With pra pra,
1. To be consumed by fire, MBh. 13, 1800 (i. 4).
2. To torment, Suśr. 1, 18, 5 (ii. 5).
-- With vi vi, To suffer pain, MBh. 1, 3289 (ii. 5, Ātm.); 2171 (i. 4, Par.).
-- Cf. dāva, [greek]
† 2. du, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
† duḥkh, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To give pain.
I. n. Pain, Man. 1, 26; Yājñ. 2, 218. Instr. °khena, With difficulty, Pañc. iii. d. 263.
II. adj., f. khā.
1. Painful, unpleasant, Hariv. 12661; Rām. 2, 28, 7.
2. Difficult, Bhag. 18, 8. °kham, adv. Scarcely, hardly, Rām. 2, 53, 6; Śāk. d. 172.
-- Comp. a-, adj. propitious, Rām. 4, 22, 2. antar-, adj. afflicted, Kathās. 18, 256. sama-, adj. sympathising. su-duṣkha, adj. abounding in pain, Chr. 10, 8.
1. Pained, Man. 9, 288.
2. Afflicted, Pañc. 43, 8.
-- Comp. ati-duṣkhita, adj. very afflicted, Rājat. 5, 246. su-, adj. The same, Chr. 12, 24.
I. adj., f. hā, Insupportable, Man. 12, 76.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2447.
III. f. hā, A name of Śrī, MBh. 12, 8154.
1. Insecure, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 35.
2. Miserable, 4, 11, 21.
I. m. A certain plant, Hariv. 12680.
II. n.
1. Very fine cloth, Hariv. 7041.
2. A garment, Bhāṣāp. 1.
1. adj., f. ghā, Milking, yielding, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 3.
II. f. ghā, A milking cow, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 44.
-- Comp. droṇa-, adj., f. ghā, a cow that yields a droṇa of milk, MBh. 12, 951.
-- Cf. ḍuṇḍubha.
I. m. and f. bhī, A kettle-drum, Rām. 2, 91, 25; MBh. 3, 786.
II. m. A name of Kriṣṇa, MBh. 12, 1511.
1. Hard to be practised, MBh. 12, 656.
2. Difficult to be cured, Suśr. 2, 361, 9.
1. Difficult to be attained, MBh. 1, 7302.
2. Irresistible, MBh. 8, 1523.
1. Difficult to be attacked, Rām. 1, 30, 2.
2. Dangerous, MBh. 1, 3381.
1. Hard to be attained, Man. 11, 238.
2. Hard to be overcome, MBh. 4, 909.
1. Difficult to be filled up, Rām. 2, 105, 23.
2. Difficult to be stopped, MBh. 7, 1480.
1. adj., f. dā.
1. Difficult to be approached, Rām. 3, 69, 16.
2. Difficult to be met with, Rām. 1, 18, 2.
II. m. A sword, MBh. 12, 6203.
1. Difficult to be borne, MBh. 13, 4392.
2. Difficult to be resisted, MBh. 5, 3305.
I. m.
1. A diceplayer, MBh. 2, 2000.
2. A dice-box, MBh. 8, 3763.
II. n. Game at dice, MBh. 2, 1978.
I. adj., f. gā. Almost impassable or inaccessible, Man. 4, 77; 7, 70.
II. m. The name of an Asura, Hariv. 9426.
III. f. gā, The wife of Śiva, MBh. 4, 178.
IV. n. (also m., Rām. 4, 47, 3),
1. A difficult passage, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 6.
2. Distress, Man. 3, 98.
3. A strong-hold, Man. 7, 29.
-- Comp. giri-, adj. Almost inaccessible on account of surrounding mountains, Man. 7, 70.
1. Difficulty of being crossed, Rām. 4, 27, 16.
1. Difficult to be digested, Suśr. 1, 179, 15.
2. Hard, Rājat. 5, 19.
1. Difficult to be looked at, MBh. 7, 1470.
2. Difficult to be met with, MBh. 10, 83 (read durdṛśau).
3. Disgusting, MBh. 1, 568.
1. Difficult to be looked at or seen, MBh. 2, 947; Hariv. 6616.
1. Difficult to be torn asunder, MBh. 7, 1514.
2. Difficult to be destroyed, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 15.
I. adj. Not easily dying, MBh. 16, 153.
II. n. A hard death, MBh. 14, 2364.
I. adj., f. ṣā.
1. Insupportable, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 18.
2. Hostile, 6, 14, 43.
II. m. A name of the demon Bali, 8, 10, 32.
1. Hard to be attained, Man. 4, 137.
2. Hard to be found, 7, 22.
3. Difficult to be saved, Rām. 3, 25, 28.
4. Difficult, MBh. 3, 1728.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very difficult to be attained, Rām. 3, 53, 46.
† durv, i. 1, dūrva, Par. To hurt.
1. Abusing, Rām. 2, 22, 18.
2. Difficult to be explained, MBh. 14, 570.
1. Difficult to dwell, MBh. 4, 93.
2. Difficult to be passed (as time), MBh. 4, 7.
I. adj., f. hā.
1. Hard to be borne, insupportable, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 14.
2. Difficult to be performed, 8, 5, 46.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 6981.
1. To be depraved, MBh. 1, 2405.
2. To be defiled, Man. 9, 318.
3. To be ruined, Kām. Nītis. 11, 36.
4. To sin, Man. 5, 32.
5. To be faulty, Suśr. 2, 214, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. duṣṭa,
1. Corrapt, Yājñ. 2, 257.
2. Painful, Pañc. 38, 11.
3. Wicked, Pañc. 98, 22.
4. Convicted, Man. 8, 373.
5. Illaffected against somebody (with gen.), Rām. 2, 92, 16 Gorr.
6. n. Sin, Hariv. 7760. Comp. a-, adj. innocent. su-, adj. guilty, Rām. 5, 91, 2. vāgd°, i. e. vāc-, m. a rude speaker, Man. 3, 156; a defamer, 8, 345. Caus. dūṣaya,
1. To hurt, Man. 2, 47; with gen., Rām. 2, 74, 3.
2. To lav waste, Man. 7, 195.
3. To defile, Man. 5, 125; 6, 364.
4. To demoralise, Rājat. 5, 6.
5. To falsify, MBh. 13, 1683.
6. To rescind, MBh. 12, 7256.
7. To blame, MBh. 13, 1469.
8. To abuse, MBh. 2, 2133.
9. To accuse, Rām. 1, 59, 20. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dūṣita, Disgraced, Man. 10, 29; deprived of the marks of his order (?) Man. 6, 66 (Kull.). Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-dūṣya, Not to be defiled, MBh. 12, 6072.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To lose courage afterwards, MBh. 5, 4543.
-- With ani abhi, abhiduṣṭa, Defiled, MBh. 13, 1573. Caus. To hurt, Dev. 8 37.
-- With upa upa, To be depraved, Hariv. 11264.
-- With pra pra,
1. To grow worse (as a disease), Suśr. 1, 83, 16.
2. To be defiled, MBh. 12, 1237.
3. To act amiss, Man. 9, 74. praduṣta,
1. Wicked, MBh. 12, 4540.
2. Blameable, 1, 3666. Caus.
1. To defile, Ragh. 11, 25.
2. To deprave, Rām. 3, 51, 5 (pradūṣita).
3. To blame, Rām. 1, 61, 21 Gorr.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, Caus. To corrupt, Suśr. 1, 187, 17.
-- With vipra vi-pra, viśduṣṭa, Exceedingly wanton, Man. 11, 176.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To grow worse (as a disease), Suśr. 1, 443, 15.
2. To become wicked, MBh. 2, 2397. saṃpraduṣṭa, Defiled, Varāh. Bṛh. s. 12, 14.
-- With prati prati, Caus., pratidūṣita in bhāva-, n. Disturbance of mind, Man. 4, 65.
-- With vi vi, Caus.
1. To defile, Bhāg. P. 2, 2, 37.
2. To offend, Mārk. P. 34, 47.
3. To disgrace, Rām. 2, 78, 8 Gorr.
-- With sam sam, To be defiled, MBh. 12, 4009. saṃduṣṭa,
1. Wicked, Rām. 3, 51, 27.
2. Ill-affected against somebody, Rām. 2, 91, 11 Gorr. Caus.
1. To corrupt, Suśr. 1, 286, 12.
2. To defile, Rām. c, 103, 19.
3. To expose to shame, Kām. Nītis. 6, 13. samdūṣita, Grown worse (as a disease), Suśr. 2, 413, 1.
1. Difficult to be performed, Man. 7, 55.
2. Difficult to be supported, Rām. 2, 32, 2.
3. Difficult, MBh. 4, 52.
4. With following yadi, Scarcely, Rām. 2, 73, 7.
1. Difficult to be supported, irresistible, Ragh. 3, 58.
2. Terrible, MBh. 12, 3094.
1. Bad, wicked, contemptible, e. g. durvāc, A bad speech, abuse (see vāc); durjana, A wicked persen (see jana); durbuddhi, Having a contemptible intellect, i. e. stupid (see buddhi).
2. Wrong, e. g. dustarka (see tarka).
3. Inauspicious, e. g. dustithi (see tithi).
4. Difficult, e. g. duṣprekṣa.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. tus in tuz-verjan; O.H.G. zur-.
-- Comp. su-, to be risked very unwillingly, Chr. 33, 3.
1. duh (originally dugh, cf. dugha), ii. 2, and i. 4.
I. Par.
1. To milk, Man. 8, 231; Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 7; to milk out (with two accs.), 4, 18, 18.
2. To enjoy, Ragh. 1, 26.
3. To practise from interested motives, MBh. 3, 1165.
4. To draw something out of anything (with two accs.), MBh. 12, 3305; with acc. and abl., Man, 1, 23.
II. Ātm.
1. To yield milk or other desired objects, MBh. 1, 6658; 6657 (also i. 4, Par., Bhāg. P. i, 14, 19). Anomal3 pl. of the red. pf. dudūhus, on account of the metre, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 9. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dugdha,
1. Milked. Hariv. 79.
2. Impoverished, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 16.
3. Collected, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 12. n. Milk. Bhartṛ. 2, 15. Comp. vitta-, n. wealth like milk (as if it were milk), Pañc. i. d. 249. Caus. dohaya,
1. To cause to yield milk or other desired objects, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 15.
2. To produce, Man. 2, 77. Desider. dudhukṣa, To wish to milk or to enjoy, Bhartṛ. 2, 38.
-- With the prep. nis nis,
1. To milk out, to produce, MBh. 2, 76.
2. To withdraw, Kathās. 16, 83.
-- With sam sam, To milk, to enjoy, MBh. 12, 4384. (i. 4. Par.)
-- Cf. Goth. tiuhan, A. S. teon, teoge, O.H.G. ziuhan; Lat. duco, O.H.G. ziug (gaziug), zaugjan, [greek]
† 2. duh, i. 1, Par. To give pain.
-- Comp. dus-, adj., f. hā, difficult to be milked, MBh. 5, 1128.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. dauhtar; A. S. dohtor.
I. m. A messenger, an envoy, Man. 3, 163.
-- Comp. megha-, The Cloud-messenger, a poem by Kālidāsa.
II. f. ti and ti.
1. A female messenger, Nal. 21, 35.
2. A procuress, Lass. 8, 17; Vikr. d. 88.
-- Comp. praśna-dūtī, f. a riddle.
I. m. A messenger, MBh. 3, 15438.
II. f. tikā.
1. A procuress, Lass. 24, 14.
2. A betrayer, Rājat. 6, 362.
-- Comp. yama-, m. 1. a messenger of Yama. 2. a crow.
1. Distant, remote, Kathās. 16, 47.
2. Long, MBh. 9, 1738. Comparat. davīyaṃs, Bhartṛ. 1, 68; superl. daviṣṭha, Rājat. 4, 365. Acc. °ram, adv.
1. Far, Rām. 1, 1, 28.
2. High, Hit. 27, 19.
3. Deep, Hariv. 14084.
4. In a high degree, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 7. Instr. °reṇa, adv. Far, Bhartṛ. 1, 80. Abl. °rāt, adv.
1. From afar, Man. 2, 186.
2. Far from (with abl.), Man. 4, 151.
3. In a remote degree, Man. 3, 130 (Kull.) Loc. °re.
1. Far, Śāk. d. 9.
2. Far away, MBh. 9, 1737. dūratare, Far from (with abl.), Man. 11, 128 (129). -Comp. a-, adj. near, Lass, 41, 7; abl °rāt, adv. near, Rām. 3, 50, 15; with gen., 2, 92, 17. ati-, °ram, adv. very far, Pañc. 105, 4; °reṇa and °re, adv. the same, Pañc. 51. 15; Rām. 3, 17, 16. kiyaddūra, i. e. kiyant-, adj., acc. °ram, not very far, some little way, Pañc. 229, 20; loc. s. re, how far, Pañc. 52, 4. vi-,
I. adj. very far.
II. m. the name of a mountain (vidūrādri i. e. vidūra-adri). a-vi, adj. not very far; °rāt, adv. near, Rām. 3, 48, 19. su-, adj. very distant; °ram, adv. in a very high degrec, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 3.
1. From afar, Rām 1, 48, 9.
2. Aloof from, Man. 4, 73.
3. Far, Rām. 3, 60, 31; Pañc. i. d. 9.
-- Comp. a-, adv. near, Rām. 3, 9, 24.
I. adj., f. ṣikā.
1. Defiling, MBh. 12, 1236 (sinful); one who defiles, Rām. 2, 75, 38.
2. Disfiguring, Suśr. 1, 295, 19.
3. Seducing, Man. 3, 164; 9, 232 (sowing dissensions, Kull.).
4. Hurting, Hariv. 3206.
5. Trespassing, Rām. 4, 37, 13.
II. f. ṣikā.
1. Concretion on the eyes, Man. 5, 135.
2. A kind of rice, Suśr. 1, 195, 8.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Defiling, disgracing, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 13.
2. Hurting, Rām. 2, 109, 7.
II. m. The name of a Rākṣasa or demon, Rām. 1, 1, 45.
III. f. ṇā, The name of a deity, Bhāg. P. 5, 15, 13.
IV. n.
1. Defiling, Man. 9, 286; 11, 61.
2. Hurting, Man. 7, 48 (unjust seizure).
3. Seducing, Man. 2, 213.
4. Calumniating, Kathās. 24, 227.
5. Fault, Man. 9, 13; Bhartṛ. 2, 89.
1. dṛ, i. 6, driya, Atm. (in epie poetry also Par., MBh. 13, 7411).
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To consider, Kām. Nītis. 5, 67.
2. To respect, Man. 2, 234. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ādṛta,
1. Respectful, Rām. 5, 25, 56.
2. Careful, Pañc. iii. d. 243. Comp. an-, acc. adv. without any regard, Rām. 1, 59, 8.
-- With atyā ati-ā, To regard carefully, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 21. atyādṛta,
1. Very respectful, Dev. 4, 15.
2. Much cared for, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 19.
-- With samā sam-ā, samādṛta, Very respectful, Bhāg. P. 8, 21, 5.
-- Cf. probably A. S. dyre, deorling, perhaps also draed, dread.
† 2. dṛ, ii. 5, Par. To hurt.
† 3. dṛ, i. 1, and i. 10, Par. To fear.
-- Cf. dṛ10.
1. Hard, firm, Rām. 2, 56, 14; Hit. 21, 20; Hariv. 7329.
2. Reliable, MBh. 2646.
3. Violent, MBh. 13, 1972.
4. Great, MBh. 1, 7636. Compar. draḍhīyaṃs, superl. draḍhiṣṭha. Acc. °ḍham, adv.
1. Tightly, Prab. 12, 3.
2. Much, Arj. 8, 1.
3. Well, Mālav. 11, 8.
4. Incessantly, MBh. 4, 314. Ved. frequent. dādṛh, To be excessively firm, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. gi-zelt, pelles, zelt; A. S. teld, tentorium.
1. dṛp, i. 4, Par. To be mad or extravagant, arrogant, Git. 9, 11. dṛpta,
1. Wild, Rām. 1, 15, 7.
2. Arrogant, MBh. 1, 162. Compar. dṛptatara, Excessively arrogant, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 12. Caus. darpaya,
1. To make mad, Kathās. 20, 64.
2. To make arrogant or proud, Pañc. iii. d. 244. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. darpita,
1. Wild, Bhartṛ. 3, 73.
2. Proud, Man. 8, 371.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atidṛpta (rather dṛpta with ati), Excessively arrogant, Kathās. 20, 65.
-- Cf. probably [greek] a banquet.
† 2. dṛp, dṛph dṛph, dṛmph dṛmph, i. 6, Par. To hurt.
† 3. dṛp, i. 1 and 10, Par. To kindle.
1. dṛbh, i. 6, Par. and † i. 1 and 10, Par. To string, to bind.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To compose, Naiṣ. 9, 159.
† 2. dṛbh, i. 1 and 10, Par. To fear.
† dṛmp, i. 10 Ātm. To collect.
1. dṛś, i. 1, paśya (for original spaś + ya, i. 4, forms the pres. impfet. imptive. and potent.), Par. (also Ātm., MBh. 1, 2896; 2830),
1. To see, Rām. 2, 64, 59.
2. To behold, look at, Man. 4, 44.
3. To be a spectator, Man. 7, 92; to look on something (without being able to prevent it), Rām. 1, 54, 18.
4. To wait on, Lass. 2, 14.
5. To inspect, Man. 7, 120.
6. To live to see, Rām. 1, 1, 88.
7. To discover, Man. 8, 38.
8. To search, MBh. 4, 1172.
9. To learn, Rām. 1, 13, 7.
10. To know, Rām. 1, 57, 20.
11. To decide, Pañc. 165, 7. Passive also with the terminations of the Par., e. g. MBh. 2345. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-dṛśyant, adj.
1. Invisible, Sund. 2, 19.
2. fem. ntī A proper name, MBh. 1, 6757. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. driṣṭa,
1. Seen, etc.
2. Treated, Pañc. 85, 1.
3. Experienced, Rām. 3, 47, 18.
4. Devised, Nal. 4, 19.
5. Determined, MBh. 13, 11784.
6. Declared, Man. 9, 249.
7. Acknowledged, Man. 8, 3. Comp. a-, I. adj. 1. not seen before, Rām. 5, 43, 10. 2. unperceived, Man. 5, 127. 3. not approved, Man. 8, 153.
II. n. fate, Bhāṣāp. 160; Pañc. v. d. 27. See ku-. Dus-, adj. unrighteously decided, Yājñ. 2, 305. su-, adj. looked at eagerly, Rām. 1, 17, 23. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. darśanīya,
1. Visible, Rām. 1, 67, 6.
2. Beautiful, Pañc. iv. d. 40. Comp. a-, n. invisibility, Pañc. 138, 40.
II. dṛśya,
1. Visible, Rām. 4, 40, 64.
2. To be looked at, Bhartṛ. 1, 86.
3. Worth to be looked at, Ragh. 6, 31. Comp. a-, adj. 1. invisible, Rām. 1, 17, 33. 2. ugly, Arj. 10, 66.
III. draṣṭavya,
1. To be seen, etc., MBh. 13, 1404.
2. Visible, Bhartṛ. 1, 7. Caus. darśaya,
1. To cause to see, to show (with two accus., or acc. and gen., and acc. and dat.), Rām. 3, 61. 5; Man. 4, 59; Rām. 2, 31, 33.
2. To point out, Śāk. 12, 19.
3. To confess, Rājat. 5, 124.
4. To produce, Man. 8. 158.
5. To pay, 8, 155.
6. To prove, 8, 225.
7. To show one's self, MBh. 1, 4709 (Ātm.); 1, 6561 (Par.). Anomal. pteple. of the pres. Ātm. darśayāna, MBh. 1, 17. Desider. didṛkṣa, To wish to see, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 11. Ptcple. pf. pass. didṛkṣita, n. Wish to āg. P. 3, 15, 31.
-- With the prep.
1. To look afterwards, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 60.
2. To see, Man. 3, 176.
3. To look on, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 23.
4. To regard, to honour, MBh. 15, 679.
5. To perceive, MBh. 6, 5456.
6. To know, Bhag. 13, 30.
7. To find, MBh. 9, 2986. Caus.
1. To show, Rām. 2, 49, 12.
2. To teach, Rām. 2, 100, 1.
-- With samanu sam-anu,
1. To look after, Bhāg. P. 5, 21, 9.
2. To consider, MBh. 1, 5037.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, pass. To be visible, MBh. 7, 8136.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To look at, MBh. 3, 9982.
2. To regard, Rām. 2, 30, 2 Gorr.
3. To perceive, MBh. 1, 5002. Caus.
1. To show, MBh. 14, 2151.
2. To show one's self, MBh. 1, 7740.
-- With ava ava, To infer, Bhāg. P. 3, 27, 12.
-- With ā ā, Caus. To show, Ragh. 4, 38.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To see listinctly, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 6.
-- With ud ud,
1. To foresee, Megh. 23.
2. To perceive, Megh. 102. Caus. To show one's self, Vikr. 11, 6.
-- With upa upa,
1. To look on, MBh. 1, 8440.
2. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 13. Caus.
1. To show, Hit. 38, 15.
2. To pretend, Kathās. 19, 75.
-- With ni. ni, Caus.
1. To show, MBh. 12, 13222.
2. To point out, Śāk. 100, 9, v. r.
3. To enter, Rājat. 1, 18.
4. To teach, MBh. 12, 2154.
5. To appear to somebody (acc.), Hariv. 1559.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, Caus. To show, Rām. 4, 63, 15.
-- With pari pri,
1. To look at, MBh. 12, 6576.
2. To frequent, MBh. 15, 1014.
3. To Rām. 2, 91, 2 Gorr.
4. To consider Prab. 71, 6.
5. To search, MBh. 222.
6. To know, MBh. 3, 224.
-- With pra pra,
1. To foresee, Bhag.
2. To be intelligent, MBh. 7, 1057.
3. To see before one's self, Rām. 1, 60, 27 Gorr.
4. To see, Man. 8, 85; passTo appear, Brāhmaṇ. 2, 6.
5. To behold, Bhag. 11, 49.
6. To learn, MBh. 9, 1550.
7. To know, Rām. 5, 3, 63.
8. To judge, MBh. 3, 1082. Caus.
1. To show, Rām. 4, 27, 21.
2. To describe, Man. 10, 40.
3. To explain, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To see, MBh. 3, 15050; pass. To appear, Rām. 2, 52, 80 Gorr.
2. To perceive, Rām. 1, 3, 4.
3. To consider, MBh. 5, 795.
4. To know, Rām. 5, 70, 3.
5. To judge, MBh. 12, 410. Caus.
1. To show, MBh. 9, 3280.
2. To declare, MBh. 6, 571.
-- With prati prati,
1. To behold, MBh. 3, 12005; pass. To appear, MBh. 5, 4679.
2. To know, MBh. 5, 2021.
3. To experience, MBh. 12, 12548.
-- With vi vi,
1. To discern, to recognise, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 48.
2. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 9, 8, 22; pass. To appear, Rām. 1, 13, 14 Gorr. Caus.
1. To show, MBh. 4, 1844.
2. To teach, Rām. 2, 29, 7.
-- With sam sam,
1. To behold, Rām. 2, 54, 3; pass. To appear, Arj. 1, 3.
2. To recognise, Yājñ. 3, 64.
3. To look on something (without preventing it), Man. 7, 143.
4. To review (soldiers), Man. 7, 222.
5. To regard, MBh. 2, 2623.
6. To consider, Man. 8, 10. Caus.
1. To show, MBh. 13, 3505.
2. To represent, Rājat. 6, 244.
3. To show one's self to somebody (acc.), MBh. 12, 12882.
-- With anusam anu-sam, To ponder one by one, MBh. 12, 12024.
-- Cf. spaśa and spaṣṭa; O. H. G spehon, to spy; Lat. species, con picio, specto; [greek] c., [greek]
2. dṛś,
I. adj., latter part of comp. adj.
1. Seeing, e. g. sarva- Seeing everything, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 9.
2. Knowing, Bhāg. P. 8, 8, 34.
II. f. 1. Sight, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 18.
2. Perception, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 5.
3. The eye, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 26.
-- Comp. divya-,
I. adj. knowing the celestial phenomena, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 5, 13.
II. m. An astrologer, 54, 31. bhāla-, m. Śiva. mṛga-,
I. adj. having eyes like an antelope.
II. f. a woman, Rājat. 5, 481. mṛgī-, adj. having eyes like a female antelope. Rājat. 5, 375 (a woman). sama-, adj. equable, Lass. 6, 16. su-,
I. adj. having beautiful eyes.
II. f. a pretty woman.
1. Intuition, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 5.
2. The eye, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 11.
1. The name of a river, Man. 2, 17.
2. A proper name, Hariv. 1473.
1. Looking at, Rām. 5, 14, 57.
2. Sight, Pañc. iii. d. 195.
3. Intelligence, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 5.
4. The eye, Mṛcch. 48, 23.
5. The pupil of the eye, Suśr. 1, 126, 8.
-- Comp. a-, f. a look of displeasure. adhas-, adj. with downcast eyes, Man. 4, 196. eka-, f. the. eye fixed on one point, Pañc. 252, 11.
-- Cf. ku-.
† dṛh, i. 1, Par. To grow Cf. [greek] probably Goth. tagl. [greek]
1. To burst, Hariv. 15177.
2. To divide, to tear, MBh. 3, 16426; Bhāg, P. 2, 7, 1. Pass. (also with the termination of the Par., MBh. 6, 677),
1. To burst, Rām. 2, 23, 35; MBh. 6, 677.
2. To be scattered, Rām. 5, 58, 11.
3. To fear, see anu. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ḍīrṇa,
1. Torn, Rām. 2, 39, 23 Gorr.
2. Frightened, MBh. 6, 144. Caus. dāraya,
1. To tear asunder, MBh. 4, 1456.
2. To divide, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 30.
3. To open, Rām. 5, 80, 18.
4. To frighten, Kām. Nītis, 8, 70. Anomal. ptcple. of the pres. dārayāṇa, MBh. 8, 907.
-- With the prep. anu anu, pass.
1. To separate (according to one's wish), MBh. 12, 1035.
2. To be frightened (following an example set by another), MBh. 6, 144.
-- With ava ava, pass. To burst, Rām. 2, 77, 16. avadīrṇa,
1. Open, Rām. 4, 50, 11.
2. Frightened, MBh. 8, 1331. Caus. To tear asunder. Rām. 6, 4, 22. With vyava vi-ava, vyavadīrṇa, Torn, afflicted Rām. 2, 72, 28.
-- With ā ā, To tear asunder, Rām. 5, 56, 60. -
-- With ud ud, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 2, read ud-īrṇa.
-- With nis nis, To tear, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 45. Caus.
1. To tear, Hariv. 5691.
2. To cause to be dug up, Rājat. 4, 272.
-- With pra pra, pass. To be scattered, MBh. 8, 4106. Caus. To scatter, MBh. 8, 4084.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, pass. To be scattered, MBh. 8, 3976.
-- With vi vi,
1. To tear, Rām. 3, 57, 24. Pass.
1. To burst asunder, MBh. 1, 5347
2. To be tora, Rām. 2, 112, 15 Gorr.
3. To be frightened, MBh. 7, 329. vidīrṇa,
1. Torn, Kathās. 20, 109.
2. Broken, Bhāg. P. 8, 16, 26.
3. Pierced, Ragh. 12, 51.
4. Opened, Ragh, 7, 37. Caus.
1. To tear, Rām. 3, 57, 24.
2. To cleave, Rām. 3, 4, 17.
3. To break open, Lass. 2, 10.
4. To open, Ṛt. 1, 14.
5. To scatter, Rām. 6, 36, 6.
-- Cf. dal, Goth. tairan; A.S. téran, torn, tirian; O.H.G. zala, A.S. tale, zāla, dolus, O.H.G. zalon, diripere; A. S. tellan; Lat. dolus; [greek]
† de, i. 1, Ātm. To protect.
-- Cf. day.
1. To play.
2. To shine.
-- Cf. 1. 2. div.
I. m.
1. A deity, a god, Man. 3, 117.
2. Indra, Rām. 1, 9, 56.
3. A king, Kathās. 4, 73.
II. f. vī.
1. A goddess, Nal. 12, 73.
2. Sāvitrī, the wife of Brahman, MBh. 5, 3969.
3. Durgā, the wife of Śiva, MBh. 1, 2315.
4. A queen, Pañc. i. d. 58.
-- Comp. a-, m. a mortal, Man. 9, 315. ati-, m. a superior god, Hariv. 7583. devātideva, i. e. deva-ati-, m. a god surpassing all other gods, MBh. 15, 819. kāma-, m. the god of love, Hariv. 270. kāvya-devī, f. a proper name. kṣiti-, m. a king, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 12. gṛha-devī, f. the deity of a house, MBh. 2, 730. jana-, m. a king, MBh. 12, 7883. deva-, m. the god of the gods, MBh. 1, 1628; = Śiva, Chr. 50, 5. nara-, and nṛ-, m. a king, Man. 11, 82; Rām. 2, 1, 42 Gorr. pūrva-, m. a primeval divinity, MBh. 5, 1921. bala-, see s. v. bhūmi-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 11, 82. mahā-,
I. m. Śiva.
II. f. vī. 1. Durgā. 2. a queen, Chr. 50, 7. rāma-, m. a proper name. vasu-, m. the father of Kṛṣṇa. vāgdevī, i. e. vāc-, f. the goddess of speech, i. e. Sarasvatī. vāma-, m. Śiva. viśva-, m. a deity of a particular class, see viśva. Vīra-, m. a proper name. su-devī, f. a proper name, Chr. 297, 19 = Rigv. i, 112, 19.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. deus.
I. A substitute for deva when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. sa-, adj. With the gods, MBh. 2, 1396.
II. m.
1. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2704.
2. pl. The inhabitants of one of the varṣas, or divisions of the world, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 22.
III. f. vikā,
1. The name of a river, MBh. 3, 5044.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3828.
IV. f. vakī, A proper name, MBh. 1, 2428.
2. A deity, Man. 2, 176.
3. A sacred image, Man. 4, 130.
-- Comp. adhi-, f. a supreme or tutelary deity, Ragh. 12, 17. abhīṣṭa-, i. e. abhi-iṣṭa (vb. iṣ), f. a tutelar deity, Pañc. 208, 14. kula-, f. a chief deity, Kumāras. 7, 27. kṣiti-, f. a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6451. kṣetra-, f. the deity of a field, Pañc. 174, 12. gṛha-, f. a household deity, a Lar, Mṛcch. 8, 22. pati-, adj. f. tā, worshipping the husband like a deity. para-, f. the supreme deity. pārva-, f. a primeval divinity, Man. 3, 192. yama-, f. the lunar asterism, Bharaṇī. yoni-, f. the eleventh lunar asterism. vasu-, f. the lunar asterism, Dhaniṣṭhā. saubhāgya-, f. a guardian deity, Śāk. 44, 3 (Prākṛ.). sthali-, f. a deity of a certain locality, Megh. 105.
-- Comp. nara-, i. e. nara-deva + tva, n. royalty, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 22.
I. adj. Given by the gods, Man. 9, 95.
II. m.
1. The conch of Arjuna, Arj. 5, 24.
2. One of the vital airs, that which is exhaled in yawning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 16.
3. A proper name used to denote a person in general, Pañc. 36, 2; Vedāntas. 213, 1.
1. devṛ + a, A husband's brother, but especially his younger brother, Man. 3, 55.
2. div + ara, A lover, Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 26.
1. A dice-player, MBh. 2, 2005.
2. A gamester, MBh. 4, 496.
1. of a goddess, Kathās. 12, 163;
2. of a queen, 17, 45.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. levir; O.H.G. zeihur; A.S. tacur, tacor.
1. A place, Man. 2, 222.
2. A part, a side, Kathās. 18, 280.
3. A country, Rām. 1, 61, 10.
4. When latter part of comp. words, often without a special signification, e. g. kaṇṭha-deśa = kaṇṭha, Kathās. 17, 81; nitamba-, Ṛt. 1, 6; Rām. 1, 55, 3. Comp. a-, m.
1. an improper place, Hit. iv. d. 45. 2. a place which ought not to be touched, Man. 8, 358. eka-, m. 1. one place, Pañc. 21, 13. 2. one part, Man. 2, 141. tanū-, m. a part of the body, Bhāg. P. 7, 13, 12. diś-, pl. a country in this or that direction, distant countries, Hit. 9, 4; cf. Rājat. 4, 417. para-, m. a foreign country. pūrva-, m. the eastern country, MBh. 2, 1856. madhya-, m. the middle region, a part of India, Man. 2, 21. vi-, m. 1. a foreign country, abroad. 2. any place away from home. sa-, adj. 1. near. 2. of the same country or place.
1. A guide, MBh. 7, 143.
2. A teacher, 13, 6847.
1. Belonging to a country or province.
2. Latter part of comp. adj. Bordering, being about, e. g. pañca(n)-varṣa + ka-, About five years old, MBh. 12, 1119.
1. adj. subst. A witness, Man. 8, 52.
2. adj. Belonging to a country, Rājat. 3, 9.
3. adj. Of genuine descent, Rām. 2, 72, 23 Gorr. (cf. deśaja).
4. adj. Being almost, e. g. śiśu-, Being almost still a child, Rājat. 5, 220.
-- Comp. a-, adj. one who has not been present at a place, Man. 8, 53. tad-, adj. being of the same country, MBh. 12, 6305. nānā-, adj. belonging to or coming from several countries, MBh. 1, 5221.
-- Comp. ūrdhva-, n. obsequies, Rām. 2, 90, 37 Gorr. pūrva-, m. a former existence, Hariv. 9153.
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. Embodied, Rām. 6, 90, 44.
II. m. A living creature, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 44.
I. adj. subst. Embodied, a creature having a body, Man. 1, 30.
II. m.
1. A man, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.
2. The soul, Bhag. 2, 22.
-- With the prep. ava ava, ptcple. of the pf. pass. avadāta,
1. Pure, Lass. 67, 3.
2. White or yellow, Sāv. 5, 8.
3. Dazzling white, MBh. 5, 1794.
-- With vyava vi-ava, pass. To spread, shining with clear light, Daśak. 55, 3.
1. m An Asura or demon, Rām. 1, 45, 38.
2. adj., f. yī, Referring, belonging to the Asuras, MBh. 12, 7544.
-- Comp. a-, m. a god, Hariv. 11139.
1. Affliction, Rām. 6, 89, 17.
2. Humbleness, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
3. Miserable state, Megh. 82.
I. adj., f. vī.
1. Divine, Man. 1, 67.
2. (with and without vivāha), m. One of the forms of marriage, the gift of a daughter at a sacrifice to the officiating priest, Man. 3, 21; 9, 196.
3. n. The part of the hand sacred to the gods (the tips of the fingers), Man. 2, 59.
4. Royal, Rājat. 5, 205.
II. n.
1. Deity, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 4.
2. An oblation to the gods, Man. 3, 18.
3. Divine power, destiny, fate, Man. 3, 166; Hit. pr. d. 32; Daśak. in Chr. 187, 15.
-- Comp. adhi-, n. 1. the supreme deity, Bhag. 8, 4. 2. a tutelary deity, Śāk. 7, 10, v. r. kula-, n. 1. the fortune of a family, Bhāg. P. 9, 5, 9. 2. the deity of a family, 9, 9, 43. dus-, n. misfortune, Lass. 74, 19.
-- Comp. adhi-, n. 1. the supreme deity, Bhag. 8, 4. 2. a tutelary deity, Śāk. 7, 10, v. r. ap-, adj. having water for its divinity, glorifying the deity of water, Man. 8, 106. pitṛ-, adj., f. tī, referring to the worship of the Manes.
I. adj. Struck by fate, Amar. 46.
II. n. A shock of fortune, Prab. 89, 17.
I. adj.
1. Divine, Man. 1, 65.
2. Caused by the gods, Yājñ. 2, 113.
II. n. An inevitable accident, Man. 8, 109; Yājñ. 2, 66.
I. adj.
1. Referring to space, Bhāṣāp. 120.
2. Belonging to a country, Rājat. 6, 303.
II. m.
1. A guide, MBh. 1, 3599.
2. A preceptor, MBh. 12, 12137.
I. adj. Being in a body, Bhāg P. 1, 4, 30.
II. m. The soul, 6, 1, 42.
I. m.
1. One who milks, Man. 4, 67.
2. One who performs something from interested motives, Bhāg. P. 3, 29, 32.
II. f. dhrī.
1. Yielding milk or other desirable objects, MBh. 1, 3934; 13, 3104.
2. A milch cow, MBh. 7, 2410.
1. A swing, Nal. 10, 27.
2. A swinging hammock, a sort of litter, Ragh. 19, 44.
3. Fluctuation, incertitude, MBh. 9, 3525.
1. Defect, blemish, Hariv. 2108; Man. 8, 205.
2. Fault, vice, MBh. 5, 1048.
3. Damage, Yājñ. 2, 256.
4. Sin, Man. 5, 3.
5. Crime, Man. 9, 262.
6. Reproach, Rām. 2, 101, 32 Gorr.; doṣeṇa gam, To accuse, Chr. 16, 14.
7. Detrimental operation, Kathās. 13, 35.
8. Effect, Rām. 3, 79, 25.
9. Disorder of the humours of the body, or defect in the functions of bile, phlegm, and wind, Suśr. 2, 562, 4.
10. The humours of the body, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 4.
11. Evening, darkness, Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 19.
-- Comp. anna-, m. an offence in diet, Man. 5, 4. karmadoṣa, i. e. karman-, m. a sinful act, Man. 6, 101. grahaṇī-, m. diarrhoea, Suśr. 1, 175, 6. dṛṣṭa-, adj. 1. an object of which the defects have been perceived, Hariv. 2108. 2. a heinous offender, Man. 8, 64. pāna-, m. the fault of intoxication, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 3. vāgd°, i. e. vāc-, m. 1. defamation. 2. ungrammatical speech.
3. uttering a disagreeable sound. svapna-, m. Pollutio nocturna.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Of a transgression (viz. to suspect), Nal. 23, 28.
2. By the detrimental effect of something, Kathās. 13, 33.
1. Blemished, Man. 8, 224.
2. Deficient, MBh. 12, 8037.
3. Guilty, MBh. 13, 57.
4. Detrimental, Rām. 5, 90, 26.
-- Comp. a-, adj. innocent, Man. 8, 114 (pūrvaṃpūrvam adoṣavat, every preceding object [in a series of things, which are reckoned up] may be received [by a Brāhmaṇa] with less offence than the following).
1. Milking, Kumāras. 1, 2; profiting, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 19.
2. Milk, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 13.
3. A milk pail, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 27.
-- Comp. kāṃsya-, adj., f. hā, yielding a brass pail of milk, MBh. 13, 3517.
1. The desired object of a pregnant woman, Yājñ. 3, 79.
2. The longing of pregnant women, Kathās. 9, 46.
3. Pregnancy, Ragh. 3, 6.
4. Morbid desire, Pañc. 208, 19.
5. Desire, Rām. 5, 25, 45.
6. A kind of incense used as a manure, Pūrva Naiṣ. i. 82.
I. adj., f. nā, Yielding milk or other desirable objects, MBh. 12, 7295; Hariv. 5294.
II. n. A milk vessel, Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 3.
-- Comp. go-, n. the time necessary for milking a cow, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 39.
1. Enmity, MBh. 5, 751.
2. The longing of pregnant women.
I. adj. Sprung from a contemptible family, MBh. 3, 12629.
II. n. Low extraction, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 18.
I. m. A daughter's son, Man. 3, 148.
II. f. trī, A daughter's daughter, Rām. 6, 95, 36.
III. m. A rhinoceros, Mārk. P. 32, 7.
1. The longing of pregnant women, Suśr. 1, 89, 12.
2. Pregnancy, Suśr. 1, 322, 15.
1. dyu, ii. 2, Par. To attack.
-- Cf. div.
2. dyu, the base of many cases and derivatives of 3. div, and its substitute when former part of a comp. word, e. g. dyu-cara, m. An inhabitant of the heaven, Hariv. 7497. dyu-jaya, m. Attainment of heaven, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 22.
1. dyut (originally a denomin., probably of dyuti), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 12, 8129), To shine, MBh. 3, 1745. Caus.
1. To illuminate, MBh. 4, 2031.
2. To hint, Sāh. D. 20, 2.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To illuminate, Ragh. 6, 36.
-- With ud ud, To beam, Hariv. 15701. Caus.
1. To illuminate, Prab. 86, 11.
2. To make glorious, Ragh. 10, 81.
-- With samud sam-ud, To shine, Prab. 115, 2.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To illuminate, Prab. 116, 1.
-- With vi vi,
1. To flash, MBh. 3, 180.
2. To illuminate, MBh. 12, 8063. Caus. To illuminate, MBh. 1, 1240.
2. dyut, f. Splendour, MBh. 1, 6406.
1. Splendour, Bhartṛ. 1, 66; Hit. pr. d. 41.
2. Dignity, i. d. 167.
-- Comp. a-mita- (vb. mā), adj. of boundless splendour. gharma-, m. the sun, Kir. 5, 41. tuhina-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 30. mahā-, adj. supremely glorious, Man. 1, 87. hima-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 12.
I. adj., f. matī.
1. Brilliant, Kir. 5, 8.
2. Dignified, Rām. 1, 1, 10.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3832.
2. dyu + mant, adj., f. matī.
1. Brilliant, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 29.
2. Brisk, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
1. Splendour, Chr. 287, 1 = Rigv. i. 48, 1.
2. Strength, Chr. 288, 16 = Rigv. i. 48, 16.
3. Wealth, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 12.
-- Comp. indra- and dhṛṣṭa-, m. proper names, MBh. 3, 491; 1, 2437.
† dyai, i. 1, Par. To treat contemptuously or to disfigure.
1. Base of some cases of 3. div (q. cf.).
2. A substitute for div as former part of a comp., MBh. 8, 4658; 12, 1799.
-- Comp. cintya- (vb. cint), m. a class of deities, MBh. 13, 1373.
-- Comp. srava-, m. a fair, a market.
-- With drapsa, Drop; cf. perhaps [greek]
-- Cf. [greek] see drā, dru.
I. adj.
1. Running (ved.).
2. Liquid, Hariv. 12333.
3. n. A liquid substance, Man. 5, 115.
II. m.
1. Quick motion, Hariv. 11430.
2. Flight, 12567.
3. Fluidity, Bhāṣāp. 29.
-- Comp. amṛta-, adj., f. vā, flowing with Amṛta (and medicaments), Śiś. 9, 36.
1. Fluidity, Bhāṣāp. 153 (°tva + ka in 30).
2. Fusibility, Hit. i. d. 87.
1. The name of a people, MBh. 14, 832.
2. The son of a Vrātya or degraded Kṣatriya, Man. 10, 22.
I. n.
1. Wealth, Man. 7, 136.
2. Money, Rājat. 5, 167.
3. Strength, Rām. 1, 16, 15.
II. m.
1. pl. Wealth, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 12.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2585.
3. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 15.
4. The name of the inhabitants of a Varṣa or division of the world, 5, 20, 22.
1. Object, thing, Man. 1, 113; 8, 34.
2. Substance, Bhāṣāp. 1.
3. Property, Man. 4, 114.
4. A fit object.
-- Comp. a-, n. a worthless object, Hit. pr. d. 43; Mālav. 14, 23. apa-, n. any bad substance. nis-, adj. 1. immaterial, MBh. 12, 11350. 2. poor, Rām. 5, 33, 31. sītā-, n. pl. implements of husbandry, Man. 9, 293.
1. One who sees, MBh. 3, 12623.
2. One who decides, Yājñ. 2, 202.
3. A judge, Mṛcch. 137, 16.
1. drā, ii. 2. Par. To run. Caus. drāpaya. Anomal. frequent. daridrā, To be in distress, to be poor, Hit. ii. d. 2.
-- Cf. [greek] (from the Causal).
2. drā, ii. 2, and drai drai, i. 1, drā + ya (properly drā, i. 4), Par. (also Ātm. Mṛcch. 116, 10), To sleep.
-- With the prep. ni ni, To fall asleep, MBh. 13, 7568; 7418. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nidrāṇa, Sleeping, Rājat. 2, 165.
-- Cf. O.H.G. traum; O.S. drom. O.H.G. denomin. traumjan; O.S. drāmjan, to dream; Lat. dormire (a denomin based on dor + mo), [greek] and [greek] (also a denomin. based on [greek] + tvan).
1. A vine, Hariv. 6407.
2. A grape, Gīt. 12, 29.
† drākh, i. 1, Par.
1. To become dry.
2. To be sufficient; cf. dhrākh.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. trukan; A. S. drig, dryg, drí.
† drāgh, i. 1, Ātm. (probably a denomin. derived from dīrgha, comparat. drāghīyaṃs, etc.),
1. To lengthen.
2. To exert one's self, to be tired.
3. To be able.
4. To torment.
5. To stroll.
1. To extend, Rājat. 4, 513.
2. To lengthen, Bhaṭṭ. 18, 33.
3. To tarry, Rām. 2, 109, 14 Gorr.
-- With the prep. ud ud, Caus. To split, Śatr. 14, 44 (perhaps faulty).
I. adj. Putting to flight, MBh. 8, 1523.
II. n. Putting to flight, Hariv. 7583.
I. adj., f. ḍī, Belonging to the Draviḍas, MBh. 8, 454.
II. m. pl. = Draviḍa, MBh. 1, 6683.
III. f. ḍī, Cardamom, Suśr. 1, 142, 4.
† drāh, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To wake.
2. To cast down.
1. dru (akin to dram, 1. drā), i. 1, Par. (also Ātm., MBh. 6, 4710),
1. To run, MBh. 8, 3014.
2. To attack, MBh. 1, 5478.
3. To melt, Lass. 24, 7. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. druta,
1. Swift, MBh. 13, 1839
2. Flown, Ṛt. 1, 20.
3. Running away, Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 14.
4. Molten, Śiś. 9, 9. °tam, adv. Instantly, Man. 9, 272. Comparat. druta + tara + m, adv. As quickly as possible, Pañc. 25, 15. Caus. drāvaya, To put to flight, MBh. 4, 1082. Anomal. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. drāvayāṇa, MBh. 6, 5199.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To pursue, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 16. anudruta,
1. Pursued, Ragh. 3, 38.
2. Accompanied, Rām. 2, 65, 26.
3. Pursuing, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 7.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pursue, MBh. 10, 657; to follow, 14, 636.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To run on, MBh. 1, 6000.
2. To attack, Arj. 7, 1.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi,
1. To assail, MBh. 6, 1953.
2. To infest, MBh. 18, 46. samabhidruta + m, adv. Quickly, 12, 6402.
-- With ā ā, To hasten on, MBh. 3, 248.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To pursue, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 17.
-- With paryā. pari-ā, To hasten on round about, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 13.
-- With prā pra-ā,
1. To run away, MBh. 1, 2843.
2. To escape, 1, 6127.
-- With saṃprā sam-pra-ā, To run away, MBh. 9, 1675 (perhaps only sam-pra).
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To assail, MBh. 7, 5292.
-- With samā sam-ā, To assail, MBh. 2, 815.
-- With upa upa, To assail, Pañc. 147, 1. upadruta,
1. Assailed, Hariv. 1151.
2. Distressed, Rām. 2, 48, 22.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, To rush on, Pañc. 226, 23.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To run on, MBh. 3, 10993.
2. To assail, Rām. 4, 48, 29.
-- With parā parā. To run away, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 18.
-- With pra pra,
1. To press on, Arj. 6, 8.
2. To run away, MBh. 3, 8749.
3. To hasten to, Rām. 1, 20, 6.
4. To attain, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 19. pradruta, Run away, Rām. 2, 97, 9. Caus. To put to flight, MBh. 8, 2424.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To assail, MBh. 9, 398.
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To run in different directions, to disperse, Rām. 2, 102, 1 Gorr.
2. To run away, MBh. 3, 861. vipradruta, Run away, MBh. 3, 675.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To run away, MBh. 3, 239.
-- With prati prati, To run to, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 17.
-- With vi vi,
1. To run in different directions, MBh. 3, 2549.
2. To run away, MBh. 4, 163.
3. To burst, MBh. 13, 7472. vidruta,
1. Run in different directions, Sund. 4, 20.
2. Run away, Draup. 8, 35.
3. Burst, Man. 7, 3.
4. Dissolved, i. e. destroyed, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 49.
5. Unsteady, Pañc. 203, 3. Caus. To put to flight, MBh. 1, 6680.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi,
1. To assail, MBh. 6, 1776.
2. To run away, MBh. 6, 4614.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravidruta, Run away, MBh. 7, 4865.
-- Cf. Lat. gruere in in-gruere etc., and ruere; probably O.H.G. triufan, A.S. driopan (an old Causal); O.H.G. trofo; A.S. dropa; O.H.G. trauf, trauti.
2. dru, ii. 5, Par.
1. To hurt.
2. † To repent, v. r.
3. dru. i. e. dṛ + u,
I. m. and n. Wood, Man. 7, 131.
II. m. A tree.
-- Cf. [greek] Got trin; A. S. tre. a tree.
† druḍ. i. 1 and 6. Par. To sink.
† druṇ. i. e. Par.
1. To make crooked.
2. To go.
3. To hurt; cf. 2. dru and drū.
3. dru + ma, m.
1. A tree, Man. 9, 255.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 227.
-- Comp. kalpa-, m. a fabulous tree fulfilling all wishes, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 5. grāma- and caitya-, m. a sacred tree growing in a village or near it, and held in veneration by the villagers, Hiḍ. 1, 39. chāyā-, m. very shady tree, Śāk. d. 86. sa-p vata-vana-, adj. with (its) mountains, forests, and trees, Chr. 40, 20.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. druh, i. 4, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 2, 75, 22),
1. To hurt, Rām. 2, 25, 17.
2. To seek to injure or to grieve, Man. 2, 144. With the dat., Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 15; with the gen., Rām. 2, 99, 23 Gorr.; with the loc., Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 21; and with the acc., MBh. 2, 2107. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. drugdha, Wished to be injured, Rājat. 5, 298. Comp. a-drudgha, adj. innoccnt, MBh. 5, 715.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To hurt, Bhāg. P. 4, 20, 3.
2. To seek to hurt, Pañc. i. d. 270, with the dat. and acc. abhidrugdha, Seeking to injure, MBh. 5, 2160.
-- With vi vi, To insult, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 41.
-- Cf. Goth. driugan (d instead of t on account of the following r), dalgs; O.H.G. triugan (see droha).
2. druh,
1. m. An injurer, MBh. 7, 6512.
2. Latter part of adj., Injuring, having injured, e. g. garbha-bhartṛ-, f. A woman who has caused an abortion or stricken her husband, Man. 5, 90. mitra-, n. An injurer of his friend, Man. 3, 160.
-- Cf. 2. dru.
1. To sound.
2. To increase (?).
3. To show pride (?).
-- With the prep. pra pra, To begin to neigh, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 8.
I. n. A wooden tub, MBh, 1, 5105.
II. m. and n.
1. A measure of capacity, = āḍhaka, Man. 7, 126.
2. A cloud abounding in water, Mṛcch. 163, 8.
III. m. A proper name, the military preceptor of the Pāṇḍus and Kurus, MBh. 1, 2434.
IV. f. ṇī.
1. A wooden tub, Hariv. 3866.
2. A valley, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 5; Rājat. 5, 141.
-- Comp. saha-droṇa, adj. with Droṇa. snāna-droṇī, f. a bathing-tub, Rājat. 5, 46.
III.), MBh. 7, 936.
1. Injury, Pañc. 45, 25.
2. Insidious wounding, Man. 7, 48.
3. Perfidy, Rājat. 4, 410.
-- Comp. a-, n. 1. absenec of injury, Man. 4, 2. 2. kindness, Sāv. 5, 34. nis-, adj. 1. not hostile, Rājat. 1, 362. 2. innoccnt, 5, 208. 3. Well disposed, 6, 26.
I. druh + in, latter part of comp. adj. Injuring, Rām. 3, 16, 34.
II. droha + in, adj. Perfidious, Rājat. 1, 162.
I. adj., f. kī, Containing a Droṇa (see droṇa
II.), e. g. pañcadrauṇika, i. e. pañcan-droṇa + ika, Containing five Droṇas, MBh. 2, 2091.
II. (m. or n.), A field which may be sown with a Droṇa of grain, Kathās. 3, 33.
2. A pair of opposite things, as heat and cold, Man. 1, 26.
3. Quarrel, contest, MBh. 12, 7557.
4. A duel, MBh. 5, 7083.
5. Doubt, MBh. 1, 1867.
6. A class of comp. words, Bhag. 10, 33. Acc. sing. °dvam, and instr. °dvena, adv. Two by two. Hariv. 3754; Bhāg. P. 8, 10. 34.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. 1. indifferent in regard to the opposite pairs, as pleasure and pain, etc. (cf. Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 17), Bhag. 2, 45. 2. independent, MBh. 12, 489. 3. free from jealousy, MBh. 3, 14734. 4. uncontested, MBh. 4, 889.
I. adj., f. yī, Of two different sorts, Bhartṛ. 2, 25.
II. n.
1. A pair, Yājñ. 1, 59.
2. Two things, Bhartṛ. 1, 53.
3. Both, MBh. 12, 6552.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without a second, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 10.
-- Cf. [greek].
I. adj. Standing at the door, Rām. 2, 71, 30.
II. m. A porter, Rām. 6, 8, 37.
I. ordln. numb., f. śī, Twelfth, Man. 2, 36; 7, 130.
II. f. śī, The twelfth day of the half-month, Kathās. 26, 4.
1. Twelfth, MBh. 12, 11955.
2. Amounting to twelve, Man. 8, 268.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. duodecim.
1. The die which is maried with two points, MBh. 4, 1578.
2. The third of the four yugas or great periods, Man. 9, 391.
1. A door, a gate, Man. 3, 88.
2. Opportunity, Mṛcch. 138, 1.
3. A means; instr, dvārā, as latter part of comp. words, By, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 11.
1. A door, a gate, Man. 9, 289.
2. A way, MBh. 7, 1526.
3. A means, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 1; instr. dvāreṇa, as latter part of comp. words,
1. By, Pañc. i. d. 52.
2. By means of, Pañc. 166, 17.
-- Comp. a-, n. any other entrance than the door, Man. 4, 73; not a door, MBh. 13, 4749. gaṅgā-, n. the locality where the Gaṅgā, leaving the mountains, enters the plains. gala-, n. the mouth. giri-, n. a mountain-pass. pakṣa-, n. a side-door. śakṛddv°, i. e. śakṛt-, n. the anus. siṃha-, n. a gate, especially the chief gate of a palace.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. foras, foris, fores; Goth. daur, A.S. duru, dyr.
I. n. A gate, MBh. 12, 2639.
II. f. kā, The name of Kṛṣṇa's residence, MBh. 1, 7899.
I. adj., f. thā, Standing at the door, Pañc. 198, 11.
II. m. A perter, Pañc. 15, 25.
1. Two.
2. Both, Rām. 6, 95, 44.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. duo, bi-farius, dubius, duellum, bellum, dis-; Goth. tvai; A. S. tvá, twi-, tweogan; Goth. tveifljan, tvi-standan, dis-dailjan.
I. adj. Increased by two, Man. 8, 141 (two in the hundred).
II. (n.) A pair, Rājat. 1, 56.
I. adj. Twice born.
II. m.
1. A man of either of the three first classes, as their initiation passes for a second birth, especially a Brāhamaṇa, Yājñ. 1, 39; Nal. 16, 1.
2. A bird, Man. 5, 17.
3. A tooth, Bhartṛ. 1, 12.
-- Comp. a-, adj. deprived of Brāhmaṇas, Man. 8, 22.
I. adj.
1. Involved in duality, Bhāg. P. 6, 15, 28.
2. Both, Ragh. 8, 89.
II. n. A pair, two, Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 14.
I. ordinal number, f. yā,
1. Second, Man. 2, 169. °yam, adv. A second time, again, Man. 11, 232.
II. m. A companion, MBh. 13, 4899.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. quite alone, Kathās. 24, 103. 2. incomparable, Rām. 4, 22, 2.
1. In two parts, Man. 1, 12.
2. Divided, Sāv. 4, 33.
3. Of two kinds, Sāh. D. 8.
-- Cf. [greek] .
-- Comp. gandha-, m. a very strong kind of elephant, Vikr. d. 156. maru-, m. a camel. sura-, m. an elephant of the gods.
1. dviṣ, ii. 2 (in epic poetry also i. 6, MBh. 2, 1934; 1943), Par. Ātm.
1. To hate, MBh. 12, 8051.
2. To show one's hatred, Man. 7, 12.
3. To dislike, Bhag. 2, 57. Ptcple. of the pres. dviṣant, m. A foe, Man. 3, 144. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dviṣṭa,
1. Odious, Yājñ. 2, 304.
2. Hostile, Hariv. 4673. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. dveṣya,
1. Disagreeable, MBh. 4. 120.
2. Odious, Rām. 2, 21, 57. m. A foe, Man. 9, 307.
-- With anu anu, To wreak one's anger upon one, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 7.
-- With pra pra,
1. To dislike, Bhag. 16, 18.
2. To hate, MBh. 14, 789.
3. To show one's hatred, MBh. 12, 8397.
-- With vi vi, To dislike, Hariv. 8395. vidviṣant, m. A foe, Bhartṛ. 3, 68. vidviṣṭa,
1. Odious, Man. 2, 57.
2. Being in contradiction to, Rām. 2, 116, 46 Gorr.
-- With sam sam, saṃdviṣṭa, Hated, MBh. 12. 53.
-- Cf. [greek] (frequent.) [greek] probably also [greek] (frequent.), [greek] etc.; Lat. in -vīsus, dirus.
2. dviṣ,
I. latter part of comp. adj. Hating, Man. 3, 41.
II. m. A foe, MBh. 4, 509.
-- Comp. pura-, m. a name of Śiva, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 8.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. bis.
1. An island, Rām. 2, 25, 34.
2. Shelter, MBh. 2, 2118.
3. The name of the four, seven, or thirteen grand divisions of the terrestrial world, each of these being separated from the next by a different circumambient ocean, MBh. 6, 404.
-- Comp. kuśa-, m. one of the seven divisions of the terrestrial world, MBh. 13, 673. gaṇa-, m. the name of an island (?), Rām. 4, 40, 33. jambū-, m. the name of one of the seven divisions of the world, and implying the central division, or the known world; according to the Bauddhas, it is confined to India, MBh. 6, 207; Lalit. 27. jala-, m. the name of an island, Rām. 4, 40, 33. nāga-, m. the name of a division of the world, MBh. 6, 251.
-- Cf. trayodaśadvīpavant i. e. trayodaśan-, adj., f. vatī, Containing thirteen dvīpas, MBh. 3, 182. saptan-, adj. Containing seven dvīpas, Bhāg. P. 3, 21. 2.
† dvṛ, i. 1, Par.
1. To stop. 2. To cover.
3. To disregard.
4. To appropriate.
1. Hatred, Man. 4, 163.
2. Abhorrence, repentance, Śāk. 66, 2.
4. Malignity, Man. 8, 225.
I. m. An enemy, MBh. 12, 6278.
II. n. Hatred against (with gen.), 5, 3263.
I. adj. Disliking, Suśr. 1, 118, 14.
II. m. A foe, Hariv. 1507.
1. One who dislikes, Suśr. 1, 121, 5.
2. A foe, MBh. 1, 1941.
-- Comp. a-, n. being alone, Rām. 3, 3, 3.
1. Duality, Man. 2, 14 (two texts)
2. Difference, Man. 9, 32.
3. Contradiction, Man. 8, 73.
4. A contest, a personal conflict, MBh. 5, 5828.
5. Duplicity, Pañc. iii. d. 62.
6. Division of an army, Man. 7, 167.
1. Duality, MBh. 14, 809.
2. Doubt, MBh. 7, 1211.
3. Uncertainty, Śāk. 15, 11.
4. Duplicity, Pañc. iii. d. 59.
5. Division of an army, Man. 7, 160.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sincere, Kām. Nītis. 4, 67.
1. dvīpa + āyana, m. A name of Vyāsa, MBh. 1, 2416.
2. dvaipāyana + a, adj. Referring to Vyāsa, MBh. 9, 1743.
1. Having different mothers, Rājat. 4, 355.
2. Having another mother, 5, 22.
I. adj. combined with yuddha, and subst. n. without yuddha, A single fight in chariots, Rām. 6, 86, 27; MBh. 4, 1061.
II. m. An adversary, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 34.
1. Duality, twofold character, Bhāṣāp. 141.
2. Duplicity, MBh. 15, 236.
† dhakk, i. 10, Par. To destroy.
† dhaṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. dhvan.
1. dhan (cf. dhanv), f. †, Par.
1. To put in motion (ved.).
2. † To bear or produce grains, etc. Caus. dhanaya, To put in motion, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 88, 3.
2. dhan, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. dhvan.
1. Property of any description, chattels, Man. 8, 201.
2. A gift, Man. 3, 138.
3. Gold, money, Man. 3, 6; Rām. 1, 5, 5.
4. Abundance in, Man. 2, 155.
5. Cattle, Hariv. 3886.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. nā. 1. having no property, Man. 8, 416. 2. poor, Rām. 1, 15, 18. antar-, n. an inward treasure, Bhartṛ. 2, 13. alam-, adj. having a sufficient property, Man. 8, 162. alpa-, adj. possessing little wealth, Man. 3, 66. kanyā-, n. dowry, Rām. 1, 74, 3. go-, n. 1. property in cattle, MBh. 4, 1504. 2. a station of cowherds, Rām. 2, 32, 42 Gorr. tapodhana, i. e. tapas-, adj., f. nā. 1. devout; subst. m. an ascetic, Man. 11, 241. 2. Consisting in devotion, MBh. 13, 2727. nis-, adj. poor, Bhartṛ. 2, 12. mahā, I. adj. 1. rich. 2. valuable. II. n. 1. (ved.) battle, Chr. 297, 17 = Rigv. i. 112, 17. 2. gold. 3. incense. 4. costly raiment. 5. agriculture. vidyā-, n. property acquired by learning, Man. 9, 206. satya-, adj. sincere, virtuous. su-, m. a proper name. hṛta- (vb. hṛ), adj. spoiled of wealth.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
I. adj. Conquering booty, MBh. 9, 2665.
II. m.
1. One of the five vital airs, that which is supposed to fatten, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 16.
2. A name of Arjuna, MBh. 1, 2444.
3. One of the Nāgas or infernal serpents, MBh. 1, 1550.
4. A proper name, MBh. 2, 1238.
I. adj. Liberal, Kām. Nītis. 3, 23.
II. m. A name of Kuvera, Rām. 3, 39, 20.
-- Cf. probably Lat. dives.
I. adj. Wealthy, Pañc. 229, 1.
II. m. A creditor, Man. 8, 47.
I. adj., f. nī, Wealthy, Man. 8, 179.
II. m.
1. A creditor, Man. 8, 61.
2. An owner, Man. 8, 147.
1. A bow, Hit. pr. d. 22.
2. A measure of length, MBh. 8, 4224.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with a bow (in his hand).
I. adj. Bearing a bow, Draup. 2, 8.
II. m. An archer, Pañc. i. d. 219.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a mighty archer.
I. adj. Armed with a bow, MBh. 7, 9536.
II. n.
1. A bow, Man. 3, 160.
2. A measure of length, Man. 8, 237.
3. The sign Sagittarius.
4. A desert, Man. 7, 70 (cf. dhanvan).
-- Comp. indra- and sura-pati-, n. the rainbow, Man. 1, 38; Megh. 73. puṣpa-, m. a name of the god of love, Śiś. 9, 41. sa-, adj. armed with a bow.
I. adj.
1. Bringing wealth, Man. 4, 19.
2. Auspicious, MBh. 8, 3606.
3. Fortunate, MBh. 13, 937.
II. m. A kind of pell, Rām. 1, 31, 8 Gorr.
-- Comp. priya-, adj. bow-loving, MBh. 7, 9596.
I. (a curtailed form of dhanvant, cf. dhanus), n. A bow; in the classic language almost always latter part of comp. adj. or sbst. derived from adjectives, e. g. udyata- (vb. yam), adj. With raised bow, Rām. 2, 91, 10 Gorr. kusuma-, puṣpa-, m. Kāma, the god of love (properly, adj. Having a bow made of flowers), Prab. 72, 11. gāṇḍīva-, m. A name of Arjuna, Megh. 49.
II. m. and n. A country scantily supplied with water, a desert, Man. 7, 70 (v. r.).
-- Comp. su-, m. 1. an archer. 2. the son of an outcast Vaiśya, Man. 10, 23. 3. Viśvakarman, the artist of the gods.
1. A name of the sun, MBh. 3, 155.
2. The physician of the gods, who was produced at the churning of the ocean, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 31.
I. adj. Armed with a bow, MBh. 4, 1639.
II. m.
1. An archer, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 21.
2. The sign Sagittarius, Varāb. Bṛh. S. 5, 41.
3. A name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10361.
4. A proper name, Hariv. 429.
and nī dham + ani/ī (vb. dhamā), f. A vein, MBh. 1, 5936.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Bearing, especially latter part of comp. adj., e. g. Arj. 6, 10.
2. Preserving, MBh. 6, 3005.
3. Possessed of, Rām. 1, 9, 27.
4. Observing, Pañc. 187, 12.
II. m. The name of a vasu, MBh. 1, 2582.
III. f. rā, The earth, Man. 6, 26.
-- Comp. gadā-, m. a name of Kṛṣṇa, Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 39. garbha-, adj., f. rā, pregnant, MBh. 3, 12864. jagatī-, m. a mountain, Kir. 5, 45. jaṭā-, 1. adj. wearing matted hair (cf. jaṭā) Rām. 2, 86, 22; an ascetic, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 7. 2. epithet of Śiva, MBh. 3, 1625. toya-, adj. containing water, Rām. 2, 93, 9. daṇḍa-,
I. adj. 1. having a mast, Rām. 2, 97, 17. 2. holding a rod as symbol of justice, chastising, Man. 9, 245; MBh. 12, 694.
II. m. 1. a king, Ragh. 9, 3. 2. a judge, Daśak. 111, 12. 3. epithet of Yama, Rājat. 4, 655. daṇḍa-vrata-, adj. puniṣing, Bhāg. P. 4, 13, 22. dus-, adj., f. rā. 1. difficult to be borne, MBh. 5, 4403. 2. hard to be supported, Hariv. 8293. 3. hard to be managed, Man. 7, 28. 4. hard to be kept in remembrance, MBh. 13, 3618. dhanus, adj. sbst. armed with a bow, an archer, Man. 7, 74. dharaṇī-,
I. adj. holding the earth, MBh. 13, 6159.
II. m. 1. a mountain, Rām. 6, 16, 4. 2. a king, Rājat. 3, 63. dharā-,
I. adj. holding, supporting the earth, MBh. 13, 6860.
II. m. a mountain, Rām. 3, 35, 24; dhārā-, m. a cloud, MBh. 4, 2039. pakṣa-,
I. adj. Siding with, MBh. 1, 7507.
II. m. a bird, Hariv. 11852. pāśa-, m. (holding a noose), a name of Varuṇa, Hariv. 4808. māyā-, adj. fraudulent, Rām. 3, 49, 17. rājamantra-, i. e. rājan-mantra-, m. a king's counsellor, Hariv. 4137. hala-,
I. adj. holding a plough.
II. m. Balarāma.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Preserving, Hariv. 9643.
II. f. ṇī, and dharaṇi dharaṇi, The earth, Rām. 2, 42, 2; 1, 44, 17.
III. n.
1. Supporting, Kumāras. 1, 17.
2. Support, Hariv. 12823.
3. A weight of ten Palas, Man. 8, 135; 136.
II.).
1. A supporter, Hariv. 7419.
2. The earth, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
1. Virtue, Hit. i. d. 59.
2. Merit, Bhāṣāp. 160.
3. Right, Man. 1, 26.
4. Law, Man. 1, 114; 2, 12.
5. Duty, Man. 6, 92.
6. Justice, Man. 7, 18.
7. Character, quality, MBh. 12, 7850.
8. Resemblance, Rām. 2, 123, 14 Gorr. (dharmāt, Like).
9. A sacrifice, MBh. 14, 2623.
10. Personified justice, Rām. 1, 1, 19.
11. = Yama, the judge of the dead, Hiḍ. 1, 34.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. wrong, Man. 1, 26. 2. unjust way, Man. 2, 111. 3. demerit, Bhāṣāp. 160. atithi-, m. 1. the duty of hospitality, Pañc. 35, 17. 2. the character of a guest, Man. 3, 111. araṇya-, m. the customs of beasts, Pañc. 31, 6. āpad-, m. the duties and dispensations in time of distress, Man. 1, 116. kāla-, m. death, Rām. 1, 43, 10. kula-, m. the customs of families, Man. 1, 118. kūṭa-, adj. where falsehood passes for right, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 10. go-, m. 1. law concerning cattle, MBh. 1, 4195. 2. public sexual intercourse. grāmya-, 1. m. the customs of tame animals (or of persons living in a village ?), Pañc. 31, 6. 2. public sexual intercourse. chadman-, m. hypocrisy, Rām. 4, 16, 21. jāti-, m. the customs of tribes, Man. 1, 118. dus-, adj. following bad customs, MBh. 8, 2066. paśu-, m. 1. manner of treating cattle, Pañc. 34, 16. 2. a custom fit only for beasts, Man. 9, 66. pāṇi-, m. the form of marriage, MBh. 1, 3379. yuddha-, m. the law of war. viśeṣa-, m. peculiar or different duty. satya-, m. a proper name. sākṣāt-, m. the living law, Man. 2, 12 (cf. 2, 237). su-, f. mā and mī, a council of the gods. strī-, m. 1. law concerning women, Man. 1, 114. 2. duty of women. 3. Menses. sva-, m. 1. that which is due to somebody, one's right, Chr. 21, 8. 2. one's duty, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 4. 3. peculiar duty or occupation. 4. peculiarity.
-- Comp. putra-, adv. by the ceremonies used on the birth of a son, Chr. 55, 20.
1. n. in ved. language = dharma.
2. in the later language hardly ever used except as a substitute for dharma, when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. vidita-, adj. Knowing one's duty, Śāk. 40, 4.
-- Comp. kāla-, n. death, Hariv. 4761. kṣatra-, adj. fulfilling the duty of a warrior, Chr. 30, 37. manuṣya-, m. Kuvera, the god of wealth. śabdādi-, i. e. śabda-ādi-, n. quality of sound, etc., Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 28. sa-, adj. 1. equal in respect of duty, Man. 10, 41. 2. of the same caste, performing like duties. 3. of the same properties. 4. Like.
I. Virtuous, MBh. 7, 1663.
II. Having special qualities, Hariv. 10948.
III. Latter part of comp. adj.
1. Following the law of (Bhagavant), Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 10.
2. Bound by the law of (the twice born), Man. 10, 41.
3. Following the habits of (beasts), MBh. 1, 3480.
4. Having the nature of (perishableness), Ragh. 8, 10.
5. Having duties (to each other), MBh. 14, 708.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. Observing the same customs or laws.
II. f. iṇī, A wife wedded according to the ritual of the Vedas. strī-, i. e. strī-dharma + in, f. iṇī, A woman during menstruation.
1. Performing all duties, Man. 3, 40.
2. Very virtuous, Bhāg. P. 9, 16, 15.
3. Completely harmonising with law, Rām. 2, 26, 1.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unjust, Rām. 2, 23, 13. 2. very wicked, MBh. 1, 4579.
1. Conformable to law, legal, Man. 3, 22; 9, 111.
2. Loving justice, just, Rām. 2, 21, 49; 50.
3. Legitimate (as a wife), Rām. 3, 4, 7.
4. Latter part of comp. words, Having the quality of (that), Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 2.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. illegal, Man. 3, 25. 2. unjust, Rām. 1, 27, 18.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. difficult to be injured or attacked, Nal. 11, 36; Rām. 6, 16, 58. 2. dangerous, Hariv. 2327. 3. horrible, MBh. 14, 1849.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be attacked, Rām. 4, 9, 55.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A man, Pañc. ii. d. 109.
2. A husband, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 20.
3. A lord, Hariv. 14952.
4. A shrub, Grislea tomentosa Roxb., Rām. 1, 26, 15.
-- Comp. menā-, m. Himālaya, the personified mountain. vi-, see s. v. sa-dhavā, f. a wife whose husband is living.
1. Dazzling white, Kathās. 25, 15.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very white, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 6.
-- Comp. sudhā-, adj. whitewashed, plastered.
1. To put, MBh. 5, 1075; Hit. ii. d. 163; pass. To be contained, MBh. 12, 8933.
2. With manas or matim, often To resolve, Rām. 1, 9, 40, 11, 1; to fix the mind on, Man. 12, 23.
3. To grant, confer, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14 (ved. dhattana for dhatta), MBh. 7, 5267; Man. 1, 29.
4. To generate, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 38.
5. To undertake, Rājat. 1, 295.
6. To put on, Ṛt. 6, 13.
7. To carry, bear, Ragh. 3, 1; Ṛt. 6, 16.
8. To nourish, Chr. 295, 13 = Rigv. i. 92, 13 (ved. dhāmake, conj. of the Aor.).
9. To preserve, Ragh. 1, 26.
10. Ātm. To get, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 23.
11. Ātm. To undergo, Hariv. 531.
12. Ātm. To show, Hit. pr. d. 41. Anomal. impf. adadhan, MBh. 3, 12706. Anomal. Aor. dhīmaki (ved.), Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 18. Anomal. (or rather false) ptcple. of the pf. Par. f. dadhyuṣī (for dadhuṣī), Rām. 2, 16, 20 (= 2, 13, 19 Gorr., where v. r.). Ptcple. of the pres. pass. dhīyamāna, One whose mind is directed to, Hariv. 1854 (adharme, to injustice). Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. dhita (ved. and) Hariv. 7799, Resolved.
II. hita,
1. Fit, suitable, Chr. 10, 5.
2. Salutary, Man. 4, 35; most beneficial, Man. 7, 57.
3. Wothy, Pañc. i. d. 358.
4. Friendly, agreeable, Man. 2, 108. m. A friend, MBh. 12, 5471. n.
1. Well-being, Rām. 3, 53, 12; also pl, Bhartṛ. 2, 65.
2. A good, a benefit, Rājat. 5, 62. Comp. a-hita, I. adj. 1. bad, Man. 3, 20. 2. prejudicial, Rām. 3, 30, 2. II. m. An enemy, Bhag. 2, 36. III. n. injury, Rām. 5, 91, 2. hita-a-hita, adj. 1. good and evil. 2. beneficial and disadvantageous. su-,
I. adj. 1. fit, right. 2. kind. 3. satiate. n., and f. tā, one of the tongues of Agni. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. dheya, To be produced, MBh. 12, 13108.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, Ātm. To conquer, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2.
-- With antar antar,
1. To cover, MBh. 4, 1683.
2. To cause to disappear, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 35.
3. To cclipse, MBh. 1, 5519.
4. especially pass. To disappear, Bhāg. P. 3. 2, 11; MBh. 4, 1042.
5. To receive in one's self, contain, Ragh. 15, 81; MBh. 12, 12747. antarhita,
1. Covered, Rām. 2, 9, 18.
2. Hidden, Śāk. 9, 18, v. r.
3. Disappeared, Chr. 39, 19.
-- With api api and pi pi,
1. To cover, MBh. 1, 5863; 4, 1453.
2. To shut, MBh. 3, 12089.
3. To make invisible, Vikr. d. 72.
4. pass. To disappear, MBh. 12, 8932.
5. To hinder, Rām. 5, 29, 16. Caus. To cause to shut, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 29.
-- With anvapi anu-api, pass. To disappear after somebody (acc.), Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 28.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To invade, MBh. 2, 1090.
2. Ātm. To take back, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 30.
3. To name, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 10.
4. To declare, Man. 1, 42.
5. To speak, Rām. 2, 123, 15 Gorr. (with acc., Rām. 6, 12, 7). abhihita, Called, Man. 3, 141.
-- With pratyabhi prati-abhi,
1. To take back, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 4.
2. To answer, 4, 3, 15.
3. To approve, MBh. 5, 7459.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To address, Kathās. 25, 93.
-- With ava ava,
1. To put, MBh. 1, 4503.
2. To fix one's attention on something, Śāntiś. 3, 11. avahita,
1. Shut, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 32.
2. Attentive, Prab. 33, 2.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, abhyavahita, Allayed, Rām. 2, 40, 33.
-- With vyava vi-ava, To separate, Rām. 2, 114, 13 Gorr.; pass. To separate one's self, Śāntiś. 3, 11. vyavahita,
1. Stopped, Śāk. 71, 18.
2. Covered, Śiś. 9, 26.
3. Hostile, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 36.
-- With saṃvyava sam-vi-ava, a-saṃvyavahita + m, adv. Immediately, Bhāg. P. 5, 6, 6.
-- With ā ā, usually Ātm.
1. To put, Rām. 5, 31, 1.
2. To generate, MBh. 3, 8639; 16637; to produce, Bhāg. P. 3. 5, 34; to perform, MBh. 3, 2600.
3. To instil, MBh. 1, 6157.
4. To direct, MBh. 5, 4172.
5. With matim, manas, cittam, often To resolve, Rām. 1, 18, 7.
6. To employ, Śāk, 3, 13.
7. To put on, Śāk. d. 36.
8. To hold, Man. 11, 104.
9. To pawn, Nārada in Mit. 268, 2.
10. To confer, MBh. 1, 7735.
11. Ātm. To receive, Rām. 4, 21, 17.
12. Ātm. To get, Hariv. 9283 (to fall into a passion). Desiderat. dhitsa, To wish to transfer, MBh. 12, 3170.
-- With atyā ati-ā, atyāhita, Very disagrecable, Prab. 25, 3. n. Misfortune, MBh. 4, 861.
-- With anvā anu-ā, anvāhita, Delivered for the purpose of being restored to the owner, Yājñ. 2, 67. anvādheya, see s. v.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, To throw under, Man. 8, 372.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To put on, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 45.
2. To render, Rām. 2, 35, 28. upāhita, Produced, Bhartṛ. 3, 80.
-- With pratyupā prati-upa-ā, Ātm. To recover, Bhāg. P. 8, 24, 61.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To arrange, Rām. 5, 17, 1; (fire), Rām. 3, 9, 33.
2. To put on, Pañc. i. d. 371; Ātm., Hariv. 10725.
3. To impose, MBh. 7, 4180.
4. To put to, Hariv. 10482.
5. Ātm. To conceive, MBh. 1, 4264.
6. To intrust, MBh. 7, 4253.
7. To establish, Ragh. 17, 8.
8. To direct, Rām. 2, 93, 25.
9. With manas, To resolve, Bhag. 17, 11.
10. With manas, dhiyam, ātmānam, To collect one's thoughts, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 62.
11. Ātm. To devote one's self completely to (with acc.), Rām. 1, 38, 11.
12. To hold together, MBh. 6, 146.
13. To redress, MBh. 15, 194.
14. To cause, Hariv. 8671.
15. To make, 11075.
16. Ātm. To appropriate, Rājat. 5, 167.
17. Ātm. To undergo, Hariv. 3919 (To fall into a passion). samāhita,
1. One who has fixed his mind only on one object, Man. 6, 43; 2, 53.
2. Joined, Rām. 6, 7, 47.
3. All, Hariv. 12209.
4. Passed, MBh. 1, 6614.
5. Like, Rām. 1, 1, 26. Desider. To wish that somebody may collect his thoughts, MBh. 12, 9586.
-- With anusamā anu-sam-ā, anusamāhita, Collected, Rām. 2, 22, 14 (cf. sam-ā, 10).
-- With abhisamā abhi-sam-ā, abhisamāhita, Joined, Rām. 5, 90, 31.
-- With upasamā upa-sam-ā, To arrange, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 9.
-- With pratisamā prati-sam-ā,
1. To put on, MBh. 13, 266.
2. To affix again, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 20.
3. To redress, 182. 7.
-- With āvis āvis, āvirhita, Manifested, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 36.
-- With upa upa,
1. To place under, Man. 4, 54.
2. To place in, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 31.
3. To enchase, MBh. 5, 3382.
4. To affix, Śāk. d. 18.
5. To transfer, Ragh. 7, 68.
6. To employ, Ragh. 3, 29.
7. To cover, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 6.
8. To provide, MBh. 1, 2891. upahita,
1. Ready, MBh. 13, 2286.
2. Suborned, excited, MBh. 12, 4159.
3. Joined, Suśr. 1, 88, 3.
4. Suitable, Rām. 5, 69, 15. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. upadhānīya, n. A pillow, Pañc. 125, 9.
-- With tiras tiras,
1. To hide, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 40.
2. Ātm. To disappear, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 12. tirohita,
1. Concealed, Man. 8, 203.
2. Surpassed, Dev. 9, 20 (made unperceivable by a louder sound).
-- With ni ni,
1. To lay down, Man. 5, 143.
2. To bury, Man. 5, 68; to conceal, Man. 8, 38.
3. To leave, Rām. 2, 136, 1 Gorr.
4. To intrust, Rām. 1, 77, 24 Gorr.
5. To transfer, Chr. 289, 12 = Rigv. i. 50, 12.
6. To put, Ram. 2, 50, 21.
7. To direct, Megh. 96, v. r.
8. With manas, To resolve, Hariv. 534.
9. With manasi, To think, Hit. 87, 13.
10. To make, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 18.
11. To restrain, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 50. Caus.
1. To cause to be detained, Man. 8, 30.
2. To establish, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 25.
-- With antarni antar-ni, To put in, Kathās. 12, 112.
-- With upani upa-ni,
1. To bring on, Gīt. 5, 2.
2. To conceal, Man. 8, 37.
3. To intrust, Man. 8, 196.
-- With uparini upari-ni, uparinihita, Put on, Ṛt. 6, 30.
-- With praṇi pra-ni,
1. To put at the head, MBh. 7, 1527.
2. To lay down. MBh. 4, 1437.
3. To put on, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 16.
4. To put in, MBh. 12, 6617.
5. To enchase, Hit. ii. d. 71.
6. To stretch out, Megh. 105.
7. To direct, Bhartṛ. 1, 51.
8. With manas, ātmānam, sometimes To resolve, to think, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 142.
9. To consider with intention, Rām. 4, 27, 21.
10. To send out (spies), MBh. 7, 2651.
11. To spy, Rām. 5, 90, 15. praṇihita,
1. Intent, Rām. 2, 47, 21 Gorr.
2. Cautious (?), Man. 9, 269.
3. Before admitted, Man. 8, 54. praṇidheya, n.
1. Employing.
2. Sending out (of emissaries), MBh. 12, 2155.
-- With saṃpraṇi sam-pra-ni,
1. To leave, MBh. 4, 1247.
2. To disregard, 3, 13194.
-- With pratini prati-ni, To order, MBh. 1, 4505.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To lay down, MBh. 1, 2984.
2. To put on, Bhartṛ. 3, 61.
3. To direct, Mṛcch. 143, 20.
4. To put in, Gīt. 11, 31.
-- With saṃni sam-ni,
1. To put together, to collect, MBh. 14, 290.
2. To put in, Pañc. 265, 5.
3. To direct, Ragh. 13, 44.
4. pass. To be near, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 14. saṃnihita,
1. Near at hand, Man. 2, 205; MBh. 13, 454.
2. Ready, Śāk. 17, 20. Caus.
1. To bring near, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 1.
2. pass. To show one's self, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 8.
-- With pari pari,
1. Ātm. To put on, Rām. 2, 37, 7 Gorr.
2. To put on a garment, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 5.
3. To surround, Rām. 4, 48, 18.
4. To let wander (as one's eye), Hariv. 3743. parihita,
1. Surrounding, Rām. 6, 37, 31.
2. Clothed, Daśak. in. Chr. 186, 9. Caus. To cause to put on, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 7. Desid. To be about to put on, MBh. 5, 853.
-- With vipari vi-pari, To change, Yājñ. 1, 196.
-- With pi pi, see api.
-- With puras puras,
1. To put at the head, MBh. 3, 1973.
2. To weigh, to ponder.
3. To esteem, Ragh. 12, 43. purohita, m. The family priest of a prince who conducts all the ceremonies and sacrifices of the family, Chr. 21, 3.
-- With prati prati, To employ, Śatr. 14, 245.
-- With vi vi,
1. To grant, Rām. 1, 8, 27.
2. To procure, MBh. 13, 3209.
3. To fix, ordain, Man. 2, 29.
4. pass. To pass for, Man. 3, 118.
5. To create, Ragh. 1, 29.
6. To make, build, MBh. 5, 7130; Rājat. 5, 155; 25.
7. To perform, Man. 8, 282.
8. To cause, Rām. 3, 54, 27.
9. To treat, Rām. 2, 38, 17.
10. To put on, Pañc. 236, 8; Kathās. 21, 3.
11. To show, Bhartṛ. 1, 59.
12. To appoint, Cāṇ. 102.
13. To put in, MBh. 3, 8850.
14. To direct, Bhartṛ. 3, 36.
15. To put aside, MBh. 4, 155.
16. To despatch to different directions, Man. 7, 184. su-vihita, Well provided, Rām. 1, 13, 16. strī-vidheya, adj. Uxorious. Caus. To cause to be laid, Rām. 6, 96, 13. Desid.
1. To wish to give, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 22.
2. To wish to perform, Hariv. 1311.
3. To wish to render, Bhāg. P. 7, 3, 1.
4. To wish to devise, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 7.
5. To pursue one'saim, MBh. 3, 13952. Desider. vidhitsita, n. Design, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 16.
-- With anuvi anu-vi,
1. To assign to, MBh. 5, 1372.
2. To cause after wards, Śāntiś, 1, 17.
3. pass. To conform one's self to, MBh. 1, 4721.
4. To perform in conformity with a command, Rām. 5, 95, 4.
-- With pravi pra-vi,
1. To divide, Suśr. 2, 347, 7.
2. To mind, Rām. 4, 14. 29.
3. To join, Rājat. 5, 421.
4. To dispose before, Lass. 44, 14.
-- With prativi prati-vi,
1. To dispose, Rām. 2, 36, 2.
2. To despatch, Rām. 5, 90, 14.
3. To do against, Śāk. 29, 21.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi,
1. To dispose, MBh. 3, 8806.
2. To order, Hariv. 8663.
3. To mind, MBh. 12, 4730.
4. To act, Pañc. 12, 21.
5. To render, Bhartṛ. 1. 66.
5. To put on, MBh. 2, 1510.
-- With śrat śrat, To believe, Chr. 7, 20 (aśraddadhat, anomalous impf. instead of śrad-adadhāt)
-- With sam sam,
1. To put together, to combine, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 8; to unite, Man. 7, 66.
2. To make an agreement, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 1; Kām. Nītis. 9, 41.
3. To contract, close, Suśr. 1, 47, 7.
4. To comprehend, MBh. 14, 1148.
5. To compose, Kām. Nītis. 9, 68.
6. To collect, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 42.
7. To put on, MBh. 5, 2340.
8. To put an arrow on a bow, Rām. 3, 4, 27.
9. To direct, Ragh. 11, 69.
10. To redress, Kām. Nītis, 13, 60.
11. To inflict, Kir. 5, 51.
12. To grant, Pañc. ii. d. 13.
13. To assist, MBh. 5, 3406; Ātm. with instr. To employ, MBh. 4, 964 (dadhāmahe anomalous, or ved. instead of dadhmahe).
14. Ātm. To be a match for, Pañc. i. d. 260.
15. To approach, MBh. 3, 15726. saṃhita,
I. as latter part of comp. words,
1. Endowed with, MBh. 12, 207.
2. Abounding in, Man. 9, 103.
3. Accompanied by, Rām. 1, 32, 19.
4. Referring to, Rām. 2, 103, 1.
5. Conformable to, MBh. 4, 472.
6. Caused by, MBh. 14, 527.
II. f. tā, The arrangement of a text, a collection, especially that of the Vedas, Chr. 135, 2; Man. 11, 77; 262. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. dus-saṃdheya, adj. Difficult to be united, MBh. 5, 5827.
-- With atisam ati-sam,
1. To deceive, Śāk. 69, 23, v.r.
2. To settle completely, Mahāv. 109, 1. atisaṃdhita, Deceived, Ram. 2, 7, 23.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To search, Man. 12, 106.
2. To collect, Hit. 125, 20. anusaṃhita, as latter part of a comp., Conformable to, MBh. 13, 5593.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam,
1. To combine, Rām. 5, 36, 42; to unite, Kām. Nītis. 9, 64.
2. To aim at, MBh. 6, 5563.
3. To have in view, to think of, MBh. 12 5471.
4. To make an agreement, Man. 9, 52.
5. To deceive, MBh. 12, 5116.
6. To make subservient, Man. 7, 159.
7. To gain over, Rām. 4, 54, 5. abhisaṃdhita, Deceived, MBh. 12, 5113. abhisaṃhita, as latter part of a comp.,
1. Endowed with, MBh. 12, 3087 (conversant with).
2. Referring to, 12, 4793.
-- With samabhisam sam-abhi-sam,
1. To put in, MBh. 3, 10452.
2. To resolve, MBh. 9, 818.
-- With upasam upa-sam,
1. To impart, Kām. Nītis. 1, 13.
2. To have in view, MBh. 4, 1483. upasaṃhita,
1. Endowed, MBh. 12, 10732.
2. Surrounded, MBh. 13, 5895.
3. Conformable to, MBh. 1, 602.
-- With prasam pra-sam, To put on, MBh. 6, 3910.
-- With pratisam prati-sam,
1. To collect, Prab. 99, 14, v.r.
2. To put on, MBh. 6, 3313.
3. To direct to (acc.), MBh. 3, 1926.
4. To return, Hariv. 9240; to restore, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 42.
5. To understand, Prab. 34, 19. -
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek]), etc.; Lat. -dere in con-dere and others, credo=śraddadhāmi; Goth. -deds (deed); O.H.G. ton; A.S. dón (to do), dema (a judge), dóm (judgment).
1. A primary or elementary substance, MBh. 12, 6821.
2. Any constituent part of the body (usually said to be three), MBh. 1, 3633.
3. An organ of sense, MBh. 12, 6842.
4. m. and n. A metal, Man. 6, 71.
5. A grammatical root, MBh. 3, 17110.
-- Comp. giri-, m. the constituent parts of a mountain, as minerals, etc., Rām. 2, 63, 18. gairika-, m. =gairika, q. v. Rām. 5, 5, 26. tri-, adj. threefold, Chr. 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12. mahā-, m. gold. rakta-, m. 1. red chalk. 2. copper. śilā-, m. 1. chalk. 2. red chalk. saumya-, m. phlegm.
1. Having clements, Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 7.
2. Abounding in metals, Rām. 2, 94, 4.
-- Comp. gairika-dhātu + mant, adj. abounding in red chalk, MBh. 3, 826.
1. The creator, Ragh. 13, 6.
2. A bearer, Hariv. 11851.
3. A preserver, MBh. 1, 1722.
4. One of the Ādityas, MBh. 1, 2523.
5. A name of Brahman, Man. 5, 30.
6. A son of Brahman, MBh. 1, 2614.
7. An adulterer, Daśak. 191, 11.
-- Comp. jagat-, I. m. a name of Brahman. II. f. dhātrī, a name of Sarasvatī, Mārk. P. 23, 30.
-- Cf. Lat. con-ditor.
1. A mother, Yājñ. 3, 82.
2. A nurse, Rām. 1, 40, 18 Gorr.
3. A waitingwoman, Chr. 52, 15.
4. The earth, MBh. 11, 215.
5. Emblica officinalis Gaertn., Myrobalane, Suśr. 1, 162, 10.
-- Comp. ku-, n. a kind of corn, Suśr. 1, 196, 21 sqq. dhana-, n. a kind of spell, Rām. 1, 30, 7.
1. A substitute for dhānya in the latter part of a comp. word. kumbhī-, adj. Having vessels full of corn, Man. 4, 7 (sufficing for one year, Kull.). kuśūla-, adj. Having granaries full of corn (sufficing for three years, Kull.), ib. bahu-, adj. Abounding in corn, MBh. 2, 1187.
1. Referring to Dhanvantari (the incarnation of Viṣṇu as Dhanvantari), Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 17.
2. Sacred to the sun, MBh. 13, 4660.
1. An abode, MBh. 1, 3602.
2. State, Prab. 17, 15.
3. A host, Chr. 292, 11, and 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 85, 11; 87, 6.
4. Dignity, Ragh. 11, 85.
5. Light, splendour, Prab. 26, 8.
-- Comp. a-gharma-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 40. tri-,
I. adj. referring to the three worlds, MBh. 13, 7376. II. m. a name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 12, 1508. ruci-, adj. the abode of whom is light, epithet of the sun, Śiś. 9, 13. śveta-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor. 3. cuttle-fish bone. hariṇa-, m. the moon, Rājat. 5, 482
-- Cf. [greek] A.S.-dóm, as affix of abstracts, properly 'state.'
I. dhṛ + a, latter part of comp. words, Holding, bearing, e. g. chattra-, m. The bearer of the royal parasol, Pañc. 156, 22; daṇḍa-, adj. Holding the staff, as symbol of judicature, Rājat. 4, 108.
II. dhārā + a.
1. adj. Coming down in a shower, Suśr. 1, 170, 1.
2. m. A shower, Haviv. 6333.
-- Cf. dhārā.
I. latter part of comp. adj., Bearing, MBh. 1691. nāmadhāraka, i. e. nāman-, adj. Being something only nominally, not really, Pañc. ii. d. 91.
II. m. A trunk or box (for keeping clothes), Suśr. 2, 55, 11.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Preserving, MBh. 12, 12751.
2. Keeping in remembrance, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 46.
3. Having the shape, MBh. 13, 739.
II. f. ṇā.
1. Bearing, MBh. 7, 1912.
2. Supporting, Rām. 2, 109, 25 Gorr.
3. Suppression, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 26.
4. Mental retention, MBh. 1, 1010.
5. Keeping the mind collected, the breath suspended, and all natural wants restrained; steady immoveable abstraction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 19.
6. A settled rule, Man. 4, 38.
III. n.
1. Holding, bearing, Kumāras. 7, 68; MBh. 3, 9946.
2. Maintaining, Yājñ. 3, 174.
3. Observance, Man. 10, 3.
4. Mental retention, MBh. 15, 756.
5. Possession, Man. 1, 93.
6. Fixing one's mind on one object, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 19.
7. Restraining, or rather stopping, the senses, MBh. 3, 13939.
8. Enduring, Rām. 1, 38, 16.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. pregnaney, MBh. 3, 10449. chattra-, n. carrying an umbrella, Man. 2, 178. tulā-, n. weighing, Yājñ. 2, 100. daṇḍa-, n. punishment, Rām. 4, 17, 34. deha-, n. 1. bearing a body, MBh. 5, 3693. 2. life, MBh. 5, 7258. hasta-, n. warding off a blow, resisting.
I. latter part of comp. adj., Containing, MBh. 12, 6889.
II. m. A debtor, Yājñ. 2, 36.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unsupportable.
1. One who bears, Rām. 1, 44, 23 Gorr.
2. One who restrains, MBh. 5, 3391.
1. A torrent, MBh. 6, 5785.
2. A river, Hariv. 8325.
3. A shower, Mṛcch. 76, 15.
4. A drop, Mṛcch. 91, 4; Bhartṛ. 2, 89.
5. A multitude, Rām. 6, 88, 3.
6. pl. A horse's pace, as the trot, canter, etc., Śiś. 5, 60.
7. The sharp edge of a sword or any cutting instrument, Rām. 2, 23, 35.
8. The circumference of a wheel, Ragh. 13, 15.
-- Comp. kṣura-dhāra, 1. adj. as sharp as a razor, MBh. 4, 168. 2. (m. or n.) a sharp instrument, MBh. 4, 2063. kṛta-dhāra, adj. sharpened, MBh. 7, 3090. khara-dhāra, adj. having a rough or jagged edge, Suśr. 1, 27, 15. tiryagdhāra, i. e. tiryañc-, adj. having sharpsides, MBh. 7, 1875. tikṣṇa-dhāra, 1. adj. having a sharp edge, MBh. 1, 786. 2. m. a sword, MBh. 12, 6203.
1. Bearing, MBh. 13, 4350.
2. Having, Ragh. 12, 41.
3. Knowing, Kāthas. 13, 20.
4. Maintaining, MBh. 1, 2596.
5. Keeping. nyāsa-, A depositary, Man. 8, 196.
6. Retaining (what one has read), Man. 12, 103.
7. Observing, Rām. 3, 1, 35.
-- Comp. kanthā-, adj. wearing a patched cloth, Bhartṛ. 2, 79. jaṭā-, adj. wearing matted hair (see jaṭā), Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 29. daṇḍa-, adj. chastising, Bhāg. P. 6, 3, 5. mantra-, adj. sbst. a counsellor, MBh. 5, 926. viśva-, I. adj., f. iṇī, all-sustaining. II. m. a deity. III. f. iṇī, the earth.
I. adj. f. rī.
I. Referring, belonging to Dhṛtarāṣṭra, MBh. 8, 176.
II. patronym. A son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, MBh. 1, 2726.
III. m. A sort of goose with black legs and bill, Hariv. 8585.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unobservant of one's duties, Man. 4, 61. 2. where the duties are neglected, Man. 4. 60.
1. dhāv (cf. dhav, dhanv), i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To flow, Hariv. 14516.
2. To run, Man. 8, 314.
3. To run to (acc.), MBh. 3, 2543.
4. To move, Rājat. 4, 425. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhāvita, Beginning to run, Kathās. 3, 52. Caus. dhāvaya,
1. To cause to run, to push on, Pañc. 223, 12.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To stream through, Suśr. 1, 43, 8.
2. To spread over, Rām. 2, 109, 13 Gorr.
3. To run after, Rām. 2, 25, 8 Gorr.
4. To pursue, Bhāg. P. 4, 11, 20.
5. To come to one's assistance (acc.), MBh. 3, 2384.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To pursue, MBh. 8, 4086.
-- With antar antar, To run among, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 37.
-- With apa apa, To deviate, to vary, Man. 8, 54.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To run to (acc.), Rām. 4, 41, 24.
2. To come to assistance, Man. 9, 274.
-- With pratyabhi prat-abhi, To run to (acc.), Rām. 2, 82, 13 Gorr.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To run to, MBh. 6, 3119.
2. To fly against Rām. 6, 34, 23.
-- With vyava vi-āva,
1. To run away, MBh. 12, 10599.
2. To separate, Rām. 2, 105, 25.
-- With ā ā, To run near, to rush upon, Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 39.
-- With upā upa-ā, To run to (acc.), Bhāg. P. 7, 13, 28.
-- With samā sam-ā, To run near, Hariv. 14566.
-- With upa upa,
1. To run near, Rām 1, 28, 16.
2. To run to, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 6.
3. To fly for refuge to (acc.), Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 38.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To run near, MBh. 3, 2097.
-- With nis nis, To run out, Hariv. 11020.
-- With pari pari,
1. To flow about, Chr. 47, 40.
2. To stream through, Suśr. 1, 91, 5.
3. To run about, Pañc. 62, 23.
4. To drive about, MBh. 4, 302.
5. With mṛgayām, To hunt, Rām. 5, 30, 8.
6. To run round, Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 2.
7. To run through, Rām. 6, 11, 38.
8. To pursue, Pañc. 106, 7. Caus. To surround, MBh. 14, 828.
-- With vipari vi-pari,
1. To run to and fro, Rām. 5, 36, 38.
2. To run through, Hariv. 4105.
-- With pra pra,
1. To flow away, Suśr. 1, 81, 9.
2. To run away, MBh. 3, 2548.
3. To run, Man. 4, 38.
4. To run to, MBh. 4, 428.
5. To spread, MBh. 1, 6400. pradhāvita, Run away, Rām. 6, 79, 37.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To pursue, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 16.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To run asunder, MBh. 8, 3036.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To run away, MBh. 5, 5148.
2. To run to, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 15.
-- With prati prati, To assail, Rām. 6, 13, 26.
-- With vi vi, To run through, Rām. 5, 16, 14.
-- With parivi pari-vi, To run through, Rām. 5, 29, 22.
-- With sam sam,
1. To run together, MBh. 3, 8879.
2. To assail, Hariv. 5617.
3. To run to, MBh. 12, 10670.
-- Cf. dhar.
2. dhāv, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To cleanse, to wash, Śiś. 17, 8.
2. To rub into one's person, Suśr. 2, 344, 14. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhauta,
1. Cleansed, washed, MBh. 1, 3641; Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
2. Polished, MBh. 9, 1079.
3. Resplendent, Kathā. 11, 31.
4. Pure, Śāk. d. 132.
5. Washed away, Śṛṅgārat. 7.
6. n. Washing, Cāṇ. 76, in Berl. Monatsb. Caus. To wash, Man. 4, 65.
-- With the prep. nis nis,
1. nirdhauta, Washed away, Śiś. 8, 51.
2. Cleansed, Ragh. 5, 70.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To wash, MBh. 3, 14024.
-- With vi vi, To wash away, Śiś. 8, 50. vidhauta. Cleansed, Śiś. 8, 70.
-- Cf. O.H.G. tau; A.S. deaw.
1. Running, Rām. 2, 32, 22 Gorr.
2. Washing, Rām. 2, 38, 13, v. r.
1. An attack, Rājat. 1, 114.
2. Rubbing, Man. 4, 152.
3. Washing, Rām. 1, 9, 57 Gorr.
-- Comp. danta-, n. 1. cleansing the teeth, Pañc. 47, 23. 2. a small piece of wood for cleansing the teeth, Rām. 2, 91, 68. manaḥśilā-candana-, n. a preparation made of red arsenic and sandal, Rām. 6, 96, 3 Gorr.
1. dhāv + in, adj. Running, Kathās. 22, 105.
† dhi, i. 6, Par. To hold (akin to dhā).
1. of dissati-faction, Pie, Brāhmaṇ. 1, 35.
2. of reproach, Shame, Pañc. 38, 12. With nom., voc., acc. (Draup. 9, 21). gen. (Rām. 6, 95, 40).
† dhikṣ (properly a desiderat. of dah), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To kindle.
2. To be weary.
3. To live.
1. To satisfy (ved.).
2. To please, Prab. 55, 7.
† dhiṣ, ii. 3, Par. To emit sound.
I. n. An abode, a seat, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 33.
II. f. ṇā,
1. Intellect, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 47.
2. The name of one of the wives of the gods, MBh. 9, 2516.
3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 20.
I. m. A fireplace, Bhāg. P. 8, 15, 9.
II. n.
1. An abode, a seat, Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 27; MBh. 3, 17090. A meteor, MBh. 5, 7272.
† dhī, i. 4, Ātm. (properly pass. of dhā), To hold, to disregard, or to accomplish.
1. Knowledge, Bhāṣāp. 45; Man. 6, 92.
2. Intellect, mind, Man. 12, 122.
3. Devotion, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 88, 4.
-- Comp. udāra-, adj. high-minded, Chr. 44, 6. Cf. ku-, Para-droha-karman-, adj. injuring another in deed or in thought, Man. 2, 161. sādhu-,
I. adj. well-disposed. II. f. a wife's or husband's mother. su-, m. 1. an intelligent, wise man. 2. a teacher. sthita-, adj. calm.
I. dhṛ + a, adj.
1. Lasting, Cāṭ. 7.
2. Firm, resolute, Hariv. 3755; Bhartṛ. 2, 72; Hit. i. d. 167; courageous, Kāthas. 18, 297.
3. Solemn, grave, Bhartṛ. 2, 26.
4. Deep (as a sound), Ragh. 16, 13.
II. dhī + ra, adj. Sensible, wise, MBh. 5, 1076; Rām. 3, 19 13; Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. i. 64, 1.
1. Firmness, Ragh. 8, 43.
2. Courage, Pañc. 129, 22.
-- Comp. a-, f. pusillanimity, Prab. 15, 8.
1. m. A fisherman, MBh. 2, 784.
2. f. rī, A fiṣerman's wife, Kathās. 26, 149.
1. To kindle.
2. To be weary.
3. To live.
-- With the prep. sam sam,
1. To animate, MBh. 13, 3677.
2. To inflame, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10. Caus. To kindle, to animate, MBh. 1, 5628.
I. adj.
1. Roaring, Chr. 290, 5 = Rigv. i. 64, 5.
2. f. also dhunī dhunī, A river, Bhāg. P. 8, 21, 4.
-- Comp. dyu-dhuni, f. a name of the Gaṅgā, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 39.
1. A yoke, Mṛcch. 63, 10.
2. A burthen, a load, MBh. 1, 741; 5, 2799.
3. The fore-part of the pole where the yoke is fixed, MBh. 3, 13310.
4. Place of honour, the head, Ragh. 14, 74.
I. m. A yoke, MBh. 7, 3675.
II. m. and f. dhurā dhurā, A burthen, MBh. 13, 4879; Pañc. 26, 3.
-- Comp. agrya-dhurā, f. the fore-part of the pole, Pañc. 8, 16.
1. adj.
1. Able to bear a burthen, MBh. 3, 12724.
2. Bearing patiently a burthen, MBh. 5, 1077.
3. Helping, Hit. i. d. 181.
II. m.
1. A beast of burthen, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 17.
2. A chief, MBh. 13, 6275.
3. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 349.
4. The name of a Rākṣasa or demon, Rām. 6, 32, 15.
I. adj.
1. Able to bear a burthen, MBh. 13, 3518.
2. Being at the head, MBh. 4, 1074.
3. Best, MBh. 3, 13309.
II. m. A beast of burthen, Man. 4, 67.
III. n. The fore-part of the pole, Rām. 6, 92, 7.
-- Comp. kula-dhurya,
I. adj. able to bear the burthen of a family, Ragh. 7, 68.
II. m. the chief of a family, MBh. 3, 11826.
1. To bend (ved.).
2. To hurt
1. To shake, Megh. 63.
2. To shake out, to remove, Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 5.
3. To blow (as wind), MBh. 3, 2733.
4. To shake off, MBh. 5, 1588.
5. To struggle, to resist, Pañc. i. d. 42. Anomal. potent. dhunet, MBh. 13, 5006. Pass. with the terminations of the Par., Sāv. 4, 29. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhūta and dhuta,
1. Shaken, Rām. 3, 58, 37; 5, 16, 17.
2. Removed, Rām. 1, 31, 13; 1, 29, 11 Gorr. Frequent. dodhū and dodhūya,
1. To shake violently, MBh. 12, 8564.
2. To move violently to and fro, MBh. 12, 8563.
3. To be shaken violently, Bhāg. P. 8, 24, 36. Caus. dhūnaya, To shake, MBh. 3, 444.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To shake off, to remove, MBh. 3, 2033.
2. To refuse, Vikr. d. 130. avadhūta,
1. Cast off, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 19.
2. Removed, dispersed, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 32.
3. Disregarded, Vikr. d. 46.
4. Sent back, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 21.
5. One who has shaken off every terrestrial bond, an ascctic, Rājat. 1, 112.
6. Shaken, Man. 5, 125.
7. Struck, Rām. 6, 82, 62.
8. n. Thrusting off, MBh. 4, 352. Comp. virya-, adj. surpassed in prowess. Caus To shake, Man. 3, 229.
-- With vyava vy-ava,
1. To shake off, to remove, Hariv. 11076.
2. To abuse, MBh. 2, 2231. vyavadhūta, Indifferent in regard of life, MBh. 6, 150.
-- With ā ā, To shake, Ragh. 16, 36. ādhūta,
1. Shaken, Rām. 2, 104, 9 Gorr.
2. Troubhed, Rām. 1, 65, 3
-- With vyā vi-ā, To move to and fro, Śāk. d. 22.
-- With samā sam-ā, To shake, Rām. 1, 33, 13 Gorr.
-- With ua,
1. To rouse, Rām. 1, 28, 14.
2. To shake, Rām. 2, 95, 8.
3. To blow, Ragh. 7, 45.
4. To raise, Rām. 6, 92, 60.
5. To shake off, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 38.
6. To dash out, Hariv. 4315. uddhūta and uddhuta, Loud, Hariv. 4718; 9608. Comp. pāda-uddhīta, n. Kicking with the foot, MBh. 4, 353.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To rouse, MBh. 1, 1336.
2. To shake, MBh. 1, 3846.
-- With ni ni, To move to and fro, Hariv. 14650. (probably to be changed into vi-).
-- With nis nis, To shake off, Rām. 2, 95, 10.
2. To remove, Bhag. 5, 17.
3. To disown, Yājñ. 2, 71.
4. To shake, Hariv. 6238.
5. To torment, Rām. 5, 2, 26. nirdhūta, Deprived, Hariv. 3531.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To shake off. Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 4.
2. To expel, Rām. 6, 16, 89.
3. To move to and fro, Rām. 2, 20, 4 Gorr.
-- With pravinis pra-vi-nis, To fling to, MBh. 12, 13417.
-- With pari pari, To shake to and fro, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 33.
-- With pra pra, To blow away = to destroy, MBh. 13, 1800.
-- With vi vi,
1. To move to and fro, to shake, Rām. 2, 23, 4; MBh. 1, 7035.
2. To blow, MBh. 2, 1132.
3. To excite, Sāv. 4, 29 (anomal. ptcple. of the pres. pass. vidhūyant).
4. To remove, Rām. 3, 30, 18.
5. To disperse, Rām. 1, 54, 6.
6. To drive away, Kathās. 4, 108.
7. To shake off, Man. 6, 85. Caus. To press hard, MBh. 12, 4361.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To drive away, Hariv. 10492.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] Lat. suffire, fimus; Iceland. dyja; perhaps Goth. dauns.
1. To fumigate, Suśr. 1, 16, 9.
2. To perfume, Rām. 1, 10, 30; Śiś. 4, 52.
3. i. 10, Par. † To speak, or to shine.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To perfume, Rām. 2, 83, 16 Gorr.
-- With upa upa, To fumigate, Rām. 5, 14, 7.
2. To fill with smoke, MBh, 1, 815.
-- With pra pra, To perfume, MBh. 12, 1389.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.
1. Incense, Rām. 1, 5, 15.
2. The aromatic vapour that proceeds from the burning of incense, Vikr. d. 43.
-- Comp. vṛka-, and vṛkṣa-, m. 1. compounded perfume. 2. turpentine.
i. e.
I. dhūpa + ka, A substitute for dhūpa, as latter part of comp. adj., e. g. sa-dhūpaka, Filled with incense, Rām. 1, 73, 20.
II. dhūp + aka, m. A preparer of perfumes, Rām. 2, 83, 13.
1. Fumigation, Suśr. 1, 133, 12.
2. Perfuming, MBh. 13, 4749.
3. Perfume, incense, Man. 7, 219.
-- Comp. sūpa-, n. assafoetida.
II., Rām. 2, 90, 14 Gorr.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. smokeless; loc. °me, at the time when there is no smoke in the kitchen, Man. 6, 56.
-- Cf. Lat. fumus; [greek] (originally breath), cf. dhmā.
I. a substitute for dhūma as latter part of comp. adj., e. g. sa-, adj. Covered with smoke, Suśr. 2, 318, 7.
II. f. mikā, Smoke, Kathās. 8, 28.
-- With the prep. pra pra, pradhūmita, Covered with smoke, Ragh. 4, 2.
2. To be covered with smoke, Chr. 41, 21. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhūmayita, n. Smoking, MBh. 5, 4508. Caus. dhūmāyaya, To cause to be covered with smoke, MBh. 3, 1545.
I. adj., f. rā,
1. Of a smoky colour.
2. Black red, MBh. 1, 2033.
3. Gray, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 24.
4. Obscured, Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 48.
II. m. A proper name, Rām. 4, 33, 14.
III. f. rā, A proper name, MBh. 1, 2583.
† dhūr, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To hurt.
2. To move.
2. Gaming at dice, a gamester, Rām. 5, 13, 21.
-- Comp. akṣa-, m. A dice-player, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 17; 196, 5.
1. A cheat, MBh. 5, 1519.
2. The name of a Nāga or infernal serpent, MBh. 1, 2154.
-- Comp. mṛga-, m. A jackal.
† dhūś (= dhūṣ, q. cf.), i. 10, Par. To make splendid.
-- With the prep. ud ud, uddhūṣita, Having the hairs (of the body) standing on end (out of joy), embellished, Pañc. 190, 21.
-- With prod pra-ud, proddhūṣita, Having the hairs standing on end (on account of chill), Pañc. 94, 4.
† dhūs (a dialectical form of dhūṣ, q. cf.), i. 10, Par. To make splendid.
I. adj., f. rā, Gray (like dust), Ragh. 5, 42.
II. f. rā, A small shrub, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 76, 6.
-- Comp. krama-, adj. having become by degrees gray (like dust), Ragh. 16, 17.
1. To bear, to carry, Rām. 1, 38, 11 Gorr.; Man. 4, 66; with garbham, To be pregnant, MBh. 5, 7399; with daṇḍam and damam, To punish, Rām. 4, 17, 24; Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 41.
2. To maintain, Rām. 2, 109, 46 Gorr.; with ātmānam, jīvitam, prāṇān, śarīram, gātram, deham, To endure, or to continue to live, Rām. 6, 82, 119.
3. To support, Man. 9, 311 (Ātm.).
4. i. 4, and pass. To exist, Bhag. 7, 5; to live, Man. 3, 220; with the termination of the Par., MBh. 3, 11293.
5. With manas, matim, buddhim, To direct one's attention to, MBh. 2, 541; to resolve, Hariv. 8261.
6. With and without tulayā, To weigh, MBh. 3, 10585; 1, 266.
7. With samaye, To bring to an agreement, Pañc. 24, 25.
8. With antare, To give as surety, to pledge, Pañc. 223, 24.
9. To stop, MBh. 7, 619.
10. To retain, Pañc. 55, 23.
11. To resist, Pañc. ii. d. 150.
12. To have, MBh. 2, 81.
13. To keep, Hit. 68, 13. dhṛta,
1. Carried, Śāk. d. 103.
2. Worn, used, Man. 4, 66.
3. Held, Lass. 7, 5.
4. Weighed, Man. 8, 135 (sama-dhṛta, Of equal weight).
5. Maintained, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 17.
6. Observed, Rām. 2, 18, 47 Gorr.
7. Firm, MBh. 5, 7337.
8. Kept, Pañc. 229, 6.
9. Ready, MBh. 5, 1446; resolved, 2108.
10. dhṛtam, adv. Slowly, solemnly, Pañc. 158, 2.
11. n. A mode of fighting, Hariv. 15979. dhṛtavant, Resolved, Kathās. 12, 49. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. śirodharaṇīya, i. e. śiras-, adj. To be borne on the head, i. e. to be venerated, Lass. 67, 14. Caus. and i. 10, dhāraya, Par. Ātm.
1. To bear, MBh. 13, 5007.
2. With daṇḍam, To punish, Man. 11, 21.
3. To hold, Rām. 1, 123, 14 Gorr.
4. With tulayā, To weigh, MBh. 3, 13293.
5. To continue to live, Chr. 46, 21.
6. To support, MBh. 14, 710.
7. To keep, MBh. 3, 11980; to possess, Rām. 1, 26, 25; Man. 5, 96.
8. To practise, Yājñ. 3, 201.
9. With ātmānam, manas, To direct one's attention to, Yājñ. 3, 201.
10. With and without manasā, To keep in remembrance, MBh. 13, 4455; Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 75.
11. With śirasā, mūrdhni, To honour, Mṛcch. 19, 3.
12. To hold in, Śāk. 8, 11.
13. To endure, Rām. 3, 35, 39.
14. To contain, Hariv. 6567.
15. To recover, Rām. 1, 48, 33.
16. To assign to, Hariv. 2091.
17. To owe to, MBh. 12, 7286. Anomal. potent. dhārayita, MBh. 13, 5007; anomal. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. dhārayāṇa, 6, 4600. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhā- rita,
1. Borne, MBh. 3, 11169.
2. Maintained, Vikr. d. 38. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-dhārya,
1. Not to be borne, Rām. 4, 16, 31; Man. 3, 79.
2. Not to be stemmed, MBh. 13, 2161. dus-,
1. Difficult to be supported, MBh. 3, 9941.
2. Difficult to be kept in remembrance, 13, 4483.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To endure, MBh. 6, 5063. With prānān, To continue to live, MBh. 3, 16221.
-- With ava ava, avadhṛta, Perceived, MBh. 13, 3544. Caus.
1. To know exactly, Rājat. 3, 179.
2. To consider, MBh. 14, 1977.
3. To perceive, MBh. 3, 11210.
4. (Caus. of the Caus.), To communicate, Kathās. 14, 7. avadhārya, What ought to be considered, Bhartṛ. 2, 97. an-avadhāraṇīya, Not to be known exactly, Ragh. 13, 5.
-- With ā ā, Caus. To keep, Rām. 4, 20, 16; to keep in remembrance, Kathās. 2, 37.
-- With ud ud, To draw out, Rām. 4, 22, 21.
-- With upa upa,
1. To support, MBh. 4, 1765.
2. To consider, MBh. 1, 7805.
3. To perceive, Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 11.
-- With ni ni, Caus. To keep, Bhāg. P. 3, 2, 22.
-- With nis nis, To verify, Śiś. 9, 20.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To bear, MBh. 3, 10907.
-- With pra pra. To direct to; with manas. To resolve, MBh. 8, 4336. Caus.
1. To inflict a punishmea, MBh. 12, 9569.
2. To keep in remembrance, 5, 4120.
3. To reflect, 1, 3581.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus.
1. To deliver, MBh. 3, 11741.
2. To direct; with buddhim, To resolve, 3, 8772.
3. To consider, to reflect, Pañc. 8, 14.
-- With vi vi, To bear. Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13. vidhṛta,
1. Separated, MBh. 13, 7070.
2. Spread, Caurap. 16.
3. Par from, Hariv. 4253.
4. Retained, stopped, Amar. 85.
5. Borne, MBh. 14, 1654; with śirasā, Borne on the head, and Honoured, Pañc. i. d. 94.
6. Maintained, Bhartṛ. 3, 58. Comp. a-vidhṛta, unrestrained, MBh. 1, 243. Caus.
1. To dispose, MBh. 1, 5549.
2. To act, 12, 3809.
3. To withhold, Rām. 2, 13, 3.
4. To stop, MBh. 3, 676.
5. To have, 9, 2476.
6. To direct, with manas, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 30.
7. To protect, 7, 5, 7.
-- With sam sam, To observe, Rām. 4, 29, 34. Caus.
1. To hold, Pañc. i. d. 93.
2. To bear, Rām. 2, 62, 15 Gorr.
3. To possess, MBh. 1, 6383.
4. To observe, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 21.
5. To direct, with manas, 2, 38.
6. To keep in remembrance, Pañc. v. d. 78.
7. To restrain, Rām. 2, 21, 47; MBh. 6, 3397.
8. To endure, Rām. 2, 63, 38; to sustain, Man. 3, 79.
9. To exist, Mārk. P. 8, 52.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. firmus, fre + tus (partly based on dhrā for dhṛ; cf. e. g. pṛ and prā); probably A.S. dragan, dreogan; O.H.G. tragan.
1. Bearing, Rām. 1, 6, 9.
2. Sustaining, MBh. 12, 10432.
3. Old, 3, 12597.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, adj. ruling, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 12. deha-, m. Air, wind, Suśr. 1, 250, 9.
† dhṛj, and dhṛñj dhṛñj, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- Cf. dhraj.
1. The father of Duryodhana and uncle of the Pāṇḍu princes, MBh. 1, 95.
2. A frequent proper name.
I. f.
1. Holding, MBh. 7, 4540 (dhṛtiṃ kṛ, To keep ground).
2. Steadiness, Nal. 6, 10.
3. Content, Man. 10, 116.
4. Satisfaction, Kir. 5, 35.
5. personified, MBh. 1, 2794.
II. m.
1. The name of a deity, MBh. 13, 4355.
2. A proper name.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. uneasiness. 2. discontent, Man. 12, 33. kṣmā-, m. a king and a mountain, Rājat. 5, 476. śata-, m. 1. Indra. 2. Brahman.
I. adj., f. matī.
1. Firm, Man. 7, 210.
2. Content, MBh. 13, 3054.
II. m.
1. A name of Agni, 3, 14188.
2. A proper name.
III. f. matī, The name of a river, 6, 339.
IV. n. The name of a division of the world, 6, 454.
1. To be courageous, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 81.
2. To dare, MBh. 1, 3573.
3. pass. To be subdued, Pañc. 265, 8. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhṛṣṭa.
1. Bold, MBh. 5, 1831.
2. Impudent, Bhartṛ. 2, 48; Daśak. in Chr. 198, 2.
3. n. The name of a spell, Rām. 1, 30, 4.
4. m. A proper name. Comp. a-dhṛṣṭa, timid, Pañc. iii. d. 163. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. dhṛṣya, To be attacked, MBh. 12, 8176. Comp. a-dhṛṣya, 1. unassailable, MBh. 1, 5054. 2. unconquerable, Rām. 5, 42, 4. Caus. and i. 10.
1. To lay hands on, to offend, MBh. 1, 2346.
2. To hurt, Hariv. 3153.
3. To violate, MBh. 5, 373.
4. To overcome, 3, 2149. †
5. To rain, v. r. a-dharṣita, adj. Unassailable, Rām. 4, 15, 3. dharṣaṇīya, To be conquered easily, MBh. 5, 1472. a-, adj. Unconquerable, Hariv. 4368.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To overpower, MBh. 14, 47.
-- With ā ā, Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. an-ādhṛṣya, Unassailable, Chr. 27, 11. Caus.
1. To aggrieve, Yājñ. 2, 5.
2. To provoke, Hariv. 10295.
-- With ud ud, Caus. To animate, MBh. 5, 2357.
-- With pari pari, To pounce upon, MBh. 14, 1684.
-- With pra pra,
1. To lay hands on, Rām. 3, 62, 18.
2. To overcome, 5, 58, 15; to lay waste, 5, 63, 5. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-pradkṛṣya, adj. Unconquerable, Pañc. 161, 14. duṣpradhṛṣya, i. e. dus-, adj.
1. Unapproachable, MBh. 6, 612.
2. Difficult to be overpowered, Rām. 6, 36, 24. Caus.
1. To assail, Rām. 3, 14, 12.
2. To violate, MBh. 13, 2291.
3. To overcome, 13, 2890.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To hurt, MBh. 12, 4998.
-- With vi vi, Caus.
1. To violate, Hariv. 4616.
2. To trouble, MBh. 12, 10541.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To violate, Hariv. 9937.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. fortis; Goth. ga-dars; O.H.G. gaturst; A.S. dear, thu dearst, thu dors + test, dyrstig, thrist, bold, etc.; to dare.
I. adj. Courageous, bold, Chr. 294, 1 = Rigv. i. 92, 1; MBh. 14, 2098.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3140.
† dhṛ10, ii. 9, dhṛṇā, Par. To grow old, v. r. (?).
1. To suck, to drink, MBh. 7, 2276; Man. 4, 59.
2. To suck in, to absorb, Prab. 40, 5.
1. A milch cow, one that has lately calved, Man. 11, 137.
2. The earth, MBh. 13, 3165.
3. Gift, MBh. 3, 12727; in this signification the word is used especially as latter part of comp. words, e. g. tila, MBh. 13, 3286; ghṛta-, 3523, etc., which imply that sesame, ghee, etc., are given instead of a milch cow, a milch cow being the usual present given to a Brāhmaṇa.
-- Comp. asi-, f. a knife; Daśak. in Chr. 198, 12. kāma-, f. cow that yields every wish, Kathās. 17, 134. kṣiti-, f. the cow-like earth, Bhartṛ. 2, 38.
I. m. The name of a demon, MBh. 5, 4410.
II. f. kā.
1. A milch cow, 3, 13035.
2. A present (cf. dhenu
3), 3, 8065.
1. Gravity, Hariv. 8408.
2. Firmness, constancy, MBh. 3, 17381; Rām. 2, 63, 47.
3. Courage, Pañc. 21, 8.
-- Comp. a-, n. perturbation of mind, Man. 12, 32.
† dhor, i. 1, Par. To be quick, to have a good pace.
1. To blow (as breath, wind), MBh. 14, 1732; Suśr. 1, 332, 11.
2. To produce sound by blowing, MBh. 2, 1925.
3. To excite fire by blowing, 2, 2483.
4. To melt, Man. 6, 71.
5. To throw, MBh. 5, 7209. Anomal. fut. dhamiṣyanti, Rām. 3, 62, 7. Pass.
1. dhmāya, in epic poetry also with the terminations of the Par., MBh. 2, 1756.
2. In epic poetry also dhamya, 3, 16825; also with the terminations of the Par. 14, 1738. Caus. dhmāpaya. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhmāpita, Turned to ashes, Suśr. 1, 46, 16.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To blow away, Rām. 1, 42, 26 Gorr.
-- With ā ā,
1. To blow a wind instrument, Hariv. 15853.
2. To blow up; pass. To be filled with air, to swell, MBh. 12, 3555; Suśr. 1, 62, 1; also Par. 290, 10. Caus. To blow up, to cause to swell, Suśr. 1, 374. 5.
-- With atyā ati-ā, To gasp violently for breath, Suśr. 1, 38, 12.
-- With upā upa-ā, To blow a wind instrument, MBh. 7, 3096.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To blow a wind instrument, MBh. 2, 1925.
2. To sound, Hariv. 15854.
-- With upa upa, To excite fire by blowing, Man. 4, 53.
-- With nis nis, To blow out of something, Suśr. 1, 100, 5.
-- With pra pra,
1. To blow away, i. e. to destroy, MBh. 2, 1028.
2. To blow into something, MBh. 14, 78.
3. To blow a wind instrument, MBh. 3, 789. Caus. To blow a wind instrument, MBh. 3, 633.
-- With vi vi,
1. To blow asunder, i. e. to disperse, MBh. 1, 5462; i. e. to destroy, Rām. 2, 80, 8.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek] O.H.G. tunst, perhaps A. S. dust.
† dhmāṅkṣ, i. 1, Par.
1. To crow.
2. To desire.
-- Cf. dhrāṅkṣ.
1. Religious, pious meditation, Bhāg. P. 3, 12, 13; Bhag. 12, 12; Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 15.
2. Intuition, Rām. 1, 9, 64.
1. To contemplate, MBh. 2, 2563.
2. To think of, 5, 47; to meditate on, 3, 224. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhyāta, Thought of, Bhartṛ. 3, 46.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To meditate on, MBh. 1, 3464.
2. To think of, 12, 9666 (with gen.).
3. To reflect, Rām. 1, 2, 20 (anudhyātvā, instead of °dhyāya). anudhyāta,
1. Thought of, MBh. 7, 2180.
2. Absorbed in meditation, 12, 4678.
-- With samanu sam-anu-,
1. To think of, MBh. 13, 968.
2. To think, 12, 6644.
-- With apa apa, To disregard, MBh. 7, 2076.
2. To hurt, 3, 13656.
-- With samapa sam-apa, To hurt, MBh. 3, 13655 (Ātm.).
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To desire, Yājñ. 3, 134.
2. To think of, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 44.
3. To meditate, to be absorbed in meditation, Man. 1, 8.
4. To curse (?), MBh. 13, 2144 (abhidhyāsus, 4. Aor. without augment in the sense of an imperat., cf. 2143).
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To reflect, MBh. 5, 2217.
2. To desire, Suśr. 1, 323, 15.
-- With ava ava, To disregard, Bhāg. P. 5, 4, 9.
-- With ā ā,
1. To wish that something may happen to another (gen.), MBh. 13, 4900.
2. To be absorbed in meditation, Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 43.
-- With samā sam-ā, To meditate on, Hariv. 14823.
-- With upa upa, To think of, MBh. 1, 3847; (Hariv. 7453, read apadhyāto).
-- With ni ni, To be absorbed in meditation, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 44.
-- With abhini ahhi-ni, To attend to (acc., Rām. 1, 28, 7.
-- With praṇi pra-ni, To direct one's attention to (acc.), Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 3.
-- With nis nis,
1. To muse ver (acc.), Rājat. 1, 279.
2. To reflect, Rām. 6, 31, 2.
-- With pari pari, To muse, Rām. 2, 37, 13 Gorr. (parī on account of the metre).
-- With pra pra,
1. To reflect, MBh. 1, 7013.
2. To think of (acc. and prati), Hariv. 10381.
3. To devise, MBh. 5, 3882.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To reflect, MBh. 3, 1411.
-- With prati prati, To devise, MBh. 5, 3880.
-- With sam sam, To reflect, MBh. 2, 8.
-- Cf. [greek]
† dhraṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. dhvan; Goth. drunjus; [greek] (Frequent.), [greek] A. S. dran, a drone.
† dhras, ii. 9, and i. 10. Par.
1. To glean.
2. To cast upward.
-- Cf. udhras.
† dhrākh, i. 1, Par. = drākh.
† dhrāgh, i. 1, Ātm. = drāgh.
† dhrāṅkṣ, i. 1, Par.
1. To crow.
2. To desire.
-- Cf. dhmāṅkṣ, dhvāṅkṣ.
† dhrāḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To divide, to split.
-- Cf. drāḍ.
† dhrij, i. 1, Par. To move.
-- Cf. dhraj.
1. To stand firm.
2. To go.
3. To know.
† dhruv, i. 6, Par.
1. To stand firm.
2. To go.
I. adj., f. vā.
I. Firm, stable, MBh. 1, 808; Rām. 1, 60, 17.
2. Permanent, Nal. 6, 11.
3. Fixed (as a day), MBh. 14, 1888.
4. Certain, Man. 7, 169.
II. m. The polar star, MBh. 8, 2105; personified as son of Uttānapāda and grandson of Manu, 13, 195.
2. A name of Viṣṇu, 2, 1510.
3. The name of a Vasu, 1, 2528, and others.
III. n. Permanence, Hariv. 3959.
IV. adv. °vam, Certainly, Man. 12, 16.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. perishable, Rām. 3, 61, 34. 2. uncertain, 5, 37, 11. Cf. O.H.G. ga-triuwi; Goth. triggvs; A. S. treowe, for-truwian; perhaps Lat. durus.
† dhrek, i. 1, Ātm. = drek.
† dhrai, i. 1, Par. To be satisfied.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] (= Caus. dhrāpaya).
1. To fall to pieces, to perish, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 55.
2. To go away, MBh. 3, 12525. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhvasta,
1. Fallen, Rām. 3, 58, 38.
2. Lost, 1, 58, 10.
3. Hurt, 6, 20, 22.
4. Disappeared 5, 21, 12.
5. Covered, MBh. 10, 662. Caus. dhvaṃ- saya,
1. To fell, Rām. 5, 63, 23.
2. To destroy, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 18.
3. To interrupt, Rām. 2, 60, 15.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To go away, Hariv. 720.
2. To cause to go away, MBh. 1, 5596. apadhvasta, Reviled, miserable, Mṛcch. 124, 3 (crazed, Wils.).
-- With abhi abhi, To attack, MBh. 5, 3230.
-- With ud ud, Caus. To cover, MBh. 13, 4817.
-- With samud sam-ud, To cover, Rām. 2, 42, 10.
-- With upa upa, pass. To be attacked, Suśr. 1, 21, 14.
-- With vini vi-ni, vinidhvasta, Destroyed, Rām. 2, 125, 13 Gorr.
-- With pari pari, paridhvasta,
1. Destroyed, Rām. 2, 33, 18.
2. Covered, 2, 41, 11 Gorr.
-- With pra pra, pradhvasta, Perished, Bhartṛ. 3, 26. Caus.
1. To cause to fall, MBh. 7, 1387.
2. To destroy, 1529.
-- With prati prati, pratidhvasta,
1. Afflicted, MBh. 12, 3606.
2. Left (?), 3717.
-- With vi vi, To crumble down, MBh. 12, 7978.
2. To disperse, 5, 5877. vidhvasta,
1. Fallen, 3, 2668.
2. Fallen to pieces, Rām. 2, 114, 6.
3. Destroyed, MBh. 1, 7675.
4. Whirled up, Rām. 6, 19, 12. Caus.
1. To break to pieces, MBh. 1, 8282.
2. To crush, 3, 16501.
3. To destroy, Rām. 5, 26, 37.
4. To hurt, 3, 53, 51.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravidhvasta,
1. Thrown away, Rām. 6, 22, 26.
2. Struck, Hariv. 10627.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. vastus, vastare; O.H.G. wosti; A.S. weste; Goth. driusan; A. S. dreosan, dysi, dyselic, dysig, dysian.
1. Destruction, Prab. 82, 14.
2. Loss, Pañc. i. d. 117.
I. adj. Destroying, MBh. 5, 5316.
II. n. Destruction, Rām. 6, 38, 21.
1. Perishing, Bhartṛ. 3, 35.
2. Destroying, Hariv. 4627.
† dhvaj, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. vagus, vagari.
1. A flag or banner, Rām. 2, 67, 26.
2. A mark, a symbol, MBh. 1, 1511.
3. A distiller's fiag, Man 4, 85.
4. The penis, Suśr. 2, 114, 9.
-- Comp. ud-patāka-dhvaja, adj. with raised flags and banners, Rājat. 5, 465. kapi-, m. a name of Arjuna, Bhag. 1, 20. kuśa-, m. a proper name, Rām. 1, 71, 13. garuḍa-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, MBh. 2, 30. go-vṛṣa-, m. a name of Śiva, Arj. 3, 44. jvālā-, m. fire, Rājat. 4, 41. tāla-, m. 1. a name of Balarāma, MBh. 9, 2139. 2. the name of a mountain, Śatr. 1, 50. timi-, epithet of the demon Śambara, Rām. 2, 8, 12 Gorr. dharma-, 1. adj. one who displays the flag of virtue, a hypocrite, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 39. 2. m. a proper name, 9, 13, 19. pāra-, m. pl. standards come from an opposite shore (i. e. from Ceylon), Rājat. 3, 78. makara-, m. the god of love. mahiṣa-, m. Yama. vṛṣabha-, m. a name of Śiva, Chr. 48, 11. sīra-, m. Janaka, Mahāv. 5, 9. surā-, n. a tavern flag. smara-,
I. m. 1. any musical instrument. 2. a fabulous fish, the makara. 3. the penis.
II. f. jā, bright moonlight.
III. n. the vulva.
I. adj.
1. Adorned with flags, Rām. 1, 5, 17.
2. Branded, Yājñ. 3, 243.
II. m.
1. An ensign, MBh. 9, 3302.
2. A distiller or seller of spirits, Rām. 4, 84.
I. adj., f. nī, Furnished with, or bearing, a flag, Rām. 3, 28, 32; Man. 11, 92.
II. m.
1. An ensign, MBh. 1, 7765.
2. A distiller or seller of spirits, Yājñ. 1, 141.
-- Comp. dharma-, i. e. dharma-dhvaja + in, m. one who displays the flag of virtue, a hypocrite, Man. 4, 195.
† dhvañj, i. 1, Par. = dhvaj.
† dhvaṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound.
1. dhvan, Par. To cover one's self. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. dhvānta, n. Darkness, Rām. 2, 21, 53.
2. dhvan, i. 1, Par.
1. To produce a sound, to roar, Ṛt. 1, 25.
2. To buzz, Rājat. 5, 315. Pteple. of the pf. pass. dhvanita, n.
1. Sound, Megh. 43.
2. Thunder, Kir. 5, 12. Caus. and i. 10, dhva/ānaya, To cause to sound, to strike, Catr. 14, 223.
-- With abhi abhi, To sound, to hiss, Śiś. 20, 13.
-- With pra pra, To resound, 17, 31.
-- Cf. A. S. dynan, dyne.
1. Sound, Man. 4, 123.
2. Figurative style, Sāh. D. 5, 9.
-- Comp. siṃha-, m. 1. the roar of a lion. 2. war-cry.
† dhvāṅkṣ, i. 1, Par. = dhrāṅkṣ.
-- Cf. probably A.S. thwer; O.H.G. dweran, gadwor, twaron, dwerh; A.S. thweorh, thwir, thwur; Goth. dvals; A.S. dwelian, dol, dweorg, for-dwilman; [greek]
† dhvraṇ, i. 1, Par. = dhraṇ, v. r.
1. Not, MBh. 3, 362.
2. When repeated in the same sentence it implies a very strong affirmation, Absolutely, Arj. 10, 17.
3. Lest (with a potential), Rām. 2, 63, 41.
4. Often in the beginning of comp. words, e. g. nātidūra, i. e. na-ati-dūra, adj. Not very distant, Hiḍ. 1, 51.
5. ved. Like, just as, Chr. 294, 5; 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 5; 4.
-- Cf. Goth. ne, nei; A. S. ná; O.H.G. ni; Lat. ne in nonne; [greek]
1. The Bengal mungoose, Viverra ichneumon, MBh. 12, 444.
2. f. lī, Its female, 16, 41.
3. The name of the fourth of the five Pāṇḍu princes, 1, 2445.
† nakk, i. 10, Par. To kill, to annihilate.
I. n.
1. Night, Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 5.
2. Eating only by night, Yājñ. 3, 319.
II. °tam, adv. By night, Man. 6, 19.
-- Cf. Lat. nox, noctu; Goth. nahts; A. S. naht, niht; [greek]
1. n. sing. Day and night, Mālav. d. 88.
2. °nam, adv. By day and by night, Pañc. 32, 25.
-- Comp. vakra-, m.
1. A parrot.
2. A depraved man.
NAKṢ, (akin to 1. naś), i. 1, Par. (also Ātm.), To approach, to attain.
1. A star, Man. 1, 24.
2. An asterism in the moon's path or lunar mansion; they are regarded as wives of the moon and daughters of Dakṣa, Hariv. 104; MBh. 13, 3256.
† NAKH, i. 4 and i. 1, Par., and naṅkh NAṄKH, i. 1, Par. To go.
I. m. and n. A nail of a finger or of a toe, Man. 4, 35.
II. n. and f. khī, A certain perfume. -Comp. agra-, the point of a nail, Rām. 2, 9, 43. pañcanakha, i. e. pañcan-, m. a beast having five claws, Man. 5, 17. sūrpa-, f. khā, the sister of Rāvaṇa. hastinakha-, i. e. hastin-, n. a sort of covered way, covering the access to the gate of a fort or town.
-- Cf. O.H.G. nagal; A.S. naegel; [greek] Lat. ungula.
I. adj. Shaped like a claw, MBh. 6, 693.
II. (m. or n.),
1. A knife, 7, 1318.
2. A fingernail, a claw, Caurap. 15; Pañc. 91, 5.
I. adj. Immoveable, MBh. 12, 5730 (?).
II. m.
1. A mountain, Rām. 6, 83, 1.
2. A tree, Man. 8, 330.
-- Comp. antar-nagara, n. a palace, Rām. 5, 11, 26. kāśi-nagara, n. the city of the Kāśis = Benares, Chr. 11, 11. gandharva-nagara, n. 1. the city of the Gandharvas, MBh. 2, 1043. 2. the fata morgana, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 5. vidarbha-nagarī, f. the city of the Vidarbhas, Nal. 1, 23. śākhā-, n. a suburb. sva-, n. own or native town.
NAGARAYA, a denomin. derived from nagara by ya, Ātm. To look like a town, MBh. 9, 2162.
I. adj., f. nā, Naked, Man. 4, 45.
II. f. nā, A girl before menstruation, Pañc. iii. d. 217.
-- Cf. Goth. naqvadei; A.S. nacud, nacod. genacian; Lat. nudus.
I. m. A naked mendicant, Pañc. 236, 4.
II. f. nikā, A girl before menstruation, Pañc. iii. d. 213.
I. m. The name of a prince, MBh. 1, 2439.
† NAJ, i. 6, Ātm. To be ashamed.
NAṬ (a form of nart, vb. nṛt), i. 1, Par.
1. To dance, Gīt. 4, 9.
2. To injure. Caus. and i. 10,
1. To dance, to represent as an actor, to act, Śāk. 6, 11.
2. † To fall.
3. † To speak or shine. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nāṭita, n. Representing, Śāk. 43, 4, v. r.
1. m. A mime, MBh. 1, 6940.
2. f. ṭī, An actress, Śāk. 3, 9.
3. m. A tree, Caloranthes indica, Jonesia asoca, Rām. 5, 74, 4.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. Śiva.
† NAḌ, i. 10, Par. To fall.
-- Cf. naṭ.
-- Cf. nala.
I. adj., f. gī, Bent.
II. f. gī, A woman.
1. A bow, a courtesy, Kathās. 9, 18.
2. Modest behaviour, Navar. 3 in Haeb. Anth. 2.
1. nānad, To roar, Chr. 290, 8= Rigv. i. 64, 8; MBh. 7, 882.
2. nānadya, To make a great noise, 7, 887.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To sound against (with acc.), Rām. 2, 111, 53 Gorr. (to rise to). Caus. To cause to resound, to fill with noise, MBh. 5, 5169.
-- With vyanu vi-anu, Caus. To fill with noise, Bhag. 1, 19.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To sound against, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 2 (to answer).
2. To roar, Hariv. 11042 (p. 791). Caus. To fill with noise, 13859. abhinādita, Re-echoed, 4582.
-- With ā ā, Caus. To fill with noise, MBh. 3, 789.
-- With ud ud,
1. To roar, MBh. 7, 6814.
2. To bray, Pañc. 248, 17.
-- With prod pra-ud, To roar, Hariv. 6754.
-- With samud sam-ud, To roar, Hariv. 13167.
-- With upa upa, Caus. To fill with noise, Rām. 2, 28, 10.
-- With ni ni.
1. To resound, Pañc. 158, 5.
2. To sing, Rām. 2, 65, 2.
3. To cry, Ragh. 5, 75. Caus. To fill with noise, MBh. 1, 119. ninādita, n. Sound, Rām. 1, 73, 36.
-- With pari pari, To cry aloud, MBh. 6, 3256.
-- With pra pra, ṇad ṇad, To begin to sound, to roar, MBh. 2, 1925; 3, 2859. praṇadita, Buzzing, Śiś. 9, 71.
-- With vipra vi-pra, Caus. To fill with noise, Rām. 5, 12, 45.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To cry, Rām. 5, 1, 87. Caus. To fill with a cry, Rām. 4, 29, 15.
-- With prati prati, To answer with a cry, or with cries, Rām. 3, 24, 30; (with acc.) Rājat. 4, 285; MBh. 6, 4518. Caus.
1. To fill with crics, Hariv. 4179.
2. To cry aloud, MBh. 3, 14057.
-- With vi vi,
1. To resound, Rām. 4, 9, 44.
3. To cry, 3, 30, 6.
3. To roar, MBh. 1, 6002.
4. To cry round about somebody (acc.), 11, 599.
5. To fill with cries, Hariv. 8097. Caus.
1. To cause to sound, or to cry, Bhāg. P. 8, 8, 13; Ghaṭ. 10.
2. To fill with noise, MBh. 1, 1187.
3. To sound aloud, Rām. 6, 11, 23.
-- With anuvi anu-vi, Caus. To fill completely with noise, Rām. 2, 103, 48.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, To cry aloud, Rām. 6, 37, 37.
-- With sam sam, To roar, MBh. 7, 8127. Caus.
1. To cause to resound, MBh. 1, 2896.
2. To cry aloud, MBh. 7, 8386.
I. m. A river, MBh. 1, 8730. A male river, Man. 6, 90.
II. f. dī, A river, 3, 9; a female river, 6, 90.
-- Comp. giri-ṇadī, i. e. giri-nadi, f. a mountain stream. dera-nadī, f. A holy river, Man. 2, 19. dyu-nadī, f. a name of the Gaṅgā. naga-nadī, f. the name of a river. pañcanada, i. e. pañcan-, I. n. 1. the country which is now called Panjāb. 2. the name of a river.
II. m. 1. pl. the inhabitants of the Panjāb. 2. a proper name. mahā-nadī, f. a great river, Rājat. 5, 98; = Gaṅgā, Chr. 26, 70. svar-, f. the Gaṅgā of heaven.
I. Born near a river, epithet of horses, Rām. 1, 6, 24 Gorr.
II. m.
1. Epithet of Bhīṣma, the son of the Gaṅgā, MBh. 4, 1294.
2. Antimony, Suśr. 2, 340, 16.
-- Comp. ati-, Much versed in, Daśak. 180, 14.
1. Not (Lat. nonne), MBh. 13, 313.
2. with an imperat., Do, Śiś. 9, 61.
3. Then, Mṛcch. 174, 12.
NAND (probably for nanad, a reduplicated form of nad), i, 1, Par. (also Ātm., Rām. 2, 84, 4), To be pleased, Rām. 1, 10, 28. Caus. nandaya, To gladden, Rām. 4, 22, 6.
-- With the prep. abhī,
1. To be pleased, Bhag. 2. 57.
2. To be pleased with (acc.), Man. 6, 45.
3. To desire, MBh. 13, 6655.
4. To salute, Pañc. 57, 18; with na, sometines To receive unkindly, MBh. 14, 134.
5. To take leave from (acc.), MBh. 1, 5751.
6. To appreve, Rām. 4, 10, 33; Śāk. d. 71.
7. To acknowledge, Man. 8, 54.
8. With na; sometimes To refuse. MBh. 5, 7505. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. abhinandaniya, abhinandya, To be rejoieed at. Śāk. 63, 18; 27, 6. Caus. To exhilarate, Rām. 2, 107, 10.
-- With pratyabhi prati-abhi, To return a salutation. MBh. 13, 7721.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To congratulate, Kathās. 21, 148.
-- With ā ā, To be pleased, Gīt. 11, 10. Caus. To gratify, Yājñ. 1, 355.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To gratify very mac, MBh. 15, 522.
-- With prati prati,
1. To salute. MBh. 5. 1806.
2. To salute in one's turn, Man. 7, 146.
3. To show one's satisfaction, MBh. 13, 426.
4. To favour, Kumāras. 7. 87.
5. To receive joyfully, MBh. 1, 7253.
6. With na, To refuse, 3673. a-pratinandita, Disowned, Bhāg. 4, 4, 8. Caus. To gratify, MBh. 3, 16444.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To welcome joyfully, 10, 475.
-- With vi vi, To be pleased, 3, 2607 (Ātm.).
I. m. One of Yudhiṣṭhira's drums, MBh. 7, 1032.
2. A name of Viṣṇu, 13, 7005.
3. A proper name (especially of the foster father of Kṛṣṇa and Durgā), 4, 179; 1, 2731.
4. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 21.
II. f. dā.
1. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2597.
2. The name of a river, 7818.
III. f. dī, A tree, Cedrela toona Roxb., Suśr. 1, 219, 19.
-- Comp. sa-, m. one of the four sons of Brahman. su-,
I. adj. delighting.
II. f. dā, 1. Umā. 2. a woman.
III. n. the club of Baladeva.
I. adj. in devatā-stava-, Gladdening the deities by praises, MBh. 13, 7662.
II. m.
1. The name of Kṛṣṇa's sword, MBh. 5, 4427.
2. A proper name, 1, 6983.
I. adj., f. nā, Gladdening, MBh. 3, 11073.
II. m.
1. A son, Yājñ. 1, 274.
2. Epithet of Viṣṇu and Śiva, MBh. 13, 7005; 1189.
3. A certain plant, Suśr. 2, 251, 19.
4. A proper name, MBh. 9, 2540.
5. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 21.
III. n. The pleasure-ground of the gods, especially of Indra, Indr. 2, 3.
-- Comp. arka-, m. the planet Saturn, Pañc. i. d. 240. kāśyapa-, m. pl. the children of Kāśyapa, a name of the gods, MBh. 13, 3330. kuru-, m. a descendant of Kuru, Chr. 22, 18. kula-, adj., f. nā, being an honour to a family, Pañc. 187, 4. nalinī-, n. a garden of Kuvera, Rām. 3, 36, 14. bhṛgu-, m. the son of Bhṛgu, i. e. Paraśurāma. raghu-, m. Rāma.
I. m.
I. Epithet of Viṣṇu and Śiva, MBh. 13, 7015; 1189.
2. A proper name, 13, 872.
II. f. (and m. and n.) Joy, MBh. 5, 4600; personified, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 6.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Liking, MBh. 6, 16.
2. Gladdening, 13, 4708.
II. m.
1. A son, Mṛcch. 47, 21.
2. A proper name, MBh. 12, 10223.
III. f. nī,
1. A daughter, 14, 1841.
2. The name of a fabulous cow, 1, 3923.
3. A proper name, 9, 2623.
I. m.
1. A grandson, Man. 4, 173.
2. A proper name, MBh. 13, 4362.
II. f. naptī naptī (i. e. na-pāt + ī), A granddaughter, Chr. 289, 9 = Rigv. i. 50, 9, where the horses are denoted as granddaughters of the chariot.
-- Cf. Lat. nepos, neptis; O.H.G. nefo; A.S. nefa; O.H.G. nift; Goth. nithjis, nithjo; [greek]
I. adj.
1. Neither man nor woman.
2. Of neuter gender.
II. m.
1. An eunuch, MBh. 4, 1190.
2. A coward, Pañc. i. d. 364.
NABH, i. 1, Ātm. † i. 4, ii. 9, Par.
1. To burst.
2. To injure.
I. adj. Moving in the sky, Rām. 3, 49, 45.
II. m. A deity, Ragh. 18, 5.
1. Sky, atmosphere, Man. 4, 37.
2. du. Heaven and earth, MBh. 12, 13240.
3. AEther as one of the five elements, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 12.
4. (n. and m.) The name of a month of the rainy season (July -August), Ragh. 12, 29.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. nubes, nebula; O.H.G. nibul; A.S. ge-nip, a cloud.
1. m. Wind, Ṛt. 2, 27.
2. f. vatī, A proper name, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 5.
1. To bow to (with dat., gen. and acc.), Chr. 287, 8 = Rigv. i. 48, 8 (nānāma, ved. pf. red.); Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 47; MBh. 10, 495; Hariv. 10235.
2. To bow, Bhartṛ. 3, 61.
3. To submit, Kām. Nītis. 8, 55.
4. To sink, Mṛcch. 85, 11.
5. To bend, Suśr. 1, 254, 7.
6. † To sound. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nata,
1. Inclined to (with acc. and gen.), Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 40.
2. Cast down, Pañc. 46, 5; Rājat. 5, 372 (read ckā natamukhī).
3. Bent, curved, Rām. 2, 96, 15; crooked, Vikr. d. 95.
4. Sunk in (not prominent), Kumāras. 1, 38. Comp. tri-nata, bent at three places (as a bow), Rām. 6, 20, 28. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. namanīya, To be bowed to, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 21. Caus. na/āmaya,
1. To cause to bow, Ragh. 8, 9.
2. To curve, bend, Pañc. i. d. 430; (as a bow), MBh. 3, 3039.
3. To cause to sink in, Hariv. 3754. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-nāmya, adj. Not to be curved, or bent, Pañc. i. d. 430; MBh. 5, 1335.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To bow to, Indr. 2, 19.
-- With ava ava,
1. To bow, Bhāg. P. 5, 25, 4.
2. To stoop, MBh. 1, 5336 (anomal red. pf. nanāmire). avanata,
1. Stooping, MBh. 3, 1776.
2. Bent, crooked, Rām. 2, 56, 7; Kumāras. 5, 86.
3. Sunk in (not prominent), Rām. 6, 23, 12. Caus.
1. To cause to bow, Hariv. 3586.
2. To bend (a bow), MBh. 8, 4606.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, Caus. To bend downward, MBh. 3, 10062.
-- With ā ā,
1. To bow, Rām. 2, 25, 38.
2. To bow to (acc.), Bhāg. P. 8, 23, 3. ānata,
1. Stooping, Hariv. 6344.
2. Stooping to (with acc.), Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 2.
3. Submissive, Man. 7, 69.
4. Bent, MBh. 1, 1667. Caus.
1. To bend downward, 5561.
2. To subdue, 4, 967.
3. To bend (a bow), 1, 7088.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rise, Pañc. ii. d. 98.
2. To erect, to raise, Pañc. i. d. 407. unnata,
1. Erected, upright. Hit. 76, 6; raised, Draup. 5, 1.
2. High, Kir. 5, 15.
3. Sublime, Pañc. 24, 17.
4. Prominent, Mṛcch. 144, 18.
5. Vaulted, Bhartṛ. 1, 41. Caus. To raise Rām. 5, 30, 12.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, abhyunnata, Elevated, Śāk. d. 56.
-- With samabhyud sam-abhi-ud, samabhyunnata, Risen, Mṛcch. 76, 20.
-- With prod pra-ud, pronnata,
1. Very elevated, Pañc. 118, 9.
2. Superior, i. d. 387. Caus. To erect, Bhāg. P. 8, 21. 3.
-- With samud sam-ud, samunnata,
1. Upright, Hit. 76, 6.
2. High, Rājat. 5, 38.
3. Sublime, Kām. Nītis. 1, 64.
4. Prominent, Rām. 3, 52, 30.
5. Vaulted, Amar. 51. Caus. To raise, Śāk. 40, 16.
-- With upa upa,
1. To fall to one's share (with dat. and gen.), Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 14.
2. To present one with (acc. of the person and instr. of the object), 6, 19, 16. upanata,
1. One who has submitted to somebody, MBh. 1, 5623.
2. Approached, Ragh. 10, 40.
3. Near, Bhāg. P. 5. 26, 18.
4. Due, 4, 27, 25.
-- With nis nis ṇam ṇam, ntrṇata, Prominent, MBh. 7, 7894.
-- With pari pari ṇam ṇam,
1. To stoop (as an elephant about to strike with his tusks), Śiś. 18, 27.
2. To turn aside, Bhartṛ. 1, 4.
3. To change into (instr.), Kir. 13, 44.
4. To be digested, Pañc. 232, 7.
5. To grow old, Kir. 5, 37. pariṇata,
1. Changed into (instr.), Megh. 46.
2. Ripe, MBh. 5, 1109.
3. Advanceed, Pañc. 197, 18. m. An elephant stooping to strike with his tusks, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 17. Caus.
1. To ripen, Hariv. 2957.
2. To pass, MBh. 6, 3847.
3. To stoop, MBh. 8, 1143.
-- With pra pra ṇam ṇam,
1. To bow, Man. 2, 197.
2. To bow to, Man. 8, 23. praṇata,
1. Bowing, Man. 11, 195.
2. Bowing to (with gen. and acc.), MBh. 4, 202; Rām. 1, 52, 1. Caus.
1. To order to bow to, Kumāras. 7. 27.
2. To bend, Mālav. d. 47.
3. To give. respectfully, Amar. 82.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
1. To bow, Ram. 1, 18, 5 Gorr.
2. To bow to, 2, 100, 37 Gorr. abhipraṇata, 1, 70, 5 Gorr.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To bow to, Rām. 2, 112, 23.
-- With vi vi,
1. To bow, MBh. 3, 2929.
2. To bend, Bhartṛ. 1, 66. vinata,
1. Sunk down, drooping, Śāk. d. 58; cast down. Brāhmaṇ. 1, 13.
2. Bent, Rām. 3, 50, 2.
3. Stooping, Ghaṭ. 18. f. tā,
1. A sort of basket.
2. The wife of Kaśyapa and mother of Araṇa and Garuḍa. Caus.
1. To bend down, MBh. 3, 15588.
2. To bend, 4, 394; (a bow), 1, 5436.
3. To incline, Amar. 81.
-- With sam sam,
1. To bow, Rām. 2, 72, 30.
2. To bow to, MBh. 5, 1130.
3. To submit to, Ragh. 18, 33. saṃnata,
1. Bent, Rām. 3, 16, 5.
2. Curved, Kumāras. 1, 34.
3. Stooping, Indr. 1, 10.
4. Bowed to, Bhāg. P. 7, 4, 32. Caus.
1. To bend, MBh. 12, 10675.
2. To cause to sink, Bhāg. P. 8, 18, 20.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. and A.S. niman (originally, to subdue); perhaps A. S. ge -nedhan (cf. nata).
-- Comp. nis-namaskāra, adj. 1. respecting nobody, Rām. 2, 24, 24. 2. respected by nobody, Man. 9, 239.
NAMASYA, a denomin. derived from namas by ya, Par. (Ātm. MBh. 13, 5129). To adore, MBh. 2, 234.
-- With the prep. sam sam, The same, Hariv. 7769.
† NAMB, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
1. Bent, Bhartṛ. 2, 62.
2. Bowed, Bhāg. P.6, 17, 16.
3. Crooked, Ṛt. 6, 10.
4. Addicted, Kathās. 17, 56.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. 1. bent, bowed. 2. humble.
1. Bowing, Rājat. 5, 223.
2. Respect, Bhartṛ. 2, 52.
3. Humbleness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 15.
† NAY, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To protect.
-- Cf. nī.
1. Leading, Rām. 2, 1, 21.
2. Conduct, Hariv. 7346; way of life, Kathās. 20, 191.
3. Prudent conduct, Bhartṛ. 2, 19.
4. Prudence, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 9; Daśak. in Chr. 198, 6 (read tvannaya evātra bhūyān, Thy prudence is here of greater weight).
5. Policy, Man. 7, 159.
6. Design, Pañc. i. d. 358.
7. Philosophical system, Bhāṣāp. 16.
8. Prudent conduct personified as son of Dharma by Kriyā, Mārk. P. 50, 26.
9. A proper name, Hariv. 489.
-- Comp. cf. anaya. Apa-, m. bad policy, Rām. 4, 40, 16. dus- (written sometimes durṇaya durṇaya instead of durnaya durnaya), m. bad conduct, MBh. 1, 4379. rājanaya, i. e. rājan-, m. policy. su-, m. 1. good conduct. 2. policy.
1. Leading, MBh. 12, 458.
2. Ruling, 1, 2580.
3. Leading to, Śāk. 71, 14.
4. Bringing, Pañc. 174, 19.
5. Theeye, Rām. 1, 59, 16.
-- Comp. tri-, triṇayana triṇayana and trinayana, adj. having three eyes, epithet of Śiva, Megh. 53; MBh. 14, 207. viṣama-, m. Śiva. sāśru-, i. e. sa-aśru-, adj., f. nā, the eyes filled with tears, Chr. 7, 21. su-,
I. m. a deer.
II. f. nā, a woman.
1. Versed in policy, Rām. 5, 81, 14.
2. Prudent, Kir. 5, 20.
1. A man; pl. Men, Man. 1, 96.
2. The Eternal, the divine imperishable spirit pervading the universe, Man. 1, 10.
3. pl. Certain fabulous beings, MBh. 2, 396.
4. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 8, 1, 27.
-- Cf. Lat. Nero, Neriene.
1. Hell, the infernal regions, Man. 2, 116.
2. The name of a demon, MBh. 1, 2537.
3. The name of a country, MBh. 2, 578.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. the name of a hell, Man. 4. 83.
NARAKAYA, a denomin. derived from naraka by the att. ya, Ātm. To resemble hell, Mārk. P. 8, 117.
I. m.
1. A dancer, Rām. 1, 12, 7.
2. A dancing-master, MBh. 4, 305.
II. f. kī, A female dancer, Ragh. 19, 14.
III. adj. Causing to dance, Sāh. D. 74, 17.
-- Comp. hariṇa-, m. a Kiṃnara.
I. m. A dancer, MBh. 4, 1217.
II. n. Dancing, Man. 2, 178.
NARD, i. 1, Par. (also Ātm., Hariv. 11936), To roar, MBh. 1, 4114. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nardita,
1. n. Roaring, Rām. 4, 8, 38.
2. m. The name of one of the dice, Mṛcch. 33, 10. Frequent. nānard, To sound aloud, Hariv. 8064 (anomal. Ātm. nānardamāna).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To roar at, MBh. 6, 2738.
-- With ā ā, ānardita, n. Roaring, Rām. 2, 42, 20.
-- With prati prati,
1. To greet with roaring, crying, MBh. 8, 1806.
2. To roar for, 12, 5777.
-- With vi vi, To roar, MBh. 8, 2468.
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To answer with roaring, Hariv. 14559.
† NARB, i. 1, Par. = namb.
1. adj. Causing pleasure, Somad. Nal. 128.
2. f. dā, The name of a river, the modern Nerbudda, MBh. 2, 371; personified, 15, 550.
NARMAYA, a denomin. derived from narman by aya, Par. To exhilarate by jesting, Kām. Nītis. 7, 42.
1. adj. Manly (ved.).
2. A proper name (?), Chr. 296, 9 = Rigv. i. 112, 9.
† NAL, i. 1, Par. To smell; to bind (?). i. 10, Par. To speak, or to shine.
1. A kind of reed, Amphidonax karka Lindl., MBh. 6, 4898.
2. A proper name, Hariv. 823; the hero of the episode Nala and Damayantī.
1. n. (and f. dā), The Indian spikenard, Nardostacys jatamansi, Suśr. 1, 140, 20.
2. n. The root of the Andropogon muricatus, Kir. 5, 25.
I. n. A lotus flower, MBh. 7, 1299.
II. f. nī,
1. A lotus, Nelumbium speciosum, Bhartṛ. 2, 57.
2. An assemblage of lotus flowers, Vikr. d. 5.
3. A pond in which the lotus grows or may grow, Draup. 6, 2.
4. A branch of the heavenly Ganges, Hariv. 3502.
5. A mystical name of one of the nostrils, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 48.
6. A proper name, 9, 21, 30.
I. adj., f. vā.
1. New, Man. 11, 186.
2. Fresh, Bhartṛ. 1, 7.
3. Young, MBh. 4, 410.
3. °vam, adv. Just, Mṛcch. 108, 7.
II. m. A proper name, Hariv. 1677.
-- Comp. punar-, m. a finger-nail.
-- Cf. Lat. novus; [greek] Goth. nivjis; A. S. niwe, neow, niwa.
I. nava + ka, adj. New, Vāsavad. 7, 3.
II. navan + ka,
1. adj. Consisting of nine, MBh. 3, 14389.
2. n. Nine, Rām. 4, 39, 24.
-- Comp. ekona-, i. e. eka-ūna-, eightyninth, 5, 258. eka-, ninety-first, MBh. 1, adhy. 91. dvā- and dvi-, ninetysecond, MBh. 8, adhy. 92. tri-, ninety-third, MBh. 1, 93. catur-, ninety-fourth, 1, 94. saptan°, i. e. saptan-, ninety-seventh. aṣṭānavata, i. e. aṣṭan-, ninety-eighth, Rājat. 5, 287.
-- Comp. dvi-, ninety-two, MBh. 1, adhy. 192.
-- Comp. eka-, dvi-, tri-, catur-, pañcan-, ṣaṣ-, saptan-, aṣṭan-, ninetyfirst, second, third, fourth, etc., Rām. 2, adhy. 91 sqq. navan-, ninety-ninth, 6, adhy. 99.
-- Cf. Goth. and O.H.G. niun; A.S. nigan; [greek] Lat. novem.
NAVANALINADALAYA, a denomin. derived from nava-nalina-dala by ya, Ātm. To resemble the leaf of a fresh lotus flewer, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 31.
-- Comp. samudra-, n. 1. the beverage of the immortals. 2. the moon.
I. ordinal number, f. mī, Ninth.
II. f. mī, The ninth day of a lunar half month, Lass. 16, 14.
-- Cf. Lat. nonus (for novimus).
1. NAŚ, i. 1, Par. To attain (ved.).
-- Cf. Lat. nanciscor, and 2 naś.
2. NAŚ (the base of many forms is naṃś), i. 4, Par. (also Ātm., Rām. 5, 27, 24, and i. 1, Par. and Ātm., MBh. 13, 3083; 7, 685.),
1. To be lost, Man. 8, 32.
2. To disappear, Man. 8, 247.
3. To escape, MBh. 5, 2736.
4. To go away, Rām. 5, 27, 24.
5. To perish, Man. 4, 52. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. naṣṭa,
1. Lost, Śāk. d. 167.
2. Invisible, Rām. 3, 50, 7; disappeared, MBh. 3, 2690.
3. Destroyed, MBh. 1, 3147.
4. Dead, Man. 8, 166. Caus. nāśaya,
1. To cause to disappear, Rām. 1, 55, 20.
2. To efface, Man. 11, 245.
3. To destroy, Rām. 5, 63, 8; Man. 2, 55.
4. To violate, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 10.
5. To extinguish, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 20.
6. To lose, Pañc. i. d. 23.
7. To disappear, MBh. 5, 862.
-- With the prep. vyapa vi-apa, Caus. To remove, MBh. 5, 7090.
-- With ava ava, To disappear, 4, 1728.
-- With nis nis, nirnaṣṭa, Disappeared, Rājat. 1, 83.
-- With pra pra ṇaś ṇaś, except where ś is changed to ṣ, e. g. pranaṣṭa,
1. To be lost, Man. 8, 149.
2. To disappear, Bhag. 1, 40. pranaṣṭa (sometimes erroneously praṇaṣṭa),
1. Perished, Rājat. 5, 211.
2. Disappeared, Man. 8, 30.
3. Escaped, Pañc. 89, 20. Caus.
1. To cause to disappear, MBh, 7, 327.
2. To cause to be lost, Hit. iv. d. 9 (to leave unrewarded).
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To disappear, MBh. 3, 5027.
2. To be lost, 13, 3212. vipranaṣṭa,
1. Disappeared, MBh. 4, 877.
2. Lost, 1, 4802.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To be lost, MBh. 3, 13781. sampranaṣṭa, Disappeared, 2847.
-- With vi vi,
1. To disappear, Man. 11, 263.
2. To perish, 2, 163. vinaṣṭa,
1. Lost, Malav. 9, 3.
2. Utterly ruined or spoiled, Man. 7, 41; 2, 64. Caus.
1. To destroy, 7, 19.
2. To kill, Pañc. 71, 24.
3. To perish (Aor.), Rām. 2, 110, 30. Desid. of the Caus. vināśayiṣita, without reduplication; read rather nināś°, Sought to be destroyed, Daśak. 112, 3, below.
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To perish afterward, or together with, MBh. 12, 3400.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To perish, Rām. 1, 56, 27 Gorr.
-- With sam sam, saṃnaṣṭa, Perished, Rām. 5, 51, 13.
-- Cf. 1. naś, The original signification of 1. and 2. naś, has been probably, To hasten (cf. Lat. per-nix); then on the one side, To overtake, to attain (1. naś); on the other, To hasten out of view, to disappear, to vanish, to perish (2. naś).
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; Lat. per-nicies, necare, nocere, ve-nenum (for ve-nec + num); Goth. naus (for nahu + s = [greek]), navis.
2. naś + vara, adj., f. rī, Perishable, Kathās. 19, 50.
-- Comp. a-, adj. imperishable, Bhartṛ. 3, 21.
NAS, i. 1, Ātm.
1. † To be crooked.
2. To go to, to join (ved.).
-- Cf. [greek] (? perhaps = ved. nu), [greek] (for [greek]), [greek]
1. m. A large kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 12.
2. f. sā, The nose of a cow, 2, 171, 7.
3. f. sī, A certain plant, 2, 170, 1. vi-, adj. Noseless. su-, adj. Handsomenosed.
1. Out of the nose, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 11.
2. In the nose, Suśr. 2, 297, 6.
1. A sternutatory, Suśr. 2, 235, 21. 2. f. yā, A nosebridle.
-- Comp. chinna-nasya, adj. with broken nose-bridle, Yājñ. 2, 299.
1. Led by a string through the septum of the nose, MBh. 3, 1142.
NAH (for original nadh), i. 4, Par., Ātm. (also i. 1 or 6, MBh. 1, 1460),
1. To bind, Bhāg. P. 5, 14, 38.
2. Ātm. To arm one's self, MBh. 4, 1016. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. naddha,
1. Tied, Rām. 4, 12, 19.
2. Bound, Rām. 5, 14, 15.
3. Covered, Hariv. 8799.
4. Joined, Rām. 4, 13, 13.
5. Laid in, MBh. 2, 1915.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To untie, MBh. 3, 13309.
-- With api api, or pi pi,
1. To fasten, MBh. 4, 301; 13, 2352.
2. To squeeze, Śāk. d. 18.
3. To cover, Rām. 5, 18, 4. pinaddha, Striped, MBh. 13, 976 (indrāyudhapinaddhāṅga, of which the body was adorned by a rainbow, viz. a cloud).
-- With ava ava, avanaddha, Covered, Man. 6, 76.
-- With ā ā, Ātm. To be obstructed, Suśr. 2, 369, 10. ānaddha,
1. Bound, MBh. 6, 5525.
2. Obstructed, Suśr. 2, 373, 21
3. Covered, 1, 22, 3.
-- With vyā vi-ā, vyānaddha, Striped (cf. api), Hariv, 6884.
-- With ud ud,
1. To press out, Suśr. 1, 301, 9.
2. To come out, MBh. 3, 11016 (p. 570). unnaddha,
1. Bound upward, Ragh. 18, 50.
2. Raised, Bhāg. P. 4, 11, 4.
3. Unfettered, 4, 27, 4.
4. Proud, 4, 14, 4.
5. Arrogant, 7, 10, 26.
-- With samud sam-ud, samunnaddha,
1. Unfettered, Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 33.
2. Pressed out, Suśr. 1, 280, 20.
3. Excessive, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 3.
4. Conceited, MBh. 5, 1000. Comp. a-, adj. modest, 5, 1010.
-- With upa upa, upanaddha, Laid in, Bhāg. P. 8, 15, 6. Caus. To cause to be dressed (as a wound), Suśr. 2, 109, 18.
-- With pari pari ṇah ṇah,
1. To span, MBh. 1, 1406.
2. To surround, Ṛt. 6, 25. pariṇaddha, Large, Ragh. 3, 34.
-- With pi pi, see api.
-- With sam sam,
1. To fasten, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 21.
2. To dress, MBh. 4, 1220.
3. To put on, MBh. 218, 7; 3, 14958.
4. To prepare for, Bhartṛ. 2, 6. saṃnaddha,
1. Tied together, Rājat. 4, 543.
2. Fastened, MBh. 15, 627.
3. Bordering, Rām. 1, 38, 21.
4. Armed, MBh. 2, 2463.
5. Accoutred, Hariv. 6402.
6. Ready, Rājat. 1, 77.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃnaddha, Armed, MBh. 3, 14883.
-- Cf. Lat. nexus, nectere, nere, [greek] O.H.G. nāhan, nāwan; Goth. nêthla; A.S. naedl; Goth. nehv, nehva, nehvis; A. S. neah. nearra, neahst.
1. For not (non enim), Man. 3, 168.
2. Not at all, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 23.
3. na -- nahi, Certainly not, Pañc. translation by Benfey, T. i. p. 465, n. 3.
1. Heaven, MBh. 13, 4882.
2. The mystical name of a weapon, MBh. 5, 3490.
-- Comp. tri-, n. the three heavens, Bhāg. P. 6, 13, 16.
I. adj. Ichneumon-like, Suśr. 2, 305, 21.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 6, 2084.
III. f. lī, The ichneumon plant, Suśr. 2, 297, 5.
1. A serpent, especially the name of fabulous serpents, having a human face and inhabiting Pātāla, or the infernal regions, Rām. 2, 25, 30; Man. 1, 37.
2. An elephant, Rām. 1, 6, 22.
3. A small tree, Mesua Roxburghii Wight., Suśr. 1, 171, 7.
4. One of the five vital airs, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 15.
5. A proper name, Hariv. 11537,
6. The name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 27.
II. f. gī, A female elephant, Suśr. 1, 178, 1.
III. adj., f. gī.
1. Consisting of serpents, MBh. 8, 2586.
2. Produced from an elephant, Suśr. 1, 194, 1.
IV. f. gā, A proper name, Rājat. 7, 293.
-- Comp. diṅnāga, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant supposed to support a quarter of the world, Megh. 14. śiśu-, m. a kind of Rākṣasa or demon, Rām. 3, 76, 28.
I. adj.
1. Belonging to a town, MBh. 1, 5682; m. A citizen, Rām. 1, 17, 34.
2. Referring to a town, MBh. 2, 256.
3. Polite, Śāk. 94, 10 C.
II. f. rī, A crafty woman, Haeb. Anth. 351, 16.
III. n. Dry ginger, Suśr. 1, 161, 2.
-- Comp. deva-nāgarī, f. the name of the character proper to Sanskrit.
I. adj. Inhabiting a town, Sch. ad. Śāk. d. 51.
II. m.
1. A citizen, Vikr. 77, 12.
2. Polite, Śāk. 60, 2.
2. A superintendent of the police, Daśak. 195, 13.
I. m. A mime, Rām. 1, 5, 18.
II. n. A drama, Rām. 2, 69, 4.
1. The art of acting or dancing, scenic art, Bhāg. P. 4, 15, 19.
2. Mimical representation, Mṛcch. 88, 4.
3. The attire of an actor, Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 19.
1. A measure of time, (1/60) of a sideral day, an Indian hour, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 3.
2. A measure of length, half a daṇḍa, Mārk. P. 49, 39.
3. An Indian clock, Kām. Nītis. 5, 51.
1. The stalk or culm of any plant.
2. Any tubular organ of the body, as an artery, a vein, an intestine, etc., MBh. 3, 13974; Ragh. 10, 59 (the rays of the sun, supposed to be hollow).
3. A fistulous sore, Suśr. 1, 284, 11.
4. = nāḍikā 1, Sūryas. 1, 12.
-- Comp. garbha-nāḍī, f. the navel-string, Suśr. 1, 368, 13.
NATH, and nādh NĀDH (akin to nam), i. 1, Ātm. (also Par., MBh. 3, 12630). To beg, MBh. 12, 1365 (with gen. of the object, MBh. 3, 12630).
1. A protector, MBh. 2292.
2. A master, a lord, Pañc. v. d. 90; Rām. 1, 76, 19.
3. A husband, Ragh. 12, 75.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. thā, having no protector, helpless, Rām. 6, 23, 21. kāla-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10368. ku-, 1. m. a bad protector, Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 28. 2. adj. having a bad guide, 5, 14, 2. gaurī-, m. a name of Śiva, Bhartṛ. 3, 87. camū-, m. a commander of an army, Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 3. jagat-eka-, m. monarch of the world, Ragh. 5, 23. jagannātha, i. e. jagat-, m. a name of Viṣṇu or kṛṣṇa, MBh. 2, 729. jīvita-, m. a husband, Kumāras. 4, 3. dharma-, m. a legitimate lord, Rām. 5, 33, 39. nakṣatra-, m. the moon, Hariv. 16033. nara-, m. a king, Rām. 2, 68, 55 Gorr. nāki(n)-, m. a name of Indra, Śatr. 2, 7. prajā-, m. a king, Rājat. 5, 191. prāṇa-, m. a husband. bhūmi-, m. a king, Lass. 14, 20. yadu-, m. a name of Kṛṣṇa. raghu-, m. Rāma. rajanī-caya-, m. the moon, Hit. ii. d. 107. viśva-, m. 1. a name of Śiva. 2. a proper name, Chr. p. 234, 1. 6. sa-,
I. adj. endowed, Pañc. 76, 18.
II. f. thā, a woman whose husband is living.
1. Having a protector, Rām. 1, 62, 12.
2. Having a husband, 5, 37, 20.
NĀTHĀYA, a denomin. derived from nātha with ya, Par. To grant, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 25.
1. Roaring, Rām. 4, 29, 12.
2. Sound, cry, MBh. 4, 1885; 14, 2694.
3. A semicircle representing the nasal sound, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 53.
-- Comp. bhima-, m. a lion. mahā-, m. 1. a loud cry. 2. an elephant, 3. a lion. 4. a camel. 5. the ear. megha-, m. 1. Varuṇa. 2. a son of Varuṇa. siṃha-, m. war cry, Pañc. 5, 4 (signifying principal).
I. adj., f. nī, Sounding, sounding aloud, Hariv. 8069; MBh. 2, 987.
II. m. a proper name, Hariv. 12941.
I. adj.
1. Coming from a river, Suśr. 1, 170, 11.
2. Aquatic, Rām. 4, 39, 12.
II. n. A sort of salt, Suśr. 2, 326, 9.
NĀDH, see nātk.
1. Difference, MBh. 2, 137.
2. Manifoldness, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 13.
1. Joy, MBh. 4, 2189.
2. A prayer at the opening of a drama, Mṛcch. 1, 8.
1. m. A barber, Man. 4, 253.
2. f. ti, The wife of a barber, Pañc. 37, 7.
I. a substitute for nābhi, when latter part of a comp. adj. or of a noun based on an adj., e. g. abja- and padma- (Having a lotus in his navel), m. A name of Viṣṇu. padma-nābha also,
1. A proper name.
2. A kind of spell. su-, adj.
1. Having a handsome nave, MBh. 10, 625.
2. Having a beautiful centre, Rām. 1, 33, 12. kāla-, m. The name of an Asura or demon and others. kuśa-, m. A proper name, Rām. 1, 34, 3. tri-, m. A name of Viṣṇu (holding the three worlds in his navel), Bhāg. P. 8, 17, 26. dṛdha-, m. The name of a spell, Rām. 1, 30, 5. puṣkara-, m. A name of Viṣṇu, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 48. vatsa-, m. a particular poisonous tree.
II. m. Epithet of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10364.
III. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 16.
1. The navel, Man. 1, 92.
2. The nave of a wheel, MBh. 1, 726.
3. Centre, Bhāg. P. 5, 16, 7.
4. Chief, Ragh. 18, 19.
5. Musk, Megh. 53.
6. (m. ?) The musk animal, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 44.
7. m. A proper name, 5, 2, 19.
-- Comp. ūrṇa-, m. a spider, 2, 5, 5. cakra-, f. the nave of a wheel, Suśr. 1, 354, 7. nis-, adj. not reaching to the navel, Kumāras. 7, 7. mṛga-, m. musk. visa-, m. a quantity of lotusses. vṛddha-, adj. corpulent. sa-,
I. adj. 1. uterine, Man. 9, 192. 2. like, resembling. 3. affectionate.
II. m. 1. an uterine brother. 2. a paternal kinsman, Man. 5, 72.
-- Cf. A. S. nafu, nafela; [greek] Lat. umbilicus.
1. Proceeding from the navel, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 13.
3. Epithet of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10364.
-- Comp. sa-, m. a relation as far as the seventh degree, Man. 5, 84.
1. = the abl. of nāman, Bhāg. P. 5, 12, 8.
2. By name, together with the name, Man. 8, 255.
3. With respect to the name, Śāk. 104, 22.
1. A name, Man. 2, 123.
2. A title, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 56.
3. The ceremony of giving a name to a child, Man. 2, 30.
-- Comp. puṃnāmadheya, i. e. puṃs-, m. one of the male sex, Rām. 5, 35, 43.
I. n.
1. A name, Man. 2, 128.
2. Only the name (opposed to the reality), 157.
II. acc. sing. nāma, adv.
1. By name, Man. 3, 127.
2. Indeed, of course, 8, 335.
3. Perhaps, Rām. 2, 85, 18 Gorr.
4. It is often preceded, a. by an interrogative pronoun, Then, Rām. 2, 15, 20 Gorr.;
b. by api, Perhaps, 2, 97, 6 Gorr. Of course, Śāk. 93, 5, v. r.; would that; c. by mā, Perhaps (I hope not), Mṛcch. 54, 24;
d. by nanu Cartainly, Rām. 4, 24, 37.
5. With an imperative, No matter, Mṛcch. 75, 6.
-- Comp. when latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. ends -nāmnī, Man. 3, 9; or -nāman, Rām. 1, 6, 25; or -nāmā, 2, 109, 47 Gorr. a-, adj. not named, not declared, Man, 12, 108. uṣṭra-, adj. called camel, Pañc. 68, 15. gṛhīta- (vb. grah), adj. called, Nal. 12, 48. dus-, n. haemorrhoids, Saśr. 1, 177, 10. pitṛ-, adj. called after his father's name, Cāṇ. 79 in Berl. Monatsb. mātṛ-, adj. called after his mother's name, ib. śyāla-, adj. called after the name of his brother-in-law, ib. su-, adj., f. mnī, well-named, MBh. 1, 1053. strī-, adj. having a female name, Chr. 63, 67.
-- Cf. Lat. nomen, co-gnomen, nam, quis-nam (cf. quem-nam = kaṃ nāma), nem-pe (cf. nāma api); [greek] (for [greek]), (for [greek]); Goth. namo; A.S. nama, nemnan.
I. m.
1. A guide, Rām. 2, 64, 33.
2. A chief, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 22.
3. A general, Rām. 3, 33, 14.
4. A husband, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 20.
5. A lover, Śāk. 15, 12.
6. The central gem of a necklace, Vāsav. 17, 1.
7. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 158.
II. f. yikā, A mistress, Lass. 24, 17.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. kā, deprived of or wanting a guide, a commander, a ruler, Rām. 2, 14, 52; 79, 3. ku-nāyaka, adj. having a bad guide, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 2. kumudinī-, m. the moon, Hit. 9, 5. -gaṇa-, m. 1. the chief of the retinue of a god, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 3. 2. the god Gaṇeśa, MBh. 1, 77. cakra-, m. the chief of a division of an army, Rājat. 2, 106. daṇḍa-, m.
I. a judge, Hit. 66, 6. 2. the commander of a division of an army, Rājat. 7, 969. bhūta-nāyikā, f. Durgā.
1. i. e. nṛ or nara + a, adj. Belonging to a man, Man. 5, 87.
II. m. Water (cf. nīra, [greek]), Man. 1, 10.
III. f. nārī nārī, i. e. nṛ + ī,
1. A woman, Man. 1, 32.
2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 22.
-- Comp. kula-nārī, f. a virtuous woman, Hit. i. d. 196. divya-nārī, f. an Apsaras, Rām. 2, 91, 19. prakāśa-nārī, f. a harlot, Mṛcch. 46, 2.
I. adj., f. kī, Infernal, hellish, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 30.
II. m.
1. An inhabitant of the infernal regions, 2, 10, 41.
2. Hell.
I. m.
1. The first living being, identified with Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 7, 9447; Man. 1, 10.
2. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 24.
II. adj. Referring, belonging to Nārāyaṇa. MBh. 1, 337.
III. f. ṇī, patronym. name of Indrasenā, MBh. 4, 651.
-- Cf. nālikera.
I. adj. Consisting of reed, Bhāg. P. 6, 11, 8.
II. n.
1. A hollow or tubular stalk, especially the stalk of the water-lily, MBh. 2, 88.
2. A tubular vessel of the body, Prab. 55, 5.
3. A handle, MBh. 9, 909.
III. f. lā, The name of a river, MBh. 6, 339.
-- Comp. nābhi-nālā, f. the navelstring, Ragh. 5, 7. yantra-nāla, n. a pipe (of a well), Mārk. P. 39, 43.
NĀLĀYA, a denomin. derived from nāla with ya, ptcple. of the pf. pass. nālāyita, Representing the handle of an axe, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 17.
-- Cf. nārikela.
1. Navigable, Ragh. 4, 31.
2. Accessible to a ship, MBh. 3, 10027.
1. Loss, Bhartṛ. 2, 35.
2. Disappearance, Rām. 2, 47, 13.
3. Destruction, Yājñ. 1, 339.
4. Death, 63.
-- Comp. artha-, m. ruin of wealth, Cāṇ. 80 in Berl. Monatsb. citta-, m. the vanishing of consciousness, Rām. 2, 64, 68. duḥsvapna-, i. e. dus-, adj. Removing the dreams, Hariv. 8459.
-- Comp. kṛta- adj. ungrateful, Hit, iii. d. 126. vighna-, m. Gaṇcśa.
I. adj., f. nī
1. Destroying, MBh. 13, 2194; Man. 8, 127.
2. Removing, MBh. 2, 426.
II. n.
1. Destruction, Mārk. P. 24, 36.
2. Removal, MBh. 7, 5120.
-- Comp. kṛta-pūrva-, n. ungratefulness, Hit. 27, 16, n. bhūta-,
I. m. 1. marking nut plant, Semicarpus anacardium. 2. mustard. II. n. the Eleocarpus seed. matsya-, m. an osprey.
1. Perishable, Prab. 100, 11.
2. Removing, Hariv. 10239.
3. Destroying, Rām. 6, 80, 32.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not being lost, Man. 8, 185. 2. not perishing, Bhag. 2, 18.
† NAS, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
I. m. du. A name of the Aśvins, MBh. 12, 7583.
II. adj. Referring to the Nāsatyas, 12, 13491.
-- Comp. karṇa-nāsā, f. the ears and the nose, Rām. 3, 24, 22. tiryagnāsa, i. e. tiryañc-, adj. having a wry nose, 5, 17, 32. nāga-nāsā, f. the trunk of an elephant, 5, 22, 2. sthūla-nāsa, m. a hog.
-- Cf. O.H.G. nasa; A. S. nase; Lat. nāsus, nāris.
1. A nostril, Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 6.
2. du. The nose, 2, 10, 20.
3. sing. The nose, Man. 2, 90.
4. The trunk of an elephant, MBh, 13, 4900.
-- Comp. agra-, f. the tip of the nose, Rām. 1, 28, 10. pūti-nāsika, adj. having a stinking pose, Yājñ. 3, 211. rakta-nāsika, m. an owl. sthūla-, m. a hog.
1. Disbelief, Man. 3, 65.
2. Infidelity, 4, 163.
1. A nose-cord, Man. 8, 291.
2. A multitude of noses (?), Hariv. 15996.
1. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives (q. cf.).
2. Compounded with nouns, and implying sometimes negation, Deprived of, without; cf. niviḍa, niśabda (in this signification it is curtailed from nis). Probably for primitive ani.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. in; Goth. in, inn; A. S. in, nidhan, see nitarām.
NIṂS (probably an old desider. of nam, for ninaṃsa), i. 1, Ātm. To touch, to kiss.
NIḤŚEṢAYA, a denomin. derived from nis-śeṣa with aya, Par.
1. To destroy completely, Prab. 6, 11; Pañc. 201, 23 (see Benfey's translation, n. 1210).
2. To consume completely, Rām. 1, 65, 6.
1. Breathing, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
2. Breath, Man. 3, 19.
3. Sigh, Rām. 2, 24, 7.
1. Going forth or out, MBh. 12, 10061; Pañc. i. d. 458.
2. A means against, MBh. 12, 7799.
-- Cf. sāra.
-- Comp. sāgara-ud-bhūta-, adj. roaring like the occan.
I. adj., f. ṭā, Near.
II. n. Proximity, Kathās. 3, 73.
I. m.
1. The touchstone, Ragh. 17, 46.
2. The test appearing on the touchstone, MBh. 12, 7471.
II. f. ṣā, A proper name, Rām. 5, adhy. 76.
NIKAṢĀYA, i. e. a denomin. derived from nikaṣa with ya, Ātm. To serve as touchstone, Daśak. 1, 7.
I. m. Desire.
II. °mam, acc. adv.
1. Willingly, Bhāg. P. 8, 2, 24.
2. At one's own discretion, Pañc. i. d. 417.
-- Comp. a-, adv. unwillingly, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 10.
1. An assemblage, a class, Man. 1, 36.
2. A multitude, Bhāg. P. 4, 24, 25.
3. A house, a dwelling-place, Rām. 4, 44, 31.
1. Humiliation, MBh. 1, 7081.
2. Abuse, 14, 1788.
1. m. Sight, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 30.
2. Latter part of comp. adj., Similar, Rām. 3, 30, 18.
1. A plant, Croton polyandrum, Hariv. 3843.
2. A proper name, 8002.
I. f.
1. Dishonesty, MBh. 2, 2042.
2. Abuse, Bhartṛ. 2, 30.
3. A wicked person, MBh. 12, 6269.
II. m. The name of a deity, Hariv. 11540.
I. adj., f. nī, Destroying, Rām. 1, 30, 14 Gorr.
II. m. The name of a hell, Mārk. P. 12, 15.
III. n.
1. Cutting, MBh. 2, 2193.
2. Destruction, 3, 14438.
1. A mansion, MBh. 3, 8358.
2. A countersign, 12541.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without a house, Man. 6, 25. catuṣpathaniketā, i. e. catur-patha-, f. the name of a deity, MBh. 9, 2643.
1. A mansion, Man. 11, 128.
2. A temple, Rājat. 5, 30.
-- Comp. vairocana-, n. (The abode of Bali, i. e.) Pātāla, the intermediate region between the earth and Naraka, over which part Bali presides. svapna-, n. A bed-chamber.
NIKṢ, i. 1, Par.
1. † To kiss.
2. To pierce.
1. Casting on, Sāh. D. 18, 14.
2. A deposit, Man. 8, 4.
2. A place for keeping something, Suśr. 1, 171, 18.
1. An iron chain for the feet, Mṛcch. 97, 25.
2. A fetter, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 40.
NIGAḌAYA, a denomin. derived from nigaḍa with aya, To put in irons, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 1.
1. Holy writ, the Vedas, Man. 9, 19.
2. A passage (of the Vedas), Chr. 9, 45.
3. A precept, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 39.
4. A merehant, Rām. 2, 125, 10 Gorr.
1. One who lays hold on somebody, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 13.
2. One who prevents somebody, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 26.
1. Seizing, Mṛcch. 10, 21.
2. Confinement, Bhāg. P. 8, 22, 21.
3. Subduing, Man. 7, 175.
4. Suppression, restraining, 6, 71; 302.
5. Chastising, Kathās. 18, 36.
6. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1179. -Comp. upastha-, m. continenee, Yājñ. 3, 314. dus-, adj. difficult to be subdued, Bhag. 6, 35. su-, adj. easily restrained.
I. adj. Suppressing, Suśr. 1, 155, 16.
II. n.
1. Suppression, Rām. 6, 99, 48.
2. Punishment, MBh. 15, 230.
1. Friction, Kir. 2, 5.
2. Crushing, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 341.
1. Killing, Hariv. 7026.
2. Destroying, Arj. 7, 26.
I. adj. Dependent, Ragh. 14, 58.
II. m. A proper name, Hariv. 818.
-- Comp. vāyu-, adj. frantic, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 9.
1. Heaping, Rām. 2, 77, 22.
2. Collection, MBh. 15, 205.
3. Heap, multitude, 4, 30.
4. Provision. 11, 48.
5. The parts (of a whole), 15, 5416.
NIJ, ii. 3, Par. Ātm.
1. To cleanse, MBh. 7, 8531.
2. † To nourish.
-- With the prep. nis nis, nirṇikta,
1. Sprinkled, Man. 5, 127.
2. Polished, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 27.
3. Purified, MBh. 12, 9735.
4. Cleared up, explained, Hariv. 11220.
-- With parinis pari-nis, To wash, MBh, 5, 1399.
-- Cf. probably [greek].
† NIÑJ, ii. 2, Ātm. = nij.
1. du. The buttocks, Śāk. d. 35.
2. The slpe of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 34.
3. A bank, MBh. 1, 4650.
1. Latter part of comp. adj. Having buttocks, e. g. cāru-pīna-nitamba + in, Having beautiful big buttocks, Mārk. P. 17, 20.
2. Having beautiful buttocks, Mālav. 24.
3. Having beautiful slopes, Rājat. 2, 121.
1. Continually, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 11.
2. Excessively, Rām. 3, 1, 2.
3. At all events, Bhartṛ. 1, 95.
-- Cf. A. S. nidher; O.H.G. nidar.
1. Constant, perpetual, Man. 2, 206; 58 (nityakālam, adv. At all times).
2. Eternal, Man. 1, 11.
3. Essential, regular, 11, 203; Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 11. 4.
4. °yam, adv. Perpetually, constantly, Man. 1, 108.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. perishable, 6, 77. 2. occasional, 7, 199. 3. inconstant. Rām. 2, 4, 26; uncertain, 5, 29, 31. 4. °yam, adv. not perpetually, Man. 3, 102. ātmanitya, i. e. ātman-, adj. best-beloved, MBh. 1, 6080. taponitya, i. e. tapas-, adj. practising perpetually religious austerities, 14, 264.
1. Perpetuity, Bhāṣāp. 101.
2. Perseverance, in dharma-nitya + tā, MBh. 3, 12531.
3. Necessity, Mārk. P. 30, 25.
-- Comp. a-, f. perishableness, Bhartṛ. 3, 80.
1. Perpetuity, eternity, Bhāg. P. 3, 27, 17.
2. Perseverance, in adhyātmajñāna-nitya + tva, Bhag. 13, 11.
-- Comp. a-, n. 1. transitoriness, Pānc. iii. d. 21. 2. fickleness, Rām. 4, 32, 7.
1. NID, i. 1, Par. Ātm. (only ved. and very seldom), and nind NIND (perhaps originally vb. nad, with the prep. ni), i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 7, 2601), To blame, MBh. 2, 2275. nindita,
1. Reprehended, Man. 3, 47.
2. Reprehensible, 42.
3. Despised, 3, 165.
4. Forbidden, 11, 44.
5. Inauspicious, 182. Comp. a-, adj. blameless, Man. 3, 42. nindya, 1. reprehensible, Man. 3, 42. 2. forbidden, 3, 50. 3. disgraceful, 11, 53. Comp. 1. a-nindya, adj. blameless, Man. 3, 42. 2. a-nedya, adj. blameless, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To blame violently, MBh. 5, 40.
-- With prati prati, To blame, 3, 15656.
-- With vi vi, To blame, 3, 13700.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] etc.; Goth. ga-naitjan, naiteins; O.H.G. neizjan; A.S. naetan, naeting; probably also Goth. neith, A. S. nidh, ge-nidhle (hatred).
† NID, i. 1, Par. Ātm. To be near.
1. Seeing, MBh. 12, 7472.
2. Announcing, 3, 13086.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Showing, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 1.
2. Announcing, Hariv. 12815.
3. Teaching, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 33.
II. n.
1. Seeing, sight, MBh. 9, 62.
2. Evidence, Man. 11, 45.
3. Example, 9, 20; MBh. 8, 1882.
4. Foreboding, Hariv. 9885.
5. Prognostic, MBh, 5, 1235.
6. Symptom, 12, 11718.
1. A first cause, Ragh. 3, 1.
2. The causes of disease, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 8.
1. ni-diś + a, Order, MBh. 12, 8929.
2. ni-deśa, Neighbourhood, Man. 2, 197.
1. Sleep, Rām. 4, 26, 9.
2. Sleepiness, Hiḍ. 1, 4.
-- Comp. a-,
I. f. sleeplessness.
II. adj. (a-nidra), sleepless, Rām. 2, 2, 4. ati-nidra, adj. one who sleeps excessively, 6, 37, 48. apa-, adj. 1. sleepless, Kir. 5, 26. 2. opened, Śiś. 9, 30. unnidra, i. e. ud-, and nirnidra, i. e. nis-, adj. sleepless, Megh. 86; Rājat. 2, 98. yoga-nidrā, f. 1. absorption in profound meditation, Pañc. 125, 25. 2. light sleep, 25, 25. yogi(n)-, f. light sleep, wakefulness. vi-, adj. 1. sleepless. 2. blown, budded.
1. Conclusion, end, MBh. 1, 4612; Suśr. 1, 18, 19.
2. Annihilation, Bhartṛ. 2, 13.
3. Death, Man. 5, 40.
1. Putting aside, MBh. 4, 158.
2. A receptacle, a place or vessel in or on which anything is collected or deposited, Hariv. 2477.
3. A treasure, Man. 8, 36.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, n. clemency, MBh. 12, 6559.
1. A receptacle, MBh. 1, 1124.
2. A treasure, Man. 7, 82.
-- Comp. ambu- and ambhas-, m. the ocean, Lass. 44, 11. kalā-, m. the moon, Lass. 91, 15. jala-, m. the ocean, Bhartṛ. 2, 78. tapas-, m. a pious person, Ragh. 1, 56. tejas-, m. a majestic person, Chr. 21, 2. payas-, m. the ocean. śila-jñāna-, m. a virtuous and learned person.
1. Sound, cry, MBh. 3, 820.
2. Buzzing, 8702. -Comp. su-, adj. sounding agreeably, Kir. 5, 27.
1. Sounding, Rām. 1, 20, 7.
2. Playing, Hariv. 2458.
3. Accompanied by the sound of, MBh. 5, 3139.
NIND, see 1. nid.
1. Blame, Man. 8, 19.
2. Defamation, Man. 2, 200.
3. Scorn, Bhāg. P. 4, 21, 6.
† NINV, or sinv SINV, i. 1, Par. To wet, or to wait on.
1. Falling, MBh. 8, 1788.
2. Flying, 1895.
1. Falling, Man. 11, 104.
2. Casting, 3, 241.
3. Death, 8, 185.
4. The opposite extremity, Bhāg. P. 5, 21, 9.
-- Comp. dhārā-, m. A sudden shower of rain, Pañc. 93, 2.
I. adj. Destroying, MBh. 3, 1624.
II. n.
1. Dropping, Rām. 6, 74, 24.
2. Putting on, Suśr. 1, 95, 17.
3. Touching, 290, 17.
4. Beating, Man. 11, 208.
5. Killing, 8, 298.
6. Flying down, hurrying down, Pañc. ii. d. 57.
7. Falling down, Yājñ. 1, 145.
1. Falling down, Vikr. d. 153.
2. Flying on, Ragh. 9, 40.
3. Destroying, MBh. 7, 9462.
1. Drinking, MBh. 13, 3439.
2. A pool, Man. 4, 201.
-- Comp. a-, n. thirst, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 8.
1. Perfect, Man. 5, 61.
2. Clever, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 490.
3. Conversant, 57. °ṇam, adv.
1. Completely, Rām. 2, 96, 1 Gorr.
2. Carefully, 4, 44, 82.
3. In a delicate manner, Śāk. 59, 15.
1. Cleverness, Bhartṛ. Suppl. 10.
2. Carefulness, Pañc. 181, 18.
1. Fastening, binding, Rām. 5, 42, 4.
2. Fetter, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 46.
3. Root, MBh. 2, 2532.
4. Fixed property, Yājñ. 2, 121.
5. A literary work.
I. adj., f. nī, Binding, Bhāg. P. 3, 21, 54.
II. f. nī, Fetter, MBh. 5, 771.
III. n.
1. Binding, ligation, Man. 2, 27; making (a bridge), MBh. 3, 10725.
2. Bond, fetter, 12, 9680.
3. A receptacle, Rām. 2, 31, 28 Gorr.
4. Cause, motive, MBh. 1, 5141; Man. 9, 27.
5. Syntax, Kumāras. 7, 90.
-- Comp. artha-, adj. having (its) cause in wealth, MBh. 1, 5141. strī-, n. domestic duty.
1. Binding, MBh. 12, 6548.
2. Joined, 11, 89.
I. adj.
1. Destroying, Ram. 1, 1, 11.
2. Removing, Suśr. 1, 166, 11.
II. n. Destruction, Rām. 1, 3, 30 Gorr.
1. Like, resembling, Rām. 3, 49, 34.
2. Pleonastically in cāru-nibha-ānana, adj. Handsome-faced, Hariv. 11789.
I. adj., f. nī, Absorbing, MBh. 7, 897.
II. n. Diving, immersion, Rājat. 1, 127.
1. Aim, mark, MBh. 5, 3480.
2. Sign, omen, Man. 6, 50; Śāk. 8, 17.
3. Cause, motive, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 6.
4. Instrumental cause, MBh. 3, 10743 (the cause on which the life of a prince was dependent, cf. 10744 and 10739).
5. °tam acc., °tena instr., °tāya dat., adverbially, On account of, Rām. 2, 48, 28; 90, 12; 30, 1.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no motive, Śāk. d. 176. acc. °tam, adv. without a cause, Śāk. d. 45. atonimitta + m, i. e. atas-, adv. therefore, Nal. 9, 34. kim-, adj. by what occasioned or caused, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 19. acc. °tam, adv. why, Chr. 80, 47. kutonimitta, i. e. kutas-, adj. by what caused, Rām. 2, 74, 17. dus-, n. a bad omen, MBh. 2, 818.
-- Comp. a-, adv. without cause, Man. 4, 144.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sbst. a god (free from twinkling of the eyes), Bhāg. P. 5, 23, 8.
1. Twinkling of the eye, Rām. 6, 102, 25.
2. A moment, 5, 56, 59.
3. A proper name, MBh. 5, 3595.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. not twinkling, having the eyes fixed, Indr. 5, 28; Rām. 3, 6, 14.
II. m. a god (see the preceding).
1. Twinkling of the eye, Nal. 5, 26.
2. A moment, Rām. 3, 36, 19.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 1489.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. absence of twinkling, Ragh. 3, 43.
II. adj. open, Rām. 3, 63, 22.
III. m. a god, Bhāg. P. 6, 10, 1 (see nimiṣ).
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Deep, Ṛt. 5, 12; with na, high, grand, Bhartṛ. 2, 36.
II. n. Low ground, MBh. 2, 784.
-- Comp. giri-, f. A mountain-stream, Rām. 2, 97, 1.
1. A restrainer, Rām. 2, 1, 30 Gorr.
2. A ruler, Ragh. 15, 51.
3. A charioteer, 1, 17.
1. Restraining, preventing, Man. 8, 122.
2. Restriction, MBh. 1, 6452.
3. Certainty, Pañc. ii. d. 53.
4. Any religious observance voluntarily practised, as fasting, pilgrimage, Man. 4, 204.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. being engaged in a religious observance, Kir. 5, 40.
I. adj. Subduing, Hariv. 10684.
II. n.
1. Subduing, MBh. 3, 1075.
2. Restriction, Rājat. 4, 137.
1. Practising religious observances, MBh. 1, 3839.
2. Having the menses, Suśr. 1, 317, 9.
1. Fastening, Hariv. 3537.
2. Appointment, Mṛcch. 101, 19.
3. An order, a commission, Man. 1, 41; 9, 61; 65.
4. °ena, instr. Certainly, Ragh. 17, 49.
-- Comp. a-, m. a disagreeable commission, Rām. 2, 68, 17 Gorr.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not partaking of, Rājat. 5, 177.
1. Without any interstice, Śiś. 9, 66.
2. Completely filled, Rām. 6, 112, 42.
3. Continual, Rām. 5, 58, 8.
4. Faithful, Pañc ii. d. 190. °ram, adv.
1. Tightly, Ṛt. 2, 11.
2. Constantly, Rām. 3, 2, 11.
-- Comp. tiryaṅniraya, i. e. tiryañc-, m. the hell of beasts, MBh. 3, 12626.
I. adj., f. thakā and thikā.
1. Without attaining one's purpose, Rām. 5, 9, 26.
2. Useless, MBh. 5, 1114.
3. Unmeaning, MBh. 3, 12686.
II. °kam, adv. In vain, Rām. 3, 35, 21. -- Abstr. °tva nirarthaka + tva, n. Mṛcch. 90, 4.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Spitting out, Suśr. 1, 349, 3.
2. Removing, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 12.
II. n.
1. Expulsion, MBh. 14, 73.
2. Removal, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 21.
1. One who repudiates, Ragh. 14, 57.
2. Seeking to remove from (abl.), Rājat. 5, 154.
1. Seeing, Bhāg, P. 6, 9, 44.
2. Visiting, Rājat. 6, 94.
I. adj. Regarding, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 32.
II. n.
1. Look, 1, 9, 40.
2. Regarding, Rām. 5, 14, 56.
1. Interpretation, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 3.
2. Etymological explanation, MBh. 1, 1656.
I. adj. Determining, Sāh. D. 8, 14.
II. n.
1. Shape, MBh. 3, 2802.
2. Determining, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 5.
1. m. Imprecation, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 4.
2. f. A demigod, patroness of the southwest, Man. 11, 118.
1. Confinement, imprisonment, Man. 8, 375.
2. Coercion, 6, 60.
3. Obstruction, MBh. 3, 11554.
4. Destruction, Hariv. 111.
5. Disappointment, Daśarūp. 1, 31.
I. adj.
1. Confining, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 7.
2. Obstructing, Suśr. 2, 525, 1.
II. n.
1. Imprisonment, Man. 8, 310.
2. Cocrcion, MBh. 3, 125.
3. Disappointment, Daśarūp. 1, 31.
1. Going out, setting out, Rām. 4, 14, 8.
2. Vanishing, MBh. 3, 11892.
3. Issue, outlet, Rām. 1, 44, 11.
4. Export, Man. 8, 401.
5. A door, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 7.
1. Want of properties, Bhāg. P. 7, 11, 32; MBh. 12, 11350.
2. Want of good qualities, wickedness, 7, 4490; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 109.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. accompanied by whirlwinds, Chr. 36, 23.
I. nis-ghuṣ + a, m. Sound, Rām. 1, 10, 32.
II. nis-ghoṣa, adj. Soundless, MBh. 14, 567.
-- Comp. mahā-megha-ogha-, adj. sounding like a multitude of large thunder-clouds.
1. Removal, Man. 12, 112.
2. Decision, MBh. 13, 7535.
1. Older than ten days, Bhāg. P. 9, 7, 9.
2. Having happened more than ten days ago, Man. 5, 77.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not out of, i. e. within, the ten days of impurity which follow a case of birth or death, Man. 5, 75; 4, 212 ([food] of a woman whose days are not elapsed).
1. Order, Man. 6, 45.
2. Description, Bhag. 17, 23.
3. Detail, Mālav. 8, 15.
-- Comp. a-, m. want of detail. Instr. anirdeśena, Without entering into the particulars, MBh. 12, 4022.
1. Insisting upon (loc.), Hariv. 10966.
2. Pertinacity, MBh. 13, 5034.
3. Perseverance, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 42.
4. Accusing, Man. 11, 55.
1. Bursting, Rām. 1, 41, 4.
12. Dividing, Rām. 4, 11.
3. A channel, Hariv. 12017.
-- Comp. a-, m. not betraying, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 7.
1. Rubbing together, Rām. 3, 75, 50.
2. Churning, Kām. Nītis. 13, 3.
1. Measure, Rām. 3, 42, 24 (in a-vyakta-, vb. añj, adj., Not fullgrown).
2. A part, 4, 44, 44.
3. Forming, creating, Lass. 91, 13.
4. Work, Rām. 4, 40, 54.
1. Creator, MBh. 5, 3493.
2. A builder, Rājat. 4, 315.
NIRMŪLAYA, a denomin. derived from nis-mūla with aya, Par. To uproot, Śāntiś. 4, 7.
1. A hide. MBh. 13, 6490.
2. The slough of a snake, Rām. 2, 91, 12 Gorr.
3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 8, 13, 11.
1. Setting out, MBh. 1, 333.
2. Vanishing, Rājat. 3, 261.
3. Death, MBh. 15, 1050.
4. The outer corner of an elephant's eye, Śiś. 5, 41.
5. A rope for binding a calf's feet, 12, 41.
-- Comp. vaira-, n. revenge, requital of an injury, Pañc. 89, 19.
1. Exudations of trees, gum, resin, etc., Man. 5, 6.
2. Exudation, Hariv. 4747.
1. A crest, Hariv. 5502.
2. An ornament, Rām. 5, 9, 58 (pinnacles?); MBh. 5, 573 (the crest of a helmet ?) A door, Hariv. 5021.
4. Extracter e, Rām. 2, 100, 64 Gorr.
I. nis-vac + ana, n.
1. A proverb, MBh. 1, 4359.
2. Etymological explanation, 5, 2561.
II. nis-vacana, adj.
1. Silent.
2. Blameless, MBh. 3, 13389. °nam, adv. Silently, Kumāras. 7, 19.
1. Offering, especially to the Manes, Man. 3, 248.
2. Gift, Bhāg. P. 5, 12, 12.
1. Uncivil, Kathās. 26, 58.
2. Performing, Śāk. 68, 13 (read nirvart°).
1. Becoming extinguished, MBh. 4, 716.
2. Final emancipation, MBh. 14, 543.
3. Union with God, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 39.
4. Complete satisfaction, MBh. 3, 10438.
5. Pleasure, Mārk. P. 20, 13.
1. Strewing, giving, Rām. 2, 91, 72.
2. Offering, especially to the Manes, 2, 103, 28.
3. Gift, Pañc. 239, 6.
I. nis-vap, Caus., + ana,
1. Casting in, Suśr. 1, 171, 6.
2. Sowing, Pañc. 85, 17.
II. nis-vā, Caus., + ana, n.
1. Extinguishing, Mṛcch. 49, 18.
2. Cooling, Śāk. 31, 9.
3. Amusing, 33, 2, v. r.
1. Expulsion, MBh. 5, 3168.
2. Killing, Rājat. 6, 215.
1. Tranquillity, MBh. 12, 4114.
2. Happiness, Bhartṛ. 3, 71.
3. Pleasure, Ragh. 12, 65.
-- Comp. pari-, f. complete liberation of the soul from the body and exemption from future transmigration.
1. Completion, Man. 12, 1.
2. Fruit, 4, 23.
3. Impropriety, Hit. 110, 20, v. r.
4. Sometimes crroneously for nirvṛti and nivṛtti.
1. Disgust, MBh. 11, 144.
2. Loathsomeness, Pañc. ed. orn. 63, 21.
3. Self-disparagement, humility, Sāh. D. 64, 8.
4. Indifference, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 25.
5. Desperation, Rām. 1, 55, 10.
-- Comp. a-, m. self-confidence, courage, Rām. 5, 15, 5. sa-nirveda + m, adv. desperately, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 14.
1. Returning payment, Rām. 3, 33, 25.
2. Expiation, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 18.
1. Pinnacle (?), MBh. 3, 11700.
2. Crest, 7, 3166.
1. Rooting up, Bhāg. P. 7, 7, 28.
2. Removal, 6, 3, 24.
3. Carrying a corpse to the funeral pyre, Rām. 2, 80, 20.
1. Evacuation, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 85, 63.
2. Excrements, MBh. 3, 17249.
1. Carrying a corpse to the funeral pyre, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 35.
2. A hoard, Man. 9, 199.
3. Rooting up, destruction, Bhāg. P. 3, 29, 10.
4. Evacuation of excrements, MBh. 13, 1796.
† NIL, i. 6, Par. To be impenetrable.
1. Settling, Suśr. 1, 118, 5.
2. A dwelling-place, Rām. 2, 28, 20.
1. Turning back, flying, Hariv. 5048.
2. Causing to cease, removing, Bhāṣāp. 136.
I. adj. Disappearing, MBh. 6, 2427.
II. n.
1. Return, Rām. 6, 92, 4.
2. Ceasing, MBh. 1, 8388.
3. Abstaining from (abl.), 1, 373.
4. Inactivity, Kām. Nītis. 1, 28.
5. Bringing back, Amar. 84.
6. Turning off from (abl.), Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 15.
1. Turning back, Rām. 2, 105, 29.
2. Flying, showing the heels, 1, 6, 20.
3. Returning, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 788.
4. Leaving, MBh. 13, 2653.
5. Abstaining from, 12, 10386.
6. Allowing to return, Hariv. 4836.
1. Putting on, Rām. 2, 37, 13 Gorr.
2. Cloth, Ragh. 19, 41.
I. adj., f. tā, Protected against the wind, not windy, Hariv. 3947.
II. n.
1. A place inaccessible to the wind, MBh. 2, 1218.
2. Calm, Kumāras. 3, 48.
III. m. An impenetrable coat of mail.
1. Seed, corn, MBh. 13, 4350.
2. Offering to the Manes, 12, 6996.
I. adj. Keeping off, MBh. 3, 12454.
II. n.
1. Keeping off, Rām. 2, 23, 40.
2. Preventing, MBh. 2, 2002.
3. Prohibition, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 45.
NIVĀS, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from nivāsa), Par. To put on.
1. Dwelling, Rām. 3, 5, 22.
2. Passing the night, Hariv. 9700.
3. An abode, a house, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 27.
4. Nightquarters, Rām. 2, 55, 33.
5. Cloth, Hariv. 10679.
-- Comp. kva-, adj. where dwelling, MBh. 1, 7114.
1. Sojourn, Rām. 1, 3, 10 Gorr.
2. Passing (as time), 1, 3, 18 Gorr.
I. adj.
1. Dwelling, Rām. 1, 9, 36.
2. nivāsa + in, Latter part of comp. adj. Clothed, covered, MBh. 7, 9532.
II. n. An inhabitant, Man. 5, 11.
I. adj., f. ḍā.
1. Without interstices, Mālav. d. 24.
2. Dense, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 4.
3. Firm, Kathās. 5, 140.
II. m. The name of a mountain, MBh. 6, 140.
1. Return, MBh. 5, 7469.
2. Disappearance, 6, 5775.
3. Cessation, Śāk. 112, 16.
4. Abstinence, Man. 5, 56.
5. Abstaining from acting, inactivity, Bhag. 16, 7; Bhāṣāp. 148.
I. adj. Announcing, Hariv. 9289.
II. n.
1. Making known, Sāv. 3, 5.
2. Announcement, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 417.
3. Offering, MBh. 2, 1361.
1. Settling, Hariv. 3520.
2. Encamping, 4999.
3. A residence, MBh. 1, 7781.
4. A camp, 5, 173.
5. Marriage, 1, 1051.
6. Foundation, Rām. 1, 34, 5.
7. Impression, mark, Śāk. d. 142, v. r.
I. adj. Entering, Hariv. 15005.
II. m. A proper name, 9195.
III. n.
1. Sitting down, Rām. 6, 85.
2. Encamping, MBh. 14, 1901.
3. Marriage, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 31.
4. A dwelling-place, a residence, Indr. 3, 2.
5. A camp, MBh. 5, 680.
-- Comp. antar-, n. the interior of a palace, Man. 7, 62.
1. Lying near, Kathās. 25, 74.
2. Being in, Vikr. d. 41.
† NIŚ, i. 1, Par. To meditate profoundly.
-- Comp. dyu-, f. day and night, Man. 4, 25. mahā-, f. the middle of the night, 4, 129.
I. adj. Candid, Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 15.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 1, 7915.
1. Night, Man. 11, 223.
2. A dream, MBh. 5, 7252.
3. Turmeric, Curcuma, Suśr. 2. 208, 14.
-- Comp. mahā-, f. midnight.
1. Midnight, Ṛt. 1, 3.
2. Night, Ragh. 3, 15.
1. Ascertainment, Man. 10, 1.
2. Firm conviction, Rām. 3, 29, 19.
3. Certainty, Nal. 19, 8.
4. instr. °yena, and abl. °yāt, Certainly, Lass. 10, 5; Hariv. 14125.
5. Inquiry, Man. 8, 94.
6. Decision, Rām. 1, 8, 22.
7. Regard, MBh. 12, 2218.
8. Resolution, design, Pañc. 77, 13; Bhag. 17, 6.
-- Comp. eka-,
I. m. a common resolation, Sund. 1, 7.
II. adj. having taken the same reso-tion, 1, 4.
† NIṢ, i. 1, Par. To sprinkle. niṣaṅga niṣaṅga, i. e. ni-sañj + a, m. A quiver, MBh. 4, 1693.
I. adj. Having a quiver, MBh. 4, 1639.
II. m. A proper name, 1, 2738.
1. The name of a mountain, MBh. 3, 12917.
2. pl. The name of a people and their country, Nal. 1, 3.
3. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3745.
1. A name used to designate aboriginal tribes of India, who are described as fishermen, hunters, and robbers, and are considered as degraded tribes, viz. as the effspring of a Brāhamaṇa by a Śūdra woman, Man. 10, 8.
2. The first of the seven musical notes, MBh. 14, 1419.
I. adj.
1. Sitting, Ragh. 4, 20.
2. Lying, 1, 52.
II. m. An elephant driver, Śiś. 5, 41.
1. Sprinkling, Ṛt. 1, 28.
2. Distilling Ragh. 8, 38.
3. Impregnation, Man. 2, 16.
4. The ceremony performed on conception, 26.
5. Water for washing, Man. 4, 151 (according to another, Seminal impurity).
2. Prohibition, Kathās. 1, 50.
3. Negation, Śāk. 106, 10, v. r.
I. adj. Practising; in hrī-, adj. Modest, MBh. 1, 3682.
II. f. vā.
1. Practice, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 24.
2. Adoration, 7, 4, 24.
1. Frequenting, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 56.
2. Practising; in hri-, Modest, MBh. 4, 927.
3. Enjoying, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 44.
1. Visiting, Bhāg. P. 1, 2, 16.
2. Practice, MBh. 3, 13797.
3. Using, Rājat. 1, 228.
4. Living in, Suśr. 2, 304, 18.
5. Familiarity with, Man. 11, 66.
6. Aderation, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 15.
1. Practising, Hariv. 11682.
2. Enjoying, Rām. 2, 37, 2. Gorr.
-- Comp. hrī-, adj. modest, 3, 22, 30.
† niṣk, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from niṣka), Ātm. To weigh.
1. An ornament of the neek or breast, Hariv. 13892; Rām. 3, 9, 12.
2. A weight of gold, applied, however, to different quantities, Man. 8, 137.
II. f. kā, A measure of length, Mārk. P. 49, 37.
1. Drawing out, MBh. 12, 7318.
2. The essence of anything, Man. 4, 125. Abl. °ṣāt, Principally, MBh. 13, 2241.
1. Drawing out, Ragh. 12, 97.
2. Putting off, 7, 63.
I. m. and n. A grove, MBh. 3, 14676.
II. m. The name of a country (?), 2, 1037.
I. f.
1. Expiation, Man. 3, 19.
2. Compensation, 8, 150.
3. Personified, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 3.
II. m. A name of Agni, MBh. 3, 14143.
1. Redecming, Yājñ. 2, 182.
2. Price, Hariv. 7697.
3. Reward, Rām. 1, 13, 51.
I. m.
1. Roar, MBh. 2, 2693.
2. Murmur, 6, 1932.
II. adj. Causing to cry, Rām. 6, 74, 41.
I. adj., f. ṭhā.
1. Being on, Rājat. 5, 123.
2. Grounded on, Man. 12, 95.
3. Intent on, Man. 3, 134.
II. f. ṭhā,
1. Basis, Bhag. 3, 3.
2. Certain knowledge, MBh. 14, 626.
3. Accomplishment, Man. 8, 227.
4. End, catastrophe, Śāk. d. 78 n.
5. Death, MBh. 13, 3151.
1. Harshness, Man. 10, 58.
2. Coarseness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 275.
NIṢPATRAYA, a denomin. derived from nis-patra with aya, Par. To make leafless, MBh. 1, 7076.
1. Striking, Rām. 2, 20, 39 Gorr.
2. The sound produced by striking, clashing, Rām. 3, 31, 42.
-- Comp. vajra-, m. a clap of thunder.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
II. Compounded with nouns, and implying:
1. Out of, e. g. nirvana, Being out of a forest, MBh. 5, 863.
2. Negation, No, without, e. g. niranukrośa,
1. m. No compassion = mercilessness, Rām. 4, 19, 21.
2. adj. Without mercy = merciless, 2, 34, 11 Gorr. nirjīva,
1. m. Death, Kathās. 17, 15.
2. adj. Without life, MBh. 7, 1954.
1. Evacuation of excrements, MBh. 12, 7951.
2. Giving away, Man. 8, 143.
3. Grant, Hariv. 10033.
4. Creation, Hariv. 543.
5. The natural state, peculiar character, Kathās. 20, 31.
-- Comp. krauñca-, m. a name of the god of war, MBh. 3, 8138.
1. Crossing, passing over a sea, Bhartṛ. 1, 68.
2. Payment, Hit. 99, 18.
I. m. A sword, MBh. 1, 5380.
II. adj. Merciless, Pañc. 264, 7.
-- Comp. baddha-, adj. girt with a falchion.
I. adj. Trickling, Ragh. 3, 41.
II. m.
1. Trickling, drops, Rām. 2, 94, 13.
2. Discharge, Suśr. 1, 121, 9.
3. figuratively, Uttering, Hariv. 4092.
and nisrāva nisra/āva, i. e. ni -sru + a, m. A torrent, MBh. 11, 161; Hariv. 5364.
and nisvāna nisva/āna, i. e. ni-svan + a, m. Sound, Man. 4, 106; MBh. 7, 9569.
1. A killer, Mah. 5, 51.
2. One who removes, Vikr. d. 48.
3. One who prevents, Suśr. 1, 308, 12.
1. Denial, Yājñ. 2, 11.
2. Concealment, 267.
3. Secrecy, MBh. 9376.
4. Distrust, 5, 1362.
5. Expiation, Man. 9, 21.
NĪ, i. 1, Par., Ātm.
1. To conduct, to guide, Rām. 1, 9, 55.
2. To leadaway, Rām. 1, 54, 8.
3. To lead to (acc., dat.), Man. 6, 88; MBh. 2, 2480; Rām. 5, 58, 21.
4. To put a person or an object into a certain state or condition (with acc. and loc.), e. g. vaśam, To subdue, Ragh. 8, 19; ādhānam, To give in pledge, Yājñ. 2, 247; paritoṣam, To gladden, Pañc. 34, 12; sākṣyam, To admit as a witness, Man. 8, 197; śūdratām, To degrade to the state of a Śādra, 3, 15. With an adv. bhasmasāt, To turn into ashes, Pañc. 38, 18.
5. With daṇḍam, To inflict a punishment, Man. 7, 30.
6. To carry, Rām. 2, 83, 22 Gorr.
7. To carry away, 5, 35, 35; to take away, Caṇ. 5, in Berl. Monatsb.
8. To bring to (acc.), Matsyop. 14.
9. To pass (as time), Hit. 37, 20.
10. To trace, Man. 8, 44.
11. To ascertain, 245. Anomal. potent. nayīta; pf. nayāmāsa; fut. nayitā, nayiṣyati; pteple. of the fut. pass. nayitarya; and infin. nayitum, in epic poetry. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. durnīta, i. e. dus-, n. A foolish, a wicked action, Hariv. 7402; Pañc. ii. d. 21 (read durnītaṃ). su-,
I. adj.,
1. Well-behaved.
2. Politic.
II. n.
1. Good conduct.
2. Policy. Caus. nayaya, To cause to be carried, Man 5, 104. Desider. ninīṣa,
1. To wish to carry, MBh. 7, 2617.
2. To wish to trace, 11, 303. Frequent. nenīya, To rule, 12, 8989.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To communicate, 1, 6481.
2. To beg, 3528.
3. To reconcile, Vikr. d. 61.
-- With paryanu pari-anu, To entreat urgently, Rām. 6, 112, 10.
-- With pratyanu prati-anu,
1. To induce somebody to yield, MBh. 12, 150.
2. To deny, 1, 736.
-- With apa apa,
1. To lead away, 1, 530.
2. To remove, Man. 3, 242.
3. To rob, Rām. 3, 54, 26.
4. To put off, MBh. 7, 8192.
5. To deny, Kull. ad. Man. 8, 53. apanīta,
1. What has swerved from, Rām. 3, 55, 40.
2. Performed wrongly, MBh. 5, 1499. n. Foolish or wicked behaviour, 6, 585; Rām. 3, 66, 24. Desider. To wish to remove, Prab. 108, 18.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To lead away, Rām. 2, 66, 13.
2. To remove, 2, 10, 37,
3. To put off, MBh. 5, 4687.
4. To abandon, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 15. Caus. To cause to be removed, MBh. 7, 1290.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To bring on, conduct to, 5, 4759; 12, 3691.
2. To mimic, Śāk. 31, 8.
3. To represent, Prab. 2, 19. abhinīta,
1. Fit, Rām. 4, 28, 13.
2. Trained, MBh. 6, 1765.
3. Prudent, Rām. 4, 28, 13.
-- With ā ā,
1. To lead on, MBh. 3. 271.
2. To bring, Man. 3, 210.
3. To take upon, MBh. 3, 2946.
4. To bring back, Rām. 1, 40, 9,
5. To sacrifice, MBh. 1, 3773.
6. To allot, Ragh. 15, 24.
7. To put a person or an object into a certain state or condition, e. g. vaśam, To reduce to submission, Man. 7, 107; vidhvaṃsam, To destroy, Mārk. P. 14, 65. Caus. To cause to be carried, Rām. 1, 4, 25.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To carry to, MBh. 7, 6343.
-- With samabhyā sam-abhi-ā, To lead on, MBh. 3, 10656.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To bring or conduct near, Bhag. P. 4, 7, 19; with acc., Rām. 1, 45, 32 Gorr.
2. To cause, Rām. 6, 82, 3.
3. To carry off, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 23.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To assemble, Rām. 1, 11, 7 Gorr.
-- With paryā pari-ā,
1. To lead about, MBh. 2, 2685.
2. To conduct, to pat, 1, 5446.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To bring back, Rām. 5, 75, 18.
2. To regain, Hariv. 9855. Desider. To wish to settle, MBh. 5, 1499.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To assemble, Rām. 1, 12, 27 Gorr.
2. To unite, Śāk. d. 112.
3. To accumulate, MBh. 13, 5872.
4. To bring on, 1, 7334.
5. To bring home, 2, 1035.
6. To offer (a sacrifice), 14, 362. Caus.
1. To convoke, 17, 15.
2. To cause to be brought together, Rām. 4, 24, 14.
3. To cause to be brought near, MBh. 1, 4538.
-- With ud ud,
1. To bring upwards, 3, 17330.
2. To raise, Bhāg. P 4, 3, 10.
3. To lead out (abl.), to (acc and loc.), 2, 2, 21; MBh. 12, 6105.
4. To lead aside, MBh. 3, 1438.
5. To conduct away, 12, 9561.
6. To lead in different directions, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 21.
7. To trace out, MBh. 3, 12444.
-- With prod pra-ud, To raise, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 2.
-- With samud sam-ud, To raise, 3, 13, 6.
-- With upa upa,
1. To bring on, MBh. 13, 3668.
2. To inform, Rām. 3, 60, 36.
3. To offer, Man. 3, 225.
4. To bring about, Gīt. 1, 46.
5. To put a person or an object into a certain state or condition, Rām. 5, 87, 26.
6. To bring, Śāk. 31, 6.
7. To lead away, Rām. 5, 35, 3.
8. To lead, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 31.
9. To admit as pupil, to gird with the sacrificial cord, Man. 2, 69. upanīta, Girt with the characteristic string, 2, 49. Caus. To cause to be admitted as pupil, or to be girt with the sacrificial string, Man. 11, 191.
-- With samupa sam-apa,
1. To bring on, MBh. 1, 4319.
2. With mantram, To consult, Rām. 5, 86, 18.
3. To cause, Hariv. 10532.
4. To take along with one's self, MBh. 2, 1036.
-- With ni ni,
1. To bring near, Yājñ. 3, 295.
2. To bring to (acc.), Bhāg. P. 2, 2. 16.
3. To incline, 1, 8, 31.
4. To pour out, 1, 8, 2.
5. To perform, 4, 6, 50.
-- With nis nis, nirṇī nir ṇī,
1. To settle, Rām. 5, 85, 11,
2. To devise, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 19.
3. To trace out, to investigate, Rājat. 6, 27.
4. To decide, MBh. 13, 7735.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To settle completely, Bhāg. P. 6, 2, 20.
-- With pari pari ṇī ṇī,
1. To lead (a bride) round (the fire), MBh. 1, 7340 (anomal. parīṇayām āsa).
2. To marry, Pañc. 261, 8.
3. To investigate, Man. 7, 122, su-pariṇīta, Well performed, MBh. 3, 13739. Caus. To spend (one's time), MBh. 10, 36.
-- With pra pra ṇī ṇī,
1. To lead, Rām. 6, 7, 19.
2. To direct, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 5.
3. To show, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 11.
4. To bring on, Pañc. iii. d. 1.
5. To cast, MBh. 6, 3796.
6. To remove, 3453.
7. with daṇḍam, To inflict a punishment, Man. 7, 20.
8. To put into a state or condition, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 8.
9. To perform, 3, 21, 32.
10. To apply, MBh. 12, 452.
11. To establish, 13, 2542.
12. To compose, 1, 591.
13. To show one's love, to love, 2, 1288.
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To direct, 12, 3891.
2. To expire, 3560.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To collect, 2, 2126.
2. with daṇḍam, To inflict a punishment, Man. 7, 16.
3. To compose, MBh. 1, 561.
-- With prati prati,
1. To lead back, Rām. 2, 99, 25 Gorr.
-- With vi vi,
1. To remove, Rām. 3, 62, 79.
2. To spread, 49, 29.
3. To govern (as horses), MBh. 4, 599.
4. To train, Man. 4, 68.
5. To instruct, MBh. 3, 12585.
6. To pass away, Gīt. 8, 1.
7. To perform, MBh. 13, 2201. vinīta (Well bred),
1. Demure, Man. 4, 196.
2. Modest, Man. 7, 39. Comp. a-, adj. 1. untrained, Man. 4, 67. 2. naughty, Rām. 3, 45, 11; durvinīta i. e. dus-, adj. Naughty; subst. a miscreant, Pañc. v. d. 17.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, To instruct well, Rām. 6, 11, 10.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To remove, MBh. 12, 3176.
-- With sam sam,
1. To bring together, Man. 3, 244.
2. To arrange, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 48.
3. To pay, Man. 9, 107.
4. To direct, Bhāg. P. 6, 10, 11.
5. To bring on, MBh. 1, 7412.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To conduct, MBh. 12, 6566.
1. Low, Man. 2, 198.
2. Short, Yājñ. 1, 131.
3. Deep, Pañc. i. d. 225.
4. Base, mean, Rām. 3, 35, 35.
5. °cais, instr. pl., adv.
1. Below, Megh. 43.
2. Low-bowing, MBh. 1, 3287.
3. Little, Ragh. 3, 43.
4. Humbly, Kām. Nītis. 7, 42.
5. Softly, Amar. 67.
-- Comp. ucca-, adj. manifold, MBh. 14, 427. mahā-, m. a washerman
1. Downward, cast down, Bhāg. P. 8, 22, 14.
2. Flowing down, 5, 16, 25.
1. A nest, Rām. 2, 96, 28.
2. A den, 4, 43, 17.
3. The seat, or the inner room of a chariot, 5, 40, 14.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. having only one seat, Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 2. sa-, adj. near.
-- Cf. A. S. nest; Lat. nidus.
1. Guidance.
2. Moral behaviour, Sāh. D. 489.
3. Prudent behaviour, MBh. 1, 7612.
4. Prudence, Yājñ. 1, 316.
5. A prudent counsel, Ragh. 12, 69.
6. Policy, Man. 7, 177.
7. Relation, support, MBh. 3, 1292.
-- Comp. a-, f. a foolish trick, Pañc. 143, 25. daṇḍa-, f. the science of criminal justice, Man. 7, 43. rājanīti, i. e. rājan-, f. regal polity, rules of conduct and government for a king. su-, f. 1. good behaviour, good manners. 2. good policy, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 1.
-- Comp. su-, adj. righteous.
I. adj. Deep, Kathās. 27, 8.
II. m.
1. The Cadamba tree (Nauclea Cadamba).
2. A prcper name, MBh. 2, 333.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, n. water with milk, Lass. 12, 18.
I. nīra-ja, m. and n. A lotus in general, Kathās. 4, 6.
II. = nīrajas (q. cf.), Free from dust, MBh. 12, 3822.
1. Free from dust, Rām. 2, 87, 21 Gorr.; 4, 44, 86.
2. Devoid of passions, 4, 44, 41; Prab. 117, 18 v. r.
† NĪL, i. 1 (rather a denomin. derived from nīla), Par.
1. To be blae.
2. To make or dye blue.
I. adj., f. lā and lī, Black or dark-blue, Man. 11, 136.
II. m.
1. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2697.
2. The name of a mountain, 6, 198.
III. f. lī,
1. The indigo plant, Man. 10, 89.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 3722.
IV. n. Indigo, the dye, Yājñ. 3, 38.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. blackish, Kir. 5, 31. indra-, m. a sapphire, Megh. 47. kāṃsya-, m. the name of a monkey, Rām. 4, 39, 23. makā-, m. 1. the sapphire. 2. one of the Nāgas. rāja(n)-, n. the emerald.
-- Cf. Lat. niger for nigro = niś + ra.
† NĪV, i. 1, Par. To become corpulent.
I. m. Rice growing wild, Rām. 2, 28, 21 Gorr.
II. f. rā, The name of a river, MBh. 6, 328.
and nīvī nīvi/ī, f. A cloth worn round a woman's waist, Yājñ. 2, 284.
-- Comp. toya-nīvī, adj. surrounded by the ocean, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 38.
1. nu, and nū nū, ved. (perhaps akin to nava, cf. nūtana), a particle,
1. Now (ved.).
2. A particle of interrogation in two or more interrogative sentences succeeding each other, Śāk. d. 137.
3. Preceded by interrogatives, MBh. 5, 6003.
4. nu -- nu, Either... or, Rām. 2, 72, 27; nu -- nu -- nu... or ...or, Kir. 5. 1.
5. A part. of affirmation, Indeed, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
-- Cf. [greek]; Goth. nu; A.S. nu; [greek], Lat. nunc (i. e. num-ce = [greek]); Goth. nuh.
2. NU, ii. 2, and nu, or nū NŪ, i. 6, nuva, Par., and ved. i. 1, Ātm.
1. To shout (ved.).
2. To praise, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 39.
-- With the prep. pari pari, ṇu ṇu, To praise, 1, 8, 44.
-- With pra pra, ṇu ṇu, To praise, 3, 21, 22.
† NUḌ, i. 6, Par. To kill.
NUD, i. 6, Par., Ātm. (ii. 2, Hariv. 7442).
1. To push on, Megh. 9.
2. To push away, to remove, MBh. 3, 12707; 4, 1819. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nutta, nunna, nūta, and in epic poetry also nudita, MBh. 1, 6670. Caus. nodaya,
1. To push on, MBh. 9, 1005.
2. To incite, Rām. 5, 46, 12.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To drive away, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 35.
2. To remove, MBh. 14, 1853.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To remove, 11, 24.
-- With abhi abhi, To strike, 14, 1718. Caus. To order, 1478.
-- With ava ava, Caus.
1. To induce to drive away (two acc.), 7, 3069.
-- With apā apa-ā, (probably apa with lengthened final),
1. To drive away, 7, 8691.
2. To remove, 3, 16973.
3. To expiate, Man. 6, 95.
-- With vyapā vi-apa-ā (see apā), To remove, MBh. 4, 1319.
-- With upā upa-ā (?),
1. To drive away, 7, 1771.
2. To remove, 268.
3. To bruise, 6, 5619.
-- With upa upa, To drive near, Śiś. 4, 68.
-- With nis nis, nirṇud nir ṇud,
1. To reject, Man. 4, 250.
2. To remove, MBh. 12, 7126.
-- With abhinis To remove, 12, 10728.
-- With parā parā, ṇud ṇud, To remove, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 7.
-- With pra pra, ṇud ṇud,
1. To drive away, MBh. 4, 1660.
2. To remove, Rām. 3, 78, 8.
3. To push on, MBh. 3, 12096.
4. To stir, Rām. 5, 3, 38. Caus. praṇodita, Agitated, Pañc. 165, 10.
-- With atipra ati-pra, To press hard, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 14.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To put to flight, Rām. 6, 7, 36.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To urge, MBh. 3, 377.
2. To remove, 5, 745.
-- With vi vi,
1. To strike, to wound, 6, 4846.
2. To play (as a guitar), Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 38. Caus.
1. To remove, Śiś. 4, 60.
2. To spend (as a night), MBh. 3 46.
3. To exhilarate, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 135.
-- With abhavi abhi-vi, Caus. To exhilarate, MBh. 12, 898.
-- With sam sam,
1. To collect, 6, 777.
2. To push on, Nal. 20, 42.
3. To find, Rām. 5, 1, 92.
-- Cf. A. S. nydian (to compel), a-nydan (to repel); Goth. niutan, A. S. niótan (originally, to further), not, use, perhaps [greek]
1. 2,
1. New, Rājat. 5, 7.
2. Fresh, young, Kathās. 24, 228.
3. Strange, Hit. 77, 7.
1. New, Bhāg. P. 8, 9, 10.
2. Fresh, young, 6, 1, 35.
1. To dance, Man. 4, 64.
2. To represent, (as actor), Hariv. 8496. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nṛtta, n. Dancing, Kathās. 9, 40. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. nṛtya, n. Dancing, acting, Megh. 37. Caus. nartaya, To cause to dance. MBh. 4, 307. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. nartita, n. Dancing, 7, 177. Frequent. narīnṛt and narīnṛtya, To dance to and fro, Lass. 84, 9; 67, 7.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To dance after (acc.), Rām. 3, 79, 15.
2. To dance before somebody (acc.), MBh. 9, 2468.
-- With ā ā, Caus. To cause to move softly, Amar. 32.
-- With upa upa,
1. To dance before somebody (acc.), Rām. 6 92, 71.
2. To mock somebody by dancing before him (acc.), MBh. 9, 3315. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. upanṛtya, used to be danced in, Rām. 3, 6, 3.
-- With pari pari, To dance round somebody (acc.), MBh. 2, 2532.
-- With pra pra,
1. To dance forward, Rām. 1, 45, 26 Gorr.
2. To begin to dance, MBh. 3, 6087 (read pranṛttavān).
3. To dance, Ṛt. 2, 14.
4. To mock somebody by dancing before him (acc.), MBh. 8, 4250. pranṛtta, Having begun to dance, dancing, MBh. 3, 1844.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To begin to dance, 3, 6093.
-- With prati prati, To mock somebody in one's turn by dancing, (acc.), 8, 4251.
-- Comp. dus-, m. a wicked king, Rājat. 5, 416.
1. Malicious, mischievous, Man. 3, 41.
2. Base, MBh. 13, 513.
-- Comp. a-, adj. mild, Rām. 2, 62, 7. su-, very mischievous.
-- Comp. a-, f. mildness, Rām. 3, 58, 42.
I. adj. Mischievous, MBh. 13, 3011.
II. n. Mischievousness, 3, 494.
† NṚ10, ii. 9, nṛṇā, Par. To lead.
1. One who guides or leads, Man. 7, 17.
2. One who leads to, MBh. 3, 954.
3. With daṇḍasya, One who inflicts punishment, Man. 7, 25.
4. The hero of a drama, Sāh. D. 64.
I. A substitute for netṛ when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. bhavannetra, i. e. bhavant-, Having thee as commander, MBh. 7, 3702.
II. n.
1. The eye, Man. 4, 44.
2. The string of a churning rope, MBh. 1, 1124.
-- Comp. a-yugma-, and tri-, m. a name of Śiva, Kumāras. 3, 51; MBh. 12, 10357. sahasra-, adj. possessed of a thousand eyes. pari-,
I. m. an owl.
II. n. the white lotus.
1. To blame (cf. nid).
2. † To be near.
1. Ornament, attire, Ragh. 6, 6.
2. The attire of an actor, Śāk. 3, 6.
3. The tiring room of a stage, the part behind the scenes, Śāk. 8, 20.
1. The cireumference of a wheel, MBh. 3, 15489.
2. Circumference, e. g. samudra-nem, adj. Surrounded by the ocean, MBh. 1, 1585.
3. Edge, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 14.
-- Comp. a-riṣṭa-, m. a proper name, 3, 20, 9. kāla-, 1. f. the name of a weapon, Hariv. 2640.
2. m. the name of a demon, Śāk. 95, 4.
† neṣ, i. 1. Ātm. To go.
I. adj., f. sī, Leading to future beatitude, Man. 9, 334.
II. n. The name of a fabulous forest, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 16.
1. Many a, Mārk. P. 28, 29.
2. pl. Many, Nal. 12, 109.
3. Manifold, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 15.
4. Including several matters, Yājñ. 2, 20.
1. In many parts, Rām. 6, 77, 12.
2. To many directions, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 18.
I. adj. Referring to the Vedas (vedic), Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 38.
II. m.
1. A means, MBh. 12, 3685.
2. A trader, Yājñ. 2, 192.
1. Referring to death, Hariv. 4900.
2. Perishable, 2124.
1. Dexterity, MBh. 13, 1378.
2. Skill, experience, Rājat. 4, 354.
3. Strictness, Man. 10, 85.
4. Completion. Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 14.
1. Cleverness, Sāv. 3, 21.
2. Artfulness, Pañc. 121, 16.
3. Exactness, Rām. 3, 75, 70.
4. Completion, Man. 4. 107.
1. Occasional, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 21.
2. Dependent on an external cause.
I. adj. Explained etymologically MBh. 13, 4485.
II. m. One who is conversant with etymological interpretation, Man. 12, 111.
I. adj., f. tī.
1. Southwestern, Man. 11, 104.
II. m.
1. A son of Nirṛti, i. e. a Rākṣasa or demon, Ragh. 12, 43.
2. pl. The name of a people.
III. adj. Belonging to the Rākṣasas or demons, MBh. 12, 6132.
IV. f. tī, A name of Durgā, Dev. 5, 9.
I. n.
1. Freedom from qualities, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 31.
2. Want of good qualities, MBh. 2, 674.
II. adj. Not having any relation to qualities, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 32.
1. m.
1. A prince of the Niṣadhas, a designation of Nala.
2. pl. = Niṣadhas (the people).
II. n. The name of a poem treating of Nala.
1. adj. Belonging to the Niṣādas
2. m. pl. Niṣādas (the people).
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Final, MBh. 17, 21.
2. Decided, Rām. 6, 21, 28.
3. Accomplished, MBh. 13, 758.
II. m. A Brāhmana who remains always in the condition of a religious student, observing the vow of chastity.
1. Nor, Suśr. 2, 461, 18.
2. Not, Pañc. i. d. 97.
I. see asmad.
II. probably snā + va, f. A ship, a boat.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. navis; O.H.G. naco, A.S. naca.
I. a substitute for nau when latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. bhinna- (vb. bhid), adj. Wrecked.
II. f. kā, A small vessel, a boat, Rām. 1, 9, 7.
1. Humiliation.
2. Disregard.
1. The Indian fig-tree, Ficus indica, Man. 8, 246.
2. A proper name.
I. adj., f. nīcī, Downward.
II. nyak, acc. n. adv., Humbly, MBh. 5, 1426; see kṛ.
1. Rule.
2. Method, manner, Man. 8, 310; Daśak. in Chr. 193, 13.
3. Suitable manner, propriety, Man. 5, 140.
4. A lawful act, 189, 15.
5. A lawsuit, Pañc. 97, 2.
6. Judgment, iii. d. 89.
7. A syllogism, Prab. 111, 8.
8. The Nyāya doctrine, consisting principally in logic.
-- Comp. a-, m. an unlawful act, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 15; acc. n. °yam, adv. improperly, Rām. 3, 51, 34. yathā-nyāya + m, adv. suitably, duly, Man. 3, 190.
1. Fit.
2. Right, Man. 2, 152.
3. Just, 9, 202.
4. An infinitive governed by nyāyya has sometimes the signification of a passive, Rām. 2, 21, 3 Gorr.
1. Planting (as the foot), Rām. 5, 31, 60.
2. Striking in, seizing with, Ragh. 12, 73.
3. Seizing with one's claws, MBh. 12, 552.
4. Putting on, Kathās. 8, 15.
5. Writing down, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 170.
6. Laying aside, Vikr. 87, 2; Bhag. 18, 2.
7. A deposit, Yājñ. 2, 67.
-- Comp. caraṇa-, m. trace of a foot, Megh. 56.
1. Defective, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 21.
2. Wanting, MBh. 3, 4057; artha-, Poor.
3. Smaller, Yājñ. 2, 116; less, Man. 8, 203.
4. Low, MBh. 13, 6616.
5. Inferior, MBh. 1, 5592.
I. (vb. 1. pā), Drinking, cf. pāda-pa, properly, Drinking by means of the foot, i. e. a tree.
II. (vb. 2. pā),
1. Guarding, e. g. dvāra-pa, m. properly, Guarding a door, i. e. a doorkeeper.
2. Ruling, e. g. kṣiti-pa, m. properly, Ruling the earth, = a king; daśapa, i. e. daśan-pa, m. A governor of ten villages.
† PAṂŚ, and paṃs PAṂS, i. 1 and 10, Par. To destroy.
1. Cooking, Man. 9, 11.
2. Digestion, 12, 120.
3. Ripening, development, MBh. 12, 9745 (read pakti instead of paṅkti).
4. Dignity, Suśr. 1, 51, 20.
1. Cooking, a cook, MBh. 12, 10935.
2. Promoting digestion, Suśr. 1, 189, 13.
1. Cooked, Man. 4, 223.
2. Baked (as a brick, a pot), Yājñ. 1, 197.
3. Mature, Hit. i. d. 144.
4. Grey (as hair), Lass. Anth. 80, 17.
5. Accomplished, perfect.
6. On the eve of decay, Bhāg. P. 4, 28, 38.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. uncooked. 2. unbaked (as a pot). 3. indigested. 4. immature. 5. imperfect, MBh. 12, 8440. an-ati-pakva, adj. rather immature (figuratively), Daśak. in Chr. 195, 13. kāla-, adj. matured by time, Man. 6, 17.
-- Cf. [greek] (from which we may infer that pakva is curtailed pakvan), [greek] with [greek] for [greek] curtailed in [greek]
† pakṣ, i. 1 and 10, Par. To seize; cf. paś.
1. A wing; also n., Mārk. P. 9, 15.
2. The feathers of an arrow.
3. A flank, a side, Ragh. 5, 72.
4. Half.
5. The half of a lunar month, comprising fifteen days, Man. 1, 66.
6. Party, Rām. 2, 18, 13 Gorr. (he who sides with Bharata).
7. A partisan, Vikr. d. 16.
8. A friend, Hariv. 3013.
9. A class, a host, a troop, MBh. 13, 3315; Hariv. 7124.
10. Place, condition, Rām. 6, 99, 32.
11. Alternative, Ragh. 4, 10.
12. Opinion, MBh. 2, 2266.
13. The subject of an inference, Bhāṣāp. 67.
-- Comp. a-jāta- (vb. jan.), adj. having not yet wings, Rām. 5, 11, 23. kāka-, m. the side locks of the head of boys and youths, Rām. 1, 21, 9. kṛṣṇa-, m. the dark half of the month, the fifteen days during which the moon is in the wane, Man. 3, 276. keśa-, m. a tuft of hair, MBh. 4, 1114. tri- (m. or n.), three fortnights, Man. 8, 58. pūrva-, m. 1. the first half of a lunar month, Man. 3, 278. 2. the opponent's proposition, a primā facie assertion. 3. action at law, Yājñ. 2, 17. bhūmi-, m. a swift horse. mahā-, adj. having a great family, Man. 8, 179. vi-,
I. adj. opposed, inimical.
II. m. 1. an enemy, Pañc. 171, 10. 2. an opponent, a disputant. 3. a negative instance (sādhyābhāvavān), Bhāṣāp. 72; one in which the major term is not found. śatru-, m. an enemy, Hit. 53, 7, M. M. śukla-, m. the light half of the month, from new to full moon. sa-,
I. adj. 1. winged. 2. having a side or party.
II. m. a similar instance, one in which the major term is found (sādhyavān), Bhāṣāp. 72.
III. m. a partisan. sva-, m. a friend, Pañc. iii. d. 55.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] in [greek]
I. m. A side, Śiś. 11, 7.
II. A substitute for pakṣa when latter part of a comp. adj.
1. Winged, Rām. 4, 63, 5.
2. Of a hoble extraction, MBh. 13, 2965.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Winged (figuratively).
2. Siding with; in kṛṣṇa-pakṣa + in, Hariv. 4559.
3. fem. with rātri (a night), accompanied by the foregoing and following day, Man. 4, 97.
II. m.
1. A bird, Man. 1, 44.
2. A name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1183.
-- Comp. jala-, m. a water-fowl, Pañc. 159, 19.
-- Cf. Goth. fugl; A. S. fugul.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. whose eye-lids are elevated, Śāk. d. 90.
1. Having long eye-lashes, Kathās. 18, 14.
2. Hairy, Śiś. 4, 61.
2. Ointment, Ṛt. 1, 6; Rām. 3, 53, 57 (mire and ointment).
1. m. A lotus flower, Śāk. d. 124.
2. f. jī, A name of Durgā, MBh. 4, 188.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. jā, abounding in lotus flowers, Rām. 3, 68, 18.
and paṅktī paṅkti/ī (akin to pañcan), f. The number five, [greek] samara-bāṇa-, The five arrows of the god of love, Rājat. 3, 525.
2. A sort of metre, consisting of four times ten syllables.
3. The number ten, Ragh. 12, 99.
4. A line, a row, Pañc. 182, 16.
5. A multitude, a flock, Mārk. P. 43, 9.
6. A company, Man. 3, 183.
-- Comp. pada-, a line of footsteps, Śāk. d. 56.
1. adj. Lame.
2. Lameness, Suśr. 1, 360, 12.
1. pac, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To cook, to bake, Man. 3, 118.
2. To roast, 7, 20.
3. pass. To be inflamed, 9, 231.
4. To melt, Hariv. 5525.
5. To digest, Suśr. 1, 78, 5.
6. To ripen. Ragh. 11, 50 (figurat.).
7. To conduct something to its end, Rām. 6, 8, 16. Comp. ptcple. of the present Ātm. a-pacamāna, adj. One who does not prepare food for himself, a religious mendicant, Man. 4, 32. Anomalous pacāna, MBh. 3, 13239. Pass. with the termination of the Par., 5, 3792. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. pakva (see s. v.). Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. kṛṣṭa-pacya, adj. Sown or ripening after ploughing, cultivated, Bhāg. P. 7, 12, 18. Caus. pācaya,
1. To cause to be dressed, MBh. 3, 104.
2. To cure, Suśr. 1, 155, 20. Frequent. pāpac and pāpacya,
1. To roast, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 27.
2. To burn violently (figur., to be much afflicted), 4, 3, 21.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To ripen softly, 8, 5, 35.
-- With abhi abhi, To boil up, Suśr. 1, 149, 11.
-- With ud ud, To heat, Suśr. 2, 67, 2.
-- With pari pari,
1. To cook, Pañc. 199, 10.
2. To roast, Hariv. 6079.
3. To mature, Hariv. 4875.
4. To conduct something to its end, MBh. 12, 8306. Caus. To mature by cooking, Suśr. 1, 230, 15.
-- With pra pra, To use to cook, Rām. 3, 76, 24.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To develope, Suśr. 1, 322, 6.
-- With vi vi,
1. To dissolve by cooking, Suśr. 1, 32, 20.
2. To roast, MBh. 13, 6122.
3. To digest, MBh. 14, 570.
4. To ripen, Ragh. 17, 53. Caus. To dissolve by cooking.
-- Cf. Lat. coquere (for poquere by assimilation), culina (for cuclina); [greek] probably also [greek] and [greek]
† pac and pañc pañc, 1 Ātm. (Par.), To make evident. pañc, i. 10, Par.
1. To state fully.
2. To spread.
1. Cooking, Suśr. 1, 31, 13.
2. Ripening, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 40.
3. Becoming entirely cooked, MBh. 9, 2780.
4. A frying-pan Suśr. 2, 158, 1.
PAÑC, see 2. pac.
I. adj.
1. Consisting of five, Man. 2, 92.
2. With śata, Five in the hundred, Man. 8, 139.
II. n.
1. The number five, [greek] śata-, Five hundred, Pañc. 134, 16.
2. A collection of five, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 15.
-- Comp. pañcap°, i. e. pañcan-, n. the twenty-five (principles of the Sāṅkhya philosophy), Rām. 3, 53, 42.
1. Quintuple amount, Man. 8, 151.
2. Death (properly, Solution of the body into its five elements), Kathās. 10, 127.
1. The five elements, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 41.
2. Death (see pañcatā), Hariv. 1139.
I. ordinal number, f. mī, Fifth, Man. 2, 37,
II. acc. n. mam, adv. Fifthly, Man. 8, 125.
III. with aṃśa, A fifth part, Man. 9, 164.
IV. m.
1. One of the seven musical notes, originally the fifth, afterwards the seventh, MBh. 14, 1419.
2. One of the modes of music, Gīt. 10, 13.
V. f. mī.
1. The fifth day of the half month, Hariv. 10241.
2. The name of a river, MBh. 6, 333.
-- Comp. ardha-, adj. four and a half, Man. 4, 95.
1. Twenty-fifth, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 15.
2. Twenty-five (years old), Rām. iii. p. 469.
1. pl. The name of a people and their country, Man. 2, 19.
2. A prince of the Pañcālas, MBh. 12, 13262.
I. adj. Referring to the Pañcālas; with rājan, A prince of the Pañcālas, MBh. 5, 7504 (perhaps to be changed to pāñcālaka).
II. m.
1. pl. = The Pañcālas, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 3.
2. A certain poisonous insect, Suśr. 2, 288, 3.
-- Comp. eka-, fifty-first, Chr. 76, 21. dvā- and dvi-, fifty-second, Rām. 4, 52; Chr. 81, 9. tri-, fifty-third. catuḥpañcāśa, i. e. catur-, fifty-fourth. pañcapañcāśa, i. e. pañcan-, fiftyfifth.
-- Comp. dvā- and dvi-, fifty-two, Hariv. 13076; MBh. 2, 52. catuḥpañcāśat, i. e. catur-, fiftyfour.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. quinquāginta.
-- Comp. eka-, fifty-first. tri-, fiftythird.
1. A cage, MBh. 12, 3061.
2. A skeleton, Prab. 71, 1. (Probably akin to paj in vedic pajra, pājas; cf. [greek] Lat. pango).
1. † To speak, or to shine.
2. To split, to divide, MBh. 3, 16747; 882.
3. To break, to breach, Mṛcch. 47, 16.
4. To tear, Kathās. 20, 21.
5. To pluck out, 28, 21.
6. To cause to be torn up, Yājñ. 2, 94. †
7. i. 10, paṭaya, To string, to surround.
-- With the prep. ava ava, pāṭaya, To split, Suśr. 1, 32, 12.
-- With ā ā, pāṭaya, To split, Suśr. 2, 22, 19.
-- With ud ud, pāṭaya,
1. To tear out, Man. 4, 69.
2. To slit up, Rājat. 5, 432.
3. To open, Pañc. 222, 5.
4. To destroy, Rām. 6, 88, 19.
5. To remove, 6, 37, 87.
6. To dethrone, Rājat. 5, 298.
-- With samud sam-ud, pāṭaya,
1. To tear out, Rām. 5, 39, 23.
2. To draw out, Dev. 2, 20.
3. To dethrone, Rājat. 5, 286.
-- With vini vi-ni, pāṭaya, To split, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 16.
-- With vi vi, pāṭaya,
1. To split, MBh. 12, 591.
2. To tear, Hariv. 4310.
3. To uproot, Rājat. 5, 477.
4. To open, 3, 482 (to bring on).
1. Woven cloth, MBh. 1, 806.
2. Cloth, Rām. 5, 49, 5.
3. A piece of cloth, MBh. 1, 4376.
4. Garment, 5421.
5. (cf. paṭṭa), A table, a plate (for painting and writing), Yājñ. 1, 297.
6. f. ṭī, The curtain of a stage.
-- Comp. ūrṇa-, m. a spider, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 43. kāṇḍa-, m. a curtain, Daśak. 122, 6. ku-, I. m. and n. a plain garment, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 11. II. m. the name of a Dānava or demon, MBh. 1, 2534. citra-, m. or n. a picture, Kathās. 5, 30. dhvaja-, m. a flag, a standard, Vikr. d. 4. pracchada-, and pracchādana-, m. a cover, a blanket, Pañc. 62, 10. mukha-, m. or n. a veil, Megh. 63. srastottara-, i. e. srasta-uttara- (vb. sraṃs), adj. with the upper garment loose.
I. m.
1. A thief, MBh. 1, 6996.
2. pl. The name of a people, MBh. 2, 590.
II. n. Old cloth.
I. n.
1. A roof.
2. A coverture, a veil, Prab. 116, 15.
3. A film over the eyes, Suśr. 2, 277, 4.
4. A heap, a multitude, MBh. 12, 4249.
II. m. and n. A section of a book.
-- Comp. akṣa-, n. a court of justice, Rājat. 6, 287. abhra-, n. the covering (of the sky) by clouds. nīla-, n. a dark film over the eyes, Pañc. 262, 22.
-- Comp. yaśas-, m. a drum.
I. adj., f. ṭu and ṭvī, comparat. paṭīyaṃs, superl. paṭiṣṭha.
1. Sharp, Śāntiś. 4, 16.
2. Hot, Rām. 6, 11, 44.
3. Clear (of sound), Hariv. 3554.
4. Violent, Hariv. 3823.
5. Clever, dexterous, skilful, Ragh. 9, 46.
II. m. pl. The name of a people, Mārk. P. 57, 54.
1. Keenness, Bālab. 3.
2. Cleverness, Śāk. d. 118.
-- Comp. a-, n. want of cleverness, awkwardness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 17.
1. A table, a plate, for painting, Hariv. 9988.
2. A patent, a document, Yājñ. 1, 317.
3. A seat, a chair, MBh. 2, 90.
4. A bandage, a ligature, Suśr. 1, 15, 3.
5. A stripe, MBh. 13, 3456.
6. A frontlet, a diadem, a turban or cloth, etc., for that purpose, Kathās. 14, 33.
7. (cf. paṭa) Cloth, Pañc. 251, 16.
8. A proper name.
-- Comp. aṃśu-, n. a sort of cloth, Man. 5, 120. citra-, a picture, Hariv. 10069. cīna-, a sort of cloth, Kathās. 43, 89. tāmra-. m. a copper-plate, Yājñ. 1, 318. rājapaṭṭa, i. e. rājan-, m. 1. a kind of gem, Utt. Rāmac. 129, 1. 2. a tiara. lalāṭa-, the forehead, Pañc. 35, 2. vaktra-, m. a bag containing corn tied round a horse's head. vīra-, m. war accoutrement(?), Rājat. 5, 332. śilā-, m. 1. a rocky seat, Rām. 2, 105, 6 Gorr. 2. a flat stone for grinding condiments.
I. m.
1. A document, Rājat. 5, 396.
2. A bandage, Kathās. 28, 159.
3. A frontlet, Kathās. 13, 190.
II. f. ṭikā,
1. A ribbon, Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 14.
2. Cloth used for a turban, Rājat. 4, 575.
-- Comp. śilā-, m. a rocky seat, Mālav. 31, 21.
1. To speak distinctly, to recite, MBh. 2, 1154.
2. To invoke, Hariv. 12561.
3. To read, to study, Man. 4, 98.
4. To mention, MBh. 3, 1483.
5. To declare, Suśr. 2, 260, 16.
6. To learn from (abl.), Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 37. Caus. pāṭhaya,
1. To teach one to talk, Hit. Pr. d. 43.
2. To teach one to read, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 2.
3. To cause to read, Pañc. 5, 11.
4. To teach, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 2. Frequent. pāpaṭhya, To recite repeatedly, Kathās. 37, 73.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To say after one, to repeat, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 3.
-- With abhi abhi, abhipaṭhita, Called, named, Suśr. 2, 310, 18.
-- With pari pari,
1. To mention, MBh. 1, 2020.
2. To declare, 3, 14192.
-- With pra pra, To recite loudly, Hariv. 9591.
-- With sam sam, To read, Man. 4, 98. Comp. pteple. of the fut. pass. of the Caus. a-saṃpāṭhya, One with whom nobody is allowed to read (or to pray), Man. 9, 238.
1. Reciting, Mārk. P. 51, 26.
2. Reading, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 664.
1. paṇ (for original par + ṇā, ii. 9 of par; cf. [greek] O.H.G. feil), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic-poetry also Par.),
1. To buy, MBh. 13, 4564.
2. To play, MBh. 3, 3047.
3. To stake (at play), to bet, MBh. 2, 2144.
4. To stake on, 9, 3258.
5. To risk. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. paṇita, Betting, 1, 1225. n. A bet, 1226. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. paṇya, Saleable, Man. 8, 398. n. Ware, 5, 129. Comp. kara-, n. ware offered as tribute, MBh. 2, 1052. masi-, m. a scribe. yathāpaṇya + m, adv. according to the value, Man. 8, 398.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To sell, Pañc. i. d. 88.
2. To bet, MBh. 1. 1191.
† 2. paṇ (akin to 1. paṇ), i. 1, Ātm., and paṇāya paṇ + āya, Par. To praise, to honour.
1. Play, MBh. 3, 2261.
2. Playing for, MBh. 3, 2299.
3. A bet, a stake (at play), MBh. 5, 1203.
4. A cast (at play), MBh. 3, 3035.
5. Wages or hire, reward, Kathās. 18, 386; expense (of an expedition), Kām. Nītis. 9, 13 -- 15.
6. A coin of a certain weight, Man. 7, 126.
-- Comp. ardha-, m. half a paṇa (see
6), Man. 8, 404. dāsa-, playing for slavery (the loser becoming the slave of the winner), MBh. 5, 5518.
6), Yājñ. 2, 233.
† paṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To go, to move. i. 10, Par. To heap together. i. 1 and 10, Par. To annihilate (v. r.).
I. adj. Learned, wise, Bhartṛ. 2, 14; shrewd, Pañc. i. d. 334; skilled, Rājat. 5, 164.
II. m. A scholar, a wise man, MBh. 5, 990.
1. A learned man, MBh. 12, 6736.
2. A proper name, MBh. 1, 2736.
1. pat, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm.),
1. To fly, Bhāg. P. 8, 6, 39.
2. To descend, to set, MBh. 6. 480.
3. To fall down, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 35.
4. To alight, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 349.
5. To fall, Man. 5, 141; figuratively, Bhartṛ. Suppl. 14.
6. To be deprived of one's caste or rank, Man. 3, 16.
7. To fall on, MBh. 3, 2199.
8. To devolve upon, Rām. 2, 22, 20.
9. To happen, Pañc. 232, 25. Ptcple. of the pres. patant, m. A bird, Ragh. 13, 19. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. patita, Sprung from, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 240. n. Flying, MBh. 8, 1910. Comp. sāvitrī-, m. a man of the three first classes, not invested at the proper time with the sacrificial cord, Man. 2, 39. -- Ptcple. of the fut. pass.,
1. pataniya, n. A degrading crime, Yājñ. 3, 298.
2. patitavya, n. Going to hell, MBh. 12, 3668. Caus. pātaya,
1. To cause to descend, Hit. iv. d. 74.
2. To cause to fall down, Rām. 1, 74, 13.
3. To dash out, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 21.
4. To throw, Rām. 6, 82, 93.
5. To inflict, Man. 8, 126.
6. To shed, MBh. 7, 4912.
7. To cause to enter, Vikr. d. 56.
8. To set (fire to), Pañc. iii. d. 166.
9. To direct, Rām. 4, 7, 11.
10. To ruin, 6, 94, 19.
11. To cause to sin, Śāk. d. 117.
12. To throw one's self, MBh. 1, 6752.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To neglect. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. an-atipātya, Not to be neglected, Śāk. 60, 17. Caus.
1. To deprive something of its effect, Suśr. 1, 146, 12.
2. To kill, 2, 266, 13.
-- With anu anu,
1. To fly along or in, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 5.
2. To follow, Śāk. d. 7. Caus. To cause somebody to fall down with one's self, Rām. 2, 75, 4 Gorr.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To fly near, to run near, especially with the intention of assailing, MBh. 3, 550.
2. To fall down to (acc.), Arj. 10, 30.
3. To be shed, MBh. 7, 6287.
4. To overtake, MBh. 8, 1910. Caus.
1. To cast on somebody (acc.), Hariv. 13902.
2. To cast down, MBh. 6, 1684.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To assail, Rām. 5, 41, 34.
-- With ava ava,
1. To fly down, Prab. 66, 14.
2. To jump down, Hariv. 15949.
3. To fall down, Rām. 2, 28, 12. keśa-kīṭa-avapatita, On which lice have fallen, MBh. 13, 1577. Caus. To throw down, Kathās. 25, 42.
-- With ā ā,
1. To fly near, to run near, especially with the intention of assailing, MBh. 1, 5965.
2. To fall down, Rājat. 3, 202.
3. To appear unexpectedly, MBh. 3, 2564.
4. To strike unexpectedly, Rām. 2, 62, 16.
5. To befall, 6, 100, 5.
6. To come to one's share, Kathās. 20, 213.
7. To happen. Caus.
1. To throw down, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 29.
2. To kill, Hariv. 5598.
3. To shed, Man. 3, 229.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To run near, MBh. 4, 807.
2. To assail, 4, 1041.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To run away, MBh. 8, 4964.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To fly near, MBh. 5, 7213.
2. To hasten near.
3. To assail.
4. To obtain, MBh. 1, 7213.
5. To have sexual intercourse, MBh. 1, 2461.
-- With ud ud,
1. To fly upwards, MBh. 1, 1335.
2. To jump upwards, to start up, 1, 6019.
3. To hasten out of (with abl.), MBh. 12, 5224.
4. To come out, 6, 5785.
5. To be set up (as a cry), MBh. 1, 6111.
-- With anūd anu-ud, To start up, to get up after somebody (acc.), Rām. 5 64, 24.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud,
1. To fly upwards to (acc.), Kathās. 22, 144.
2. To start up, Hariv. 4114.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To fly up together, MBh. 3, 2093.
2. To start up together, 1, 7005.
3. To assail, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 315.
4. To ascend, Rām. 5, 74, 35.
5. To rush out of, MBh. 7, 4656.
6. To gush out of, Hariv. 7068. samutpatita,
1. Springing upwards, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 108.
2. Sprung up, MBh. 1, 3320.
3. Disappeared, Pañc i. d. 212.
-- With upa upa, To hasten to, Bhāg. P. 7, 2, 31.
-- With ni ni,
1. To fly down, MBh. 1, 2094.
2. To descend, Hariv. 9611.
3. To fall down, MBh. 13, 1501.
4. To tumble down, Rām. 5, 18, 7.
5. To assail, MBh. 4, 1572.
6. To rush in, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1170.
7. To empty one's self into, Ragh. 10, 27.
8. To fall on, MBh. 1, 7708.
9. To fall into, Bhartṛ. 2, 82.
10. To take place, Man. 9, 47. Caus.
1. To cause to fall down, to cause a stick to fall on somebody, i. e. to smite somebody, Man. 4, 146.
2. To cast down, Bhāg. P. 3, 3, 1.
3. To cast, Ragh. 5, 217.
4. To drop, Kathās. 2, 10.
5. To inlay with, MBh. 4, 1325.
6. To spit out, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 438.
7. To direct to, Mārk. P. 61, 41.
8. To kill, MBh. 14, 98.
9. To levy (as tribute) from (abl.), MBh. 12, 3313.
10. To set up as anomalous (in grammar).
-- With abhini abhi-ni, Caus. To throw down, MBh. 8, 3040.
-- With praṇi pra-ni,
1. To fall prostrate, Man. 11, 205.
2. To bow respectfully to (acc. dat. and loc.), MBh. 4, 2131. Caus. To induce to fall prostrate, Mālav. 39, 16.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To fly down, Ṛt. 4, 18.
2. To fall headlong, Hariv. 3650.
3. To attack suddenly, Kathās. 22, 62.
4. To fall in, Kathās. 3, 33. Caus.
1. To cause to fall down, Mārk. P. 75, 55.
2. To cop off, MBh. 1, 5279.
3. To inflict, Rām. 2, 75, 14 Gorr.
4. To kill, Man. 11, 127.
5. To ruin, Rām. 6, 94, 23.
-- With saṃni sam-ni,
1. To fly down, MBh. 5, 2462.
2. To descend, Rām. 5, 62, 10.
3. To perish, MBh. 7, 434.
4. To assemble, to meet, MBh. 3, 14899.
5. To appear, MBh. 12, 6676. Caus.
1. To cause to fall down, MBh. 7, 7488.
2. To shoot, Rām. 5, 42, 8.
3. To cause to assemble, to convoke, MBh. 3, 2162.
-- With nis nis,
1. To fly out of (abl.), Śāk. d. 166.
2. To rush out, Arj. 10, 62.
3. To come out, MBh. 14, 1836.
4. To depart from, Man. 8, 55.
5. To spring from, 12, 15.
6. To fly away. Caus. To ruin, Rām. 2, 75, 15.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To rush out, MBh. 6, 2434.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To fly out, MBh. 5, 269.
2. To rush out, Rām. 4, 19, 4.
3. To fall out, Rām. 3, 31, 19.
4. To run away, Man. 7, 106.
-- With parā parā,
1. To fly away, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 24.
2. To fail, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 8.
-- With pari pari,
1. To fly about, MBh. 1, 1391.
2. To run about, 8, 707.
3. To jump down, 7, 757.
4. To assail, Arj. 8, 30.
5. To fall, MBh. 3, 2791. Caus.
1. To shoot down, MBh. 6, 2687.
2. To shoot off, 6, 1852.
3. To throw in, Mṛcch. 155, 8.
-- With pra pra,
1. To fly away, MBh. 5, 1753.
2. To fly, Hariv. 8266.
3. To run away, MBh. 7, 676.
4. To fall down, MBh. 3, 16038.
5. To strike, MBh. 4, 1788.
6. To fall into, MBh. 2, 2159.
7. To be deprived (abl.), 14, 2737. Caus.
1. To put to flight, MBh. 1, 7632.
2. To pursue, 13, 2047.
-- With prati prati, To hasten to meet, 4, 2110.
-- With vi vi, Caus.
1. To discharge (arrows), MBh. 4, 1862.
2. To kill, MBh. 7, 6149.
-- With sam sam,
1. To meet, Indr. 1, 36.
2. To fly to (acc.), Hariv. 12684.
3. To hasten to, Rām. 5, 36, 43.
4. To obtain, MBh. 12, 6737.
5. To fly, 4, 1776.
6. To walk, Rām. 2, 125, 20 Gorr.
7. To fly down, MBh. 6, 3789.
8. To fall down, 1, 1387.
9. To happen, Hariv. 11739. Caus.
1. To throw, Rām. 6, 18, 50.
2. To throw down, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 28.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam,
1. To hasten to, Rām. 5, 60, 16.
2. To assail, Hariv. 12545.
3. To fly about, MBh. 7, 7295.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] Lat. Penna (i. e. pet + na); O.H.G. fedara; cf. patra; also [greek] (i. e. reduplicat. [greek]), [greek] Lat. petere, impetrare, etc.
2. pat (probably a denomin. derived from pati), i. 4, Ātm. To be powerful, to possess.
-- Cf. Lat. potiri.
1. pat + a-ga (vb. gam), m.
1. A winged animal, Man. 7, 23.
2. A bird, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 16.
I. m.
1. A bird, Pañc. ed. orn. 57, 6.
2. A small grasshopper which is attracted by a light, MBh. 9, 152.
3. The sun, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 30.
4. A playing-ball, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 36.
5. A name of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 12, 1510.
6. The name of a caste in Plakṣadvīpa, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 4.
7. The name of a mountain, 5, 16, 20.
8. The name of a village.
II. f. gī, A proper name, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 21.
1. A wing.
2. A feather, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 34.
1. A bird, MBh. 1, 1455.
2. m. A proper name, 8, 2263.
I. adj. Winged.
II. m.
1. A bird, Man. 4, 208.
2. A horse, Rām. 1, 13, 36.
3. An arrow, MBh. 3, 16430.
1. pat + ana,
I. m. The name of a Rākṣasa or demon, MBh. 3, 16365.
II. n.
1. Falling, MBh. 5, 7187.
2. Hanging down, becoming slack, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 422.
3. Ruin, 704.
4. Death, MBh. 2, 1636.
5. Throwing one's self, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 902 (at one's feet).
1. A flag or banner, MBh. 3, 3014.
2. A certain great number, MBh. 13, 5234.
3. An episode in a drama, Daśar. 1, 13, 33.
-- Comp. sa-patāka, adj. with a banner.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Adorned with flags (as with flags, Vikr. d. 137).
2. Bearing a flag, MBh. 3, 646.
II. m.
1. A colourbearer.
2. A flag, Hariv. 8991.
3. A proper name.
III. f. nī, An army.
1. A master, an owner.
2. A governor, a lord, Man. 7, 115.
3. A husband, MBh. 1, 4199.
4. When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. is left unchanged, e. g. jīvat-pati, i. e. jīvant- (vb. jīv), f. A woman whose husband is alive, Rām. 2, 24, 8 Gorr.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unmarried, Rām. 1, 34, 44. anna-, m. a name of Śiva, Rājat. 5, 72. ap-, m. a name of Varuṇa, the regent of the waters, Man. 3, 87. ambu-, m. the ocean, Pañc. i. d. 316. artha-, m. 1. a king, Pañc. i. d. 84. 2. a judge, iii. d. 89. 3. a proper name. avani- and avanī-, m. a king, ib. 28, 20; Kathās. 24, 12. aśva-, m. a proper name. uḍu-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 32. umā-, m. a name of Śiva, Chr. 48, 7. urvī- (see uru), m. a king, Rājat. 5, 380. oṣadhi-, m. 1. the moon, Śiś. 9, 36. 2. a physician, ib. oṣadhī-, m. the moon, MBh. 3, 137. kula-, m. the chief of a family, MBh. 1, 1. kratu-, m. the performer of a sacrifice, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 29. kṣiti-, and kṣmā-, m. a king, Pañc. ii. d. 22; Rājat. 5, 59. gaṇa-, and gaṇanā-, m. a name of Gaṇeśa, Pañc. i. d. 175; Rājat. 5, 26. gṛha-, m. a householder, Pañc. i. d. 410. go-, m. 1. a bull, Rām. 3, 51, 4. 2. the sun, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 10. 3. a name of Kṛṣṇa (properly the cow-herd [greek]), MBh. 13, 7002. 4. a name of Varuṇa, Śiva, and others. gaurī-, m. a name of Śiva, Kathās. 22, 16. graha-, m. 1. the sun. 2. the moon. camū-, m. the commander of an army. jagat-, m. a name of Śiva and Viṣṇu. jagatī- (see jagat), m. a king, Rām. 1, 12, 36. tārā-, m. 1. the moon. 2. a proper name. tridaśa-, m. a name of Indra. dāna-, m. a liberal man, Sāv. 1, 3. dina-, m. the sun, Bhartṛ. 2, 69. deva- and daivata-, m. a name of Indra. dvāra-, m. a doorkeeper, a chamberlain, MBh. 3, 10623. nada-nadī-, m. a name of the Sindhu. nidhi-, m. 1. a name of Kuvera. 2. a proper name. nṛ-, m. a king. paśu-, m. a name of Śiva. pitṛ-, m. 1. a name of Yama (lord of the Manes). 2. pl. the Manes and the lords of the creatures, Bhāg. P. 7, 4, 6. prajā-, m. 1. lord of the creatures, Vikr. d. 9. 2. a name of the supreme deity, Brahman, Pañc. i. d. 188. 3. a king. 4. a father. prāṇa-, m. 1. a husband. 2. the heart, Draup. 6, 4. phaṇipati, i. e. phaṇin-, m. the king of the serpents, Bhartṛ. 2, 77. bhavānī-, m. a name of Śiva, Kir. 5, 21. bhāṇḍa-, m. a merchant, Pañc. 26, 25. aānā-bhāṇḍa-, m. a great merchant, 26, 11. bhū-, m. a king, Pañc. i. d. 262. bhūmī-, m. the same. bhṛgu- (also bhṛgūṇām), the chief of the descendants of Bhṛgu, a name of Paraśurāma, Megh. 68. bhoga-, m. 1. a viceroy, a governor. 2. a person having possession or usufruct. mahī-, m. a king, Chr. 47, 32. mṛga-, m. a lion. raghu-, m. Rāma. rati-, m. a name of the god of love, Śiś. 9, 66. śacī-, m. a name of Śiva, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 10. śālva-, m. the king of the Śālvas, Chr. 18, 34. śrī-, m. 1. Viṣṇu. 2. a king. sabhā-, m. 1. the president of an assembly. 2. the keeper of a gaming-house. sindhu-, m. the lord of Sindh, i. e. Jayadratha. senā-, m. 1. the general of an army, Śāk. 24, 6. 2. Kārttikeya. svarga-, m. Indra.
-- Cf. Lat. potis, [greek] Goth. faths; cf. patnī.
1. A pedestrian.
2. A foot-soldier, MBh. 5, 5164.
3. The name of a people.
-- Comp. eka-, f. 1. only one wife, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 53. 2. the wife of one man only, a chaste wife, Man. 5, 158. 3. pl. the several wives of one husband, Man. 9, 183. guru-, f. a mother-in-law, 9, 57. deva-, f. the wife of a god, Kathās. 16, 6. dharma-, f. a lawful wife, Man. 3, 262. sa-, f. a wife whose husband has other wives, Chr. 55, 2; Pañc. i. d. 318.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. The wing of a bird.
2. The feather of an arrow, Rām. 3, 35, 87.
3. A vehicle in general, as a horse, a camel, a car, Man. 9, 219.
4. A leaf, Man. 4, 49.
5. The leaf of the Laurus cassia(?).
6. A leaf prepared for writing on, paper, Śāk. 81, 2.
7. A letter. Śāk. 90, 8.
8. A document, Pañc. i. d. 451.
9. A thin piece of metal, Suśr. 2, 74, 21.
10. Lines and signs painted in the faces by means of musk and other fragrant substances, Ragh. 13, 55.
-- Comp. arka-, m. Calotropis gigantea; n. its leaf. kaṅka-,
I. n. the feather of a heron, Rām. 4, 7, 22.
II. m. an arrow, Rām. 6, 28, 4. kara-, n. a saw, Hit. 49, 11. tvakpatra, i. e. trac-, n. woody cassia. danta-, n. a kind of ear-ring. niṣpatra, i. e. nis-, adj. leafless. bhūrja-, m. a kind of birch. yuga-, m. mountain ebony. śata-,
I. n. a lotus flower, Rām. 2, 60, 15 Gorr.
II. m. 1. a peacock. 2. a parrot. 3. a woodpecker. 4. the Indian crane.
III. f. rā, a woman. satp°, i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), n. the new leaf of a waterlily. svaccha-, i. e. su-accha-, n. talc.
-- Cf. supra O.H.G. fedara; [greek] also [greek] and [greek] (cf. patrin
3; in the old poetical language clouds and rocks are identified, and the clouds considered as wings of the mountains).
1. A substitute for patra when latter part of a comp. adj, f. trikā.
2. f. trikā, A document, a letter, Śāk. 90, 16.
-- Comp. karṇa-patraka, m. the lobe of the car, Yājñ. 3, 96. yuga-, m. mountain ebony.
I. adj., f. iṇi.
1. Winged, Hariv. 5470.
2. Feathered, MBh. 3, 709.
II. m.
1. A bird, Śāk. 78, 19.
2. An arrow, Kathās. 33, 203.
3. A mountain.
-- Comp. kaṅka-, m. an arrow, MBh. 4, 1804. puṣpa-, adj. having flowers for arrows, Kumāras. 4, 29.
1. path, i. 1, Par. To go. † i. 10, pāthaya, To throw (v. r.).
2. path, see pathin.
1. m. Way, reach, Rām. 3, 56, 3.
2. Latter part of comp. words = pathin, A way, a road. a-, m. A wrong way. apatya-, m. The vulva. ardha-, m. The half of a way. ārya-, m. The road of the honourable ones. uttarā- and udakpatha, i. e. udañc-, m. The northern country. kusida-, m. An usurious way, Man. 8, 152. jala-, m. A sea voyage. tri-, n. Heaven, earth, and the infernal regions. dakṣiṇā-, m. The southern country. darśana-, m. Sight. dikpatha, i. e. diś-, m. The road of the country, Rājat. 5, 341. dṛkpatha, i. e. dṛś-, m. Sight, Vikr. d. 95. dharma-, m. The road of virtue. dhūma-, m. A sacrifice, Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 10. nakṣatra-, m. The starred heaven. nayana-, m. Sight, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 1. pāṣaṇḍa-, m. The way of the heretics, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 6. baṇikpatha, i. e. baṇij-, m. Trade, Man. 1, 90. romarāji-, i. e. roman-rāji- (m.), A line of hair extending to the navel; in tanuromarājipatha, The waist, Śiś. 9, 22. vi-, m. A bad road. śrī-, m. A highway. satp°, i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), m.
1. A good road.
2. Correct conduct. su-,
I. adj. Having good roads, Lass. 97, 2 (thā, ved. for thāni).
II. m.
1. A good road.
2. Good conduct.
-- Cf. [greek] A.S. padh.
1. A road, a way, Megh. 28.
2. The name of a hell, Man. 4, 90.
-- Comp. ardha-, m. the half of a way, Pañc. 134, 17. dharma-, m. the road of virtue. saha-, m. a fellow-traveller, Rām. 3, 53, 3.
-- Cf. Lat. pons, pontis, and perhaps ponto, pontonis.
I. adj., f. yā, Furthering, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 448. Fit, suitable, salutary, Pañc. 69, 17.
II. f. yā, Yellow myrobalan, Terminalia chebula.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unfit, unwholesome, Yājñ. 3, 65.
1. pad, i. 4, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.),
1. To fall (ved.).
2. To go to (acc.), MBh. 1, 4288.
3. To obtain, MBh. 9, 2847.
4. To observe, 7, 16. Caus. pādaya; i. 10, † padaya, To go.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To follow, MBh. 1, 6710.
2. To court, MBh. 1, 4180.
3. To resort to, Rām. 2, 45, 4.
4. To fall down, MBh. 7, 3361.
5. To find out, Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 12.
6. To be deprived of, to lose (with abl.), MBh. 12, 4653.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To obtain, Hariv. 11210.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To come near, to approach, MBh. 1, 8105.
2. To come to (acc. and loc.), 13, 4375.
3. To worship, Śiś. 9, 27.
4. To come to one's assistance (acc.), MBh. 6, 4043; to assist, 1, 1981.
5. To seize, to catch, Rām. 5, 41, 24.
6. To assail, MBh. 8, 3047.
7. To attain, Man. 1, 30.
8. To accept, Rām. 2, 36, 12.
9. To apply one's self to, Rām. 2, 63, 1.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi,
1. To come to, to attain, MBh. 1, 5515.
2. To come on, MBh. 3, 12539.
3. To answer, 10441.
-- With ava ava,
1. To fall down. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. keśa-kiṭa-avapanna, On which lice have fallen, Man. 4, 207.
-- With ā ā,
1. To come near, Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 25.
2. To enter, Rām. 6, 16, 21.
3. To fall into, Man. 10, 104.
4. To undergo, Prab. 33, 8.
5. To become unfortunate, Rām. 2, 53, 13.
6. To be, Mālav. 14, 23. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. āpanna,
1. Unfortunate.
2. Having obtained, Bhag. 9, 16, 37.
3. Obtained, Rām. 2, 43, 31 Gorr. Caus.
1. To put somebody into a certain state or condition; mṛtyum āpādita, Killed, Rām. 2, 73, 5.
2. To ruin somebody, Vikr. 33, 2.
3. To procure, MBh. 1. 7873.
4. To produce, to cause, Rām. 2, 74, 5.
5. To make, to change into, Daśak. 183, 2.
-- With pratyā prati-a, To return. pratyāpanna, Returned, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 48.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To perish, MBh. 7, 3008 vyāpanna,
1. Fallen into disorder.
2. Spoiled.
3. Failed, Suśr. 1, 21, 9.
4. Dead. Comp. a-, alive, Megh. 10. Caus.
1. To injure, Suśr. 1, 21, 11.
2. To ruin, to destroy, MBh. 1, 1607.
3. To kill, Pañc. 22, 15.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To assail, MBh. 5, 2002.
2. To undergo, MBh. 13, 411; to begin, Rām. 6, 92, 4. samāpanna,
1. Come.
2. Endowed with, MBh. 2, 2588.
-- With abhisamā ahbi-sam-ā, To undergo, to begin, Rām. 2, 12, 1.
-- With ud ud,
1. To spring up, to rise, Man. 1, 70.
2. To be brought forth, 9, 170.
3. To become, 4, 228. utpanna,
1. Brought forth.
2. Complete, Yājñ. 2, 157.
3. Ready, MBh. 12, 4913. gūḍhotpanna, i. e. gūḍha- (vb. guh), Secretly born, i. e. one whose father is unknown, Man. 9, 159. Caus.
1. To produce, Pañc. 132, 4; to bring forth, Man. 9, 175.
2. To cause to be shed, Man. 4, 167.
3. To procure, 2, 148.
-- With prod pra-ud, protpanna, Developed, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 4.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, pratyutpanna,
1. Present, MBh. 12, 8278.
2. Ready, Śāk. 67, 23.
-- With vyud vi-ud, To become clear in (its) etymological relation, Śiś. 10, 23. vyutpanna, Learned, versed, Bhartṛ. Suppl. 18. Caus.
1. To produce, to cause, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 33.
2. To explain etymologically.
-- With samud sam-ud, (samu sam-u, MBh. 12, 946, on account of the metre, see Caus.),
1. To spring up, to arise, Pañc. iii. d. 214.
2. To be brought forth, Man. 10, 66.
3. To come Rām. 2, 29, 11. Caus.
1. To produce Mārk. P. 17, 6.
2. To cause, Rājat. 5, 6.
3. To expect, MBh. 12, 4912 (samupādayet).
-- With upa upa,
1. To come to, Pañc. 9, 5.
2. To attain (acc. and dat.), Bhag. 13, 18.
3. To undergo, Rām. 2, 72, 50.
4. To take place, Man. 9, 121.
5. To appear, Mārk. P. 49, 4.
6. To be suitable, Śāk. 15, 6.
7. To spring up, MBh. 14, 455. upapanna,
1. Present.
2. Suitable.
3. Endowed, provided with. Comp. an-, unnatural, Śāk. 111, 1. Caus.
1. To induce to get, Rām. 5, 57, 12.
2. To give, Man. 9, 73.
3. To accomplish, Rām. 2, 50, 10 Gorr.
4. To make suitable, to prepare, Man. 9, 36.
5. To provide with.
6. To make, to declare, Prab. 111, 17.
7. To select, Man. 3, 206.
8. To argue, Rām. 5, 18, 22.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa,
1. To come to one's assistance, MBh. 10, 608.
2. To come for receiving assistance, Rām. 3, 14, 7.
3. To provide with, MBh. 2, 187. abhyupapanna,
1. Sprung up; in -vatsala, adj. Affectionate, Mṛcch. 108, 5.
2. Admitted.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To be accomplished, MBh. 2, 779. Caus. To prepare, Rām. 5, 14, 45.
-- With nis nis, niṣpad niṣpad,
1. To spring up, to arise.
2. To ripen, Man. 9, 247. niṣpanna,
1. Sprung up, Rām. 5, 2, 32.
2. Descended, Rām. 1, 6, 23.
3. Accomplished, Rājat. 4, 234.
4. Ready. Caus.
1. To cause to ripen, Kathās. 20, 87.
2. To accomplish, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 43.
3. To prepare, Lass. Anth. 17, 17.
4. To perform, Rājat. 5, 21.
-- With pra pra,
1. To enter, Man. 4, 77.
2. To begin, 4, 60.
3. To attain, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 22.
4. To come to, Ragh. 12, 68.
5. To come for receiving assistance, Rām. 1, 57, 16.
6. To embrace (the doctrine of Jina), Rājat. 1, 102.
7. To fall down, MBh. 1, 1183.
8. To undergo, Yājñ. 1, 132.
9. To be going on, to succeed, MBh. 13, 3527.
10. To admit, Yājñ. 2, 40.
11. prapanna, Provided, Śāk. d. 1. Desider. pra-pitsa, To be a bout to begin, Daśak. 114, 10.
-- With anupra anu-pra,
1. To enter one after another, MBh. 3, 6772.
2. To enter, Suśr. 1, 258, 7.
3. To appear, MBh. 13, 7363.
4. To follow, Bhag. 9, 21.
5. To comply with (acc.), Rām. 5, 28, 5.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra,
1. To hasten to, MBh. 1, 1182.
2. To begin, MBh. 3, 1209.
3. abhiprapanna, Come for assistance, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 20.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To set out on, to begin, Hariv. 5289.
2. To enter, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 2.
3. To turn to somebody, especially for assistance, Hariv. 11685.
4. To succeed, Pañc. ii. d. 137.
5. saṃprapanna, Endowed, Caurap. 43.
-- With prati prati,
1. To go to, to enter, Rām. 2, 33, 21.
2. To come to, MBh. 1, 5918.
3. To return, Man. 6, 74.
4. To obtain, Man. 7, 40.
5. To receive, Rām. 1, 39, 15 Gorr.
6. To recover, Man. 2, 120.
7. To perceive, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 57.
8. To learn, MBh. 5, 6027.
9. To consider.
10. To comply with, Pañc. 129, 4.
11. To avow, Śāk. d. 119.
12. To promise, Kathās. 1, 45.
13. To give, Rām. 2, 1, 8.
14. To act, MBh. 1, 1936.
15. To perform, MBh. 2, 1420.
16. To make, MBh. 4, 703.
17. To restore, Man. 8, 183.
18. pratipanna, Offered, Mālav. d. 48; admitted; acting; conversant with, MBh. 2, 1949. Caus.
1. To lead to, MBh. 3, 2852.
2. To procure, MBh. 1, 3417.
3. To bestow on, Man. 11, 4.
4. To deliver, 9, 190.
5. To install, Rām. 1, 1, 68.
6. To cause, Rām. 4, 22, 20.
7. To prepare.
8. To teach, Man. 8, 391.
9. To consider, Pañc, 169, 22.
-- With viprati vi-prati,
1. To go in different directions.
2. To waver, MBh. 5, 4276.
3. vipratipanna, Opposite, Rām. 2, 109, 1.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati,
1. To attain, Suśr. 1, 267, 13.
2. To approach, MBh. 14, 946.
3. To befull, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 164.
4. To recover, Rām. 3, 73, 16.
5. To receive, Hariv. 12201.
6. To agree, MBh. 5, 2706.
7. To consider, Kumāras. 5, 37.
8. To perform, MBh. 13, 3629. Caus. To grant, MBh. 3, 12759.
-- With vi vi,
1. Not to turn out well, Rām. 2, 23, 18.
2. To perish, Rām. 2, 64, 68.
3. To miscarry.
4. vipanna, Weakened, unfortunate. Caus. To kill, Rājat. 2, 79.
-- With sam sam,
1. To succeed, MBh. 14, 154.
2. To amount to (acc.), Hariv. 15082.
3. To become, MBh. 1, 2995.
4. To be brought forth, MBh. 1, 3143.
5. To get, to obtain (with instr., loc., and acc.), Mālav. d. 52; Bhag. 13, 30; Rām. 3, 54, 12. sampanna,
1. Endowed with.
2. Accomplished.
3. Conversant with. n. Sweetmeats(?), Pañc. iv. d. 81. Caus.
1. To convey, to procure, MBh. 13, 2867.
2. To cause to succeed, to bring about, Bhartṛ. 2, 59.
3. To perform, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 14.
4. To prepare, Rām. 3, 28, 27.
5. To complete, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 35.
6. To turn into, Kathās. 37, 114.
7. To endow with, MBh. 6, 2304.
8. To attain, Rām. 5, 3, 40.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃpanna, Composed, Utt. Rāmac. 135, 6.
-- With upasam upa-sam, To attain, MBh. 11, 363. upasaṃpanna,
1. Conversant with.
2. Endowed with.
3. Diseased, Man. 5, 81. Caus. To convey, to procure.
-- Cf. 3. pad; [greek] perhaps Goth. finthan; A. S. findan; the anomalous reflex of Sskr. d may have been caused by n.
† 2. pad, see bad.
3. and pād pād, i. e. pad, m. A foot, Man. 4, 207; 6, 46.
-- Comp. a-pad, and -pād, adj., f. -pād and -padī, having no feet. eka-pad and -pād, 1. adj. having one foot only, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 21. 2. m. a name of Śiva, and of a Dānava or demon, MBh. 13, 7031; 1, 2533. 3. f. -padī, a footpath, 4, 246. catuṣpād, i. e. catur-, the base of many cases is -pad, 1. adj., f. -padī, four-footed. 2. m. a quadruped, MBh. 12, 5697. 3. adj. consisting of four parts, 5, 5352. tīrtha-pad, adj. one whose feet are holy and hallowing, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 17. 2. tri-pad and -pād, adj., f. pād and padī, having three feet. dvi-pad and -pād, f. pād and padī,
I. adj. having two feet.
II. m. a man, MBh. 1, 257.
III. n. mankind. sakasra-pād, adj. thousandfooted.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pes, pedis, tripudiare, repudiare, impedire; see pada.
1. pad + a,
I. n.
1. A step, Man. 8, 227.
2. A footstep, Śāk. d. 190.
3. A trace, Rām. 5, 5, 1.
4. A mark, a sign, MBh. 3, 12474.
5. Place, Arj. 4, 39 (padāt padam, A step from the place).
6. Abode, Kathās. 26, 241.
7. Home.
8. An office, Pañc. 103, 3; dignity, Man. 12, 125.
9. Object, thing, Lass. Anth. 43, 9.
10. Cause, Hit. iv. d. 97.
11. Pretext.
12. A square of a chess-board, Rām. 1, 5, 12.
13. A foot; with kṛ,
a. To put one's foot on, Yājñ. 3, 13.
b. To possess one's self of, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 528.
c. To put one's confidence in, Śāk, 47, 6 (Prākṛ.)
14. A verse, Mālav. d. 77.
15. A word, Rām. 1, 9, 24.
16. A kind of reading the Veda (every word separately, without applying the rules of Sandhi).
II. m. A ray of light.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. a wrong place, Kathās. 26, 23.
II. adj. wanting feet, Pañc. 211, 6. āśrama-, n. 1. a hermitage. 2. one of the three or four orders of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. eka-,
I. adj. 1. having one foot. 2. consisting of one word.
II. m. pl. The name of a people.
III. loc. de, adv. on a sudden, Kathās. 22, 203. kṣetra-, n. a district which is consecrated to a deity, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 20. citra-, adj. divided in several parts, 1, 5, 10. jana-, m. 1. country, Rām. 1, 5, 5. 2. pl. and sing. people, Yājñ. 1, 360. tri-, adj., f. dā, 1. having three feet. 2. having three verses. druta-, (vb. dru) °pada + m, adv. hastily. dvi-, m. a man, Bhāg. P. 4, 31, 22. pañcapada, i. e. pañcan-, 1. adj., f. dā, consisting of five verses 2. f. dī, five steps, Pañc. ii. d. 123. bhādra-, 1. m. the month Bhādra. 2. f. dā, a name common to the twentysixth and twenty-seventh lunar asterisms. bhū-, 1. m. a tree. 2. f. dī, Arabian jasmine. viṣṇu-,
I. n. 1. the sky. 2. the sea of milk. 3. a lotus.
II. f. dī, the Ganges.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. oppidum.
1. A step, MBh. 13, 2789.
2. An office, Rājat. 5, 29.
1. A road, a way, Draup. 6, 9.
2. An office, Pañc. 13, 4.
-- Comp. ghana-, f. the sky. viveka-, f. reflexion, Kathās. 33, 81. smarana-, f. death, Bhartṛ. 3, 49. hāsya-, f. with yā, To expose one's self to ridicule, Pañc. 252, 5.
1. A pedestrian, Rām. 2, 101, 36 Gorr.
2. Fitting an office.
3. Taking the place of, Rām. 4, 18, 13.
1. A pedestrian, a foot-soldier, Rām. 1, 55, 4.
2. A proper name.
I. padāta + in, adj., f. nī, Consisting of footsoldiers, MBh. 5, 5703.
II. pada-at + in, m. A foot-soldier, Rām. 2, 40, 40.
-- Comp. a-padāntara + m, adv. immediately after, MBh. 2, 1766.
1. The meaning of a word, Nyāya S. 2, 131.
2. Substance, thing, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 2.
3. A category, Bhāṣāp. 1.
1. A way, a path, Ragh. 11, 87.
2. A guide, designation of a class of literary compositions.
-- Comp. pāda-, f. a line of footsteps, Pañc. 35, 18.
I. m. and n.
1. A lotus flower, MBh. 1, 5412.
2. Ornament, Rām. 6, 10, 19.
3. Moles or marks on the body, 5, 32, 11.
4. A spot, 3, 48, 12.
5. Coloured marks on the face and trunk of an elephant.
6. A lotus-like form of array, Man. 7, 188.
7. A particular sitting posture when absorbed in meditation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 17.
8. One of Kuvera's treasures, MBh. 2, 418.
9. A large number, 1000 billions, 2, 2143.
10. A certain fragrant plant.
II. m.
1. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 8.
2. The name of a Nāga.
3. A proper name.
III. f. mā,
1. A name of Śrī, Man. 7, 11.
2. The name of two plants, Clerodendrum siphonanthus, and Hibiscus mutabilis.
3. A proper name.
-- Comp. abhi-, adj. 1. adorned with lotus-like spots. 2. beautiful in every part of the body, Johns. Sel. 46, 74. bhrātṛ-padma-vana, n. a group of lotus-like brothers. mahā-,
I. m. 1. one of the Nāgas. 2. one of Kuvera's treasures. 3. a Kiṃnara, or attendant on Kuvera. 4. a large number, one hundred thousand millions, MBh. 2, 2143. 5. the name of a lake, Rājat. 5, 68; 103.
II. n. the white lotus. sa-, adj. provided with lotus flowers, Rām. 3, 52, 39.
1. An army arrayed in the form of a lotus flower, MBh. 7, 2674.
2. A certain tree and its wood; m. and n. Costus speciosus or arabicus.
3. A proper name.
1. adj. Sprung up from a lotus flower.
2. A name of Brahman, Bhāg. P. 8, 21, 3.
1. A surname of Lakṣmī, Gīt. 1, 2.
2. A proper name.
I. adj., f. nī, Having coloured marks, etc. (see padma
5), MBh. 2, 2075.
II. m. An elephant.
III. f. nī,
1. A lotus, Nelumbium speciosum, MBh. 1, 7228.
2. A multitude of lotusses, Rām. 2, 52, 98; a lake abounding in them, MBh. 13, 4471.
3. A woman of the first of the four classes into which the sex is distinguished.
4. A sort of witchcraft, Mārk. P. 64, 15.
1. Having feet.
2. Running.
-- Cf. Lat. pedes, peditis.
1. The bread fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus integrifolia Lin.
2. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 12.
3. A proper name.
† panth, i. 1 and 10, Par. To go.
1. A snake, Nal. 14, 8.
2. A snakeshaped demon.
-- Comp. sa-pannaga, adj. with the snake-shaped demons, Rām. 3, 54, 3.
† pamb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Juice.
2. Water, Bhartṛ. 2, 29.
3. Milk, Man. 2, 107.
-- Comp. apa-, adj. without water, Kirāt. 5, 12. gharma-, n. sweat, Śiś. 9, 35.
I. adj., f. nī, Abounding in milk, Man. 11, 137.
II. f. nī, A cow with abundance of milk, MBh. 13, 703.
I. m.
1. A cloud, Śāk. d. 75.
2. A proper name.
II. f. dā, A proper name.
1. A cloud, Rājat. 4, 365.
2. A woman's breast, Ṛt. 1, 6.
3. An udder, Ragh. 2, 3.
1. The occan.
2. A cloud.
1. adj. Yielding milk, MBh. 13, 3754.
2. m. A cloud, 9, 1506.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Distant.
2. Opposite, ulterior, Rām. 1, 11, 19 Gorr.
3. Being beyond, Man. 7, 158.
4. Exceeding, MBh. 1, 7975; left or remaining, Kathās. 39, 16.
5. Highest, longest, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 12.
6. Ancient, Man. 9, 99.
7. Pre-eminent, superior, higher, Man. 2, 83.
8. Distinguished, greatest, Man. 1, 106.
9. Intent, Rām. 5, 24, 13.
10. Subsequent, following, Man. 3, 37.
11. Different, Prab. 114, 8; other, Rām. 6, 9, 12.
12. Inimical, enemy, Man. 7, 94.
II. param, adv.
1. With abl.,
a. Beyond, Ragh. 1, 17.
b. After, Man. 2, 122.
2. With preceding atas,
a. Further from hence, Nal. 9, 23.
b. After that, Man. 8, 129.
c. Next, 9, 56.
3. Excessively, Rām. 6, 5, 14.
4. Completely, Mālav. 4, 19.
5. Rather, MBh. 13, 4857.
6. Most willingly, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 406.
7. At the most, 993.
8. With preceding yadi, Perhaps, Kathās. 42, 19.
9. Only, 40, 8.
10. But, Pañc. 243, 14.
III. pareṇa,
1. with acc. Beyond; pareṇāsmān paraihi, Pass by us, MBh. 1, 8414.
2. Afterwards, Man. 8, 30.
3. With abl. After, MBh. 12, 842.
IV. pare, adv. Afterwards, 12, 2880.
V. m. and n. The universal soul, Bhag. 3, 19.
VI. n. Culmen, highest degree, MBh. 1, 2025.
VII. m.
1. A descendant, Pañc. iii. d. 216.
2. A proper name.
3. The name of the palace of Mitravindā, Hariv. 8986.
VIII. f. rā, The name of a river.
IX. When latter part of a comp. it implies often,
1. Intent on, e. g. śauca-, adj. Intent on purity, Man. 3, 192.
2. Absorbed in, e. g. cintā-, adj. Thoughtful.
3. Affected with, e. g. karuṇā-, adj. Compassionate.
-- Comp. tatpara, i. e. tad-, 1. subsequent to that. 2. intent only on that. 3. completely devoted to. daiva-, m. a fatalist, Kām. Nītis, 9, 36. māna-, adj., f. rā, arrogant, proud, Śiś. 9, 57. vigraha-, adj. fighting, Pañc. 117, 9.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] etc.; Lat. perendie, i. e. pere-m + die; see also pṛ.
1. Belonging to another, Śāk. d. 97.
2. Hostile, Kām. Nītis. 8, 70.
1. = abl. of para, e. g. paratas-paras, Higher than the highest, Kumāras. 2, 14; svakāt parato vā gehāt, From his own house or that of another, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 25.
2. Further, Rām. 2, 15, 5 Gorr.
3. With abl.
a. After, Yājñ. 2, 173.
b. Over, Bhag. 3, 42.
1. Absoluteness, Bhāṣāp. 7.
2. Highest degree, Rājat. 5. 377.
-- Comp. tad-para + tā, f. intentness, Hit. iv. d. 96.
1. Condition of being more extensive (as a genus), Bhāṣāp. 7; comprehensive.
2. Length of distance and time, Bhāṣāp. 120.
I. superl. of para, f. mā.
1. Most excellent, Man. 1, 108; best, 4, 14.
2. Highest, Man. 9, 319.
3. Extreme, 8, 302.
4. Worst, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 15.
5. With cetas, All (the heart), Rām. 2, 34, 36.
6. With an abl. it has the signification of the comparat., More excellent, superior, worse; ko nyo sti paramaḥ śivāt, Who is higher than Śiva, MBh. 13, 793.
II. paramam, adv. Yes, MBh. 3, 17056. Very well, Johns. Sel. 37, 20.
III. When latter part of a comp adj. it implies sometimes,
1. Amounting at the most to, MBh. 2, 2080.
2. Consisting principally of, 5, 1143.
3. Occupied only with, Man. 6, 96.
1. Most excellent, best, Rām. 4, 35, 13.
2. Highest, MBh. 3, 13695.
3. Extreme, Chr. 35, 12.
1. The condition of an atom, Ragh. 15, 22.
2. An infinitely short moment, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 4.
1. m. The supreme being, a name of Brahman, Śiva, etc.
2. m. A proper name.
I. adj. Successive, one after another, Suśr. 1, 105, 3.
II. f. rā,
1. An uninterrupted succession, a chain, Pañc. 251, 9.
2. A continuous lineage, MBh. 3, 13621.
-- Comp. karṇa-, f. rumour, Pañc. 130, 8.
1. Depending on another, Śāk. d. 53.
2. Deprived of strength, Utt. Rāmac. 80, 11.
3. Ready to obey, MBh. 13, 2731.
-- Comp. a-dharma-, i. e. a-dharma-para + vant, adj. become a prey to injustice, Rām. 5, 45, 17.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Beyond.
2. After.
3. More than.
4. Without.
-- Comp. parorajas, i. e. paras-rajas, adj. untouched by passion, Utt. Rāmac. 120, 10.
1. Beyond, Bhag. 8, 9.
2. Higher, Mālav. d. 1.
3. Further on.
4. Afterward, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 20.
I. adj. (sing. and without nom. sing.),
1. Each other, mutual, Bhag. 3, 11.
2. One with another, MBh. 12, 2420 (nom. pl.).
II. ram, adv.
1. Each other, mutually, Man. 9, 62.
2. To one after another, Bhāg. P. 1, 8, 9.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Prowess, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 498.
2. Exertion, Rām. 6, 37, 49.
3. Strength, valour, Man. 7, 11.
4. Power, Rām. 1, 75, 17.
1. Turned away, Suśr. 1, 100, 12.
2. Not minding, MBh. 12, 8159.
3. Being beyond, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 30.
1. Being deprived of, loss (with abl.), MBh. 3, 2565.
2. Losing at play, 2, 2170; at a law-suit, Pañc. 167, 5.
3. Defeat, Man. 7, 199.
4. Conquering, victory, MBh. 1, 5514.
1. Turned away, Bhāg. P. 4, 11, 10.
2. Distant, 5, 5, 31.
1. The condition of being both a genus and a species, Bhāṣāp. 8.
2. Priority and posteriority, 24.
1. Disappearance, Rām. 4, 29, 24.
2. Defeat, Mārk. P. 18, 28.
3. Mortification, humiliation, MBh. 4, 464; Pañc. pr. d. 11.
4. Disregard, Lass. Anth. 43, 9.
1. Defeat, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 9.
2. Humiliation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 146.
1. Pulling, MBh. 7, 1399.
2. Drawing (as a bow), Rām. 1, 76, 17.
3. Injuring, 3, 7, 30.
4. Assailing, MBh. 3, 15060.
5. Consideration, reflexion, MBh. 7, 4188.
6. Knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major, Bhāṣāp. 67.
I. n.
1. Chief, principal, MBh. 1, 1624.
2. with kṛ, To do one's utmost, 6, 3929.
II. adj.
1. Principal, 4, 2269.
2. Adhering (with accus.), Rām. 1, 7, 9.
3. Connected with (gen.), MBh. 7, 8252 (leading to victory).
III. When latter part of a comp. adj. it implies,
1. Wholly occupied with, Man. 4, 10,
2. Intent on, MBh. 3, 2482.
3. Affected by, Nal. 23, 1.
I. m.
1. The ulterior part, MBh. 2, 1864.
2. The other part, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 382.
II. m. and n.
1. The number 100,000,000,000,000,000.
2. Fifty years of Brahman (half his supposed aeon), Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 33.
III. (inexactly), instead of parārdhya, adj. Most excellent, most beautiful, MBh. 4, 2188.
I. adj., f. yā, Most excellent, most beautiful, best, MBh. 1, 6962; with abl. More excellent than, Ragh. 10, 65.
II. n.
1. An infinite number.
2. A maximum.
III. as latter part of comp. adj.
1. Amounting to an infinite number.
2. Amounting at the most to.
I. adj.
1. Far and near, MBh. 12, 8336.
2. Ancestors and descendants, Man. 1, 105.
3. All-comprising, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 15.
4. Every succeeding one, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 36.
II. n. That which is far and near, i. e.
1. The universe, MBh. 1, 23.
2. Totality, Sāv. 6, 34.
1. Dying, Suśr. 1, 114, 15.
2. Dead, MBh. 1, 3835.
parAsu-
tva parāsu + tva, n. Apathy, MBh. 5, 715.
I. adv. Round, all round.
II. prep.
1. with acc. About, against, to, over.
2. with abl. From, out, except, after, Man. 3, 119(?); on account, according.
III. combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives, Round, all round.
IV. compounded with nouns, Round about, full, quite, excessively.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. per, e. g. in per-idoneus (cf. parā).
1. Retinue, dependents, MBh. 10, 274.
2. Preparation, commencement, Kathās. 26, 200.
3. Effort, Utt. Rāmac 125, 2.
4. Judgment, Rājat. 5, 481.
5. A girth, Hariv. 3652.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. With (one's) dependents, Pañc. 81, 22.
I. m. A servant.
II. n.
1. Adoration, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 29.
2. Personal decoration, dressing, painting, or perfuming the body, Kumāras. 4, 19.
3. Preparation, Kathās. 22, 101.
1. Proclaiming.
2. Stating, Chr. 14, 27.
1. Walking for pleasure.
2. Walking round, MBh. 4, 1701.
3. Succession, Man. 3, 214 (see Lois.).
-- Comp. agni-, f. attention to the sacred fire, Man. 2, 67.
1. Vanishing, MBh. 1, 1884.
2. Ceasing, Rām. 2, 17, 36 Gorr.
3. Failure, Man. 9, 59.
4. Ruin, Pañc. iii. d. 229.
and parīkṣit pari/īkṣit, i. e. pari-kṣi + t, m. The name of a king.
1. Moving to and fro, Hariv. 10384.
2. Surrounding, Rām. 5, 50, 14.
3. Being surrounded, Ragh. 12, 66.
-- Comp. khāta-gambhira-parikha, adj., f. khā, possessed of deep-dug meats, Rām. 3, 53, 36.
1. Fatigue, MBh. 13, 2662.
2. Exhaustion, Ṛt. 1, 27.
1. Embracing, Pañc. iv. d. 7.
2. Putting on, Ragh. 18, 37.
3. Number, Man. 10, 124.
4. Seizing, Ragh. 9, 46; taking, Utt. Rāmac. 67, 1.
5. Selecting, Mālav. 14, 23.
6. Accepting, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 4.
7. Possession, Rām. 5, 43, 6.
8. Property, MBh. 3, 13995.
9. Admission, Man. 11, 196.
10. Marrying, marriage, Man. 9, 326.
11. A wife, 9, 42.
12. A husband, Rām. 1, 46, 26 Gorr.
13. Undertaking, committing, Man. 12, 32.
14. Honouring, Rām 2, 70, 20 Gorr.
15. Grace, favour, 4, 23, 5.
16. Dominion, Mārk. P. 53, 8.
17. Claim, Hariv. 7264.
18. Dependents, Yājñ. 3, 57; retinue; family, Pañc. i. d. 175.
19. An abode, Hariv. 8909.
20. Root, origin, MBh. 3, 1292.
-- Comp. duṣparigraha, i. e. dus-pari-grah + a, adj. difficult to be maintained, Pañc. i. d. 77. niṣp°, i. e. nis-, adj. having no property, MBh. 1, 4600.
1. An iron bar for shutting a gate, Suśr. 2, 92, 12.
2. An iron club, or a bludgeon mounted with iron, MBh. 1, 1174.
3. A line of clouds covering partially the rising or setting sun, 5, 4855.
4. The gate of a palace, Rām. 2, 72, 1 Gorr.
5. A proper name.
1. Knowledge, Suśr. 1, 28, 17.
2. Trial, Śāk. 59, 4 (Prākṛ.).
3. Acquaintance, familiarity, Kathās. 9, 9.
4. Accumulation.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Attendance, Bhag. 18, 44.
2. Adoration, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 32.
1. Attendance, homage, MBh. 4, 374.
2. A walking-place, 4, 892.
3. An attendant, 7, 1261.
I. adj. Attending, Rām. 2, 84, 9 Gorr.
II. m. An attendant, a servant, Man. 7, 217.
III. f. rikā, A female servant, Rām. 1, 46, 24 Gorr.
I. adj., f. iṇi.
1. Moveable, MBh. 12, 8070.
2. Attending on, Hariv. 403.
3. Doing homage.
II. m. An attendant, MBh. 1, 6296.
1. A cover, a covering, MBh. 2, 798.
2. Domestic implements, Man. 11, 76.
3. Implements in general, 6, 3.
4. Necessaries for travelling, 8, 405.
5. Retinue, train, Sāv. 3, 16.
6. When latter part of a comp. adj. it implies often, Provided with, Bhāg. P. 7, 7, 5.
-- Comp. agni-, m. the implements uses. in oblations to fire, Man. 6, 4. sa-, adj. with, or attended by, a retinue, Rām. 2, 36, 24.
1. Separation.
2. Exact discrimination, Kām. Nītis. 11, 33.
3. Determination.
4. Decision, Śāk. d. 106.
5. A chapter (of a book).
-- Comp. bhāṣā-, m. title of a philosophical work; definition of (the categories of) speech.
1. Surrounding company, court attendants, Rām. 2, 77, 14 Gorr.
2. A servant, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 731.
1. Transmutation, Pañc. 97, 13.
2. Ripening, Megh. 24.
3. Consequence, effect, Kathās. 22, 82.
4. End, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 343.
1. Transformation, change, Prab. 27, 12.
2. Digestion, Suśr. 1, 245, 10.
3. Consequence, Vikr. 65, 20.
4. Termination, end, Śāk. d. 3.
1. A guide, Rām. 2, 64, 4.
2. A husband, Śiś. 9, 73.
and parīṇāha pari/īṇāha, i. e. pari-nah + a, m.
1. Circumference, MBh. 6, 276.
2. Width, Śāk. d. 18.
3. Breadth, Yājñ. 2, 167.
1. Big, large, Hariv. 12174.
2. Having the circumference of, e. g. mattebhakumbha-, i. e. matta-ibha-kumbha-pariṇāha + in, Having the circumference of the globes of an elephant in rut, Pañc. i. d. 224.
I. adv. All around, Ṛt. 2, 7; from every part, in every direction.
II. prep. with acc. and gen., Round, MBh. 4, 11.
and parītāpa pari/ītāpa, i. e. pari-tap + a, m.
1. Heat, warmth, Ṛt. 1, 22.
2. Sorrow, pain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 196.
1. Causing much pain or sorrow, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 263.
2. Very hot, Kām. Nītis. 7, 34.
and parītoṣa pari/ītoṣa, i. e. pari-tuṣ + a, m. Satisfaction, Man. 4, 161; gratification, pleasure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 856.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. ṣā, not satisfied. sa-paritoṣa + m, adv. very pleased.
I. adj. Satisfying, who or what satisfies, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 35.
II. n. Satisfying, 4, 30, 40.
i. e. paritoṣa + in, adj., f. iṇī, Satisfied, Kathās. 17, 161.
1. Abandoning, Nal. 10, 10.
2. Repudiation, Chr. 7, 12.
3. Neglect, Chr. 22, 25.
4. Resigning, Mṛcch. 166, 11.
5. Sacrifice, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 364.
1. Abandoning, Rām. 1, 79, 32 Gorr.
2. Resigning, Bhag. 12, 17.
1. Protection, Man. 8, 349.
2. Defence, MBh. 1, 1012.
3. Shelter, 7, 2526.
4. Abstaining from, MBh. 13, 6227.
and parīdāha pari/īdāha, i. e. pari-dah + a, m.
1. Burning, Suśr. 1, 38, 14.
2. Pain, sorrow, MBh. 12, 10511.
and parīdhāna pari/īdhāna, i. e. pari-dhā + ana, n.
1. Putting on, dressing, Pañc. 226, 16.
2. A garment, Pañc. v. d. 21.
3. A lower garment, Nal. 9, 314.
1. That by which something is bordered, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 3 (the ocean).
2. An anthelia, a halo, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 8.
3. The horizon, 8, 15, 10.
4. Circumference.
5. Pieces of fresh wood, surrounding the sacrificial fire, MBh. 5, 4795.
6. A proper name.
1. Distress, Nal. 10, 9.
2. Failure, Hit. ii. d. 118.
3. Loss of caste, Man. 10, 61.
i. e. pari-niṣṭhā (see niṣṭha), f.
1. Complete accomplishment, MBh. 3, 2815.
2. Complete knowledge, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 6.
1. Fully baked.
2. Quite ripe, MBh. 5, 4220.
3. Decaying, Suśr. 1, 44, 20.
and parīpāka pari/īpāka, i. e. pari-pac + a, m.
1. Becoming fully cooked.
2. Digestion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 13.
3. Ripening, Śiś. 4, 48.
4. Consequence, effect, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1429.
5. Experience, Naiṣ. 5, 20.
-- Comp. pṛthivī-, m. a king, a prince, Mārk. P. 67, 5.
1. Nurture, Man. 9, 27.
2. Protection, Rājat. 5, 481.
3. Maintaining, keeping, Rām. 6, 85, 9.
1. Squeezing out, Suśr. 2, 35, 14.
2. Prejudicing, Kām. Nītis. 14, 55.
I. adj. Running to and fro, Śiś. 14, 68.
II. m.
1. A ship, a boat, Rām. 1, 45, 13 Gorr.
2. A proper name.
1. A suitable attire, trim, retinue, Draup. 1, 7.
2. A suitable furniture, Rām. 2, 83, 26.
1. Adoration, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 27.
2. Trim, attire, MBh. 12, 7005.
1. Prosperity, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 7.
2. Supplement, Man. 12, 109.
1. Disrespect, humiliation, contumely, MBh. 3, 1520.
2. Disregard, MBh. 13, 3864.
I. n. Union, MBh. 12, 7145 (a is lengthened on account of the metre).
II. f. nā, Thought, Utt. Rāmac. 95, 4.
I. adj. Speaking much, Rām. 5, 93, 6.
II. n. Reproof, Man. 9, 283.
1. Speech, MBh. 13, 7417.
2. A general maxim.
1. One who uses another's goods without his leave, Man. 2, 201.
2. One who enjoys.
1. Turning, revolving (as of wheels), Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 6.
2. Circumference.
I. n. Circumference, MBh. 12, 7696.
II. adj., f. lā, Round, circular, globular, MBh. 6, 188.
III. m. A poisonous kind of guat.
1. adj. Very faint, Śiś. 9, 3.
2. adv. Very little, 9, 27.
1. Wearing out. MBh. 12, 2185.
2. Destruction, 2, 1030.
1. Fragrance, Bhartṛ. 1, 33.
2. A fragrant substance, Panc. 47, 8.
3. Sexual intercourse, Kir. 10, 1.
and parīmāṇa pari/īmāṇa, i. e. pari-mā + ana, n.
1. Circumference, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 461.
2. Measure, Hariv. 1033.
3. Weight, Pañc. ii. d. 84.
4. Length of time, MBh. 3, 1407.
5. Number, MBh. 11, 763.
1. Setting free, Rām. 1, 45, 9 Gorr.
2. Evacuation, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 8.
3. Escaping, MBh. 9, 3192.
1. Liberation, Mṛcch. 67, 19.
2. Deliverance from (gen.), MBh. 12, 4846.
I. m. and f. ṇī, A protector, Hariv. 3272.
II. n.
1. Guarding, Man. 7, 2.
2. Maintaining, Rājat. 4, 283.
3. Preservation, MBh. 2, 673.
-- Comp. a-, n. betraying, 2, 242.
1. Protection, Man. 5, 94.
2. Preservation, 10, 106.
1. A guardian, MBh. 12, 1138.
2. A protector, 4, 2274.
2. A year, MBh. 1, 3202.
1. Careful abstaining from, Man. 5, 54.
2. Avoiding, Rām. 6, 8, 14.
and parīvarta pari/īvarta, i. e. pari-vṛt + a, m.
1. Turning, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 13.
2. Revolution, Śāk. d. 139; the end of a period.
3. Destruction of the world, Rām. 2, 76, 8.
4. Palingenesia, transmigration, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 39.
5. Exchange, barter, Hariv. 3331.
6. An abode, Hariv. 3401.
7. A proper name.
I. adj.
1. Causing to revolve, MBh. 3, 13105.
2. Causing to flow back, Kathās. 46, 143.
II. m. A proper name.
I. adj., f. nī, Causing to turn, Kathās. 46, 118.
II. n.
1. Turning.
2. Moving to and fro, Pañc. 188, 10.
3. Revolution, the end of a period, MBh. 1, 1254.
4. Exchange, barter, Kathās. 12, 50.
1. Turning.
2. Revolving, ever renewing one's self, Bhartṛ. 2, 24.
3. Standing, abiding, being, Rām. 6, 97, 11.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Never showing the heels, Chr. 7, 13.
and parīvāda pari/īvāda, i. e. pari-vad + a, m. Detraction, censure, Man. 2, 179; 201; 7, 47.
I. adj., f. nī, Slandering, blaming, MBh. 7, 2592.
II. f. nī, A vīṇā or lute with seven strings, Ragh. 8, 35.
1. A cover, MBh. 8, 1474.
2. Retinue, Pañc. 12, 20 (figur.); Daśak, in Chr. 182, 20.
1. A cover, MBh. 5, 2937.
2. Retinue, 1435.
3. Keeping off, 9, 3192.
and parīvāha pari/īvāha, i. e. pari-vah + a, m.
1. Overflowing, Ragh. 8, 73.
2. A water-course, or a drain to carry off excess of water, Rām. 2, 80, 11; Utt. Rāmac. 73, 5 (rī).
-- Comp. sa-, adj. brimfull, Śāk. 29, 5 (Prākṛ.).
-- Comp. māṃsa-, m. a fleshmonger.
1. Exchange, barter; instr. Alternately, Bhāg. P. 4, 27, 14.
2. Dwelling, MBh. 14, 525.
I. pari-vid + ana, The marrying of a younger brother before his elder, Man. 11, 60.
II. pari-vedana, Complete knowledge, MBh. 14, 418.
1. Surrounding; kṛtāṅgarakṣā-, Surrounded by a body-guard, Pañc. 258, 6.
2. A circle, Ragh. 5, 74.
3. A halo, 11, 59.
1. Serving up dinner.
2. Circumference, MBh. 14, 1234.
3. A halo.
1. A cover, MBh. 4, 1319.
2. A bandage.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with the condiments, Man. 7, 127.
1. Strolling, Man. 10, 152.
2. Religious wandering.
1. Fearing.
2. Being fearful on account of, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 2.
1. Frequent touch, Gīt. 1, 27.
2. Study.
1. Becoming quite pure, Utt. Rāmac. 99, 10.
2. Proving innocent, Kathās. 5, 98.
1. Remains.
2. Supplement, MBh. 12, 11739.
and pariśrāma pariśra/āma, i. e. pari-śram + a, m.
1. Fatigue, Sāv. 4, 21.
2. Exertion, Ragh. 19, 15.
1. Sprinkling, pouring over water.
2. A bath.
1. Sprinkling, pouring over water.
2. Water for watering trees, MBh. 12, 9116.
1. Adorning, Lass. Anth. 94, 14.
2. Ornament.
1. Adorning.
2. Attention to, Man. 2, 67 (ed. Calc.).
1. Embrace, Pañc. ii. d. 61; Vikr. 71, 5.
2. Touch.
1. Full number, totality, Man. 1, 72.
2. Number.
3. Full enumeration (leaving nothing unsaid).
1. = the preceding 1, 2, 3.
2. Just examination, Yājñ. 3, 158.
I. adj. Encompassing, Megh. 68,
II. m.
1. Border, Pañc. 25, 3.
2. Proximity, Vikr. d. 119.
3. Standing-place, Suśr. 2, 166, 21.
-- Comp. godāvarī-, adj. being near the Godāvarī, Utt. Rāmac. 56, 2.
1. Creeping, Mṛcch. 46, 13.
2. Walking about.
3. Running to and fro, Mṛcch. 15, 20.
1. Performing.
2. Settling, Man. 8, 188.
1. A layer.
2. A cover(?), MBh. 5, 5246.
1. Motion, Bhāṣāp. 122.
2. Attention to, MBh. 13, 6438.
1. A river, a torrent, MBh. 7, 6437.
2. Birth (of a child), Rām. 1, 38, 26 (erroneously pariśrava).
and parīhāra pari/īhāra, i. e. pari-hṛ + a, m.
1. Avoiding, MBh. 12, 848.
2. Escaping, Hariv. 577.
3. Abandoning, Vikr. 32, 15.
4. Removing.
5. Reserve, MBh. 13, 5116.
6. Concealment, Śāk. 39, 9 (ed. Will.).
7. Leaving out.
8. Largess, Man. 7, 201.
9. A space round a town or village left for pasture, Man. 8, 237.
and parīhāsa pari/īhāsa, i. e. pari-has + a, m.
1. Jest, Vikr. 13, 1; pleasantry, Nal. 11, 8.
2. Deriding, mocking, Pañc. iii. d. 261.
-- Comp. niṣparīkṣa, i. e. nis-, adj. not examining.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Knotty, huge, Vikr. d. 142.
2. Variegated, spotted.
3. Soiled, Rām. 2, 71, 34.
4. Rough, rugged, Rājat. 4, 308.
5. Harsh, MBh. 1, 7090.
6. Severe, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1314.
7. Coarse, Yājñ. 1, 309.
-- Comp. tri-, m. a surname of Viṣṇu.
I. adj., f. ṣā.
1. Being beyond sight, invisible, imperceptible, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 12.
2. Unknown, strange, Śāk. 108, 17.
II. kṣam, acc. and loc. kṣe,
1. In one's absence, Man. 2, 199.
2. Imperceptibly, Pañc. 46, 7.
3. Surreptitiously, 112, 22.
III. m. A proper name.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. not imperceptible, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 24 (although not [quite] imperceptible, [nevertheless] perceivable only by one's self).
II. kṣam, adv. in one's view. Hence the denominative aparokṣaya, to make visible, MBh. 1, 781.
1. A rainthreatening cloud, Ragh. 17, 15.
2. Rain, Bhag. 3, 14.
3. The deity of rain.
† parṇ, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from parṇa), Par. To be green.
I. n.
1. A wing.
2. A feather, MBh. 1, 1517.
3. A leaf, Nal. 16, 12.
II. m. A tree, Butea frondosa Roxb.
III. f. ṇī, An aquatic plant, Pistia stratiotes Lin.
-- Comp. aśva-, adj. having horses serving for wings, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 88, 1. ṛtu-, m. a proper name, Nal. 8, 25. tāmra-parṇī, f. 1. the name of a river. 2. the name of a town in Ceylon. śrī-,
I. n. 1. a lotus. 2. a tree, Premna spinosa.
II. f. ṇī, the name of several plants. saptap°, i. e. saptan-,
I. adj. seven-leaved.
II. m. a tree, Alstonia scholaris, Lass. Anth. 25, 14.
III. n. a sort of sweetmeat. su-,
I. m. 1. Garuḍa. 2. a cock.
II. f. ṇā and ṇī, 1. a number of lotusses. 2. the mother of Garuḍa. tri-su-, adj. conversant with hymns called trisuparṇa, Man. 3, 185. sūpa-, f. ṇī, a sort of bean.
-- Cf. O.H.G. farn; A.S. fearn; perhaps [greek]
I. m. A tree, MBh. 12, 5858.
II. f. inī.
1. A certain plant.
2. The name of an Apsaras.
† pard, i. 1, Ātm. To fart.
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. ferzan.
† parb, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A couch-bed, a bed, Pañc. i. d. 190.
2. Sitting on one's legs in the oriental manner, Kumāras. 3, 45.
I. m.
1. A boundary, MBh. 13, 5225.
2. A skirt, Rām. 3, 55, 11.
3. A border, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 17.
4. End, Pañc. i. d. 141.
II. adj., f. tā, Surrounded by (its) boundary, Hariv. 9151 (with its last limits, viz. the earth.)
-- Comp. a-, and niṣparyanta, i. e. nis-, adj., f. tā, unbounded, boundless.
1. Expiration (of a period), Man. 11, 27.
2. Loss (of time), Rām. 1, 24, 11.
3. Change, Man. 1, 30.
4. Confounding, MBh. 12, 449.
1. Sufficiency, enough, Kathās. 26, 199.
2. Dexterity, Kathās. 26, 47.
1. Expiration (of time), Hariv. 4791.
2. Change, MBh. 6, 3745.
3. Regular order, return, 4, 612.
4. Repetition, Hariv. 9647.
5. Succession, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1424.
6. Turn, MBh. 13, 4755.
7. Manner.
8. A synonyme, Pañc. ii. d. 107.
9. yeṇa, instr. Alternately.
1. Periodically.
2. Seriatim, MBh. 13, 4755.
† parv, i. 1, Par. To fill.
-- Cf. pṛ10.
I. m. The name of a demon.
II. f. ṇī.
1. The periodical change of the moon, MBh. 13, 6061.
2. A disease of the eye.
-- Comp. karma-parvaṇī, i. e. karman-, adj., f. holding the links of (the chain) of works, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 24.
1. A mountain, Megh. 23.
2. A proper name.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a volcano. amara-, and indra-, m. names of mountains. uttara-, m. the northern ridge of mountains. jambu-, m. = jambu
2. varṣa-, m. A mountainous range supposed to separate the Varṣas, or divisions of the globe, from each other.
-- Comp. a-, adj. situated in a plain, Rām. 4, 44, 106.
1. A knot, a joint in a cane or plant in general, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 413.
2. A joint of the body, Śāk. d. 80.
3. A limb, Vikr. d. 112.
4. A section, a division, especially of a book, MBh. i. ii. etc.
5. The days of the four periodic changes of the moon, particularly the days of conjunction and opposition, Man. 3, 45.
6. The sacrifice performed at these days.
7. A festival.
-- Comp. a-, n. a day which is not parvan (see
5 and
7) su-, m. 1. a bamboo. 2. an arrow. 3. =
5 and
7. 4. a deity. 5. smoke.
† parṣ, or varṣ varṣ, sparṣ sparṣ, i. 1, Ātm. To grow wet.
† pal, i. 1, Par. To go, to move. i. 10, pālaya, see 2. pā.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pello (both Caus.); O.H.G. fallan; A.S. feallan.
1. A weight = 4 karṣas, Man. 8, 135.
2. Flesh, Yājñ. 3, 215.
-- Comp. daśa(n)-, n. ten palas.
1. Pounded sesamum, Hariv. 7362.
2. Mire, mud, Rām. 5, 87, 26.
I. m. and n.
1. Straw, Man. 5, 122.
2. The stalk of Sorghum.
II. f. lā, A proper name.
I. n.
1. A leaf.
2. Foliage, MBh. 3, 1400.
II. m. A tree bearing red blossoms, Butea frondosa.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. śā, together with a Butea frondosa.
I. adj., f. nī, Leafy, MBh. 1, 1775.
II. m. The name of a town.
III. f. nī, The name of a river.
I. adj., f. iknī (and tā), Grey, MBh. 7, 5089.
II. n. Grey hair, Man. 6, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pullus, pallidus. pallere; O.H.G. falw; A.S. fealo, falu, fealwe, falewe.
1. To tan.
2. To cleanse.
† palyūl, and † palyul palyul, † valyūl valyūl, † valyul valyul, i. 10, Par.
1. To purify.
2. To cut.
† pall, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
1. m. and n. A sprout, a shoot, Śāk. d. 34.
2. m. pl. The name of a people.
3. The red dye of lac; cf. pallavita.
-- Comp. aṃśuka-, m. and. n. a scarf. kara- and pāṇi-, m. and n. the fingers. sa-, adj. together with shoots, Ṛt. 6, 16.
1. To get new shoots, Häberl. Anth. 233, 6.
2. To extend, Gīt. 1, 4.
1. Having young shoots, Kumāras. 3, 54.
2. Possessing the red dye of lac, Vikr. d. 141 (prabhā-, having its own radiance instead of the red dye).
-- Cf. Lat. palus, [greek] perhaps A.S. pol, pool.
† pav, i. 1, Ātm. To go (v. r.).
I. m.
1. Wind, air, Śāk. d. 55.
2. A potter's kiln, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 117.
3. A proper name.
II. m. (or n.) The sacred fire.
-- Comp. danta-, n. A small piece of wood for cleaning the teeth with.
1. Wind, Ragh. 8, 9.
2. Agni, the deified fire.
3. The moon.
1. The iron band of a wheel (ved.).
2. The thunderbolt of Indra, Śatr. 14, 219. Perhaps akin to Lat. pavire puvire; [greek]
I. n.
1. A means of purifying, Man. 11, 85.
2. Sacrificial grass, Man. 2, 75.
3. Prayer, Man. 11, 225.
II. m. pl. The name of a class of deities.
III. f. trā, The name of a river.
IV. adj., f. trā.
1. Purifying, Rām. 1, 1, 94.
2. Pure, Man. 3, 235.
-- Comp. a-, adj. Impure, Pañc. 169, 17.
I. n. The vessel in which an Argha or oblation is presented(?), Yājñ. 1, 250.
II. As latter part of comp. adj., a substitute for pavitra.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. Containing sacrificial grass, Yājñ. 1, 230.
1. Purifying, MBh. 1, 1543.
2. Pure.
-- With the prep. ava ava, ptcple. of the pf. pass. avapāśita, Bound, Rām. 3, 59, 18; cf. dṛś, and spaś.
-- Cf. probably Goth. fahan; A.S. fón with feng; O.H.G. fahan with fang, fogjan; A.S. fegan; Goth. fahjan; O.H.G. gafagjan; A.S. ge-fegan; Lat. pac in paciscor, dispesco for dis-pec + sco, compesco.
1. Fit for cattle.
2. Brutish, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 42, with kāma, sexual intercourse.
1. Cattle (viz. neatcattle, horses, goats, sheep, asses, and dogs), Man. 10, 48.
2. A beast, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 304.
3. An animal to be immolated, Rām. 1, 61, 8.
-- Comp. ghṛta-, m. the image of a beast formed with clarified butter, Man. 5, 37. deva-, m. cattle consecrated to a deity. nara-, and puruṣa-, m. a beast-like man. nṛ-, m. a man destinated to be immolated. piṣṭa- (vb. piṣ), m. the image of a beast formed with dough, Man. 5, 37.
-- Cf. Goth. faihu; A.S. feoh; Lat. pecus, pecoris and pecudis; probably also [greek]
1. The condition of cattle, Man. 3, 104.
2. The condition of an animal destined to be immolated.
1. Bestiality, Prab. 59, 11.
2. The condition of an animal destined to be immolated.
1. Abounding in cattle, MBh. 2, 798.
2. Possessing many flocks, 4, 1162.
I. adv.
1. Behind, Man. 2, 196.
2. From behind, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1235.
3. After, afterwards, Man. 8, 164.
4. Backwards, Yājñ. 2, 299.
5. Westward, Megh. 16.
II. prep. with gen. and abl. After, Man. 3, 116.
-- Cf. probably Lat. postid-ea, post; akin is also pone for pos-ne, perhaps [greek]
1. Hinder, last; with saṃdhyā, The evening twilight, Man. 2, 101; with kriyā, Obsequies.
2. Western, west, Man. 2, 22.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. last. 2. extreme. dakṣiṇa-, adj. south-western.
† paṣ, i. 1, Par. Ātm., v. r. of spaś, q. cf. i. 10, paṣaya, Par.
1. To bind.
2. To hinder.
3. To touch.
4. To go (v. r. paś). i. 10, pāṣaya, Par. To bind (v. r.).
† pas, i. 1, Par. Ātm. v. r. of spaś, q. cf. i. 10, Par. pāsaya, To bind (v. r.)
1. pā, i. 1, base of the pres. piba, piva, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm.),
1. To drink, Man. 4, 63.
2. with rajas, To quaff dust, Man. 11, 110.
3. To enjoy, e. g. with cakṣuṣā, Megh. 16.
4. (figuratively) To swallow up, Pañc. iii. d. 233. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., pīta,
1. Drunk.
2. Enjoyed.
3. Swallowed up, squandered away, Rājat. 5, 421.
4. Having drunk, Kathās. 39, 57.
5. Filled. Ptcple. of the fut. pass., peya, Drinkable.
I. n. Drink, beverage, Pañc. 47, 8 (at the end of a comp. adj., nānā-prakāra-vastra-puṣpa-bhakṣya-peya, Accompanied by garments, flowers, food, and drink of different kinds).
II. f. yā, Rice gruel. pānīya, Drinkable. n.
1. Beverage.
2. Water, Man. 8, 326. Comp. a-, adj. not drinkable. Caus. pāyaya, To cause to drink, MBh. 1, 192. Desider. pipāsa, To desire to drink, MBh. 7, 705. Ptcple. of the pf. pass., pipāsita, Thirsty, 3, 17247. Frequentat. pepīya,
1. To drink repeatedly or greedily.
2. To be drunk greedily (pass., probably to be corrected to pepīyya). Bhāg. P. 5, 8, 1; Hariv. 8798.
-- With the prep. ati ati, Caus. To cause to drink plenty of (acc.).
-- With anu anu,
1. To drink after or afterwards, Ragh. 8, 67.
2. To drink of, Rām. 2, 104, 5 Gorr.
-- With abhi abhi, To drink of.
-- With ā ā,
1. To drink up, Rām. 3, 55, 9.
2. To drink.
3. To imbibe (figuratively) with one's ears, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 49. Caus. To cause to imbibe, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 12.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To imbibe, Kām. Nīt. 12, 48.
2. To press, to impoverish, MBh. 12, 3307.
-- With ni ni,
1. To sip in, Rām. 2, 95, 18.
2. To drink.
3. To absorb, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 6. Caus. To cause to sip in, Bhāg. P. 8, 2, 25.
-- With nis nis, niṣpīta, Dried up, Rām. 2, 62, 17 Gorr.
-- With pari pari, To drink up, Ṛt. 3, 6. paripīta, Imbibed.
-- With pra pra,
1. To begin to drink.
2. To drink.
3. To enjoy, Rām. 2, 45, 5.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To cause to drink, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 26.
-- Cf. Lat. bibo, potare, poculum, etc.; [greek] (cf. pinv), [greek]
2. pā, ii. 2, Par.
1. To guard, MBh. 14, 514.
2. To preserve, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 15.
3. To beware of (with abl.), MBh. 1, 3417.
4. To govern. Caus. and pal, pāl, i. 10, pālaya (properly, a denomin. derived from pāla),
1. To protect, Rām. 1, 45, 29.
2. To guard as guardian, Rājat. 5, 227.
3. To cherish, Māl. 48, 19.
4. To govern, Pañc. i. d. 253. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. nidhi-pālita, m. A proper name. vasu-, m. A proper name.
-- With the prep. anu anu, Caus.
1. To cause to be guarded, Man. 8, 27.
2. To observe, MBh. 2, 2509; to maintain, Hariv. 3762.
-- With samanu sam-anu, Caus.
1. To observe, MBh. 12, 476.
2. To keep, Rām. 2, 26, 27.
-- With abhi abhi, Caus. To assist, MBh. 3, 8472.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, Caus. To govern, Hariv. 5233.
-- With ni ni, To protect, Rām. 5, 81, 22. Caus. To govern, Rām. 1, 6, 29 Gorr.
-- With pari pari,
1. To protect, MBh. 1, 8413.
2. To maintain, Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 36. Caus.
1. To protect, to guard, to govern.
2. To maintain, to keep, Chr. 3, 5.
3. To expect, to wait, Rām. 2, 70, 13.
-- With pra pra, To beware of (with abl.), Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 17. Caus. To protect.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
1. To protect, MBh. 1, 4080.
2. To maintain, to observe, 1, 3521.
3. To expect, to wait, Śāk. 9, 4.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, Caus. To wait.
-- With sam sam,
1. Caus. To protect, MBh. 12, 2667.
2. To maintain, to keep, MBh. 3, 15249.
3. To overcome, MBh. 4, 2321. 2. pā is akin to 1. pā; the link between the signification To drink and To protect is formed by the signification To nourish.
-- Cf. [greek] akin is also [greek] Goth. fodjan; A.S. foda; Lat. pasco, pabulum; [greek]
1. Dust, Man. 4, 102.
2. A particle of dust, Man. 4, 168.
1. Dusty, covered with dust, Rām. 2, 43, 30 Gorr.
2. Disgraced, Śāk. d. 125.
3. Disgracing(?), Rām. 5, 88, 13.
-- Comp. vana-, m. a hunter.
1. Cooking, baking, MBh. 3, 15551.
2. Food, Man. 3, 104.
3. Burning (as pots, bricks), 5, 122.
4. Digestion.
5. Ripening, maturing, Vikr. d. 90.
6. The appearance of the consequences, e. g. of an action, Pañc. 129, 13.
7. Fulfilling, accomplishment.
8. Inflammation.
9. The name of a demon.
-- Comp. karma(n)-, m. the requital for actions done in a former existence, Pañc. i. d. 417. kiṃpāka, i. e. kim-, m. a kind of cucumber; n. its fruit. kumbhī-, m. sing. and pl. the name of a hell in which the wicked are baked like potters' vessels, Man. 12, 76. punaḥpāka, i. e. punar-, m. repeated burning. puras-, adj. of which the fulfilment is imminent on. havya- (vb. hu), m. 1. an oblation dressed for the gods. 2. the vessel it is prepared in.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not produced by maturing.
9).
-- Comp. a-, adj. inadmissible into society, Man. 3, 170.
I. adj., f. cikā.
1. Cooking, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1787.
2. Effecting digestion.
II. m., f. cikā, A cook.
I. adj. Digestive.
II. n.
1. A warm cataplasm.
2. A digestive.
1. Kṛṣṇa's conch, Bhag. 1, 15.
2. The name of a part of Jambu-dvīpa.
I. adj. Observed in Pañcanada, i. e. the Panjab.
II. m.
1. A prince of Pañcanada.
2. pl. The inhabitants of Pañcanada.
I. adj., f. li, Belonging to, referring to, ruling over, etc., the Pañcālas.
II. m. pl. The Pañcālas.
III. f. lī, A surname of Draupadī.
I. adj. Belonging to the Pañcālas.
II. m. A prince of the Pañcālas, Johns. Sel. 5, 26.
1. Ripping up, slitting up, Mārk. P. 14, 88.
2. Opening, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1405.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Of a pale red colour, Ragh. 7, 24.
2. Pallid, Śāk. d. 182.
II. m.
1. Pale red, rose colour, Ragh. 4, 68.
2. A kind of rice ripening in the rains.
3. A proper name.
4. The tree of trumpet flower, Bignonia suaveolens.
III. f. lā, The tree and its flower.
IV. n. Its flower, Pañc. i. d. 152.
-- Comp. satā-pāṭala, m. the red mane of a lion, Rājat. 5, 332.
I. m. and f., and pāṭalī pāṭalī, f.
1. Trumpet flower, Bignonia suaveolens.
II. pāṭalī, f.
1. The name of a tree.
2. A proper name.
1. Ṣarpness, energy.
2. Cleverness, dexterity, Hit. pr. d. 2.
3. Quickness, precipitation, Kathās. 5, 89.
1. Reading, recital, Kathās. 2, 36.
2. A text.
-- Comp. vandipāṭha, i. e. vandin-, m. a panegyric, an eulogium.
1. A student, one who is conversant with a science, Pañc. 165, 2.
2. A preceptor.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. one who has applied himself most assiduously to the Dharmaśāstra, Man. 12, 111. nakṣatra-, m. an astrologer, Cāṇ. 88 in Berl. Monatsb. madana-, m. the Indian cuckoo. stuti-, m. a panegyrist, a herald.
1. Having studied, MBh. 5, 1668.
2. Conversant with.
-- Comp. a-rikta- (vb. ric), adj. not emptyhanded. cakra-, m. a name of Viṣṇu (holding a discus in one hand). daṇḍa-, m. 1. a name of Yama. 2. a proper name. dhanuṣpāṇi, i. e. dhanus-, adj. armed with a bow. rathāṅga, i. e. ratha-aṅga- (= cakra), m. a name of Viṣṇu. vajra-, m. Indra. śārṅga-, m. Viṣṇu, Megh. 109.
I. m. A proper name.
II. f. kā, A kind of singing.
I. adj. Nuptial, Man. 8, 226.
II. n. A nuptial present, MBh. 1, 8015.
I. Wearing a lance, MBh. 3, 1622.
II. m. pl. The name of a tribe.
I. adj., f. rā, Pale, yellowish, white, Rām. 3, 2. 17 Gorr.
II. m.
1. The name of a mountain.
2. The name of a Nāga or serpent.
I. patronym. A descendant of Pāṇḍu, viz. Yudhiṣṭhira and his four brothers.
II. m. A partisan of the five Pāṇḍavas.
III. adj., f. vī, Belonging to, connected with, the five Pāṇḍavas, MBh. 6, 3303.
I. patronym. A descendant of Pāṇḍu.
II. m. A partisan of the Pāṇḍavas.
III. adj. Belonging to, connected with, the five Pāṇḍavas(?), MBh. 8, 1634.
1. Scholarship, learning, MBh. 5, 917.
2. Wisdom, prudence, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1735.
I. adj. Pale, white, yellowish white, Śāk. d. 80.
II. m. The name of a sovereign, father of Yudhiṣṭhira, and the other four Pāṇḍavas.
-- Comp. puṣpa-, m. a kind of snake. vi-, adj. pale, Śic. 9, 3.
I. adj., f. rā, Of a yellowish white colour, white, pale, Bhāg. P. 8, 8, 8.
II. m. a proper name.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. a little pale, Amar. 89. vi-, adj. pale.
1. pl. The name of a people and its country.
2. A prince of the Pāṇḍyas.
3. The name of a mountain.
1. Flying, MBh. 8, 1898.
2. Manner of flying, 3, 10646.
3. Throwing one's self, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
4. Falling.
5. A cast.
6. A stroke. khaḍga-, A stroke with the sword, Kathās. 27, 50.
7. Case, Lass. 43, 3.
-- Comp. asṛkpāta, i. e. asṛj-, m. drops of blood, Man. 8, 44. kūla-, m. falling from the bank (of a river), Rām. 2, 103, 4. garbha-, m. miscarriage. caraṇa-, m. 1. laying one's self at another's feet, Pañc. 113, 2. 2. a kick, Hariv. 13607. dūra-,
I. m. flying far.
II. adj. shooting from afar. dṛkpāta, i. e. dṛś-, and dṛṣṭi-, m. a glance. dhārā-, m. a shower. pakṣa-, m. 1. siding with somebody, MBh. 1, 5347. 2. partiality, Bhartṛ. 1, 54. vi-pakṣa-, m. indifference. mahā-, adj. falling with great force (as an arrow). vartma(n)-, m. aberration. vāṇa-, m. an arrow-shot, as a measure of distance, Chr. 27, 12. vilocana-, m. a glance.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. offending, or an offender, in the highest degree, Man. 9, 235.
I. adj. nī, Cutting down, MBh. 1, 6560.
II. n. Causing to fall, Man. 5, 130; with daṇḍasya, Chastising, Man. 7, 51; with garbhasya, Causing a miscarriage.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, n. chastising. dūra-, n. throwing missiles from afar.
1. One of the seven hells, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 3.
2. The regions under the earth, and the abode of the Nāgas or serpents.
1. Flying, MBh. 8, 1911.
2. Falling, Kathās. 19, 29.
3. Causing to fall.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. fallen on a sudden, MBh. 1, 3032. daṇḍa-, adj. inflicting punishment. dūra-, adj. 1. flying far. 2. making wide ways. 3. Throwing missiles over a great distance. dūra-iṣu-, adj. shooting arrows over large distances. pakṣa-, adj. siding with, partial, Mālav. 13, 17. pṛṣṭha-, adj. following, Rājat. 6, 70.
1. One who drinks, MBh. 10, 287.
2. A protector, Hariv. 14617.
-- Cf. Lat. potor, [greek]
I. n.
1. A vessel in general, a plate, a cup, etc., Man. 5, 116.
2. A receptacle, Kām. Nītis. 5, 90.
3. The bed of a river, Rām. 2, 73, 2 Gorr.
4. A person worthy of receiving gifts, Bhartṛ. 2, 80.
5. A king's counsellor or minister, Rājat. 5, 304.
6. The persons of a drama, Vikr. 3, 9.
II. f. trī.
1. A vessel, a plate, MBh. 1, 7215.
2. A name of Durgā.
-- Comp. a-, n. a person not worthy of receiving gifts, Bhag. 17, 22. uda(n)-, n. a pot of water. upakrośa-, n. an object of blame, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 22. tāmra-, n. a copper vessel. dāru-, n. a wooden bowl. dūra-, adj. having a wide bed (as a river). dhūpa-, n. a box for keeping incense. piṇḍa-, n. 1. the vessel in which cakes are offered to the Manes. 2. alms (properly, the pot for receiving food). pūrṇa-, m. and n. 1. a full cup. 2. a measure of 256 handfulls of rice. prasāda-, n. an object of favour. yāna-, n. a ship, a boat, Pañc. 262, 3. viśvāsa-, n. a confidential agent. su-, n. 1. an earthen vessel. 2. a very fit or respectable person.
-- Cf. Goth. fodr; perhaps Lat. patera.
1. Condition of being a receptacle, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1249.
2. Condition of being worthy, Yājñ. 1, 200; Hit. pr. d. 6, M.M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without provisions for a journey.
1. A foot.
2. The bottom (of a bag), Man. 2, 99.
3. The foot of a mountain, Megh. 19.
4. A hill at the foot of a mountain, Śāk. d. 145.
5. The root of a tree.
6. A ray, a beam, Pañc. i. d. 372.
7. A quarter, Man. 8, 18.
8. The fourth part of a śloka or strophe, Man. 2, 77.
9. The quadrant of a circle.
-- Comp. adhaḥpāda, i. e. adhas-, m. the sole of the feet, Pañc. 165, 16. aṣṭa(n)-, adj. having eight feet. eka-,
I. adj., f. dā. 1. one-footed. 2. using only one foot.
II. m. the name of a fabulous people. guru-, m. the feet of a guru, i. e. of the parents or of the spiritual teacher, instead of guru, Bhartṛ. 2, 55. candra-, m. a moonbeam. jala- (rather jāla-), m. a proper name. jāla-, see s. v. deva-, m. pl. the feet of a king, instead of a king, Panc. 16, 6. dvi-, adj., f. dī, biped. rakta-, m. a parrot. śīrṇa-, m. Yama (having shrivelled feet in consequence of a curse of his mother; cf. probably the devil with his horse's foot). sthūla-, m. an elephant. haṃsa-,
I. m. vermilion.
II. f. dī, a particular shrub.
-- Cf. Goth. fotus; A.S. fót.
1. Out of the feet, Man. 1, 31.
2. At the foot (of one's bed), Man. 4, 54.
3. = In the south-west, Man. 3, 89.
4. By degrees (hīna, Each in succession is lower in rank than the preceding), Kām. Nītis. 12, 3.
1. Foot by foot, Man. 1, 82.
2. By a fourth, Man. 1, 83.
I. m. A foot-soldier.
II. n. Foot, infantry, MBh. 12, 3672.
-- Comp. sa-ratha-, adj. with chariots and infantry.
-- Comp. ardha-, adj. Consisting in the loss of half of one foot, 8, 325.
1. Having feet.
2. Entitled to a fourth part or share, Man. 8, 210.
-- Comp. sa-pāduka, adj. With sandals, Rām. 3, 52, 9.
and pādūkṛt pādu/ūkṛt, i. e. pad + u-kṛ + t, m. A shoemaker.
I. adj. Referring or belonging to the feet.
II. n. Water for cleaning the feet, Indr. 3, 2.
1. Drinking, Pañc. 184, 18.
2. Enjoying, Lass. 25, 11.
3. Beverage, Man. 3, 227.
-- Comp. vīra-pāna and -pāṇa, n. the drink of warriors, taken for refreshment or to elevate courage. saha-, n. drinking together.
I. adj., f. pā and pī, comparat. pāpatara, pāpīyaṃs, and pāpīyastara, MBh. 13, 2213; superl. pāpatama, pāpiṣṭha, pāpiṣṭhatara, MBh. 7, 8734, and pāpiṣṭhatama, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 9.
1. Wicked, sinful, Chr. 61, 46; 9, 43.
2. Inauspicious.
3. pāpiṣṭhatama, with abl., Worse, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 9.
II. n.
1. Wickedness, Rām. 3, 51, 36.
2. Evil, 3, 54, 27.
3. Crime, Pañc. i. d. 321.
4. Sin, Chr. 30, 37.
-- Comp. a-, adj. innocent. upa-, n. a crime of the third degree, Yājñ. 3, 286. dhūta- (vb. dhū), adj. free from sin. niṣpāpa, i. e. nis-, adj. the same. mahā-, n. a sin of the highest degree. Yājñ. 3, 286.
-- Cf. probably, Lat. pejor (for pepjor), pessimus, peccare, perhaps [greek]
I. adj., f. kī and pikā, Wicked, Indr. 5, 61.
II. m. A rascal, MBh. 5, 1270.
III. n.
1. Evil, 1, 3016.
2. Sin.
1. Evil.
2. Sin, wickedness. Man. 11, 93.
I. adj. Made of milk.
II. m. and n. Food made of milk, Man. 3, 271.
I. m. and n. The further or opposite bank of a river or sea, Rām. 3, 54, 14; figuratively with gen. The totality of the object denoted by the gen., e. g. tamasas, The whole darkness, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6. kāraṇānām, All the tortures, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 16.
2. End, Yājñ. 1, 51.
II. m. Quicksilver.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. rā, boundless. duṣpāra, i. e. dus-pṛ10 + a, adj. 1. difficult to be sailed across. 2. difficult to be overcome. 3. difficult to be performed. dūra-,
I. adj. the opposite bank of which is very distant, broad. 2. difficult to be obtained.
II. m. a broad river, difficult to be crossed. niṣpāra, i. e. nis-, adj. boundless.
1. Belonging to another, Man. 10, 97.
2. Hostile. m. An enemy, Hit. 109, 6.
1. Crossing MBh. 2, 2418.
2. Intending to cross, 4, 451.
3. Accomplishing, Rām. 3, 53, 8.
4. Having studied, knowing, Pañc. 155, 4.
-- Comp. veda-, adj. sbst. skilled in the Vedas, Chr. 60, 25.
I. adj. Saving, Hariv. 7941.
II. n.
1. Fulfilling, MBh. 7, 2907.
2. Reading, studying, MBh. 18, 212.
III. n. and f. ṇā,
1. with and without vrata, Concluding a fast, eating or drinking after a fast, Kathās. 21, 146.
2. Breakfast, Kathās. 23, 44.
1. Quicksilver (cf. pārata).
2. pl. The name of a people, the Parthians, Man. 10, 44.
I. adj. Relating to the paramahaṃsas, or religious men who have subdued all their senses by abstract meditation, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 4.
II. n. Most sublime asceticism or meditation (see the following).
1. Real.
2. Loving right, Pañc. i. d. 389.
I adj.
1. Referring to the supreme lord, Brahman, etc., MBh. 1, 7682.
2. Referring to a king, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 38 (n. the royal insignia).
II. n. Highest position, 2, 2, 22.
1. Accomplishing.
2. Victorious, MBh. 12, 3749.
I. m. and n. Iron.
II. adj., f. vī, Of iron, MBh. 4, 1011.
III. m.
1. pl. The name of a people (v.r. pārasava).
2. The son of a Śūdra woman by a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 9, 178.
3. A bastard, f. vī (pārasava, and vī with s), MBh. 1, 4361.
1. Study, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 10.
2. Totality, MBh. 13, 2701; Utt. Rāmac. 98, 4.
1. See pārāpata.
2. A kind of snake.
3. A tree, Diospyros embryopteris Pers. (n. its fruit).
4. pl. A class of deities.
1. The opposite bank or shore, and that on this side, MBh. 5, 1017.
2. m. The sea.
1. A tree of paradise, Hariv. 7168.
2. The coral tree, Erythrina indica Lam.
3. A proper name.
1. m. An attendant, MBh. 12, 4339.
2. f. vikā, A chambermaid, Mālav. 47, 8.
I. adj., f. vā.
1. Swimming, Ragh. 16, 61.
2. Moving to and fro, unsteady, Ragh. 3, 11.
II. m.
1. A ship, Rām. 1, 44, 20.
2. A proper name.
1. Suitable furniture, Hariv. 9039.
2. A proper name.
I. adj. and sbst., Belonging, or one who belongs, to an assembly or council, Nal. 18, 4.
II. m.
1. A king's companion, Pañc. 156, 18
2. pl. The retinue of a god, Rām. 3, 35, 107.
III. n. Partaking of an assembly, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 17.
1. adj. Referring to Parīkṣit.
2. Patronym., a descendant of Parīkṣit.
1. Roughness, Suśr. 1, 267, 17 (of the skin).
2. Squalor, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1472.
3. Violence, either in word (vākpāruṣya, Man. 8, 266), or deed (daṇḍa-, 278).
4. Abuse, contumelious speech, Man. 12, 6.
I. adj. Invisible, Bhāg. P. 8, 22, 5.
II. n. A mystery, 4, 28, 65.
1. Offspring of Pṛthā, a surname of Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīmasena, and Arjuna.
2. m. A proper name.
I. adj., f. vī.
1. Terrestrial, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3 (vā for vāni).
2. Ruling or possessing the earth, Chr. 14, 17.
3. Royal, fit for kings or princes, MBh. 5, 2187.
II. m.
1. An inhabitant of the earth, Rām. 2, 25, 20.
2. A king, a prince.
III. f. vī, Sītā.
1. Relating to the parvan (q. cf.)
2. Increasing (as the moon), Kathās. 35, 114.
3. Full, Ragh. 11, 82.
I. adj., f. tī, Mountain, produced or consisting in mountains, etc., MBh. 1, 3654.
II. f. tī.
1. A name of Durgā.
2. The name of several plants.
I. adj. Mountain, mountaineer, Draup. 8, 8.
II. m. A certain prince ruling in the mountains, MBh. 1, 2692.
1. The part of the body below the armpit.
2. A side, MBh. 13, 2749.
3. = pārṣṇi
3, q. cf.
4. Proximity.
5. ve, loc. Near, Śāk. d. 9.
6. vam, acc. Near to, Rājat. 5, 467.
-- Comp. yuga-, m. a young ox in training.
I. patronym. f. tī, A descendant of Pṛṣata, i. e. Drupada, Johns. Sel. 27, 20
II. adj. Of, or belonging to, the spotted deer, Man. 3, 269.
1. An attendant.
2. Retinue, Hariv. 7252.
1. The heel, MBh. 7, 3179.
2. The rear of an army, the back, Ragh. 4, 26.
3. The extremities of the axletree to which are fastened the two outer horses of a carriage drawn by four horses in one line, MBh. 4, 1415.
-- Cf. Goth. fairzna; O.H.G. fersna; A.S. fiersna; Lat. compernes, pernix; [greek]
-- Comp. duṣpār°, i. e. dus-, adj. having a dangerous enemy in the rear, Kām. Nītis. 13, 72.
-- Comp. duṣpār°, i. e. dus-, adj. having a dangerous enemy in the rear, Kām. Nītis. 13, 89.
2. pā + la, m. One who guards or protects, Rām. 1, 42, 15 Gorr.
-- Comp. aṅka-, f. lī, embrace. anta-, m. 1. a guard of the frontiers. 2. a guard of the rear of an army. avani-, m. a king, Bhag. 11, 26. udyāna-, m. the inspector of a garden, a gardener. kalpa-, m. 1. a protector of the holy precepts or institutes. 2. a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors, Rājat. 5, 205 (where kalya- is to be changed to kalpa-). koṭṭa-, m. the governor of a fort. kṣiti-, m. a king, Ragh. 2, 51. kṣetra-, m. 1. a field-guard, Pañc. 224, 5. 2. the tutelary deity of a field, 174, 15. kṣmā-, m. a king, Rājat. 5, 319. gṛha-, m. 1. a castle-ward. 2. a dog, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 21. go-,
I. m. 1. a cowherd, Man. 4, 251. 2. a king, Pañc. i. d. 249. 3. a proper name.
II. f. lī, a proper name. caitya-, m. the watchman of a sanctuary. jagatī-, m. a king, Hit. ii. d. 123. dikpāla, i. e. diś-, and diśā-, m. the guardian deity of a quarter of the world. dvāra-, m. a door-keeper, a porter. dharma-, m. 1. the guardian of law. 2. a proper name. paśu-, m. 1. a herdsman. 2. pl. the name of a people. prajā-, bhū-, bhūmi, and mahī-, m. a king. bhoga-, m. a groom. loka-, see s. v. vi-, adj. having no keeper, Man. 8, 240; unguarded. śiśu-, m. the name of a king.
1. A guardian, Rājat. 5, 263.
2. A protector, Mārk. P. 61, 66.
-- Comp. kula-pālikā, f. a proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 24. go-,
I. m. 1. a cowherd. 2. a proper name.
II. f. likā, the wife of a cowherd. daṇḍa-, m. the chief of the police, Mṛcch. 117, 19 v. 1.
-- Cf. probably Lat. bubulcus (with gopālaka).
I. adj., f. nī, Guarding, fostering, Mārk. P. 76, 23.
II. n.
1. Preserving, guarding, Man. 7, 88; nourishing.
2. Maintaining, keeping, MBh. 1, 327.
1. The tip of the ear, Gīt. 3, 13.
2. The edge of a sword or any other cutting instrument.
3. A line or row, Gīt. 6, 10.
4. A raised bank, a dike, Rājat. 5, 106 (lī).
5. A boundary, a margin, Bhartṛ. 3, 24 (lī).
-- Comp. aṅka-pālī, f. embrace.
I. adj.
1. Belonging to Agni, Utt. Rāmac. 142, 12.
2. Pure.
II. m.
1. Fire, or its deified personification, Man. 2, 187.
2. A kind of Ṛṣi.
3. Name of several plants.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Purifying, Man. 2, 26.
2. Pure, Rām. 1, 27, 17.
II. m.
1. Fire.
2. A proper name.
III. f. nī, The name of a river.
IV. n.
1. Purifying, Man. 11, 85.
2. A means of purifying, 11, 177.
-- Comp. paṅkti-, adj. purifying a company.
1. A tie, a string, a chain, a fetter, MBh. 1, 6749.
2. A string for fastening tamed animals.
3. A net or noose for catcing birds, Hit. 21, 10.
4. A noose as principal attribute of Varuṇa, Rām. 3, 54, 9 (cf. the Vedas).
-- Comp. karṇa-, m. a handsome ear, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 24. kūṭa-, m. a net for catcing deer. keśa-, m. much or flowing hair, a tuft of hair, Vikr. d. 85. dharma-, m. the noose of the god of justice. nāga-, m. a special kind of noose. paśu-, m. the fetter which enchains the soul, i. e. the external world, Prab. 59, 7. vi-, adj. deprived of his noose, Rām. 3, 54, 97; unfettered.
1. Come from animals, animal, Nal. 23, 10.
2. Used by animals, beastly, Lass. 11, 11.
I. adj. Having a noose, MBh. 8, 1998.
II. m.
1. Varuṇa.
2. A proper name.
I. adj., f. tī, Belonging or referring to Śiva.
II. m. A follower or worshipper of Śiva in one of his forms as the supreme deity of the Hindu triad, Rājat. 5, 403.
1. Last, posterior, Pañc. ed. orn. 49, 15.
2. Western, Ragh. 4, 62.
I. m. n. Heresy, Man. 5, 90.
II. adj. Heretical, MBh. 12, 11284.
III. m. A heretic, Prab. 21, 1.
-- Comp. kaṣa-, and nikaṣa-, m. a touchstone, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1940.
† 1. pi, i. 6, piya, Par. To go.
2. pi, sometimes for api.
† piṃs, i. 10 and 1, Par. To speak or to shine.
1. m. The Indian cuckoo, Cuculus indicus, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 857.
2. f. kī, The female. Probably for primitive spi + ka, cf. [greek]
-- Cf. Lat. pīcus, pīca; O.H.G. speh, speht; [greek] for [greek] or [greek] for [greek] (the [greek] is aspirated by the influence of the preceding [greek]), [greek]
1. Of a tawny colour, Pañc. 182, 18.
2. Yellow, Vikr. d. 157.
3. Red, Hiḍ. 2, 2 (cf. piṅgākṣa).
-- Comp. eka-, m. a name of Kuvera. śveta-, m. a lion.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Of a tawny colour, brown, Ragh. 12, 71; yellowish.
2. Red-eyed, Man. 3, 8 (Kull.).
II. m. A proper name.
III. f. lā, A proper name.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, adj., f. lā, of a fuscous colour.
I. adj., f. kṣī, Red-eyed, Hiḍ. 2, 2.
II. m.
1. A monkey, Ram. 5, 5, 23.
2. A proper name.
III. f. kṣī, The name of a deity.
1. Cotton, Suśr. 1, 60, 16.
2. The name of an Asura.
1. Tamarix indica.
2. Cotton.
† picc, i. 10, Par.
1. To cut, to divide.
-- Cf. pich.
I. m. A tail.
II. n.
1. A feather of the tail, Pañc. 175, 9; especially of a peacock.
2. A crest.
I. adj., f. lā, Slimy, lubricous, Mārk. P. 10, 9.
II. f. lā, The name of several plants.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pix.
† pich, i. 10, Par. To cut, to divide. i. 6, Par.
1. To inflict pain.
2. To obstruct, to hinder.
-- Cf. mich.
† 1. piñj, ii. 2, Ātm.
1. To dye or colour (probably api-añj, cf. Lat. pingere).
2. To join.
3. To adore.
4. To sound inarticulately. i. 10, Par.
1. To kill or injure.
2. To be strong.
3. To give or take.
4. To dwell.
† 2. piñj, i. 10 and 1, Par.
1. To speak or shine.
2. To sound.
-- Comp. utpiñja, i. e. ud-, Insurrection(?), Rājat. 3, 122.
I. adj., f. rā, Yellow or tawny, reddish-yellow, Mṛcch. 48, 11.
II. n. Gold.
-- Comp. ā-, adj., f. rā, reddish, Ragh. 16, 51. pari-, adj. brown-red, Kām. Nītis, 13, 14.
† piṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To heap together.
I. m. A basket.
II. n. A roof.
1. A basket, Hariv. 14578.
2. A boil.
3. An ornament on Indra's banner, MBh. 1, 2354.
† piṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To hurt.
2. To feel pain.
I. m. and f. rī, and n. A pot, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1782; a pan.
II. m.
1. A kind of fire, Hariv. 10467.
2. The name of a Dānava.
1. To accumulate.
2. To assemble. piṇḍita,
1. Gathered, Kathās. 26, 283; collected, MBh. 10, 622; massy, solid, close.
2. Multiplied, MBh. 7, 4746.
3. Thick.
-- With sam sam, To heap together, MBh. 10, 8310. saṃpiṇḍita, Clenched, united.
I. m., f. ḍī, and n.
1. A lump, Pañc. 136, 2; a heap, a cluster, a quantity, Kathās. 4, 81.
2. A ball, a globe, a little button, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 19.
II. m. n.
1. A mouthful, or roundish lump of food, Man. 11, 216.
2. Food.
3. Livelihood, means of living, MBh. 1, 4148.
4. Alms, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 15.
5. The body.
6. An object, Bhāṣāp. 123.
7. An oblation to deceased ancestors, as a ball or lump of meat, or rice mixed up with milk, curds, flowers, etc., and offered to the manes at the several Śrāddhas by the nearest surviving relations; the funeral cake, Man. 3, 215.
III. f. ḍī, A plant, Jonesia aśoka, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10; cf. 184, 7.
-- Comp. pṛthak-, m. a relation who offers the oblations to the Manes separately, Man. 5, 78 (Kull.). saha- (Man. 3, 248), and sa-, m. a kinsman, especially one connected by the offering of the funeral cake to either or all of the manes of the father, grandfather, and great-grandfather, and their wives respectively, as sprung from them in directly collateral lines; the relationship stops with every fourth person. The following are enumerated as sapiṇḍas: the son, son's son, and son's grandson; widow, daughter, and daughter's son; the father, the mother, the brother, brother's son, and brother's grandson; father's daughter's son; paternal grandfather; paternal grandmother; paternal grandfather's brother, brother's son, and grandson; and lastly, the great-grandfather's daughter's son. Other enumerations extend the connection of Sapiṇḍas to seven persons, both in an ascending or descending line; cf. Man. 2, 247; 3, 247. a-sapiṇḍa, adj., f. ḍā, Not descended from a relation within the sixth degree, Man. 3, 5.
I. m. and n.
1. A lump, Utt. Rāmac. 114, 11.
2. A lump of food, Hariv. 14740.
3. The frontal globes of an elephant in rut, MBh. 1, 5471.
II. f. ḍikā, A fleshy part of the body, Yājñ. 3, 97; as the calf, MBh. 14, 2582.
-- Comp. bhinna-mastaka-piṇḍaka, and -piṇḍika (from the fem. piṇḍikā), adj. (an elephant) whose frontal globes are open, MBh. 1, 5471; 7, 4564.
1. Who or what gives the funeral cake to deceased ancestors, Yājñ. 2, 132.
2. Giving a mouthful of food, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
-- Comp. ayas-, Like a ball of iron, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 21.
1. The sediments of seed, etc., ground for oil, oil-cake, Man. 11, 92.
2. Assafoetida.
I. m.
1. A paternal grandfather, Man. 3, 221.
2. pl. Ancestors, Chr. 43, 21.
3. A name of Brahman.
II. f. hī, A paternal grandmother, Kathās. 30, 25.
-- Comp. pūrva-, m. an ancestor, Kathās. 21, 20. loka-, m. the great forefather of mankind.
-- Cf. Lat. potus.
1. A father, Man. 2, 145.
2. du. Mother and father, parents, Śāk. 109, 9.
3. pl.
a. Paternal ancestors, Man. 2, 159.
b. The Manes, or the deceased and deified progenitors of mankind, Man. 3, 194, etc.
-- Comp. an-eka-, adj., descended from different fathers (viz. grandsons), Yājñ. 2, 120. ku-, m. a wicked father. sva-, m. pl. one's ancestors.
-- Cf. Lat. pater, [greek] Goth. fadar; A. S. faeder.
i. e. pitṛ + ka,
I. adj.
1. Paternal.
2. Ancestral.
II. A substitute for pitṛ, when latter part of comp. adj., Yājñ. 2, 120.
I. adj., f. hī, Inherited by the father from the grandfather, Sāv. 7, 7.
II. m. pl. Father and ancestors, Manes, Pañc. 89, 18.
1. Having a father, MBh. 1, 6578.
2. Accompanied by the Manes, Mārk. P. 31, 47.
-- Cf. Lat. patruus; [greek]
-- Comp. nāsā-rakta-, n. bleeding of the nose.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Paternal, Man. 9, 92.
2. Referring, devoted, to the Manes, 2, 59.
II. n.
1. Worship of the Manes.
2. The lunar mansion Maghā.
1. Covering, shutting, Mālav. d. 32.
2. A lid, a covering, Mārk. P. 50, 89.
1. A staff, MBh. 5, 5259.
2. The bow of Śiva, 13, 849.
3. The club of Śiva, 6, 2797.
I. adj. Armed with a pināka (a bow?), MBh. 6. 684.
II. m. A name of Śiva.
1. † To sprinkle, to wet.
2. To cause to abound, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 6.
3. To cause to abound in milk, Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3.
I. m. An ant, MBh. 2, 1860.
II. n. Gold carried by ants, MBh. 2, 1860 (cf. Herod. iii. 102).
I. m. The holy fig-tree, Ficus religiosa.
II. f. lī, Long pepper.
III. n.
1. The fruit of the Ficus religiosa.
2. Sensual enjoyment, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 8.
-- Comp. mṛga-, m. The moon.
† pil, i. 10, Par. To throw, to cast.
and pīlu pi/īlu, m. A certain tree; cf. pailava.
1. To adorn.
2. To form.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. faihu; O.H.G. fêh; A.S. faeger, fah, fag, fagian.
1. m. A fiend, a malevolent being, Man. 1, 37.
2. f. cī, A female demon.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. together with Piśācas, Rām. 3, 53, 3.
1. m. A fiend.
2. f. cikā, A female demon.
-- Comp. āśā-piśācikā, f. a demon like alluring and deceiving hope, Pañc. 252, 4.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Malignant, mischievous, Pañc. i. d. 1.
2. Betraying, Vikr. d. 32.
3. Backbiting, Pañc. i. d. 339.
4. Wicked, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 300.
5. Unkind, Hit. 56, 16.
6. One who excites hopes and disappoints them (ŚKD. sub rāgāru).
II. m.
1. A backbiter, Man. 4, 213.
2. A spy, an informer, 3, 161.
III. n. Sycophancy, MBh. 14, 1025.
1. To grind, to pound, MBh. 4, 632.
2. To bruise, to destroy (with gen.), Śiś. 1, 40. In epic poetry anomal. imperf. apiṃṣat, potent. piṣeyam. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. piṣṭa, n. The flour or meal of anything that is ground. na pinaṣṭi piṣṭam, He does not grind flour, i. e. he does no useless work, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 24. Caus. peṣaya, To grind, to pound, MBh. 1, 3223. † i. 10, Par.
1. To injure.
2. To be strong.
3. To dwell.
4. To give, or take.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To grind.
-- With ud ud, To bruise, MBh. 3, 457.
-- With nis nis,
1. To grind, to bruise, to crush, MBh. 2, 2377.
2. To rub together, MBh. 1, 5922 (the hands); 4, 465 (to gnash the teeth). Caus. To destroy, Prab. 36, 11, v. r.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To bruise, Hiḍ. 4, 35.
2. To rub together, Rām. 3, 55, 1.
-- With pari pari, To strike, Rām. 3, 51, 30.
-- With pra pra, To crush, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 266.
-- With prati prati,
1. To bruise, to destroy in one's turn, MBh. 12, 5206.
2. To grind, to bruise, MBh. 4, 361.
3. To rub together, 1, 2004.
-- With sam sam, To bruise, to destroy, Rām, 1, 45, 48.
-- Cf. Lat. pinso, pistor, pistillum, pistrinum, pistura, pīla, pīlum, pīlus; [greek]
-- Comp. tri-, n. the mansion of Indra.
1. Made of flour, MBh. 13, 5499.
2. Mixed with flour, MBh. 13, 6228.
1. To go.
2. To injure or hurt.
3. To be strong.
4. To give or take.
5. To dwell.
-- Cf. piṣ.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To drink, MBh. 3. 13611.
1. A stool, a seat, a chair, MBh. 5, 1399; a bench.
2. A base or pedestal, Rājat. 2, 126.
3. The seat of a deity, an altar, Rājat. 5, 46; 473.
4. A kind of ornament, Hariv. 8063.
-- Comp. pāda-, m. a footstool, Vikr. d. 60. pūga-, n. a spitting pot. bhadra-, a throne, Vikr. 87, 13. raṅga-, n. a place for dancing, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 10.
I. m. and n.
1. A chair, a bench.
2. A saddle(?), MBh. 1, 3486.
II. f. ṭhikā.
1. A bench.
2. The section of a literary work, Dacak. 48, 7.
I. adj.
1. Mounted on horses(?), MBh. 4, 674.
2. Very impudent, Daśak, in Chr. 180, 13(?).
II. m.
1. The companion of a hero.
2. A dancing master of courtesans. [greek]
1. To squeeze, Bhartṛ. 2, 5.
2. To give pain, to afflict, Man. 5, 50.
3. To oppress, Chr. 30, 38.
4. To cover, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 14.
5. To hurt, MBh. 1, 7798.
6. To remove, Man. 1, 51.
7. To eclipse (in astrology).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To press bard, Rām. 1, 68, 20 Gorr. abhi- pīḍita,
1. Trodden, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 33
2. Afflicted, MBh. 3, 2490.
3. Oppressed, Chr. 40, 19.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, Caus. To crush, Hariv. 2936.
-- With ava ava, Caus.
1. To press down, MBh. 1, 6292.
2. To strike down, MBh. 14, 1944.
3. To oppose, 4, 1455. avapīḍita, Pressed, Mārk. P. 37, 18.
-- With ā ā, Caus.
1. To press hard, to give pain, MBh. 3, 12121.
2. To oppress. āpīḍita, Adorned, MBh. 3, 2501 (rather āpīda + ita).
-- With ud ud, Caus.
1. To press on, Kumāras. 1, 40.
2. To tuck up, MBh. 3, 426.
3. To squeeze out, Suśr. 2, 47, 5.
-- With upa upa, Caus.
1. To afflict, Man. 8, 67.
2. To lay waste, Man. 7, 195.
3. To eclipse, Rām. 5, 73, 57.
-- With ni ni, Caus.
1. To press, Rām. 2, 25, 42 Gorr.
2. To impress, Rām. 1, 44, 1.
3. To embrace, Ragh. 2, 23.
4. To torment, MBh. 2, 6106.
5. with daṇḍena, To punish, to correct, Man. 7, 23.
6. with dantais and dantān, To gnash the teeth, Pañc. 249, 7; 259, 10.
-- With abhini abhi-ni, Caus.
1. To squeeze, MBh. 3, 14759.
2. To torment, 1, 7009.
-- With upani upa-ni, Caus. To oppress, Chr. 58, 1.
-- With nis nis, Caus.
1. To squeeze out, Pañc. i. d. 161 (read niṣpī° instead of nipī°, also i. d. 209).
2. To squeeze hard, MBh. 8, 1256; to compress, Rājat. 5, 88; to knock at (the door), Rām. 4, 9, 61.
-- With pari pari, Caus.
1. To press, to compress, Suśr. 1, 16, 6.
2. To embrace, Hit. 65, 12.
3. To torment violently, Pañc. 88, 4.
-- With pra pra, Caus.
1. To press, MBh. 6, 3907.
2. To press hard, to oppress, MBh. 1, 5892.
3. To torment violently, Lass. 54, 5.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To oppress, Rām. 2, 22, 23.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
1. To press, Rām. 5, 62, 11.
2. To press hard, MBh. 4, 980.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
1. To compress, Caurap. 3.
2. To press hard, to torment, Rām. 4, 21, 37.
3. To restrain, MBh. 13, 5893.
1. Pressing, squeezing, Rām. 5, 15, 29.
2. Inflicting pain, distressing, 2, 22, 16.
-- Comp. graha-, n. pain, distress caused by an eclipse, Bhartṛ. 2, 87.
1. Pain, anguish, suffering, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 753.
2. Infraction, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 14.
-- Comp. graha-, f. pain, distress caused by an eclipse, Dev. 12, 15.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. yellowish, Rām. 2, 76, 4.
I. adj., f. tikā, Of a yellow colour, Rām. 6, 82, 60.
II. f. tikā, Saffron.
-- Comp. sa-, f. drinking together. soma-, f. drinking the Soma juice, Chr. 288, 12 = Rigv. i. 48, 12.
I. m. A drink.
II. n. Water.
-- Comp. go-pītha, i. e. 2. pā + tha, m. protection, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 55.
i. e. pītha + in; in kośa-pithin, adj. Squandering away the treasury, Rājat. 5, 422; soma-, m. Drinking the Soma juice, Utt. Rāmac. 7, 6.
1. Cold affecting the nose.
2. Catarrh, cough.
1. n. The food or beverage of the gods, nectar, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 838.
2. m. and n. The milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving.
† pīl, i. 1, Par.
1. To impede, to obstruct.
2. To become stupid.
1. An elephant.
2. An arrow.
3. A tree, Careya arborea Roxb. n. Its fruit.
† pīv, i. 1, Par. To be fat or corpulent.
I. adj., f. ved. varī.
1. Fat, large.
2. Strong.
II. f. varī, A proper name.
-- Cf. [greek] (= pīvarī), [greek] etc.; Lat. pinguis, pigere, piger.
-- Cf. pyai.
1. Fat, large, MBh. 5, 5437.
2. Dense, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 14.
1. As a man, Ragh. 6, 20.
2. As on the birth of a male, Chr. 51, 19.
1. puṃs, i. 10, Par. To grind.
2. puṃs, i. e. probably api-man + t, the base of some cases is pumāṃs, pum, the nom. sing. pumān, voc. sing. puman, m.
1. A man or male, Man. 2, 29.
2. A servant, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 38.
3. The soul, 7, 1, 11.
-- Comp. a- and na-, m. an eunuch. su-puṃs + ī, f. (a woman) having a good husband. strī-, m. one who has been changed from a female into a male, Chr. 50, 5.
1. Causing the birth of a male child, Bhāg. P. 9, 6, 28.
2. n. with or without vrata, A religious and domestic festival, held on the mother's perceiving the first signs of a living conception, Bhāg. P. 6, 19, 1.
II. n. Foetus, 5, 24, 15.
-- Comp. a-, n. being an eunuch, Indr. 5, 58.
1. m. A bull Hariv. 3796.
2. As latter part of comp. words, Excellent, e. g. gaja-, m. A pre-eminent elephant, Bhartṛ. 2, 26. nara-, m. An excellent warrior, Chr. 21, 12.
1. A tail, Draup. 5, 8.
2. The hinder part, MBh. 7, 206.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. a certain animal. go-, 1. m. and n. a cow's tail. 2. m. a kind of monkey. dadhi-, m. a proper name. hasta-, n. the hand below the wrist.
-- Cf. probably [greek] perhaps [greek]
† puch, v. r. of yuch.
1. A heap, a mass, MBh. 3, 9957.
2. A quantity, Mark. P. 8, 82.
1. To speak or shine.
2. To reduce to powder, to grind.
3. To be small.
-- With the prep. pari pari, pass. To peel, to lose the skin, Suśr. 1, 302, 14.
1. A concavity.
2. A cup or concavity made of a leaf folded or doubled, MBh. 9, 2827.
3. A shallow cup or receptacle, as the hollow of the hand, Pañc. 44, 24.
4. A vessel, or basket made of leaves, Man. 6, 28.
5. A cover, a covering, Utt. Rāmac. 50, 8.
6. A cloth worn to cover the privities.
II. m. A horse's hoof.
-- Comp. adhara- and oṣṭha-, m. or n. the cup-like lips, Cṛṅgārat. 7; Śāk. d. 182 (in a comp. adj. having pale-red cup-like lips). kṛta-añjali-, adj. putting the hands together, Rām. 1, 9, 62. nayana-, an eyelid. nāsā-, m. the nostril. pakṣa-, m. a wing. bhāṇḍa-, m. a barber. mūtra-, n. the lower belly.
1. A concavity.
2. A bag or vessel or concavity made of a leaf doubled over in a funnel-like shape, Rājat. 1, 213.
-- Comp. ghrāṇa-, m. the nostril.
† puṭṭ, i. 10, Par. To be small.
† puḍ, also buḍ buḍ, and muḍ muḍ, i. 6, Par. To emit, to leave.
-- Cf. 2. muṭ.
† puṇ, i. 6, Par. To be pure or virtuous, to do a pious or holy act.
-- Cf. pūl.
† puṇṭ(?), i. 10, Par. To speak or shine.
† puṇḍ, see 2. muṭ and muṇḍ.
I. n.
1. The white lotus flower.
2. A lotus in general, Rām. 2, 95, 3 Gorr.
II. m.
1. A kind of sacrifice, MBh. 3, 1133.
2. A kind of rice.
3. A kind of leprosy.
4. The elephant of the south-east quarter, Ragh. 18, 7.
1. pl. The name of a people and their country, the greater part of Bengal and part of Behar.
2. A kind of sugar-cane.
3. (and n.), A mark or line made on the forehead with sandal.
-- Comp. tri-, n. three horizontal marks made across the forehead, especially by the followers of Śiva.
1. The name of a people = Puṇḍra, Man. 10, 44.
2. A sort of sugar-cane.
-- Comp. kṛta-tri-, adj. provided with the three horizontal marks (see the last), Hariv. 15426.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Beautiful, Nal. 12, 37.
2. Pure, Man. 9, 186; virtuous, Man. 2, 106.
3. Fragrant, Chr. 37, 6.
4. Producing bliss, propitious, Man. 2, 30.
5. Holy; festival, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 5.
II. n.
1. Virtue, Indr. 2, 4.
2. A good or meritorious act, Rājat. 5, 72.
3. Happiness.
1. A festival, MBh. 15, 407.
2. A ceremony performed by a woman in order to keep the love of her husband and to get a son, 1, 817.
3. The observance of this ceremony, 1, 760.
4. The presents given to the woman on this occasion, Hariv. 7654 (m., corr. perhaps idaṃ for imaṃ).
1. Virtuous, Mārk. P. 20, 23.
2. Wellfated, Hit. 14, 21; with abl. Happier, Hit. i. d. 38, M.M.
1. A termite, Man. 4, 238.
2. A kind of bee.
I. m.
1. A son, Man. 9, 138.
2. du. Two sons.
3. A son and a daughter, Nal. 23, 26.
4. pl. Children, young ones, MBh. 12, 3306.
II. f. trī, A daughter, Pañc. 190, 1.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. rā, sonless. ārya-, m. the son of an Ārya, used to denote: 1. a prince, Rām. 6, 8, 38. 2. the son of an elder brother, 2, 23, 26. 3. a husband (by his wife), 3, 49, 9. kula-, m. the son of a respectable family. gādhi-, m. the son of Gādhi, i. e. Viśvāmitra. taruṇa-, adj., f. rā, having young ones, Rām. 3, 53, 51. jīva-, adj. one of whom a son or children are alive. dāsyās- (gen. sing. of dāsī, see dāsa), m. the son of a female slave, a contemptible person. dharā-, m. the planet Mars. nanda-putrī, f. a name of Durgā. niśā-, m. pl. a class of demons. pāṭali-, n. the name of a town, the Palibothra of the ancients. marut-, m. Bhīmasena, the second of the Pāṇḍavas. rājaputra, i. e. rājan-,
I. m. 1. the son of a king. 2. a man of the military tribe. 3. a soldier. 4. the planet Mercury.
II. f. trī. 1. a princess. 2. a woman of the Kṣatriya tribe. 3. a kind of brass. 4. the musk shrew. lakṣmī-, m. 1. Kāma. 2. a horse. śilā-, m. a muller or roller for grinding condiments on a flat stone. sa-, adj. together with (his) son, Rājat. 5, 42. satp°, i. e. sant-, adj. having sons living, Man. 9, 154. surya-,
I. m. 1. Varuṇa. 2. Saturn, Pañc. i. d. 238. 3. Yama.
II. f. rī. 1. lightning. 2. the Yamunā river.
I. m. A son, Man. 2, 151.
II. f. trikā and trakā.
1. A daughter, Pañc. 190, 2.
2. A daughter appointed to raise issue for her father, Man. 9, 127.
3. A doll, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 635.
-- Comp. a-, adj. sonless. kṛtrima-, m. and f. trikā, a doll. pāṭali-, n. the name of a town, the Palibothra of the ancients. muni-, m. a wagtail. vastra-putrikā, f. a doll.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with one's sons, Hariv. 11842.
1. puth, i. 4, Par. To hurt, to kill. -- Caus. pothaya.
1. To kill, MBh. 4, 727.
2. To bruise, 4, 643.
3. To overpower (sound), Kathās. 34, 257. pothita, Annihilated, MBh. 4, 795.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To crush, Hariv. 3347.
-- With ava ava, Caus. The same, Hariv. 5611.
-- With ā ā, Caus. The same.
-- With ni ni, Caus. To strike down, Hariv. 4525.
-- With pra pra, Caus. To push on, Rām. 6, 25, 7.
-- With vi vi, Caus. To bruise, Dev. 2, 57.
-- With sam sam, The same, MBh. 7, 1935.
† 2. puth, i. 10, Par. To speak or shine.
I. adj., f. lā, Beautiful, Mārk. P. 99, 57.
II. m.
1. The body, Hit. i. d. 41 (read pudgale).
2. The soul.
3. Śiva.
1. Back, Chr. 8, 27.
2. Again, Man. 2, 120.
3. In an opposite way, Pañc. 263, 15.
4. But, Nal. 17, 15; on the contrary.
5. Nevertheless, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1964.
6. With preceding kim,
a. How much more, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 504.
b. How much less, Pañc. i. d. 452.
-- Comp. punaḥpunar, i. e. punar-, adv. 1. repeatedly, Man. 1, 28. 2. again and again, Utt. Rāmac. 82, 12; every day, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
1. Tautology.
2. A useless word, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 462.
I. adj., n. bhu, Reborn, regenerated.
II. f. A virgin widow remarried, Yājñ. 1, 67.
† punth, i. 1, Par.
1. To hurt.
2. To give pain.
3. To suffer pain.
1. i. e. puṃs-nāga, A pre-eminent man.
2. A white elephant.
3. A tree, from the flowers of which is prepared a yellowish dye, Rottleria tinctoria.
4. A white lotus.
5. Nutmeg.
1. puṃs-nāman, adj. Having a male name.
2. put-nāman, adj. called put (q. cf.), Man. 9, 318.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.
1. pur (probably vb. pṛ10), f.
1. A town, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 12.
2. The body, 2, 10, 28.
-- Comp. tri-, f. pl. three forts.
† 2. pur, i. 6, Par. To go at the head.
I. n.
1. A fortified town, Man. 7, 70.
2. A town, 8, 386.
3. The town, [greek] i. e. Pāṭaliputra.
4. An abode, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 9.
5. An upper story.
6. The body, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 5.
7. A kind of Cyperus.
8. Skin.
II. m.
1. A sort of resin, Bdellium.
2. The name of a demon.
III. f. rā, A perfume.
IV. f. rī (also ri).
1. A town, Megh. 31.
2. The body, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 28.
-- Comp. aṅga-purī, f. the capital of the Aṅgas. amara-pura, n. and -purī, f. the residence of the gods. avanti-, n. the name of a town. kanyā-pura, n. a gynaeceum. kāñcana-pura, n. the name of a town. kāśi-purī, f. the capital of the Kāśis, i. e. Benares. kumārī-pura, n. a gynaeceum. kusuma-pura, n. a surname of Pāṭaliputra. gaja-pura, n. a name of Hāstinapura. gandharva-pura, n. a mirage, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 3. go-, n. 1. a town-gate, Rām. 5, 27, 20. 2. a gate in general, Kir. 5, 5. pāṇḍara-dvāra-go-, adj. f. rā, having white doors and towngates, Rām. 5, 9, 58. tri-pura,
I. n. three forts.
II. m. the name of a demon.
III. f. rā. 1. the name of a town. 2. a form of Durgā.
IV. f. rī, the name of a town. daśa(n)-pura, n. the name of a country. deva-pura, n. the residence of Indra. nāga-pura, n. a name of Hāstinapura. pañca(n)-pura, n., parihāsa-pura, n., and phala-pura, n., names of towns. mahā-purī, f. a great town. rukma-, n. the name of a fabulous town, Pañc. 84, 7. śākhā-, n. a suburb. śūra-, n. the name of a town. hiraṇya-, n. the town of the Asuras, Arj. 10, 13.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps also [greek]
1. One who goes first or before, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 27; a leader, a preceder, MBh. 4, 630; Śāk. d. 77.
2. When latter part of a comp. adj. the fem. ends in rā, Preceded by, attended with, with; e. g. priya-ākhyāna-, adj. Preceded by agreeable news, i. e. with agreeable news, Rām. 1, 10, 31 Gorr.
3. ram, adv. Preceded by, with; e. g. praṇipāta-puraḥsaram, With a prostration, Mārk. P. 77, 30 (laying herself at his feet); after, Pañc. 16, 4.
1. A name of Śiva.
2. A proper name.
I. m. The soul, personified as a king, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 9 sqq.
II. f. nī, The intellect, personified as his queen.
-- Comp. para-, adj. conquering the enemy's towns, Nal. 20, 1.
1. Before, in front (with gen.), Rām. 2, 39, 6.
2. Forward, Vikr. 65, 7.
I. f. Understanding, wisdom.
II. adj. Intelligent.
and puraṃdhrī puraṃdhri/ī, i. e. pura + m-dhṛ + ī, and the final shortened, f. A respectable matron, Ragh. 7, 25.
I. adv.
1. Forward.
2. Before, in front, in presence, Śāk. 29, 1; Pañc. i. d. 135.
3. First, Śāk. d. 33.
4. Eastward, from the east, MBh. 7, 2349.
II. prep. with the gen., Before, Megh. 3.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇatas-puras, adv. south-eastward, MBh. 2, 1120.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., perhaps [greek] in [greek]
1. Preference, Mālav. 19, 6.
2. Deference, Rām. 1, 80, 11 Gorr.
3. As latter part of comp. adj. Preceded by, joined with; e. g. surā-sava-, adj. Together with spirituous liquors, MBh. 13, 4737.
I. adv.
1. Before, in front, Bhag. 11, 40.
2. First, preceding, Rām. 2, 80, 5.
3. Forward, Vikr. 31, 4.
4. Formerly, MBh. 1, 735.
5. Eastward, in the east, from the east, Megh. 15.
II. prep. with gen. and abl. Before, Hit. 8, 15.
I. adv.
1. Formerly, Man. 1, 119.
2. Of old, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1231.
3. With na, Never, MBh. 9, 1806.
4. First.
5. Soon.
II. prep. with abl., Before, Arj. 4, 20.
-- Cf. [greek] (old loc.) in [greek] (old dat.), [greek] etc.; perhaps also [greek] with [greek] etc.; Goth. faura and faur; A.S. for, fora-, fore-; Lat. por-, e. g. in por-tendere, and probably also pro-.
I. adj., f. (ṇā and) ṇī.
1. Primeval, Man. 5, 23.
2. Old, ancient. Mālav. 4, 2.
3. Aged, Vikr. d. 9; worn out.
II. n. A tale of past ages; old history, legends; a sacred work treating for the most part of the creation, the destruction and renovation of worlds, the genealogy of gods, etc. There are eighteen acknowledged Purāṇas.
III. m. A coin of a certain weight, Man. 8, 136.
-- Comp. niṣpurāṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. New, unheard of.
I. adj., f. nī, Old, ancient, Man. 3, 213.
II. n. An old tale, Rām. 1, 45, 13.
-- Cf. Lat. (regarding the form) protenus.
1. An entrail near the heart.
2. The entrails in general, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 17.
I. n.
1. Faeces, excrements, Man. 5, 138.
2. The remains of food (in a pot), Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 12.
II. f. ṣī (perhaps f. of purīṣya), The name of a religious ceremony, 3, 12, 40.
1. Evacuation of excrements.
2. Faeces.
-- Cf. purīṣa, f.
I. adj., f. purvī.
1. Much, many.
2. Exceeding. adv. Very, exceedingly.
II. also pūru, m. The name of an old prince, Śāk. 7, 4.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. filu; A.S. fela, feala; comparat. [greek] Lat. plus.
I. m.
1. A man generally or individually, a male, mankind, Man. 1, 32.
2. Punishment personified, Man. 7, 17.
3. An attendant, a functionary, 8, 43.
4. The first man, Hariv. 51.
5. The soul, Yājñ. 3, 194.
6. The universal soul, the supreme Being, Mārk. P. 26, 21; Man. 1, 11.
7. A principle, Man. 1, 19.
8. A tree, Rottleria tinctoria.
9. A proper name.
II. f. ṣī, A female, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 17.
III. n.(?). A name of the mountain Meru.
-- Comp. a-dṛṣṭa- (vb. dṛś), adj. (viz. saṃdhi), a kind of alliance where one party alone settles for the other, on the condition that the enemy has to disburse the expenses of the expedition, Hit. iv. d. 117. antara-pūruṣa, m. the soul, Man. 8, 85. ādi-puruṣa, m. the first man. upari-, m. a rider, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 16. eka-,
I. m. the one universal soul, Vikr. d. 1.
II. adj. consisting only of one person. kiṃpuruṣa, i. e. kim-, m. 1. a class of horse-faced beings belonging to the suite of Kuvera, Kumāras. 1, 11. 2. one of the portions into which the world is divided. kula-, m. a polite man. gūḍha- (vb. guh), m. a spy. tulā-, m. 1. a person weighed in a balance, i. e. a present of gold or other precious things of equal weight. 2. the name of a penance. dharmādhikāripuruṣa, i. e. dharma-adhi-kārin-, m. a judge. niṣpuruṣa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. not having produced male children, Man. 3, 7. 2. devoid of men. prakṛti-, m. a minister, Megh. 5. pramāṇa-, m. an arbitrator, Hit. 116, 12. mūla-, m. the last male of a race. rakṣika-, m. a policeman, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 24. rāja(n)-, m. 1. a servant of the king. 2. A guard, a watchman. satpuruṣa, i. e. sant-, m. an honest man.
1. Any act of man, care, Man. 8, 232.
2. The exertion of man (opposite to fate), Yājñ. 1, 348.
3. A proper name.
I. n. A following generation, Mārk. P. 118, 31.
II. m.
1. Man (opposed to deities), Vikr. d. 35.
2. A treaty by which is stipulated that the affairs of the one shall be settled by warriors selected from both parties, Kām. Nītis. 9, 13.
I. adj.
1. Going before, preceding, Nal. 4, 20.
2. Chief, Ragh. 6, 55.
II. m. A leader, MBh. 3, 2522.
-- Comp. agni-purogama, adj. led by Agni, Nal. 5, 34. prīti-puroga, adj. accompanied by love, friendly, MBh. 12, 10935. yudhiṣṭhira-purogama, adj. having Yudhiṣṭhira as leader, led on by Yudhiṣṭhira.
1. A kind of cake made of rice meal, offered in oblations to the gods, Man. 6, 11.
2. An oblation to deities, Man. 5, 23.
† pu/ŪRV, and pūrb pūrb, i. 1, Par. To fill (cf. pṛ10). i. 10, Par. To dwell.
† pul, i. 1, and 6, and 10, Par. To be great or large, to be lofty or high.
I. adj. Extensive.
II. m. Erection of the hairs of the body, considered as proof of exquisite delight.
1. Erection of the hairs of the body, considered as occasioned by pleasure, Vikr. d. 57.
2. Flaw or defect in a gem.
3. A ball of bread and sweetmeats with which elephants are fed.
4. An insect of any class affecting animals whether externally or internally.
5. A kind of esculent plant, MBh. 13, 4363.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. free from horripilation.
1. Shrivelled, or blighted, or empty grain.
2. Bad grain, Man. 10, 125.
3. A lump of boiled rice.
4. Abridgement.
5. Celerity.
1. An alluvial formation, a small island, MBh. 4, 395.
2. The bank of a river, Pañc. 226, 19.
1. pl. The name of a barbarian tribe.
2. One belonging to this tribe, Pañc. 120, 8.
3. A prince of the Pulindas, MBh. 2, 119.
1. The name of a people.
2. A proper name.
I. m. = puloman, Rām. 4, 39, 7.
II. f. mā, The wife of Kaśyapa (Viṣṇu. P. 148).
1. To nourish, MBh. 3, 13639.
2. To cherish, Pañc. 238, 7.
3. To manage, Bhartṛ. 2, 38.
4. To augment, Rājat. 5, 159. i. 4, Par.
1. To thrive, to prosper, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
2. To enjoy, Ragh. 18, 32.
3. To possess, Ragh. 16, 58.
4. To exhibit, Man. 9, 37.
5. To unfold, Śāk. d. 18.
6. To support, to maintain, Rām. 4, 61, 24. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. puṣṭa,
1. Nourished.
2. Well-fed, strong, Chr. 4, 18.
3. Eminent, Man. 4, 231.
4. Loud, Hariv. 14063. Comp. a-puṣṭa, adj. deficient, Sāh. d. 7, 19. anya-, m. the Indian cuckoo. bali-, m. a crow. Caus. To cause to be nourished, Śāk. 107, 7. Caus. or i. 10, Par.
1. To nourish, Lass. 99, 3 = Rigv. v. 9, 7. To cherish, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1890. Cf.
2. vyuṣ.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atipuṣṭa, Very strong, Pañc. iii. d. 8. Comp. na-, adj. rather insignificant, paltry, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14.
-- With pari pari, paripuṣṭa,
1. Cherished.
2. Abounding in. Caus.
1. To cause to be cherished or managed, Bhartṛ. 2, 38.
2. To cherish, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2602.
-- With pra pra, To nourish, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 10.
-- With vi vi, vipuṣṭa, Ill-fed, low, Pañc. i. d. 313 (rather puṣṭa, with vi).
-- With sam sam, ii. 9, To increase, Bhartṛ. 2, 13.
I. n.
1. Water.
2. The sky, heaven, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1770.
3. The blue lotus flower, MBh. 1, 4704.
4. The tip of an elephant's trunk, Pañc. 80, 8.
5. The skin of a drum, Ragh. 17, 11.
6. A drug, Costus speciosus.
7. The name of a celebrated place of pilgrimage.
8. The blade of a sword.
9. The sheath of a sword.
10. (also m.), One of the seven great Dvīpas, or divisions of the world.
11. An arrow.
12. The art or science of dancing.
13. War, battle.
14. Intoxication.
15. A cage.
16. A part.
II. m.
1. A pond or lake.
2. A drum, a kettle-drum, Megh. 67.
3. One of the principal clouds, that which occasions dearth.
4. The Indian crane.
5. A sort of snake.
6. A proper name.
-- Comp. tri-, pl. three holy ponds, Ragh. 18, 30.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Abounding in lotus flowers, Rām. 3, 76, 5.
II. m. An elephant.
III. f. iṇī, A pool where the lotus does or may grow, Arj. 4, 50.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Excellent, Man. 8, 81; best.
2. Good, salutary.
3. Much, Rām. 1, 71, 2 Gorr.; many, Bhag. 11, 21; with following na, More than, Man. 3, 129.
4. Complete.
5. Loud, MBh. 7, 578.
II. m. A kind of drum, MBh. 6, 1631.
III. n.
1. A certain measure.
2. Alms to the extent of four mouthfuls of food.
3. The name of a holy place.
4. A proper name.
-- Comp. su-, adj. Very copious, MBh. 9, 2146.
1. The musk deer.
2. A pin, a bolt.
3. A Bauddha mendicant.
1. Thriving, increase, Pañc. 215, 2.
2. Vegetation, Man. 9, 37.
3. Prosperity, Pañc. i. d. 246.
4. Nourishment, Man. 2, 32.
5. One of the divine mothers.
I. adj. Yielding prosperity, Hariv. 833.
II. m. A class of Manes, Mārk. P. 96, 45.
III. f. dā, The name of a plant, Physalis flexuosa Lin.
I. n.
1. A flower, Nal. 13, 3.
2. The menses, Mārk. P. 51, 42.
3. The vehicle or car of Kuvera.
4. A disease of the eyes, albugo.
5. A topaz, Rām. 2, 94, 6 (cf. puṣpa-rāga).
II. m. A proper name.
III. f. pā, The capital of Karṇa.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. pā, without flowers. abhra-, n. 1. water. 2. a flower in the air, i. e. anything non-existent. 3. the ratan, Calamus rotang. kha-, n. a sky-flower, a nonentity. gandha-,
I. n. a fragrant flower.
II. m. the name of several plants. jīva-,
I. n. 1. the flower of life, denoting a certain plant and the head. 2. the name of two plants.
II. f. pā, the name of a plant. darbha-, m. 1. a kind of snake. 2. a certain insect. nāga-, m. the name of several plants. bhāṇḍa-, m. a sort of snake. lakṣmī-, m. a ruby. viṣa-, n. the blue lotus. vīja-, n. 1. common citron. 2. a thorny plant, Vangueria spinosa. śaṅkha-puṣpī, f. a sort of grass, Andropogon aciculatum, Man. 11, 147. sa-, adj. endowed with blossoms, Ṛt. 6, 2. su-, m., f. pā, and n. the name of several plants. sūtra-, m. the cotton plant.
I. m. A kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 20.
II. n.
1. The chariot of Kuvera, Rām. 3, 36, 15.
2. A bracelet of diamonds or jewels.
3. A cup or vessel of iron.
4. Green vitriol.
I. adj., f. vatī, Having flowers, MBh. 6, 529.
II. m.
1. A proper name.
2. du. The sun and the moon.
III. f. vatī.
1. A woman during menstruation.
2. A proper name.
1. The eighth lunar asterism.
2. The name of a month, Dec. -- Jan.
3. The fourth age, Kaliyuga.
† pust, i. 10, Par.
I. To bind.
II. (also bust bust), i. 10, Par.
1. To respect.
2. To disregard.
I. m. and n. A book.
II. n. Working in clay, modelling, Kathās. 34, 172.
1. Purified, pure.
2. Cleaned.
3. Threshed, winnowed.
4. Foul smelling, stinking (cf. pūti and pūy). n. Truth. Comp. a-, adj. impure. śastra-, adj. purified by arms, absolved from guilt by dying in the field of battle. Caus. pāvaya, To cause to be purified, to purify, Man. 3, 183. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. pāvita, Purified, 2, 75.
-- With the prep. nis nis, niṣ-pū, To purify, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 18.
-- With pari pari, paripūta,
1. Purified completely, Mṛcch. 159, 2.
2. Threshed (winnowed?), Man. 8, 331.
-- With vi vi, To purify, MBh. 2, 1150.
-- Cf. Lat. purus, putus, putare (cf. the vedic use of pū), pius, ex-piare, piaculum, punio, poena; [greek] Goth. fon (fire, cf. pāvaka), probably for favan; with r for n, O.H.G. fiur; A.S. fyr, [greek]
I. m.
1. A heap, Arj. 3, 32.
2. A multitude, MBh. 5, 1085. pi. A number of persons, Man. 3, 152.
3. The betel-nut tree (Areca faufel).
II. n. The fruit of the last.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. lapse of long time, MBh. 2, 1329.
1. To honour, to reverence, MBh. 1, 6038; Pañc. i. d. 146 (Ātm.).
2. To regard, Yājñ. 2, 14. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. Anomalous potential pūjayīta, MBh. 3, 1070). pūjita,
1. Frequented, Arj. 4, 55.
2. Recommended.
3. Acknowledged, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3174.
4. Endowed, Rām. 2, 26, 16. Comp. su-pūjita, adj. much honoured, Chr. 62, 52.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To honour one after the other, Rām. 2, 99, 9 Gorr.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To honour, Rām. 1, 1, 83.
2. To value highly, MBh. 1, 17.
3. To approve, Rām. 2, 76, 12. abhipūjita,
1. Offered after humble reverences, Man. 6, 58(?).
2. Agreeable, Rām. 1, 52, 23.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To honour, MBh. 4, 98.
-- With pari pari, To honour much, Śiś. 1, 14.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, The same, MBh. 13, 2110.
-- With pra pra,
1. To honour especially, Pañc. i. d. 164; MBh. 6, 3790 (prapūjire without reduplication; probably it is to be changed to pupūjire); 13, 914.
2. To approve, MBh. 8, 3244.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To show honour, Hariv. 16223.
-- With prati prati,
1. To return a salutation, Rām. 1, 26, 4.
2. To salute in one's turn, Man. 1, 1.
3. To approve, Rām. 1, 11, 10.
4. To honour, Man. 3, 58.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To honour, to salute with reverence, Rām. 2, 70, 6.
-- With sam sam,
1. To honour, Man. 2, 210.
2. To esteem highly, MBh. 3, 1110.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To honour, MBh. 1, 6376.
I. n. Honouring, worshipping, Man. 4, 152.
II. f. nī, The name of a female bird (in a legend).
-- Comp. atithi-pūjana, n. receiving guests with honour, Man. 3, 70.
-- Comp. agra-, f. first oblation. atithi-, f. receiving guests with honour. tyakta-pūja (vb. tyaj), adj. abandoning the worship, Rājat. 5, 53.
† pūṇ, see pūl.
1. Yellow mvrobalan, Terminalia Chebula.
2. The name of a female demon causing a certain disease of children, and killed by Kṛṣṇa.
A. i. e. pū + ti, f.
1. Purification.
B. i. e. pūy + ti,
I. adj. Putrid, stinking, MBh. 12. 3606.
II. n.
1. Pus matter.
2. Civet.
-- Cf. Lat. putidus; see pūy.
I. adj. Putrid, stinking, MBh. 4, 173.
II. m. Grey bonduc, Guilandina Bonduc Lin.
III. f. kā, A civet or pole-cat.
1. To become putrid, to stink.
2. To putrefy.
3. To be dissolved. pūta, see pū.
-- Cf. Goth. fūls, and A.S. ful; [greek] etc., [greek] etc.; Lat. puter, putris, putrescere, pudere, repudium, repudiare, probably also foetor, etc.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pus.
1. Filling, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 7.
2. A large quantity of water, Ragh. 3, 17.
3. A cake, Rām. 2, 100, 64 Gorr.
4. Drawing in breath through the nose, a religious practice, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 9.
5. The healing or cleansing of ulcers.
-- Comp. a-pūra, adj. not to be satisfied, unquenchable, Bhāg. P. 7, 13, 23. ali-, m. large stream, Utt. Rāmac. 68, 12. karṇa-, m. 1. an ornament of the ear, Utt. Rāmac. 62, 13. 2. the name of several plants. kāma-, adj. Fulfilling wishes. ghṛta-, m. a sweetmeat composed of flour, butter, etc. jala-, m. a bed full of water. duṣpūra, adj., f. rā, difficult to be filled or satisfied. pāṇi-, adj. filling the hand, Yājñ. 3, 320. phala-, m. common citron. su-,
I. adj. easy to be filled, Pañc. i. d. 31.
II. m. a sort of lime or citron.
I. adj.
1. Filling.
2. Filling up, Man. 9, 289.
3. Satisfying, MBh. 1, 75.
II. m.
1. Closing the right nostril, and drawing up air through the left, a religious observance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 17.
2. A citron (Citrus medica).
3. The final obsequial cake.
-- Comp. phala-, m. a citron.
I. adj., f. ṇi, Filling, Hariv. 7441.
II. n. Act of filling, Ragh. 9, 73; completing, satisfying, Mālav. d. 73.
2. Drawing (a bow), MBh. 16, 271.
III. m.
1. A dyke.
2. The ocean.
-- Comp. gartā-, n. Filling up a hole, Pañc. 96, 20.
I. adj. Filled, full, MBh. 7, 2199.
II. m.
1. A certain tree, Rām. 3, 79, 38.
2. The blue jay.
III. f. nikā, A sort of bird.
1. Consisting in a pūrṇa-pātra, MBh. 12. 2306.
2. Concerning full cups. Kathās. 23. 84 (? Brockh., Consisting in a poem).
1. Fore, Śāk. d. 37.
2. Former, prior, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 905.
3. First, Man. 1, 10.
4. Lowest, Man. 8, 120.
5. Eastern, Man. 2, 22.
II. adv. vam.
1. Before, Chr. 3, 2; first, Pañc. 51, 18.
2. Formerly, Chr. 16, 20.
3. Immemorially, Man. 9, 87.
III. pūrveṇa, instr. adv. To the east, Rām. 2, 70, 11.
IV. An ancestor, Pañc. iii. d. 216; Man. 3, 220.
V. f. vā, The cast.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. new, Pañc. ii. d. 16; unknown, 68, 13. 2. incomparable. a-dṛṣṭa- (vb. dṛś),
I. adj. not seen before, Rām. 5, 54, 3. adya-, adv. till to-day, Rām. 1, 32, 8. an-āmaya-praśna-, adv. after having inquired for a person's health. anya-, f. vā, a woman previously promised to one and married to another. a-bodha-, adv. without having perceived before, Śāk. d. 99. aham-, adj. desiring to be the first, Rām. 2, 12, 92. tri-abda-, adv. less than three years, Man. 2, 134. dakṣiṇa-, adj., f. vā, south-eastern. pava-, f. a woman formerly married, having belonged formerly to another man, Chr. 6. 8. pūrva-pūrva,
I. adj. every preceding one.
II. m. pl. ancestors, MBh. 3, 12408. bhūta-, adj. prior; °vam, adv. formerly. a-bhūta-, adj. not having existed before. mṛdu-, adj. mild, friendly. adv. mildly, gently at first, Rām. 2, 1, 8. yathā-pūrvam, adv. 1. as before, Pañc. 36, 18. 2. formerly. 3. in order or succession. sakhi-, adj. more excellent than a friend, MBh. 1, 5142. strī-, one who has been before a wife. smita-, adv. smiling first.
-- Cf. pūrvedyus.
I. adj., f. vikā.
1. Prior, before, preceding, MBh. 12, 13697.
2. First, Rām. 1, 70, 21.
3. As latter part of comp. adj. often, Accompanied by, Man. 2, 78.
II. kam, adv.
1. With, Man. 2, 128.
2. Conformable to, 2, 173.
III. m. An ancestor, Hariv. 5176.
-- Comp. an-anya-pūrvikā, f. a woman who had no other husband before, Yājñ. 1, 52. aham-pūrvikā, f. emulation for precedence, Kir. 14, 32. dārikā-dāna-, adj. preceded by the gift of a daughter, Hit. iv. d. 109. sāmānya-pratipatti-pūrvam, adv. after an elevation equal (with the other wives), Śāk. d. 92. stri-, adj. one who has been before a woman, MBh. 5, 5940.
I. adj., f. jā.
1. Born or produced before, formerly, Man. 9, 31.
2. Eldest, Bhāg. P. 9, 2, 2.
II. m.
1. An elder brother, Man. 2, 226.
2. pl. Ancestors, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 7.
1. To the east, MBh. 9, 2361.
2. First, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 32.
in strī-, i. e. strī-pūrva + ika, adj. One who has been at first a female, Chr. 63, 67.
-- Comp. a-pūrvin, adj. doing what has not been done by the ancestors, MBh. 12, 10796; strīpūrvin, see s. v.
1. A former day, yesterday, Man. 3, 187.
2. The morning.
-- Cf. prātar and [greek]
† pūl, i. 1, Par. To accumulate. i. 10 (or pūṇ pūṇ, or puṇ puṇ), Par. To accumulate.
† pūṣ, i. 1, Par. To nourish.
-- Cf. puṣ.
1. The name of a vedic deity.
2. One of the Ādityas, MBh. 1, 2523.
3. The sun, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 461.
1. pṛ, ii. 3, pipṛ (pīpṛ, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 41), Par. † ii. 9, pṛṇā, ṇī, Par.
1. To bring over (ved.).
2. To protect, Bhāg. P. 7, 9, 41. (
3. To fill, see pṛ10). Caus. and pār, i. 10, pāraya,
1. To accomplish, Rām. 2, 55, 19.
2. To keep one's ground, MBh. 9, 1074.
3. To live, Man. 9, 178.
4. To be able, Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 4.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To maintain, Bhāg. P. 3, 18, 12. Caus. To save from (abl.), 3, 25, 40.
-- Cf. para and [greek] [greek] Lat. par, peritus, ex-pertus, ex-perior, pārere, partus, parare, portus, porta, portare; Goth. farjan; O.H.G. and A.S. faran; O.H.G. furt; A.S. fyrd.
2. pṛ, i. 6, priya, Ātm. To be busy or active.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ptcple. of the pf. pass. āpṛta, Occupied, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 10.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To be busy, occupied with. vyāpṛta, Occupied, Rām. 2, 39, 14; affected with, Lass. 94, 10. Caus. To occupy, Ragh. 6, 19.
-- Cf. [greek] (see paṇ), [greek] (cf. paṇya-strī), [greek] (old pass.); O.H.G. feil, feili.
3. pṛ, ii. 5, pṛṇu, Par. To be pleased with.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To be attached to, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 4 (cf. prī).
1. To mix.
2. To unite, Rājat. 4, 1.
3. To fill, MBh. 1, 3659. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. pṛkta,
1. Touched.
2. Touching.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anupṛkta, Mixed.
-- With sam sam, saṃpṛkta,
1. Mixed.
2. United, Man. 9, 322; near to, Vikr. d. 142.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Lat. plicare, plecto; Goth. flahta; O.H.G. flehtan; also A.S. folgian.
† pṛj, and pṛñja pṛñj, ii. 2, Ātm. v. r. of pṛc, ii. 2, and pṛñc, and of piñj.
† pṛñc, see pṛc; pṛñj pṛnj, see pṛj.
† pṛḍ, i. 6, Par. To delight.
-- Cf. pṛ10.
1. Battle, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
2. An army, MBh. 1, 291.
† pṛth, or prath prath, i. 10, Par. To throw or cast, to extend (cf. prath).
I. adv. Separately, severally, Draup. 6, 1.
II. prep. (with acc., instr., abl.), Without, except.
-- Comp. pṛthak-pṛthak, separately, Man. 3, 26.
-- Cf. Lat. pars, partis, privus, privare; perhaps [greek]
1. Individuality, Bhag. 9, 15.
2. Separation, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 28; separateness. pṛthaktvena, Singly, one by one, MBh. 14, 1058.
3. Severality, Bhāṣāp. 88.
1. The earth personified, Man. 2, 225.
2. Earth as an element, Prab. 27, 19.
I. adj., f. thu and thvī, comparat. pṛthutara and prathīyas, superl. pṛthutama and prathiṣṭha, Large, great, Megh. 47.
II. m. The name of a king and of others.
III. f. thvī, The earth, Pañc. i. d. 51.
IV. f. thu and thvī, A pungent seed, Nigella Indica.
-- Cf. Goth. braids; A.S. brád; [greek] Lat. lātus.
I. m.
1. Rice or grain flattened.
2. A child, a boy, Śiś. 3, 30.
3. The young of any animal.
II. f. kā, A girl.
-- Cf. probably [greek] perhaps [greek]
1. A snake, MBh. 3, 12190.
2. A scorpion.
3. A tiger.
4. A leopard.
5. An elephant.
6. A tree.
I. adj.
1. Of variegated colour.
2. Delicate, feeble.
3. Thin, small, short.
II. m.
1. A proper name.
2. A tribe of Ṛṣis.
III. f.
1. A ray of light.
2. The mother of the Maruts.
3. A kind of fruit. pṛśnī, Pistia stratistes Lin.
† pṛṣ, (akin to pruṣ), i. 1, Par.
1. To sprinkle.
2. To hurt.
3. To vex.
4. To give.
I. adj. Speckled.
II. m.
1. A drop, Rām. 3, 32, 4.
2. A spot.
3. The porcine deer, 2, 93, 2.
3. The father of Drupada, Chr. 51, 7.
I. adj. Riding on antelopes, epithet of the Maruts, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
II. m.
1. The God of air, or wind divinely personified.
2. A proper name.
I. adj., f. atī, Speckled (ved.).
II. n. A drop of water, Hariv. 3586.
III. m. The porcine deer, Rām. 3, 76, 12.
IV. f. ṣatī, Its female, MBh. 7, 27.
1. The back, Man. 4, 72; with dā, To incline deeply, Rājat. 4, 135.
2. The rear, the hinder-part of anything. ṣṭhe and ṣṭhena, from behind, Mārk. P. 23, 5; Vikr. 47, 12.
3. The surface or superficies, Man. 7, 147; terrace, Vikr. 38, 11.
-- Comp. kāṇḍa-, 1. m. a soldier, MBh. 13, 1593. 2. the husband of a Vaiśya female. 3. the bow of Karṇa. giri-, n. the top of a mountain. tri-, n. the highest heaven, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 23. loha-, m. a heron. harmya-, n. the upper room of a palace, Vikr. 38, 11.
1. Behind, at the back of, Rām. 2, 30, 11; with gam, To follow, Panc. 9. 1; to pursue, 172, 17.
2. On the back, Man. 8, 300.
3. Backward, Rām. 5, 49, 33.
4. Secretly, MBh. 13, 5046.
5. With kṛ, To postpone, to renounce, MBh. 1, 6694.
1. To fill.
2. To collect, Bhāg. P. 3, 32, 1.
3. To satisfy.
4. pūr, i. 4, Ātm., To be filled, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 945. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. pūrṇa,
1. Filled, full, Nal. 23, 11.
2. Complete, entire, Rām. 1, 54, 12.
3. Satisfied, Rām. 1, 10, 34.
4. Strong, able.
5. Selfish. Comp. ā-karṇa-, adj. drawn to the ear (as the string of a bow), MBh. 4, 1096. kalā-, 1. adj. equal to the sixteenth part of, MBh. 4, 1299. 2. m. the moon. vīja-, m. common citron, or a large kind of lime.
II. pūrta,
1. Filled, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 32; full.
2. Complete; with dharma-, An act of pious liberality (see n.).
3. Covered. n. An act of pious liberality, as digging a well, etc., Man. 4, 226. Caus. and pṛ pṛ10, i. 10, pāraya, Par. and pūr pūr, i. 10, pūraya, Par. Ātm.
1. To fill, Hariv. 6456.
2. To intensify (a sound), MBh. 10, 412.
3. To blow (a wind instrument), Rām. 6, 37, 39.
4. To draw (a bow), 1, 34, 10 Gorr.
5. To draw (an arrow to the ear), 6, 79, 16.
6. To fulfil, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 587.
7. To cover, 6, 86, 36. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-pūrya, adj. Not to be satisfied, insatiable, MBh. 12, 514.
-- With the prep. ati ati, i. 4, To swell, to rise, MBh. 6, 4783 (Par.).
-- With anu anu, pūraya, To accomplish, Gīt. 1, 25.
-- With abhi abhi, i. 4, To be filled, MBh. 12, 6502. abhipūrṇa, Full, full of. pūraya,
1. To fill, Rām. 5, 56, 111.
2. To load, Kathās. 44, 47.
3. To cover, MBh. 6, 1721.
4. To present with, Hariv. 6556.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, pūraya, To fill, MBh. 3, 10723.
-- With ava ava, avapūrṇa. Full of, Hariv. 11993.
-- With ā ā, i. 4,
1. To be filled, MBh. 1, 1302.
2. To increase, Kathās. 27, 8.
3. To abound, Hit. ii. d. 72. āpūrṇa, Satisfied, MBh. 14, 627. pūraya,
1. To fill, Bhag. 11, 30.
2. To blow (a wind instrument), Rām. 6, 75, 11.
3. To cover, Rām. 3, 32, 15.
-- With samā sam-ā, i. 4, To be filled, MBh. 1, 2472. samāpūrṇa, Complete, entire. pūraya, To draw (a bow), Rām. 1, 34, 9 Gorr.
-- With nis nis, niṣpūrta, Poured out, MBh. 7, 2239.
-- With pari pari, i. 4, To be filled, Rājat. 4, 109. paripūrṇa,
1. Full, filled.
2. Covered.
3. Satisfied.
4. Wealthy, Pañc. v. d. 10.
5. Being at the summit of (his) power, i. d. 370.
6. Very intelligent, Rām. 3, 52, 52. pūraya,
1. To fill, MBh. 5, 7523.
2. To complete, to enjoy entirely, Gīt. 2, 16.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, samparipūrṇa,
1. Filled.
2. Accomplished, MBh. 3, 15641.
-- With pi pi, instead of api, ii. 3, To fulfil, Bhāg. P. 4, 19, 38.
-- With pra pra, i. 4, To be filled, Hit i. d. 62. pūraya,
1. To fill.
2. To cause to grow wealthy, Mṛcch. 178, 4.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, i. 4, To be filled, MBh. 15, 678.
-- With prati prati, pratipūrṇa, Full, full of, Hariv. 5654. pūraya,
1. To fill, MBh. 14, 2122.
2. To satisfy, MBh. 13, 4442.
-- With sam sam, saṃpūrṇa,
1. Full, full of, Rām. 6, 96, 12.
2. Plentiful, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 779.
3. Fulfilled, Śāk. 106, 3; complete, Man. 1, 109. pūraya,
1. To fill, Kathās. 2, 83.
2. To satisfy, 22, 12.
-- Cf. [greek] and prā; Goth. and A.S. full = pūrṇa; Goth. fulljan; A.S. fyllan; Lat. multus = pūrta + s; Lat. populus.
I. m.
1. An owl, Rām. 6, 27, 31.
2. The root of an elephant's tail.
3. A bed.
4. A louse.
5. A cloud.
II. f. cikā, A kind of owl, Rām. 1. 1.
I. m. and n.(?), A basket for holding clothes, books, etc., Vikr. 78, 7.
II. f. ṭikā, A box, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 4.
III. n. Multitude, Kathās. 34, 209.
1. Nectar.
2. Clarified butter.
1. The milk of a cow which has calved within seven days, Man. 5, 6.
2. Fresh butter.
3. Nectar.
1. The ocean.
2. The sun.
3. Fire.
† pel, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
1. Delicate, Śāk. d. 70 (too delicate).
2. Thin, slender.
3. Soft, tender, Kathās. 21, 97.
-- Comp. pari-,
I. adj. 1. very small. 2. very delicate.
II. n. a fragrant grass, Cyperus rotundus.
† pev, and plev plev, and pev peb, i. 1, Ātm. To serve, to attend on.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Beautiful, Megh. 75.
2. Soft, tender, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 650.
3. Dexterous, 889.
4. Crafty.
II. n. Beauty, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 30.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very crafty, Hit. ii. d. 109.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Comp. viśva-, adj. containing all that is beautiful, Chr. 288, 16 = Rigv. i. 48, 16. su-, adj. very splendid, Chr. 288, 13 = Rigv. i. 48, 13.
I. The hand, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 54.
II. A kind of insect, 7, 1, 27.
1. A ball or piece of flesh or meat, MBh. 1, 4494.
2. The foetus directly after conception, 12, 11968.
3. A muscle, Yājñ. 3, 100.
4. The peel of a fruit.
5. A kind of drum, MBh. 6, 1535.
6. An egg.
† peṣ, or yeṣ yeṣ, i. 1, Ātm. To exert one's self.
1. Grinding, Mārk. P. 14, 87 (with yā, To be ground).
2. A threshing floor.
and ṇī peṣaṇi/ī, i. e. peṣaṇa + ī, and the final shortened., f. A grindstone, Man. 3, 68.
-- Comp. yantra-peṣaṇī, f. A hand-mill.
† pes, see pis.
† pai, i. 1., Par. To dry or wither.
† paiṇ, peṇ peṇ, laiṇ laiṇ, praiṇ praiṇ, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To embrace.
3. To send, or to pound.
I. adj.
1. Belonging or relating to the grandfather, inherited from him, Rājat. 1, 76.
2. Belonging or relating to Brahman, Rām. 5, 44, 16.
II. m.
1. pl. Ancestors, Pañc. 89, 18.
2. The son of Brahman, MBh. 1, 2581.
1. Paternal, Man. 9, 104.
2. Ancestral.
3. Relating to the Manes, Rājat. 6, 87.
I. adj., f. yī, Descended from a paternal aunt, Man. 11, 171.
II. m. A paternal aunt's son, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 35.
III. f. eyī, and īyā, The daughter of a paternal aunt.
I. adj. Relating to the Manes, MBh. 7, 9466.
II. n. The part of the hand between the thumb and forefinger.
I. adj., f. cī.
1. Relating to a Piśāca, or kind of demon, Rām. 1, 29, 17; demonlike.
2. (with vivāha), A mode of marriage, the ravishment of a girl by her lover, Man. 3, 21.
II. A Piśāca, or kind of demon, MBh. 13, 1397.
1. Espionage, backbiting, Man. 12, 6; Pañc. i. d. 115.
2. Wickedness.
I. adj., f. ṭī.
1. Made of meal.
II. f. ṭī, Spirituous liquor extracted from bruised rice, Man. 11, 94.
1. Not full grown, young, a boy.
2. Having a defective member.
I. m.
1. The foundation of a house.
2. Uniting, mixing.
II. f. ṭā.
1. A hermaphrodite.
2. A female servant.
I. m.
1. The young of any animal, Hariv. 3705; used also of plants, e. g. druma-pota, m. A young tree, Hariv. 3478.
2. An elephant of ten years old.
3. A vessel, a ship, Hariv. 3530.
4. The site of a house.
5. Cloth.
I. m.
1. The young of any animal, used also of plants, Rām. 3, 67, 6; e. g. cūta-, A young mango, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 9.
2. The foundation of a house.
II. f. tikā and takī, A potherb, Basella lucida.
III. f. takī, A bird, Turdus macrourus.
1. The snout of a hog, Ṛt. 1, 17.
2. The share of a plough.
1. Thriving, prosperity.
2. Nourishing, cherishing, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 33.
-- Comp. paratas-, adj. nourished by another, 3, 33, 28.
1. One who nourishes, MBh. 2, 2123.
2. A breeder, a keeper, Man. 3, 162.
-- Comp. vṛtti-, m. subsisting on, Mārk. P. 50, 77.
I. adj., f. nī, Human, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 45.
II. n. Manhood, 4, 26, 26.
I. adj. Proper to boys, boyish, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 28.
II. n. Boyhood.
1. pl. The name of a people.
2. Their prince.
3. A sort of sugar-cane (cf. puṇḍra).
4. Bhīṣma's conch, Bhag. 1, 15.
1. The name of a people, Man. 10, 44.
2. Their king.
3. A sort of sugar-cane, Suśr. 1, 186, 14 (cf. puṇḍra).
I. adj. Relating to sons or children, Rām. 1, 35, 1.
II. m. A grandson, Man. 9, 133.
III. f. trī, A granddaughter Kathās. 10, 39.
-- Comp. putra-, n. sons and grandsons, Man. 3, 200.
-- Comp. putra-, adj. having sons and grandsons, Sāv. 5, 57.
1. Repetition, Ragh. 12, 40.
2. Tautology.
I. adj. Connected with a twice married woman, Man. 9, 176.
II. m. The son of a twice married woman, Man. 3, 155.
1. Descended from Puru, MBh. 1, 3180.
2. m. pl. The race of Puru, Śāk. d. 49.
3. m. pl. The name of a people.
-- Comp. a-, adj. deprived of descendants of Puru, Hariv. 11081.
1. Prior, first.
2. Eastern, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 46.
1. Relating to past ages, ancient, MBh. 1, 543.
2. Deep-rooted, Chr. 24, 38.
1. Relating to past ages, old, Prab. 13, 5.
2. Conversant with the events of former times, MBh. 1, 851.
1. Citizen, Mārk. P. 120, 18.
2. pl. The name of a people.
3. The name of a prince.
I. adj., f. ṣī.
1. Manly, MBh. 12, 718.
2. Human, Bhāg. P. 4, 27, 26.
3. Sacred to Puruṣa; epithet of a holy text, Man. 11, 251.
4. Having the measure of a man with both arms elevated and the fingers extended.
II. m. The load which a man may bear, Man. 8, 404 (Kull.? perhaps a full grown man).
III. n.
1. Manhood, manliness, MBh. 13, 542.
2. Action of men, Bhartṛ. 2, 85; man's work, Rām. 1, 58, 22.
3. Strength, vigour, Man. 7, 102.
4. Membrum virile.
-- Comp. daiva-antar-ita-, adj. whose energy is checked by fate, Pañc. ii. d. 140. nis-, adj. devoid of manliness.
I. adj., f. sī, In which the moon is full (a night), Nal. 16, 14.
II. m. and n. A ceremony performed at the full of the moon, Man. 4, 25.
III. n. Day of full moon, MBh. 13, 7386.
IV. f. sī, Day or night of full moon, Man. 4, 113.
V. m patronym. A proper name.
1. Belonging or relating to a former existence, Yājñ. 1, 348.
2. Done in a former existence, MBh. 12, 6758.
1. adj. Relating to, treating of, Pulomā, MBh. 1, 312.
2. patronym., f. mī, Descended from Puloman; f. The wife of Indra, Vikr. d. 152.
3. m. pl. A class of demons, MBh. 1, 460.
I. adj., f. ṣī, Relating to the time when the moon is in the asterism Puṣya, Ragh. 18, 31.
II. m. The name of a month, Dec. -- Jan.
III. f. ṣī, Day or night of full moon in the month Pauṣa.
I. adj., f. rī.
1. Relating to the blue lotus.
2. Consisting of its flowers, Hariv. 9437.
3. Relating to the Costus speciousus.
II. n. The fruit of the Costus speciosus.
1. Relating to or furthering increase, Kām. Nītis. 4, 32.
2. Furthering, MBh. 13, 7134.
I. adj. Relating to the asterism Puṣya, MBh. 1, 7333.
II. m. The name of a prince.
III. adj. Relating to the prince Pauṣya, MBh. 1, 312.
† pyuṣ, and pyus pyus, see 1. 2. and 3. vyuṣ.
I. pyāna.
II. pīna, Fat, bulky, corpulent, Rām. 1, 1, 13.
III. pyāyita.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To increase, MBh. 14, 989.
2. To cause to prosper, 5, 508. āpīna, Full, abounding in milk, MBh. 1, 3934. n. An udder, Ragh. 2, 18. Caus. pyāyaya,
1. To augment, MBh. 3, 13542.
2. To nourish, Lass. 59. 14.
3. To refresh, Megh. 45.
5. To encourage, MBh. 12, 10148. āpyāyita, Fattened, strengthened, Pañc. 9, 4.
-- With samā sam-ā, To increase. Caus. To refresh, to animate, MBh. 3, 8725. -- Akin are probably A.S. faett, O.H.G feizt.
1. Before.
2. Forward.
3. Away.
4. Pre-eminent.
5. Excessive.
6. Beginning.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and derivatives.
II. Compounded with nouns.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. pro, e. g. in pronepos; Goth. frums; A. S. form; see pranaptṛ and purā.
I. adj., f. ṭā, Displayed, unfolded, manifest, Mārk. P. 105, 7; discovering one's self, Kathās. 12, 190.
II. m. A proper name.
1. To make visible, Śiś. 9, 40.
2. To show, Bhartṛ. 1, 50. prakaṭita,
1. Manifested.
2. Apparent; prakaṭita-hata-a-śeṣa-tamas, adj. Having evidently destroyed all darkness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1723.
3. Opened.
1. Shaking, trembling, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2216.
2. Violent motion, Chr. 33, 33.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unshaken, Rājat. 5, 57. duṣprakampa, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be shaken. niṣpra°, i. e. nis-, 1. adj. motionless. 2. one of the seven Ṛṣis of the thirteenth period.
I. adj. Causing to tremble.
II. m.
1. Wind,
2. A hell.
III. n. Violent motion, great trembling, shaking, MBh. 12, 3840.
I. m.
1. A heap, a quantity, plenty, Śāk. d. 136.
2. Aid.
3. Custom, use.
II. n. Aloe-wood.
III. f. rī.
1. A kind of song, Yājñ. 3, 113.
2. A short interlude in a drama.
I. n.
1. Treating, expounding.
2. A chapter.
3. Subject, Kathās. 6, 111.
4. Opportunity, occasion, MBh. 12, 768.
5. Relation, Hariv. 3982.
6. A kind of dramatic poem, Śāk. p. 4, 12.
7. Trearing with respect.
8. Doing much or well.
II. f. ṇī, A kind of drama.
1. Excellence, Rājat. 5, 381.
2. Superiority, MBh. 1, 6076.
3. Intensity, Kathās. 17, 170.
4. Length, MBh. 13, 2933.
I. m. One who troubles, MBh. 8, 1971.
II. n.
1. Drawing off, MBh. 1, 7309.
2. Length, Suśr. 1, 270, 4.
3. Realising by the use of a pledge more than the interest of a loan.
4. Bridle (?), MBh. 7, 6446.
I. pra-kṛṣ + in, Drawing forth, MBh. 6, 2524.
II. praharṣa + in. Pre-eminent, Hariv. 6404.
1. The stem of a tree.
2. As latter part of comp. word, Excellent, e. g. mantriprakāṇḍa, i. e. mantrin-, m. An excellent minister, Rājat. 6, 260; cf. Utt. Rāmac. 145, 3.
I. m. Pleasure, Rām. 3, 2, 8.
II. acc. mam, adv.
1. Willingly, Pañc. 191, 16.
2. According to one's wish, MBh. 4, 401.
3. Sufficiently, 7, 2767.
4. Indeed, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3098.
1. Kind, MBh. 1, 7412; species, Ṛt. 1, 2.
2. Speciality, Bhāṣāp. 134.
3. Way, manner, Pañc. 199, 20.
I. adj. Driving on, MBh. 1, 2585.
II. m. The name of a Nāga or serpent.
I. adj., f. śā.
1. Clear, bright, MBh. 3, 12158.
2. Open, manifest, visible, Rām. 6, 75, 14.
3. Generally known, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 2.
4. As latter part of comp. adj. Resembling, like, MBh. 3, 914.
II. śam, adv.
1. Openly, publicly, Man. 8, 193.
2. (in dramatic language), Aloud, Śāk. 13, 15.
III. m.
1. Lustre, splendour, light, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2132.
2. Manifestation.
3. Publicity.
4. Renown, Hariv. 5224.
5. The open air, Śāk. 46, 7.
6. Loc. śe, In presence, MBh. 12, 8579.
IV. n. White, or bell metal.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. 1. obscure, dark, Rām. 2, 125, 2 Gorr. 2. concealed, Man. 8, 251.
II. śam, adv. secretly. ati-, adj. generally known. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj. dark. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj. lightless. su-, adj. 1. very visible, Man. 8, 245. 2. manifest. 3. public.
I. adj., f. śikā.
1. Clear, bright, Bhag. 14, 6.
2. Renowned, Rājat. 4, 79.
3. What makes open or apparent, illuminating, MBh. 14, 1066.
II. m. The illuminator, the sun, Kathās. 18, 18.
1. Brightness, shining, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1941.
2. Renown, Nal. 26, 38.
1. Brightness.
2. Appearance.
3. Renown, MBh. 13, 4730.
I. m. f. n. One who or what illuminates, epithet of Viṣṇu, MBh. 13, 6978.
II. n.
1. Illuminating.
2. Making manifest, making known, Pañc. 238, 23.
3. Showing publicly, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 11.
1. Clear, bright, MBh. 1, 1434.
2. Making visible, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3120.
I. ptcple. fut. pass. of the Caus. of pra-kāś, To be illuminated, to be manifested.
II. incorrectly, instead of prākāśya (q. cf.), e. g. MBh. 8, 1960.
1. The original or natural state of anything, Pañc. ii. d. 95 (by birth); Vikr. 8, 2; Hit. ii. d. 131; Ragh. 5, 54.
2. Nature, Bhag. 3, 33; prakṛtyā, properly, Pañc. 218, 11.
3. With tṛtīyā, 'the third nature,' i. e. an eunuc's nature.
4. A radical form or predicament of being, as illusion, intelligence, etc.
5. The eight elements, from which all is produced, Bhag. 7, 4.
6. Cause, the original source, Śāk. d. 1.
7. The requisites of royal administration, Man. 9, 294.
8. The chief objects of royal consideration, Man. 7, 156.
9. Business, affairs, Man. 8, 161.
10. The minister of a king, 9, 232.
11. Subjects, people, Man. 7, 175.
-- Comp. duṣprakṛti, i. e. dus-, adj. wicked, base.
1. Natural, genuine.
2. Bare, stripped of everything, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 10.
3. Recovered, 195, 21.
I. adj., f. ṇī or nī, Irritating, who or what irritates.
II. n.
1. Irritating.
2. Provoking, MBh. 1, 2440.
1. The fore-arm, Śāk. d. 133.
2. and °ṭa + ka, The room near the gate of a palace, Kumāras. 15, 6.
1. Proceeding.
2. Beginning, Kathās. 18, 63 (prācī-, Beginning from the east).
3. Opportunity.
4. Proportion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 18.
1. Manner, way, MBh. 14, 2304.
2. Rite, observance, Hariv. 2306.
3. Elevation, MBh. 12, 4170.
4. Dignity.
5. Insignia (of rank), Gīt. 12, 27.
and prakvāṇa pra-kva/āṇ + a, m. The sound of the vīṇā or lute.
-- Comp. sadyas-, m. one who cleans (corn) immediately (for use), i. e. who does not store corn, Man. 6, 18.
I. adj. One who performs frequent ablutions, Rām. 1, 52, 26 Gorr.
II. n.
1. Cleaning, bathing, washing away, Pañc. ii. d. 167.
2. A means of cleaning, water for washing with, Yājñ. 1, 229.
1. Throwing.
2. Throwing on, Man. 5, 125.
3. The box for a carriage (?), Bhāg. P. 4, 29, 19.
-- Comp. argha-, n. fixing the prices, Yājñ. 2, 201.
I. adj. Clear, MBh. 12, 7447.
II. Latter part of comp. adj.
1. Looking, MBh. 13, 547.
4. Like, resembling, MBh. 1, 1236.
-- Comp. a-, f. aprakhyātim, with i or gā, To disappear, MBh. 3. 860.
1. Publishing, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 12.
2. Report.
I. m. The upper arm.
II. f. ḍī, A wall or rampart, MBh. 12, 2638.
-- Comp. siṃha-, adj. roaring like a lion, MBh. 5, 5119.
1. Bold, confident, MBh. 12, 2592.
2. Prompt, courageous, Ragh. 2, 41.
3. Brave, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1921; eminent.
4. Impudent, MBh. 12, 4210.
-- Comp. a-, adj. irresolute, disheartened, Bhartṛ. 2, 48.
1. Straight; °ṇī kṛ, To put in order, to array, Pañc. 218, 7; to arrange, 114, 6.
2. Honest, upright.
-- Comp. ati-, adv. too early, Man. 4, 62.
1. Relating to the morning.
2. To be performed in the morning, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 22.
1. Stretching out, MBh. 13, 6374.
2. Taking, seizing, Hariv. 15103.
3. An arm.
4. A ray of light.
5. Favour, kindness, MBh. 13, 6709.
6. Confinement, captivity.
7. A prisoner, a captive.
8. Restraining.
9. A rein, a rope, MBh. 7, 9567; 13, 3456.
10. The string suspending a balance.
1. Seizing, MBh. 5, 1229.
2. Restraining, MBh. 12, 1991.
1. Holding, MBh. 12, 1780.
2. Kind, Rām. 2, 1, 11.
1. (also praghana and praghāna pragha/āna, and praghāṇa praghāṇa), A terrace before a house.
2. A copper pot.
3. An iron club.
I. adj., f. ḍā.
1. Excessively violent, Mṛcch. 2, 12.
2. Passionate, wrathful, Rām. 6, 36, 83.
3. Terrible, MBh. 3, 15701.
II. m. The name of a Dānava or demon.
1. Gathering, Bhāṣāp. 111.
2. A heap, a quantity, Ṛt. 5, 1; Kir. 5, 48.
1. A road.
2. pl. The name of a people, Rām. 4, 44 12 (v. r.).
1. Trembling.
2. Moving to and fro, rocking (on the knees), Pañc. 252, 22.
3. Fleeing, flight, Pañc. iii. d. 128.
1. Shooting with arrows.
2. A snake.
3. A peacock's tail.
1. A snake.
2. A peacock, Utt. Rāmac. 49, 11.
1. Proceeding, Rām. 5, 32, 8.
2. Going, Pañc. 31, 3.
3. Pasture ground, Man. 9, 219.
4. Conduct, Man. 7, 153.
5. Appearance, Prab. 10, 8.
-- Comp. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj. not moving, MBh. 13, 270. 2. fixed on one point, 12. 7810 (viz. manas).
1. Proceeding, appearing, MBh. 12, 7480.
2. Behaving, MBh. 12, 1783.
1. Much, many, Pañc. 141, 18.
2. Frequent, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 21.
3. Abounding in, 1, 18, 43.
1. Plenty, Hariv. 11143.
2. Abounding in, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 21.
I. adj. Wise, intelligent.
II. m.
1. A name of Varuṇa.
2. The name of a Ṛṣi.
3. (also pracetas + a), m. pl. The ten sons of Pracīnavarhis.
4. The name of a king.
-- Comp. guṇa-cakra-, adj. driving the wheel, i. e. possessed of all virtues, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1155.
1. Vomiting, emitting.
2. An emetic.
I. adj. Covering, Nal. 17, 10.
II. n.
1. Concealment, Pañc. 188, 13.
2. An upper or outer garment.
1. Departing, withdrawing.
2. (with abl.), Loss, MBh. 4, 646.
1. To ask, Man. 8, 88.
2. To ask about (with two accus.), Daśak. in Chr. 179, 18. Anomal. condit. 2. sing. aprākṣyas, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 15.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To ask about, Rām. 2, 57, 29.
-- With abhyanu abhi-anu, The same, MBh. 13, 2169.
-- With samanu sam-anu, The same, MBh. 2, 2142.
-- With abhi abhi, The same, MBh. 3, 13339.
-- With ā ā, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.).
1. To take leave of one (acc.), Rām. 2, 31, 28.
2. To ask, Bhāg. P. 3, 7, 36 (ved.). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. āpṛchya, Praiseworthy, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
-- With upā upa-ā, To take leave of one, Rām. 3, 5, 18.
-- With samā sam-ā, The same, Rām. 2, 31, 27 Gorr.
-- With upa upa, To ask, MBh. 12, 12272.
-- With pari pari,
1. To ask, Man. 11, 195.
2. To ask about, MBh. 1, 6311.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To ask, MBh. 14, 576.
-- With prati prati,
1. To ask, Kathās. 26, 121.
2. To ask about, Rām. 1, 8, 18.
-- With vi vi, To ask, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 25.
-- With sam sam, Ātm.
1. To ask, Lass. 41, 10.
2. To ask about, MBh. 15, 6.
-- With upasam upa-sam, To ask, MBh. 5, 2658.
-- Cf. Lat. procus, procax, precor, prex, probably posco, postulare, perhaps suf-fragari, rogare, flagitare; Goth. fragan, fraihnan; A.S. fregnan.
I. m. and n.
1. Impregnating, Man. 9, 61.
2. Impregnation, MBh. 14, 1127.
3. The season for a cow's taking the bull.
4. Bringing forth. Man. 9, 96.
II. m. A progenitor, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 34.
1. Generating, Bhāg. P. 4, 1, 28.
2. Children, 9, 14, 45.
1. Progeny, offspring, Man. 3, 42.
2. Creature, Man. 3, 76.
3. Subjects, people, 1, 89.
-- Comp. a-praja,
I. adj., f. jā. 1. not bringing forth, MBh. 1, 4491. 2. childless, Pañc. ii. d. 101.
II. f. jā, a female who has not borne (a child), Man. 9, 161. sakṛt-praja, m. a crow.
I. m.
1. One who wakes, MBh. 13, 7051.
2. A guardian, Bhāg. P. 4, 27, 15.
3. The act of waking, watching, MBh. 1, 330.
4. Taking care, Rājat. 5, 317.
5. Awaking, being roused, Kām. Nītis. 7, 58.
II. f. rā, The name of an Apsaras.
1. Being about to bring forth.
2. Bringing forth, MBh. 13, 4229.
3. A mother, Nal. 13, 67.
I. adj., f. ratī, Having progeny, abounding in progeny, Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7.
II. f. vatī.
1. Pregnant, Bhāg. P. 9, 8, 3.
2. A mother, Mārk. P. 125, 7.
3. A brother's wife, Ragh. 14, 45.
I. adj.
1. (vb. jñā), Intelligent.
2. i. e. pra-jānu, Bandylegged, having the knees far apart.
II. f. jñā, Understanding, wisdom, Pañc. i. d. 475; knowledge, Man. 4, 41.
-- Comp. dīrgha-prajña, adj. having a far-seeing understanding. duṣprajña, i. e. dus-, adj. foolish. sthita-, adj. calm.
1. Teaching, Bhāg. P. 3, 25, 1.
2. A certain magical art, Kathās. 30, 6.
1. Knowledge, wisdom, MBh. 3, 12693.
2. A mark, 5, 992.
-- Comp. duṣprajñāna, i. e. dus-, n. foolishness.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Guidance, MBh. 12, 3934.
2. Affection, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 364; friendly or fond regard, love, Vikr. d. 34.
3. Confidence, familiarity, Bhag. 11, 41.
4. Desire, MBh. 13, 224.
-- Comp. a-, m. want of affection. ati-, m. exceeding love. niṣpraṇaya, i. e. nis-, adj. cold, Utt. Rāmac. 70, 5. sa-,
I. adj. affectionate, friendly.
II. yam, adv. 1. affectionately, Chr. 44, 32. 2. confidently, Kathās. 46, 191.
1. Performing, practising, MBh. 1, 7593.
2. Sentencing, Man. 8, 277.
3. Adducing.
1. Attached to, loving, Śāk. d. 143.
2. Confident, MBh. 12, 13929.
-- Comp. pāṇi-, f. condition of being taken as wife, Rājat. 3, 390 (cf. pāṇi-praṇayin + ī).
I. adj., f. inī.
1. Affectionate, attached to, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1762.
2. Beloved, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 8.
II. m.
1. A friend, Vikr. d. 94; a favourite, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1903.
2. A husband or lover, Megh. 40.
III. f. inī, A wife or mistress, Prab. 100, 3.
-- Comp. pāṇi-praṇayinī, f. a wife, Rājat. 3, 307.
1. The holy syllable om, Man. 2, 74.
2. A small tabor.
1. A loud noise, MBh. 4, 1684; a shout.
2. Neighing, MBh. 6, 137.
3. Roar, Rām. 6, 79, 10.
4. Tingling in the ear.
1. Bowing, a bow, MBh. 1, 5384.
2. Prostration, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 8.
3. Respectful salutation, Pañc. 91, 3.
-- Comp. sa-praṇāma + m. adv. with a bow, Śāk. 7, 8.
1. Disappearance, loss, Pañc. 5, 10.
2. Death, 87, 19.
I. adj., f. nī, Destroying, removing, MBh. 1, 354.
II. n. Destroying, destruction, Ragh. 3, 60.
1. Putting on, employing.
2. Respectful behaviour, attendance to, MBh. 3, 17016.
3. Profound meditation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 6.
4. Prayer.
1. Spying, MBh. 12, 2155.
2. Sending out (of emissaries), Rām. 1, 4, 103 Gorr.
3. Request.
4. A spy, an emissary, Man. 7, 153.
5. A follower.
1. Prostration, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 442; Vikr. 34, 4.
2. Submission, Ragh. 4, 64.
1. Forcing away, MBh. 3, 720.
2. Removing, MBh. 9, 390.
1. A leader, MBh. 2, 264.
2. A creator, MBh. 1, 7277.
3. An author, 13, 7166.
1. Spreading.
2. A creeper.
-- Cf. probably [greek] cf. purātana.
1. Very thin, Megh. 104.
2. Very delicate, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3322.
3. Very small, Megh. 30; indifferent, Śāk. d. 138.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj., f. rā, difficult to be crossed over, Rām. 2, 71, 9.
-- Comp. su-, m. great understanding, 5, 3062.
1. A tendril, Śāk. d. 170.
2. A plant having tendrils, a climber, Man. 1, 48.
3. Spreading, Kathās. 35, 153.
1. Having tendrils, Suśr. 1, 4, 17.
2. Spread, 1, 308, 16.
1. Heat, Ragh. 4, 12.
2. Splendour, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 131.
3. Majesty, dignity, Kām. Nītis. 8, 12.
-- Comp. niṣpratāpa, i. e. nis-, adj. base, Pañc. ii. d. 97.
I. adj. Distressing, inflicting pain, Rām. 3, 53, 29.
II. m. A hell.
III. n. Burning, MBh. 13, 3302.
I. adj. Majestic, Bhag. 1, 12.
II. m. A proper name, MBh. 9, 2567.
1. Burning, MBh. 9, 1334; distressing, 3, 1685.
2. shining, majestic, 13, 2149.
1. Crossing over, Rām. 1, 3, 28 Gorr.
2. and f. ṇā, Cheating, fraud.
I. preposition with acc. and abl.
1. Towards, to, against, Man. 4, 52.
2. In proportion to, compared with, Kathās. 45, 400; Utt. Rāmac. 116, 14.
3. Near, Rām. 2, 83, 19.
4. On, MBh. 3, 15745.
5. About; phālgunaṃ vātha caitraṃ vā māsau prati, 'About the month of Phālguna or Caitra,' Man. 7, 182.
6. For, as compensation (with abl.); asmāt kapotāt prati, 'For this pigeon,' MBh. 3, 13287.
7. Concerning; sīmāṃ prati samutpanne vivāde, 'If a contest arises concerning a boundary,' Man. 8, 245; with respect to, in regard of.
8. According; dharmaṃ prati, 'By law,' Man. 8. 55; māṃ prati, 'According to my opinion,' Mālav. d. 50.
9. In every, each by each; yajñaṃ prati, 'In every sacrifice,' Yājñ. 1, 110.
II. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives, in the same significations as in
I., and besides in the signification Back, returning. again.
III. Compounded with nouns, in the significations of
I., and 'equally.' In comp. adv. we find in with a distributive signification, 'Eac by each,' 'every,' e. g. prati-gṛha + m, adv. In every house.
IV. With following uta, On the contrary.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. red, e. g. in red-dere, red-ire, and re, e. g. in referre.
I. adj., f. rī, Counteracting, Suśr. 2, 270, 6.
II. m. Compensation, Rājat. 5, 169 (read rājāpratikareṇa, i. e. rājā apratikareṇa, 'Without compensation').
1. One who requites, Hariv. 11170.
2. One who opposes.
1. Dress, personal embellishment, Śiś. 5, 27.
2. Requital, MBh. 4, 1841.
3. Redress, opposing.
-- Comp. a-, adj. obedient, Rām. 1, 75, 22.
1. An efligy.
2. A target for archers to practice at.
and pratīkāra prati/īkāra, i. e. prati-kṛ + a, m.
1. Obviating, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 370.
2. Remedying, help, Hit. 85. 6, M.M.; help against, alleviation, Vikr. 20, 9.
3. A remedy, Man. 10, 185.
4. Requital, Rām 4. 27, 20.
5. A kind of peace or alliance, concluded in the hope that the one part will requite services received from the other, Hit. iv. d. 113, 114.
-- Comp. a-pratikāra, adj. 1. irremediable. 2. niṣpratīkāra + m, i. e. nis-, adv. without any trouble, MBh. 1, 8250.
and pratīkāśa prati/īkāśa, i. e. prati-kāś + a, adj. Like, resembling, Utt. Rāmac. 50, 8 (tī).
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Contrary, Hariv. 11261; disagreeable, Pañc. iii. d. 104.
2. Contradictory, Rām. 3, 30, 14.
3. Hostile, Man. 9, 80; pratikūleṣu sthita, Refractory, 9, 275.
4. Disastrous, Śāk. 7, 16.
5. Perverse, MBh. 13, 3403.
II. pratikūlam, adv.
1. Contrary, Rām. 6, 90, 26.
2. Inversely, Man. 10, 31.
1. Opposition, Kathās. 31, 85.
2. Hostility, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1841.
1. An image, Śāk. 90, 2.
2. Resistance, Hariv. 4211.
1. Counteracting, keeping off, Rām. 6, 1, 5.
2. A fence, Rājat. 5, 92.
3. Remedying, help, Kathās. 31, 75; Utt. Rāmac. 73, 5.
4. Care, MBh. 12, 2187.
5. Requital, Kathās. 4, 124.
-- Comp. an-anya-pratikriya, adj. having no other help, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1949. niṣpratikriya, i. e. nis-, adj. irremediable.
1. Acceptance, Man. 1, 88.
2. A present, Śāk. 17, 5.
3. Friendly reception, MBh. 1, 7556.
4. Favour, Rām. 1, 62, 29 Gorr.
5. Hearing, MBh. 3, 8373.
6. A receiver, Rām. 1, 69, 14.
7. A spitting pot.
8. The reserve of an army.
1. Opposing, resistance.
2. Rage.
3. Fainting.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. what cannot be warded off, Man. 12, 28. 2. irresistible, MBh. 2, 143. niṣpratigha, i. e. nis-, adj. not hindered, Ragh. 8, 77.
and pratīghāta prati/īghāta, i. e. prati-han, Caus., + a, m.
1. Repulse, MBh. 5, 2650.
2. Warding off a blow, 4, 2118.
3. Preventing, 1, 1592.
4. Resistance, 7, 1373.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without an opposer, MBh. 5, 1274.
1. Repulsing, Arj. 4, 26.
2. Killing.
1. Repelling, repalsing, Daśak, 62, 5.
2. Injuring, Kām. Nītis. 14, 5.
1. Promise, Rām. 4, 13, 31.
2. Assent, Rām. 1, 4, 40 Gorr.
3. Agreement, MBh. 4, 177.
4. Assertion, Śāk. 23, 12 v. r.
1. Seeing, perceiving, Rām. 5, 14, 65.
2. Sight, MBh. 7, 3214.
1. The return (of a deposit).
2. Barter.
3. Giving in return for, a present made in return, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 3.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. without an adversary, unopposed, Rām. 2, 107, 8. 2. unconquerable, 5, 22, 19. niṣpratidvandva, i. e. nis-, adj. having no adversary, MBh. 7, 9265.
1. An adversary, Ragh. 7, 34.
2. One who rivals, Śāk. d. 80.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no adversary, no rival, MBh. 5, 1897.
1. A substitute, Man. 9, 180.
2. An image, likeness, Ragh. 5, 63.
1. Opposite part, MBh. 8, 4409.
2. Opposition.
3. An opponent, an adversary, Pañc. ed. orn. 56, 10.
-- Comp. satpratipakṣa, i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), m. a contradictory premiss.
1. Obtaining, acquirement, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2801.
2. Perception, 1747.
3. Knowledge, Ragh. 8, 4.
4. Acknowledgment, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2159.
5. Admitting, Yājñ. 2, 283.
6. Proceeding, acting, MBh. 13, 2461.
7. A means, Mālav. 48, 6.
8. Respectful behaviour, honouring, worshipping, Pañc. 117, 12; MBh. 7, 7467.
9. Giving, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2659.
10. Causing, Kām. Nītis. 1, 40.
11. Confidence.
1. The first day of a lunar fortnight, the first of the moon's increase or wane, especially that of its increase, Rām. 2, 122, 28 Gorr.
2. Understanding.
1. At every step, Kathās. 19, 84.
2. Everywhere, 23, 79.
3. Place for place, at their several places, Prab. 44, 9 (Sch.).
1. A counter-pledge, the thing staked against another, Nal. 9, 2.
2. Revenge at play, Nal. 26, 7.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not forwarding, MBh. 12, 1212.
1. Causing to attain, Rām. 6, 69, 33.
2. Bringing back, 3, 76, 1.
3. Giving back, returning, MBh. 3, 13349.
4. Producing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 16.
5. Repetition, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 8.
6. Giving, gift, donation, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 20.
7. Teaching.
8. Beginning, MBh. 12, 5332.
1. A reflection, a reflected image, Ānandal. 62.
2. A requital.
1. Obstacle, Mālav. 10, d. 9; Śāk. 23, 13.
2. Blocking up, Hariv. 5512.
3. Connection.
I. adj. Impeding, obstructing, Bhāṣāp. 146.
II. m. A branch.
III. At the end of comp. adj. = pratibandha.
1. Able, adequate, Rām. 4, 9, 52.
2. Of equal strength, Hiḍ. 3, 8.
-- Comp. a-, adj. of incomparable strength, Rām. 6, 70, 55.
1. Waking, awaking.
2. Instructing, admonishing, Lass. 38, 13.
3. Knowledge, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 47.
I. adj. Awakening, Bhāg. P. 3, 8, 14.
II. n.
1. Awaking, MBh. 12, 901.
2. Awakening, Rām. 6, 37, 38.
3. Instructing, Bhāg. P. 8, 24, 53.
1. Light.
2. Understanding, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 15; Matsyop. 52 (corr. pratibhāsya).
-- Comp. utpanna-, i. e. ud-panna- (vb. pad), adj., f. bhā, alert in mind, Pañc. 199, 11. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj., f. bhā, deprived of splendour, Hariv. 4422.
1. A resemblance, a figure, Hit. ii. d. 149.
2. An idol, Man. 9, 285.
3. The part of an elephant's head between the tusks.
-- Comp. a-pratima, adj., f. mā, incomparable, Pañc. iii. d. 240. devatā-pratimā, f. Image of a deity. puṣpita-palāśa-, adj. Resembling a Butea frondosa full of flowers, Pañc. 91, 7.
I. adj. Being in front, Rām. 6, 90, 11.
II. °kham, adv.
1. In front, Megh. 18, n.
2. Against, Man. 8, 291.
I. n. Requital, MBh. 8, 4635.
II. f. nā, An image, Ragh. 16, 17.
1. Opposition.
2. Existing as the counterpart of anything, Kathās. 19, 84 (an antidote).
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Who or what impedes.
2. Connected.
II. m.
1. An opponent.
2. A counterpart.
3. Any thing or object depending upon another and not existing without it.
4. The counter-entity of a negation, i. e. that thing of which there is a negation. (Cf. a-, adj., Bhāṣāp. 68; the meaning is, that in a true vyāpti the middle term is always found with the major, and this latter cannot be incapable of being found where the middle term is, i. e. in the minor term.)
1. Echo, Pañc. 193, 23.
2. Answering aloud, quarrel, 183, 6.
I. adj. Suitable, Utt. Rāmac. 130, 14.
II. n. A picture.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. pā. 1. incomparable, Rām. 3, 52, 6. 2. unsuitable, 3, 51, 32.
1. Who or what hinders, opposes, an opposer, Man. 3, 153.
2. One who recovers, Man. 11, 80.
1. Impediment, opposition.
2. Siege, blockade.
1. An opponent.
2. A thief, Mālav. d. 85.
I. adj., f. nī, Impeding.
II. m.
1. An opponent.
2. A thief.
1. Inverted. contrary to the natural order (regarding the intermixture of castes, where the mother is of a higher caste than the father), Man. 10, 25.
2. Left.
3. Low, vile.
and prativacas prati-vac + ana or as, n. An answer, Vikr. 58, 16; Pañc. 117, 15.
I. adj. Keeping off, MBh. 12, 6165.
II. n. Keeping off, Chr. 32, 31.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be kept off, Rām. 3, 31, 49.
1. Arrangement against something, prevention, Pañc 148, 20; help, 260, 24.
2. Arrangement.
3. Subsidiary ceremony.
1. Arraying an army against an enemy. MBh. 6. 2073.
2. A multitude, Hariv. 3605.
1. Assistance. MBh. 3, 8828.
2. An asylum, Pañc. i. d. 282.
3. Habitation, Nal. 24, 6; Man. 10, 36 (vahis-grāma-, adj. Living without the town).
4. A house.
1. A promise, Rājat. 5, 132.
2. An assent.
1. Promising.
2. Listening to, Man. 2, 195.
1. Echo, Ragh. 13, 40.
2. Promise.
1. Keeping off, Man. 9, 266.
2. Avoiding. Utt. Rāmac. 125, 4.
3. Prohibition, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 16.
1. Keeping off. preventing, Chr. 56, 13.
2. Prohibition, Man. 10, 126.
1. A spy, an emissary.
2. A companion.
3. A leader.
4. A leather thong, a whip (cf. kaśa).
1. Place, Bhag. 14, 27.
2. A firm standing, staying, Bhag. 2, 70.
3. Quiet, Vikr. d. 42.
4. The earth.
5. Accomplishment, completion.
6. Fame, celebrity, Rājat. 5, 28; Utt. Rāmac. 131, 7.
7. Pre-eminence, MBh. 12, 6690.
8. Erecting the image of a deity, Rājat. 1, 124.
-- Comp. a-pratiṣṭha, adj. 1. without stability, Bhag. 16, 8. 2. perishable. janmapratiṣṭhā, i. e. janman-, f. a mother, Śāk. 83, 8. su-,
I. f. 1. erection (as of a temple), consecration. 2. fame.
II. adj., f. ṭhā, famous, Nal. 12, 66.
1. A firm standing, Johns. Sel. 93, 50.
2. Base, Rām. 1, 5, 12 Gorr.
3. The same of a town.
1. Taking back, MBh. 10, 698.
2. Resigning, 12, 7161.
1. Joining again, a remedy, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 10.
2. Suppressing of feeling for a time.
3. Praise.
I. m. f. n. A servant, dependent.
II. m.
1. The rear of an army.
2. A garland.
3. A bracelet, Kir. 5, 33.
4. A string worn round the hand at nuptials, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 5.
5. Ornament.
1. Secondary creation, or the creation of the world by Brahman and other divine beings.
2. The portion of a Purāṇa which treats of the destruction and renovation of the world.
1. Repelling.
2. Applying remedies to a wound.
1. A mock sun, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 3, 37; 36, 1.
2. A lizard, Utt. Rāmac. 43, 7 (ka).
1. Repulse, rebound, Śīś. 9, 49.
2. Disappointment.
and pratīhāra prati/īhāra, i. e. prati-hṛ + a,
I. m.
1. A door.
2. A door-keeper, Hit. 89, 2 (ī); a chamberlain, Kathās. 18, 194 (ī).
3. A juggler.
II. f. rī, A female doorkeeper, Utt. Rāmac. 25, 1.
I. adj.
1. Contrary.
2. Inverted.
II. m.
1. A limb.
2. A part.
-- Comp. su-,
I. adj., f. kā. 1. handsome-faced, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6. 2. handsome.
II. m. 1. Śiva. 2. Kāma. 3. the elephant of the south-east(?) quarter.
1. Looking to.
2. Regard.
3. Expectation.
1. Knowledge, Bhāṣāp. 113.
2. Conviction, Śāk. d. 190.
3. Notoriety.
-- Comp. a-, f. the not being understood, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 8.
1. Backward.
2. Retrograde, Pañc. iii. d. 7.
3. Contradictory, opposite, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396.
4. Refractory, Hit. ii. d. 173; disobedient.
5. Adverse, Man. 4, 206; against the stream, Vikr. d. 24.
-- Comp. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj. going straight forward, unconcerned, MBh. 4, 933.
I. adj., f. kṣā.
1. Being before one's eyes, visible, Utt. Rāmac. 43, 9; Hit. iii. d. 24.
2. Present.
3. Perceptible, evident, Hit. 85, 21 (°kṣī-kṛta, made evident).
II. kṣam, adv. In the presence, Pañc. 216, 3; publicly, iii. d. 93.
III. instr. kṣeṇa, At sight, Hit. i. d. 98, M.M.; evidently, Hit. 106, 12.
IV. n.
1. Perception, Bhāṣāp. 51.
2. Superintendence, Man. 9, 27.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not seen by one's own eyes Man. 8, 95. 2. unknown, Rām. 4, 9, 102.
I. n. A minor member of the body, as the chin, nose, etc.
II. gam, adv.
1. Limb by limb, Pañc. 183, 21.
2. Each part, Man. 8, 208.
I. adj., f. tīcī.
1. Proceeding to, Chr. 289, 5 = Rigv. i. 50, 5.
2. Behind, following in time or place.
3. West, western.
4. Inward, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 24; 17; 211, 22; 210, 12.
II. yak, adv. with abl.
1. Behind, following in time or place.
2. To the west, Man. 2, 21.
III. f. tīcī, The west quarter, Draup. 3, 7.
I. adj. sbst. Hostile, an enemy, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 30.
II. n.
1. A hostile army, MBh. 7, 1986.
2. Enmity, 6, 571.
1. Returning a salute.
2. The benediction of a teacher.
1. Knowledge, Utt. Rāmac. 162, 6.
2. Ascertainment, certainty, proof, Pañc. iii. d. 91; 64, 12.
3. Decisive sentence, Pañc. 165, 4.
4. Usage, practice.
5. Truth, belief, Utt. Rāmac. 116, 1; confidence, Kathās. 49, 122; dependence on (loc.), Pañc. i. d. 373.
6. Oath, ordeal, Man. 8, 178.
7. Instrument, means of agency.
8. A helpmate.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. mistrust, Pañc. i. d. 204.
II. adj. not confiding, Śāk. d. 2.
1. Decrease, Bhag. 2, 40.
2. Disappearance.
3. Disappointment, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 10.
4. Reverse, contrary course, Man. 4, 245.
5. Disadvantage, Prab. 12, 13.
6. Sin, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 15.
1. Attention, Rājat. 5, 168 ('having directed his mind to stealing,' read muṣe instead of mukhe).
2. Management, 180.
1. Rejection.
2. Refusing, Hit. i. d. 12, M.M.; denial.
3. Reproach.
1. Rejection, repudiation, Śāk. d. 183.
2. Refusal, abstemiousness, Megh. 93.
3. Eclipsing, Daśak. 138, 3.
4. Prevention, Man. 8, 344.
5. Informing.
1. Desire (ŚKD.), Daśak. 195, 18.
2. Hope, expectation, Vikr. 40, 17 (sa-pratyāśa + m, Full of expectation).
and pratyāsāra pratyāsa/āra, i. e. prati-ā-sṛ + a, m. The rear of an army.
1. Taking back.
2. Recovering, Vikr. 11, 15.
3. Restraining the organs of sense, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 18; Man. 6, 72.
4. Withholding.
1. Beginning.
2. Effort.
3. Setting out to assail an enemy.
4. Declaration of war.
1. A reply to an answer.
2. An answer, Hit. 64, 14.
1. Rising from a seat as a mark of respect.
2. Going to meet.
1. Service in return, Pañc. 207, 17.
2. Requital, Rājat. 5, 190.
-- Comp. punaḥpr°, i. e. punar-, m. requital, Pañc. i. d. 384.
and pratyūṣa pratyu/ūṣa, i. e. prati-uṣas, m. Morning, dawn, Pañc 40, 13 (u); 27, 5 (ū).
1. To be extended, to spread, Chr. 295, 12 = Rigv. i. 92, 12 (ved. ptcple. of the pres. prathāna).
2. To be unfolded, Rājat. 5, 366.
3. To be famous, Rām. 2, 61, 2. Caus. prathaya,
1. To extend, Bhartṛ. 2, 37.
2. To show, Kir. 5, 3.
3. (and i. 10 prāthaya?) To praise, Rām. 1, 4, 1; cf. pṛth. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. prathita, Renowned, Rām. 3, 53, 12.
-- With the prep. vi vi, viprathita, Spread, MBh. 2, 2667. Caus. To praise, MBh. 3, 10277.
-- Cf. probably Lat. interpretari, perhaps Goth. frathjan.
I. ordinal number, f. mā.
1. First, Hit. 77, 1, M.M.; prior, Vikr. 14, 6.
2. Chief, excellent, Śāk. 99, 23.
II. mam, adv.
1. First, Vikr. d. 132.
2. Previously, Vikr. d. 58.
I. adj. sbst. Giving, Vikr. d. 9; a giver, Rājat. 5, 162.
II. f. dā, A gift.
-- Comp. puṇya-, adj. meritorious, Hariv. 351.
I. adj., f. ṇā, Being at the right hand, Man. 4, 39.
II. m., f. ṇā, and n. Reverential salutation by circumambulating a person or object, keeping the right side towards them, Pañc. 236, 8.
III. ṇam, adv.
1. From left to right, Man. 2, 48.
2. Proceeding from the east in a southern direction, 3, 87.
-- Comp. abhi-pradakṣi-ṇam, adv. From left to right, Rām. 1, 15, 16.
1. Scattering, MBh. 12, 3715 (an army).
2. A cleft, Utt. Rāmac. 43, 6.
3. Fracture.
4. An arrow.
1. Giving, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 17.
2. Gift, Pañc. 184, 2; delivery 101, 11.
3. Giving in marriage, marriage, Śāk. d. 26.
-- Comp. avaskanda-, n. Giving the opportunity of being surprised, Pañc. iii. d. 37.
1. A lamp, Hit. i. d. 167, M.M.
2. Splendour, Śāk. 7, 4.
I. adj. Inflaming, Suśr. 1, 177, 10.
II. m. A kind of poison.
III. n. Kindling, Rām. 5, 49.
1. A place, Pañc. 118, 14; part, 134, 20 (pṛṣṭha-pradeśe, from behind).
2. A country, Pañc. 159, 21.
3. A foreign country.
4. A short span, measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the forefinger.
I. n.
1. A present.
2. A bribe.
II. f. nī, The forefinger.
1. Offence.
2. Evening, the first part of the night, Pañc. 186, 3.
-- Comp. grahaṇī-, m. Diarrhoea, Suśr. 2, 186, 2.
1. A ray of light.
2. Light.
1. Tearing, destroying, Megh. 49; destruction, Utt. Rāmac. 119, 7.
2. War, battle.
I. n.
1. Nature, MBh. 13, 1009.
2. The Supreme God.
3. Intellect.
4. Chief, Hit. 49, 18; principal (only sing.), excellent, Pañc. 156, 15.
5. The first companion of a king, his minister, his confidant, etc.
II. adj. Chief, principal, Pañc. i. d. 324; Hit. 60, 22; Bhartṛ. 2, 99.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not principal, not minister, subordinate, inferior, Hit. 51, 22. tad-, adj. having her (viz. his wife) as chief, i. e. performed principally with her assistance, Man. 3, 18. dharma-, adj. loving justice, Man. 4, 243. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of one's chief, Rām. 2, 111, 16 Gorr. yathā-pradhāna + m, adv. according to their chiefs, represented by their chiefs, Johns. Sel. 46, 73. viśuddha-sattva-, adj., f. nā, having the nature of pure goodness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 17.
1. Condition of a thing's nature, latter part of comp. words; e. g. sva-pradhāna + tā The character of one's own nature, Vedāntas in Chr. 206, 12.
2. Supremacy. excellence, Rām. 3, 49, 12.
3. Ministership, Hit. 52, 1.
-- Comp. a-pradhāna + tā, f. the condition of not being minister, ib.
1. Thinking.
2. Thought, Johns. Sel. 92, 43.
-- Cf. Lat. pronepos.
1. Extent.
2. Development, analysis, Bhāṣāp. 126.
3. Prelixity.
4. Heap.
5. Error.
6. Delusion, deceit, Pañc. 256, 1.
1. A precipice, Śāk. d. 137.
2. A bank, Ragh. 2, 26.
3. A cascade.
4. Flying forward, Pañc. ii. d. 57.
5. Hastening away, Kathās. 43, 264.
6. Throwing one's self, Pañc. iii. d. 238.
-- Comp. giri-, m. a precipice. jala-, m. A cascade, Rām. 2, 94, 13.
I. m.
1. A paternal great-grandfather, Bhag. 11, 39.
2. pl. Ancestors, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 5.
3. A name of Brahman.
II. f. hī, A paternal great-grandmother.
-- Comp. vṛddha-,
I. m. a paternal great-greatgrandfather.
II. f. hī, a paternal great-great-grandmother.
1. and °traka tra + ka, m. A great-grandson, Kathās. 9, 7, Yājñ. 1, 78.
2. f. trī, A greatgranddaughter.
1. Uninterrupted connexion.
2. Continuous application, Hit. 47, 3, M.M.; action.
3. A connected narrative, composition, Utt. Rāmac. 112, 5.
4. A literary production, Mālav. 3, 2 bel.
-- Comp. ati-, m. Uninterruptedness, Ragh. 3, 58. kapaṭa-, m. A fraudulent design, Hit. 21, 13. dṛṣṭa-rasa-, adj. one who has seen dramas, Vikr. 3, 7.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Prevailing, Hiḍ. 4, 46; strong, Ṛt. 1, 24; powerful.
2. Violent, Vikr. d. 81.
3. Much, Rājat, 5, 68.
II. m. A sprout.
1. Coral, Rām. 3, 49, 4.
2. A sprout, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 18.
3. A new leaf.
4. The bridge of a lute, through which the strings are drawn.
1. Waking, Hit. iii. d. 142; vigilance.
2. Awaking either from sleep or ignorance, Pañc, 37, 20.
3. Knowledge, intellect.
4. Awakening, Rām. 6, 37, 38.
1. Awakening, Pañc. 4, 13; recalling to life, Utt. Rāmac. 460, 10.
2. Instructing, Pañc. 4, 15.
I. adj. Breaking down.
II. m. Air or wind, Hit. ii. d. 84.
1. Generative cause, the root of existence, origin, Draup. 2, 5; Bhag. 7, 6.
2. The father.
3. The mother.
4. The place of receiving existence, birth-place.
5. Birth.
6. Strength, superiority.
-- Comp. antara-, m. a mixed class produced by the intermixture of different castes, Man. 1, 2. prāñc-puṇya-, adj. caused by the merits of a former existence, Pañc. iii. d. 187. vidveṣipr°, i. e. vidveṣin-, adj. proceeding from an enemy, Pañc. i. d. 425. sparśa-maṇi-, n. gold.
I. adj. Mighty, pre-eminent, Bhag. 13, 16.
II. m. A master, a lord, Śāk. 24, 6.
1. Light, Rām. 3, 53, 47.
2. Radiance, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1155; splendour, Vikr. d. 125.
-- Comp. a-cira-prabhā, f. lightning, Vikr. d. 137. ātmaprabha, i. e. ātman-, adj. enlightened by themselves, Indr. 1, 37. niṣprabha, i. e. nis-, adj., f. bhā, deprived of light or radiance, MBh. 1, 29. mahātgama prabhā, i. e. mahā-tama- (for tamas), f. the lowermost hell. samaprabha, adj., f. bhā, of equal splendour, Lass. 51, 8. su-, adj. splendid.
1. The sun.
2. The moon.
3. Fire.
4. A proper name = Kumārilasvāmin.
1. Power, Vikr. 73, 4; Pañc, 29, 20.
2. Celestial power, Vikr. d. 30.
3. Dignity.
4. Majesty.
5. Magnanimity, high spirit, Pañc. 29, 15, (gata-, adj. humbled).
-- Comp. kiṃprabhāva, i. e. kim-, adj. possessed of how large a power, Pañc. 258, 13. tathā-, adj. possessed of such a power.
I. adj., f. bhvī and bhu.
1. Strong.
2. Able; with gen., Man. 11, 30; with inf., Mālav. d. 9.
3. Eternal, Sund. 1, 19.
II. m.
1. A master, a lord, Vikr. 12, 8; Bhartṛ. 2, 12; a husband, Śṛṅgārat. 2.
2. A name of Viṣṇu, cf. Johns. Sel. 51, 111.
3. Sound.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unable. kim-, m. A bad master, Hit. ii. d. 31 (read kiṃprabhu). campaka-, m. a proper name. jagat-, m. the lord of the world.
-- Comp. a-, n. weakness, Pañc. 69, 4.
-- Comp. adya-, adv. from to-day, Chr. 61, 48. tatas-, adv. from that time, Hit. 57, 7, M. M.
1. Division, cutting through, Bhartṛ. 3, 23.
2. Difference, Bhāṣāp. 51.
3. Kind, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 22.
I. m.
1. A horse.
2. An attendant on Śiva, MBh. 13, 983.
II. f. thā, Terminalia chebula.
I. adj., f. nī, Paining, MBh. 1, 2793.
II. n.
1. Killing.
2. Paining.
I. adj., f. dā.
1. Mad, intoxicated.
2. Impassioned.
II. m. Joy.
III. f. A handsome woman, a woman, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 20; Pañc. iii. d. 271.
-- Comp. a-, f. wrong knowledge, Bhāṣāp. 125, 126.
1. Measure, Pañc, i. d. 371; a scale, Hit. i. d. 12, M. M.; analogy, Hit. 110, 12; quantity, power, Pañc. 75, 22.
2. Authority.
3. Decision, a decider, Śāk. 61, 8; Pañc. 30, 18; 34, 10.
4. A work of sacred authority.
5. Proof, Pañc. iii. d. 93; evidence.
6. Cause.
7. Principal.
8. A title of Viṣṇu.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. of exceeding largeness, Rām. 5, 54, 17. anu-, adj. suitable, Suśr. 2, 7, 14.
1. With respect to measure, Man. 2, 46.
2. Agreeably to measure.
3. According to authority.
1. To receive as authority, Hit. i. d. 9, M. M.
2. To prove, Rājat. 5, 205.
1. m. A maternal great-grandfather.
2. f. hī, A maternal great-grandmother.
-- Comp. vṛddha-,
I. m. a maternal great-greatgrandfather.
II. f. hī, a maternal greatgreat-grandmother.
1. Paining, torturing.
2. Violence.
3. Carrying off forcibly (ŚKD.), Draup.; title.
4. Killing, Utt. Rāmac. 120, 8.
1. Agitating, MBh. 12, 9040.
2. Afflicting, torturing, ib. 3, 16435.
3. Killing, destroying, a destroyer, Chr. 34, 12.
1. Intoxication.
2. Insanity, distraction, Utt. Rāmac. 51, 5.
3. Inadvertence, carelessness, Pañc. iii. d. 243.
4. Distress, Utt. Rāmac. 61, 3.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. carefulness, Rām. 2, 85, 14.
II. adj. careful, 3, 49, 13.
1. Intoxicated.
2. Insane.
3. Careless, Pañc. i. d. 20; imprudent, Vikr. 30, 14; Hit. ii. d. 173.
-- Comp. a-, adj. careful, vigilant, Man. 2, 115.
A. pra-mī, Caus., + ana,
I. adj. Killing, Yājñ, 2, 279.
II. n.
1. Killing.
2. Slaughter, Man. 11, 140.
B. pra-me. Caus., + ana, n. Change, MBh. 12, 13252.
1. Measure.
2. True knowledge.
I. adj.
1. First, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 6.
2. Chief, Hit. iii. d. 83.
3. Best.
II. n. Mouth, Johns. Sel. 15, 55 (cf. p. 39, n.).
III. khe, loc., adverbially.
1. In presence, Śāk. d. 181.
2. In front, Chr. 30, 5.
IV. khatas, adv. At the head, Johns. Sel. 9, 13.
I. adj., f. nī, Liberating, MBh. 3, 8031.
II. n. Liberating.
1. Hilarity, Man. 3, 61; joy, Vikr. d. 153.
2. Fragrance, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 2.
1. Fascination.
2. Fainting, insensibility, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 6.
3. Confusion, Draup. 6, 20 (-citta, adj. bewildered in mind).
1. Persevering exertion, effort, Vikr. d. 143.
2. Great care, Man. 3, 79.
3. Difficulty, Śāk. 5, 11 (scarcely).
4. Articulation of sound, Pāṇ. 1, 1, 9.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not solicitous, Man. 6, 26. niṣprayatna, i. e. nis-, adj. abstaining from any exertion, Hariv. 2514.
1. Sacrifice.
2. A celebrated place of pilgrimage, the confluence of the Gangā and Yamunā, Chr. 46, 27.
1. Going forth, march, Pañc. 8, 19.
2. Going, Hit. iv. d. 80.
3. Attack, Pañc. 232, 16; invasion.
1. Labour, fatigue, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 11.
2. Effort, Pañc. 82, 9.
1. Creator, Utt. Rāmac. 89, 2.
2. A mime, Ragh. 19, 36.
1. Throwing missiles, Arj. 5, 6.
2. Application, employment, Pañc. i. d. 205; use, Śiś. 9, 79.
3. Example, comparison.
4. Lending money at interest, Man. 10, 115.
5. Appointing.
6. Ceremonial form, course of proceeding.
7. Device, contrivance,
8. Act, action, practice, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 10.
9. Dramatic performance, Vikr. d. 36.
10. Affair, matter.
11. Cause, motive, occasion, object.
12. Consequence, result.
13. Magic, magical rites.
-- Comp. artha-, m. lending money, Cāṇ. 22 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 408. vidhi-, m. acting in conformity to a rule. su-, m. 1. approximation. 2. dexterity, expertness.
1. By employing, Hit. iii. d. 60.
2. According to.
3. Actually.
I. adj. Who or what causes.
II. m.
1. An author, Yājñ. 1, 5.
2. A creditor, 2, 62.
1. Cause, Vikr. 80, 11; motive, Pañc. 107, 10.
2. Purpose, design, Pañc. 58, 2; 240, 15.
3. Use, Pañc. 5, 5; need, Hit. 54, 20; profit, Pañc. 88, 10; interest, 114, 22.
4. Means of attaining, Man. 7, 100.
-- Comp. a-, and nis-, adj. 1. not induced by motives, MBh. 13, 2025 (niṣp°). 2. useless, Hit. 105, 19 (niṣp°). Samāna-artha-, adj. depending on equal interests, Hit. iv. d. 110 (read °naḥ, cf. Kām. Nītis. 4, 7).
I. adj.
1. Hanging down, pendulous, Lass. 4, 19.
2. Prominent, Johns. Sel. 55, 142.
3. Dilatory, slow.
II. n.
1. Hanging on or from.
2. The new shoot or bud of a crceping plant.
3. A branch.
4. A garland of flowers worn round the neck.
5. The name of a demon kolled by Balarāma.
1. Obtaining, Rām. 5, 68, 43.
2. Fraud.
-- Comp. su-, adj. easy of attainment.
1. Dissolution,
2. Destruction, Utt. Rāmac. 83, 10; Hit. ii. d. 175.
3. End, Pañc. 265, 11.
4. Death.
5. The destruction of the world, Hit. 47, 18.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. a destruction of the world occurring after every period of 4, 320,000,000 years. 2. a total destruction of the universe.
1. Prattlement, useless speech, Utt. Rāmac. 84, 1.
2. Lamentation, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 6; Pañc. 213, 2.
-- Comp. su-, m. eloquence.
1. Destruction.
2. The end of the universe.
1. Rolling on the ground.
2. Tossing (as of the ocean).
1. Allurement, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 37.
2. Greediness, Pañc. i. d. 462.
1. Allurement, Sund. 3, 20.
2. Seducing.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who does not instruct, Pañc. iii. d. 71.
1. Eloquence, Hit. ii. d. 26.
2. Teaching.
3. A holy treatise, Man. 3, 184.
1. adj.
1. Declining.
2. Bent.
3. Curved.
4. Inclined to, Kathās. 3, 54; Lass. 77, 3; endowed with.
5. Swift, Ṛt. 1, 24 v.r.
6. Ready (with infin.), MBh. 1, 2187.
II. m. A place where four roads meet.
-- Comp. dakṣiṇā-, adj. with a declivity towards the south, Man. 3, 206.
I. adj. Aged, Utt. Rāmac. 106, 6.
II. m. An old man, Ragh. 8, 18.
I. adj., f. rā, Best, Indr. 5. 20; exalted, Pañc. 3, 10; Man. 3, 167; chief, Man. 9, 67.
II. m.
1. A Muni who contributes to the credit of a particular family (gotra).
2. One of the forty-nine gotras, as opposed to the eight principal, Āśval. S. ap. M. Müller, Anc. Sskr. Lit. 380. n. 1.; cf. Weber, Berl. Handschriften, p. 59, 60; Kusumāñj. 3, 19.
III. n. A family.
-- Comp. śaṅkha-, m. or n. an excellent conch, Chr. 25, 60.
I. adj.
1. Inciting, stimulating.
2. One who causes.
II. m.
1. An instigator, Man. 12, 4.
2. An author, a founder, Bhāg. P. 9, 17, 4; Hariv. 4135.
III. n. The entrance of the first person of the drama at the close of the introdaction.
1. Going forward, Rām. 6, 92, 4.
2. Engaging in, Man. 11, 63.
3. Beginning.
4. Activity.
5. Stimulating, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 6.
6. Directing.
7. Informing.
8. Revolving.
-- Comp. a-, n. abstaining from (with loc.), Hit. i. d. 20.
1. A snake.
2. A peacock.
-- Comp. niṣpravāṇi, i. e. nis-, adj. Quite new, Daśak. 62, 1 bel.
1. A breeze, Śāk. 32, 16; Kathās. 20, 223.
1. Rumour, report, Hit. 19, 4, M. M.
2. A proverb, Pañc. 174, 1.
3. Speaking, discourse.
-- Comp. loka-, m. common report or saying, Lass. 12, 13.
1. Living away from home, a temporary foreign residence, Vikr. 61, 17 (cf. manasa); far away, d. 135.
2. A journey, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 11.
1. Banishment, Man. 7, 125.
2. Killing.
1. adj. sbst. Living away from home, Hit. i. d. 138, M. M. (cira-, long exiled).
2. A traveller, Ṛt. 6, 28.
1. Stream, Vikr. d. 49.
2. A torrent, Pañc. 38, 20.
3. A pond.
4. A swift horse.
5. Occupation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 24.
-- Comp. vāri-, m. a cascade.
I. adj. Who or what carries well.
II. m. A demon.
III. f. hikā, Diarrhoea.
I. Tearing.
2. Bursting.
3. War, battle.
4. Tumult.
1. Division, Man. 1, 66.
2. A part, Utt. Rāmac. 110, 18.
I. adj. Excellent, bravest, Hit. iii. d. 70.
II. m.
1. A hero, Utt. Rāmac. 122, 4.
2. A chief, Rām. 3, 49, 57.
1. Action, Hit. 17, 5 (engaging); occupation, doing, Man. 5, 31; Daśak. 186, 13; activity, Bhāṣāp. 148.
2. Perseverance.
3. Practice, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 10.
4. Tidings, Vikr. 57, 18; report, d. 102; utterance, Śāk. d. 21; Ragh. 12, 60.
5. Continuous flow, Vikr. d, 110.
6. The juice that exudes from an elephant's temples when in rut.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, f. ill-tidings, Ragh. 12, 51. sneha-, f. love, Śāk. d. 92, 58, 4.
1. Growing, Ragh. 13, 71.
2. Elevation, prosperity, Rājat. 5, 388.
-- Comp. maṇi-, most excellent jewels, Rām. 3, 52, 24.
1. Entering, Pañc. 33, 6.
2. Entrance, Vikr. 20, 8.
3. Intentness on an object.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj., f. śā, difficult to be entered, Rām. 3, 6, 2.
I. adj. Who or what enters.
II. m. An interlude, Śāk. 76, 10.
1. Entering, entrance.
2. The principal door of a house.
-- Comp. agni-, n. ascending a funeral pile, Kathās. 18, 270.
1. An arm.
2. The fleshy part on the back of an elephant.
1. Emigrating, Rām. 6, 8, 27.
2. Wandering about as a religious mendicant, Chr. 10 8; Man. 5, 89 (in a dress not authorised by the Vedas, cf. Kull.).
I. m. The ocean.
II. f. varī, A river.
1. Quiet, end, Pañc. iii. d. 3, 21.
2. Tranquillising, removing, Śiś. 9, 87.
1. Tranquillising, pacifying, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 4.
2. Securing, Man. 7, 56.
3. Killing.
1. Calm, tranquillity, moral or physical, Pañc. 123, 21.
2. Removal, iii. d. 120.
1. Governing.
2. Dominion, Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3.
1. A king, Nal. 12, 51.
2. A governor.
3. A kind of priest, Pañc. 156, 17.
-- Comp. kuśala-, m. Inquiring after another's welfare, Utt. Rāmac. 70, 6; Lass. 10, 20.
1. Affection, love, Pañc. ii. d. 2.
2. Affectionate behaviour.
3. Civility, modesty, Indr. 2, 21.
4. Respect, Utt. Rāmac. 152. 4.
-- Comp. sa-praśraya + m, adv. affectionately, Pañc. 25. 25; 33, 12.
I. adj. One who goes first.
II. m. A leader.
† pras, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To extend.
2. To bring forth (?).
1. Connexion.
2. Attachment.
3. Perseverance, activity, Kir. 5, 50.
4. Energy.
5. Practicableness, Rājat. 6, 154.
-- Comp. a-, f. absence of attachment, Man. 1, 89. ati-, f. excessive attachment, Man. 4, 16.
1. Association, union, Pañc. i. d. 218.
2. Attachment, Man. 2, 93; 4, 186; illicit gratification, Man. 9, 5; 4, 15 (an art which pleases the senses).
3. Connected reasoning.
4. Conjuncture, occasion, Pañc. 117, 10; time, Rājat. 5, 276.
5. Insertion, introduction.
-- Comp. ati-, m. 1. excessive attachment, Pañc. i. d. 201. 2. asserting too much, Utt. Rāmac. 135, 11. kathā-, m. conversation, Hit. 61, 7, M. M. dharma-doṣa-, m. a sinful attachment to duty, Rām. 2, 23, 6. vidhi-, m. application of, or acting upon, a rule.
1. Attached to, Ṛt. 6, 1.
2. Occasional.
3. Subordinate, MBh. 5, 1442.
1. Forcibly, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1917; Vikr. d. 19; violently, Śāk. d. 5.
2. Exceedingly, importunately, Johns. Sel. 5, 28.
I. adj. Who or what proceeds.
II. m.
1. Going forward, Śāk. d. 28.
2. Spreading.
3. A multitude.
4. Battle.
5. An iron arrow.
6. Space, room, Hit. i. d. 185, M. M.; Megh. 93.
7. Occasion.
8. Affectionate solicitation.
1. Going forth.
2. Spreading over the country to forage.
1. Bringing forth, Pañc. 75, 23; being in labour, 228, 14.
2. Offspring, Man. 3, 22; 9, 55.
3. Blossom.
4. Fruit, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 11.
I. m.
1. A father.
2. Forefather, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 1.
II. f. tri, A mother.
I. m. A beast or bird of prey.
II. n.
1. Enduring.
2. Overcoming.
3. Embrace.
1. Clearness, Vikr. d. 8.
2. Perspicuity.
3. Calmness (of mind), Vikr. d. 147.
4. Favour, Vikr. d. 54.
5. Kind be haviour, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1372.
-- Comp. duṣprasāda, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be pacified, MBh. 1, 1679. dṛṣṭi-, m. favour of looking at, Hit. 88, 6, M. M. sa-, adj. propitious, Pañc. 85, 4. su-,
I. adj. kind.
II. m. Śiva.
1. Making clear, purifying, Man. 6, 67.
2. Exhilarating Rām. 3, 55, 36.
I. n.
1. Cleaning.
2. Exhilarating, Indr. 2, 31.
II. f. nā, Worship.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be pacified, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 34.
I. n.
1. Dressing, Man. 10, 32; 2, 211 (decking the hair).
2. Dress, embellishment, accomplishment, Vikr. d. 22.
3. Accomplishing, adorning, Mālav. 62, 23; anointing the body, Man. 7, 220; 4, 152.
II. m., f. nī, and n. A comb.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be dealt with, MBh. 11, 222.
1. Going about, spreading.
2. Going to forage.
I. n. Extending, Bhāṣāp. 5.
II. f. ṇī.
1. Surrounding an enemy.
2. The dispersion of an army for collecting forage.
1. Breaking forth, Śāk. d. 61.
2. Going along.
3. Spreading.
1. Accomplishment, Man. 4, 3.
2. Ornament.
3. Fame.
4. Notoriety.
5. Name. Hit. 83, 8.
1. A mother, Śiś. 9, 14.
2. A mare.
3. A spreading creeper.
4. The plantain.
-- Comp. masi-, f. an inkstand.
1. Bringing forth (as young).
2. Birth, Man. 4, 84 (a-rājanya-prasūti + tas, from one who is not born in the Kṣatriya caste); springing up, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 4.
3. Offspring, Man. 9. 6; Vikr. 78, 21; Pañc. 74, 25.
1. The palm of the hand hollowed.
2. A handful, Bhartṛ. 2, 57.
1. Sprinkling.
2. Oozing, dropping, Ṛt. 3, 6.
1. A handful or bundle of Kuśa grass used at sacrifices.
2. A plain, level, Rām. 3, 79, 5; Man. 2, 204.
3. A stone or rock, Utt. Rāmac. 71, 2.
1. A bed.
2. A thicket or wood, overgrown with grass.
1. An introductory eulogium, introduction, Hit. 13, 4, M. M.
2. Beginning, Śāk. 101, 9.
3. Opportunity, Hit. 52, 16; Pañc. 158, 19 (loc. opportunely).
4. Turn, Pañc. 55, 16.
5. Treating a subject, Pañc. ii. d. 176.
6. A chapter.
7. Report. Hit. 120, 11.
1. Causing to be praised, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 14.
2. A dramatic prelude, prologue, Vikr. 4, 8.
3. Commencement.
I. adj.
1. Who goes on a journey.
2. Expanding.
3. Solid.
II. m. and n.
1. Tableland on the top of a mountain, Sund. 4, 6.
2. A measure of quantity.
-- Comp. indra-, n. (m.), the name of a town. udaya-, the table-land on the top of the mountain, behind which the sun rises, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 4. khāṇḍava-, m. the name of a town. hima-, m. the Himālaya mountains.
1. Departing, Megh. 42.
2. March of an assailant.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. Death, Hariv. 11070.
1. Expanding, opening.
2. Striking.
3. Winnowing corn.
4. A winnowing basket.
1. Oozing, dropping, Johns. Sel. 14, 47; Vikr. d. 150 (v.r. prasnava, q. cf.).
2. The flowing of milk, Man. 5, 130.
3. Urine, MBh. 1, 6683.
I. n.
1. Washing away of rocks.
2. Oozing, Nal. 13, 7.
3. A cascade Man. 4, 203 (Kull.); spring, Indr. 1, 25; 27.
4. A pool of water, formed by dripping of springs.
5. A pure stream, Johns. Sel. 9, 9.
6. Sweat, perspiration.
II. m. The name of a range of mountains, Rām. 3, 55, 44.
1. Flowing, dropping.
2. Urine.
I. adj. Epithet of a weapon (causing to sleep), Chr. 38, 12.
II. m. Falling asleep, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 56.
1. Striking, pecking, Pañc. 146, 14; biting, 147, 2.
2. A weapon, Hariv. 13745.
1. One who strikes, a combatant, a shooter, Vikr. 78, 13.
2. One who attacks, Pañc. 149, 14.
1. Hearty laughter, laughter, Utt. Rāmac. 91, 7.
2. Mirth.
3. Scoffing, sarcasm, Hit. i. d. 107.
4. A comedy, Lass. 67, 12.
1. Striking, Pañc. 245, 12; pecking, Hit. 107, 19; killing.
2. A stroke, Man. 4, 83; a shot (of an arrow), Pañc. 141, 10; a kick, 215, 21.
-- Comp. tala-, m. a stroke with the palm of the hand or claw, Pañc. 215, 21. pāda-, m. a kick, Rām. 4, 9, 22.
1. Loud laughter.
2. An actor.
3. Śiva.
1. Joy, pleasure.
2. The name of a Daitya, Arj. 8, 20.
1. Bowed. stooping, Arj. 1, 5.
2. Intent upon.
3. Propitious, Kathās. 46, 127.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] etc.; Lat plenus (= prāṇa), implere, etc., plebes.
1. Tall, Johns. Sel. 15, 53; lofty, Ragh. 15, 19.
2. Long, Śāk. d. 49.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very tall, Prab. 21, 10.
1. Clearness, brightness.
2. Celebrity, Pañc. i. d. 107.
I. adj., f. tī.
1. Natural.
2. Material.
3. Low, Man. 8, 336.
4. Common, Pañc. 25, 2.
II. n. A peculiar dialect, or rather some peculiar dialects akin to the Sanskrit language used particularly in dramatic compositions.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. supernatural, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 13.
1. Old.
2. Prior, former, Pañc. iii. d. 160.
1. Confidence, boldness.
2. Arrogance.
3. Pride, Lass. 67, 17.
4. Rank, proficiency, Pañc. 31, 5; 112, 19.
(a dialectical form of prāghūrṇa, see the next), m. A guest, Pañc. iii. d. 122.
1. A sort of drum.
2. and prāṅgana prāṅgana, (i. e. pra-aṅgana), A court, Hit. 50, 3.
1. Former, old.
2. Eastern, east.
3. Left, not right, Man. 2, 63 (Kull.).
1. Vālmīki, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 10.
2. The ten sons of Prācīnavarhis
I. adj.
1. Coming from, belonging to, Prajāpati, Chr. 38, 12; Pañc. i. d. 239.
2. Belonging to the Prajāpatis, Man. 4, 182.
3. With and without vidhi, a form of marriage, Man. 3, 30.
4. With or without kṛcchra, A sort of penance, Man. 11, 105; 211.
I. adj. Wise, Pañc. i. d. 129.
II. m. A learned man, Man. 2, 123.
III. f. jñā, Knowledge.
IV. f. jñī and jñā, A clever woman.
1. Much, Śāk. d. 193.
2. Lofty, Rājat. 5, 347.
I. adj., f. ācī.
1. Former, Pañc. 49, 1; prior.
2. Before, in front.
3. Eastern, east.
II. prāk (acc. sing. n.), adv.
1. First.
2. Before, Rājat. 5, 45; 338; formerly, Pañc. 217, 3.
3. In front, Utt. Rāmac. 56, 11 (so that she cannot see); Hit. i. d. 80, M.M.
4. Past.
5. Eastern.
6. At dawn.
III. f. ācī, The east, Draup. 3, 7.
1. Straight.
2. Honest, upright.
1. Breath, Vikr. d. 1.
2. Air, wind.
3. A vital organ, Man. 4, 143.
4. One of the five vital airs, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 9.
5. The Supreme Spirit, ib. 208, 3.
6. A name of Brahman.
7. pl. Life, Hit. i. d. 11, M. M.
-- Comp. ati-prāṇa + m, adv. more than life, Pañc. 220, 24. kṛcchra-, adj. supporting life with difficulty, Rām. 4, 9, 30. gata-, adj. dead. niṣpr°, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. dead. 2. exhausted. pati-, adj., f. ṇā, living in, or for, one's husband, Pañc. iii. d. 151. mahā-, m. a raven. yaṣṭi-, adj. out of breath, Johns. Sel. 21, 105.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
I. n. Breathing, Chr. 288, 10 = Rigv. i. 48, 10.
II. m. The throat.
I. m. Wind.
II. f. tī, Hiccough.
-- Comp. a-, adj. inanimate, Man. 4, 117.
-- With prā cf. O.H.G. fro, fruo; [greek] see pūrvedyus.
-- Comp. darśana-, n. Surety for appearing, 8, 160.
1. One who has begun the perusal of the Veda.
2. A student.
1. Arising, coming to light.
2. Visible, manifestly.
3. Existent.
1. The span of the thumb and forefinger.
2. Place.
adj.
1. prādhva, i. e. pra-advan, Being on a journey.
2. Bent.
3. Inclined, friendly (ŚKD.).
1. Edge.
2. Border, cheek, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 4.
3. End, Vikr. d. 4; Pañc. 197, 21.
1. A long unshaded lonesome road, Hit. 121, 2.
2. A forest, Hit. 85, 3.
3. A hollow tree.
-- Comp. duṣpr°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be attained, Bhāg. P. 8, 3, 18.
1. Coming, taking place, Pañc. 119, 5 (kutas te brāhmaṇa-bhojana-, Whence can you afford to entertain a Brāhmaṇa?).
2. Taking possession, obtaining, Kathās. 4, 105; Bhāṣāp. 114.
3. The power of obtaining every thing, one of the eight superhuman faculties, Lass. 3, 19.
4. Obtaining by actions done in a former existence, Pañc. ii. d. 132.
5. Gain, Hit. 101, 10.
6. Fortune, MBh. 14, 1337.
7. Successful termination of a plot.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. non-attainment. 2. not taking place. 3. not being justified. akarmaprāpti, i. e. a-karman-, f. acquisition without being deserved by actions done in a former existence, Pañc. 132, 17. yathā-, adj. as justified, suitable, Hit. 100, 5 (cf. prāpta, i. e. pra-āpta, proper, right; perhaps with Schlegel, corr. yathāprāpti, adv.).
1. Predominance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 20.
2. Power.
I. adj.
1. Proceeding from some evidence.
2. Being of authority.
II. m.
1. A chief.
2. A learned man.
1. Proof, Bhāṣāp. 139.
2. Authority.
-- Comp. a-, n. want of authority, irrelevancy, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 20.
1. prāya, i. e. prā + a or ya (cf. prāyas), or pra-i + a,
I. adj. Exceeding, much, abundant, Pañc. 163, 23 (or a Bahuvr.)
II. m.
1. Quantity, plenty, Man. 7, 69.
2. A banquet, a feast, Man. 3, 264(?).
3. yeṇa, instr.
a. Generally, Bhartṛ. 2, 57.
b. How much more, Ṛt. 6, 23.
c. Likely, Hit. 16, 6, M. M.
4. As latter part of comp. adj.
a. Almost; e. g. gata-, adj. Almost past, MBh. 4, 376. sam-ā-gata-, Almost approached, very near, Hit. 97, 14.
b. Like, resembling; e. g. amṛta-, Like nectar, Pañc. 206, 6; 194, 21.
-- Comp. pra-siddhakṣatriya-, adj. consisting for the most part of renowned Kṣatriyas, Hit. iii. d. 87. priya-, adj. very kind. suptajana-, adj. almost everybody being asleep, Johns. Sel. 60, 188. hiṃsā-, adj., f. yā, abundant in injury (to living beings), Man. 10, 83.
2. prāya, i. e. pra-i + a,
I. m.
1. Death.
2. Fasting to death, Pañc. 50, 15.
3. Age.
II. n. Sin.
1. prāya + śas, adv. Usually, for the most part. Hit. i. d. 201, M. M.; Man. 12, 20.
1. Penance, Man. 2, 221; Pañc. i. d. 307.
2. Expiation, Man. 9, 236; Pañc. 207, 17.
3. Punishment, Hit. ii. d. 172.
1. Frequently, Pañc. iv. d. 7; commonly, v. d. 19.
2. Probably, MBh. 12, 4989.
1. Beginning.
2. A rope for binding an elephant.
1. Asking, Pañc. 169, 7; demand, Pañc. 5, 5.
2. Desire, wish, Vikr. 50, 5; wishing for, Śāk. 15, 11.
-- Comp. ā-lambita-, adj. one whose desire is supported, Vikr. d. 38 (añjasā abhibhavitum, to be attained quickly, i. e. one who may hope to attain his desire quickly). sa-phala-, adj. one who has attained his desire, Vikr. d. 27.
1. One who solicits, Hit. i. d. 115, M. M.
2. A wooer, Śāk. 21, 6.
1. An upper garment, Pañc. 97, 18 (dhauta-, adj. Dressed in a white garment); Rājat. 4, 669.
2. Any covering.
-- Comp. karṇa-, 1. adj., f. ṇā, using the ears as a cloak, Rām. 5, 17, 34. 2. m. pl. the name of a fabulous people, MBh. 2, 1170.
1. An upper garment, a garment, MBh. 2, 1733.
2. A cover, MBh. 3, 181.
I. adj.
1. Referring to the rainy season, Vikr. 56, 9; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1915 (a cloud).
2. Produced in the rains.
3. Much.
II. m. The Kadamba tree.
-- Comp. dhūma-, adj. feeding only on smoke, MBh. 13, 646.
1. Causing to eat, Man. 2, 29.
2. Eating, Man. 5, 144.
-- Comp. anna-, n. the first feeding of a child with rice, a religious ceremony taking place in the sixth month after his birth, Man. 2, 34.
1. An inquirer.
2. An examiner, Mālav. 11, 23.
1. Belonging to any connexion, connected, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 17.
2. Inherent.
3. Incidental, episodical, Rājat. 5, 67.
1. A palace, Pañc. 256, 3.
2. A temple, Pañc. 10, 8; Rām. 5, 38, 27.
I. adj., f. yā, comparat. priyatara and preyaṃs, superl. priyatama and preṣṭha, Beloved, dear, Pañc. i. d. 205; agreeable, Śāk. 112, 15. preyaṃs, Much beloved, Kathās. 26, 283; Lass. 68, 4.
II. m.
1. A husband, Bhāg. P. 4, 3, 6.
2. A lover, Pañc. i. d. 205.
3. A sort of deer.
4. A sort of drug.
III. f. A wife or mistress.
IV. n.
1. Love, Rājat. 5, 47; sake, Chr. 22, 18.
2. A service, Vikr. 11, 18.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. unkind, offensive, Man. 5, 156.
II. m. an enemy, Man. 6, 62. putra-, m. a kind of bird, MBh. 3, 9927. prāṇa-, adj. as dear as life, Lass. 8, 11. ati-prāṇa-, adj. dearer than life, Pañc. 220, 24. priyāpriya, i. e. priya-a-, adj. agreeable and disagreeable, Hit. i. d. 11. maru-, m. a camel. yavana-, m. black pepper. raṇa-, 1. adj. warlike. 2. m. a hawk. ramā-, n. the lotus. ravi-, n. 1. the red lotus. 2. copper. vana-, m. the Indian cuckoo. vi-,
I. adj. disagreeable, Rājat. 5, 210.
II. n. offence, transgression, Rām. 3, 55, 17; hostility, Pañc. i. d. 409. sarva-, adj. 1. generally beloved. 2. generally friendly, loving all. su-, adj. agreeable. sura-, m. Indra. vṛhaspati-su-rata- (vb. ram), f. yā, a proper name. sneha-, m. a lamp. haya-, m. barley. hari-,
I. m. 1. Śiva. 2. a foot. 3. armour.
II. f. yā, Lakṣmī.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. filius.
I. adj.
1. Speaking what is agreeable, Hit. iii. d. 103.
2. Sweet speaking, Indr. 4. 11.
II. m. A proper name, Ragh. 3, 53.
III. f. dā, A proper name, Śāk. 10, 15.
1. The name of several plants.
2. A kind of deer.
3. A bee.
4. A certain bird, MBh. 3, 11576.
1. Acting kindly, Sund. 1, 5.
2. Amiable.
1. A medicinal plant and perfume.
2. Panick seed, Panicum italicum.
3. Black mustard seed.
4. Long pepper.
1. Being beloved, Man. 5. 50.
2. Love, Rājat. 5, 351.
1. To please to delight, Bhartṛ. 2, 71; Rājat. 5, 280.
2. † To love. Pass. and i. 4, Ātm. (properly pass.),
1. To be pleased, MBh. 1, 1070; with the termination of the Par., MBh. 3, 15025 (and loc.).
2. To be satisfied, to assent, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 19.
3. To love, Rām. 6, 10, 23. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. prīta.
1. Beloved, Rām. 3, 49, 11.
2. Pleased, delighted, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 21.
3. Satisfied, Chr. 28, 17.
4. Kind.
II. prīṇa, Comp. su-prīta, adj., well pleased, very happy, Johns. Sel. 5, 24. Caus. prīṇaya (properly a denomin. derived from prīṇa), To delight, MBh. 1, 6414. prīṇita, Pleased, Pañc. 198, 21.
-- With the prep. sam sam, i. 4, Ātm. To be pleased, Rām. 2, 45, 22 Gorr. (= Schl. 2, 48, 18, where erroneously priyeta with short i).
-- Cf. [greek] priya and prīti; Goth. frijon, frijonds, friathva, freis; A.S. fréfrian, freónd, freo, frio, frige, fridh.
1. Joy, Pañc. ii. d. 71; gratification, Hit. i. d. 96, M. M.
2. Love, Pañc. i. d. 317; Kathās. 99, 100.
3. Peaceable way, Pañc. i. d. 421.
4. The wife of Kāma, or Cupid.
-- Comp. nirupama-rasa, i. e. nis-upama-rasa-, f. unparalieled delight, Bhartṛ. 2, 9 (thus to be read).
-- Cf. A. S. fridh, fredho; O.H.G. fridu.
1. Affectionate, Lass. 66, 1.
2. Joyful, Chr. 60, 30.
3. Content, voluntary, Chr. 6, 7.
1. To sprinkle.
2. † To be wet.
3. † To fill.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
I. m.
1. The rainy season.
2. The sun.
II. f. vā, A drop of water.
I. n., and f. ṇā, Seeing, looking at, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212; looking wantonly, Man. 2, 179.
2. Seeing, visiting, Śāk. 18, 16 (Prākṛ.).
II. n.
1. The eye.
2. A public spectacle, Man. 9, 264.
-- Comp. tiryak- (see tiryañc), adj. looking sideways, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 36.
1. Seeing, Johns. Sel. 9, 11.
2. Seeing a play or entertainment of dancing, etc., Man. 9, 48.
3. Any public spectacle.
4. Consideration, Hariv. 6462; intellect.
-- Comp. tiryak- (see tiryañc), adj. looking sideways, MBh. 2, 2164.
1. A swing, a hammock.
2. Dancing.
3. A horse's pace.
I. prī + man (and priya + iman), n., Lass. 56, 16, and m. Love, Megh. 45; kindness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 187; 3337.
II. m.
1. A name of Indra.
2. Wind.
-- Comp. sthita-, m. a faithful friend. prakṛṣṭa-, f. mā, exceedingly loving, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 4.
I. n.
1. Sending, directing.
2. Ordering.
3. Passion.
II. f. ṇā, Instigation, Hit. 88, 4; Rājat. 5, 478.
I. m. The ocean.
II. f. varī, A river.
† preṣ (? or hreṣ hreṣ), i. 1, Ātm. To go.
-- Comp. grāma-, m. the public servant of a town, MBh. 12, 2359; cf. Man. 3, 153.
i. e. preṣya + tā, f. Slavery, service, Man. 12, 70; Pañc. iii. d. 239.
1. Order.
2. Sorrow.
3. Frenzy.
I. m., f. yā, A servant.
II. n. Condition of a servant, Man. 2, 32.
1. Sprinkling with water, Man. 5, 115.
2. Immolation of victims.
1. To neigh, to snort.
2. To be able (cf. protha).
I. proth + a (perhaps pra-ud-stha, vb. sthā; in this case the vb. proth would be an old denomin., but cf. N.H.G. prusten), m. and n. The nose of a horse, Nal. 13, 20; of a hog, Arj. 3, 19.
II. (for prottha, i. e. pra-ud-stha), adj.
1. Travelling, a traveller.
2. Notorious.
3. Fixed.
III. m.
1. The loins or hips.
2. The womb.
I. adj.
1. Skilful.
2. A reasoner.
II. m.
1. An elephant's foot.
2. A joint.
I. pra-vah + ti.
1. Increase, Kathās. 14, 63.
2. Elevation, Kathās. 21, 103 (in speech).
3. Enterprize, confident or andacious exertion.
II. pra-ūh + ti, Investigation, discussion.
1. m. The month Bhādra, August -- September.
2. f. dī, Full moon in Bhādra, Man. 4, 95.
† plakṣ, v. r. of bhakṣ.
1. The holy figtree, Ficus religiosa, Nal. 12, 4.
2. The waved-leaf fig-tree, Ficus infectoria.
3. Another tree, Hibiscus populneoides.
4. One of the seven Dvīpas or divisions of the world.
5. A side door.
† plab, and plab plav, i. 1, Ātm. To go; cf. plu.
I. adj. Leaping, jumping.
II. m.
1. Jumping.
2. Swimming, Bhartṛ. i. 19 (cf. Böhtl. Roth. Skr. Wörterbuc. s. v. pulakay).
3. A raft, a boat, Pañc. ii. d. 42.
4. A frog.
5. A monkey.
6. A sort of duck, Man. 5, 12.
7. A declivity or shelving ground.
8. A sort of basket or snare for catcing fish.
-- Comp. aśma(n)-, m. a boat of stone, Man. 4, 190. See ku-. Marut-, m. a lion.
-- Cf.[greek]
1. A monkey, Rām. 5, 58, 13.
2. A frog.
1. A monkey.
2. A deer.
1. A monkey, Man. 7, 72; Utt. Rāmac. 3, 4.
2. A frog.
1. Jumping.
2. Swimming.
3. Inclining, MBh. 12, 1454.
-- Comp. kuśa-, n. the name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 8179.
† plih, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
and plīhan pli/īhan, m., and plīhā plīhā (ŚKD.), f.
1. The spleen, Yājñ. 3, 94 (ī).
2. Its disease.
-- Cf. [greek] probably [greek] Lat. lien.
† plī, or lvī lvī, ii. 9, plinā, plinī, lvinā, lvinī, Par. To go.
1. To swim, Rām. 2, 69, 9.
2. To navigate, MBh. 3, 12782.
3. To fly, 3, 11767.
4. To jump, Śāk. d. 7; Rām. 5, 2, 34 (plavant, pteple. of the pres. Par., perhaps A monkey).
5. To jump over (with acc.), Rām. 1, 1, 70.
6. To blow, MBh. 3, 11070. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. pluta.
1. Bathed, Chr. 46, 25; wet, Pañc. 206, 24.
2. Jumped.
3. Lengthened to three moras, Man. 2, 125. n.
1. Leaping, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 12.
2. Bounding, Lass. 27, 1; capering, one of a horse's paces. Frequent. poplūya, To swim swiftly, Rām. 2, 95, 10. Caus. plāvaya,
1. To inundate, Rājat. 5, 269.
2. To sprinkle, Pañc. 208, 12.
3. Ātm. To bathe, Rām. 1, 44, 56.
4. To cause to stagger. plāvita, Moistened, Pañc. 122, 24; covered (with blood), 237, 17.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhipluta,
1. Overflowed.
2. Attacked, Hit. iv. d. 87 (v.r. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 936).
3. Labouring, Man. 4, 41.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To cover, MBh. 3, 2016. samabhipluta, Overwhelmed, labouring, Man. 4, 42.
-- With ava ava, To spring down, MBh. 4, 1260.
2. To deviate, 2, 1452.
-- With ā ā,
1. To bathe, Man. 5, 77.
2. To wash, MBh. 3, 8514.
3. To swim near, 8. 12098.
4. To leap on, Johns. Sel. 31, 50. āpluta,
1. Bathed, Johns. Sel. 41, 49.
2. Wetted, Pañc. 238, 23; 160, 4 (covered, viz. with blood).
3. Covered, MBh, 3, 10693. m. An initiated householder. n. Bathing. Caus.
1. To cause to bathe, MBh. 1, 7334.
2. Ātm. To bathe (gātrāṇi, one's own limbs), Chr. 46, 29.
3. To sprinkle, Man. 3, 244.
4. To inundate, Man. 11, 97.
5. To cause to move, to excite, Rām. 1, 16, 24.
-- With samā sam-ā, samāpluta,
1. Drenced, drowned.
2. Filled, MBh. 3, 2172.
-- With ud ud,
1. To leap up, Pañc. 117, 1.
2. To spring on, Man. 8, 236. utpluta, Jumped upon, approached suddenly.
-- With upa upa, upapluta,
1. Wet.
2. Covered, Rām. 2, 7, 16.
3. Assailed, Man. 4, 118.
4. Distressed, MBh. 3, 2025.
5. Eclipsed.
6. Marked by prodigies.
-- With pari pari, To fluctuate, throb, Utt. Rāmac. 171, 5. paripluta,
1. Circumfused, Chr. 30, 37.
2. Bathed.
3. Immersed.
-- With abhipari abhi-pari, abhiparipluta,
1. Overflowed.
2. Filled, Rām. 1, 73, 27.
3. Agitated, Chr. 17, 29.
-- With vi vi, To fluctuate, Hit. iii. d. 2. vipluta,
1. Immersed, Rājat. 5, 20.
2. Mixed.
3. Having had sexual intercourse, Man. 8, 377.
4. Interrupted, Chr. 7, 21; troubled, Chr. 35, 7.
5. Depraved, false, Utt. Rāmac. 104, 7.
6. Devastated, destroyed, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 40. Comp. a-, adj. uninterrupted, without intermission, Man. 2, 249. bhaya-, adj. panic-struck. Caus. to divulge, to profane, Man 11, 198.
-- With sam sam,
1. To flow together, Utt. Rāmac. 97, 14.
2. To fluctuate, Utt. Rāmac. 155, 9. saṃpluta, Overspread, Johns. Sel. 60, 188. Caus. To inundate, Rām. 1, 44, 35.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. pluṣ, i. 1 and 4, Par. To burn (cf. pruṣ). pluṣṭa, Rām. 2, 79, 20; Utt. Rāmac. 15, 5.
-- With ud ud, To consume with fire; utpluṣṭa, Ṛt. 1, 22.
2. pluṣ, ii. 9, Par.
1. † To be wet.
2. † To sprinkle.
3. † To fill.
4. To burn (cf. pruṣ).
† plus, i. 4, Par.
1. To burn.
2. To share.
† plev, see pev.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. † To creep, to move slowly.
2. † To act wrongly.
1. An assertion to be proved.
2. A sophism.
3. Fraud.
I. m., and f. ṭā, The expanded hood or neck of the cobra di capello, or snake, Pañc. iii. d. 83; i. d. 229.
II. f. ṭā.
1. A tooth.
2. A cheat.
1. To cause to go.
2. To produce easily (cf. phāṇṭa).
-- Comp. avākph°, i. e. avāñc-, adj. with downcast neck, Ṛt. 1, 13 v. r. go-phaṇā, f. a concave bandage for the chin, nose, etc., Suśr. 1, 65, 18.
I. m. The palm of the hand with the fingers extended.
II. n.
1. Sweetness.
2. A shoot.
1. To burst, MBh. 3, 1654.
2. To disappear (as if by bursting), MBh. 13, 7472.
3. To produce, Hit. ii. d. 132.
4. To bear fruit, figuratively, Man. 1, 84; to fall to one's share, Hit. 54, 18; to befall, Hit. iii. d. 21 (sādhuṣu, the good ones).
5. To be fruitful, Bhartṛ. 2, 38.
6. To be useful, 2, 98.
7. Impersonal pass. phalitam (supply asti), Fruit is borne, produced, Hit. 21, 13.
8. † To go. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. phalita (or phala + ita),
1. Fruitful, bearing fruit, Hit. 47, 3, M.M.
2. Successful, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 1.
II. phulla (instead of phal + na),
1. Blown, expanded as a flower, Ṛt. 6, 6; Pañc. i. d. 152.
2. Opened (as the eyes, with pleasure), smiling.
-- With the prep. ud ud, utphulla,
1. Blown, as a flower, Kir. 5, 39.
2. Expanded (as the eyes, with fear), Rām. 3, 50, 15; (with surprise, with joy), Hit. 51, 10, M. M.; Indr. 2, 26. Caus. phālaya, To open, MBh. 1, 5977.
-- With prod pra-ud, protphulla, Blown, as a flower, Ṛt. 6, 34.
-- With pra pra, praphulla,
1. Blown, as a flower, Ṛt. 6, 1.
2. Smiling.
3. Shining.
4. Glad.
-- With prati prati, To bound against, to be reflected, Śiś. 9, 37. pratiphalita,
1. Reflected.
2. Requited.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Lat. flos; A.S. blowan; Goth. bloma; A. S. bloma, blostma.
1. Fruit, Utt. Rāmac. 33, 8.
2. Revenue, Hit. iv. d. 121.
3. Consequence, Chr. 9, 43.
4. Result, Hit. iv. d. 98 (saṃkhyā-mātram, consisting only in the number, i. e. by reckoning four you have nothing but the number, really there is only one).
5. Fulfilment of an omen, Śāk. d. 15.
6. Gain, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.
7. Reward.
8. A shield.
9. The blade of a sword or knife, the head of an arrow, Daśak. 197, 2(?).
10. A ploughshare.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. lā. 1. Without fruit, Rām. 4, 59, 12. 2. unproductive, Man. 2, 158; figurat. 234. 3. unprofitable, prejudicial, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 8. karma(n)-, n. retribution for actions, Man. 11, 231. kṛṣṭa-, n. the value of the crop, Yājñ. 2, 158. kṣīṇa-, (vb. kṣi), adj. fruitless, Pañc. ii. d. 102. tri-,
I. adj., f. lā, endowed with three fruits, Kām. Nītis. 8, 42.
II. f. lā, the three myrobalans. niṣph°, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā. 1. without fruit, Rām. 4, 48, 6. 2. fruitless, useless, Man. 3, 144. 3. unproductive, Pañc. 174, 19. 4. irrelevant. puṇya-, n. reward of virtue or meritorious works Man. 3, 95. puraḥph°, i. e. puras-, adj. of which the fruit is coming on. marut-, n. hail. mahā-,
I. n. a great fruit, Bhartṛ. 2, 86.
II. m. a fruit-tree, Aegle marmelos.
III. f. lā, a bitter gourd. manda-, adj., f. lā, bearing scanty fruit, Lass. 35, 20. muktā-, n. 1. a pearl, Pañc. pr. d. 9. 2. camphor. yathā-phala + m, when bearing fruit, Pañc. i. d. 246. vi-, adj. vain, fruitless useless Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1395. śāri-, n. a chequered cloth or fable for playing draughts. śrī-, 1. m. a fruit-tree, Aegle marmelos. 2. (n.) the fruit of the Vilva, Man. 5, 120. sa-, adj. 1. bearing fruit, Hit. i. d. 10, M. M.; rewarded, Vikr. 10, 9; fulfilled, Vikr. d. 27. 2. yielding a profit. 3. blessed, Rājat. 5, 373. su-,
I. adj. bearing good fruit.
II. m., and f. lā, the name of several plants.
I. (m. and) n.
1. A board, Man. 8, 396.
2. A bench, Man. 2, 204 (Kull.).
3. A layer, a base, Megh. 77 (at the end of a comp. adj., f. kā, Having a base of crystal).
4. Surface, Bhartṛ. 2, 28.
5. A shield.
6. A leaf for writing on, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13 (? a small table).
7. The bone of the forehead.
II. n.
1. The buttocks.
2. The receptacle of the seed = core; in gaṇḍa-, a core-like, or core-representing cheek, Śiś. 9, 47 (at the end of a comp. adj. Having cheeks instead of cores).
-- Comp. citra-, n. a table with a likeness, a picture, Śāk. 85, 17. śilā-, n. a layer or table of stone.
I. adj., f. tā, Perishing when the fruit is mature, Man. 1, 46.
II. f. tā, An annual plant.
I. adj., f. nī, Having fruits, Cāṇ. 21 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 408; bearing fruit, Man. 1, 47.
II. m. A tree, MBh. 14, 498.
III. f. nī.
1. = Priyaṅgu.
2. A potherb, Echites dichotoma.
3. A flower, Celosia cristata.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
I. adj.
1. Pithless, sapless.
2. Vain, worthless, Pañc. pr. d. 10.
3. Weak, Hit. iii. d. 79.
II. f.
1. The opposite-leaved fig-tree.
2. The spring season.
3. Falsehood.
-- Cf. sāraphalgutva.
I. m.
1. The month Phālguna.
2. A name of Arjuna.
II. f. nī, du. or pl. The eleventh and twelfth lunar asterisms, distinguished as former, pūrva, and latter, uttara; see phālguna.
1. Name of a people, Mārk. P. 58, 36.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 472.
I. ptcple. of the pf. pass. of the causal of phaṇ, Readily or easily prepared.
II. m. Diluted decoction
III. n. The first particle of butter that are prepared by churning.
I. m. n. The share of a plough, Man. 4, 46; 6, 16.
II. m. A name of Śiva and Balarāma.
I. m.
1. A month, February -- March, Rājat. 5, 221.
2. A name of Arjuna, Johns. Sel. 13, 43.
3. A sort of tree, Pentaptera arjuna.
II. f. nī.
1. The day of full moon in the month Phālguna.
2. The name of the eleventh and twelfth lunar asterisms, distinguished by the epithet former, pūrva, and latter, uttara.
1. The expression of disregard.
2. Imitative sound, implying the boiling of water, etc. (see kṛ, and cf. phūt).
I. adj. Disdainful, arrogant.
II. m. The sound of bubbling (see phūtkāra).
† phull (cf. phal), i. 1, Par. To blossom.
1. Imitative sound of blowing, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1184.
2. Crying aloud, expression of indignation, anger, Pañc. 35, 11; 82, 18; 193, 11; Vetālap. xviii. MS. (see kṛ).
1. Blowing, hissing, Kathās. 22, 183.
2. Crying aloud, 13, 59.
1. Froth, foam, Vikr. d. 115.
2. Moisture, Man. 3, 19.
3. Vapour.
4. Cuttle-fish bone.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not frothy, Man. 2, 61.
-- Cf. A. S. fam, foeman; Lat. spuma.
I. adj.
1. Fraudulent.
2. Malicious.
II. m.
1. A jackal, Mālat. 79, 17.
2. A Rākṣasa, Kathās. 47, 53.
† phel, i. 1, Par. To go.
† baṃh, or vaṃh vaṃh (cf. bṛh), i. 1, Ātm. To grow or increase.
1. A mare, Pañc. 252, 16; Utt. Rāmac. 123, 1.
2. The nymph Aśvinī, or the personified asterism which is designated by a horse's head, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 11.
3. A female slave, Rājat. 5, 280 (cf. -anala).
-- Comp. pota-, m. a seafaring merchant, Hit. 63, 11.
† bad, pad pad, band band, i. 1, Par. To be steady or firm.
I. m., and f. rī (and vadari), The jujube, Zizyphus jujuba or scandens, Nal. 12, 5 (v).
II. m. The seed of the cotton pod.
III. f. rā and rī, Cotton.
IV. f. rā.
1. A plant, Mimosa octandra.
2. A medicinal drug.
V. n.
1. The fruit of the jujube.
2. The pod of the cotton.
-- Cf. vadarī.
1. See han.
2. See bandh.
3. See bībhatsa.
1. badh + atra, n. A weapon.
I. n. Lead.
II. (i. e. bandh + ra), f. rī, A thong, MBh. 1, 1406.
1. To bind, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 14; with añjalim, to put one's hands together, etc. (see añjali,
3), Vikr. 58, 12; setunā Gaṅgām, To bridge over the Ganges, MBh. 3, 10727; to overpower, Pañc. i. d. 128; to preclude, Pañc. i. d. 350.
2. To fasten, Matsyop. 47.
3. To bind on, MBh. 3, 12066.
4. To put on, Rām. 2, 37, 12; Ātm., Chr. 27, 2.
5. To fix on (as the inclination), Man. 5, 47.
6. To catch, Hit. i. d. 46.
7. To gain, get, Vikr. d. 27 (dhṛtim, satisfaction).
8. To bear (as fruit), Ragh. 12, 69.
9. To punish, Hit. ii. d. 63. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. baddha,
1. Bound.
2. Fixed, Vikr. 54, 4; firmly rooted, Rājat. 5, 377.
3. Directed, Pañc. i. d. 350.
4. Got, Vikr. d. 26.
5. Inlaid, Megh. 77.
6. Checked, suppressed, Utt. Rāmac. 125, 1; Daśak. in. Chr. 187, 10.
7. Withheld. Comp. a-, adj. inept. Nal. 26, 16. Comp. ptcple. fut. pass. a-badhya, adj. what may not be checked, Pañc. i. d. 413. Caus. bandhaya,
1. To cause to be bound, endowed, Ragh. 12, 7.
2. To cause to be embanked, Rājat. 5, 90. i. 10, and † badh badh, i. 10, To bind, Rām. 2, 84, 4.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To unite, Rām. 1, 72, 8.
2. To hold together, Hit. i. d. 94, M.M.
3. To set on, Utt. Rāmac. 82, 12 (Premacandra Tark°, to confound).
4. To continue, MBh. 3, 2562.
5. To follow, Śāk. 101, 20. anubaddha,
1. Bound to.
2. Connected, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 1 (-artha, adj. Wealthy).
3. Pressed, Mālav. 44, 14.
-- With api api, apibaddha, Connected, fastened.
-- With ā ā,
1. To fasten, Rām. 2, 96, 31.
2. To put on, Rām. 3, 50, 3. ābaddha,
1. Bound on, Kir. 5, 33 (-vepathu, adj. Trembling).
2. Joined, Rājat. 5, 92; Daśak. in Chr. 199, 14.
3. Put on, Megh. 9.
-- With ni ni,
1. To fasten, Pañc. 135, 5; MBh. 3, 10030; to fix, Vikr. d. 118.
2. To fetter, Man. 6, 74.
3. To impose, Vikr. d. 36.
4. To catch, Pañc. 105, 9; and, To gain, i. d. 18.
5. To gain, i. d. 18.
6. To record, Man. 8, 255.
7. To destroy, MBh. 4, 982. nibaddha,
1. Bound, Utt. Rāmac. 143, 2 (covered).
2. Connected, Man. 4, 155; made, Pañc. 211, 5.
3. Fixed upon.
4. Checked.
5. Restricted. Comp. a-, adj. not called upon as witness, Man. 8, 76 (Kull.).
-- With upani upa-ni, upanibaddha, Composed, Utt. Rāmac. 162, 13.
-- With nis nis, nirbaddha, Pressed hard, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 3. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. nirbandhanīya, n. Quarrel(?), Hariv. 7267.
-- With pari pari, paribaddha, Obstructed, Rām. 2, 58, 11.
-- With pra pra, To bind, Pañc. iii. d. 269. prabaddha, Bound, fastened, Pañc. 89, 10.
-- With prati prati,
1. To disclaim, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 6.
2. To obstruct, Ragh. 1, 80 (79).
3. To enchase, Pañc. i. d. 85. pratibaddha,
1. Obstructed.
2. Opposed.
3. Set, inlaid, bestudded, Śiś. 9, 8.
4. Bound, connected with, Hit. iii. d. 128.
-- With sam sam, saṃbaddha,
1. Connected with.
2. Endowed with.
3. Bound. Comp. a-, adj. 1. one who has received no mandate, being without authority, Man. 8, 163. 2. unconnected. 3. incoherent. 4. inept, Śāk. d. 16.
-- With anusam anu-sam, anusaṃbaddha, Accompanied, Johns. Sel. 23, 123.
-- Cf. Goth. and A. S. bindan; A.S. bonda, baend, baest; Goth. fastan; O.H.G. fasti; A. S. faest; Lat. patibulum (cf. rudhira), pendere pendêre, pondus, etc., probably filum, funis (for fid + lum, fud-nis mani-festus; [greek] (for [greek]
1. Binding. Pañc. 248, 12; laying (snares), Pañc. 114, 11.
2. Holding in fetters, Man. 8, 310.
3. The body.
4. Building, Rājat. 5, 114.
5. Forming, 344.
6. Agreement, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 19; union, Pañc. 60, 19.
7. A tie, Vikr. d. 85; fetter, knot, Hit. i. d. 49, M. M.
8. A pledge, a deposit.
-- Comp. aṅka-, m. branding with a dishonouring mark, Yājñ. 2, 294. artha-, m. a text, Śāk. d. 164. lalita-artha-, adj. composed in verses treating of love, Vikr. d. 32. aśva-bandh + a, m. a groom, Rām. 2, 91, 55. āśā-, m. 1. confidence, Megh. 10. 2. a spider's web, ib. āsana-, m. sitting down, Ragh. 2, 6. keśa-, m. a hair fillet, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 28. daśabandha, i. e. daśan-, m. a fine amounting to the tenth part, Man. 8, 107. paśu-, m. immolation of an animal, MBh. 3, 184. pāṇi-, m. union of the hands (as in marriage), MBh. 12, 9516. pāda-, m. a chain for the feet, MBh. 8, 2586. pāśa-, m. a net or noose, Hit. i. d. 44. maṇi-, m. the wrist. rāga-, m. true connection of the rāgas, Mālav. d. 29. vatsa-, adj., f. dhā, anxious for (her) calf, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 12. su-,
I. adj. well-secured.
II. m. Sesamum. setu-, m. 1. a dike, Rājat. 5, 92. 2. the ridge of rocks between the Coromandel coast and Ceylon.
I. n.
1. Binding.
2. Barter.
II. m. A pledge.
III. f. kī.
1. An unchaste woman, Pañc. i. d. 197.
2. A barren woman.
3. A she elephant.
-- Comp. nāga-, m. an elephant-hunter. pāśa-, m. a birdcatcher, Pañc. iii. d. 224.
I. n.
1. Binding, Pañc. ii. d. 20; Hit. iii. d. 21 (of the ocean, by a bridge), fastening, Hit. i. d. 29, M. M.; catcing, Pañc. 114, 6.
2. Confining, Hit. 34, 3, M. M. (jāla-, by a net).
3. A prison, Man. 9, 288.
4. A rope for tying cattle.
II. m., f. nā or nī, and n. The instrument of tying, holding together, Utt. Rāmac, 40, 12; tic, Pañc. v. d. 19; string, Hit. 77, 1, M. M. (snāyu-, made of a sinew); a rope, a thread, Pañc. iv. d. 78; a chain, snare, Pañc. ii. d. 19; stem, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 15.
-- Comp. nau-, n. the name of the highest top of the Himālaya, Matsyop. 49. pāśa-,
I. n. a snare, Bhāg. P. 9, 16, 31.
II. adj. caught in a snare, Kathās. 13, 105. maṇi-, n. the wrist, Śāk. d. 61. lalita-pada-, n. a composition in verses treating of love, Śāk. 36, 16 (Prākṛ.). sa-avaśeṣa-, adj. still bound, Pañc. 109, 17. sāmarthya-, adj. cemented by power, Johns. Sel. 5, 30.
1. A kinsman, Pañc. iii. d. 182.
2. Kindred, Man. 2, 136; 3, 148 (maternal cousin, Kull.).
3. A friend, Hit. i. d. 30, M. M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no friends, Pañc. i. d. 393. kṣatra-, m. 1. a Kṣatriya, Man. 2, 38. 2. a mere, a base Kṣatriya, Bhāg. P. 1, 16, 23. brahmabandhu, i. e. brahman-, m. 1. a Brāhmaṇa. 2. a base Brāhmaṇa, a term of abuse, Mālav. 39, 13; 58, 2. rājanya-, m. a Kṣatriya, Man. 2, 65. vasanta-, m. the god of love, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 11.
I. adj.
1. Uneven, undulating, Ragh. 13, 47.
2. Bent, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 23.
3. Pleasing, handsome, Śāk. d. 140.
4. Deaf.
5. Injurious.
II. m.
1. A goose.
2. A crane.
III. f. rā, A prostitute.
IV. n.
1. A diadem.
2. The dregs of oil.
-- Comp. a-, adj. straight, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 8.
-- Cf. vandhura and A.S. bendan.
1. Bent.
2. Handsome (cf. the last).
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Barren, Hit. pr. d. 15, M. M.
2. Confined.
II. f. yā.
1. A childless woman.
2. A barren cow.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. fruitful, Megh. 11, s. v.; having a result, not vain, Vikr. d. 21. 2. happy, Vikr. d. 10.
I. adj.
1. Large.
2. Tawny.
3. Bald-headed through disease.
II. m.
1. Viṣṇu, Śiva, fire.
2. A large ichneumon.
III. n.
1. A tawny or brown colour.
2. Any object of that colour; e. g. a tawny (red-) haired man, Man. 4, 130.
-- Cf. O.H.G. brūn.
† barb, bamb bamb, marb marb, and mamb mamb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. To be pre-eminent. †
2. To speak.
3. To kill. †
4. To give, or to cover. i. 10, †
1. To speak.
2. To kill, to hurt.
-- With the prep. ni ni, i. 10, To destroy, to remove, Śiś. 1, 29.
-- Cf. varh, valh.
1. A peacock's tail, Megh. 15, 45.
2. A leaf.
3. Retinue.
-- Comp. citra-, 1. m. a peacock, MBh. 2, 2103. 2. a proper name, 5, 3597.
-- Comp. citra-, adj. having a variegated peacock's tail, MBh. 13, 4206.
I. n. A layer, a seat of sacred grass, Chr. 291, 6 = Rigv. i. 85, 6.
II. m. and n.
1. Sacrificial grass.
2. Sacrifice, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 5.
III. m.
1. Fire.
2. Lustre.
† bal. i. 1, Par.
1. To live.
2. To hoard grain. i. 10, Par.
I. bālaya (Caus.), To nourish.
II. balaya, To live.
-- Cf. bhal.
I. m.
1. Baladeva.
2. A crow, Chr. 24, 45.
3. A demon.
II. n.
1. Strength, Hit. i. d. 191, M.M.; power, Pañc. 44, 14.
2. An army, Hit. iv. d. 32.
3. Bulkiness.
4. The body.
5. Rigour, violence; abl. balāt, Forcibly, Vikr. 33, 2 (as if it was your intention); without, or against one's will, Chr. 77, 11; Pañc. 27, 10.
III. f. lā, A plant, Sida cordifolia.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. weakness, Rām. 1, 7, 12.
II. adj., f. lā, weak, Pañc. i. d. 387.
III. m. a proper name.
IV. f. lā, a woman, Megh. 2. balābala, i. e. bala-a-bala, n. strength and weakness, Hit. iii. d. 8. ati-,
I. adj., excessively strong, Rām. 3, 20, 37.
II. m. a proper name.
III. f. lā, 1. the name of a spell, Rām. 1, 24, 12. 2. a plant, Sida cordifolia. 3. a proper name. a-mogha-, adj. of unfailing power. kim-, adj. possessed of what a power, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 7. tuṅga-, m. a proper name. durbala, i. e. dus-, adj., f. lā. 1. weak, feeble, Pañc. i. d. 128. 2. without a prepuce, Man. 3, 151(?). nāga-, 1. m. a name of Bhīmasena. 2. f. lā, a shrub, Uraria lagopodioides. pari-dus-, adj. very weak, Rām. 3, 63, 5. mahā-,
I. adj. very strong, powerful, Hit. 89, 22.
II. m. air, wind.
III. n. lead.
IV. f. lā, a sort of Sida with yellow flowers, S. rhombifolia. yatha-bala + m, adv. to the utmost of one's power, Johns. Sel. 48, 84. vṛhadb°, i. e. vṛhant-, m. a proper name. sa-, adj. 1. powerful, strong, Pañc. i. d. 267. 2. with (his) army, Chr. 54, 16. su-mahā-, adj. very strong, Chr. 54, 14.
1. Air, wind.
2. The elder brother of Kṛṣṇa.
1. Much, Vikr. 7, 9.
2. Well, Śāk. d. 2.
I. adj. Having cranes, Ragh. 11, 15.
II. m. A proper name, Johns. Sel. 42, 58.
1. A cloud, MBh. 1, 1289; Śiś. 4, 54.
2. A mountain.
3. A Nāga.
4. A demon, Draup. 2, 13.
I. m.
1. A religious offering, Pañc. 199, 13.
2. Presentation of food to all created beings; it consists in throwing a small parcel of the offering into the open air, Hit. ii. d. 41.
3. Fragments of food left at an oblation, or a meal, Pañc. 114, 5.
4. The sacrifice of an animal, sacrifice in general, Lass. 31, 7.
5. An animal, or one which is fit for an oblation.
6. Tax, royal revenue, Man. 7, 80; 9, 254; Pañc. 130, 17.
7. The handle of a fly-flapper, Megh. 36.
8. A king of the Daityas, also mahābali, Johns. Sel. 95, 65; Pañc. iii. d. 268.
II. f., also balī, and vali.
1. A wrinkle.
2. The fold of skin upon the upper part of the belly, especially in females, Man. 6, 2; MBh. 1, 3467 (ī).
3. The ridge of a thatch.
-- Comp. gṛha-bali, m. a domestic sacrifice, Man. 3, 265. tri-balī, or -valī, f. three folds of skin on the abdomen, Bhartṛ. 1, 80. sa-bali,
I. adj. endowed with (royal) revenues, Pañc. 130, 17.
II. m. evening twilight. sa-puṣpa-, adj. filled with offerings, surrounded by flowers, Vikr. d. 43.
I. adj., f. nī, Strong, Pañc. i. d. 128.
II. m.
1. A bull.
2. A camel.
3. A hog.
4. A name of Balarāma.
5. A sort of pulse, Phaseolus radiatus.
6. A sort of jasmine.
III. f. nī, Sida cordifolia.
1. State of being very powerful, Hit. iv. d. 42.
2. Excessive strength, Hit. iv. d. 125.
† balh, or valh valh, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To speak.
2. To hurt.
3. To give, or to cover. i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
-- Cf. barh and valh.
1. Much, Hit. 82, 5, M.M.; many, Hit. ii. d. 35.
2. Large, great.
3. bahunā, with kim, In short, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 10. Comparat.
I. bhūyaṃs.
1. More, largest, Utt. Rāmac. 89, 4.
2. Greater part, Śāk. d. 7.
3. Stronger, Vikr. 65, 12.
4. More important, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 6. yas, acc. sing. n., adv.
1. Repeatedly.
2. Again, Pañc. i. d. 184; Vikr. d. 94.
3. With following api, Again, Pañc. 24, 12; anew, Rājat. 5, 296.
4. Doubled, bhūyobhūyas, Repeatedly, Pañc. 37, 25. bhūyasā, instr. sing. n. Generally, Utt. Rāmac. 128, 1.
II. bahutara + m, adv. with following stokam, More than, Śāk. d. 7. Superl. bhūyiṣṭha,
1. Very rich, Śāk. 3, 11.
2. Very many.
3. Almost all, Vikr. d. 8. adv. °ṭham, For the greatest part, Utt. Rāmac. 114, 2.
-- Comp. a-bhūyiṣṭha, adj. scanty, Hit. iii. d. 108. samāpta-bhūyiṣṭha, adj. having the greater part finished. su-bahu, adj. very much, Chr. 28, 19.
1. A crab.
2. The digger of a tank.
1. Manifold, manieth.
2. Very long, Nal. 13, 2.
3. °tham, adv. A very long time, Chr. 57, 23.
1. Multitude, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 997.
2. Majority, Man. 8, 73.
1. In many ways, Ṛt. 6, 10.
2. Manifoldly, Chr. 33, 4; Pañc. iii. d. 74.
I. adj., f. lā, comparat. baṃhīyaṃs, superl. baṃhiṣṭha.
1. Manifold.
2. Much, Bhartṛ. 2, 29; numerous, Pañc. ii. d. 8; abundant, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 13; exceeding, ib. 69, 2 (thus to be read).
3. Abounding in, Man. 4, 60; Hit. i. d. 183, M.M.; Chr. 47, 41.
4. Variously applicable (a rule).
5. Black, Ragh. 11, 15.
II. m.
1. Agni.
2. The dark half of a month.
III. f. lā, pl. The Pleiades.
IV. n. The sky.
1. Abundantly, Pañc. iii. d. 183.
2. Repeatedly, Śāk. d. 22; Vikr. d. 115.
† bāḍ, or vāḍ vāḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To bathe, to dive and emerge.
I. m.
1. A Brāhmaṇa.
2. Submarine fire, Pañc. iv. d. 26.
II. n. A stud.
I. adj. Made of cotton.
II. m. The cotton plant.
1. To repel, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 92, 5.
2. To oppose.
3. To remove, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 7.
4. To annoy, Hit. 57, 5; to grieve, Man. 10, 129; Pañc. 31, 10; pass. To suffer, ii. d. 95.
5. To torment, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2220 (= Hit. ii. d. 102, but cf. 1. 1.).
6. To damage, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 7. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bādhita,
1. Obstructed.
2. Pained.
3. Self-refuted, contradictory, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 7. Caus. To annoy, Rām. 1, 14, 15.
-- With adhi adhi, To annoy, MBh. 1, 5693.
-- With anu anu, To pain, Rājat. 5, 442.
-- With apa apa, To repel, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3.
-- With ā ā, To restrain, Śāk. Chezy. 58, 10.
-- With pari pari, To annoy, MBh. 3, 8743; to importune, Śāk. d. 184.
-- With pra pra,
1. To repel, MBh. 2, 1648.
2. To throw down, Pañc. i. d. 183.
3. To destroy, i. d. 455.
4. To annoy, Rām. 2, 53, 15.
-- With prati prati,
1. To repel, Rām. 2, 52, 46.
2. To restrain, MBh. 3, 1081.
I. m.
1. Opposing.
2. Being precluded by superior evidence (one of the five forms of fallacious middle term), Bhāṣāp. 77.
3. Annoyance.
4. Damage, Yājñ. 2, 156.
5. Danger, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3136.
II. f. dhā.
1. Refutation.
2. Annoyance, affliction, pain, Gīt. 1, 26.
-- Comp. a-bādha, adj. 1. Not harassed, Nal. 12, 104 (by fear). 2. and abādha + ka, free, Kathās. 26, 80. para-loka-, f. loss of paradise, Pañc. 167, 8 (cf. my transl.). prāṇa-bādha, m. extreme peril. madana-, f. pain of love, Vikr. 41, 15. sa-, adj. 1. painful. 2. oppressive.
1. Opposing.
2. Refutation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 11.
3. Pain.
1. A relation, a kinsman, Pañc. iii. d. 141; Hit. i. d. 71, M. M.; Man. 4, 179 (a maternal relation, Kull.).
2. A friend, Hit. i. d. 72, M. M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without kinsmen or friends, Rājat. 5, 23; 220. hata- (vb. han), adj. without relations, Cāṇ. 6 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, p. 407.
I. adj.
1. Young, Vikr. d. 26.
2. Ignorant, Pañc. 169, 16.
II. m., and f. lā.
1. A child (till sixteen years of age), Pañc. iv. d. 41; 219, 3; a foolish boy, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
2. A colt.
3. A five years' old elephant.
4. A tail, Man. 8, 234.
5. An elephant's or horse's tail, Rājat. 5, 386.
6. Hair.
III. m. and n. A perfume, Andropogon schoenanthus.
IV. f. lā.
1. A woman, Lass. 59, 10.
2. Small cardamoms.
V. f. lī, A sort of earring.
-- Comp. dus-, Man. 3, 151 v. r. The signification is questionable; Medātithi gives, bald-pated, or red-haired, or without a prepuce.
I. m.
1. A boy, a child, Pañc. 238, 20; a young one, 49, 18; young, Pañc. i. d. 372 (just risen, viz. the sun).
2. A foot.
3. The tail of a horse or elephant.
4. A finger ring.
5. A perfume.
II. f. likā.
1. A female infant.
2. A woman, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
3. Sand (perhaps erroneously for bāluka).
-- Comp. vakra-, m. a dog.
I. adj.
1. Young.
2. Ignorant, foolish, Man. 3, 176; Pañc. i. d. 338.
3. Careless.
II. n. A pillow.
-- Comp. a-, adj. wise, Hit. iv. d. 18.
1. Youth.
2. Folly, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 8.
3. Thoughtlessness.
I. m. A drug and perfume.
II. f. kā.
1. Sand, Man. 8, 250; 12, 76; Pañc. 105, 8.
2. Powder, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13.
3. Camphor.
4. and °kī kī, also bāluṅkī bāluṅkī, bāluṅgikā bāluṅgikā, bāluṅgī bāluṅgī, A sort of cucumber.
-- Comp. tapta-bāluka, adj. covered with hot sand, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 23. rakta-bāluka, n. red lead.
I. adj.
1. Fit for a child.
2. Soft.
II. m.
1. An ass.
2. A demon.
1. Childhood, Pañc. 219, 14.
2. Youth, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 1.
3. Foolishness, Draup. 5, 6.
I. m., and f. hā, The arm.
II. m. A horse (vb. vah).
-- Comp. ud-, and ūrdhva-, adj. having the arms lifted up, Ragh. 1, 3; Pañc. 165, 16. catur-, 1. adj. having four arms, Pañc. 251, 24. 2. m. Viṣṇu, Bhāg. P. 8, 17, 4; Śiva. dīrgha-, 1. adj. long-armed, Rām. 3, 74, 20. 2. m. a proper name. pṛthu-, adj. lustyarmed. maha-, and su-mahā-, adj. having long arms. su-,
I. adj. powerful, Chr. 3, 2; very powerful, 39, 7; epithet of Rāvaṇa, Utt. Rāmac. 103, 2.
II. m. a proper name, Johns. Sel. 27, 9.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Servile, a servant.
II. m.
1. A monkey.
2. also vāhuka vāhuka, The name of Nala after his change of form, Nal. 15, 2.
I. i. e. bahula + a, m.
1. Fire.
2. The month Kārttika.
II. i. e. bāhu + la, n. Mail worn on the arms.
† biṭ, viṭ viṭ, viḍ viḍ, and hiṭ hiṭ, i. 1, Par. To curse, to swear.
† bind, or bhind bhind, i. 1, Par. To divide; cf. bhid.
I. m. and n.
1. The disk of the sun or moon, Pañc. 162, 23.
2. A reflected form, an image, Megh. 48.
3. Reflection, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 18.
4. The gourd of the Momordica monadelpha.
II. n., and f. bā or bī, A cucurbitaceous plant with red fruit, Momordica monadelpha, Pañc. i. d. 225.
-- Comp. abhi-arka-bimba + m, adv. towards the orb of the sun, Śāk. d. 170. indu-, n. or m. the disk of the moon, Vikr. d. 34. nitamba-, n. the rounding of the buttocks, Ṛt. 6, 5. ratha-aṅga-croni-vimba, adj., f. bā, having buttocks like the part (half) of a wheel, i. e. semicircular, Vikr. d. 100. hasta-, n. perfuming the person.
1. Reflected, Rājat. 5, 343.
2. Pictured.
-- Comp. prati-, adj. reflected, Utt. Rāmac. 109, 5; Lass. 73, 14.
I. m. A bimba-like lip, i. e. red as the Bimba fruit, Kathās. 4, 8 (corr. p. 146 A, 2 bel.).
II. adj., f. ṭhā and ṭhī, Having lips like the Bimba fruit, redlipped.
† bil, i. 6, Par., and i. 10, Par., also bhil bhil, To break, to divide; cf. bhid.
† biś, and beś beś, i. 6, Par. To go(?).
† bis, i. 4, Par. To throw or cast.
† bībh, or cībh cibh, i. 1, Ātm. To boast.
1. bībhatsa, an anomal. desider. probably of bādh, Ātm. To be angry, to detest, Utt. Rāmac. 6, 6 (with abl.).
2. bībhatsa, i. e. bībhatsa + a,
I. m. Disgust, abhorrence.
II. adj.
1. Loathing, detesting.
2. Loathful, Utt. Rāmac. 99, 9; Pañc. iii. d. 112.
3. Mischievous, cruel.
4. Envious.
-- Comp. ati-,
I. m. grudge, envy, Rām. 3, 1, 21
II. adj. exceedingly loathful, cruel, Utt. Rāmac. 29, 2.
1. To sound, to bark, Pañc. rec. orn.
2. † i. 10, To give pain.
I. m. A goat.
II. m., f. kā and kī, and n. The heart.
† buṭ, i. 10 and 1, Par. To kill.
1. Understanding, Bhā-hāp. 50; Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 24; Pañc. 81, 5.
2. Reflexion, Rām. 3, 48, 14.
3. Intellect, Pañc. i. d. 219.
4. Mind, Pañc. i. d. 87; Chr. 5, 8.
5. Thought, Rām. 3, 48, 14; intention, Pañc. v. d. 83.
6. Knowledge, Bhāṣāp. 165.
7. Opinion, Hit. 81, 14 (vyāghra-, mistaking him for a tiger).
8. Presence of mind, Pañc. ii. d. 6.
-- Comp. a-,
I. f. foolishness, Rām. 4, 1, 23.
II. adj. foolish, Man. 3, 104. ati-manuṣya-, adj. having a more than human intellect, Johns. Sel. 54, 139. apekṣā-, f. that operation of the mind by which we count things one by one, which produces dvitva, etc., Bhāṣāp. 106. See ku. Kṛta-, adj. 1. one who knows his duty, Man. 1, 97. 2. resolved, Vikr. 86, 19. kṣudra-, m. a proper name. durb° i. e. dus-,
I. f. foolishness, MBh. 5. 4890.
II. adj. perverse, foolish MBh. 4, 416; Hiḍ. 1, 45. duṣṭa- (vb. duṣ), adj. ill-minded, Pañc. 22, 11. droha-,
I. adj. treacherous, Pañc. 58, 8.
II. f. treachery, 58, 21. dharma-,
I. adj. virtuous.
II. m. a proper name. nirb°, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of reason, Hit. i. d. 133, M. M. pāpa-, 1. adj. evil-minded. 2. m. a proper name. bheda-, f. distinction, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 10. manda-, adj. stupid. su-manda-, adj. very disheartened, Chr. 41, 8. mahā-, adj. endowed with much intellect, Pañc. 4, 22; very sensible (ironically, Chr. 6, 7). vikṛta-, adj. ill-minded, Hit. 73, 18. vita-viruddha-, i. e. vi-ita-vi-ruddha- (vb. rudh), adj. peaceable. su-, adj. intelligent, wise.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. = abl. of buddhi, Bhāṣāp. 121.
2. By the mind, Rām. 6, 95, 54.
1. To understand, Hit. i. d. 92 (pass.).
2. To know, MBh. 1, 5148 (i. 4).
3. To think, Hit. i. d. 3.
4. To perceive, MBh. 3, 2893 (i. 4); Lass. 55, 12 (Ātm.); 14 (Par.).
5. To admonish, Pañc. i. d. 176, (boddhavya, in the sense of bodhayitavya).
6. i. 4, To recover one's senses, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 57.
7. i. 4, To awake, Rām. 1, 46, 19; pass., Pañc. 183, 2; Śiś. 9, 24. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. buddha,
1. Known, understood.
2. Knowing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 5. m.
1. A sage.
2. The founder of the Bauddha religion. Comp. a-, adj. foolish. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. aśva-budhya, adj. cognoscible, distinguished by horses, Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7. Caus. bodhaya,
1. To cause to know (with two acc.), to inform, MBh. 2, 2506.
2. To advise, 3, 12774.
3. To admonish, 1, 5785.
4. To awaken, Pañc. i. d. 351; MBh. 1, 5959.
5. To expand (as a flower), Śāk. d. 124. bodhita, Brought to consciousness, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 14.
-- With the prep. anu anu, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To learn, MBh. 3, 14779.
2. To know, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17.
3. To remember, MBh. 1, 4874.
4. To awake, 1, 5024. Caus. To cause to remember, Śāk. 4, 16. anubodhita, Informed or convinced by reflection.
-- With ava ava, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To know, MBh. 2, 1371.
2. To perceive, Man. 8, 53.
3. To awake, Rām. 2. 72, 50, ed. Ser. Caus. To inform, MBh. 1, 5811.
-- With samava sam-ava, i. 4, Ātm. To know, to perceive, Rām. 2, 9, 31.
-- With ni ni, i. 1,
1. To learn, Man. 1, 119.
2. To hear, MBh. 3, 311.
3. To know, 3, 2443.
-- With pra pra,
1. i. 1, To awaken, MBh. 3, 10635.
2. i. 4, To awake, Hit. iii. d. 142; Kathās. 3, 65. prabuddha,
1. Wise, Pañc. 4, 22.
2. Wakened, awakened, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 12; awake, Hit. 14, 7, M. M.
3. Expanded. Caus.
1. To cause to know, to inform, to admonish, Pañc. 121, 10; Ragh. 3, 68; to instruct, Hit. i. d. 53, M. M.
2. To awaken, Rām. 2, 56, 1. prabodhita,
1. Instructed.
2. Aroused.
-- With vipra vi-pra, viprabuddha, Awakened, aroused, Megh. 110.
-- With prati prati, i. 4, To awake, Man. 1, 74. pratibuddha,
1. Known.
2. Wakened, awake.
3. Exalted. Caus.
1. To inform, Ragh. 1, 75.
2. To admonish, to instruct, Pañc. 87, 24.
3. To charge one with, Rām. 2, 52, 35.
4. To awaken, Śāk. d. 143. pratibodhita,
1. Instructed.
2. Awakened.
-- With vi vi, i. 4, To awake, MBh. 2, 162. vibuddha,
1. Awake.
2. Opened (as a flower), Mālav. d. 60. Caus.
1. To awaken.
2. To instruct, Daśak. 181. 17.
-- With sam sam, i. 4,
1. To know, MBh. 1, 2498.
2. To be wise, 2, 2187 (Par.). Caus.
1. To cause to agree, Pañc. 101, 11.
2. To exhort, Pañc. 84, 1; to admonish, Pañc. 103, 2.
3. With parasparam, To come to an explanation with each other, Pañc. 101, 11.
4. To ask, MBh. 1, 3521.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, pratisaṃbuddha, Recovered, MBh. 3, 12519.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. puteus (cf. rudhira and bandh), putare; Goth. biudan; A.S. beodan, boda, bodian, bodare, and look to the beginning of this article.
I. adj. Wise, Pañc. i. d. 427.
II. m.
1. Budha, the son of the moon and regent of the planet Mercury.
2. A proper name, Vikr. d, 159.
-- Comp. a-, adj. foolish, Hit. ii. d. 23; Rājat. 5, 380. durb°, i. e. dus-, adj. foolish, MBh. 11, 166.
1. The root of a tree.
2. Śiva; see budh.
-- Cf. probably A. S. bytne, the bottom of a ship.
1. To perceive. †
2. To reflect.
† bundh, i. 10, Par. To bind; cf. bund.
† bul, i. 10, Par. To sink, to dive.
1. To effund. †
2. To distribute (cf. 2. vyuṣ).
I. adj., f. hatī.
1. Large, great, Pañc. 175, 9.
2. Much.
II. f. atī.
1. A wrapper, a mantle.
2. A reservoir, a place containing water.
3. A large lute.
4. The name of two plants.
-- Cf. probably Goth. abirgahei; A.S. beorh. beorg.
1. A deity, originally The lord of prayer, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 12.
2. The regent of the planet Jupiter and preceptor of the gods, Bhartṛ. 2, 27.
3. The name of a saint and lawgiver, Pañc. i. d. 111.
1. Knowledge, Bhāṣāp. 140.
2. Intellect, wisdom.
3. Arousing.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. stupidity, Bhartṛ. 3, 2.
II. adj. ignorant, Cāṇ. 35 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 409. ātmabodha, i. e. ātman-,
I. m. knowledge of the universal soul, Häberl. Anth. 489.
II. adj. endowed with the knowledge of the universal soul, Bhartṛ. 1, 62. durb°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be understood, or penetrated, Rām. 4, 17, 6; Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 58. su-,
I. adj. 1. easily taught. 2. of easy apprehension.
II. m. 1. waking. 2. knowledge.
I. adj. Causing to know, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 1.
II. m.
1. A teacher.
2. A spy.
I. n., and f. nī.
1. Knowledge, Ragh. 9, 49.
2. Teaching.
3. Arousing, Śiś. 9, 24.
II. n. Burning incense.
III. m. The planet Mercury.
I. adj. Wise, learned.
II. m.
1. Intellect.
2. The holy fig-tree.
1. The root of a tree.
2. A son.
3. The body.
4. The sun, Man. 4, 231.
5. Śiva, Brahman.
1. Relating or connected with Brahman or a Brāhmaṇa; fit for a Brāhmaṇa.
2. Pious, Nal. 1, 3.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. 1. not fit for a Brāhmaṇa. 2. hostile to the Brāhmaṇas.
II. n. 1. wickedness, a wicked act, Pañc. 101, 1. 2. an exclamation of distress, alas! woe! Pañc. 82, 18; murder, Kathās. 4, 111.
1. Identification with, or state of, Brahman, MBh. 13, 1361.
2. Godhead.
3. The rank of a Brāhmaṇa, Johns. Sel. 23, 118.
I. n. Prayer, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 88, 4.
2. The practice of austere devotion.
3. Chastity, Śāk. 14, 12.
4. The Vedas or scripture, Man. 1, 23.
5. The Brāhmaṇas, or theological part of the Veda, Man. 4, 100.
6. Holy knowledge.
7. The brahmanical caste, Man. 9, 320.
8. The divine cause and essence of the world, the unknown God.
II. m.
1. A Brāhmaṇa, a priest (originally possessed of, or performing, powerful prayer), Chr. 15, 5.
2. Brahman, the first deity of the Hindu triad, and the operative creator of the world, Man. 1, -9; 50; Utt. Rāmac. 36, 12 (vāgātman, i. e. vāc-, adj. whose soul is speech).
-- Comp. a-, adj. without Brāhmaṇas, Man. 9, 322. mahā-, m. a great, mighty Brāhmaṇa, Chr. 20, 18. śabda-, n. holy writ, Veda, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 3; cf. 36, 11. su-, adj. endowed with beautiful prayers, Lass. 101, 6 = Rigv. vii. 16, 2.
1. Holiness, Man. 2, 37; 4, 94.
2. The superhuman power of a Brāhmaṇa, Śāk. 81, 16 (ironically).
I. adj., f. mī.
1. Relating to the Brāhmaṇas, brahmanical, Johns. Sel. 33, 67; deposited with the sacerdotal class, Man. 7, 82.
2. Relating to holy knowledge.
3. Relating to study, scriptural, Man. 3, 157.
4. Prescribed by the Veda, 7, 2.
5. Relating to Brahman, 1, 68.
6. Fit for a divine state, 2, 28.
7. Epithet of a weapon, Chr. 40, 15.
8. also sbst. m. The name of the first nuptial form, Man. 3, 27, and 21.
9. Relating, sacred to Brāhmī, the goddess of speech, 4, 92.
II. m. Nārada, the son of Brahman.
III. f. mī.
1. A wife espoused according to the Brāhma form, Man. 3, 37.
2. The goddess of speech, the wife of Brahman.
3. The moon plant (Asclepias acida).
IV. n. The part of the hand under the root of the thumb.
I. adj., f. ṇī, Relating to, becoming a Brāhmaṇa, brahmanical, Johns. Sel. 38, 27.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa, a man of the first caste, Pañc. 220, 24.
III. f. ṇī.
1. A woman of the brahmanical tribe.
2. The wife of a Brāhmaṇa, Pañc. 118, 25.
IV. n.
1. An assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.
2. The theological portion of the Vedas, Pāṇ. 2, 3, 60, Sch.
-- Comp. a-, 1. m. one who is not a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 241. 2. adj. without Brāhmaṇas. go-, a cow and a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 5, 95.
I. m. The planet Saturn.
II. n. Brahmanhood, priestly character, Man. 11, 97; the dignity of a Brāhmaṇa, Pañc. i. d. 76
-- Comp. sva-brāhmaṇyā, f. a sort of text, Man. 9, 126.
I. adj. with and without huta, n. One of the five sacraments, the worship or veneration of Brāhmaṇas, Man. 3, 73, 74.
II. n. Astonishment.
1. To speak, Man. 1, 1.
2. To speak to, with dat. and acc., 1, 60.
3. To answer, 8, 94.
4. With anyathā, To decide wrongly, to give a wrong sentence (in a law suit), Pañc. iii. d. 108. In epic poetry, anomal. 1. sing. present, brūmi, Rām. 2, 19, 4; imperf. abruvam, even in Daśak. in Chr. 185, 11.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To abuse, MBh. 3, 15640.
-- With anu anu, To pronounce, MBh. 1, 176.
-- With pra pra,
1. To declare, MBh. 1, 838.
2. To recite, Man. 10, 1.
3. To tell, MBh. 3, 16678.
4. To speak, 3, 10487.
-- With prati prati, To answer, MBh. 3, 2737.
-- With vi vi,
1. To explain, MBh. 1, 4245.
2. To speak at variance, Man. 8, 194.
3. To say what is false, 8, 13; to declare falsely, 8, 75.
4. To decide unjustly, 8, 390.
5. To speak, MBh. 3, 2990.
1. To select.
2. † To hold.
3. † To maintain.
4. † To go.
I. n.
1. A star, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 14.
2. A lunar asterism.
3. A planet.
II. m. A name of the planet Venus.
III. f. bhā, see s. v.
1. Food, Man. 9, 271.
2. Boiled rice.
3. A meal, Man. 11, 16.
-- Comp. eka-, n. eating only once a day, MBh. 13, 5146. caturtha-, n. eating only the fourth meal (leaving out three), i. e. eating only every second day, MBh. 13, 5145; cf. bhaj.
1. Worship, Vikr. d. 1; service.
2. Devotion, Hit. iii. d. 65.
3. Attachment, Pañc. i. d. 326.
4. Faith, Pañc. 71, 4; belief, Śāṇḍilyas. ed. Ballantyne, 76 sqq.
5. Fracture, breaking, Megh. 61.
6. In bhakti-cheda, Megh. 19, see cheda.
-- Comp. kṣetra-, f. partition of a field, Pāṇ. 5, 1, 46, Sch. dṛgbhakti, i. e. dṛś-, f. a side look, an amorous look, Lass. 66, 11.
1. To devour, Man. 5, 50.
2. To eat, MBh. 3, 1741.
3. To enjoy, Pañc. 137, 20.
4. To bite, Pañc. 62, 23; Kathās. 4, 69. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. bhakṣya, Eatable, allowed to be eaten, Man. 1, 113. n.
1. Food, Pañc. 199, 13.
2. Dainty food, Man. 9, 268; 3, 227. Comp. a-, adj. unfit, or not allowed, to be eaten, Man. 1, 113. sarva-, adj. 1. eating anything (a child). 2. omnivorous. Desider. of i. 10, bibhakṣayiṣa, To desire to devour, MBh. 1, 5951.
-- With sam sam, To devour, MBh. 3, 422.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. fames, perhaps bacca.
I. m., f. ṣā, and n. (Pañc. rec. orn.), Eating food, Pañc. 53, 23.
II. latter part of comp. adj. Devouring, Man. 9, 314 v. r.
-- Comp. vāyu-,
I. adj., f. ṣā. 1. feeding on air, Johns. Sel. 51, 1. 2. fasting, Chr. 46, 20.
II. m. 1. an ascetic. 2. a snake. sarva-,
I. adj. omnivorous, eating all things, Hit. ii. d. 173.
II. f. ṣā, a female goat.
I. adj.
1. Voracious.
2. Eating, feeding on, Hit. 75, 8.
3. A feeder, Hit. i. d. 54, M. M.
II. f. ṣikā, A meal.
1. Eating, Pañc. 114, 10; being eaten, 88, 25.
2. Enjoying, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 4.
-- Comp. vāyu-, n. fasting.
I. m.
1. The sun.
2. Śiva.
II. n.
1. Divine power.
2. Fortune.
3. Virtue.
4. Beauty.
5. Pudendum muliebre, Rājat. 5, 282.
-- Comp. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj., f. gā. 1. difficult to be obtained, Rājat. 4, 113. 2. unfortunate, Hit. i. d. 17, M. M. su-,
I. adj., f. gā. 1. fortunate, Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7. 2. beautiful, Vikr. d. 123; lovely, Śāk. d. 3; charming, d. 57. 3. beloved, amiable, Man. 2, 129.
II. m. 1. the Aśoka tree. 2. the Champaca, Micelia campaka.
III. f. gā. 1. a favourite woman. 2. a respectable mother. 3. the name of several plants.
IV. n. fortune, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 19.
-- Cf. Goth. ga-bigs.
I. adj., f. vatī, Adorable, Man. 1, 6; Vikr. 31, 18; 85, 21; respectable, worshipful (used in address), Chr. 17, 27; Pañc. 80, 13.
II. f. vatī, A name of Gaurī.
1. A sister, Pañc. 214, 25; 222, 9.
2. A woman in general.
-- Comp. dharma-, f. 1. a woman on whom the rank of a sister is bestowed, Kathās. 4, 96; cf. Pañc. 222, 9. 2. a Bauddha nun, Mṛcch. 134, 22.
I. m.
1. Breaking, Pañc. iii. d. 16.
2. A fissure, a broken piece, Vikr. d. 107 (a branch).
3. Interruption, Pañc. 8, 19; obstacle, Vikr. 12, 17.
4. Repudiation.
5. Defeat, discomfiture, destruction, Hit. 100, 3; ruin, Lass. 76, 18.
6. Disappointment, neglect, Hit. ii. d. 52.
7. Fear, Pañc. 219, 18; iv. d. 43.
8. Curving, Śāk. d. 7; knitting (the brow), Utt. Rāmac. 138, 3.
9. Fraud.
10. A wave.
11. A water-course.
12. Disease.
II. f. gā Hemp.
-- Comp. asu-, m. danger of life, Bhartṛ. 2, 61. utsāha-, m. destroying, breaking one's courage, Hit. 94, 13. gṛha-, m. loss of a wife, Pañc. 225, 17 (cf. iii. d. 152). daṇḍa-, m. hinderance of punishment, Bhāg. P. 6, 3, 2. danta-, m. splitting, breaking of teeth, Pañc. i. d. 418. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be loosened, Hariv. 1138. patra-, m., and f. gi/ī, strokes and lines drawn on the face with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, etc., Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 622 (ga). Puṣapa-, m. treading on flowers, Nal. 25, 7 (Sch.). pṛṣṭha-, m. a sort of fighting, MBh. 2, 908. pota-, m. shipwreck, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1072. praṇaya-, m. faithlessness, Vikr. d. 118. bhrū-, m. a frown, Vikr. d. 115; Rājat. 5, 398. sa-bhrū-bhaṅga + m, adv. knitting the brows, Śāk. 16, 17. sāra-,
I. adj. void of pith, substance, strength.
II. m. destroying vigour. hitā-, m. breaking of a dike, Man. 9, 274.
and bhaṅgī bhaṅgī, i. e. bhañj + a + i, f.
1. Fracture.
2. Separation, interval, Lass. 83, 1; step, degree, Ragh. 13, 69.
3. Incurvation, Lass. 87, 16.
4. Current, Rājat. 2, 131.
5. figurat. Modesty, Kathās. 21, 103.
6. Fraud, pretext, Kathās. 3, 53.
7. A wave, Ragh. 16, 36.
-- Comp. patra-, see s. v. bhaṅga.
I. adj.
1. Crooked, Bhartṛ. 3, 36.
2. Frail, perishable, Pañc. 165, 17; vanishing, Hit. i. d. 186, M. M.
3. Fraudulent, Lass. 84, 9.
II. m. The bend of a river.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unbroken. 2. undisturbed, Rājat. 5, 4.
1. To divide, Man. 9, 104.
2. To obtain as one's share, to obtain, Man. 10, 59 (Ātm.); to get, Śāk. d. 167; Pañc. 69, 4 (Par.).
3. To take, MBh. 4, 237 (Ātm.); to embrace, Śāk. d. 107 (Ātm.); to love, Lass. 44, 7.
4. To go to, Rām. 1, 16, 28; with diśas, To run away, MBh. 3, 11113.
5. To take possession of, Man. 1, 28.
6. To possess, to have, Man. 5, 148.
7. To enjoy carnally, to love, Man. 9, 70.
8. To make advances, Man. 8, 365.
9. To serve, to worship, MBh. 3, 16004.
10. Ātm. To favour, Pañc. i. d. 41.
11. To practise, Man. 4, 204. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhakta,
1. Attached, devoted, Hit. ii. d. 74; believing; tad-, believing in him, Rāmatap. Up. 1, 94.
2. Served.
3. Dressed, cooked. m. A follower, a votary; cf. also s. v. bhakta. Comp. eka-, adj. kept by one master, Man. 8, 363. sūrya-,
I. adj. worshipping the sun.
II. m. a flower, Pentapetes phoenicea. Caus., with diśas, To put one to flight, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 80. † i. 10, Par.
1. To give.
2. To dress, or cook.
-- With the prep. nis nis, To exclude, Man. 9, 207.
-- With prati prati, To return to (acc.), Daśak. in Chr. 193, 5 (anomal. bhajiṣyati).
-- With vi vi,
1. To distribute, to divide, Man. 9, 164.
2. To put up severally, Vikr. d. 43.
3. To distinguish, Rām. 2, 67, 31. vibhakta, Attached, Śāk. d. 107; Vikr. d. 160.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To divide, MBh. 3, 16147. pravibhakta,
1. Formerly distributed, Śāk. d. 165.
2. Divided, Man. 8, 166.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi,
1. To make one partake of something, Rājat. 5, 109.
2. To divide, Pañc. 217, 12. saṃvibhakta, Divided, parted. Caus. To cause to be divided, MBh. 3, 12683.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. famulus, familia; Goth. anda-bahti, and bahtjan; also [greek] and A. S. bacan; O.H.G. bachan (but see pac).
1. Sharing.
2. Possession.
3. Service, adoration.
1. To split, Rām. 1, 67, 17.
2. To break, Pañc. i. d. 148; to destroy, MBh. 3, 10990. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhagna.
1. Broken, Pañc. 36, 12; torn.
2. Defeated, Bhartṛ. 2, 85; Rājat. 5, 340.
3. Disheartened, Chr. 5, 23; Pañc. iv. d. 43.
4. Disappointed, Bhartṛ. 2, 82.
5. Extinct, Man. 8, 148.
6. Disregarded, humbled; † i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To break down, MBh. 1, 7081.
-- With ni ni, To break, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 117.
-- With vinis vi-nis, vinirbhagna, Broken down, MBh. 3, 12477.
-- With pra pra, To break down, MBh. 3, 11121. The original form has been probably bhrañj.
-- Cf. Lat. frango; Goth. brikan; A. S. bracan, brecan; [greek]
1. Breaking, destroying.
2. Afflicting.
† bhaṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To hive.
2. To nourish.
3. To speak. Caus. of 1. 2. bhāṭaya, of 3. bhaṭaya.
1. A soldier.
2. An outcaste of a particular tribe.
3. A goblin.
-- Comp. cāra-, m. a soldier, Bhartṛ. 1, 91. bhū-, m. a proper name. mahā-, m. a great warrior, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 27. vār-, m. an alligator. su-, m. a warrior (cf. bhaṭṭa), Pañc. iii. d. 48. sva-, m. 1. one's own soldier, Hit. 104, 17. 2. a life-guardian(?), Hit. iii. d. 72.
1. A philosopher, a learned man, Rājat. 5, 66.
2. An enemy.
3. Authority.
4. Best.
-- Comp. su-, m.a very learned man, or perhaps rather a distinguished warrior, Lass. 29, 1 (in the latter case read subhaṭa, see bhaṭa).
I. adj., f. rikā, Venerable, Lass. 13, 18.
II. m.
1. Sir, Mālav. 28, 4.
2. The sun(?), Hit. 48, 3, M. M.
III. f. rikā, Lady, tutelar deity, Lass. 31, 6.
1. An attendant.
2. A hero.
-- With prati prati, To answer, Bhaṭṭ. 4, 38. pratibhaṇita, Answered.
† bhaṇṭ, i. 10, Par. To deceive.
† bhaṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To upbraid; to reprove.
2. To jest.
3. To deride.
4. To speak. i. 10 or 1, Par. To be, and to make fortunate; to do an auspicious act.
1. Armour.
2. Battle.
3. Evil.
and bhaṇḍī bhaṇḍi/ī, f.
1. A wave.
2. A plant, Rubia manjith Roxb.
-- Comp. tri-bhaṇḍi/ī, f. a plant, Convolvulus turpethum, Suśr. 1, 161, 21; 2, 70, 1.
I. adj.
1. Fortunate.
2. A messenger.
II. m. A tree, Mimosa siriṣa.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Excellent, best, Vikr. 27, 10; Pañc. 146, 17.
2. Worthy, dear, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 11.
3. Pious.
4. Happy, Vikr. d. 163; propitious, Hit. 22, 5, M. M.
5. Comparat. bhadratara, Better, Hit. 80, 5.
II. bhadra + m, adv. Well, happy.
III. n.
1. Prosperity, Pañc. iii. d. 191; hail. Hit. 83, 10, M. M.
2. Happiness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212.
3. (with the dat. of the second person), A polite address, especially accompanying an advice, an objection, or expression of a different opinion; if you please, Rām. 3, 53, 2; Chr. 12, 3; 10, 5; with all respect for you, Chr. 11, 13; I beg your pardon, Rām. 3, 52, 37.
4. Gold.
5. Iron or steel.
6. A fragrant grass, Cyperus, Ṛt. 1, 17 v. r.
IV. m.
1. Śiva.
2. A wagtail.
3. A bull.
4. A heap.
5. A fortune-teller, an impostor, Man. 9, 258.
V. f. rā.
1. The Ganges of heaven.
2. A name of the second, seventh, and twelfth days of the lunar fortnight.
-- Comp. a-, adj. distressed, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 28. catur-, n. sing. four good things, Hit. i. d. 158, M. M. tuṅga-, 1. m. an elephant in rut. 2. f. rā, a river in Mysore, Bhāg. P. 5, 19, 18. bala-,
I. m. 1. Baladeva. 2. Ananta, the great serpent. 3. a strong man.
II. f. rā, a young girl. maṇi-, m. a name of Kuvera, Nal. 12, 130. sarvatobh°, i. e. sarvatas-,
I. adj. everywhere auspicious.
II. m. and n. a temple or palace of a square form, with an entrance opposite to each point of the compass.
III. m. 1. the carriage of Viṣṇu. 2. a form of military array. 3. a bambu. 4. the Nimb tree.
IV. f. drā. 1. an actress. 2. the name of two plants. rāma-, m. (auspicious Rāma), a surname of Rāma, Utt. Rāmac. 38, 9. su-,
I. adj. pro pitious, fortunate, Ṛt. 1, 17 v. r.
II. m. Viṣṇu.
III. f. rā, The sister of jagannātha.
-- Cf. Goth. bats, bat + izo, bat + ista; A. S. bet; O.H.G. baz; Goth. ga-bat + non, bot + a, bot + jan; A. S. bót; Lat. fastus (for fad-tus), fastigium, fastidium, festivus (but festus belongs rather to bhāṣ).
1. Beautiful, agreeable.
2. Respectable, worthy, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 1.
3. Good, Man. 9, 226.
† bhand, 1. 1, Ātm.
1. To be fortunate.
2. To make fortunate.
3. To worship.
4. To be excellent.
5. To be glad.
6. To exhilarate.
7. To shine. i. 10, Par. To make fortunate; cf. bhadra.
1. Fear, Pañc. v. d. 67.
2. Fright, Pañc. 242, 21.
3. Danger, Pañc. ii. d. 14.
-- Comp. a-, I. n. 1. safety, Hit. i. d. 104, M. M. 2. protection from danger, Man. 4, 247. 3. the name of a Dvīpa, or division of the world. 4. a fragrant grass, Andropogon muricatum.
II. adj., f. yā, fearless, Bhartṛ. 3, 32.
III. m. 1. epithet of Śiva. 2. a proper name.
IV. f. yā, a plant, Terminalia citrina, Suśr. 1, 139, 14. akutobhaya, i. e. a-kutas-, adj. having nothing to fear from any part, Pañc. 107, 2 a-jātu-, adj. fearless, Pañc. i. d. 352. apa-, adj. fearless, Ragh. 3, 51. nirbh°, i. e. nis-,
I. adj., f. yā. 1. fearless, Pañc. 111, 25. 2. free from danger, Man. 9, 255.
II. m. a proper name. bhaṅga-, Pañc. i. d. 357 (bhaṅgabhayād divaḥ, from fear that (else) heaven would break down). vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj. fearless. sa-, adj. fearful, Pañc. 45, 8. °yam, adv. with fear, Hit. 85, 3, M. M.
I. adj. Frightful, formidable, Bhag. 11, 27; Utt. Rāmac. 43, 12.
II. m.
1. The sentiment of terror, as excited by poetical composition.
2. A tiger.
3. Rāhu.
I. m.
1. A load, Lass. 88, 2; Vikr. d. 42; 52; with bhuvas, [greek] i. e. a dead mass.
2. With kṛ, To make a load, to support one's self, Hit. 47, 3.
3. Plenty, Śiś. 9, 47.
4. Much, excessive, Bhartṛ. 2, 68.
5. A measure of value of two thousand Palas.
II. adj. Who or what supports.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive heaviness, Śiś. 9, 73. apa-hṛta-, adj., unburthened, Vikr. d. 42. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj., f. rā, 1. difficult to be borne, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 8. 2. difficult to be maintained, Pañc. iii. d. 168. nirbh°, i. e. nis-,
I. adj., f. rā. 1. excessive, violent, ardent, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396. 2. deep (as sleep), Hit. 85, 8. 3. latter part of comp. adj. full of, Pañc. 259, 3; Kathās. 6, 126.
II. °ram, adv. much, excessively, Hit. 86, 8; 10; Hit. 50, 2 (deeply). su-, adj. 1. heavily burthened. 2. heavy, Chr. 296, 2 = Rigv. i. 112, 2. 3. f. rā, perhaps a proper name, Chr. 297, 20 = Rigv. i. 112, 20 (Sch. nourishing, viz. food).
-- Cf. Lat. -fer; A. S. -bora.
I. n.
1. Bearing, Pañc. 257, 23; supporting, Śāk. d. 192.
2. Nourishing, Hit. ii. d. 42.
3. Wages, hire.
II. f. ṇī.
1. The name of the second lunar asterism.
2. A creeper, commonly Ghoṣā.
1. The name of several princes, and of a sage, the inventor of dramatic composition, Vikr. d. 36; Utt. Rāmac. 111, 4.
2. pl. The descendants of Bharata, Chr. 3, 1.
3. An actor, a mime.
or bharīman bhari/īman (vb. bhṛ, or bhara, + iman), m. A household, a family.
1. Gold.
2. A lord.
3. Śiva.
4. Viṣṇu.
1. Light, Lass. 99, 11 = Rigv. iii. 62, 10.
2. A name of Brahman.
-- Cf. A. S. baelch, superbia.
I. m., f. trī, and n.
1. One who contains, Śiś. 9, 17.
2. A cherisher, Bhag. 9, 18.
3. A protector.
II. m.
1. A lord, Vikr. d. 36; master, d. 155.
2. A commander, Man. 7, 94.
3. A husband, Hit. i. d. 196, M. M.
-- Comp. kanyā-, m. epithet of the god of war, MBh. 3, 14633. gaṇa-, m. epithet of Śiva, Kir. 5, 42. jagatī-, bhū-, mahī-, m. a king, Rām. 2, 103, 17; Rājat. 5, 69, 23. paśu-, m. epithet of Śiva, MBh. 13, 620. ruci-, m. bearer of light and cherisher of love, Śiś. 9, 17. svarga-, m. Indra.
1. To menace, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 14.
2. To blame, to abuse, MBh. 4, 357. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhartsita, Blamed, Pañc. i. d. 170. n. Menace, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 21.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To menace, Rām. 1, 28, 13. abhibhartsita, Terrified, MBh. 3, 10921.
-- With ava ava, To deter, Chr. 26, 66 (read °bharts-ayat).
-- With ni ni, To menace, Pañc. 220, 2 (probably corr. nirbh°).
-- With nis nis,
1. To menace, Pañc. 84, 18; MBh. 1, 4190.
2. To blame, Utt. Rāmac. 174, 6; Chr. 60, 32.
3. To abuse, Hit. 64, 22.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To blame, Rām. 2, 78, 19.
-- With pari pari, To menance, MBh. 3, 16008.
-- With sam sam, To reproach, to blame, Rām. 2, 75, 16.
1. Threat.
2. Reproach, curse.
1. Wages, hire.
2. Gold.
3. A coin, a piece of money.
4. The navel.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. cherishing of a child, Ragh. 3, 12.
1. To injure (ved.).
2. † To eat.
-- With the second signification and the form bharb cf. [greek] Lat. herba; with the first and bharv Goth. balvjan.
1. To describe.
2. To kill, to hurt.
3. To give. i. 10, Ātm.
1. To describe, to see, to behold (ved.); with the prep. ni, Chand. Up. 452; and Prākṛ. with nis, Mālav. 5, 9.
2. † to throw up.
-- With the prep. sam sam, To hear, Naiṣ. 6, 76.
† bhall, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To describe.
2. To kill.
3. To give.
I. m. A bear.
II. m. and n. A kind of arrow, Chr. 29, 27.
III. f. li.
1. An arrow with a crescentshaped head.
2. The marking nut plant, Semicarpus Anacardiam.
1. Being, existing, Sāv. 3, 10.
2. Birth, Śāk. d. 186; Megh. 46 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
3. Origin, Ragh. 3, 14 (at the end of a comp. adj. Arising; tvad-viyoga-, Arising from absence from thee, Vikr. d. 133).
4. The place or means of being.
5. Welfare.
6. Excellence, Pañc. v. d. 12.
7. The world, Hit. iii. d. 140.
8. A god.
9. Śiva, Kir. 5, 29; Rudra, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 5.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. nonexistence, Sāv. 3, 10. 2. cessation of existence, Rām. 3, 69, 9. araṇya-, adj. growing in a forest, without culture, Pañc. ii. d. 93. ātmabhava, i. e. ātman-,
I. m. the existence of one's self, Nal. 5, 37.
II. adj. attracted by one's self, Rām. 2, 64, 69. ādi-, adj. who is the first being, Ragh. 13, 8. durvāgbh°, i. e. dus-vāc-, m. abusing, MBh. 13, 2258. punarbh°, i. e. punar-, m. regeneration, MBh. 1, 251; transmigration, Śāk. d. 194. maghā-, m. the planet Venus.
1. Nature.
2. A dwelling, house, Pañc. ii. d. 17; a palace, Pañc. iii. d. 236.
3. A temple, Rājat. 5, 100.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. a sanctuary, Mālat. 13, 3 (below). deva-, n. a temple, Kathās. 6, 75. devī-, n. a temple of Durgā, Kathās. 18, 170.
-- Comp. atra-, adj., f. ati, respectable, Kir. 11, 18. II. m., f. atī, used to denote in a respectful manner third persons who are present, Śāk. 16, 20. tatra-, m., f. atī, used to denote in a respectful manner persons who are absent, Śāk. 9, 12.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Necessity of coming into existence, of taking place, Pañc. ii. d. 11; 133.
2. Fate, Vikr. 36, 1.
1. Actually being.
2. Being about to become.
3. Wellbeing.
-- Comp. yad-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 77, 9.
1. To bark, MBh. 1, 5249.
2. To bark at, to reproach malevolently, to rail, 3, 15641; cf. bhāṣ.
1. To eat.
2. To shine. †
3. To blame. bhasita, see s. v.; cf. psā and bhā.
1. Pudendum muliebre.
2. The sun.
3. A month.
1. A bellows, Pañc. iii. d. 97.
2. A bag, Pañc. 265, 8.
1. A bellows.
2. bhastrikā, A bag, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 2 (carma-ratna-, a most wonderful leather bag).
1. A disease of the eyes, indistinctness of vision.
2. (i. e. bhas + man + ka), Morbid appetite with general decay.
1. bhā, ii. 2, Par.
1. To shine, Kir. 5, 20.
2. To appear, Rājat. 5, 94. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhāta, Bright. n. Morning.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To shine from every part, Ghaṭ. 10.
-- With ava ava, To shine, MBh. 3, 10094.
-- With ā ā,
1. To shine forth, Chr. 288, 9 = Rigv. i. 48, 9.
2. To illuminate, Chr. 289, 4 = Rigv. i. 50, 4.
3. To shine, Rām. i. 15, 19.
4. To appear, Vikr. d. 142; MBh. 3, 13701.
-- With ud ud, To shine forth, Man. 1, 7.
-- With nis nis,
1. To shine forth, Man. 5, 44.
2. To proceed, Man. 2, 10.
-- With pra pra,
1. To begin to shine, Rām. 1, 45, 5.
2. To shine forth, MBh. 3, 10054. prabhāta, Begun to become clear, Rām. 2, 6, 10. n. Daybreak, morning, Pañc. 246, 16; loc. te, tomorrow, 119, 1. Comp. tatpr°, i. e. tad-, loc. the following morning, Lass. 12, 1. su-, adj. enlightened.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To appear, MBh. 3, 10055.
-- With prati prati,
1. To shine, Ghaṭ. 15.
2. To appear, Vikr. d. 23; Chr. 41, 23.
3. To please, Pañc. 78, 12; 151, 1; Vikr. 43, 17 (with acc.)
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To appear, MBh. 1, 8095.
-- With vi vi,
1. To shine, Vikr. d. 44; Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6.
2. To appear, Lass. 75, 2. vibhāta, Become manifest, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 5. n. Daybreak.
-- Cf. [greek] probably, [greek] (for [greek] from the Caus. bhāpaya), [greek] (for [greek] (for [greek]) [greek]- [greek] etc.; Lat. focus, februus (from the Causal).
2. bhā,
I. f.
1. Light.
2. Splendour.
II. m. The sun.
1. A portion, part, Pañc. i. d. 447; side, Vikr. d. 26; Utt. Rāmac. 42, 12.
2. Fortune, fate, Utt. Rāmac. 38, 9.
3. A division of time, the 30th part of a zodiacal sign.
4. A degree, the 360th part of the circumference of a great circle.
-- Comp. a-, adj. deprived of one's share, Man. 9, 213. agra-, m. fore or top part, Śāk. 141, 10 Chezy. adhobh°, i. e. adhas-, m. 1. the lower part, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 18; Pañc. 76, 23 (under). 2. the lower part of the body, Suśr. 1, 208, 7. ardha-, m. 1. half, Kumāras. 5, 50. 2. a part, Ragh. 7, 42. aśīti-, m. an 80th part, Man. 8, 140. catur-, m. a 4th part, Man. 8, 176. tri-, m. a 3rd part, Hariv. 8887. dāya-, m. partition of heritage, Man. 9, 103. digbh°, i. e. diś-, m. region, quarter, Pañc. 106, 22. nimna-, m. a deep place, Rām. 2, 80, 9. para-, m. 1. supremacy, Pañc. i. d. 375. 2. hightest degree, Kathās. 1, 47 (cf. divya-mānuṣa.) pāda-, f. a fourth part, MBh. 2, 204. purobhāga, i. e. puras-,
I. m. 1. obtrusiveness, Hariv. 7338. 2. envy, Mālav. d. 19.
II. adj., f. gā, obtrusive, Śāk. 70, 14. mahā-, adj. 1. eminent. 2. virtuous in a high degree, Chr. 9, 41; 24, 47; Utt. Rāmac. 38, 8. yajña-, m. a deity, Śāk. d. 186. śeṣa-, m. the remaining or last part. ṣaḍbhāga, i. e. ṣaṣ-, m. a sixth part, Pañc. i. d. 391.
I. m.
1. A heir.
2. Royal revenue.
II. n.
1. Portion, Man. 3, 245.
2. Fate, fortune, happiness, Vikr. 55, 10.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Who or what shares.
2. One who partakes, Man. 3, 143; Pañc. 16, 2.
3. Undergoing, suffering, Pañc. 29, 9; 68, 23.
4. An owner, Man. 9, 48.
5. Consisting of parts.
II. m. A co-heir.
III. f. nī, Co-heiress.
-- Comp. duḥkha-, adj. suffering pain, Hit. i. d. 24, M. M. dharma-, adj., f. nī, virtuous, Hit. iii. d. 25. purobhāgin, i. e. puras- (cf. purobhāga under bhāga), adj., f. giṇī, 1. obtrusive, Śāk. 70, 14 v. r. 2. envious, censorious, Rājat. 6, 83. manda-, adj. unhappy, Utt. Rāmac. 79, 11.
I. m. A sister's son, Pañc. 231, 20.
II. yī, A sister's daughter.
1. Merit and demerit acquired in former existences, fate, fortune, Vikr. 63, 19.
2. Merit, Bhartṛ. 2, 94.
3. Happiness, Hit. pr. d. 5, M. M.
4. instr. yena, Happily, Hit. 17, 4, M. M.
5. Sensual pleasure, Rājat. 5, 385.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unfortunate, Pañc. 197, 23. para- n. another's property, Hit. i. d. 24, M. M. manda-, adj. unhappy, Vikr. 32, 8. mahā-, n. great luck, happiness, Sāv. 1, 1; Man. 11, 244 (Jones: Transcendent excellence).
1. Abounding in merits.
2. Happy, Pañc. 201, 7.
† 1. bhāj, i. 10, Par. To divide; cf. bhaj.
2. -bhāj, (vb. bhaj), latter part of comp. adj. One who possesses or obtains; e. g. ardha- adj. Obtaining or entitled to a half, Man. 8, 239. nṛpa-māna-, Obtaining royal honour, Man. 2, 139. vibhāga-, m. Entitled to a portion of a property already distributed, as a son born after the distribution of his father's property. viyoga-, adj. Suffering separation, cf. also Pañc. i. d. 196; 147, 12.
1. Any vessel, as a pot or cup, Hit. pr. d. 8, M. M.; figuratively, Pañc. ii. d. 194 (a vessel of love and confidence, a person on whom one may depend).
2. A fit person.
3. Sharing.
-- Comp. dīpa- n. a lamp, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 11.
1. Any vessel, a pot, a cup, Pañc. 96, 18; Hit. 85, 14.
2. Any implement or utensil, Sāv. 3, 1.
3. The capital, principal of a merchant.
4. Goods, wares, Pañc. 7, 17 (deśa-antara-bhāṇḍa-ānayana, n. Exporting wares to foreign countries), i. d. 19.
5. An ornament, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 2.
6. Any musical instrument, Man. 10, 49.
7. The bed of a river.
-- Comp. kṣura-, n. a razorcase, Hit. 64, 20. bhinna- (vb. bhid), n. 1. a potsherd. 2. a broken vessel. mahā-, n. a great vessel, Pañc. 62, 25. sāra-, n. 1. a natural vessel, as the bag or skin in which musk is sold. 2. a bale of goods, Pañc. 8, 14. 3. implements, Mālav. 44, 1 (Prākṛ.)
1. Appearance, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 3.
2. Perception, Bhāṣāp. 65.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m.
1. A ray of light, Chr. 288, 9 = Rigv. i. 48, 9.
2. Light.
3. The sun, Pañc. 134, 17.
4. A sovereign, a master.
II. f. A handsome woman.
-- Comp. citra-,
I. adj. resplendent, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7.
II. m. fire, MBh. 1, 2036. vṛhad-bhānu, i. e. vṛhant-, m. a name of Agni. svar-, m. Rāhu, the ascending node, Chr. 36, 23.
1. Luminous, splendid.
2. Beautiful, Draup. 7, 2.
I. m.
1. Light.
2. The sun.
3. Passion, wrath.
4. A sister's husband.
II. f. mā. A passionate woman.
-- Cf. probably A. S. beam, a sun-beam, beamian, to shine (cf. the last).
I. adj., f. nī, Passionate, Ragh. 8, 28.
II. f. nī, A passionate woman, often used, as a term of endearment, in the same sense as māninī.
1. Carrying burthens, Pañc. i. d. 312.
2. Weight, a burthen, Pañc. 52, 4; figurat., Pañc. 31, 3 (of government); v. d. 4.
3. A great weight, Pañc. 99, 25.
4. A weight of gold equal to two thousand Palas.
5. A yoke.
-- Comp. ati-, m. 1. a too great burthen, Pañc. i. d. 22. 2. a proper name. kāṣṭha-, m. a load of wood, Hariv. 4356. garbha-, m. the burthen of being with child, Kathās. 26, 216. arha-, m. 1. the circumference of a peacock's tail, Megh. 102. 2. the tuft of a peacock's feathers at the shaft of a lance or the handle of a club.
I. patronym. A descendant of Bharata, Hit. iv. d. 86.
II. m.
1. An actor.
2. A name of fire.
III. f. tī.
1. Speech, Chr. 53, 1.
2. Dramatic recitation.
3. The goddess of speech, Pañc. ii. d. 16.
4. A quail.
IV. n.
1. India proper.
2. A great epic poem, also mahābhārata mahā-, n.
I. patronym., m.
1. Epithet of Droṇa.
2. One of the seven Ṛṣis.
3. Agastya.
4. The son of Vṛhaspati.
II. m. A skylark, Pañc. 157, Wild cotton.
IV. n. A bone.
I propose to read bhaurika).
I. m.
1. A descendant of Bhṛgu.
2. Epithet of Paraśurāma, Johns. Sel. 4, 22; Utt. Rāmac. 13, 10.
3. A name of Śukra, regent of Venus.
4. An archer.
5. An elephant.
6. A proper name, Johns. Sel. 60, 189.
II. f. vī.
1. Pārvatī.
2. Lakṣmī.
3. Bent grass, Panicum dactylon.
-- Comp. ku-,
I. f. a wicked wife, Mārk. P. 21, 73.
II. ku-bhārya, adj. having a wicked wife, Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 15. sa-bhārya, adj. with (his) wife, Rām. 3, 55, 42.
1. The forehead, Bhartṛ. 2, 48.
2. i. e. bhā + la, Lustre.
1. State, Hit. pr. d. 28, M. M.; Vikr. d. 115 (nadī-bhāvena pariṇata, changed into a river).
2. Property, Pañc. iv. d. 62; nature, Nal. 10, 15.
3. Meaning, Man. 2, 124.
4. Purpose, Man. 4, 234; intention, Vikr. d. 102 (Sch.).
5. Mind, Pañc. i. d. 317; heart, Rām. 3, 24, 11; Chr. 18, 35.
6. Emotion, passion, as an object of poetry, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 11; (of music? Pañc. v. d. 44); love, Vikr. d. 72; Lass. 58, 16 (read hurvantyā bhāva°).
7. Gesture.
8. Corporeal expression of amorous sentiments.
9. A being.
10. Substance, Bhāṣāp. 13; thing, object, Utt. Rāmac. 74, 9.
11. The world.
12. Superhuman power.
13. The Supreme Being, Man. 4, 234.
14. A learned man.
15. Venerable, master, Vikr. 3, 11.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. absence, Man. 8, 259; Hit. i. d. 118, M. M. 2. nonexistence; abhāva + tas, adv. in consequence of the non-existence, Bhāṣāp. 113. 3. death, Kathās. 18, 270. 4. destruction, Rām. 5, 27, 6. a-badhya-, adj. state of being inviolable, Hit. iii. d. 63. ādhāra-ā-dheya- (vb. dhā), m. state or relation of the receptacle and the object received, Hit. iii. d. 12 (instr. because it [viz. the mirror] can receive [reflect] only in proportion to its greatness). ārya-, m. honest behaviour, Rām. 1, 1, 35. eka-,
I. m. 1. same state, Hit. ii. d. 151. 2. simplicity (opposite to duplicity), candour, Pañc. iii. d. 61.
II. adj. unchanged, MBh. 13, 3677. kanyā-, m. virginity, MBh. 1, 2405. kṛta-, adj. resolute, Rām. 6, 70, 12. tanu-, m. scantiness, Śāk. d. 167. dāsa-, m. slavery, Draup. 9, 16. durnīta-, i. e. dus-, m. foolish behaviour, Chr. 8, 32. dūra-, m. distance, Megh. 47. droha-, m. malignance, Man. 9, 17. dvandva-, m. discord, Ṛt. 1, 27. punar-, m. regeneration, Prab. 108, 1. pṛthagbhāva, i. e. pṛthak-, m. 1. separateness. 2. difference. prāpta-, i. e. pra-āpta,
I. adj. 1. of a good disposition. 2. wise. 3. handsome.
II. m. a bullock. bāla-, m. youth, Pañc. 182, 12, vṛddha-, m. old age, Pañc. 50, 8. sadbhāva, i. e. sant-, m. 1. the property of being, entity. 2. truth, Lass. 57, 7. 3. the property of goodness, kindness, Megh. 18, n. 4. honesty, Hit. iv. d. 103. 5. merit, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1880; a pure or holy disposition. 6. amiability. sarva-, m. one's whole being, Hit. ii. d. 33. sādhu-, m. goodness, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 4. sva-, m. 1. nature, natural disposition, Rām. 3, 51, 33; Hit. i. d. 19, M. M. 2. purpose, Johns. Sel. 46, 76, strī-sva-, m. 1. female nature. 2. an eunuch, attendant on women. sthāyigh°, i. e. sthāyin-, m. 1. fixed condition. 2. A passion or feeling, as object of poetical description, viz. desire, mirth, etc.
I. m.
1. A creator, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 11.
2. A founder.
II. n., and f. nā.
1. Causing to be.
2. Mental perception, Bhāṣāp. 31; Pañc. v. d. 91 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2119; the success of an advice, etc., depends on the manner in which it is mentally received, faithfully believed, etc.).
3. Recollection, Utt. Rāmac. 25, 13.
4. Imagination, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 6.
5. Meditation, Bhag. 2, 66.
6. Observing.
7. Decorating with flowers, etc.
-- Comp. nyagbhāvana, i. e. nyañc-, n. 1. contempt. 2. humbling. viśeṣa-, f. reflecting on, or perceiving, differences.
I. bhū + in, Future, Vikr. 87, 1; what will be, Daśak. in. Chr, 186, 24; what will fall at one's share, Pañc. iv. d. 73.
II. bhā + vin.
1. Beautiful, Rām. 3, 53, 39.
2. f. nī, A distinguished woman, a wanton woman.
-- Comp. avaśyabh°, i. e. avaśyam-, adj. what will be inevitably, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 2. tathā-, adj. destined to become really, Śāk. 111, 20. punar-, adj. possible to be undone, Chr. 22, 20.
I. adj.
1. Actually being.
2. Happy.
3. Latter part of comp. adj. Becoming.
II. m. A sister's husband.
III. n. Happiness. See śubhaṃbh°.
1. To speak, Man. 8, 216.
2. To speak to (acc.), Rām. 2, 78, 19.
3. To address, MBh. 3, 2747.
4. To describe, Man. 4, 255. bhāṣita, n. Speech, Pañc. i. d. 356. Comp. su-,
I. adj. 1. well spoken. 2. and n. well discoursing. Pañc. 31, 4, ii. d. 177.
II. n. 1. eloquence. 2. a good advice(?), Man. 2, 239.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To speak distinctly, Man. 3, 30.
2. To confess, Man. 11, 228.
-- With apa apa, To revile, Kumāras. 5, 83.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To address, Man. 2, 128.
2. To speak to (with instr.), Man. 4, 57.
3. To declare loudly, Man. 11, 103.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To converse, MBh. 3, 12697.
-- With ā ā,
1. To address, MBh. 1, 74.
2. To speak, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396.
3. To exclaim, Dev. 2, 36.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To address, MBh. 3, 15169. Comp. ptcple. duḥkha-vyābhāṣita, adj. Difficult to be pronounced, MBh. 13, 4485.
-- With samā sam-ā, To address, MBh. 1, 4198.
-- With pari pari,
1. To declare, Utt. Rāmac. 130, 5.
2. To persuade, MBh. 1, 4287.
-- With pra pra,
1. To speak, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
2. To address, MBh. 3, 2599. prabhāṣita, n. Speech, Nal. 8, 11.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To speak, MBh. 5, 41.
-- With prati prati,
1. To answer, MBh. 3, 2524.
2. To address, Rām. 1, 8, 29; Pañc. 193, 13.
-- With sam sam,
1. To converse, Chr. 56, 18; to converse with (instr.), Man. 8. 55.
2. To have sexual intercourse with, Hit. 64, 12 (with acc.).
3. To greet, Hit. 14, 20.
4. To speak. MBh. 1, 5190; to say, Hit. 57, 6 (read saṃbhāṣate. The sense is: It is true he is anxious, else he would not have said to me, etc.). bhāṣ is probably akin to bhā.
-- Cf. Lat. fastus, nefastus, nefarius, festus, feriae, hariolus, fas, nefas, fari; [greek] akin are [greek] (but cf. bhañj, i. 10); A. S. bannan, abannan.
1. Speech, Chr. 220, 1. 1.
2. Language, Pañc. i. d. 445.
3. Vernacular speech, Lass. 39, 11; MBh. 2, 2040.
4. Speech exposing the plaint in a law-suit, Lass. 90, 3; Pañc. 167. 6(?).
-- Comp. deśa-bhāṣā, f. the language of a country, MBh. 9, 2605. vi-bhāṣā, indecl. alternatively, either of two ways, optionally.
1. bhās (akin to bhā, probably a denomin.), i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 1, 4852).
1. To shine, MBh. 3, 12299.
2. To appear, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 4. Caus.
1. To illuminate, Bhagav. 15, 6.
2. To make evident, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 22.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To shine, Rām. 1, 35, 16.
2. To appear, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 12. Caus. To illuminate, Śiś. 9, 37.
-- With ā ā, To shine, MBh. 2, 1313.
-- With ud ud, Caus.
1. To beautify, Ragh. 7, 16.
2. To honour, Bhartṛ. 2, 49.
-- With ni ni, To seem likely.
-- With pra pra,
1. To shine, MBh. 3, 17090.
2. To seem likely. Caus. To illuminate, MBh. 1, 6532.
-- With prati prati, To reflect, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 15.
-- With vi vi,
1. To shine agreeably, Rām. 2, 30, 10.
2. To shine, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 88; 595.
2. bhās, f.
1. Light, Ṛt. 6, 33.
2. A ray of light, Rājat. 5, 343.
3. Splendour, Pañc. i. d. 213.
4. Image, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38.
5. Wish.
-- Comp. a-cira-, f. lightning, Śāk. d. 166. śaśāṅka-, adj. shining like the moon, Ṛt. 6, 3.
I. m., and f. sā, Light.
II. m.
1. A vulture, Man. 11, 135; Pañc. 157, 3(?).
2. A cock.
3. A sort of water-fowl.
4. A station of cowherds.
-- Comp. padma-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Hariv. 14119. pūṣabhāsā, i. e. pūṣan-, f. The capital of Indra.
I. adj.
1. Shining.
2. Beautiful.
II. m.
1. The sun.
2. The moon.
3. A kind of water-fowl.
I. adj. Shining, Bhartṛ. 2, 27.
II. m.
1. Crystal.
2. A hero.
I. adj. Resplendent.
II. m.
1. The sun, Pañc. 190, 4.
2. Fire.
3. A hero.
III. n. Gold.
I. adj., f. vatī, Shining, Man. 1, 77; radiant, Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7.
II. m.
1. Light.
2. The sun, Pañc. iii. d. 77.
3. A hero.
III. f. vatī, The city of the sun.
I. adj. Shining, Bhāṣāp. 40; radiant.
II. m.
1. The sun.
2. A day.
1. To beg, Man. 2, 184.
2. To solicit from, Man. 2, 50 (acc.); 11, 24 (abl.).
3. † To obtain.
4. † To fail of obtaining.
5. † To be distressed.
6. † To solicit anything through covetousness(?).
1. Begging, Pañc. 116, 17.
2. Alms., Pañc. 116, 19.
3. Begged food, Man. 2, 50.
4. Hire.
5. Service.
-- Comp. durbhikṣa, i. e. dus-, n.
1. Famine, Pañc. 114, 4.
2. Want of provisions, Hiḍ. iii. d. 106. subhikṣa, i. e. su-, n. abundance of food, Rājat. 5, 116; Pañc. iv. d. 82.
1. A mendicant; one who subsists only upon alms, Pañc. v. d. 55.
2. A religious mendicant, Hit. iii. d. 104
-- Comp. śveta-, a sort of mendicant, Pañc. iii. d. 73.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. a virtnous mendicant, Man. 11, 2. śākya-, f. kī, a Bauddha nun, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 15.
I. m. A shrub.
II. f. dā, A kind of shrub (ŚKD.), Pañc. i. d. 106.
1. Breaking.
2. A thing broken or divided.
3. A fissure, Bhartṛ. 2, 31.
4. A fragment, Kir. 5, 8.
5. A defect.
6. Opportunity.
7. An asylum.
8. A wall of earth or masonry, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17; Mālav. 50, 6.
9. A place, Śiś. 9, 75.
-- Comp. sudhā- f. a plastered wall, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 18.
1. A wall.
2. A small house-lizard.
1. bhid, ii. 7, bhinad, bhind, Par. Ātm.
1. To break, Rām. 2, 80, 17; to destroy, Pañc. i. d. 112.
2. To tear up, Pañc. 230, 16.
3. To pierce, Rām. 3, 50, 18; pass. to be afflicted, Pañc. i. d. 436.
4. To divide, Pañc. i. d. 115; to disjoin, Man. 7, 66.
5. To betray, 7, 50.
6. Pass. To differ, Ciś. 9, 46.
7. Pass. To split, Cāṇ. 21 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 406. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhinna,
1. Broken, split, cloven, Rājat. 5, 260.
2. Divide, Rājat. 5, 176.
3. Disunited, Hit. iv. d. 39 (dāna-, on account of gifts).
4. Distinguished, other, different (dinasya pūrvārdhaparārdhabhinnachāyā, the shade of the day different in the morning and in the afternoon, Pañc. ii. d. 38).
5. Separated, detached, without (also as former part of comp. adj.), Pañc. i. d. 212; Megh. 82; Bhāṣāp. 133.
6. Blown, opened.
7. Performed with great strides, Vikr. d. 80 (bhinna-gati, adj. Going quickly, cf. gati-bheda).
8. Neglected, deviated from.
9. Connected, joined, mixed, Megh. 60. m. A flaw in a jewel. n.
1. A bit, a portion.
2. (in arithmetic), A fraction. Comp. a-, adj. 1. unhurt, Ragh. 17, 12. 2. undivided. 3. not different, unchanged, Śāk. d. 14; equal, identical, Prab. 9, 8. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. bhedya. Comp. a-bhedya, adj. 1. impenetrable, Rām. 6, 79, 65. 2. indestractible. n. a diamond. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be broken or divided, Hit. i. d. 21, M. M. sucī-, 1. to be pierced by a needle. 2. palpable. 3. very dense (viz. darkness), Hit. 98, 22.
II. bhidya, m. a river. Caus. bhedaya,
1. To divide, to cleave, Rām. 1, 16, 23.
2. To perplex, Rām. 1, 64, 7.
3. To disunite, MBh. 1, 7399.
4. To remove, to overcome, MBh. 1, 5592.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atibhina in nātibhinna, Wholly like, Śāk. 27, 18.
-- With anu anu, To break afterward, MBh. 2, 2483.
-- With ud ud,
1. To divide, to pierce through, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 7.
2. Pass. To break forth, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 5. udbhinna,
1. Opened, burst, Ragh. 13, 21.
2. Budded.
3. Destroyed, Lass. 64, 1.
-- With proda pra-ud, pradbhinna,
1. Breaking forth, Śāk. 128, 18 Chezy.
2. Standing erect, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830.
-- With nis nis,
1. To divide, to cleave, Rām. 3, 55, 10; to open, Vikr. d. 41.
2. To break down, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 1.
3. To put out (one's eyes), MBh. 3, 10328.
4. To pierce, Vikr. d. 144; Rām. 2, 35, 4.
5. To destroy, Hit. ii. d. 21.
6. To betray, to divulge, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 8. nirbhina,
1. Pierced, Vikr. d. 150.
2. Undistinguished, equal (rather bhinna with nis). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. nirbhedya,
1. Not disappointed, Rām. 6, 91, 26.
2. Without fissures, Kām. Nītia. 11, 66 (rather bhedya with nis).
-- With vinis vi-nis, To cleave, MBh. 3, 8551.
-- With pra pra, prabhinna,
1. Pierced, Sund. 2, 20.
2. Well cut, detached, Johns. Sel. 54, 134; severed. m. A furious elephant (cf. Johns. 1. 1.).
-- With prati prati,
1. To disown, Śiś. 9, 58.
2. To pierce, Draup. 6, 15.
3. To reproach, Ragh. 19, 22.
4. To betray, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 22. pratibhinna,
1. Pierced.
2. Separated.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cleave, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10.
2. To pierce, MBh. 3, 709. vibhinna,
1. Pierced, wounded.
2. Broken.
3. Scattered, moved to and fro, Vikr. d. 85.
4. Mixed, Kir. 5, 34.
5. Various.
6. Disappointed.
7. Bewildered. Caus. To alienate, Rām. 2, 7, 18.
-- With sam sam, saṃbhinna,
1. Divided.
2. Shaken.
3. Combined, united.
-- Cf. Lat. findo, finis (for fid + nis); Goth. beitan; A. S. bitan (with batan, Caus. to cause to bite, to bait); Goth. baitar; A. S. biter; O.H.G. biz,. bizzo, fiza, etc.; [greek] (for [greek] and probably [greek] (for [greek]
2. bhid,
I. adj. Who or what breaks, divides, destroys; cf. balabhid.
II. f.
1. Difference, kind.
2. Breaking, dividing.
-- Comp. yamunā-, m. Baladeva.
I. m. A sword.
II. n. Indra's thunderbolt.
1. Tearing, cleaving, Kir. 5, 43.
2. Coriander.
I. adj. Brittle.
II. n. Thunderbolt; Pañc. i. d. 241 corr. piṭharu, see my translation.
1. A Bauddha.
2. A musical mode, Vikr. 56, 17.
1. bhī, ii. 3; i. 1, ved. (and † i. 10?), Par. (ved., and in epic poetry also Ātm., Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 85, 8; MBh. 3, 16289).
1. To fear, Rām. 1, 59, 2.
2. To be afraid of, with abl., Man. 4, 191; with gen., Rām. 1, 1, 4; with acc., Lass. 51, 7. Anomal. aor. sing.
2. bhais, Chr. 36, 16. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhīta, Frightened, Pañc. i. d. 364; fearful, Chr. 19, 14; timid, Chr. 54, 11; afraid of, Cāṇ. 96 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 413. n. Fear. Comp. a-, adj. fearless, Rām. 2, 60, 7. divā-, m. 1. an owl, Kumāras. 1, 12. 2. a thief. 3. any flower, the petals of which close in the daytime. mahā-, 1. adj. very timid. 2. f. tā, a sort of sensitive plant, Mimosa pudica. su-, adj. much afraid, Pañc. i. d. 20. Caus.
1. bhāyaya.
2. bhāpaya, Ātm.
3. bhīṣaya, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 1, 185), To terrify, MBh. 8, 1791. bhiṣita, Terrified, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 15.
-- With the prep. nis nis, nirbhita, adj. fearless, Rām. 2, 27, 17 (rather bhīta, n. Fear, with nis).
-- With pra pra, To fear in a high degree, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 2. (vi vi, in vi-bhīta, adj. Fearless, is compounded rather with bhīta.)
-- Cf. [greek] ([greek] = bhāp in the Caus. bhāpaya), and probably [greek] O.H.G. bibên; A. S. bifian, beofian (old frequent.).
2. bhī, f. Fear, Pañc. i. d. 125.
-- Comp. a-, and apa-, adj. fearless, Rām. 5, 14, 12; Draup. 8, 19.
1. Fear, Bhartṛ. 2, 72; Hit. ii. d. 54 (doṣa-, of committing faults).
2. Trembling.
-- Comp. divā-, m. an owl.
I. adj.
1. Fearful, horrid, Rām. 3, 50, 27; Bhartṛ. 2, 72. 3. Terrifying, Utt. Rāmac. 139, 18.
II. m.
1. Śiva.
2. One of the five Pāṇḍu princes.
III. f. mā.
1. Durgā.
2. A whip.
IV. n.
1. Horror.
2. Danger.
-- Comp. mahā-, 1. a name of Śāntanu. 2. one of Śiva's chamberlains.
I. adj., f. ru or rū, Timid, Pañc. iii. d. 25.
II. m.
1. A jackal.
2. A tiger.
III. f. ru or rū.
1. A timid woman, Vikr. d. 5.
2. A plant, Asparagus racemosa.
3. A sert of prickly nightṣade.
4. A centipede.
5. A goat.
-- Comp. a-, 1. adj. fearless, Man. 7, 190. 2. f. ru/ū, a plant, Asparagus racemosa, Suśr. 2, 223, 10. adhyavasāya-, adj. afraid of exertion, Hit. i. d. 167, M. M.
I. adj.
1. Afraid, Śāk. 30, 6 (Prākṛ.).
2. Timid, a coward, Hit. iv. d. 30.
3. Formidable.
II. m. An owl.
1. Fear, timidity, Pañc. i. d. 118; 205.
2. The nature of a tiger, Pañc. i. d. 205 (at the same time in the first signification).
I. adj., f. ṇā.
1. Horrible, Pañc. 174, 11.
2. Awful, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 8.
II. m.
1. The sentiment of horror, as the object of poetical composition.
2. The olibanum tree, Boswellia thurifera.
3. Śiva.
III. n.
1. Horrer, the property that excites fear.
2. An object of horror, Man. 3, 9.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very terrific, Hit. ii. d. 158.
I. adj. Frightful, terrific.
II. n. Horror.
III. m.
1. The sentiment of horror, as the object of poetical composition.
2. Śiva.
3. An imp, a goblin.
4. The grand-uncle of the Pāṇḍus, son of the Gaṅgā, Chr. 19, 5.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a name of Śāntanu.
1. Fating, Pañc. 133, 2.
2. Food, Rājat. 5, 170.
3. Fruition.
4. Possession, Man. 8, 252; Pañc. iii. d. 93; iv. d. 76 (but cf. also Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 125).
1. bhuj, i. 6, Par.
1. To bend, to make crooked.
2. Pass. To incline one's self, Hit. iv. d. 28. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhugna,
1. Bent, crooked.
2. Bending, stooping. Comp. ā-, adj. slightly inflexed, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 21.
-- With the prep. ava ava, avabhugna, Crooked, MBh. 1, 5801.
-- Cf. Goth. biugan; A. S. bigan, bugan; O.H.G. baug; A.S. boág, beagrian; O.H.G. bogo; A.S. bóga; O.H.G. elin -bogo; A. S. elnboga, elboga; O.H.G. buoc, būh; [greek] Lat. fugio, fuga; cf. A. S. bi-bugan, To flee away.
2. (akin to the preceding; cf. bhaj and bhañj), ii. 7, bhunaj, bhuñj, Par. Ātm.
1. To eat and drink, Man. 2, 53; Nal. 13, 68; Rām. 3, 53, 7.
2. To enjoy (regularly, Ātm.), MBh. 3, 2167.
3. To endure, Megh. 1.
4. To govern, to possess (regularly, Par.), Man. 7, 148 (Ātm.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhukta,
1. Eaten.
2. Possessed, Pañc. iii. d. 93.
3. Eating, having eaten, Pañc. iv. d. 75; n. Food. Comp. ku-, n. bad foed, Lass. 3, 9. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. bhogya, To be enjoyed, Pañc. i. d. 133. n.
1. Enjoyment, Śāk. d. 47.
2. Wealth.
3. Grain. f. yā, A whore. Comp. a-,
I. adj. what cannot be enjoyed.
II. n. absence of enjoyment, Megh. 111. su-, adj. to be enjoyed easily, Pañc. iv. d. 84.
II. bhojya, To be eaten, edible. n.
1. Food, meal, Hit. 76, 7, M. M.; milky messes, Man. 3, 227 (Kull.).
2. Gratification, Man. 9, 268. Comp. a-, adj.
1. prohibited as food, Pañc. 121, 16. 2. a person whose food must not be eaten, Man. 4, 221. ku-, n. bad food, Cāṇ. 30 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 409. Desider. bubhukṣa,
1. To wish to eat, MBh. 1, 8087.
2. To wish to govern, or to possess, 1, 5667. Caus.
I. bhojaya, To cause to eat, to invite, to give food, Man. 3, 106; 151; 8, 392; to treat, to entertain, Pañc. 26, 20.
II. bhuñjāpaya, To cause to eat, Lass. 12, 4.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To dispose of, Hit. 130, 4.
-- With anu anu, To receive the reward of, Man. 4, 240; Pañc. 259, 15.
-- With upa upa,
1. To eat, to drink, Rām. 2, 30, 16; Ragh. 1, 68 (67).
2. To enjoy, Hit. i. d. 112, M. M.
3. To have a reward of, Man. 12, 8.
4. To appropriate, 4, 202. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. upabhogya, To be enjoyed, what may be eaten, Pañc. 86, 23. n. An object of enjoyment, MBh. 1, 2346.
II. upabhojya, Edible, serving for food, MBh. 14, 2552.
-- With pari pari,
1. To eat, Mṛcch. 297, 12 (Calc.).
2. To enjoy, Kir. 5, 5.
-- With pra pra, To govern, Chr. 287, 5 = Rigv. i. 48, 5.
-- With sam sam, To enjoy, Hit. ii. d. 167; Rājat. 5, 283. a-saṃbhojya, m. One with whom nobody is allowed to eat, Man. 9, 238. Caus. bhojaya, To cause to eat, to treat, MBh. 3, 12672.
-- Cf. Lat. fungi; Goth. bugjan; A. S. byegan, to buy (originally, to possess one's self of something); Goth. biuhts, biuhti. As bhrañj for bhañj, the original form was probably bhruñj, cf. Lat. frux, frugis, fruor, fructus, frustum, frustra, frutex; Goth. bruks, brūkjan; O.H.G. brūhan; A. S. brucan, bryce.
3. 2. -bhuj, latter part of comp. nouns.
1. Eating, e. g. śeṣa-, adj. Eating the rest, Man. 3, 117.
2. Enjoying, governing; e. g. kṣiti-, m. A king, Bhartṛ. 3, 78. kṣiti-lava-, m. A small prince, Bhartṛ. 3, 100. kṣmā-, go-, jagatī-, m. A king, Rājat. 5, 50; 6; 2, 44. deha-, m. Epithet of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1067. dharā-, pṛthivī-, m. A king, Rājat. 2, 7. bali-, m. A crow. bhū-, bhūmi/ī-, mahī-, m. A king, Bhartṛ. 2, 47; Śriṅgārat. 5; Rājat. 5, 11.
1. bhuj + a, m., and f. jā.
1. The arm, Pañc. 215, 7.
2. The hand, Hiḍ. 1, 2.
3. The proboscis of an elephant, Draup. 8. 21.
4. A bending.
-- Comp. ūrmi-, m. an arm-like wave, i. e. a wave instead of an arm, Śiś. 9, 38. catur-,
I. four arms, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 35.
II. adj., f. jā, having four arms, 4, 12, 20.
III. m. the name of a Dānava, Hariv. 12934. mahā-, adj. having great, powerful arms, Rām. 3, 55, 4; Indr. 5, 55.
1. bhuj + a-ga, m. A snake, Kir. 5, 4. f. gī, A female snake, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1156.
I. m.
1. A snake, Bhartṛ. 2, 4; Vikr. 25, 20.
2. A catamite, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 10.
II. f. gī, A female snake.
2. bhuj + i, m. Fire.
I. m., and f. yā, A servant, Nal. 13, 55.
II. m.
1. An independent man.
2. A string worn round the wrist.
III. f. yā, A harlot.
2. bhuj + yu, m.
1. Eating.
2. A vessel(?).
3. A proper name, Chr. 296, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6.
† bhuṇḍ, and huṇḍ huṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To support.
2. To select.
3. To take.
1. A being, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3; creature, Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 85, 8.
2. The world, Hit. i. d. 32, M. M.
3. Man, mankind.
4. Heaven.
5. Water.
-- Comp. tri-, n. the three worlds, heaven, sky, and earth; or heaven, earth, and the lower regions, Bhartṛ. 1, 98.
1. A master, a lord.
2. The sun.
1. bhū, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To become, Man. 1, 9; with anyathā, To be changed, to fail, Pañc. 187, 1; na jātu anyathā, To be unalterable, Chr. 50, 6.
2. To spring up, Bhag. 14, 17.
3. To be MBh. 2, 150; auxiliary verb, Rām. 1, 41, 3; with agre, To precede, Pañc. 215, 13.
4. To behave, Pañc. iii. d. 61.
5. To take place, Pañc. 4, 15; to be possible, Pañc. 33, 6; to be asked, Man. 12, 108.
6. With dat. To serve to, to cause; e. g. vināśāya, Causes destruction, MBh. 3, 12312; saṃgamāya, To unite, Vikr. d. 129.
7. With gen. To belong to; e. g. dhanaṃ bhaviṣyati me, I shall have wealth; to fall to one's share, Hit. iii. d. 104; to befall, Hit. pr. d. 28, M. M.
8. With loc. To be occupied with, MBh. 5, 205; Pañc. iii. d. 258 (bhaviṣyant, Who will be occupied, i. e. who begins).
9. To live, to exist, MBh. 3, 2372.
10. With na, To perish. Pañc. 164, 13; MBh. 1, 2781.
11. With punar, To marry a second time, Man. 9, 175.
12. To obtain (with acc.), MBh. 1, 5366.
13. Impersonal pass. with instr., literally, It is existed by = exists; e. g. yair cva bhūmipālair bhaviṣyate, literally, 'by whom will be existed kings,' i. e. 'who were to be kings,' Rājat. 5, 418.
14. bhavatu, imperat.
3. sing. a May be, but, Śāk. 64, 8. b. Stop, Śāk. 12, 12. c. Well, Vikr. 4, 2. d. No matter, Śāk. 7, 17; 9, 18. ved. conjunctive of the aor. bhuvat, Lass. 99, 3 = Rigv. v. 9, 7. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhūta.
1. Been, become, Arj. 3, 28; Pañc. ii. d. 2 (bhū-tāra-bhūto 'paraḥ, Become, or being, a second Saviour of the world).
2. Being, Pañc. i. d. 324; consisting of, Hit. 114, 22 (śaktu- perhaps to be read śaktu-pūrṇaḥ).
3. Gone, past, former, Pañc. iii. d. 136.
4. Proper, right.
5. True. m. and n.
1. A malignant spirit, Chr. 37, 2.
2. A living being, a creature, Man. 1, 50; 95; 2, 159; Pañc. iii. d. 136. m.
1. A son, a child.
2. A demigod of a particular kind.
3. Śiva. n. An element, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 19; Bhāṣāp. 28; five bhūtas are enumerated: earth, fire, water, air, and aether. Comp. ātmabhūta, i. e. ātman-, adj. true to himself, Man. 7, 217. ittham-, adj. so natured, Pañc. 31, 17 (read as one word). evam-, adj. such, Hit. 10, 7, M. M.; 84, 14. tīrtha-, adj. hallowed, MBh. 13, 1725. divā-, adj. become as clear as the day, MBh. 14, 1757. mahā-, n. a primary element, as earth, etc., Man. 1, 6. vahirbhūta, i. e. vahis, adj. produced. sadbh°, i. e. sant- (ptcple. pres. of 1. as), adj. true. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. bhavitavya, What is or ought to be, Chr. 50, 8; 58, 2; used as impersonal pass., Śāk. 22, 17, bhavitavyaṃ tvayā sahāyena mama, You must become my helpmate; avahita is bhavadbhiḥ, You must be attentive, Vikr. 3, 9; asmābhis tathā bhavitavyam, We will fare thus, Hit. 16, 7, M. M.
II. bhavya.
1. What is or ought to be, Sāv. 5, 47.
2. Being.
3. Good, pleasant, Pañc. 215, 6; Lass. 92, 8; profitable, Pañc. 228, 24; proper, Pañc. 138, 11.
4. True. m. A tree, Averhoa Carambola, Lass. 52, 12. f. yā, A name of Umā. n.
1. Fruit.
2. Existence. Comp. a-, adj. 1. what is or ought not to be, Pañc. 91, 6. 2. unhappy. 3. deceitful.
4. wicked, Rām. 3, 52, 14.
III. bhāvya,
1. What must or ought to be, Rām. 3, 49, 13; Bhartṛ. 2, 91; Pañc. 88, 19.
2. To be investigated (from the Caus.). Comp. a-, adj. what is not to be, or not predestined to be, Bhartṛ. 2, 91. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj, difficult to be imagined, Mārk. P. 10, 7 (from the Caus.). Desider. bubhūṣa.
1. To wish to be or to live, MBh. 4. 678.
2. To wish to obtain, to choose, MBh. 1, 7068. Caus. bhāvaya.
1. To cause to exist, to produce, MBh. 1, 8419.
2. To support, MBh. 3, 8763.
3. To make manifest, Man. 8, 60.
4. (i. 10), To (imagine, to) reflect, to consider, Rām. 2, 67, 20; Pañc. iii. d. 63; Rājat. 5, 125 (bhāvita-ātman, adj. One who reflects about the universal soul).
5. (i. 10), To obtain, Rām. 1, 44, 48.
6. (i. 10), To purify.
7. (i. 10), † To mix. bhāvita,
1. Animated.
2. Occupied with.
3. Imagined.
4. Acknowledged.
5. Feigned, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 6.
6. Obtained.
7. Mixed.
8. Infused.
9. Perfumed.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To surpass, MBh. 3, 10731.
-- With the noun a-darśana, becoming adarśanī adarśanī, To become invisible, Pañc. 34, 24; 106, 20.
-- With adhara, becoming adharī adharī, adharībhūta, Putdown, i. e. admitted, Yājñ. 2, 17 (cf. Roer, transl. n.).
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, adhibhāta, n. The Supreme Being, Bhag. 8, 4.
-- With anu anu,
1. To be present at (acc.), Nal. 5, 40.
2. To feel, Man. 12, 17; Vikr. d. 110.
3. To suffer, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 19.
4. To enjoy, Pañc. 38, 5.
5. To learn, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 23.
6. To perceive, MBh. 3, 2112. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. an-anubhūta, adj. Not perceived, Hit. 47, 18.
-- With samanu sam-anu,
1. To enjoy together, Lass. 6, 4.
2. To perceive, Ragh. 9, 48.
-- With anu-guṇa, becoming anuguṇī anuguṇī, To increase in proportion (to the obstacle), Vikr. d. 49 (cf. śataguṇī bhū).
-- With antar antar, To be comprised in, Man. 12, 87.
-- With the noun andha, becoming andhī andhī, To become blind, Pañc. 200, 1.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To attain, Vikr. d. 38.
2. To assail, Bhag. 1, 40.
3. To overpower, Man. 7, 179.
4. To surpass, Man. 7, 5.
5. To spread over (acc.), MBh. 3, 10592. abhibhūta,
1. Overpowered, Pañc. 169, 21; Vcdāntas. in Chr. 215, 11.
2. Aggrieved, Pañc. 80, 10.
3. Perplexed.
-- With ā ā, To exist, to live, MBh. 1, 3608.
-- With the noun ākula, becoming ākulī ākulī, To be perplexed, Śāk. 29, 23.
-- With the indeed. āvis āvis, To become visible. āvirbhūta, Appeared, Utt. Rāmac. 100, 14; become visible, Vikr. d. 8; 78, 20.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To spring up, to arise, Rājat. 5, 2, 6. udbhūta,
1. Born, produced.
2. Proceeded, Ṛt. 1, 24.
3. Lofty.
4. Vi-ii-le, present.
5. Proportionate, Bhāṣāp. 53; 54. Caus.
1. To cause to exist, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 8.
2. To bring to consciousness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 9.
3. To apply, Ragh. 2, 62. udbhāvita,
1. Neglected.
2. Said.
-- With prod pra-ud, prodbhūta,
1. Breaking forth, Lass. 11, 12.
2. Proceeding, come, Pañc. i. d. 18.
-- With samud sam-ud, To spring up, to arise, Pañc. 42, 1. samudbhūta, Born, produced, Pañc. i. d. 392; 42, 1.
-- With the numeral eka, becoming ekī ekī, To unite, MBh. 1, 919
-- With eka-chitta, becoming ekacittī ekacittī, and cka-mati, becoming ekamatī ekamatī, To become unanimous, Hit. 27, 3, M. M.; Pañc. 175, 19.
-- With kaṭhora, becoming kaṭhorī kaṭhorī, kaṭhoribhūta, Grown sharp, hot, Utt. Rāmac. 40, 9.
-- With kuṇḍala, becoming kuṇḍalī kuṇḍalī, To ringle, Bhāg. P. 5. 23, 5.
-- With kṣapaṇa, becoming kṣapaṇī kṣapaṇī, To become a Bauddha mendicant, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 16.
-- With kkila, becoming khilī khilī, khilībhūta,
1. Wasted, impervious, Kumāras. 2, 45.
2. Vanished, Śāk. d. 149.
-- With guṇa, becoming guṇī guṇī, guṇībhūta,
1. Made secondary, MBh. 2, 670.
2. Become an ornament, Kāvyapr. 48, 7.
3. Invested with attributes.
4. Varied.
5. Having a certain force or application (as a word) [gunated].
-- With gocara, becoming gocarī gocarī, To become visible, Utt. Rāmac. 155, 1.
-- With ghana, becoming ghanī ghanī, ghanībhūta, Thickened, become thick, Rām. 3, 5, 8.
-- With cūrṇa, becoming cūrṇī cūrṇī, To turn into dust, to be pounded, Vikr. d. 4.
-- With caura, becoming caurī To become a thief, Bhāg. P. 4, 18, 7.
-- With jarjara, becoming jarjarī jarjarī, jarjarībhūta, Decayed, Lass. 7, 9.
-- With jhaṇajhaṇā, becoming jhaṇajhaṇī jhaṇajhaṇī, -bhūta, Rattling, MBh. 6, 738.
-- With taruṇī taruṇī, To become marriageable, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 22.
-- With the indecl. tiras tiras, To disappear, Bhāg. P. 9, 4, 53. Caus. To remove, Rām. 1, 44, 9.
-- With tīvra, becoming tīvrī tīvrī,-bhūta, Heavy, Rājat. 6, 99.
-- With tūṣṇīm tūṣṇīm, To become silent, Pañc. 193, 12. tūṣṇīṃbhūta, Silent, MBh. 1, 7951.
-- With the noun dūra, becoming dūrī dūrī, To retire, Pañc. 19, 14 (sarvair dūribhūtam, All retired).
-- With dṛḍha, becoming dṛḍhī dṛḍhī, To become strong, Pañc. iii. d. 258.
-- With drava, becoming dravī dravī, dravībhūta,
1. Become liquid, Mārk. P. 12, 38.
2. Melted, Utt. Rāmac. 60, 5.
-- With dvaṃdva, becoming dvaṃdvī dvaṃdvī, -bhūta, Engaged in close fight, MBh. 7, 3577.
-- With dvaidha, becoming dvadhī dvaidhī, To become divided, Śāk. d. 50.
-- With nava, becoming navī navī, To be renewed, Ragh. 12, 56.
-- With nikaṭa, becoming nikaṭī nikaṭī, -bhūta, Approached, Kathās. 19, 87.
-- With niḥsva, i. e. nis-sva, becoming niḥsvī niḥsvī, To become poor, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 5.
-- With nirāśa, i. e. nis- (cf. āśā), becoming nirāśī nirāśī, To become hopeless, Pañc. 21, 15.
-- With the prep. parā parā, To perish, MBh. 1, 4167. parābhūta,
1. Defeated, Pañc. 151, 11.
2. Humbled, treated with contempt, Pañc. 82, 7.
-- With the noun parāṅmukha, i. e. parāñc-mukha, becoming parāṅmukhī parāṅmukhī,
1. To turn away, to turn the back, Lass. 24, 20.
2. To be disinclined, Mālav. 68, 8. parāṅmukhībhūta, Being adverse, Pañc. 121, 16.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To despise, MBh. 3, 1025.
2. To grieve, Pañc. 47, 2.
3. To injure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2375. Caus. To make known, Utt. Rāmac. 177, 6.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To despise, MBh. 3, 13230.
-- With the noun paryutsuka, becoming paryutsukī paryutsukī, To become very sad, Śāk. d. 99.
-- With pātra, becoming pātrī pātrī, To become a worthy person, MBh. 4, 1513.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To spring up, Hit. i. d. 26, M. M.; to proceed, Hit. 13, 8; to rise, pr. 47, M. M.
2. To be brought forth, MBh. 3, 17164.
3. To appear, Megh. 15.
4. To become prevalent, Hit. i. d. 86, M. M.; to be powerful, pra bhavati + tarām, It is most powerful, Vikr. d. 156; with na, to be powerless, Pañc. 52, 5.
5. To prevail over, Man. 5, 2; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 814; to be master of (with gen.), Hit. i. d. 193, M. M.
6. To be able, to serve (with inf. and dat.), Hit. i. d. 96, M. M.; Vikr. d. 9; 55; Ragh. 3, 44. prabhūta,
1. Large, Pañc. 47, 25; much, Pañc. 69, 8; long, 4, 17.
2. Abounding in, distinguished, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 15.
3. Comparat. Very large, Pañc. 95, 24.
4. Superl. Highest, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 15.
-- With prakaṭa, becoming prakaṭī prakaṭī, To become visible, Śiś. 9, 23; known, Pañc. 223, 19.
-- With pracura, becoming pracurī pracurī, To increase, Śiś. 9, 20.
-- With praṇayin, becoming praṇayī praṇayī, To become affectionate or attached to, Suśr. 1, 236, 17.
-- With praṇidhi, becoming praṇidhī praṇidhī, To become a spy, Pañc. 172, 6.
-- With pratyantara (see s. v.), becoming pratyantarī pratyantarī, To be near, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 5.
-- With preman-rāśi, becoming premarāśī premarāśī, To become a heap, (a great) store of love, Megh. 111.
-- With prādus prādus, To become manifest or visible, to appear, Pañc. 235, 22.
-- With bandhakī bandhakī, To become a harlot, Rājat. 5, 466.
-- With bahula, becoming bahulī bahulī, To be multiplied, Pañc. ii. d. 187; bahulībhūta, Generally known, Śāk. 79, 11.
-- With bhasman, becoming bhasmī bhasmī, To become mere ashes, Man. 4, 188; Pañc. iii. d. 155. bhasmībhūta, Mere ashes, i. e. wholly worthless, Man. 3, 97.
-- With bhṛtya, becoming bhṛtyī bhṛtyī, To become a servant, Rājat. 5, 51.
-- With manda, becoming mandī mandī, -bhūta, Become slack or dull, tired, Johns. Sel. 15, 58.
-- With malina, becoming malinī malinī, To become soiled, Śāk. d. 176.
-- With rahas, becoming rahī rahī, rahibhūta, Solitary, alone.
-- With rāśi, becoming rāśī rāśī, -bhūta, Heaped, Rājat. 5, 190.
-- With vaśa, becoming vaśī vaśī, -bhūta, Subject to another's will.
-- With the prep. vi vi, Caus.
1. To trace out, Man. 8, 25.
2. To observe, Śiś. 9, 81.
3. To perceive, Vikr. 31, 6; Pañc. 198, 1, v. d. 7; to feel, Vikr. d. 132; to recognise, Vikr. 54, 12; pass. to appear, Pañc. 45, 13.
4. To prove, Man. 8, 56.
5. To decide, Pañc. 210, 10. vibhāvita,
1. Seen, perceived, Vikr. d. 96 (vibhāvita-ekadeśa, That with whom is seen a part of a stolen object).
2. Judged.
3. Conceived.
4. Established.
5. Put right, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 14(?). Comp. a-, 1. unobserved, Man. 7, 147. 2. not perceived, Śiś. 9, 40. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-vibhāvya, not to be perceived, Śiś. 9, 12. durv°, i. e. dus-, difficult to be understood, Rām. 2, 24, 33.
-- With vi-phala, becoming viphalī viphalī, To become fruitless, Pañc. 174, 12.
-- With viṣama, i. e. vi-sama, becoming viṣamī viṣamī, To stumble, Śāk. d. 90.
-- With viṣaya, becoming viṣayī viṣayī, To become the province, property, Pañc. 25, 9.
-- With vaira, becoming verī vairī, To be changed into hate, Śāk. d. 120.
-- With vyakta (vb. vi-añj), becoming vyaktī vyaktī, To become visible, Rājat. 5, 240.
-- With vyākula, becoming vyākulī vyākulī, To become perplexed, Paṅc. 46, 1 (bhūtvā, against gramm.), anxious, Pañc. 142, 3.
-- With śata-guṇa, becoming śataguṇī śataguṇī, -bhūta, Become a hundred times as many, or stronger, Vikr. d. 49, v. r.
-- With śithila, becoming śithilī śithilī, To become loosened, to slacken, Hit. iv. d. 79.
-- With śiśira, becoming śiśirī śiśirī, To become cool, Utt. Rāmac. 158, 10.
-- With śucki, becoming śucī śucī, To become pure, to purify one's self, Pañc. 221, 7.
-- With śūdra, becoming śudrī śūdrī, To become a Śūdra, Man. 10, 92.
-- With śyāma, becoming śyāmī śyāmī, To become dark blue, Kir. 5, 37.
-- With śreṇi/ī, becoming śreṇī śreṇi, śreṇībhūta, Formed in lines, Megh. 22.
-- With sajja, becoming sajjī sajjī,
1. To be accoutred, Hit. 59, 9 (sajjībhūya, in full decoration).
2. To be ready, Hit. 76, 20.
-- With the prep. sam sam,
1. To be together, MBh. 1, 5658; to unite, Hit. 107, 19.
2. To be composed, Man. 1, 27.
3. To accrue, Man. 8, 255; Pañc. 192, 3.
4. To meet with (instr.), Daśak. in Chr. 201; 6.
5. To have sexual intercourse with (instr.), MBh. 1, 4398.
6. To become, Chr. 63, 64.
7. To spring up, to arise, to proceed, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 17.
8. To be engendered, Johns. Sel. 1, 2; to be born, Rām. 1, 43, 2.
9. To take place, Chr. 39, 2; to happen, Hit. 17, 4, M. M.
10. To be, Hit. 97, 17; to exist, Hit. 130, 12.
11. To be adequate, Lass. 76, 16.
12. To be able to exist, Matsyep. 12.
13. To be able, Śiś. 1, 27.
14. To be possible, Hit. 99, 6. sambhūta,
1. Combined with.
2. Adequate.
3. Born. Caus.
1. To cause to be with, to meet, MBh. 3, 1982.
2. To cause to get, to deliver, Pañc. 84, 17; Ragh. 16, 40.
3. To confide to, MBh. 1, 2088.
4. To cause to exist, MBh. 1, 1425.
5. To cause to recover, Utt. Rāmac. 78, 13.
6. To nourish, Man. 2, 142.
7. To preserve, MBh. 1, 1343.
3. To appoint, Pañc. ii. d. 25.
9. To make, MBh. 3, 13316.
10. To manifest, to show, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 12.
11. To prove, Mālav. 21, 17.
12. To think, to represent, Śāk. 21, 6; to take for, Pañc. 78, 18.
13. With anyathā, To misunderstand, Śāk. 17, 5.
14. To consider, Pañc. iii. d. 208; Ragh. 6, 42.
15. To believe, Pañc. 111, 10.
16. To honour, Bhartṛ. 2, 27; Utt. Rāmac. 47, 14.
17. To expect, Pañc. iv. d. 81. sambhāvita,
1. Adequate, suited.
2. Possible.
3. Considered, reflected.
4. Satisfied. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. sambhāvya, Suitable, Pañc. 117, 11. Comp. a-, adj. impossible, Pañc. 30, 8; v. d. 59.
-- With su-varṇa, becoming suvarṇī suvarṇī, To turn into gold, Pañc. 192, 2.
-- With stambha, becoming stambhī stambhī, To become a post, Hit. i. d. 29, M. M.
-- With sthira, becoming sthirī sthirī, To be calm, Lass. 43, 17.
-- With sphāra, becoming skārī spkarī, To become large, to spread, Häberl. Anth. 217, 8; Pañc. v. d. 22; Mṛcch. 49, 6 (to show a hidden property in a magical way, by becoming large, or by throbbing).
-- Cf. [greek] (cf. bhavant), probably [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. fio, fui, facio (causal), fecundus, fetus, fetare, perhaps femur, femen; O.H.G. pim, pis, etc.; A.S. beón, beó, bist, etc.; Goth. ga-bauan; O.H.G. būwan, būan, pu, būr; A. S. buan, bur; O.H.G. būari.
2. bhū, f.
1. The earth, Pañc. iii. 77.
2. pl. Landed property, land, Hit. iv. d. 121.
3. Ground, Megh. 65 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
4. Site, place, Kir. 5, 5.
5. Sacrificial fire.
6. Nom. sing. bhūs, indecl.
1. Earth, Man. 2, 76.
2. Hell.
-- Comp. pāna-, f, a drinking-room, Kathās. 21, 10. malla-, f. an arena for athletic contests. paricita-, adj. of which the places are known, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 11.
I. m. Darkness.
II. n.
1. A hole.
2. The head of a fountain.
3. Time.
I. m.
1. A camel.
2. Garlic.
II. f. ghnī, Holy basil.
1. State of being.
2. Production, birth.
3. Prosperity, Pañc. iii. d. 131; personified, Rām. 3, 52, 27.
4. Wealth, Man. 3, 59.
5. Power, dignity.
6. Superhuman power, as attainable by the practice of austere and magical rites.
7. The rut of elephants.
8. A decoration of elephants, consisting in many-coloured stripes, Megh. 19 (Sch.; read maṇḍanam and gajamaṇḍanam instead of maṇḍalam).
9. Ashes.
10. Fried meat.
-- Comp. raṅga- f. the day of full moon in the month Āśvina. viyadbh°, i. e. viyat-, f. darkness.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A mountain, Pañc. 157, 25.
2. A kind of chemical or medicinal apparatus; a sand-bath in which a covered crucible is placed, and the fire is lighted above as well as below it.
1. A king. Rājat, 5, 46.
2. A mountain, Pañc. i. d. 372.
-- Comp. kula-, m. a principal mountain, Ragh. 17, 78.
I. i. e. bhū + man, n. The earth, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85 5.
II. i. e. bahu + iman, m. Multitude, majority, Rājat. 5, 165.
-- Cf. Lat. humus, humilis.
I. adj., f. yī, Made or consisting of earth.
II. f. yī, A name of chāyā, or shadow personified, the wife of the sun.
I. bhūman), f.
1. The earth, Pañc. 165, 16.
2. Land, estate, Pañc. iii. d. 92; domain (where one governs or works), Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 9.
3. Place, Pañc. 161, 13; site.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. anything but earth. 2. an unsuitable place, Śāk. 101, 19. 3. no object for, Śāk. 97, 9 (exceeding). ati-, f. highest degree, Amar. 80; Utt. Rāmac. 82, 7. antar-, f. the interior of the earth, Arj. 10, 27; Sund. 2, 8.
Karma(n)-, f. the land of holy works, Āryāvarta, or the central part of India, Rām. 2, 109, 28. janma(n)-, f. home, Pañc. v. d. 25. pana-, f. a drinking-room, Rām. 5, 14, 39. malla-, f. an arena for athletic contests. badhya- (vb. vadh), f. place of execution, Hit. 63, 6. raṅga-, f. 1. a field of battle, Pañc. 35, 3. 2. an arena, Johns. Sel. 9, 11. 3. a stage, a place where dancing, etc., is exhibited. vāsa-, f. a dwelling-place, Hit. 38, 2, M. M. viśvāsa-, f. a person worthy of confidence, Hit. 18, 7, M. M. saṃketa-, f. place of assignation, Lass. 24, 15. sthāna-, f. dwelling-place, a palace(?), Lass. 28, 10. snca-, f. one worthy of love, Mālat. 83, 11. siddha-, f. the country in which the Siddhas live, Pañc. 242, 5.
1. Change-of costume in order to represent a different character on the stage.
2. Decorating images, temples, gateways, etc.
3. A story; grihoparibhūmikāyām āruḍhaḥ, He mounted to the upper story of the house, Śukas. cod. Petersb. p. 31, b.
4. A preface to a book.
-- Comp. catur-bhūmika, adj. having four stories, Pañc. 228, 11. sapta(n)-, adj. having seven stories, 44, 28.
I. adj. Born on the earth.
II. m.
1. The planet Mars.
2. Hell.
III. f. jā, Sītā, the wife of Rāma.
1. A man, mankind.
2. A vaiśya.
3. A thief, one who creeps along the ground to carry off his plunder.
4. A blind man.
5. A cripple.
-- Comp. brahma(n)-, n. identification with Brahman, ultimate happiness, Man. 1, 98, 12, 102. rāja(n)-, n. royalty.
I. adj. Much, Pañc. i. d. 23; many, Rājat. 5, 215; Kathās. 22, 96.
II. adv.
1. Much, exceeding, Pañc. i. d. 213; Bhartṛ. 2, 62.
2. Frequently, repeatedly, Chr. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2.
III. m.
1. Brahman.
2. Viṣṇu.
3. Śiva.
4. A day.
IV. n. Gold.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. bircha; A. S. byre, birce.
1 and 10, Par. To decorate, to adorn, Man. 3, 55.
-- With the prep. vi vi, The same, Chr. 296, 4 = Rigv. i. 112, 4; Bhartṛ. 2, 16; Pañc. 256, 3.
-- Comp. para-, adj., Hit. iv. d. 121; false reading for pari-, q. cf. maṅgala-mātra-, adj., f. ṇā, only adorned with turmeric, Vikr. d. 53.
1. Being.
2. Being well.
3. One who desires bliss, Man. 4, 135.
1. To bear, to hold, Vikr. d. 140; Chr. 16, 17.
2. To wear, Man. 6, 6.
3. Ātm. To gain, Chr. 291, 13 = Rigv. i. 64, 13.
4. To possess, MBh. 3, 2583; to have, 2, 57.
5. To form, Rājat. 5, 332.
6. To nourish, to maintain, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 5.
7. i. 1, Ātm. To hire, Nal. 15, 4.
8. To support, Man. 9, 95.
9. To fill, Hit. 2, 34. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhṛta.
1. Hired.
2. Having, being possessed of.
3. Filled. m. A servant. Comp. a-, adj. not paid, Man. 8, 231. kṣīra-, adj. paid with milk, ib. bhṛtya, see s. v.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atibhṛta (rather bhṛta with ati),
1. Carefully protected.
2. Filled, Kir. 5, 20.
-- With ā ā, To bring near, to bestow, Lass. 99, 2 = Rigv. v. 9, 7.
-- With ni ni, nibhṛta,
1. Modest, humble; °tam, humbly, Pañc. 162, 24.
2. Unmoved, Śāk. d. 8.
3. Hidden, Pañc. 46, 13; 193, 7.
4. °tam adv. Hidden, Pañc. 105, 4; secretly, Man. 9, 263.
5. °tam, adv. with vi-dhā, To make hidden, to shut, Pañc. 186, 8.
6. Lonely, solitary, Megh. 83; °tam with kṛ, To dismiss all but one, Hit. 56, 19. Comp. a-, adj. immodest, bold, Megh. 69. su-, adj. very lonely. °tam, adv. 1. secretly, Hit. 86, 6. 2. privately, Hit. 73, 16 (in a very low voice?).
-- With pra pra, To offer, Chr. 291, 1.
-- With sam sam,
1. To bring together, Rām. 1, 11, 13.
2. To accomplish, Vikr. 85, 17; d. 157.
3. To nourish, Rām. 1, 52, 8. saṃbhṛta,
1. Collected, all, Vikr. d. 38.
2. Gained, got.
3. Composed, Hit. iv. d. 68.
4. Filled.
5. Nourished, Hit. iii. d. 125 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3272).
6. Brought, put, Megh. 44.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] Lat. fero, Goth. bairan; A. S. beran; Goth. barnis; A. S. bearm; Goth. barn; A. S. bearn; byrdhen; Goth. briggan; A. S. bringan.
† bhṛṃś, i. 1 and 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
† bhṛkṣ, v. r. of bhakṣ.
1. The name of a Muni, Chr. 17, 29.
2. Jamadagni.
3. Śiva.
4. Śukra.
5. A cliff, a precipice.
6. Table-land.
7. pl. The descendants of Bhṛgu.
I. m., and f. gī (Kathās. 22, 103).
1. A large bee, Ragh. 8, 52.
2. A wasp.
3. The fork-tailed shrike, Lanius caerulescens, Ṛt. 6, 24 (cf. Lass. 52, 18).
4. A golden vase.
5. A libertine.
II. n.
1. A plant, Woody cassia.
2. Another, Verbesina prostrata Roxb.
I. m. A golden vase.
II. n. Gold.
III. f. rī, A cricket.
† bhṛj, i. 1, Ātm. To parch, to fry; cf. bhrajj.
† bhṛḍ, i. 6, Par. To dive.
1. A mace-bearer.
2. A name of Kṛṣṇa, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 9. cakra-, m. Viṣṇu, Rājat. 1, 38. tanu-, m.
1. A living creature.
2. A man, mankind, Bhartṛ. 3, 36. tapobhṛt, i. e. tapas-, m. An ascetic, Hariv. 4849. deha-, m.
1. A living creature.
2. A man, mankind. Bhāg. P. 7, 7, 46.
3. Epithet of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1067. dharaṇī-, m.
1. A king.
2. A mountain. dharā-, m. A mountain, Arj. 7, 27. dharma-,
1. m. Supporter of right, an epithet of kings, MBh. 1, 4766.
2. m. A proper name. nava-śaśi(n)-, Bearing the young moon, epithet of Śiva, Megh. 44. prāṇa-, adj. Living, a living creature, Hit. i. d. 111, M. M.; a man, mankind. bhū-, see s. v.
1. m. A servant, Man. 6, 45.
2. (n.) Wages, Man. 3, 156 (or 'Hired').
-- Comp. madhyama-, m. a husbandman.
1. Nourishment, Hit. ii. d. 32.
2. Wages, hire, Man. 8, 231.
3. Service, Nal, 8, 25.
4. Capital, principal.
-- Comp. piṇḍa-, f. livelihood, Rām. 2, 26, 37 Gorr. sudhā-, m. 1. sacrifice. 2. the moon. hala-, f. agriculture.
-- Cf. Lat. fors; A. S. beordh.
I. ptcple. fut. pass. of bhṛ, To be nourished.
II. m. A servant, Pañc. 175, 16; i. d. 325.
III. f. yā, Hire.
-- Comp. ku- and kim-, m. a wicked servant, Pañc. 83, 18; Hit. ii. d. 31 (read kiṃbhṛtya). kumāra-bhṛtyā, f. the fostering of a child, Ragh. 3, 12. protkaṭa-, m. a favourite, Pañc. 156, 19. mūla-, m. an old servant, Hit. ii. d. 129.
† bhṛś, i. 4, Par. To fall; cf. bhraṃś.
I. adj., comparat. bhraśīyaṃs, superl. bhraśiṣṭha, Much, exceeding.
II. °śam, adv.
1. Much, Pañc. iii. d. 188.
2. Exceedingly, violently, Pañc. iii. d. 183.
3. Superiority, better.
4. Repeatedly, often, Pañc. iii. d. 13.
5. Beautifully.
6. Quickly, Chr. 7, 13; 25, 15.
7. In the beginning of comp. bhṛśa-, e. g. Chr. 31, 16.
-- Comp. su-, adj. much, exceeding. °śam, adv. much, excessively.
1. Frying.
2. A lonely garden.
-- Comp. sahasra-, adj. having a thousand points (vb. hṛṣ + ti), Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9.
† bhṛ10, ii. 9, bhṛṇā, bhṛṇī, Par.
1. To blame.
2. To bear (cf. bhṛ).
3. To fry.
4. To bend, to be crooked.
I. m.
1. A frog, Pañc. 81, 13.
2. A cloud.
II. f. kī, The female frog, or a small frog.
I. m., f. trī, and n. Who or what divides, breaks, etc.
II. m.
1. One who breaks down, Man. 9, 289.
2. A separator, divider.
3. One who wounds, Man. 8, 284.
4. A traitor.
1. Breaking, Vikr. d. 26.
2. Dividir division, Pañc. 248, 19.
3. Separatir Panc. 156, 19; separation, Hit. pr. 9, M. M.
4. A chasm, a fissure, a cleVikr. 69, 8; a wound, Hit. ii. d. 1. (and betrayal).
5. Creating divisions Man. 7, 198.
6. Disunion; Pañc. iv. d. 74.
7. Betrayal, Pañc. 65, 19.
8. Difference, Pañc. 199, 20.
9. Kind, Hit. iv. d. 124.
-- Comp. a-, m. undividedness, Hit. iii. d. 79. anyonya-, m. separation from each other, Hit. 76, 12. gati-, m. going with great strides, Śāk. 93, 12. granthi-, m. a cutpurse, Man. 9, 277. durbh°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be separated or divided, Pañc. ii. d. 36. svara-, m. difference of voice, Pañc. 37, 25; 199, 20 (different, changed voice).
1. One who breaks, Man. 8, 284 (asthi-).
2. One who breaks open, 9, 280.
3. One who seratces, 8, 284 (tvac-).
4. One who diverts (watercourses), Man. 3, 163.
5. A mischief-maker.
-- Comp. gaṇḍa-, m. a cutpurse, Śāk. 74, 14 (Prākṛ.).
1. Dividing.
2. Piercing, Man. 9, 286.
-- Comp. puṭa-, n. a town, MBh. 1, 3978.
1. Dividing, breaking, Man. 8, 218.
2. Wounding, Hit. iv. d. 82.
-- Comp. marma(n)-, adj. piercing the vitals, fatal, Chr. 29, 33. vṛ2kṣa-, m. 1. a carpenter's chisel. 2. a hatchet.
and bherī bheri/ī, f. A kettledrum, Pañc. 20, 7; Bhag. 1, 13.
I. (vb. bhi), adj. Formidable.
II. m. A form of Śiva.
III. f. ḍā, One of the Yakṣiṇīs or female attendants on Durgā.
IV. n. (vb. bhṛ), Conception.
I. adj.
1. Timid.
2. Ignorant.
3. Tall.
II. m.
I. A raft.
2. The name of a Muni.
† bheṣ, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To fear (cf. bhī, Caus.).
2. To go(?).
1. A medicine, a drug, a remedy, Pañc. ii. d. 59; Nal. 9, 30.
2. Help (against, gen.), Pañc. 184, 19.
3. A kind of fennel, Nigella indica.
1. Begging, Man. 2, 48 (kṣa); Lass. 76, 4 (ya).
2. Living by alms, Pañc. i. d. 312 (ya).
3. What is collected by begging, alms, food, Man. 5, 129 (ya).
I. adj.
1. Formidable, horrid, Rām. 3, 50, 21.
2. Miserable, Rājat. 5, 408.
II. m.
1. Śiva, Rājat. 5, 55.
2. The name of a river.
3. A musical mode.
III. f. vī, Durgā.
IV. n. Horror.
I. n. A medicament.
II. m. (? ŚKD. n.), A sort of quail.
I. n. A medicament, a drug, Hit. i. d. 110, M. M.; a remedy.
II. m. The descendant of a physician.
I. m., f. trī, and n. One who eats, Hit. i. d. 53, M. M.; or enjoys, Śāk. d. 43; Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 5.
II. m.
1. An adverse possessor, Man. 8, 148.
2. A husband.
1. Enjoyment, perception, Bhag. 13, 20.
2. Possession.
1. A snake's body, Utt. Rāmac. 43, 4.
2. A snake.
3. A snake's expanded hood, Pañc. ii. d. 131; feasting, Hit. army in column.
5. Nourishing, cherishing, food, Bhag. 2, 5.
6. Pleasure, Rām. 3, 53, 3.
7. Enjoyment, Bhartṛ. 2, 35; Pañc. ii. d. 131; feasting, Hit. ii. d. 99.
8. Adverse enjoyment (usufruct), Man. 8, 149.
9. Possession.
10. Wealth.
11. Hire.
12. The hire of dancing girls.
-- Comp. kāma-, m. sensual enjoyment, Rām. 3, 37, 2. nāga-, m. a kind of snake, Rām. 5, 74, 31. nirbh°, i. e. nis-, adj. not attached to pleasure, MBh. 12, 2332.
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. Having enjoyment.
2. Delightful.
II. m.
1. A snake.
2. Dancing.
3. Singing.
III. f. vatī,
1. The capital of the snakes, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 15.
2. The Gaṅgā of the lower regions.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Enjoying.
2. Abounding in enjoyments, Bhag. 16, 14.
3. Having enjoyments and an expanded hood, Pañc. i. d. 73.
II. m.
1. A snake, Bhartṛ. 2, 82.
2. A king, Hit. iii. d. 58.
3. The head man of a village.
4. A barber.
5. A person who accumulates money for a particular expenditure.
III. f. nī.
1. The capital of the serpents.
2. A royal concubine.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, m. a sort of black snake, Gīt. 6, 12.
1. A cowherd.
2. The name of a country.
3. The name of a king, Johns. Sel. 19, 91.
1. Enjoying, Pañc. 61, 22.
2. Eating, Pañc. 245, 22.
3. Food, Pañc. 138, 2.
-- Comp. a-, n. abstaining from food, Man. 11, 166. ati-, n. excessive eating, Man. 2, 57. eka-, n. 1. eating once a day, MBh. 13, 5161. 2. eating in company, MBh. 13, 6238. kṛmi-,
I. adj. one who feeds upon worms, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 18.
II. m. the name of a hell, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 7. mleccha-,
I. m. wheat.
II. n. halfripe barley. saha-, n. eating with somebody, Lass. 18, 2.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a house-mate, Rājat. 5, 402. bhujaṃga-, m. the boa constrictor. śaṣpa-, adj. sbst. a beast feeding on grass, Pañc. 25, 6.
1. A vocative particle, Man. 2, 124; Ho! there! repeated, bhobhos, O! Hit. 10, 6, MM.
2. An interrogative particle, Vikr. 85, 20.
3. Interj. of grief, Oh! Hit. 71, 3, M.M.
I. adj.
1. Relating to spirits, Man. 3, 70.
2. Demoniac.
3. Elemental.
4. Relating to existing beings.
II. m.
1. An attendant upon idols.
2. A worshipper of sprites.
I. adj.
1. Relating or appeartaining to spirits, Man. 3, 174.
2. Elemental.
3. Existing.
II. m. Śiva.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the earth, rising from the ground, Man. 11, 155.
2. Terrestrial.
3. Relating to the planet Mars, Lass. 16, 16.
II. m.
1. The planet Mars, Pañc. 50, 20.
2. Hell.
III. f. mī, A name of Sītā.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. being or living in the interior of the earth, Rām. 1, 42, 3. bahu-, adj. having many stories. sapta(n)-, adj. having seven stories, Rām. 5, 10, 11 (? cf. my translation of the Pañc. n. 208, and bhūmikā).
1. To fall, Sund. 1, 15; to fall down, Pañc. i. d. 146.
2. To be lost, Rām. 3, 54, 20.
3. To run away, to flee from (abl.), Bhaṭṭ. 14, 105.
4. To be deprived (with abl.), Man. 7, 111; Pañc. iv. d. 39 (with s and Ātm.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhraṣṭa.
1. Fallen, Hit. i. d. 168 (sthāna-, adj. Having lost their rank).
2. Lost.
3. Deprived of, Bhag. 6, 11.
4. Deviated, Pañc. 228, 14.
5. Fallen from virtue, wicked. Comp. bhaya-, adj. put to fight. Caus. bhraṃśaya.
1. To expel, MBh. 3, 8759.
2. To deprive, MBh. 3, 1571. bhraṃśita, Deprived, Chr. 48, 2.
-- With the prep. apa apa, apabhraṣṭa, Corrupted (as speech), Kathās. 17, 41.
-- With pari pari, To be deprived (with abl.), Hit. i. d. 128. paribhraṣṭa,
1. Fallen, Pañc. 188, 15.
2. Degraded.
3. Deprived of (instr.), Pañc. iii. d. 55; Man. 10, 20.
4. Lost, Nal. 18, 10.
-- With pra pra,
1. To fall, Ragh. 14, 54 (Calc.).
2. To be deprived, Mṛcch. 14, 12 (Calc.). prabhreṣṭa,
1. Fallen, dropping, fallen off.
2. Broken. Caus. To throw down from (abl.), Ragh. 13, 36 (Calc.). prabhraṃśita, Expelled, MBh. 3, 601.
-- With vi vi, vibhraṣṭa,
1. Broken off, or from.
2. Fallen.
3. Separated.
4. Deprived, MBh. 3, 3.
5. Lost. Caus. To deprive, Chr. 21, 6.
-- Cf. A. S. hreósan and reosan, To fall; Goth. ur-risan; A. S. arisan, To rise; Goth. us-hrisjan and af-hrisjan (Caus.), To cast off.
1. Falling.
2. Declining from a height, or from propriety, ruin, Bhag. 2, 63.
3. Falling off, Megh. 2.
4. Abandoning, dropping, Pañc. iii. d. 246; desertion, Pañc. 145, 10.
5. Losing, Pañc. 68, 22; loss, Rājat. 5, 307; Hit. iii. d. 5 (sthānabhraṃśaṃ yayuḥ, They did lose their nest).
-- Comp. jāti-, m. Loss of caste, Man. 11, 67.
1. Falling, Megh. 30; Śāk. 1. 7.
2. Causing to fall (sva-artha-, injuring, or detrimental to, our interest), Pañc. 248, 18.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not falling, durable, Pañc. iii. d. 18.
and °sa bhrakuṃśa, °sa, see bhṛkuṃśa.
† bhrakṣ, v. r. of bhakṣ.
-- Cf. Lat. frigere, frictus, frixus (= bhṛkta, see bhṛj); [greek] O.H.G. briuwan; A. S. briwan; and O.N. brugga, To brew.
† bhraṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound (cf. bhram and raṇ).
1. To turn round, to move circularly, to whirl, Pañc. v. d. 20.
2. † To be unsteady or unfixed.
3. To stray, to roam, to wander, Pañc. 43, 4; i. d. 446; to go astray, Pañc. v. d. 68 (Ātm.).
4. To wander over (acc.), MBh. 1, 5184.
5. To surround, Rājat. 5, 146.
6. To mistake.
7. † To be ignorant. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. bhrānta.
1. Being wandered over (with acc.). Bhartṛ. 3, 4.
2. Running, Arj. 4, 38; rolling, Chr. 35, 2.
3. Whirled.
4. Confused, Rām. 3, 55, 36.
5. Blundering. n. Roaming, Bhartṛ. 2, 11. Caus. bhramaya (in epic poetry also bhrāmaya, also Pañc. 263, 8, or i. 4, Ātm.).
1. To turn round, Bhag. 18, 61; to whirl, MBh. 2, 762.
2. To move to and fro (without getting a way of egress), Rām. 1, 44, 12.
3. To agitate, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 8.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To jump out of (abl.), Draup. 8, 19.
2. To be beside one's self, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 17 (read udbhramya). udbhrānta,
1. Flying upward, Rām. 6, 83, 26.
2. Whirled on, thrown up, Hit. iii. d. 140.
3. Whirling on, Utt. Rāmac. 138, 4.
4. Bewildered, Pañc. 141, 4.
-- With pari pari,
1. To walk round about, Pañc. 230. 16.
2. To roam about, Hit. 76, 6, M. M.; Pañc. 21, 1.
3. To fly round about, Pañc. 148, 10.
-- With vi vi, To rove, Nalod. 3, 26.
2. To wander over, MBh. 3, 2648.
3. † To play, to wanton. vibhrānta,
1. Agitated, Bhag. 16, 16.
2. Hurried. Comp. a-, adj. not playing (?), unmoved, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 5.
-- With mas sam, saṃbhrānta, Agitated, confused, Utt. Rāmac. 50, 3; troubled, Śāk. 12, 17. Comp. a-, adj. fearless, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 7. su-saṃbhrānta, adj. greatly bewildered.
-- Cf. bhramara; Lat. fremere; O.H.G. breman; A. S. bremman; O.H.G. bremo, briosa; N.G. brausen; [greek] etc.
1. Whirling, going round, Rājat. 5, 363.
2. Straying, roaming.
3. Error, Bhāṣāp. 133.
4. A whirlpool.
5. A watercourse.
6. A potter's wheel.
I. n.
1. Whirling, turning round, Bhāṣāp. 6.
2. Giddiness, Lass. 17, 5.
3. Wandering, Vikr. 23, 11.
II. f. ṇī,
A sort of game performed by women for the amusement of a lover or husband.
I. m.
1. A (large black) bee, Vikr. 64, 1.
2. A lover, a gallant.
II. n. Epilepsy.
1. Going round, turning about, Utt. Rāmac. 66, 4.
2. A lathe, Kāśīkh. 17, 117.
1. To shine, to beam, Chr. 289, 3 = Rigv. i. 50, 3 (Par.). Caus. To illuminate, MBh. 3, 15579.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To shine brilliantly, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; Rām. 3, 52, 25.
-- Cf. bhṛj; Lat. flagrare, flamma (for flagma), flamen, fulgur, fulgere, fulmen, fulvus, etc.; Goth. bairhts; A. S. bearht, beorht; O.H.G. beraht, blanch, blich, blichan; [greek] probably also A.S. blác, blaecan, blícan.
1. A brother, Chr. 3, 5; du. tarau, Brother and sister.
2. A friend, Megh. 10.
-- Comp. durbh°, i. e. dus-, m. A wicked brother, MBh. 3, 996. dharma-, m. an associate dwelling in the same religious retreat, Yājñ. 2, 137. sa- or saha-, adj. with a brother, or with brethren, Johns. Sel. 54, 139.
-- Cf. Lat. frater; [greek] and [greek] etc.; Goth. brother; A. S. bródhor.
1.
A brother's son.
2. An enemy.
-- Cf. Lat. fratrūelis.
I. adj. Fraternal.
II. m. A brother's son.
1. Going round, whirling, rolling, Vikr. d. 4.
2. Wandering.
3. Error, Bṛhaspati ap. Cowell, Kuśumāñjali, transl. p. 65, n. †; Pañc. 50, 10 (kumuda-bhrāntiṃ janayati matsyānām, Causes the fishes to mistake him for a lotusflower). candana-, instr. Mistaking (it) for a sandal tree, Utt. Rāmac. 29, 8.
I. adj. Causing to whirl.
II. m.
1. A cheat.
2. A jackal.
3. The sun-flower.
4. A sort of loadstone.
I. m. A sort of loadstone.
II. f. rī,
1. Pārvatī,
2. A female attendant on Durgā.
III. n.
1. Honey.
2. Whirling round.
3. Epilepsy.
4. A kind of dancing.
5. A village.
1. Made of honey.
2. Whirling.
3. Epileptic, Man. 3, 161.
I. m. (and n.), A frying-pan, Pañc. i. d. 148.
II. n. AEther.
† bhrī, ii. 9, Par.
1. To fear.
2. To bear, to nourish; cf. bhṛ and bhṛ10.
and °sa bhrukuṃśa and °sa, see bhṛkuṃśa.
† bhruḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To cover.
2. To collect.
-- Comp. a-sita-, adj. having black eyebrows, Śiś. 9, 71. nata- (vb. nam), adj. having arched brows, Vikr. d. 95. sam-hata-, adj. knitting the brows. su-bhrū,
I. adj. having fine brows, Vikr. d. 13.
II. and su-bhru, f. a woman, Lass. 90, 15 (ū); Sund. 4, 12 (ū).
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. brāwa; A. S. bracw; Lat. frons, frontis.
and °sa bhrūkuṃśa and °sa, see bhṛkuṃśa.
and ṭī bhrū-kuṭī, or bhrukuṭi ṭī bhrukuṭi/ī, or bhrakuṭi bhrakuṭi, and bhṛkuṭi ṭī bhṛkuṭi/ī, f. A frown, MBh. 1, 4601 (bhrū-); 7, 762 (bhru-); Pañc. 220, 1 (bhṛ°).
† bhrūṇ, i. 10, Ātm.
1. To hope.
2. To wish.
3. To fear.
† bhrej, i. 1, Ātm. To shine; cf. bhrāj.
† bhreṣ, i. 1, Par. and Ātm.
1. To go, to move.
2. To fear.
3. To be wrathful (cf. kreṣ).
1. Deviation from rectitude (cf. bhraṃśa).
2. Loss.
3. Going.
† bhlakṣ, v. r. of bhakṣ.
† bhleṣ, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To fear.
1. To increase.
2. To give (ved.). i. to and 1, Par. † To speak, to shine. Frequent. ved. māmak, To grant, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. i. 112, 25.
I. m.
1. A marine monster confounded usually with the crocodile and shark, but properly a fabulous animal, Johns. Sel. 28, 27; Pañc. 51, 9; iv. d. 1.
2. One of the signs of the zodiac.
3. A form of marching an army, Man. 7, 187.
4. One of Kuvera's treasures.
II. f. rī, The wife of the marine monster called makara, Pañc. 206, 14.
I. m.
1. The nectar of a flower, Prab. 79, 16.
2. A kind of jasmine.
II. m. The filament of a lotus.
I. adj. Going slowly.
II. m. A sort of rice.
† makṣ, see mrakṣ.
1. Hypocrisy.
2. Wrath.
3. Multitude.
and makṣīkā makṣi/īkā, f. A fly, Rām. 3, 53, 59.
-- Comp. nirmakṣika, i. e. nis-, adj. free from flies, untroubled, Śāk. 24, 18 (Prākṛ.). madhu-, f. a bee.
-- Cf. Lat. musca; O.H.G. mucca; A.S. micge; O.N. my; [greek]
and °kṣū makṣu/ū (properly loc. pl.), adv. Quickly, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15.
-- Cf. Lat. mox.
† makh, and maṅkh maṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. A warrior, Chr. 290, 11 = Rigv. i. 64, 11.
2. Sacrifice, oblation, Draup. 2, 10.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. probably well fighting, a powerful warrior, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
-- Cf. [greek] (from a frequent.), [greek] Lat. macellum, mactare, mucro, maceria; A. S. méce; O.N. moekir.
† maṅkh, see makh.
I. m.
1. The name of a country, Hit. 36, 10, M. M.
2. An inhabitant of that country.
3. A bard.
II. f. dhā, Long pepper.
I. n.
1. Power, wealth (ved.).
2. A kind of flower.
II. m.
1. One of the Dvīpas or divisions of the universe.
2. Pleasure.
III. f. ghā (usually pl.), The tenth lunar asterism, Man. 3, 273; Sund. 2, 2.
IV. f. ghā or ghī, A sort of grain.
I. adj., f. ghonī, Wealthy, Chr. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2.
II. m. Indra, Vikr. 86, 19.
I. adj. Wealthy. m. A sacrificer, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
II. m. Indra, Vikr. 88, 21.
1. To go, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 10. †
2. To adorn.
1. Bathing or drowning.
2. Cleaning by immersion.
1. Quickly, instantly.
2. Much, exceedingly.
† i. 1, Par. To go.
I. adj. Lucky, propitions, Man. 2, 34; brave, Pañc. 8, 15.
II. m. and n.
1. Prosperity, welfare, Ṛt. 6, 34; bliss, Utt. Rāmac. 89, 4.
2. Rejoicing, a festival, Pañc. 129, 17; solemnity, Vikr. d. 43 (sandhyā-, Evening service).
3. Blessing, Dāśak. in Chr. 201, 10; Sund. 2, 4; prayer, ib. 188, 22.
III. m.
1. The planet Mars.
2. Burnt offering on various occasions of rejoicing.
IV. f. lā.
1. Umā, the wife of Śiva.
2. A sort of bent grass, Panicum dactylon.
V. n. Turmeric, Vikr. d. 53 (Sch.).
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. inauspicious, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 23.
II. n. ill luck, Kumāras. 5, 65; evil omen, Śāk. 63, 13.
III. m. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis. kautuka-, n. a solemn ceremony, Pañc. 129, 17. pāna-, n. a banquet, Kathās. 36, 67. sarva-, f. lā, Durgā, Hit. 99, 8. su-, adj. very fortunate or auspicious.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Auspicious, conferring happiness, Utt. Rāmac. 99, 1.
2. Beautiful.
3. Pious, pure, implying holiness, Man. 2, 31.
II. m.
1. The holy fig-tree, Ficus religiosa.
2. A sort of pulse or lentils.
III. n.
1. Sour curds.
2. Sandal.
3. Red lead.
4. Gold.
5. Water brought from various holy places for the consecration of a king.
IV. f. yā. The name of several plants, Agallocum, etc.
† maṅgh, i. 1, Par. To adorn. i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To begin moving.
3. To begin.
4. To move swiftly.
5. To blame.
6. To cheat.
† mac, mañc mañc, muc muc, and muñc muñc,
1. To cheat, to be wicked.
2. To boast, to be vain.
3. To pound.
1. To dive, Bhartṛ. 2, 91.
2. To bathe, MBh. 1, 5299.
3. To sink, Vikr. d. 133; to perish in water, Rām. 1, 1, 89.
4. To sink into, MBh. 1, 3717 (loc.); Man. 4, 81 (acc.).
5. To be plunged, Man. 10, 91.
6. To become disheartened, MBh. 1, 5631. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. magna,
1. Plunged, Hit. i. d. 4, M. M.; dived, immersed, Rām. 3, 52, 19.
2. Sunk, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 6; drowned, Chr. 17, 27. Caus.
1. To cause to plunge, MBh. 1, 3908.
2. To overwhelm, Rām. 2, 77, 13.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To emerge, Śāk. d. 167.
2. Pass. impers. To rise, Śiś. 9, 30. Caus. To force up, Man. 8, 115.
-- With ni ni,
1. To bathe, Man. 5, 73.
2. To submerge, to sink under, Man. 4, 194; Hit. ii. d. 145.
3. To disappear, MBh. 2, 1504.
4. To cause to sink (into hell), MBh. 1, 4156. nimagna,
1. Plunged in, immersed, Rājat. 5, 85.
2. Sunk in (not prominent), Vikr. d. 80; Rājat. 5, 74; slender, d. 129.
3. Covered, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 6 Caus.
1. To cause to dive under water, Man. 8, 114.
2. To cause to be submerged, MBh. 3, 16612.
-- With pra pra, pramagna, Immersed, drowned.
1. The marrow of the bones and flesh.
2. The pith or sap of trees.
-- Comp. nirmajja, i. e. nis-, adj. marrowless, Hariv. 14533.
1. Immersion.
2. Bathing.
3. Drowning, Pañc. i. d. 34.
-- Cf. Lat. magmentum.
1. To hold. †
2. To grow high or tall. †
3. To adore. †
4. To shine. Cf. mac and mluñc.
-- With the prep. nis nis, To purify, Naiṣ. 7, 43. Cf. mṛj.
1. A bedstead.
2. A scaffold, Johns. Sel. 9, 12.
3. A chair, Ragh. 6, 1.
1. A pearl.
2. A creeper.
and mañjarī mañjari/ī, f.
1. = mañjara, Rām. 6, 15, 7 (pearl).
2. A shoot, sprout, Vikr. d. 26, 76 (mañjarī-cāmara, A fan-like sprout).
-- Comp. kāma-, Madana-, and rāga-mañjarī, f. proper names. lobha-mañjarī, f. used instead of kāmamañjarī, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 21 (the pearl of covetousness.)
I. m. and n. An ornament for the feet.
II. m. A post round which passes the string that works the stick of a churn.
I. adj. Beautiful.
II. m. A gallinule.
III. n.
1. A bower.
2. A watercourse.
1. A basket, Kathās. 4, 74.
2. A receptacle, Rām. 1, 67, 4.
† maṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To inhabit.
2. To grind.
3. To go.
1. A school.
2. A building inhabited by ascetics, a cloister, a college, Pañc. 116, 18.
3. A temple.
4. A carriage.
-- Comp. gopāla-, Cakra-, Śūra-, m. colleges called 'that of gopāla' 'that of cakra (-varman),' 'of śūra,' Rājat. 5, 243; 403; 39.
I. adj. Intoxicated.
II. m. The name of a saint.
A sort of drum.
1. A precious stone, a jewel, Vikr. d. 40.
2. A pearl, Vikr. d. 51.
3. Fleshy processes hanging from the neck of a goat.
4. A waterpot.
-- Comp. indu- and candra-, m. a fabulous stone, moon-stone, Śiś. 9, 35; Rājat. 6, 296; Utt. Rāmac. 23, 2. kāca-, m. crystal, Hit. pr. d. 44, M. M. cintā-, m. a fabulous gem, the possessor of which may get all he wishes for, Hariv. 8702. cūḍā-, m. a jewel worn in a crest or diadem, Hit. i. d. 211, M. M. (candra-ardha-, adj. having the crescent for his crestjewel). jatu-, m. a mole, Suśr. 1, 92, 3. masi-, m. an inkstand. latā-, m. coral. vi-mala-, m. crystal. śikhā-, m. a jewel worn on the head, Vikr. d. 129. śuci-, m. the same. sarpa-, m. the snake-stone, or carbuncle, a jewel said to be found in the head of a snake. sita-, m. crystal, Megh. 67. sūrya-, m. 1. the sun-stone. 2. a tree, Hibiscus phoeniceus. sparśa-, m. the philosopher's stone, converting everything it touches to gold.
I. m. A precious stone, a jewel.
II. n. A small waterpot, Pārask. in Journ. of the German Oriental Society, ix. xxi. n. 4.
-- Comp. sita-maṇi + maya, adj. made of crystal, Megh. 67.
1. The kingfisher.
2. The moon-stone, a fabulous stone.
† maṇṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To remember with regret.
1. To dress.
2. To divide. † i. 1, Par. To adorn one's self. i. 10, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 1, 7572),
1. To adorn, Pañc. 255, 16.
2. † To exhilarate. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. maṇḍita, Adorned, Chr. 29, 31; Pañc. 51, 15. Comp. a-, adj. not adorned, Nal. 16, 17.
I. m.
1. Ornament.
2. The castor-oil tree, Palma christi.
II. m. (and n.).
1. Scum, Utt. Rāmac. 90, 7.
2. Pith.
3. The head, Lass. 4, 18.
III. f. ḍā.
1. Spirituous liquor.
2. Emblic myrobalan.
-- Comp. dadhi-, m. Whey, Bhāg. P. 5, 1, 34.
1. Dressing, Pañc. 116, 21 (of the idols).
2. Ornament, Vikr. d. 157.
1. A shed or hall erected on festival occasions, as marriages, and adorned with flowers, Pañc. 129, 17.
2. An open temple.
3. A bower, Megh. 76.
-- Comp. adhikaraṇa-, a court of justice, Mṛcch. 138, 4. keli-, m. and n. a pleasure-house, Śāntiś. 1, 5. garbha-, m. the haram, Kathās. 26, 77. paṭa-, m. and n. a tent, Ragh. 5, 73. latā-, m. or n. an arbour, Śāk. 32, 19.
I. m.
1. A sort of sacrifice.
2. A kind of snake.
3. A dog.
II. f. lī.
1. A circle, Utt. Rāmac. 66, 4.
2. Walking round, Sund. 3, 22; 24.
3. Bent grass.
4. A nest, Daśak. 151, 6.
III. n. (and m.).
1. A circle, Vikr. d. 140; Pañc. 230, 18; a globe, a ball, Pañc. 157, 25.
2. The disk of the sun or moon, Pañc. 160, 23.
3. The halo round the sun.
4. A wheel, Utt. Rāmac. 141, 3.
5. A heap, a multitude, Pañc. iii. d. 224; Ṛt. 1, 10 (at the end of a comp. adj.); a troop, Rājat. 5, 379.
6. A district, a province, Rājat. 5, 146; an empire, ib. 155, 262.
7. Surrounding countries, Man. 7, 154.
8. A form of array, an army drawn up in a circle, Pañc. 9, 14.
9. Twelve great empires, into which the whole of India is said to have been divided in old times.
10. A sort of leprosy with circular spots.
11. A sort of mystical, diagram, Hit. 59, 22; Lass. 13, 18(?).
12. A sort of perfume, Lass. 20, 20 (? corr. perhaps maṇḍana, cf. maṇḍana and gajamaṇḍana, s. v. bhūti).
-- Comp. ādarśa-, 1. the reflection of a mirror, Kir. 5, 41. 2. a kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 11. aśrama-, n. the dwelling-place of anchorites, Nal. 12, 64. kṣmā-tala-, m. or n. the terrestrial globe, earth, Lass. 68, 14. tri-maṇḍalā, f. a poisonous kind of spider, Suśr. 2, 269, 12. diṅmaṇḍala, i. e. diś-, n.
1. all the quarters of the world, Bhartṛ. 3, 71. 2. the compass-card. prakṛti-, n. the whole empire, Ragh. 9, 2. raṅga-, n. the circuit of an assembled throng. sūrya-, m. or n. the disk of the sun, Sāv. 7, 1. stana-, n. the balls of the female bosom, Ṛt. 1, 8; Lass. 80, 15.
1. A snake.
2. A cat.
I. m.
1. A frog, Pañc. 197, 21.
2. A flower, Bignonia indica.
II. f. kī, A female frog.
-- Comp. kūpa-, m. a frog in a well, applied to a person of no enterprise, one who never leaves his home, Hit. 82, 2.
1. A cloud.
2. An elephant. Hiḍ. 1, 13.
3. A proper name, Utt. Rāmac. 19, 14.
1. Mind, Pañc. iii. d. 76.
2. Understanding, Pañc. 251, 6; intelligence, Hit. pr. d. 42.
3. Thought, Pañc. iii. d. 258; resolution, Pañc. 216, 14.
4. Hymn, Chr. 292, 2 = Rigv. i. 86, 2.
5. Perception, Bhāṣāp. 126.
6. Opinion, Chr. 13, 13.
7. Advice.
8. Wish.
9. Recollection.
10. Respect.
11. A potherb.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. not knowing (instr. unknowingly), Man. 4, 222. 2. glimmer, image, Chr. 290, 9 = Rigv. i. 64, 9. eka-,
I. f. direction of the mind on one object, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 21.
II. adj. unanimous, MBh. 12, 12723. See ku-. Kṛta-, adj. resolved, MBh. 13, 2211. durm°, i. e. dus-, adj. 1. foolish, Hit. ii. d. 48. 2. wicked, Man. 11, 30. nindita- (vb. nind), adj. base-minded, Hit. i. d. 152, M. M. nirahaṃmati, i. e. nis-aham-, adj. free from selfishness, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 52. pratyut- panna-, i. e. prati-ud-panna (vb. pad), adj. ready-minded, Śāk. 67, 23. bahu-, f. estimation. manda-, adj. foolish, Pañc. 229, 12. mahā-, adj. highmanded, Chr. 6, 4. yathā-mati, adv. according to one's understanding or intellect, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4. vi-, f. 1. difference of opinion. 2. dislike, aversion. vidyamāna- (vb. vid), adj. having understanding, Pañc. i. d. 86. vipula-, adj. endowed with great understanding, Pañc. i. d. 410. vṛthā-, adj. foolish, MBh. 2, 865. su-,
I. f. kindness.
II. adj. very wise, Pañc. 25, 13.
-- Cf. Lat. mens, mentis, mentio, mentiri, mendax; Goth. ga -munds, mods; A.S. mod, ge-mynd; [greek] (ved. -māti), [greek] i. e. [greek] (= ved. mati, hymn).
1. i. e. 2. mad + ka, adj. Mine.
2. m. A bug.
1. A bug (cf. matka), Pañc. iii. d. 105.
2. A flea.
3. An elephant without tusks.
4. A beardless man.
5. A buffalo.
6. Armour for the thighs or legs.
6. A cocoa-nut.
I. adj.
1. Envious, hostile, Utt. Rāmac. 133, 13.
2. Niggardly.
3. Wicked.
II. m.
1. Envy, Śiś. 9, 63; Man. 3, 231.
2. Jealousy, Mālav. 55, 8.
3. Anger, passion.
III. f. rā, A gnat.
-- Comp. nirm°, i. e. nis- and vi-. adj. free from envy, passion, Lass. 85, 9 (nis-); 49, 10 (vi-). Vīta-, i. e. vi-ita- (vb. i), adj. free from envy, Indr. 4, 8. sa-, adj. envious.
1. Envious, Man. 2, 201.
2. Wicked.
1. m. A fish, Man. 1, 39.
2. A particular fish, probably the sapharī.
3. A name of Viṣṇu.
4. The name of a country, Man. 2, 19; 7, 193.
-- Comp. pāka-, m. 1. a particular fish, Suśr. 1, 206, 17. 2. a poisonous kind of insect, ib. 2, 288, 3.
1. To churn, Kir. 5, 30.
2. To produce by churning.
3. To agitate (mentally), MBh, 1, 3330.
4. To crush, Pañc. 162, 18; to hurt, to kill. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mathita.
1. Churned.
2. Stirred.
3. Distressed, Megh. 81 (faded).
4. Agitated, Pañc. i. d. 247.
5. Destroyed, MBh. 1, 7669.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To agitate, Rām. 2, 26, 2.
-- With ud ud,
1. To agitate, MBh. 3, 14227.
2. To cut off, MBh. 3, 10267.
3. To kill, Pañc. ii. d. 34.
-- With ni ni, To annoy, to hurt, Rām. 3, 54, 28.
-- With nis nis,
1. To churn, to agitate, MBh. 1, 1120.
2. To shake out, MBh. 1, 6547.
-- With pra pra,
1. To trample down, to bruise, MBh. 3, 16435.
2. To annoy, MBh. 1, 194.
3. To rob (ved.).
4. To cut off, MBh. 3, 10267. pramathita,
1. Well churned.
2. Trampled down.
3. Pained. n. Butter-milk without water. Absfut. pramathya, Forcibly, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 17. Caus. māthaya, To annoy, MBh. 3, 8769. pramāthita, Ravished, violated, forcibly carried off.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To agitate, MBh. 1, 4876.
-- With vi vi, To destroy, MBh. 3, 12258.
-- Cf. [greek] and see mathin.
-- Comp. pura-, m. the destroyer of Pura, a name of Śiva, Lass. 67, 6. maḍhu-, m. the destroyer of Madhu, a name of Viṣṇu, Lass. 71, 6; Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38 (Burnouf, 'qui produis le nectar').
1. A charning-stick, MBh. 1, 1124.
2. The penis.
-- Cf. Lat. mentula.
A district and city now called Muttra, Pañc. 8, 14.
1. mad, ved. i. 1, Par.; i. 4, mādya, Par. (originally, to be wet).
1. To get drunk (ved.).
2. To be glad, to rejoice, Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1; MBh. 1, 4688. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. matla.
1. Drunk, a drunkard, Man. 9, 78.
2. Intoxicated, Hit. iv. d. 55; with love, Ṛt. 6, 14; with pride, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 20.
3. Mad, Rām. 3, 55, 36; furious, Hit. i. d. 34, M. M.; being in rut (as an elephant), Rām. 3, 52, 46.
4. Pleased. m.
1. An elephant in rut.
2. A buffalo.
3. The Indian cuckoo.
4. The thorn apple. f. tā, Vinous liquor. Comp. mṛta-, m. a jackal. Caus.
I. mādaya.
1. To intoxicate.
2. To exhilarate, MBh. 3, 10678. i. 10, Ātm. To rejoice, Chr. 291, 6 = Rigv. i. 15. 6.
II. madaya,
1. To exhilarate.
2. To be satisfied, MBh. 1, 4736.
3. † To doze, to be sluggish.
-- With anu anu in anumatta, Cured from insanity, again sane, Daśak. in Chr, 200, 14.
-- With ud ud, To be mad, MBh. 3, 14503. unmatta,
1. Drunk.
2. Insane, Rām. 3, 55, 8; furious, Hit. ii. d. 116; Utt. Rāmac. 42, 16; a lunatic, Man. 3, 161; Pañc. iii. d. 67. m. The thorn apple. Cous.
I. mādaya, unmādita, Caused to be mad, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 16.
II. madaya, unmadita, The same, ib. 191, 18 (read °mād°).
-- With pra pra,
1. To stray from (with abl.).
2. To be neghgent, careless, unguarded, Man. 2, 213. Comp. ptcple. pres. a-pramādyant, Being careful, MBh. 12, 3996. pramatta,
1. Careless, Hit. ii. d. 104.
2. Intoxicated.
3. Insane, furious, Chr. 35, 6; being in rut, Pañc. 80, 6.
4. Addicted to gaming, Man. 9, 78.
5. Mad with desire, 4, 40. Comp. a-, adj. careful, watchful, Pañc. 88, 19.
-- With vi vi, vimatta, Ruttish, Kir. 5, 47.
-- With sam sam, saṃmatta, Intoxicated with love, Sund. 4, 17; cf. 12; see mand.
-- Cf. Lat. madidus, madere, manare (for mad + no, denomin.); [greek] probably Goth. mats; A. S. maete; Goth. matjan; [greek] Lat. mandere; A. S. maetan, To dream.
2. mad (or mat, probably abl. sing. of amad), former part of compounds and base of many derivatives, implying the singular of the pronoun of the first person; cf. e. g. mad-vidha, madiya.
1. mad + a,
I. m.
1. Intoxication, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10; Pañc. 202, 25.
2. Insanity, Pañc. iv. d. 68; rut of an elephant, 87, 16.
3. Pride, Hit. i. d. 175, M. M.
4. Joy, Ṛt. 6, 32; sensual enjoyment, Ṛt. 6, 12.
5. Passion, Rājat. 5, 214; love, Vikr. 59, 2.
6. Spirituous liquor.
7. The juice that flows from an elephant's temples when in rut, Pañc. i. d. 139.
8. Semen virile.
9. Musk.
II. f. dī.
1. A drinking vessel.
2. An instrument for making furrows.
-- Comp. durm°, i. e. dus-,
I. m. insanity, Bhāg. P. 5, 12, 6.
II. adj. 1. frantic, ib. 8, 2, 25. 2. desiring violently, MBh. 1, 2796; Chr. 23, 38 (yuddha-, battle). dhana-, m. pride produced by wealth, Kathās. 18, 129. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj. free from arrogance, MBh. 3, 8683. mahā-, m. an elephant in rut. mṛga-, m. musk, Kathās. 22, 96. rati-madā, f. an Apsaras. viśva-madā, f. one of the seven tongues of fire. sa-, adj. 1. intoxicated, Ṛt. 6, 27; delighted, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 10. 2. furious, Bhartṛ. 2, 29. sadā-, adj. ever furious, Pañc. i. d. 48 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1324). su-, adj. very drunk, mad, or impassioned.
1. mad + ana,
I. m.
1. Love, Vikr. 22, 8; Kāmadeva, the god of love, Vikr. d. 9.
2. The season of spring.
3. Thorn apple, Datura metel.
4. A bee.
5. Beeswax.
II. f. na and nī, Spirituous liquor.
-- Comp. unmadana, i. e. ud-, adj., f. nā, inflamed with love, Kumāras. 5, 55.
1. A drunken man.
2. A distiller.
3. A cloud.
4. The god of love.
5. Spirituous liquor.
1. mad + āra, m.
1. An elephant.
2. A rogue.
3. A hog.
1. mad + ira,
I. m. A red species of Khayar, Mimosa catechu.
II. f. rā.
1. Spirituous liquor, Man. 11, 148; wine, nectar, Megh. 76.
2. The wagtail.
2. mad + īya, adj. Mine, Pañc. 191, 10.
1. An aquatic bird, the diver, Lass. 50, 1.
2. An outcaste, the son of a Brāhmaṇa by a woman of the bard class.
3. A ship.
-- Comp. kāka-, m. a kind of fowl, MBh. 13, 5520.
-- Cf. Lat. mergus.
I. m.
1. Joy.
2. The name of a country, Sāv. 1, 2.
3. A sovereign of that country.
II. f. rā, The name of a river.
I. adj. Sweet, Chr. 291, 6 = Rigv. i. 85, 6; Megh, 67.
II. m.
1. Liquorice.
2. A tree, Bassia latifolia.
3. The month Caitra, March -- April, Ṛt. 6, 24.
4. The season of spring, Mālav. d. 26.
5. The name of a Daitya slain by Viṣṇu; cf. madhubhid.
III. n.
1. Honey, Hit. i. d. 81, M. M.
2. The nectar of flowers.
3. Milk.
4. Sugar.
5. Spirituous liquor from the blossoms of the Bassia latifolia, or wine, Megh. 93; Ragh. 4, 60.
6. Water.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. one who knows or recites the three verses of the Rigveda, beginning with madhu (Rigv. i. 90, 6 -- 8), Yājñ. 1, 219
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. medu, mito; A. S. medu, medo.
I. adj. Sweet.
II. m. A bard.
III. m. and n. Liquorice.
IV. n. Tin.
I. m.
1. A bee, Vikr. d. 105.
2. A lover.
II. f. rī, A bee, Pañc. ii. d. 158.
I. adj.
1. Sweet (figuratively), Pañc. ii. d. 65.
2. Agreeable, Pañc. 248, 11.
3. Tender, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 13.
II. °ram. adv. Sweetly, in an agreeable manner, Chr. 17, 21.
III. m. Sweetness.
IV. f. rā.
1. Marrow.
2. The name of a town, Utt. Rāmac. 176, 8.
3. The name of several plants.
V. n.
1. Treacle.
2. Poison.
3. Tin.
-- Comp. vāṅmadhura, i. e. vāc-, adj. sweet in speech, Hit. 74, 20.
I. adj. Sweet.
II. m.
1. Sweetness.
2. A sort of Bassia latifolia.
I. adj.
1. Middle, Rājat. 5, 313.
2. Middle-sized, Man. 8, 134; of middle sort, Bhartṛ. 2, 73.
3. Intermediate; amongst.
4. Right, proper.
5. Low.
II. m. and n.
1. The middle, Vikr. d. 6; the centre, abl. amongst, Pañc. 253, 14; at the end of comp. In, Pañc. 10, 5 (nagara -madhya + m, in the town).
2. The waist. Vikr d. 129.
III. m. Cessation, interval.
IV. f. yā.
1. A young woman, a girl arrived at puberty.
2. The middle finger.
V. n.
1. A horse's flank.
2. A very large number.
-- Comp. tanu-, adj., f. yā, having a slender waist, Nal. 3, 13. bhuja-, n. the breast, Ragh. 13, 73.
-- Cf. Lat. medius; Goth. midja; A.S. midd, ge-midlian; Goth. -misso, missa-; A. S. mis-; O.H.G. missa, missi, mis-; [greek]
1. Who or what goes in the centre or amongst.
2. Existing in, Pañc. iii. d. 205.
-- Comp. bahu-, adj. belonging to many, Man. 9, 199.
-- Comp. ati-, n. time too near the mid-day, Man. 4, 140.
I. adj.
1. Middle, Vikr. d. 19.
2. Of middle sort, Hit. ii. d. 69; of moderate strength.
3. Middle born, neither the oldest nor youngest, Chr. 4, 11.
II. m. and n. The waist, Nal. 1, 10.
III. m.
1. The fifth note of the Hindu gamut.
2. One of the scales.
3. The middle country (= madhya-deśa).
4. A sort of deer.
IV. f. mā, A girl arrived at puberty.
2. The middle finger.
3. A central blossom.
-- Comp. yava-, a kind of penance, Man. 11, 217. su-, adj. having a fine waist, Rām. 3, 52, 49.
-- Cf. A. S. medeme.
I. adj.
1. Middle.
2. Living in the midst (of persons), Pañc. 191, 10.
3. Neutral, Man. 9, 272.
4. Impartial, Mālav. 9, 2.
5. Indifferent, Śāk. 63, 19.
II. m. A mediator, a judge, Lass. 92, 3.
1. To think, Chr. 10, 3; 154, 16; Pañc. i. d. 126 (samaṃ viṣamam eva ca manyate, To consider even and odd, i. e. to make long reflections); with anyathā, To doubt, Utt. Rāmac. 104, 2.
2. To wish, Vikr. 12, 9.
3. To mind, MBh. 3, 2092; with na, To disregard, Johns. Sel. 53, 125.
4. To believe, Rājat. 5, 255; Chr. 14, 27.
5. To understand, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 15.
6. To know, Lass. 98, 7 = Rigv. v. 9, 1; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 23.
7. To mention, to declare, Chr. 296, 2 = Rigv. i. 112, 2 (mantave, ved. infin. 'So many that even a loquacious man cannot reckon them up').
8. To take, to value, Pañc. ii. d. 97; i. d. 190; with bahu, To estimate highly, Rājat. 5, 276.
9. manye is often inserted without syntactic connection.
a. To strengthen an assertion, Lass, 72, 13.
b. In order to give it a modest form, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 15.
c. Ironically, Rām. 3, 51, 25. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mata.
1. Admitted, Bhāṣāp. 57.
2. Believed, held, Man. 1, 76.
3. Understood, known.
4. Desired, with gen., Chr. 15, 2; Kir. 5, 27.
5. Respected, regarded. n.
1. Purpose.
2. Opinion, Indr. 3, 1.
3. Doctrine, Pañc. 253, 12.
4. Knowledge.
5. Wish. Comp. bahu-, adj. 1. thought much of, respected, Bhartṛ. 2, 59. 2. having many different opinions. sādhu-, adj. praised, Chr. 56, 12. su, adj. kindly disposed. Desider.
I. † mimaniṣa and † mimaṃsa.
II. Anomal. mīmāṃsa, Ātm.
1. To consider, Man. 4, 224.
2. To learn, MBh. 1, 3878. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-mīmāṃsya, adj. Not to be questioned, Man. 2, 10. Caus., and i. 10, mānaya,
1. To estimate highly, to honour, MBh. 8, 2424; also Ātm., Chr. 43, 23.
2. To love, Rām. 1, 38, 8.
3. Ātm. †
1. To be proud.
2. † To be stupid. Anomal. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. in the signification of the Par. mānayāna, MBh. 3, 13111. mānita, Honoured, Chr. 28, 23. mānya, mānanīya, To be honoured, Bhartṛ. 2, 70; Rājat. 5, 337.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To assent, Man. 9, 97.
2. To approve, Rām. 2, 2, 13.
3. With na, To disown, Ragh. 16, 85.
4. To permit, Rām. 2, 21, 45.
5. To pardon, Śāk. d. 116. anumata,
1. Assented to, Man. 3, 4.
2. Concurred with.
3. Accepted, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 3.
4. Agreeable.
5. Beloved. n. Assent, Man. 5, 151; Vikr. d. 58. Caus.
1. To cause to approve, Rām. 2, 2, 8.
2. To honour, MBh. 3, 278.
3. To cause to agree, to bring in analogy with, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 1.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To intend, Pañc. 15, 23.
2. To desire, Man. 10, 95.
3. To approve, MBh. 2, 1374.
4. To believe, Bhaṭṭ. 5, 71.
5. To consider, Pañc. iii. d. 154.
6. To surpass, MBh. 3, 1388. abhimata,
1. Wished.
2. Assented to.
3. Agreeable, Megh. 50.
4. Beloved, Pañc. i. d. 80. n. Wish, Hit. 57, 5, M. M. Comp. an-abhimata-, adj. disagreeable, Hit. 15, 2, M. M. yathā-abhimata + m, adv. according to one's wish; how one lists, ad libitum, Pañc. 167, 24.
-- With ava ava, To despise, Man. 4, 135; Vikr. d. 30.
2. To offend, Man. 8, 84. Caus. To despise, Man. 2, 50.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To disdain, Man. 4, 249.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To honour, Rām. 3, 53, 27.
-- With vi vi, vimata,
1. Disliking.
2. Disagreeing. m. An enemy (rather mata with vi). Caus. To disgrace, Śāk. d. 116. vimānita, Dishonoured, Pañc. i. d. 127.
-- With sam sam,
1. To think, Rām. 3, 52, 2.
2. To resolve, Rām. 3, 53, 4. saṃmata;
1. Assented to, approved; aśvapṛṣṭhe saṃmata, A good horseman, Rām. 1, 19, 19.
2. Conformable.
3. Like, resembling, Chr. 32, 23.
4. Attached to.
5. Beloved, Man. 3, 39; Pañc. i. d. 65. n. Opinion, Hit. 48, 1. Comp. su-, adj. much approved, honoured, Chr. 49, 14. Caus. To honour, Rām. 2, 16, 15; Chr. 22, 26.
-- Cf. mnā, mali; [greek] (= mata), [greek] (not real, only imagined), [greek] Lat. monere, monstrum, monstrare, mentiri (cf. mati), mendax; Goth. munan, muns, munths (cf. mantra); A. S. manian, monian, ge-munan, mudh.
1. Minding, considering, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 1; cf. 21.
2. Understanding.
1. Mind, Chr. 3, 8; Man. 1, 104; considered as seat of perception (MBh. 14, 668), and passion, the heart, Vikr. d. 19; Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 9.
2. The intellect, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 24; power of mind, Chr. 27, 7.
3. Purpose, Chr. 12, 23; Rājat. 5, 251.
-- Comp. anya- (cf. anyad), adj. 1. one whose mind is directed to another, Rām. 5, 35, 2.
2. fickleminded, Hit. i. d. 110, M. M. 3. absent. ud-, see s. v. unmanas, and adde, sorry, Vikr. 30, 10. eka-, adj. one whose mind is directed to one object, intent, Rām. 4, 4, 20. durm°, i. e. dus-, 1. n. perversity of mind, Rām. 2, 31, 20. 2. adj. dischartened, sad, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 19. dvexhimanas, i. e. dveṣin-, adj. hostile, Hit. ii. d. 150. pra-, adj. delighted happy. prīti-, adj. pleased in mind. mahā-, adj. high-minded, magnanimous, Rām. 3, 55, 52. vaktumanas, see s. v. vi-, adj. 1. sad, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 9; heart-broken, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 11. 2. perplexed. 3. changed in mind. 4. averse. 5. absent, thinking of something else. śaṅkita-, adj. timid, Pañc. 104, 16. sa-, adj. unanimous, Chr. 295, 16 = Rigv. i. 92, 16. su-,
I. adj. satisfied, Lass. 54, 20.
II. m. 1. a god. 2. a learned man. 3. a student of the Vedas. 4. wheat. 5. the name of two plants.
II. m. n. and f. (the last only pl.), a flower, Man. 2, 182.
III. f. sī, great flowered jasmine. su-sthita-, adj. content, Hit. ii. d. 5. sthira-, adj. having a faithful mind or heart, Pañc. 107. 11.
-- Cf. [greek] (= dus-), [greek] (= su-), and mnā.
I. n. sing. or du. Word and mind, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 3.
II. f. sā, The goddess of the serpent race.
I. adj. Mental.
II. m. The god of love, Vikr. d. 12.
1. Intelligence.
2. Hope.
I. adj.
1. Intelligent, Pañc. ii. d. 128; prudent, Vikr. d. 46.
2. Attentive.
II. f. nī, A virtuous woman, Rām. 3, 55, 34.
-- Comp. a-, adv. much.
1. Intellect.
2. Hymn, Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. i. 112, 24.
-- Comp. ku-maniṣa, adj. stupid, Bhāg. P. 1, 3, 37.
1. Cherished in mind, Chr 18, 35.
2. Aimed at, desired, 12, 4.
-- Comp. ka-, adj. stupid, Bhāg. P. 4, 31, 21.
I. m.
1. A man.
2. Manu, the progenitor of mankind, Man. 1, 1; 36 (Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16).
II. f. manāvī and manāgi, The wife of Manu.
I. m. A man in general, Bhartṛ. 2, 98.
II. f. jā, A woman.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. deserted, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 16.
I. m. Man, a man, Pañc. 255, 17; mankind, Man. 1, 39.
II. f. ṣī, A woman.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. one who is not a man, Rām. 2, 93, 21.
II. adj. deserted. ati-, adj. superhuman. durm°, i. e. dus-, m. a wicked man, MBh. 8, 2117. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. deserted, Rām. 2, 18, 12 Gorr. 2. without a man (upon its back, viz. an elephant), MBh. 6, 3893.
-- Cf. O.H.G. mannisco; Goth. mannisks; A. S. mennesc, mennisc.
-- Cf. manu; German, mannus (Tacit. Germ. 2); Goth. man, manna; A. S. man, mann; Lat. mas, maris; [greek]
I. adj. Seated in the mind.
II. n.
1. Thought.
2. Wish, Chr. 20, 18.
I. adj. Beautiful, Ṛt. 6, 25.
II. f.
1. A princess.
2. Red arsenic.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very charming, Pañc. pr. d. 3.
I. m.
1. A man.
2. A king.
3. Offence.
II. f. Intellect.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. knowing the three worlds, i. e. all-wise, Chr. 296, 4 = Rigv. i. 112, 4.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A wise man.
2. An adviser.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To take secret council with (with instr. and acc.), Man. 7, 146; Pañc. rec. orn.
2. To deliberate, Rām. 2, 16, 15.
3. To resolve, Hit. 129, 13.
4. To speak, Hit. 64, 6 (Par.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mantrita, Advised. Comp. See ku-. Durm°, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. imprudently advised, MBh. 5, 4262.
II. n. a bad advice, ib. 5, 2697. su-,
I. adj. 1. well deliberated, Hit. iii. d. 137. 2. well counselled.
II. n. wise counsel.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To accompany with spells or prayers, to consecrate by spells, to charm, Chr. 31, 12; Utt. Rāmac. 39, 10.
2. To dismiss, MBh. 3, 39
-- With abhi abhi, To consecrate by blessings, Rām. 1, 24, 2; by spells, to charm, Draup. 8, 54.
-- With ā ā,
1. To address, Rām. 1, 1, 8.
2. To salute, MBh. 3, 2243.
3. To invite, Man. 3, 191; Pañc. 26, 20.
4. To call, Utt. Rāmac. 125, 9.
5. To ask, MBh. 4, 64.
6. To take leave (acc.), MBh. 3, 2295.
-- With samā sam-ā, To address, MBh. 2, 42.
-- With upa upa,
1. To address, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 10.
2. To invite, Rām. 1, 46, 12.
3. To take leave (acc.), Chr. 45, 11.
-- With ni ni, To invite, Man. 3, 187; to present with (with instr.) Pañc. iii. d. 139.
-- With upani upa -ni,
1. To invite, Rām. 3, 52, 51.
2. To consecrate, MBh. 3, 15959.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To invite, MBh. 3, 2112.
-- With pari pari, To consecrate, to charm, Arj. 7, 18.
-- With sam sam,
1. To take council with (instr.), Pañc. 25, 13; Chr. 53, 6.
2. To deliberate, Man. 7, 216.
3. To reflect, Pañc. 25, 14.
4. To salute, MBh. 1, 5454.
-- Cf. probably Goth. mathljan; see mantra.
1. That part of the Veda which comprises the hymns, Madhusūdana in Weber, Ind. St. i. 14.
2. A holy text, Vikr. 87, 10; Pañc. 189, 24.
3. A mystical verse or incantation, charm, Pañc. i. d. 73.
4. Prayer, Vikr. 32, 16.
5. A formula sacred to any individual deity.
6. Advice, Hit. 54, 14; secret consultation, Pañc. i. d. 61 (mantraṃ sam-ā-car, To intrigue).
7. A design, Hit. i. d. 128, M. M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not accompanied by holy texts, Man. 3, 121. 2. excluded from the use of the Veda, 9, 18. ākṛṣṭi-. m. a charm having the power of attraction, Hit. i. d. 96, M. M. See ku-. Durm°, i. e. dus-, m. bad advice, Bhartṛ. 2, 34. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj. unaccompanied by holy texts, MBh. 1, 2980. viṣa-, m. a snakecatcher.
-- Cf. probably Goth. mathl, mathleins.
1. A spy.
2. A priest.
-- Comp. su-, adj. well versed in holy texts, Johns. Sel. 10, 20.
1. = abl. of mantra, Man. 3, 65.
2. Advisedly, deliberately.
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. Accompanied with holy texts, Man. 2, 29.
2. Entitled to use the Vedas.
3. Initiated.
II. °vat, adv. With holy verses, hallowed by holy texts, Man. 2, 64.
I. adj.
1. Conversant with the Vedas, Johns. Sel. 42, 51.
2. Conversant with charms, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 9.
II. m.
1. A spy.
2. A counsellor, Chr. 55, 6.
3. A priest.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unacquainted with holy texts, unlearned, Man. 3, 133.
-- Comp. sa-mantritva, n. assent, Rājat. 5, 248.
-- Comp. durm°, i. e. dus-, m. a bad counsellor, Pañc. iii. d. 244. pradhāna-, m. the prime minister, Lass. 35, 6. mahā-, m. the prime minister, Hit. 97, 16.
1. A churning-stick.
2. The sun.
3. Churning, Utt. Rāmac. 172, 12.
4. Stirring, Ragh. 3, 10.
5. Killing.
-- Comp. maṇi-, n. rock-salt.
I. n.
1. Churning, MBh. 1, 1141. Agitating.
II. f. nī, A churn.
-- Comp. amṛta-, n. production of the Amṛta, the beverage of the gods, by churning, MBh. vol. i. p. 41, 1. 2.
I. adj.
1. Slow, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 2.
2. Torpid, Ragh. 19, 21.
3. Large.
4. Crooked.
5. Stupid.
6. Low.
II. m.
1. A treasure.
2. Fruit.
3. An obstacle.
4. A churning-stick.
5. A proper name, Hit. 58, 7, M.M.
III. n. Safflower.
I. adj.
1. Churning.
2. Afflicting.
II. f. nī, A churn.
-- Comp. ūrdhva-, adj. chaste (cf. mathin), Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 20.
1. † To get drunk.
2. To rejoice.
3. To praise.
4. To sleep. †
5. To languish. †
6. To move slowly. †
7. To shine.
-- Cf. probably Lat. mundus; O.H.G. mandjan, to rejoice.
I. adj.
1. Slow, Śṛṅgārat...
2. Stupid, Chr. 8, 31.
3. Unlucky.
4. Little, Hit. 58, 13.
5. Low (as a tone), Rām. 3, 55, 36 (adv.); Pañc. 173, 1.
6. Doubled, mandaṃmandam, adv. Very slowly, Pañc. 90, 21.
II. m.
1. A name of Saturn.
2. A name of Yama.
-- Comp. picu-, m. a tree, Azadiracta indica A. Juss. (also, but erroneously, picumarda), Śiś. 5, 66.
I. adj.
1. Slow.
2. Large
II. m.
1. The name of a fabulous mountain with which the ocean was churned, MBh. 1, 1112; Kir. 5, 30.
2. The mandara tree, one of the trees of paradise.
3. The paradise.
4. A mirror.
1. A name of Agni.
2. Life.
3. Sleep.
1. One of the five trees in Indra's paradise, Vikr. d. 6, 127; Megh. 73.
2. The coral tree, Erythrina fulgens, Megh. 68.
3. Swallow-wort, Asclepias gigantea.
-- Comp. kṛta-, m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 35.
I. m.
1. The sea.
2. The back of the knee.
II. f. rā, A stable.
III. f. rā, and n. A house, Hit. ii. d. 126 (n.); a palace, Vikr. 35. 2; Kathās. 26, 283 (f.).
IV. n.
1. A town.
2. A temple.
-- Comp. avaskara-, n. the privy, Rājat. 5, 406. keli-, n. A pleasure-house, Caurap. 23. jala -yantra-, n. a summer-house erected in the midst of water or on the bank of a river, Ṛt. 1, 2.
1. A deep, hollow, or low tone, or sound, Megh. 97 (read mandra-); Vikr. 65, 11 (adj.?).
2. A sort of drum.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. Grumbling, Megh. 35 (read āmandr°).
1. A name of the god of love, Pañc. 216, 17.
2. Love, Ṛt. 1, 27.
3. The elephant or wood-apple.
1. Anger, Utt. Rāmac. 83, 11; fury, Pañc. 59, 16.
2. Sorrow, grief, Chr. 7, 21; Utt. Rāmac. 94, 14.
3. Distress.
4. A sacrifice.
-- Comp. abhi-, m. a proper name. aki-, adj. furious like snakes, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8. vita-, i. e. vi-ita- (vb. i), adj. exempt from sorrow or anger, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 6. sa-, 1. adj. 1. angry. 2. sorrowful.
II. m. Śiva.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Angry.
2. Sorrowful.
1. The period of a Manu, equal to seventy-one ages of the gods, Man. 1, 79; Utt. Rāmac. 19, 7; fourteen manvantaras constitute a kalpa.
† mabhr, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Selfishness.
2. Pride.
† may, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. meare; see mī.
1. A camel.
2. A mule.
1. A ray of light, Pañc. i. d. 92.
2. Light, splendour, Ṛt. 6, 29.
3. Beauty.
-- Comp. unm°, i. e. ud-, adj. radiant, Ragh. 16, 69. śīta-, m. 1. the moon. 2. camphor.
I. m.
1. A peacock, Hit. i. d. 178, M. M.
2. The name of a flower and of a plant.
II. f. rī, A peaben, Utt. Rāmac. 55, 8.
1. Dying, Rām. 3, 48, 1.
2. Death, Pañc. 128, 7.
-- Comp. ā-maraṇa + m, adv. till death, Hit. i. d. 187, M. M. (āmaraṇa-anta, adj. ending only at death). saha-, n. a widow's burning herself with her deceased husband.
I. adj. Soft.
II. m.
1. A sort of goose.
2. A duck.
3. A cloud.
4. A grove.
5. Lamp-black used as collyrium.
and marīca mari/īca, n. Pepper.
I. m. and f. A ray of light, Vikr. d. 47.
II. m.
1. One of the Prajāpatis, Man. 1, 58; first of the Pitṛs, 3, 194.
2. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 7.
1. A desert, Hit. i. d. 10, M. M.; Bhāg. P. 6, 8, 36.
2. A mountain.
3. The name of a country.
-- Cf. probably A.S. mór.
I. m.
1. pl. The deities of wind, Vikr. d. 36.
2. Wind, Pañc. i. d. 353.
3. Air, Bhāṣāp. 2.
II. n. A sort of perfume.
1. Indra, Vikr. d. 15.
2. The monkey Hanumant.
3. A cloud.
1. A body,
2. The vital breath which pervades the body.
3. A monkey.
4. An imp Stenzler, in Journ. of the German Oriental Society, vii. 531, 16.
1. A monkey, Man. 12, 67; Pañc. 118, 12.
2. A spider.
3. A large crane, Ardea argala.
4. A kind of venom.
1. A chasm, a hole.
2. A vessel.
3. A barren woman.
I. m.
1. A washerman.
2. A catamite.
II. f. Cleansing, cleanliness.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. mortuus, mortalis.
I. m.
1. A mortal, a man, Pañc. ii. d. 89.
2. The earth.
II. f. yā, A woman.
III. n. The body, Bhāg. P. 3, 33, 32.
-- Comp. a-, 1. adj. immortal, Ragh. 7, 50. 2. m. a deity.
1. Rubbing, Pañc. 238, 7.
2. Touching, Śṛṅgārat. 14.
3. Grinding, Hit. iii. d. 76.
-- Comp. ari-, m. 1. a destroyer of enemies, Draup. 6, 14. 2. a proper name, Hariv. 1917. sarva-kṣatriya-, m. the destroyer of all the military class, Johns. Sel. 3, 16.
I. adj. One who knows another's weak points, Pañc. i. d. 278.
II. m. A learned and intelligent man, Hit. 92, 5.
1. A vital member or organ, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1586.
2. A joint of a limb, Hit. iv. d. 32.
3. A weak point, Hit. iii. d. 9.
4. A secret, Pañc. iii. d. 200.
5. Design, Hit. iii. d. 19.
6. Truth.
-- Comp. antar-, n. the heart, Utt. Rāmac. 128, 5. śirom°, i. e. śiras-, m. a hog.
-- Cf. Lat. membrum.
-- Cf. Lat. murmurare; O.H.G. murmuron; [greek] etc.
I. m. (ved.), A man, a warrior, Chr. 290, 2 = Rigv. i. 61, 2; a husband.
II. f. yā, A boundary.
-- With
I. cf. perhaps Lat. maritus.
1. A landmark, Mān. 9, 201.
2. A boundary, limity, Pañc. i. d. 65.
3. Continuance in the right way, rectitude.
-- Comp. a-maryāda, adj. not keeping within the right way, Pañc. i. d. 158; unrestrained, unruly. agni-sākṣika-, adj. one who is married in presence of the sacred fire, Hit. i. d. 191. an-apa-īkṣita-, adj. regardless of the limits (drawn by the holy scriptures), Man. 8, 309. durm°, i. e. dus-maryāda, adj. wicked, Utt. Rāmac. 113, 4. nirm°, i. e. nis-,
I adj. 1. boundless. 2. unruly. 3. sinful, impious, Pañc. 152, 7. 4. confused, Rām. 3, 69, 19.
II. n. confusion, MBh. 4, 1052; a sort of battle, Hariv. 15978. bhinna- (vb. bhid), adj. unbounded, unrestrained, Utt. Rāmac. 137, 3. sa-, adj. 1. bounded. 2. near. 3. correct in conduct.
† marv, i. 1, Par. To fill; cf. mārj.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. impatience, inability to endure, Utt. Rāmac. 134, 1; indignation, Johns. Sel. 5, 27. 2. passion, wrath, Rām. 6, 100, 3. nis-a-, adj. devoid of energy, MBh. 5, 2896. sāmarṣa, i. e. sa-a-, adj. full of passion, wrathful, Rām. 6, 91, 6. °ṣam, adv. angrily, Mṛcch. 19, 17.
-- Comp. a-, adj. impatient, unable to endure, Nal. 12, 54; wrathful, Hiḍ. 4, 54 (ati-a-). Agha-, n. the name of a holy text, Man. 11, 260. durm°, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. difficult to be endured, or to be managed, Rām. 6, 3, 33.
II. m. a proper name.
† mal, mall mall, i. 1, Ātm., and bhala mal, 1. 10, malaya, or malāpaya, Par. To hold.
I. adj.
1. Dirty.
2. Niggardly.
II. (m. and) n.
1. Dirt, filth, Dāśak. in Chr. 184, 9.
2. Sediment, dregs.
3. Filthy refuse, Man. 11, 93.
4. Excretion of the body, as faeces, etc., Man. 5, 132.
5. Sin, Man. 2, 102.
6. Defilement, Man. 11, 70.
7. Rust.
8. Camphor.
9. Cuttle fishbone.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. lā, pure, Pañc. ii. d. 182; white, Vikr. d. 157. kāṃsya-, n. verdigris, Suśr. 2, 237, 18. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā. 1. stainless, Hit. i. d. 47, M. M. 2. pure, Hit. ii. d. 134; clear, Pañc. 248, 5. 3. bright, Johns. Sel. 12, 33. bahu-, m. lead. vi-,
I. adj. 1. clean, spotess, Chr. 40, 12. 2. pure, Pañc. v. d. 36; Śiś. 9, 13. 3. clear, Pañc. iii. d. 147 = day, Chr. 37, 31. 4. transparent. 5. white. 6. beautiful.
II, n. silvergilt. śānta-, adj. exempt from soil, literally and figuratively. sa-,
I. adj. 1. dirty. 2. sinful.
II. n. faeces, ordure.
-- Cf. [greek] (cf. malina), [greek] A.S. smere, smerian, smerwian, smyrian.
1. A mountainous range in the Dekhan, Lass. 38, 17; Vikr. d. 25.
2. The country lying along this range, Malabar.
3. A garden.
4. The garden of Indra.
1. A lewd woman.
2. A female messenger.
3. A female elephant.
I. adj.
1. Dirty, Pañc. iii. d. 178; soiled, Hit. ii. d. 39.
2. Black, Śiś. 9, 18; obscure, ib. 23; obscured, Hit. i. d. 27, M. M.
3. Sinful.
4. Bad.
II. n.
1. Fault.
2. Buttermilk.
-- Comp. a-, adj. pure, Bhartṛ. 3, 100.
1. A thief.
2. The intercalary lunar month.
3. Fire.
4. Wind.
5. An imp.
1. Dirty, Hit. ii. d. 148; stained, Ragh. 2, 33.
2. Wicked.
I. adj.
1. Strong.
2. Excellent.
II. m.
1. A wrestler; the son of an outcaste Kṣatriya, Man. 10, 22; 12, 45.
2. A cup.
3. The hemicranium.
4. The residue of an oblation.
III. f. lā.
1. A woman.
2. Arabian jasmine.
-- Comp. hastimalla, i. e. hastin-, m. 1. the elephant of Indra. 2. gaṇeśa. 3. a chief of the Nāgas, or serpents.
I. m.
1. A tooth.
2. A leaf to wrap up something, or a cup, Mṛcch. 126, 9 v. r.; cf. Wilson, Hind. Th. i. 2 ed. 134, n., and Stenzler, n.
II. m., and f. likā, An oil vessel.
and mallī malli/ī, f. Arabian jasmine, Jasminum zambac, Lass. 67, 7 (lī).
-- Comp. madhu-mallī, f. double jasmine. raṅga-mallī, f. a lute.
I. m.
1.
A sort of goose with brown legs and bill, Utt. Rāmac. 20, 4 (rather mallikākhya)
2. A shuttle.
3. The month Māgha.
II. f. kā (i. e. malli + ka).
1. Arabian jasmine, Ṛt. 6, 6.
2. A goblet.
3. A river.
4. See mallaka.
† mav, and mavy mavy, i. 1, Par. To bind, see mū.
† maś, miś miś, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To be angry.
1. A gnat, a musquito, Hit. i. d. 80, M. M.; Pañc. iii. d. 98.
2. A kind of cutaneous eruption.
3. A leather water-bag.
-- Comp. daṃśa-, m. a biting gnat, Man. 1, 40.
† maṣ (and muṣ muṣ), i. 1, Par. To kill, to hurt.
m., and maṣī f. maṣi/ī, and masi m., masī f. masi,
1. Ink, Kathās. 4, 69 (ṣī); also in Pehlewi masi, Haug, in Journ. of the German Oriental Society, xix. 305; if it was originally the juice of the cuttle-fish, which the Romans also used for writing, it may be akin to Zend. maśyo = Skr. matsya.
2. The stalk of the Nyctanthes tristis.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
and masūra masu/ūra,
1. m., and f. rā, A sort of lentil, Ervum hirsutum, Suśr. 1, 24, 9; 26, 1 (?).
2. f. rā, A harlot.
I. adj.
1. Soft, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 14.
2. Unctuous, shining, ib. 107, 6.
II. f. ṇā, Linseed.
† mask, maṣk maṣk, and makk makk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
1. A religious mendicant, Lass. 76, 15.
2. The moon.
1. The head, Pañc. 246, 14.
2. The top, the summit, Man. 4, 47; Pañc. 262, 17.
-- Comp. madhu-, n. a sweetmeat made of flour, honey, oil, and butter (cf. mastu),
and mastuluṅgaka mastuluṅga and °ga + ka, m. The brain.
-- Cf. magha, mahant, and Goth. and A. S. magan; Goth. magu, mavi, mahts; A. S. mact, meaht, miht; Goth. mahteig; O.H.G. magan, great, heavy; A. S. maegn, meagn, strength; Goth. magus, a boy; A. S. mag, maeg, maegen, macian; Goth. magaths; A.S. maegdh; O.H.G. macon; A.S. macian; [greek] (for [greek] (cf. O.H.G. ga-mah; N.G. Gemach), [greek] Lat. magnus, mactus.
I. adj. f. hī, Great, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 88, 14.
II. m.
1. Light.
2. A festival.
3. A sacrifice.
4. A buffalo.
III. f. hā, A cow.
IV. f. hī.
1. The earth, Utt. Rāmac. 172, 13 (as deity); Daśak. in Chr. 179, 6; landed property, Pañc. i. d. 322.
2. A cow.
3. Name of a river.
-- Comp. dhanurmaha, i. e. dhanus-, m. a festival at the consecration of a bow, Hariv. 4391.
-- Cf. maīa, maiác.
I. adj.
1. Great, large, Vikr. 11, 18.
2. Pre-eminent, Hit. pr. d. 28, M. M.
3. Much, many.
4. Excellent, Nal. 2, 25.
II. adv. hat, Exceedingly, much, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 2.
III. m. The intellectual principle, Sāṅkhyak. 3, 22; Man. 12, 14.
IV. n.
1. Greatness, infinity, Bhāṣāp. 25.
2. Kingdom.
V. f. atī, The lute of Nārada.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. exceedingly tall, Indr. 1, 33. su-, adj. 1. very great, Chr. 12, 26; very tall, Rām. 3, 55, 1. 2. very important, Nal. 8, 2. 3. abundant.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek]
1. Light, lustre, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 5; Lass. 97, 6 = Rigv. vi. 64, 2.
2. A festival.
3. A sacrifice.
-- Comp. pīyūṣa-, m. the moon. mitra-, adj. having a friendly light or lustre, Chr. 289, 11 = Rigv. i. 50, 11. vi-, adj. very resplendent, Chr. 292, 1 = Rigv. i. 86, 1.
-- Comp. a-kṛta-tyāga-, adj. not having practised the greatness (i. e. great virtue) of liberality, Pañc. ii. d. 72. a-mogha-, adj. possessing a greatness which is not devoid of effect.
1. A woman, Hit. iv. d. 54.
2. A plant = priyaṅgu.
I. m.
1. A buffalo, Hit. i. d. 86, M.M.
2. The emblem and vehicle of Yama.
II. f. ṣī.
1. The female buffalo, Pañc. ii. d. 53; 252, 15.
2. A queen, Utt. Rāmac. 159, 9; Pañc. 27, 6.
-- Comp. agra-, f. the first of a king's wives, Rām. 5, 22, 16.
-- Comp. sa-mahī-dhara, adj. mountainous, Hit. iii. d. 73.
1. A mountain; in meru-, The mountain called Meru, Kir. 5, 1.
2. A king, Pañc. iii. d. 63.
1. To be honoured, Man. 4, 260; pass. mahīyya, The same, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 38.
2. To be exalted, Śāk. d. 194.
1. mā, ii. 2, Par., ii. 3, mimā, mimī, and † i. 4, Ātm.
1. To mete, to measure, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.
2. with na, To surmount, Śiś. 1, 23. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mita.
1. Moderate, little, Pañc. i. d. 98 (in few words); iii. d. 156.
2. Scattered.
3. Known. Comp. a-, adj. immeasurable, measureless, Pañc. iii. d. 156. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. meya, Measurable. Comp. a-, adj. immeasurable, Chr. 37, 29. Caus. māpaya.
1. To cause to be measured, to get measured, MBh. 1, 2024.
2. To get prepared, 14, 2521.
-- With anu anu,
1. To infer, to conclude, MBh, 3, 12470; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 610 (karmāmaneya, i. e. karman-, To be found out by one's actions, cf. Hit. iv. d. 100, where kāryān°, to be inferred from the effects); also pass. (mīya), in the signification of the active, MBh. 1, 7043 (regularly, Kir. 5, 47).
2. To reconcile, MBh. 3, 286.
-- With upa upa,
1. To admeasure, to give, Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7.
2. To compare, Caurap. 43 (anomal. infin. -mitum). upamita, Like, Bhartṛ. 3, 17. upameya, Comparable, Megh. 53.
-- With ni ni; comp. ptcple. pf. pass. dus-nimita, adj. Put down badly, Ragh. 7, 10. nimeya, Measurable, MBh. 13, 2676.
-- With nis nis,
1. To build, Rām. 1, 5, 6.
2. To create, Man. 1, 13; Vikr. d. 9.
3. To cause, Pañc. v. d. 67.
4. To make, Hit. 48, 2, M. M.; MBh. 1, 2026.
5. To form, Man. 1, 21; to compose, Hit. i. d. 46, M.M.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To create, Kir. 5, 3.
-- With vinis vi-nis,
1. To create, Nal. 17, 7.
2. To prepare, Rām. 1, 13, 45.
-- With pari pari, parimita,
1. Limited, Bhartṛ. 3, 50.
2. Moderate, Rām. 3, 55, 20.
3. Measured.
4. Regulated.
5. Joined. parimeya, Measurable, few, Rājat. 4, 414. Comp. a-, immeasurable, MBh. 1, 2455.
-- With pra pra, To understand, Hit. 74, 7. pramita,
1. Measured.
2. Known. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-prameya, adj. Unfathomable, Man. 1, 3.
-- With prati prati, To compare, Rājat. 5, 482.
-- With sam sam, saṃmita,
1. Like, resembling.
2. Of equal measure, conformable, Sāv. 5, 30.
3. Reaching to, Man. 2, 46.
4. Measured. Comp. mṛtyu-, adj. death-like, Chr. 35, 6. veda-, adj. made up of the Vedas, Johns. Sel. 94, 53.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] Lat. im-mānis, metior (a denomin. of an old ptcple. pres., cf. mensus), metare, manus, materia, maturus, imitari, mos, modus, meditari; O.H.G. mez; O.N. met; Goth. mitan; A. S. metan, maedhian.
2. mā, ii. 3, mimā, mimī, Ātm. (ved. Par.). To sound, to roar.
3. mā, indecl. A prohibitive particle.
1. No, with imperat., also with imperf. and aor., which then drop their augment, Vikr. d. 110; in epic poetry it is sometimes retained, Chr. 6, 9; also Utt. Rāmac. 36, 7.
2. With following sma, The same, Chr. 41, 4; 42, 10.
3. Doubled, māmā, In no way, Chr. 26, 66; Vikr. 12, 1.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps Lat. ne.
-- Comp. adhi-, m. Fleshy excrescences on the eye, Suśr. 2, 310, 9. danta-, n. the gums, Suśr. 1, 125, 9. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj. fleshless, Hit. ii. d. 39. pūti-, n. dead or decayed flesh. pṛṣṭha-, n. the flesh of the back; with khād, bhakṣ, to assail from behind, Hit. i. d. 80, M.M. mahā-, n. man's flesh, Kathās. 20, 191. vṛthā-, n. flesh which has not been sacrificed, Man. 4, 213; 5, 34 (read vṛthāmāṃsāni in one word).
1. Honey.
2. A peculiar mineral substance.
I. adj. Belonging to, or produced in, Magadha, Ragh. 1, 57.
II. m.
1. pl. The inhabitants of Magadha.
2. A bard, Johns. Sel. 37, 16.
3. The son of a Vaiśya by a Kṣatriya woman, Man. 10. 11.
4. Cumin-seed.
III. f. dhī.
1. One of the Prakṛta dialects.
2. A kind of jasmine, Jasminum auriculatum.
3. Long pepper.
4. A sort of cardamoms.
5. Refined sugar.
1. A month, January -- February, Pañc. 169, 6.
2. The name of a poet.
† mānkṣ, i. 1, Par. To desire.
I. adj. Propitious.
II. f. kā, A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 16.
I. adj. Portending good fortune, Śāk. d. 80.
II. n.
1. Prosperity.
2. Festivity, festival, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 9.
1. A crocodile.
2. A robber.
3. Sickness.
I. adj. Of a red colour, Rām. 2, 94. 5.
II. n. Red colour.
1. One of the sun's attendants.
2. Vyāsa.
3. A distiller.
1. A child.
2. A man, in a contemptuous sense.
3. A necklace of sixteen strings.
I. n. A ruby, Pañc. 207, 23.
II. f. yā, A house-lizard.
I. m.
1. An outcaste, Rājat. 5, 6.
2. A barbarian.
3. An elephant, Hit. ii. d. 63.
4. The sacred fig-tree, Ficus religiosa.
II. f. gī, Pārvatī.
1. m. A maternal grandfather, Vikr. d. 101.
2. f. hi, A maternal grandmother, Rājat. 5, 289.
I. m. A maternal uncle, Rājat. 5, 292; Pañc. 215, 10.
II. f. lā, lī, and lāni, The wife of a maternal uncle.
III. f. lānī, Hemp, Cannabis sativa.
1. A mother, Pañc. ii. d. 190.
2. A divine mother, the personified energy of a deity, Pañc. pr. d. 1; MBh. 9, 2619 sqq.
3. The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.
4. The earth.
5. A cow.
6. Space, aether.
-- Comp. go-, adj. having a cow as mother, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3. jaganmātṛ, i. e. jagat-, f. epithet of: 1. Durgā, Hariv. 10276; 2. Lakṣmī, Mārk. P. 18, 32. nāga-, f. the mother of the serpents, epithet of Surasā, Rām. 5, 6. 2. raṅga-, f. 1. a bawd. 2. lac, the animal dye. vi-, f. a stepmother. veda-, f. source of the Veda, epithet of the Gāyatrī, a vedic prayer. śāṇḍilī-, f. a matron descended from Śaṇḍila, Pañc. 122, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. mater; [greek] A. S. móder.
I. adj. Maternal, Man. 9, 92.
II. f. kā.
1. A mother.
2. A nurse, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 3.
3. A goddess.
4. The alphabet.
-- Comp. deva-mātṛ + ka, adj. deprived of any water but rain. MBh. 2, 211. raṅga-, f. lac, the animal dye.
1. m. A mother's sister's son.
2. f. seyī, srīyā, A mother's sister's daughter.
I. f. trā.
1. Measure, Hit. 121, 5 (distance).
2. Quantity, Pañc. 32, 24; 226. 14 (dravya-, f. All things of value).
3. Wealth, substance, Pañc. 34, 13.
4. Requisite, Pañc. 265, 5 (luggage); material.
5. A little, a trifle, Pañc. i. d. 46; an atom, Man. 1, 27; an element. Bhag. 2, 14 (also n., Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 9).
6. A moment.
7. A short vowel.
8. Quantity in metre, Pañc. v. d. 43.
9. An ear-ring.
II. n.
1. The totality, the whole, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 17.
2. As latter part of comp. words (Being limited), alone, only, Cāṇ. 70 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411 (cf. comp.).
3. As latter part of compounds, often almost without any signification; cf. e. g. artha-mātra.
-- Comp. akṣa-, n. a moment, Arj. 8, 4. aṅgula-, n. only the breadth of a thumb, Pañc. 124, 16. ati-, adj. excessive, much, overstepping the boundaries, Rām. 2, 12, 108. °ra + m, adv. exceedingly, Rām. 2, 93, 18. artha-, f. rā, and n. money, Pañc. 132, 25, and 33, 5. ātma(n)-, f. rā, the developments of themselves, Man, 1, 16 (Kull.). etāvanmātra, i. e. etāvant-, adj. so great, Pañc. 108, 14. kiyanmātra, i. e. kiyant-, adj. of little importance, Pañc. 47, 4. krośa-, adj. having the measure of a krośa, ib. i. d. 447. kṣaṇa-mātra + m, adv. a moment, Vikr. 7, 1. jāta-, adj., f. rā, just born, immediately after one's birth or beginning, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 18; Pañc. i. d. 264. jāti-, n. nothing but birth, Man. 8, 20. jīva-, n. germ alone, Pañc. 200, 12 (with na, not even a germ). tanmātra, see s. v. tāla-mātra + m, adv. only a moment, Rām. 3, 50, 19. tāvanmātra, i. e. tāvant-, adj., f. rī, so much, Bhāg. P. 4, 8, 29. darśana-, n. seeing only, Pañc. 128, 21. dhyāta (vb. dhyai)-, n. only thought of, immediately after having been thought of, Kathās. 5, 45. naga-, adj. large as mountains, Arj. 8, 1. nāma(n)-,
I. n. nothing but the name, only the name, Pañc. iii. d. 78.
II. adj. bearing only the name of something (not being it really), Pañc. i. d. 87; ii. d. 93. padāti-, m. a mere foot soldier, Rājat. 5, 424. pāpa-kṣaya- (n.), entire destruction (or expiation) of sins, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 17. prāṇa-dhāraṇa-, adj., f. rā, only sufficing for bare subsistence, Pañc. 236, 21. bali-, n. even the offering called bali, Pañc. 114, 5. mahā-,
I. m. 1. a king's minister. 2. an elephant driver, or breaker, Man. 9, 259. 3. superintendent of the elephants. 4. a man of wealth and consequence.
II. f. trī. 1. the wife of an officer of state. 2. the wife of a spiritual teacher. mūrta-, n. only corpreal, Bhāṣāp. 157. mūrti-, f. a minute substantial portion, Man. 1, 19. yuga- (n. ?), scarcely, Sāv. 4, 10. varṣa-, n. one year only, Pañc. 134, 15. vāṅmātra, i. e. vāc-, n. speech only, Pañc. ii. d. 13. rūpa-, n. only beauty, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 4. vārttā-, (n.), a superficial knowledge, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8. vitta-, f. rā, wealth, Pañc. 32, 24. śabda-, n. mere sound, sound only, Pañc. 20, 20. śarīra-, n. the mere person, body only. samādhāna-, n. only religious contemplation, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 5. saṃkṣepa-, n. only an abridgement, Pañc. 4, 17. smṛta-, adj. only remembered, Pañc. 48, 8 (without being called, but only in consequence of being thought of). hastimātra, i. e. hastin-, adj. as great as an elephant, Pañc. i. d. 373.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Envy, Hit. i. d. 194, M. M.
2. Malice.
-- Comp. pus-, n. wicked envy, Bhartṛ. 3, 31.
1. Churning.
2. A road.
1. Intoxication.
2. Joy.
3. Pride.
1. Delighting.
2. Cloves.
I. adj.
1. Made of honey.
2. Belonging to the spring, Vikr. d. 23 (cf. Sch.).
II. m.
1. Viṣṇu, Pañc. i. d. 238.
2. The month Vaiśākha.
3. Spring.
III. f. vī.
1. Sugar, clayed or candied.
2. Spirituous liquor.
3. Durgā.
4. A large creeper, Gaertnera racemosa, Megh. 76.
5. A bawd.
IV. n. Sweetness.
-- Comp. latā-mādhavī, f. Gaertnera racemosa, Śāk. d. 58.
I. n. Arabian jasmine.
II. f. rī, Spirituous liquor; see mādhurya.
1. Sweetness, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
2. Gracefulness, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 14.
-- Comp. bhrūkṣepālāpa-, i. e. bhrū-kṣepa-ālāpa-, n. the gracefulness of the motion of one's brows and speech, Indr. 5, 7.
1. Sweet-voiced, Man. 10, 33.
2. Made of the Bassia tree.
1. Middle state.
2. Indifference to earthly objects, Man. 4, 257.
1. Mediation.
2. Office of an arbiter, Lass 92, 4.
1. Spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Bassia, Man. 11, 94.
2. A sort of fish.
1. Spirituous liquor made from the Bassia.
2. Wine.
I. m., i. e. mān + a.
1. Self-confidence, Pañc. v. d. 3.
2. Pride, Pañc. iii. d. 13.
3. Arrogance, Pañc. iii. d. 108; female caprice, indignation, anger, Vikr. 37, 8.
4. Honour, Pañc. 16, 4; i. d. 251.
5. Taking.
6. An agent.
7. A blockhead.
8. A barbarian.
II. i. e. mā + ana, n.
1. Measuring, Bhāṣāp. 108.
2. Measure in general, Pañc. 7, 16 (kūṭa-tulā-, With a wrong balance).
3. A particular measure, the fourth part of a khārī.
4. The computation of the duration of a year.
-- Comp. ati-, m. arrogance, Cāṇ. 50. a-bhagna-māna + m, adv. without injury to one's honour, Hit. ii. d. 41. nirm°, i. e. nis-, adj. free from pride, Bhartṛ. 3, 95. praṇaya-, m. lover's quarrels. bahu-, m. reverence, respect, Vikr. d. 2. māsa-, m. a year. sa-bahu-māna + m, adv. with great reverence, Pañc. 130, 16.
1. Inspiring pride; a respectful address, used only in the voc. sing. m., Chr. 38, 15; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830.
I. adj.
1. Human, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 1.
2. Declared by Manu, Chr. 135, 1. 2.
II. m.
1. A man, Pañc. iii. d. 61; mankind, Chr. 8, 33.
2. A boy.
III. f. vī.
1. A woman.
2. A daughter of the first Manu.
-- Comp. kapaṭa-, m. under the disguise of a man, Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 20. daṇḍa-, m. a man bearing a staff, a Brāhmaṇa, Rām. 2, 32, 18.
1. Proud.
2. Angry, Śiś. 9, 84.
I. adj., f. sī, Mental, Man. 2, 85; Vikr. d. 30.
II. n.
1. The mind, the seat of reasoning and feeling, Pañc. v. 12; Bhāṣāp. 33; Hit. i. d. 140, M. M.; Pañc. iii. d. 45 (bhaya-saṃtrasta-, adj. Having one's mind terrified by fear); iii. d. 180 (śoka-saṃtapta-, burned by grief).
2. The name of a lake, Vikr. d. 93.
III. f. sī, A goddess of the Jainas.
-- Comp. anya-, adj., f. sā, being in love with another, Chr. 14, 22. an-anya-, adj. intent only on one object, Indr. 5, 4. pūrṇa- (see vb. pṛ10), adj. satisfied, Rām. 3, 75, 25. hṛṣṭa- (vb. hṛṣ). adj. glad, happy, Johns. Sel. 14, 48.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Proud, Ragh. 13, 38.
2. When latter part of a comp., Who thinks or fancies (cf. comp.).
II. f. nī.
1. A woman, especially one indignant towards her lover, Vikr. d. 118.
2. A plant, commonly priyaṅgu.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not proud. ati-, adj. very proud, Rām. 3, 34, 17. a-stena-, adj. pretending to have committed no theft, Man. 8, 197. dhṛṣṭa-, adj. arrogant, Rām. 2, 96, 43. paṇḍita-, adj. fancying one's self a learned man, MBh. 4, 113. puruṣa-, adj. fancying one's self a hero, MBh. 5, 6094. prājña-, adj. fancying one's self a learned man. śūra-, adj. one who thinks himself a hero, a boaster, Hit. iv. d. 2. su-bhaga-, adj. fancying one's self fortunate, Daśak. in Chr. 195. 12.
I. adj., f. ṣī.
1. Human, Rām. 3, 53, 3; 54, 17.
2. Relating to mankind, Man. 4, 124.
II. m. A man, Pañc. 61, 10.
III. f. ṣī, A woman, Nal. 13, 55.
IV. n. Human effort, Chr. 56, 16 (daivaṃ mānuṣopetam, Fate combined with human effort).
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj., f. ṣī. 1. not human. 2. inhuman.
II. m. not a man, any other than a man, Man. 9, 284. ati-, adj. superhuman, Chr. 46, 19. divya-, m. a demigod, Kathās. 1, 47 (ekāntasukhino devā manuṣyā nityaduḥkhinaḥ; di- vyamānuṣaceṣṭā tu parabhāgena hāriṇī. vidyādharāṇāṃ caritam atas te varṇayāmy aham; The gods are ever happy, men ever unhappy; [but] the doing of the demigods is charming in the highest degree. Therefore, I shall tell you the adventures of Vidyādharas).
I. adj. Human, Nal. 19, 28.
II. n. The state of a man.
† mānth (?), i. 1, Par. To hurt (see math).
1. Indisposition, sickness.
2. Stupidity, torpor, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 17.
3. Slowness, languishing (and stupidity), Pañc. i. d. 205.
-- Comp. a-, n. activity.
I. adj., f. kī and mikā, Mine, Bhag. 1, 1.
II. m.
1. A mother's brother.
2. A niggard.
I. m.
1. A juggler.
2. An Asura.
II. f.
1. Understanding.
2. Fraud, deceit, Man. 7, 104; Hit. i. d. 194, M. M.
3. Trick in negotiation, diplomacy, Pañc. i. d. 404 (yo māyāṃ kurute mūdhaḥ prāṇatyāge dhanādiṣu, The fool who uses tricks about wealth, etc., his life being in danger).
4. Wickedness.
5. Illusion, unreality, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 2.
6. Magical power, Kathās. 25, 274.
7. Compassion.
8. The wife of a juggler.
-- Comp. a-, f. honesty, truth, Hit. ii. d. 33. deva-, f. a phantom created by a god, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 42. bahu-, adj. Very wicked, Pañc. i. d. 364. su-, adj. abounding in tricks (?), Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 88, 1.
1. Illusive, Rām. 3, 49, 31.
2. Magical, Indr. 1, 7; Rām. 3, 55, 31.
I. adj., f. vatī, Deceitful, illusory, unreal.
II. m. A name of Kansa.
III. f. vatī, The wife of Kāma.
I. adj.
1. Deceitful, using tricks, Rām. 3, 49, 47 (vin).
2. Illusory, unreal.
II. m.
1. A juggler.
2. A cat.
I. adj.
1. Wise, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7.
2. Deceptive.
II. m.
1. A juggler.
2. A cheat.
3. Agni, Viṣṇu, Brahman.
-- Comp. a-, adj. void of deceit. durm°, i. e. dus-, adj. using tricks, Bhāg. P. 8, 11, 6.
I. m. Bile.
II. i. e. 2. mā + u, Sounding, crying, at the end of comp. words; ved. gomāyu see s. v.
I. adj., f. rī.
1. Belonging to, or coming from, peacocks, Rām. 2, 100, 63 Gorr.; agreeable to peacocks, Mālav. d. 20.
2. Made of its feathers.
II. n. A flock of peacocks.
I. m.
1. Dying.
2. Death.
3. Killing, Hit. 18, 3, M. M.
4. Obstruction.
5. The god of love.
II. f. rī.
1. Plague.
2. A name of Caṇḍī or Durgā.
-- Comp. a-, m. not dying, Rājat. 5, 64. dhundhu-, m. a proper name and surname, Rām. 1, 72, 21 Gorr; MBh. 3, 13486. paśu-, m. the manner of killing a beast, MBh. 3, 370. mahā-mārī, f. a name of Durgā, Dev. 12, 7. śiśu-, m. 1. the Gangetic porpoise, Pañc. 51, 9. 2. the heavenly porpoise, or collection of the stars and planets; north-west, Johns. Sel. 40, 36. 3. a name of Viṣṇu.
1. A slayer.
2. A hawk.
3. Plague.
-- Comp. paśu-māra + ka, adj. accompanied by sacrificing beasts, Bhāg. P. 4, 27, 11.
1. Killing.
2. Being killed, Man. 5, 38.
1. Killing.
2. Plague.
I. m. A venerable person (in dramatic language), Vikr. 3, 6.
II. f. ṣā, The mother of Dakṣa, Lass. 59, 15.
-- Comp. saha-, adj. With Mārīca, Rām. 3, 48, 8.
I. adj.
1. Belonging to the Maruts, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6.
2. Consisting of the Maruts, Chr. 291, 12 = Rigv. i. 64, 12.
II. m.
1. A Marut.
2. Wind Pañc. iii. d. 56.
3. Vital air, Lass. 17, 6 (ūrdhva-, m. Pressing upwards).
III. n. Burnt offering on conception.
-- Comp. ati-, m. strong wind, Yājñ. 1, 149. paścānmāruta, i. e. paścāt-, m. wind blowing from behind, Ragh. 7, 51. puromāruta, i. e. puras-, m. wind blowing in front, ib.
1. Hanumant.
2. Bhīmasena.
1. To trace out, to search, Johns. Sel. 93, 50; Pañc. ii. d. 130. i. 10, †
2. To purify. †
3. To adorn. †
4. To go.
-- With the prep. pari pari,
1. To search, MBh. 3, 10975.
2. To beg for, 14948.
A. mṛj + a (originally, the tracing out of game by a sporting dog), m.
1. Search.
2. Musk.
3. Trace, Vikr. 57, 12.
4. A road, Pañc. 122, 6; Vikr. 19, 18; way, Pañc. 98, 22; figuratively, Pañc. 167, 22; use, Lass. 20, 18; title of law, Man. 8, 3; mode. Johns. Sel. 11, 28.
5. The anus.
B. mṛga + a,
I. adj. Coming from deer, Rām. 2, 100, 63 Gorr.
II. m.
1. The name of a month, November -- December.
2. The constellation Mṛgaśīrṣa.
-- Comp. ambara-cara-, m. the road of the birds, Pañc. i. d. 350. ardha-, m. mid-way, Vikr. d. 3. āhāra-niḥsaraṇa-, m. the anus, Pañc. i. d. 458. unm°, i. e. ud-, m. wrong way, Hit. 4. 2, M. M. karma(n)-, m. an opening in walls, etc., serving as a way for thieves, Mṛcch. 64, 12. kula-, m. the road of honesty, Lass. 40, 6. kṛta-, adj. made accessible, Vikr. d. 21. tri-,
I. the three worlds, Rām. 1, 45, 40 Gorr.
II. f. gī, three roads. deva-, m. the penis and the anus, Rām. 5, 61, 4, 6; Pañc. ed. orn. 55, 9. nakṣatra-, m. the road of the stars, Indr. 2, 12. rāja(n)-, m. a royal or main road, Pañc. 129, 16.
I. adj. Begging, a beggar.
II. m.
1. A solicitor.
2. An arrow, Chr. 34, 15.
III. n.
1. Searching, Hit. iv. d. 71.
2. Begging.
1. A hunter.
2. A traveller.
1. † To cleanse.
2. † To sound.
1. Cleaning.
2. A washerman.
3. Viṣṇu.
I. n., and f. nī.
1. Cleaning.
2. Rubbing, Man. 5, 116.
3. Cleaning the person by wiping, bathing, or rubbing it with unguents.
II. f. nā, The sound of a drum, Mālav. d. 20.
III. f. nī, A brush, Pañc. ii. d. 108.
1. The common cat, Pañc. 110, 23.
2. The pole-cat.
-- Comp. araṇya-, m. a wild cat, Pañc 165, 14.
1. A cat.
2. A Śūdra.
3. Cleaning the body.
1. The sun, Utt. Rāmac. 140, 9; Rājat. 5, 153.
2. A hog.
I. adj. Earthen.
II. m. A lid, a cover.
I. m. A drummer.
II. n. A town.
-- Comp. su-, n. beautiful softness, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
1. Cleaning.
2. Cleaning the person by bathing, etc.; cf. mārjana.
I. m.
1. A name of a barbarous tribe, Lass. 38, 14.
2. The name of a country, Megh. 16.
3. Viṣṇu.
II. i. e. mala + a, f. lā.
1. A line.
2. A garland, a necklace, Hit. i. d. 174, M. M. (dhṛta-kanaka-māla, adj. Bearing a gold necklace).
3. A chaplet of flowers.
4. A rosary.
5. A chain, Pañc. 255, 19.
III. n. A field.
-- Comp. akṣa-, f. lā, 1. a rosary, Dev. 2, 23. 2. a name of Arundhatī, the wife of Vaśiṣṭha, Man. 9, 23. ketu-,
I. m. 1. pl. the name of a people, Hariv. 8227. 2. the name of a varṣa or division of the earth, Bhāg. P. 5, 2, 19.
II. f. lā, the name of a holy place, MBh. 3, 8368. nakṣatra-, f. lā, 1. a group of stars, Rām. 1, 60, 21. 2. all the lunar mansions. 3. a string of twenty-seven pearls. nara-, f. lā, a chaplet of human skulls, Dev. 7, 6. vana-, f. lā, the chaplet worn by Kṛṣṇa. vandana-, f. lā, the ornamented arc of a gateway (cf. mālaka). varṇa-, f. lā, the alphabet. haṃsa-, f. lā, 1. a duck. 2. a flight of wild geese. hema-, f. lā, the wife of Yama.
1. A bud.
2. A young woman.
3. Moonlight.
4. Night.
5. A river.
6. Great-flowered jasmine, Jasminum grandiflorum, Megh. 26; Ṛt. 2, 25.
I. adj. Relating to a garland.
II. m.
1. A flower-gatherer, Pañc. v. d. 55 (cf. Pañc. 156, 20).
2. A painter.
3. A sort of bird.
III. f. kā.
1. A garland of flowers, Pañc. 236, 16.
2. A multitude, Hit. iii. d. 89.
3. A necklace.
4. A daughter.
5. A palace.
6. A spirituous liquor.
7. Double jasmine.
-- Comp. vandana-, f. kā, the ornamented arc of a gateway; cf. mālaka.
I. m. A florist.
II. f. nī.
1. A female vendor of flowers.
2. A name of Durgā.
3. The Ganges of heaven.
4. A plant, Hedysarum alhagi.
5. A shrub, Echites caryophyllata.
III. As latter part of compounds, very often adj., f. nī, Wearing a garland or chaplet of, cf. comp.
-- Comp. aṃśu-, m. the sun, Ṛt. 1, 28. akṣa- (cf. akṣa-mālā), m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10374. ūrmi-,
I. adj. adorned with a chaplet of waves, Rām. 2, 113, 21.
II. m. the sea, Ragh. 5, 61. kapāla-, adj. wearing a string of skulls, MBh. 14, 202. gaṇḍa-, adj. sbst. one who has the erysipelas, Man. 3, 161. jālaka-, adj., f. nī, adorned with a necklace in the form of a net, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 17. nagara-, adj. garlanded with cities, Johns. Sel. 4, 19. padma-, m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 7, 33. f. epithet of Śrī, MBh. 12, 8353 (adorned with a string of lotus flowers). pura-, f. nī, the name of a river, MBh. 6, 329. marīci-,
I. adj. surrounded by a circle of rays, Hit. 38, 1, M.M.
II. m. the sun. vana-, m. Kṛṣṇa. vīci-, m. the ocean. hema-, adj. adorned with a chaplet of gold, Rām. 3, 50, 20.
I. adj. Fit for a garland.
II. n.
1. A flower, Johns. Sel. 40, 38.
2. A garland, Pañc. 199, 19.
3. A chaplet, Man. 2, 177.
-- Comp. gandha-, n. an agreeably smelling wreath, Pañc. 182, 10.
I. m. The name of a mountainous range.
II. f. vatī, The name of a river.
1. A sort of kidney bean, Phaseolus radiatus, Man. 3, 267.
2. A goldsmith's weight, Man. 8, 134.
3. A fool.
4. A cutaneous disease.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a sort of bean, Dolichos catjang.
1. The moon.
2. A month.
-- Comp. puṣpa-, m. spring (the season), Rām. 3, 79, 16.
-- Comp. ardha-, m. half a month, a fortnight, Man. 4, 25. garbha-, m. a month of pregnancy, Kathās. 26, 146. puṣpa-, m. spring (the season), Rām. 3, 79, 39. pūrṇa-, m. 1. the full of the moon. 2. a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. monsis; Goth. mêna; A.S. mona; Goth. mênoths; A.S. monadh.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Monthly, Man. 3, 123; 5, 140.
2. Payable in a month.
3. Hired by the month.
4. Lasting for a month.
5. Happening at the end of a month.
II. n. An obsequial sacrifice performed every day of the new moon.
-- Comp. aṣṭamāsika, i. e. aṣṭan-, f. kī, lasting eight months, Chr. 47, 36. skaṇmāsika, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. happening every sixth month, Pañc. 252, 14.
† māh (māḍ māḍ) i. 1, Par. Ātm. To mete, to measure.
1. Majestic, Man. 5, 94.
2. Of great honour.
3. Glorious.
1. Majesty, might, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 3; Pañc. 48, 18; ii. d. 52.
2. The peculiar efficacy or virtue of a deity or sacred shrine.
3. A work giving an account of the merits of any holy object, Dev. title.
† mich, pich pich, i. 6, Par.
1. To inflict pain.
2. To obstruct.
† miñj (?), i. 10, Par. To speak. To shine.
1. Measuring.
2. Determining.
3. Knowledge.
I. m.
1. A vedic deity, Chr. 298, 25 = Rigv. i. 112, 25.
2. The sun, Pañc. ii. d. 75.
II. n.
1. A friend, Rām. 3, 51, 9.
2. An ally.
-- Comp. a-, m., and f. rā, an enemy, Rām. 3, 51, 9. ku-, n. a treacherous friend, Pañc. iii. d. 61. nis-a-, 1. adj. free from enemies, Rām. 2, 18, 7 Gorr. 2. m. a proper name. dhana- and puru-, m. proper names. sa-, adj. with (his) friends, Chr. 54, 16. su-, f. trā, one of the wives of Daśaratha.
I. adj. Acquiring friends.
II. m. A person acquainted with the ways and manners of mankind (?).
1. To understand.
2. To hurt.
3. To rival (ved.). Caus. medhaya, To further, MBh. 13, 7510.
1. Mutually, reciprocally, with each other, Pañc. 125, 10; from each other, Pañc. 42, 22.
2. Privately, Man. 8, 195 (Daśak. in Chr. 192, 20, read pārthivaṃ mitho).
I. n.
1. A couple, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 8.
2. Copulation.
3. Union.
II. m. The sign of the zodiac, Gemini.
-- Comp. go-, n. a bull and a cow, Man. 3, 29.
1. To be unctuous.
2. † To liquefy. †
3. To love.
4. To rejoice (ved.).
-- With pra pra, Caus. pramedita, Made unctuous; greasy. See mith.
-- Cf. [greek]
† midh, see mith.
† mind, see mid.
† minv, i. 1, Par.
1. To sprinkle.
2. To gratify by service.
1. To associate, Pañc. 220, 13.
2. To be connected, 229, 11 (pṛṣṭha āgatya militaḥ, Was the last).
3. To meet, Hit. 83, 6, M. M.
4. To assemble, Pañc. 53, 20; Rājat. 5, 465. Ptcple. pf. pass. milita, Mixed (covered), Pañc. 122, 11.
-- With pari pari, parimilita, Penetrated, filled, Śiś. 11, 23.
-- With sam sam, saṃmilita, Collected, Pañc. 229, 5.
† miś, see maś.
1. Mixed, Pañc. 215, 2.
2. Respected (i. e. miśra + ita, cf. miśra).
-- With the prep. vi vi, To put in disorder, MBh. 1, 3282.
I. adj. Mixed, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 187; Pañc. 9, 4; Utt. Rāmac. 42, 11.
II. n. Mixing.
III. m.
1. An elephant.
2. A respectable person, Sir, Lass. 95, 9; in this sense it is a common affix to nouns, Vikr. 3, 12, and proper names, Lass. 89, 6.
-- Comp. ārya-, m. pl. a respectable person, Rām. 2, 82, 18; Prab. 25, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. miscere; O.H.G. miscjan; A.S. miscan; [greek]
I. m.
1. A mixer.
2. An adulterator of commodities, a mixer of bad wares with good ones, Man. 11, 50.
II. n. A grove of paradise.
1. miṣ (probably for mikṣ, and akin to mih), i. 1, Par. To sprinkle. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. miṣṭa.
1. Sprinkled.
2. Sweet, Pañc. 119, 7. n. A fine dish, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1787; sweetmeat.
2. miṣ, i. 6, Par. (properly To wink, to contract the eyelids, cf. mīl, kṣmīl, śmīl, smīl, and smi).
1. To look at angrily, Chr. 4, 16 (harāmi miṣatāṃ vas, I shall take [her] while you are looking on angrily, i. e. in spite of you).
2. † To contend, to resist.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To open one's eyes, Bhag. 5, 9; Kumāras. 5, 25.
2. To flash, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 16.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To break forth, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 4.
-- With ni ni, To shut one's eyes, to wink, MBh. 3, 10649.
-- Cf. Lat. miser; [greek] probably also [greek] cf. [greek] Lat. micare.
I. m. Emulation.
II. n. Fraud.
† mis, i. 4, Par. To go.
1. To sprinkle.
2. To urine, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 6; Man. 4, 52. Ptcple. of the pf. Par. mīḍhvaṃs (ved.), also before vowels, mīḷh° for mīḍh°, One who effuses or gives, Lass. 100, 1 = Rigv. vii. 15, 1. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mīḍha. Comp. puru-, m. a proper name.
-- With the prep. pra pra, pramīḍha,
1. Passed, as urine.
2. Thick.
-- With sam sam,
1. To sprinkle, to give, Chr. 288, 16 = Rigv. i. 48, 16. (mimikṣva, imperat., ii. 3, Ātm. or anomal. desider.). Desider. mimikṣa, To wish to mix, to unite one's self, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6 (mimikṣire, anomal. pf. red.).
-- Cf. Lat. mingere, mejere; A.S. mígan; Goth. maihstus; A.S. meox, miox, mist; [greek]
1. i. e. mih + ira, A cloud.
2. (borrowed from the Persian language), The sun.
3. The moon.
4. Wind.
5. A proper name.
1. mī, ii. 9, mīnā, mīnī, and ved. minā, minī, Par. To hurt. Comp. ptcple. pres. a-minant, Not hurting, Chr. 295, 12 = Rigv. i. 92, 12. i. 4, Ātm. To perish.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ii. 9, To hurt, to scrape off, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
-- With pra pra, ii. 9,
1. To diminish, Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.
2. To surmount, to surpass. i. 4, To perish. pramīta, Deceased, Man. 3, 245. Caus. māpaya, To cause to perish, Man. 1, 57; to kill, 8, 295.
-- Cf. Lat. pro-mīnere, e-minere, minere, pro-minare, e-minus, co-minus, minari.
2. † mī, i. 1 and 10, Par. To go, see me.
-- Cf. Lat. meare and movere (causal).
1. A fish, Pañc. ii. d. 3.
2. The sign of the zodiac, Pisces.
† mīm, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To sound (cf. 2. mā).
1. To wink, to contract the eyelids, to close the eyes, Gīt. 10, 16.
2. To be closed of itself (viz. the eyes), Bhaṭṭ. 14, 54.
3. To be collected, Utt. Rāmac. 126, 5 (with v. r.). Comp. ptcple. pf. pass. īṣanmīlita, i. e. īṣat- adj. Closed a little, Lass. 13, 7. Caus. mīlaya, To close (viz. one's eyes), locane mīlayitvā, Like a moment, Megh. 109.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To close (viz. one's eyes), Rāj. t. 5, 348.
-- With ā ā, To close (viz. one's eyes), Daśak. in Chr. 199, 4.
-- With ud ud,
1. To open one's eyes, MBh. 3, 11155.
2. To be opened of itself (as one's eyes), Bhaṭṭ. 16, 8.
3. To open, Gīt. 1, 36; (one's eyes), Vikr. d. 5.
4. To show, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 23.
5. To hang down (as curls), Utt. Rāmac. 14, 4. Caus. To open (viz. one's eyes), MBh. 2, 2630.
-- With prod pra-ud, To open one's eyes, Gīt. 4, 19.
-- With samud sam-ud, To open of itself, to spring up, Bhartṛ. 2, 78.
-- With ni ni,
1. To close (viz. one's eyes), Śiś. 9, 11; Vikr. 7, 5; Pañc. 165, 15.
2. To fall asleep, Man. 1, 52.
3. To be covered, Rājat. 5, 481. Caus.
1. To cause to shut the eyes, to kill, Pañc. iii. d. 269.
2. To close, Ṛt. 6, 26.
-- With vini vi-ni, To close the eyes, Bhaṭṭ. 11, 9.
-- With pra pra, To close the eyes, Gīt. 4, 19.
-- With sam sam,
1. To close (viz. the eyes), Ragh. 3, 26 (Calc.).
2. To close (as flowers), Śāk. 45, 4 Chezy. Caus.
1. To cause to shut the eyes, to make insensible, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 7.
2. To close, Ragh. 13, 10 (Calc.).
† mīv, i. 1, Par. To grow corpulent.
I. n. A crest, a diadem, Pañc. 3, 10.
II. (vb. 2. muc, cf. mucuṭī), f. ṭī, Snapping the fingers.
-- Comp. pratāpa-, m. a proper name, Lass. 5, 20.
1. A precious gem.
2. Quicksilver.
3. One of Kuvera's treasures.
4. A name of Viṣṇu, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 36.
5. Gum olibanum.
1. A looking-glass, Śiś. 9, 73 (mu°).
2. The stick of a potter's wheel.
3. A bud.
4. A tree, Mimusops elengi.
5. Arabian jasmine.
1. An opening bud, Ragh. 9, 27 (mu°); Utt. Rāmac. 14, 5 (daśana-mu°, bud-like teeth).
2. The body.
3. The soul.
1. Half closed (as a bud).
2. Half shut (as the eye), Vikr. 47, 19.
-- Comp. śaṅkha-, f. Shells and pearls, Rām. 3, 49, 36.
1. Leaving off, Bhartṛ. 2, 52.
2. Deliverance, release (muktiṃ prāpnumaḥ, We shall be released), Pañc. 106, 1; ii. d. 44.
3. The delivery of the soul from the body, and exemption from further transmigration, final beatitude.
I. n.
1. The mouth, Pañc. 258, 16.
2. The face, Pañc. 238, 23.
3. Front, Draup. 8, 8.
4. Entrance, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 19; the entrance to a house.
5. An aperture, Śiś. 9, 2.
6. Commencement, Pañc. 29, 16; Chr. 8, 33.
7. A means.
8. Sound.
II. m. The beak of a bird.
-- Comp. aṅguli-, n. the tip of the finger, Śiś. 9, 64. aja-mukhī, f. the name of a female Rākṣasa, Rām. 5, 25, 49. adhom°, i. e. adhas-, adj., f. khī. 1. looking downwards, Pañc. 84, 7. 2. turned downwards, Rām. 5, 26, 20. abhi-, see s. v. ayom°, i. e. ayas-, adj. iron-pointed, Rām. 3, 53, 53. avāṅm°, i. e. avāñc-, adj. looking downwards, Rām. 4, 32, 1. aśru-, adj., f. khī, the face covered with tears, Rām. 2, 59, 14. aśva-, adj., f. khī, having a horse's head, a Kiṃnara, Rām. 4, 44, 38. udaṅmukha, i. e. udañc-, adj. facing the north, Man. 2, 52. unm°, i. e. ud-, adj., f. khī, 1. with the face turned upward, Vikr. 61, 17. 2. directed to, towards, Pañc. 141, 17. 3. desiring, Vikr. d. 26 (bheda-, desiring, or ready (cf. 5.), to break out of its bud). 4. intending, Rājat. 5, 259. 5. near to, Ragh. 3, 12. 6. expecting, Rām. 5, 55, 35. ūlkā-, m. 1. the name of a goblin, Man. 12, 71. 2. a proper name, Rām. 6, 3, 48. ūrdhva-, adj. of which the aperture is turned upward; turned upward, Kumāras. 1, 16. ṛtu-, n. the commencement, or first day of a season, Rām. 2, 105, 23. eka-, adj. having one as (head) chief, or superintendent, Yājñ. 2, 202. kaṅka-, adj. heron-mouthed, Rām. 6, 79, 69. kathā-, n. introduction to a tale, Pañc. 5, 16. kālā, m. 1. a kind of monkey, Rām. 6, 3, 35.
2. the name of a fabulous people, MBh. 2, 1171. kālikā-, m. a Rākṣasa Rām. 8, 29, 30. kravya-, m. a prople name, Pañc. 87, 4. go-, m. 1. a proper name, MBh. 5, 3574. 2. a certain musical instrument, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 15. catur-, (n.)
I. four faces, Kumāras. 2, 17.
II. adj. 1. having four faces, epithet of Brahman, Rām. 1, 2, 26; Viṣṇu, Ragh. 10, 23; Śiva, Sund. 3, 28; and a Dānava, Hariv. 12934. 2. having four points, Hariv. 10630. jaya-sthala-, adj. looking like trophies, Rājat. 5, 121. jyotirmukha, i. e. jyotis-, m. a proper name, Rām. 6, 6, 26. jvālā-, f. khī, a place where subterraneous fires break forth. dakṣiṇā-, adj., f. khī, turned to the south, Man. 2, 52. dakṣiṇā-abhi-, adj. the same, Man. 4, 50. dadhi-, m. 1. a kind of snake, Suśr. 2, 265, 8. 2. a proper name, Rām. 5, 1, 39. darī-,
I. n.
1. a mouth resembling a cave, MBh. 7, 6437, a.
2. the aperture of a cave, ib. b.
3. a cave representing a mouth, Ragh. 13, 47.
II. m. a proper name, Rām. 4, 39, 32. daśa(n)-,
I. n. pl. ten faces, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 23.
II. adj. having ten faces, epithet of Rāvaṇa, Megh. 59. diṅm°, i. e. diś-, n. any part of the heavens, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 12. durm°, i. e. dus-,
I. adj., f. khī. 1. hideous, Bhartṛ. 1, 89. 2. foul-mouthed, scurrilous, ib. 2, 59.
II. m. a proper name, MBh. 2, 116. dūta-, adj. speaking by means of ambassadors, Pañc. 161, 20. nandi-, m. 1. epithet of Śiva, MBh. 12, 10428. 2. a kind of water-fowl, Suśr. 1, 205, 13. 3. a kind of rice, ib. 1, 196, 2. nāndī-,
I. adj.
1. with pitṛ, a class of Manes, Yājñ. 1, 249. 2. with or without śrāddha, n. an oblation to that class of Mancs, Mārk. P. 34, 105.
II. f. khī, a sort of corn, Suśr. 1, 197, 1. niśā-, n. the commencement of night, Hariv. 4122. payas-, adj. having milk on (its) surface, Hit. i. d. 76, M.M. parāṅmukha, i. e. parāṅc-,
I. adj., f. khī. 1. having the face averted, Pañc. 181, 15. 2. averse, Pañc. i. d. 405; disinclined, Vikr. d. 102 (pravṛtti-, to give a report). 3. regardless, Mārk. P. 22, 44.
II. m. a spell or charm spoken over weapons, Rām. 1. 31, 5 Gorr. pari- vṛtta-ardha-, adj., f. khī, having turned half her face, Vikr. d. 17. pūrvapaścānmukha, i. e. pūrva-paścāt-, adj., f. khī, running to the east and west, Rām. 2, 12, 6 Gorr. prāṅmukha, i. e. prāñc-, adj. facing the east, Sund. 3, 23. phaṇi(n)-, a kind of spade, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10. baḍavā-, m. submarine fire. bali- and balī-, m. a monkey. bhṛkuṭi-, adj. knitting the brow, Sund. 4, 14. sa-bhṛkuṭi-, adj. with a frowning face. mahā-, m. a crocodile. mātṛ-, m. a fool. mlechcha-, n. copper. vi-, adj. 1. with averted face, Hit. i. d. 189, M. M. 2. averted, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 814. 3. averse, disinclined, Pañc. ii. d. 86; iv. d. 5. śāstra-vi-, adj. disinclined to learning, Pañc. 3, 13. vināśonmukha, i. e. vināśa-ud-, adj. mature (near) to decay. śaṅkha-, m. an alligator. śata-,
I. (n.), a hundred shapes, Bhartṛ. 2, 10.
II. adj. having a hundred issues, Pañc. ii. d. 14; having a hundred shapes, in a hundred ways, Bhartṛ. 2, 10 v. r. śilī-, m. 1. a bee, Śiś. 9, 41. 2. an arrow, ib.; MBh. 6, 3910. 3. a fool. 4. war. ṣaṇm°, i. e. ṣaṣ-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 6, 319 (Calc.). sa-kala-indu- (cf. kalā), adj., f. khī, having a face like the full moon, Vikr. d. 28. sam-, adj. 1. being in front, Pañc. iv. d. 12 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2753); facing, in front of, Pañc. 104, 15. 2. encountering, Pañc. 240, 13. 3. directed towards, Pañc. 104, 17. 4. propitious, Pañc. v. d. 77 (n. 1424 of my transl.). sarvatomukha, i. e. sarvatas-,
I. adj., f. khī. 1. facing every quarter, i. e. to every quarter (of the world), Sund. 2, 13. 2. complete, unrestrained, Śāk. d. 122.
II. m. 1. Brahman. 2. a Brāhmaṇa. 3. soul, spirit. 4. paradise.
III. n. 1. sky. 2. water. su-,
I. n. a beautiful mouth, Pañc. i. d. 202.
II. adj., f. khā and khī. 1. handsome-faced. 2. pleasing, propitious, Lass. 55, 20.
III. m. 1. a teacher. 2. a proper name, Man. 7, 41.
IV. n. the scratch of a finger-nail. sūcī-,
I. m. a bird.
II. f. khī, a female bird, Pañc. i. d. 437.
III. n. a diamond. senā-, n. 1. a division of an army. 2. a mound or covered way before a city gate. stana-, m. a nipple. svasti-, m. 1. a letter. 2. a Brāhmaṇa, a panegyrist.
I. adj.
1. Foulmouthed, speaking harshly or scurrilously, Bhartṛ. 2, 61.
2. Rallying.
3. Resounding, Lass. 69, 5; noisy, Utt. Rāmac. 16, 9; Megh. 38.
II. m.
1. A leader, Hit. i. d. 28, M. M.
2. A conch-shell.
-- Comp. unmukhara-, i. e. ud-, adj. sounding loudly, Prab. 78, 3.
1. Talkativeness, Kir. 5, 16.
2. Garrulity, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
I. adj.
1. Being in, or belonging to, the face.
2. Fallen from the mouth, Man. 5, 141.
3. Chief, principal, Pañc. 158, 2; Hit. 83, 18; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 14; 189, 14.
II. n. A principal rite or ordinance.
-- Comp. dvi-ja-, and dvi-jāti-, m. A Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 5, 7279; Man. 3, 286. vāra-mukhyā, f. the head of a set of harlots, Bhāg. P. 9, 10. 38; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 14.
1. Loveliness, charm, Vikr. d. 26.
2. Simplicity.
3. Stupidity.
† 1. muc, see mac.
2. muc, i. 6, muñca, Par. Ātm.
1. To let loose, Pañc. 32, 25; ii. d. 123 (to go); to loosen, Vikr. 13, 10.
2. To dismiss, Pañc. 128, 25.
3. To release from (with abl. and instr.), MBh. 1, 5641; Man. 11, 228.
4. To leave, to abandon, Vikr. 5, 11; Pañc. 57, 10; with deham, To die, Hit. iii. d. 31.
5. To take away, MBh. 3, 2982.
6. To lose, Rām. 1, 25, 14.
7. To give up, Man. 8, 150; to sacrifice, Utt. Rāmac. 27, 10.
8. To cast, Chr. 32, 29; Megh. 85.
9. To effuse, Ṛt. 6, 28.
10. To shed, Rām. 2, 37, 15; Chr. 34, 15.
11. To spit out, Kir. 5, 38.
12. To void, MBh. 3, 11115.
13. To utter, Pañc. 57, 14; Kathās. 18, 154; Megh. 55.
14. To put on, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 95. Pass. (has in epic poetry sometimes the terminations of the Par., e. g. MBh. 3, 1695).
1. To deliver one's self, to escape, MBh. 1, 656 (with acc., perhaps i. 4).
2. To deviate from, to abandon (abl.), Pañc. i. d. 302. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mukta.
1. What has been let loose, shot, Pañc. i. d. 219; darted, Hit. i. d. 193, M. M.; spit out, Kir. 5, 38; Man. 3, 225; Pañc. 253, 1 (given).
2. Liberated from corporeal existence, finally happy.
3. Deprived, Hit. iii. d. 127.
4. Open, Hit. iii. d. 121 (mukta-hasta, Liberal). n. The spirit released from corporeal existence. muktā, see s. v. Comp. a-, adj. not lost, Pañc. 174, 25. jīvanm° i. e. jīvant-, m. one who has obtained final beatitude during his life, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 10. Absol. muktvā, Except, Pañc. 44, 11; 73, 19. Desider, mumukṣa.
1. To wish to cast, Ragh. 2, 42 (Calc.).
2. To desire final beatitude, MBh. 3, 167 (cf. moksha). Caus.
1. To cause, or to order, to be liberated, Pañc. 192, 16; Daśak. in Chr. 192, 18.
2. To cause to shed (tears), Megh. 91. i. 10, Par.
1. To let loose, to release, Pañc. in Weber, Ind. St. iii. 373, 6; Hit. 52, 2, M. M.
2. To redeem from (abl.), Man. 3, 37.
3. † To delight.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To unyoke, MBh. 3, 2870.
2. To take off, MBh. 2, 2520.
-- With ā ā, To put on, MBh. 1, 4095; Mālav. 37, 19. āmukta,
1. Dressed.
2. Loosed.
3. Cast, discharged.
-- With ud ud, To let loose, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 2; to liberate, Pañc. 38, 21. Caus., or i. 10, To set free, Pañc. 87, 20.
-- With nis nis, pass. refl., with acc., To abandon, Rājat. 5, 125. nirmukta,
1. Let loose, Chr. 34, 12.
2. Liberated, MBh. 1, 6197.
3. Separated. m. A snake who has lately cast his skin.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, abhinirmukta, Darted (surprised) by the setting sun (cf. mluch), Man. 2, 221 (Weber reads abhinimrukta, Journ. of the German Oriental Society, xiv. 756).
-- With vinis vi-nis, vinirmukta,
1. Left, Nal. 13, 21.
2. Liberated.
3. Exempt.
4. Separated, MBh. 3, 2552.
-- With pari pari, parimukta, Liberated, MBh. 1, 4659.
-- With pra pra,
1. To throw, Chr. 44, 4.
2. To throw out, to vomit, MBh. 1, 7628.
3. To utter, MBh. 3, 2542.
4. To produce, Rām. 2, 91, 26.
5. To remove, MBh. 3, 10819.
6. To loosen. MBh. 2, 2825.
7. To release, Man. 4. 181.
8. To put on, Rām. 2, 9, 39.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To liberate, to release, MBh. 3, 11800. vipramukta, Liberated from (instr.), MBh. 1, 6771.
-- With prati prati,
1. To bind, MBh. 2, 2323.
2. To let loose again, to return, Pañc. iv. d. 1.
3. To restore, to return, Ragh. 16, 59 (Calc.).
4. Pass. To be freed from, Man. 10, 118. pratimukta,
1. Clothed, armed.
2. Thrown mutually, or at one another.
3. Loosed, or liberated repeatedly. Caus., or i. 10, To save, MBh. 1, 5812.
-- With vi vi,
1. To separate, Vikr. d. 129.
2. To let loose, Śāk. 5, 15.
3. With garbham, To lay eggs, Pañc. 75, 9.
4. To set free, Pañc. 41, 22.
5. Pass. To liberate one's self, to escape from (abl.), MBh. 2, 882.
6. To take off, MBh. 1, 4095.
7. To lose, MBh. 3, 315.
8. Pass. To be released or deprived, Man. 2, 79; Hit. i. d. 65, M. M.
9. To abandon, Hit. iv. d. 38; MBh. 3, 12381; to leave, Utt. Rāmac. 4, 31; 67, 5.
10. Pass. To obtain final beatitude, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 15; 216, 13.
11. To effuse, MBh. 1, 3317.
12. To shed, Rām. 2, 59, 5.
13. To throw, MBh. 4, 1866; Utt. Rāmac. 163, 10.
14. To utter, Chr. 41, 8; Rājat. 5, 408.
15. To assume, Man. 1, 56. vimukta,
1. Loosed.
2. Thrown, hurled.
3. Quitted, lost, i. e. without, Rām. 3, 51, 33.
4. Issued, let loose from. Caus., or i. 10,
1. To liberate, MBh. 3, 2435.
2. To relieve, Man. 11, 112.
3. To avoid, Rām. 5, 42, 11.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To abandon, MBh. 3, 15602.
-- With sam sam, To shed, MBh. 3, 10236.
-- Cf. Lat. mucus, e-mungere; [greek]
2. muc + ira, adj. Liberal, a donor.
2. muc + uṭī, f.
1. Snapping the fingers.
2. The fist.
† muj, muñj muñj (others, mṛj mṛj, mṛñj mṛñj), i. 1, Par. To sound. muj, muñj, i. 10, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To cleanse (cf. mṛj).
† muñc, see mac and mruñc.
† muñj, see muj.
1. A sort of grass, Saccharum munja, from the fibres of which the string is prepared to form the thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas, Man. 2, 43.
2. The brahmanical girdle.
3. An arrow.
† 1. muṭ (cf. mṛd), i. 6, Par.
1. To rub, to grind.
2. To rebuke. i. 10, Par. To rub, to grind.
† 2. muṭ, muṇṭ muṇṭ, muḍ muḍ, muṇḍ muṇḍ (cf. mṛḍ and 1. muṇḍ), puḍ puḍ, puṇḍ puṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To rub, to grind.
† muṇ, i. 6, Par. To promise.
† muṇṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To run away (or to protect).
† 1. muṇḍ, i. 1, Par.
1. To shave.
2. To grind or pound; see 2. muṭ.
† 2. muṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To be pure.
2. To sink.
I. adj.
1. Shaved, bald, having no hair on the head, Man. 2, 219.
2. Low, mean.
II. m. and n.
1. The head, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6; Hit. iii. d. 89.
2. The forehead.
III. m.
1. A bald-pate.
2. A barber.
3. Rāhu.
4. The name of a Daitya.
IV. f. ḍā, Bengal madder, Rubia manjith.
-- Comp. daṇḍimuṇḍa, i. e. daṇḍin-, m. a name of Śiva (bearing a staff and having his head shorn), MBh. 12, 10358.
1. mud, i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., Rām. 1, 46, 17), To be delighted, to rejoice, Man. 2, 232. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mudita, Delighted, Pañc. i. d. 458; Chr. 14, 24. n. Pleasure. Caus. To exhilarate (also Ātm.), Bhaṭṭ. 7, 171.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To approve, to permit, MBh. 2, 1787.
2. To rejoice, MBh. 3, 11535. Caus. To celebrate, Chr. 55, 3. anumodita, Agreed, Utt. Rāmac. 38, 18.
-- With abhyanu abhi-anu, To dismiss, MBh. 1, 4447.
-- With pra pra, To be delighted, Rām. 1, 1, 84. pramudita, Pleased, happy, Pañc. 238, 23. Caus. To exhilarate, Man. 3, 61. pramodita, Happy. m. A name of Kuvera.
-- With prati prati, To expect with delight, MBh. 1, 6781.
2. mud, i. 10, Par. To mix.
3. 1. mud, f.
1. Pleasure, joy, Pañc. 159, 20; Kir. 5, 25.
2. Intoxication.
3. A wife.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, f. the pleasure of love, Gīt. 9, 10.
1. mud + ā, f. Joy, pleasure, Chr. 13, 19; 35, 10.
1. mud + ira, m.
1. A cloud.
2. A lover.
1. A sort of kidney bean, Phascolus mungo, Lass. 79, 15.
2. A cover.
1. A carpenter's hammer.
2. A mace, Rām, 3, 54, 10; Sund. 2, 3.
3. A staff armed with iron, used for breaking clods of earth.
4. A sort of flower.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, m. a hidden mace, MBh. 13, 150.
1. A seal, a signet, Pañc. iv. d. 36 (strī-, woman who is, as it were, the seal, i. e. the order, viz. of the god of love).
2. A seal-ring.
3. A stamp, figurat., a form, Utt. Rāmac. 155, 3.
4. A mode of intertwining the fingers during religious worship, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12.
-- Comp. aṅguli-, f. a seal-ring, Śāk. d. 135, v. r. tarka-, f. a particular intertwining of the fingers, Bhāg. P. 4, 6, 38. nāma(n)-, f. a seal-ring with the name of the possessor, Śāk. 17, 4. pāda-, f. 1. impression of a footstep, Rājat. 4, 669. 2. trace, ib. 4, 103. vi-mudra, adj. 1. unsealed. 2. blown, budded. sa-mudra, adj. sealed, Yājñ. 2, 247.
-- Comp. aṅguli-, f. a sealring.
1. Sealed.
2. Stamped, marked, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 3; written, Hit. iv. d. 10.
3. Sealed up, contracted,
4. Unblown (as a flower).
I. m.
1. A holy sage, endowed with divine inspiration, Vikr. d. 3.
2. An ascetic, Pañc. 34, 13.
3. The saint Agastya, Vyāsa, Kir. 5, 49.
4. The name of two plants.
II. f. ni/ī, A female saint.
-- Comp. mahā-,
I. m. 1. a great Muni, Chr. 15, 29; Rām. 3, 49, 50 (epithet of Agastya.) 2. the saint Agastya. 3. epithet of Paraśurāma, Chr. 19, 12, and of Vyāsa. 4. time.
II. n. Coriander.
I. adj.
1. Desiring to dart (viz. arrows), Ragh. 9, 58.
2. Anxious for liberation from mundane existence or final beatitude, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 22; Vikr. d. 1.
II. m. A sage abstracted from all human passion.
† mur, i. 6, To circle, to surround.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. mūrus.
I. m. A small drum, Mālav. d. 21.
II. f. jā.
1. A large drum, Kumāras. 6, 40.
2. The wife of Kuvera.
1. To be faint, to lose consciousness, Rām. 2, 34, 17.
2. To increase, to grow vehement, Ragh. 12, 57 (Calc.).
3. To be frequent, Śāk. 66, 4.
4. To fill, 6, 9 (Calc.).
5. To be a match for, 2, 34 (Calc.); to be powerful, Śāk. d. 191 (to appear in a looking-glass). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mūrchita.
1. Fainted, Vikr. 54, 17; insensible, Rām. 2, 34, 17.
2. Stupid.
3. Intoxicated, MBh, 3, 1864.
4. Infatuated, Chr. 37, 27; bewildered, Lass. 7, 10.
5. Increased, grown.
6. Tall. Comp. krodha-, adj. overpowered by wrath, Indr. 5, 48.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhimūrchita, Intoxicated, infatuated, MBh. 1, 7794.
-- With vi vi, vimūrchita, Wrapped (Stenzler), Yājñ. 3, 75.
-- With sam sam,
1. To increase, Kir. 5, 41.
2. To be powerful, Ragh. 16, 64 (Calc.). Caus. To cause to faint, Utt. Rāmac. 47, 2.
-- Cf. Goth. untila-malsks, foolish.
1. A fire of chaff.
2. The god of love.
3. A horse of the sun.
† murv, i. 1, mūrva, Par. To bind, to tie.
I. m. n. A pestle, a club, Arj. 10, 5 (ṣ).
II. f. li. A house-lizard.
-- Comp. kaṅkāla-mu- ṣala, m. or n. a kind of weapon, Rām. 1, 30, 13 Gorr.; 57, 12 Gorr. cakra-muṣala, adj. performed with the disk and club, Hariv. 5346. danta-muṣala, m. or n. a pestle-like tusk, Pañc. 69, 1. Cf. musala.
1. muṣ, ii. 9, muṣṇā, muṣṇī, and i. 6 (MBh. 3, 13047; Lass. 35, 16), Par. To steal, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 22; to rob, to plunder, Rājat. 5, 268; to captivate, Nal. 5, 7. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. muṣita.
1. Stolen.
2. Robbed, plundered, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 1.
3. Deprived of, free from, Hit. 42, 12.
-- With pari pari, To rob, to plunder, MBh. 3, 13030.
-- With pra pra, To rob, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 60. See maṣ, mus, and mūṣ.
2. muṣ,
I. f. Stealing, Rājat. 5, 168 (read muṣe instead of mukhe, 'Having turned his mind on stealing.')
II. Latter part of comp. adj. Stealing, robbing; e. g. dhṛti-, adj. Stealing, destroying constancy, Hit. i. d. 193, M. M. netra-, adj. Captivating the eyes, MBh. 3, 1720. śrī-, Having stolen, i. e. possessed of the beauty, Megh. 48.
1. i. e. muṣ + ka, A thief.
2. A testicle, the scrotum, Hit. 76, 1, M. M.; 49, 14.
3. A heap, a multitude.
4. The name of a plant.
1. The fist, Rām a, 15, 17; Pañc. i. d. 203.
2. A handful, Pañc. 215, 1.
3. The handle of a sword.
-- Cf. perhaps A.S. fyst.
1. A pestle, Man. 3, 88 (s).
2. A club. Cf. muśala.
† must, i. 10, Par. To accumulate.
-- Comp. sa-bhadra-musta, adj. full of Cyperus rotundus (cf. bhadra-mustaka), Ṛt. i, 17 (but v. r. su-bhadra-, containing very auspicious Cyperus rotundus).
I. m. and n. A fragrant grass, Cyperus rotundus.
II. n. A sort of poison.
-- Comp. bhadra-, n. = musta, q. cf.
1. To be faint, to lose consciousness, Chr. 32, 24.
2. To be disturbed (in mind), to be perplexed, Bhag. 2, 13.
3. To fail, Hit. iii. d. 54. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. mūdha.
1. Perplexed, confused, Śiś. 9, 77.
2. Foolish, stupid, Nal. 6, 12; 18, 10.
3. Deceived.
4. Ignorant, unlearned, Pañc. 243, 18. m.
1. A fool, Vikr. 32, 15.
2. A sluggard.
II. mugdha.
1. Stupid, Pañc. 166, 25.
2. Being in love, Śāk. d. 36.
3. Innocent, d. 24.
4. Simple.
5. Beautiful, lovely, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 5. Comp. a-mūḍha, adj. 1. not perplexed, bold. 2. wise. diṅmūḍha, i. e. diś-, adj. one who has lost the points of the compass, and cannot tell the east from the west, Rām. 3, 60, 3. mahā-mūḍha, adj. very foolish, a great fool, Pañc. 38, 12. ati-mugdha, being much in love, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 2. Frequent. momuhya, To be much disturbed, MBh. 4, 801. Caus. mohaya,
1. To perplex, MBh. 1, 5457.
2. To infatuate, Hit. i. d. 179, M.M.; Rām. 3, 55, 22; mokita, Infatuated, Hit. i. d. 25, M.M.
3. To stupefy, Man. 11, 96. mohita,
1. Puzzled, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 8.
2. Beguiled, Nal. 8, 16.
-- With the prep. vyā vi-ā, Caus. To disturb, to perplex, Pañc. 129, 8. vyāmohita, Infatuated, Pañc. 199, 1.
-- With ud ud, unmugdha, Disturbed, Siddh. K. 16, 6.
-- With pari pari, Caus., Ātm. To perplex, MBh. 1, 3571. parimūḍha, Bewildered, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 7.
-- With pra pra,
I. pramūḍha.
1. Fainted, Utt. Rāmac. 160, 10.
2. Disturbed, perplexed, Matsyop. 54.
3. Foolish, stupid, a fool.
II. pramuadha. Fainted, Utt. Rāmac. 164, 17. Caus. To pérturb, Draup. 6, 21. pramohita, Insensible.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To be disturbed, Bhag. 2, 72. Caus. To perplex, MBh. 1, 5978.
-- With vi vi,
I. vimūḍha.
1. Bewildered, Utt. Rāmac. 101, 1.
2. Beguiled.
3. Foolish. m. A kind of divine being (i. e. mūdha with vi, Wise), Sund. 3, 5.
II. vimugdha, Bewildered, Hit. 91, 9, M.M.; absorbed. Caus.
1. To disturb, Bhag. 3, 40.
2. To infatuate, Rājat. 5, 378. vimohita, Bewitched, Kathās. 25, 274.
-- With sam sam, To be disturbed, MBh. 3, 10978.
I. saṃmūḍha.
1. Bewildered.
2. Stupefied.
3. Foolish, Hit. iv. d. 71.
4. Produced rapidly.
5. Heaped.
6. Broken.
II. saṃmugdha.
1. Fascinated.
2. Stupefied, Utt. Rāmac. 171, 5.
3. Beautiful. Caus.
1. To perplex, MBh. 2, 1949.
2. To infatuate, Pañc. i. d. 210.
I. adj. Foolish.
II. m. Love, the god of love.
1. A moment, Rām. 3, 50, 10 (cf. muhūrta and Rām. 3, 50, 6).
2. Repeatedly, Vikr. d. 6. Doubled, muhur-muhur, adv. Repeatedly, Ṛt. 6, 9.
I. m. and n.
1. A moment, Rām. 3, 50, 6; some time, Vikr. 40, 4 (paraṃ muhūrtāt, After some time, not yet).
2. The thirtieth part of a day and night, or forty-eight minutes.
II. m. An astrologer.
-- Comp. durmuhūrta, i. e. dus-, n. an inauspicious hour, MBh. 12, 6735.
† mū, i. 1, Ātm. To bind; see mav.
I. adj. Dumb, Pañc. i. d. 71.
II. m.
1. A fish.
2. A poor man.
3. A Daitya.
-- Cf. Lat. mūtus.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To urine on somebody, Man. 8, 282.
I. n. Modulation, Rām. 1, 4, 11.
II. f. nā.
1. A melody, Megh. 84.
2. A tone as placed in its scale, the seventh part of a scale, Lass. 39, 9; Pañc. iii. d. 43.
1. Solid, material, corporeal, Bhāṣāp. 86; 157; Utt. Rāmac. 60, 7.
2. Embodied, incarnate, Śāk. d. 32; Kathās. 3, 62.
-- Comp. a-, adj. incorporeal, Bhāṣāp. 87; Kathās. 20, 70.
1. Matter, substance, Man. 1, 17; hard substances, Man. 12, 120 (Jones: the terrene parts of the human body).
2. Figure, form, Bhartṛ. 2, 1; Pañc. ii. d. 169.
3. Body, Rājat. 5, 364.
4. Incarnation, Man. 1, 98.
5. Image, Man. 2, 225.
6. Beauty, Pañc. ii. d. 107.
-- Comp. aṣṭa(n)-, m. a name of Śiva, Śiś. 14, 18. tapas-,
I. f. incarnation of devotion, Rām. 1, 31, 11.
II. m. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 8, 13, 29. tejas-, adj. consisting entirely of light, Man. 3, 93. tri-, adj. having three forms, Kumāras. 2, 4.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] and [greek]
1. Having shape or substance, embodied, Utt. Rāmac. 13, 4.
2. Incarnate, Hit. 100, 2; Śāk. d. 112.
-- Comp. viśva-, adj. taking all forms, omnipresent, Viṣṇu, Johns. Sel. 90, 31.
-- Comp. raṇa-, m. battle, Chr. 59, 21. tri-, m. instead of triśiras (see -śiras), the name of a Rākṣasa, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 14.
† 1. mūl (cf. mūla), i. 1, Par. (and Ātm.), To stand, to be rooted, or firm.
2. mūl, also † mul mul. i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from mūla), To plant.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To uproot, Hit. ii. d. 84.
2. To destroy, Vikr. d. 25.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To uproot, Hit. iii. d. 49.
2. To exterminate, Rājat. 5, 214.
-- With nis nis, To destroy, Śāntiś. 4, 7.
I. n.
1. The root of a tree, Vikr. 41; root (figuratively), Pañc. ii. d. 23.
2. An eatable root, Utt. Rāmac. 33, 8.
3. The lowest part, Megh. 77.
4. Origin.
5. Cause, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 1.
6. The vendor, Man. 8, 202.
7. Commencement; ā mūlāt, From its beginning, Kathās. 22, 98.
8. Capital, principal.
9. The original text of any work, as opposed to its comment.
10. Own.
11. One's own kingdom, Man. 7, 184.
12. Near, proximate.
13. The root of the Arum campanulatum.
II. m. and n. The nineteenth lunar asterism, Lass. 16, 18.
III. f. lī (cf. muśalī, s. v. muśala), A small house-lizard.
-- Comp. unmūla, i. e. ud-, adj., f. lā, uprooted, Rām. 4, 19, 11. jyeṣṭhā-, m. the month Jyaiṣṭha, MBh. 13, 4609. tapas-,
I. adj. having its cause in devotion, Man. 11, 234.
II. m. a proper name. danta-, n. the root of a tooth, Suśr. 1, 303, 9. dhana-, adj. rooted, founded, in wealth, Hit. i. d. 121, M.M. dharma-, n. the roots of law, Man. 2, 6. nirmūla, i. e. nis-, adj., f. lā, without any root, MBh. 5, 2747. pāda-, n. 1. the sole of the foot, Pañc. i. d. 161 (pādamūle ni pātyate, the dye is smeared on the sole of the foot, and the lover is caused to fall down before his mistress). 2. the root of the foot, tarsus, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 26; a polite designation of a person, Rām. 1, 54, 16. 3. the foot of a mountain, Kathās. 1, 27. baddha (vb. bandh)-, adj. firmly rooted, Pañc. 232, 18. vismaya-karṣa-, adj. caused by astonishment and joy, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12. sa-mūla + m, adj. with the root, completely, Pañc. i. d. 339.
I. m. A sort of poison.
II. n.
1. An esculent root, Man. 8, 341.
2. The radish, Raphanus sativus.
3. A sort of yam.
-- Comp. mastaka-, n. the neck.
I. adj. Radical, primary.
II. m. A devotee.
III. f. kā, A multitude of roots (?), Pañc. 157, 24.
I. n.
1. The original price, Man. 8, 144.
2. Price, Pañc. ii. d. 61.
3. Wages.
4. An article purchased.
II. adj.
1. Purchasable.
2. To be bought for a fair or just price.
-- Comp. bahu- and mahā-, adj. costly. bahu-svarṇa-lakṣa-, adj. worth many hundred. thousand gold coins, Kathās. 22, 97.
† mūṣ, muṣ muṣ, i. 1, Par. To steal (cf. muṣ).
I. m. A rat, a mouse, Pañc. 190, 21.
II. f. ṣā and ṣī.
1. A female mouse.
2. A crucible.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. mus; O.H.G. and A.S. mūs.
I. m., f. kā, A mouse, a rat, Pañc. 190, 19; 22.
II. m.
1. A thief.
2. A tree, Mimosa śirīṣa.
3. The name of a country.
1. Dead, Chr. 39, 17.
2. Calcined, reduced (as metals). n.
1. Death.
2. Solicited alms, Man. 4, 4. jīvanmṛta, i. e. jīvant-, adj. Living and dead (at the same time), Bhāg. P. 5, 10, 8. Desider. mumūrṣa, To be about to die, Hariv. 4737; Rājat. 5, 13. Caus. māraya, To kill, MBh. 1, 7276 (also Ātm. 13, 1926); Pañc. 229, 22.
-- With anu anu, To die after, Rām. 2, 12, 84.
-- With pra pra, pramṛta,
1. Dead.
2. Concealed. n. Tillage, Man. 4, 4.
-- Cf. Lat. morior; A.S. uta-maeran; Goth, maurthr; A.S. mórdher, myrdhra, a-myrdran, mordh, and see marta, and amṛta, and mṛdh.
I. m.
1. Hunting, Draup. 6, 4.
2. Investigation.
3. Asking.
4. A deer, Hit. pr. d. 36, M.M.; an antelope.
5. Game, Bhartṛ. 2, 51.
6. An animal in general, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7.
7. A kind of elephant.
8. The fifth lunar constellation.
9. Musk.
II. f. gī, A female deer of antelope, a doe, Vikr. d. 121.
-- Comp. ikā-, m. a wolf, Rām. 8, 79, 70. kṛṣṇa-, m. the black antelope, Śāk. d. 144. krīḍā-, m. a deer for playing with, Rām. 5, 20, 12. gaura-, m. a kind of buffalo, Bos gaurus, Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 9. citra-, m. the spotted antelope, Rām. 5, 20, 11. tārā-, m. the fifth lunar constellation, Rām. 3, 49, 45. mahā-, m. an elephant. mahī-, m. a terrestrial deer, Rām. 3, 49, 45. māyā-, m. seeming a deer, not being one really, Rām. 3, 49, 21. śākhā-, m. 1. a monkey, Pañc. 94, 3. 2. a squirrel. śālā-, m. a jackal, Rām. 3, 52, 45. hemamṛga, i. e. hema-, or heman-, m. a golden deer, Hit. i. d. 27, M.M.
1. A hunter, Man. 4, 212; Bhāg. P. 4, 17, 14.
2. A jackal.
3. Brahman.
1. A leopard.
2. A hyaena.
1. mṛj (akin to mṛ), ii. 2, mārj, mṛj, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 4, 722).
1. To wipe, MBh. 4, 722.
2. To rub, to stroke, Rām. 1, 64, 7.
3. To cleanse, MBh. 3, 2577.
4. To sweep or to cast on somebody, Man. 8, 317. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mṛṣṭa.
1. Rubbed, touched.
2. Sprinkled.
3. Cleansed.
4. Pure, Nal. 12, 36. Comp. su-mṛṣṭa, adj. very fine, Pañc. 113, 8; very delicate, i. d. 303. Caus., and i. 10, mārjaya, Par. To wipe away, Bhartṛ. 2, 89. mārjita, Bright, Rājat. 5, 369.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To remove, Man 2, 27.
-- With ava ava,
1. To sweep away, to destroy, MBh. 1, 5487.
2. To (rub away, to) wash, to moisten, Utt. Rāmac. 153, 3.
-- With ā ā, To wipe, MBh. 2, 2224. āmṛṣṭa, Rubbed at, Śāk. d. 161.
-- With ni ni, To wipe, Man. 4, 216. Desider. mimṛkṣa, To flash down, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4 (ved. red. pf.).
-- With nis nis, To wipe, Lass. 59, 11.
-- With pari pari,
1. To wipe, MBh. 3, 584.
2. To touch, Śāk. 83. 7.
-- With pra pra,
1. To wipe, Man. 2, 60.
2. To rub, to stroke, MBh. 3, 1778.
3. To remove, Ragh. 6, 41; 44.
4. To destroy, Bhartṛ. 2, 75. pramṛṣṭa,
1. Rubbed.
2. Polished, bright, Mālav. d. 24; clear.
-- With vi vi,
1. To wipe, Sāv. 5, 96.
2. To rub, to stroke, MBh. 3, 16849.
-- With sam sam,
1. To sweep together, Rājat. 5, 74.
2. To cleanse, Chr. 61, 38.
3. To purify, MBh. 2, 2186.
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek] by assimilation), [greek]
2. mṛj, see muj.
I. m. A musical instrument.
II. jā (1. mṛj + a), f. Cleaning.
1. To pardon (ved.).
2. To exhilarate, to delight (ved.).
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m. and n. The stalk of a lotus, Vikr. d. 19.
II. m., and f. lī, A small fibre of a lotus, Vikr. d. 54 (°la); Utt. Rāmac. 15, 16 (°lī).
I. m. A lotus.
II. f. nī, A place where lotus flowers grow.
-- Cf. Lat. mors, mortis.
1. Earth, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 18; clay (?), Chr. 57, 22.
2. A fragrant earth.
3. Fresh earth, Man. 2, 182.
-- Comp. pāṇḍu-mṛttika, adj. having a white ground, Rām. 2, 71, 19; chalk-like, ib. 91, 41. pūti-mṛttika, m. the name of a hell, Man. 4, 89.
1. m. f. Death, Pañc. iii. d. 14.
2. m. Yama.
-- Comp. apa-, m. sudden, or unnatural death, Pañc. 186, 24. pratyāsanna- (vb. sad), adj. to whom death was imminent, Pañc. 10, 9. mahā., m. Śiva. viṣa-, m. a kind of pheasant.
1. mṛd (akin to mṛ), ii. 9, mṛdnā, nī, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 2937, and i. 1, Par., ib. 1, 4979).
1. To rub, MBh. 3, 2937.
2. To stroke, MBh. 4, 767.
3. To grind, to pound, to reduce to dust, MBh. 3, 1349.
4. To crush, to dash to pieces, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2149.
5. To batter, Johns. Sel. 25, 5.
6. To trample on, to tread under foot, Nal. 13, 39. mṛdita, Languid, Bhartṛ. 2, 36. Caus. mardaya,
1. To rub, Hit. ii. d. 131.
2. To tread under foot, to kill, MBh. 3, 11106 (anomal. ptcple. pres. Ātm. mardayāna).
3. To break to pieces, Rām. 1, 1, 72.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To trample on, MBh. 1, 7750.
-- With ava ava,
1. To rub, MBh. 4, 468.
2. To break to pieces, 3, 16346.
3. To trample on, Rām. 2, 93, 8.
4. To destroy, MBh. 3, 10203.
-- With ā ā, To grind to pieces, Rām. 2, 96, 20.
-- With upa upa, To kill, Naiṣ. 5, 110.
-- With pari pari,
1. To wipe off, Rām. 2, 77, 26.
2. To surpass (i. 1, Par.), MBh. 1, 4979. parimṛdita, Rubbed, ground, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 16 (trampled upon).
-- With pra pra, To destroy, MBh. 3, 11676.
-- With vi vi,
1. To rub to pieces, Rām. 2, 88, 8.
2. To break, Man. 4, 70.
3. To destroy, MBh. 1, 5504. Caus. To grind, Rām. 2, 88, 2.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To rub, to clean, Pañc. 121, 13.
-- Cf. Lat. mordere; A.S. malt; O.H.G. malz; A.S. meltan, miltan; O.H.G. smelzan; A.S. smeortan; O.H.G. smerzan; A.S. smilt, smylt, smolt; [greek]
2. mṛd, f.
1. Earth, Pañc. ii. d. 109; clay, Pañc. ii. d. 36.
2. A piece of earth, Man. 5, 136.
3. A fragrant earth.
1. A tabour, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 9; a small drum, Pañc. 20, 8.
2. A sound.
3. Bambu.
1. A hole.
2. Disease.
-- Cf. Goth. mulda; A.S. molde; probably Lat. merda.
1. Soft, Pañc. i. d. 303; iii. d. 253; Johns. Sel. 56, 153 (-pūrvam, adv. At first mildly).
2. Mild, Vikr. d. 85.
3. Weak, Hit. 81, 22.
4. Blunt.
5. Slow, Sāv. 4, 33.
-- Cf. Goth. and A.S. mild; Lat. mollis; probably [greek] Lat. bardus; [greek] Lat. blandus.
I. adj. Soft.
II. n. Water.
-- Comp. pṛthu-, f. a broadgrape (?), MBh. 7, 2309.
1. To kill (ved.).
2. † To be moist or wet.
-- Cf. probably (in spite of the anomal. correspondence), Goth. maurthr; A.S. mórdher, mórdhor; O.H.G. multjan; probably [greek]
1. To touch, to stroke.
2. To think, to consider.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To consider, Rām. 2, 11, 9.
-- With ava ava, Caus. To trouble, Bhāg. P. 4, 7, 48.
-- With ā ā,
1. To touch, Śiś. 9, 34.
2. To destroy, Ragh. 9, 5 (Calc.). Comp. ptcple. pf. pass. an-āmṛṣṭa, Untouched, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 1.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To overpower, MBh. 4, 164 (with ṣ instead of ś).
-- With parā parā,
1. To stroke, Utt. Rāmac. 25, 14.
2. To touch, Ragh. 3, 68 (Calc.).
3. To seize, MBh. 4, 46.
4. To seduce, Chr. 6, 7.
5. To violate, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 11.
-- With pari pari,
1. To stroke, Rām. 2, 10, 25.
2. To seize, Rām. 2, 23, 5 (with ṣ).
3. To consider, Rām. 1, 2, 20.
-- With vi vi,
1. To stroke, Rām. 2, 20, 32.
2. To inquire, MBh. 3, 2680 (with ṣ.)
3. To examine, Mālav. 11, 23.
4. To reflect, Hit. 71, 2, M.M.; Bhāg. P. 6, 5, 10; Hit. iv. d. 97 (vimṛśya-kārin, One who acts [only] after due reflection). a-vimṛśya, Without reflecting, Pañc. 238, 25.
5. To perceive, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 7. Caus. To examine, Pañc. i. d. 122.
-- With anuvi anu-vi, To reflect, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 15.
-- Cf. Lat. mulcere, probably, mulcare.
1. mṛṣ (often confounded with mṛś), i. 4, and i. 10, and † i. 1, Par. Atm.
1. To bear, to endure patiently, Man. 4, 217; Pañc. iii. d. 19; v. d. 67.
2. To suffer, Utt. Rāmac. 71, 8.
3. To let, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 10.
4. To pardon, Man. 8, 313. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-mṛṣyant, a-marṣayant (Johns. Sel. 54, 135), and a-mṛṣyamāṇa, Enraged. Caus. To suffer, Hit. iii. d. 48. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. a-marṣita, adj. Impatient, angry, Rām. 4, 9, 13. durmarṣita, i. e. dus-, adj. Incited, stirred up, MBh. 14, 2314.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To endure, Pañc. rec. orn.
-- With pratyava prati-ava. To endure reluctantly, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 5.
-- With vi vi, To neglect, MBh. 3, 15441.
-- Cf. Goth. marzjan (Caus.); O.H.G. marrjan; A.S. myrran.
2. † mṛṣ, i. 1, Par. To sprinkle.
1. Falsely, Man. 3, 53.
2. Uselessly.
-- Comp. a-, adv. truly.
I. adj. and sbst. Lying, a liar.
II. n. Falsehood, Utt. Rāmac. 104, 2.
1. Cleaning.
2. Preparing food, Man. 3, 255.
3. Touching.
4. Sprinkling.
† mṛ10, ii. 9, mṛṇā, ṇī, Par. To kill (see mṛṇ).
-- With the prep. ni ni, To barter, Man. 10, 94.
-- Cf. Goth. maithms; A.S. madhm; Goth. maidjan, ga-mains; A.S. maene, mán, gemaene; Lat. mūtuus, communis, munus; [greek] (Caus. for [greek]).
1. A girdle, Ragh. 8, 63; Utt. Rāmac. 106, 1.
2. The sacrificial string, see kṛ with mekhalā.
3. A sword-belt.
4. A swordknot.
5. The slope of a mountain, Megh. 12.
6. The Narmadā river.
-- Comp. maṇi-mekhala, adj. surrounded by jewels. Ṛt. 6, 3.
1. A cloud, Pañc. 169, 6.
2. A demon.
3. A fragrant grass.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. a multitude of houses, Rām. 5, 10, 5.
I. adj. Black, Utt. Rāmac. 149, 15; dark blue, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 63; Megh. 60.
II. m.
1. Black, or dark blue (the colour).
2. The eye of a peacock's tail.
3. A cloud.
4. Smoke.
III. m. and n. Darkness.
IV. n. Antimony.
1. The penis, Man. 8, 282.
2. A ram.
1. To hurt (ved.).
2. To understand.
3. To associate (ved.). Caus. medhaya, To cause to understand, to know, MBh. 13, 7510.
1. Adeps, fat.
2. The son of a Vaideha by a Kārāvara female, Man. 10, 36.
1. Marrow, Pañc. i. d. 123.
2. The serous secretion that spreads amongst the muscular fibres.
3. Morbid corpufency, Śāk. d. 38.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. medūlla.
1. The earth, Pañc. iii. d. 41; earth, Johns. Sel. 95, 67.
2. A country, Cān. 45 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 410.
1. Unctuous.
2. Smooth.
3. Soft.
4. Thick, Utt. Rāmac. 143, 2.
I. m. (and ved., also n., Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 88, 3), Sacrifice, 1. 1.
II. f. dhā, Understanding, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 4.
-- Comp. aśva-, Turaga-, Turaṅgama-, m. the sacrifice of a horse, Hit. iv. d. 129; Rām. 6, 104, 7; Ragh. 13, 61. gṛha-,
I. m. a domestic sacrifice.
II. adj. referring to the duties of a householder, Bhāg. P. 3, 22, 11. dus-, adj., f. dha, stupid, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 17. nara-, Nṛ-, Puruṣa-, m. the sacrifice of a man, Rām. 1, 63, 6 Gorr. (nara-); Kathās. 26, 238 (puruṣa-). pitṛ-, m. oblation to the Manes, Man. 5, 65.
I. adj. Intelligent.
II. m. Heart pea.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. stupid, MBh. 12, 9486.
1. Fit for, belonging to, a sacrifice, Utt. Rāmac. 39, 10.
2. Pure, Man. 1, 92.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. impure, Man. 4, 53.
II. n. an impure substance, Man. 2, 239.
1. A cat.
2. A goat.
3. A peacock.
† mep, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To serve.
-- Comp. su-,
I. m. = Meru.
II. adj. excellent.
I. m., and f. lā, Assemblage, meeting, Pañc. 245, 4 (lā).
II. f. lā, Ink (borrowed from [greek]).
† mev, meb meb, and mlev mlev, i. 1, Ātm. To serve.
I. m.
1. A ram. Pañc. iii. d. 40.
2. The sign aries.
II. f. ṣī, An ewe.
1. Making water, Man. 4, 52.
2. Urine.
3. A ram.
1. Membrum virile.
2. Urine.
I. adj.
1. Relating to a friend, friendly, Bhag. 12, 13.
2. Given by a friend, Man. 9, 206.
3. m. (viz. saṃdhi), Proceeding from friendship, the name of a kind of alliance, Hit. iv. d. 123.
II. m.
1. A friend to all creatures, Man. 2, 87.
2. A Brāhmaṇa.
3. The son of an outcaste Vaiśya, Man. 10, 23.
4. The anus.
5. Discharging of excrement, Man. 4, 152.
III. n.
1. Friendship, Pañc. ii. d. 47.
2. The seventeenth lunar asterism. Cf. maitrya.
-- Comp. durmaitra, i. e. dus-, adj. hostile, Bhāg. P. 7, 5, 27.
and maitrāvaruṇi maitrāvaruṇa, or °ṇi, i. e. mitrāvaruṇa (dvandva comp. of mitra and varuṇa), + a or i, patronym., m. A son of Mitra and Varuṇa; a name of Vaśiṣṭha, Utt. Rāmac. 9, 4, and of Agastya.
I. adj. Relating to a friend.
II. m.
1. The son of a Vaideha by an Ayogava female.
2. A proper name.
1. The son of a Vaideha by an Ayogava female, Man. 10, 33.
2. A crier or chaunter of the hours (this being probably the office of a Maitreyaka)
I. adj., f. lī, Born in, referring to, Mithilā, Utt. Rāmac. 110, 13.
II. m. The king of Mithilā, Ram. 3, 53, 2.
III. f. lī, A name of Sītā, ib. 3, 49, 55.
I. adj. Worn at a time of sexual intercourse, Man. 4, 116.
II. n.
1. Sexual intercourse, Hit. pr. d. 25, M.M.
2. Marriage, holy union, Man. 3, 5 (perhaps adj. Being in accordance with a legitimate marriage).
3. Matrimony, Pañc. ii. d. 101.
4. Union.
-- Comp. divā-, adj. having sexual intercourse by day, Mārk. P. 14, 74.
1. To release, to liberate, MBh. 1, 2084.
2. † To cast. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-mokṣayant, adj. Neglecting to liberate, Yājñ. 2, 300.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To release, to liberate, Weber, Ind. St. iii. 371, 4, below.
-- With vi vi, To release, to protect, MBh. 1, 7880.
1. Untying, Pañc. 109, 9; Megh. 97.
2. Liberation, Pañc. 109, 11; Chr. 4, 16.
3. Liberation of the soul from the body and from further transmigration, final beatitude, Man. 1, 114; Pañc. ii. d. 127.
4. Death.
5. Acquittance of an obligation.
1. One who sets at liberty, Man. 8, 342.
2. A deliverer.
1. Letting go (shedding of blood), Mālav. d. 62.
2. Liberation, Pañc. 143, 6.
3. Squandering.
-- Comp. prāṇa-, n. resigning life, suicide, Pañc. 110, 9.
I. adj.
1. Vain, useless, Sāv. 5, 49; Megh. 6; °gham, adv. In vain, Bhag. 3, 16.
2. Left.
II. m. A fence.
III. f. ghā, Trumpet-flower, Bignonia suaveolens.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj., f. ghā, not vain, not going astray, unfailing, Vikr. d. 88; attaining one's aim, efficacious, Megh. 72.
II. f. ghā. 1. the name of a club, Rām. 1, 29, 12. 2. the name of several plants. 3. a proper name.
I. m. A tree, Hyperanthera morunga.
II. f. cā.
1. The silk cotton-tree.
2. The plantain.
III. n. Its fruit.
A. mocha + ka, m. = mocha,
I, II. B. muc + aka, m.
1. A devotee, free from worldly passion and desire.
2. A liberator.
I. m. Wind.
II. n.
1. Pressing, strangulating, Lass. 43, 1.
2. Grinding, reducing to dust.
1. Dried fruit.
2. A crocodile.
3. A fly.
4. A basket for carrying snakes in.
I. adj. Delighting.
II. m. and n. A sort of sweetmeat, Pañc. i. d. 303; sweetmeats in general, Vikr. 45, 13.
1. Robbing; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 16.
2. Robbery, Man. 9, 274.
1. Fainting, Vikr. 84, 10; loss of consciousness, Vikr. d. 8.
2. Bewilderment, distraction, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 13; Ṛt. 6, 26.
3. Weakness of intellect, Man. 3, 15.
4. Ignorance, foolishness, infatuation, Pañc. i. d. 250; iii. d. 87.
5. Error, Matsyop. 53.
I. adj., f. nī, Depriving of consciousness or understanding, infatuating, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 13; Kathās. 46, 110 (with vidyā, A magical knowledge).
II. m. One of the arrows of Kāma, Lass. 7, 3.
III. n. Temptation, the overpowering of reason by sensual allurements.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, m. epithet of Skanda, MBh. 3, 14632.
I. adj., f. nī, Bewildering, infatuating, Bhag. 9, 12.
II. f. nī, A kind of jasmine.
-- Comp. gaja-, n. pearls which are supposed to be in the frontal globes of the elephant, Kir. 12, 41.
1. Defamation.
2. Scurrility.
-- Comp. grāma-, Hit. 66, 6, probably in erroneous reading for grāmamukhya, chief of a village.
I. adj., f. ji, Made of muñja, Man. 2, 42.
II. f. ji (and mauñji mauñji, Man. 2, 169, by metrical exigence), The girdle of a Brāhmaṇa, Man. 2, 27; Kumāras. 5, 10.
1. Baldness.
2. Shaving of the head, Man. 8, 370.
-- Comp. cintā-, n. silent thinking, Vikr. d. 130.
I. adj., f. nī, Silent, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1677; Rājat. 5, 304.
II. m. An ascetic.
I. adj., f. vī, Made of mūrva, Man. 2, 42.
II. f. vī, A bowstring, Śāk. d. 13.
1. Proceeding from a root.
2. Of pure blood, Hit. iii. d. 17.
3. Descended from those who had lived in a village when it was built, Man. 8, 259.
4. Born in the same district (of the same root), Man. 8, 62.
5. Hereditary, Man. 7, 54.
1. A lock of hair on the crown of the head.
2. Hair ornamented and braided round the head.
3. A crown, diadem, Vikr. d. 60; Pañc. 230, 18.
4. The head, Lass. 66, 2; Hit. 72, 19 (maulau nidhāya, Obeying).
-- Comp. ardha-indu-, adj. epithet of Śiva (wearing the crescent as diadem), Megh. 56. cakra-, m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 69, 14. niśākara-kalā-, adj. (wearing the crescent as diadem), epithet of Śiva, Kathās. 4, 89.
1. To fix in the memory by frequent repetition.
2. To remember, to praise (ved.).
-- With the prep. ā ā, To repeat frequently, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 30. āmnātā, Recorded, Pañc. i. d. 408.
-- With samā sam-ā, To prescribe, Utt. Rāmac. 92, 6.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. meminisse. Cf. man.
1. To smear.
2. To speak incorrectly.
3. To accumulate.
4. To divide, to cut. -- mṛkṣ, with abhi abhi, i. 10, To anoint, MBh. 13, 7426.
† mrad (cf. mṛd), i. 1, Ātm. To grind, to reduce to powder.
-- With ni ni, and abhini abhi-ni, To set (as the sun), ved., Weber, Journ. of the German Oriental Society, xiv. 756, sqq.
-- Cf. mluch.
† mruñc, mluñc mluñc, mañc mañc, muñc muñc, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus. To repeat, MBh. 3, 10388.
† mlakṣ (?), i. 10, Par. To cut, to divide.
1. Fading, decay.
2. Languor.
3. Weariness.
-- With the prep. ni ni,
1. To set (as the sun), Bhāg. P. 5, 21, 9.
2. With acc. To surprise setting, Man. 2, 220.
-- With abhini abhi-ni, with acc. To surprise setting, Man. 2, 219.
-- Cf. mruc.
1. A barbarian, Hit. iii. d. 62.
2. A sinner.
1. To speak barbarously, MBh. 2, 2040. †
2. To speak confusedly.
† mleṭ, mreṭ mreṭ, meṭ meṭ, i. 1, Par. To be mad.
† mlev, see mev.
1. To fade, MBh. 3, 15455.
2. To grow weary, Ragh. 11, 9 (Calc.).
3. To be faint or languid, MBh. 1, 3391. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. mlāna.
1. Withered, faded, Pañc. i. d. 88; Utt. Rāmac. 23, 12.
2. Languid, faint, Bhartṛ. 2, 82; Rājat. 5, 431.
3. Foul, dirty. Comp. a-, adj. 1. not faded. 2. clear.
-- With pari pari, To fade away, to disappear, Pañc. cod. Berol. 144, a. parimlāna,
1. Withered, Rām. 2, 59, 8.
2. Faded, Ragh. 14, 50 (Calc.).
3. Languid.
4. Diminished.
5. Soiled. n.
1. Change of countenance by grief.
2. Soil.
-- Cf. [greek] = Caus. mlāpayāmi, [greek]
-- Cf. Lat. jecur; [greek] perhaps also A.S. lifer.
† yakṣ, i, 10, Ātm. To worship, to honour (cf. yaj).
I. m.
1. A kind of demigod, attendant on Kuvera, Chr. 57, 21.
2. Kuvera.
3. The palace of Indra.
II. f. kṣī.
1. A female yakṣa, Rām. 3, 52, 35.
2. The wife of Kuvera.
-- Comp. rājayakṣman, i. e. rājan-, m. the same.
1. To sacrifice, Man. 11, 87; with acc., Rām. 1, 31, 5; with instr., MBh. 1, 2473.
2. To worship (the deities) by sacrifices, Man. 8, 105.
3. To worship (the deities), Bhag. 9, 23.
4. To inaugurate, Rām. 2, 56, 18.
5. To give, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 49. yajati, see s.v. Ptcple. pres. Ātm. yajamāna, m. A person who institutes a sacrifice and pays the expense of it, Pañc. 169, 8; 182, 12. Pass. ijya, in epic poetry ptcple. pres. ijyant, MBh. 2, 1325. Pf. ptcple. iṣṭa. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. yājya, To be sacrificed. m. A sacrificer, Man. 8, 317. n. Presents for sacrificing. Comp. a-, m. one for whom it is not allowed to sacrifice, Man. 11, 59. Infin. yaṣṭam, in epic poetry anomal. ījitum, MBh. 2, 1230 (looks like an infin. of the redupl. pf.). Desider. yiyakṣa, To wish to sacrifice, MBh. 2, 59. Caus. yājaya, To perform a sacrifice for another, Man. 3, 151 (also Ātm., MBh. 1, 8123).
-- With the prep. sam sam, To worship, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 96. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. (Caus.?), saṃyājya, n. Sacrificing, Man. 11, 59. Comp. a-saṃyājya, adj. one with whom nobody is allowed to sacrifice, Man. 9, 238. Caus. To perform a sacrifice for another, MBh. 1, 6375.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A technical term for those sacrifices which are denoted by the word yajati (cf. juhoti), Man. 2, 84.
2. m. A sacrifice (ŚKD.).
I. adj. Adorable, Lass. 102, 9 = Rigv. vii. 14, 2.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa who keeps a sacrificial fire.
III. n. Maintenance of a sacrificial fire.
1. Sacrificing, Man. 1, 88.
2. Worshipping.
-- Comp. deva-, n. a place of offering to the deities, MBh. 5, 7354; Utt. Rāmac. 10, 4.
1. Sacrifice, Man. 10, 79.
2. A sacrificer.
-- Comp. a-, m. time when the sacrifice is over, Man. 3, 120. ṛṣi-, m. inaudible muttering of prayers, Man. 4, 21; cf. 3, 81. graha-, m. a sacrifice offered to the planets, Yājñ. 1, 294. japa-, murmuring prayers, Man. 2, 85. nāma(n)-, m. a nominal sacrifice only (not real), Bhag. 16, 7. pañca(n)-, m. (pl.), the five great sacraments, Man. 3, 67. pāka-, m. a domestic sacrifice, Man. 2, 86; 11, 118. prastāva-, m. sacrificelike treating of a subject, i. e. treating a subject where those who partake of it must propound and prove their views, as at sacrifices every one must give presents, Pañc. ii. d. 176. mahā-, m. an essential ceremony, a sacrament, Man. 1, 112; 2, 28. vidhi-, m. a ceremonial act of worshipping, Man. 2, 85.
I. adj. Suitable to a sacrifice, Man. 2, 23.
II. m. The dvāpara, or third yuga.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who performs no sacrifices, irreligious, Man. 11, 14; 20.
1. To exert one's self, Pañc. i. d. 284; Chr. 4, 16; to endeavour Man. 11, 6; with infin., MBh. 1, 6360; with dat., Bhag. 7, 3; Vikr. 5, 11 (yatiṣye sakhīpratyānayanāya, I shall endeavour to bring back your friend); Pañc. i. d. 99 (nāśāya, to remove); loc., MBh. 3, 2727; gen., 1, 8085.
2. With acc. To make, to produce, Rām. 3, 49, 56. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. yatita, Endeavoured, tried, MBh. 1, 6015.
II. yatta.
1. Exerting one's self, Chr. 18, 16.
2. Watchful, Rām. 1, 32, 7.
3. Resolved. Cf. yam. Caus. and i. 10, Par. yātaya.
1. To prepare, to cause to be shown. Mālav. 74, 17.
2. To distress, to torture, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 31; also Ātm. with ātmānam, 5, 26, 18.
3. Ātm. To be used, Rām. 2, 62, 26 Gorr.
4. Ātm. To return, to requite, MBh. 3, 1383.
5. To reprehend, to despise.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To put on, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4.
-- With ā ā, āyatta.
1. Depending on, Man. 7, 65.
2. Docile, tractable, Hit. 54, 5. Comp. an-, adj. independent, Hit. ii. d. 21. para-, adj. 1. depending on another, Pañc. i. d. 295, v.r.
2. ruled, Kathās. 18, 381.
-- With atyā ati-ā, To exert one's self excessively, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 6.
-- With samā sam-ā, samāyatta, Depending on, MBh. 3, 10484.
-- With nis nis, Caus., or i. 10,
1. To give back, to restore, Man. 11, 164.
2. To requite, MBh. 2, 2660.
3. To pardon, 1, 3018.
-- With pratinis prati-nis, Caus., or i. 10, To give back, MBh. 3, 13183.
-- With pra pra,
1. To endeavour, Man. 7, 198.
2. To apply to, Rām. 1, 58, 21. prayatita, Determined, Johns. Sel. 32, 61.
-- With prati prati, Caus., or i. 10, To requite, MBh. 3, 14728.
-- With vi vi, Caus., or i. 10, To punish, MBh. 1, 3019.
1. Whence, Rām. 3, 53, 27; from any place, Man. 11, 17; Pañc. i. d. 6 (yatas tatas, from wherever, Chr. 19, 5).
2. Since, Rām. 2, 7, 1.
3. As, Hit. 127, 10.
4. Because, Pañc. i. d. 402.
5. That, Vikr. d. 118.
6. For, Hit. 7, 2, M.M.; Daśak. in Chr. 194, 4.
7. Where, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 20.
8. Doubled, yatoyatas, Whencesoever.
1. yati, i. e. yam + ti (or perhaps rather a curtailed form of yatin),
I. m.
1. A sage of subdued passions, Hit. ii. d. 171.
2. A religious mendicant, Rām. 3, 52, 26.
II. f.
1. (i. e. yam + ti), A pause (in music), Pañc. v. d. 44.
2. also yatī yatī, A widow.
2. ya + ti (yad), adj. As many.
I. m. One who has subdued his passions.
II. f. nī, A widow.
1. Effort, Pañc. ii. d. 133; 99 (yatnāt, in spite of every effort), perseverance, energy, Man. 2, 88.
2. Will, Bhāṣāp. 4.
3. Diligence, Chr. 51, 1. yatnena, Carefully, Pañc. 192, 12.
4. °nāt, Necessarily, Pañc. 176, 8.
-- Comp. a-, m. absence of hardship; instr. and abl. sing. without hardship, Man. 5, 47; easily, Pañc. 201, 16. sa-,
I. adj. endeavouring, Hit. 20, 8, M.M.
II. °nam, adv. vigorously.
1. Vigorously, strenuously, Bhartṛ. 2, 5.
2. Carefully, Hit. i. d. 128, M.M.; Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
-- Comp. a-, adv. without hardship, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219. 9.
1. = loc. of yad, Bhag. 8, 23.
2. Where, in what place.
3. Doubled, yatrayatra, Wherever, Hit. iii. d. 69.
4. Because, Nal. 12, 7.
5. That, Nal. 8, 17.
6. With following kutra, In whatever, Hit. iv. d. 84 (cf. v. r. in Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1225).
7. With following tatra, Wherever, Chr. 8, 22.
1. In which manner, like, as, Hit. pr. 38, M.M.; Chr. 8, 25; with following tad eram, As -- just so, Vikr. 37, 7, 8.
2. With following tathā, In every way, Hit. ii. d. 138.
3. As truly as (a form of asseveration), Chr. 7, 16 (literally: 'As truly I love nobody but thee, so truly I touch my head,' i. e. 'As I touch my head, so I love nobody but thee').
4. In order that, that, Chr. 12, 30.
5. It is used often as introduction to a direct sentence, Śāk. 7, 1, bel. jñāyate yathāyam ābhogas tapovanasyeti, 'One perceives these are the environs of a forest of ascetics.'
6. Doubled, yathāyathā, In what proportion, Man. 4, 20.
7. Very often it is the former part of comp. adv., of which the latter part has the form of an acc. sing. n.; they may be resolved by supplying 'is,' and generally translated by 'according to that which is implied by the latter part,' e. g. yathā-kāma + m, literally, 'as is desire,' 'according to one's wish,' 'at pleasure, ad libitum,' Chr. 56, 17. yathā-yatha + m, adv. Properly, suitably (ŚKD.).
-- Comp. tad-, adv. namely, Pañc. 3, 10; 7, 15; for, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 17.
1. Exactly as it was, truly, Chr. 63, 63.
2. According to law, Man. 2, 89.
3. Accordingly, suitably, Nal. 6, 8.
I. Relative pronoun; the base of the cases and of most derivatives is ya, Who, which, what, Chr. 5, 8.
II. Indefinite pronoun, Any, Chr. 23, 30.
III. Doubled.
1. In proportion, as each of which, Man. 1, 20.
2. Whoever, whatever, Hit. pr. d. 34, M.M.
IV. With following interr. pronoun (kim), Whoever, whatever. Pañc. i. d. 403.
V. Two and more relatives may be combined with one verb; e. g. yad yena yujyate, What is fitting for something, Hit. i. d. 53, M.M.; yo 'tti yasya yadā māṃsam, When one eats the flesh of some (creature), Hit. i. d. 65, M.M.
VI. yad, acc. sing. n., a particle.
1. As, since, because, Hit. pr. d. 8, M.M.; wherefore.
2. That, Hit. 41, 4, M.M.
3. It is often used as introduction to a direct sentence, Pañc. 175, 13. vadanti yad asmākaṃ rājā kiṃ kariṣyati, 'They say: what will the king do to us?' 227, 7.
3. With following vā, Or, Rājat. 5, 441.
4. With following api, Although, Pañc. i. d. 7.
VII. yena, instr. sing. n., adv.
1. In what manner, Man. 4, 178.
2. Because, MBh. 3, 10631.
3. As, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212.
4. That, Pañc. 84, 17.
VIII. yasmāt, abl. sing. n., adv. Because, Hit. iv. d. 88; Chr. 16, 11.
-- Cf. probably [greek] (= yena); Goth. ja in jabai.
1. When, at what time, Hit. 98, 18.
2. Doubled, Whenever, Bhag. 4, 7.
3. With following kadā cid -- na, Nevermore, Hit. 58, 12.
1. The name of a king, Śiś. 9, 38.
2. The name of a country.
3. pl.
a. The name of a people.
b. The descendants of Yadu, Johns. Sel. 46, 73.
I. m., f. trī, and n. A person or thing that restrains.
II. m. A charioteer, Man. 2, 88.
-- Comp. deha-, m. a charioteer, i. e. subduer, of (his) body, i. e. of his senses, Lass. 53, 11.
1. Checked, restrained, Rām. 1, 40, 17.
2. Bound, fettered, MBh. 3, 33. Comp. a-, adj. one who does not govern his passions, Man. 2, 118. su-, adj. 1. well governed. 2. one who governs his passions completely, Man. 2, 118.
-- With the prep. upa upa, upayantrita, Solicited, Man. 11, 177.
-- With ni ni, niyantrita,
1. Fastened, Utt. Rāmac. 106, 1.
2. Checked.
3. Squeezed, Śāk. 9, 20 (Prākṛ.).
4. Ruled, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 17.
5. Fettered, Pañc. 142, 14.
6. Embanked, Rājat. 5, 103.
-- With sam sam, saṃgantriṭa, Stopped, Śāk. 100, 21.
1. An engine or machine in general, any implement, or apparatus, Man. 7, 75; Johns. Sel. 39, 30; Rājat. 5, 104.
2. A thong, Man. 8, 292.
3. A sort of vessel, Hit. iii. d. 52.
4. A mystical diagram, Rāmatap. Up. 1, 13.
5. Restraining.
-- Comp. kodaṇḍa-, n. a bow, Rājat. 5, 104. kūṭa-, n. a trap for deer, birds, etc. gṛha-, n. an apparatus for raising flags on a house, Kumāras. 6, 41. ghaṭikā- (thus to be corrected, Pañc. 212, 4), and ghaṭī-, n. the rope and bucket of a well, Mārk. P. 12, 20. jala-, n. a machine for raising water, Hariv. 8425. tāla-, n. 1. a small pair of pincers, Suśr. 1, 23, 16. 2. a lock. taila-, n. an oil mill, Bhāg. P. 5, 21, 13. toya-, n. a clepsydra, Sūryas. 13, 21. dhārā-, n. a water-spout, Prab. 79, 11. dhraja-, n. an apparatus for planting the staff of a standard, Rām. 4, 13, 20. nāḍī-, n. any tubelike apparatus, Suśr. 1, 23, 17. mahā-, n. any great mechanical work, Man. 11, 63. su-, adj. with machines, Hit. iii. d. 52. sūtra-, n. 1. a loom. 2. a shuttle. strī-, n. a woman who works like an artificial machine, Pañc. i. d. 204. sva-māyā-, adj. formed by his art, Kathās. 29, 18.
1. yantr + ana, m. An artisan, Rām. 2, 80, 1.
2. yantra + ka, n. A lathe.
-- Comp. jala-, n. an engine, Hariv. 8432.
I. n.
1. Binding.
2. Restraining.
3. Confining.
II. f. ṇā.
1. Torturing, pain (ŚKD.), Mālav. 46, 3.
2. A means of fastening, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 5; Pañc. rec. orn. MS. Berol. 81, a., and Weber, Ind. St. iii. 372, 4, below (read yantraṇayā instead of yantrayā).
-- Comp. niryantraṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. unrestrained, unobstructed, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 408. °nam, adv., Ṛt. 1, 9. mukha-, n. the bit of a bridle.
† yabh, jabh jabh, jambh jambh, i. 1, Par. To lie with.
1. To tame, to restrain.
2. To govern (as horses), MBh. 3, 751.
3. To give, Man. 2, 55. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. yata, Restrained, governed, Hit. iii. d. 130; in epic poetry also yatta, MBh. 2, 2011 (maintained by the metre). Comp. vāgyata, i. e. vāc-, adj. silent, taciturn, Man. 3, 236. Caus., and i. 10, ya/āmaya.
1. To restrain.
2. † To give food. Ptcple. pf. pass. yamita, Restrained, Śāk. d. 29. Comp. a-, adj. not pared (as nails), Megh. 89.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To give, Chr. 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12.
-- With ā ā,
1. To stop, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 119.
2. To suppress, Man. 11, 149.
3. To draw, to bend (as a bow), Rām. 3, 50, 9; Johns. Sel. 50, 101.
4. Ātm. To extend, Śāk. 73, 4, C.
5. Ātm. To possess, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 46. āyata, Long, Pañc. ii. 8. Comp. pūrṇa-āyata, adj. completely drawn (as a bow), Hariv. 13413. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. an-āyamya, Not to be drawn, unpliant, MBh. 1, 6953.
-- With nirā nis-ā, nirāyata, Contracted, Śāk. d. 8.
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. Ātm. To exert one's power, MBh. 3, 12740.
2. To fight, Mṛcch. 202, 7; Ātm., Bhaṭṭ. 6, 119.
3. To open wide one's eyes, Johns. Sel. 47. 76. vyāyata, Long.
2. Excessive.
3. Busy.
4. Hard, firm. Caus. yāmaya, To use exercise, Man. 7, 216.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rise, Hit. 81, 4 (with infin., in order to kill).
2. To lift up, Man. 4, 64.
3. To brandish, Man. 5, 58.
4. To govern (as horses), Chr. 36, 19.
5. To offer, MBh. 1, 1853.
6. To endeavour, MBh. 2, 2357.
7. To study. udyata,
1. Raised, Chr. 3, 1.
2. Ready, Hit. 41, 4, M.M.
3. Intending, Rājat. 5, 237.
4. Trained.
5. Active. Comp. samara-, adj. ready for the combat.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud,
1. To raise, Mṛcch. 171, 20.
2. To offer, Man. 4, 247. abhyudyata,
1. Lifted up, Mṛcch. 327, 5 (Calc.).
2. Rising, proceeding to act, Man. 4, 302.
-- With prod pra-ud,
1. To lift up. prodyata, lifted, Pañc. 105, 19.
2. To cast, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 60.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To incite, to urge (as horses), MBh. 3, 756.
2. To lift up, 1, 6278.
3. To endeavour, Rām. 1, 14, 8. samudyata, Ready.
-- With upa upa,
1. Ātm. To marry, Man. 3, 11 (Par., Man. 11, 172, v.r., see Lois.).
2. To seize, Ātm., Bhaṭṭ. 1, 16; with bhayam, To fear, Bhaṭṭ. 7, 101.
-- With ni ni,
1. To stop, to govern, MBh. 4, 1953.
2. To direct, Chr. 295, 16 = Rigv. i. 92, 16.
3. To curb, to restrain, Rām. 2, 122, 22, to hold in (the breath), Vikr. d. 1.
4. To punish, Man. 9, 213.
5. To bind, Rām. 2, 87, 23.
6. To attain, Man. 2, 93.
7. To assume, Man. 10, 93.
8. To conceal, Man. 10, 59. niyata,
1. Subdued, self-goyerned.
2. Submissive, Sāv. 4, 11.
3. Abstemious, Chr. 50, 9.
4. Attentive.
5. Fixed, Megh. 44.
6. Certain, destined, Hit. i. d. 43, M.M.; right, i. d. 202, M.M.
7. Constant, Man. 5, 44.
8. Inevitable, Man. 8, 419; Utt. Rāmac. 52, 12. °tam, adv.
1. Forcibly, Ṛt. 6, 20.
2. Inevitably, Bhartṛ. 2, 41.
3. Constantly, always.
4. Surely, Pañc. ii. d. 199. n. Eiementary matter. Caus. To restrain, Śāk. 92, 19, Chezy. niyamita,
1. Restrained.
2. Confined, Bhartṛ. 2, 93.
3. Prescribed.
4. Governed.
-- With pratini prati-ni, pratiniyata, Determined proportionally (in proportion to the acts done in a preceding existence), Bhartṛ. 2, 92; Daśak. in Chr. 187, 22.
-- With vini vi-ni, To punish, Man. 9, 249.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To subdue, Man. 2, 93.
-- With pra pra,
1. To offer, to deliver, Hit. 65, 15; to give, Man. 3, 223; Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15 (yacchatāt, imperat. 2. sing.).
2. To give in marriage, Man. 9, 89.
3. To restore, Man. 8, 181; Pañc. 88, 14.
4. To pay, Man. 8, 158. prayata, Well restrained, keeping his organs controlled, Man. 2, 222.
2. Submissive, Nal. 25, 2.
3. Careful, Man. 2, 183; intent on his devotion, 11, 158; zealous, Vikr. d. 43.
4. Pure, Man. 5, 145. Comp. a-, adj. impure, Man. 5, 142.
-- With pratipra prati-pra, To restore, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 14.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To give, Man. 11, 19.
2. To give in marriage, MBh. 3, 16661 (= Sāv. 2, 4, v. r. erroneous).
-- With vi vi, To give, Chr. 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12 (yanta, 2. pl. imperat. aor. 1.).
-- With sam
1. To constrain, Man. 8, 365.
2. To bind, MBh. 3, 1694.
3. To subdue, Man. 12, 11.
4. To govern (as horses), MBh. 3, 12110. saṃyata, Restrained, subdued, Nal. 1, 4; fettered. Comp. su-saṃyata, adj. well composed, Man. 2, 193 (v.r.).
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. jejunus, and probably jentare, fraena; Goth. aiths; A.S. adh, adhum; O.H.G. eidum.
I. adj. sbst. Twin, one of a pair. du. The twins, Draup. 6, 29.
II. m.
1. Restraining.
2. Taming of passion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 14.
3. Moral duty, Man. 4, 204.
4. Penance.
5. A festival.
6. Yama, the judge of the deceased ones, ruler of the infernal regions, Rām. 2, 54, 28; god of death, Pañc. 247, 8.
7. A crow.
8. A name of the planet Saturn.
III. f. mī, The Yamunā.
IV. n. A pair.
-- Comp. kāla-anta + ka-, m. Yama, as all-destroying time, Rām. 3, 32, 5.
I. m. A religious observance.
II. n. A poetical refinement, a species of alliteration.
I. m. Yama.
II. n.
1. Restraining, Rājat. 5, 114.
2. Binding.
3. Cessation.
I. n. A pair.
II. f. lī, A sort of dress, a body and petticoat.
(vb. yā, red., + in), yayin, m. Śiva.
1. A horse.
2. A horse fit for sacrifice.
1. Barley, Hordeum hexastichon, Pañc. 224, 4.
2. The measure of a barleycorn, equal to six mustard seeds.
3. A natural line across the thumb, supposed to indicate good fortune.
4. Velocity (vb. jū).
-- Comp. kāka-, m. barren corn, Pañc. ii. d. 93. tri-, adj. weighing three barleycorns, Man. 8, 134.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Swift (vb. jū).
II. m.
1. The name of a country.
2. The name of a people (originally Greek, Ionian), Man. 10, 44.
3. (vb. jū), Velocity.
4. A swift horse.
III. f. nī, A Yavana woman, Vikr. 77, 5.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the name of a prince of the Yavanas, Hariv. 1961.
I. adj. Fit for producing barley.
II. m. A month.
I. n.
1. Glory, Vikr. 11, 17; fame, Pañc. iii. d. 116 (pl.).
2. Splendour.
3. Praise.
II. adj. Renowned, resplendent, Chr. 294, 8 = Rigv. i. 92, 8; superl. yaśastama, Lass. 101, 9 = Rigv. vii. 16, 4.
-- Comp. a-, n. disgrace, Pañc. ii. d. 116. ati-, adj. much renowned; archaic acc. (cf. srotas and ved. forms) -yaśām, for yaśasam, Nal. 8, 4 (Böhtl., Bopp. v.r.). apa-, n. disgrace, Bhartṛ. 2, 45. pṛthu-,
I. adj. widely renowned, MBh. 7, 2783.
II. a proper name. mahā-, adj. illustrious, Rām. 3, 55, 38. su-, adj. renowned.
-- Cf. Lat. decere, docere; [greek] probably A.S. ta, tah; O.H.G. zoha.
I. adj., f. rī, Rendering famous, Hit. iii. d. 122.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 472.
-- Comp. a-, adj. bringing disgrace, Rām. 5, 91, 12.
I. m. and f. (and yaṣṭī yaṣṭī, f.),
1. A staff, a stick, Pañc. 105, 19; 261, 12; Śiś. 9, 39; a perch, Vikr. d. 43; a stem, d. 44; support, Sāv. 5, 89.
2. A palisade, Man. 9, 285.
3. A club, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 4.
4. A string, Vikr. d. 51.
5. A necklace.
6. Any creeping plant, Utt. Rāmac. 81, 5.
7. Liquorice.
8. A shrub, Siponanthus indica.
II. m.
1. A flagstaff.
2. The arm and forearm.
-- Comp. ketu-, m. a flag-staff. Ragh. 12, 103. gātra-, m. a delicate body; when latter part of comp. adj., the fem. ends in t, Ṛt. 6, 24. tulā-, the beam of a balance, Pañc. i. d. 166. dhvaja-, f. a flag-staff, Rām. 5, 12, 38. bhāra-, f. a yoke or pole for carrying burthens. vāsa-, f. a column for a bird to perch on, Megh. 77. hāra-, f. a necklace, Ṛt. 1, 8.
I. m. A bird, the lapwing.
II. f. kā.
1. A staff, a club.
2. A necklace.
3. A pond.
4. Liquorice.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To endeavour, Rām. 2, 14, 62.
2. To be afflicted, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 69. āyasta,
1. Pained, distressed, Rām. 2, 20, 8.
2. Vexed, angry.
3. Managed with difficulty.
4. Hurt.
5. Thrown.
6. Sharpened.
7. Strained, Pañc. v. d. 28. Caus. To torment, Mālav. 32, 7 (Prākṛ.). Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. an-āyāsita, Not practised, Pañc. i. d. 429 (rather an-āyāsa + ita).
-- With pra pra, To endeavour, Naiṣ. 1, 125. prayasta. Seasoned, dressed with condiments.
1. To go, Rām. 2. 72, 27; imperat. yātu, Let it go, enough, Hit. 77, 9, M.M.; no matter, Hit. 128, 2.
2. To go to (with acc.), MBh. 3, 2828; (with dat.), Hit. i. d. 153; (with two acc.), Rām. 3, 55, 48 (sarvāṇi śaranaṃ yāmi, All those
I approach, or
I implore, for help).
3. To undergo, to obtain, to get, especially with abstract nouns; e. g. kṣayam, To perish, MBh. 3, 8840; reṇu-padavīm, To become dust, Vikr. d. 4; saṃparkam, To be united, Vikr. d. 13; prasādam, To become propitious, inclined to somebody, Pañc. 67, 8; dveṣyatām, To grow odious, Pañc. i. d. 317; vilayam, To be dissolved, Pañc. i. d. 425.
4. To pass away, Pañc. iii. d. 97; Bhaṭṭ. 7, 89. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. yāta.
1. Gone, Vikr. d. 72; went.
2. Escaped, Hit. ii. d. 144.
3. Obtained, got. n. Driving an elephant with a goad. Desider yiyāsa, To desire to go, MBh. 3, 47. Caus. yāpaya,
1. To remove, Ragh. 9, 27.
2. To pass away (time), Pañc. 183, 24.
3. To induce, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 4 (with dat. in the sense of an infin. 'Induced to abandon').
-- With the prep. ati ati, To pass, Rām. 2, 49, a.
-- With samati sam-ati, To pass away, Rām. 1, 19, 1.
-- With adhi adhi, To escape, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 90.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, Man. 8, 17.
2. To cut in succession, MBh. 4, 1727. anuyāta,
1. Followed, accompanied, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 15.
2. Practised.
-- With samanu To follow, MBh. 2, 1608.
-- With apa apa,
1. To go away, Hit. iv. d. 81; MBh. 3, 15214; Chr. 57, 31 (
I propose to read purān, i. e. purāt).
2. To run away, Draup. 8, 35. apayāta, Fallen from, Chr. 35, 3.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To go away, MBh. 3, 789.
2. To desist from (abl.), Chr. 42, 13.
3. To pass away, Rām. 2, 49, 2.
-- With abhi abhi, To go near (acc.), Rām. 1, 25, 10. abhiyāta, Approaching, Indr. 2, 8.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To go near at the same time, MBh. 1, 1338.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, Vikr. d. 121, Pañc. i. d. 213.
2. To come, Pañc. iii. d. 97; Rājat. 5, 31.
3. With and without punar, To return, Rām. 1, 1, 75; Chr. 5, 23.
4. To attain, Lass. 21, 2.
5. To undergo, to obtain, Rājat. 5, 376; with kṣayam, To be ruined, Pañc. v. d. 52; with saṃkocam, To be diminished, Pañc. i. d. 105; with hetutām, To become the cause, Hit. i. d. 29, M.M.; with toṣam, To be satisfied, Hit. ii. d. 149. āyāta, Come. n. Excess, Kir. 5, 23. Comp. krama-, adj. descended from a succession, i. e. a long line of princes, Pañc. i. d. 83.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, To approach, MBh. 3, 246.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 3, 738.
2. To undergo, to obtain, Rājat. 5, 126. upāyāta, n. Arrival, Draup. 4, 24.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To approach, MBh. 4, 280.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To go towards, MBh. 4, 1698.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To meet with, Pañc. 46, 6; 245, 2 (dvau panthānau samāyātau, They came to two roads).
2. To approach, Pañc. 23, 10; Chr. 34, 6.
3. To obtain, Pañc. i. d. 104.
4. To come, Hit. pr. 83, 2; to arrive, Hit. 29, 6, M.M.
-- With ud ud, To rise, Gīt. 4, 19.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To go to meet (a guest), Rām. 1, 20, 8. pratyudyāta, Saluted, welcomed, Megh. 23.
-- With upa upa,
1. To go to (acc.), Rām. 2, 50, 15.
2. To approach, Pañc. i. d. 44; Ragh. 9, 24 (Calc.).
3. To undergo, to obtain, Man. 12, 69; with prītim, To grow agreeable, Pañc. i. d. 317.
4. To befall, Pañc. iii. d. 244.
-- With opa ā-upa, To come near to (acc.), Lass. 102, 11 = Rigv. vii. 14, 3.
-- With upopa upa-upa, To approach gradually, MBh. 3, 12358.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, To return, MBh. 1, 8393.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To go, MBh. 3, 1912.
-- With praṇi pra-ni, To proceed, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 100.
-- With nis nis, To go out, or out of (abl.), Rām. 2, 76, 19.
-- With abhinis abhi-nis, To go out, to depart, Rājat. 5, 218.
-- With pari pari,
1. To go round, to circumambulate (as a token of respect), MBh. 1, 7205.
2. To proteet, Chr. 297, 13 (corr. yāthaḥ) = Rigv. i. 112, 13.
-- With pra pra,
1. To go forth, Hit. 84, 7 (kaḥ pra yāṭa, Who shall go forth?); to proceed, MBh. 3, 2848.
2. To proceed to (acc.), MBh. 3, 240.
3. To rise to (acc.) Bhartṛ. 2, 91.
4. To attain, Pañc. i. d. 186; to obtain, Pañc. iii. d. 262; with asādhyatām (i. e. a-sādh + ya + tā), To become unconquerable, Pañc. i. d. 245; with parābhavam, To be spoiled, Pañc. i. d. 424.
5. To proceed from, Rājat. 5, 3745
6. To depart, Hit. i. d. 189, M.M.; Daśak. iii. Chr. 187, 15.
7. To pass away, Kathās. 4, 23. Comp. ptcple. pres. a-prayānt, adj. Not able to move away, Chr. 31, 16. prayāta,
1. Gone away.
2. Gone.
3. Deceased. m.
1. A lazy fellow.
2. A name of Bhṛgu. Desider. To desire to proceed, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 25. Caus. prayāpita, Driven away.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To assail, MBh. 4, 1381.
-- With pratipra prati-pra, To return, MBh. 3, 10287.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To proceed together, MBh. 1, 4645.
2. To depart to (acc.), MBh. 3, 15082.
-- With prati prati, To return, Rām. 1, 66, 6.
-- With vi vi,
1. To pervade (the heavens), and come, Chr. 287, 7 = Rigv. i. 48, 7.
2. To pierce, to destroy, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 86, 10. viyāta, Ill-behaved, impudent.
-- With sam sam,
1. To enter, MBh. 3, 6013.
2. To come, Lass. 34, 4.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To visit in succession, or one by one, MBh. 3, 10094.
2. To follow, Rām. 2, 79, 13.
-- Cf. perhaps some forms of i; e. g. [greek] Lat. Janus, janua.
1. To ask, Vikr. d. 41; to solicit, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 1. With the acc. of the object and of the person, Man. 3, 258; also with the abl. of the person, MBh. 1, 6197.
2. To offer, to tender. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. yācita.
1. Importuned, Yājñ. 2, 238.
2. Requisite, necessary, Pañc. 182, 13. Comp. a-, adj. unasked, Man. 4, 5. ati-, adj. asked too often, too much assailed with begging, Hit. ii. d. 164. Caus. yācaya, To cause to be asked, Pañc. 25, 15; to be invited, Vikr. 37, 8.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To ask, to beg; with two acc., MBh. 3, 10586.
-- With upa upa, upayācita,
1. Requested.
2. Offered to the deities to render them propitious. n. A vow, Pañc. ii. d. 50; a demand, Kathās. 13, 166.
-- With pra pra,
1. To beg, to solicit, Chr. 26, 65; with two acc., MBh. 3, 9950.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, The same, 3, 8696.
-- With sam sam, The same, 3, 8837.
-- Cf. [greek] and perhaps [greek]
1. A sacrificer, Man. 3, 164.
2. A royal elephant.
3. A furious elephant.
-- Comp. grāma-, m. one who sacrifices for a village, MBh. 3, 13355. nakṣatra-grāma-, adj. one who offers sacrifices to the asterims, MBh. 12, 2874.
1. Sacrificing.
2. Worshipping, Bhag. 9, 34.
-- Comp. ātma(n)-, adj. sacrificing one's self, Man. 12, 91. grāma-, m. a common sacrificer, Man. 4, 205. soma-, m. a sacrificer who drinks the Soma juice. havis-, m. a priest.
1. The institutor of a sacrifice.
2. Kuśa grass.
1. Pain, torment, Man. 6, 61; Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 41.
2. Punishment.
3. Requital, Pañc. 188, 3.
I. m.
1. A traveller.
2. Time.
II. n. A Rākṣasa, or demon.
I. i. e. yā + tṛ, m. A driver, Man. 8, 290.
II. Perhaps yam + tṛ, f. A husband's brother's wife.
1. Going, travelling.
2. The march of an assailing force, an expedition, Man. 7, 160; 207; Pañc. iii. d. 35.
3. Going on pilgrimage.
4. The procession of idols, Hit. i. d. 113, M.M.
5. A sort of dramatic entertainment.
6. Passing away time.
7. Practice, usage, conduct, Man. 9, 25; intercourse, Man. 11, 184.
8. An expedient, support of life, Man. 4, 3.
-- Comp. tīrtha-, f. pilgrimage to holy places, Pañc. 117, 10. deva-, f. 1. the procession of idols, Mālav. 69, 13. 2. a sacred festival. deha-, f. 1. death. 2. support of life, Bhāg. P. 4, 23, 20. prāṇa-, f. support of life, Pañc. 52, 6. loka-, f. 1. the way of the world, Mālav. 68, 17. 2. worldly affairs, domestic affairs, Man. 9, 27. 3. traffic, intercourse, Hit. i. d. 104, M.M. 4. the life of the world, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 20.
I. adj.
1. Relating to a march or an enterprise, Man. 7, 184.
2. Necessary for supporting life, Man. 6, 27.
3. Usual.
II. m.
1. A traveller.
2. A pilgrim.
III. n. Provision for a march.
-- Comp. siddha-, m. a pilgrim who seeks for the territory of the Siddhas, Pañc. 240, 16; cf. 242, 5.
I. m.
1. A Yādava, or descendant of Yadu.
2. Kṛṣṇa.
II. f. vī, Durgā.
III. n. A stock of cattle.
-- Comp. niry°, i. e. nis-, adj., f. vā, free from Yādavas, Hariv. 4558.
1. Which like, (qualis), Pañc. ii. d. 190.
2. Which, what, Bhag. 13, 3 (dṛś); Man. 1, 42; Pañc. i. d. 236; Hit. i. d. 205, M.M.
3. With following tādṛśa, Whoever, whatever, Pañc. i. d. 435.
1. Going, Man. 4, 72; moving, Pañc. iii. d. 248.
2. Marching, generally comprising as well: Retreating before an enemy (Pañc. iii. d. 34; cf. 35, and p. 153, 6, 7), as: Attacking an enemy (Pañc. iii. d. 35; Man. 7, 160).
3. Any vehicle or form of conveyance, a carriage, Man. 2, 202.
-- Comp. ākāśa-, n. moving through the sky, Vikr. 22, 9. uṣṭra-, n. a vehicle drawn by camels, Man. 11, 201. khara-, n. a vehicle drawn by asses, ib. go-, n. a carriage drawn by oxen, Man. 11, 174. jala-, n. a boat, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 17. deva-,
I. adj., f. nī, leading to the gods, MBh. 3, 11000.
II. n. 1. the road leading to the gods, Bhāg. P. 7, 15, 55. 2. the vehicle of a god.
III. f. nī, the daughter of Śukra, MBh. 1, 3159. nara-, n. 1. a carriage drawn by men, MBh. 12, 1383. 2. -yāṇa (with ṇ), riding on a man, Pañc. iii. d. 248. nārī-, n. a carriage for women, Man. 3, 52. nau-, n. navigation, Rājat. 1, 201. pitṛ-, m. the way of the Manes, leading to the Manes, MBh. 12, 525, pṛṣṭha-, n. 1. going on horseback, riding, Suśr. 1, 258, 5. 2. a horse, Kām. Nītis. 7, 36 (at the end of a comp. adj.). śata-sahasra-, n. a hundred thousand roads, Pañc. ii. d. 135. siṃha-, f. nā, Durgā.
1. Spending time.
2. Staying.
3. Rejection.
4. Alleviating.
-- Comp. kāla-, n. procrastination, Hit. ii. d. 58.
I. i. e. yā + ma, m. Going, march, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 87, 3; Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4 (approaching, rising).
II. i. e. yama + a, adj., f. mī.
1. Relating to Yama.
2. Inflicted by Yama, Man. 12, 17.
III. i. e. yam + a, m.
1. Forbearance.
2. Cessation.
3. A watch of three hours, Man. 7, 145.
-- Comp. a-vinoda-dīrgha-, adj., f. mā, endowed with long watches (i. e. seeming long) on account of offering no interesting pursuit, Vikr. d. 45. tri-,
I. adj., f. mā, consisting of three watches, epithet of night, Rām. 2, 10, 7 Gorr.
II. f. mā, night, Vikr. d. 63. yāta-, adj. (originally, flat, from having stood a night).
1. old, spoiled, Bhag. 17, 10. 2. used. 3. rejected.
-- Cf. Lat. janitrix; [greek] and O.H.G. eidum, A.S. adhum, derived from the same verb.
and yāmī yāmī,
I. i. e. yam + ī, f.
1. A sister.
2. A daughterin-law, Man. 4, 180 (mī); 183 (mi).
II. i. e. yāma + ī, Night.
I. adj. One who announces the watches, Kathās. 3, 63.
II. f. kā, Night.
I. adj., f. yā, Relating to Yama, Rām. 3, 54, 10 (with diś, The south); propounded by Yama, Man. 8, 173.
II. m.
1. Agastya.
2. Sandal.
III. f. yā.
1. The south.
2. i. e. yāma + ya, f. Night.
1. Going in; e. g. nau-, adj. sbst. Who or what goes in a boat, Man. 8, 409.
2. Leading to, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 10 (citrakūta-, to the mount of Citrakūta).
3. satata-, adj. Taking place continually, Man. 1, 50. samudra-, adj. m. A navigator of the ocean, 3, 158.
I. yava + a, adj. Relating to barley.
II. m. Lac, the red animal dye.
1. Half ripe barley.
2. Barley-gruel. Man. 11, 125.
3. Lac.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. vikā, painted with lac, Kir. 5, 40.
1. That which is as far as.
2. In how many soever degrees advanced, Man. 1, 20.
I. adj. Relating to the Yavanas.
II. n. Incense.
I. adj., f. vatī, As much, as many, Hit. iv. d. 69; how much, Rājat. 5, 110; how many, Bhāg. P, 4, 25, 12.
II. vat, acc. sing. n. adv.
1. As much as, as far as, Johns. Sel. 33, 66.
2. As many as.
3. As long as, Pañc. iii. d. 94; with preceding acc. of a word signifying a division of time, During; e. g. sakalāṃ rātriṃ yāvat, During the whole night, Pañc. 117, 8; varṣam, During a year, Pañc. ii. d. 66; with following na, Before, Vikr. 61, 10; Pañc. 61, 3.
4. Meanwhile, Śāk. 18, 22; Vikr. 3, 12.
5. As far as, unto, until, Rām. 3, 49, 13; with preceding acc., Hit. 111, 18; Pañc. 87, 20; cf. i. d. 132; even, 31, 17.
6. When. Hit. 85, 9 (with following tāvat, Then), Pañc. 48, 24; if, Pañc. 62, 1.
7. In order that, Vikr. d. 13; that, Chr. 18, 34.
8. With a verb it often expresses one's will; e. g. yāvat pratipālayāmi, I will wait, Vikr. 38, 5.
9. Often former part of comp. adverbs; e. g. yāvajjīvam, q. cf.
1. A heap of grass.
2. Provision, Hit. iii. d. 53.
1. yu, ii. 2, Par., and ii. 9, yunā, yuni, Par. Ātm.
1. To bind.
2. To join, to mix.
3. To separate (? cf. 2. yu). Ptcple of the pf. pass. yuta,
1. Joined, connected, Rām. 3, 52, 26.
2. United, Lass. 39, 19.
3. Attached to.
4. Endowed, full of, Nal. 12, 2; Chr. 13, 9; Hit. i. d. 152, M.M. (seized). Comp. a-, m. and n. a myriad, Man. 12, 113. go-, 1. adj., f. tā, full of cattle, Rām. 2, 49, 10. n. a cow-pen, MBh. 14, 1934.
-- With the prep. vyati vi-ati, To mix, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 6.- With ā ā, āyuta, Endowed, Nal. 12, 39.
-- With pra pra, prayuta, Joined. n. A million.
-- With sam sam, saṃyuta,
1. Joined, mixed.
2. Heaped, Śāk. 69, 15.
3. Endowed, Sāv. 5, 33; Pañc. iii. d. 48.
4. Implying, Man. 2, 32. Comp. su-, adj. well accompanied by, Lass. 50, 6.
-- Cf. Lat. juvare, jus (= ved. yos), jubere (Caus.); [greek] (probably for [greek]), [greek]
2. yu, ii. 3, Par. To keep back. Caus., and i. 10, Ātm. † To despise.
-- With the prep. apa apa, ii. 3, To remove, Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.
1. Union, connection.
2. Propriety, Pañc. iii. d. 163.
3. Suitable manner, Rājat. 5, 90.
4. Use, Pañc. 183, 22; Rājat. 5, 165.
5. Usage, traditionary law.
6. Inference. argument, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 16; Hit. i. d. 96, M.M.
7. Probability, Yājñ. 2, 212.
8. Insertion of circumstances in written evidence, specification of place, time, etc.
9. Supplying an ellipsis.
-- Comp. sva-, adj. self-harnessed, Chr. 289, 9 = Rigv. i. 50, 9.
I. m. (in epic poetry also n., Chr. 34, 14), A yoke.
II. n.
1. A pair, a couple, Śiś. 9, 72; Nal. 14, 25.
2. Age (ved.), Chr. 295, 11 = Rigv. i. 92, 11.
3. A lustre of five years.
4. An age, a period, Man. 1, 71, sqq.; one of the four Indian periods, called satya (or kṛta), treta, Dvāpara, and kali, Man. 1, 69.
-- Comp. ambara-, n. upper and lower garments. kṛta-, n. = satya-yuga, Man. 1, 85. go-, a pair of oxen or beasts in general, Pañc. iii. d. 198; 182, 12. catur-,
I. n. the aggregate of the four yugas, Man. 1, 71.
II. adj. containing the four yugas, Ragh. 10, 23. tri-, adj. appearing in three yugas, epithet of Kṛṣṇa, Bhāg. P. 3, 24, 26. deva- and dharma-, n. the first age. MBh. 2, 421; Hariv. 761. pañca(n)-, n. the cycle of five years, MBh. 2, 455. mahā-, n. the aggregate of the four ages.
-- Cf. Lat. jugum; Goth. juk; A.S. ioc, iuc, geóc;
1. The pole of a carriage.
2. The name of a mountain.
1. At one time, Śiś. 9, 41.
2. Together, Man. 1, 54.
-- Cf. perhaps A.S. geoc, rash, praeceps.
-- Comp. kaṇṭha-niveśita-hasta- (vb. viś), adj., f. lā, with (both her) hands put to (her) neck, i. e. with her head leaning on her hands, Pañc. 226, 19. vastra-, n. two garments, Pañc. 29, 16.
I. adj., f. mā, Even, Man. 3, 48.
II. n.
1. A pair, a couple, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 4 (-cārin, du. Two going together).
2. Mixing.
3. Man. 8, 293, read yugyam.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. mā, odd, Man. 3, 48. vastra-, n. two garments.
I. Fit to be yoked.
II. m. A beast of burthen, Ragh. 5, 49.
III. n. A carriage, Man. 8, 294.
† yuṅg, i. 1, Par. To abandon.
1. yuj (akin to 1. yu), ii. 7, yunaj, yuñj, Par. Ātm. i. 1, Par.
1. To join, Chr. 290, 7 = Rigv. i. 64, 7 (ved. ayugdhvam, ii. 2); MBh. 3, 2489.
2. To connect, Draup. 4, 24.
3. To endow, Rām. 1, 9, 68.
4. To put to, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4; MBh. 1, 192.
5. To direct, to throw, Chr. 41, 2 (anomal. ayuñjam).
6. To fix one's mind in order to obtain union with the universal spirit, Rhāṣāp. 64.
7. To meditate, Bhāg. 6, 12.
8. To appoint, MBh. 2, 1290.
9. To employ, Man. 6, 12. Ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. yuñjāna, Suitable, MBh. 3, 15633. m.
1. One who endeavours to obtain union with the universal soul, or one who is engaged in the religious exercise called yoga, Bhāṣāp. 64.
2. A charioteer. Pass., and i. 4, Ātm. (in epic poetry also with the terminations of the Par.).
1. To be fit, becoming, Hit. iv. d. 11; Pañc. 61, 4; i. d. 283 (Par.).
2. To be placed, Hit. iv. d. 76 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3265).
3. To attach one's self to, Hit. iv. d. 65.
4. To make one's self ready, Bhag. 2, 38.
5. To unite one's self with, to attain, Man. 2, 78.
6. To be obliged, Man. 7, 144.
7. To meditate, Bhag. 2, 50. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. yukta.
1. Joined.
2. Fit, Pañc. 69, 10.
3. Proved.
4. Endowed with, Hit. iv. d. 33 (kālena na, Not endowed with, not seizing the right time; cf. Hit. iv. d. 47: a-lāla-sainya-yukta, Not possessed of an army at the right time).
5. Employed.
6. Occupied, Man. 3, 75.
7. Intent on, 8, 142.
8. Occupied in the performance of the Yoga.
9. A student, Man. 2, 223.
10. °tam, adv. Well, Vikr. 12, 6.
11. Comparat. yuktatara, One who is to the utmost on his guard, Man. 7, 186. m. The sage who has acquired union with the universal soul, Bhāṣāp. 64. f. tā, A plant, commonly Eláni. n. A measure of four cubits. Comp. a-, adj. 1. regligent, Rām. 3, 37, 7. 2. not used to, ib. 3, 37, 23. 3. unsuitable, Pañc. 170, 8. kṣema-yukta + m, adv. in a prosperous way, Rām. 1, 13, 10. tapas-, adj. devout, Chr. 9, 41. vidhāna-, adj. conformable to the sacred precepts, Chr. 51, 19. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. yogya.
1. Fit, Hit. ii. d. 73.
2. Suitable, Hit. i. d. 62, M.M.
3. Able, Rājat. 5, 249.
4. Clever. See s. v. Comp. artha-, adj. profitable, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 6. Caus., and i. 10, Par.
1. To join, Hit. i. d. 53, M.M.; Rājat. 5, 104; to fix (a snare), Hit. 46, 9, M.M.
2. To achieve, Rājat. 5, 403.
3. To treat, Pañc. iv. d. 74.
4. To bring on, to instigate, Pañc. iv. d. 18.
5. To entangle, Pañc. ii. d. 125 (Ātm.).
6. To mix, Man. 7, 218.
7. To oblige, Chr. 18, 34.
8. To put to, Rām. 2, 82, 31.
9. To place, Hit. iii. d. 80.
10. To appoint, Rājat. 5, 129.
11. To throw, Chr. 33, 2.
12. To endow, Man. 1, 26; Vikr. d. 60.
13. To present with, to give, MBh. 1, 6477.
14. To return, Daśak. 185, 12.
15. Pass. To belong, MBh. 3, 12313. i. 10, Ātm. † To despise.
-- With the prep. śranu anu, ii. 7, Ātm.
1. To examine, Man. 8, 31.
2. To order, MBh. 4, 105.
3. To choose a husband, MBh. 3, 15633.
-- With abhi abhi, Ātm.
1. To prepare for, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 2.
2. To draw near, to attack, 200, 23. Pass.
1. To be accused, Man. 8, 183; to be asked (in lawsuit), Vikr. d. 96.
2. To be rebuked, Man. 8, 50. abhiyukta,
1. Diligent, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 4; ever striving, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 8.
2. Absorbed in meditation, Pañc. i. d. 345.
3. Attacked, assailed, Hit. iv. d. 24.
4. Hurt, Rām. 2, 10, 27.
5. Accused, prosecuted. Caus. To appoint, Pañc. 163. 15.
-- With ā ā, Ātm. To put, MBh. 1, 7948. āyukta, m. Commissioned, an agent, a deputy, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 115.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, samupāyukta, Surrounded, MBh. 3, 10099.
-- With samā sam-ā, samāyukta,
1. Connected, Man. 12, 28; united, Nal. 25, 8.
2. Surrounded, MBh. 3, 3017.
3. Gifted, endowed, Pañc. iii. d. 117; Hit. i. d. 174, M.M. Caus. To join, MBh. 1, 7200 (to string).
-- With ud ud, udyukta,
1. Excited, Rām. 1, 1, 45.
2. Zealously active, Hit. iii. d. 112; Rājat. 5, 331.
3. Extended, Lass. 67, 1. Caus. To excite, to make ready, MBh. 5, 70.
-- With samud sam-ud, Caus. To order to act, Mālav. 9, 16.
-- With upa upa, Ātm.
1. To meddle, MBh. 5, 992.
2. To employ for one's self, Man. 8, 40.
3. To enjoy, Megh. 13.
2. To consume, MBh. 3, 57.
4. To attach one's self to, MBh. 3. 15633. Pass.
1. To be suitable, Pañc. 155, 8; to be of use, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1915; to be necessary, Pañc. i. d. 372; an-upayujyamāna, Unable to be employed, quite weak, Utt. Rāmac. 95, 1.
2. To employ for one's self, MBh. 3, 12739.
3. To be worth being regarded, Pañc. i. d. 37. upayukta,
1. Suitable, Hit. 98, 14 (kim upayukto 'yam etad vartanaṃ gṛhṇāty athānupayukto vā, Whether he deserves so large a pay or not; literally, whether he receives so large a pay as a suitable person, or as an unsuitable).
2. Touched by.
3. Taken.
4. Eaten. Comp. au-, adj. unworthy, Śāk. 97, 3.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To consume, MBh. 3, 1538.
-- With ni ni, Ātm.
1. To place; to put to (as horses), Vikr. d. 155; to place at the head, Hit. iii. d. 128; to engage, Johns. Sel. 37, 19; to appoint, Man. 1, 28; Pañc. i. d. 82.
2. To constrain, Chr. 10, 3; to cocrce, Rām. 1, 1, 92; to harass, Man. 8, 186.
3. To order, Rām. 1. 54, 16.
4. To commit, Man. 9, 64. niyukta,
1. Connected, Hit. i. d. 158, M.M.
2. fastened, Rām. 1, 13, 31.
3. Placed, Hit. 81, 13.
4. Ascertained.
5. Engaged in.
6. Commanded, Rām. 1, 14, 34.
7. Appointed, Hit. 58, 17.
8. Authorised, Man. 9, 58.
9. Offered, Man. 5, 16. m. A functionary, Hit. ii. d. 105. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. niyojya.
1. To be placed, Pañc. i. d. 82.
2. To be ordered, MBh. 12, 12358. m. A servant, Śāk. d. 163. Comp. a-niyogya, and a-niyojya, adj. not suitable to be commanded, Rām. 2, 66, 7; MBh. 1, 3267. Caus.
1. To order to be put. Hit. 46, 13.
2. To fasten, Pañc. 135, 4; to bring (saṃdehe, in danger), Pañc. 8, 21; to accustom, 21, 6.
3. To endow, Pañc. 4, 25.
4. To employ, Man. 9, 324; Pañc. i. d. 413; pass. To employ one's self, Pañc. v. d. 68.
5. To appoint, to charge, Rām. 1, 38, 10.
6. To direct, Man. 9, 68; to order, to refer (to an ordeal), Pañc. 97, 1.
7. To coerce, Bhag. 3, 36.
8. To offer Pañc. 70, 3.
9. To present with, Pañc. 4, 25.
10. To perform, Man. 3, 204; to make, Pañc. 24, 5.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To appoint, to charge, MBh. 1, 4152.
2. To use, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 10; Lass. 95, 9. viniyukta,
1. Separated, detached, loosed, Johns. Sel. 31, 46.
2. Parted with.
3. Appointed.
4. Applied to. Caus.
1. To appoint, Hit. iii. d. 54.
2. To intrust, Man. 7, 226.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To appoint, MBh. 1, 2500. saṃniyukta,
1. Appointed.
2. Attached to. Caus.
1. To appoint, MBh. 1, 6912.
2. To allot, Pañc. ii. d. 78.
-- With vinis vi-n s, To throw, Rām. 2, 23, 37.
-- With pra pra,
1. To put to, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
2. To put at the head, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 51.
3. To join, Rām. 1, 17, 11.
4. To employ, Man. 2, 159; Pañc. i. d. 39.
5. To direct, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4.
6. To conduct, Mālav. 45, 9.
7. To throw, Chr. 31, 11.
8. To give, Rām. 1, 13, 38.
9. To lend, Man. 8, 146.
10. To perform, Man. 2, 248.
11. To represent, Mālav. 3, 10.
12. To behove, to be convenient (i. 4, Ātm., or Pass.), Pañc. 224, 24. prayukta,
1. Connected with, Rām. 1, 17, 14.
2. Closely united.
3. Suitable, MBh. 1, 6845.
4. Endowed with.
5. Resulting from, Hit. ii. d. 59.
6. Appointed, Rām. 3, 51, 27.
7. Governed, Lass. 53, 10.
8. Lent, Man. 8, 49.
9. Done, Śāk. 95, 13.
10. Lost in meditation. n. Cause. Comp. su-, 1. closely connected. 2. well managed. Caus.
1. To throw, Chr. 31, 7.
2. To cause to be exhibited, Utt. Rāmac. 111, 7.
3. To show, Map. 3, 112.
4. To receive, Man. 10, 117. Ptcple. of the fut. pass, prayojya.
1. To be set to work.
2. To be used. m. A servant n. Capital, principal.
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To separate, Rām. 2, 53, 20.
2. To deprive, MBh. 1, 6735.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To connect, MBh. 1, 4475. saṃprayukta,
1. Joined.
2. Connected with, holding any intercourse with, Man. 11, 179.
3. Overtaken, reached. Caus. To connect, MBh. 3, 1153.
-- With vi vi, Ātm.
1. To separate, MBh. 3, 10924.
2. To abandon, Chr. 47, 35 (Par., perhaps it is to be changed to mokshyasi). Pass. To be deprived, Pañc. i. d. 340; to lose, Man. 7, 46; to violate, 5, 91. a-viyukta, adj. Not separated, Vikr. 78, 20. a-viyojya, Not to be deprived, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 12. Caus. To cause to leave, to break off from, Pañc. 31, 6.
2. To deprive, Pañc. 30, 10; MBh. 3, 2851; to rob, 1, 6225.
-- With sam sam,
1. To unite, Man. 9, 22.
2. To endow, MBh. 1, 6289; to endow with, Rām. 1, 1, 21. saṃyukta,
1. Connected, Chr. 59, 22.
2. Attached.
3. Accompanied.
4. Mixed.
5. Endowed with, Man. 1, 109. Caus.
1. To join, MBh. 3, 11762.
2. To endow with, MBh. 1, 6474; Pañc. 244, 5; to present with, Pañc. 30, 12.
3. To employ, MBh. 3, 816.
4. Ātm. To meditate, Chr. 38, 13.
-- With visam vi-sam, visaṃyukta, Separated from, neglecting, Man. 2, 80.
-- Cf. Lat. jungere; [greek] A.S. geocan, geóce, help.
-- Cf. yuga.
2. yuj,
I. adj. Even, Man. 3, 277.
II. m.
1. A joiner.
2. One who devotes his time to abstract speculation.
III. (n.), A pair.
IV. Latter part of comp. adj. Joined, which are (horses) put to, drawn by, Chr. 27, 7. catur-, adj. Drawn by four horses, MBh. 1, 8005. hari-, adj. Drawn by (Indra's) horses, Arj. 4, 32.
-- Cf. Lat. -jux in conjux.
† yut (cf. dyut), i. 1, Ātm. To shine.
1. A pair.
2. Alliance.
3. Nuptial presents.
4. A garment worn by women.
5. The ends of a cloth.
6. The edge of a winnowing basket.
7. Doubt.
1. yudh (akin to 1. yu), i. 4, Ātm. (also Par., MBh. 1, 7119).
1. To fight, to contend in battle, Man. 7, 89; impersonal pass., Hit. iii. d. 88.
2. To oppose, Johns. Sel. 55. 145. yuddha, n.
1. The use of arms, Man. 3, 162.
2. War, battle, Pañc. 87, 15. Comp. a-, n. 1. absence of war, Chr, 56, 14 (instr. without war). 2. not fighting, Hit. ii. d. 160. kūṭa-,
I. n. 1. a frandulent manner of fighting. Ragh. 17, 69.
II. adj. fighting fraudulently, Rām. 1, 22, 7. dvandva-, n. single combat, MBh. 7, 582. Comp. ptcple of the fut. pass. a-yodhya,
I. adj., f. yā, not to be warred against, Rām. 6, 112, 47.
II. f. yā, the capital of Rāma, the modern Oude, Rām. 1, 5, 1, sqq. Desider. yuyutsa, To desire to fight, MBh. 4, 1252. Caus.
1. To cause to fight, Man. 7, 193.
2. To defend, MBh. 3, 639.
3. To oppose, MBh. 2, 2120; to be a match for, Man. 7, 74; Hit. iii. d. 50.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To oppose, MBh. 3, 15645. Caus.
1. The same, 3, 15054.
2. To fight with, Utt. Rāmac. 130, 5.
-- With prā pra-ā, To fight, Śiś. 18, 32.
-- With ni ni, niyuddha, n. Fighting, particularly boxing, MBh. 1, 5340.
-- With pra pra, prayuddha, n. War, battle. Desider. To desire to fight, MBh. 3, 15646.
-- With prati prati, To oppose, MBh. 1, 7103. Caus. The same, 1, 7116.
-- With sam sam. The same, 1, 3477 Caus. The same, 1, 7098.
-- Cf. [greek] (cf. yudhma).
2. yudh,
I. f. War, battle, Pañc. iii. d. 11.
II. m. A warrior, Johns. Sel. 57, 165.
1. War, battle.
2. A bow.
3. An arrow.
4. A warrior.
i. e. -yudh + van in saha-,
I. adj. Fighting with, or along with.
II. m. A brother in arms.
I. adj. Eager for combat, Johns. Sel. 56, 150; pugnacious, Chr. 63, 66.
II. A proper name, Johns. Sel. 24, 6.
I. adj., f. vatī and yāni, comparat. yavīyaṃs, superl. yaviṣṭha, Young, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
II. m. A young man, Ṛt. 6, 20.
III. f. vati/ī or yūnī, A young woman. Bhartṛ. 2. 60; Pañc. 158. 3; Sāv. 2, 24.
-- Comp. vāra-yuvati, f. a courtesan, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 14. sura-yuvati, f. a celestial woman, Megh. 62.
-- Cf. juvenis, junior, Junius, junix, etc.; Goth. juggs; A.S. iong, iung, geong, geogudh.
-- Cf. Lat. tu, te, vos; [greek] Goth. thu, jus, izvis; A.S. thu, gyt, eow.
I. n. A multitude of birds or beasts, a herd, Vikr. d. 110; Pañc. 93, 1.
II. f. thī, A kind of jasmine, Jasminum aurienlatum.
-- Comp. nīryātha, i. e. nis-, adj. separated from the herd, Rām. 3, 68, 27.
I. m. and n. A sacrificial post, MBh. 7, 2266.
II. m. A trophy.
† yūṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt.
-- Cf. Lat. jus; probably also [greek]
1. Junction, Bhāṣāp, 56; joining, union, Vikr. d. 23.
2. Putting to (horses), Chr. 4, 17.
3. Putting on armour.
4. Armour.
5. Connexion, Hit. i. d. 98, M.M. (kathā-, Conversation).
6. Result, Hit. iii. d. 140 (puṇya-, of merit), Man. 1, 41 (tapas-, force of devotion).
7. Use, performance, Kir. 5, 52.
8. Propriety, aptness, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 13.
9. Mede, Man. 9, 330; Nal. 15, 6.
10. A rule, a precept.
11. A means, an expedient, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 19; Hit. i. d. 201, M.M. (a-daṇḍa-, Except by means of puniṣment: niyata-viṣaya-vartī prāyaśo 'daṇḍa-yogāj jagati para-vaśe 'smin durlabhaḥ sādhu-vṛttaḥ, He who keeps in his appointed sphere (does so) generally by reason of punishment. In this dependent world it is hard to find one who acts of himself virtuously.
12. A conveyance, a carriage.
13. Fraud, Man. 8, 165.
14. Wealth.
15. Thing.
16. Lucky conjuncture, Vikr. 38, 12.
17. Religious and abstract meditation (properly union, viz. with the universal soul), Pañc. 165, 9.
18. A system of philosophy, Bhag. 2, 39.
19. The particular practice of devotion, by which union with God is supposed to be obtained.
20. Magic, or the acquisition of supernatural powers; magical art, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212.
21. Deathlike state of meditation, Kathās. 4, 111.
22. A spy.
23. A violator of truth or confidence.
24. The leafling or principal star of a lunar mansion.
-- Comp. a-, m. unfitness, unsuitableness, impossibility, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 23. ati-, m. excess, Suśr. 2, 192, 8. artha-, m. Concurrence of circumstances (as of cause and effect), Hit. ii. p. 2, 13, M.M. kathā-, m. conversation, MBh. 14, 377. karma(n)-, m. business, Man. 10, 115. kāla-, m. destiny, MBh. 3, 9919. krama-, m. order, Man. 1, 42; regular succession, 2, 64. cūrṇa-, m. a mixture of fragrant powders, MBh. 12, 2163. daṇḍa-, m. punishment; cf. Hit. i. d. 201, M.M. (supra, 8. 10.). duryoga, i. e. dus-, m. 1. wickedness, Utt. Rāmac. 147, 14. 2. fraud, MBh. 1, 1316. daiva-, m. contingency, fate, Pañc. i. d. 197. dhyāna-, m. meditation, Man. 6, 73; 79. nakṣatra-, m. the moon's conjunction with the lunar mansions, MBh. 5, 1905. nidrā-, m. sleep-like absorption in meditation, Hariv. 2217. pūrṇa- (vb. pṛ10), m. a sort of fighting, MBh. 2, 910. bhakti-, m. devotion, as shown by implicit faith in any divinity. yathā-yoga + m, adv. in due order, Man. 5, 92. vāsa-, m. fragrant powder sprinkled on the cloth. vidhi-, m. 1. combination for any act or rite. 2. the occurrence of predestined events, fate, Hit. i. d. 20, M.M. sāra-, m. possession or application of the essence of any thing, Kir. 5, 52. stri-dharma-, m. the laws concerning women, Man. 1, 114. sthāna-, m. 1. assignment of suitable places. 2. the best mode of preserving articles, Man. 9, 332.
1. Conjointly.
2. Suitably.
3. Conformably to the law, Man. 6, 9.
4. Seasonably
5. Through religious austerities, devotion, Man. 2, 100.
1. Meditation, religious abstraction.
2. The half of a lunar month.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Being united, or endowed with, Bhāṣāp. 27.
2. Who or what joins.
3. Possessed of superhuman power.
II. m.
1. A performer of the religious meditation called Yoga, Bhag. 6, 10.
2. An ascetic, Pañc. i. d. 333.
3. One who has acquired supernatural power, Hit. ii. d. 26.
4. A magician, Pañc. 240, 12; Lass. 4, 9.
III. f. nī, A female fiend.
-- Comp. kāla-, i. e. kāla-yoga + in, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1162. ku-, m. a wicked Yogin, Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 22. nakṣatra-, adj. sbst. being connected with the lunar mansions, MBh. 1, 2581; its principal stars.
I. See yuj.
II. n.
1. A vehicle.
2. A cake.
3. A drug, commonly Riddhi.
4. Sandal.
III. f. yā, Military exercise.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. fighting perfectly, Johns. Sel. 12, 38.
1. Joining.
2. A means for inducing (the gods) to yoke (their horses and to come), Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 88, 5.
3. A line, row, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3.
4. The Supreme Being.
5. A measure of distance of about five or nine miles, Pañc. 226, 9.
-- Comp. ā-yojana + m, adv. the length of a Yojana, Johns. Sel. 41, 41. vāṇa- n. a quiver, Pañc. MS. Berol. 139, 6. saptayojanī, i. e. saptan-yojana + ī, f. an extent of seven Yojanas, Rājat. 5, 103.
1. Who or what joins.
2. One who enchases, Hit. ii. d. 71.
-- Comp. vasanta-, m. the god of love, Ṛt. 6, 1. hata-sarva-, adj. with all the warriors killed.
-- Comp. agra-, m. a champion, Rām. 4, 21, 12. kūṭa-, adj. fighting fraudulently, Rām. 6, 21, 21. gaja-, adj. fighting mounted on an elephant, Chr. 4, 18. dvandva-, adj. fighting in single combat, or by pairs, Bhāg. P. 8, 10, 26.
1. The vulva, Suśr. 2, 397, 10; the womb, Pañc. 188, 5; 6.
2. Place of birth, Hit. iv. d. 68.
3. Origin, Man. 2, 25.
4. A mine.
5. Water.
-- Comp. a-,
I. f. any but the natural part (the vulva), Man. 11, 173.
II. adj. without beginning, Kumāras. 2, 9. antya-, adj. of lowest birth, or race, Man. 8, 68. ambhoja-, m. Brahman, Prab. 24, 1. eka-, adj. of the same caste, Man. 9, 148. kumbha-, m. epithet of Agastya, Ragh. 4, 21. citta-, m. love. jagat-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 7, 9506. jīva-, adj. containing life, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 19. tiryagyoni, i. e. tiryañc-, f. the womb of a brute animal, Man. 4, 200. dury°, i. e. dus-, adj. of debased birth, Man. 10. 59. deva-, adj. of divine origin, Dev. 5, 60. padma-, m. epithet of Brahman, MBh. 7, 9427. pāpa-, m. wicked, or low, birth, Man. 4, 166. purā-, adj. of old lineage, MBh. 3, 12705. vi-yonī, f. the womb of beasts, Man. 12, 77. vi-hīna- (vb. hā), adj. base-born, brutish. śaila-sutā-caraṇa-rāga-, adj. produced by the colour of the feet of Pārvatī, Vikr. d. 128. saṃkalpa-, m. Kāmadeva. sva-,
I. adj. related by kin, Man. 2, 134; 206.
II. f. 1. a sister, Man. 11, 170. 2. a near female relative.
-- Comp. garbha-, f. a pregnant woman, MBh. 13, 1846 (figurat.). deva-, f. the wife of a god, MBh. 9, 2714.
-- Comp. kula-, f. a virtuous woman, Man. 3, 245. paṇya-, and vāra-, f. a harlot, Man. 9, 259 (paṇya-); Daśak. in Chr. 189, 4 (vāra-).
I. adj.
1. Connective.
2. Deducible.
3. Usual.
4. Proper, right.
II. m. An associate of one's amusements.
19.)
-- Comp. a-, r. non-simultaneousness, Bhāṣāp. 84.
1. Usual.
2. Proper.
3. Relating to the religious practice called yoga (see s.v. yoga,
19.).
† yauṭ, yauḍ yauḍ, i. 1, Par. To join (i. e. jos-dhā, see yu, and cf. Zend. yaozhdā and supra mṛḍ).
1. Appropriating, Man. 9, 214.
2. Property, Man. 9, 131 (a nuptial gift, presents made to a bride by her father or friends.).
I. adj.
1. Relating to the womb, uterine.
2. Connubial, Man. 3, 157; 2, 40.
II. (n.), Contracting affinity, Man, 11, 180.
I. adj. Juvenile, Cāṇ. 49 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 410.
II. n.
1. Youth, Vikr. d. 26; Pañc. 128, 2; manhood.
2. The age of marriageableness, Chr. 51, 4.
3. An assemblage of young women.
-- Comp. sthira-, adj., f. nā, possessed of eternal youth, Vikr. d. 109.
I. Youthful, Hit. 63, 2, M.M.
II. and yauvanastha yauvana-stha, f. thā, Marriageable, Lass. 23, 15; Pañc. 183, 25.
1. raṃh (akin to laṅgh, q. cf.), i. 1, Par. and † i. 10, Par. To go, to move, with speed. Caus. To impel to speed, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] Goth. thragjan; in this case the Sskr. word has dropped the initial.
† 2. raṃh, vaṃh vaṃh, i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
1. raṃh + as, n. Speed, velocity, Ragh. 2, 34 (Calc.).
-- Comp. ati-, adj. of excessive velocity, Śāk. d. 5. vāta-, adj. swift as the wind, Indr. 1, 7.
† † rak, lak lak, rag rag, lag lag, ragh ragh, i. 10, Par.
1. To taste.
2. To obtain.
1. Red garments, or cloth.
2. A man affected with fondness or passion.
3. A player.
4. The name of several plants.
I. adj. Who or what drinks blood.
II. m. A Rākṣasa, or demon.
III. f. pā.
1. A leech.
2. A female fiend.
I. m. A bug.
II. f. nī, A leech.
1. To preserve, Man. 7, 213; Pañc. i. d. 402 (Ātm.).
2. To spare, Pañc. iii. d. 253.
3. To guard, to keep, Vikr. 18, 6; Hit. i. d. 194, M.M. (with gen. in the sense of a dat.); to protect from (abl.), MBh. 3, 8762.
4. To tend, to keep, Man. 9, 328.
5. To govern, Man. 7, 36. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. su-rakṣita, Well guarded, Nal. 3, 10. dharma-rakṣitā, f. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 14. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. dūrakṣya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be guarded, Mṛcch. 65, 17. Caus. To protect, Pañc. 70, 13.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To assist, Bhag. 1, 10.
2. To defend, to protect, MBh. 4, 161; Pañc. i. d. 395.
3. To guard, MBh. 1, 5616.
4. To command, Bhag. 1, 10. abhirakṣita, Cultivated, Pañc. i. d. 254.
-- With ā ā, comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. dus-ā-rakṣya + tama, Most difficult to be protected, Rām. 2, 52, 66.
-- With pari pari,
1. To preserve, MBh. 1, 6195.
2. To protect, Pañc. 215, 7; MBh. 3, 14366.
3. To restrain, Man. 9. 10.
4. To govern, Man. 7, 142.
5. To keep, Rām. 2, 96, 38.
6. To conceal, MBh. 3, 14717.
-- With pra pra, To save, Pañc. v. d. 89.
-- With sam sam,
1. To protect, Man. 7, 135; Pañc. iii. d. 9.
2. To keep off, Rām. 1, 32, 2.
-- Cf. probably [greek] (frequent.), [greek] Lat. arx; Goth. ga-rehsns.
I. m. One who guards, Lass. 34, 8.
II. m., and f. kṣā.
1. Preserving, guarding, Pañc. 184, 8; protecting, protection, Pañc. 157, 7.
2. (i. e. rañj + ta, cf. raktā, s.v. rañj), Lac.
III. f. kṣā.
1. Ashes.
2. A sort of bracelet, an amulet, Śāk. 105, 12 (Prakṛ.).
-- Comp. kṣetra-, m. a field-guard, Pañc. 248, 12. go-,
I. m. a cowhered.
II. n. keeping cattle, MBh. 2, 525. cakra-, m. two men who take care of the wheels of a chariot, MBh. 1, 5467. nagara-, f. government of a town, Mṛcch. 148, 5. pura-, m. the watchman of a town, Daśak. 26, 1. senā-, m. a guard, a sentinel.
I. adj. Who or what protects, who tends, Man. 8, 102.
II. m. A protector, a guardian, Hit. 91, 1, M.M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. imprudent, Pañc. 129, 5. aṅga-, m. a life-guard, Pañc. 156, 22. go-, adj. keeping cattle, Man. 8, 102. bkūmi-, m. a swift horse. śasya-, m. a watchman over a field of corn, Hit. 81, 15.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who does not protect, Pañc. iii. d. 72.
I. adj. Who or what guards, Vikr. d. 5.
II. m. A policeman, Śāk. p. 73, 1.
-- Comp. nagara-, Nagarī-, and pura-, m. the watchman of a town, a policeman, Mṛcch. 140, 17; MBh. 13, 6216; Kathās. 13, 169. paśu-, m. a herdsman, Man. 8, 238.
† rakh, raṅkh raṅkh, rikh rikh, riṅkh riṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
† rag, i. 1, Par. To suspect; cf. rak.
I. adj. ved. = laghu.
II. m.
1. The name of a king, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 3.
2. pl., and often in comp. words, His descendants, Rām. 3, 49, 57; Megh. 12 (raghu-pati = Rāma).
-- With -patvan, cf. Lat. -piter, in acci-piter = ved. āśu-patvan.
1. Niggardly.
2. Slow.
3. Indigent, poor a beggar, Pañc. i. d. 12; 284.
-- Comp. raṇa-, m. the part of an elephant's face between his tusks.
† raṅg, riṅg riṅg, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
I. m.
1. Colour, paint.
2. The place where dancing or acting is exhibited, a stage, Śāk. 4, 12; Daśak. in Chr. 190, 10; a place for an assembly, Nal. 5, 3; 8.
3. A field of battle, Pañc. 35, 3.
4. Dancing, acting, Cṛṅgārat. 17.
5. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 353.
II. n. Tin.
-- Comp. keli-, m. a pleasure-ground, Lass. 87, 16. pūrva-, m. the prelude to a drama Śiś. 2, 8. rāja(n)-, n. silver. su-,
I. m. 1. bright colour. 2. the orange.
II. f. gā, crystal.
III. n. 1. red sanders. 2. vermilion.
1. To make mechanically, Megh. 75.
2. To make, Rām. 2, 13, 12; Kathās. 3, 66 (gatāgatam, literally a going and returning, i. e. looking on him and turning away her eye).
3. To arrange, Gīt. 5, 10.
4. To compose, Pañc. 5, 11.
5. To adorn, Megh. 67.
6. To prepare, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
7. To string, Pañc. iii. d. 235. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. racita, Written. Caus. racaya, To cause to make, Utt. Rāmac. 127, 14 (mama hṛdayaṃ tasnunn avadhānaṃ racayati, Causes my heart to fix itself only on him, i. e. fills it with love).
-- With the prep. ā ā, āracita, Put on, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6.
-- With vi vi, viracita,
1. Contrived, arranged, Pañc. 86, 18; Ragh. 5, 76.
2. Made, Megh. 19.
3. Ornamented.
4. Composed, Megh. 84; written, Pañc. 103, 4.
-- Cf. Lat. locare; A.S. logian, To place; Lat. locus; A.S. loh.
1. Making, work, Lass. 83, 4; Kathās. 26, 283 (kanaka-, f. Being made, built, of gold.)
2. Orderly arrangement.
3. Dressing of the hair.
4. Stringing flowers.
5. Suspending garlands.
6. The arrangement of troops, Pañc. 9, 23.
7. Composition, Rājat. 5, 380; literary composition.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, f. a trap, Pañc. ii. d. 86. keśa-, f. dressing of the hair, Ṛt. 4, 15. pakṣa-, f. winning friends, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 21. paṭa-, f. art of making cloth, Pañc. 132, 24. vacana-, f. eloquence, Pañc. 68, 5. vihita-durga-racana, adj. having ordered the building of a fortress, Pañc. 148, 7. vyūha-, f. arrangement of troops, Pañc. 9, 22.
1. Dust, Hit. i. d. 152, M.M.
2. The pollen of flowers.
3. The menstrual excretion.
4. The quality of passion.
-- Comp. nīraja, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. free from dust, MBh. 13, 3822. 2. free from passion, epithet of Śiva, ib. 13, 1261.
I. m.
1. A washerman, Hit. 50, 1.
2. Cloth.
II. f. kī.
1. A waṣerman's wife.
2. A woman in her courses at the third day, Lass. 10, 9.
I. adj. White.
II. n.
1. White, the colour.
2. Silver, Kir. 5, 41; Rājat. 5, 482.
3. Gold.
4. Ivory.
5. Blood.
6. A necklace.
7. The name of the mountain Kailāsa.
8. An asterism.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. gold.
1. Colouring.
2. Safflower.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. 1. safflower. 2. gold.
and rajanī rajani/ī, i. e. rañj + ani/ī, f.
1. Night, Pañc. 128, 11; 248, 5 (nī); Śṛṅgārat. 8 (ni).
2. The indige plant.
3. Lac.
4. Turmeric.
and rajanīkara rajani/ī-kara, m. The moon, Śiś. 9, 38 (nī).
and rajanīcara rajani/ī -cara,
I. adj. Wandering at night, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2583 (nī).
II. m.
1. A Rākṣasa, Rām. 3, 53, 61 (nī).
2. A thief.
I. i. e. rañj + as, n. (the original signification was probably 'Dimness;' cf. rajani and Goth. riquis).
1. Sky, Chr. 289, 7 = Rigv. i. 50, 7.
2. Dust, Man. 11, 110.
3. The pollen of a flower, Vikr. d. 26.
4. The menses, Man. 4, 41.
II. i. e. perhaps ṛj + as (cf. [greek]), n. The quality of passion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 8.
-- Comp. a-, adj. free from dust, Nal. 24, 42. nīrajas, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. free from dust, Rām. 2, 87, 21 Gorr., 2. free from passion, Rām. 4, 44, 41. parorajas, see s. v. paras. Vi-,
I. adj. free from passion, Chr. 16, 17.
II. f. a woman who has ceased to menstrnate. sa-, f. a woman during menstruation.
-- Cf. Goth. riquis.
1. Free from dust, Rām. 4, 44, 86.
2. Free from passion, Prab. 117, 18, v.r. vi-, adj. Free from dust, Ragh. 10, 74.
I. m. A buffalo.
II. f. lā.
1. A woman who has already her courses, Pañc. iii. d. 219.
2. A woman in her courses, Man. 3, 239.
1. A rope, Hit. ii. d. 131; a cord, Pañc. 76, 17.
2. A lock of braided hair.
-- Comp. karkaṭaka-, f. a rope with a hook resembling the claw of a crab, Daśak. 71, 2. kāṣṭha-, f. a rope for tying bundles of sticks, Rām. 1, 4, 20. pāśa-, f. fotter, Kathās. 18, 298.
1. To dye, to colour, Pañc. 132, 24.
2. To be attached (perhaps originally different and akin to sraj, see rajju, and lag).
3. † To go (cf. ṛj). The reflexive pass. takes also the terminations of the Par.
1. To attach one's self to, Pañc. v. d. 8.
2. To glow, Utt. Rāmac. 138, 2. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rakta.
1. Coloured.
2. Red, Vikr. d. 124; reddened, d. 136.
3. Agitated by passion, Man. 4, 64.
4. Fond, affected with love, Pañc. i. d. 155, 159; attached, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20.
5. Pure.
6. Sporting. Comparat. rakta + tara, Very attached, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 19. rakta, m. Red, the colour. n.
1. Blood, Pañc. 60, 25.
2. Vermilion.
3. Minium.
4. Copper.
5. Saffron. f. tā,
1. Lac.
2. The gunjā plant, Abrus precatorius.
3. Bengal madder. Comp. ā-, adj. 1. reddish, Vikr. 78. 2. red, Pañc. 64, 15. jiva-, n. the blood of the menses, Suśr. 1, 43, 19. su-, adj. 1. well dyed. 2. deep red. 3. strongly impassioned. Caus.
I. rañjaya.
1. To colour, Pañc. 132, 24.
2. To illuminate, Vikr. d. 60; MBh. 1, 6772.
3. To cause to be attached, to conciliate, Pañc. 113, 24; Man. 7, 19.
4. † To worship.
II. † rajaya, To hunt.
-- With the prep. anu anu, i. 4,
1. To grow red and fond, Śiś. 9, 7.
2. To be attached, Bhag. 11, 36; Pañc. i. d. 335.
3. To love, Rām. 3, 55, 15.
4. To dally lasciviously with, Man. 3, 173. anurakta,
1. Fond, attached, Pañc. 32, 9; loving, Vikr. 59, 21; propitious, Hit. 53, 18.
2. Pleased. Caus.
1. To cause to be in love, to inspire with affection, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 22.
2. To conciliate, to win, Daśak. 196, 17.
-- With apa apa, aparakta (rather rakta with apa), Discoloured, blanched, Śāk. d. 133.
-- With abhi abhi, i. 4, To be rejoiced, Rām. 2, 67, 13. Caus. To colour, to illuminate, Rām. 1, 38, 21.
-- With upa upa, uparakta,
1. Eclipsed, Rām. 1, 55, 9.
2. Afflicted with pain or calamity. m. Rāhu.
-- With vi vi, i. 4, To grow discoloured (viz. the hair), and disinclined (viz. the servants), Pañc. i. d. 94.
2. To grow alienated, Mṛcch. 23, 5. virakta,
1. Disinclined, Bhartṛ. 2, 2.
2. Free from worldly passion, Pañc. 33, 16.
3. Impassioned. Comp. a-virakta, adj. faithful, Hit. iii. d. 87.
-- With sam sam, i. 4, To grow red, MBh. 1, 6443. saṃrakta,
1. Red, MBh. 5, 273.
2. Inflamed.
3. Impassioned.
-- With anusam anu-sam, anusaṃrakta, Attached, loving, with acc., Rām. 1, 17, 16.
-- Cf. [greek] probably A.S. ge-regnian, to colour.
I. m.
1. A dyer, Man. 4, 216.
2. A stimulus, an inciter of affection.
II. n. Red sandal.
I. m. (?), n.
1. Dyeing, colouring, Rājat. 5, 381.
2. Conciliating, befriending, Rājat. 5, 436 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
3. Exciting passion, delighting.
II. n. Red sandal.
III. f. nī, The indigo, and several other plants.
-- Comp. loka-, n. gaining public confidence. strī-, n. pan eaten with the betel-nut.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To call to, Śāk. 55, 5 (Prākṛ.).
† raṭh, i. 1, Par. To speak.
1. To shout.
2. To rejoice, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10. i. 1, To sound, Śiś. 1, 10. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. raṇita, Sounding, Lass. 21, 1. n. Sound. † i. 10, raṇaya, To go.
-- With the prep. ni ni, i. 4, To rejoice, Chr. 297, 18 = Rigv. i. 112, 18.
I. m.
1. Noise.
2. The quill or bow of a lute.
II. m. and n. War, battle, Pañc. 218, 16. Doubled, raṇa-raṇa,
1. m. A musquito.
2. n. Anxiety.
-- Comp. priya-, adj. delighting in war. mahā-, great battle, Chr. 23, 33.
1. Regret, care, Utt. Rāmac. 25, 11.
2. Desire.
1. A widow, Pañc. i. d. 437 (as an abusive word, cf. the last).
2. A plant, Salvinia cucullata.
† raṇv, ramb ramb, riṇv riṇv, rimb rimb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. A day.
2. Bathing for pleasure.
3. The aggregate of eight auspicious objects.
1. Pleasure, Śāk. d. 34; joy, Pañc. iii. d. 258; love, Pañc. 226, 1; the goddess of love, Rām. 3, 52, 27; Kathās. 22, 104.
2. Passion.
3. Coition, Pañc. ii. d. 154; sexual intercourse, Pañc. iii. d. 116; enjoyment of love, Vikr. d. 85.
4. A private part.
-- Comp. dharma-, adj. fond of law or virtue, Ragh. 1, 23.
1. The Ganges of heaven.
2. A woman who speaks the truth.
1. A jewel, a gem, Rām. 3, 49, 37; figurat., Pañc. ii. d. 194.
2. A treasure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 985 (vidyā-, Consisting in science).
3. Anything the best of its kind; e. g. puṃratna, i. e. puṃs-, n. An excellent man, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2706. strī-, An excellent woman, Vikr. d. 110; cf. bhastrākā.
-- Comp. sa-mauli-, adj. with the crown jewel, Vikr. d. 144.
I. m. (and f.), A cubit measured from the elbow of the end of the closed fist.
II. m. The closed fist.
1. A car, Hit. pr. d. 32, M.M.; a war chariot, Chr. 4, 10.
2. Any vehicle.
3. A limb.
4. A foot.
5. The body.
-- Comp. ati-, m. a pre-eminent warrior who fights in a chariot, Rām. 6, 4, 20. kīrti- and kṛtti-, m. a proper name, Rām. 1, 71, 9. krīḍā-, m. a carriage serving for excursions, MBh. 13, 2782. citra-,
I. adj. having a brilliant chariot, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 22.
II. m. 1. the sun. 2. a proper name, MBh. 2, 407.
III. f. thā, the name of a river, 6, 341. daśa(n)-, and daśapūrva-, i. e. daśa(n)-pūrva-, m. Daśaratha, the name of Rāma's father, and of others, Rām. 1, 72, 31 Gorr.; Ragh. 8, 29. patra-, m. a bird, Rām. 3, 25, 7. puṣpa-, or puṣya-, m. a carriage for pleasure, Rām. 2, 26, 15 (puṣpa-). bhīma-,
I. m. an Asura.
II. f. thī. 1. the seventh night in the seventh month of the seventy-seventh year of a man, supposed to be the ordinary period of human life. 2. the name of a river. manoratha, i. e. manas-, m. wish, desire, Vikr. 13, 20. samāgama-manoratha, m. desire of union, Vikr. d. 30. marut-, m. 1. a horse. 2. a car in which idols are carried. mahā-, m. 1. a great chariot, Rām. 3, 55, 32. 2. (having a great chariot), a hero, ib. 3, 53, 11. viṣṇu-, m. Garuḍa. sa-, adj. with the carriage. haṃsa-, m. Brahman.
-- Cf. Lat. rota; A.S. and O.H.G. rad (probably borrowed); probably [greek] Goth. lithus, A.S. lidh.
1. A carpenter, Pañc. 229, 8.
2. A man sprung from a male of the māhiṣya and a female of the karaṇī caste, by profession a coach-maker.
I. adj. Mounted on carriages, Rām. 3, 49, 18.
II. m.
1. The owner of, or rider in, a car, lord of chariots, Vikr. d. 100.
2. A warrior who fights in a car, Draup. 2, 12; Utt. Rāmac. 130, 4.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not lord of chariots, Johns. Sel. 6, 35.
I. m. A carriage horse.
II. f. yā.
1. A multitude of cars, Rājat. 5, 241 (warriors?).
2. A high street.
3. A place where several roads meet.
III. n. A wheel.
1. To split, to divide.
2. To dig.
-- Cf. probably Goth. lêtan, A.S. laetan (cf. the vedic use of rad); Lat. rādere, rodere (cf. rada, radana), perhaps radius.
1. Splitting, Ghaṭ. 1.
2. A tooth.
-- Comp. dri-,
I. adj. having two teeth.
II. m. an elephant, Rām. 4, 9, 62. vajra-, m. a hog.
1. To perish (ved.).
2. To be at one's mercy, Chr. 289, 13 = Rigv. i. 50, 13.
3. To kill, to hurt.
4. To be completed, finished, matured. Caus. randhaya,
1. To give in one's power, Chr. 289, 13 = Rigv. i. 50, 13.
2. To pain, to torment, Rām. 2, 81, 3.
3. To destroy, Bhāg. P. 8, 21, 2.
-- Cf. A.S. rendan, To rend.
1. A name of Viṣṇu.
2. The name of a king, Megh. 46 (cf. Viṣṇu P. 481, n. 18).
3. A dog.
1. A road.
2. A river.
1. Destroying, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 28.
2. Cooking, Pāṇ. ii. 1, 36, Sch.
1. A hole, a fissure, Pañc. ii. d. 42 (cf. also
3.).
2. A cavity, Śiś. 4, 61.
3. A fault, a defect, a weak point, Pañc. 182, 2.
-- Comp. karṇa-, m. n. the auditory passage, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 35. nīrandhra, i. e. nis-, adj. without an interstice, Utt. Rāmac. 143, 2.
1. To speak.
2. To praise (ved.). Cf. lap.
† raph, ramph ramph, rarph rarph, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To kill.
1. † To desire vehemently.
2. † To act inconsiderately.
3. To seize, to take (ved.).
-- With the prep. ā ā, To begin, Man. 7, 299.
2. To act strenuously, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 7. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ārabdha.
1. Began, done; rahasy ārabdhā kathā, A secret conversation, Vikr. d. 51.
2. Having begun, MBh. 1, 7660. Absol. ārabhya, From. Hit. 91, 21.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To get back, Rām. 2, 64, 60.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, To begin, MBh. 3, 10724 (Par.).
-- With prā pra-ā, To begin, Bhag. 18, 15; Pañc. iii. d. 130. prārabdha, n. An attempt, enterprise, Lass. 1, 6.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To begin, Rām. 1, 45, 13, to undertake, Hit. 44, 6, M.M.
2. To try, MBh. 1, 2238.
3. To treat, MBh. 3, 16298.
-- With pari pari, To embrace, Vikr. d. 147; MBh. 4, 514. Desider. pari ripsa, To desire to embrace, Ragh. 13, 32 (Calc.).
-- With sam sam, saṃrabdha,
1. Exasperated, enraged, Rām. 2, 55, 30.
2. Agitated, overwhelmed, Nal. 13, 14. Comp. su-, adj.
1. very enraged, Chr. 31, 20. 2. very agitated, Pañc. 238, 24.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃrabdha, Enraged, Rām. 6, 3, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. rabies, robur (labor, see labh); probably [greek] Goth. arbaiths; A.S. earfedh, earfodh; Goth. liban; A.S. leofian, lifian, lybban; O.H.G. laba, labon; perhaps A.S. a-refian, To bear, a-raefnan, To take away.
1. Zeal (in rabhas + vant, zealous, Rigv. i. 9, 6).
2. Strength, strengthening food, sacrifice, Rigv. i. 145, 3. See rabh.
I. adj. Joyful, Kir. 5, 1.
II. m.
1. Joy.
2. Passion, rage, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 8.
3. Speed, velocity, Śiś. 9, 72; abl. quickly, Rājat. 5, 190.
4. Precipitation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 315.
5. Regret, sorrow.
-- Comp. ati-, m. (or adv. °sa + m), excessive precipitation, or, with excessive precipitation, Bhartṛ. 2, 97. ambhas-vindu-grahaṇa-, adj. running, desirous to get drops of water, Megh. 22. sa-rabhasa + m adv. 1. quickly Utt. Rāmac. 144. 11. 2. passionate Lass. 24, 15.
1. To rest, Man. 3, 251; to like to stay, Hit. ii. d. 128.
2. To be delighted, Pañc. i. d. 429; to rejoice, Rām. 2, 34, 50; Vikr. 19, 1 (raṃsyate bhavatā, impers. pass. You will be glad), 70, 21.
3. To rejoice at, with loc., Daśak. in Chr. 181, 5 (to be in love); with instr., MBh. 3, 58.
4. To have sexual intercourse with (instr.), Hit. 66, 7.
5. To sport, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rata.
1. Beloved, Pañc. v. d. 53.
2. Intent on, Man. 2, 235 (with loc.); occupied, Pañc. 27, 9.
3. Inclined, Pañc. 203, 2.
4. Satisfied, Pañc. 228, 10. n.
1. Coition, copulation, Pañc. i. d. 224.
2. A private part. Comp. deva-, adj. devout, Pañc. 118, 22. nirmāṇa-, m. the name of a class of deities, MBh. 13, 1372. su-,
I. adj. 1. playing, playful. 2. compassionate, tender.
II. n. 1. coition, Hit. iii. 27. 2. sexual intercourse, love, Ṛt. 6, 1. vara-su-, adj. very wanton, Hit. ii. d. 64. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. rantavya, To be rejoiced at, Mṛcch. 62, 22.
II. ramaṇīya, Pleasing, agreeable, Vikr. 37, 10; Hit. iv. d. 73 (āpāta-, in the beginning); beautiful, Vikr. 65, 18 (viśeṣa-, most beautiful).
III. ramya.
1. The same, Ṛt. 6, 2.
2. m. The champaca, Michelia Champaca.
3. f. yā.
a. Night.
b. The name of a river.
4. n. Semen virile. Comp. nis-ātapatra-, adj. needing no parasol, i. e. cool, and therefore charming, a Karmadhāraya compound, Vikr. d. 73. Caus. ramaya,
1. To exhilarate, MBh. 2, 305.
2. To be delighted, to rejoice, MBh. 3, 11379.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anurata,
1. Fond of, attached to.
2. Beloved.
-- With abhi abhi, To be delighted, to rejoice, Rām. 2, 27, 18. abhirata,
1. Intent upon, Chr. 14, 26.
2. Pleased with.
3. Engaged in, Rām. 3, 49, 39.
4. Practising.
-- With ava ava, avarata, Stopped, ceased. Comp. an-, adj. uninterrupted, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 21. °tam, adv. without stopping, Pañc. 93, 15; incessantly, Pañc. 145, 14.
-- With ā ā, Par.
1. To repose, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 38.
2. To cease, Man. 2, 73.
3. To take pleasure, Man. 4, 175. anata, Ceased, Kir. 5, 6.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To repose, MBh. 1, 6035.
2. To cease, Ragh. 16, 3 (Calc.).
3. To rejoice, to dally, MBh. 1, 4183.
-- With upa upa, Par. Ātm.
1. To cease, Chr. 30, 39; with the ptcple. of the pres. in the sense of the infin., Pañc. 53, 19 (mṛgaśaśakādin vyāpādayan nopa rarāma, He did not cease killing deer, hares, etc.).
2. To desist from, with abl., Daśak. in Chr. 181, 12. uparata,
1. Stopped, ceased.
2. Having ceased, Man. 5, 66.
3. Having desisted from, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 35.
4. Dead, Pañc. 98, 3 (he breathed out his last).
-- With vyupa vi-upa, vyuparata, Interrupted, stopped, Mṛcch. 1, 2.
-- With ni ni, nirata,
1. Pleased, satisfied, Man. 3, 45.
2. Attached to (with loc.), loving, Utt. Rāmac. 57, 5; faithful, Rām. 3, 48, 18.
3. Engaged in, practising, Nal. 6, 10 (a-hiṃsā-, benevolence).
-- With pari pari, Par. To be delighted, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 53.
-- With vi vi,
1. To cease, Utt. Rāmac. 17, 6; with the ptcple. of the pres. in the sense of the infin., Pañc. 93, 16.
2. To desist, Man. 4, 97.
3. To cease from, desist from (with abl.), Vikr. d. 39; Pañc. 161, 1. virata, Stopped, ceased, Śiś. 9, 12. Comp. a-, adj. 1. uninterrupted, Kir. 5, 6. 2. eternal.
-- With sam sam, To rejoice, Bhaṭṭ. 19, 30.
-- Cf. O.H.G. rāwa, ruowa (i. e. *ram + van, cf. acc. sing. ruouun), rāwên (denomin.), resti, rastjan; A.S. rest, restan; [greek]
I. adj.
1. Pleasing, Kir. 5, 20 (at the end of a comp.).
2. Dear.
II. m.
1. A husband, a lover.
2. The deity of love.
III. f. mā.
1. A wife or a mistress, Pañc. i. d. 369 (?).
2. A name of Lakṣmī, Pañc. 46, 8.
-- Comp. manas-, see s.v. manorama.
I. adj. Delighting, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.
II. m.
1. A husband, Megh. 85.
2. A lover, Vikr. d. 89; Pañc. i. d. 196; Śiś. 9, 60.
3. A name of Kāma.
4. An ass.
III. f. ṇī, and ṇā, A wife, a mistress.
IV. n.
1. Sporting.
2. Dalliance, love, Megh. 38.
3. Coition.
4. The mons veneris.
-- Comp. para-, m. a paramour, Pañc. i. d. 196.
1. Love.
2. Paradise.
3. A crow.
4. Time.
† ramb, i. 1, Ātm. To sound. See raṇv.
† rambh, lambh lambh, i. 1, Ātm. To sound.
A. i. e. rabh + a,
I. m.
1. A bambu.
2. The name of a monkey.
II. f. bhā.
1. A plantain, Lass. 79, 16.
2. The name of an Apsaras, Vikr. 87, 10.
3. A name of Gaurī.
B. (cf. rambh), f. bhā, Lowing, as of a cow.
-- Comp. go-rambha, m. a proper name, Pañc. 26, 22.
† ray, lay lay, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
1. The stream of a river, Hit. iii. d. 49.
2. Speed, Megh. 20.
-- Comp. āśu-, adj. impetuous, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 3. śānta- (vb. śam), adj. slackened in speed.
1. Very fleet.
2. m. A name of Kuvera, Agni or fire, and Brahman.
1. A blanket.
2. An eyelash.
3. A sort of deer, Śiś. 4, 61.
1. Sound, Mālat. 79, 19 (at the end of a comp. adj.); cry, Indr. 1, 3; Rājat. 5, 346; 408.
2. Talk, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1723, 3; Pañc. i. 30 (false r.; cf. my transl. and Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2542).
-- Comp. kala-, m. 1. a pleasing sound, Bhartṛ. 1, 35. 2. (properly, uttering a pleasing sound), a pigeon. 3. the Indian cuckoo. ghaṇṭā-,
I. m. the sound of a bell, Pañc. 229, 15.
II. f. vā, crotolaria of various species. caṇḍa-, m. the name of a jackal, Pañc. 62, 21. nirara, i. e. nis-, adj. noiseless, Ragh. 8, 57. bhīma-vega-, m. a proper name (fearful in velocity and noise). madana-kāku-, m. a pigeon. vīṇa-, f. vā, a proper name, Pañc. 81, 5. śārṅga-, m. a proper name.
I. adj.
1. Sounding, crying.
2. Sharp, hot.
3. Unsteady.
4. Jesting.
II. m.
1. The Indian cuckoo.
2. A camel.
III. n. Bell-metal.
1. The sun, Pañc. 189, 23; Man. 1, 23.
2. A proper name, Draup. 2, 21.
1. A rein, Nal. 19, 22.
2. A ray of light, Pañc. 162, 11.
3. An eyelash.
-- Comp. uṣṇa- and tigma-, m. the sun, Ragh. 5, 4; Śiś. 9, 11. śita-, m. the moon, Śṛṅgārat. 6. syūma-, m. a proper name, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16.
1. ras, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound, Gīt. 10, 6.
2. To roar, MBh. 3, 14602.
3. To sing, Śiś. 6, 70.
4. † To praise. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rasita, Sounded. n.
1. The rattling of thunder, Ghaṭ. 14.
2. Sound. Cf. s.v. Frequent. rāras, To cry loudly, Bhaṭṭ. 5, 96.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anurasita, Accompanied by howling, Utt. Rāmac. 45, 2.
-- With ā ā, To lament, Nal. 1, 11. ārasita, n. Cry, Mālav. d. 41.
-- With vi vi, To cry, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 42.
-- Cf. Goth. razda; O.H.G. rartjan; A.S. reordian; O.H.G. rerjan; A.S. rarian.
2. ras, i. 10, rasaya and rasū- paya (rather a denomin. derived from rasa), Par.
1. To taste, Śiś. 10, 27.
2. † To love. Desider. rirasayiṣa, To wish to taste, Śiś. 11, 11.
I. m.
1. Taste (as sweet, salt), Pañc. 61, 11.
2. Pleasure, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 1; enjoyment, Śāk. d. 179; Pañc. ii. d. 175; charm, Pañc. iv. d. 62.
3. Inclination, Hit. iii. d. 115 (sāhasa-ekānta-rasa-anuvartin, adj. One who follows only his inclination to inconsiderate haste); love, Utt. Rāmac. 26, 2.
4. Juice, Man. 2, 77; liquid, 3, 159; Śiś. 9, 46; a dish, Vikr. 19, 1.
5. Essence, Hit. iv. d. 94 (tad-, Its best).
6. Condiment, Hit. iii. d. 56.
7. Water.
8. The essential juice of the body, whence blood, etc., are supposed to be engendered.
9. Semen virile.
10. Poison.
11. Gum myrrh.
12. Quicksilver.
13. A mineral substance, as sulphur, borax.
14. Taste, sentiment, emotion, as an object of poetry, as love, terror, etc., Bhartṛ. 2, 21; Rām. 1, 4, 7; Pañc. v. d. 44 (? nine rasas of music).
15. Affection of the mind, Utt. Rāmac. 50, 8; passion, Vikr. d. 36; love, Vikr. d. 40.
II. f. sā.
1. A river of the lower regions, Chr. 297, 12 = Rigv. i. 112, 12.
2. The tongue.
3. The earth.
4. A grape.
5. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. a-, adj. tasteless, insipid. anu-, m. a secondary flavour, Suśr. 1, 224, 13. anna-, m. the essential properties of food, Nal. 5, 37 (the knowledge of them). amṛta-,
I. m. the amṛta essence, the drink of immortality, Bhartṛ. 3, 77 (kāvya-, poetical works which are like the essence of amṛta).
II. adj., f. sā, having an amṛta-like juice, Pañc. 248, 12. ikṣu-, m. the juice of the sugar-cane, Pañc. i. d. 411. eha-,
I. m. only pleasure, Rām. 1, 9, 8.
II. adj., f. sā. 1. pleased with one object only, ib. 2, 67, 20 (v. r. Gorr.). 2. unchanged, Utt. Rāmac. 102, 3. ka- naka-, m. 1. melted gold, Śāk. 99, 15. 2. yellow orpiment. kāma-, m. semination, MBh. 1, 3812. kṣudra-, m. honey, Bhāg. P. 5, 13, 10. gandha-, m. myrrh, MBh. 5, 777. go-, m. 1. milk, MBh. 5, 1143. 2. buttermilk. 3. coagulated milk. nīrasa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. sapless, vain, Vikr. d. 30. 2. insipid, Bhartṛ. 3, 16. 3. merciless, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 6. 4. charmless, Pañc. iv. d. 62. piṣṭa (vb. piṣ)-, m. water mixed with flour, MBh. 1, 5186. praṇipāta-, m. the name of a spell, Rām. 1, 31, 5 Gorr. yakṣa-, m. spirituous liquor. yathā-rasa + m, adv. according to the sentiments, Mālav. 20, 20. vi-,
I. adj. 1. insipid. 2. painful, Utt. Rāmac. 157, 6.
II. m. pain, Utt. Rāmac. 18, 9. śṛṅgāra-eka-, adj. only pleased with love, Vikr. d. 9. sa-, see s.v. siddha-,
I. adj. mineral, metallic.
II. m. 1. quicksilver. 2. an alchymist. su-,
I. adj. 1. well-flavoured. 2. sweet. 3. elegant.
II. m. a plant, Vitex trifolia.
III. f. sā, and n. 1. holy basil. 2. the name of several plants.
IV. f. sā, Durgā. sva-, m. 1. proper taste. 2. proper flavour. 3. expressed juice. 4. sediment of oil. svādu-, f. sā, 1. the hog-plum. 2. a grape. 3. vinous liquor.
1. Any insect engendered by the fermentation of liquids.
3. Molasses.
I. adj. Acquainted with tastes, sentiments, etc.
II. m.
1. An alchymist.
2. A physician.
3. A poet.
III. f. jñā, The tongue, Bhāṣāp. 52; 101.
I. n.
1. Sounding, tinkling.
2. Tasting, Bhāṣāp. 39; Bhag. 15, 9.
II. f. (written also raśanā, and perhaps akin to raśmi, q. cf.).
1. A woman's girdle, Vikr. d. 115.
2. The tongue, Bhāṣāp. 100.
-- Comp. nīrasana, i. e. nis-rasana, adj. without a girdle, Kir. 5, 11.
1. Succulent, Bhartṛ. 3, 97.
2. Agreeable, Vikr. d. 62.
3. Endowed with the rasas, love, etc., Utt. Rāmac. 111, 3.
I. n.
1. Buttermilk.
2. Poison.
3. A medicine preventing old age and prolonging life, Pañc. ii. d. 80; elixir, Hit. i. d. 209, M.M. (prīti-, Elixir-like joy).
4. Medicine, a remedy, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 2.
5. Alchymy, chemistry.
II. m.
1. An alchymist.
2. Garuḍa.
III. f. nī, A vessel conveying nutrition.
I. adj.
1. Having taste, flavoured.
2. Tasteful, as a composition.
3. Impassioned, inclined, Hit. 103, 3 (sāhasa-eka-, Inclined only to inconsiderate haste).
II. m.
1. A horse.
2. An elephant.
3. A libertine.
III. f. kā (cf. rasana).
1. A woman's girdle.
2. The tongue.
3. Curds with sugar and spice.
4. Molasses.
I. adj.
1. Savoury, Bhag. 17, 8.
2. Juicy.
II. n. Blood.
1. Abandoned, Rām. 3, 52, 5.
2. Deprived of, without, Rām. 1, 70, 35. n. Privacy; loc. sing. Privately, Chr. 37, 2.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To abandon, Rām. 3, 51, 17.
2. With instr. To separate from, Vikr. d. 114. virahita,
1. Abandoned, left, Śiś. 9, 75.
2. Deprived of, without, Vikr. d. 33; Nal. 10, 23. Comp. a-, adj. 1. not separated, Vikr. 86, 11.
2. abounding in, Kir. 5, 52.
-- Cf. [greek] probably [greek] Lat. latere (cf. rudhira); also perhaps [greek] (cf. rahas); Lat. lectum, legere; Goth. ligan, lagjan; A.S. lecgan, licgan.
I. n.
1. Secrecy, Pañc. 253, 25; Chr. 5, 6; Vikr. d. 51 (loc., secretly).
2. A secret, Rājat. 5, 317; a religious or mystic truth.
3. A place of privacy, a hiding-place, solitude, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 23; Lass. 55, 15.
4. Copulation, Pañc. i. d. 197 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2366).
5. A privity.
II. adv. Secretly, privily, Pañc. 192, 23; Chr. 53, 22. Cf. rak.
I. adj. Secret, Man. 11, 247; concealed, 4, 144; mysterious.
II. n. A secret, Pañc. 129, 2; a mystery, Lass. 20, 20.
III. f. yā, The name of a river.
-- Comp. deva-, n. a secret of the gods, MBh. 15, 964. sa-, adj. magical (as weapons), Utt. Rāmac. 11, 3. sa-prayoga-, adj. with the charms or spells for employing (the magic weapons), Johns. Sel. 4, 22.
-- Cf. ved. rātam astu with Lat. ratum esto and reop.
1. Full moon, or the day of full moon, Sah. D. p. 323, 19.
2. A girl in whom menstruation has commenced.
3. Itch.
4. The name of a river.
I. adj., f. sī.
1. Belonging to a Rākṣasa, demoniacal, Rām. 3, 48, 11; Lass. 18, 3.
2. Infested by demons, Man. 3, 280.
3. (see vidhi), A form of marriage, Man. 3, 33.
II. m. An evil spirit, Pañc. 182, 22.
III. f. sī,
1. A female demon, Hiḍ. 2, 16.
2. A large tusk.
3. A sort of perfume.
-- Comp. jala-rākṣasī, f. a female demon of the water, MBh. 3, 16255. brahmarākṣasa, i. e. brahman-, m. a demon of the brahmanical class, Man. 12, 60; Pañc. 182, 19. mānuṣa-, m. a Rākṣasa-like man, a Rākṣasa in the shape of man, Bhartṛ. 2, 66. sadevāsura-, i. e. sa-deva-asura-, adj. with the gods, Asuras, and Rākṣasas, Chr. 41, 22.
† rākh, lākh lākh, i. 1, Par.
1. To grow dry.
2. To adorn.
3. To suffice.
4. To prevent.
I. m.
1. Colour, Pañc. 203, 5; Vikr. d. 26 (red colour).
2. Being subdued by affections, MBh. 13, 12427; Ṛt. 6, 23.
3. Affection, love, Pañc. iii. d. 266; Daśak. in Chr. 197, 6; desire, sorrow, joy, Rājat. 5, 382.
4. Wrath, Pañc. 29, 17.
5. Envy.
6. Greediness.
7. Passion, Hit. iv. d. 83 (ni-vṛtta-, adj. Free from passions).
8. A mode of music, of which six are enumerated, Pañc. 248, 6.
9. Harmony, Śāk. d. 5.
10. A king.
II. f. gī, A sort of grain, Eleusine corocana.
-- Comp. aṅga-, m. paint, unguent, powder for smearing and perfuming the body, Ṛt. 6, 12. apa-, m. enmity, Man. 7, 154. kṛtrima-, m. an artificial colour, Vikr. d. 40. padma-, m. a ruby, Hit. pr. d. 44, M.M. puṣpa-, m. a topaz, Ragh. 18, 31. vi-, m. 1. disinclination, hatred, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1156. 2. the absence of desire or passion, indifference, disregard of all sensual enjoyment, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 6. vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-,
I. adj. 1. colourless. 2. exempt from passions, Hit. 42, 10, M.M.
II. m. a sage. sa-, adj. 1. coloured. 2. impassioned. haridrā-, adj. fickle, unsteady.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Coloured.
2. Red, Pañc. i. d. 225.
3. Impassioned, agitated by affections, Bhag. 18, 27; given to passions, Hit. iv. d. 83.
4. Loving, Śiś. 9, 38; being in love, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 23.
II. m.
1. A painter.
2. A lover.
III. f. giṇī.
1. A shrewd and intriguing woman.
2. A modification of a musical mode, personified as the wife of the Rāga, Lass. 39, 10.
-- Comp. vi- (properly, virāga + in, see raga), adj. void of passion.
† rāgh, lāgh lāgh, i. 1, Ātm. To be able or equal to.
1. A descendant of Raghu; a name of Rāma, Rām. 3, 48, 8.
2. A sort of fish.
3. The ocean.
1. rāj, i. 1, Par. Atm.
1. To shine, Vikr. d. 160; to beam, Rām. 1, 1, 32; Chr. 25, 52 (rājatam, anomal. instead of rājantam).
2. ved. To govern (akin to ṛj, originally raj). Caus. rājaya, To illuminate. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rājita.
1. Illuminated.
2. Adorned, Kir. 5, 9.
-- With abhi abhi, To shine, MBh. 3, 10960.
-- With upa upa, Caus. uparājita, Illuminated, Pañc. v. d. 12.
-- With nis nis, nīrājita, Shining, Utt. Rāmac. 150, 12.
-- With pari pari, To be very resplendent, Rām. 3, 49, 3.
-- With vi vi,
1. To shine forth, Pañc. v. d. 2.
2. To shine, ib. i. d. 373; Rām. 3, 52, 25. Caus. To cause to beam, Rām. 2, 26, 2. virājita,
1. Illuminated, splendid, Kir. 5, 4; Nal. 5, 3.
2. Manifested.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, To shine, to beam, Rām. 2, 26, 10.
2. rāj, latter part of comp. nouns,
I. adj. Shining.
II. curtailed for rājan, m. A king, Hiḍ. 1, 13.
-- Comp. araṇya-, m. king of the forest, epithet of the lion and the tiger, Nal. 12, 13; 31. asura-, m. king of the Asuras, epithet of the Asura Baka (see vaka), MBh. 1, 6208. indu- and uḍu-, m. the moon, Pañc. i. d. 104; Rām. 4, 5, 14. eka-, 1. adj. only shining, Bhāg. P. 3, 5, 24. 2. m. an absolute king, ib. 1, 18, 5. kratu-, m. the principal sacrifice, Man. 11, 260. giri-, m. the king of the mountains, probably the Himālaya, MBh. 6, 3419. tṛṇa-, m. the palmyra tree, Rām. 6, 91, 13. deva-, m. epithet of Indra and Nahuṣa, Chr. 4, 20; MBh. 13, 4788. dharma-, m. epithet of Yama, Yudhiṣṭhira, and of a king of the herons, Man. 7, 7; Draup. 8, 13; MBh. 12, 6350. nāga-, m. the king of the serpents, Mārk. P. 23, 24. mṛga-, m. a lion, Śiś. 9, 18 (pataṃga-, m. the lion-like run). yakṣa-, m. Kuvera. viśva-, and in some cases, viśvā-, m. an universal sovereign. sva-, m. Brahman or Supreme Spirit.
-- Cf. Lat. rex.
-- Comp. amara-, m. king of the gods, epithet of Indra. amara-śatru-, m. epithet of Rāvaṇa, Rām. 6, 35, 1. ādi-, m. the first or primeval king, epithet of Manu and of a son of Kuru, Rām. 1, 6, 4; MBh. 1, 3741. ṛkṣa-, m. 1. the king of the bears, Rām. 6, 6, 12. 2. the king of the stars, epithet of the moon, Vikr. 39, 15. tṛṇa-, m. the palmyra tree, MBh. 4, 1309. deva-, m. Indra, Rām. 6, 34, 10. dvija- and nakṣatra-, m. the moon, Ragh. 5, 23; Rām. 5, 18, 17. dharma-, m. epithet of Yama and Yudhiṣṭhira, MBh. 13, 3471; Hariv. 842. nada-, the king of the rivers, i. e. the Sindhu, Śiś. 9, 30. nāga-, 1. the king of the serpents, Kathās. 22, 209. 2. a great elephant, MBh. 4, 1679. pitṛ-, m. the king of the Manes, i. e. Yama, Sāv. 5, 14. bhujaga-, m. the king of the snakes, epithet of Śeṣa. bhṛṅga-, m. 1. a sort of bird (Lanius malabaricus), Lass. 52, 18. 2. the humble bee. 3. a sort of shrub. 4. a particular sacrifice. mahā-, m. 1. a sovereign, king, Vikr. 37, 9. 2. a finger-nail. mṛga-, m. a lion, Vikr. 70, 13. yakṣa-, m. Kuvera, Chr. 62, 52. yuvarāja, i. e. yuvan-, m. a young prince, especially the heir apparent, Pañc. 156, 16. rājarāja, i. e. rājan-, m. 1. an universal monarch, Kir. 5, 51. 2. Kuvera. 3. the moon. vighna-, m. Gaṇeśa. vimāna-, m. the driver of a chariot (of the gods), Utt. Rāmac. 55, 2. śaila-, m. the king of the mountains, epithet of the Himālaya, Megh. 51. sindhu-, m. Jayadratha, the king of Sindh. sukha-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 206. sura-, m. Indra, Rājat. 5, 157. saubha-, m. the king of the Saubhas, Chr. 18, 35.
-- Cf. Goth. reiks.
I. adj.
1. rāj + aka, Splendid.
2. rājan + ka, A substitute for rājan when latter part of comp. adj.; e. g. a-, adj. Having no king, Man. 7, 3.
II. m. A king.
III. n. An assemblage of kings.
-- Comp. mahā-, and mahā-rājika, m. a kind of demigod. sa-, adj. together with the king, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 519.
I. m. A king killer.
II. adj. Sharp.
I. adj. Made of silver, Man. 2, 202; Rājat. 5. 12.
II. n. Silver (ŚKD.), Rām. 3, 49, 1.
I. m.
1. A king, Chr. 3, 6.
2. One of the Kṣatriya caste, Man. 2, 32.
3. A master.
4. The moon.
5. Indra.
6. A Yakṣa.
II. f. rājñī.
1. A queen, Chr. 54, 18; a princess, Chr. 18, 3.
2. The wife of the sun.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not a king, Johns. Sel. 32, 61. kāśi-, m. the king of Kāśi, Chr. 11, 19 (but -rāja, 3, 9). dharma-rājan, m. (cf. rāja), Yudhiṣṭhira, MBh. 2, 146. nāga-, m. (cf. rāja), Nal. 14, 3.
-- Cf. Lat. regina (for regonia = rājñī for rājan + yā), and perhaps Goth. raginon, see 2. rāj, and rāja.
1. A Kṣatriya, a man of the military caste, Utt. Rāmac. 152, 4; Chr. 37, 2.
2. A name of Agni.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not a Kṣatriya, Man. 4, 84.
I. adj., f. sī.
1. Belonging to the quality of passion, Man. 12, 32.
2. Endowed with passion, 12, 40.
II. f. sī, Durgā.
and rājī rāji/ī, i. e. partly probably ṛj (properly raj, cf. Lat. di-vigere), + i/ī, f.
1. A row, a line, Pañc. i. d. 217; a stripe, Vikr. d. 78; a line parting the hair, Rām. 3, 52, 32.
2. A continuous line.
-- Comp. nīla-rāji, f. a dark line, darkness, Ṛt. 1, 2 (at the end of a comp. adj.). vana-rāj + i,
I. adj. embellishing a forest.
II. f. a tree, Rām. 3, 52, 23; 55, 45; Draup. 1, 2.
f.
I. rāji + kā, A line.
II. A field.
III. Black mustard, Sinapis racemosa, Pañc. 184, 18. Cf. rājaka.
I. m.
1. An elephant
2. A kind of deer.
3. The Indian crane.
4. A large fish, Cyprinus niloticus Buch., Man. 5, 16.
II. n. A lotus, Chr. 50, 11; Indr. 4, 41.
1. A government, Pañc. iii. d. 265.
2. A kingdom, Rām. 3, 53, 22; Pañc. 202, 19.
3. Exercise of sovereignty, Rājat. 5, 242.
4. Administration.
-- Comp. deva-, n. the dominion over the gods, Rām. 6, 98, 19. pṛthivī-, n. the sovereignty of the earth. mahā-, n. sovereignty, Chr. 3, 5. yuvarājya-, i. e. yuvan-, n. the dignity of heir apparent, Pañc. 130, 18. hṛta-, adj. stripped of a kingdom.
1. Splendour.
2. The name of a country.
-- Comp. a-, m. an enemy, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 110. vāyasa-a-, m. an owl.
1. The name of a part of the Jyotiṣṭoma, and of the Sattra sacrifices, Rām. 1, 13, 44; 45.
2. A proper name, Hariv. 72. apara-, m. The last watch of the night, Rām. 3, 22, 29. ardha-, m. Midnight, Man. 7, 151. eka-,
I. m. A festival of one night's duration, MBh. 13, 4914.
II. n. One night, Man. 3, 102. cira-, n. A long time, Man. 3, 266. tri-, n. sing. Three nights or days, Man. 4, 119; 5, 67. daśarātra, i. e. daśan-, m. Ten days, Man. 5, 65. pañcar°, i. e. pañcan-,
I. n.
1. Five nights or days, Man. 8, 402; 11, 147.
2. The sacred scripture of several Vaiṣṇava sects, MBh. 12, 7891.
II. adj. Lasting five nights or days, MBh. 13, 4914. pūrva-, m. The first part of the night, MBh. 1, 6443. vi-, Deep night, Sāv. 6, 28 (cf. 5, 66). saptar°, i. e. saptan-, n. A period of seven nights, Man. 2, 187.
-- Comp. pañca(n)-, adj. Lasting five nights, Pañc. ed. orn. 4, 17.
and rātrī rātrī, probably ram + tṛ + ī, f. Night, Hit. pr. d. 24, M.M.
-- Comp. kāla-, f. 1. the last night of a Kalpa, in which the universe is destroyed by Kāla, Rām. 5, 47, 26. 2. Durgā, Hariv. 3269. 3. = bhīmarathī, see ratha. Yakṣa-rātri, f. the night of full moon in the month Kārttika. śiva-rātri, f. a festival in honour of Śiva. śeṣa-rātri, f. the last watch of the night.
-- Comp. pañca(n)-, adj. epithet of Viṣṇu (cf. pañcan-rātra), MBh. 12, 12864 (p. 818, 1. 9, bel.).
1. To make merciful or favourable (ii. 5).
2. To make agreeable (ii. 5).
3. To accomplish.
4. To be merciful, or favourable (i. 4).
5. To be accomplished or finished (i. 4). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rāddha.
1. Accomplished.
2. Perfect in mysterious or magical power, Bhāg. P. 3, 11, 17.
3. Cooked. Desider.
1. viratsa.
2. ritsa, To kill, to hurt, to destroy, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 19.
-- With the prep. apa apa, ii. 5, and i. 4,
1. To offend against, with gen., MBh. 1, 1389; to injure, Vikr. 5, 8.
2. To sin, MBh. 4, 1611.
3. To restrain, MBh. 3, 17005. aparāddha,
1. Sinned, Śāk. d. 57 (na tu grīṣmasyaivaṃ subhagam aparāddhaṃ yuvatiṣu, But when heat [sins against, i. e.] injures the girls, it is not so charming).
2. Sinning, having sinned, guilty, Śāk. 110, 16 (with gen., against).
-- With abhi abhi, i. 4, To propitiate, Rām. 2, 30, 33.
-- With ā ā,
1. To accomplish, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 16 (pass.). Caus.
1. To make favourable, to propitiate, Rām. 1, 17, 31.
2. To conciliate, Hit. iv. d. 99; to win, Rām. 2, 60, 6.
3. To worship, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 6.
4. To serve, Man. 10, 122; Pañc. 125, 12 (kim ancnārādhitena, For what purpose serve him?).
5. To perform, Bhartṛ. 2, 96. ārādhita, Pleased, Vikr. 35, 4. Comp. su-, adj. caused to be very propitious, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2977. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. durārādhya, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be propitiated, or worshipped, or served, Bhartṛ. 3, 78; Bhāg. P. 4, 11, 11.
-- With upā upa-ā, Caus. To serve, Man. 10, 121.
-- With samā sam-ā, Caus.
1. To make favourable, to propitiate, MBh. 3, 10344.
2. To satisfy, to get the approbation of, Utt. Rāmac. 167, 6.
-- Cf. [greek] etc. (for [greek] instead of [greek]); cf. also ved. iradhya.
I. m. The month Vaiśākha, April -- May.
II. f. dhā.
1. The sixteenth lunar asterism.
2. The favourite mistress of Kṛṣṇa, Pañc. 45, 2.
3. The wife of the charioteer of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, by whom Karṇa was fostered.
4. Lightning.
5. Emblic myrobalan.
I. n.
1. Completing.
2. Obtaining.
3. Pleasure.
II. f. nā, Speaking.
I. adj.
1. Beautiful.
2. Black.
3. White.
II. m.
1. A proper name, particularly the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa.
2. A name of Varuṇa.
3. A horse.
4. A sort of deer.
III. f. mā, A beautiful female, Vikr. d. 114; Amar. 58.
-- Comp. paraśu-, m. the first of the three renowned Rāmas, the son of Jamadagni, Prab. 5, 5 (cf. Chr. 16, 17). bala-, m. the third Rāma, the half-brother of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 1, 7912. Cf. rāma-candra.
-- Comp. dīrgha-, m. the proper name of a jackal, Hit. 76, 6, M.M.
1. A heap, a quantity, Pañc. 121, 11; 203, 7.
2. A sign of the zodiac.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a fireball, Rām. 4, 60, 17. ambu- (Ragh. 6, 57), and lavaṇa-ambu- (Vikr. d. 18), jala- (Kathās. 18, 2, but, plenty of water, Kir. 5, 19), payas- (Hit. ii. d. 15), and vāri- (Rājat. 5, 15), m. the ocean. brahma(n)-, heap of holiness, Chr. 34, 15 (= Paraśurāma). yaśas-, m. greatness of glory, i. e. a glorious deed, Vikr. 11, 17.
I. i. e. rāj + tra,
1. A realm, empire, kingdom, Pañc. iii. d. 39; v. d. 64 (kurājāntāni rāṣṭrāṇi, Kingdoms find their end [i. e. are ruined] by wicked kings).
2. An inhabited country, Lass. 76, 18.
II. Any public calamity, as famine.
-- Comp. su-, m. the name of a country, surat, Rām. 3, 53, 56.
and rāṣṭrīya rāṣṭrīya,
I. adj. Relating to a realm.
II. (rāṣtriya), m. A king's brother-in-law (in theatrical language), Mṛcch. 66, 23; cf. Böhtl. ad Śāk. 73, 1.
-- Cf. rāś.
1. Sound.
2. Confused noise.
3. Speech.
4. A festival among the cowherds, including especially a circular dance.
5. A chain.
-- Comp. dūrāsa, i. e. dus-, m. disagreeable speech, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 5.
I. i. e. rāsa + i-rasa.
1. = rāsa.
2. Mirth.
3. A company, a party.
II. (cf. rasa), Alchymy.
1. A Daitya to whom the eclipses are ascribed, Hit. i. d. 20, M.M.
2. The ascending node.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. seized by Rāhu, i. e. eclipsed, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 8.
1. ri, i. 6, riya, Par. To go.
2. ri, ii. 5, v. r. for ṛ, ii. 5, To hurt.
1. Void, empty.
2. Unloaded, unburthened, Man. 8, 404.
1. An inheritance, Man. 9, 104.
2. Property, Man. 8, 30.
3. Wealth.
4. Gold.
-- Comp. gotra-, n. du. family and estate, Man. 9, 142.
I. adj. Wealthy.
II. m. An heir, Man. 9, 162 (eka-, An heir of one man).
1. A nit.
2. A mote in a sunbeam.
1. To evacuate, to leave, pass., Vikr. d. 8 (being delivered).
2. To separate, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 36. † i. 1, and i. 10,
1. To join, to mix.
2. To divide, to separate. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rikta,
1. Empty, Pañc. 89, 2.
2. Unloaded.
3. Purged.
4. Free from, Ragh. 14, 85.
5. Poor. Comp. a-, adj. filled, Mālav. 45, 15. Ptcple. of i. 10, or Caus. recita,
1. Freed from.
2. Purged.
-- With the prep. ati ati, pass.
1. To surpass, with abl., Man. 4, 175; with acc., 2, 145; with instr., MBh. 3, 10588.
2. To prevail, Man. 12, 25; to play the chief part, Hit. i. d. 161, M.M. atirikta, Exceeding, Bhāṣāp. 19; excessive.
-- With vyati vi-ati, pass. To surpass, with abl., Ragh. 10, 31. vyatirikta,
1. Different, distinct, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 14; 15.
2. Excepted.
3. Withdrawn.
-- With ā ā; instead of ārecita (Mixed ?), Daśak. in Chr. 190, 15,
I propose to read āracita (Made). With ud ud, pass. To surpass, MBh. 1, 3070. udrikta,
1. Distinct.
2. Increased. adv. Surely, Chr. 20, 19 (perhaps, adj. and, Arrogant). udrecita, Pre-eminent, Rājat. 5, 365.
-- With vi vi, virikta, Purged, Man. 5. 144.
-- Cf. Lat. licere, licitare, linquere; [greek] Goth. af-lifnan; A.S. lyfan, be-lifan, laefan, To leave; also Goth. leihvan; A.S. laen, laenan.
† rij, i. 1, Par. To fry.
-- Comp. krauñca-, m. a name of the god of war, Pañc. i. d. 175.
† riph (ṛph ṛph, and rih rih), i. 6, Par.
1. To say or to boast.
2. To fight.
3. To blame.
4. To hurt.
5. To give.
† rimph, i. 6, Par. To hurt.
1. Wish to sport, Nal. 1, 41.
2. Desire of enjoyment, Bhāg. P. 9, 14, 20.
1. To kill, to hurt, MBh. 3, 13111.
2. To give offence, Man. 4, 178, Ātm. (Sch., but perhaps pass. To be hurt).
3. To be hurt (ved.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. riṣṭa.
1. Injured.
2. Unlucky, n.
1. Bad luck.
2. Destruction.
3. Sin. m.
1. A sword (cf. ṛṣṭi).
2. The name of a demon.
-- Comp. a-riṣṭa. see s.v.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Lat. laedo.
I. f. m. A sword (cf. ṛṣṭi).
II. riṣ + ti, f. Bad luck.
1. See riph.
2. Ved. = lih. Frequent. rerih, ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. rerihāṇa, m.
1. Śiva.
2. An Asura or demon.
3. A thief.
1. rī, ii. 9, riṇā, riṇī. Par.
1. To go.
2. To howl.
3. To hart.
2. rī, i. 4, Ātm. To distil, to ooze, to drop.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To drop after, to follow dropping, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3.
-- Cf. Goth. and A.S. rinnan (based on ii. 5).
1. Going.
2. Boundary.
3. Usage, manner, way, Lass. 2. ed. 2, 6.
4. Natural property.
5. Oozing.
6. Brass, pale brass.
7. Calx of brass.
8. Rust of iron.
† rīv, i. 1, Par. Ātm. To take.
1. ru, ii. 2, Par.
1. To sound, to make a particular sound, as birds, MBh. 1, 5898; bees, etc., to hum, Hit. i. d. 80, M.M.
2. To bray, MBh. 1, 4508.
3. To yelp, Man. 4, 113.
4. To yell, MBh. 4, 1463. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ruta, n.
1. Any cry or noise, humming of bees, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 10.
2. The cry of birds, Lass. 52, 11.
3. Song, Śāk. d. 131. Frequent. roru and rorūya, To cry loudly, to yelp loudly, MBh. 1, 6112; 663. Caus. rāvaya, To fill with a roar, MBh. 3, 15928.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhiruta,
1. Sounded, filled with the sound of, MBh. 3, 1535.
2. Sounding.
3. Humming, Śiś. 9, 34. n. Sound, Rām. 1, 9, 17.
-- With ā ā, To cry, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 24.
-- With vi vi,
1. To sound, Mṛcch. 144, 2.
2. To yell, Pañc. 64, 4.
3. To lament, Vikr. d. 102; MBh. 3, 336. viruta, n. Tone. Cāk. d. 85; singing, Ṛt. 6, 33. Caus. To make a braying noise, Man. 4, 64.
-- With sam sam, To cry, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 71.
-- Cf. [greek] (frequent.); Lat. raucus, rūmor; A.S. ryn.
† 2. ru, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To hurt, or to be angry (?).
3. To speak.
† ruṃś, i. 10 and 1, Par. To speak, to shine (?).
I. adj. Clear, bright.
II. n. (ved. m., Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88, 2).
1. Gold.
2. Iron.
III. m. A golden chain, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4.
I. m. The name of a prince, slain by balarāma.
II. f. miṇī, A princess carried off and married by Kṛṣṇa, Mālav. d. 77; cf. Wilson, Hind. Theatr. 2. ed. 183, n.
and rūkṣa ru/ūkṣa, adj.
1. Rugged, rough, difficult, Vikr. d. 61 (ru).
2. Harsh, unkind, Pañc. iv. d. 62 (rū°); uncouth, Pañc. v. d. 6 (ru°, but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 805); Bhartṛ. 2, 59 (ru°); cruel, Śāk. d. 191 (rū°).
3. Austere, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 8 (ru).
-- Cf. A.S. rug, ruh, ruw; Engl. rough, rugged.
1. Sickness.
2. Crookedness.
1. ruc, i. 1, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 3, 468).
1. To shine, MBh. 1, 6613; Man. 4, 20.
2. To please, with dat., MBh. 1, 7550; Hit. ii. d. 49.
3. To be pleased, to approve, MBh. 1, 7444. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rucita.
1. Bright.
2. Sweet.
3. Pleased, MBh. 1, 7952.
4. Sharpened (as the appetite).
5. Digested. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. rucya.
1. Beautiful.
2. Tonic, stomachic. m. A lover. n. A digestive. Caus. rocaya, Par. and Ātm.
1. To cause to like.
2. Ātm. To like, Man. 2, 243.
3. To choose, Rām. 1, 43, 1.
4. To resolve, Hariv. 6416.
-- With the prep. ati ati, To surpass by splendour, MBh. 3, 468.
-- With anu anu, Caus. To desire, MBh. 3, 12679.
-- With abhi abhi, To please (with the dat. of the pers.), Vikr. 21, 11. abhirucita,
1. Pleased.
2. Delighting, Johns. Sel. 93, 52. Caus.
1. To desire, to like, Rām. 2, 30, 27.
2. To be ready, Rām. 1, 36, 2.
-- With ā ā, Caus. Ātm. To like, Rām. 2, 30, 28.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To resolve, MBh. 3, 11546 (prati belongs perhaps to the noun, not to the vb.).
-- With vi vi, To shine, MBh. 3, 1754.
-- Cf. loc; Lat. lucere, lumen (cf. Goth. lauhmuni; A.S. leóma), luna; Goth. liuhath, liuhtjan; A.S. leoht, lioht, gelihtan, lócian; probably also O.H.G. liuchan, fovere, lucjan, locon, mulcere; [greek] etc., [greek]
2. ruc, f.
1. Light, splendour, Kir. 5, 45; Śiś. 9, 23; Kir. 5, 43.
2. Beauty, Pañc. i. d. 152 (smita-pāṭala-adhara-, adj. Showing the beauty of smiling pāṭala-like lips).
3. Lightning.
4. Desire.
-- Comp. ghana-, adj. of a cloud-like, i. e. dark, colour, Bhāg. P. 4, 5, 3. phaṇā-maṇi-sahasra-, f. the splendour of the thousand jewels of the serpent's hoods, Śiś. 9, 25. vistārita-varṇa-saṃkara-, adj. shining brilliantly by the mixture of colours, and, being very desirous of the mixture of the castes, Rājat, 5, 377. śīta-, m. the moon, Śiś. 9, 25. a-śīta-, m. the sun, Śiś. 9, 5.
-- Cf. Lat. lux.
I. adj. Agreeable.
2. Sharp.
3. Tonic, stomachic.
II. m.
1. An ornament of the neck and breast.
2. A tooth.
3. A pigeon.
4. The citron.
III. n.
1. Any auspicious or fortunate object.
2. A garland, a chaplet.
3. A curl on a horse's neck.
4. A perfume, commonly rocanā.
5. Salt.
6. The fruit of the citron.
(and rucī), ruc + ī, f.
1. Light, Vikr. d. 48 (ci); splendour, 19, 9 (cī).
2. A ray of light.
3. Beauty, Bhāṣāp. 1, a (at the end of a comp. adj.).
4. Appearance, Śiś. 9, 19 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
5. Wish, desire, Śiś. 9, 17; pleasure, Pāṇ. 1, 4, 33.
6. Passion.
7. Intent application to any object.
8. Hunger.
9. Taste, Pañc. iii. d. 259 (ci); pleasure, Rājat. 5, 1 (ci).
-- Comp. uṣṇa-, m. the sun, Śiś. 9, 1. daṇḍa-ruci, adj. inclined to severity, Pañc. 91, 18. pratigraha-, adj. eager to take a gift, Man. 4, 190. māṃsa-, adj. liking flesh, Hit. 42, 7, M.M. viśeṣa-vikrama-, adj. desiring to attack the pre-eminently powerful, Bhartṛ. 2, 27. saṃsarga-, adj. liking intercourse (with), Pañc. iii. d. 259. sphurita-, adj. having a trembling (glittering) splendour, Megh. 15. sva-, adj. 1. wilful. 2. self-willed, uncontrolled.
1. Beautiful, Rām. 3, 52, 16; 24; brilliant, Vikr. d. 76.
2. Agreeable, Pañc. 170, 6.
3. Sweet.
4. Stomachic.
1. ruj, i. 6, Par.
1. To break, MBh. 3, 678.
2. To bend.
3. To pain, to afflict with disease. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rugṇa (MBh. 1. 1.); also wrongly written rugna.
1. Broken.
2. Bent, crooked.
3. Injured.
4. Sick. Caus., and i. 10, † To hurt, to kill.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To break, MBh. 1, 5884.
-- With ā ā, To break, MBh. 3, 423.
-- With samā sam-ā, To break, MBh. 4, 1082.
-- With vi vi, To destroy, Śāk. d. 32, v.r.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] probably [greek] Lat. lues (cf. fruor from frug). See romantha.
2. ruj, f.
1. Pain, Man. 11, 674 Vikr. d. 30.
2. Sickness, Vikr. d. 51.
3. Effort, Megh. 27.
-- Comp. niruj, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. free from pain, Suśr. 1, 289, 2. 2. healthy.
1. Sickness, Sāv. 5, 61; 81.
2. Destruction.
3. An ewe.
-- Comp. a-ruja, I. adj. 1. not breaking, Suśr. 2, 300, 14. 2. healthy, Bhartṛ. 3, 76.
II. m. a proper name, Hariv. 14284. nīruja, i. e. nis-, adj., f. jā. 1. free from pain, Suśr. 1, 292, 14. 2. healthy, Hit. i. d. 14, M.M. sa-ruja, adj. sick, Sāv. 5, 79. su-, adj. the same.
† ruṭ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To resist.
2. To suffer pain.
3. To shine. i. 10,
1. To be angry.
2. To shine, to speak (cf. ruṭh).
† ruṭh, i. 1, Par. To strike, to fell. i. 1, Ātm.
1. To resist.
2. To suffer pain (cf. ruṭ).
† ruṇṭ, ruṇḍ ruṇḍ, i. 1, Par. To steal.
† ruṇṭh, luṇṭh luṇṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To be idle.
3. To be lame.
4. To resist.
5. To steal. See 2. luṭh.
1. A field of battle.
2. Superhuman power.
1. To weep, Vikr. 83, 12; Hit. 99, 3 (read rudatī); to cry, MBh. 2, 2616.
2. To bewail, Bhaṭṭ. 5, 5. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rudita.
1. Wept.
2. Weeping. n. Weeping, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 10. Comp. araṇya-, n. complaining of one's griefs to a forest, i. e. without being heard, Amar. 76. Frequent. rorud, rorudya, To weep, to cry excessively, MBh. 3, 10192. Caus. ro daya, To cause to weep, Utt. Rāmac. 85, 3.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To weep, Nal. 3, 32.
-- With upā upa-ā, To bewail, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 4.
-- With pra pra,
1. To burst into tears, MBh. 3, 2919.
2. To weep, to cry, Rām. 1, 17, 22. prarudita,
1. Wept.
2. Weeping, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 21.
3. Beginning to weep, Vikr. d. 153.
-- With vi vi, To weep, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 13. virudita, n. Weeping, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 11.
-- Cf. Lat. rudere; O.H.G. riuzan; A.S. reotan; probably [greek] (frequent., cf. raudra).
I. adj. One who roars, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3.
II. m.
1. A name of Śiva as the god of the tempests, Pañc. pr. d. 1; Bhartṛ. 2, 93.
2. A class of eleven demigods (personified roaring of the wind), Nal. 10, 24.
III. f. rudrāṇī, Durgā. Pāṇ. iv. 1, 49.
IV. f. drī, A sort of lute.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
1. To obstruct, MBh. 1, 2367; to check, Rām. 2, 63, 43; to stop, Vikr. d. 121; to obscure, 3, 55, 10.
2. To keep off, Rām. 1, 28, 22.
3. To confine, Man. 9, 12; to arrest, Vikr. d. 103.
4. To bind, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
5. To hold, to support Megh. 10.
6. To besiege, MBh. 3, 638 (anomal. arundhat). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ruddha.
1. Obstructed, stopped, retained, Chr. 33, 33.
2. Opposed.
3. Shut, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 14 (separate, ruddhā dṛṣṭiḥ, 'His eye is ṣut').
4. Besieged.
5. Surrounded.
6. Secured, held, Śiś. 9, 75; taken possession of, Pañc. 227, 21. f. dhā, A siege. Caus. To cause to be besieged, Ragh. 12, 71; epic anomal. rundhaya, To obstruct, pain, MBh. 3, 999.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To retain, Man. 5, 63. i. 4, Ātm. (originally pass.; in epic poetry also with the terminations of the Par., MBh. 4, 492).
1. (To comply with), to approve, MBh. 3, 13891.
2. To obey, Utt. Rāmac. 97, 7.
3. To spare, MBh. 2, 926.
4. To love, MBh. 3, 16194; Utt. Rāmac. 66, 8; to caress, ib. 71, 1. anuruddha,
1. Checked.
2. Soothed.
-- With ava ava,
1. To restrain, Rām. 2, 30, 9; to stop, Śāk. d. 35.
2. To keep in order, Man. 8, 236.
3. To besiege, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 23. avaruddha,
1. Checked.
2. Shut up, secluded, as in a haram. Frequent. rorudh, To offend, Rām. 2, 58, 20.
-- With ā ā, To keep off, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 49. Caus. To obstruct, MBh. 1, 4188.
-- With upa upa,
1. To obstruct, Man. 8, 348.
2. To block up, Man. 7, 195.
3. To molest, Śāk. 24, 8; to trouble, 18, 10.
4. To obscure, Ragh. 7, 36. uparuddha,
1. Obstructed.
2. Covered.
3. Favoured.
-- With ni ni,
1. To obstruct, Hit. i. d. 154, M.M.; to stop, Śāk. d. 169.
2. To restrain, MBh. 3, 13633.
3. To confine, Man. 11, 176.
4. To keep off, Bhag. 16, 20. niruddha, Obstructed (not able to work fitly), Pañc. ii. d. 164. Caus. To cause to be shut, Rājat. 5, 428.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To confine, Man. 9, 83.
-- With pra pra, To keep back, MBh. 3, 16830.
-- With prati prati,
1. To obstruct, MBh. 3, 12114; to stop, Chr. 43, 30.
2. To make unable to move, Chr. 28, 21.
3. To interrupt, to make imperfect, Man. 11, 11.
4. To accuse unjustly, Man. 11, 88. pratiruddha,
1. Impeded.
2. Surrounded, blockaded.
-- With vi vi,
1. To withhold, MBh. 2, 227.
2. To obstruct, Ṛt. 6, 26; to check, Rām. 2, 36, 10.
3. To combat, to quarrel with, Pañc. iii. d. 123; iv. d. 82. viruddha,
1. Opposed, hindered.
2. Prohibited, Man. 4, 15.
3. Contrary, opposite, Śiś. 9, 62; Pañc. 131, 11; perverse, Pañc. 199, 4; °dham, Perversely, Pañc. i. d. 64.
4. Inconsistent, incongruous, Bhāṣāp. 70; Pañc. 130, 1.
5. Hostile, Rājat. 5, 452; Pañc. 213, 20; disagreeable, Hit. 58, 18.
6. Surrounded, blockaded, shut up, Pañc. iv. d. 78. Comp. 1. a-, adj. unobstructed, without obstacles, Vikr. 49, 16; untroubled, Pañc. i. d. 406. 2. friendly, kind, with gen., Lass. 2. ed. 45, 16. smṛti-, adj. contrary to law. Caus. To obstruct, MBh. 3, 360. virodhita, Fought with, Pañc. iii. d. 1.
-- With sam sam,
1. To obstruct, MBh. 3, 2541; to check, 2, 226.
2. To refrain, MBh. 3, 13633.
3. To fetter, Bhartṛ. 2, 14. saṃruddha,
1. Obstructed, Man. 8, 295.
2. Attacked, 8, 235. Comp. a-, adj. unimpeded, Rājat. 5, 453. Caus. To cause to be embanked, 5, 106.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To keep off, Rām. 2, 14, 42.
1. Blood, Pañc. 123, 14.
2. Saffron.
-- Cf. O.H.G. rot; A.S. reád, roder; [greek] Lat. rutilus (for old ruthilus), rufus, ruber, robigo, etc.
† rup, i. 4, Par. To confound (cf. lup).
1. The wife of a monkey.
2. The name of a district.
1. Tawny.
2. Beautiful (cf. rumaṇvant and lavaṇa).
† ruś, i. 6, Par. To hurt.
I. Probably originally a ptcple. pres. of ruc, f. śatī, Red, Chr. 288, 13 = Rigv. i. 48, 13.
II. Probably a ptcple. pres. of ruṣ, Cursing, imprecative.
1. ruṣ (akin to rukṣ in rukṣa), † i. 1 and 4, Par. † To hurt. † i. 4 and i. 10, Par. To be angry. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ruṣṭa (Pañc. 223, 9; Śriṅgārat. 7), ruṣita (Man. 9, 83), and roṣita, Enraged. Caus. To irritate, Pañc. 163, 4. roṣita, Irritated, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 16.
-- Cf. probably [greek] perhaps [greek] Goth. in-rauhtjan.
2. ruṣ (and ruṣā ruṣ + ā), f. Wrath, anger, Pañc. iv. d. 61; Vikr. d. 80.
-- Comp. ati-ruṣ, adj. very furious, Pañc. ii. d. 34. sa-ruṣ, adj. angry, Pañc. i. d. 80 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3196).
1. To grow, Man. 9, 36.
2. To be lost by growing, to cicatrize, to heal, Pañc. iii. d. 112 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2647).
3. Pass. with the terminat. of the Par. To be mounted, Johns. Sel. 11, 25. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rūḍha,
1. Grown, increased, much, Rājat. 5, 173.
2. Budded, blown.
3. Born, produced.
4. Certain.
5. Notorious, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 10.
6. Traditional, conventional, applied especially to words of unknown origin, but of which the employment is familiar.
7. Obscure, Śiś. 10, 23. Comp. dūrūḍha, i. e. dus-, adj. badly cicatrized, Suśr. 1, 297, 7. su-, adj. prominent. Caus.
I. rohaya.
II. ropaya.
1. To plant, Rām. 2, 80, 7 (ropaya).
2. To sow, MBh. 3, 13116 (rohaya).
-- With the prep. vyati vi-ati, To obtain, MBh. 3, 13929. Caus. ropaya, To cover, MBh. 3, 601.
-- With adhi adhi,
1. To ascend, to mount on, Vikr. d. 14; Rājat. 5, 217.
2. To fly upward, Rām. 2, 95, 11. Caus. ropaya,
1. To lift, Ragh. 11, 81.
2. To give, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 21.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, Caus. ropaya, To deprive, MBh. 3, 1579.
-- With abhi abhi, To ascend, to mount, Rām. 1, 44, 5; Chr. 36, 17.
-- With ava ava, To descend, Rām. 2, 7, 11. Caus.
I. rohaya, To order to descend, Ragh. 1, 54.
II. ropaya,
1. To take down, MBh. 4, 1318.
2. To root up, Johns. Sel. 53, 123.
3. To diminish, Man. 1, 82.
4. Ātm. To alight from, Draup. 3, 8.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, Caus. ropaya, To deprive, MBh. 4, 536.
-- With ā ā,
1. To mount, Rām. 3, 48, 5.
2. To ascend to (with acc., MBh. 3, 1727. aṅkam āruhya, Having climbed into one's lap, Hit. ii. d. 166.
3. With saṃśayam, To doubt, Hit. i. d. 6.
4. With pratijñām, To promise, MBh. 1, 2015. ārūḍha,
1. Mounted, Man. 4, 120.
2. Standing, Man. 7, 91.
3. Elevated, Pañc. i. d. 225.
4. Having reached, Pañc. 87, 14. Comp. haya-, adj. mounted on horseback, Hit. iii. d. 85. ratha-, adj. mounted on a chariot, Vikr. 5. 4. lekhya-, adj. recorded. Caus. ropaya,
1. To cause, to ascend, Chr. 4, 14; Ātm. To try to string, Johns. Sel. 49, 93.
2. To lift up, Hit. ii. d. 44; on, Chr. 11, 21; to cast, Pañc. i. d. 273; with tulām, To put in a balance, i. e. in danger, Pañc. i. d. 421. Absel. āruhya, Having encountered, Hit. i. d. 5, M.M.
3. To put upon, Pañc. 41, 15.
4. To draw (a bow), Utt. Rāmac. 118, 1.
5. To take to, Man. 3, 17.
6. To cause to grow, to plant, Rājat. 5, 149.
7. To transfer, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 12.
-- With atyā ati-ā, atyāruḍha, Risen, Utt. Rāmac. 147, 14.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā, To mount, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 16. Caus. ropaya,
1. To cause to ascend, Rām. 2, 55, 15.
2. To elevate, Pañc. 24, 9.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To ascend after, MBh. 2, 36.
-- With samanvā sam-anu-ā. The same, MBh. 1, 2818.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To ascend, MBh. 2, 37.
2. To obtain, Ragh. 17, 30 (Calc.).
-- With prā pra-ā, To ascend. MBh. 3, 10594.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, Caus. To cause to remount, Utt. Rāmac. 133, 4.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To mount on, Pañc. 115, 3; Chr. 45, 12.
2. To engage, Prab. 116, 9. samārūḍha, Mounted, Pañc. 48, 10. Caus. ropaya,
1. To cause to mount, Pañc. 44, 16; to lift up, 52, 2.
2. To deposit, Man. 6, 38.
-- With upa upa, uparūḍha, Undergone, Mālav. 31, 13.
-- With pra pra,
1. To shoot up, Pañc. iii. d. 55.
2. To grow, Man. 9, 14.
3. To heal, Pañc. iii. d. 112. prarūḍha,
1. Grown long. Pañc. 182, 10.
2. Rooted, fastened
3. Born, produced. m. The belly.
-- With prati prati, Caus. ropaya, To reestablish, Ragh. 17, 42 (Calc.).
-- With vi vi,
1. To grow, Śāk. d. 96.
2. To spread, Bhag. 15, 3. virūḍha,
1. Budded, blown.
2. Born. Caus. ropaya, To heal, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 21.
-- With sam sam, To grow, Bhaṭṭ. 11, 5. saṃrūḍha,
1. Budded.
2. Confident, Arj. 11, 1. Caus. To plant, to cause to get offspring, Śāk. 138, 1, Chezy.
-- Cf. Goth. liugan, jugga-lauths; A.S. leód, liód, probably [greek]
I. adj.
1. Growing.
2. Mounted.
II. f. hā, Bent grass.
-- Comp. jagati-, m. a tree, MBh. 7, 8098. jala-, n. a lotus, ib. 1, 5005. tanū-,
I. m. a son, Śātr. 10, 52.
II. n. (and m.). 1. the hair of the body, Arj. 5, 3. 2. the wing of a bird, Varāh. Bṛh. S. 62, 1. tīra-,
I. adj. growing on the bank of a river, Rām. 2, 95, 4.
II. m. a tree growing on the bank of a river, ib. 104, 4 Gorr. vīja-kāṇḍa-, adj. springing from a seed, or from a slip, Man. 1, 48.
† rūkṣ, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from rūkṣa), Par. To be harsh.
1. Growing, Rājat. 5, 477.
2. Birth.
3. Notoriety.
4. Traditional meaning of words as opposed to their etymological signification, Pan. i. 2, 55.
1. To form, to represent in pantomime, Vikr. 6, 6; 12, 16; to notify by a gesture, Vikr. 47, 13.
2. To feign, Vikr. 12, 17.
-- With the prep. ni ni,
1. To perform, Man. 6, 38.
2. To represent in pantomime, Śāk. 5, 16; Vikr. 29, 8.
3. To look out, Vikr. 39, 5; to see, 78, 11; to perceive, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 10.
4. To consider, to pouder, Hit. 10, 3.
5. To investigate, Utt. Rāmac. 39, 18; to examine, Hit. 99, 1.
6. To search, Hit. 68, 14.
7. To select, Pañc. 161, 10.
8. To appoint, 8, 24; 184, 8. nirūpita,
1. Seen.
2. Discovered.
3. Considered, Bhāṣāp. 124.
4. Ascertained, Bhāṣāp. 107.
5. Resolved, Pañc. 158, 18.
6. Appointed. Comp. su-nirūpita, adj. 1. well-considered, Pañc. iii. d. 74. 2. well-searched, Hit. 91, 1. 3. wellascertained, Hit. 98, 15.
-- With vi vi, To disfigure, Hit. 65, 1. virūpita, Deformed, Man. 4, 67.
1. Natural state or condition.
2. State, Pañc. 137, 19.
3. Form, Vikr. d. 9; figure, Chr. 17, 28; kind, Pañc. 21. 25.
4. Appearance.
5. An image.
6. Beauty, Pañc. iii. d. 239.
7. Colour, Bhāṣāp. 2. 99.
8. A play, a dramatic poem.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. pā, disfigured, Rām. 2, 23, 43. ati-,
I. n. beauty, Lass. 37, 5.
II. adj. beautiful, Rām. 3, 23, 16. anya-,
I. n. another shape, Kathās. 13, 172.
II. adj., f. pā, having another shape, Kathās. 12, 195. an-eka-, adj., f. pā, having manifold forms, Hit. ii. d. 174. aśra-, adj. having the shape of a horse, Pañc. 258, 23. kāma-,
I. n. a shape changing as one lists, MBh. 1, 6077.
II. adj., f. pā, taking any or every shape at will, Megh. 6.
III. m. sing. and pl. the name of a country, Ragh. 4, 83. kiṃrūpa, i. e. kim-, adj. of what shape, Pañc. 258, 13. See ku-, Jāta- (vb. jan),
I. n. gold, Nal. 1, 19.
II. adj. golden, MBh. 14, 190. tathā-, adj., f. pā, having such a shape, Pañc. 44, 20. garbha-, adj. child-like, Utt. Rāmac. 168, 3. deśa-, n. suitableness, MBh. 12, 3961. naṣṭa-, adj. disappeared, MBh. 3, 2604. nānā-,
I. n. pl. many shapes, Rām. 3, 1, 21 Gorr.
II. adj. having many shapes, different, Man. 9, 38. padma-, adj., f. pā, having the colour of a lotus, MBh. 3, 14404. puṃrūpa, i. e. puṃs-, n. the shape of a man, Kathās. 39, 175. pūrva-,
I. n. symptom of occurring discase, Suśr. 1, 127, 12.
II. adj., f. pā, having its former shape, Lass. 72, 13. prāpta-, adj. 1. handsome. 2. learned, wise. 3. suitable, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 5. bharya-, adj., f. pā, good, Rām. 3, 52, 14. yukta-, adj. suitable, Śāk. d. 12. vi-,
I. adj. 1. deformed, Pañc. i. d. 159. 2. unusual. 3. wicked, Pañc. 213, 23.
II. n. 1. difference of nature. 2. deformity, Cāṇ. 73 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411; monstrous shape.
III. f. pā, the wife of Yama. viśva-,
I. adj. taking all forms, omnipresent.
II. m. Viṣṇu. sa-, adj. like, resembling. saṃkalpa-, adj. conformable to one's wish. sva-,
I. n. 1. one's own shape, Chr. 62, 51. 2. natural condition, nature, Pañc. 145, 16. 3. natural and obvious purpose. 4. kind.
II. adj. 1. of like character, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 5. 2. like, similar, suitable, Lass. 35, 12. 3. pleasing, Lass. 20, 11. 4. wise. ātmasrarūpa, i. e. ātman-sva-, adj. true (just as it happenel), Pañc. 43, 12. stri-sva-, adj. having the body of a female, Chr. 61, 45. hṛṣṭa-, adj., f. pā, having the hair of the body creet with pleasure, Chr. 60, 33.
1. Shape.
2. A drama.
3. A kind of coin (cf. rūpya), Pañc. 127, 8; 252, 13.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. a drama. vi-, adj. 1. misshaped. 2. frightful, hideous, used as nickname, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 12.
1. Having shape.
2. Beautiful, Pañc. i. d. 159, Chr.
-- Comp. adhika-, adj., f. vatī, most beautiful, Hit. 115, 5. stri-sva-, adj. having the body of a female. Chr. 61, 42.
1. Having shape.
2. Beautiful, Sāv. 1, 26.
-- Comp. When latter part of comp. words, rūpa generally belongs to the former part, and the aff. in to the comp. word. a-, adj. without shape, Rām. 1, 23, 15. anya-, adj. having another shape, Kathās. 16, 44. kuñjara-, adj. having the shape of an elephant, Sund. 2, 20. kṣapaṇaka-, adj. wearing the guise of a Bauddha mendicant, Pañc. 235, 10. tathā-, adj. having such a shape, MBh. 12, 7344. deva-, adj. having a divine shape, Hiḍ. 2, 24. mṛga-, adj. having the shape of an antelope, Rām. 3, 49, 21. sādhana-, adj. having the form or caracter of expedients, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 9. sva-, adj. endowed with one's own form, Chr. 26, 64. strī-sva-, adj. having the body of a female, Chr. 63, 67.
I. adj. Handsome, Pāṇ. v. 2, 120.
II. n.
1. Silver, Man. 4, 230.
2. Wrought silver, Pāṇ. ib.
3. Wrought gold.
-- Comp. sama-, i. e. samarūpa + ya, adj. of like or same origin.
1. To tremble.
2. To burst. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. rūṣita.
1. Adorned, Indr. 5, 8.
2. Inlaid, covered, Rām. 4, 19, 32.
3. Made rough or rugged.
4. Pounded, reduced to dust.
† rek, i. 1, Atm. To suspect.
I. m., and f. kā.
1. Doubt.
2. Fear.
II. m.
1. Loosening, purging (i. e. ric + a).
2. An outcaste.
3. A frog.
1. A line, Pañc. ii. d. 183.
2. Drawing, Śāk. d. 141.
3. A stripe, Pañc. i. d. 209.
4. A little, Pañc. ii. d. 148.
5. Fraud.
6. Fulness, satisfaction.
-- Comp. candra-, f. khā the crescent, Rām. 5, 20, 3. patra-, f. khā, decorating the person by staining it with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, etc., Ragh. 16, 67. sama-rekha, adj. straight, Śāk. d. 9.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. riga.
I. adj. Purgative, aperient.
II. m.
1. A purgative.
2. A proper name, Vikr. 76, 2 (but cf. Wilson, Spec. of the Theatre of the Hind. i. 2. ed. p. 260, n.).
III. n. A purge.
IV. m. or n. Exhalation, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 9; a method of suppressing the breath, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 17.
1. Purging, looseness.
2. Evacuating, Bhāṣāp. 6.
1. To shine.
2. Ved. To tremble.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To tremble vehemently, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 87, 3.
† reṭ, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. To speak.
2. To ask.
-- Comp. trasa-, see s. v. rakta-, m. 1. red lead. 2. the blossom of the Butea frondosa. 3. a sort of cloth. 4. an angry man. sikatā-, m. a grain of sand, Pañc. ii. d. 62. su- and heroa-, n. sorts of atom.
1. A sort of perfume and medicine.
2. A sort of pulse, Ervum.
3. The wife of jamadagni and mother of paraśu-rāma, MBh. 3, 11072.
1. Semen virile, MBh. 13, 1160.
2. Quicksilver.
-- Comp. ūrdhva-,
I. adj. chaste, MBh. 2, 470; Hariv. 949.
II. m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1160. kumbha-,
I. n. semen virile contained in a jar, MBh. 13, 7372.
II. m. a name of Agni, MBh. 3, 14139. vasu-, m. fire, MBh. 1, 1021. vahni-, m. Śiva. viśva-, m. Brahman. hiraṇya-, m. 1. fire, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 14. 2. the sun. 3. Śiva.
1. Semen virile.
2. Nectar.
3. Quicksilver.
† rep, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To sound.
1. Low.
2. Niggardly.
3. Cruel.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. without blemish, faultless.
I. adj. Contemptible, bad.
II. m. The letter r.
-- Comp. dvi-, m. A sort of bee (properly containing two r's in its name bhramara), Hariv. 4585.
1. To sound.
2. Ved. Par. To praise.
-- Cf. [greek]
† rev, reb reb, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go by leaps, to flow.
2. To go.
I. adj., f. vatī, Wealthy, Chr. 295, 14 = Rigv. i. 92, 14.
II. f. vatī.
1. A cow.
2. The last of the lunar asterisms.
3. One of the mātṛs or energies of the gods.
4. The wife of bala-rāma, Megh. 50, cf. Viṣṇu P. 439.
1. The narmadā river, Megh. 19.
2. The wife of Kāma.
3. The indigo plant.
† reṣ (for hreṣ, q. cf.), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To howl.
2. To neigh.
-- Cf. Lat. latrare.
1. Wealth, property, Chr. 287, 1 = Rigv. i. 48, 1.
2. Gold.
-- Cf. Lat. res.
1. The fifth Manu, Man. 1, 62.
2. A name of Śiva.
3. A Daitya.
4. A mountain, the eastern part of the Vindhya range.
1. The mountain raivata.
2. A proper name.
I. m.
1. Light.
2. Buying with ready money.
II. n.
1. A hole.
2. A boat.
3. Moving.
I. m.
1. Disease, Pañc. iii. d. 244.
2. A sort of Costus, C. speciosus.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. health, Hit. i. d. 166, M.M.
II. adj., f. gā, healthy, Man. 1, 83. kṣudroga, i. e. kṣudh-, m. hunger, Pañc. 70, 13. tṛṣā-, m. a morbose thirst, MBh. 12, 11268. niroga, i. e. nis-, adj. healthy, Pañc. i. d. 134. pāṇḍu-, m. the jaundice, Suśr. 1, 90, 11. pāpa-, m. a disease considered as a punishment for sin, Man. 5, 164. sa-, adj. sick. hṛd-, m. 1. any disease of the heart. 2. heart-burn. 3. sorrow, Chr. 289, 11 = Rigv. i. 50, 11.
-- Comp. a-, adj. healthy, Hit. iii. d. 112. pāṇḍu-, i. e. pāṇḍu-roga + in, adj. jaundiced, Suśr. 1, 45, 10. pāpa-, i. e. pāpa-roga + in, adj. one who suffers from a disease considered as a punishment for sin, Man. 3, 159.
1. adj. What pleases, brightens.
II. m.
1. Hunger.
2. A stomachic.
3. A sort of onion.
4. Plantain.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. producing want of appetite, Suśr. 1, 207, 13.
II. m. want of appetite, ib. 1, 169, 1.
I. adj.
1. Irradiating.
2. Splendid.
3. Pleasing.
4. Sharpening (the appetite).
II. m.
1. A stomachic.
2. The name of several plants.
III. f. nā and nī, A yellow pigment, supposed to be the concrete bile of the cow, or to be found in the head of the animal, Man. 8, 234.
IV. f. nā, An excellent woman.
V. f. nī, Red arsenic, Pāṇ. iv. 2, 2.
VI. n. The aether, Chr. 288, 1 = Rigv. i. 49, 1.
-- Comp. go-rocanā, f. a yellow pigment, Pañc. i. d. 107 =
III. yoga-rocanā, f. a magical rocanā, or unguent, which makes invisible and invulnerable, Mṛcch. 47, 22 -- 24. vaṃśa-roc hanā, f. Bambu manna.
-- Comp. vasu-, n. a religious ceremony in which the Vasus especially are worshipped.
† roḍ (cf. ruṣ), i. 1, Par.
1. To be mad.
2. and rauṭ rauṭ, rauḍ rauḍ, i. 1, Par. To despise.
1. Weeping, Lass. 30, 7.
2. A tear, tears.
1. Obstruction, Kir. 5, 15.
2. A bank, a shore.
-- Comp. prāṇa-, m. danger of life, Hit. iv. d. 23 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3136).
I. adj. That which obstructs.
II. m. The planet Mercury.
III. n.
1. Obstructing.
2. Besieging.
1. A bank, a shore, Vikr. d. 8.
2. The brink of a well, Bhāg. P. 9, 19, 4.
3. The flank, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 29.
I. rudh + ra, n.
1. Sin.
2. Offence.
II. Probably akin to rudhira, m. A tree, the bark of which is used in dyeing, Ragh. 2, 29.
I. m. probably ruh, Caus., + a, An arrow.
II. i. e. rup = lup + a, Confusing.
III. n. A hole.
I. i. e. ruh, Caus., + ana.
1. Planting.
2. Raising.
3. Placing.
4. Cicatrizing.
5. A healing application to sores.
II. i. e. rup = lup + ana, Confusing.
-- Comp. ūrdhva-,
I. adj. one whose hairs are erect, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 28.
II. m. the name of a mountain, ib. 5, 20, 15. kāñcana-, and suvarṇa-, adj. having gold-like wool, Rām. 3, 49, 4; (Pañc. 35, 1, i. e. a ram). stabdha- (vb. stambh), m. a hog.
1. Ruminating, Śāk. d. 39.
2. Chewing, Rājat. 5, 364.
-- Cf. O.H.G. ita-rucjan; A.S. roccettan; Lat. rūmen, ruminare (for rug-men), ructare; [greek] (old frequent.), [greek] etc.
I. adj.
1. Hairy, Man. 3, 7.
2. Woolly.
II. m.
1. A ram.
2. A hog.
1. Affected with horripilation, Utt. Rāmac. 81, 4.
2. Enraptured, Pañc. 128, 21.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. angry, Draup. 9, 6. sa-, adj. angry, Śiś. 9, 83. ṣam, adv. angrily, Vikr. 55, 7.
I. adj. Angry.
II. m.
1. Quicksilver.
2. A touchstone.
1. A bud.
2. Mounting, Rājat. 5, 15.
I. adj. Riding, mounted on any vehicle.
II. m. A sort of goblin.
I. m. A mountain, Adam's peak in Ceylon, Pañc. MS. Berol., cf. Wilson in Trans. of the R.A.S. i. 169.
II. n.
1. Growing.
2. Mountaing.
3. Semen virile.
I. m.
1. The Indian fig-tree.
2. A fragrant grass.
II. n. A part of the forenoon. See rohita.
I. m. The sun.
II. f. The female of the black antelope.
I. adj., f. tā and iṇī.
1. Red.
2. Coloured, Man. 1, 38.
II. m.
1. Red, the colour.
2. A (kind of) deer, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 4.
3. A fish, Cyprinas rohita, Man. 5, 16.
III. f. iṇī, also rohiṇi rohiṇi.
1. The fourth lunar asterism, Vikr. 38, 12 (ṇī).
2. The mother of bala-rāma.
IV. f. iṇī.
1. Lightning.
2. A girl at the commencement of the menstruation, Pañc. iii. d. 213.
3. A woman stained with red pigments.
4. Inflammatory affection of the throat.
5. A cow.
6. Yellow myrobalan.
7. Bengal madder.
V. n.
1. Blood.
2. Safflower.
3. The rainbow appearing in a straight form.
I. ruh + in, m.
1. The Indian fig-tree.
2. The holy figtree.
II. (cf. rokit.) A stag, Rām. 5, 36, 35 (but perhaps is to be read rohin-māṃsam, i. e. rohit-).
I. adj., f. drī.
1. Relating to Rudra-Śiva, Arj. 3, 50; cf. 10, 42; descended from Rudra, Johns. Sel. 22, 117.
2. Formidable, Pañc. i. d. 116.
3. Irascible.
4. Acute.
II. m. Heat.
III. f. rī, The wife of Śiva.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceedingly terrible, Pañc. 216, 9. soma-, the name of a holy text (perhaps Rigv. vi. 74), Man. 11, 254.
I. adj.
1. Of silver, Man. 8, 135.
2. Like silver, Rām. 3, 48, 12.
II. n. Silver, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 14.
I. i. e. ruru + a, adj., f. vī.
1. Proceeding from the common deer (viz. flesh, etc.), Man. 2, 41; 3, 269; Utt. Rāmac. 105, 11.
2. Unsteady.
II. adj.
1. Formidable.
2. Dishonest.
III. m.
1. The name of a hell, Man. 4, 88.
2. A savage.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. the name of a hell, Man. 4, 88.
I. m. A sort of deer.
II. f. ṣī.
1. A doe.
2. A creeper.
1. A rag, or rags.
2. i. e. = rakta + ka (vb. rañj), Lac, the animal dye.
1. To mark, MBh. 3, 14852.
2. To see, Vikr. d. 8; to perceive, Śāk. 16, 20. Pass. To appear, Vikr. d. 53; MBh. 3, 2110. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lakṣita, Perceived, evident, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 13. Comp. a-, adj. unobserved, Hit. 65, 10, M.M. su-lakṣita, adj. well-ascertained, Man. 8, 403. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. lakṣya.
1. To be seen, visible, Vikr. d. 37; Daśak. in Chr. 198, 24.
2. Deserving to be regarded, Hit. iv. d. 14.
3. To be defined or described, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 10.
4. Having attributes attached, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 14; 23. n.
1. A mark.
2. A butt.
3. Aim, Utt. Rāmac. 124, 8 (baddha, vb. bandh, adj. Having taken his aim); Megh. 72 (kāmin-, Aim, represented by lovers).
4. Object, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 22.
5. A Lac, a hundred thousand, Hit. ii. d. 36. Comp. a-, adj. 1. invisible, Kathās. 24, 8. 2. undistinguishable, unimportant, Kumāras. 5, 72. abhi-lak- ṣya + m, adv. to the aim, Rām. 2, 63, 22. durl°, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be perceived, Bhāg. P. 7, 10, 53. yūpa-, m. a bird. sthūla-, adj. 1. = sthūla-lakṣa (see lakṣa). 2. aiming carelessly. Caus.
1. To cause to be seen, to perform, to settle, Chr. 20, 17.
2. To signify, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 17.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhilakṣita, Marked.
-- With ā ā,
1. To see, to perceive, MBh. 2, 2403.
2. To view, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 12. Pass. To appear, Śāk. d. 133. ālakṣya, Śāk. d. 176, is lakṣya with ā, adj. Hardly visible.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To direct one's look to, Lass. 2. ed. 66, 17.
2. To see, MBh. 1, 5249.
-- With upa upa,
1. To see, to perceive, Vikr. 78, 21; MBh. 3, 2186.
2. To suspect, Śāk. 15, 15.
3. To consider, MBh. 3, 12188.
4. Pass. To be probable, Rām. 2, 61, 11. upalakṣita, Comprehended, understood. Comp. an-, adj. not perceived, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 15.
-- With samupa sam-upa. To see, to perceive, MBh. 2, 1557.
-- With nis nis; nirlakṣya, Kathās. 6, 119, is lakṣya with nis, adj. Imperceivable.
-- With vi vi, To perceive, Gīt. 2, 19; to see, Pañc. 235, 25. vilakṣita,
1. Seen.
2. Affected without a cause.
3. Disappointed, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 13; Johns. Sel. 52, 115 (rival).
4. Unmarked (i. e. lakṣita with vi, adj.).
-- With sam sam,
1. To perceive, MBh. 3, 16751.
2. Pass. To appear, Vikr. d. 157. saṃlakṣita, Distinguished. saṃlakṣya, To be marked.
-- Comp. duḥs°, i.e. dus-, adj. difficult to be perceived, Rājat. 6, 64.
I. n.
1. A mark, MBh. 3, 14852; Caurap. 15.
2. Aim, Ragh. 1, 61; Vikr. 54, 4 (? look, perhaps corr. °lak- ṣaṇaḥ).
3. Disguise, fraud.
II. m., and f. kṣā, and n. (Pañc. 255, 23), A Lac, a hundred thousand, Pañc. 255, 23.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. 1. unmarked. 2. having no characteristic property. 3. having a mark or character contrary to what is usual. 4. surprised. 5. (one who has missed his aim), ashamed, abashed, Pañc. 29, 15; embarrassed, Pañc. 147, 4. 6. with kṛ, becoming vilakṣī kṛ, to scoff, to insult, Kathās. 6, 126. sthūla-, adj. 1. liberal, Indr. 4, 11. 2. wise. 3. remembering both benefits and offences.
I. n.
1. Seeing, sight.
2. A characteristic mark, Pañc. iii. d. 130; Bhartṛ. 2, 70; a spot.
3. A holy mark, Hit. 99, 7; a lucky mark, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 11.
4. Form, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 38.
5. A name, Pañc. iii. d. 35 (read yātrālakṣaṇam, called yātrā).
6. An indication, a definition, Man. 1, 112.
7. Settlement, 8, 406.
8. A symptom of actual disease.
II. m.
1. The Indian crane.
2. A proper name.
III. f. nā.
1. Metonymy, as distinguished from a word's literal meaning, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 16; Bhāṣāp. 81. Cf. sāhitya, Darp. ii.
2. The female of the Indian crane.
3. A goose.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. a mark of ill fortune, Man. 4, 156.
II. adj., f. ṇā, 1. without distinguishing marks, Man. 1, 5. 2. inauspicious, Ragh. 14, 5. ajahallakṣaṇā, i. e. a-jahat- (vb. 2. hā), f. using a word in an elliptic meaning, without depriving it of its original signification; e. g. śoṇa, adj. 'of a chesnut colour,' in the sense of 'a horse of a chesnut colour,' Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 11. kṛta-, adj. brandished, Man. 9, 239. ṛgyajuḥsāmalakṣaṇa, i. e. ṛc-yajus-sāman-, adj. named Ṛc, Yājus, and Sāman, Man. 1, 23. jñāna-, adj., f. ṇā, one of the three transcendental perceptions, Bhāṣāp. 62, cf. 64. dvi-, adj. of two kinds, Man. 7, 163. nirlakṣaṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. not distinguished, unimpertant, Rām. 2, 113, 5 Gorr. rājalakṣaṇa, i. e. rājan-, n. 1. royal insignia. 2. any natural mark indicating royalty. lakṣita-, adj., f. ṇā, in which are evident the marks (of a town), Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 13. vi-, see s. v. viśeṣa-, n. characteristic mark or sign. sāmānya-, f. ṇā, one of the three transcendental perceptions, Bhāṣāp. 62, 63. su-,
I. adj. having auspicious marks, Rām. 3, 49, 57.
II. n. determining.
III. f. ṇā, a proper name.
I. m.
1. The son of Daśaratha by Sumitrā, Rām. 3, 50, 24.
2. The Indian crane, Arj. 9, 21.
II. f. ṇā, The female of the Indian crane.
III. n.
1. A mark, a spot, Śiś. 9, 31 (and at the same time Lakṣmaṇa). Comp. saha-, adj. with Lakṣmaṇa, Rām. 3, 52, 2.
2. A name.
1. A mark, Ragh. 19, 30; a spot, Śāk. d. 19.
2. Chief.
1. The wife of Viṣṇu, and goddess of prosperity, Rām. 3, 52, 26; Hit. pr. d. 31, M.M.
2. Prosperity, Bhartṛ. 2, 54.
3. Wealth, Bhartṛ. 2, 14; Rājat. 5, 18.
4. Beauty, splendour, Kir. 5, 39; Vikr. d. 23; Śāk. d. 19.
5. Royal power, Pañc. iii. d. 32; dominion, Rājat. 5, 136.
6. Superhuman power.
7. Sīta, the wife of Rāma.
8. A pearl.
-- Comp. a-, f. bad luck, Rām. 3, 72, 25. a-kṛśa-, adj., n. mi (nom. sing. m., f. mīs), endowed with great prosperity, Kir. 5, 52. jaya-, f. 1. Lakṣmī, as deity of victory, Rājat. 5, 245. 2. a proper name, ib. 7, 124. mahā-, f. Sarasvatī. rājalakṣmī, i. e. rājan-, f. royal majesty, Vikr. d. 160.
1. Fortunate.
2. Wealthy.
† lakh, laṅkh laṅkh, liṅkh liṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
1. lag, i. 1, Par.
1. To adhere, Pañc. i. d. 340.
2. To attach one's self, Pañc. 245, 6.
3. To stick (in the throat), Śiś. 9, 69.
4. To pass away, to expire, Pañc. 185, 19. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. lagna.
1. Attached, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13; impressed, Hit. pr. d. 8, M.M.; joined, Hit. 35, 12; following, Pañc. 106, 13; impending, 50, 18.
2. Left, Śāk. d. 32.
3. Intent on, occupied, being about, Pañc. 244, 6.
4. Auspicious, Hit. 89, 8, M.M. m. A bard. n.
1. The rising of a sign, its appearance above the horizon, Lass. 24, 8.
2. Auspicious time, Hit. 97, 13; cf. 94, 9. Comp. pāda-, adj. being in the foot, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 483. pṛṣṭha-, adj. m. one who follows, a partisan, Pañc. 125, 12. śubha-, m. (?), an auspicious moment, Hit. 94, 9. hastāgra-, i. e. hasta-agra-, adj., f. nā, married, Pañc. 119, 6 (since I have been married to you).
II. lagita.
1. Connected.
2. Obtained.
3. Entered, Hit. 129, 14.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anulagna, Following, Lass. 30, 10.
-- With ava ava, avalagna,
1. Attached.
2. m. and n. The waist, Śiś. 9, 49.
-- With vi vi, vilagna,
1. Joined, attached, Śiś. 9, 20; clinging to, ib. 84; Pañc. 259, 2 (tatraiva vilagnaḥ, Took hold of it).
2. Touching, Pañc. 186, 9.
3. Tarried, Pañc. 207, 22. n. The waist.
-- With sam sam, saṃlagna, Joined, adhering.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] (but cf. lañja and laṅgūla).
2. lag, see rak.
1. A stick, a staff, Hit. 51, 6, M.M.
2. An iron club, a club, Hit. 101, 12.
1. To make light, Kir. 5, 4.
2. To alleviate, to soften, Vikr. d. 51.
1. Lightness, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 7.
2. A supernatural faculty to make one's self as light as one lists, Lass. 3, 18.
3. Diminutiveness.
4. Insignificance.
I. adj., f. ghu and ghvī, comperat. laghutara and laghīyaṃs, superl. laghutama and laghiṣṭha,
1. Light, Pañc. 76, 18; easy, Pañc. 202, 4; laghīyaṃs, Very light, Pañc. i. d. 119.
2. Insignificant, Pañc. 68, 6; 172, 4 (innoxious).
3. Quick, Pañc. 55, 11.
4. Beautiful.
5. Clean, Man. 2, 70.
6. Little, Pañc. i. d. 301; small, Pañc. ii. d. 38; narrow, Pañc. 170, 24.
7. Young, Pañc. 253, 13; younger, Pañc. 220, 3.
8. Feeble, Man. 7, 209; Pañc. iii. d. 28.
9. Mean, lev, Cāṇ. 68 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411; living in a low position, Pañc. ii. d. 71.
10. Vain, frivolous.
11. Short, as a vowel, Śrut. 3.
12. A way of flying (of birds), Pañc. ii. d. 57.
II. acc. sing. n. ghu, adv. Quickly, Lass. 81, 13 (Prākṛ.).
III. f. ghvī.
1. A delicate woman.
2. A light carriage.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. heavy, Śiś. 9, 78. 2. powerful, ib. 9, 38. 3. long, as a vowel, Śrut. 44. pari-, adj. 1. very small, Utt. Rāmac. 107, 9. 2. very pure, Megh. 13. 3. very indifferent, Utt. Rāmac. 100, 4.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. lepus (for old lephus; cf. formus for old phormus, s.v. gharma, and rudhira, and skandha); Lat. levis; Goth. leihts; O.H.G. līhti; A.S. līht.
1. Lightness.
2. Wantonness, Śiś. 9, 56.
3. Meanness, insignificance.
4. Disrespect, Pañc. i. d. 399.
1. The capital of Ceylon, Lass. 5, 3.
2. Ceylon, Rām. 3, 53, 35; Pañc. iii. d. 268.
3. The name of a śākinī, or evil spirit.
4. An unchaste woman.
5. A branch.
1. To go.
2. To go limpingly, to be lame.
-- With the prep. vi vi, Caus., Pañc. i. d. 369, To stop (? corr. perhaps vilambayan, delaying; cf. vilambana and my transl).
1. Union.
2. A lover, a gallant.
1. To jump over, Megh. 55.
2. To step over, MBh. 3, 11178; Man. 4, 38.
3. To hinder, Pañc. ii. d. 113.
4. To surpass, Ragh. 3, 48 (Calc.).
5. To disregard, Man. 5, 151; Pañc. i. d. 37.
6. To violate, Man. 8, 371.
7. † To speak.
8. † To shine. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass.
1. a-laṅghanīya, adj. Not to be overtaken, unattainable, Śāk. d. 8.
2. durlaṅghya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be set aside, Rājat. 5, 395.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, i. 10, To stride over, Man. 4, 54.
-- With ava ava, i. 10, To stay, Ghaṭ. 7.
-- With ud ud, i. 10,
1. To pursue, Megh. 46.
2. To neglect, Rājat. 5, 395.
3. To violate, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 4.
4. To injure, 191, 21. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. an-ullaṅghanīya, adj. Not to be neglected, Pañc. 247, 19.
-- With pari pari, i. 10, To trespass, to leave, Pañc. iv. d. 75.
-- With vi vi, i. 10,
1. To overstep, Kir. 5, 1.
2. To violate, Ragh. 9 74.
3. To neglect, Ragh. 3, 4 (Calc.).
-- Cf. O.H.G. langên, ga-lingan, ga -langon; Goth. laggs; A.S. lang, etc.; Lat. longus, languere, etc.; [greek] [greek] probably also Goth. laikan, etc. The original signification of this vb. was probably, 'To overtake by jumping,' then, 'To attain.'
1. Jumping over.
2. Passing over, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 1.
3. Coition, 182, 11.
4. Exceeding, transgressing, Hit. 87, 1, M.M. (pati-, Injuring one's husband); disregarding, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 34 (of a former husband by marrying another); disdain, Vikr. 34, 4.
5. Storming, capturing a fort, Hit. iii. d. 136.
6. Going.
7. One of a horse's paces, curvetting.
8. Fasting, abstinence.
† lach (a form of lakṣ), and lāñch lañch, q. v. i. 1, Par. To mark.
1. laj, see lajj.
† 2. laj, and lañj lañj, i. 1, Par.
1. To fry.
2. To calumniate, to blame.
† 3. laj, and lañj lañj, i. 10, Par. To appear, to shine.
† 4. laj, i. 10, Par. To cover (v. r.).
-- With the prep. vi vi, To be ashamed, MBh. 3, 2217.
-- With sam sam, The same, Rām. 2, 55, 16.
1. Shame, Pañc. v. d. 10.
2. Bashfulness, Pañc. v. d. 83.
3. Modesty.
-- Comp. nirlajja, i. e. nis-, and vi-, adj., f. jā, shameless, Pañc. i. d. 148. sa-, adj., f. jā. 1. ashamed. 2. bashful, Pañc. 45, 8; Daśak. in Chr. 182, 1. 3. modest, Hit. iii. d. 64. °jam, acc. sing. n. adv. bashfully, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 19; Vikr. 22, 12.
† lañj, luñj luñj, i. 10, Par.
1. To be strong.
2. To injure.
3. To dwell.
4. To give.
5. To speak, to shine. See 2., 3. laj.
I. m.
1. A foot.
2. The end of the lower garment, tucked into the waistband.
3. A tail.
II. f. jā.
1. An adulteress.
2. Lakṣmī.
3. Sleep. See the next.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek]
† laṭ i. 1, Par.
1. To be a child.
2. To cry (cf. raṭ).
1. A sparrow.
2. A musical instrument (?).
3. A game.
4. A tree, a species of the karañja.
† 1. and lāḍ la/ĀḌ, i. 10, la/āḍaya, la/ādāpaya, Par. To throw up, to blame.
2. laḍ, Caus., or i. 10, Par. laḍaya,
1. † To loll (the tongue).
2. To stir with the tongue, Pañc. 229, 20 (but with l instead of ḍ).
3. † To use the tongue.
4. † To apprise, to show.
5. † To throw out, to be thrown out.
6. † To coagulate, to pain.
7. † To suffer pain. The final ḍ seems to stand for l (cf. lal). -- Perhaps cf. [greek] N.H.G. lallen.
3. laḍ, see lal.
† laṇḍ (see 1. laḍ), ulaṇḍ ulaṇḍ (i. e. ud-laṇḍ), and olaṇḍ olaṇḍ (i. e. ud-laṇḍ, or ava-laṇḍ), i. 10, Par. To toss up.
1. A creeper, Kathās. 22, 103.
2. A plant, Pañc. i. d. 253.
3. A branch, Vikr. d. 13.
4. Thread.
5. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. amṛta-, f. a creeper yielding nectar, Bhartṛ. 1, 75. ud-patāka-bhuja-laṭa, adj., f. tā, having raised banners instead of creeper-like arms, Kathās. 20, 22. kalpa-, f. a creeper yielding all wishes (cf. kalpa-taru), Śāk. d. 164. nāga-, f. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 359. bāhu-, f. the creeper-like arms, Rājat. 5, 27. bhrū-, f. the creeper-like eyebrow, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 15. bhū-, and mahi-, f. an earth-worm. muktā-, f. a pearl necklace. mohana-, f. a fascinating plant, Lass. 82, 14 (Prākṛ.). romalatā, i. e. roman-, f. a line of hair extending to the navel. taḍillatā, i. e. taḍit-, f. zigzag lightning, Kirāt. 10, 19. vetra-, f. a stick (of the doorkeeper), Pañc. 16, 1. sūrya-, f. a plant, Cleome viscosa. soma-, f. the Soma plant, Sarcostema viminalis.
-- Comp. aṅgu-, f. a creeper-like body, Utt. Rāmac. 72, 12. amṛta-, f. a creeper yielding nectar. Śrut. 35 (Brockhaus). būhu-, f. creeper-like arms, Śṛṅgārat. 9.
1. To speak, Gīt. 1, 41.
2. To lament, Nal. 3, 27. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lapitā, n. Voice. Frequent. lālap, lālapya, To lament, MBh. 3, 10200. lālapya, Par., MBh. 1, 968.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To deny, Rām. 2, 75, 24.
-- With ā ā, To address, MBh. 3, 15604. Caus. lāpaya, To ask, Pañc. i. d. 431; 242, 13.
-- With pra pra,
1. To prattle, Śāk. 13, 14.
2. To speak, Pañc. 94, 12; to cry, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 309.
3. To bewail, Pañc. 75, 25; MBh. 3, 1203.
4. To invoke, MBh. 2, 2339. pralapita, n.
1. Prattle, Pañc. 146, 1 (vṛthā-, Useless words).
2. Lamentation, Pañc, 224, 16. Caus. To incite to speak, Mṛcch. 86, 14.
-- With vi vi,
1. To wail, Hit. 44, 6, M.M.; MBh. 3, 1203.
2. To bewail, Rām. 1, 1, 52.
3. To speak, Johns. Sel. 51, 110.
-- With sam sam, To converse, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 7. Caus. To cause to converse, to address, Hit. i. d. 77, M.M.
-- Cf. Lat. loqui; probably [greek] (a denomin. based on an old frequent. [greek] and aff. van, with [greek] for [greek])
1. Speaking.
2. The mouth.
1. To obtain, to get, MBh. 1, 6839; Vikr. d. 42; to acquire, Hit. i. d. 47, M.M.; to enjoy, Vikr. d. 20; Kathās. 26, 283 (alabhata + tarām, Enjoyed in the highest degree).
2. With garbham, To become pregnant, Chr. 50, 10.
3. To approach, MBh. 1, 1756.
4. To undergo, to perform, Rājat. 5, 154.
5. Pass. To be contained, Bhāṣāp. 6.
6. Pass. refl. To take, Rājat. 5, 108. Comp. ptcple. pres. Ātm. a-labhamāna, adj. Unable to catch, Hit. 121, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. labdha, Got, obtained, Lass. 20, 7; Rājat. 5, 135. f. dhā, A woman whose husband or lover is faithless. Desider. lipsa. To strive to obtain, Man. 7, 99; 8, 340; to long for, Hit. ii. d. 7. Comp. ptcple. pres. (Par.), a-lipsant, adj. Not desiring, Hit. ii. d. 8. Caus. lambhaya, To cause to obtain.
1. To bestow, MBh. 3, 16068; to give, Vikr. 47, 12.
2. To find out, Man. 8, 109.
3. To cause to suffer, MBh. 2, 1529. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lambhita.
1. Procured, given.
2. Adapted.
3. Addressed.
4. Heightened, improved.
5. Cherished.
6. Gained.
7. Abused.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, desider. To covet, MBh. 1, 2940.
-- With ā ā, To touch, Man. 11, 202; 5, 87; Chr. 7, 16.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To reproach, Vikr. 63, 12; Śiś. 9, 60.
2. To reprove, Śāk. 59, 15. Caus. To blame, Pañc. 134, 24.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To touch, to stroke, Rām. 1, 29, 45.
2. To rub, Rām. 2, 25, 35.
-- With upa upa,
1. To obtain, Rājat. 5, 297; to get, Vikr. d. 29.
2. With garbham, To become pregnant, Rām. 1, 25, 25.
3. To find, Vikr. 65, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 192, 10.
4. To perceive, Rām. 2, 65, 13; to feel, Vikr. 67, 4; to be told, Pañc. 172, 21.
5. To find out, Vikr. 57, 11; to ascertain, Śāk. 11, 16; Man. 7, 57.
5. To understand, MBh. 2, 769.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, To recover, Vikr. d. 133.
-- With pra pra, To deceive, MBh. 3, 2785.
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To deceive, Hit. 92, 6; Chr. 53, 23.
2. To confound, Utt. Rāmac. 155, 10.
3. To violate, MBh. 3, 223.
-- With prati prati, To recover, MBh. 1, 7882.
-- With vi vi, To occupy, Rājat. 5, 265. Cf. [greek] (based on a frequent.), probably [greek] See rabh.
I. adj. Covetous, greedy, Pañc. 253, 18.
II. m. A libertine, Lass. 83, 18 (Prākṛ.).
1. A libertine (see the last).
2. The name of a country.
1. To fall, MBh. 2, 2187.
2. To set (as the sun), Rām. 1, 33, 20.
3. To hang downwards, Pañc. v. d. 36.
4. † To sound. Ptcple. of the pres. lambamāna.
1. Depending, Pañc. 259, 7.
2. Being large or bulky, Pañc. 136, 1.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To fall, MBh. 1, 1035; to descend, Hit. 25, 5, M.M.
2. To set, MBh. 4, 1040.
3. To rest upon, Lass. 5, 11.
4. To lean on, to be supported, MBh. 1, 8443.
5. To suspend, Pañc. 252, 10.
6. To support, to hold, Śāk. 86, 21; Vikr. 49, 16.
7. To take, Śāk. 108, 19. With dhairyam, a. To take courage, Hit. 13, 19. b. To keep firm, i. e. to yield not, Vikr. 34, 4.
8. To choose, Śāk. 70, 14. avalambita,
1. Hanging, Pañc. 116, 23.
2. Hanging with the head downwards, Lass. 15, 18.
3. Supported, Vikr. 7, 5.
4. Depended upon, Hit. i. d. 143, M.M. Caus. To support, Mālav. 31, 2; to hold, 42, 6.
-- With samava sam-ava, To support, MBh. 3, 10988.
-- With ā ā,
1. To lean on, to depend upon, Chr. 28, 16.
2. To support, MBh. 3, 10989.
3. To keep (sthairyaṃ gṛhe, To stay at home), Pañc. 225, 23.
4. To take, Ghat. 22; to seize, Rājat. 5, 432. With dhairyam, To take courage, Pañc. 21, 8. With dhṛtim, To be untroubled, Kathās. 22, 100. ālambita,
1. Hanging, Vikr. d. 140.
2. Laid on, Vikr. d. 125. nālambita, i. e. na-ālambita, Unsupported, hopeless, Vikr. d. 38.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To suspend, Pañc. 144, 23.
2. To maintain, Hit. i. d. 193, M.M.
3. To take, Mṛcch. 55, 19.
4. To dwell, Hit. i. d. 211, M.M.
-- With ud ud, ullambita, Hanging (between heaven and earth), Mṛcch. 33, 19.
-- With samud sam-ud, samullambita, Hanging, 34, 2.
-- With pra pra, pralambita, Hanging.
-- With prati prati, To suspend, Pañc. 98, 4.
-- With vi vi, To tarry, Śāk. 18, 21; Pañc. 84, 10. a-vilambita, adj. Without delay, Mālav. 53, 13; Vikr. 79, 13. Caus.
1. To suspend, Pañc. 116, 19.
2. To delay, iii. d. 232.
-- With pravi pra-vi, Pañc. 98, 4; erroneous reading, see my transl. n. 480.
-- Cf. Lat. labi; A.S. limpian, ge-limp; Engl. To limp.
I. adj.
1. Depending, Megh. 82, 88.
2. Long, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1210; Śāk. 87, 15 (Prākṛ.).
3. Expanded, large, Hiḍ. 2, 3.
4. Spacious.
II. m.
1. A bribe.
2. Moving a man at a sort of backgammon.
III. f. bā.
1. Lakṣmī.
2. Durgā.
3. A bitter gourd.
-- Comp. ā-gaṇḍa-, adj. hanging down to the cheeks, Megh. 88.
1. Falling.
2. A long necklace reaching to the navel.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unsupported, Lass. 20, 20. an-ati-, adj. short, Mālav. d. 82. pūrva-ardha-, adj. inclining (his) fore-part, Megh. 52.
1. Gaining, getting.
2. Causing to get, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 12.
3. Abuse, reviling.
1. Adhering.
2. A house.
3. Sport.
4. Equal time in music and dancing, Pañc. v. d. 43.
5. Melting; layaṃ yā, To melt away, to vanish, Pañc. v. d. 4.
6. Dissolution, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 23; 211, 7; destruction.
7. Loss.
8. A pause in music, Mālav. 19, 11.
9. Slackness of mind, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 23.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. nondestruction, duration, Rām. 3, 71, 10.
II. adj. without a fixed abode, Śiś. 4, 57.
† larb, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. To sport, MBh. 3, 1741.
2. To dally, Rām. 1, 9, 19. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lalita.
1. Dallying, wanton, Megh. 65.
2. Beautiful, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 6.
3. Wished. n.
1. Beauty, Rām. 1, 9, 16.
2. Love of pleasure, love, Vikr. d. 32.
3. Softness and delicacy of motion, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 6.
4. °tam, adv. Sweetly, Dev. 10, 27. Comp. durlalita, i. e. dus- (cf. Caus. A.),
I. adj. spoiled, Vikr. d. 27; wayward, Śāk. 103, 4. n. 1. ill habit, Hariv. 8539 (with ati-, excessive). 2. disfavour, Prab. 90, 15. su-, adj. 1. sporting. 2. pleased, very delicate, Hit. 37, 4, M.M. 3. very beautiful, Ṛt. 1, 28; Bhartṛ. 3, 28. °tam, adv. delightedly, easily. Caus., and i. 10, Par.
A. lalaya, † laḍaya,
1. To exhilarate, Rām. 2, 43. 5.
2. To nurse, to foster, to attend, Rām. 2, 47, 6; Pañc. 87, 11.
B. lālaya,
1. To cherish, Pañc. i. d. 397.
2. To spoil, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2664. i. 10, Ātm. † lāḍaya, To desire. lālita,
1. Desired.
2. Cherished tenderly, Pañc. iii. d. 126.
3. Loved, Rājat. 5, 6.
4. Coaxed, Pañc. 87, 11 (or n. Joy; °tena, Joyfully ?).
5. Seduced; cf. 2. laḍ.
-- With the prep. upa upa, Caus. lālaya,
1. To court, Mālav. 29, 1.
2. To fondle, Śāk. 104, 5.
I. adj. Fierce, savage.
II. m.
1. A camel.
2. A dog.
I. m.
1. A tree, Shorea robusta.
2. A boy.
II. f. nā.
1. A wanton woman, Indr. 5, 6.
2. A woman in general, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 27.
III. n.
1. Sport, pleasure.
2. Lolling the tongue.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. with a large forehead, Rām. 3, 55, 4.
1. An ornament worn on the forehead, as a jewel.
2. A mark made with sandal on the forehead, Pāṇ. iv. 3, 65.
I. n., also lalāman lalāman,
1. A mark.
2. A flag.
3. An ornament, Śāk. 25, 4.
4. A mane.
5. A tail.
6. A line.
7. Majesty, dignity.
8. Chief, principal, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 18.
II. f. mī, An ornament worn in the ear.
I. m.
1. Cutting, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 17.
2. Plucking, Nal. 2, 30.
3. Reaping.
4. Smallness, Bhartṛ. 3. 100; Vikr. d. 118 (aparādha-, A very small fault); a little, Hit. iv. d. 76 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3265); a piece, Vikr. d. 125; a drop, Kir. 5, 44.
5. Hair, Ragh. 15, 32; wool, Man. 8, 151.
6. A minute, and also a larger division of time.
7. A kind of quail.
8. One of Rāma's sons, Utt. Rāmac. 85, 8.
II. n.
1. The nutmeg.
2. Cloves.
-- Comp. jñāna- (m.), a smattering of knowledge, Bhartṛ. 2, 3.
I. m. The clove tree, Myristica caryophyllata, Ragh. 6, 57.
II. n. Cloves.
I. n. Salt, Pañc. 184, 9.
II. m.
1. Saltness, Hit. iii. d. 56.
2. The sea of salt water.
3. The name of a Rākṣasa, Utt. Rāmac. 176, 8.
III. f. ṇā.
1. Light, beauty.
2. The name of a river.
IV. adj.
1. Salt, saline, Pāṇ. iv. 4, 24.
2. Charming, beautiful.
-- Comp. a-kṣāra-lavaṇa. adj. not containing artificia. salt, Man. 3, 257.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To desire, Vikr. 13, 20; to covet, Hit. 69, 5; MBh. 1, 6580.
2. To take, Vikr. d. 107. abhilaṣita, n. Desire, Hit. 95, 4, M.M.
-- Cf. [greek] probably [greek] etc.; Lat. lascivus; Goth. luston, lustus; A. S. lust, lyst, lystan.
1. las, i. 1, Par.
1. To embrace.
2. To sport or play.
3. To shine, MBh. 3, 15533. Caus. lāsaya, To cause to sport, to move, Vikr. d. 23.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To sport, Pañc. i. d. 152; Bhaṭṭ. 9, 86.
2. To shine, Śiś. 20, 56. Caus.
1. To cause to shine, Ṛt. 6, 8.
2. To delight, Hit. 21, 15.
-- With prod pra-ud, To shine, Śiś. 2, 19.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To break forth, Pañc. ii. d. 193.
2. To shine forth, Śiś. 8, 65.
3. To sport. samullasita,
1. Sportive.
2. Beautiful.
-- With vi vi,
1. To sport, to dally, Hit. 42, 9; with upari in upari-vi-lasant, Flashing up, Megh. 48.
2. To play, to exhibit, Pañc. iii. d. 237.
3. To shine, Bhartṛ. 3, 23; 36 (to flash); Pañc. i. d. 461 (yena vilasitam, Who has lived in a brilliant style). vilasita, Sportive, wanton. n.
1. Wanton pastime.
2. Splendour. Kir. 5, 46; flashing, Vikr. d. 137. Comp. durvitasita, i. e. dus-, n. A wicked trick, Prab. 104, 7.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To break forth, Lass. 24, 14.
-- Cf. probably Lat. ludo; see laṣ.
† 2. las, laṣ laṣ, laś laś, i. 10, Par. To do anything skilfully.
and laharī laharī, f. A large wave, a wave, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 814.
-- Comp. ānanda-, f. title of a hymn.
-- Comp. caraṇa-, f. lac, with which the feet are dyed, Kir. 5, 23.
1. i. e. lākṣā + ika, Made of lac, dyed with lac, Pāṇ. iv. 2, 2.
2. i. e. lakṣa + ika, Relating to a large number or a Lac.
1. Lightness.
2. Undervaluing, a cause of undervaluing, Pañc. ii. d. 107; disgrace, iii. d. 113; contempt, Bhag. 2, 35.
3. Swiftness, Chr. 34, 7.
4. Readiness, Chr. 5, 23.
5. Dexterity, Johns. Sel. 11, 25.
6. Health.
7. Meanness, Hit. iii. d. 78; insignificance.
8. Frivolity.
9. Shortness (of a vowel), Śrut. 4.
-- Comp. guru-, n. the relative weight, Man. 9, 229. hasta-, n. light-handedness, readiness, cleverness, Pañc. 218, 17.
I. n.
1. The penis.
2. A plough, Bhartṛ. 2, 98.
3. The main beam of a house.
4. The palm tree.
II. f. lī, The name of several plants.
1. A snake.
2. A name of balarāma, Megh. 50 (armed with a plough).
and lāṅgūla lāṅgu/ūla (vb. lag, properly, To hang), n. A tail, Pañc. 259, 7 (ū); Hit. i. d. 170, M.M.
† lāj, lāñj lāñj, i. 1, Par.
1. To fry.
2. To blame.
I. m. Grain wetted or sprinkled.
II. f. jā, or pl. m. Fried grain, Pañc. 158, 3; Chr. 57, 22.
1. To mark.
2. To dress, Vikr. d. 53.
1. A mark, Pañc. iii. d. 204.
2. A name, Utt. Rāmac. 2, 4 (śri-kaṇṭha-pada-, adj. Having as surname the word Śrikaṇṭha.)
-- Comp. mṛga-, m. the moon, Lass. 91, 8 (Prākṛ.). śrī-vatsa-, m. a name of Viṣṇu. śaśa-, m. the moon, Pañc. iii. d. 204.
1. Cloth.
2. The name of a country.
† lābh, i. 10, Par. To throw, to direce.
1. Acquirement, acquisition, Pañc. ii. d. 197.
2. Gain, Man. 9, 331; Pañc. ii. d. 100.
3. Enjoying, Pañc. 202, 10.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. no possibility of getting, Man. 2, 42. 2. loss, Man. 11, 80. guṇa-a-, m. the not taking effect, Suśr. 1, 131, 5. durlābha, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be got, MBh. 12, 11168. dvi-guṇa-, m. (condition of) receiving something doubled, Pañc. 88, 9. lābha-a-, m. profit and loss, Man. 9, 331. siddhi-, m. acquirement of success, i. e. applause, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 14.
1. Coaxing, Rājat. 5, 290.
2. Spoiling, over-indulging, Pañc. i. d. 185.
1. Ardent desire. Bhartṛ. 3, 36 (m.); Pañc. 81, 21 (at the end of a comp. adj. śravaṇa-sukha-, Ardently desiring the pleasure for his ears).
2. Regret.
3. Asking.
4. The longing of a pregnant woman.
5. Dalliance, MBh. 7, 3383 (?).
-- Comp. darśana-, adj., f. lā, ardently desiring to see, Nal. 12, 84. pati-, adj., f. sā, ardently longing for (her) husband, ib. 13, 1.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the forehead, worn on it, etc.
2. Contemplating the forehead.
3. Relating to fate (which is supposed to be written on one's forehead).
4. Low.
II. m., and f. kī.
1. An attentive servant.
2. An idler.
I. adj.
1. Cutting.
2. Plucking, Ragh. 13, 43.
II. m., and f. vā, A sort of quail, Perdix chinensis, Rām. 3, 53, 57.
-- Comp. puṣpa-, 1. m. a garland-maker, a flower-seller. 2. f. vī, a female flower-gatherer, Megh. 27.
1. Relating to salt.
2. Salted.
I. adj.
1. Relating to salt.
2. Salted.
3. Beautiful.
II. m. A salt merchant.
III. n. A vessel holding salt.
1. Saltness.
2. Loveliness, charm, Hit. i. d. 136, M.M.; beauty, Lass. 2. ed. 19, 3.
1. Dancing.
2. Dalliance.
3. Pea-water, pulse that has been lightly boiled.
I. m.
1. A dancer, an actor.
2. A peacock.
II. f. akā and ikā, A dancing girl.
I. m. A dancer.
II. f. yā, A female dancer.
III. n.
1. Dancing.
2. Union of dance and music, Mārk. P. 68, 26.
3. The dance of the Indian dancing girls.
1. A nit, a young louse.
2. A poppy seed, considered as a measure of weight, Man. 8, 133.
-- Comp. yūkā-likṣa, n. lice and nits.
1. To scratch, to pick, Hit. 43, 15.
2. To touch, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 22.
3. To write, Pañc. 5, 6; Rājat. 5, 396.
4. To delineate, MBh. 2, 731. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. likhita, Scarified. n.
1. Writing, scripture.
2. A book. Comp. citra-, adj. painted, Hit. 91, 6, M.M. (-iva, as if painted, i. e. motionless). Ptcple of the fut. pass. lekhya, n.
1. A letter.
2. A written accusation.
3. A manuscript.
4. Drawing, Chr. 51, 1. Comp. durlekhya, i. e. dus-, adj. illegibly written, Yājñ. 2, 91.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To write on, Vikr. 25, 17.
2. To write, Lass. 91, 5.
3. To paint, Utt. Rāmac. 9, 13.
-- With ā ā, To delineate, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 14; Megh. 103. ālekhya,
1. To be written.
2. To be delineated. n.
1. Writing.
2. A painting, picture, Vikr. d. 29.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To pierce, Kir. 5, 30.
-- With ud ud,
1. To scratch up, MBh. 3, 374.
2. To polish, Śāk. d. 133.
3. To peck, Pañc. 146, 14 (see n.).
4. To slit open, Pañc. 91, 5.
5. To touch, MBh. 3, 2453.
-- With samud sam -ud, To strike, Kumāras. 1, 57.
-- With pra pra, To scratch, to draw lines on (acc.), Man. 4, 55.
-- With vi vi,
1. To draw furrows on (acc.), Bhartṛ. 2, 98.
2. To strike, MBh. 3, 11953.
3. To peck, Hit. 93, 10. M.M.
4. To delineate, MBh. 3, 16670.
1. Scratching, scarifying.
2. Writing.
3. A written document.
I. m.
1. A fool.
2. A deer.
3. Part of the earth.
II. n. The mind.
-- With the prep. ā ā, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 2, 64, 30), and i. 10. To embrace, Vikr. 71, 118 Mṛcch. 91, 14; Pañc. 187, 6 (i. 10); Kathās. 3, 65 (pf. red. liliṅga). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. āliṅgya, n. A small drum, Rām. 5, 13, 47.
-- With pratyā prati-a, i. 1, To return an embrace, Mṛcch. 91, 15.
-- With samā sam-ā, i. 1,
1. To embrace, Pañc. 27, 6; Mṛcch. 91, 13.
2. To hold, Rām. 5, 13, 48; 53.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. and A.S. hring; O.H.G. bringjan.
1. A mark, a sign, Nal. 5, 14.
2. A spot.
3. A religious mark, Man. 4, 200.
4. The penis.
5. The phallus, or Śiva under that emblem.
6. Nature, as the active power in creation.
7. The primary body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 11; cf. 21.
8. Gender.
9. The reason, or middle term, Bhāṣāp. 66.
10. The order of the religious student.
11. Symptom of disease.
-- Comp. ṛtu-, n. the peculiar marks of the seasons, Man. 1, 30. tri-,
I. adj. 1. possessed of the three qualities, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 13. 2. having three genders (as an adj.).
II. the name of a country. deva-, n. an idol, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 13. nirliṅga, i. e. nis-, adj. without distinguishing marks, MBh. 5, 1610. puṃliṅga, i. e. puṃs-,
I. n. 1. manhood, MBh. 5, 7489. 2. the masculine gender.
II. adj. having the marks of a male, MBh. 9, 3304. viṣṇuliṅgī, i. e. viṣṇu-liṅga + ī, f. a quail. strī-, n. 1. the female organs, Chr. 58, 5. 2. the feminine gender.
I. adj., f. nī,
1. Having marks, characterised.
2. One who is entitled to wear religious marks, Man. 4, 200.
II. m.
1. An ascetic, Pañc. iv. d. 41.
2. A religious student.
3. A worshipper of Śiva.
4. A hypocrite.
5. An elephant.
-- Comp. a-, adj. and m. one who is not entitled to wear religious marks, Man. 4, 200. ārya-, adj. one who wears the signs of an Ārya, Man. 9, 260. dvija-, adj. one who wears the marks of a twice-born (i. e. one of the three first castes), Man. 9, 224. mārjāra-, adj. one who has the nature of a cat, Man. 4, 197.
1. To anoint, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 94.
2. To smear, Hit. 21, 14.
3. To stain (lipyate doṣeṇa, Incurs sin), Hit. ii. d. 118; to pollute, Man. 4, 201; 10, 104.
4. To burn, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 22. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lipta.
1. Envenomed.
2. Embraced.
3. Defiled. Comp. a-medhya-lipta, adj. defiled (soiled with impurity), Man. 4, 56. Caus. To cause to be decorated, Rām. 2, 9, 40.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To anoint, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6.
2. To smear, Śiś. 9, 15. anulipta,
1. Smeared, Pañc. iii. d. 32.
2. Anointed, Hit. 90, 8, M.M.; glistening, Śāk. d. 166. Caus. To cause to be anointed, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 7.
-- With ava ava, To smear, Lass. 9, 19. avalipta, Proud, arrogant, Man. 4, 79; Pañc. i. d. 341.
-- With ā ā,
1. To anoint, Utt. Rāmac. 79, 1; Ṛt. 6, 12, v. r.
2. To smear, Pañc. 171, 11.
-- With samā sam-ā, To anoint, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 5.
-- With upa upa, To pollute, MBh. 2, 2625; Bhag. 13, 32. Caus. To let smear, Man. 3, 206.
-- With vi vi,
1. To anoint, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 20.
2. To smear, Lass. 9, 12.
3. To pollute, Hit. 128, 12.
-- With sam sam, To anoint, MBh. 1, 4950.
-- Cf. [greek]- [greek] Lat. limpidus, lippus; probably also liquidus, liquere, and O.H.G. salba, Goth. salbon, A.S. sealf.
and lipī lip + i/ī, f.
1. Anointing, smearing.
2. Painting.
3. Writing, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 7; the alphabet, Ragh. 18, 45.
4. A written paper or book.
and lipikāra lipi-kāra, m.
1. A scribe.
2. -kara, A plasterer, whitener, Rām. 1, 12, 6 Gorr.
A poisoned arrow.
1. The lime tree, Citrus acida.
2. An ass.
-- Cf. kliś and kṛś; [greek] perhaps [greek]
1. Licked, Kir. 5, 38.
2. Eaten. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. lehya, To be licked, Pañc. 61, 12. n. Food, Ragh. 5, 73. Frequent. lelih, lelihya, To lick repeatedly, MBh. 3, 10394. lelih, Ātm., Chr. 39, 5. Ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. lelihāna, n.
1. A snake.
2. A name of Śiva.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To lick here and there (figurat.), Lass. 2. ed. 79, 79.
2. To lick up or off; to eat, Śāk. d. 7.
3. To touch with the tongue, Man. 4, 203. avalīḍha, Devoured, destroyed, Kirātārj. 13, 11. Frequent. To lick repeatedly, MBh. 1, 1181.
-- With ā ā, To lick, to touch, Ragh. 10, 46. āliḍha,
1. Eaten.
2. Polished, Bhartṛ. 2, 36. n. An attitude in shooting, the right knee advanced, the left leg retracted, Kumāras. 3, 70.
-- With pratyā prati-ā-pratyālīḍha, Eaten. n. An attitude in shooting, etc. = ālīḍha, n.
-- With pari pari, To lick, to enjoy, Rām. 2, 61, 16. Frequent. To lick repeatedly, Pañc. 55, 7 (see my transl. n. 257).
-- With sam sam, To lick, MBh. 3, 10653.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To lick, MBh. 3, 11500.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. lingere, pol-lex; Goth. bi-laigon; A.S. liccian.
-- Comp. rasanā-, m. a dog.
1. To adhere.
2. To obtain. i. 4, Ātm. (properly pass.),
1. To be dissolved, to vanish, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 450.
2. To adhere or cling to.
3. To dwell, to live, to haunt, MBh. 1, 4310. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. līna.
1. Melted, dissolved, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 12.
2. Effaced, wiped away, removed, Kir. 5, 26.
3. Left.
4. Embraced.
5. Staying, Pañc. 187, 5; being situated, resting, Śāk. d. 144.
6. Entered, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830.
-- With the prep. antar antar, antarlīna, Inherent, staying; haunting in the interior, Pañc. 109, 19; i. d. 420; Utt. Rāmac. 56, 10; (not coming out), Pañc. 175, 24. Acc. sing. °nam, adv. Inwardly, Pañc. 185, 3.
-- With apa apa, Caus. lāpaya, Ātm. To deceive, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 44.
-- With abhi abhi, abhilīna, Adhering, Megh. 37.
-- With ava ava, To cling to, Nal. 2, 46.
-- With samava sam-ava, i. 4, To be dissolved, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 15.
-- With ā ā, i. 4, To faint, MBh. 3, 2573.
-- With ni ni, i. 4,
1. To alight, to settle, MBh. 3, 10560.
2. To lie down, MBh. 3, 12091.
3. To hide one's self, MBh. 3, 10978. nilīna,
1. Fused in or into.
2. Transformed.
3. Destroyed.
4. Encompassed.
5. Full.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, i. 4, To lie down, MBh. 3, 13654.
-- With pra pra, i. 4,
1. To be dissolved or absorbed, Man. 1, 54.
2. To die, Man. 4, 240.
3. To unite intimately, Man. 12, 17. pralīna,
1. Destroyed.
2. Unconscious, insensible.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, pass. To be destroyed, Hit. iii. d. 129.
-- With vi vi, i. 4,
1. To alight, Śiś. 1, 12.
2. To be dissolved, to vanish, Pañc. ii. d. 98; to become ineffectual, iii. d. 74. vilina,
1. Liquefied, melted.
2. Dissolved, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830; Lass. 11, 15.
3. Disappeared.
4. Imagined.
5. United. Comp. a-, adj. living, Utt. Rāmac. 168, 7. Caus. vi-lāyaya, -lāpaya, -li/īnaya (properly a denomin. derived from vilīna), lālaya (also a denomin. from lālā with vi), To dissolve. vilāyita, Dissolved, Prab. 116, 8.
-- With pravi pra-vi, i. 4, To be dissolved, to vanish, Bhag. 4, 23.
-- With sam sam, saṃlīna,
1. Joined, put together, Pañc. 163, 6.
2. Staying, MBh. 1, 7671.
-- Cf. Lat. līmus (borrowed O.H.G. lim; A.S. líme, and O.H.G. leim; A.S. lám), po-līre, linere; [greek]
1. Play, sport, pastime, Pañc. 161, 15; līlayā (instr.), Sportively, Pañc. 229, 10; easily, without any effort, Pañc. 211, 12; Hit. 81, 18.
2. Amorous or wanton sport, Pañc. iii. d. 237.
-- Comp. sa-līla, adj. wanton, sportive. °lam, adv. affectionately, Kir. 5, 33.
1. Cutting off.
2. Dropping.
1. To pull out, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 3.
2. To pare, to peel, Pañc. 121, 13.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To pull off, MBh. 3, 10760.
-- With vi vi, To pull out, Bhaṭṭ. 18, 38.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. liuhhan; A. S. lyccan, evellere; Lat. runcare.
-- Comp. keśa-, adj. pulling out the hair, Prab. 54, 9.
1. luṭ, i. 1 and 4, Par.
1. To roll upon the ground, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 32 (cf. 3. luṭh).
2. † To be connected with (?).
† 2. luṭ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To resist.
2. To suffer pain.
3. To shine. i. 10, Par. To shine, to speak.
-- Cf. ruṭ and lunth.
† 1. luṭh, i. 1, Par. To knock down. i. 1, Ātm.
1. To oppose.
2. To suffer pain.
3. To go.
2. luṭh, i. 10, Par., and luṇṭh luṇṭh, † ruṇṭh ruṇṭh, i. 1, Par. To rob. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. luṇṭhita.
1. Plundered, robbed, Rājat. 5, 345; 427.
2. Peeled (?), Pañc. 121, 11 (cf. my transl. n. 790).
-- With the prep. nis nis, nirloṭhita, Robbed, Rājat. 5, 159. Cf. luṇṭ.
3. luṭh, i. 6, Par.
1. To roll upon the ground, to welter, Hit. 123, 18.
2. To roll down, Rājat. 5, 92.
3. To move to and fro, Hit. ii. d. 67.
4. To agitate, to touch, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 18. Ptcple of the pf. pass. luṭhita, Rolling on the ground. m. A horse's rolling on the ground.
-- With the prep. nis nis, nirluṭhita, Rolled down, Rājat. 5, 88.
-- With pari pari, To roll about, Daśak. 151, 5.
-- With pra pra, To roll on the ground, Pañc. 254, 22. Caus. praloṭhita, Rolling, heaving, tossing.
1. A horse's rolling himself on the ground.
2. Rolling on the ground with sorrow.
1. luḍ, and lul lul, i. 1, Par. To agitate, to stir, to disturb. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lulita.
1. Agitated, Rām. 1, 42, 29.
2. Shaken, Utt. Rāmac. 140, 3.
3. Heaving, panting, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 15; Lass. 20, 20.
4. Destroyed. Caus. loḍaya, To agitate, MBh. 1, 2833. Ptcple of the pf. pass.
I. loḍita, Troubled, Rām. 2, 95, 18.
II. lolita, Agitated, Śiś. 9, 4.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. an-abhi-lulita, Without being touched, Śāk. d. 61.
-- With ā ā, Caus. loḍaya,
1. To trouble, MBh. 1, 7921; with jālais, Pañc. 78, 14 see my transl. n. 374, 'To fish out,' cf. vi).
2. To mix, MBh. 4, 689.
-- With samā sam-ā, Caus. loḍaya,
1. To mix, MBh. 3, 11471.
2. To reflect, Skandap. Kāśīkh. 10, 48.
-- With pari pari, Caus. loḍaya, To agitate, to disturb, MBh. 2, 389.
-- With vi vi, vilulita,
1. Tremulous.
2. Falling, shed fast (viz. tears), Utt. Rāmac. 68, 12. Caus. loḍaya,
1. To disturb, MBh. 2, 11604.
2. To fish out, MBh. 12, 4901.
-- With sam sam, Caus. loḍaya, To disturb, MBh. 1, 1477.
† 2. luḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To adhere, to be attached.
2. To cover.
1. To plunder.
2. † To disregard.
3. To peel (cf. my transl. of the Pañc. n. 790).
-- With the prep. ud ud, ptcple. of the pf. pass. ulluṇṭita, Sacked, Pañc. rec. orn. MS. Berol. 121, a. Cf. 2. luṭh.
† luṇḍ, i. 1 and 10, Par. To plunder
† lunth, i. 1, Par.
1. To hurt, to kill.
2. To afflict.
3. To suffer pain.
1. To break, to destroy, Hit. iv. d. 12; MBh. 1, 5560.
2. To spoil, Vikr. 27, 2. Pass.
1. To be violated, Man. 2, 189.
2. To be lost, Man. 9, 211. † i. 4, Par. To disturb, to bewilder. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lupta.
1. Neglected, Bhag. 1, 42.
2. Disturbed, Śṛṅgārat. 7.
3. Lost. n. Booty, plunder. Caus. lopaya,
1. To cause to leave, to divert, Ragh. 12, 9 (Calc.).
2. To let violate, Man. 8, 16.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To break forth, Man. 7, 106.
-- With ā ā, Pass. To be troubled, to be clouded, Megh. 103.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To remove, Megh. 71. Pass. To be divided, Lass. 20, 20.
-- With pari pari, To disturb, to diminish, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 4.
-- With pra pra, pass. To be disturbed, MBh. 1, 7750.
-- With vipra vi-pra,
1. To rend in pieces, Man. 3, 225.
2. To disturb, MBh. 2, 161.
-- With vi vi,
1. To rend in pieces, Man. 3, 204.
2. To disturb, Man. 2, 161.
3. To extinguish, Lass. 2. ed. 97, 54.
4. To become disfigured, Rām. 2, 60, 15 Gorr. vilupta,
1. Cut off.
2. Lost, Utt. Rāmac. 72, 12.
3. Interrupted, Pañc. ii. d. 2.
4. Seized. Comp. a-, adj. undisturbed, Rājat. 5, 5. Caus.
1. To disturb, MBh. 1, 7752.
2. To extinguish, MBh. 1, 5233.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravilupta, Lost, removed, fallen.
-- Cf. Lat. rumpere; A.S. reaf, reafian; O.H.G. raubon; very probably also Goth. raupjan, to pull out; [greek] probably [greek] (praeruptus, based on a frequent.).
1. A covetous or greedy man, Rājat. 5, 345.
2. A hunter, Pañc. 106, 7.
3. A libertine.
1. Desiring, Hit. 16, 4, M.M.
2. Covetous, greedy, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 1.
3. Avaricious, Man. 4, 87. m.
1. A hunter, Rām. 2, 71, 35.
2. A lecher. Comp. ati-, adj. excessively greedy, Hit. ii. 1 (envious). guṇa-, adj., f. dhā, loving excellent qualities, Hit. iv. d. 97. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. lobhanīya, Worthy to be desired, Śāk. d. 20. Superl. lobhanīyatama, Most worthy to be desired, Indr. 5, 14. Caus.
1. To cause to desire, to make greedy, Pañc. 256, 1.
2. To allure, Rām. 1, 8, 23.
3. To entice away, Rām. 3, 50, 6.
-- With the prep. anu anu, Caus. To suffer to be allured, to long after, Rām. 3, 49, 38.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To allure, Mṛcch. 127, 16 (anomal. lobhase).
-- With pra pra,
1. To pollute, Man. 9, 20 (Ātm.).
2. To follow one's carnal desire, Pañc. 262, 9. Caus. To allure, MBh. 3, 10044.
-- With vi vi, To disturb. vilubhita,
1. Bewildered.
2. Shaken (by wind). Caus.
1. To allure, to seduce, Vikr. 8, 16; Daśak. in Chr. 191, 10.
2. To beguile, Rām. 2, 94, 1.
3. To enchant, Śāk. 81, 17.
-- Cf. Lat. lubet, libet, libido, līber, 'free' and 'son'; [greek] (based on an old frequent.); Goth. liubs, us-laubjan; A.S. leóf, lyfan, lufian, lóf, leaf, left.
† lumb, i. 1, Par. To torment. i. 10, Par. To torment, or to be invisible.
† luh, i. 1, Par. To covet (cf. lubh; bh is changed to h).
1. To cut, to clip, MBh. 3, 15644.
2. To destroy, Śiś. 1, 51. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. lūna.
1. Cut, clipped, Pañc. i. d. 201; cut off.
2. Wounded, Hit. iv. d. 77.
3. Injured by biting, Hit. 58, 3.
-- With the prep. vipra vi-pra, vipralūna, Severed, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 15.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. lucrum, solvo; akin are also Goth. fra-liusan; A.S. leosan, lysan, leás, los.
1. A spider, Man. 12, 57; Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 13.
2. An ant.
† 1. lūṣ, i. 1, Par. To adorn. i. 10, Par. To hurt, to injure.
† 2. lūṣ, i. 10, and luṣ luṣ, i. 1, Par. To rob.
I. m.
1. A letter, Hit. 120, 10.
2. A god.
II. f. khā.
1. Writing.
2. A line, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 3; Bhartṛ. 2, 14; a stripe (of a cloud), Pañc. 203, 5; a stroke, Hit. pr. d. 1, M.M.; flashing (of lightning), Vikr. d. 76.
3. A mark, Kir. 5, 40.
4. Delineation.
-- Comp. indu-, f. khā, the crescent, Kir. 5, 44. candra-,
I. m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 84, 12.
II. f. khā. 1. the crescent, ib. 5, 19, 21. 2. a proper name, Rājat. 1, 218. citra-, f. khā, 1. an image, a picture, Gīt. 10, 15. 2. name of an Apsaras, Vikr. 7, 5. patra-, f. khā, decorating the person by staining it with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, etc., Hariv. 7078. sa-patra-lekha, adj. decorated with fragrant pigments, Ṛt. 6, 7. śaśilekhā, i. e. śaśin-, f. 1. a digit of the moon. 2. the name of an Apsaras, Lass. 51, 13. hṛllekha, i. e. kṛd-, m. 1. reasoning. 2. knowledge. 3. heartache.
1. Scarifying.
2. Writing, copying, Pañc. 237, 1; scripture.
3. The bark of the Bhój tree and the leaf of the palm tree, used for writing on.
1. A letter-carrier.
2. One who signs by proxy.
† lep, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To serve (?).
1. Smearing, plastering, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 748.
2. Mortar, plaster, MBh. 1, 5724.
3. Stain, spot.
4. The wipings of the hand which has offered funeral oblations to three ancestors, these wipings being considered as an oblation to ancestors in the fourth, fifth, and sixth degrees.
5. Food, Man. 3, 210.
-- Comp. nirlepa, i. e. nis-, adj. free from spots, Man. 5, 112. piṇḍī-, m. a kind of ointment, Kathās. 28, 178. vajra-, m. a kind of ointment (?), Pañc. iv. d. 10 (Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2704, pitch); cf. Wilson, Th. of the Hind. 2. ed. ii. p. 55.
1. Anointing, Lass. 11, 2.
2. Smearing.
3. Plastering, Chr. 57, 22; Rām. 2, 91, 41 (both at the end of comp. adj. Plastered with).
4. Mortar, Man. 6, 76.
-- Comp. bhūmi-, n. cow-dung.
1. A serpent, MBh. 1, 1318.
2. A worm breeding in the stomach.
1. Smallness.
2. When latter part of compound words, often A little bit, little; e. g. Pañc. i. 353; MBh. 3, 1268; Śāk. d. 37.
-- Comp. aśru-, m. drops of tears, Megh. 105. prāleya-, m. hailstone, Pañc. i. d. 353. sukha-, m. insignificant pleasure, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38; Pañc. i. d. 203. sa-, adj. entire, Kirāt. 14, 2.
1. To see.
2. i. 10, † To shine, to speak.
-- With the prep. ava ava, i. 1 and 10,
1. To see, Hit. 15, 2, M.M.; to look, Hit. 85, 15; to regard, Vikr. 3, 6; to see to, Śāk. 3, 6; to watch, Pañc. 249, 4.
2. To perceive, Vikr. 21, 3; Lass. 9, 16.
3. To review (an army), Hit. 94, 8.
-- With samava sam-ava, i. 10, To inspect, Cāk. d. 13.
-- With ā ā, i. 1 and 10,
1. To look out, MBh. 4, 250.
2. To regard, Vikr. d. 81; to see, Pañc. i. d. 21; to inspect, to view, MBh. 3, 11024.
3. To perceive, MBh. 2, 1817.
4. To consider, Man. 8, 126. sālokita, n. Look, eye, Mālat. 16, 8.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To look at, MBh. 2, 775.
2. To acknowledge, Pañc. pr. d. 3.
-- With vi vi, i. 10, To see, Vikr. 8, 17; to regard, 12, 20; Utt. Rāmac. 47, 8. vilokya,
1. Regarding, i. e. to, Vikr. 40, 1; to view, Rām. 1, 44, 19.
2. To take a view of, Pañc. 46, 7.
3. To look over, Man. 8, 239.
4. To perceive, 2, 9. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vilokita, n. Seeing, Śāk. d. 36.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To look forward, Rām. 1, 9, 59. Cf. ruc.
1. Seeing, sight.
2. The world, the universe, Chr. 34, 8.
3. A world, a division of the universe, Vikr. 86, 8 (madhyama, The middle world, i. e. the earth).
4. Man, mankind.
5. Men. people, sing. and pl., Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13; Pañc. i. d. 19; 256, 24; Bhartṛ. 2, 52.
-- Comp. a-, m. ceasing of the world, Rām. 1, 37, 12. aṅga-, m. the name of a country, ib. 4, 43, 8. amara-, m. the world of the immortals. indra-, m. the world of Indra, Man. 4, 182. go-, m. Kṛṣṇa's heaven. gṛha-, m. the household servants, Hit. 88, 18 (read tvadgṛha°). jana-, m. the name of a world supposed to be situated over the maharloka, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 39. jīva-, m. 1. the world of living beings, i. e. the earth, Pañc. 226, 6. 2. mankind, people, Pañc. i. d. 9. tapoloka, i. e. tapas-, m. one of the supposed seven worlds, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 39. tala-, m. the lower regions, ib. 2, 6, 42. tri-,
I. (n), and f. kī, the three worlds, MBh. 13, 1505; Rām. 3, 52, 22; Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 7.
II. m. °ka, the inhabitants of the three worlds, ib. 3, 2, 13. nara-vīra-, m. mankind, Hit. iv. d. 80. para-, m. heaven, paradise, Pañc. 207, 21. paura-, m. pl. citizens, Pañc. 48, 25. brahmaloka, i. e. brahman-, m. the supposed eternal residence of the spirits of the pious, Sund. 4, 25; MBh. 12, 3996, in Chr. 94. lokāloka, i. e. loka-a-, m. a mountainous belt bounding the world. vi-, adj. solitary.
1. A king.
2. The name of certain divinities, guardians of the world, as Indra, Soma, etc.; cf. a list of them in Wilson's Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus, i. 2. ed. 219, n. ad Vikr. d. 36.
1. loc (= ruc, the initial r is changed to l, as in the kindred languages, see ruc), i. 1, Ātm. To see.
-- With the prep. ā ā, Caus.
1. To behold, to perceive, MBh. 2, 617.
2. To regard, Hit. ii. d. 91 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 787).
3. To consider, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 8; to reflect, Hit. 14, 17. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. an-ālocita, adj. Unconsidered, without due reflection, Pañc. 239, 4.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To ponder, Lass. 33, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] s. v. ruc.
† 2. loc, i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
1. The pupil of the eye.
2. A wrinkled or contracted eyebrow.
3. Stibium.
4. An ornament worn by women on the forehead.
5. An ear-ring.
6. The rejected slough of the snake.
7. A lump of flesh.
-- Comp. cāru-, adj., f. nā, having beautiful eyes, Hariv. 8705. tri-, adj. having three eyes; epithet and name of Śiva, Ragh. 3, 66. vāma-, adj., f. nā, having beautiful eyes, Hit. ii. d. 111. sthira-, adj. with fixed gaze. hari-, m. 1. a crab. 2. an owl.
† loḍ, lauḍ lauḍ, and loṭ loṭ, i. 1, Par. To be mad; cf. roḍ.
1. A tear.
2. A mark, a sign.
1. Cutting off.
2. Omission, Man. 3, 63; Lass. 2. ed. 55, 73.
3. Destruction, disappearance.
4. Annulling, cancelling.
5. Elision, Lass. 2. ed. 115.
1. m. A jackal.
2. f. pikā, A female jackal.
1. m. A jackal.
2. f. śikā, A female jackal.
-- Comp. a-, m. absence of desire, contentment, Hit. i. d. 7, M.M. ati-, m. too great covetousness, Pañc. v. d. 20.
I. adj. With the hair regular, Rām. 3, 49, 33.
II. f. mā, A wife of a caste inferior to that of the man, Yājñ. 2, 288. prati-, see s. v. vi-,
I. adj. (f. mī), Against the grain, reverse, backward, contrary.
II. m.
1. Reverse order.
2. A snake.
3. A dog.
4. Varuṇa.
III. n. A water-wheel. su-, adj., f. mā, Having beautiful hair, Rām. 3, 49, 33.
1. The hair of the body, Hit. iii. d. 29.
2. Feather, Chr. 32, 30.
-- Comp. asi-, m. the name of a demon, MBh. 1, 2531.
I. adj.
1. Hairy, mixed with hair, Lass. 2. ed. 40, 24.
2. Woollen.
II. m.
1. A ram.
2. The name of a Ṛṣi.
III. f. śā.
1. A fox.
2. A female divine being, an attendant on Durgā.
3. Green vitriol.
4. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. haṃsa-, n. sulphate of iron.
I. adj.
1. Shaking, tremulous, Hit. i. d. 152, M.M.: trembling, Mālat. 21, 8.
2. Agitated, Ṛt. 6, 31.
3. Unsteady, Bhartṛ. 3, 36.
4. Desiring, Megh. 101; greedy, Rājat. 5, 376.
II. f. lā.
1. The tongue.
2. Lakṣmī.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. trembling a little, Bhartṛ. 3, 48; Kir. 5, 41. mahā-, m. a crow.
1. Desirous, Śāk. d. 98 (Prākṛ.); longing for, covetous, Pañc. iv. d. 12 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2753).
2. Destroying, MBh. 1, 1970.
† loṣṭ, i. 1, Ātm. (cf. loṣṭa), To gather into a heap.
I. m. and n. A clod, a lump of earth, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 3; Man. 11, 263; 4, 49 (potṣerd?).
II. n. Rust of iron.
1. (m. and n.), A clod (of dust), Rām. 3, 37, 18.
2. (n.), Spot, mark (of stripes), Mṛcch. 34, 3.
I. m. and n.
1. Iron, Man. 9, 321; Pañc. 100, 23 (cf. my transl.).
2. Steel.
3. Any metal, Hit. i. d. 92, M.M.
4. A weapon.
5. A fish-hook, Kām. Nītis. 1, 44.
6. Blood.
7. Aloe-wood.
II. m. An iron-coloured kid, Man. 3, 272.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, n. the loadstone, Suśr. 1, 142, 17. nīla-, n. blue steel, Rām. 3, 53, 57. pañcaloha, i. e. pañcan-, n. a metallic alloy containing five metals, copper, brass, tin, lead, and iron. mahā-, m. the loadstone. ravi-, n. copper. sāra-, n. steel.
1. Bell-metal.
2. Rust of iron.
-- Comp. sarva-, adj. entirely of iron, Pañc. 122, 10.
I. adj. Speaking indistinctly.
II. (akin to loha), m. The principal ring of a chain.
I. adj., f. tā, or inī, Red, Śāk. d. 29.
II. m.
1. Red, the colour.
2. The planet Mars.
3. A sort of deer.
4. A snake.
5. A form of array.
6. A sort of fish, Cyprinus rohita.
7. (m. ?). A kind of mineral, Pañc. i. d. 89.
III. n.
1. Blood, Man. 4, 56.
2. War, battle.
3. Red sanders.
4. Saffron.
-- Comp. dhūmra-, adj. of a grey-red colour, MBh. 13, 753. nīla-,
I. adj. blue-red, purple, of a purple colour, Śāk. d. 194.
II. m. the name of one of the great periods called Kalpas.
I. adj. Red.
II. m.
1. A ruby.
2. The planet Mars.
III. n. Calx of brass.
1. Relating to worldly things, Man. 2, 117; mundane (opposed to holy), Utt. Rāmac. 8, 2.
2. Usual, Man. 11, 184
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. superhuman, Vikr. 19, 6; transcendental, Bhāṣāp. 62. 2. not common. 3. rare. 4. vedic. jīva-, adj. belonging to the human world, MBh. 12, 8495.
1. Greediness, Pañc, 62, 21; desire, Ragh. 19, 19.
2. Passion, Pañc. v. d. 61.
-- Comp. a-, adj. free from greediness, MBh. 1, 1506. ati-, n. excessive greediness, Pañc. 247, 20. jihvā-, n. greediness of one's tongue, Pañc. 105, 8. manas-, n. covetousness of mind, Hit. 87, 1.
I. adj. Made of iron, Johns. Sel. 15, 55(?).
II. m. Iron, Rām. 2, 59, 41. (Hit. ii. d. 38, read loha; cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2771.)
† lpī, lyī lyī, lvī lvī, ii. 9, Par. To unite.
I. m.
1. A bambu, Hit. pr. d. 23, M.M.; a staff, Indr. 1, 8.
2. Lineage, race, Bhartṛ. 2, 24; Vikr. d. 153; bambu (or tree in general), and race, Pañc. ii. d. 189.
3. Multitude, Draup. 8, 5.
4. The back-bone.
II. m., and f. śī.
1. A pipe, a flute, Ragh. 2, 12; Rājat. 5, 362 (m.).
2. Bambu manna.
-- Comp. a-, m. a low race, Cāṇ. 1, 80. ādi-, m. a primary, a very old race, MBh. 1, 864. jarjara-, m. an old bambu stick, Pañc. 117, 7. nāsā-, m. the bone of the nose, Pañc. 182, 16 (at the end of a comp. adj.). pṛṣṭha-, m. the back-bone, Suśr. 1, 350, 2. raghu-, m. the race of Raghu. soma-, m. 1. the lunar dynasty. 2. a name of Yudhiṣṭhira.
1. Caused in (or to) one's tribe, Pañc. v. d. 67 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1323).
2. Sprung from a good family.
I. adj. Relating to a family.
II. n. Aloe.
I. adj.
1. Belonging to a family, of the same family, Rājat. 5, 127.
2. Of a good family.
II. m.
1. A son, Man. 1, 61.
2. A kinsman.
3. pl. Ancestors, Ragh. 1, 66.
4. A pupil.
-- Comp. mahā-, adj. belonging to a very noble family, Rājat. 5, 337. viśuddha-, i. e. viśuddhavaṃśa + ya (vb. śudh), adj. descended from a good family, Rājat. 5, 335.
1. A crane, Ardea nivea, Pañc. ii. d. 87.
2. The name of a demon.
3. Kuvera.
4. An apparatus for subliming metals.
I. m. A plant, Mimusops elengi, Ṛt. 2, 25 (bakula); Mālav. (Weber, n. 73).
II. f. lī, A sort of drug.
1. (from vaka), A small crane.
2. (vb. vaṅk), The branch of a tree, bent by the wind.
1. The nature of what is to be said.
2. Blame, Man. 8, 230.
1. One who speaks, Bhāṣāp. 83; a speaker, Hit. ii. d. 128.
2. Talkative.
3. Eloquent, Bhartṛ. 2, 33.
4. Speaking truth.
5. Wise.
6. A teacher.
-- Cf. Lat. auctor (see the vedic significations).
1. The mouth, Pañc. ii. d. 138; 264, 1.
2. The face, Pañc. 158, 22.
3. A verse.
4. A sort of garment.
-- Comp. dadhi-, m. the name of a monkey, Rām. 5, 60, 19. danta-, m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 2698. daśavaktra, i. e. daśan-, m. a certain spell, Rām. 1, 31, 6 Gorr. pañcavaktra, i. e. pañcan-,
I. adj. having five faces, Rām. 5, 68, 7.
II. m. a name of Śiva, Lass. 66, 6. mahā-, adj. having a large mouth, Hiḍ. 2, 6.
I. adj.
1. Crooked, Pañc. iii. d. 75; bent, Śāk. d. 9; with pathin, a round-about way, Megh. 28.
2. Indirect, evasive.
3. Ambiguous, double-meaning, Kathās. 17, 141.
4. Fraudulent, Pañc. 44, 20; dishonest.
5. Cruel.
II. m. A name of the planets Saturn and Mars, and of Rudra.
III. n. The bend of a river.
-- Comp. aṣṭā-, m. a proper name, MBh. 3, 10599.
1. To grow, to become tall, Chr. 290, 3 = Rigv. i. 64, 3.
2. † To be angry. Ptcple. pf. pass. ukṣita, Grown up, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2.
-- Cf. 2. vaj, of which it is probably an old desider.; Goth. vahsjan; A.S. weaxan; [greek]
† vakh, vaṅkh vaṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. To go tortuously.
2. To be crooked.
-- Cf. Lat. vacillare, vacare (properly, 'To give way'), vacuus; O.H.G. waga, cuna, wagon, moveri, waga; A.S. waeg, etc.; O.H.G. wank, wankon; A.S. woh, wog, wó, a bending; wancol (perhaps to vaṅg), vacillans; probably [greek]
I. m.
1. The bend of a river.
2. Crookedness.
II. f. kā, The pommel of a saddle.
I. n. A rib.
II. f.
1. The ribs of a building.
2. A sort of musical instrument.
† vaṅg, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To limp.
-- Cf. vaṅk.
I. m.
1. Cotton.
2. The name of a country, Bengal.
3. Its inhabitants, Ragh. 4, 36.
II. n.
1. Lead.
2. Tin.
† vaṅgh, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To go.
2. To blame.
3. To begin moving.
4. To begin.
5. To move swiftly.
1. To speak, Draup. 6, 24 (avocas, aor. with augment after mā); to say, with the acc. of the object and of the addressed person, Bhag. 2, 1.
2. To describe, Chr. 34, 7. Pass. ucya,
1. To be spoken of (tat kim ucyate, That needs not to be spoken of, i. e. that is of course the best), Pañc. 154, 24.
2. To be told, Vikr. 81, 5; to be admonished, Pañc. 32, 11.
3. To be called, Man. 1, 71. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ukta, Addressed (paruṣāṇi, with hard words), Hit. iii. d. 25. n.
1. A sentence, Pañc. 68, 1.
2. Speech, Rājat. 5, 205. Comp. an-, adj. not uttered, Rām. 3, 14, 21. ardha-, adj. half uttered; °tena, instr. without finishing one's speech, Vikr. 29, 19. durukta, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. 1. harshly spoken to, Pañc. i. d. 100. 2. injurious, MBh. 13, 4987.
II. n. injurious speech, ib. 13, 501. punar-,
I. adj. 1. repeated, MBh. 5, 632. 2. useless, Vikr. 40, 2.
II. n. 1. repetition, Vikr. d. 153 (a second string of pearls). 2. tautology. pratikūla-, n. disagreeable speech, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1525. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. vaktavya.
1. Fit or proper to be said.
2. Reprehensible.
3. One of bad fame, Man. 8, 66.
4. Vile, low.
5. Depen-lant, subject. n.
1. A rule.
2. Speaking, Pañc. 194, 23.
3. Speech. Comp. bahu-, adj. much to be praised, Rājat. 5, 67.
II. vacanīya.
1. To be spoken.
2. To be noticed, censurable, n. Blame, Utt. Rāmac. 28, 13.
III. vācya.
1. Fit or proper to be spoken, Pañc. 83, 20.
2. To be predicated of anything, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 9; 212, 13.
3. Blameable, Sāv. 1, 32.
4. Contemptible, vile, outcaste. n.
1. A predicate.
2. Blame, Śāk. d. 112. Comp. a-, adj. 1. not to be spoken of, Rām. 5, 36, 81. 2. not to be addressed, Man. 2, 128. dus-, adj. difficult to be spoken, harsn, Mārk. P. 8, 27. n. evil tidings, Rām. 5, 15, 42. Comp. absol. an-uktvā, without being ordered, Rājat. 5, 62. Desider. vivakṣa, To desire to speak, to say to, Chr. 57, 26. Caus. vācaya.
1. To order to recite, Rām. 2, 25, 28.
2. To order to recite blessings, Rām. 2, 6, 7; Chr. 25, 51 (anomal. absol. vācya).
3. To read, Vikr. 26, 7.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To teach, Man. 11, 191. anūcāna, see s. v. Caus. To read, Śāk. 17, 4; Vikr. 26, 3.
-- With abhi abhi, To address, to say to (with two acc.), MBh. 2, 1998.
-- With nis nis,
1. To declare, MBh. 3, 1223; to explain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 11.
2. To speak, to put properly, Man. 8, 55. nirukta, Distinctly declared. n.
1. Etymological explanation, MBh. 1, 266.
2. The name of one of the Vedāṅgas (see aṅga), ib. 12, 13232.
-- With pra pra,
1. To begin to speak, Pañc. 77, 1.
2. To explain, Man. 1, 103; to tell, Pañc. 116, 1.
3. To say, Pañc. 4, 14; MBh. 2, 503.
4. To address, Pañc. i. d. 64; Chr. 44, 5. prokta,
1. Declared, Hit. iii. d. 74.
2. Called, Man. 1, 10; Pañc. ii. d. 93. pravacanīya,
1. To be well spoken.
2. (m.), A good speaker.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To explain comprehensively, Man. 8, 61.
-- With prati prati, To answer (with two acc.), Rām. 2, 68, 1. pratyukta, n. Answer, Megh. 112.
-- With sam sam, To address, Pañc. 97, 12.
-- Cf. Lat. vocare, vox; O.H.G. ga-wahan, memorare; [greek] (i. e. [greek] and [greek]), [greek]
I. adj. Talkative, eloduent.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa.
1. Speaking, Megh. 83 (at the end of a comp. adj., f. nā).
2. Speech, Pañc. 140, 16.
3. Word, name, Megh. 29; Vikr. 37, 8; Chr. 12, 26.
4. Order, Rām. 3, 48, 16.
5. Sentence, Pañc. 158, 13; 164, 20.
6. Rule.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. nā, speechless, Śāk. 12, 21. tathya-, n. assertion, Pañc. 5, 1. priya-, n. word of love, Vikr. d. 40. pratikūla-, n. refractory speech, Pañc. 37, 3. vīśeṣa-, n. special or different text. su-, n. eloquence.
1. Rumour, especially ill report.
2. Blame, Hit. ii. d. 71.
1. Speech, Pañc. iii. d. 113.
2. Words, a word, Vikr. d. 50.
3. Order, Chr. 12, 27.
4. Sentence, Pañc. 167, 7.
5. Voice, Ṛt. 6, 21.
-- Comp. durvacas, i. e. dus-, 1. m. abuse, bad language, Ram. 5, 31, 16. 2. adj. one who uses bad language, ib. 2, 1, 18. sadvacas, i. e. sant (vb. 1. as), n. agreeable speech, Ṛt. 6, 29. su-, adj. speaking well or much.
-- Cf. [greek]
† 1. vaj, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. vagari.
2. vaj, i. 10, Par.
1. (rather Caus. of a lost vb. vaj, probably 'To increase, to be strong;' cf. vajra, ugra, ojas), To strengthen, Lass. 99, 7 = Rigv. iii. 62, 8. †
2. To prepare the way.
3. † (rather a denomin. derived from vāja), To trim or feather an arrow.
4. † To go.
-- Cf. Lat. vegere and augere probably vigor, vigere; [greek] O.H.G. auhon; A.S. eacan, see vakṣ; probably also A.S. wacor, cf. Icel. vakr; A.S. wácian.
2. vaj + ra,
I. adj.
1. Hard.
2. Cross, forked.
II. m. and n.
1. Indra's thunderbolt, a thunderbolt, Bhartṛ. 2, 32; Hit. ii. d. 158.
2. A diamond, Johns. Sel. 54, 136; Ragh. 1, 4; Rām. 3, 53, 59(?).
3. A form of array, Man. 7, 191.
4. The blossom of the sesamum.
5. n. Emblic myrobalan, Pañc. iv. d. 10(?).
6. Sour gruel.
7. Harsh language.
8. A child or pupil.
III. f. rā, A plant, Menispermum cordifolium.
IV. f. rā and rī, A species of Euphorbia.
-- Cf. O.H.G. weggi; A.S. waecg, wecg, cuneus, which probably was also the original signification of the Indian sbst.
1. To go, to go to, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 74.
2. To pass over, Bhaṭṭ. 7, 106. Caus. (properly, 'To cause to go astray'),
1. To avoid.
2. and i. 10, Ātm. (also Par., MBh. 1, 5794), To deceive, Pañc. 169, 1. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. kim arthināṃ vañcayitavyam asti, 'Why must the poor ones be deceived?' Hit. i. d. 77, M.M.
-- With the prop. abhi abhi, Caus. To deceive, Chr. 59, 20.
-- With upa upa, Caus. To disappoint, Rām. 2. 52, 18.
-- With nis nis, i. 1, Ātm. To deceive, Śṛṅgārat. 10.
-- With pari pari, parivañcita, Deceived, Hit. iv. d. 101.
-- Cf. Lat. vafer; probably [greek] (cf. vidhinā vañcita, Kumāras. 4, 10), [greek]
I. adj. Fraudulent.
II. m.
1. A cheat, Lass. 87, 11; a rogue, Man. 9, 257.
2. A vile man.
3. A jackal.
4. A tame, or house icneumon.
1. Fraud, Kathās. 3, 54.
2. Being cheated, Hit. i. d. 127, M.M.
3. Hallucination of mind, Rām. 2, 34, 37 (nā).
I. m.
1. The name of several plants, Utt. Rāmac. 46, 1; Sāh. d. 19, 19.
2. A sort of bird.
II. f. lā, A cow that yields abundance of milk.
† vaṭ (a form of vṛt, based on the original vart). i. 1, Par. To surround. i. 10, Par., also baṭ baṭ, vaṭaya, baṭaya,
1. To surround.
2. To tie.
3. To partition. i. 1, Par. or Caus. vaṭaya, To speak.
I. m., and f. ṭī, A string, a rope.
II. m.
1. The large Indian fig-tree, Ficus indica, Pañc. 104, 17.
2. A circle.
3. Equality in shape or dimension.
4. A small shell, a cowrie.
5. Pulse ground and fried with oil or butter.
I. m.
1. Pulse ground and fried in oil or butter.
2. A weight of eight māṣas.
II. f. ṭikā, A pill, a bolus.
1. A cock.
2. A thief.
3. A rogue.
4. A turban (cf. vaṭa).
5. i. e. vaṭa, = *varta, + ka, cf. vaṭa, A churning-stick.
6. A mat.
7. A fragrant grass, Cyperus.
1. A young Brāhmaṇa
2. A pupil, Utt. Rāmac. 104, 9; Prab 22, 3.
3. A lad, a stripling, Kumāras. 5, 83.
4. A fool, Śāk. 30, 12.
5. A flower, Bignonia indica.
1. 3. 4.
† vaṭh, baṭh baṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To be large.
2. To be able.
and vaḍabhī vaḍabhi/ī, or valabhi and valabhī valabhi/ī, f.
1. The wooden frame of a thatch, a roof, Megh. 39 (ḍ).
2. A temporary building on the top of a palace, a turret, Mālay. d. 33 (valabhi).
† vaṇ, baṇ baṇ, i. 1, Par. To sound.
-- Cf. vaṇḍ.
1. A part.
2. The handle of a sickle.
-- Comp. hṛd-, m. the stomach.
† vaṇṭh, i. 1, Ātm. To go without a companion.
1. An unmarried man.
2. A dwarf.
3. A javelin.
1. A rope for tying a goat.
2. A dog's tail.
3. The sheath that envelopes the young bambu.
1. A mode of conflict, the contest of heroes.
2. A boat.
3. A hoe.
† vaṇḍ, i. 1. Ātm.
1. To divide.
2. To cover. i. 1 and 10, Par. To divide.
-- Cf. vaṇṭ.
I. adj. (A person) whose hands have been cut off.
II. f. ḍā, An unchaste woman.
1. Sorrow, woe, Śāk. d. 152; Chr. 3, 37.
2. Compassion.
3. Pleasure.
4. Surprise, Kāvya Prak. 80, 7.
5. A vocative particle.
1. An ear-ring.
2. A crest.
I. (vb. 1. vas), m.
1. A calf, Hit. i. d. 29, M.M.
2. i. e. probably *vatas, = [greek] + a, A year.
3. The name of a Ṛṣi, or saint, Man. 8, 116.
4. pl. The name of a people and their country, Chr. 47, 41; 46, 24.
II. m., and f. sā, Child, Pañc. 169, 25; a term of endearment, Pañc. 130, 4; Vikr. 70, 10; Utt. Rāmac. 8, 9.
III. n. The breast.
-- Comp. śrī-, m. 1. Viṣṇu. 2. a mark, usually said to be a curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa, represented by [picture], Johns. Sel. 96, 74. 3. a hole in a wall for felonious purposes.
-- Cf. vatsatara.
I. m. A steer.
II. f. rī, A heifer, Man. 11, 137.
I. adj., f. lā, Affectionate, loving, Pañc. 222, 14; tender, Utt. Rāmac. 48, 1.
II. f. lā, A cow anxious for her calf.
III. n. Fondness.
-- Comp. vara-, f. the wife of a fatherin-law. sahaja-, adj., f. lā, of inborn fondness, Hit. 87, 12.
1. Tenderness, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 8.
2. Love, Rājat. 5, 194.
I. adj. Fit for a calf.
II. m. A cowherd.
1. To speak, to address (with the acc. of the object and the addressed person), MBh. 3, 1853.
2. To speak of (with gen.), Pañc. 67, 22.
3. To sound, to yell, MBh. 3, 15669. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. udita,
1. Pronounced, Cāṇ. 1 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 407.
2. Addressed, Śiś. 9, 61. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. brahmodya, i. e. brahman-udya, n. Reciting or explaining the Veda; mṛṣodya, see s. v. sukhodya, i. e. sukha-udya, adj. To be uttered agreeably, Man. 2, 33. Caus. vādaya, To cause to sound, Pañc. 229, 13; to play, Man. 4, 64. Comp. ptcple of the pf. pass. jala-vādita, n. Water music, music performed by water, Hariv. 8426. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. vādya, n.
1. Sound, Ragh. 16, 64.
2. Any musical instrument, Pañc. 129, 15; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 7 (instrumental music). Comp. jala-, n. a musical instrument sounded by means of water, Hariv. 8427. parṇa-, n. a musical instrument made of leaves, Hariv. 3477. † i. 10, Par. Ātm.
1. To speak.
2. To command.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To speak similarly, to imitate another's voice or sound, Ragh. 5, 74 (Calc.).
-- With apa apa, To reprove, to insult, Man. 4, 236. Caus. To dissuade from, to reprove, MBh. 3, 1036.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To address, Man. 8, 356.
2. To salute respectfully, MBh. 3, 15668. Caus.
1. To greet respectfully, Man. 2, 117; Vikr. 81, 2; with pādayos, To greet one by touching his feet, Man. 2, 212.
2. To play, MBh. 3, 14386.
-- With pratyabhi prati-abhi, Caus. To return a salute, Mṛcch. 34, 7.
-- With ā ā, To salute by roaring, Chr. 290, 9 = Rigv. i. 64, 9.
-- With samā sam-ā, To speak, MBh. 3, 16148.
-- With upa upa, Ātm.
1. To conciliate, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 28.
2. To beg, Pañc. in Weber, Ind. St. 272, 22 (see my transl. n. 922).
3. To allure.
-- With pari pari, To calumniate, MBh. 1, 3079.
-- With pra pra,
1. To converse, Pañc. 143, 21.
2. To explain, Man. 5, 55.
3. To declare, Hit. ii. d. 160.
4. To call, Hit. ii. d. 41.
5. To tell, MBh. 3, 2910. Caus. To play, MBh. 1, 5356.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To disagree.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Par. To accord. Ātm. To converse, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 28.
-- With prati prati, To answer, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 13.
-- With vi vi, Ātm. (also Par., Hit. iii. d. 32; Pañc. 183, 6).
1. To dispute, to wrangle, Man. 3, 159.
2. To contest, with acc., MBh. 2, 2390.
-- With sam sam, To converse, Chr. 19, 8; Hit. 88, 13; iii. d. 36. Caus.
1. To play, MBh. 1, 7056.
2. To declare, Man. 8, 31.
-- With visam vi-sam, To break a promise, Man. 8, 219.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek] probably Lat. vas, vadis; perhaps O.H.G. far-wāzan; O. Saxon, for-wātan, recusare.
-- Cf. vaśaṃvada.
-- Comp. maṃsa-piṇḍa-gṛhīta-, adj., f. nā, carrying in the mouth a piece of flesh, Pañc. 226, 20. su-, adj., f. nā, beautiful, Ṛt. 6, 20.
I. i. e. ava-dāna + ya (also vadanya vadanya), Munificent, liberal, Man. 4, 224.
II. (from vad),
1. Speaking kindly.
2. Eloquent.
1. Killing, Man. 5, 89; murder, Pañc. i. d. 305.
2. Death, Man. 8, 104.
3. Corporal punishment, Man. 9, 291.
4. A stroke, 11, 100.
5. A whip, 8, 267.
6. Hurting, Man. 4, 165.
7. A killer, a slaughterer, Man. 5, 39.
-- Comp. a-, m. no slaughterer, Man. 5, 39. ātmavadha, i. e. ātman-, m. suicide, MBh. 1, 6228. go-, m. slaying a bull or a cow, Man. 11, 59. śiśu-pāla-, m. the destruction of Śiśupāla, title of a poem. śuddha- (vb. śudh), m. simple putting to death, i. e. in any ordinary way, Man. 9, 279 (b).
I. adj. Destructive, injurious.
II. m. A murderer, Kathās. 3, 43.
1. A wife.
2. A son's wife (cf. vadhū).
1. A woman, Kirāt. 6, 45.
2. A wife, Hit. i. d. 192, M.M.; Rām. 3, 51, 14; 55, 29.
3. A wife recently married.
4. A son's wife, Sāv. 6, 9.
5. A female relation, Sund. 4, 16.
6. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. kula-, f. a virtuous or respectable wife, Hit. i. d. 135, M.M. nava-, f. a woman recently married, Ṛt. 6, 19. nāga-, f. the female of an elephant, Rām. 2, 65, 24. preṣya-, f. a female servant, Draup. 6, 9. vāra-, f. the head of a set of harlots. svar-, Svarga-, and svargi(n)-, f. an Apearas.
1. A son's wife.
2. A young woman, living in her father's house, whether married or unmarried, Bhāṣāp. 1, a.
1. Deserving death, Nal. 9, 8.
2. Destruction.
† 1. van, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To serve, to honour. Caus. vanaya,
1. To act.
2. To hurt, to kill. See 3. tan.
-- Cf. perhaps A.S. an-winnan, to fight against.
2. van, ii. 8, Par. Ātm. (in the Vedas also i. 1; ii. 2, etc.).
1. To ask, to beg.
2. To accept, Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vanita, Solicited, begged. f. tā,
1. A beloved woman, a mistress, Bhartṛ. 2, 36.
2. A woman in general, Vikr. d. 44.
3. A female bird, Kir. 6, 8. Comp. tridaśa-, f. tā, the wife of a deity, Megh 59. sa-nāka-vanita, adj. endowed with the celestial women (i. e. the Apsarases), Kir. 5, 27.
-- Cf. 1. van, the vedic use, and Lat. Venus, venustas, venerari; O.H.G. wunna; A.S. wyn, ge-wenian; Goth. vêna; A.S. to-wenan; probably [greek]
I. n., and f. nī, A forest, Vikr. d. 79 (na); Pañc. iii. d. 56 (na).
II. n.
1. Water.
2. A cascade or fountain.
3. A residence, Nal. 3, 22.
4. A house.
-- Comp. asi-patra-, n. the name of a hell, Man. 4, 90. citra-, n. the name of a forest, Hit. 14, 16. tapovana, i. e. tapas-, n. a place frequented by ascetics, a sacred grove, Hit. iv. d. 83. nirvaṇa, i. e. nis-, adj. one who has left a forest, MBh. 5, 863 (°vana). Paraśu-, n. the name of a hell, MBh. 12, 12075. pitṛ-, n. a cemetery, MBh. 11, 119. pramada-, n. a royal garden, Vikr. 19, 18. mahā-, n. a large forest, Rām. 3, 55, 48.
1. A wild beast, Pañc. 255, 17.
2. A forester, Kirāt. 6, 29.
I. adj. Wild.
II. m.
1. An elephant.
2. A fragrant grass, Cyperus rotundus.
III. f. jā, A sort of pulse.
IV. n. A lotus, Ragh. 5, 73.
I. adj.
1. Being in a forest, Pañc. iii. d. 145.
2. Living in a forest, Rām. 3, 48, 18.
II. m.
1. A deer.
2. An ascetic.
1. A tree, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 11.
2. An ascetic.
1. Fire or its deity.
2. Desire, wish.
I. adj. Who or what abules in a forest. Rām. 3, 51, 34.
II. m.
1. A forester, Kirāt. 1, 1.
2. A demon.
3. A wild beast, Lass. 47, 10.
1. To salute respectfully, Vikr. 8, 81, 11; MBh. 2, 23.
2. To praise, Rām. 2, 16, 27.
3. To venerate, Megh. 12. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. jagadvandya, i. e. jagat-, adj. To be praised by mankind, epithet of Kṛṣṇa, MBh. 2, 23.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To salute respectfully, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 15.
-- With sam sam, The same. MBh. 1, 5420.
I. m. A proper name, Chr. 296, 5 = Rigv. i. 112, 5.
II. n.
1. Salutation, Man. 2, 216.
2. The mouth or face.
III. f. nā.
1. Praise, Chr. 19, 6; praising especially the gods.
2. Prayer, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 16.
IV. f. nī.
1. Worship.
2. Begging, asking.
3. A drug for restoring the dead to life.
-- Comp. pāda-, n. worship, reverence, Yājñ. 1, 83.
I. adj.
1. Civil, polite.
2. Praising, worshipping, Lass. 67, 6.
II. m. A bard.
and vandī vandi/ī, f.
1. A woman in captivity, also a man, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 32; 63; Vikr. d. 3 (vandī kṛ, To make captive).
2. A ladder or stairs.
1. A praiser, Pañc. 158, 2.
2. An encomiast, Man. 3, 158; a bard, Vikr. d. 76.
I. adj. Produced in, or by, a wood, Pañc. 216, 10; wild, Man. 6, 12.
II. f. yā.
1. A multitude of groves.
2. A quantity of water, a flood.
III. n. Wild fruit, Rām. 3, 52, 51; 53, 24.
1. A co-partner.
2. A co-heir.
I. (properly Caus. of vī).
1. To sow, MBh. 3, 1248; figurat., Man. 2, 113.
2. To cast, MBh. 2, 2033.
3. † To procreate. Pass. upya, Man. 9, 26.
II. (properly a Caus. of ve), To weave.
III. † To shave Caus. vāpaya, To sow, MBh. 3, 18031.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To put on, Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.
-- With ā ā,
1. To sow, MBh. 3, 17341.
2. To throw to, MBh. 3, 103. Caus. To arrange, to dress, MBh. 1, 819 (cf. with vi).
-- With samā sam-ā, Caus. To cause to be sown, or thrown in, Lass. 2. ed. 12, 9.
-- With ni ni,
1. To sow, MBh. 3, 17341.
2. To offer, Man. 3, 216.
-- With nis nis,
1. To drop. Man. 3, 92.
2. To sprinkle, Man. 3, 214.
3. To offer, Man. 9, 140.
4. To perform (a sacrifice), Man. 4, 10; 6, 38 (read nirupya). Caus. To disseminate, Pañc. 85, 20.
-- With pra pra,
1. To sow, MBh. 3, 15725.
2. To cast, ib. 3, 1931.
-- With prati prati, To inlay, to stud, to adorn, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 16. pratyupta, Shut(?), Utt. Rāmac. 87, 3.
-- With vi vi, vyupta, Disordered, dishevelled, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 14.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek] A.S. wíf; probably also [greek] Goth. vêpn; A.S. waepen. Cf. ve.
I. vap + a, m.
1. Sowing seed.
2. Shaving.
II. f. pā.
1. The mucous or glutinous secretion of the flesh or bones, marrow, Rām. 1, 13, 39.
2. Fat, Man. 12, 63.
3. Any hole or cavity.
I. n.
1. Sowing seed.
2. Semen virile.
3. Shaving, Man. 5, 140.
II. f. nī, A barber's shop.
1. Having a body, corporeal, embodied, Kir. 2, 59, Lass. 2. ed. 76, 47.
2. Beautiful, Sund. 3, 17.
1. The body, Pañc. iii. d. 221.
2. A handsome form or figure, Śāk. d. 16.
3. Beauty, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4 (dat. in the sense of the infin. 'In order to be beautiful').
I. m., f. tṛ10, and n.
1. Who or what sows.
2. A husbandman, Man. 3, 142.
II. m.
1. A progenitor, a father.
2. A poet.
I. m. (and n.).
1. A field, Kir. 5, 36.
2. Dust, earth.
3. A mound, Megh. 2; a hillock.
4. The foundation of any building.
5. A shore or bank, Kir. 6, 8.
6. A rampart, MBh. 1, 5810.
7. The gate of a fortified city.
II. m. A father.
III. f. rī, An ant-hill.
IV. n. Lead.
1. To vomit, Man. 4, 121.
2. To spit out, Rām. 1, 28, 26.
3. To send forth, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 8. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vānta.
1. Vomited.
2. Effused, Megh. 20.
3. One who has vomited, Man. 5, 144. Comp. durvānta, i. e. dus-, adj. one who has been wrongly treated with emetics, Suśr. 2, 191, 15. Caus. va/āmaya; ptcple. of the pf. pass. vamita, Made to vomit.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To spit out, to vomit, MBh. 3, 15729; figuratively, 3, 1931.
-- Cf. Lat. vomere; [greek] Goth. vamm, macula, ana-vammjan; A.S. wemman, maculare.
1. Vomiting.
2. Water ejected from an elephant's trunk.
I. n.
1. Vomiting, Lass. 17, 4; taking, getting. Ragh. 15, 29.
2. An emetic.
3. Paining.
II. f. nī, A leech.
I. m.
1. Fire.
2. A rogue.
II. 1. Vomiting, Suśr. 2, 491, 21.
2. An emetic.
1. m. A proper name, Chr. 297, 15 = Rigv. i. 112, 15.
2. f. rā and rī, A small ant.
† vay, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
I. adj.
1. Young.
2. Mature, middle-aged, from sixteen to seventy.
II. m. A contemporary, a friend.
III. f. sthā.
1. A woman's female friend.
2. The name of several plants.
1. Youth, Pañc. i. d. 11.
2. Age, Vikr. d. 42; time of life, Pañc. iii. d. 221.
3. A bird, Pañc. i. d. 28.
-- Comp. gata-, adj. old, Pañc. i. d. 11. pūrva-, adj. Young, MBh. 1, 3196. sa-,
I. adj. contemporary.
II. m. a contemporary, a friend.
III. f. a woman's female friend, Śiś. 9, 53.
1. Relating to age.
2. A substitute for vayas, as latter part of comp. adj.; e. g. abhinava-, adj. Young, Hit. 50, 1. samāna-, adj. one who is of the same age.
I. m.
1. A contemporary, Rām. 1, 12, 22.
2. A friend, Vikr. 11, 15.
II. f. yā, A woman's female friend, Nal. 4, 32.
1. The faculty of perceiving, consciousness, Chr. 294, 2; 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 2; 6.
2. A temple, Bhāg. P. 3, 4, 30.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Better, Pañc. ii. d. 96.
2. Best, Indr. 5, 20; excellent, Vikr. d. 119; precious, Hit. i. d. 135, M.M.; beautiful, Rām. 3, 51, 37.
3. Eldest.
II. acc. sing. ram, adv. Better, preferable, Pañc. pr. d. 4 (a-jāta-mṛta-mūrkhebhyo mṛta-a-jātau sutau varam, If it is to be chosen between having a dead son, or no son, or a stupid one, it is better to have a dead one, or no son at all); with following na, Rather than, Bhartṛ. 2, 11; with following na punar, Better than, Pañc. 138, 19. varaṃ vā -- mā, Rather than, Pañc. pr. d. 6.
III. m.
1. Selecting.
2. Soliciting.
3. Wish, Rām. 3, 53, 8.
4. A boon, a blessing, Pañc. 135, 8; Hit. 116, 6; a favour, Rām. 3, 53, 6; a privilege, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 17.
5. One who solicits a girl for his wife, Sāv. 1, 28; a bridegroom, Pañc. 129, 15.
6. A son-in-law.
7. A husband, Lass. 2. ed. 35, 20.
8. A catamite.
9. A sparrow.
10. Surrounding.
IV. f. rā.
1. A sort of perfume.
2. The three myrobalans.
3. A plant, Cissampelos hexandra.
V. f. rī.
1. chāyā, the wife of the sun.
2. Asparagus racemosus.
VI. m. Saffron.
-- Comp. kāma-, m. choosing what one lists, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 45. datta-, adj. 1. one to whom is given the permission to choose a boon, Rām. 1, 1, 22. 2. granted as a boon, ib. 6, 19, 61. dvija-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, Kathās. 25, 254. pika-, m. an excellent cuckoo (and ascetic), Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 411. pura-, n. an excellent town, Rājat. 5, 157. prāpta-, adj., f. rā, abounding in blessings, Pañc. 252, 18. muni-, m. the chief of the ascetics, Ṛt. 6, 30. raghu-, m. Rāma. vīra-, m. a proper name, Lass. 28, 14. sarovara, i. e. saras-, m. a lake. sarit-, f. rā, the Gaṅgā.
-- Cf. Goth. vaila; A.S. wel; O.H.G. wela; A.S. wela, felicitas; [greek] and see vṛ.
I. m. A wasp.
II. f. ṭā, ṭī, and varalā varalā.
1. A goose.
2. A wasp.
I. m.
1. An enclosure raised on a mound of earth.
2. A causeway, a bridge.
3. A camel.
4. A tree, Capparis trifoliata, Kir. 5, 25.
5. Any tree.
II. f. The name of a rivulet.
III. n.
1. Selecting, choice, Johns. Sel. 53, 127.
2. Surrounding.
3. Screening, covering.
4. Nourishing.
1. A portico.
2. The string of a fish-hook.
3. A packet.
4. A multitude.
5. A heap of grass.
6. Pimples on the face.
I. adj.
1. Large.
2. Fearful.
3. Niggardly.
II. m.
1. A canopy on the back of an elephant.
2. A wall.
3. A ball.
4. Pimples on the face.
1. A strap or string of leather, Pañc. 128, 9.
2. An elephant's or horse's leather girth.
I. adj.
1. Conferring a boon, or boons, Chr. 57, 26.
2. Propitious.
II. f.
1. A girl.
2. The name of a river, Mālav. d. 76.
I. adj. Conferring a boon.
II. f. dā, The wife of Agastya.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Poor, Pañc. 108, 13.
2. Low, vile, impure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 429; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 2; Pañc. 81, 18.
3. Unhappy, Pañc. 41, 5.
II. m.
1. Śiva.
2. War, battle.
1. (akin to varatrā, probably a dialect. form of it), A cord.
2. The small shell, called (kaparda) cowrie, and used as a coin, Pañc. i. d. 88.
1. A rope.
2. The small shell, called cowrie, and used as a coin, Pañc. 135, 7.
3. The seed vessel of the lotus.
-- Comp. kim-, adj. despising a cowrie (a farthing), Hit. ii. d. 87.
1. A hog, Pañc. 120, 14.
2. Viṣṇu, who assumed in his third avatāra, or descent, the shape of a boar, Utt. Rāmac. 132, 6.
3. A form of marching an army, Man. 7, 187.
4. A mountain.
5. A sort of measure.
6. One of the smaller dvīpas, or divisions of the world.
-- Comp. mahā- and yajña-, m. Viṣṇu, Johns. Sel. 94, 55 (yajña-).
-- Cf. Lat. verres.
-- Cf. varāha.
I. m.
1. In the Veda, the deity of the heavens, Chr. 289, 6 = Rigv. i. 54, 6; in the later time, of the waters (originally those of the atmosphere), Rām. 3, 54, 9; the lord of punishment, Man. 9, 245; sovereign of the western quarter, Śiś. 9, 7.
2. A name of the sun.
3. Water, or the ocean.
II. f. varuṇānī, The wife of Varuṇa.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m. A wooden fender round a carriage, to protect it from collision.
II. n.
1. Armour.
2. Leather skin.
3. A house.
I. adj. Protected by fenders (cf. the last), Ragh. 9, 11.
II. f. nī.
1. An army, Chr. 54, 14.
2. The name of an Apsaras, Indr. 2, 29.
1. Any young animal.
2. A lamb.
3. A goat.
4. Sport, pastime.
1. A side glance.
2. The marks of a lover's finger-nails on the bosom of a woman.
1. A class (a multitude of similar things), Pañc. 33, 14.
2. A troop, Pañc. 192, 23.
3. A chapter.
-- Comp. āpta-, m. friends, Mālav. 67, 11. catur-, m. 1. any assemblage of four things, Hit. i. d. 8, M.M. 2. the four objects of human pursuit, viz. wealth, pleasure, virtue, and final beatitude, Rāgh. 10, 23. tri-, m. any assemblage of three things, e. g. wealth, pleasure, and virtue, Man. 2, 224; Daśak. in Chr. 181, 21; the three qualities of nature; viz. satya, truth; rajas, passion; and tamas, darkness; three conditions of a king, loss, gain, equality, MBh. 12, 2664; the three myrobalans. dāsa-, m. all the servants, Man. 3, 246. pātra-, m. a troop of actors, Vikr. 3, 9. bandhu-, m. relations, Pañc. i. d. 30. bhṛtya- m. servants, ib. (cf. my transl. and Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2542). rakṣi(n)-, m. a sentinel.
-- Cf. probably Lat. vulgus (or = vraja).
† varc, i. 1, Ātm. To shine.
I. n.
1. Lustre, Rām. 3, 49, 4.
2. Form, MBh. 1, 1076; Lass. 2. ed. 79, 80.
3. Excrements.
II. m. The son of Candra.
-- Cf. brahmavarcasa.
I. adj., f. nī, Bright, Nal. 12, 66.
II. m. The moon.
-- Comp. brahman-, i. e. brahmavarcas + vin, adj. illumined by the Vedas, Man. 3, 39.
I. adj.
1. Devoidof.
2. Excepted.
II. °jam, adv. Except, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 10.
III. m.
1. Leaving.
2. Excepting.
-- Comp. tṛca-, adj. except three verses, Chr. 294, 1. 5. tvad-varja + m, adv. except you, Pañc. 28, 22 (cf. my transl.). parvavarja + m, i. e. parvan-, adj. except the forbidden days of the month, Man. 3, 45.
1. Abandoning, leaving, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 11.
2. Desertion, Man. 5, 4.
3. Avoiding, Man. 5, 26.
1. To colour, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13.
2. To depict, to describe, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 145; to explain, Vedāntas. 207, 23.
3. To praise, MBh. 2, 1226.
4. † To illuminate.
5. † To exert one's self.
6. † To throw, or to grind.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To expose, MBh. 4, 107.
-- With upa upa,
1. The same, MBh. 3, 8732.
2. To tell, Hit. 27, 8.
-- With ni ni, To regard, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 12 (probably to be changed to nirvarṇya).
-- With nis nis, To regard, Śāk. 33, 13; to examine, Vikr. 10, 3. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-nirvarṇanīya, adj. Not to be looked at, Śāk. 64, 8.
-- With sam sam,
1. To describe, MBh. 4, 106.
2. To extol, MBh. 4, 121.
I. m.
1. Colour, Hit. iii. d. 33.
2. Staining the body with coloured unguents.
3. Coloured cloth thrown over the back of an elephant.
4. Gold.
5. Beauty.
6. Theatrical dress or embellishment.
7. Quality, property.
8. Fame.
9. Praise.
10. A musical mode, Pañc. v. d. 44.
11. The arrangement of a poem.
12. A caste, Man. 1, 91; Hit. pr. 46, M.M. (hīna-, adj. One of a low caste); caste and colour at once, Rājat. 5, 377; class, tribe, kind.
13. Religious observance.
II. m. and n.
1. Perfume for the person.
2. Form, figure.
3. Sort, kind.
4. A letter of the alphabet, Bhāṣāp. 163; Vikr. 78, 10.
5. A syllable, Śrut. 19.
6. The purity of gold, as ascertained by its streak on the touch-stone.
III. n. Saffron.
-- Comp. a-, m. reproach, blame, Ragh. 14, 38. agni-,
I. adj. 1. fire-coloured, Rām. 3, 58, 35. 2. boiling hot, Man. 11, 91.
II. m. a proper name, Hariv. 828. eka-, adj. 1. onecoloured, plain, MBh. 13, 3781. 2. identical, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 29. 3. consisting in one caste only, MBh. 3, 13051. jyeṣṭha-, m. a Brāhmaṇa, MBh. 13, 6571. durvarṇa, i. e. dus-,
I. adj. of a bad colour, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 45.
II. n. silver. dhūmra-,
I. adj. grey-coloured, Rām. 4, 39, 28.
II. m. 1. the name of a mountain, Hariv. 12856. 2. a proper name, ib. 1799. bhinna-, adj. discoloured, pale, Megh. 82; cf. Pañc. i. d. 212 (bhinna-svara-mukha-varṇa, speechless and pale, or, 'with altered accents and complexion'). madhu-, adj. sweet, like honey, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2. megha-, adj. cloud-coloured, Indr. 5, 15. yathārha-, i. e. yathā-arha-, m. a spy. labdha-, adj. learned, Ragh. 11, 2. vi-,
I. adj. 1. wanting colour, pale, Nal. 2, 2. 2. bad-coloured. 3. changing colour. 4. low.
II. m. a man of a low caste. sa-,
I. adj. 1. like, resembling, Megh. 18. 2. of the same caste, kind, MBh. 2, 865.
II. f. ṇā, Chāyā, the wife of the sun. sama-,
I. adj. of the same colour, caste, etc.
II. m. community of caste. su-,
I. adj. 1. of a good colour. 2. brilliant. 3. of a good tribe.
II. n. 1. gold, Pañc. 191, 25. 2. wealth.
III. m. and n. a weight of gold equal to sixteen Māṣas, i. e. about seventy-five grains Troy, Man. 8, 134; a sort of coin, Pañc. 134, 3.
IV. m. 1. a sort of sacrifice. 2. a tree, Cassia fistula.
V. f. ṇā, the name of several plants. hiraṇya-, f. ṇā, a river.
I. A substitute for varṇa, at the end of comp. adj., Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8 (kṛpaṇa-, Of a miserable complexion).
II. m., and f. kā, A paint, as indigo, orpiment, etc., Bhaṭṭ. 19, 16.
III. m. and n.
1. Perfume for the person.
2. Sandal.
IV. m.
1. A panegyrist.
2. A circle.
V. f. kā, Touch or purity of gold.
-- Comp. tri-, n. the three myrobalans, Suśr. 1, 161, 5.
I. n.
1. Colouring.
2. Describing, description, Chr. 235, 1. 2; Daśak. in Chr. 185, 22; tale, Pañc. 187, 14.
II. f. nā.
1. Describing, description, Vikr. 19, 9 (prati-avayava-, A detailed description, limb for limb).
2. Praise, Lass. 2. ed. 81, 1.
1. A painter.
2. A singer.
I. m. A scribe.
II. f. kā.
1. A pen.
2. Ink.
3. Colour, Śāk. d. 142, v. r.
4. Attire, Prab. 3, 18, Mālat. 4, 11.
I. adj., i. e. varṇa + in, f. nī, Belonging to a caste or tribe.
II. m.
1. A painter.
2. A scribe.
3. A religious student, Ragh. 5, 19.
4. A man of either of the four castes.
III. f. nī.
1. A woman.
2. Turmeric.
-- Comp. vara-varṇinī, f. 1. an excellent woman, Rām. 3, 53, 30. 2. a virtuous woman, Chr. 47, 39. 3. Gaurī. 4. Lakṣmī. 5. Sarasvatī. 6. turmeric. 7. lac. 8. a yellow pigment = rocanā.
I. adj. Who is, or exists, or abides.
II. m., and f. takā and tikā (Chr. 298, 6 = Rigv. i. 112, 6), A quail, Hit. iii. d. 22; Mālat. 135, 8.
III. m. A horse's hoof.
IV. n. A sort of mixed metal.
-- Cf. vartikā.
I. adj. Staying.
II. m. A dwarf.
III. f. nī, and n.
1. Staying, abiding, Utt. Rāmac. 17, 2.
2. A road.
3. Grinding.
4. A ball.
IV. n.
1. Turning.
2. A ball of cotton from which the threads are spun.
3. Occupation, Pañc. i. d. 12.
4. Livelihood, Hit. 114, 2.
5. Appointing, being appointed, Hit. 98, 8.
6. Wages, Hit. i. d. 45, M.M.
7. A soldier's pay, Hit. 98, 10; 99, 18.
8. Colouring, Kir. 10, 42.
and nī vartani/ī, i. e. vṛt + ana + ī, f. A road, Chr. 298, 18 = Rigv. i. 112, 18.
and vartī varti/ī (vb. vṛt), f.
1. Perfume for the person.
2. The wick of a lamp, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 8 (ti).
3. A line, a ruled line.
4. A magic ball, Pañc. 241, 2 (ti), sqq.(?).
5. The ends of a cloth.
6. A sort of collyrium, Mālat. 14, 14; Utt. Rāmac. 24, 12 (amṛta-varti, consisting of nectar).
7. A bougie.
1. The wick of a lamp.
2. Colour, Śāk. d. 142(?).
3. A pencil, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 13; Ragh. 19, 19; Mālat. 21, 3.
-- Comp. yoga-, f. a magic lamp (see varti), Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10.
-- Cf. vartaka.
1. Abiding, resting, Pañc. i. d. 224.
2. Being, Hit. 65, 5, M.M.
-- Comp. ucchāstra-, i. e. ud-śāstra-, adj. one who transgresses the sacred precepts, Man. 4, 87. unmārga-, i. e. ud-mārga-, adj. following evil courses, Rājat. 5, 209. guṇa-, adj. pursuing the path of virtue, Rām. 2, 82, 18. guru-, adj. one who behaves respectfully towards his parents and spiritual teacher, ib. 4, 35, 12. cakra-, m., f. inī, 1. a sovereign of the world, MBh. 12, 808. 2. a sovereign, Kathās. 1, 13. dūra-, adj. being afar, Megh. 100. ati-dūra-, adj. being far over, surpassing, Śāk. 146, 8, Chezy nyāya-, adj. well-behaving, Pañc. i. d. 393. pārśva-, adj. being at the side, Ragh. 19, 4. purovartin, i. e. puras-, adj. being before one's eyes, in one's presence, Vikr. d. 72. pratikūla-, adj. troubling, Kumāras. 3, 24. vaśa-, adj. acting according to another's will, obedient. sama-, m. Yama. hasta-, adj. being in one's hand, Hit. iii. d. 85.
1. Abiding, being fixed.
2. Facing an enemy, standing firm in battle.
3. A circle.
I. adj. Round, circular, Lass. 5, 10.
II. m.
1. A ball.
2. A pea.
III. f. lā, A ball at the end of a spindle to assist its rotation.
1. A road, Vikr. 13, 20; way, Hit. i. d. 197, M.M. (paṅka-, A swamp-way).
2. An eyelid.
-- Comp. ākāśa-, n. a way through the air, Hit. 111, 8 (instr. through the air). kṛṣṇa-, m. fire, Man. 2, 94. ghana-, n., nabhas-, n. the sky, Kir. 5, 17; 4, 29. rājavartman, i. e. rājan-, n. a royal or main road.
I. n., and f. rī, A leathern thong for securing a saddle.
II. n. Leather.
1. † To cut.
2. To fill (rather Caus. of vṛdh).
I. m.
1. i. e. vṛdh + a, Increase.
2. Cutting.
II. n. Red lead.
A. vṛdh + ana,
I. adj.
1. Growing, increasing.
2. Causing to increase, Nal. 3, 20.
II. n.
1. Growing, increasing.
2. Causing to increase, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 19; Hit. ii. d. 58.
3. Making powerful, Hit. iii. d. 3.
4. Elevation, ii. d. 132.
B. n. Cutting.
C. f. nī.
1. A small waterjar.
2. A brush.
-- Comp. kamala-, m. the name of a king, Rājat. 5, 446. kula-, adj. propagating a family, Rām. 1, 15, 46 (Brāhmaṇav. read °dhanaḥ). nandi-,
I. adj. causing joy, MBh. 5, 2937.
II. m. 1. a son, Rām. 6, 112, 4. 2. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 13, 14. nābhi-, n. the section of the navelstring, Man. 2, 29. puṇya-, n. the name of a town, Lass. 21, 16. meru-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 366. ratna-, Śaṃkara-, Śambu-, m. proper names, Rājat. 5, 40; 268; 300. vaṃśa-, m. one by whom his race prospers, Vikr. 87, 20. varṣa-, n. increase of years, or causing increase of years(?), Utt. Rāmac. 85. 7.
1. Cutting, dividing.
2. i. e. vardhāpaya (anomal. Caus. of vṛdh), + ana; also °naka °na + ka, A festival on a birthday, Lass. ed. 18, 8; Pañc. ed. orn. 49, 16.
1. Growing, increasing.
2. Augmenting, Utt. Rāmac. 170, 7; Chr. 51, 5.
1. Growing, increasing.
2. Enlarging, expanding.
-- Comp. ghora-, adj. having a terrible figure, Chr. 292, 2 = Rigv. i. 64, 2.
-- Comp. varman may be added after all Kṣatriya names, Colebr. Essays, i. 278; e. g. apahāra-, Avanti-, Kṛta-, Go-pāla-, Cakra-, Caṇḍa-, Candra-, m. proper names, Daśak. i. Chr. 179, 3; Rājat. 5, 2; MBh. 1, 562; Rājat. 5, 181; 287; Daśak. in Chr. 200, 23; MBh. 1, 2668. dharma-, n. the armour or protection of the law, epithet of Kṛṣṇa, Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 23. nirjita-, i. e. nis-jita, Śaṃkara-, Śūra-, m. proper names, Rājat. 5, 251; 128; 22.
I. (probably borrowed from [greek] cf. barbara), m.
1. A barbarian, an outcaste.
2. The country inhabited by barbarians.
II. m.
1. Woolly or curly hair.
2. A sort of worm.
3. The clash of weapons.
4. A mode of dancing.
III. f. rā and ri, A small bee.
IV. n. Vermilion.
1. Curly or woolly hair.
2. A name of Śiva.
I. adj. at the end of a comp. Raining, Hit. ii. d. 147.
II. m. and n.
1. Rain, Megh. 36; figurat., Chr. 39, 3 (a shower of arrows).
2. A cloud.
3. A year, Rām. 3, 53, 10 (n.); Pañc. 159, 14 (n.).
4. A division of the known continent, of which there are reckoned nine, Bhāg. P. 8, 9, 22.
5. India, also called bhārata-,
II. f. ṣā.
1. pl. The rainy season, Man. 3, 173; Hit. 80, 15.
2. A sort of gramineous plant.
-- Comp. a-, m. drought, Rām. 3, 35, 28. aṣṭavarṣa, i. e. aṣṭan-, adj. eight years old, Man. 9, 94. tirovarṣa, i. e. tiras-, adj. protected against rain, MBh. 4, 171. dvādaśavarṣa, i. e. dvādaśan-, n. pl. twelve years, Pañc. i. d. 238 (perhaps two words). pra-, m. raining fast, Pañc. 93, 2. śara-, m. a shower of arrows, Chr. 4, 20.
I. adj. Producing rain.
II. m. A cloud.
III. f. rī, A cricket.
-- Comp. a-, m. drought, Lass. 27, 2.
1. A cloud.
2. An eunuch, Pañc. 43, 5; 53, 2.
I. m. A frog.
II. f. bhū and bhvī.
1. A she-frog.
2. Hog-weed.
-- Comp. a-pātra-, adj. raining n (i. e. giving presents to) unworthy persons, Hit. iii. d. 101. abhīṣṭa-, i. e. abhi-iṣṭa-varṣa + in, adj. yielding the wished-for rain, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1915. citra-, adj. raining in an extraordinary manner, Hariv. 11145. ṣaṣṭi-, adj. sixty years old, Hiḍ. 1, 13.
1. Oldest.
2. Very abundant, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 88, 1. varṣīyaṃs varṣīyaṃs (its comparat.), Very aged, old, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 4 (properly from varṣa + vant).
1. The body, Johns. Sel. 94, 54; Hiḍ. 2, 7 (at the end of a comp. adj. Having the body of a mass of clouds, i. e. as black as a big cloud).
2. Height.
3. A measure, largeness, Ragh. 4, 76; MBh. 1, 1443.
4. A handsome form.
-- With the prep. ni ni, i. 10, To destroy, Śiś. 1, 29; cf. barh.
1. To cover.
2. To be attached to, Nal. 3, 5.
3. To hasten, Śiś. 6, 38; Gīt. 6, 3.
4. To move to and fro, Śiś. 6, 11; Vikr. 59, 20.
5. To increase, Gīt. 1, 26. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. valita.
1. Surroundea.
2. Moved, Rājat. 5, 360; 481; moving, Mālat. 16, 9; turned, 16, 19; Amar. 83.
3. Constrained. Caus. To cause to move, Śiś. 6, 3. Cf. s. v.
-- With the prep. ati ati, an-ativalita, see s. v. valita.
-- With vi vi, vivalita, Turned away, Amar. 44.
-- With sam sam, saṃvalita,
1. Encompassed, Kir. 5, 48.
2. United, Mālat. 73, 4.
3. Mixed Kir. 5, 38.
4. Possessed of.
1. Turning, Amar. 19.
2. Agitation, 26.
I. m. and n.
1. A bracelet, Pañc. iii. d. 235.
2. Circle, circumference, Śiś. 9, 8 (diś-, The universe).
II. m.
1. An enclosure, Ragh. 13, 21.
2. Inflammation of the larynx.
-- Comp. akṣa-sūtra-, n. a rosary, Utt. Rāmac. 106, 2. ku-, see s. v. bhū-, m. n. the terrestrial globe, Mārk. P. 20, 51. lekhā-, an encircling line, Vikr. d. 140. vratati-, a creeper winding round like a bracelet, Śāk. d. 32.
1. Surrounded, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2245.
2. Whirling, Mālat. 75, 21.
I. m. A crane.
II. f. kā (also balākā, Man. 5, 14).
1. The female crane, Megh. 9.
2. A crane in general, Man. 11, 135.
3. A flight of cranes.
4. A mistress.
-- Comp. an-ativalita, adj. almost free from wrinkles (cf. Amar. 47, Sch.), Daśak. in Chr. 198, 22.
-- Cf. val.
1. A bird.
2. (n.), The root of a lotus.
† valk, i. 10, Par. To speak.
1. m. n. The bark of a tree, Kir. 1, 35.
2. n. The scales of a fish.
-- Comp. danta-, n. the enamel of the teeth, Suśr. 1, 305, 8.
1. The bark of a tree, Pañc. 188, 13.
2. A cloth made of bark, Pañc. v. d. 21.
1. To go by leaps, MBh. 3, 16123.
2. To bounce, Bhartṛ. 3, 73.
3. To gallop, Rājat. 5, 342.
4. To move in different ways, Pañc. i. d. 71.
5. To fluctuate, MBh. 3, 12080. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. valgita, n.
1. Running, Lass. 2. ed. 50, 15.
2. A horse's gallop.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To run to, MBh. 4, 342.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To gallop, Utt. Rāmac. 119, 4.
-- With vi vi, To burst asunder, Mṛcch. 85, 15.
-- With sam sam, saṃvalgita, Overrun, resounding, Mālat. 79, 16.
-- Cf. valgu and perhaps A.S. wlaence, pompa.
I. adj.
1. Handsome, Pañc. i. d. 202.
2. Precious, Hit. iii. d. 70.
II. adv. Beautifully, Pañc. i. d. 71.
III. m. A goat.
I. adj. Handsome.
II. n.
1. Sandal.
2. A wood.
3. Price.
I. m. The flying fox.
II. f. lā, A sort of bird.
† valbh, i. 1, Ātm. To eat.
and valyūl valyu/ŪL, see palpūl.
† vall, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To be covered.
I. adj., f. bhā.
1. Beloved, Pañc. 169, 25; v. d. 8; superl. °bhatama, dearest, Bhartṛ. 2, 78.
2. Superintendent.
II. m.
1. A lover, a favourite, Pañc. 129, 7; Rājat. 5, 380.
2. The chief herdsman.
3. A horse with good marks.
III. f. bhā, A mistress, Rājat. 5, 6.
-- Comp. kuvera-, m. a proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17. śrī-, m. a favourite of fortune, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1912.
1. Love, Prab. 10, 8.
2. State of a favourite, Pañc. ii. d. 75.
-- Comp. ati-, f. excessive love, Pañc. 221, 5.
and rī vallari/ī, f.
1. A creeping plant, Pañc. 229, 16 (ri).
2. A compound pedicle.
-- Comp. alaka-, f. pl. creeper-like curls, Amar. 58. viṣa-vallarī, f. a poisonous creeper, Bhartṛ. 1, 75. soma-, f. the Soma plant, Sarcostema viminalis.
I. m.
1. A cook.
2. A herdsman, Nalod. 1, 2.
3. A name of Bhīmasena.
II. f. vī, A cowherdess, Kir. 4, 17.
f.
I., and vallī valli/ī, A creeper, Man. 1, 48 (lī); Pañc. 229, 9; Bhartṛ. 3, 23 (lī).
II. valli, The earth.
III. lī, A plant, Ligusticum ajwaen.
-- Comp. nāga-valli/ī, f. the betel plant, Piper betel, Śiś. 9, 65. sūrya-vallī, f. a plant, Cleome viscosa.
1. A thicket, a wood.
2. An arbour, a bower.
3. A place overrun with wild grass, an uncultivated field.
4. A solitude, a wild.
5. A place destitute of water, a desert.
6. A field.
7. A compound pedicle.
I. (m., f. rā, and) n.
1. Dried flesh, Man. 5, 13.
2. Hog's flesh.
II. n. (cf. the last).
1. A thicket.
2. A field overrun with grass.
3. A desert.
† valh, i. 1, Ātm. To be pre-eminent; cf. balh and varh.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj.
1. Willing.
2. Tamed, overpowered, Pañc. 208, 13.
3. Subdued by charms, fascinated.
II. m. and n. Wish, desire.
III. n.
1. Will, authority, power, Rām. 3, 55, 18; Pañc. 38, 3.
2. abl. °śāt, at the end of a compound word, By means, Pañc. 32, 24; on account of, Vikr. d. 2; Pañc. 33, 6; 148, 10; 264, 23.
3. Subjection, Pañc. iii. d. 10; 30; vaśe kṛ, To overpower, Rām. 3, 55, 7; submission, Pañc. iv. d. 60; vaśe bhū, To be subjected, to obey, Rām. 3, 55, 18.
4. Birth.
IV. m.
1. The residence of harlots.
2. A proper name, Chr. 296, 10 = Rigv. i. 112, 10.
V. f. śā.
1. A wife.
2. A daughter.
3. A husband's sister.
4. A woman.
5. A cow.
6. A female elephant, Vikr. d. 110.
7. A barren cow.
8. A barren woman, Man. 8, 28.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. śā, 1. having no free will, unwilling, against one's wish, Rām. 2, 59, 4; powerless, Hit. iii. d. 133; without being able to resist, Rām. 4, 6, 12; Man. 5, 33. 2. unsubdued, Hit. i. d. 17, M.M.
3. disobedient, Hit. ii. d. 173. °śam, adv. necessarily, Hit. ii. d. 75. aṅkuśa-, adj. obeying the goad of an elephant, Pañc. i. d. 373. ātmavaśa, i. e. ātman-,
I. m. subjection to one's self, Hit. ii. d. 54, M. M.
II. adj. independent, Man. 4, 159. karmavaśa, i. e. karman-, adj. dependent upon the acts performed in former existences, MBh. 13, 72. krodha-,
I. (m.), the power of wrath, Man. 2, 214.
II. adj. 1. ruled by wrath, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 29. 2. the name of several bad spirits. daiva-, n. will of fate, Pañc. 160, 17; 174, 25. nidrā- (n.), sleep (literally, power of sleep), Pañc. 37, 7. para-, adj. depending on another, Hit. i. d. 201, M.M. mantra-oṣadhi-, adj. to be overcome by charms and herbs, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3197. moha- (n.), unconsciousness (literally, power of unconsciousness), Chr. 36, 21. vi-, adj., f. śā (deprived of will). 1. subject, subjected, Rām. 3, 55, 51; Hit. i. d. 171, M.M. (even against their will). 2. independent. 3. uncontrolled, unsubdued. 4. apprehensive of death, Bhartṛ. 2, 29. 5. desirous of death, having the soul free from worldly cares, dead, Ragh. 8, 81. sva-, adj. self-controlled, ruled by one's free will, Hiḍ. 4, 4; independent, Vikr. d. 37.
1. adj. Obedient, subject, MBh. 3, 14687; Pañc. i. d. 155; 285.
2. f. gā, An obedient wife.
1. Subduing by magical means, Lass. 3, 19 (tva).
2. Subjugation, dominion, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2977.
I. adj., f. nī, Subdued.
II. m. One who has subdued his senses, a sage, Śāk. d. 47.
III. f. nī.
1. A tree, Mimosa Sama Roxb.
2. A parasite plant.
I. m. The name of several plants.
II. n. Sea salt (cf. vasuka).
1. Subduing in general, Pañc. i. d. 80.
2. Subduing by magical expedients.
I. adj., f. yā.
1. Governable, able to be subdued, Pañc. iii. d. 128; subdued, Pañc. 156, 10; 23, 3; being in one's power, 146, 24.
2. Obedient, ib. 46, 20.
II. m. A dependent, a slave.
III. f. yā, An obedient wife.
IV. n. Cloves.
-- Comp. a-vaśya + m, see s. v. kāma-, adj. subdued by love, MBh. 3, 11590.
† vaṣ, baṣ baṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt or kill.
† vaṣk, viṣk viṣk, i. 10, Par. To see; see vask.
-- Cf. Lat. vacca.
1. vas, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 2, 48, 21).
1. To dwell, MBh. 1, 749; sometimes with vāsam, Man. 2, 242; Chr. 60, 30; to dwell with (with the loc.), Nal. 15, 7.
2. To pass (the night), Rām. 1, 29, 1.
3. To live, Hit. 127, 11 (asmad-sevayā, as our servant). Pass. imps. uṣya, Pañc. 30, 24 (uṣyatām, may it be lived). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. uṣita.
1. Dwelt, having dwelt, Chr. 11, 13.
2. Remaining in or on.
3. Stale. Anomal. ptcple. of the fut. pass. vāstavya, To be dwelt, Pañc. iii. d. 236. m.
1. An inhabitant, a citizen, Pañc. 48, 25.
2. A kinsman, a dependent. Comp. grāma-, m. the inhabitant of a village, MBh. 12, 4803. Anomal. absol. uṣya, Rām. 1, 48, 8. Caus. vāsaya,
1. To cause to dwell, MBh. 4, 278; to lodge, Hit. 92, 19.
2. To people, Hit. iii. d. 95.
3. To receive hospitably, MBh. 3, 982.
4. To let abide, MBh. 4, 5600. vāsita, Well peopled, Hit. iii. d. 95; see s. v. † i. 10, Par. vasaya, To dwell.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi,
1. To inhabit, Rām. 1, 34, 46.
2. To dwell, Utt. Rāmac. 55, 16. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. samayādhyuṣita, see s. v.
-- With anu anu,
1. To dwell with (with acc.), Rām. 2, 37, 26.
2. To inhabit, Bhaṭṭ. 5, 75.
-- With antar antar (adv.), To dwell in, Śiś. 3, 9.
-- With ā ā
1. To dwell with (with acc.), Rām. 2, 50, 2.
2. To inhabit, MBh. 3, 8032.
3. To have an adulterous connection with (acc.), Man. 8, 374.
4. To dwell, MBh. 3, 2014.
5. To undergo, to assume, Man. 3, 2. Caus.
1. To receive, Rām. 2, 12, 101.
2. To inhabit, MBh. 3, 12188.
-- With adhyā adhi-ā, To inhabit, MBh. 1, 5512.
-- With samā sam-ā, To inhabit, Rām. 2, 54, 41. Caus. To pitch, Hit. 84, 11, M.M. (samāvāsita-kaṭaka, adj. Having pitched his camp).
-- With ud ud, Caus. To expel, Pañc. 47, 6.
-- With upa upa,
1. To inhabit.
2. To fast, Man. 2, 220. upoṣita,
1. Fasted.
2. Who has fasted, Pañc. 199, 12.
3. Fasting. n. Fast, Man. 5, 155. Caus. To cause to fast, to instruct to fast, Rām. 2, 5, 4.
-- With ni ni,
1. To dwell, Pañc. 160, 23; Man. 2, 24.
2. To pass (the night), MBh. 4, 276.
-- With adhini adhi-ni, To dwell near (with acc.), Bhartṛ. 3, 77.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To dwell, MBh. 3, 16777.
-- With nis nis, To dwell abroad, MBh. 3, 915(?). Caus.
1. To expel, MBh. 2, 2644; Pañc. iii. d. 270.
2. To banish, Utt. Rāmac. 112, 6.
-- With pari pari, paryuṣita,
1. One who has passed the night, Pañc. 40, 13.
2. Stale, not fresh, Man. 4, 211; Pañc. ii. d. 102 (of a flower); Häberl. Anthol. 6, 4.
3. Insipid, Nal. 12, 13; MBh. 3, 2856.
-- With pra pra,
1. To dwell abroad, Rām. 2, 36, 8.
2. To order to dwell abroad, Rām. 2, 41, 6. proṣita,
1. Departed, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 11.
2. Absent, being on a journey, Megh. 49. Caus. To send abroad, to banish, Man. 8, 123.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To dwell abroad, Man. 2, 132. viproṣita, Having been abroad, Rām. 2, 103, 26. Caus. To banish, Man. 8, 219.
-- With prati prati,
1. To dwell near, Hit. 110, 2.
2. To dwell, Pañc. 32, 23.
-- With vi vi,
1. To dwell, to pass, Rām. 1, 23, 23.
2. To pass away, Pañc. 130, 7. Caus.
1. To dismiss, MBh. 3, 8277.
2. To banish, Man. 8, 123.
-- With sam sam,
1. To dwell, or to live with (with the acc.), Man. 11, 190.
2. To cohabit (acc.), Man. 9, 77.
-- Cf. Goth. visan; A.S. wesan, ed-wist, werig; O.H.G. wesan and werên, wonên; A.S. wunian; Lat. Vesta, vestibulum, verna; [greek] probably [greek]
2. vas (the original form of uṣ, q. cf.), base of the present, uccha, i. 6, Par. To shine, Chr. 287, 3 = Rigv. i. 48, 3 (ucchāt, conj. imperf., and uvāsa, pf. red.). Infin. vastave, ib. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2.
-- With the prep. vi vi, vyuṣṭa, see separately.
-- Cf. Goth. uhtvo, see uṣas.
3. vas, ii. 2, Ātm.
1. To wear, as clothes, Man. 1, 101; 2, 41.
2. To put on, Man. 4, 116.
-- With ni ni, To put on, Nal. 10, 29. Caus. To put on, MBh. 3, 2631.
-- With pra pra, To put on, Rām. 2, 100, 30.
-- With prati prati, Caus. To dress, MBh. 2, 2502.
-- With vi vi, Caus. To put on, MBh. 2, 2520.
-- Cf. Goth. vasjan (to wear), vasti; A.S. werian; Lat. vestis; [greek] (= ved. vasman, Rigv. iv. 13, 4), [greek]
† 4. vas, i. 4, Par. To be unbending.
5. vas, i. 10, vāsaya, Par.
1. † To love.
2. To cut.
3. † To take, or to offer, or to kill.
6. 3. -vas, adj. Wearing, Ragh. 11, 16.
and tī vasati/ī (vb. 1. vas), f.
1. A dwelling-place, Vikr. d. 137 (ti); Pañc. 123, 16 (ti, at the end of a comp. adj.).
2. A house, Nalod. 4, 29.
3. (perhaps vb. 3. vas), Night, Sāv. 4, 5; figurat., Chr. 48, 4 (ti).
-- Comp. garbha-vasati, f. the womb, Hariv. 3312. durvasati, i. e. dus-, f. an uneasy dwelling, Ragh. 8, 93. ramaṇa-vasati, f. the dwelling-place of the lover, Megh. 38.
1. 3. vas + ana, n.
1. A dwelling.
2. Covering.
3. Cloth, Vikr. d. 115.
4. Also f. nā, An ornament worn by women round the loins.
-- Comp. su-, adj., f. nā, elegantly attired, Johns. Sel. 41, 49.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. The season of spring, Pañc. v. d. 4; personified, Lass. 2. ed. 51, 26.
2. Diarrhoea.
3. Small-pox.
-- Comp. su-, m. the day of full moon in the month Caitra, a festival in honour of Kāma.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. ver.
1. Marrow, Nalod. 3, 11; brain (-caṭā, the mass of the brain), Kathās. 25, 274.
2. Fat, adeps, Pañc. 253, 23.
3. Oily exudation, Man. 5, 135.
3. vas + i, (m. f. ?), Clothes.
I. adj.
1. Sweet.
2. Dry.
II. m.
1. A kind of demigod, Rām. 3, 52, 42; MBh. 1, 2582.
2. A name of Agni.
3. Śiva.
4. Kuvera, Kir. 1, 18.
5. The sun.
6. A ray of light, Śiś. 9, 10 (at the end of a comp. adj.; cf. 2. vas).
7. A rein.
8. The tie of a yoke.
9. A tree.
10. The name of two plants.
11. A kind of fish.
12. A proper name, Lass. 2. ed. 67, 21.
III. n.
1. Wealth, Lass. 100, 8 = Rigv. vii. 15, 4 (vasvas, ved. abl.); Nal. 5, 48; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 14.
2. Gold, MBh. 3, 13472.
3. A gem.
4. Water.
5. A sort of salt.
6. A yellow kind of kidney bean.
-- Comp. punar-, m. 1. the seventh of the lunar asterisms, Ragh. 11, 36. 2. a name of Viṣṇu and Śiva, MBh. 12, 1511. purā-, m. a name of Bhīṣma. mitrāvasu, i. e. mitra-, m. a proper name, Śāk. 79, 2. vibhā-, m. 1. the sun, Lass. 2. ed. 78, 76. 2. the moon, Śṛṅgārat. 2. 3. fire.
-- Cf. [greek] cf. vasna.
I. m.
1. A tree, Sesbana grandiflora.
2. A shrub, Asclepias gigantea.
II. n. Sea salt (cf. vaśira).
-- Comp. kṣetra-, f. cultivated land, Rām. 3, 4, 17.
I. adj., f. matī, Wealthy, Johns. Sel. 6, 33.
II. f. matī.
1. The earth, Vikr. d. 79.
2. A proper name.
† vask, vaṣk vaṣk, vakk vakk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
† vast, i. 1, Ātm. To torment.
I. m. A goat, Man. 11, 138.
II. i. e. 1. vas + ta, n. A house.
1. The belly below the navel, Man. 8, 234.
2. The bladder, Suśr. 2, 201, 12.
3. A bag made of bladder.
4. Abiding (vb. 1. vas).
5. pl. The skirt of a cloth (vb. 3. vas).
-- Comp. indra-, the calf (of the leg), Suśr. 1, 348, 16.
1. vas + tu, n.
1. Natural disposition.
2. Essence, the true object, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 10; substance, wealth, Lass. 12, 14.
3. Object, Bhartṛ. 2, 37; thing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 9, Pañc. 253, 19; means, Hit. i. d. 30, M.M.
4. The object of love, Megh. 111.
5. The subject of a poem or play, Vikr. 3, 8.
-- Comp. a-, n. the unreal, the nothing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 9, 10. a-dvitīya-, n. the substance besides which there is nothing else, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 2. grathita-, adj. composed, Vikr. 3, 8.
1. vas + tya, or vasta + ya, n. A house.
3. vas + tra, n. m. Cloth, garment, Pañc. 29, 10; bed-linen, 62, 13.
-- Comp. antar-, n. a lower garment, Kathās. 4, 52. vi-, adj. deprived of clothes, naked, Lass. 14, 7. snāna-, n. a bathing cloth, Hit. ii. d. 102.
I. m.
1. Price.
2. Wages.
II. n.
1. Wealth.
2. Abiding (vb. 1. vas).
3. Substance, thing.
4. Cloth (vb. 3. vas).
5. Skin.
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek]); Lat. venum (acc.), ven -dere. The vb. which is the base of vasna is probably also the base of vasu (q. cf.), [greek] and [greek]
1. The capital of Kuvera, Ragh. 16, 10.
2. That of Indra.
3. The name of a lake.
1. To draw, Indr. 1, 7.
2. To carry, Vikr. d. 24.
3. To bear, MBh. 1, 5888; 8169; Hit. i. d. 78, M.M.; iv. d. 59 (mūrdhnā, on one's head, as token of reverence).
4. To have, Pañc. 218, 5; to feel, Rājat. 5, 11.
5. To carry away, Man. 8, 189; Lass. 98, 7 = Rigv. v. 9, 1 (ved. vakṣi, ii. 2).
6. To bring, Rām. 1, 23, 7.
7. Pass. To ride, MBh. 1, 5337.
8. To take in matrimony, MBh. 1, 3377.
9. To spit out, to vomit, Dev. 8, 45 (corr. perhaps vam, but cf. ud).
10. To proceed, to move, MBh. 3, 2786.
11. To flow, MBh. 3, 2936.
12. To breathe, Gīt. 5, 2. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ūḍha, Taken in marriage, Chr. 55, 4. f. ḍhā, A bride, a wife espoused according to the ritual. Comp. an-, f. ḍhā, a concubine, Sāh. Darp. 36, 9. navoḍhā, i. e. nava-, f. a newly-married woman, Hit. i. d. 211, M.M. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. vāhya, To be carried. m. A beast of burthen, Man. 8, 151. n. A carriage. Comp. rājavāhya, i. e. rājan-, m. a royal elephant. Caus. vāhaya,
1. To cause to be brought, Ragh. 5, 32 (Calc.).
2. Ātm. To cause to be conveyed, MBh. 1, 3153.
3. Ātm. To travel, Rām. 2, 92, 13.
4. Pass. To let one's self be employed as a vehicle, Pañc. 199, 4.
5. To cause to move, to direct, MBh. 4, 1832.
6. To cause something (a boat) to carry one's self, to ship in a boat, MBh. 1, 4014.
7. To cause to take in matrimony, MBh. 1, 4287.
8. To finish, Megh. 39. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vāhita, n. A heavy burden. Comp. preta-, adj. possessed by a spirit.
-- With the prep. ati ati, Caus.
1. To pass (as time), Pañc. 185, 25.
2. To suffer, Ragh. 13, 28 (Calc.).
-- With adhi adhi, adhyūḍha, Superseded by another wife, MBh. 2, 2332.
-- With apa apa, To carry away, MBh. 1, 2939. apoḍha, Left, Ragh. 11, 25. Caus.
1. To cause to be carried away, Rām. 1, 1, 51.
2. To cause to retreat, to remove, Pañc. 231, 5.
3. To cause to be driven away, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 24.
4. To carry away, Rām. 2, 45, 16.
5. To ride away, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 19.
-- With abhi abhi, abhivāhya, see s. v.
-- With ā ā,
1. To bring near, Chr. 288, 9 = Rigv. i. 48, 9; to bring, Man. 9, 5; Vikr. d. 48.
2. To bring on, to effect, Vikr. d. 128; to produce, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 14.
3. To come near, Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11. Caus. To cause to be brought, MBh. 2, 2770.
-- With udā ud-ā,
1. To convey near, MBh. 3, 15704.
2. To carry away, Chr. 31, 15.
3. To marry, MBh. 1, 8830.
-- With ud ud,
1. To bear on, Chr. 289, 1 = Rigv. i. 50, 1.
2. To lift up, Rām. 3, 55, 9; Pañc. v. d. 24.
3. To bounce, Pañc. 141, 4.
4. To bear, Hit. 127, 1; MBh. 1, 4272.
5. To feel, Mālat. 96, 4.
6. To show, Vikr. d. 136.
7. To carry away, Ragh. 7, 32.
8. To marry, Man. 3, 8.
9. To spit out, MBh. 3, 16129. Caus.
1. To give in matrimony, Pañc. iii. d. 217.
2. To ask in marriage, Pañc. 261, 5; to marry, Pañc. 181, 5.
3. To suffer to be expelled, MBh. 1, 3801.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To lift up, MBh. 2, 718.
2. To marry, Rām. 2, 107, 3.
-- With upa upa,
1. To convey near, MBh. 2, 2064.
2. To bring about, MBh. 2, 2051.
3. To bear, Rām. 2, 87, 23. upoḍha,
1. Near.
2. Collected, Śāk. d. 106; much, Vikr. d. 26; Daśak. in Chr. 194, 6.
3. Married, Rām. 1, 13, 37. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. Caus. upavāhya, m. A king's elephant.
-- With samupa sam-upa, samupoḍha, Risen, Utt. Rāmac. 131, 14.
-- With ni ni,
1. To bring, Chr. 297, 19 = Rigv. i. 112, 19.
2. To support, Gīt. 1, 16.
-- With nis nis, To extricate one's self, Lass. 45, 3. Caus.
1. To pass away, Pañc. 219, 14.
2. To fulfil, Hit. 106, 4.
3. To settle, Kathās. 13, 86.
-- With pra pra, Par. To draw, Rām. 2, 52, 43. prauḍha,
1. Raised, lifted up.
2. Forward (as the hand to seize anything).
3. Confident, bold, Rājat. 5, 457.
4. Arrogant.
5. Impudent, Lass. 85, 10.
6. Fullgrown, Śṛṅgārat. 1; full blowing, Megh. 26 (+ tva, n. Fertility [of imagination], Mālat. 3, 20).
7. Thick, heavy, dense (darkness, etc.), large, Rājat. 5, 476.
8. Old.
9. Married.
18. Controverted. f. ḍhā, A woman from thirty years of age to fifty-five. Comp. a-, adj. not bold, gentle, Rājat. 5, 458. ati-, adj. full-blown, Hit. 86, 2, M.M. an-ati-, adj. just shot up, Megh. 77.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To convey successively, MBh. 3, 13305.
-- With vi vi, To marry, MBh. 1, 3884. vyūḍha,
1. Arrayed, Rājat. 5, 260.
2. Compact.
3. Large, Nal. 12, 13. Caus.
1. To cause to marry, to grant sexual intercourse, Pañc. 129, 9.
2. To marry, Lass. 23, 11. Comp. ptcple. fut. pass. a-vivāhya, adj. Not to be married, Pañc. iii. d. 218. pratijñā-, adj., f. yā, To be married according to a vow (under a condition), Hit. 63, 19.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, To expel, MBh. 1, 6257.
-- With sam sam,
1. To convey, Rām. 1, 67, 4.
2. To bring near, MBh. 3, 13188. Caus. To agitate, Pañc. v. d. 14.
-- Cf. Lat. vehere, via, uxor (originally perhaps 'one who is about to marry,' a bride, which was perhaps also the original signification of vadhu/ū), probably bajulus; Goth. ga-vigan; A.S. wegan; Goth. vigs; A.S. weg; O.H.G. wagan; A.S. waegen; [greek] (cf. vaha), [greek] also A.S. weddian, To marry; cf. vadhu.
I. m.
1. Bearing, conveying.
2. Any vehicle, as a horse, a car.
3. The shoulder of an ox.
4. A road, a way.
5. Any male river, a current (? Sāv. 4, 31, at the end of a comp. adj. rather, carrying purity, i. e. clear).
6. Air, wind.
7. A measure of four droṇas.
II. f. hā, A river in general.
III. Latter part of comp. words; e. g. puṣpa-gandha-, adj. Bringing flowers and perfumes, Indr. 2, 9. sarva-gandha-, adj. Conveying all scents, Man. 1, 76. durvaha, i. e. dus-, adj., f. hā, Difficult to be borne, Utt. Rāmac. 41, 4; or carried, MBh. 12, 3047. vārttā-, m. A chandler, a vendor of grain, oil, etc. ślāghā-, adj., f. hā, Earning praise, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1155. su-,
I. adj.
1. Bearing well.
2. Patient.
3. Easy to be borne.
II. f. hā.
1. The Indian lute.
2. The name of several plants. huta- (vb. hu), m. Agni or fire, Megh, 44; Ṛt. 1, 27.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. via; Goth. vigs; O.H.G. wagan, see vah.
1. An ex.
2. A traveller.
I. m.
1. An ox.
2. A friend.
3. Air, wind.
II. f. tī, A river.
1. Bearing.
2. Flowing.
3. Any vehicle.
4. A raft, a boat.
I. adj. Hard, firm, compact, dense, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 7; Śiś. 9, 16; 8 (-anurāga, dark-red).
II. n. A raft.
I. adj. Going externally, out of somebody, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 2.
II. m. A crab.
I. adv.
1. Outwards, Pañc. i. d. 211; out, Hit. 29, 5, M.M.; with bhū, to go out, Pañc. 141, 19.
2. Outside the door, Rājat. 5, 353 (i. e. expecting one's introduction to the king).
3. In the open air, Rājat. 5, 275.
4. Apart (from the multitude), Man. 2, 79.
5. Except (viz. on his hair, Kull.), Man. 4, 72.
II. prep.
1. With a gen.
a. Besides, Man. 10, 45.
b. Outside, Daśak. 184, 7.
2. With abl. Outside, Rājat. 5, 329.
1. A sacrificer, Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11.
2. Fire, Pañc. ii. d. 96; or its deity, Rām. 3, 53, 60.
3. Digestion, appetite.
4. Marking-nut plant.
5. Lead-wort, Plumbago zeylanica.
I. n.
1. A vehicle in general.
2. A cart.
II. f. yā, The wife of a Muni.
1. vā (originally av + ā, cf. [greek]), ii. 2, Par.
1. To blow (as the wind), Man. 4, 122; Pañc. i. d. 353.
2. † To hurt. i. 4, vāya (gramm. vai vai, i. 1), Par. To become dry, to dry. Ptcple.
1. vāta, Blown.
2. vāna, Dry, dried (cf. both s. v.).
-- With the prep. ā ā, To blow upon (with acc.), Kir. 5, 36.
-- With nis nis,
1. To cease blowing.
2. To be extinguished, Śāk. 91, 11, Chezy.
3. To be refreshed, Śiś. 1, 65. nirvāta, see under vāta. nirvāṇa,
1. Extinguished, Hariv. 2391.
2. Liberated from existence, MBh. 13, 2178. n.
1. Being extinguished, expiring, MBh. 4, 716.
2. Final beatitude, ib. 14, 543.
3. Bliss, happiness, ib. 3, 10438, Śāk. 33, 2.
4. Repose. Comp. a-, adj. not yet calm, still wild, Ragh. 1, 71. Caus. vāpaya,
1. To extinguish, MBh. 1, 1608; to cool, Mālat. 128, 15.
2. To delight, Ragh. 9, 36 (Calc.).
-- With parinis pari-nis, a-parinirvāṇa, adj. Not completely finished, Śāk. 39, 20.
-- With pra pra,
1. To blow vehemently, Pañc. 169, 6.
2. To blow, Rām. 2, 71, 25.
3. To smell, to yield a seent, MBh. 1, 6934. pravāta, Agitated by the wind, Kumāras. 1, 47. Caus. To dry, MBh. 1, 8431.
-- With vi vi, To blow, Ṛt. 6, 22.
-- With sam sam, To blow at the same time, MBh. 4, 1288.
-- Cf. [greek] denomin., cf. [greek]), [greek] probably [greek] (= ātman), [greek] probably Lat. vanus, vapor (from the Caus.); Goth. vaian; O.H.G. wadal; see also vāta.
2. vā, A particle of,
1. Comparison, As, Draup. 7, 15; Rām. 1, 10, 37.
2. On the one side, Pañc. 43, 14 (kṣamyatāṃ yad vālpe kim api praṇaye nātirekād ayuktaṃ tad anuṣṭhitaṃ tava, What on the one side must be indulged to a very feeble affection, that, done by thee, will not be unsuitable on account of the excess of thy love).
3. Option, Or; vā -- vā, Either -or, Hit. ii. d. 159; Chr. 9, 34; Hit. 73, 22 (kiṃ vā -- na vā, Is it -- or not).
4. Doubt, Or if, but if, Pañc. 246, 21.
5. Opposition, But, Chr. 10, 8; Hiḍ. 4, 2.
6. Exception, Only.
7. Asseveration, Indeed, even, Pañc. pr. d. 6.
8. Conjunction, And.
9. With preceding atha (cf. atha), or also, Hit. iii. d. 95; or, Pañc. 142, 5; or if, Pañc. 137, 20; or rather, Pañc. 82, 17; or, 90, 4; but, Pañc. 27, 1; 38, 17; certainly, Vikr. 70, 21.
-- Cf. Lat. ve; [greek]
I. i. e. vaka + a,
1. adj. Relating to a crane.
2. n. A flight of cranes.
II. i. e. vac + a, latter part of comp. words, Sounding, speaking, cf. cakravāka, cīrīvāka.
-- Comp. nis-, m. a proper name, MBh. 12, 8901.
1. Speech, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2375; mama vākyāt, In my name, Pañc. 142, 24.
2. A sentence, Pañc. 41, 17.
3. A rule.
-- Comp. nirvākya, i. e. nis-, adj., f. yā, speechless, Rām. 6, 98, 14. mahā-, n. a principal sentence, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 9; 205, 21.
1. A whetstone.
2. A scholar.
3. One desirous of final emancipation.
4. A fearless one.
5. Certainty.
6. An obstacle.
7. Submarine fire.
8. A wolf.
1. Talkative.
2. Eloquent, Pañc. iii. d. 84.
† vāṅkṣ (perhaps akin to the last), i. 1, Par. To wish.
-- Cf. O.H.G. wunsc, wunskian; A.S. wiscan.
I. adj., f. yī.
1. Relating to speech, Bhag. 17, 15.
2. Endowed with speech, Johns. Sel. 94, 53.
3. Consisting of words, Ragh. 3, 28.
4. Eloquent.
II. n. Eloquence.
III. f. yī, Sarasvatī.
1. Speaking, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2647.
2. Speech, Pañc. iii. d. 112.
3. A word, Rām. 3, 51, 20 (voice?).
4. A phrase, a proverb.
5. Sarasvatī.
6. Voice, Chr. 44, 36.
-- Comp. an-ṛta-, adj. speaking an untruth, lying, Rām. 1, 6, 15. a-bhaya-, f. promise of safety, Hit. 59, 2. a-mogha-, adj. one whose speech is not idle. āpta-, 1. f. the word of a trustworthy person, Ragh. 10, 29. 2. adj. worthy of trust, Śāk. d. 121. durvāc, i. e. dus-, f. abuse, MBh. 1, 3076. duṣṭa-, m. a defamer, Man. 8, 386. nirvāc, i. e. nis-, adj. dumb, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 54. pra-, adj. eloquent. satya-,
I. adj. speaking truth, Rām. 3, 53, 12; Hit. 120, 15.
II. m. 1. a Ṛṣi. 2. a crow.
I. adj.
1. Speaking.
2. Expressed by words, signifying, Vedāntas. in Chr. 213, 2.
II. m.
1. A word, a significant sound.
2. A speaker.
3. A messenger.
1. Verbal.
2. Textual.
1. Speech, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 18.
2. A holy word, Pañc. 221, 7 (oath).
1. Talkative, Man. 3, 8 (ṭ).
2. Boasting, Megh. 92 (l).
I. adj.
1. Verbal.
2. Done by speech, Man. 12, 9.
II. n. News, intelligence.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. given by three holy words (by an oath), Pañc. 222, 16; 17. daṇḍa-, i. e. daṇḍavāc + ika, adj. performed by deeds or words, Man. 8, 6.
1. Blame, Hit. iii. d. 127.
2. Ill repute.
3. The quality of being predicable.
-- Comp. a-, f. blame (cf. a-vācya, s. v. vac), Kir. 11, 53.
I. m. and n. A wing (see comp.).
II. m.
1. Food, sacrificial food, Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11.
2. Battle, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
3. Speed.
4. The feather of an arrow.
5. Sound.
III. n.
1. Clarified butter.
2. Water.
3. Rice.
4. The acidulous mixture of ground meal and water left to ferment.
-- Comp. gṛdhra-, adj. adorned with a vulture's feathers, MBh. 9, 1413. citra-, adj. adorned with variegated feathers, Bhāg. P. 4, 10, 11. patra-, adj. endowed with feathers, Hariv. 13254.
-- Cf. perhaps Engl. wing.
I. adj. Swift, Chr. 290, 6 = Rigv. i. 64, 6.
II. m.
1. A sacrificer, Chr. 292, 3 = i. 86, 3.
2. A horse, Pañc. 218, 7; Rājat. 5, 143.
3. An arrow.
4. A bird.
III. f. nī, A mare.
-- Comp. śveta-, m. 1. the moon. 2. Arjuna.
1. To wish, to desire, Hit. iii. d. 18.
2. To pursue(?), Pañc. i. d. 421. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vāñchita, n. Wish, Vikr. d. 28; Pañc. iii. d. 42.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To wish, Hit. i. d. 161; Pañc. i. d. 134.
2. To long after, Hit. i. d. 165, M.M.
-- With sam sam, To wish, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 53.
-- Cf. vāṅkṣ.
-- Comp. sva-, instr. ad libitum, Hit. ii. d. 91.
I. adj., f. nī, Wishing, desirous.
II. f. nī, A libidinous woman.
I. adj. Made of the Indian fig-tree, Man. 2, 45.
II. n., f. tī, and n.
1. An enclosure, Johns. Sel. 40, 36; a grove(?), Bhāg. P. 1, 6, 11 (ṭī).
2. A mud wall.
3. The groin.
4. A road.
III. f. tī.
1. The site of a building.
2. A house.
-- Comp. govāṭa, m. a cow-pen, Hariv. 3397. puṣpa-vāṭī, f. a flower-garden, Pañc. 221, 10 (erroneously puṣya-). yajña-, m. a place prepared and enclosed for a sacrifice, Johns. Sel. 95, 64. veśa-vāṭa, house and court, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 10. śmaśāna-, m. a cemetery, Mālat. 77, 7.
1. The site of a house.
2. A garden, Pañc. 221, 10.
-- Comp. vṛkṣa-, f. an orchard, Śāk. 8, 21.
I. adj., comparat. sādhīyaṃs, superl. sādhiṣṭha.
1. Hard, firm; sādhīyaṃs, firmest, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 19.
2. Much.
II. acc. sing. ḍham, adv.
1. Much, excessively, Śiś. 9, 77.
2. Indeed, truly, Rām. 3, 51, 6; Śiś. 9, 51.
3. Well, very well, Pañc. 24, 11; yes, Daśak. in Chr. 192, 9.
I. m.
1. (perhaps for parṇa), An arrow, Pañc. 128, 1.
2. Fire.
3. The udder of a cow.
4. A pipe, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10 (with dhamantas, playing the pipe, i. e. roaring).
5. Alone.
6. The name of an Asura.
II. m., and f. ṇā.
1. The feathered part of an arrow.
2. Blue Barleria, Kir. 4, 28 (ṇā); 10, 24 (double meaning, also arrow).
-- Comp. a-sama-, Kusuma-, and pañca(n)-, m. Kāma (being armed with five arrows), Gīt. 4, 6; Pañc. 128, 1; Megh. 104. dṛṣṭi-, m. an arrow-like look, Hit. i. d. 193, M.M. vāra-, m. and n. an iron cuirass, or a thick quilted jacket. Ragh. 4, 55.
and vāṇī vāṇi/ī (vb. ve), f.
1. Weaving.
2. A weaver's loom.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Having an arrow or arrows, Arj. 5, 25; Rām. 3, 55, 12.
2. Speaking.
II. f. nī.
1. An intriguing woman.
2. An intoxicated woman, literally and figuratively.
3. A dancing girl.
1. Speech, Hit. i. d. 99, M.M.
2. Voice, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 88, 6; Pañc. 186, 17.
3. A literary production, Utt. Rāmac. 177, 6.
4. sarasvatī, the goddess of speech, Brahmav. 2, 78. See vāṇi.
1. To fan or ventilate.
2. † To give pleasure in travelling.
3. † To serve.
4. † To go.
1. Air, wind, Vikr. d. 25; breeze, 67, 3.
2. Rheumatism, gout, Śṛṅgārat. 14.
-- Comp. a-, (m. or n.), absence of wind, quiet, Lass. 97, 11 = Rigv. vi. 64, 4. anu-, m. the windward side; °te, loc. to the windward, Man. 3, 203. nirvāta, i. e. nis-,
I. adj. 1. not windy, calm. 2. ṣeltered from the wind, Hit. 80, 20.
II. m. absence of wind, Pañc. iii. d. 54. purovāta, i. e. puras-, m. east wind, Vikr. d. 81. pūti-, m. a fart, Bhāg. P. 5, 5, 30. prati-, see s. v.
-- Cf. Lat. ventus; Goth. vinds; A.S. wind; O.H.G. wetar; A.S. weder (cf. vātara); [greek]
-- Cf. Goth. vintrus; A.S. winter.
1. A galc.
2. The rainbow.
3. A bribe.
1. A sort of cup or vessel of wood, with an iron foot.
2. A club.
I. adj.
1. Windy, stormy.
2. Flatulent.
II. m.
1. Wind.
2. A sort of pulse, Cicer arietinum.
III. f. lā, A morbid state of the uterus.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not causing flatulence, Suśr. 1, 221, 17.
I. n.
1. A window, Pañc. 46, 11.
2. A porch, a pavilion, Utt. Rāmac. 22 13.
II. m.
1. A horse.
2. A proper name, Śāk. 81, 4.
1. (vb. vā), Air, wind.
2. The sun.
3. The moon.
I. adj.
1. Produced by wind.
2. Windy.
3. Rheumatic.
4. Mad, Sāh. Darp. 286, 14.
II. n. Fever or inflammation, ascribed to a vitiated state of the aerial humour.
and vātūla vātu/ūla (from vāta),
I. adj.
1. Gouty.
2. Mad (cf. the last), Hit. ii. d. 26 (tu); Rājat. 5, 83 (tū).
II. m. A whirlwind.
1. Speaking, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 11.
2. Sound, Pañc. 248, 11; words, i. d. 475.
3. Discussion, controversy, Man. 12, 46.
4. Exposition of holy texts, Man. 6, 50.
5. Demonstrated conclusion, result.
6. Accusation.
7. Report, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 19.
-- Comp. artha-, m. praise, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 14. āśīrvāda, i. e. āśis-, m. a benediction, Pañc. 208, 7. itihāsa-, m. a tale, Mālat. 47, 1. uccais-, m. boasting, Utt. Rāmac. 136, 2. dharma-, m. a conversation concerning law or virtue, Rām. 5, 48, 4. pakṣa-, m. uttering one's opinion, MBh. 7, 6009. pāṇi-, n. clapping of the hands, Rām. 2, 65, 4. pratikūla-, m. objection, in a-, adj. not opposing, MBh. 3, 10265. mithyā-, adj. speaking untruth, lying, Pañc. iii. d. 85. loka-, m. rumour, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 14. viṇā-, m. a lutanist. sāma(n)-, m. pl. words of conciliation, Pañc. iii. d. 27. hīna- (vb. hā), m. contradictory evidence, prevarication. hetu-, m. disputation.
1. A musician, Johns. Sel. 52, 116.
2. A speaker.
-- Comp. pāṇi-, m. one who makes a clapping of the hands, Rām. 2, 65, 4.
1. Speaking.
2. Wise.
1. A musical instrument, Man. 4, 64.
2. Instrumental music, Indr. 3, 9.
I. adj.
1. Speaking, Vikr. d. 118; Johns. Sel. 57, 164; a speaker, Bhartṛ. 3, 53.
2. Asserting.
3. Disputing, Bhartṛ. 3, 47.
II. m.
1. An expounder of the law.
2. A plaintiff, Lass. 92, 2.
3. Key-note.
-- Comp. artha-, adj. speaking truth, Pañc. 161, 19; cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 467. ahaṃvādin, i. e. aham- (see asmad), adj. self-conceited, Bhag. 18, 26. uttara-, m. the defendant (in an action at law), Yājñ. 2, 17. ṛta-, adj. speaking the truth, MBh. 13, 4402. dharma-, adj. one who likes to speak of law or virtue, Pañc. 166, 14. paṇḍita-, adj. pretending to be wise, Pañc. i. d. 437. pārva-, m. the plaintiff (in an action at law), Yājñ. 2, 17. pratīkūla-, adj. contradicting, opposing, MBh. 5, 1359. priya-, adj. speaking agreeably, as one wishes, Pañc. ii. d. 171; Hit. pr. d. 19, M.M. brahmavādin, i. e. brahman-, m. 1. one who recites the Vedas, Man. 6, 39. 2. an expounder of the Vedas, Man. 2, 113. 3. a follower of the Vedānta system. mantra-, adj. sbst. one who is conversant with charms, Pañc. 210, 17; 43, 10; Lass. 16, 12. mithyā-, adj., f. nī, lying, a liar, Pañc. 52, 14. satya-, adj., f. nī, speaking truth, Pañc. 100, 23. hīna- (vb. hā), adj. (speaking deficiently), 1. dumb. 2. contradictory. 3. inadmissible (as evidence). 4. cast in law, Pañc. 166, 18.
A. i. e. vā + na,
I. adj. Dry, Nalod. 2, 26.
II. m., f. nā, and n. Dry fruit.
III. n.
1. Moving.
2. A heavy sea.
3. A mat of straw.
4. Living.
5. A perfume.
B. n. A hole in the wall of a house.
C. i. e. vana + a,
I. adj. Relating to a wood, a house.
II. n. A number of woods, Nalod. 3, 6.
1. The Brāhmaṇa of the third order, who lives in woods, a hermit, Man. 6, 87.
2. The name of two particular trees.
I. m., and f. rī, A monkey, Pañc. 203, 3; 206, 15.
II. adj., f. rī, Belonging to a monkey, MBh. 13, 411.
I. adj. Belonging to a tree, Man. 8, 339.
II. m. and n. (Rām. 6, 96, 13), A tree bearing fruits from blossoms, as the mango.
and vāpī vāpi/ī, f. A pond, Ṛt. 6, 3 (pī); Pañc. iii. d. 91 (pī); an oblong reservoir of water.
-- Comp. svar-vāpī, f. the Gaṅgā.
I. adj.
1. Left (not right), Rājat. 5, 97; Megh. 94.
2. Reverse, adverse, Pañc. ii. d. 87; opposite, Śāk. d. 93 (those who act in an opposite way).
3. Bad, wicked, crooked, Kir. 11, 24.
4. Short.
5. Beautiful, Pañc. i. d. 152.
II. m.
1. Śiva.
2. Kāma.
3. An udder.
4. An animal.
5. A snake.
III. f. mā.
1. A woman.
2. Gaurī.
3. Lakṣmī.
4. Sarasvatī.
IV. f. mī.
1. A mare, Ragh. 5, 32.
2. A she-ass.
3. A young female elephant.
4. The female of a jackal.
V. n. Wealth, Chr. 287, 1 = Rigv. i. 48, 1.
-- Cf. O.H.G. winistar; A.S. wynstre.
I. adj. Left, Mālat. 5, 7.
II. n. A kind of gesture, Vikr. 59, 20.
I. adj.
1. Dwarfish, Johns. Sel. 96, 79; a dwarf, Johns. Sel. 95, 63; Bhāg. P. 8, 19, title.
2. Pressed flat or down, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830 (vāmanī-kṛta, Pressed down).
3. Vile, low.
II. m.
1. A name of Viṣṇu (on account of his avatāra in the shape of a dwarf, Bhāg. P. 8, 19).
2. The elephant that supports the south quarter, Rām. 1, 6, 23.
III. f. nā, The name of an Apsaras, Lass. 2. ed. 50, 23.
IV. f. nī, A female dwarf.
-- Comp. tantu-, Tantra-, m. 1. a weaver, Man. 8, 397; Rām. 2, 90, 15 Gorr. 2. a spider. tunna- (vb. tud), m. a tailor, Man. 4, 214.
I. m. A multitude.
II. adj. Weaving, a weaver (? in paṭṭikā-, A weaver of ribbons, Rām. 2, 90, 21 Gorr.; who has vāpaka, which Böhtl. changes in vāyaka).
I. adj. Windy.
II. f. vī, The region of the wind, the north-west.
1. Relating to the wind, Arj. 3, 30.
2. Coming from, belonging to, its deity, Vikr. d. 18; Utt. Rāmac. 143, 5.
3. Sacred to the deity of the wind. Chr. 31, 11.
I. m.
1. A crow, Pañc. 140, 16.
2. Two plants.
II. f. sī.
1. A she-crow, Hit. 67, 13.
2. A species of fig, Ficus oppositifolia.
3. A vegetable, Solanum indicum.
III. adj.
1. (vāyasa + a). Used by crows(?), Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 10.
2. (vayas + a), f. sī, Consisting of birds, Nalod. 1, 27.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. deprived of crows, Pañc. 148, 12.
1. Air, wind, Pañc. 184, 11; its deity, Man. 1, 23.
2. The air of the body.
3. Morbid affection of the windy humour.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. air as clement, Bhāṣāp. 43.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. urina, urceus, urna.
I. m.
1. A multitude, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 23; Rājat. 5, 342; a troop, ib. 453.
2. A moment.
3. Opportunity, time, Pañc. 256, 7.
4. Turn, Hit. 67, 21.
5. A day of the week, Hit. 48, 3 (bhaṭṭāraka-, Sunday).
6. A gate.
7. A name of Śiva.
II. acc. ram, adv. doubled, vāraṃvāram, Repeatedly, Hit. 67, 12.
III. instr. raṇa, adv. Frequently.
IV. n. A vessel for holding spirituous liquor.
-- Comp. eka-vāra + m, adv. 1. once, Pañc. 216, 2. 2. only once, Bhartṛ. 3, 16. 3. at once, Pañc. 174, 23. 4. suddenly. bahu-, m. pl. many times, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 32. madhu-, m. drinking repeatedly. ravi-, m. Sunday. vāṇa-, m. (vb. vṛ), 1. a cuirass. 2. armour. viśva-, adj. (vb. vṛ), containing every boon, Chr. 288, 13 = Rigv. i. 48, 13. soma-, m. Monday.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Opposing, an agent of resistance.
II. m.
1. A horse's paces.
2. A horse.
III. n.
1. The seat of pain.
2. A sort of fragrant grass, Brahmav. 2, 50.
1. An enemy.
2. The ocean.
3. A horse with good marks.
4. An ascetic.
I. m.
1. Armour.
2. An elephant, Hit. ii. d. 28.
II. n.
1. Warding off, Bhartṛ. 2, 14.
2. Resistance.
3. Obstacle.
4. Protecting.
-- Comp. atapa-, Uṣṇa-, n. a parasol, Ragh. 3, 70. Kumāras. 5, 52. digvāraṇa, i. e. diś-, m. an elephant supposed to support a quarter of the world, MBh. 3, 9929. hasta-, n. resisting an assault.
1. A wasp.
2. A goose (cf. varaṭā).
I. adj. Relating to a boar, boarish, Johns. Sel. 93, 52.
II. f. hī.
1. A sow.
2. The earth.
3. One of the divine mothers.
4. A measure.
5. An esculent root, Dioscorea.
I. (cf. vār), n. Water, Pañc. ii. d. 149; fluidity, i. d. 139.
II. f., also vārī vārī,
1. A water pot.
2. (vb. vṛ), A hole for catcing elephants.
3. (vb. vṛ), A rope for fastening elephants.
III. f. ri.
1. A place where elephants are tied up.
2. A captive.
3. Sarasvatī.
-- Comp. kuśa-, n. water in which kuśa grass is beiled, Man. 11, 148. kṣārāmlodakavāri, i. e. kṣāra-amla-udaka-. n. pl. ashes, acids, and water, Man. 5, 114. candana-, n. water mixed with sandal, Rām. 3, 53, 57. netra-, n. a tear, tears, Rām. 2, 111, 12 Gorr.
I. adj. Produced in or by water.
II. m.
1. A conch-shell.
2. Any bivalve shell.
III. n.
1. A lotus, Bhartṛ. 2, 46.
2. Salt.
I. adj. Yielding water.
II. m. A cloud, Utt. Rāmac. 120, 14; Rājat. 5, 189.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, Kathās. 22, 188.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Relating, belonging to Varuṇa, MBh. 1, 1132; Man. 8, 82; 9, 308.
2. Sacred to Varuṇa, 8, 106.
3. Epithet of a weapon, Utt. Rāmac. 142, 10; Chr. 31, 12.
II. f. ṇī.
1. Any spirituous liquor, Man. 11, 146; Pañc. i. d. 194 (at the same time, The west).
2. The west, the region of Varuṇa, Pañc. i. d. 194.
3. The twenty-fifth lunar asterism.
III. n. Water (ŚKD.).
I. m. The king of the serpents.
II. m. and n.
1. A vessel for baling water out of a boat.
2. The rheum of the eyes.
3. The wax of the ear.
I. adj.
1. Made of trees.
2. Consisting of trees, Man. 7, 70.
II. m. A forest.
III. f. kṣī, A sort of Dryad.
I. adj.
1. Well, healthy.
2. Following any business.
II. m.
1. Health.
2. Chaff.
III. f. tā.
1. Abiding.
2. Livelihood, business, Man. 9, 326; 10, 80.
3. Agriculture and trade, Ragh. 16, 2.
4. Rumour, report, Hit. 93, 19.
5. News, tidings, Utt. Rāmac. 151, 6; Pañc. 231, 21.
6. The egg-plant.
-- Comp. gala-, adj. voracious, Pañc. iii. d. 95. durvārttā, i. e. dus-, f. bad tidings, Sch. ad Ragh. 12. 51. mithyā-, f. false report, Pañc. 51, 21. lubdhaka-, f. speaking about the hunter, Pañc. 143, 24.
I. adj.
1. Relating to news.
2. Commentatory, explaining (see
IV.).
II. m.
1. A man of the third caste (i. e. a husbandman or trader).
2. An envoy.
III. f. (rather vārtikā vārtikā), A sort of quail (cf. vartaka).
IV. n. A critical gloss, e. g. to Pāṇini's Grammar.
1. A multitude of old men.
2. Old age, Pañc. 95, 16 (read vārdhakabhāve, but cf. also my transl. n. 466).
3. Infirmity of old age.
I. adj., f. rī, Leathern.
II. n., and f. rī, A thong.
1. A long-eared white goat, Man. 3, 271.
2. A rhinoceros.
1. Belonging to a year.
2. Yearly, annual.
3. Lasting the whole year, Chr. 47, 36 (at the end of a comp. adj. Of which the water does not dry up in the hot season, viz. a river).
4. Belonging to the rainy season, Man. 9, 304; Draup. 8, 17.
5. Growing in the rainy season.
-- Comp. daśavārṣika, i. e. daśan-, adj., f. kī, 1. after the lapse of ten years, Yājñ. 2, 24. 2. having lasted ten years, Pañc. iii. d. 94. dvādaśa(n)-, adj., f. kī, 1. twelve years old, Man. 9, 94. 2. lasting twelve years, 3, 271. ūna-dvi-, adj. under the age of two years, Man. 5, 68.
1. Sacred to Vṛhaspati.
2. Declared by Vṛhaspati, Pañc. 253, 12.
1. A bracelet.
2. (also f., ŚKD.), A finger-ring.
1. A woman.
2. A female elephant. Frequent. vāvaśya, To cry repeatedly, MBh. 6, 111.
-- With the prep. ud ud, To bewail, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 32.
I. m. A day (cf. vāsara).
II. n.
1. A dwelling.
2. A place where four roads meet.
3. Dung.
I. m. n.
1. Vapour, Ragh. 13, 29; steam (cf. Pañc. 262, 21).
2. A tear, Pañc. 160, 5.
3. n. Iron.
II. f. pī, A drug, commonly hiṅgupatrī.
-- Comp. antar-, adj. with suppressed tears, Vikr. d. 78. ud-, adj. shedding tears, Kathās. 10, 208 (hence udvāṣpa + tva, n. shedding tears, Vikr. d. 29). sa-vāṣpa + m, adv. with tears in his eyes, Pañc. 243, 4.
-- Cf. Lat. vappa, perhaps vāpor (cf. 1. vā).
1. Made fragrant, Utt. Rāmac. 63, 4.
2. Filled with fragrance, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 551. see s. v. Comp. su-, adj. well perfumed, Ṛt. 1, 3.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To adorn, Vikr. d. 127.
-- Cf. vāś.
I. m.
1. Dwelling, Man. 2, 67; resting, Megh. 77; living, Pañc. i. d. 347; Hit. i. d. 113, M.M.; with vas, to dwell, to live (see s.v. 1. vas).
2. A dwellingplace, Vikr. d. 43; a habitation, a house, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 12; Lass. 75, 10.
3. Cloth, Kathās. 3, 71.
4. Perfuming, Vikr. d. 38; perfume, Śiś. 9, 52.
II. m., and f. sā, A plant, Justicia ganderusa.
-- Comp. udavāsa, i. e. udan-, m. abiding in water, MBh. 13, 354. garbha-, m. the womb, Man. 12, 78. gṛha-, m. 1. domestic life. Utt. Rāmac. 27, 3. 2. living as householder, the second order of brahmanical life, MBh. 13, 2181. go-,
I. m. a cow-pen, ib. 2, 825.
II. adj. covered with the skin of a bull or cow, ib. 8, 3650. jala-,
I. m. abiding in water, ib. 12, 9281.
II. adj. one who abides in water, ib. 12, 9280. tapovāsa, i. e. tapas-, m. a place where hermits live, Hariv. 5168. paṭa-, m. perfumed powder, Gīt. 1, 35. bhūta-, m. Beleric myrobalan. markaṭa-, m. a spider's web. yathā-vāsa + m, adv. as far as to one's own abode, home. reṇu-, m. a bee. vāri-, m. a distiller or dealer in spirituous liquors. śayanīya- (vb. śī), m. a sleeping-room, Lass. 2. ed. 19, 22. sa-, adj. 1. having a dwelling. 2. scented. su-, m. 1. a pleasant dwelling. 2. an agreeable perfume.
I. n.
1. Abiding, abode.
2. Any receptacle.
3. A box, a basket.
4. A water-jar.
5. A particular posture.
6. Knowledge.
7. Steeping, infusing.
8. Cloth.
9. An envelope.
10. Perfuming.
II. f. nā.
1. An impression remaining unconsciously in the mind from past actions, etc., and, by the resulting merit or demerit, producing pleasure or pain, Bhāṣāp. 162. Cf. Ballantyne, Yoga, ii. 12.
2. Trust, confidence.
3. Imagination, fancy, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 1; 219, 2.
-- Comp go-,
I. adj. covered with the skin of a bull or cow, MBh. 2, 1825.
II. m. a proper name, ib. 1, 3826. durvāsanā, i. e. dus-, f. a bad inclination, Prab. 109, 7. nirvāsana, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of imagination, Sāh. D. 26, 7; see s. v. vana-, m. a polecat. sam-ud-chinna- (vb. chid), adj. one in whom ignorance is extirpated, Prab. 50, 12.
I. adj.
1. Vernal, growing in the spring, Man. 6, 11.
2. Young, in the spring of life.
3. Diligent in the performance of religious ceremonies.
II. m.
1. The Indian cuckoo.
2. The southern wind.
3. Any young animal.
4. A camel.
5. A catamite.
6. The name of several plants.
III. f. tī.
1. The name of a deity, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 14; 46, 11.
2. A festival in honour of Kāma.
3. The name of several plants.
I. adj. Vernal, Śāk. 78, 18.
II. m. The buffoon in a drama.
I. m. and n. A day, Pañc. ii. d. 99; Kathās. 4, 23 (m.); Megh. 104 (n.).
II. m. A kind of snake.
I. m. Indra, Chr. 22, 23.
II. f. vī, The mother of Vyāsa.
III. adj., f. vī, Belonging to Indra, Megh. 44.
1. Cloth, clothes, Hit. ii. d. 38.
2. Curtain, Rām. 1, 13, 29 (read vāsobhiḥ).
-- Comp. adhas-, and antar-, n. a lower garment, Utt. Rāmac. 106, 1; Kathās. 4, 52. uttara-, n. an upper garment, Rām. 5, 18, 5. eka-, adj. wearing only a single cloth, Man. 4, 45. kṛtti-, adj. covered with a skin, MBh. 2, 1642. cīra-,
I. adj. 1. covered with a cloth made of bark, Man. 11, 101. 2. covered with rags, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 43. cīra-valkala-, adj. covered with a cloth made of bark, Rām. 3, 55, 15. danta- (n.), the lip, Kumāras. 5, 34. digvāsas, i. e. diś-, adj. naked, Man. 11, 201. durvāsas, i. e. dus-, 1. adj. poorly clothed, MBh. 13, 1176. 2. a proper name, ib. 1, 2768. nīla-, 1. adj. covered with a blue cloth, Bhāg. P. 5, 25, 7. 2. m. the planet Saturn. sa-, adj. clothed.
I. see vas, vās.
II. n.
1. Sound.
2. The cry of birds.
3. Knowledge.
III. f. tā.
1. A woman.
2. A female elephant, Johns. Sel. 12, 32; Ragh. 19, 11.
I. 1. vas + in, Inhabiting, Pañc. 129, 14.
II. vāsa + in, Clothed, Johns. Sel. 59, 184; wearing clothes, Rām. 3, 52, 19; 25.
-- Comp. kāma-, adj. abiding where one lists, Nal. 13, 55. grāma-, adj. 1. dwelling in villages, Man. 7, 118. 2. tame, MBh. 6, 166. vana-,
I. adj. abiding in woods, wild, Hit. 88, 7, M.M.
II. m. a hermit. sāmanta-, adj. bordering, neighbouring, Man. 8, 258. su-,
I. adj. dwelling comfortably.
II. f. nī, a bride residing in her father's house, Man. 3, 114. sva-, f. a woman residing in her father's house.
1. Composed by Vasiṣṭha, Man. 11, 249.
2. Explained by Vasiṣṭha.
I. probably vās + u + ra.
1. A woman (cf. the next).
2. A female elephant.
II. (vb. 1. vas).
1. Night.
2. The earth.
1. Being anything in the true sense of the word; real, substantial.
2. Demonstrated.
1. The site of a building, a building-place.
2. Ground, Man. 3, 255.
3. A house.
-- Comp. pura-, n. a ground fit for building a town, Hariv. 6409. pṛṣṭha-, n. the upper room of a building, Man. 3, 91.
and vāstūka vāstu/ūka, n. A potherb, Lass. 79, 14 (ū).
-- With the prep. sam sam, To stroke, MBh. 3, 11005. Caus. The same, Śāk. d. 69.
1. Carrying, Hit. 81, 12 (ati-bhāra-, carrying too heavy burthens).
2. A vehicle, a conveyance of any kind, a car, Arj. 1, 1.
3. A horse, Arj. 4, 12.
4. A carrier of burthens.
5. The arm.
6. A bull.
7. A buffalo.
8. Air, wind.
9. A measure of capacity, nearly equal to a ton in freight.
-- Comp. ambu-, m. a cloud, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 15. gandha-, m. the wind, Gīt. 1, 35. jala-,
I. adj. carrying water, MBh. 2, 301.
II. m. a cloud. puruṣa-, m. Garuḍa, the vehicle of Viṣṇu, Bhāg. P. 5, 24, 29. bhāra-, m. a porter. marudvāha, i. e. marut-, m. smoke. rājavāha, i. e. rājan-, m. a horse. vāyu-, m. smoke. vāri-, m. a cloud. śuka-, m. Kāma. sādhu-, m. a well-trained horse. sārtha-, m. 1. the leader of a caravan, Pañc. 9, 1. 2. a great merchant, Mṛcch. 2, 3. 3. a merchant. skandha-, m. an ox of burthen. havya-, m. fire. hastivāha, i. e. hastin-, m. a goad.
1. A horseman.
2. A porter, Pañc. ii. d. 149; 156, 2.
-- Comp. jala-, m. the water-bearer, a court officer, Pañc. 156, 21. tāmbula-, m. the betel-bearer, a court officer, Pañc. 156, 21. ratha-, m. the driver of a carriage, Nal. 22, 1. śiśu-, m. a wild goat. skandha-, m. an ox of burthen.
1. Carrying, Pañc. 253, 13; bearing, 83, 19.
2. Governing (of horses), Nal. 15, 2.
3. A vehicle, Hit. 126, 16; Man. 7, 222; a chariot, Hit. iv. d. 62; a horse, Man. 5, 29; an elephant.
-- Comp. dvija-, m, Viṣṇu (having a bird, Garuḍa, as his vehicle), Hariv. 3982. nara-, adj. drawn by men, epithet and name of Kuvera, MBh. 3, 8358. mahiṣa-, m. Yama. megha-, m. 1. Indra. 2. Śiva. 3. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 64. yama-, m. a buffalo. vāri-, m. a cloud. śāli-, m. the name of a king. śikhi(n)-, m. Kārttikeya, the god of war. śveta-, m. 1. the moon. 2. Arjuna. hari-, m. 1. Garuḍa. 2. Indra, Indr. 5, 54. havya-, see s. v. hotra-, m. a proper name.
1. A car.
2. A large drum.
-- Comp. bhāra-,
I. adj. carrying burthens.
II. m. a porter.
I. adj. (at the end of comp. words), Bearing, Pañc. 79, 16; carrying, Śāk. d. 57.
II. f. nī.
1. An army, Hit. iii. d. 125.
2. A body of forces, consisting of 81 elephants, 81 cars, 243 horse, and 405 foot.
3. A river, Rām. 2, 66, 26, ed. Seramp.
-- Comp. daṇḍa-, m. a policeman, Daśak. 160, 1, bel. nara-, i. e. naravāha + in, adj. drawn by men, Nal. 17, 23. mala-, adj. bringing stain, Hit. i. d. 47, M.M. lomavāhin, i. e. loman-, adj. feathered(?), Chr. 32, 30. vega-, adj. swift, Rājat. 5, 217. sādhu-, m. a well-trained horse.
I. adj.
1. (vb. vah), Bearing burthens.
2. (i. e. vahis + īka), Outer.
II. m.
1. An ox.
2. The name of a country.
1. Outer, external, Vikr. 72, 5 (sa-vāhya-antar-ātman, Body and soul, the whole being); Pañc. 60, 7 (tava vyavasāya-vāhyaṃ kutas teṣāṃ māṃsādanam, How will they be able to feed on flesh except by thy exertion?).
2. Foreign, a foreigner, Pañc. i. d. 293.
3. An outcaste, one of a low tribe, Man. 10, 28; 30.
4. Abl. yāt, From without, Pañc. 193, 14. Cf. vah.
-- Comp. a-, adj. inward, Ragh. 14, 50. loka-, m. an outcaste.
I. m.
1. The name of a country, Balkh.
2. A horse from Balkh.
3. One of the principal gandharvas.
4. A proper name, Johns. Sel. 7, 2.
II. n.
1. Saffron.
2. Assafoetida.
1. vi, i. e. dvi, prep.
I. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives.
II. Compounded with nouns. It implies,
1. Separation, cf. viyoga.
2. Privation, cf. vi-kaca.
3. Wrongness, cf. vikarman; baseness, cf. vi-yonī; opposition, cf. vi-loma.
4. Difference, cf. vilakṣaṇa.
5. Spreading; falling in different directions, asunder, cf. vi-kṛ10, e. g. vi-kīrṇa-keśa.
6. Manifoldness, much, cf. vikarman.
-- Cf. probably Lat. vi, in di-vi-dere.
2. vi, m., f. vi/ī,
1. A bird, Chr. 287, 6 = Rigv. i. 48, 6.
2. The eye.
3. Heaven.
4. The region of the wind.
-- Comp. bahu-, adj. containing many birds.
-- Cf. Lat. avis; [greek] Lat. ovum; O.H.G. ei; A.S. aeg.
1. Ordinal number (cf. viṃśati), m., f. śī, n. Twentieth, Chr. 55, 1. 8; Bhāg. P. iii. 20.
2. The twentieth part, Man. 8, 398.
-- Comp. ekona-, i. e. eka-ūna-, or ūna-, ord. num. nineteenth, Chr. 53, 1. 11. eka-, twenty-first, Chr. 57, 1, bel. dvā-, twenty-second, Man. 2, 38. trayoviṃśa, i. e. trayas-, twenty-third, Kathās. i. p. 378. catur-, twenty-fourth, ib. p. 405. pañcaviṃśa, i. e. pañcan-, twenty-fifth, ib. p. 437. ṣaḍviṃśa, i. e. ṣaṣ-, twenty-sixth, ib. p. 469, etc. triṃśadviṃśa, i. e. triṃśat-, comp. card. num. from twenty to thirty, Rājat. 5, 209.
-- Comp. eka-, ord. num. twenty-first, Man. 3, 37.
-- Comp. eka-, f. twenty-one, Man. 4, 87. dvā-, f. twenty-two, MBh. 7, 1878. trayoviṃśati, i. e. trayas-, f. twenty-three, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 2. catur-, f. twentyfour. aṣṭāviṃśati, i. e. aṣṭan-, f. twenty-eight, Yājñ. 1, 302.
-- Cf. Lat. viginti; [greek]
-- Comp. eka-, twentyfirst, Rām. iii. 21. dvā-, twentysecond, etc., Rām. iii. 22.
1. Twenty.
2. A lord of twenty towns, Man. 7, 119.
I. adj.
1. Large, Utt. Rāmac. 118, 6.
2. Large-toothed.
3. Knitted (as the brows), Prab. 85, 15; formidable, Utt. Rāmac. 150, 13; hideous.
4. Obsolete, obscure.
5. Changed in form or appearance.
6. Beautiful.
7. i. e. vi-kaṭa, Without a mat, Nal. 10, 6.
II. n. A tumour.
III. m. A proper name, Pañc. 76, 7.
I. adj.
1. Boastful.
2. Praising ironically.
3. Speaking idly.
II. n.
1. Boasting.
2. Assigning anything to an unreal origin.
3. Proclaiming, repeating.
4. Praising.
5. Irony.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not boasting, modest, Hit. iii. d. 101; Ragh. 14, 73. dus-, adj. boasting in a disagreeable manner, Daśak. 102, 15.
1. Boasting.
2. Proclaiming.
3. Praise.
4. Ironical praise.
1. Trembling.
2. Unsteady.
3. Shrinking from.
4. Heaving.
1. A son who has usurped his father's kingdom.
2. The sun, Utt. Rāmac. 124, 2.
1. One who does forbidden acts, Man. 8, 66.
2. Busy in various ways.
I. adj. Not acting, Lass. 2. ed. 68, 40.
II. n.
1. Unlawful act, Bhag. 4, 17.
2. Fraud.
3. Various business.
1. One who has done an illegal or an immoral act, Man. 11, 192.
2. Addicted to vice, 4, 30; 9, 214.
3. Engaged in various business.
1. Pulling, pulling out.
2. An arrow.
1. Pulling, Kir. 4, 15; drawing (of a bow), Kir. 3, 57.
2. A throwing across, a cross-buttock, Johns. Sel. 58, 169.
I. adj.
1. Defective, Hit. i. d. 201, M.M.
2. Wanting, failing, Pañc. v. d. 8; Hit. i. d. 200, M.M.; Śāk. d. 152.
3. Decayed, Utt. Rāmac. 68, 3; impaired.
4. Confused (cf. kala), Lass. 54, 7; sorrowful, Utt. Rāmac. 18, 1.
II. f. lā and lī, A woman in whom menstruation has ceased.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unimpaired, Hit. i. d. 126, M.M. 2. excellent, Megh. 25; 35.
1. Option, Daśak. in. Chr. 181, 20 (-upahāra-karman, Optional offerings, not prescribed); alternative, distinction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 2.
2. Alternation, Mālav. d. 29.
3. Doubt, Pañc. i. d. 411; indecision, ib. 71, 20; hesitation, Ragh. 17, 49.
4. Error, mistake.
5. Ignorance.
-- Comp. a-vikalpa, adj. not tarrying, Pañc. 88, 6; °pam, adv. 1. in an undoubted (legal?) manner, Pañc. 45, 4. 2. without indecision, i. e. without any delay, Pañc. i. d. 59. daṇḍa-, m. a discretional punishment, Man. 9, 228. nis-, adj. allowing no alternative, Bhāṣāp. 57. °pam, adv. without hesitation, Pañc. i. d. 59. sa-, adj. admitting of an alternative, distinguishing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 1.
1. Change, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 18; Utt. Rāmac. 23, 7 (perturbation); Śāk. 13, 9 (passion), Mālat. 14, 8.
2. Change of form, Pañc. 257, 23.
3. Change of mind, Śāk. 66, 4.
4. Disease, Nalod. 2, 17; a wound, Pañc. 218, 13.
-- Comp. citta-, m. perturbation of mind, MBh. 18, 74. nis-, adj. unchanged, MBh. 13, 2318. romavikāra, i. e. roman-, m. horripilation (cf. romāñca).
1. Producing a change, Hit. ii. d. 98 (spoiling).
2. Undergoing a change, Prab. 111, 17; falling in love, Mālat. 11, 10.
-- Comp. a-, adj. faithful, Man. 7, 190.
1. Twilight, Pañc. 258, 9.
2. Afternoon (? cf. vaikālika).
I. m. Twilight, evening.
II. f. likā, A sort of clepsydra which defines that period.
1. vi-kāś + a, m.
1. AEther, heaven.
2. Solitude, loneliness.
2. vikāśa, and (better) vikāsa vikāsa, i. e. vi-kas + a, m.
1. Opening, expanding, exhibition, Vikr. 35, 8 (sa-doṣa-, A defective exhibition).
2. Budding, blowing, Śiś. 9, 41 (ś, of flowers, and of the heart for falling in love); figuratively, Pañc. 187, 2.
3. Display, splendid appearance, Śiś. 9, 53 (ś).
4. Pleasure, enjoyment.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. expanded, extensive.
1. Manifestation.
2. Expansion.
3. Blowing of a flower.
4. Causing to blow (again), Utt. Rāmac. 23, 12.
1. Expanding, developing itself, Bhartṛ. 3, 70; opening.
2. Budding, blowing.
I. i. e. vi-kṛ10 + a,
1. A fallen fragment, what has been dropped, Man. 3, 245.
2. Scattering.
3. A well.
II. A bird.
I. n. Scattering.
II. m. Gigantic swallow-wort, Asclepias gigantea.
1. Change of any kind, Utt. Rāmac. 133, 16 (wrath); of mind, Pañc. 58, 25.
2. Sickness.
3. Fear.
4. Spirituous liquor.
1. Changed, wounded, Nalod. 2, 47.
2. Changeable, Śāk. d. 38.
1. A step, Johns. Sel. 95, 67; Śāk. d. 165.
2. Proceeding. Man. 3, 214 (v. r.).
3. Overpowering.
4. Great strength, Johns. Sel. 48, 82.
5. Strength, Hit. ii. d. 84 (with kṛ, To use one's strength).
6. Heroism, Vikr. 11, 12; Pañc. ii. d. 146; in the title of the drama, vikramorvaśī, i. e. vikrama-urvaśi, f. Urvaśī, gained by heroism.
7. A proper name.
-- Comp. a-, adj. weak, Kir. 2, 14. caṇḍa-, adj. possessed of fierce courage, Rām. 5, 39, 24. tulya-, adj. fought with equal prowess, Hit. iii. d. 1. tri-,
I. n. three steps, Rām. 6, 79, 11.
II. adj. and sbst. walking with three steps over the heaven, epithet of Viṣṇu (as sun), Rām. 1, 32, 13 Gorr. satya-, adj. having real valour.
1. A hero.
2. A lion.
-- Comp. ātmavikraya, i. e. ātman-, m. selling one's self, Man. 11, 59. kraya-, m. buying and selling, traffic, 8, 401.
-- Comp. apatya-, m. a seller of his offspring, Man. 3, 51. kratu-, m. one who sells the reward of his sacrifice, Man. 4, 214. māṃsa-, m. a vendor of flesh, a term of reproach.
1. A horse's canter or gallop.
2. Great strength.
3. Prowess.
1. Change, Pañc. i. d. 330; transformation, Śāk. p. 106, 1.
2. A dish prepared from (milk), Man. 5, 25.
3. Disease, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 7.
4. Mischief, Rām. 3, 49, 56.
-- Comp. bhūta-, f. epilepsy, possession by evil spirits. sa-romavikriya, i. e. sa-roman-, adj. affected with horripilation (as a sign of excessive pleasure), Vikr. d. 12.
1. Overcome with fear or agitation, confused, bewildered, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 16.
2. Disgusted, Śāk. 22, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adj. intrepid, MBh. 1, 2070.
1. Cough.
2. Sound.
1. Casting, or throwing away (caraṇa-, Casting asunder of the feet, i. e. striding, Vikr. 60, 14).
2. Dispatching.
3. Refuting an argument.
4. Confusion, perplexity, fear, proceeding from ignorance or error, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 23; cf. 206, 8; 217, 24.
5. Looking about wildly.
6. Celestial latitude.
-- Comp. citta-, m. scattering, diversion of mind, Utt. Rāmac. 52, 12. dṛṣṭi-, m. a leer, a side glance, Śāk. 16, 1, Chezy.
1. Scattering.
2. Throwing.
3. Dispatching.
4. Confusion, proceeding from ignorance or error, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 24.
1. Fame.
2. Notoriety.
1. Parting, withdrawing. Ṛt. 6, 22.
2. Separation.
-- Comp. divasa-, m. the decline of the day, Megh. 77.
1. Abusing.
2. Abuse, blame, Chr. 63, 70.
1. Blame.
2. Ill report.
1. Bathing.
2. Plunging into, literally and figuratively.
-- Comp. dus-,
I. adj. impenetrable, unfathomable, Pañc. i. d. 125.
II. m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 4544.
I. m. and n.
1. War, battle, Pañc. 149, 14; Hit. pr. d. 9, M.M.
2. Opposition, encounter, quarrel, Bhartṛ. 2, 42.
3. Disfavour, Rājat. 5, 247.
II. m.
1. Extension.
2. Shape, Kir. 5, 43.
3. The body, Rām. 5, 2, 15.
4. A portion.
-- Comp. ā-vṛta- (vb. vṛ), adj., f. hā, whose body is covered, hidden, Vikr. d. 102. sa-, adj. 1. embodied, living, Rājat. 5, 27. 2. meaning, importing.
1. The residue of food offered to the gods, manes (Man. 3, 285), to a venerable guest, or a spiritual teacher.
2. Food, Utt. Rāmac. 121, 7.
1. Prohibition.
2. Opposition.
3. Impediment, obstacle, Pañc. 42, 12.
4. Destruction, Sund. 1, 12; Pañc. 156, 23.
5. Abandoning, Pañc. 172, 25.
6. A blow, Vikr. 85, 19 (dṛṣṭi-, Being dazzled).
-- Comp. danta-, m. biting, bite, Ṛt. 4, 12.
1. Opposing, impeding.
2. Removing.
3. Killing.
1. Obstacle, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 19; trouble, Śāk. d. 13.
2. Impediment, Pañc. 168, 3.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. free from obstacles, unobstructed, Śāk. 13, 23.
II. n. absence of obstruction, Ragh. 1, 91; instr. °nena, without impediment, Rām. 4, 38, 8. apa-vighna + m, adv. free from impediments, Ragh. 3, 38. kṣaṇa-, m. a delay of a moment, Vikr. d. 17.
ii. 7, vinac, viñc, † ii. 3, anomal. vevic, Par. Ātm. To separate, to deprive, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 103 (vikta, Lass. 2, 14, must be changed to rikta); cf. 2. vij.
-- With the prep. vi vi,
1. To remove, MBh. 1, 6372.
2. To change, MBh. 1, 7396.
3. To decide, MBh. 2, 2244. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vivikta.
1. Separated.
2. Solitary, Man. 2, 215; 3, 206; Pañc. 159, 21.
3. Scattered, Chr. 29, 29 (perhaps it is to be changed to niviṣṭa).
4. Discriminated.
5. Pure, Bhartṛ. 3, 62.
6. Discriminative.
7. Profound (as thought).
8. Intent on. n. Loneliness, being alone, Vikr. 40, 5.
-- With pravi pra-vi, pravivikta,
1. Separated, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 13.
2. Solitary, Rām. 2, 48, 59, ed. Seramp.
-- Cf. O.H.G. wīcan, A.S. wícan, recedere (perhaps rather to 2. vij); perhaps also O.H.G. wehsal; A.S. wrixl; [greek] Lat. vicis, invicem, vicissim, and vincere, i. e. to cause to cede.
1. All-seeing, Chr. 289, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8; Chr. 296, 4 = Rigv. i. 112, 4.
2. Discerning, knowing, Pañc. i. d. 59 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 984); circumspect, wise, Bhag. 18, 2; clever.
-- Comp. kārya-, adj. understanding to manage affairs, Pañc. i. d. 424 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3241). saṃdhi-, adj. knowing the different kinds of peace-making, Hit. iv. d. 107. su-, adj. well-discerning, Hit. i. d. 21, M.M.
1. Deviating from.
2. Unsteadiness.
3. Self-praise, conceit.
1. Consideration, Hit. ii. d. 42; deliberation, Pañc. i. d. 417 (doubt).
2. Discrimination, selection, Hit. 104, 7 (read sārāsāravicāraḥ).
3. Discussion.
4. Judging, Hit. ii. d. 72; judgment, Hit. 116, 10; decision.
5. Prudence, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2891.
-- Comp. a-vicāra + m, adv. without long consideration, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 13. nis-, adj. not reflecting, Rājat. 6, 323. °ram, adv. without long reflection, Rām. 2, 23, 10 Gorr. su-, m. due consideration. svapna-, m. interpretation of dreams.
I. n., and f. ṇā.
1. Deliberation, Hit. 51, 22; investigation, Prab. 100, 3.
2. Hesitation, doubt, Nal. 13, 27.
II. f. ṇā, The Mīmāṃsā system of philosophy.
1. Wandering, Chr. 46, 25.
2. Discussing, judging.
3. Lascivious, Cāṇ. 29 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 408.
-- Comp. svapna-, m. an interpreter of dreams.
-- Comp. nis-vicikitsa + m, adv. without long reflecting, Kull. ad Man. 8, 417.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. ill-behaving, MBh. 12, 7033. nis-, adj. motionless, Rām. 5, 44, 11.
1. A palace.
2. A temple.
1. A palace.
2. A temple (cf. ved. chardis).
1. Cutting, Bhartṛ. 3, 46.
2. Dividing.
3. Separation.
4. Loss.
5. The boundary of a house.
6. Colouring the body with coloured unguents, Śāk. d. 164.
1. Cutting.
2. Dividing, breaking, Kir. 7, 16.
3. Separation, interruption, Vikr. 60, 5.
4. A section, a chapter.
5. Interval.
6. Dissension.
-- Comp. garbha-, f. miscarriage, Suśr. 1, 278, 20. saṅga-, f. 1. disunion. 2. separation from worldly attachment.
† 1. vich (akin to vī), i. 6, vicchāya, Par. To go, to approach.
-- Cf. [greek]
† 2. vich, i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
1. vij, ii. 7, vinaj, viñj, Par.
1. To tremble.
2. To fear. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vigna, Trembling, Ragh. 14, 88. Caus. vejaya, To terrify, Ragh. 8, 39.
-- With the prep. ā ā, āvigna, Terrified, Arj. 6, 9.
-- With ud ud, i. 6, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 1, 5549; and i. 1, Ātm., MBh. 3, 2322).
1. To tremble, to be agitated, MBh. 3, 2322.
2. To suffer uneasiness, Man. 2, 161.
3. To fear (with the abl. and gen.), Man. 2, 162; 7, 103; to abhor, Pañc. iii. d. 191; to be reckless of (with abl.), Mālat. 51, 1.
4. To terrify, MBh. 2, 178. udvigna,
1. Terrified, Rām. 1, 9, 12.
2. Afflicted, sorrowful, Hit. 4, 2, M.M.; Chr. 11, 14.
3. Anxious. Comp. an-, adj. not afflicted, Bhag. 2, 56. Ptcple. of the fut., pass. udvejanīya.
1. To be feared, Pañc. iii. d. 142; fearful, horrible. Caus. To terrify, MBh. 1, 8427. udvejita,
1. Terrified, Pañc. 209, 23.
2. Grieved, pained, Pañc. 222, 7.
3. Caused to leathe, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 16; 185, 5.
-- With nirud nis-ud, nirudvigna, Fearless (rather udvigna with nis), Rām. 6, 16, 81.
-- With paryud pari-ud, To suffer, Rām. 2, 66, 9.
-- With samud sam-ud, samudvigna, Terrified, anxious, Lass. 50, 16.
-- With vi vi, vivigna, Agitated, stirred, Rājat. 5, 339.
-- With sam sam, saṃvigna, Very frightened, MBh. 3, 2561.
-- Cf. probably [greek] A.S. wicelian, vacillare, wince, A winch.
† 2. vij, ii. 3, vevij, Par. Ātm. To be separate, to separate; cf. vic, at the end.
3. vij (m.), A die, for playing with, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
I. m.
1. Victory, Pañc. iii. d. 11.
2. Overpowering, Pañc. 168, 25.
3. A name of Arjuna.
4. Name of an auspicious hour, Rām. 1, 73, 1.
II. f. yā
1. Durgā.
2. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. digvijaya, i. e. diś-, m. conquest of the whole earth, Hit. 84, 10, M.M.
I. adj. Victorious, Hit. iii. d. 84.
II. m. Conqueror, Pañc. iii. d. 270.
-- Comp. samara-, m. one who has been victorious in battle, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2087.
I. adj.
1. One who wishes to conquer, Man. 7, 155; Pañc. iii. d. 36.
2. Desirous to surpass.
II. m.
1. A warrior.
2. An invader.
3. A disputant.
1. Yawning.
2. Expanding, extending, Mālat. 144, 20.
3. Sport.
1. A conqueror, Kir. 5, 34; Utt. Rāmac. 62, 14.
2. Victorious.
I. adj. = vijila.
II. n. An arrow.
1. Knowing, Lass. 2. ed. 90, 44.
2. Wise, Cāṇ. 20 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 408; Hit. ii. d. 151 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2042).
3. Skilful.
1. Knowledge, Hit. ii. d. 142.
2. Learning.
3. Wisdom, Hit. i. d. 167, M.M.
4. Art, Śāk. d. 2.
5. Music.
6. Intelligence, Chr. 6, 9 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
7. Distinction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 5.
8. Business, employment.
-- Comp. a-, n. absence of knowledge; abl. nāt, unknowingly, Man. 2, 220; on a sudden, Lass. 2. ed. 40, 22. su-, adj. very wise, Pañc. iii. d. 117.
I. adj. Who or what makes known.
II. m.
1. An informant.
2. An instructor.
I. n.
1. Teaching.
2. Informing, representing.
II. f. nā, Information, Ragh. 17, 40.
1. A catamite, a pathic, a voluptuary, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 13; Bhartṛ. 1, 49.
2. A paramour, Pañc. 186, 1.
3. An attendant on a dissolute character or courtezan, a bawd, Bhartṛ. 3, 57.
4. A rogue, Rājat. 5, 202; 351.
5. A rat.
6. A branch and its shoot.
7. The orange tree.
8. The name of a mountain.
I. m. and n.
1. The branch of a tree with its new sprout.
2. A branch, Vikr. 59, 2; Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 18.
3. A new shoot, Hit. iv. d. 101.
4. A bush.
5. A bunch, a cluster, a tuft.
6. A thicket, Pañc. 184, 21.
7. Spreading, expansion.
8. The septum of the scrotum.
II. m., i. e. viṭa-pa, The keeper of catamites.
-- Comp. namra-, adj. the branches of which are bent down, Vikr. d. 27.
I. adj. Having branches, MBh. 1, 1775.
II. m.
1. A tree, Rājat. 5, 477.
2. The large Indian fig-tree.
1. A daughter's husband, Man. 3, 148.
2. A head merchant.
1. Factitious salt.
2. A particular kind of fetid salt.
3. A part, a bit.
I. n.
1. Imitation, copying, disguise, Bhartṛ. 3, 23; Rājat. 5, 207.
2. The supernatural assumption of a borrowed form.
3. Afflicting, distressing.
4. Frustrating.
5. Vexation, Hit. 99, 18; mortification, Brahmav. 2, 79.
II. f. nā.
1. Deceiving, fraud, Pañc. iv. d. 9; breach of faith, Pañc. 125, 25.
2. Pain, distress, Pañc. 220, 14; Bhartṛ. 3, 23.
1. A cat, Rām. 3, 53, 57; Hit. 58, 7.
2. The eyeball.
-- Comp. vana-, m. a sort of wild cat.
1. viḍāla + ka,
I. m.
1. A cat.
2. Application of ointment to the external part of the eye.
II. n. Yellow orpiment.
† viṇṭ, vuṇṭ vuṇṭ, i. 10, Par.
1. To kill.
2. To decay.
and vītaṃsa vi/ītaṃsa, i. e. vi-taṃs + a, m. A cage, a net, or any apparatus for confining birds or beasts.
1. Controversy.
2. Criticism, Windischmann, Sancara, 96.
3. A ladle.
4. The name of two plants.
1. Spreading.
2. Quantity.
3. A cluster, a clump, Kir. 12, 47.
1. Passing, crossing.
2. Gift, donation.
3. Abandoning.
1. Deliberation, Pañc. i. d. 226.
2. Consideration. Hit. iv. d. 96.
3. Opinion, Johns. Sel. 55, 143; conjecture, Mālat. 20, 3.
4. Discussion, Prab. 116, 9.
5. Doubt, Lass. 2. ed. 21, 1.
6. A teacher in divine knowledge.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be considered or penetrated, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 12. sa-vitarka + m, adv. thoughtfully, Śāk. 33, 11.
1. Reasoning.
2. Discussion.
3. Doubt.
and vitarddhī vitarddhi/ī,
1. A terrace in the centre of a court-yard of a palace or temple.
2. A seat, a bench.
I. adj.
1. Empty.
2. Pithless.
3. Stupid.
II. m. and n.
1. Spreading, expansion, Nalod. 2, 50.
2. A heap, a quantity.
3. A canopy, Vikr. d. 76; Bhartṛ. 3, 93; an awning, Johns. Sel. 40, 37; a cover, Ragh. 9, 50; a cushion, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2156.
4. The hearth or hole in which the sacred fires are kept.
5. Sacrifice, Nalod. 2, 50.
† vitt, i. 10, Par. To quit, to abandon, to give (cf. vitta, under vid).
1. Investigation.
2. Probability, likelihood.
3. Knowledge.
4. Acquisition, gain.
† vith, veth veth, vidh vidh, i. 1, Ātm. To beg.
I. probably vyath + ura, adj. Trembling, Chr. 293, 3 = Rigv. i. 87, 3.
II. m.
1. A Rākṣasa.
2. A thief.
-- Comp. a-, adj. fearless, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 87, 1.
1. vid (originally 'To see'),
A. ii. 2, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 1, 57, 5).
1. To perceive, to feel, Ragh. 14, 56.
2. To learn, MBh. 3, 16968.
3. To find out, MBh. 1, 6040.
4. To know, Man. 2, 126; imperat. vidāṃ karotu, He may know, Pañc. v. d. 23; ved. vidā (the finalleng thened), Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 86, 8. Ātm. ved. To be known, Chr. 293, 6 = Rigv. i. 87, 6 (vidre, ved. 3. pl. of the the pres.).
5. To consider, Man. 2, 156; Pañc. iii. d. 231; to value, Hit. iv. d. 52; to take for, Bhag. 2, 19; also ii. 7, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 39.
6. To ascertain, Man. 7, 135.
B. i. 6, vinda, Par. Ātm.
1. (To see =), to find, Hit. i. d. 199, M.M.; also ii. 7, MBh. 3, 15388.
2. To obtain, MBh. 3, 6016.
3. Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 1, 4090), To take in marriage, Man. 9, 69; to choose a bridegroom, Man. 9, 90.
C. ii. 7, vinad, vind, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 3, 8123).
1. See
A. 5. 2. See
B. 1. 3. † To consider, to reason.
D. i. 4, Ātm. (properly pass.).
1. To be found, to happen, Man. 4, 49.
2. To exist, Hit. i. d. 116, M.M.; Bhag. 4, 38. Ptcple. of the pres. vidvaṃs.
1. Intelligent, wise, Hit. iii. d. 5.
2. Learned, Man. 4, 91; Hit. pr. d. 12, M.M. m.
1. A sage, Bhartṛ. 2, 96.
2. A scholar, Śāk. d. 2. Comp. a-, adj. sbst. ignorant, an ignorant man, Man. 4, 191; a fool, Man. 2, 214. veda-, 1. adj. skilled in the Vedas, Chr. 12, 2. 2. m. a Brāhmaṇa learned in the Vedas. śastra-, adj. skilled in arms. vidyamāna, 1. existing, Pañc. 139, 4; being preserved, Pañc. i. d. 402. 2. real, actual. 3. being in one's possession. Comp. a-, adj. 1. non-existing, not being alive, Man. 2, 248. 2. not present, absent. 3. not being in one's possession, Man. 11, 116. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. vidita.
1. Known (with gen.), Vikr. 63, 9.
2. Promised.
3. Informed.
4. Represented.
5. Who or what knows. m. A learned man, a sage. n. Information, representation. Comp. a-, adj. unknown. n. not knowing, Chr. 5, 6 (loc. °te pituḥ, without the knowledge of my father).
II. vitta.
1. Known.
2. Notorious.
3. Famous, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 20; Lass. 26, 18.
4. Investigated, discussed, judged.
5. Acquired, gained. n.
1. Wealth, property, Johns. Sel. 3, 15; Pañc. 6, 7; iv. d. 30; money, Pañc. 237, 1.
2. Substance, power, Pañc. i. d. 25 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1544); thing.
III. vinna.
1. Known.
2. Discussed, judged.
3. Obtained, gained.
4. Married.
5. Placed, fixed. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-vedya, adj.
1. Not to be known, unascertainable, secret.
2. Not to be married, Man. 10, 24. m. A calf. Desider. vividiṣa, To desire, to strive to know, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 40; Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 1. Caus., and i. 10, Par. Ātm. vedaya.
1. To teach, MBh. 3, 14048.
2. To report, Man. 11, 31.
3. To know, MBh. 2, 175.
4. Ātm. To be perceived, to be sensible, Man. 12, 13.
5. † To dwell, to inhabit. Comp. anomal. ptcple. of the pres. Ātm. a-vedayāna, adj. One who is not able to show, Man. 8, 32.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, i. 6, To supersede (a wife), by taking in marriage another, Man. 9, 80. adhivinna, f. nā, A superseded wife, 9, 83.
-- With anu anu, i. 6,
1. To find again, Pañc. ii. d. 134.
2. To find out, to believe. Git. 4, 2.
3. Ātm. To take in marriage, MBh. 1, 5114.
-- With abhi abhi, i. 6,
1. To obtain, MBh. 3, 1933.
2. To follow, MBh. 3, 13698.
-- With ā ā, Caus.
1. To report, Rām. 1, 20, 5.
2. To present, Vikr. 82, 18; Sāv. 3, 6.
-- With samā sam-ā, Caus. To report, MBh. 2, 14.
-- With ni ni, Caus.
1. To make known, to report, MBh. 3, 1689.
2. To betray, MBh. 3, 11322.
3. To pass one's self off as, Śāk. 13, 21.
4. To present, Man. 2, 51.
5. To offer as sacrifice, Pañc. 174, 16.
6. To know, Pañc. 228, 4 (perhaps it is to be changed to nividita). nivedya, n. An oblation, Rājat. 5, 52. Comp. absol. a-nivedya, Without having reported it, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 19. Anomal. infin. niveditum, MBh. 2, 1723 (but Śāk. 60, 18, read nivedayitum).
-- With vini vi-ni, Caus. To report, Rām. 1, 1, 72.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, Caus. To report, MBh. 1, 3224.
-- With nis nis, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To be disgusted, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 528; with one's self, MBh. 3, 14792.
2. To resing, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 12. nirviṇṇa,
1. Disgusted with (gen.), Pañc. 51, 25; 137, 1 (instr.), Śāk. 20, 2 (Prākṛ.).
2. Despondent. Hit. i. d. 133, M.M.
3. Emaciate with grief, decayed.
4. Abused, degraded.
5. Humble.
6. Known.
-- With pari pari, i. 6, pass. To marry before one's elder brother, Man. 3, 172. pariviṇṇa, An unmarried elder brother whose junior is married.
-- With prati prati, ii. 7, To obtain, MBh. 3, 8420. Caus.
1. To make known, to report, Rām. 2, 45, 15.
2. To deliver, Rām. 1, 2, 9.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, Caus. To report, to tell, MBh. 1, 3627.
-- With sam sam, ii. 2, Ātm.
1. To know, to meditate, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 17.
2. To teach, MBh. 1, 2114. saṃvidita,
1. Known.
2. Agreed, promised. n. Agreement, concurrence, Mālav. 45, 17. sva-saṃvedya,
1. To be known only by one's self, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 14.
2. To be understood by themselves, Rājat. 5, 366. Caus. To perceive, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 63.
-- Cf. Lat. videre, vitrum; Goth. vitan; A.S. wítan; Goth. veitvods (= vidvat, vidvaṃs); A.S. wíta, gnarus, ge-wit, ge-wittig; O.H.G. weizian, To show; A.S. wisian, ge -wis; Goth. vitoth, in-veitan; A.S. witan, imputare, wite, poena, witnian, punire; O.H.G. wīzago, propheta, wīzagon; A.S. wítegian; [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek] (= veda), [greek] (= vidvān [s]), [greek] (cf. the Zend. use).
2. vid, adj. Who or what knows; latter part of comp. nouns, aśva-, adj. sbst. Conversant with the qualities of horses, epithet of Nala, Nal. 1, 1. kṛtsna-, adj. All-knowing, Bhartṛ. 3, 29. kṣetra-,
I. adj. Conversant with any object, Kumāras. 3, 50.
II. m. The soul, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 37.
-- Comp. citrakarmavid, i. e. citra-karman-, adj. skilled in painting, Hit. ii. d. 109. jyotirvid, i. e. jyotis-, adj. sbst. knowing the stars, an astrologer, Yājñ. 1, 332. tad-, adj. knowing that, Vikr. d. 40. dharma-, adj. 1. acquairted with the law, Man. 2, 61. 2. virtuous, ib. 2, 245. sarva-dharma-, adj. one who knows the whole of duty, Man. 8, 63. veda-, adj. conversant with the Vedas, Chr. 13, 11.
1. Cleverness, Lass. 5, 18.
2. Elegance, Mālat. 2, 19.
3. Shrewdness, sharpness, wit, Hit. ii. d. 166.
I. m.
1. A wise or learned man.
2. An ascetic, a devotee.
II. n. Sacrifice, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. i. 64, 1; Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1.
-- Cf. Goth. vitoth.
I. m. Tearing, rending.
II. n. A plant, Cactus indicus.
1. The name of a country, Nal. 1, 5 (pl.); ib. 32 (sing.).
2. The king of that country, Nal. 1, 32.
3. Any dry or desert soil.
I. adj.
1. Opened, blown (as a flower).
2. Rent.
II. m.
1. Dividing, separating.
2. A cake.
3. Mountain ebony, Bauhinia variegata.
III. n.
1. The cuttings or cips of any substance, a twig, Man. 9, 230.
2. Split peas, Lass. 79, 15.
3. Pomegranate bark.
4. A basket made of split bambus.
I. m.
1. Tearing.
2. Cutting, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
3. War, battle.
4. The rising of a river above its banks, inundation.
II. f. rī, The name of two plants.
I. m.
1. A render, a divider.
2. A rock in the middle of a stream.
3. A hole or pit for water, sunk in the middle of a dry river.
II. f. rikā, The name of a plant.
I. m. The name of a tree.
II. n.
1. Tearing, breaking, Pañc. i. e. 418.
2. Killing.
3. Afflicting.
III. n., and f. ṇā, War, battle.
1. Burning, hot, Bhag. 17, 9.
2. Pungent.
I. adj. Wise, knowing.
II. m.
1. A learned or clever man.
2. An intriguer.
3. A proper name, Pañc. i. d. 176; Johns. Sel. 8, 2.
I. m. The name of a mountain and city whence the lapis lazuli is brought.
II. vi-dūra + tas, adv. Far, Mālat. 61, 12.
I. adj.
1. Censorious, detracting.
2. Facetious, witty.
II. m.
1. A jester, a buffoon.
2. (In dramatic language), The joeose companion of the principal person, Vikr. 15, 1.
3. A catamite, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 13.
1. Censuring.
2. Abuse.
I. adj. Without body.
II. m. The king of Videhā.
III. f. hā, The name of a district.
1. Knowledge, learning, Pañc. i. d. 446; 243, 19, sqq.
2. A magical pill or bolus, by putting which into the mouth, a person has the power of ascending to heaven.
3. Durgā.
4. A tree, Premna spinosa.
-- Comp. a-,
I. f. want of knowledge, ignorance.
II. adj. unlearned, Man. 9, 205. ātmavidyā, i. e. ātman-, f. the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit, Man. 7, 43. adhyātma-, f. the same, Bhag. 10, 32. kṛta-, adj. learned, Pañc. iv. d. 40. tarka-, f. the science of reasoning or logic, Prab. 105, 8. dus-, adj. unlearned, rude, Rājat. 1, 356. dhanus-, f. knowledge of archery, Lass. 36, 18. nakṣatra-, f. astronomy, or rather astrology, Man. 6, 50. nis-, adj. unlearned, Kām. Nītis. 5, 56. nīti-, f. knowledge of correct conduct, Hit. pr. d. 2, M.M. sa-, adj. 1. learned, Rājat. 5, 178. 2. wise. sadvidyā, i. e. sant- (vb. 1. as), f. good learning, Bhartṛ. 2, 45. sam-pūrṇa- (vb. pṛ10), adj. replete with knowledge.
I. m. A kind of demigod, Kathās. 1, 13.
II. f. rī, A female demigod of this kind, Hit. 63, 16.
1. Piercing, perforating.
2. A hole, a chasm.
1. Liquefaction.
2. Flowing out, oozing.
3. Flight, retreat.
4. Fear.
5. Censure, reproach.
6. Intellect.
1. Liquefaction.
2. Flight, retreat.
1. Coral, Ṛt. 6, 16; Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 16.
2. A tree bearing precious gems.
3. A young sprout.
1. Enmity, Man. 2, 111; 8, 346.
2. Contempt, Bharata, 8, in Sch. ad Nalod. 2, 55.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Inimical.
II. m. An enemy, Pañc. i. d. 425.
1. vidh, see vith.
2. vidh, i. 6 (developed out of vi-dhā and vyadh), Par.
1. To dispose (ved.).
2. To perform (ved.).
3. To worship (ved.).
4. † To pierce.
-- Comp. a-, f. one who is not a widow, Megh. 97.
-- Cf. Lat. vidua, viduus; Goth. viduvo; A.S. wuduwe, and m. wuduwa; perhaps [greek]
1. Form.
2. Manner.
3. Act, action.
4. Thriving, prosperity.
5. Hire, wages.
6. Food of horses, rlephants, etc.
7. (vb. vyadh), Piercing.
-- Comp. an-eka-vidha, adj. being of manifold kind, Pañc. 61, 10. aṣṭavidha, i. e. aṣṭan-, adj. eight-fold, Man. 7, 154. asmad-, adj. such as we, Rām. 4, 31, 6. evam-, adj. of such kind, Vikr. d. 38; such, Pañc. 30, 10. kati-, adj. how manifold, MBh. 13, 6278. guṇa-, adj. possessed of the different qualities, MBh. 12, 11466. catur-, adj. quadruple, Man. 2, 12. tathā-,
I. adj. so conditioned, Hit. 48, 8, M.M.
II. °dham, adv. 1. thus, Nal. 7, 16. 2. in the same manner, Bhāṣāp. 94. tad-, adj. 1. proportioned to that, Man. 2, 112. 2. of that kind, Ragh. 2, 22. tādṛgvidha, i. e. tādṛś-, adj. being in such a situation, Kathās. 22, 231. tri-, adj. of three kinds, Man. 1, 117; 7, 185. tvad-, adj. such as you, Rām. 3, 2, 27. daśavidha, i. e. daśan-, adj. tenfold, of ten kinds, Bhāg. P. 3, 6, 9. dus-, adj. 1. base, Rām. 2, 109, 30 Gorr. 2. poor. dri-, adj. of two sorts, Man. 7, 162. navavidha, i. e. navan-, adj. consisting of nine parts, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 13. nānā-, adj. of various sorts, Man. 5, 110; manifold, Hit. 46, 14. pṛthagv°, i. e. pṛthak-, adj. various, Man. 1, 40. bahu-, adj. various, multiform. °dham, adv. in several directions, up and down, Vikr. 30, 17. mad-, adj. such as
I, Chr. 24, 40; Hit. iii. d. 100. yathā-, adj. of what sort, how like. vi-, adj. various, of many sorts, Pañc. 192, 22; manifold, Vikr. d. 46. ṣaḍvidha-, i. e. ṣaṣ-, adj. of six sorts, Bhāṣāp. 34. sa-, adj. 1. of the same kind. 2. near, Mālat. 7, 14. saptavidha, i. e. saptan-, adj. sevenfold, Pañc. 7, 15. su-,
I. adj. 1. of a good kind. 2. in a good or easy way.
II. °dham, adv. easily.
1. Fate, Pañc. 138, 23.
2. Brahman, Lass. 91, 13; Bhartṛ. 2, 7, 15 (or fate).
3. Kāma.
4. A maker, Mālat. 18, 7.
-- Comp. anāgata-, m. 1. a cautious person. 2. the proper name of a fish, Pañc. 77, 9.
1. Sending, ordering, arrangement, creation, Man. 1, 3; Ragh. 6, 11; disposition, Chr. 15, 6; Johns. Sel. 8, 5 (dat. in the sense of the infin.).
2. Ordinance, Ragh. 8, 40; rule, precept, regulation, Man. 1, 112; 115.
3. Form, mode, Sund. 1, 22; 26; manner.
4. Action, especially the performance of religious acts, Chr. 56, 17.
5. Worship.
6. Ceremony, Man. 3, 67.
7. Means, expedient, Pañc. 258, 11.
8. Gaining.
9. Wealth.
10. Act of hostility.
11. Conflict of opposite feelings.
12. An elephant's fodder.
-- Comp. tathā-, adj. following this mode, in this manner, Hit. 101, 12. puṃvat-, n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male, Chr. 51, 19.
1. Establishing a rule or law, Lass. 2. ed. 89, 30.
2. Placing, Rājat. 5, 295; fixing, securing.
3. Building, Rājat. 5, 37.
4. Causing, making, ib. 5, 255.
5. Delivering, entrusting.
-- Comp. bhaya-, adj. alarming, fearful.
1. Order, injunction, command, Bhāg. P. 8, 20, 27; Pañc. iii. d. 238 (daiva-, When destiny commands).
2. Rule, Pañc. 117, 11; precept, Hit. i. d. 167, M.M.; 89, 6 (na vidhiḥ, Is not prescribed, cf. Hit. 94, 3; not just).
3. A sacred precept.
4. Ceremony, Man. 2, 67; Pañc. 158, 5.
5. A text prescribing any particular act.
6. A sacred work.
7. Fate, Pañc. ii. d. 20.
8. Creator, Brahmav. 2, 94; Brahman.
9. A name of Viṣṇu.
10. Time.
11. Kind, sort, manner, Pañc. 138, 15; Vikr. d. 72 (ko yaṃ vidhiḥ, How comes that to pass?).
12. Act, action, Śiś. 9, 78; Pañc. 260, 17; Vikr. d. 9; creation, Kir. 7, 7.
13. Behaviour, life, Man. 2, 16.
14. Food for horses, elephants, etc.
-- Comp. a-, m. wrong way; instr. unjustly, Pañc. i. d. 421. karmavidhi, i. e. karman-, m. rule of action, Man. 9, 325. kriyā-, m. rule of conduct, Man. 12, 87. chadmavidhi, i. e. chadman-, m. disguise, Utt. Rāmac. 17, 14. dus-, m. ill fate, Kathās. 21, 79. paribhava-, m. humiliation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1233. prasādhana-, m. embellishing, Vikr. d. 22. prāyaścitta-, m. rules for penance, Man. 1, 116. bhavadvidhi, i. e. bhavant-, adj. thy manner (i. e. the same manner in which you are treated), Pañc. 215, 8. bheda-, m. separation, Bhartṛ. 2, 15. maṅgala-, m. the ceremony of oblations, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 6. yathā-, adv. according to rule, Pañc. iii. d. 162. viśeṣa-, m. 1. special rule or observance. 2. special form, Hit. 117, 19 (of a treaty). śṛṅgāra-, m. dress fit for amorous interviews, Pañc. 35, 15.
-- Comp. nirvidhitsa, i. e. nis-, adj. free from desire, MBh. 3, 13953.
1. The moon, Man. 3, 127.
2. Viṣṇu.
3. Brahman.
4. A Rākṣasa.
5. An expiatory oblation.
6. Camphor.
I. adj.
1. Trembling, Śiś. 9, 77; agitated, Bhartṛ. 1, 37.
2. Bewildered, Utt. Rāmac. 78, 1.
3. Adverse, Pañc. 42, 13; i. d. 220.
4. Separate from a mistress or lover, abandoned, Nalod. 3, 50; Megh. 113; Vikr. d. 102.
II. n.
1. Agitation of mind.
2. Danger, Hit. 50, 8.
3. Separation.
1. Shaking.
2. Agitation.
1. Necessary or proper act or conduct.
2. Fitness for enactment as a rule.
3. Submission, Kir. 11, 33.
1. Aversion.
2. Disrespect.
3. Offence, Kir. 3, 16.
4. Destruction.
1. Falling asunder, Hit. i. d. 48, M.M.
2. Destroying.
3. Hostile.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not laying aside, Dev. 1, 4.
1. Sound, noise.
2. A tree, Echites scholaris.
1. Training, discipline, Ragh. 10, 80.
2. Good behaviour, Pañc. iii. d. 122.
3. Behaviour, Utt. Rāmac. 109, 6.
4. Reverence, Lass. 2. ed. 35, 11.
5. Modesty, Pañc. i. d. 12.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. want of modesty or propriety of conduct, Man. 7, 40. 2. wrong behaviour, Hit. ii. d. 135. dus-, m. improper conduct, Pañc. 259, 15. sa-, adj. well-behaved, modest, Ṛt. 6, 21. °yam-, adv. humbly, modestly, Pañc. 47, 1; Vikr. 86, 10; graciously, Hit. 12, 2, M.M.
I. adj. Removing, Megh. 53.
II. n. Instruction, accomplishment, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp. a-, adj. ill-behaved, Lass. 31, 18.
1. Destroying, destruction.
2. The name of a country, Man. 2, 21.
I. m.
1. A spiritual teacher.
2. Gaṇeśa, Lass. 1, 1.
3. Garuḍa.
4. An obstacle.
II. f. yikā, The wife of Garuḍa.
1. Perdition, Man. 3, 179; ruin, destruction, Pañc. 162, 12; death, Pañc. 175, 3; 184, 9 (with upa yā, To die).
2. Removal, Pañc. 187, 7; disappearance; with abhi-i, To disappear, Pañc. v. d. 66.
3. Loss, Vikr. d. 85; Pañc. 145, 15.
-- Comp. a-, m. deliverance from ruin, Chr. 56, 15.
I. m. A destroyer, Nal. 12, 30 (at the end of a comp.).
II. n. Destruction, Chr. 56, 19; Rām. 4, 19, 11.
1. Destroying, destructive.
2. Perishing, Hit. iv. d. 126.
3. Undergoing transformation, Man. 1, 27.
-- Comp. a-, adj. imperishable, Bhag. 2, 17.
and vīnāha vi/īnāha, i. e. vi-nah + a, m. The top or cover of a well.
1. Falling, Bhartṛ. 2, 10; falling down, Pañc. 203, 2.
2. Ruin, Śāk. 70, 1.
3. Calamity, Man. 4, 146.
4. Death, Man. 8, 185.
5. Pain.
6. Disrespect.
1. Barter, exchange, Mālav. d. 31; instr. alternately, Ragh. 1, 26.
2. A pledge, a deposit.
1. Separation.
2. Abandoning, Hit. 99, 13.
3. Parting with anything in expectation of some advantage.
4. Appointment to any office.
5. Application to, or employment in, Hit. 98, 15.
1. Asertainment, Kir. 2, 12.
2. Settling, Man. 8, 300.
3. Decision, 1, 114.
4. A rule, 5, 110.
1. Stop, stopping, Man. 8, 368.
2. Abstaining, Pañc. MS. Berol. 149, b.
1. Decision, Chr. 15, 6; resolution, Sāv. 3, 10.
2. Certainty, Chr. 17, 31.
-- Comp. pāpa-, adj. intending evil, Rām. 6, 81, 8. sva-dharma-artha-, m. certainty concerning the objects of one's duty.
1. A guide.
2. A teacher.
3. A ruler.
4. A chastiser, Rām. 3, 55, 37.
1. Dismissing, removing, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 10; Śāk. 13, 3 (Prākṛ.).
2. Play, pastime, entertainment, Hit. 13, 7, M.M.; Lass. 5, 15; sport, Pañc. 5, 6 (sarasvatī-, The sport of the goddess of cloquence, i. e. literary practice).
3. Pleasure, Pañc. 147, 14; happiness, Śāk. 86, 17.
4. Interest, interesting pursuit, Vikr. d. 45.
5. Eagerness.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without pastime, Megh. 86. vilapana-, m. removing (viz. grief), by lamenting, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 10.
I. i. e. vid + u, adj.
1. Intelligent.
2. Liberal.
II. m.
1. A drop of any liquid, Pañc. 123, 14; Vikr. d. 80.
2. A drop of water, taken as a measure.
3. A spot.
4. The bite or mark of a tooth.
5. A mark of coloured paint on an elephant's face or trunk.
6. A dot over a letter representing the anusvāra.
7. The part of the forehead between the eyebrows.
-- Comp. suvarṇa- (m.), Viṣṇu, Mālat. 166, 16; the name of a holy place, Mālat. 145, 6. hiraṇya-, m. fire, MBh. 13, 1697.
I. m.
1. The name of a mountainous range, Hit. 75, 11, M.M.
2. A hunter.
II. f. yā.
1. Small cardamoms.
2. A fruit, Annona reticulata.
-- Comp. nis-, f. yā, the name of a river, Megh. 29.
1. Entrusting.
2. A deposit.
3. Orderly arrangement, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 38.
4. Assemblage, collection.
5. Site, place.
6. Receptacle.
-- Comp. akṣara-, m. writing, writ, Vikr. 25, 20.
-- With the prep. pra pra, To spend, Pañc. MS. Berol. 4, b (pravepyamāno, v. r. of praveśyamāno, Kos. ed. orn. 3, 14; cf. Götting. Gel. Anz. 1862, p. 1362).
1. Ripened, Bhaṭṭ. 1, 10.
2. Fulfilled.
1. Hostility.
2. Opposition.
3. Contradiction.
1. Sale, Sund. 2, 23.
2. Low traffic, Man. 3, 152; 10, 116.
1. A shop.
2. A market, Mālav. 24, 21.
3. The street of a market.
4. An article for sale.
5. Traffic, Hariv. 3809.
1. Misfortune, Pañc. iii. d. 77.
2. Failing, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 263.
3. Pain.
4. Death, Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
I. adj., f. nī, Causing to return, Kathās. 46, 121 (with vidyā, a magical knowledge producing that effect).
II. n. Turning back.
1. Reverse, that which is contrary, opposite to something, counterpart, Hit. ii. d. 43.
2. Contrariety.
1. Change, Pañc. 37, 3.
2. A morbid change, Man. 11, 48; failure of conception, 3, 49; cf. Rām. 1, 47, 3.
3. Reverse, that which is contrary, opposite to something, Man. 4, 12; Kir. 11, 44; loc. ye, On the contrary, Rām. 2, 26, 34.
4. Error.
5. Trespass, Man. 8, 249.
6. Overthrow, Man. 4, 171.
7. Opposition, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 12; contrariety.
8. Perverseness of disposition.
9. Hostility.
-- Comp. karmaviparyaya, i. e. karman-, m. wrong doing, Hit. ii. d. 100. bhāgya-, and vidhi-, m. misfortune, Vikr. 63, 19; 69, 9.
1. Reverse (cf. the two last), Utt. Rāmac. 96, 15; interchange, ib. 47, 6 (ghana-virala-bhāvaḥ kṣitiruhāṃ yāto viparyāsam, As for the trees, their state of being close together, or scanty, has interchanged, i. e. where there were before plenty of trees, there are at present few, and vice versā).
2. Error, mistake, Bhāṣāp. 136; Pañc. 129, 5.
3. Investing imaginary things with real attributes.
1. Cooking.
2. Ripening, Kir. 4, 26; taking place, Utt. Rāmac. 52, 5.
3. The consequence of actions, Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
4. Unexpected or improbable result.
5. Distress, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 14.
6. Change of form or state.
7. Flavour, taste, MBh. 1, 716.
8. Digestion.
-- Comp. karmavipāka, i. e. karman-, m. the ripening of actions, retribution, MBh. 4, 1405. daśā-, m. state, Mālat. 149, 4. dus-, adj. turning out destructive, Utt. Rāmac. 29, 8. daiva-dus-, m. cruelty (literally, the hard ripening) of fate, Utt. Rāmac. 164, 4; Hit. 18, 7; Utt. Rāmac. 27, 5.
1. A blister on the foot.
2. A riddle.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. very impenetrable, Kir. 5, 18.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Large, great, Pañc. i. d. 18; v. d. 5; Bhartṛ. 2, 91, 99; Rām. 3, 54, 28.
2. Broad.
3. Deep.
II. m.
1. The mountain Meru.
2. The Himālaya mountain.
3. A respectable man.
III. f. lā, The earth.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very spacious.
1. A poet, or singer of vedic hymns, Chr. 292, 11 and 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 11; 86, 3.
2. A Brāhmaṇa, a priest, Kathās. 4, 110; Pañc. 158, 2.
1. Opposition.
2. Retaliation.
3. Injury, abuse, Kir. 3, 55.
4. Wickedness.
1. Opposing.
2. Retaliating.
1. Retaliation.
2. Abuse.
1. Opposition.
2. Reverse.
3. Contradiction.
4. Retaliation.
1. Mutual connexion with.
2. Conversancy.
3. Perplexity.
4. Various acquirements.
5. Difference.
6. Opposition of interests.
7. Contest, dispute, Windischmann, Sancara, 93.
1. Enmity, hate.
2. Rage.
3. Wickedness, evil action.
4. (also vipratisāra vipratisāra), Repentance.
1. Separation, Man. 9, 1; Pañc. ii. d. 184.
2. Disunion.
3. Quarrel.
4. Deserving.
1. Deceiving, deceit, Ragh. 19, 18; Utt. Rāmac. 82, 12; Daśak. in Chr. 182, 14; 185, 9.
2. Separation, Utt. Rāmac. 82, 7 (ati-bhūmi-gata-, adj. Whose separation has reached the highest degree, i. e. who has suffered an exceedingly sorrowful separation).
3. Disunion.
4. Quarrel.
1. Idle discourse, prattle.
2. Quarrel.
1. Banishment.
2. Residence abroad.
1. Spreading; with gam, To become known, Pañc. iii. d. 258.
2. Perplexity.
3. Calamity, disaster, Man. 8, 348.
4. Tumult, trouble, Hit. i. d. 72, M.M.
5. Predatory warfare.
6. Rapine, extortion.
7. Affray, scuffle, Rājat. 5, 420 (disturbance).
8. Terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures.
9. Sin, wickedness, Rājat. 5, 19.
-- Comp. prāṇa-, adj. depriving of life, Bhāg. P. 1, 18, 2.
1. Inundating.
2. Devastating.
3. Causing disturbance.
4. A horse's gallop.
1. A god, Man. 12, 47.
2. A learned, a wise man, Pañc. ii. d. 47 (adj.); ii. d. 182.
3. The moon.
1. A partition, division, Man. 1, 24.
2. Part.
3. Inheritance.
4. An affix of declension, Pāṇ. i. 4, 104; v. 3, 1, sqq.
1. Breaking.
2. Fracture.
3. Stopping, Bhartṛ. 2, 60.
4. Bending, contracting (especially of the eyebrows).
5. Expression of features.
6. Division.
-- Comp. āśā-, adj. (with broken hope), hopeless, Hit. i. d. 189, M.M.
1. Power, Bhartṛ. 2, 49.
2. Supreme or superhuman power, Kir. 5, 21.
3. Wealth, Pañc. iii. d. 96.
4. Property.
5. Substance.
6. Thing, Pañc. iii. d. 167.
7. Magnanimity.
8. Emancipation from existence.
-- Comp. galita-, adj. one who has spent his fortune (arthiṣu, on the poor), Bhartṛ. 2, 36.
1. Light.
2. Lustre, Nalod. 1, 48.
3. Beauty.
4. A ray of light.
1. The sun, Sāh. Darp. p. 312, 2.
2. Fire.
1. Dividing, Bhāṣāp. 3; division, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 23; Hit. 119, 18; arrangement, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 15.
2. Part, Pañc. 243, 20; 241, 7.
3. Distribution, Rājat. 5, 111.
4. Partition of inheritance, Man. 1, 115.
5. The share or portion of inheritance.
-- Comp. digvi°, i. e. diś-, m. a quarter of the compass, direction, Vikr. 5, 14.
1. An acquaintance.
2. An excitant of the sentiments of poetical composition, Sāh. Darp. p. 31.
3. The affections or sentiments, as love, Sch. ad Nalod. 2, 8.
I. vibhā + van, adj., f. varī, Shining, 287, 1 = Rigv. i. 48, 1; Chr. 295, 14 = Rigv. i. 92, 14.
II. vi-bhā + van, f. varī.
1. Night, Rām. 2, 84, 18.
2. A harlot.
3. A bawd.
4. Turmeric.
1. Discussion.
2. Ascertaining, Vikr. 78, 10 (reading).
3. Perceiving distinctly, Man. 2, 101.
4. Conceiving, imagination.
I. adj. Terrific, horrible, Hiḍ. 2, 4.
II. m. The brother of Rāvaṇa.
III. f. ṇā, and n. The property of exciting fear, terrifying, a means of terrifying, Draup. 5, 10 (n.).
-- Comp. su-, adj. very terrible, Rām. 3, 55, 25.
I. adj.
1. Omnipresent.
2. All-pervading, pervading, Bhāṣāp. 50; 93.
3. Eternal.
4. Firm, solid.
II. m.
1. A master, a lord, Pañc. 202, 10; Chr. 33, 2; used particularly in addressing, Indr. 1, 39; Chr. 13, 15; 17, 27.
2. One who is able (with infin.), Kir. 5, 43.
3. Śiva.
4. Brahman.
5. Viṣṇu.
6. The soul.
7. Time.
8. Space.
9. AEther.
10. A servant.
1. Power, dignity, Pañc. 203, 1.
2. Superhuman power, Hit. iii. d. 115.
3. Ashes of cow-dung.
1. Powerful.
2. Superhuman, Bhag. 10, 41.
1. Light, lustre.
2. Ornament.
1. Dividing, Kir. 13, 1.
2. Breaking, violating, Hit. iv. d. 124.
3. Wounding.
4. Bewildering.
5. A separation.
6. Distinction.
7. Contradiction.
8. Enmity.
1. Whirling, Hit. iii. d. 140; going round, Kathās. 20, 226 (agitation); motion, Mālat. 15, 12.
2. Error, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 3 (hāra-, adj. Producing the error of a necklace, i. e. like a necklace); Rājat. 5, 332 (babhruḥ -- saṭā-pāṭala-vibhramam, Could be mistaken for [i. e. were like] a Bignonia-like mane).
3. Erroneous use, Man. 7, 24.
4. Doubt.
5. Play (of the eyes), Śāk. d. 23.
6. Amorous actions, Pañc. i. d. 151; flurry, confusion, perturbation, Bhag. 2, 63.
7. Enrapture, Mālat. 155, 7.
8. Beauty, Pañc. v. d. 3; grace, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 6.
-- Comp. citta-, m. derangement, madness, MBh. 18, 47. dṛṣṭi-, m. amorous playing of the eyes, Śāk. d. 23. sa-, adj. playing, looking amorously, Ṛt. 1, 12; 6, 23.
1. Shining.
2. Elegant, richly dressed.
1. Whirling, going round.
2. Hurry, precipitation.
3. Error.
4. Confusion.
1. Rubbing, Śāk. 105, 14 (rubbing against, or playing with, the young lion); Ṛt. 1, 20.
2. The trituration of perfumes.
3. Touch, contact, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 23; conjunction of the sun and moon, eclipse.
4. Destroying, Hit. 50, 18.
5. Killing.
6. War, Vikr. 87, 1; battle, Utt. Rāmac. 138, 5.
7. Weariness, Chr. 42, 13; tediousness, Mṛcch. 1, 9.
1. Rubbing, grinding.
2. The trituration of perfumes.
3. Conjunction of the sun and moon, eclipse.
4. Destroying, killing.
1. Investigation.
2. Reasoning.
3. Discussion, hesitation, Rām. 1, 20, 23.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. devoid of reflection, Kathās. 15, 39. sa-vimarśa + m, adv. thoughtfully, Śāk. 58, 4.
1. Irritation, Chr. 60, 28.
2. Displeasure. Cf. vimarśa.
1. A chariot of the gods, Vikr. 4, 1; Rām. 3, 48, 6.
2. Any vehicle, Rām. 3, 54, 6.
3. A horse.
4. A palace, Megh. 64.
5. (vi-mā + ana), A measure.
m.
I. vi-mārga.
1. A bad road, Lass. 2. ed. 68, 40.
2. Evil conduct.
II. i. e. vi-mṛj + a, A broom, a brush.
1. Separation.
2. Liberation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 191; remission, Man. 11, 232.
3. Saving (one's life), Pañc. ii. d. 174.
4. Final emancipation from future existence.
1. Turning away.
2. Departure.
3. Disinclination, opposition, Śāk. 66, 2.
1. Letting loose.
2. Deliverance (from embarrassment), Chr. 54, 19.
3. Dismissing unhurt, Man. 8, 316.
4. Final emancipation, Bhag. 16, 5; Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 7.
1. Untying, Pañc. 107, 24.
2. Liberation, release, Johns. Sel. 97, 1. 6; Pañc. ii. d. 191.
3. Abandoning, Man. 2, 243; Pañc. 74, 20 (aṇḍa-, Laying eggs).
and viyāma viya/āma, i. e. vi-yam + a, m.
1. Restraint.
2. Cessation.
3. Pain.
1. Separation, Vikr. 29, 17 (with saha, Pañc. 30, 22).
2. Disunion.
3. Loss, Pañc. ii. d. 184; death, Hit. iv. d. 62.
4. Absence, Megh. 78.
-- Comp. a-, m. the not being deprived (with instr.), Daśak. in Chr. 193, 17. sadviyoga, i. e. sant- (vb. 1. as), separation from the good, Kir. 5, 51.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Separated, Nalod. 2, 12.
2. Absent.
II. m. The ruddy goose.
1. Absence of affection.
2. Aversion, Pañc. 114, 1.
1. Making, Vikr. d. 153 (read muktāvalī-viracanā-punar-uktam; cf. vac and Böhtl. Roth. s. v. punarukta).
2. Composing.
3. Embellishing.
4. Embellishment, Mālat. 13, 20 (nā).
1. Stop.
2. Cessation.
3. End, Bhartṛ. 1, 51.
4. Indifference, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 11.
I. adj.
1. Fine, delicate, thin.
2. Little, Śiś. 9, 3; few, Rājat. 5, 56.
3. Loose, relaxed, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 4.
4. Separated by an interval, wide.
5. Remote.
6. Single, Bhartṛ. 2, 33; rare, Prab. 10, 8; Pañc. i. d. 35; °lam, adv. Rarely, Hit. i. d. 32, M.M.
II. n. Sour curds.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. coarse. 2. uninterrupted, Utt. Rāmac. 69, 6. 3. close; °lam, adv. closely, Śāk. d. 55; fast, Mālat. 60, 10. 4. dense, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 6; plentiful, Mālat. 14, 6. pra-, adj. 1. very rare, very scanty, Pañc. 182, 16; 214, 22. 2. separate, apart.
1. Separation, Megh. 12; Rājat. 5, 373; separation from (with instr.), Man. 5, 149.
2. Absence, Bhāṣāp. 68; want, Hit. 127, 5.
3. Cessation, Vikr. d. 130.
4. Relinquishment.
-- Comp. prathama-, loc. sing. immediately after the separation, Megh. 92.
I. adj.
1. Separate, Mālat. 144, 3.
2. Absent from
II. f. iṇī.
1. A woman absent from her husband or lover.
2. Wages, hire.
1. Splendour.
2. A man of the military class.
3. The name of the first progeny of Brahman, Man. 1, 32; 3, 195.
4. The consciousness which perceives collections or aggregates, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 11.
1. Thwarting, opposing.
2. Injuring.
3. Abusive.
1. Prevention, opposition.
2. Vexation.
3. A Rākṣasa, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 19.
1. Cessation, rest, Man. 2, 73; °maṃ yā, To rest, Bhartṛ. 2, 72.
2. End, Utt. Rāmac. 63, 5.
3. Pause.
1. Shouting.
2. Resounding, Rām. 1, 19, 12.
1. Opposition, contrariety.
2. Enmity.
3. Incongruity, abominableness, Pañc. 260, 3.
-- Comp. a-, f. absence of abominableness, Pañc. 261, 6.
1. Purging.
2. A purgative.
I. m. A ray of light.
II. n. A chasm.
I. m.
1. Fire.
2. The sun.
3. The moon.
II. (n. ?), Light, lustre, Rājat. 5, 448.
1. Shining.
2. Illuminating, making visible, Man. 1, 77.
I. m.
1. Hindrance, impediment.
2. Restraint, check.
3. Opposition, Pañc. 162, 14; Chr. 56, 16; contradiction, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 18; Kusumāñj. 3, 8; i. d. 147.
4. Inconsistency (in argument).
5. Surrounding.
6. Siege, blockade.
7. Enmity, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 1; Pañc. 148, 10.
8. War.
9. Calamity.
II. f. dhī, Fixed rule, institute.
-- Comp. vacana-, m. inconsistency of texts. smṛti-, m. 1. illegality. 2. disagreement between two or more codes of law.
1. Hindering.
2. Opposition.
3. Incongruity.
4. Blockading.
5. Provoking.
6. Encountering or defying peril.
-- Comp. a-, adj. useful, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 175.
I. adj. f. nī.
1. Obstructive.
2. Preventing, impeding, Man. 4, 17.
3. Contradictory, inconsistent, Vikr. d. 162.
4. Exclusive, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 11.
5. Besieging, blockading.
6. Quarrelsome.
II. m. An enemy, Lass. 2. ed. 88, 28.
-- Comp. deśa-kāla-, adj. acting contrary to place and time, Pañc. iii. d. 209.
† vil, i. 6, Par. To cover, to conceal. i. 10, Par. To throw (cf. pil).
I. m. One of Indra's horses.
II. n.
1. A chasm, a hole, Pañc. ii. d. 14; 107, 2 (of a mouse).
2. A cave, a cavern, Pañc. 193, 15; Rām. 4, 9, 19.
-- Comp. ud-, adj. being out of one's hole, Rām. 2, 33, 19. mahā-, n. 1. a cave. 2. sky, heaven. 3. the heart. 4. a water-jar. sthālī-, n. the interior or hollow of a pot.
A. vi-lakṣ + ana, n. Seeing.
B. i. e. vi-lakṣaṇa,
I. adj. Different, Bhāṣāp. 113.
II. n. State or condition for which no cause can be assigned, causeless state.
1. Absence of mark or aim.
2. Absence of distinguishing property.
3. Surprise.
4. Shame.
1. Overstepping.
2. Striking against, Kir. 5, 29.
3. Offence, 13, 55.
1. Lamenting, Utt. Rāmac. 73, 10; Hit. 65, 20.
2. Chattering.
1. Falling.
2. Hanging down.
3. Slowness.
4. Delay, Rām. 3, 35, 35; Lass. 75, 10.
-- Comp. a-, and mā-, acc. bam, adv. without delay, Pañc. 107, 25 (mā-); Vikr. (Lenz.), 84, 12 (a-).
1. Depending.
2. Delaying, delay, Hit. 99, 12.
1. Hanging down, Śāk. d. 145.
2. Delaying.
1. Liquefaction, Śiś. 9, 17; vilayaṃ gam, To be dissolved, to end.
2. Death, Utt. Rāmac. 172, 3.
3. Destruction, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
4. Destruction of the world.
-- Comp. su-, adj. easily fusible.
1. Liquefying.
2. Attenuating.
3. Corroding.
4. Removing.
5. Destroying.
1. Sporting, dallying, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 7.
2. Flashing, Megh. 39.
1. Sport, pastime, dalliance, merriness, Pañc. v. d. 83.
2. Coquetry, Śāk. d. 35.
3. Wantonness, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1610.
4. Charm, beauty, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 3.
-- Comp. bhrū-, m. amorous motion of the eyebrows, Megh. 93. sa-, adj. amorous, wanton, Śiś. 9, 26; °sam, adv. by expressive looks, Mālat. 15, 6.
1. Sportive,
2. A dallying, wanton woman, Ṛt. 1, 12.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Sportive.
2. Dallying, wanton, Kir. 10, 41.
II. m.
1. Viṣṇu, Śiva, Kṛṣṇa, Kāma.
2. The moon.
3. Fire.
4. A snake.
5. A sensualist.
III. f. nī.
1. A woman, Rām. 3, 52, 23.
2. A harlot, Pañc. iii. d. 122.
3. The favourite mistress of a king(?), Pañc. 156, 23.
-- Comp. vāra-, f. a harlot, Hit. iv. d. 130. sura-, f. a courtesan of heaven, Lass. 82, 4.
1. Digging.
2. Dividing.
3. Making furrows.
1. Ointment.
2. Anointing.
3. Mortar, plaster.
I. n.
1. Anointing the body with fragrant substances, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 8.
2. Ointment, Hit. i. d. 96, M.M.
3. Plastering.
II. f. nī.
1. A woman adorned with perfumes.
2. Rice-gruel.
1. Seeing, regarding, Mālat. 68, 5; sight, Kir. 5, 16.
2. Spying, Hit. iii. d. 35.
1. Agitating, stirring.
2. Rolling.
1. Destruction.
2. Deluding.
1. Beguiling, Kir. 10, 17.
2. Seduction.
3. Praise.
1. Shaking, trembling, Ṛt. 1, 14; 19.
2. Unsteady, fickle.
3. Rolling (as the eyes).
4. Tossing.
I. m. A fruit tree, Aegle marmelos, Bhartṛ. 2, 68.
II. n.
1. Its fruit.
2. A measure, the same as the Pala.
-- Comp. cira-, m. a tree, Pongamia glabra Vent., Rām. 3, 79, 34.
1. Wish to speak.
2. Wish.
3. A question, MBh. 1, 7197.
and vīvadha vi/īvadha, probably vi-vah + a, m.
1. A road, Pañc. iii. d. 39 (vi°).
2. A yoke for carrying burthens.
3. A load.
4. Storing grain or hay, etc.
5. An ewer.
-- Comp. udaka-, and uda(n)-vīvadha-, m. a yoke for carrying water, Pāṇ. 6, 3, 60.
and vīvadhika vi/īvadhika, i. e. vi/īvadha + ika, m. A chandler.
1. Separation.
2. A hole, Hit. 28, 10, M.M.; a chasm, a fissure, Pañc. 10, 12; a breach, Man. 7, 105; an interval, Śāk. d. 166; space, Nalod. 2, 19.
3. A cave, Pañc. 241, 1.
4. A vulnerable part, MBh. 9, 3280.
5. A wound, Ragh. 11, 18.
6. Fault, defect.
-- Comp. karṇa-, n. the auditory passage, Bhāg. P. 3, 15, 46. nāsā-, n. the nostril, ib. 3, 15, 18.
1. Uncovering.
2. Explanation.
3. A sentence, Brahmav. 2, 28.
4. Detailing.
1. Going round, Lass. 74, 16; revolving.
2. Dancing.
3. Confounding of truth and falsehood, mistaking unreal objects and conceiving them to be what they are not, e. g. mirage for water, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 24.
4. Object as unreal, opposed to Brahman, the only real essence, Utt. Rāmac. 143, 8.
5. Modification, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 3; 88, 2.
6. An assemblage, multitude, Mālat. 24, 8.
1. Going round, revolving.
2. Reverential salutation, Kir. 5, 40.
3. Turning round, overturning, Utt. Rāmac. 102, 4.
4. Tossing to and fro, Śāk. d. 132.
5. Returning, Kir. 7, 11.
6. Passing in succession, Mālat. 23, 14; as various hells, Man. 12, 75.
7. Being, abiding.
8. Causing to change, Mālat. 71, 8.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not showing the heels, Sāv. 7, 12. pārśva-, adj. living at the side, Kathās. 19, 101.
I. adj.
1. Growing, Rām. 3, 49, 41.
2. Furthering, increasing, Man. 1, 106; Hit. ii. d. 57 (but cf. v. r. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1217).
II. n. Increase.
I. m.
1. The sun, Pañc. v. d. 37; Kir. 5, 48.
2. Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun.
3. The seventh Manu (see vaivasvata).
4. A god.
II. f. vatī, The city of the sun.
1. Contesting, Śāk. 106, 10; contest, strife, Man. 4, 180; dispute, Pañc. i. d. 68.
2. Argument, Man. 11, 205.
3. A lawsuit, Pañc. iii. d. 92.
4. Sound, Ragh. 18, 42.
-- Comp. a-, m. accordance, Man. 8, 92. nis-, adj. not contesting, agreeing with each other, MBh. 3, 305. śānta- (vb. śam), adj, reconciled, appeased. sīmā-, m. a litigation respecting boundaries, Man. 8, 6.
1. Contending.
2. A party in a lawsuit, Man. 8, 69.
I. vi- 1. vas, Caus., + a, m. Banishment, Nal. 19, 6.
II. vi-vāsa, adj. Without clothes, naked.
1. Marriage, Pañc. 188, 22.
2. Nuptial form, Man. 3, 20.
-- Comp. see ku-, Dus-, m. a bad form of marriage, Man. 3, 41.
1. Discovery, manifestation, Kir. 10, 19.
2. Explanation.
1. Discrimination, Man. 1, 26; Pañc. i. d. 294.
2. Judgment, Bhartṛ. 2, 10.
3. Discussion, investigation.
4. True knowledge, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.
5. A reservoir.
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. absence of discrimination or judgment, Hit. iv. d. 97.
II. adj. wanting discrimination, stupid, Hit. i. d. 135, M.M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. defective in judgment, unable to discriminate, Kathās. 24, 225.
1. Discrimination.
2. Decision, Man. 8, 21.
1. A husband.
2. A bridegroom.
1. viś, i. 6, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 2, 43, 6),
1. To enter, Hit. ii. d. 48.
2. To enter in (with acc.), Bhag. 11. 29.
3. To pierce, Rājat. 5, 217.
4. To begin, Rām. 1, 11, 20.
5. To sit down, Rām. 2, 82, 2. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. viṣṭa, Penetrated, pervaded. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. veśya,
I. f. yā, A harlot, Hit. i. d. 135, M.M.
II. n. The habitation of harlots. Comp. svar-veśyā, f. an Apsaras.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To enter after somebody, MBh. 1, 796.
2. To enter, Pañc. 187, 25.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, Hit. i. d. 2, M.M.
2. To enter, Man. i, 29.
3. To occupy, Chr. 35, 5.
4. To proceed, Man. 1, 18. āviṣṭa,
1. Pierced, wounded, Rām. 3, 52, 20.
2. Overpowered, affected with, Lass. 2. ed. 45, 18; possessed (by a demon, or by any sentiment), Pañc. 40, 18; Chr. 31, 15; 7, 21.
3. Covered, Pañc. i. d. 73 (kañcuka-, by a coat of mail and by a snake's hide).
4. Full of, Hit. 126, 17. Caus. veśaya, To cause to enter, Bhag. 8, 10.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To enter, MBh. 1, 5389.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā,
1. To enter, Rām. 2, 85, 15.
2. To begin, Rām. 1, 62, 22.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To enter at once, Man. 1, 56.
2. To enter, MBh. 7272.
3. To approach, Bhartṛ. 2, 81.
4. To sit on, Man. 2, 119; Pañc. ii. d. 63. samāviṣṭa, Endowed, Lass. 2, 2. Caus.
1. To put on, MBh. 3, 9913.
2. To commit, Pañc. i. d. 106.
-- With upa upa,
1. To sit down, Vikr. 15, 5; Chr. 11, 17.
2. To encamp, MBh. 3, 659.
3. To enter, to occupy, MBh. 1, 5389. upaviṣṭa,
1. Seated, Pañc. 68, 21; sitting, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 10; sitting quietly, Pañc. 53, 23; sitting down for performing, Pañc. 224, 15.
2. Arrived, entered, Lass. 2. ed. 44, 3. Comp. bala-, adj. endowed with, or possessed of, strength. Caus.
1. To cause to sit down, Vikr. 28, 18 (corr. veśayati); to place, Man. 3, 208.
2. To sit down, Pañc. 147, 6 (probably to be read, upaviśya).
-- With upopa upa-upa,
1. To sit near, (with the acc.), MBh. 3, 11777.
2. To sit down, MBh. 1, 4914. upopaviṣṭa,
1. Surrounded, Rām. 1, 4, 26.
2. Sitting, MBh. 1, 6959.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, To sit down opposite to, MBh. 2, 1156 (perhaps prati is to be separated, and preposition belonging to the preceding word).
-- With samupa sam-upa, To sit down, Vikr. 81, 4; MBh. 1, 8479. Caus. To cause to sit down, Hit. 69, 5.
-- With ni ni, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 1, 6960).
1. To enter, MBh. 1, 7566.
2. To descend, MBh. 1, 7308.
3. To sit down, Śiś. 1, 19.
4. To lie down, Pañc. 205, 8.
5. To marry, MBh. 1, 1852.
6. To be intent on, Man. 2, 8.
7. To return, MBh. 3, 1426 (probably is to be read nirveśya). niviṣṭa,
1. Situated on, Rām. 3, 53, 35.
2. Arranged, Man. 9, 252. Caus.
1. To cause to enter, Man. 4, 171.
2. To place, Rām. 1, 18, 21.
3. To lay the foundation of, Hariv. 6521.
4. With manas, To apply one's mind to, Man. 6, 35.
5. To draw, Śāk. d. 42.
6. To cause to lie down, to encamp, Śāk. 18, 23.
7. To cause to marry, MBh. 1, 7138; to unite to a match, Śāk. d. 95.
-- With abhini abhi-ni,
1. To sit down, to settle in (with acc.), Pāṇ. 1, 4, 47; figurat., Bhaṭṭ. 8, 80.
2. To be very set upon, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 21. abhiniviṣṭa,
1. Endowed with, Ragh. 2, 75 (Calc.).
2. Fixed, Mālat. 19, 2.
3. Determined. Caus.
1. To place, Śiś. 1, 15.
2. To build, Ragh. 15, 29.
3. To cause to be very set upon, Mālav. 28, 8.
-- With pratyabhini prati-abhi-ni, pratyabhiniviṣṭa, Pursuing pertinaciously, Mālat. 88, 22.
-- With pratini prati-ni, pratiniviṣṭa, Obstinate, Bhartṛ. 2, 4.
-- With vini vi-ni, Caus.
1. To cause to enter, Rājat. 5, 318.
2. To join(?), Rājat. 5, 39.
3. To place, Rājat. 5, 445.
4. To suspend, Pañc. i. d. 160.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, saṃniviṣṭa, Entered, seated, Bhag. 15, 15. Caus.
1. To cause to enter, Man. 11, 202 (read saṃniveśya).
2. To cause to lie down, MBh. 3, 665.
3. To unite, to join, Man. 1, 16.
4. To place, Vikr. 73, 8; Ragh. 12, 58 (Calc.).
5. To put on, Ṛt. 1, 7.
6. To contemplate, Man. 12, 120.
-- With nis nis,
1. To enjoy, Megh. 109.
2. To return, to reward, MBh. 5, 4943.
3. To embellish, Hariv. 7858.
-- With pari pari, see 2. viṣ with pari.
-- With pra pra,
1. To enter, Chr. 24, 50.
2. To appear, Vikr. 71, 11.
3. To begin, Rām. 1, 31, 28. praviṣṭa,
1. Entered, pass. and act., Śāk. d. 7; Rājat. 5, 13; 58.
2. Entered upon, engaged in. Desider. vivikṣa, To wish to enter, MBh. 3, 10836. Caus.
1. To cause to enter, Pañc. 256, 1; to let enter, 16, 2.
2. To introduce (with two acc.), MBh. 1, 4427; as one's wife, Chr. 6, 8.
3. To lay up, Man. 8, 38. pravcśita, Called, or sent in.
-- With anupra anu-pra,
1. To enter after somebody, MBh. 1, 7800.
2. To enter, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 13.
3. To go through, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 10.
4. To follow, to accommodate one's self to, Pañc. i. d. 78 (cf. Hit. ii. d. 50).
5. To cohabit with. MBh. 1, 4275.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To enter, MBh. 1, 3303.
2. To cohabit with, Man. 9, 8.
-- With sam sam,
1. To enter, MBh. 1, 6741.
2. To lie down, MBh. 3, 13149; to go to rest, Man. 4, 55.
3. To cohabit with, Man. 3, 48. Caus. To place, MBh. 1, 4274.
-- With anusam anu-sam, To lie down after somebody, Ragh. 2, 24 (Calc.).
-- Cf. [greek] see 2. viś and veśa.
2. viś,
I. m.
1. A man of the mercantile caste, Chr. 4, 19 (the king may be called lord of the Vaiśyas, because the Brāhmaṇas are theoretically his superiors, the Kṣatriyas his equals, and the Śūdras too base for being meant; but perhaps it has the following signification).
2. A man in general.
II. f.
1. Family, tribe, Chr. 289, 5 = Rigv. i. 50, 5; Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3.
2. Entrance.
3. A daughter.
-- Cf. Goth. vaihts; A.S. with; O.H.G. ni-with, eo-wiht, neo-wiht.
I. vi-śaṅka (cf. śaṅkā), adj. Fearless; acc. kam, adv., Daśak. in Chr. 196, 3.
II. vi-śaṅk + ā, f. Suspicion, Nal. 24, 41.
-- Comp. a-, adj. free from suspicion, fearless, Nal. 4, 12. nis-, adj. fearless, Man. 7, 176 (Pañc. 123, 18 read also nirv°).
I. adj.
1. Of a white colour, Megh. 41; Śiś. 9, 26; Kir. 5, 12.
2. Clear, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3322.
3. Pure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2680; spotless, Śāk. d. 97.
4. Evident.
5. Beautiful.
II. m. White, the colour.
I. n.
1. Dissecting.
2. Killing, ruin, Utt. Rāmac. 96, 5.
II. m. A crooked sword.
1. Who or what dissects, Man. 5, 51.
2. Who or what kills.
I. vi-śākha (cf. śākhā), adj. Branchless.
II. m.
1. Kārttikeya.
2. An attitude in shooting, standing with the feet a span apart.
3. A solieitor, a beggar.
4. A spindle.
III. f. khā, The sixteenth lunar asterism, Lass. 16, 18.
1. Learned, wise.
2. Skilled, conversant with, Pañc. ii. d. 14; Chr. 5, 5.
3. Famous.
4. Bold, presuming.
I. adj.
1. Great, large, Hit. 14, 4, M.M.
2. Broad.
3. Paninent, illustrious, Hit. pr. d. 39. M.M.
II. m. A sort of deer.
III. f. lā.
1. The city Ougein, Megh. 31, and another town.
2. Bitter apple, Cucumis colocynthis.
1. Magnitude.
2. Breadth.
3. Distinction.
I. m.
1. An arrow, Chr. 34, 13; Rājat. 5, 221 (utkhāyamāna-, adj. While the arrow was drawn out).
2. An iron crow.
II. f. khā.
1. A sort of needle.
2. A spade.
3. A highway.
-- Comp. kaṭākṣa-, m. an arrow-like amorous look, Bhartṛ. 2, 76.
1. Excellence, distinction, Hit. pr. d. 42, M.M.
2. Individuality, having distinguishing properties.
3. Peculiarity, as of duty.
1. Purity, Man. 5, 67; 9, 9.
2. Correctness.
3. Purifying, purification, Bhag. 6, 12; Utt. Rāmac. 9, 17.
4. Sameness.
5. Removal of doubt.
1. Difference, Pañc. 219, 14; at the end of comp. words, Different, e. g. gati-, m. Different ways, Pañc. 247, 11. puruṣa-, This or that man, Pañc. i. d. 124.
2. Special property, Hit. pr. d. 25, M.M.
3. A change for the better, Mālav. 46, 9.
4. Sort, kind, manner, Megh. 65; Hit. ii. d. 149; Pañc. 114, 25; a different object, Megh. 58.
5. Excellence, superiority; viśeṣeṇa, Particularly, Pañc. 142, 15; 162, 9; at the end of comp. words, Excellent; e. g. bhakṣa-, m. Excellent food, Pañc. 113, 9; 117, 2, cf. my transl. n. 767; Vikr. d. 142.
6. A limb.
7. A mark on the forehead with sandal.
8. Speciality, characteristic marks, Lass. 13, 4 (tapasvin-, of an ascetic).
9. Abl. viśeṣāt, Especially, Pañc. ii. d. 100; even more, just for that, Pañc. 109, 19.
-- Comp. a-viśeṣa + m, adv. without choosing, Arj. 3, 32. tapoviśeṣa, i. e. tapas-, m. pl. various modes of devotion, Man. 2, 165. daśā-, m. a special condition, Hit. 78, 8, M.M. nis-,
I. m. want of difference, Hit. 113, 11.
II. adj. 1. having no discrimination, Hit. ii. d. 68. 2. not different. 3. equal. 4. acc. ṣam, adv. a. without difference, Hit. 84, 5, M.M. b. alike, Hit. 128, 10. c. exceedingly, Utt. Rāmac. 99, 6. prasādhana-, m. highest accomplishment, Vikr. d. 22. rasa-, m. a more excellent juice, Pañc. ii. d. 37. sa-, adj. 1. having discrimination, Hit. 55, 13. 2. having characteristic qualities. 3. extraordinary, Hit. 60, 6, M.M.
I. adj. Discriminative, distinguishing.
II. m. and n.
1. An attribute, a predicate.
2. A mark on the forehead made with sandal, etc., and worn either as an ornament, Mālav. d. 40; Daśak. in Chr. 199, 4, or sectarial distinction.
-- Comp. patra-, strokes and lines drawn on the face with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, etc., Ragh. 3, 55. vi-pra-naṣṭa- (vb. naś), adj., f. kā, one whose discriminative faculty or perception has disappeared, Rām. 3, 55, 6. sa-, adj. discriminated, having distinguishing properties, Bhāṣāp. 1.
1. Deeply learned, Hit. 129, 9; iv. d. 98.
2. Wise, intelligent.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no judgment, Hit. iii. d. 126.
I. adj.
1. Discriminative.
2. Distinctive.
II. n.
1. Distinguishing, discriminating.
2. An attribute, epithet, Vikr. 20, 3.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without attributes, Bhāg. P. 2, 10, 34. sa-, adj. distinguished, characterised.
-- Comp. sa-, adv. particularly, excellently.
1. Peculiar.
2. Excellent.
3. Superior, better, Johns. Sel. 17, 73.
I. n.
1. Cleaning.
2. Purifying, Rām. 1, 26, 19.
3. Expiation, Man. 11, 143; 156.
II. f. nī, The capital of Brahman.
1. Cleaning.
2. Purifying.
3. Freeing from obstructions, clearing, Hit. iii. d. 86.
1. Cleaning.
2. Purifying.
3. Clearing.
I. adj.(?), Drying, Arj. 8, 8; the name of a weapon.
II. n. Drying.
-- Comp. tālu-, n. the growing dry of the palate (by much speaking), MBh. 8, 4760.
and viśrāṇana viśra/āṇana, i. e. vi-śraṇ + ana, n. Gift, donation, Ragh. 2, 54 (ā).
1. Trust, confidence, Pañc. i. d. 306; ii. d. 190.
2. Affection, Hit. 46, 1, M.M. (-ālāpa, Affectionate talk).
3. Sportive noise.
1. Trusting, confiding in.
2. Trustworthy, MBh. 1, 5845 (s).
1. Abode, asylum.
2. Dependence upon.
1. Living or dwelling in.
2. Depending on.
1. Rest, repose, Pañc. 145, 9; Hit. i. d. 138, M.M.
2. Stop, pause, Utt. Rāmac. 103, 13.
-- Comp. loka-viśruti, f. 1. fame. 2. unfounded rumour.
1. Separation, Pañc., 225, 18 (with saha); disunion.
2. A chasm, Kathās. 2, 49.
-- Comp. citta-, m. separation of the hearts, loss of friendship, Pañc. 225, 17 (with instr.).
I. adj.
1. All, every, Lass. 97, 2 = Rigv. vi. 64, 1; every one, Lass. 101, 4 = Rigv. vii. 16, 1; particularly former part of comp. words, cf. viśva-karman, viśvakṛt, etc.
2. Whole.
3. Universal.
II. m.
1. A term of the Vedāntra philosophy, the faculty perceiving singleness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 13.
2. pl. (viśve), A class of deities, Indr. 2, 13.
III. n. The world, Śāk. d. 1.
IV. (n. and) f. vā, Dry ginger.
V. f. vā, A tree, a plant, Aconitum ferox.
I. adj. Wicked.
II. m.
1. A dog trained for the chase.
2. Sound.
1. The creator.
2. A son of Brahman, the artist of the gods (= viśva-karman), Sund. 3, 13, cf. 10.
I. adj. All-subduing.
II. m.
1. A particular sacrifice, Man. 11, 74.
2. The noose of Varuṇa.
1. A god.
2. Fire.
3. The sun.
4. The moon.
I. adj. All-sustainig.
II. m.
1. Viṣṇu.
2. Indra.
III. f. rā, The earth, Utt. Rāmac. 7, 11.
i. e. vi-śvasanīya + tā (vb. śvas), f. Inspiring confidence, Śāk. 27, 17.
I. adj. Allenduring.
II. f.
1. The earth.
2. One of the tongues of fire.
1. The creator of the universe, MBh. 1. 1.; Śiś. 9, 80.
2. Brahman.
1. One of the Manus.
2. One of the Gandharvas, Indr. 2, 18.
1. Confidence, trust, Pañc. ii. d. 23.
2. Faith, Vikr. 71, 13.
3. Secret, Hit. 73, 16.
-- Comp. a-, m. 1. want of confidence, distrust, Pañc. i. d. 295. 2. treachery(?), Rām. 3, 52, 48. °śam, adv. without confiding, distrustfully, Pañc. iii. d. 59.
(or nā?), viśvāsana (or nā), i. e. vi-śvas, Caus., + ana, n. (or f.), Producing confidence, Pañc. 165, 15.
1. Trusting.
2. Trusty, honest.
-- Comp. a-, adj. mistrustful, Megh. 111.
† 1. viṣ, i. 1, Par. To sprinkle.
2. viṣ, ii. 3, veviṣ, Par. Ātm. To pervade, to embrace, etc. (ved.).
-- With the prep. pari pari, Caus.
1. To present, to offer, Man. 3, 228; to offer food, MBh. 1, 7182 (where it is written with ś instead of ṣ).
2. To wait on, Rām. 1, 13, 14.
† 3. ii. 9, viṣṇā, viṣṇī, Par. To separate.
4. viṣ, f. Excrement, Man. 4, 48.
-- Comp. karṇa-, f. ear-wax, Man. 5, 135.
I. m. and n. Poison, Pañc. iii. d. 83 (n.).
II. n.
1. Water.
2. See visa.
-- Comp. karṇa-, n. poison sprinkled in one's ears (treacherous speech), Pañc. i. d. 338. dūṣī-, n. vegetable poison that has become old and diminished in strength, Suśr. 2, 254, 7. dṛṣṭi-, m. a snake, Kir. 14, 25. nis-, adj., f. ṣā, deprived of poison, Pañc. iii. d. 83. netra-, adj. having poison in one's eyes, MBh. 2, 2140. mahā-, m. a small venomous snake, Rām. 3, 53, 55. lālā-, m. an insect whose spittle is poison, as a spider.
-- Cf. Lat. virus; [greek] Lat. viola (poison is connected with blue, cf. viṣa-puṣpa, and Śiva's neck growing blue, by swallowing the poison churned out of the sea).
-- Comp. nis-, adj. indifferent, Bhāg. P. 4, 22, 51.
I. adj.
1. Giving poison.
2. Shedding water.
II. m. A cloud.
III. n. Green vitriol.
I. adj. Venomous.
II. m. A snake.
I. adj., f. mā.
1. Unequal, different, Kir. 5, 40.
2. Inconstant, Hit. ii. d. 104.
3. Odd (in numbers), figurat., Pañc. i. d. 126.
4. Unhappy, Hit. iv. d. 3.
5. Unparalleled, unequalled, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 1.
6. Uneven, Pañc. ii. d. 188; sloping, Vikr. 10, 9.
7. Rough, Vikr. d. 49; Pañc. 188, 9.
8. Difficult, painful, Bhartṛ. 2, 54; disagreeable, Pañc. i. d. 12.
9. Frightful, Hit. iii. d. 133.
10. Dishonest, wicked, Hiḍ. 1, 39; Hit. ii. d. 111.
11. Partial, Man. 7, 27.
II. n.
1. Inequality.
2. Oddness.
3. Unevenness, Man. 1, 24 (uneven valleys, Jones).
4. An inaccessible place, a precipice, Rām. 3, 51, 40; Pañc. 142, 6; a thicket, a pit, Man. 8, 232.
5. Difficulty, pain, Pañc. v. d. 65; misfortune, Bhartṛ. 2, 95.
-- Comp. vākya-vajra-, adj. rough, coarse, by (using) thunderbolt-like words, Pañc. iii. d. 236 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2928).
1. Standing unevenly.
2. Being in difficulty or misfortune, Nal. 10, 1.
3. Inaccessible, Pañc. i. d. 195.
4. Safely posted.
1. Made crooked, Kir. 10, 56.
2. Made difficult to be walked on, Kir. 12, 50.
1. A collection of villages.
2. A country, Rājat. 5, 51; Pañc. 129, 14; a kingdom, Bhartṛ. 2, 12; Rām. 3, 54, 28 (yama-, The lower regions, death); a place, Śāk. 104, 14; Kir. 5, 38.
3. Anything indigenous or peculiar to a province.
4. Home, province, department, sphere, Vikr. 39, 14; Pañc. 4, 17 (jīvitavya-, Duration of life); Pañc. 227, 22 (application); element, that which is peculiarly known to those who occupy themselves with it or live therein.
5. Horizon, sight, a place which may be looked over by somebody, reach, Man. 8, 148; Hit. 28, 3, M.M.; Megh. 35; 101.
6. Anything perceivable by the senses, an object of sense, Man. 1, 15; Vikr. d. 9.
7. An object in general, Bhāṣāp. 36; atra viṣaye, Concerning this object, Pañc. 114, 20; dhanaviṣaye, Concerning wealth, Pañc. 139, 3; strīṇāṃ viṣaye, Concerning women, 27, 18; an object of art, Mālav. d. 29.
8. Worldly object, affair, business, enjoyment, etc., Pañc. iii. d. 244; sensual enjoyment, Hit. iii. d. 116.
9. Aim, Śiś. 9, 40.
10. A religious observance.
11. Refuge, asylum.
12. A lover, a husband.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. unacquainted with worldly objects, Śāk. 55, 20.
II. m. 1. not being an object, Mālat. 17, 2. 2. invisibility, Hit. ii. d. 77. an-anya-, adj. having, or referring to, no other object, Vikr. d. 1. avakāśa-, adj., f. yā, literally, having as its sphere space, room, i. e. demanding a place (which it cannot get because the heart is filled with pride, etc.), Pañc. iii. d. 264. cakṣurviṣaya, i. e. cakṣus-, m. sight, Man. 2, 298. a-cakṣus-, adj. not distinguishable by one's eye, Man. 4, 77. guṇa-samudaya-avāpti-, adj., f. yā, having as its object the acquirement of a multitude of good qualities, Hit. i. d. 174, M.M. nis-,
I. m. no home, not being a dwelling-place, Hariv. 3654.
II. adj. 1. having no home banished, Rām. 3, 79, 47. 2. not attached to worldly objects, Bhāg. P. 2, 1, 19. nīti-, m. sphere of prudent conduct, Pañc. 112, 19. palāyana-, adj., f. yā, having flight as its object, i. e. advising flight, Pañc. 247, 6. mitra-, m. friendship, Pañc. 131, 11. yuvati-, m. a woman, Megh. 80. śruti-, m. 1. an object of hearing, i. e. sound, Śāk. d. 1. 2. an object of the Vedas. sva-, m. one's own country, Hit. i. d. 170, M.M.
1. A king.
2. An organ of sense.
3. Kāma.
4. A sensualist.
5. A materialist.
6. A man of business.
I. adj., f. ṇī.
1. Attached to sensual objects, carnal, sensual, Hit. ii. d. 144; voluptuary, Śāk. 68, 14.
2. Conversant with worldly occupations, Hit. 13, 7, M.M.
II. m.
1. A king.
2. Kāma.
3. A sensualist.
4. A materialist.
5. A man of business.
I. adj. Removing venom.
II. f. rā and rī, The goddess of the serpent race, the sister of Vāsuki.
I. f. Excrement, Amarak.
II. ind. Intellect.
1. The horn of an animal, Bhartṛ. 2, 5; Pañc. i. d. 311.
2. The tusks of an elephant or boar, Lass. 2. ed. 46, 24; Draup. 8, 21.
II. f. ṇī, The name of two plants.
III. n. Costus speciosus.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without tusks, MBh. 6, 4677. śaśa-, and śaśaka-, n. the horn of a hare; anything improbable or extraordinary, Bhartṛ. 2, 5; 3, 99.
I. adj.
1. Having horns, MBh. 6, 71.
2. Having huge tusks, Rām. 2, 52, 18, Seramp.
II. m.
1. Any animal with horns.
2. A bull.
3. An elephant.
1. Lassitude, dejection, lowness of spirits, want of energy, fear, Draup. 8, 3; Chr. 40, 20; weakness, Mālat. 35, 9.
2. Distress, affliction, sorrow, Vikr. 5, 11; Pañc. 221, 5.
3. Disappointment, despair, Hit. i. d. 32, M.M.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unwearied, Johns. Sel. 57, 160. sa-viṣāda + m, adv. afflicted, Pañc. 107, 19; sorrowful, Vikr. 30, 12.
1. Dejected, Bhag. 18, 23.
2. Sorrowful, Man. 6, 57.
1. Equally, same, alike.
2. Many, various.
1. Obstacle, hindrance, resistance.
2. The bolt of a door.
3. A post, the roof-tree of a house.
4. Spreading.
5. A posture of the devotees, called yogin.
6. Act, doing anything.
7. The first of the twenty-seven astronomical periods called yogas.
8. A prelude.
I. adj. Obstructive, impeding.
II. m. The bolt of a door.
1. A bird, Utt. Rāmac. 40, 13.
2. Tearing to pieces.
-- Comp. nakha-, m. a bird wounding with strong talons, a bird of prey, Man. 5, 13. smera-, m. a peacock.
-- Comp. tri-, n. the world of Indra, Yājñ. 3, 330.
1. Obstacle.
2. Stopping.
3. Placing in or upon, planting (one's feet), Kir. 13, 16.
4. Paralysis, loss of motion.
1. Stopping.
2. Checking.
3. Making motionless.
1. A handful of Kuśa or sacred grass, MBh. 3, 1881.
2. A seat made of twenty-five straws of Kuśa grass tied up in a sheaf.
3. A layer, MBh. 15, 739; a bed.
4. A couch, a seat, Vikr. 86, 15.
5. The seat of a Brahman, either real or in effigy, as presiding at a sacrifice.
6. A tree.
-- Comp. go-viṣṭhā, f. cow-dung. mukha-viṣṭhā, f. a cockroach.
I. adj. and sbst. Working, a workman.
II. f.
1. Occupation, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3; act, action.
2. Unpaid labour.
3. Hire, Rām. 2, 63, 55, Seramp.
4. Sending, dispatching.
5. Sending to hell.
1. Viṣṇu, one of the three principal Indian deities, Chr. 291, 7 = Rigv. i. 85, 7; Pañc. 44, 16.
2. Agni.
3. One of the Vasus.
4. The name of an ancient law-giver.
5. A pious man.
I. adj., f. ṣūcī, Going everywhere, all-pervading, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 20.
II. acc. vak, adv.
1. Every way, everywhere, Pañc. ii. d. 2.
2. All about, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 11.
† vis, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Contradiction, disagreement, Pañc. iii. d. 261; Mālav. d. 23.
2. Disappointing, deceiving.
1. Contradicting, disagreeing, Rājat. 5, 193.
2. Disputing.
3. Crafty, cunning.
-- Comp. a-, adj. incontestible, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 11.
1. Spreading, Kāvya Pr. 79, 9.
2. A multitude, Mālat. 23, 14.
1. Abandoning.
2. Final emancipation.
3. Departure.
4. Relinquishment.
5. Dismission, Chr. 9, 38.
6. Creation, Bhag. 8, 3.
7. Evacuation of excrement, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20.
8. Separation.
9. Donation.
10. Light, lustre.
11. The southern course of the sun.
1. Relinquishing, Nal. 10, 15.
2. Sending away, dismissing, Chr. 9, 38.
3. Sending.
4. Donation, Lass. 80, 3 (Prākṛ.).
5. Throwing the image of a deity in holy water, as the concluding rite of a festival.
1. Spreading, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 6.
2. Flying, gliding.
3. Going.
4. Unwished consequence of any act.
1. Spreading.
2. Flying.
3. Going gently.
1. Spreading, Śiś. 9, 36; Vikr. d. 16 (vasudhādhara-kandarā-, Spreading through the clefts of the mountains, viz. the echo); 67, 1.
2. Gliding, going gently.
-- Comp. manda-, adj. moving slowly, Pañc. i. d. 282 (a louse).
I. m.
1. Going smoothly, gliding.
2. Expansion, Nalod. 1, 19.
3. A fish.
II. n. A wood.
III. f. rī, The region of the winds.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Gliding, flowing.
2. Spreading, Kir. 10, 11.
II. m. A fish.
1. A lotus flower, Bhartṛ. 3, 7.
2. An assemblage of lotus flowers, Mālat. 51, 5.
1. Spasmodic colera, Pañc. 138, 8.
2. Symptoms of disease.
I. n. Repentance.
II. f. tā, A fever.
1. Quitting.
2. Leaving.
3. Dismissing.
4. Giving.
1. Spreading.
2. Prolixity, Pañc. iii. d. 103.
3. Detail; instr. °reṇa, Fully, at length, Chr. 9, 37; Sund. 1, 1.
4. Abundance, Man. 6, 55; multitude, Hit. iii. d. 12.
5. Assemblage, a large company, Man. 3, 125.
6. A bed.
7. A seat, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 26.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive prolixity, Vikr. 3, 6 (alam, with instr., enough). sa-, adj. with (its) detail, complete, Pañc. 114, 20. su-vistara + m, adv. at large, Hit. 73, 15.
1. Spreading, extension, Megh. 18.
2. Vastness.
3. Length, Rām. 1, 40, 15.
4. Detail, Yājñ. 3, 95.
5. Breadth, amplitude.
6. Amplification.
7. The diameter of a circle.
8. The branch of a tree with its new shoots.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive extension, Pañc. 245, 24.
1. Extending, Utt. Rāmac. 157, 16; large, Mālat. 131, 10.
2. Powerful, Mālat. 81, 15.
1. Extension, Hit. iii. d. 53.
2. Vastness.
1. Spreading, expansion.
2. Breadth.
3. The diameter of a circle.
1. Apparent, evident.
2. Plain, intelligible.
3. °ṭam, adv. Evidently, Indr. 5, 39.
-- Comp. a-, 1. adj. not clear, obscure. 2. acc. ṭam, adv. without pronouncing well letters and accents, Man. 4, 99.
1. A spark of fire, MBh. 1, 1431.
2. A sort of poison.
1. Rolling, Ragh. 13, 12.
2. Thunder, ib. 14, 62.
1. Boil, pustule, Śāk. Sch. ad 20, 10.
2. Small-pox.
1. Surprise, Vikr. 78, 5; wonder, Pañc. i. d. 459 (bālake ko tra vismayaḥ, literally, What wonder concerning a little boy, i. e. how much more a little boy).
2. Pride, Man. 4, 237.
3. Doubt, uncertainty, Hit. 13, 19; perplexity, Hit. ii. d. 13.
-- Comp. sa-vismaya, adj., f. yā, 1. surprised, Pañc. 44, 24. 2. doubtful, Hit. 54, 18. 3. °yam, adv. surprised, Pañc. 76, 24.
1. Causing surprise, Bhāg. P. 1, 15, 5.
2. Illusion, deceit.
3. Kāma.
4. A magical or enchanted city, a city of the Gandharvas.
1. Relaxation.
2. Decay.
1. Loosening, untying, Sāh. D. 113, 16.
2. Falling.
3. Flowing, dropping.
4. A laxative.
1. Causing to flow.
2. Bleeding.
3. Distilling.
4. A spirit distilled from molasses.
1. A bird, Pañc. ii. d. 21.
2. A cloud.
3. An arrow.
4. The sun.
5. The moon.
6. A planet.
I. adj. Flying, going swiftly.
II. m. A bird, Pañc. 157, 20.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without birds, Hariv. 3489.
I. m. A bird, Pañc. ii. d. 20.
II. f. mā, A pole or yoke for carrying burthens.
I. vi-han + ti, f.
1. Striking, killing.
2. Defeat, Nalod. 1, 10; Kir. 10, 63.
II. vi-hati, m. A friend.
-- Comp. praṇaya-, f. denial.
1. Impediment.
2. Killing, injuring.
3. A
1. Separation.
2. Absence.
3. Exchaging, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 920.
1. Taking off or away.
2. Going about for pleasure or exercise, Pañc. 25, 10; roaming, Bhartṛ. 3, 92.
3. Relaxation, pastime, pleasure, Pañc. 236, 18.
I. m. and n.
1. The sky.
2. The open air, Man. 2, 186.
II. instr. sā, adv. Through the air, Rām. 3, 54, 6.
III. m. A bird.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Wandering, going about, walking for pleasure, Rām. 3, 51, 20; Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 1.
2. Sporting, Hit. 83, 4, M.M.; pleasure, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 9; relaxation, Rām. 3, 49, 39.
3. A Bauddha or Jaina convent, Pañc. 236, 8.
4. A temple, Hit. 19, 10 (cf. vīhāra).
5. A palace, Mālat. 8, 4.
6. The shoulder.
7. A sort of bird.
-- Comp. jayendra-, i. e. jaya-indra-, m. a convent built by Jayendra, a king of Cashmere, Rājat. 5, 427. nis-, adj. deprived of pleasure, Hariv. 11150. hiṃsā-, m. roaming with the intention to do mischief, Rām. 3, 51, 20.
1. Walking about, wandering, Hit. i. d. 20, M.M.
2. Taking pleasure or relaxation, rejoicing one's self, Śāk. 17, 21; Pañc. 30, 25; ii. d. 21.
3. Beautiful, Bhartṛ. 1, 17.
1. Opening.
2. Pastime, pleasure, Nalod. 2, 38.
1. Hurting, killing.
2. Rubbing, grinding.
3. Afflicting.
4. Affliction.
1. Agitated, Rām. 2, 48, 2; overcome with fear or agitation, Chr. 34, 8.
2. Distressed, afflicted, Chr. 32, 28 (perhaps rather savihvala, in one word, full of emotion).
3. Fused, liquid.
4. Languishing, Lass. 2. ed. 60, 25.
5. Desponding, Mālat. 142, 5.
-- Comp. a-, adj. strong, Chr. 30, 2. pari-, adj. very agitated, Rām. 2, 84, 6 Gorr.
1. vī, ii. 2, Par. (ved.),
1. To go.
2. To approach.
3. To pervade, to obtain.
4. To conceive, to grow pregnant.
5. To desire, to love, Chr. 287, 6 = Rigv. i. 48, 6.
6. To eat, to enjoy.
7. It is used as substitute for the vb. aj, To drive, to move.
8. To throw. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vita, Tranquil, quiet, tame. Caus. vāyaya and vāpaya, To cause to conceive (see vap).
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. in -vītus (Not liking), in-vitare, To invite.
2. vī, f. Going.
1. A bird.
2. Wind.
I. m., and f. kṣā, Sight, seeing, investigation, Pañc. 62, 12 (f.).
II. n.
1. Surprise.
2. A visible object.
1. Moving.
2. Dancing.
3. One of a horse's paces.
4. Cowach, Carpopogon pruriens.
1. A wave, Hit. iii. d. 140 (i); Pañc. i. d. 209 (ī).
2. A ray of light.
3. Small, little.
4. Leisure.
5. Pleasure.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. waveless.
II. m. a hell, Yājñ. 3, 224. mahā-, m. a hell, Man. 4, 89.
-- With the prep. anu anu, i. 10, To fan, MBh. 3, 1764.
-- With ud ud, i. 10, To fan, MBh. 3, 1757.
-- With upa upa, i. 10, To fan, Śāk. 33, 6.
1. Seed, germ, Śāk. 91, 14; Pañc. 51, 11; 200, 12.
2. Semen virile.
3. Receptacle, place of deposit.
4. Marrow.
5. Origin.
6. Divine truth as the cause of being.
7. The origin of the business of a drama.
8. The mystical syllable which forms the essential part of the mantra of any deity.
9. Algebra.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. bad grain, Man. 9, 291.
II. adj. without manly strength, Man. 9, 79. agni-, n. gold, Man. 5, 113. upta- (vb. vap), adj., f. jā, sown, Śāk. 91, 14. uśīra-, m. the name of a mountain, Rām. 6, 3, 32; also uṣīra-, with ṣ instead of ś, 4, 41, 46. nīti-, n. a germ of intrigue, Pañc. 85, 20. maṇi-, m. the pomegranate. mantra-, n. seed-like deliberation, Hit. ii. d. 138. raṅga-, n. silver. sva-, m. the soul. hara-, n. quicksilver. hari-, n. yellow orpiment.
1. m. The common citron, Rām. 2, 69, 8, ed. Seramp.
2. A substitute for vīja, as latter part of a comp. adj., e. g. a-, adj. Not sown, Man. 10, 71.
I. n. vij + ana.
1. Fanning, being fanned, Rājat. 5, 386.
2. A fan.
II. n. Thing.
III. m.
1. A sort of pheasant.
2. The ruddy goose.
I. adj.
1. Having seed.
2. Having sown seed, Man. 9, 51; 52.
II. m. A father, a progenitor.
1. Sprung from seed.
2. Sprung from some family.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. the septum of the scrotum, and part of the perinaeum.
1. The betel plant.
2. The preparation of the Areca nut with spices, and enveloped in the leaf of the betel plant, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 17.
3. A tie, a fastening, Amar. 23.
-- Comp. danta-, f. chattering of the teeth, Pañc. 94, 4. sūtra-, f. a sort of lute.
I. f.
1. Going.
2. Engendering.
3. Eating, Lass. 101, 9 = Rigv. vii. 16, 4.
4. Cleaning.
5. Light, lustre.
II. m. A horse.
and vīthī vīthi/ī, probably vi-i + tha + ī, f.
1. A line, MBh. 13, 5261.
2. A road, Pañc. i. d. 189; Indr. 2, 12.
3. A stall, a shop, Śiś. 9, 32.
4. A terrace in front of a house.
5. A sort of drama.
-- Comp. aja-vīthī, f. the name of a part of the orbit of the moon, Yājñ. 3, 184. ghana-vīthi-vīthi, f. the road of the clouds, as if they were shops, Śiś. 9, 32. nakṣatra-vīthī, f. the orbit of the stars, MBh. 13, 521. nabhovīthī, i. e. nabhas-, f. the orbit of the sun, Bhāg. P. 5, 22, 6. nāga-vīthī, f. 1. a line formed by snakes, MBh. 13, 5261. 2. the name of a part of the orbit of the moon, Yājñ. 3, 187. 3. a proper name, Hariv. 148. sura-vīthī, f. the road of the gods, Indr. 2, 12.
1. Successive order, Pāṇ. viii. 1, 4.
2. Repetition.
1. To be valiant.
2. To show one's heroism.
I. adj.
1. Heroic.
2. Strong.
3. Powerful.
4. Eminent.
II. m.
1. A hero, Chr. 5, 1.
2. A brave man, Hit. i. d. 169, M.M.
3. A soldier, Rājat. 5, 134.
4. Heroism, as a rasa or poetical sentiment.
5. Fire.
6. Sacrificial fire (see virahan, vīrojjha, and vīropajīvika).
7. An actor.
III. f. rā.
1. A matron, a wife and mother.
2. The plantain tree.
3. The name of several plants.
4. Spirituous liquor, or a particular kind of it.
IV. n. The name of several plants. vīratara, see s. v.
-- Comp. a-, and nis-, f. rā, a woman who has neither husband nor son, Man. 4, 213. eka-, m. an unparalleled hero, MBh. 4, 1912. mahā-, m. 1. a hero. 2. a lion. 3. a white horse. 4. a sort of hawk. 5. Garuḍa. 6. Indra's thunderbolt. 7. Viṣṇu. 8. Agni. 9. sacrificial fire. su-,
I. adj. abounding in heroes.
II. m. pl. the name of a people, Draup. 8, 9.
-- Cf. Lat. vir; Goth. vair; A.S. wer; probably [greek]
1. A war-dance.
2. War, battle.
I. n. A fragrant grass, Andropogon muricatum, Rām. 2, 80, 8.
II. f. ṇī.
1. A side-glance.
2. A deep place.
1. A distinguished hero, Lass. 48, 11.
2. An arrow.
I. adj.
1. Abounding in heroes, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15.
2. Having a hero.
II. f. vatī, A wife whose husband is living.
1. A creeper.
2. A plant which grows again when being cut, Man. 11, 142.
3. A plant in general, Pañc. iii. d. 50; Vikr. d. 38.
4. A branch and shoot, Utt. Rāmac. 44, 10.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. deprived of plants, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 45.
1. Strength, power, Chr. 23, 33; Vikr. d. 16.
2. Fortitude, Chr. 4, 14.
3. Heroism.
4. Dignity.
5. Splendour.
-- Comp. a-mogha-, adj. 1. of unfailing virility. 2. of unfailing power. nis-, adj. powerless, Hit. ii. d. 6. mahā-,
I. adj. very strong, Rām. 3, 53, 12.
II. m. Brahman. vi-citra-, m. a proper name, Chr. 3, 6. sama-, adj. having equal strength, Hit. iv. d. 20. su-, n. 1. great vigour. 2. abundance in heroes, Chr. 288, 12 = Rigv. i. 48, 12 (cf. i. 40, 2).
1. Strong, Man. 2, 114.
2. Victorious.
† vuṅg, buṅg buṅg, i. 1, Par. To abandon.
1. To screen, to cover, MBh. 3, 10970.
2. To conceal (ved.).
3. To surround, MBh. 5, 164.
4. To resist (ved.).
5. To select, to choose, Rām. 2, 9, 25.
6. To woo, MBh. 3, 16647.
7. ii. 9, Ātm. To select for one's self, Ragh. 3, 6; to beg, Dev. 11, 36.
8. To prefer, Rām. 2, 70, 12. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛta.
1. Agreed or assented to.
2. Served.
3. Affected by.
4. Vitiated, spoiled. Comp. ūrdhva-, adj. worn over the shoulder, Man. 2, 44. svayam-, adj. chosen by one's self, Vikr. d. 101. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. varya,
1. To be applied to for aid.
2. To be yielded to or indulged.
3. Chief, principal (rather vara + ya), Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 41; Kir. 7, 20. m. Kāma. f. yā, A girl choosing her own husband (rather vara + ya). Comp. arya-, m. a respectable man of the third caste, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 17. Caus., and i. 10,
I. varaya, Par. Ātm.
1. To select, to choose, Hit. 116, 7; Rām. 1, 43, 17; in marriage, Chr. 52, 10.
2. To beg (with two acc.), Rām. 1, 36, 16.
3. To fall to one's share (acc.), Rām. 1, 65, 21.
II. vāraya, Par. Ātm.
1. To stop, Man. 8, 239.
2. To hinder, Nal. 3, 24.
3. To keep off. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vārita, Prevented. Comp. dus-, adj. kept off badly, MBh. 13, 267. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. vārya, Excellent. n. Sacrifice, Lass. 101, 13 = Rigv. vii. 16, 5. Comp. dus-, adj. 1. difficult to be kept off, irresistible, MBh. 12, 3661. 2. dangerous to be troubled, cf. MBh. 1, 1917 (+ tā, f. state of such one).
II. vāraṇiya. Comp. dus-, adj. irresistible, MBh. 8, 3629.
-- With the prep. apa apa,
1. To open (ved.)
2. To show, Ragh. 10, 7 (Calc.). Caus. apavārita, Screened, Mālat. 93, 14. Absol. apavārya (in theatrical language), Aside, apart, Śāk. 28, 17.
-- With ā ā,
1. To cover, MBh. 1, 1296.
2. To conceal, Ragh. 17, 61.
3. To fill, Man. 2, 144.
4. To comprehend, Bhag. 13, 13.
5. To obstruct, Rām. 1, 26, 28.
6. To choose, MBh. 1, 4738.
7. To beg. āvṛta,
1. Enclosed, surrounded, Man. 4, 73.
2. Invested.
3. Overspread.
4. Covered, Hit. 80, 15.
5. Filled, Chr. 293, 4 = Rigv. i. 87, 4.
6. Occupied, Rājat. 5, 235. m. A man of mixed origin, the son of a Brāhmaṇa by an Ugra woman, Man. 10, 15. Caus., and i. 10,
1. To cover, Rām. 1, 32, 11.
2. To conceal, MBh. 3, 2370.
3. To keep off, MBh. 2, 2431.
-- With apā apa-ā, To uncover, MBh. 1, 1341; to open, Bhag. 2, 32.
-- With paryā pari -ā, paryāvṛta, Covered, Mālat. 90, 7.
-- With prā pra-ā, To put on, MBh. 1, 2033. prāvṛta, Covered, enclosed, encompassed. m., f. tā, and n. A wrapper, a cloak, a veil.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To stop, MBh. 3, 363.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To cover, MBh. 3, 2310.
2. To shut, MBh. 1, 8343.
3. To stop, MBh. 3, 10329. samāvṛta,
1. Surrounded, encompassed, Rām. 3, 54, 15.
2. Enclosed.
3. Concealed, Chr. 32, 32.
-- With ud ud, Caus., or i. 10, varaya, To ask, Rām. 2, 11, 9.
-- With ni ni, To surround, Chr. 296, 3 = Rigv. i. 112, 3. nivṛta, m., f. tā, and n. A wrapper, a cloak, a veil. Caus.
1. To surround, MBh. 1, 4961.
2. To protect, Chr. 42, 15.
3. To stop, to hinder, MBh. 1, 8172.
4. To draw back from (abl.), Bhartṛ. 2, 64.
5. To with hold, Hit. iii. d. 10.
6. To interdict, Pañc. 28, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 181, 7.
7. To exclude, Man. 9, 221. nivārita,
1. Opposed, Pañc. 247, 20.
2. Stopped, Lass. 18, 1. a-nivārya, adj. Irresistible, Chr. 45, 7. durnivārya, i. e. dus-, adj. Difficult to be kept off, MBh. 12, 3770.
-- With vini vi-ni, To keep off, MBh. 1, 1756. Caus., or i. 10, To obstruct, Mālat. 11, 16.
-- With nis nis, nirvṛta,
1. Free from cares, Hit. 50, 6.
2. Happy, satisfied, Man. 1, 54.
3. Enraptured, Vikr. 71, 12. n. A house. Comp. a-nirvṛta + m, adv. cheerlessly, Hit. ii. d. 143.
-- With pari pari, To surround, Vikr. d. 44; MBh. 1, 3. a-parivṛta, adj. Unenclosed, Man. 8, 238. Caus., and i. 10,
1. To surround, Pañc. ii. d. 23; Chr. 42, 9.
2. To cover, Chr. 4, 20.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, Caus. To surround, MBh. 3, 10234.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cover, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 25.
2. To put on, MBh. 3, 2977.
3. To choose, MBh. 3, 17186. Caus.
1. To guard, MBh. 3, 10474.
2. To expose for choice, Chr. 8, 31.
3. To prefer, MBh. 3, 10810.
-- With prati prati, Caus., or i. 10,
1. To keep off, MBh. 4, 1896.
2. To oppose, Rām. 3, 49, 22. a-prativārita, adj. Not prohibited, Man. 8, 360.
-- With vi vi,
1. To open, Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4 (ved. āvar, aor.); MBh. 1, 6275.
2. To disclose, Rājat. 5, 185; to reveal, MBh. 2, 6925.
3. To woo, MBh. 1, 4413. vivṛta,
1. Opened, Hit. 76, 6.
2. Naked, MBh. 1, 2924.
3. Expanded.
4. Displayed, Man. 7, 102.
5. Exposed, discovered.
6. Explained, expounded. Comp. a-, adj. without showing a weak side, MBh. 1, 5559.
-- With sam sam,
1. To cover, Vikr. 47, 12; MBh. 2, 2623; to hide, Vikr. 43, 5.
2. To secure, Man. 7, 102.
3. To restrain, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 27. saṃvṛta,
1. Covered, Hit. ii. d. 139.
2. Concealed, Ragh. 7, 27.
3. Surrounded, MBh. 3, 571.
4. Closed.
5. Compressed.
6. Secured, Pañc. 91, 2.
7. Attended, Johns. Sel, 59, 178. Comp. a-, (m. or n.), the name of a hell, Man. 4, 81. sa-, adj. decently dressed, Man. 2, 193 (v. r.). Caus. To keep off, MBh. 3, 14994.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To cover, Chr. 36, 23 (imperf. without augment).
-- Cf. O.H.G. wara; A.S. ware, heed; O.H.G. war, verus; Goth. varjan; A.S. wreon, To cover; warian, werian, arcere; O.H.G. wari, depulsio; werna, A.S. wearne, obstaculum; O.H.G. warnon, A.S. warnian, wearnian, cavere, prohibere; Goth. viljan, A.S. willan, velle; Goth. valjan, O.H.G. weljan, eligere; Lat. perhaps aperio, operio; probably velum, velare; verus, valeo, valor; velle; [greek] [greek]
1. vṛṃh, bṛṃh bṛṃh, i. 1, Par.
1. To grow, to increase.
2. To roar, Śiś. 17, 31 (Ātm.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛṃhita.
1. Increased.
2. Cerished, MBh. 2, 2589.
3. Nourished. n. The roar of elephants, Kir. 7, 39. Caus. To augment, MBh. 3, 11334.
-- With the prep. upa upa, Caus. To augment, Dev. 8, 8. upavṛṃhita,
1. Collected from.
2. Possessed of, endowed with, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 6.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To augment, MBh. 1, 260.
-- Cf. vṛh; [greek] probably also [greek] and [greek] [greek] and probably [greek]
† 2. vṛṃh, bṛṃh bṛṃh, i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
I. adj. Nourishing.
II. m. A kind of sweetmeat.
† vṛk, i. 1. Ātm. To take.
I. m.
1. A wolf, Pañc. 19, 13.
2. A crow.
3. A jackal.
4. Turpentine.
5. Compounded perfume.
6. A tree. Sesbana grandiflora.
II. f. kā, A plant, Cissampelos hexandra.
-- Comp. a-, adj. secure, Chr. 288, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 15. śālā-, m. 1. a jackal, Draup. 6, 8. 2. a monkey. 3. a cat. 4. a dog. 5. a deer.
-- Cf. Goth. vulfs; A.S. wulf; [greek] Lat. lupus.
† vṛkṣ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To select.
2. To cover.
3. To keep off.
-- Comp. asi-patra-, m. a fabulous tree in hell, Ragh. 14, 48. kalpa-, m. a tree yielding all wishes (cf. kalpataru), Megh. 63; Vikr. d. 157. kṣīra-, m. the glomerous fig-tree, Ficus glomerata, Śāk. 54, 23. caitya-, m. a fig-tree growing in a holy place, Man. 9, 264. dīpa-, m. the stand of a lamp, Rām. 2, 5, 18 Gorr.; a lamp on a stand, a lantern, MBh. 12, 7402. nis-, adj. deprived of trees, MBh. 5, 338.
1. A tree.
2. A particular tree, Wrightea antidysenterica.
-- Comp. a-, adj. deprived of trees, Rām. 4, 44, 35.
† vṛc, ii. 7, v. r. of vṛj, ii. 7.
1. To exclude, Man. 3, 152.
2. To purify, Man. 9, 20. Ptcple of the pf. pass. vṛkta, Spread, Lass. 98, 8 = Rigv. v. 9, 2. Caus., and i. 10,
1. To deprive, Kām. Nītis. 9, 15 (= Hit. iv. d. 118, where varjita corr. for ārjita).
2. To abandon, Rājat. 5, 312.
3. To abstain, Man. 2, 177; MBh. 13, 5659.
4. To shun, Man. 9, 246; to avoid, Pañc. i. d. 112.
5. To spare, MBh. 3, 10583. varjita,
1. Relinquished, Rām. 3, 51, 12; remnant, Pañc. 138, 2.
2. Deprived of, without, Rām. 3, 52, 41; except. Hit. iv. d. 124.
3. Given. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. varjya. To be excepted, left out. n. A point in each lunar mansion during the passage of the moon, in which no business should be begun. Absol. varjayitvā, Except, Rām. 1, 14, 40.
-- With the prep. apa apa, Caus. To fulfil (a promise), Rām. 1, 44, 49.
-- With ā ā, Caus.
1. To bend, to incline, Vikr. 87, 15; Megh. 47; Śāk. 11, 9.
2. To win one's affection, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 19.
3. To pour out, Ragh. 1, 62.
4. To offer, Ragh. 8, 26.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To avoid, Man. 3, 6. parivarjita,
1. Abandoned.
2. Deprived, Pañc. i. d. 311; devoid of, Man. 5, 154.
-- With vi vi, Caus. To avoid, Man. 2, 184. vivarjita,
1. Left.
2. Deprived of, Pañc. i. d. 40 (sevā-, Not practising service); devoid of, Hit. iii. d. 16; Pañc. ii. d. 61 (mūlya-, Unpayable).
-- Cf. the ved. use of this vb., the two next words, and Lat. vergere; A.S. wealean, To roll; probably also wrenc, Deceit (cf. vṛjana); O.H.G. wurgjan, strangulare; [greek]
I. adj. Crooked.
II. m. Curled hair.
III. n.
1. ved. Creature, Chr. 287, 5 = Rigv. i. 48, 5.
2. The atmosphere.
3. Sin.
I. adj.
1. Crooked.
2. Wicked.
II. m. Curled hair.
III. n.
1. Sin, Rām. 6, 103, 10; Ragh. 14, 57; wickedness.
2. Distress.
3. Red leather.
-- With vi vi, Caus. To exhilarate, Utt. Rāmac. 152, 9.
1. vṛt, i. 1, Ātm., and in the fut., condit., and aor., also Par. (in epic poetry also in other forms, MBh. 1, 4308; 4832; 3, 14683). The original signification was 'To turn,' Ātm. 'To turn one's self.'
1. To be occupied, to occupy one's self, to act, Man. 2, 5; Vikr. 63, 13; vyājena, To act fraudulently, Pañc. 147, 15.
2. To employ, Rām. 2, 82, 18.
3. To behave, Man. 9, 108; Pañc. i. d. 90.
4. To stay, Rām. 1, 18, 4; Hit. iii. d. 47 (apakartari, near to the man who has injured him).
5. To be fixed, MBh. 3, 16715.
6. To depend upon (loc.), Chr. 12, 25.
7. To exist, Pañc. i. d. 174; 366.
8. To be, Rām. 2, 67, 9; Vikr. 9, 5. With upakāre, To give assistance, Rām. 3, 75, 14. With manasi, To be thought, Śāk. 25, 22; Vikr. 30, 5. With atītya, i. e. ati-i + tya, and mūrdhni, To surpass, Śāk. 6, 5; Hit. i. d. 19, M.M.
9. To take place, Man. 2, 15; Pañc. 74, 19; to come to pass, ib. 101, 1.
10. To subsist, Man. 3, 77.
11. To live, Utt. Rāmac. 66, 1; Rām. 1, 8, 10. Ptcple. of the pres. vartamāna.
1. Being present, Pañc. 48, 8; being inclined to (with loc.), Mālat. 3, 10.
2. Dwelling in. n. The present tense. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛtta.
1. Turned, Śāk. d. 64.
2. Round, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 24.
3. Past, Hit. iv. d. 1; gone, been.
4. Finished.
5. Dead, Man. 9, 195.
6. Done, performed.
7. Having acted, Nal, 8, 13.
8. Firm.
9. Unimpaired, Man. 1, 6.
10. Famous.
11. Read, studied. n.
1. A circle.
2. Event, occurrence, Indr. 5, 52.
3. Procedure.
4. Practice, profession, means of gaining subsistence.
5. Conduct, behaviour, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6; Man. 7, 135; observance of enjoined practice in private or social life, Vikr. d. 147 (ujjhita-dhairya-vṛtta + m, adv. Without regard to my dignity); law, Ragh. 5, 33.
6. Verse, metre. m. A tortoise. Comp. ārya-,
I. n. the conduct of an Ārya, laudable practice, Man. 4, 175.
II. adj. one who behaves in a laudable manner, Man. 9, 253. iti-, n. event. kalyāṇa-, adj., f. tā, well-behaved, Rām. 3, 53, 54. kāma-, adj. debauched. Man. 5, 154. kim-, adj. timid, afraid, Pañc. 9, 15. guru-, adj. one who treats respectfully his parents and spiritual teacher, Rām. 4, 17, 36. chandov°, i. e. chandas-, n. metre, MBh. 1, 28. tejov°, i. e. tejas-, n. power and behaviour, Man. 9, 303. dus-,
I. n. 1. a bad action, Cāṇ. 82 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 412. 2. bad conduct, MBh. 1, 100.
II. adj. sbst. 1. ill-behaved, a wicked person, Yājñ. 1, 335. 2. unhappy, Hit. ii. d. 165. a-dus-, adj. unblameable, Rājat. 5, 293. ati-dus-, adj. exceedingly wicked, Hit. 18, 4, M.M. purā-,
I. adj. 1. done in times of yore. 2. lived in times of yore, MBh. 14, 2842. 3. referring to times of yore, ib. 3, 12602.
II. n. 1. history, ib. 12, 2885. 2. any old or legendary event, Hit. iii. d. 105. pūrva-,
I. n. 1. a previous occurrence, Śāk. 71, 3. 2. previous behaviour, Mārk. P. 20, 41.
II. adj. relating to a previous occurrence, Hariv. 2976. maṅgalādeśa-, i. e. maṅgala-ādeśa-, m. a fortune-teller, Man. 9, 258. yathā-vṛtta + m, adv. relating a thing as it happened, circumstantially, truly, Chr. 9, 37; 11, 22; 58, 11. veda-, n. the doctrine of the Vedas. sadv°, i. e. sant- (vb. 1. as),
I. adj. 1. well-behaved. 2. virtuous. 3. well-rounded.
II. n. good or amiable disposition. sādhu-,
I. m. a virtuous person, Hit. i. d. 201, M.M.
II. n. virtue. su-, adj. 1. virtuous, good, Pañc. ii. d. 74. 2. handsomely round, Pañc. iv. d. 78; i. d. 303. 3. well-conditioned, Pañc. ii. d. 74. sva-, n. 1. one's own occupation, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6. 2. occupation, Pañc. i. d. 79. Caus.
1. To turn, MBh. 1, 809.
2. With antar, To mix, Mālat. 153, 2.
3. To pass (as time), MBh. 1, 7976.
4. To sustain one's self, Man. 4, 10; Kir. 2, 18.
5. To live, Rām. 2, 51, 12.
6. To make, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9; with dyūtam, To play, MBh. 2, 2507; with aśrūṇi, To shed tears, MBh. 1, 4468; with ākhyānam, To tell, Rām. 1, 5, 4.
7, To act, Hit. iii. d. 111. Comp. ptcple. pf. pass. su-vartita, adj. Well made, Lass. 2. ed. 61, 38. i. 10, † To speak, to shine.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To overcome, MBh. 3, 16679.
2. To surpass, MBh. 3, 10169.
3. To pass (as a place), Rām. 2, 50, 10.
4. To trespass, Lass. 2. ed. 71, 63; to neglect, to violate, MBh. 2, 693.
5. To injure, to slight, Man. 5, 161.
6. To avoid, Chr. 62, 57.
7. To pass away (as time), Rām. 2, 51, 20; Pañc. 174, 9.
8. To be delayed, Man. 2, 38. ativṛtta,
1. Surpassing, Mālat. 16, 1.
2. Hastening on, Rām. 3, 50, 6.
-- With vyati vi-ati, To pass (as time), Sāv. 4, 9.
-- With adhi adhi, To assail, Śāk. d. 23.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, Man. 6, 93.
2. To resemble, MBh. 3, 15940.
3. To seek, Man. 8, 175.
4. To espy, Śāk. 23, 14.
5. To wait on, to court, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 7.
6. To take one's directions from, Rām. 4, 29, 29.
7. To assent, MBh. 1, 1799.
8. To obey, MBh. 3, 14683.
9. To undergo, Sāv. 5, 46. anuvṛtta, Shown, Utt. Rāmac. 167, 10. n. Obeying, Hit. iv. d. 102 (chandas-, n. Accommodation to one's will). Caus.
1. To cause to turn, Bhag. 3, 16.
2. To perform, MBh. 4, 105.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To follow, Rām. 2, 14, 8.
-- With apa apa,
1. To turn away from, Ragh. 6, 58 (Calc.).
2. To return, MBh. 1, 1784.
3. To be overturned, Man. 8, 293. apavṛtta, Reversed, Kir. 12, 49. Caus. To cause to turn away, Mālat. 24, 15.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To leave, Mālat. 11, 15.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To turn to, Mālat. 10, 10; to turn, Sund. 3, 29.
2. To stretch to (with acc.), Utt. Rāmac. 43, 2.
3. To be imminent, Utt. Rāmac. 52, 17.
4. To approach, Rām. 3, 52, 15.
5. To assail, MBh. 1, 4114.
6. To exist, to be, Chr. 16, 13. abhivṛtta, Going towards.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 7261.
2. To assail, Rām. 2, 28, 8.
3. To pass, (as time), Rām. 1, 8, 10.
-- With ā ā,
1. To advance, Man. 4, 172.
2. To come, Ragh. 1, 52 (Calc.).
3. To return, Man. 7, 82. āvṛtya, Having done(?), Man. 3, 214 (v., and probably erroneous reading). āvṛtta,
1. Perused repeatedly, Utt. Rāmac. 156, 14.
2. Averted, Kir. 11, 51. Caus.
1. To invert, MBh. 1, 2930.
2. To cause to approach (aśrūṇi, i. e. to shed tears), MBh. 3, 336.
3. To fetch, Mālat. 155, 3.
4. To win, MBh. 5, 117.
5. Ātm. To come, Draup. 6, 18.
-- With apā apa-ā, apāvṛtta,
1. Reversed, turned to the contrary, Rām. 1, 12, 59.
2. Turned away from, desisting from, MBh. 3, 4052. n. The rolling on the ground, of a horse.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 2318.
2. To go round, Rām. 1, 33, 17.
3. To turn away from, MBh. 3, 4084.
4. To return, Śāk. 8, 14. upāvṛtta, Returned, Śāk. 46, 6. Caus.
1. To cause to approach, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 7.
2. To win to confidence, Mālat. 128, 1.
3. To lead back, Rām. 2, 19, 13.
-- With paryā pari-ā, To return, MBh. 3, 10074.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To return, Megh. 40. pratyāvṛtta, Returned, come back, Utt. Rāmac. 21, 8.
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. To turn away from, Vikr. d. 9.
2. To be divided, Sāv. 5, 108.
3. To return, Rājat. 5, 85.
4. To perish, MBh. 3, 11259. vyāvṛtta,
1. Rolled backwards.
2. Removed, Vikr. d. 154; uncovered.
3. Excluded, Pañc. 5, 5; Bhāṣāp. 72.
4. Encompassed, surrounded.
5. Fenced. Caus.
1. To throw down, MBh. 3, 42447.
2. To destroy, Ragh. 15, 7 (Calc.).
3. To contrive(?), Daśak. in Chr. 197, 7.
-- With samā sam-ā, To advance, Chr. 40, 10. samāvṛtta,
1. Assembled, MBh. 3, 16282.
2. Completed, MBh. 1, 3526.
3. Returned, Man. 3, 4. m. A pupil who has completed his studies, Man. 8, 27.
-- With ud ud, To surge, Ragh. 7, 56, Calc. (Stenzl. v. r.). udvṛtta,
1. Raised, elevated.
2. Exalted, prosperous.
3. Unrestrained, ill-behaved, MBh. 1, 1718.
4. Vomited.
5. Left. Caus. To destroy, MBh. 3, 13680.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, MBh. 1, 3850.
2. To return, MBh. 1, 7821. upavṛtta, Recovered(?), Chr. 30, 2.
-- With ni ni,
1. To return, Vikr. d. 3; Bhag. 15, 4; Hit. 71, 22 (doṣān, i. e. doṣāt, nivṛtya, Having improved); to turn, Vikr. 66, 2.
2. To recoil, Bhag. 2, 59.
3. To abstain, Man. 5, 49.
4. To refuse, MBh. 2, 1720.
5. To escape (abl.), Bhag. 1, 39.
6. To run away, Chr. 5, 23.
7. To cease from (abl.), Rām. 2, 78, 24.
8. To cease, Man. 10, 77.
9. To set (as the sun), Sāv. 5, 73.
10. To be withheld, Man. 11, 185.
11. To be forbidden, Man. 5, 89.
12. Not to take place, Man. 11, 151.
13. To be reversed, Man. 8, 117.
14. To be occupied with, MBh. 3, 2347. nivṛtta,
1. Returned, returning, Rām. 3, 50, 28.
2. Gone.
3. Ceased, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 6.
4. Finished, Rām. 2, 52, 28; vanished, 6, 22, 17.
5. Completed.
6. Whole, Chr. 36, 19.
7. Desisting from any improper conduct.
8. Abstained from, Utt. Rāmac. 93, 2 (-māṃsa, adj. One who abstains from eating meat).
9. Abstaining, Hit. i. d. 63, M.M.; abstaining from worldly acts.
10. Abstracted from this world, quiet, Man. 12, 88.
11. Prohibited, MBh. 2, 1770. Comp. dus-, adj. whence it is difficult to return, Rām. 4, 22, 36. Ptcple. of the fut. pass.
I. nivartanīya.
1. To be led back, Mālav. 71, 1 (read niv°).
2. To be stopped. Comp. a-, adj. not to be untied, firm, MBh. 1, 7330.
II. nivartitavya, To be led back, MBh. 18, 55. Caus.
1. To cause to return, Rām. 1, 1, 37.
2. To cause to turn away from, Śāk. 19, 1.
3. To persuade to desist from, Chr. 26, 71.
4. To lead back, Rām. 2, 73, 22.
5. To repel, Rām. 1, 58, 24; to avert, Śāk. d. 53.
6. To unravel, Man. 9, 233.
7. To deliver from, MBh. 2, 45.
8. To restrain, Man. 6, 59.
9. To accomplish, to perform, Rām. 1, 42, 25. nivartayitavya, To be restrained, to be hindered, Rām. 2, 21, 22 Gorr. durnivartya, i. e. dus-, adj.
1. Difficult to be caused to turn, MBh. 6, 145.
2. Whence it is difficult to return, ib. 13, 3504.
-- With abhini abhi-ni, To return, Mālat. 13, 2.
-- With pratini prati-ni,
1. To turn round, Pañc. 163, 3.
2. To betake one's self to one's heels, Utt. Rāmac. 122, 1.
3. To return, Śāk. d. 28; Vikr. 5, 5.
4. To turn away from, Hit. i. d. 62, M.M.
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To return, MBh. 3, 8451.
2. To turn away from, Bhag. 2, 59.
3. To cease, Man. 5, 60; Pañc. i. d. 392. vinivṛtta,
1. Stopped.
2. Ended.
3. Foiled.
4. Refrained.
5. Desisting. Caus.
1. To lead back, Rām. 2, 82, 17.
2. To recall, Mālat. 169, 12.
3. To annul, Man. 8, 165. vinivartita, Caused to turn away (as looks, caused to be cast down), Mālav. d. 11.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To turn back, MBh. 3, 12231; to return, Rām. 2, 45, 2. Caus. To preclude, Man. 4, 16.
-- With nis nis,
1. To be accomplished, Man. 7, 61.
2. Not to take place, Bhaṭṭ. 16, 6. nirvṛtta, Accomplished, Man. 9, 62; 5, 67 (shorn). Caus.
1. To finish, to accomplish, Man. 3, 122; Vikr. 87, 15; Bhāg. P. 6, 7, 36.
2. To produce, Man. 1, 31.
-- With vinis vi-nis, vinirvṛtta,
1. Produced.
2. Occurring.
3. Completed.
-- With parā parā,
1. To turn round, Śāk. 54, 7; to turn back, Hit. 89, 12, M.M.
2. To return, Man. 3, 217. parāvṛtta,
1. One who has turned his back, Man. 7, 93.
2. Turned aside, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 24. Comp. a-, adj. not returned, Vikr. 55, 10.
-- With pari pari,
1. To turn round, Vikr. 12, 18.
2. To change, Vikr. d. 132 (anyathā, into another object); to interchange, Hit. i. d. 172, M.M.
3. To be whirled, Man. 4, 165.
4. To hasten to and fro, MBh. 3, 12230.
5. To roam about, Rām. 1, 9, 42.
6. To become, Śāk. d. 172.
7. To be, Rām. 2, 96, 17. parivṛtta,
1. Returned, Mālat. 164, 10.
2. Ended, Lass. 2. ed. 55, 73. n. An embrace, Mālat. 76, 10. Caus.
1. To turn, Lass. 2. ed. 75, 41.
2. To change, Man. 8, 154.
-- With vipari vi-pari,
1. To slide backwards and forwards, Man. 6, 22.
2. To turn round, to revolve, Bhag. 9, 10.
3. To roll on the ground, Rām. 2, 72, 26.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To exist, to be, Rām. 2, 1, 24. Caus. To cause to turn, Rām. 2, 45, 33.
-- With pra pra,
1. To begin, Śāk. 4, 4; Vikr. d. 90.
2. To proceed, MBh. 3, 2298; Megh. 106; Pañc. i. d. 6 (from, with abl.); i. d. 132 (vākye, To follow, to obey the words).
3. To go on well, Pañc. i. d. 93.
4. To engage, Hit. 87, 1, M.M.
5. To hold good, Rām. 2, 58, 20.
6. To prosper, Man. 3, 61.
7. To subsist, Man. 4, 9.
8. To turn (adharottaram, Topsy-turvy), Man. 7, 21.
9. To become, Pañc. 5, 13; Rām. 1, 35, 8.
10. To behave, MBh. 3, 2414.
11. To act, Śāk. d. 194.
12. To take place, Pañc. 114, 18; MBh. 3, 1871. pravṛtta,
1. Begun, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 9; beginning, Mālat. 88, 11.
2. Engaged in, Hit. 68, 13; occupied by.
3. Doing, acting, Man. 3, 12.
4. Active, Man. 12, 88.
5. Coming, Mālat. 91, 11.
6. Fixed, settled.
7. Undisputed. Comp. a-, adj. not having taken place, never done, Chr. 61, 48. Caus.
1. To push forward, to direct, Utt. Rāmac. 48, 5.
2. To throw, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 90.
3. To produce, Rājat. 5, 122; Rām. 2, 21, 35.
4. To create, MBh. 3, 13982.
5. To further, Rājat. 5, 175.
6. To behave, Chr. 23, 30. pravartita,
1. Caused to turn, Bhag. 3, 16.
2. Instigated.
3. Revolving, going round.
4. Made, Mālat. 13, 2.
5. Made pure, Man. 11, 196.
6. Informed.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To empty one's self into (as a river), Rām. 2, 54, 2. abhipravṛtta,
1. Active, Bhag. 4, 20.
2. Occurring.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To begin, Śāk. d. 75.
2. To assail, MBh. 3, 68.
3. To be occupied, MBh. 3, 8737.
4. To take place, MBh. 3, 13537. saṃpravṛtta, Being at hand, Bhag. 14, 22.
-- With abhisaṃpra abhi-sam-pra, Caus. To confound, Lass. 2. ed. 80, 82.
-- With prati prati, To accrue, Man. 1, 81 (v. r.).
-- With vi vi,
1. To roll, to welter, Arj. 3, 19.
2. To revolve, to return, Utt. Rāmac. 143, 3.
3. To assail, MBh. 3, 8438.
4. To be, Mālat. 24, 13. vivṛtta,
1. Turned off, Śāk. d. 59.
2. Whirling, Chr. 34, 9. Caus. To cause to alternate (i. e. to be born and to die), MBh. 1, 809. vivartita, Turned round, Śāk. d. 23.
-- With sam sam,
1. To be produced, Pañc. 38, 19.
2. To be recalled, Utt. Rāmac. 13, 1.
3. To fall to one's lot, Vikr. 57, 2.
4. To become, Nal. 17, 42; Pañc. 125, 24; Vikr. 65, 1 (kṛtāhārakaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ, He has finished his meal).
5. To exist, to be, MBh. 3, 14839. samvṛtta,
1. Past, gone.
2. Become, Pañc. 77, 12.
3. Fallen to one's lot, ib. 41, 25.
4. Taken place, 43, 3.
5. Being.
6. Possessed of.
7. Pañc. i. d. 6, read saṃbhṛtebhyaḥ with Rām. 6, 62, 29. m. Varuṇa. Caus. To accomplish, Rām. 1, 15, 7.
-- Cf. Lat. vertere, versus; Goth. vairthan; A.S. weordhan; Goth. ana-vairths; A.S. ward, weard, wyrd; Goth. vaurstv.
2. vṛt, see vāvṛt.
1. Surrounding.
2. An enclosure, a hedge, Man. 8, 239; Pañc. iii. d. 129; 248, 2.
3. Hiding.
4. Choosing.
5. Soliciting.
I. adj. Surrounding.
II. m. A plant, Flacoustia sapida Roxb.
1. Occurrence, Pañc. 38, 23; 130, 10; 130, 4 (ko yaṃ vṛttāntaḥ, What has come to pass here?).
2. A tale or story, Hit. 65, 9.
3. An ancient story, Man. 3, 14.
4. Report, rumour.
5. Tidings.
6. Topics, subject.
7. Leisure.
8. Opportunity, Vikr. 37, 10.
9. Sort, manner.
10. Whole.
11. Solitary.
-- Comp. sadvṛ°, i. e. sant- (vb. 1. as), adj. having (heard) beautiful tales, Hit. 78, 3.
1. The circumference of a circle.
2. Staying, being, abiding.
3. State, Pañc. iii. d. 18 (vaitasīṃ vṛttim ā car, To behave like a reed).
4. Livelihood, Man. 2, 141; maintenance, 9, 74.
5. An agent of activity, Bhāg. P. 5, 11, 9; activity, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 13.
6. Means of subsistence, Pañc. 6, 5; Man. 1, 113; wages, hire, Pañc. 229, 6.
7. Behaviour, Man. 2, 206; Hit. iv. d. 100 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 610).
8. Respectful treatment, MBh. 12, 3996, in Chr. p. 94.
9. Explanation, gloss.
10. Style.
11. Style of dramatic composition.
-- Comp. a-, f. want of means for subsistence, Man. 4, 223. anyathā-, adj. changed, agitated, Megh. 3. a-vyāpya-, f. (in logic) limited in space, as the special qualities of soul and aether, sc. knowledge, etc., and sound, Bhāṣāp. 26. uñcha-, m. a gleaner, Man. 8, 260. evam-, adj. so conditioned, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 212 = Pañc. i. d. 93. garva-, f. state of pride, female arrogance, Vikr. d. 53 (vrata-apadeśa-ujjhita-garva-vṛtti, adj. having abandoned her pride under the pretext of a vow). citta-, f. 1. feeling, sentiments, Śāk. 4, 11; Ṛt. 6, 26. 2. thinking, thought, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 9. jyeṣṭha-, adj. acting as an elder brother ought to act, Man. 9, 110. a-jyeṣṭha-, adj. not acting as an elder brother ought, ib. tad-vṛtti, adj. abiding in that, i. e. as śabdatva in śabda, Bhāṣāp. 60, cf. 22. tamas-, f. darkness, Vikr. d. 20. dus-, f. 1. a bad action, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 799. 2. distress, MBh. 13, 2389. dyūta-, m. the keeper of a gaming house, Man. 3, 160. dhairya-, adj. constant, Hit. ii. d. 66. pataṅga-, adj. acting like a grasshopper (flying into a flame), Pañc. iii. d. 131. para-adhīna-, adj. dependent on another, Megh. 8. parokṣa-,
I. f. unseen, unwitnessed behaviour, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 610.
II. adj. one whose behaviour is not witnessed by anybody, ib. pratikūla-, adj. opposing, Bhāg. P. 3, 16, 6. bhāgya-, f. state of fortune, fortune, Rājat. 5, 261. vaka-, adj. living like cranes, a hypocritical devotee, Man. 4, 30. vāgurā-, m. one who subsists by catcing wild animals, Man. 10, 32. vaiśya-, f. agriculture or trade. śīla-, f. virtue, Pañc. ii. d. 154. śvavṛtti, i. e. śvan-, f. 1. life of a dog, Pañc. i. d. 300 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3292). 2. servitude, service. sama-, adj. equable, moderate. sādhu-,
I. f. the institutes or moral and ritual observances of the Hindus.
II. adj. virtuous, Bhartṛ. 2, 83. sva-, adj. subsisting by one's own exertion, Caṇ. 23 in Berl. Monatsb, 1864, 408.
1. State of residing or being contained in, as the hetu in the pakṣa, Bhāṣāp. 67 (tva).
2. Profession, subsistence.
-- Comp. an-āyatta-vṛttitā (vb. yat), f. independence, Hit. ii. d. 21.
1. The name of a demon slain by Indra, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 85, 9; Chr. 18, 41.
2. An enemy.
3. Darkness.
4. A cloud.
5. A mountain.
6. Sound.
7. A wheel.
1. Without pain (to one's own pleasure), Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 88, 6.
2. Without necessity, Man. 11, 144 (vṛthā-ālambha, m. Cutting or plucking unnecessarily).
3. In vain, Man. 4, 63; vain, Pañc. i. d. 62.
4. Useless, fruitless, Pañc. iii. d. 31.
5. Foolishly, Vikr. 55, 20,
6. Wrongly, incorrectly, Śṛṅgārat. 21.
7. Without being sacrificed, Man. 5, 34; 4, 213.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.
I. ptcple. of the pr. pass. of vṛdh.
1. Old, ancient, aged, Vikr. d. 43. Comparat. jyāyaṃs, and varṣīyaṃs; superl. jyeṣṭha, and varṣiṣṭho, see s. v.
2. Wise, learned.
II. m.
1. An old man.
2. A sage, a respectable man, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 7.
III. n. Benzoin.
-- Comp. kula-, m. the senior of a tribe, Bhāg. P. 4, 9, 39. vayas-, adj. very old, Chr. 13, 7. vidyā-vayas-, adj. high in science and age, Hit. 41, 3, M.M. sa-bāla-, adj. with children and old men.
-- Cf. vṛdh.
1. Increase, Pañc. 187, 7; augmentation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 438.
2. Prosperity, Bhartṛ. 2, 82; Pañc. i. d. 382.
3. Wealth.
4. Interest, Man. 8, 143; Pañc. 88, 14 (dvi-guṇa-, Consisting in doubling the lent amount); usury.
5. Profit, gain, Man. 8, 401.
6. Extension of power or revenue, Pañc. i. d. 264.
7. A heap, a quantity, a multitude.
8. Rise, ascending.
9. The increase of the digits of the sun or moon.
10. The eleventh of the astronomical yogas, or the principal star of the eleventh lunar mansion.
11. Cutting off.
12. (In law), Forfeiture.
-- Comp. kāla-, f. periodical, monthly interest, Man. 8, 153. kusīda-, f. interest on money, Man. 8, 151. cakra-, f. 1. interest agreed on the risk of safe carriage, Man. 8, 156. 2. interest upon interest, Man. 8, 153.
1. Augmented, increased, increasing, Pañc. ii. d. 38; Bhartṛ. 2, 50.
2. Wealthy.
3. Prosperous.
1. To grow, to increase, MBh. 1, 4865; Pañc. i. d. 408; iv. d. 66 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 781).
2. To prosper, Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. i. 112, 24 (vṛdhe, ved. infin.); MBh. 3, 12268; with diṣṭyā, properly, to prosper by fortune: it is used as a mode of giving joy; diṣṭyā vardhase, I give you joy, Vikr. 8, 2; with the instr. of the object of gratulation, Vikr. 11, 11, I give you joy on account of.
3. To last, Rājat. 5, 461.
4. To augment, MBh. 1, 5540. Ptcple. of the pres. vardhāmāna, m.
1. A shallow earthen platter, used also as top to water-jars, a lid.
2. A sort of riddle.
3. A mystical figure.
4. Viṣṇu.
5. The name of a district and city, Burdwan, Pañc. 134, 2 (f. nā, Lass. 28, 9).
6. The castor-oil tree. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛddha (see also s. v.).
1. Grown up, Vikr. d. 148.
2. Full-grown.
3. Heaped.
4. Large. Comp. tapov°, i. e. tapas-, adj. abounding in austerities, pious, Chr. 48, 2. Caus. vardhaya,
1. To augment, Man. 6, 23; Hit. ii. d. 88 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3228).
2. To make powerful, Hit. iii. d. 3.
3. To exalt, Man. 9, 109. vardhita, Filled, full, Man. 3, 224. i. 10, † To speak, to shine.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To increase, Man. 2, 94.
2. To abound, Man. 3, 259.
-- With pari pari,
1. To grow up, Pañc. i. d. 228.
2. To increase, Rājat. 5, 194. Caus. To rear, Śāk. 100, 15.
-- With pra pra, To increase, Man. 4, 42. pravṛddha,
1. Grown up, Rājat. 5, 8; full-grown.
2. Expanded.
3. Large, Rām. 3, 53, 15.
4. Swollen.
5. Deep.
6. Violent, Ṛt. 1, 15. Comp. su-,
I. adj. fullgrown.
II. m. a proper name.
-- With atipra ati-pra, atipravṛddha (rather pravṛddha with ati), One who behaves too arrogantly, Man. 9, 320.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, Caus. To cause to prosper, MBh. 1, 4350.
-- With vi vi,
1. To increase too much, Pañc. i. d. 201.
2. To increase, MBh. 1, 2992; to grow, Pañc. i. d. 47.
3. To prosper, MBh. 3, 16881. vivṛddha, Very large, Pañc. i. d. 6.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To increase, MBh. 1, 4977.
-- With sam sam, To grow up, Sāv. 2, 10. saṃvṛddha, Increased, Rājat. 5, 382. Caus.
1. To cause to grow, to plant, Pañc. i. d. 275.
2. To augment, Vikr. d. 158; MBh. 2, 1601.
3. To cherish, Rām. 1, 39, 18; to bring up, Pañc. 182, 13.
4. To nourish, Hit. 58, 10, M.M. saṃvardhita, Cherished, brought up, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 4.
-- Cf. Goth. valdan; A.S. waldan, and at least as akin, Goth. vaurts, O.H.G. uurza; [greek] = ved. vrādh in vrādhant); A.S. weald; [greek]
1. The nipple.
2. The foot, stalk of a leaf or fruit, Mālat. 16, 20.
3. The stand of a water-jar.
-- Comp. tāla-, n. a fan (properly a leaf of the palm-tree), Rām. 5, 20, 14. dīrgha-, m. a tree, Calosanthes indica Bl. Suśr. 2, 13, 21. stana-, m. a nipple.
I. adj. Many, all.
II. n.
1. A heap, Chr. 25, 62.
2. A multitude, Pañc. 222, 23; Bhartṛ. 3, 47.
III. f. dā, Holy basil, Ocymum sanctum.
-- Comp. eka-, m. a disease of the throat, Suśr. 1, 306, 15.
1. Eminent.
2. Beautiful, Lass. 2. ed. 88, 20.
I. adj.
1. Much, great.
2. Excellent, chief, venerable, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 45.
3. Handsome.
II. m.
1. The head of a crowd or herd.
2. A deity.
† vṛś, i. 4, Par. To choose, to select (cf. vṛ).
1. A scorpion, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 27.
2. The sign Scerpio.
3. A caterpillar.
4. A crab.
5. A centipede.
6. A sort of beetle.
-- Comp. patra-, m. a certain poisonous animal, Suśr. 2, 287, 19.
1. To rain, Rām. 1, 9, 56.
2. To shed, MBh. 1, 1419.
3. To moisten, Dev. 3, 2.
4. † To hurt.
5. † To weary.
6. † To give.
7. † To engender.
8. † To have supreme power. Ptcple. of the pres. varṣant, Rain, Man. 4, 38. Comp. ptcple. pf. pass. a-vṛṣṭa, adj. Not having rained, Pañc. 51, 16. Caus. To induce to rain, MBh. 3, 9991. i. 10, Ātm. †
1. To be possessed of generative power.
2. To be powerful.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi,
1. To shower on, Rām. 2. 67, 8; Vikr. 54, 6.
2. To rain, MBh. 1, 4062; figuratively, Man. 9, 304. abhivṛṣṭa, Rained on, extinguished by rain, Vikr. d. 125.
-- With nis nis, nirvṛṣṭa, Having done raining, Ragh. 4, 15 (Calc.).
-- With pra pra,
1. To begin to rain, Pañc. 169, 7.
2. To rain, Naiṣ. 22, 41. pravṛṣta, One who has caused to rain, Utt. Rāmac. 158, 6.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To rain fast, Man. 9, 304.
-- With prati prati, To assail, Chr. 34, 15.
-- With vi vi, To deluge with rain.
-- Cf. [greek] etc.; [greek] akin is [greek]
I. m.
1. A bull, Hit. 58, 16.
2. The sign Taurus.
3. A rat (as in vṛṣa-daṃśaka, m. A cat, Sāh. D. 303, 6).
4. As latter part of comp. nouns, Excellent, pre-eminent.
II. f. ṣī, The seat of the religious student, made of Kuśa grass (cf. Rām. 3, 49, 23). MBh. 13, 462.
III. n. A peacock's tail.
-- Comp. kṣmā-, m. a lord of the earth, Rājat. 5, 126. go-, m. 1. the bull kept for impregnating cows, Man. 9, 150. 2. a bull, Pañc. i. d. 1. nis-, adj. deprived of bulls, Hariv. 4108.
-- Comp. tikṣṇa-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 135, 20.
-- Cf. as akin, [greek]
I. adj. Having as emblem a bull.
II. m. Śiva, Johns. Sel. 89, 25; Kir. 13, 28.
I. adj. Raining, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. i. 64, 1.
II. m.
1. The dropping beverage, called Soma, Chr. 291, 7 = Rigv. i. 85, 7.
2. A bull.
3. A horse.
4. A name of Indra, Ragh. 10, 53.
5. Karṇa.
I. m.
1. A bull, Hit. i. d. 135, M.M. (duṣṭa-, A malicious bull).
2. The orifice of the ear.
3. An elephant's ear.
4. As latter part of comp. words, Preeminent, excellent.
II. f. bhī, A widow.
-- Comp. go-, m. a bull, MBh. 1, 3935. nara-vara-, m. a most preeminent man, Pañc. i. d. 204.
I. m.
1. A horse.
2. A Śūdra, Utt. Rāmac. 40, 1, cf. 4.
3. A man of the three first classes who, by neglecting his religious duties, has lost his caste.
4. A sinner, Lass. Pentap. p. 70, v. 73.
5. Garlic.
II. f. lī.
1. A Śūdra woman, Man. 3, 19; Pañc. iii. d. 218 (but cf. Kāśīkh. 40, 93).
2. A woman during menstruation.
3. A barren woman.
I. m.
1. Viṣṇu.
2. Śiva.
3. Agni.
II. f. pāyī.
1. Lakṣmī.
2. Gaurī.
3. Swāhā, the wife of Agni.
4. Śaci, the wife of Indra.
-- Comp. a-, f. drought, Pañc. 50, 18. prājya-, adj. sending plenty of rain, Śāk. d. 193. śilā-, f. hail.
I. adj.
1. Passionate, angry.
2. Heretical.
II. m.
1. A ram.
2. Indra.
3. Agni.
4. Viṣṇu.
5. One of the descendants of Yadu, Bhag. 10, 37.
6. The name of a class of Kṣatriyas and Vaiśyas, Pañc. iii. d. 268.
7. Air, wind.
8. A ray of light.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek]
1. vṛh, bṛh bṛh, i. 6, Par. To make any effort, to raise.
-- With the prep. ud ud,
1. To raise, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 9.
2. To pull out, MBh. 1, 7307.
3. To draw forth, Man. 1, 14. pari-vṛḍha, see separately.
† 2. vṛh, i. 1, Par.
1. To increase; cf. vṛdh.
2. To roar; cf. vṛṃh.
1. An upper garment, a mantle, a wrapper, Kir. 5, 45.
2. A small sort of egg plant.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To warp, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 7.
-- With pra pra, To work in the woof, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 7 ('Who is the warp and the weft of the universe'). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. prota, i. e. pra-uta.
1. Sewn or stitched.
2. Joined.
3. Tied, strung.
4. Set, inlaid.
5. Pierced, Ragh. 9, 75.
6. Put on (a spit), MBh. 1, 4316; impaled. n. Cloth.
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. wāt; A.S. waed, vestimentum; O.H.G. weban; A.S. wefan (= the regular Sskr. Caus., which would have been vāpaya or vapaya), waefels, weft; probably also [greek] akin at least is also [greek] Lat. viere. vimen.
† vekṣ, vlekṣ vlekṣ, i. 10, Par. To see (cf. ava-īkṣ).
1. Speed, Vikr. 6, 6; Pañc. ii. d. 174; 258, 21 (vegād vegaṃ gam, To increase one's speed more and more).
2. The flight of an arrow, Kir. 13, 24.
3. Impetus, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11; breeze, Mālat. 127, 12.
4. Stream, Hit. iv. d. 59.
5. Sudden impulse, inconsiderate haste, Pañc. i. d. 122.
6. Energy.
7. Strength, Rām. 5, 3, 42.
8. Pleasure.
9. Love.
10. External indication of any internal effect, proceeding from passion, medicine, poison, etc., as convulsion, sweat, etc., Daśak. in Chr. 187, 16.
11. Evacuation of natural excretions.
12. Semen virile.
-- Comp. caṇḍa-, adj. possessed of violent speed or movement, Rām. 5, 74, 29. nis-, adj. quiet, Rām. 1, 56, 9 Gorr. mahā-,
I. adj. very swift, Chr. 29, 33.
II. m. a monkey. viṣa-, m. absorption of venom, as shown by some bodily changes, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 6. sa-vega + m, adv. hastily, Pañc. 89, 13.
1. Swift, Rām. 3, 50, 5.
2. Impetuous, Lass. 2. ed. 79, 77; 78.
1. Quickened.
2. Swift, MBh. 8, 3048.
I. adj. Swift, Kir. 8, 39.
II. m.
1. A courier.
2. A hawk.
III. f. nī, A river, Rām. 2, 55, 6, ed. Seramp.
1. The son of a Vaideha by an Ambaṣṭha woman, Man. 10, 19.
2. A proper name, 7, 41.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa- and tuṅga-veṇā, f. names of rivers, MBh. 3, 8180; 14233.
I. and veṇī veṇi/ī (vb. vê),
1. Weaving.
2. Unornamented and braided hair, as worn by widows and women whose husbands are absent, viz. twisted together in a single braid, Megh. 97 (ṇi); 18 (ṇī).
3. A braid of hair in general, Rājat. 5, 449 (as royal ornament?).
4. Assemblage of water, as the conflux of rivers.
II. veṇī veṇī, f.
1. An ewe.
2. Stream.
-- Comp. eka-veni/ī, f. a single braid (as a token of mourning, Śāk. 106, 11. puṣpa-veṇī, f. 1. a chaplet, Rām. 3, 68, 41. 2. the name of a river. pra-veṇi/ī, f. 1. unornamented hair, as worn by widows or women in absence of their husbands, Ragh. 15, 30. 2. a coloured woollen cover, MBh. 15, 727.
1. A bambu, Hit. iv. d. 26; reed, Pañc. iii. d. 57.
2. A flute, a pipe, Brahmav. 2, 50.
3. The name of a king.
-- Comp. tri-,
I. adj. epithet of a chariot, ornamented with three flags(?), Bhāg. P. 4, 26, 1.
II. m. a part of a chariot, MBh. 7, 1626.
1. Hire, wages, Pañc. 22, 10; Nal. 15, 6.
2. Livelihood, Hit. 88, 17.
3. Silver.
-- Comp. ubhaya-, adj. 1. accepting wages from his master and his master's enemy, Pañc. 22, 10. 2. living in two elements (water and land), Hit. 88, 17. kṛta-, adj. hired, Yājñ. 2, 164. nis-, adj. receiving no wages, Rājat. 5, 204.
-- Cf. O.H.G. wīda; A.S. widhig; Lat. vitex, vitis; [greek]
1. i. e. ava-ita-ālaya, A sprite haunting cemeteries and animating dead bodies, Lass. 5, 13; Hit. 65, 12.
2. (for vetra + āla, cf. vetradhara), A door-keeper.
I. m., f. trī, and n.
1. Knowing, understanding, acquainted with, Rām. 3, 53, 41.
2. Who obtains or acquires.
II. m.
1. A sage.
2. A husband.
I. m. A reed, a cane, the ratan, Nal. 12, 5.
II. n. A staff, Pañc. 16, 1; the staff of a door-keeper, Ragh. 6, 26.
1. m., f. rā, A door-keeper, Ragh. 6, 82 (rā).
2. m. A mace-bearer, a staffbearer.
1. The name of a river, Megh. 25.
2. A proper name, Śāk. 61, 15 (or, a female door-keeper, cf. 16 and vetrin).
1. Knowledge.
2. The generic name for the sacred writings of the Hindus, especially for the four collections called ṛgveda, i. e. ṛc-, Yajurveda, i. e. yajus-, Sāmaveda, i. e. sāman-, and atharvaveda, i. e. atharvan-, Man. 1, 21; Pañc. iii. d. 64; 205 (pl.); MBh. in Chr. 94, 2 (three Vedas, i. e. the three first).
-- Comp. a-, m. oblivion, Man. 5, 60. āyurveda, i. e. āyus-, m. 1. the science of medicine, Suśr. 1, 1, 12. 2. the writings of authority on medicine, Hariv. 1539. kṣatra-, m. the Veda of the second caste (science of government, politics), Rām. 1, 65, 22. gandharva-, m. the science of music. catur-,
I. m. pl. 1. the four Vedas Hariv. 14074. 2. a kind of Manes, MBh. 2, 463.
II. adj. 1. containing the four Vedas, ib. 3, 13560. 2. conversant with the four Vedas, Hariv. 7993. tri-, adj. conversant with the three (first) Vedas (i. e. the Ṛc, Yajus, and Sāman), Man. 2, 118. dus-, adj. 1. Difficult to be known, Rām. 4, 46, 2. 2. unlearned, MBh. 3, 13437. dhanurveda, i. e. dhanus-, m. the knowledge of the bow, of archery, the title of a sacred work, Rām. 5, 32, 9; Johns. Sel. 57, 161 (with sākṣāt, the embodied Dhanurveda). pari-, m. complete knowledge, MBh. 3, 13462.
I. n., and f. nā.
1. Perception, knowledge conveyed by the senses.
2. Knowledge.
3. Pain, Pañc. 146, 23 (nā); agony, Pañc. 44, 2 (nā).
4. Presenting.
5. The ceremony of holding the ends of a mantle, to be observed by a Śūdra female on her marriage with a man of either of the three first classes.
II. n. Marrying, Man. 10, 24; marriage, 9, 65.
-- Comp. prasava-, f. pains in labour, Pañc. 228, 14.
I. m. The Vedas collectively.
II. n. Wealth, Lass. 100, 5 = Rigv. vii. 15, 3.
-- Comp. viśva-, adj. and sbst. one who knows all things, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8; a sage. sarva-, m. a man who, at the conclusion of the viśvajit sacrifice, divides all his property amongst the priests.
I. n. All one's property, Man. 6, 38.
II. adj. One who has given all his property at a sacred rite, Man. 11, 1, Calc. (v. r.).
1. The complete Veda, Man. 2, 160.
2. A philosophical system based particularly on the Upaniṣads, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, sqq.; 203, 24.
3. pl. Works concerning this philosophy, Vikr. d. 1.
I. and vedī vedi/ī, f.
1. Ground prepared for sacrifice, an altar, Śāk. 31, 6; Nal. 1, 9; Rām. 1, 21, 5.
2. A quadrangular spot in the court-yard of a temple or palace, usually furnished with a raised floor or seat, and covered with a roof supported by pillars, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 16.
3. A bench, ib. 3, 23, 17.
4. A seal-ring.
II. vedi vedi,
1. m. A teacher.
2. f. Sarasvatī.
-- Comp. uttara-vedi, f. the northern fire-place, MBh. 3, 7078. ud-vedi, adj. furnished with an clevated altar, Ragh. 17, 9. vahis-vedi, adv. on the outside of the sacred hearth, Man. 11, 3.
1. Ground prepared for sacrificial ceremonies, a rude altar, Mālav. 60, 3.
2. A quadrangular open shed in the middle of a court-yard, erected for various purposes, and furnished with a seat, Pañc. 129, 17.
3. A seat, Rām. 6, 75, 27.
I. adj.
1. Knowing, acquainted with, Man. 1, 97.
2. Marrying, Man. 3, 16.
II. m.
1. Brahman.
2. A learned Brāhmaṇa, a teacher.
III. m. A plant, Cissampelos hexandra.
-- Comp. kanyā-, m. a son-in-law, Yājñ. 1, 261. karuṇa-, adj. compassionate, Rām. 3, 69, 7. gambhīra-, m. a restive elephant, Ragh. 4, 39. nīti-, adj. knowing the rules of policy, Hit. 31, 8, M. M. puruṣa-antara-, adj. knowing the heart of mankind, Vikr. 36, 10.
1. Piercing, breaking through, Rājat. 5, 95.
2. Perforation.
3. Depth.
I. adj.
1. Piercing, sharp.
2. A perforator (of gems), Rām. 2, 64, 12, ed. Seramp.
II. m. Camphor.
III. n. Grain, rice in the ear.
I. n.
1. Piercing.
2. Perforation.
3. Depth.
II. f. nī.
1. An instrument used to pierce gems.
2. An instrument for piercing an elephant's car.
-- Comp. dṛḍha-, n. hitting with an arrow which remains in the wound, MBh. 7, 2635.
I. adj. sbst. m. Creating, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. i. 64, 1.
II. m.
1. The creator, Mālat. 14, 4; Brahman, Bhartṛ. 3, 98.
2. Viṣṇu.
3. Śiva, Arj. 10, 50.
4. The sun.
5. A wise man, Śṛṅgārat. 21 (v. r.).
i. e. vyadh + in,
I. adj. Piercing, hitting, Lass. 36, 19.
II. f. nī, A leech.
-- Comp. koṭi-, adj. piercing the top, i. e. able to perform the most difficult task, Rājat. 1, 110. śabda-,
I. adj. an archer who is able to hit an object not seen but only heard, Rām. 2, 63, 10; °dhitva, n. its abstract, Rām. 1, 28, 22.
II. m. a name of Arjuna. śīghra-, m. a good archer.
1. † To go.
2. † To know.
3. † To reflect.
4. † To discern.
5. † To hold or take a musical instrument.
6. † To play on a musical instrument.
7. † To take.
8. To praise (ved.).
9. To love, Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 86, 8.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- With the prep. ud ud, To tremble, Nal. 9, 26.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, Rām. 2, 8, 8.
-- Cf. Lat. vibrare; O.H.G. weibon, fluitare; weibjan.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. trembling vehemently, Lass. 59, 5.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. trembling vehemently, Śiś. 9, 77.
1. Trembling (ŚKD.).
2. The shooting off of a bow, Rām. 1, 67, 10.
-- Comp. su-vema, m. a good loom, MBh. 1, 806.
1. The body.
2. Saffron.
3. The egg-plant.
1. vel, see vell.
2. vel, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from velā), Par. To declare the time.
I. n. A grove.
II. f. lā.
1. Time, Pañc. 55, 6; 163, 20; loc. lāyām, Seasonably.
2. Tide, Pañc. 75, 24; flow, current.
3. Sea-shore, Śiś. 9, 38 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
4. Boundary, Pañc. iii. d. 269.
5. Leisure, interval, opportunity.
6. Sudden death.
7. Sickness.
8. The gums.
9. Speech.
-- Comp. ati-vela + m, adv. unseasonably, MBh. 2, 2187. anu-vela + m, adv. continually, Ragh. 3, 5. ud-vela, adj. breaking out of its shore, Kathās. 18, 2. toya-velā, f. a bank, a shore, Hariv. 12014. mahā-vela, adj. of high tides, surgy, Johns. Sel. 13, 39.
1. † To go.
2. vell, To shake, to tremble, Utt. Rāmac. 121, 6. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vellita.
1. Shaking.
2. Crooked, daśak. in Chr. 198, 19.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anuvellita, Lying crooked under, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 18. n. A bandage used in surgery, Suśr. 1, 65, 17.
-- With ud ud,
1. vell, To abscond, Utt. Rāmac. 48, 12.
2. vel, To struggle, Mālat. 140, 3.
-- With vi vi, vell, To struggle, to tremble, Kathās. 18, 174. Probably akin to Lat. volvo; [greek]
1. Rolling on the ground (as a horse).
2. A sort of rolling-pin with which cakes, etc., are prepared.
3. Going.
4. Shaking.
1. To go.
2. To pervade.
3. To conceive or become pregnant.
4. To desire.
5. To throw.
6. To eat.
1. i. e. viś + a.
1. Entrance.
2. A house.
3. A house of prostitutes, Man. 4, 84; Daśak. in Chr. 193, 13.
II. also veṣa veṣa.
1. Dress, apparel, Man. 4, 18, and 200 (ṣ); Pañc. 129, 17 (ṣ).
2. Ornament, decoration.
3. Disguise.
-- Comp. agni-, m. a proper name, Johns. Sel. 1, 3. abhisaraṇa-, adj., f. śā, dressed in a garb fit for meeting one's lover, Vikr. 40, 17. ārya-, adj. dressed like an Ārya, or a respectable man, Rām. 1, 7, 6. kapaṭa-yuvati-, adj. under the disguise of a girl, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 47. kṛta-, adj. dressed, Gīt. 11, 1. puṃveśa, i. e. puṃs-, adj. dressed like a man, Kathās. 29, 108. śṛṅgāra-, adj. dressed suitably for amorous enterprises, MBh, 5, 237. sa-, adj. 1. near. 2. dressed, ornamented.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. vicus; Goth. veihs; A.S. wie.
I. adj. Who or what enters.
II. m. A house.
III. f. śikā, Entrance.
1. A small pond.
2. Fire.
-- Comp. sarva-, i. e. sarvaveśa + in, m. an actor, a dancer.
1. A house, Pañc. iii. d. 172; 218; an abode.
2. A temple, Rājat. 5, 167.
-- Comp. krīḍā-, n. a house for amusement, Vikr. d. 41. jatu-, m. a house, constructed of shell-lac, Johns. Sel. 55, 143. pāyu-kṣālana-, n. a privy, Rājat. 4, 572. bandhana-, n. a prison. vāsa-, n. the inner part of a house, a sleeping-room, Kathās. 22, 104. śmaśāna-, m. 1. Śiva. 2. a ghost.
1. Dressed, Hit. pr. d. 40, M. M.
2. Stopped, Hit. 106, 17.
3. Secured from access.
4. Enveloped, wrapped up, Man. 1, 49. Caus.
1. To surround, MBh. 12, 12449.
2. To twist about, MBh. 1, 1801.
3. To invest, to blockade, Ragh. 11, 51; 52 (Calc.).
-- With the prep. ā ā, To twist, Pañc. i. d. 376.
-- With ud ud, To untwist, Megh. 89; MBh. 7, 3168 udveṣṭanti is to be changed to ucceṣṭanti. Caus. To open, Mālav. 70, 17.
-- With upa upa, upaveṣṭita, Twined, Mṛcch. 115, 13.
-- With pari pari, To surround, Pañc. 97, 25. pariveṣṭita,
1. Tied, Hit. ii. d. 131.
2. Covered, veiled. Caus. To embrace, Pañc. i. d. 41.
-- With pra pra, praveṣṭita, Covered, MBh. 3, 10047.
-- With sam sam, To surround one's self, to be surrounded, MBh. 12, 12449. Caus.
1. To surround, to encompass, MBh. 3, 10264.
2. To cover, MBh. 3, 12889.
1. Surrounding.
2. An enclosure, a fence.
3. A turban.
4. Resin.
5. Turpentine.
-- Comp. karṇa-, m. 1. an ear-ring, Rām. 5, 19, 12. 2. a proper name, MBh. 1, 2696. danta-, m. 1. the gum, the jaw, Yājñ. 3, 96. 2. a disease of the teeth, Suśr. 1, 93, 5. patra-, m. a kind of ear-ring, Ragh. 16, 67.
I. adj. Surrounding, a surrounder.
II. m.
1. A wall, a fence.
2. A pumpkin gourd.
III. n.
1. A turban.
2. Resin.
3. Turpentine.
-- Comp. danta-, m. a disease of the teeth, Suśr. 1, 303, 9.
1. Surrounding, being worn, Rājat. 5, 343 (see ullāsana).
2. An envelope, Pañc. 147, 2.
3. A wall, a fence.
4. A turban, a diadem, Ragh. 1, 42 (cf. Sch. Calc. 43).
5. The outer ear, or the meatus auditorius and the concha.
6. An attitude in dancing, a particular disposition of the hands, also a crossing of the feet.
7. Bdellium.
-- Comp. ud-,
I. n. pressure, a pressing pain, Suśr. 1, 332. 2.
II. adj. of which the band is loosened (as hair), Ragh. 7, 6.
† ves, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To desire.
† veh, beh beh, i. 1, Ātm. To endeavour.
1. vai, see 1. vā.
2. vai, a particle,
1. So indeed, Pañc. ii. d. 26.
2. Just, Nal. 26, 5.
3. Although, Chr. 6, 6.
4. Granted, if, Hit. ii. d. 21 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 572).
5. Preceded by tu, But just, Man. 2, 22.
6. Preceded by na, Perhaps not, Lass. 27, 2.
1. A garland worn over one shoulder and under the other.
2. An upper garment, a wrapper.
1.
1. Alternative.
2. Doubtful, indeterminate.
1. Lameness, imbecility, Pañc. i. d. 193: Hit. 121, 14; Pañc. 254, 9 (budḍhi-, of understanding).
2. Deficiency, defect, want, Man. 10, 85; Pañc. i. d. 119.
3. Insufficiency, Pañc. 166, 16.
4. Non-existence.
5. Agitation.
I. adj. Modified, Bhāg. P. 2, 5, 30.
II. m. A class of deities, ib.; MBh. 12, 13626.
I. m.
1. Viṣṇu, Padmap. 2, 5.
2. Indra.
II. n.
1. The paradise of Viṣṇu, Pañc. 48, 3.
2. Talc.
I. adj. Changed.
II. n.
1. Change, Rām. 1, 9, 45; Rājat. 5, 314.
2. Aversion.
-- Comp. sa-vaiklavya + m, adv. despairingly, 164, 7.
I. adj. Instituted by Vaikhānasa (with vrata, the life of an anchoret), Śāk. d. 26.
II. m. An anchoret, Utt. Rāmac. 16, 5; cf. 93, 5.
III. f. sī, A vessel used for frying meat to be offered in sacrifice.
1. Absence of qualities.
2. Contrariety of qualities.
3. Inferiority, badness, baseness, Man. 10, 68.
4. Unskilfulness, Man. 8, 293.
5. Fault, defect.
-- Comp. ati-, n. excessive proficiency, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 6.
1. Variety, Hit. pr. d. 2, M. M.
2. Surprisingness, Mālat. 16, 2; surprise, 36, 9.
3. Sorrow, Mālat. 46, 12; despair, 66, 16.
I. m.
1. The banner of Indra, Indr. 1, 8.
2. A banner in general, Rām. 2, 97, 25 Gorr.
3. The palace of Indra.
II. f. tī.
1. A flag, a banner, Hit. 63, 1, M.M.
2. A kind of garland.
3. The name of two trees.
I. i. e. vaijayanta + ika, adj. Bearing a flag, a flagbearer.
II. f. kā, i. e. vaijayantī + ka, f.
1. A flag, Mālat. 13, 19.
2. A string of pearls, Vikr. 12, 17 (Prākṛ.; cf. Sch.).
1. Difference or deviation from ordinary conduct.
2. Looseness, wantonness.
3. Difference of species or caste.
4. Exclusion from caste.
I. adj.
1. Seminal, relating to seed, to conception, Man. 2, 27.
2. Relating to sexual union, Man. 5, 63.
II. m. A young shoot.
III. n.
1. Origin, cause.
2. Soul, spirit.
3. Oil prepared from the Morunga.
I. adj., f. vī, Made of bambu, Man. 4, 36.
II. m.
1. A bambu-staff.
2. A worker in bambu or wicker-work.
-- Comp. dyūta-, m. vendors of beasts and birds for playing with, Rām. 2, 90, 28.
1. Living on wages.
2. A hireling, a labourer.
3. A stipendiary.
and ṇī vaitaraṇī, i. e. vitaraṇa + ī, f.
1. The river of hell, MBh. 18, 84 (ṇī).
2. A proper name.
I. adj., f. sī, Reed-like, Pañc. iii. d. 18.
II. m. A sort of cane, Calamus fasciculatus.
I. adj.
1. Taken from the holy hearth, Śāk. d. 83.
2. Sacrificial, sacred, Śāk. 43, 11, Chezy (v. r.).
II. n.
1. Oblation with fire.
2. The sacred ordinances, Man. 11, 37.
I. adj.
1. Performed with the three sacred fires, Man. 6, 9; 7, 78.
2. Sacrificial, sacred, Śāk. 31, 11.
II. n. Burnt offering, especially of clarified butter.
I. i. e. vitāla + ika, A bard, whose principal duty is to awaken a chief at dawn with music and song, a singer, Śāk. 62, 1; MBh. 1, 6940.
II. i. e. vetāla + ika, One who has a Vetāla for a familiar.
1. Cleverness, skill, Bhartṛ. 2, 15 (dha); Lass. 91, 13 (dhī); Mālat. 3, 20; 18, 7; 9 (dhya).
2. Acuteness, intelligence, Mālat. 129, 7.
3. Cunning, craft.
A. i. e. vidarbha + a,
I. m. The sovereign of Vidarbha, the father of Damayantī.
II. f. bhī.
1. Damayantī, Nal. 24, 50.
2. Rukmiṇī.
3. The wife of Agastya.
4. The law of Vidarbha, by which cousins-german were allowed to intermarry in that country.
B. i. e. vi-dṛbh + a + a, n. Crafty or indirect speech.
-- Comp. danta-, m. the loosening of the teeth, Suśr. 1, 31, 19.
I. i. e. vidala + a, adj. Made of cane, Man. 5, 119.
II. m.
1. A flat unleavened cake.
2. Any leguminous vegetable or grain.
III. n. A vessel of wicker-work, a basket made of reeds, Man. 6, 54.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Relating to the Vedas, Man. 2, 117.
2. Scriptural, 2, 15.
3. Recommended, ordained in the Vedas, 2, 2; 84; 8, 190.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa well versed in the Vedas.
I. adj. Brought from Vidūra.
II. n. A gem of a dark-blue colour, the lapis lazuli, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 15; Rām. 3, 49, 2; 53, 15.
I. m.
1. The king of Videhā, father of Sītā, Utt. Rāmac. 93, 12.
2. A trader by profession.
3. The son of a Vaiśya by a Brāhmaṇa woman, Man. 10, 11.
4. pl. Descendants of mixed castes, Lass. Pentap. 66, 31.
5. An attendant on the women's apartments.
II. f. hī.
1. The wife of a trader.
2. Sītā (the daughter of the king of Videhā), Rām. 3, 49, 12; Utt. Rāmac. 14, 9.
3. Long pepper.
4. A sort of pigment, called Rocanā.
I., cf. Man. 10, 13 (= vaideha,
1. 2.).
I. adj.
1. Relating to the Vedas, Lass. Pentap. 67, 43.
2. Relating to medicine, medical.
II. m.
1. A follower of the Vedas, or one conversant with the Vedas.
2. A learned man, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 1.
3. A physician, Pañc. iii. d. 67.
-- Comp. viṣa-, m. a dealer in antidotes. svar-, m. either of the Aśvins, the physicians of the heaven.
1. Irreligion, impropriety.
2. Difference of duty.
3. Difference, Bhāṣāp. 28; Kusumāñj. 3, 9.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. yā, relating to non-widowhood, not to become a widow, Sāv. 4, 12. bāla-, n. state of one who has become a widow already when a child, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 450.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Relating to morals or behaviour.
2. Enforcing proper conduct.
3. Magisterial, performed by the officers of criminal justice, Man. 7, 65.
II. m. A war carriage.
1. A dependent, a subject, a slave.
2. An astrologer.
3. A spider.
1. The king Pṛthu, the son of Vena (ŚKD.).
2. The name of a deity(?), Rājat. 5, 97; 99.
1. Contrariety, opposition, reverse, Sāh. Darp. 12, 17.
2. Counterpart, Hit. ii. d. 133.
I. adj. Born of a step-mother, Rām. 3, 53, 19.
II. m. A step-mother's son.
III. f. trī, A step-mother's daughter.
I. m. A step-mother's son.
II. f. yī, A half-sister, or one by a different mother.
1. Relating to a heavenly car.
2. Borne in chariots of the gods, Man. 12, 48.
3. A god, Rājat. 5, 370.
I. adj. Grammatical.
II. m. A grammarian.
-- Comp. prathama-, a first-rate grammarian, Pāṇ. 6, 2, 56, Sch.
1. Consisting of a tiger-skin, Chr. 25, 52.
2. Covered with a tiger-skin.
1. Lasciviousness, Hit. iii. d. 7; Rājat. 5, 384.
2. Boldness.
1. Heroism, prowess.
2. Enmity, Pañc. 66, 11.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. n. peaceableness, Bhāg. P. 3, 14, 45.
II. adj. peaceable, MBh. 15, 882.
III. ram, adv. being no enmity, Rām. 4, 20, 7.
1. Absence of worldly desire, Bhag. 6, 35 (devotion); Pañc. 50, 16.
2. Disaffection, Hit. iii. d. 90.
3. Sorrow, Pañc. 82, 13; 116, 11.
4. Despondency, 235, 11.
-- Comp. sa-vairāgya + m, adv. sorrowfully, Pañc. 66, 20.
I. adj.
1. Heroic, Bhartṛ. 2, 32 (? Böhtl., as on an enemy).
2. Hostile, Megh. 100.
II. m.
1. A hero.
2. An enemy, Pañc. ii. d. 121.
-- Comp. dṛḍha- (vb. dṛṃh), m. a relentless foe, Johns. Sel. 60, 189. pūrva-, adj. one who has first commenced hostilities, MBh. 6, 3745.
1. Deformity, Pañc. i. d. 466; Ragh. 12, 40.
2. Difference of form.
I. adj. Proceeding from the sun, Kir. 5, 46.
II. patronym.
1. The son of Agni.
2. The son of the sun.
3. Bali, son of Virocana, Johns. Sel. 30, 42.
1. The son of the sun.
2. Bali, the son of Virocana, Arj. 8, 19.
1. Absence of any characteristic.
2. Contrariety, reverse.
3. Contrary course to that which is usual or natural.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. abashed, embarrassed, Rājat. 5, 60. °yam, adv. embarrassed, Vikr. 32, 10.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the vilva tree.
2. Made of its wood, Man. 2, 45.
II. n. The fruit of the vilva tree.
1. Change of colour, Pañc. i. d. 213.
2. Deviation from tribe or caste.
3. Difference.
1. Yama.
2. The seventh Manu, Matsyop. 9 (cf. Man. 1, 62).
3. One of the Rudras.
4. The planet Saturn.
I. adj. Relating to marriage, nuptial, Man. 2, 67.
II. m. (or perhape, taṃ tu is to be changed to tat tu; then it would be n.), Wedding, Chr. 14, 21.
1. Rending in pieces, Bhāg. P. 3, 30, 27.
2. Slaughter, Utt. Rāmac. 113, 6; Pañc. ed. orn. 36, 22; Bhāg. P. 4, 11, 10.
3. Distress, Utt. Rāmac. 160, 5.
4. Hindrance.
I. m.
1. The name of a month, April -May, Rājat. 5, 260.
2. A churningstick.
II. f. khī, The day of full moon in the month vaiśākha.
III. n. An attitude in shooting, standing with the feet a span apart.
1. Endowment with.
2. Distinction, difference, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 22.
I. adj.
1. Characteristic, Bhāṣāp. 43.
2. Belonging to the Vaiśeṣika doctrine (cf.
II.), Bhāṣāp. 104; 140.
II. n. A peculiar philosophical system, the Vaiśeṣika doctrine.
III. m. A follower of the Vaiśeṣika doctrine, Kusumāñj. 3, 8 (p. 29, 13, ed. Cowell).
1. Specific or generic distinction.
2. Superiority, Man. 9, 296.
I. m. A man of the third caste, Man. 1, 116; Hit. iv. d. 21.
II. f. yā, A woman of the Vaiśya caste.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the Viśvadevas, Man. 4, 183; dedicated or sacred to them.
2. Relating to all divinities.
II. n. Offering or sacrifice to all the divinities, Man. 3, 83, 84; Pañc. iv. d. 2.
I. i. e. viśva-nara + a, adj. Relating to, fit for, etc., all men.
II. m.
1. Agni, fire, Utt. Rāmac. 174, 3; Pañc. 224, 21.
2. The general consciousness, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 11.
III. f. rī, A particular sacrifice, Man. 11, 27.
1. Inequality, unevenness.
2. Solitariness.
3. Difficulty.
4. Misery, distress, Nal. 9. 20.
-- Comp. ati-, n. situation in a place of very difficult access, Hit. iii. d. 55.
I. adj., f. vī, Relating or belonging to Viṣṇu, Johns. Sel. 95, 70; Rājat. 5, 125; Arj. 4, 30.
II. m. A follower of Viṣṇu, Rājat. 5, 43.
III. f. vī.
1. One of the mātṛs, the personified energy of Viṣṇu.
2. Durgā.
3. A flower, Clitoria ternatea.
4. Sacred basil, Ocymum sanctum.
I. m.
1. The boa-constrictor.
2. A sort of fish.
II. f. rī, The fourth part of a paṇa.
1. A porter, one who carries or draws, Pañc. 8, 16.
2. A charioteer.
3. A bull.
4. A guide, a leader, Lass. 97, 10 = Rigv. vi. 64, 3 (ved. volhā, nom. sing.).
5. A bridegroom, Man. 8, 204.
-- Comp. dhūrvoḍhṛ, i. e. dhur-, m. a beast of burthen, Pañc. ed. orn. 4, 7.
-- Cf. Lat. vector.
1. Distinctness, Śāk. d. 167.
2. Individuality.
3. An individual (opp. to jāti), Siddh. Mukt. 82, 10.
4. Appearance, manifestation Bhag. 7, 23; 10, 14; Megh. 12.
-- Comp. a-sakala-, adj. not being visible completely, Megh. 82.
1. Bewildered, Hit. iii. d. 108 (bhojana-, by the care for provisions).
2. Distracted.
3. Agitated, Pañc. 200, 8.
4. Engaged in, Vikr. 77, 4; occupied, Pañc. 121, 14; zealously occupied, Pañc. iii. d. 236; zealous, eager, Rājat. 5, 144.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not distracted, Utt. Rāmac. 52, 13; careful, Chr. 16, 19. 2. not disturbed, Lass. 2. ed. 39, 9; peaceable, Nal. 26, 20. 3. cool, deliberate, Draup. 9, 1; ram, adv. reckless. Mālat. 78, 18.
I. adj.
1. Deformed, mutilated, MBh. 1, 1089.
2. Lamed.
3. Bodiless.
4. Ill-arranged.
II. m.
1. A cripple.
2. A frog.
3. Discoloration of the face, dark spots on the cheek.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no defect, Man. 3, 10; sound, Pañc. 184, 23.
1. To surround, to encompass (ved.).
2. † To deceive.
-- Comp. bāla-, n. a fly-flapper used as an emblem of princely rank (made of the bushy tail of the Bos grunniens), Johns. Sel. 21, 102.
I. adj. Clearly showing, Man. 2, 68.
II. m.
1. A mark.
2. External indication of passion or feeling.
3. Feeling, Mālat. 154, 6.
I. n.
1. A mark, a sign, Hit. iii. d. 36; the marks of puberty (hairs of the body), Pañc. iii. d. 214 (pl.).
2. Paraphernalia, insignia.
3. A beard, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 28.
4. A privy part, either male or female.
5. Sauce, Rām. 1, 13, 15; condiment, Pañc. 52, 1.
6. A consonant, Sāv. 5, 25.
II. n., and f. nā, Irony, sarcasm.
III. f. nā, The third power of a word, suggestion, Sāh. Darp. 16, 20.
-- Comp. a-, adj. nā, without the marks of puberty, Pañc. iii. d. 213. a-jāta- (vb. jan), adj. beardless, Rām. 3, 42, 33. nis-, adj. without condiment, MBh. 12, 3189. loc. ne, downrightly, Pañc. 218, 8.
I. adj.
1. Reciprocal, or acting one with another.
2. Pervading.
3. Contiguous to.
II. m.
1. Reciprocity, exchange, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 16; interchange, Mālat. 34, 11; reciprocal action, ib. 199, 16; relation, alternation, Utt. Rāmac, 125, 11.
2. Action in general, Pañc. 30, 8; 237, 22; 130,
3. Contact, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 429; contiguity.
4. Opportunity, Pañc. 40, 18.
5. Mixture, Megh. 15; union, Utt. Rāmac. 84, 2 (at the end of a comp. adj. 'united'); conflux, Ragh. 8, 94.
6. Misfortune, calamity, Pañc. 42, 5.
-- Comp. dṛṣṭa-, adj. one whose misfortune is evident, Hit. 110, 6. vārtā-, m. a report's going from one to another, i. e. a report going from one to another, Pañc. 130, 8.
1. Inverted or retrograde order, reverse, Kir. 11, 76.
2. Contrariety.
3. Misfortune.
4. Passing over or beyond, transgression, Man. 8, 244; Pañc. 46, 20.
5. Fault, Man. 8, 229; sin, Rām. 1, 8, 12.
6. Non-performance (as of contracts), 8, 5.
1. Separateness.
2. Negative inference, Bhāṣāp. 141.
3. Interception, Mālat. 140, 20.
4. Difference.
5. Dissimilitude of things compared in some respects to each other.
6. Exclusion, exception.
1. Mutual or reciprocal junction.
2. Fastening, tying together.
and vyatīhāra vyati/īhāra, i. e. vi-ati-hṛ + a, m.
1. Barter, exchange.
2. Exchange of blows or abuse.
1. Disrespect.
2. A portent indicating calamity.
3. Great calamity.
4. Day of new moon, falling on a Sunday, and the moon being in certain mansions.
5. The seventeenth of the astrological Yogas.
1. Inverted or retrograde order.
2. Contrariety, reverse.
3. Interchange, Pāṇ. iii. 1, 85.
1. Inverted or retrograde order.
2. Reversed position.
3. Contrariety, reverse.
1. To tremble, MBh. 8, 4693.
2. To be disquieted or afflicted, MBh. 2, 1801.
3. To fear, MBh. 3, 717.
4. To suffer pain, ib. 3, 2675.
5. To dry (Sch.), Man. 7, 84. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vyathita.
1. Alarmed, frightened, Rām. 3, 53, 61.
2. Afflicted, Ṛt. 6, 18.
3. Disturbed, Kir. 5, 11; Daśak. in Chr. 193, 1 (changed).
4. Pained, Pañc. 69, 2. Caus.
1. To make uneasy, Bhag. 2, 15; to afflict, Pañc. ii. d. 103.
2. To frighten, MBh. 3, 16418.
3. To lead away from, Bhaṭṭ. 10, 36.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To be afflicted, Rām. 2, 18, 41.
2. To be frightened, Bhag. 11, 20; to fear (or to tremble), with gen., MBh. 5, 4564. pravyathita, Very anxious, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 7.
-- With saṃpra sampra, saṃpravyathita, Frightened, Rām. 1, 38, 16.
-- Cf. Goth. vithon, To shake; probably [greek]
1. Inflicting pain.
2. Distressing, afflicting, Kir. 2, 4.
1. Alarm, fear, Utt. Rāmac. 9, 6.
2. Distress, Pañc. 215, 19.
3. Pain, Pañc. iv. d. 19; disease, Pañc. v. d. 66.
-- Comp. a-vyatha, adj. without pain, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 13. guru-, adj. afflicted by heavy pains, Vikr. d. 50. nirvyatha, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. quiet, MBh. 3, 13065. 2. free from pain, Rājat. 5, 61. sa-, Adj. 1. suffering pain, with distress, Hit. 113, 13. 2. sorrowful, Śiś. 9, 83.
1. To pierce, Chr. 292, 9 = Rigv. i. 86, 9 (ved. vidhyatā, with lengthened final).
2. To hit, Johns. Sel. 39, 31 (veddhā, anomal. first fut.).
3. To wave in triumph, Johns. Sel. 52, 115 (anomal. red. pf. vivyadhus).
4. To pick, Pañc. 62, 9; to wound, Man. 8, 12. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. viddha.
1. Wounded, Chr. 31, 16.
2. Thrown, Man. 9, 43.
3. Beaten, whipped.
4. Opposed, impeded.
5. Resembling, like. n. A wound, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2647. Comp. su-, adj. deeply wounded, Ṛt. 6, 28. Anomal. infin. veddhum (from vidh, for vyadh, based on vidhya), MBh. 1, 5286.
-- With the prep. ati ati, atividdha, Pierced, transfixed, Rām. 2, 9, 51.
-- With anu anu, To throw after (another), Man. 9, 43. anuviddha,
1. Wounded, Ṛt. 1, 13.
2. Obstructed, Śāk. d. 19; checked.
3. Mixed, Mālat. 15, 13.
4. Ornamented, Megh. 66; variegated.
5. Set (as a jewel).
6. Full of, abounding.
-- With apa apa,
1. To throw away, MBh. 3, 15686.
2. To omit, to neglect, Man. 11, 4. apaviddha,
1. Thrown away, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 21.
2. Discarded, Kir. 5, 30 (by churning).
3. (viz. putra, A son), who having been disowned by his parents, is adopted by another, Man. 9, 159.
4. Contemptible.
5. Disabled, broken, literally and figuratively.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, vyapaviddha, Rejected, MBh. 3, 15763.
-- With ā ā, To throw, MBh. 3, 11511. āviddha,
1. Thrown, Man. 9, 43.
2. Pierced, wounded.
3. Crooked, Vikr. d. 115.
4. Disappointed.
5. Stupid. Comp. an-, adj. 1. not bored, Śāk. d. 45. 2. unhurt, Suśr. 2, 32, 20.
-- With vyā vi-ā, To vibrate, MBh. 3, 677. vyāviddha, Dishevelled, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 1.
-- With samā sam-ā, To vibrate, Ragh. 26, 78 (Calc.).
-- With ud ud, udviddha, Lofty, Lass. 2. ed. 72, 5.
-- With nis nis, nirviddha, Wounded, Rām. 3, 50, 19.
-- With pari pari, To wound, MBh. 1, 4102.
-- With pra pra, To throw away, Rām. 2, 63, 34.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To strike, Ragh. 14, 54.
-- With prati prati, To wound, MBh. 3, 11960.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] in [greek]
I. m.
1. Piercing, Kāvya Pr. 100, 9.
2. Striking.
II. f. dhā, Bleeding, Suśr. 1, 362, 5.
1. Information.
2. Name, appellation, Bhāṣāp. 46.
3. Race, Śāk. 104, 6.
4. Renown, Man. 7, 168.
5. Pretext, Pañc. iii. d. 79 (mahatām, Pretending [the authority of] powerful men).
6. Hint.
7. Craft.
8. Stratagem.
1. Extirpating, expelling.
2. Cutting, Ragh. 3, 56.
1. Taking refuge with, Bhag. 18, 56; relying upon.
2. Expectation.
1. Mutual connexion.
2. Regard, Chr. 43, 24 (corr. thus); expectation.
-- Comp. nirvyapekṣa, i. e. nis-, adj. indifferent, Ragh. 14, 39. sa-, adj. connected, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 7.
1. Going astray, erring (literally and figurat.)
2. The presence of the hetu without the sādhya, Bhāṣāp. 136.
3. Following improper courses.
4. Crime, vice, sin, Hit. iii. d. 16; MBh. 1, 912.
5. Infidelity of a wife, Man. 10, 164.
-- Comp. sa-, m. a too general middle term (as fire to prove smoke).
-- Comp. svatva-, n. doubt or uncertainty of ownership.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Going astray, wanton, Hit. pr. d. 21, M. M.
2. Doing what is improper.
II. f. iṇī, A wanton woman, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 507.
-- Comp. a-, adj. never failing, Śāk. 81, 9.
1. Expended, Hit. 98, 17.
2. Dissipated, Hit. 60, 10.
3. Fallen to decay. † i. 10, Par. To throw.
I. adj. Mutable, Man. 1, 19.
II. m.
1. Disappearance, loss, Lass. 59, 1; Pañc. i. d. 179; Mālat. 70, 14 (risk).
2. Destruction, Ragh. 5, 5; Daśak. in Chr. 181, 5 (detriment).
3. Expenditure, expense, Man. 8, 287; Pañc. 138, 4.
4. Squandering away, Lass. 75, 13.
5. Misfortune, decline.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. immutable, Man. 1, 19. 2. eternal, Johns. Sel. 23, 118; Rājat. 5, 37. ati-, m. spending too much, Hit. ii. d. 90. bhojana-, m. expense for food, Hit. 98, 17. su-alpa-,
I. adj. suffering small expenses, Hit. 46, 8.
II. m. a very small expense, Hit. iii. d. 130 (read koṣasval°).
1. Useless, unprofitable, Pañc. i. d. 445; Hit. i. d. 129, M. M.; Pañc. 134, 14.
2. Unmeaning.
1. Uselessness, with yā or gam, To become useless, Pañc. 128, 1, 215, 22.
2. Inoffensiveness, Pañc. 169, 14.
3. Nonsense.
I. adj.
1. Disagreeable, offensive.
2. Improper.
3. Painful.
4. Strange.
II. m. A catamite.
III. n.
1. Any displeasing or improper act.
2. Disagreeableness.
3. Pain, grief, Śāk. d. 183; Pañc. i. d. 272.
4. Fault, transgression, Śiś. 9, 85; Hit. ii. d. 125.
5. Cheating, falsehood, Pañc. i. d. 136 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3208).
-- Comp. nis-, adj. 1. not offending, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 49. 2. without pain, pleased, Rām. 2, 18, 53 Gorr; (given) with pleasure, MBh. 13, 5994. 3. °kam, adv. sincerely, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 42; cf. °ka + tas, adv. the same, 3, 24, 12.
1. Altercation.
2. Abuse.
1. Dividing.
2. A division.
3. Discrimination.
4. Distinction, contrast.
5. Letting fly an arrow, shooting.
6. Cutting in pieces.
1. A covering, a screen.
2. Being covered, disappearance.
1. Intervening, Ragh. 13, 44.
2. Separation, Śiś. 9, 51.
3. Covering, a cover, Śāk. 92, 13 (Prākṛ.).
4. Being covered, disappearance.
1. Intervening.
2. Separating.
3. Screening, hiding.
1. Perseverance, Pañc. iii. d. 264; eagerness.
2. Exertion, effort, Pañc. 215, 22; energy, Pañc. 134, 10; cf. 138, 7; i. d. 195 (yeṣāṃ vyavasāyaniścayaḥ, Who are resolved to endeavour).
3. Following any business or profession.
4. Resolve, determination, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 32.
5. Obstinacy, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 412.
6. Plan, device, trick, Hit. ii. d. 113 (or, perseverance).
7. Boasting.
1. Persevering.
2. Active, energetic, Hit. ii. d. 11; willing, Pañc. 134, 10; cf. 138, 7; undertaking, resolute, Pañc. i. d. 278.
3. Engaged in business.
4. Performing one's duty, Man. 12, 103.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not energetic, Hit. ii. d. 3.
1. Separating, placing remote or apart.
2. Placing.
3. Staying.
4. State, course, Rājat. 5, 80.
5. A decree, a written declaration of the law, decision, Rājat. 5, 461.
6. An engagement, a contract.
-- Comp. a-vyavastha, adj. undecided, Ragh. 7, 51.
1. Placing apart.
2. Placing.
3. Fixing.
4. Appointing.
5. Deciding.
6. Declaring.
1. Constancy, perseverance, Bhag. 16, 1.
2. Determining.
3. Rule, Man. 10, 70.
4. Extracting.
I. m., f. trī, and n.
1. Transacting business, engaged in affairs.
2. Observing established usages.
II. m.
1. A judge.
2. A litigant, a plaintiff.
3. Partaker, associate.
1. Doing, performing, Bhāṣāp. 105 (gaṇana-, Numbering); Lass. 76, 9; occupation, Śāk. 104, 23; action, Mālat. 70, 6.
2. Affair, Utt. Rāmac. 127, 3 (nāsya vyavahāro streshu, He has nothing with weapons); Man. 8, 420.
3. Profession, business, Pañc. i. d. 91.
4. Pecuniary transaction, Man. 3, 64; usury, Pañc. i. d. 12.
5. Petty traffic, Man. 7, 137; trade, Pañc. 7, 17.
6. Usage, custom, Hit. 58, 18.
7. Conduct, Hit. i. d. 57; 70, M. M.
8. Practice of the courts, or civil and criminal law, Man. 8, 148; judicial proceeding, Man. 8, 1.
9. Administration of justice, Journ. of the German Oriental Society, vii. 528.
10. Any acts cognisable in courts.
11. An occurrence which must be inquired, an important affair, Pañc. 45, 13.
12. Lawsuit, Pañc. 165, 4.
13. A contract.
-- Comp. yathā-vyavahāra + m, adv. conformably to custom, Hit. 87, 15.
I. m. A trader, Pañc. 138, 15.
II. f. rikā.
1. Usage.
2. A brush.
1. Customary.
2. Relating to legal process.
3. Litigant.
I. m.
1. Copulation, Rājat. 5, 280.
2. Intervening, interval.
3. Covering, disappearance.
II. n. Light, lustre.
1. Calamity, misfortune, Vikr. 59, 1; Pañc. ii. d. 13; destruction, Mālat. 154, 13; loss, Kir. 13, 15.
2. Fate.
3. Ill luck.
4. Fruitless effort, Bhartṛ. 2, 96 (pl.).
5. Inability, incompetence (see the next).
6. Fauls, vice, Man. 7, 45; Hit. pr. d. 48, M. M.; crime.
7. Sin, Śāk. d. 38.
8. Intent application or attachment to an object, Pañc. i. d. 314; diligence, Hit. i. d. 31, M.M.
9. Individuality.
-- Comp. āyudha-, n. destruction of weapons, Man. 7, 93. nau-, n. shipwreck, Śāk. 90, 19. bala-, n. defeat or rout of an army, Hit. iv. d. 32. mūla-, n. execution for a crime (Sch.), Man. 10, 38.
1. Wickedness, Rājat. 5, 255 (tva); Hit. 94, 3 (tā, instr. Wrongly).
2. Calamity.
1. Wicked, Pañc. v. d. 17; vicious, Man. 7, 53; Pañc. 163, 14; ruled by passions, Kathās. 26, 199.
2. Unfortunate, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 814; being in distress, Hit. iii. d. 34; afflicted, Hit. iv. d. 44 (durbhikṣa-, by the calamity of famine).
3. Intent on, Bhartṛ. 2, 100.
4. Occupied, Pañc. 192, 3.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not attached to wicked inclinations, Hit. iii. d. 16. mānotsehaparākrama-, i. e. māna-utseka-parākrama-vyasana + in, adj. endowed with pride, loftiness, prowess, and intent application, Pañc. iii. d. 264. sūta-, i. e. sūtavyasana + in, adj. being distressed by the incompetence of the charioteer, Chr. 35, 7.
1. Explaining.
2. Grammar, Pañc. 4, 14; ii. d. 34.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. the development of the embryo, Suśr. 1, 325, 19. garbhiṇī-, n. the development of pregnancy, Suśr. 1, 366, 16.
1. Confounded, bewildered, Pañc. 9, 13; 144, 4; Hit. iii. d. 110.
2. Trembling, Utt. Rāmac. 83, 5.
3. Dimmed, Chr. 17, 25.
4. Occupied, Megh. 83.
-- Comp. nirvyākulatā, see s. v.
1. Explaining.
2. Grammar.
3. Change of form, development, Suśr. 1, 9, 10.
1. Rubbing.
2. Churning.
1. Obstacle, Hit. ii. d. 4.
2. Striking.
3. Wounding, Indr. 5, 11.
4. Destroying.
5. The thirteenth of the astronomical Yogas.
I. m.
1. A tiger, Pañc. 157, 25.
2. As latter part of comp. words, Best, preeminent, e. g. puruṣa-, m. An eminent man (literally, A tiger-like man), Rām. 3, 53, 19.
II. f. ghrī, The female of a tiger, Bhartṛ. 3, 39.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. tigerless, Pañc. 231, 17.
1. Deceit, fraud, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396; Pañc. 147, 15.
2. Disguise either of purpose or person.
3. Appearance, Pañc. iii. d. 125; pretence, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 2.
4. Means, Pañc. 75, 24; 118, 3.
5. Wickedness.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. upright, honest, Kathās. 22, 146. °jam, adv.
1. honestly, Amar. 79. 2. exactly, Rājat. 4, 343. sa-vyāja, adj. 1. cunning, pretending. 2. fraudulent. °jam, adv. cunningly, under a pretext, Śāk. 18, 21; Vikr. 12, 18.
1. A snake.
2. A beast of prey.
3. A rogue.
4. Indra (cf. vyāla).
1. A hunter, Pañc. 147, 11.
2. A low or wicked man.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. the pious hunter, epithet of a Brāhmaṇa re-born as hunter in consequence of a curse, MBh. 3, 13710. mṛga-, m. a hunter, Rājat. 5, 196.
1. Pain, Mālat. 69, 5.
2. Sickness, Hit. i. d. 3, M. M.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. healthy, MBh. 9, 2322.
I. adj.
1. Diffusive.
2. Extensive.
II. m. A pervading attribute, one always found where some other is found, Bhāṣāp. 137.
1. Diffusion, pervadence.
2. State of being more extensive, Bhāṣāp. 9, cf. 142.
1. Calamity, Hit. 95, 1, M. M. (at the end of a comp. adj. tyakta-, vb. tyaj, Free from calamity).
2. Derangement.
3. Disease.
4. Death, Megh. 111.
-- Comp. viraha-, adj. (dying), vanishing by separation, Megh. 111.
1. Killing, Pañc. 265, 16 (sarpa-, Being killed by the snake).
2. Wishing to injure another person.
1. Occupation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 18; doing, Pañc. 162, 8; business, 262, 7; Vikr. d. 58 (vyāpāraṃ vrajasi śarīre, You have to do with my body, i. e. you command over my body).
2. Work, Śāk. d. 26; Bhāṣāp. 58; 79.
3. Affair, Pañc. 57, 8.
4. Trade (cf. vraj), profession.
5. Exercise, practice, exertion, Hit. pr. d. 43, M. M.; activity, Mālat. 10, 11.
-- Comp. a- and mithyā-, m. occupation with things in which one is not concerned, Pañc. 9, 24 (mithyā-), and i. d. 26 (a-). Kim-, adj. with what occupied, Śāk. Chezy, 150, 8. dṛgvyāpāra, i. e. dṛś-, m. play of the eyes, Rājat. 5, 366 (pl.). nis-,
I. m. absence of occupation, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 13.
II. adj. not occupied, Ragh. 15, 56. vāgvy°, i. e. vāc-, m. conversation, Hit. 85, 21.
I. adj.
1. Diffusive.
2. Comprehensive.
3. Pervading, Bhāṣāp. 42.
4. Filling, Kir. 5, 18.
5. Extending to, Śāk. d. 170.
II. m. The pervading property or power.
1. Pervading, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 18.
2. Universal permeation, omnipresence.
3. Inherence, the inherent and essential presence of any thing or property in another, as heat in fire, oil in the sesamum seed.
4. The relation of a subject (vyāpta, vyāpya) to a predicate (vyāpaka) in an universal proposition, Bhāṣāp. 65; 67; 68; 136.
1. Pervading, diffusive.
2. Pervaded, attended by, Man. 12, 26.
1. Capacity of being pervaded, or of obtaining, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 15.
2. State of being less extensive, Bhāṣāp. 9.
1. A fathom, or the space between the tips of the fingers of either hand when the arms are extended, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 17; MBh. 3, 10207.
2. Smoke.
1. Erasure (vb. mṛś?).
2. Impatience.
1. Athletic exercise.
2. Exertion, fighting, Arj. 3, 40.
3. Manhood, manliness, MBh. 13, 542.
4. Occupation, business.
5. A difficulty.
6. Fatigue, labour, Sāv. 5, 2.
7. A fathom (see vyāma).
1. Athletic.
2. Active.
3. Undergoing fatigue.
I. adj.
1. Wicked, Kir. 17, 25.
2. Cruel.
II. m.
1. A snake, Hit. iii. d. 30.
2. A beast of prey, Pañc. i. d. 420.
3. A vicious elephant, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
4. A rogue.
5. A king.
III. f. lī, A female snake, Chr. 22, 22.
1. Going round, revolving.
2. Encompassing.
3. Choosing, appointing.
1. Rolling round.
2. A volute, Kir. 5, 30.
3. A band.
4. Encompassing.
I. adj.
1. Active, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 6.
2. Usual, customary.
3. Judicial, relating to trials, Man. 8, 78.
II. m. A counseller, Rām. 2, 51, 13, ed. Seramp. (thus to be read).
III. n. Use, Man. 8, 164.
1. Covering, screening.
2. Exclusion, exception (? see the next).
1. Rolling back.
2. Surrounding, screening.
3. Rejection, exclusion, exception, Kumāras. 2, 27.
4. Choice.
5. Praise.
1. Extension, diffusion.
2. Distinction, detail.
3. A sage, the supposed compiler of the Vedas and Purāṇas, Lass. 49, 2; Chr. 45, 17.
1. Addition.
2. Attachment, Bhartṛ. 1, 66; sitting on, Mālat. 153, 4.
3. Separation, detachment.
4. Perplexity, confusion, Lass. 2. ed. 67, 22.
1. Voice, a word, speech, Utt. Rāmac. 104, 5.
2. Humorous speech, jest.
1. Voice, speech.
2. A word.
3. A mystical word, as om, Svar, Man. 2, 78.
-- Comp. a-, m. a protector, MBh. 12, 2901.
1. Weaving.
2. Sewing.
1. Completion of religious meditation, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 16.
2. Independence.
3. Obstruction, hindering.
4. Opposition, doing that which is prohibited.
1. Conversancy with literature or science.
2. Etymology.
1. Throwing away, Nalod. 4, 14 (loss).
2. Indifference to, disregard for.
† 1. vyuṣ, or pyuṣ pyuṣ, i. 4, Par. To burn (cf. uṣ).
† 2. vyuṣ, or pyuṣ pyuṣ, pyus pyus, puṣ puṣ, vyus byus, or bus bus, i. 4, Par. To divide.
† 3. vyuṣ, or pyuṣ pyuṣ, pus pus, i. 10, Par. To reject.
I. Dawned.
II. n.
1. Dawn.
2. Day.
3. Fruit.
1. Dawn, Chr. 287, 6 = Rigv. i. 48, 6.
2. Fruit, consequence.
3. Increase.
4. Praise, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 22.
1. Military array, Man. 7, 187.
2. An army, Ragh. 7, 51; squadraon, Man. 7, 188.
3. A flock, a multitude, Nal. 12, 30.
4. Logic.
5. Making.
6. The body.
-- Comp. garbha-, m. a kind of array, MBh. 6, 3850; 3851. cakra-, m. the array in a circle, ib. 7, 1441. daṇḍa-, m. the array in line, Man. 7, 187. maṇḍala-, m. the array in a circle, cf. Pañc. 9, 14.
1. Arraying.
2. Structure of the body.
-- With the prep. ā ā, āvīta, Enveloped, Bhāg. P. 3, 31, 4.
-- With upa upa, upavīta, n. The cord worn by the three first classes of the Hindus over the left and under the right shoulder, Man. 2,
44. Comp. yajña-, n. the sacrificial cord.
-- With ni ni, nivīta, n. The brahmanical thread suspended round the neck, in which manner it is worn on some occasions.
-- With pari pari, parivīta,
1. Surrounded, Kir. 5, 42; invested.
2. Covered, clothed, Ragh. 15, 77 (Calc.).
3. Overspread, pervaded. n. The bow of Brahman.
-- With sam sam, saṃvīta,
1. Surrounded.
2. Covered, Rām. 3, 50, 12.
3. Clothed, Rām. 3, 52, 9.
4. Adorned, Ram. 3, 52, 30. Comp. su-, adj. well covered, Chr. 27, 4.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek]
1. The sky, atmosphere, heaven, Pañc. ii. d. 21; Vikr. d. 20.
2. AEther, Bhāṣāp. 2.
3. Water.
4. A temple sacred to the sun.
1. To go, Man. 2, 56; Pañc. i. d. 129 (viśvāse, To trust).
2. To proceed, Hit. iv. d. 75.
3. To pass away (as time), Pañc. 117, 9; Megh. 104.
4. To go to (with acc.), Pañc. i. d. 325; to approach, Bhag. 18, 66; to visit for adultery, Man. 8, 383.
5. To obtain, Pañc. i. d. 246.
6. To undergo; with abstracts, to become that which the corresponding concrete noun signifies, e. g. Pañc. 33, 7, chātratām, to become a pupil; cf. Man. 3, 179; Śāk. d. 9; nir- vṛtim, To grow happy, Vikr. d. 28.
7. With vyāpāram and loc. To rule over, Vikr. d. 58. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vrajita, Going. n. Roaming. Comp. dus-, n. a bad manner of going, MBh. 3, 14669. vrajyā, see s. v. Caus. To send. i. 10, Par.
1. † To prepare, to adorn.
2. † To go.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To follow, Man. 11, 111; to pursue, Pañc. i. d. 314 (saṅgam, To attach one's self).
2. To visit in successive order, MBh. 3, 8266.
3. To perform, Man. 2, 241.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To follow, MBh. 2, 1606.
-- With ā ā,
1. To approach, Man. 2, 196.
2. With punar, To return, MBh. 3, 10273.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To go to meet, Ragh. 1, 90.
-- With pari pari,
1. To wander about as a mendicant, Man. 6, 33.
2. To walk, MBh. 12, 5098. parivrajyā, see s. v.
-- With pra pra,
1. To go away (from home), Man. 6, 39; cf. 34.
2. To go in exile, Rām. 3, 53, 16. pravrajita, Gone away, Hit. 64, 4. m. A mendicant. f. tā, A female devotee, Man. 8, 363. n. Wandering about as a mendicant, Chr. 10, 5. pravrajyā, see s. v. Caus. To banish, MBh. 2, 2674.
-- With prati prati, To go near, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 96.
-- With upasam upa-sam, To go near, Man. 6, 51.
-- Cf. Goth. vrikan, persequi; A.S. wrecan; O.H.G. rehhan, wreh, exul; A.S. wraecca; probably Lat. ulciscor (or to rakṣ?).
1. A road.
2. A flock, a herd, Chr. 292, 3 = Rigv. i. 86, 3; a multitude, MBh. 6, 5441.
3. A cow-pen, Chr. 294, 4 = Rigv. i. 92, 4.
4. The name of a district about agra and mathurā.
-- Comp. go-, m. 1. pasture ground for cattle, Man. 4, 52. 2. a proper name, MBh. 9, 2568. netra-, m. (pl.), all the eyes, Ragh. 6, 7.
-- Cf. perhaps Lat. vulgus (or = varga).
I. vraj + yā, f.
1. March.
2. Attack.
3. Wandering about as a mendicant.
II. vraja + ya, f.
1. A flock, a class, a tribe.
2. A theatre.
† vrañj (?), i. 1, Par. To go (cf. vraj).
1. A wound, Pañc. 170, 25.
2. A fracture, Man. 2, 47.
3. A boil, a tumour, Hit. ii. d. 101.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. without any fracture, Man. 2, 47. 2. without a wound or perceivable injury, Suśr. 2, 311, 13(?). a-kṛta-, m. a proper name, Chr. 13, 11. nis-, adj. 1. unwounded, MBh. 7, 2742. 2. without a fracture, Man. 6, 53. vi-stārita-bahu-, (vb. stṛ), adj., f. ṇā, having made many wounds, Pañc. 171, 3.
-- Cf. Lat. vulnus; [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek]
1. A (self-chosen) voluntary act, Chr. 43, 24; rule, Rām. 3, 53, 18; Bhartṛ. 2, 69.
2. Action, doing, Man. 9, 304.
3. Work, Chr. 295, 12 = Rigv. i. 92, 12.
4. A devout act, Man. 2, 173; as fasting, continence, a vowed observance, a vow, Vikr. 37, 7; Pañc. 260, 13.
5. Eating (cf. payas-vrata).
-- Comp. a-, adj. one who does not observe the rules of his order, Man. 3, 170. arka-, n. levying taxes, drawing the wealth of the people, as the sun evaporates water, Man. 9, 305. asi-dhārā-, n. a vow to stand on the edge of a sword, Pañc. 196, 15. ārya-, adj. one who observes the rules of the Āryas, or respectable men, MBh. 1, 7424. indu-, n. a kind of vow, MBh. 13, 1797. indra-, n. the duty of the king to distribute gratifications, Man. 9, 304. go-, adj. continent, MBh. 5, 3560. gaurī-, n. lasciviousness, Hit. 42, 2. daṇḍa-, n. judicial power, Bhāg. P. 4, 13, 22. dṛḍha-, adj. 1. one who observes his vows, Man. 11, 81. 2. persevering in observing one's vow, Sund. 1, 10. 3. persisting in, Rām. 3, 52, 52. deva-, adj. attached to the deities, pious, Bhāg. P. 1, 9, 1. dhṛta-, adj. attached, faithful, Rām. 3, 2, 18. niyama-, n. vow of penance, Pañc. 165, 9. nis-, adj. one who does not observe the religious precepts, MBh. 12, 1335. pati-,
I. n. fidelity to one's husband, ib. 13, 165; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 741.
II. f. tā, a faithful or virtuous woman, Pañc. iii. d. 151. payovrata, i. e. payas-,
I. n. the vow of living only on milk, Bhāg. P. 8, 16, 58.
II. adj., f. tā, nourished by milk alone, Man. 11, 144. brahmavrata, i. e. brahman- (n.), chastity, Pañc. 187, 6. madhu-, m. a bee. mahā-, adj., f. tā, one who has undergone great austerities, Chr. 17, 27; 40, 15 (read mahāvrataḥ). māruta-, n. the duty of a king to trace out everything by means of spies, cf. Man. 9, 306. mauna-, adj., f. tā, holding one's tongue, Pañc. 94, 8. yata- (vb. yam), adj. firm to an engagement or vow, Johns. Sel. 36, 12. yama-, n. the duty of a king to punish offences without partiality, cf. Man. 9, 305. rahasya-, n. the command of that mysterious power by which mystical weapons may be wielded. vipula-, adj. of great devotion, Johns. Sel. 4, 17. sam-śita- (vb. śi), adj. 1. one who has accomplished his vow, Man. 1, 104 (read saṃśita instead of śaṃsita). 2. faithful to a vow or obligation, Johns. Sel. 1, 1. satya-,
I. adj. veracious, honest, Rām. 3, 55, 38.
II. m. a proper name, Pañc. iii. d. 270. su-,
I. adj. rigidly observing any religious vow or obligation, virtuous, Chr. 58, 6.
II. f. tā. 1. a virtuous wife. 2. a cow easily milked. 3. a proper name, Śāk. 102, 22 (Prākṛ.). stuti-, m. a bard, a herald.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
and tī vratati/ī (vb. vṛt). f.
1. Spreading.
2. A creeper, Śāk. d. 32.
I. adj. Engaged in a religious vow or obligation, pious, Pañc. i. d. 467.
II. m.
1. An employer of priests.
2. An ascetic.
3. A religious student, Man. 2, 189; 4, 91; 11, 121.
-- Comp. go-, m. the name of a sort of anchorite, MBh. 5, 3559 (cf. go-vrata). deva-, adj. worshipping the deities, MBh. 13, 3534 (cf. deva-vrata). mahā-, m. 1. a devotee, an ascetic (cf. mahā-vrata). 2. a name of Śiva. vaka-, adj. acting like a crane, hypocritic, Man. 4, 197.
1. To tear.
2. To cut, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 41.
3. To wound. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛkṇa, Broken, Bhaṭṭ. 12, 75.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. lacerare, ulcus.
I. m. A small saw or chisel.
II. n. Cutting, wounding, Man. 5, 5.
I. m.
1. The company and attendants at a marriage feast.
2. An assemblage, a multitude, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 19; Chr. 4, 19.
3. The son of an outcaste.
II. n.
1. Bodily labour.
2. Day labour.
-- Comp. vṛṣavrāta, i. e. vṛṣan-, adj. abounding in drops of rain, Chr. 291, 4 = Rigv. i. 85, 4.
I. m. An outcaste, Man. 2, 39.
II. f. yā, The daughter of an outcaste, Man. 8, 373.
† vrī, ii. 9, vri/īṇā, vri/īṇī, Par. To choose. i. 4, Ātm. To be chosen.
1. To be, or grow bashful, Vikr. 8, 17.
2. † To throw. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. vṛḍita (perhaps rather vṛ10ḍā + ita), Ashamed, modest, Chr. 56, 18.
1. Shame, Rājat. 5, 338.
2. Bashfulness, Bhartṛ. 2, 18.
-- Comp. sa-, adj., f. ḍā, 1. ashamed, Chr. 61, 42. 2. bashful, Chr. 5, 4; Vikr. 10, 12. 3. modest. °ḍam, adv. 1. with shame, ashamed, Pañc. 208, 13. 2. bashfully, Vikr. 28, 14.
† vruḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To cover.
2. To heap.
3. To sink.
† vrūs, or vrūṣ vrūṣ, kaṣ kaṣ, vrīs vrīs, i. 10, Par. To hurt or kill.
I. adj. Prosperous, happy, Bhaṭṭ. 4, 18.
II. m.
1. Indra's thunderbolt.
2. The iron head of a pestle.
1. To praise, MBh. 2, 2298; pass. śasya, Chr. 292, 4 = Rigv. i. 86, 4.
2. To report, Man. 7, 116; Rām. 3, 55, 16.
3. To say, Vikr. d. 105; MBh. 3, 2584.
4. † To be unhappy.
5. † To hurt. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. śasta.
1. Best, excellent.
2. Right, happy. n.
1. Happiness.
2. The body.
II. śaṃsita.
1. Praised, Pañc. i. d. 195.
2. Said.
3. Wished.
4. Calumniated.
5. Certain. Man. 1, 104, read saṃśita. Comp. a-śasta, adj. 1. not praiseworthy, Rājat. 5, 13. 2. inauspicious, Lass. 16, 17. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. śasya.
1. Praiseworthy, Pañc. i. d. 248; excellent.
2. Desirable. n.
1. Good quality, merit.
2. Fruit (cf. sasya), Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 650.
3. Corn, Hit. 46, 6, M. M. Comp. nava-, n. new grain, Man. 4, 26.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, abhiśasta,
1. Accused, Man. 8, 373.
2. Defamed, Man. 4, 211.
-- With ā ā,
I. Par.
1. To report, Ragh. 1, 86.
2. To conciliate, Draup. 5, 12.
II. Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., MBh. 2, 1904).
1. To wish, MBh. 3, 17171.
2. To hope, Śāk. d. 48.
3. To fear, Bhāg. P. 1, 13, 31.
4. To believe, Rām. 2, 51, 14. āśaṃsita, Desired, Kir. 5, 52.
-- With samā sam-ā, To desire, MBh. 1, 6920.
-- With pra pra,
1. To praise, Man. 3, 230; anomal. praśaṃsīyāt, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 975 = Cāṇ. 37 in Berl. Monastb. 1864, 409; absol. praśasya, Pañc. 98, 4.
2. To recommend, Man. 5, 127.
3. With na, To disapprove, to blame, Chr. 7, 12.
4. To esteem, Man. 7, 209.
5. To declare, Lass. 12, 18. praśasta, Good, Hit. iii. d. 74. Comp. a-praśasta, bad, inferior, Nalod. 20, 41. n. dirt, Man. 11, 255. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. praśasya, Good. Comparat. jyāyaṃs and śreyāṃs, superl. jyeṣṭha and śreṣṭha, see s. v. v.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To praise, MBh. 3, 11908.
-- Cf. Lat. censere, canere, Casmena, carmen, con-cinn + us; Goth. hazjan.
1. Praise, Pañc. i. d. 80.
2. Speech.
3. Wish.
1. Announcing, Vikr. 60, 14; 65, 11.
2. Showing, Śiś. 9, 77.
1. A panegyrist.
2. A flatterer.
1. To endure, MBh. 3, 11277.
2. To be able, Rām. 1, 42, 21; with the infin., Man. 7, 6; with the ptcple. in the signification of the infin., apūryāṃ pūrayann icchām ...na śaknuyāt, He is not able to satisfy the insatiable desire, MBh. 12, 514.
3. Impers. pass. To be fit to be done, MBh. 1, 6678.
4. The pass. transfers its pass. signification to the infin. which it governs, e. g. na śakyante niyantum, Man. 2, 96 (They cannot be restrained); Hit. 11, 6, M. M. (nītiṃ grāhayituṃ śakyante, They are able to be taught good behaviour); with a ptcple. of the pass. of the Caus. instead of the infin., na śakyate nivartyamānā, Chr. 46, 23 (She cannot be induced to return). Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. śakta.
1. Powerful, capable, Man. 2, 109.
2. Able, Vikr. d. 72; with the infin., Man. 9, 10; with the loc. in the sense of an infin., MBh. 3, 2263; Pañc. iv. d. 28.
3. Clever, Hit. ii. d. 74.
4. Diligent, attentive, intent.
5. Speaking civilly (cf. śac). Comp. a-, adj. powerless, Pañc. i. d. 362.
II. śakita, Able, i. e. could; transfers its pass. signification to the infin. which it governs, e. g. na śakitā netum, Rām. 1, 44, 53 (She could not be led). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. śakya.
1. Easy to be overpowered, Pañc. iii. d. 53.
2. Practicable, possible, Rām. 3, 53, 27; Chr. 8, 27.
3. Transfers its pass. signification to the infin. which it governs, e. g. śakyā rakṣitum, Man. 9, 10 (They can be guarded).
4. Superl. śakyatama, Most possible, Hit. iii. d. 115 (na śakyatamāḥ samīhitum, Are not at all to be aspired to). Comp. a-, adj. impossible, Hit. i. d. 89, M. M.; Chr. 57, 25. Anomal. desider. śikṣa, Par. Ātm. To learn, Man. 2, 20. śikṣita,
1. Instructed, Pañc. 94, 20.
2. Learned, Hit. ii. d. 154.
3. Disciplined.
4. Trained (as an animal).
5. Docile.
6. Modest, diffident.
7. Skilful, clever, conversant. Caus. of the desider. śikṣaya, To teach, M.M. 2, 69.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anuśikṣita, Learned (by imitation), Utt. Rāmac. 63, 2. Caus. of the desider. To instruct, MBh. 1, 5761.
-- With ava ava, avaśakya, Possible, Caurap. 43.
-- With abhi abhi, Caus. of the desider. To instruct, MBh. 1, 8033.
-- With ā ā, desider. To impart, to grant, Chr. 297, 19 = Rigv. i. 112, 19.
-- With upa upa, desider. To learn, MBh. 3, 1790.
-- Cf. Lat. queo (for quecjo), ne-queo (nequinont, for ne-quic + nont), conari; O.N. hagr, dexter, hagna, prodesse.
1. m. pl. The name of a people, Man. 10, 44.
2. A particular caste.
3. An era, especially that of Śālivāhana, commencing seventy-six or seventy-eight years after the Christian.
I. m., f. ṭī, and n. A cart, Hit. i. d. 89, M. M. (n.); Pañc. 8, 15 (tā); Rām. 1, 33, 18 (ṭī); with prājāpatya, name of an asterism, Pañc. i. d. 239 (ṭā).
II. m.
1. A cart-load.
2. A Daitya slain by Kṛṣṇa.
III. m. or n.
1. An implement for preparing grain, Man. 5, 117.
2. A form of marching an army, 7, 187.
-- Comp. rohiṇī-, m. or n. an asterism, probably [greek] Tauri, Pañc. 50, 20.
1. A bird of prey (a vulture?), Hit. ii. d. 97.
2. and śakaṭāla śakaṭāla, A proper name, Kathās. 4, 104 (l).
-- Comp. mṛcchakatikā, i. e. mṛd-, f. the cart made of clay, the toy-cart, title of a drama.
I. m. and n. A part, a portion, a piece, Utt. Rāmac. 46, 19; Pañc. iii. d. 193 (194); 262, 25; a potsherd, Man. 6, 28.
II. n.
1. Skin.
2. Bark.
3. The scales of a fish.
4. A kind of (black) pigment.
I. m. A bird, Nal. 9, 12.
II. n. An omen; a. auspicious, Lass. 43, 5; b. inauspicious, Pañc. 52, 11 (kiṃ śakunakāranaṃ kiṃ cit saṃjātam, Has something come to pass caused by a bird, or by an inauspicious omen, i. e. has there happened a misfortune?).
-- Comp. a-, n. an inauspicious omen, Śiś. 9, 83.
I. m.
1. A bird, Pañc. iii. d. 140.
2. The Indian kite, Falco cheela.
3. A surname of the Aśvins, MBh. 1, 723.
4. A proper name. Indr. 3, 9.
II. f. nī, A hensparrow. -- Probably akin to O.N. haukr; Danish, hog; O.H.G. habuh; A. S. hafoe.
1. A bird, Pañc. i. d. 155.
2. The Indian vulture.
3. The blue jay.
-- Comp. abhijñāna-, n. (suppl. nāṭaka, a drama), having as subject Śakuntalā, recognised by a token of remembrance, Śāk. 3, 12.
-- Cf. [greek] A.S. scearn; perhaps Lat. stercus and cerda in su-cerda (rather to śṛdh?), etc.; and Goth. spai-skuldrs, Spittle.
I. m. A bull.
II. f. rī,
1. A zone, a girdle.
2. A woman of impure caste.
1. Strength, Pañc. i.d. 265; with loc., Bhartṛ. 2, 60 (ātmadamane, in restraining or ruling one's self
2. Power. Hit. pr. d. 31, M. M.
3. The active power of a deity personified as his wife (as gauri of śiva, etc.), Kathās. 3, 62 (of the god of love); eight particular goddesses, brāhmī, etc. cf. Wilson, Hind. Th. 2. ed. ii. 52, n. ad Mālat. 74, 5.
4. Signification, Bhāṣāp. 79.
5. Allaying opposition.
6. An iron spear or dart, MBh. 5, 5259; a sword, Mālat. 82, 16.
-- Comp. a-, f. want of strength, Bhartṛ. 2, 44. ananta-, Amara-, Ugra-, Deva-, Bahu-, m. proper names, Pañc. 3, 11, 12; 183, 20. ātmaśakti, i. e. ātman-, f. one's own strength or power, Hit. pr. d. 31, M. M. yathā-, adv. to the utmost of one's power, Hit. ii. d. 51; Lass. 59, 1. rati-, f. the faculty of enjoying love, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2077. śiva-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 131.
1. Powerful, mighty, Pañc. iii. d. 14.
2. Able, ib. iii. d. 169.
3. Having gained a fortune or a competence, Man. 10, 98.
-- Comp. dadhi-, pl. fried meal mixed with curds, MBh. 13, 5049.
1. Indra, Rām. 3, 54, 8.
2. A king(?), Rām. 3, 49, 41 (cf. Gorr. n.).
3. The name of two trees, Pentaptera arjuna and Nerium antidysentericum.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. exceeding Indra, Arj. 4, 41.
I. m. An elephant.
II. f. varī, A river. Cf. śakkara.
I. m. A bull.
II. f. rī.
1. A finger-ring.
2. A zone. Cf. the last.
1. To hesitate, to be uncertain, Rām. 3, 49, 16.
2. To doubt, MBh. 3, 16512.
3. To think probable, to believe, MBh. 4, 97; to think, Vikr. d. 55.
4. To distrust, to suspect, MBh. 3, 2327.
5. To fear, Vikr. 66, 10; MBh. 3, 2274. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śaṅkita.
1. Suspicious, Pañc. 187, 4; alarmed, frightened, Rām. 3, 52, 48.
2. Being fearful of (with gen. and abl.), Pañc. 100, 9.
3. Doubtful, uncertain.
4. Weak. unsteadv. Comp. nitya-, adj. constantly suspicious, Hit. i. d. 24, M. M. Caus. To frighten, Mālav. 44, 13.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To suspect, Rām, 2, 52, 57.
2. To fear, Rām. 2, 22, 30.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To be uncertain, Man. 8, 96.
2. To doubt, Matsyop. 34. abhiśaṅkita,
1. Suspecting, Chr. 14, 26.
2. Afraid, Mālat. 143, 3.
-- With ā ā,
1. To hesitate, Pañc. i. d. 437 (with ptcple. in the sense of an infin.).
2. To doubt. Śāk. 66, 19.
3. To think probable, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 2.
4. To suspect, to apprehend, Mālat. 69, 19; Man. 7, 183.
5. To fear, Utt. Rāmac. 62, 4.
-- With nis nis, niḥśaṅkita (rather śaṅkita with nis),
1. Not hesitating, Pañc. 217, 12.
2. Careless, ib. 161, 16.
-- With pari pari, To suspect, MBh. 3, 10356; with doṣeṇa, a crime or sin, Nal. 24, 26. pariśaṅkita,
1. Suspected, Chr. 54, 15.
2. Suspecting, Chr. 18, 36.
3. Fearful, Lass. 2. ed. 61, 32.
-- With vi vi,
1. To doubt, MBh. 1, 2966.
2. To suspect, Śāk. d. 114.
3. To fear, Mālat. 70, 13; Pañc. ii. d. 178. a-viśaṅkita, adj. Fearless, Vikr. 81, 11.
-- With nirvi nis-vi, nirviśaṅkita (rather viśaṅkita with nis), acc. °tam, adv. Without hesitation, Hariv. 7335.
-- With sam sam, To suspect, MBh. 4, 568.
-- Cf. Lat. cunc + tari; A.S. hangian; Goth. and O.H.G. hugjan; Goth. hugs; A.S. hige, hyge, hogu, hygian, hyggan, hiegan, hogian; O.H.G. hugu.
I. adj.
1. Causing happiness, Padmap. 2, 6.
2. Auspicious.
II. m.
1. Śiva, Hariv. 15408; Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 20.
2. A proper name, Lass. 2. ed. 87, 16.
1. Doubt, uncertainty, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 13; Kir. 5, 42 (at the end of a comp. adj., f. kā); error, 5, 38.
2. Presumption, Nal. 24, 3.
3. Hope, Bhartṛ. 3, 5.
4. Fear, Pañc. 238, 21; apprehension, Hit. i. d. 23, M. M.
-- Comp. a-śaṅka, adj. without fear, regard, Hit. i. d. 80, M. M. °kam, adv. courageously, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 11. nis-śaṅka, adj. 1. without hesitation, Pañc. 24, 13 (regardless). 2. fearless, Pañc. 123, 25. °kam-, adv. without fear, Hit. ii. d. 163. vita-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj. fearless. sa-, adj. fearful, doubtful.
1. Fearful of, Rājat. 5, 144.
2. Suspecting, Hit. iv. d. 101.
3. Full of danger, Pañc. i. d. 216.
1. Fear.
2. Śiva.
3. Kāma.
4. A demon.
5. Poison.
6. Sin.
7. A pin, Hit. iv. d. 69; a pale, a style, Man. 8, 271; a stake.
8. The trunk of a lopped tree.
9. A dart, Utt. Rāmac. 75, 12; a javelin, Pañc. 87, 12 (cf. Hiḍ. 2, 4); a weapon in general.
10. A goose.
11. An ant-hill.
12. A skate.
13. A number, ten billions.
14. A tree, Shorea robusta.
-- Comp. tri-, m. the name of a king, Hariv. 730. danta-, n. an instraument for drawing out teeth, Suśr. 1, 26, 12. loha-, m. 1. an iron pike. 2. a hell, Man. 4, 90.
I. m. and n. The conen-shell used as a vessel for offering libations, and for blowing as a horn, Pañc. 20, 8.
II. m.
1. A shell, Pañc. iv. d. 76; 158, 4.
2. A military drum.
3. The temple or temporal bone, Lass. 2. ed. 13, 13.
4. An elephant's cheek.
5. A large number, ten or a hundred billions.
6. One of Kuvera's treasures, Pañc. ii. d. 12.
7. A particular perfume.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. 1. the forehead. 2. a thousand millions. 3. one of Kuvera's treasures. sa-, adj. with a conch-shell. saṃdhyā-, m. the conch proclaiming (by its sounding) the evening hour, Mālat. 41, 16. sthūla-, adj., f. khā, having a large vulva, Lass. Pentap. 65, 16. hema-, m. Viṣṇu (cf. Pañc. 44, 15, sqq.).
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m. and n.
1. The conch-shell.
2. The temples, Yājñ. 3, 93.
3. Pain in the temples and forehead.
II. n. A bracelet.
I. adj. Having a shell or shells.
II. m.
1. The ocean.
2. A shell-blower.
3. A worker in shells.
4. Viṣṇu (cf. hema-śaṅkha).
III. f. inī.
1. One of the four classes into which females are divided.
2. A female spirit.
† śac, I. 1, Ātm. To speak (cf. śak).
and śacī śacki/ī (vb. śak, cf. śakra), f.
1. The wife of Indra, Rām. 3, 54, 26 (ī).
2. cī, Strength, Chr. 296, 8 = Rigv. i. 112, 8.
† śaṭ, i. 1, Par.
1. To be diseased.
2. To divide.
3. To be dissolved.
4. To be low-spirited.
5. To go.
-- Cf. 2. śaṭh.
† 1. śaṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To deceive.
2. To kill or hurt.
3. To suffer pain. i. 10, Par. To be lazy.
† 2. śaṭh, śaṭ śaṭ, śal śal, i. 10, Atm. To praise, to flatter.
† 3. śaṭh, śvaṭh śvaṭh, i. 10, śathaya, śvaṭhaya, Par.
1. To speak ill.
2. To speak well.
3. To be true.
† 4. śaṭh, śvaṭh śvaṭh, śvaṇṭh śvaṇṭh, saṭh saṭh, svaṭh svaṭh, i. 10, Par.
1. To finish, to adorn.
2. To leave unfinished or unadorned.
I. adj. Wicked, dishonest, perfidions, Lass. 31, 17; Hit. ii. d. 115.
II. m.
1. A rogue, a knave, Man. 7, 123.
2. A false husband or lover, Lass. 45, 5; Śṛṅgārat. 10; Mālav. d. 55 (read śaṭha).
3. An idler.
4. A blockhead.
5. A mediator.
-- Comp. a-, adj. honest, Man. 3, 246. danta-, m. common lime, Ferronia elephantum Corr., and Averrhoa carambola Lin., Suśr. 1, 157, 5.
† śaṇ, i. 1, Par.
1. To give (cf. śraṇ).
2. To move(?).
1. Hemp, MBh. 3, 16350.
2. Bengal San, a plant from which a kind of hemp is prepared, Crotalaria juncea.
3. (for *śarṇa, i. e. śṛ10 + na), An arrow.
-- Cf. [greek] O.H.G. hanaf. A.S. haenep (borrowed).
† śaṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To disease.
2. To collect.
I. m. n. A collection of lotus flowers.
II. m.
1. An eunuch.
2. An impotent man.
3. A bull at liberty (cf. śaṇṭha and śaṇḍha).
1. An eunuch.
2. An attendant on the women's apartments.
3. A bull at liberty (cf. the last, ṣaṇḍa, and ṣaṇḍha).
-- Comp. adhyardha-, i. e. adhi-ardha-,
I. n. a hundred and fifty.
II. adj. consisting of a hundred and fifty, MBh. 1, 102. ardha-, n. a hundred and fifty, Man. 8, 331. aṣṭaśata, i. e. aṣṭan-, n. eight hundred, Yājñ. 1, 302. eka-, n. a hundred and one; with gavām, a hundred cows and one bull, Man. 11, 129 (cf. 127). tāvacchata, i. e. tāvant-, adj., f. tī, containing so many hundreds, Man. 1, 69. tri-,
I. n. three hundred, Rām. 1, 13, 31 Gorr.
II. adj. three hundredth, MBh. 3, 12. daśaśata, i. e. daśan-, n., and f. tī, a thousand, MBh. 3, 2658 (ta); Rājat. 5, 71 (tī). daśaraśmi-, i. e. daśan-, adj. (having a thousand rays), epithet of the sun, Ragh. 8, 29. dvi-,
I. n. 1. two hundred. 2. hundred and two.
II. adj. 1. amounting to two hundred, Man. 8, 257. 2. two hundredth, MBh. i. adhy. 200, sqq. pañcaśata, i. e. pañcan-,
I. n., and f. tī, five hundred, Man. 8, 384 (ta); Kathās. 44, 77 (tī).
II. adj. 1. five hundred, MBh. 3, 15723. 2. amounting to five hundred, Yājñ. 2, 301. 3. paying an amercement of five hundred, Man. 8, 376. paraḥśata, i. e. paras-, adj., f. tā, more than a hundred, MBh. 6, 4267.
-- Cf. Lat. centum; [greek] ([greek]); Goth. and A.S. hund.
I. adj. Hundred.
II. (m.?), n. A century, a collection of a hundred stanzas, Bhartṛ. title.
1. A kind of weapon, Arj. 6, 16.
2. A female scorpion.
3. A disease of the throat.
-- Comp. dvi-, adj. two hundredth, Hariv. adhy. 200. tri-, adj. 1. three hundredth, Hariv. adhy. 300. 2. hundred and third, Rām. ii. adhy. 103. catuḥśatatama, i. e. catur-, adj. hundred and fourth, Rām. ii. adhy. 104. pañcaśatatama, i. e. pañcan-, adj. hundred and fifth, Rām. ii. adhy. 105. navaśatatama, i. e. navan-, adj. hundred and ninth, Rām. vi. adhy. 109. dvāviṃśati-, i. e. dvi-viṃśati-, adj. hundred and twenty-second, Rām. ii. adhy. 122 Gorr.
1. In a hundred ways, hundred-fold, Man. 12, 115.
2. In a hundred pieces, Pañc. 94, 16.
1. A pala of silver, Man. 8, 137 (m.).
2. A measure so termed.
I. adj. Consisting of hundreds, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15.
II. m. One who is possessed of a hundred, Pañc. v. d. 69.
1. An enemy.
2. Injury.
-- Comp. indra-, m. Prahlāda, Ragh. 7, 32. krauñca-, m. the god of war, Mṛcch. 173, 15. deva-, m. 1. an Asura, MBh. 7, 6296. 2. a Rākṣasa, Rām. 6, 36, 83. bahu-, adj. having many enemies, Kathās. 4, 106. vibudha-, m. a demon, Vikr. d. 3. vṛtra-, m. Indra.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Killing a foe.
II. m. a proper name, utt. Rāmac. 31, 9.
I. adj. Subduing an enemy.
II. m.
1. A proper name, Draup. 2, 11.
2. An elephant.
3. The name of a mountain.
I. śātaya (probably a denomin., perhaps from an anomal. ptcple. of the pf. pass. śāta for śatta, cf. the substitution of a vowel long by nature for one long by position, and vice versā in the Prākṛ. languages), To fell, to throw down, Rām. 1, 66, 10. śātita, Cut off, Rām. 1, 66, 12, Seramp.
II. śādaya, To drive, Pāṇ. vii. 3, 42.
-- With the prep. pra pra, Caus. śātaya, To break off, MBh. 1, 5561.
-- With vi vi, Caus. śātaya, To break to pieces, MBh. 3, 11971.
-- With sam sam, Caus. śātaya, The same, MBh. 3, 865.
-- Cf. Lat. cadere.
I. m.
1. A cloud.
2. An elephant.
3. Arjuna.
II. f. lightning.
1. By degrees, gradually, Man. 7, 172.
2. In every case that arises, Man. 7, 116.
3. Mildly, Śiś. 9, 26; Chr. 41, 5.
1. Hesitating, slowly, Vikr. 71, 18; stealthily, Vikr. d. 56.
2. Mildly, Chr. 32, 27.
3. Successively, by little and little, Rājat. 5, 470; at will, independently.
4. Doubled, śanaiḥśanais, adv. By little and little, Man. 3, 233; successively, Pañc. 212, 1; step by step, 35, 8.
1. To execrate, to curse. Man. 3. 58.
2. With the dat., To revile, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 33.
3. To swear, Man. 8, 110.
4. To assure by an oath, Rām. 2, 11, 8. Caus.
1. To cause to swear, Man. 8, 113 (with the instr. of the object by which one is sworn).
2. To conjure; śapitāsi jīvitena, You are conjured by the life of, Mālat. 129, 10.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To execrate, Rām. 2, 41, 3.
-- With pari pari, The same, Bhaṭṭ. 4, 33.
-- Cf. probably [greek] cf. the frequent. śaṃśap.
1. An imprecation.
2. An oath.
1. An imprecation, curse, Pañc. 62, 2; cursing.
2. An oath, asseveration by oath or ordeal, Man. 8, 109; 190; Pañc. i. d. 130.
3. Conjuration, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 8.
1. A curse.
2. An oath.
1. A hoof in general, Man. 10, 89.
2. A horse's hoof.
3. The root of a tree.
-- Comp. eka-, adj. and sbst. any animal whose hoof is not cloven, Man. 10, 89. dvi-, adj. and sbst. any cloven-footed animal, Man. 11, 168. mukha-, adj. foulmouthed, scurrilous.
-- Cf. O.H.G. huof; A.S. hóf, The hoof of a horse.
1. To sound, Śiś. 11, 47; to bray, Pañc. 224, 9.
2. To call, MBh. 3, 14400.
3. To address, Rām. 2, 59, 7 (śabdāpaya). Ptcple. pf. pass. śabdita, n. Braying (of an ass), Pañc. 249, 6.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To declare, Man. 6, 82.
-- With sam sam, To say, MBh. 1, 3215.
1. Sound, Pañc. 129, 15; noise, Pañc. 123, 24.
2. A word, Vikr. d. 1.
3. Grammar, Pañc. 4, 17; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp. jaya-, m. 1. a shout of victory. 2. the exclamation jaya, victory, Vikr. d. 35. tāla-, m. 1. noise produced by falling cocoanuts, Hariv. 3715. 2. noise produced by clapping the hands, applause, ib. 4111. niḥśabda, i. e. nis-, adj.
I. adj. soundless, noiseless, Megh. 112 (without speaking); Rām. 5, 3, 47.
II. n. silence, Rām. 4, 59, 3. sa-śabda, adj. proclaimed, Rājat. 5, 361. °dam, adv. with loud noise, Bhartṛ. 2, 86. sādhu-, m. a cry of 'Good.'
I. adj. Sounding, sonorous.
II. n. Uttering sounds.
1. śam, i. 4, śāmya, Par. (the original signification is 'To get tired'),
1. To cease, Man, 2, 94.
2. To grow calm, to be appeased, MBh. 2, 1936; to grow satisfied and pacified, Rājat. 5, 400.
3. To be calm, undisturbed, MBh. 1, 6362.
4. To sacrifice, Chr. 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12; Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 86, 8. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śānta.
1. Hushed, stilled (as wind).
2. Ceased, Hit. 80, 21; extinguished, Kir. 17, 16.
3. Allayed, alleviated.
4. Calm, undisturbed, Utt. Rāmac. 7, 7; tranquil, pacified, free from passions, Pañc. i. d. 181; content, Hit. i. d. 142, M. M.
5. Meek, humble, Chr. 48, 10.
6. Purified, cleansed.
7. Repelled, MBh. 1, 212.
8. °tam, adv.
a. Enough, Utt. Rāmac. 71, 2.
b. A prohibitive word, implying negation, Utt. Rāmac. 114, 1 (it must not befall), aversion, disgust, fie, for shame, heaven forbid, Śāk. 67, 13; Daśak. in Chr. 200, 13; hush, Utt. Rāmac. 10, 1.
9. Killed, MBh. 1, 7523. m. An ascetic. n. Appeasing, pacifying. f. tā, A proper name, Utt. Rāmac. 103, 3; 173, 9. Caus., and i. 10,
I. śamaya.
1. To cause to cease, to extinguish, Megh. 54; Hit. i. d. 87, M.M.
2. To tame, Vikr. d. 156; to appease, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 6.
3. To remove. MBh. 5, 238; to avert, Śāk. 7, 16.
4. To subdue, MBh. 3, 14620.
5. To desist, Johns. Sel. 48, 84.
II. śāmaya, Ātm. To look at or inspect.
-- With the prep. upa upa,
1. To cease, MBh. 4, 1775.
2. To grow quiet, MBh. 3, 1008. Caus. śāmaya,
1. To allay, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 16; 17.
2. To kill, MBh. 3, 8541.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, abhyupaśānta, Appeased, Ṛt. 1, 1.
-- With ni ni,
1. To see, MBh. 2, 1740.
2. To hear, Rām. 2, 44, 25. niśānta, Quiet, patient. n. A house, a dwelling, Ragh. 16, 40. Caus. śāmaya,
1. To see, Rām. 1, 2, 6.
2. To hear, 2, 57, 21.
-- With abhini abhi-ni, Caus. śāmaya, To perceive, Daśak. 201, 14.
-- With vini vi-ni, To hear, MBh. 3, 1878.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To hear, MBh. 2, 1658. Caus. śāmaya, To summon, Chr. 52, 10.
-- With pari pari, Caus. śamaya, To allay, Gīt. 7, 20.
-- With pra pra,
1. To cease, Rām. 2, 40, 33; to fade, Man. 4, 186.
2. To be restrained, Pañc. i. d. 357; to become extinguished, Pañc. iii. d. 54.
3. To be appeased, soothed, Chr. 22, 14; Pañc. i. d. 315.
4. To grow calm, MBh. 2, 1941.
5. To heal, Pañc. 253, 23. praśānta,
1. Ceased, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 16 (withdrawn).
2. Dead, Rājat. 5, 21.
3. Calmed, tranquillised, Nal. 26, 35; Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 21.
4. Tamed, Lass. 53, 15.
5. Relieved. Caus.
I. śamaya.
1. To allay, MBh. 2, 12978; to soothe, Man. 8, 391.
2. To extinguish, MBh. 1, 8156.
3. To kill, MBh. 2, 2031.
II. śāmaya, To conquer, MBh. 3, 12196.
-- With sam sam, saṃśānta, Extinguished, Rām. 2, 66, 1. Caus. śamaya, To allay, Rām. 2, 98, 1; to settle, Pañc. i. d. 421.
-- Cf. [greek] (cf. ved. śam, ii. 9, śamnā), [greek] (cf. śamyā); O.H.G. chamo.
2. śam,
I. (sbst.), Work, Chr., 293, 5 = Rigv. i. 87, 5.
II. indecl.
1. Happy, happily, auspiciously.
2. Hail, happiness, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 34; 8, 3, 23; Nalod. 3, 46.
1. Rest, quiet, Śāk. d. 96; tranquillity.
2. Disregarding the objects of sense, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 19.
3. Quiet of mind, the absence of passion, Pañc. i. d. 181.
4. Final happiness.
5. Cure, Utt. Rāmac. 144, 13; convalescence.
6. The hand.
7. Abuse, imprecation.
1. Quiet, tranquillity of mind, absence of passion.
2. A counsellor.
I. n.
1. Calmness.
2. End; with yā, To be destroyed, Pañc. iii. 31, v. r. (cf. my translation and Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1868).
3. Immolation.
4. Hurt, injury.
5. Abuse, malediction.
II. m.
1. An antelope,
2. Yama.
III. f. nī, The night.
and mī śami/ī, f.
I. A legume or pod.
II. mī.
1. A tree, Acacia Suma Roxb., Pañc. 94, 1; Ragh. 3, 9.
2. A shrub, Serratula anthelmintica.
III. A large stick, Man. 8, 237 (Sch.).
-- Comp. mahā-śamī, f. a large Acacia Suma, Pañc. 97, 15.
I. m.
1. The name of a demon, Chr. 297, 14 = Rigv. i. 112, 14.
2. A mountain.
3. A sort of deer.
4. A fish.
5. War.
II. n.
1. Water.
2. A religious observance.
I. (m. and) n.
1. Stock for travelling expenses.
2. A bank, a shore.
3. Envy.
II. f. lī, A procuress (cf. sambala).
I. m. (and f. kā), A bivalve shell.
II. m.
1. A conch-shell.
2. A snail.
3. The edge of the frontal protuberance of an elephant.
4. The name of a Daitya.
5. A proper name, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 1.
1. Śiva, Pañc. i. d. 175.
2. Brahman.
3. A sage man.
4. A siddha, a demi-divine being.
1. The pin of a yoke, Kātyāyana S. in Journ. of the German Oriental Society, ix. xxxvii.
2. A sacrificial vessel, ib.
3. A staff.
I. adj. Aslecp, sleeping.
II. m.
1. Sleep.
2. A couch.
3. A snake, boa-constrictor.
-- Comp. guhā-,
I. adj. 1. reposing in the heart, Bhāg. P. 3, 28, 19. 2. haunting caves, Suśr. 1, 200, 7.
II. m. 1. a tiger. 2. Viṣṇu. divā-, adj. sleeping by day, Ragh. 19, 34. nitya-, adj. sleeping always, MBh. 3, 10415.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj. Sleepy.
II. m.
1. Death.
2. A snake, boa-constrictor.
1. Sleeping, reposing, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 1; sleep, Hit. pr. d. 28, M. M.
2. A bed, a couch, Vikr. d. 51 (kusuma-, of flowers).
I. adj. Sleepy.
II. m.
1. A snake, boa-constrictor.
2. A dog.
1. A snake, boa-constrictor.
2. A proper name, Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16.
-- Comp. adhaḥśayya, i. e. adhas-,
I. adj. sleeping on the ground, Rām. 5, 66, 13.
II. f. yā, sleeping on a low bed, Man. 2, 108. garbha-, f. the womb, MBh. 12, 6758. pṛthak-, f. sleeping apart, Hit. ii. d. 52. bhū-, f. lying on the ground, Pañc. i. d. 301. mahā-, f. a throne. vīra-, f. a certain posture, Lass. 2. ed. 70, 55.
I. m.
1. A sort of reed, Saccharum sara, Man. 8, 247; a reed, Pañc. 140, 25.
2. An arrow (i. e. śṛ10 + a), Pañc. 224, 11.
3. The cream of slightly curldled milk, Mālav. d. 43 (cream, cf. sara).
II. n. Water.
-- Comp. a-yugma- (having an odd number of arrows), m. Kāmadeva, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 22. kusuma- (having flowers instead of arrows), m. epithet of Kāma, Kathās. 26, 277. pañcaśara, i. e. pañcan- (having five arrows), m. Kāma, Prab. 72, 11. puṣpa-, m. Kāma. sa-, adj. furnished with arrows. hari-, m. Śiva.
I. (akin to śri),
1. A house, Pañc. i. d. 69; habitation, Lass. 2. ed. 67, 26.
2. Refuge, Hit. i. d. 189, M. M.; protection, Pañc. 90, 5; 141, 11; 175, 12; help, Vikr. 19, 17; a protector.
II. (vb. śrī + ana), Killing.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without a refuge, helpless, Utt. Rāmac. 74, 10; Hit. 90, 1, M. M. aśaraṇī-kṛta, made helples, Pañc. i. d. 241. agni-, n. the sanctuary where the sacred fire is kept, Vikr. 35, 2.
1. A row, a line.
2. A road, a path.
I. adj.
1. Needing protection, Lass. 2. ed. 90, 50; helpless, poor, miserable.
2. Yielding protection, helping, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 3; Sāv. 1, 2; Chr. 17, 25.
II. n.
1. A house.
2. Refuge, protection, a protector.
3. (i. e. śṛ10 + ana + ya), Injury, hurt.
1. The autumn, Pañc. v. d. 42 (rad).
2. A year, Utt. Rāmac. 11, 8 (rad).
-- Comp. pariṇataśarad, i. e. pari-nata- (vb. nam), f. the latter part of autumn, Megh. 109.
1. A fabulous animal with eight legs, stronger than a lion, Megh. 55.
2. A young elephant.
3. A camel.
4. A grasshopper (cf. śalabha).
5. A locust, Ṛt. 1, 23.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] A.S. crabba.
and yū śara + yu/ū (better sarayu/ū, q. cf.), f. The name of a river.
I. adj.
1. Upright, Pañc. iii. d. 69.
2. Fraudulent(?).
II. m. A sort of pine, Rām. 5, 17, 15.
1. The head of an arrow.
2. The maker of arrows.
3. A foot-soldier (probably an anomal. derivation from śara + van).
1. A lid, a cover.
2. A shallow cup or dish, Hit. 114, 22; Pañc. 174, 14; Man. 6, 56; a tray, Vikr. 45, 13; a vessel (figurat. niṣṭhīvana-, Aspittingbox), Bhartṛ. 1, 91.
3. A measure equal to two kuḍavas.
-- Comp. śaktu-, m. a pot full of flour of barley, Hit. 115, 2.
1. Shooting arrows.
2. A bow, Vikr. d. 70.
and śarīman śari/īman, m. Bringing forth.
1. The body, Pañc. iii. d. 96.
2. Life, Hit. iii. d. 103.
-- Comp. a-, m. Kāma, Śiś. 9, 61. liṅga-, n. the primary body, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 21. śeṣa-, n. the remaining body, i. e. all the other parts of the body, Pañc. 38, 8. sūkṣma-, n. atom-like body, a Vedāntic term, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 5.
-- Cf. perhaps A.S. hold, cadaver.
I. adj. Produced by the body.
II. m.
1. A son.
2. Disease.
3. Kāma.
I. adj., f. riṇī.
1. Embodied, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 12.
2. Living, Chr. 20, 20 (nahi vāṇā mayotsṛṣṭāḥ sajjanti śarīriṇāṃ kāyeṣu, For the arrows which I have shot do not stick in the bodies of living beings, i. e. all
I. hit with my arrows must die).
II. m.
1. A sentient being, Rājat. 5, 20; Pañc. iii. d. 90; a man, Pañc. ii. d. 107.
2. An embodied spirit, Man. 1, 53; 6, 64.
3. The soul, Bhag. 2, 18; Bhāṣāp. 26.
-- Comp. a-, adj. incorporeal., Utt. Rāmac. 39, 19.
1. An arrow.
2. The thunderblot of Indra.
3. Any weapon.
4. Passion, anger.
-- Cf. Goth. hairus.
1. A potsherd.
2. Gravel.
3. Stone, Rājat. 5, 432.
4. A part.
5. A soil abounding in stony fragments.
6. Clayed or candied sugar, Pañc. i. d. 423; 185, 21; Lass. 79, 16.
-- Comp. guḍa-, f. sugar, Suśr. 2, 457, 5. niḥśarkara, i. e. nis-, adj. free from stones, Rām. 1, 2, 6 Gorr. maṇi-śaṅkha-śarkara, adj. having shells and gravel consisting of jewels, Rām. 2, 63, 36, ed. Seramp. vṛhattuhinaśarkara, i. e. vṛhant-tuhina-, adj. full of great pieces of ice, Rājat. 3, 362.
-- Cf. Lat. calculus, calx; [greek] etc.
1. A fart.
2. A troop, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. 2. 64, 1.
† śarb, i. 1, Par.
I. To kill.
II. and śamb śamb, To go (cf. śarv).
1. Blessing, Chr. 292, 12 = Rigv. i. 85, 12 (ved. śarma for śarmāṇi).
2. Happiness, delight, Indr. 3, 9; Draup. 8, 23.
-- Comp. A. śarman may be added at the end of all Brāhmaṇa names, as deva-, Viṣṇu-, m., MBh. 1, 2049; Hit. 11, 4, M. M.
B. a-, n. misery, Kir. 12, 25.
† śarv, sarv sarv, i. 1, Par. To kill (cf. śṛ10 and the next).
I. m. A name of Śiva, Pañc. ii. d. 169; Hariv. 15408.
II. f. śarvāṇī, Śiva's wife.
1. Night, Man. 1, 66.
2. A woman.
3. Turmeric.
-- Cf. probably as akin, [greek]
1. To shake, to tremble (cf. cal).
2. To cover. i. 1, Par. To go, to run. Cf. śval and śaṭh.
-- With the prep. ud ud, i. 1, Par. To start up, Śiś. 3, 37. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ucchalita.
1. Starting up, bublling up, Pañc. i. d. 148.
2. Uncovered, Vikr. 57, 19.
-- With prod pra-ud, To spirt out, Śiś. 2, 66.
I. m. and n. The quill of a porcupine.
II. m.
1. A dart.
2. A kind of field.
3. Brahman.
1. A grasshopper, Pañc. i. d. 369; iv. d. 58 (cf. pataṅga).
2. A locust, Arj. 7, 24; Chr. 34, 13.
1. A javelin.
2. An arrow.
3. A small stake, rod, the bar of a cage, Pañc. iii. d. 179; a rib of an umbrella, etc.
4. A fibrous stick used as a brush or pencil, Suśr. 1, 33, 18; a pencil, Ragh. 7, 8.
5. A porcupine.
6. A piece of ivory used in particular games, a domino, MBh. 5, 1225 (read °kā-dhūrtān, Sharpers).
7. A bone.
8. A bird, Turdus gosalica.
-- Comp. ayas-kānta-, f. a magnetised needle, Mālat. 14, 15. niḥśalāka, i. e. nis-. adj. (properly, free from the birds called Turdus gosalica), lonely, Man. 7, 147. vaṃśa-, f. 1. the bamby pipe that forms the body of the lute. 2. any small bambu pin or stake, as the bar of a cage.
1. A part.
2. The bark of a tree.
3. The scale of a fish.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a prawn or shrimp, Man. 3, 272. sa-, adj. scaly, Man. 5, 16.
† śalbh, i. 1, Ātm. To boast.
I. m. and n.
1. A dart, a javelin.
2. An arrow, Utt. Rāmac. 46, 14; Chr. 30, 1 (m.).
II. m.
1. A peg, a pin.
2. A porcupine.
3. A thorny shrub, Vangueria spinosa.
4. A boundary.
5. The name of a king, Johns. Sel. 50, 98.
III. n.
1. Any stake or thorn, Bhartṛ. 2, 97.
2. An iron crow.
3. Any extraneous substance which has lodged in the body, as an arrow or thorn.
4. Difficulty.
5. Poison.
6. Sin.
7. Abuse.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. free from an arrow, MBh. 6, 3375. °yam, adv. free from pain or care, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 23. vi-, adj. 1. free from thorns or spikes, Rām. 6, 71, 24. 2. free from pain or care. sa-, adj. 1. pierced by a thorn or dart. 2. pierced, Vikr. d. 29. 3. troublesome, difficult.
-- Cf. [greek] pl.
1. A thron, a stake.
2. A dart, a pike.
3. A hedgehog, Man. 12, 65.
4. A porcupine, ib. 5, 18; Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 22.
1. Shooting arrows, one who has shot an arrow, Man. 9, 44.
2. Set with stakes.
3. Harassed with difficulties.
I. m. A plant, Bignonia indica.
II. f. kī,
1. A porcupine.
2. The gum olibanum tree, Boswellia thurifera, Vikr. d. 107.
III. n. Bark, rind.
1. To go.
2. To alter, to change, to destroy.
I. m. and n. A dead body, Man. 4, 108; Pañc. v. d. 24 (m.); Kathās. 4, 107 (m.).
II. n. Water.
1. A barbarian tribe, a Śavara, Nalod. 3, 37.
2. f. rī, A female of that tribe, Utt. Rāmac. 19, 14.
3. Śiva.
4. Water.
-- Comp. smara-, m. the śavara- like (i. e. cruel) god of love, Bhartṛ. 1, 94.
I. adj.
1. Variegated, of a variegated colour, Mālat. 145, 12; grown or yellow, Vikr. d. 109 (cf. Wilson, Spec. of the Theatre of the Hind. 2. ed. i. 250, n.).
2. Imitative.
3. Articulated, Rājat. 5, 68 (divided, viz. by rivers).
II. f. lī.
1. A brindled cow.
2. The cow of plenty, Vaśiṣṭha's cow, Rām. 1, 52, 21.
III. n. Water.
1. Power, strength, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8.
2. A corpse.
-- Comp. satya-, adj. possessed of real strength, Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 86, 8.
† śaś (originally śas, cf. śaśa and N.G. hast, Eng. to hasten, ś for s by assimilation), i. 1, Par. To jump, to move by leaping. Pres. ptcple. śaśant, Kir. 15, 5.
1. A hare, Pañc. ii. d. 79; or rabbit.
2. The spots on the moon, supposed to resemble the figure of a hare (cf. śaśadhara, sqq.).
3. Gum myrrh.
4. A tree, Symplocos racemosa.
1. Perpetually, Megh. 56; Hit. i. d. 211, M. M.
2. Again and again.
-- Cf. [greek] i. e. mutilated [greek]
† śaṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt.
I. m. A plant, Galedupa arborea Roxb.
II. f. lī.
1. The outer ear, Yājñ. 3, 96.
2. Rice or barley water.
3. A sort of pie.
1. Young grass, Ragh. 2, 26; Vikr. d. 120 (read śaṣpa instead of śaṣya, Boll., and śasya, Calc.).
2. Loss of intellect.
-- Cf. Lat. cespes, i. e. cespo + vit = śaspa + vant, Endowed with young grass.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To hurt, Rām. 2, 11, 16 (figurat. To overpower by deceit); abhiśasta, Hurt, Man. 11, 112.
-- With pra pra, praśasta, Destroyed, removed, MBh. 12, 5067.
-- With vi vi,
1. To dissect, Rām. 1, 13, 35.
2. To sacrifice, MBh. 3, 10495.
3. To kill, Nal. 11, 28. viśastc,
1. Cut, dissected.
2. Hurt, killed.
-- Cf. Lat. hostia; Goth. hunsl; A. S. husel.
I. n. A sword, a scimitar, Pañc. 34, 15; Chr. 18, 33; 2.
II. f. trī, A knife, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.
III. n.
1. A weapon in general, Vikr. 87, 2; Pañc. 263, 6; Nal. 11, 28 (an arrow).
2. Iron.
3. Steel.
4. A hymn.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. surpassing weapons, Ragh. 12, 73. nis-, adj. disarmed, unarmed, Rājat. 5, 406. nyasta-, i. e. ni-asta-, adj. one who has laid down his weapons, epithet of the Manes, Man. 3, 192. mahā-, n. an excellent weapon, Chr. 25, 53. vi-, adj. disarmed, unarmed.
-- Cf. Lat. castrare.
I. (m. and) n. A potherb, any vegetable, Man. 2, 246; Hit. i. d. 67, M. M.
II. m.
1. Power.
2. One of the seven dvīpas.
3. An era, especially that of Śālivāhana, beginning seventy-six or seventyeight years after the Christian.
-- Comp. utpala-, m. the name of a plant, Rājat. 5, 49. kāla-, n. Ocimum sanctum, Man. 3, 272. tikta-, m. 1. a bitter vegetable, Rājat. 5, 49(?). 2. the name of several plants. patra-, m. a potherb, Man. 12, 65.
I. adj. Relating to a cart.
II. m. A draught ox.
I. adj. Relating to a cart.
II. m. A cart-load as a measure of weight or value.
1. Of or relating to birds. Man. 3, 268.
2. Portentous.
I. adj. Of or relating to birds.
II. m. A fowler, Man. 8, 260; Pañc. iii. d. 158.
† śākh, i. 1, Par. To pervade, to embrace.
1. The branch of a tree, Pañc. 148, 5.
2. An arm.
3. Any part of an animal devoid of sensibility, as a horn.
4. A division, a sect.
5. A subdivision of the Vedas, according to the different schools and redactions of the holy writings, Windischmann, Sankara, 112.
6. A part, Mālav. d. 29.
-- Comp. tri-śākha, adj., f. khī, consisting of three wrinkles (viz. a frown), MBh. 8, 4336. skandha-, f. the principal branch of a tree.
I. adj., f. nī, Having branches, branched, literally and figuratively.
II. m.
1. A tree, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 187.
2. A Veda.
I. adj. Relating to a conch-shell.
II. m.
1. A shell-cutter.
2. A shellblower.
1. A petticoat, Pañc. i. d. 160 (ṭaka); Rām. 2, 32, 21 (ṭī); a gown, Mṛcch. 49, 11.
2. (ṭī), Cloth, Bhāg. P. 9, 9, 7.
3. (ṭa), A garment, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1210.
-- Comp. sthūla-śāṭi, or -śāṭaka, m., and ṭakā, ṭikā, f. coarse cloth.
1. Deceit, Hit. i. d. 99, M.M.
2. Wickedness.
3. Perfidy, hatred, Bhartṛ. 2, 19.
† śāḍ, or śāl śāl, i. 1, Ātm. To praise.
A. i. e. śaṇa + a,
I. adj. Made of Bengal San, Man. 2, 41.
II. f. ṇī.
1. Ragged garment.
2. A new unseamed and single breadth of cloth, given to the religious student at his investiture.
III. n. Coarse cloth, canvass.
B. (from vb. śo, cf. śāna), m., and f. ṇī.
1. A whet or grindstone, Bhartṛ. 2, 36 (read śāṇo°).
2. A touchstone.
I. n. Withering, becoming thin (cf. śāta, s. v. śo).
II. i. e. śātaya, Caus. of śad, + ana, at the end of a comp. adj. Cutting off, Ragh. 3, 42 (v. r., cf. śātin).
I. m. An enemy, MBh. 8, 1523.
II. n.
1. Enmity.
2. A multitude of enemies.
1. Young grass.
2. Mud.
I. adj.
1. Covered with young grass, Vikr. 57, 18; Rām. 3, 50, 14.
2. Green, Kāśīkh. 32, 50, and Aufrecht, Ujjvalad. 255, n.
II. sbst. (n.) A place covered with grass, Kir. 7, 26.
† śān (properly a denomin. derived from śāna), used only in the anomal. desider. śīśāṃsa, Par. Ātm. To whet, to sharpen.
1. A grindstone.
2. A touchstone.
-- Cf. A.S. haenan, lapidare.
1. Quiet, the absence of passion, and indifference to objects of pleasure or pain, Hit. 78, 8, M. M.; iii. d. 4.
2. Felicity, Lass. 96, 12.
3. Rest, repose, Mālat. 87, 6.
4. Ceasing, Hit. iii. d. 88.
5. Causing to cease, Mālat. 128, 3; remission, alleviation, soothing, Śṛṅgārat. 14; Śāk. 31, 11; Vikr. d. 24.
6. Appeasing (the stomach), Bhartṛ. 2. 23.
7. Expiatory rites to avert evil Rām. 1, 11, 14.
8. Preservation, Pañc. 89, 5; 90, 4.
1. To pacify, Man. 7, 172 (with s).
2. To comfort, to console, Mālat. 146, 3 (with s); MBh. 4, 436 (with s).
3. To address mildly, Man. 8, 79 (with s); Chr. 38, 7 (with ś).
4. To conciliate, Rām. 1, 38, 5 (with s).
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To comfort, Rām. 2, 32, 39 (with ś).
-- With upa upa, To comfort, MBh. 3, 14330 (with s).
-- With pari pari, To console, Rām. 2, 23, 42 (with ś).
1. Conciliation.
2. Comforting, consoling.
3. Mildness, Man. 8, 391 (s); Chr. 42, 9 (ś).
4. Mild speech, Rām. 2, 35, 23; MBh. 5, 2650 (sāntva).
5. Pcaceable way, Pañc. iii. d. 26 (sāntva); Lass. 45, 14 (ś).
1. Abuse.
2. Oath.
3. Curse, Pañc. 186, 14.
I. adj.
1. Sonorous, sounding.
2. Relating to or derived from words, Bhāṣāp. 80.
3. Nominal.
II. f. di, Sarasvatī.
I. adj. Relating to sounds or words.
II. m. A grammarian.
1. Killing.
2. Tranquillity.
3. End; with yā, To be destroyed, Pañc. iii. 31 (but cf. my tranel.).
1. A deadly blow, Mṛcch. 161, 11.
2. Sacrificing.
3. Tieing cattle.
4. A sacrificial vessel.
I. adj. Belonging to Śiva, Pañc. i. d. 175.
II. m.
1. Śiva.
2. A worshipper of Śiva.
3. A sort of poison.
III. f. vī, Pārvatī.
-- Comp. ūrdhva-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1160. eka-, adj. resting ever on the same seat, Lass. 2. ed. 70, 53. prāsāda-, adj., f. nī, one who had slept in a palace, Hiḍ. 1, 34. yoga-, adj. absorbed in meditation, Rājat. 5, 100. sthaṇḍila-, m. a devotee who sleeps on ground prepared for a sacrifice.
† śār, sār sār, i. 10, Par. To be weak (cf. śṛ10).
I. adj.
1. Variegated (in colour), Daśak. in Chr. 180, 1 (of hair, mixed with greyand white).
2. Yellow.
II. m.
1. Hurting (vb. śṛ10).
2. A mixture of blue and yellow, a green.
3. Variegating.
4. Air, wind (cf. sāra).
5. A piece or man at chess, backgammon, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 24 (cf. sāra).
III. f. rī.
1. An arrow (vb. śṛ10, cf. śara), Chr. 297, 16 = Rigv. i. 112, 16.
2. Kuśa grass.
-- Comp. kṛṣṇa-, adj. blue-black, Megh. 48, read -śāra (Sch.).
I. adj. Variegated, spotted.
II. m.
1. A deer.
2. An elephant.
3. The cātaka, Cuculus melanoleucus.
4. A peacock.
5. A large bee.
III. f. gī.
1. A sort of fiddle.
2. The wife of Mandapāla, Man. 9, 23.
I. adj., f. dī.
1. Autumnal, Nal. 13, 44; Lass. 91, 15.
2. Produced or growing in the autumn, Man. 6, 11.
3. New.
II. m.
1. Grain or rice ripening in the autumn.
2. A sort of kidney bean.
3. Autumnal sickness.
4. Autumnal sunshine.
5. A year.
III. f. dā.
1. Sarasvatī, Lass. 38, 7.
2. A title of Durgā.
3. A sort of guitar.
IV. f. dī, The day of full moon in the month kārttika.
I. adj. Descended from Śaradvant, Johns. Sel. 20, 94.
II. m. A proper name, Śāk. 63, 2.
I. m.
1. A piece or man at chess, draughts, etc.
2. An elephant's housings.
3. Fraud.
II. m., f. ri or rī, A bird, Gracula religiosa.
1. A bird, Gracula religiosa and Turdus salica, Lass. 20, 1 (cf. sārikā).
2. A bow or stick for playing any stringed musical instrument.
I. adj.
1. Corporeal, Bhag. 17, 14; relating to animal bodies, Man. 5, 110.
2. Spiritual, incorporate.
II. n.
1. Excrement, Man. 11, 202.
2. The soul whilst incorporate.
1. Corporeal.
2. Incorporate; cf. śārīraka-sūtra.
1. Clayed or candied sugar.
2. Cream, the froth of milk.
3. A lump of meat.
I. adj.
1. Stony.
2. Sugary.
II. m. The froth of milk, cream.
I. adj. Horny, made of horn, etc.
II. m. (n.?),
1. A bow, Śāk. 94, 2.
2. The bow of Viṣṇu.
3. The name of a bird.
1. An archer.
2. Viṣṇu, Megh. 47.
1. A tiger, Nal. 12, 129.
2. A Rākṣasa.
3. A sort of bird.
4. (as latter part of comp. words), Best, pre-eminent; e. g. muni-, m. A pre-eminent sage, Lass. 49, 15; rājaśardūla, i. e. rājan-, m. A pre-eminent king, Rām. 3, 49, 28.
I. adj.
1. Nocturnal.
2. Mischievous, pernicious.
II. m. Darkness.
III. f. rī Night.
† śāl, see śāḍ.
I. m.
1. A tree, Shorea robusta (ŚKD.), MBh. 9, 3239; 14, 2521.
2. A fish, Ophiocephalus wrahl Ham., Hiḍ. 2, 18.
3. Śālivāhana.
II. f. lā.
1. A large branch of a tree.
2. A hall.
3. A stable, Hit. i. d. 135, M. M.
4. A house.
-- Comp. apūpa-, f. a bakehouse, Man. 9, 264. aśva-, f. a stable, Nal. 19, 11. aśva-calana-, f. a stable for riding horses, Pañc. 252, 21. gāndharva-, f. a music-room, Kathās. 12, 31. catuḥśāla, i. e. catur-,
I. adj. possessing four halls, Pañc. 252, 17.
II. n. a square formed by four houses, Rām. 3, 23, 10. candra-, f. an apartment on the house-top, Ragh. 13, 40. citra-, f. a hall adorned with pictures, a picture-gallery, Rām. 3, 61, 16. nartana-, f. a dancing-room, MBh. 4, 696. patnī-, f. a room erected near the place of a sacrifice for the women and sacrificial implements, MBh. 12, 3648. parṇa-, f. 1. an arbour, Rām. 3, 6, 15. 2. the name of a district inhabited by anchorites, MBh. 13, 3398. pāka-, f. the kitchen, Lass. 81, 5. raṅga-, f. a hall for public exhibition. ratha-, f. a coach-house, Nal. 21, 29. śilpa-, n., and f. lā, a workshop. sūda-, f. a kitchen.
-- Cf. A.S. heal, A hall.
1. A doll.
2. A kind of play in the east of India.
1. A ladder.
2. The claw of an elephant.
3. A bird-cage.
1. Rice, Pañc. 163, 23.
2. The civet or polecat.
I. adj. Relating or belonging to the Shorea robusta, a hall, etc.
II. m.
1. A weaver.
2. A village of artificers.
3. A tax.
1. Possessing.
2. Confidence in.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Belonging to a house, domestic.
2. Endowed with, Kathās. 46, 107; Kir. 5, 32; possessed of, having, Pañc. v. d. 12.
3. Shining or resplendent with.
II. f. nī, A proper name, Lass. 39, 8.
-- Comp. abhimāna-, adj. proud. jala-ja-, adj. full of fishes, MBh. 2, 1813. naya-, adj. conversant with politics, Kir. 5, 24. bāhu-, m. a proper name. vīrya-, adj. strong, heroic.
1. The name of a writer on veterinary medicine, Nal. 19, 28; Pañc. 253. 22; 255, 4.
2. A horse.
I. adj.
1. Ashamed, bashful, humble, Nalod. 2, 3; Ragh. 6, 81; Mālav. 51, 7 (cf. śāltnīkaraṇa, Humbling, Pāṇ. 1, 3, 70).
2. Like.
II. m. An opulent householder.
I. m.
1. A frog.
2. An astringent substance.
3. A sort of perfume.
II. n. The root of the water lily.
-- Comp. kaṇṭha-, n. a swelling in the throat, Suśr. 1, 306, 14.
and lī śālmali/ī, f.
1. The silk cotton tree, Bombax heptaphyllum, Man. 8, 246.
2. One of the seven dvīpas.
3. lī, A hell, Man. 4, 90.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, f. a fabulous thorny rod of the cotton tree for torturing the wicked in hell, MBh. 18, 84.
1. pl. The inhabitants of Śalva, Sāv. 2, 7; Chr. 5, 6; 18, 34; 35.
2. The king of the Śālvas, ib. 14, 26.
I. i. e. śava + a, adj.
1. Relating to, or produced by, a dead body, Man. 5, 59.
2. Dead, Sāv. 5, 61.
II. (akin to śvi, cf. śiśu), m. The young of any animal, Utt. Rāmac. 122, 12 (siṃha-, A lion's cub).
I. adj. Low, vile.
II. m.
1. Fault.
2. Sin, wickedness.
I. adj., f. tī,
1. All, Utt. Rāmac. 36, 7; MBh. 12, 9192.
2. Eternal, Hit. ii. d. 60; perpetual, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 101 (with na, perishable); °tam, adv. Constantly, Mālat. 3, 5.
II. m.
1. A name of Vyāsa.
2. Śiva.
3. The sun.
III. f. tī, The earth.
IV. n. Heaven.
-- Comp. a-, adj. short, Pañc. 4, 16. pari-, adj. eternal, MBh. 5, 4574.
1. To teach, Bhag. 2, 7; pass. śiṣya, To learn, Pañc. 4, 20; 94, 10.
2. To report, to proclaim, Man. 11, 82.
3. To command, Ragh. 15, 79 (Calc.).
4. To govern, Man. 7, 18.
5. To punish, Man. 4, 175; 8, 314. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śiṣṭa.
1. Disciplined.
2. Docile.
3. Good, MBh. 1, 6845.
4. Learned, Man. 3, 39. Comp. a-, adj. wicked, MBh. 1, 6845. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. śiṣya, m. A pupil, Vikr. 35, 1. Comp. a-, adj. indocile, Pañc. i. d. 433. upa-, m. a pupil of a pupil, Prab. 28, 3. Caus. To punish, Hit. 65, 18 (śāsita). śāsita, Governed. Comp. mātṛ-, m. a fool. su-, adj. well-governed, Hit. i. d. 21, M. M.
-- With the prep. anu anu,
1. To teach, Rājat. 5, 400; to instruct, Śāk. 55, 18.
2. To speak to, to address, MBh. 4, 98.
3. To order, Man. 9, 233; Vikr. 70, 13; 86, 19 (acc. of the pers.).
4. To govern, MBh. 1, 4124.
5. To punish, Man. 11, 99.
-- With samanu sam-anu, To govern, Nal. 12, 49.
-- With ā ā,
I. Par.
1. To report, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 27.
2. To command, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 4.
II. Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par., Arj. 5, 19).
1. To pray for benefits to (dat.), Man. 3, 80.
2. To pray, Bhaṭṭ. 5, 16.
3. To wish, Utt. Rāmac. 7, 15; MBh. 3, 12430.
4. To hope, Śāk. 112, 3. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. āśāsya, Desirable. n. Wish, blessing, Ragh. 5, 34. Comp. an-, adj. not to be desired, Ragh. 4, 44.
-- With upa upa, see śiṣya above.
-- With pra pra,
1. To command, MBh. 2, 2433.
2. To govern, Man. 9, 66.
3. To punish. Chr. 16, 14.
1. Governing, chastisement, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 873.
2. An order, Rām. 3, 51, 8; Vikr. d. 155; precept, Nal. 26, 9; edict, nal. 2, 10.
3. A royal grant of land or privileges, Pañc. 4, 25.
4. A deed, a written contract.
5. A śāstra or scripture.
6. The government of the passions.
7. Instruction, Johns. Sel. 57, 165.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, n. a forged royal edict, Man. 9, 232. tāmra-, n. an edict engraved on a copper plate, Daśak. 20, 15. dus-, m. a proper name, MBh. 1, 2447. dharma-, n. a code of law, MBh. 1, 2950. para-, n. the order of another, Pañc. i. d. 300 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3292). pura-, m. (the chastiser of Pura), epithet of Śiva, Kumāras. 7, 30. bhīma-, m. Yama. mahā-, a minister, Lass. 67, 10 (? cf. n.).
1. Who or what orders, a ruler.
2. A teacher.
1. An order.
2. A precept, Pañc. 141, 13.
3. Scripture, institutes of religion, law, science, learning in general, Hit. pr. d. 10, M. M.; Bhartṛ. 2, 12; Chr. 5, 5.
4. A work of religious or scientific caracter, Man. 1, 58; Hit. pr. d. 6, M.M.; a collection, a treatise, a book, Pañc. pr. d. 3.
-- Comp. calacchāstra, i. e. calant- (vb. cal), adj. one whose govering is staggering, unsteady, Lass. 53, 11. jñāna-, n. a work on soothsaying, Lass. 36, 14. tarka-, n. logic, MBh. 12, 9678. dharma-, n. 1. a book treating of duty, Hit. 19, 8, M. M. 2. the body of law, Man. title, 2, 10. naya- and nīti-, n. 1. the science of political conduct, Rām. 3, 56, 18; MBh. 1, 5567. 2. works on polity, Pañc. pr. d. 2. yathā-śāstra + m, adv. as the law ordains, Man. 2, 70. śabda-, n. rules of grammar, Pañc. 4, 17. haya-, n. art of training or treating horses, Chr. 25, 53. hetu-, n. a philosophical (= heretical) book, Man. 2, 11.
1. An author of a śāstra, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 17.
2. An author in general.
3. A Ṛṣi.
1. Knowing the institutes of religion, etc., Pañc. i. d. 385.
2. Knowing by books, a theorist, Hit. iii. d. 54 (karmasv adṛṣṭakarmā yaḥ śāstrajño pi sa muhyati, He who has not tested his skill by works, although knowing it by books, makes mistakes).
1. The string suspended from either end of a pole to receive a burthen.
2. The burthen so carried.
3. The strings of a balance.
1. Learning, Johns. Sel. 8, 3; Rājat. 5, 318; study.
2. One of the six Vedāṅgas, treating of pronunciation, Madhuādana in Weber, Ind. St. i. 16.
3. Modesty.
-- Comp. upa-, f. desire of learning, Mṛcch. 17, 11. gaja-, f. training of elephants, MBh. 1, 4355.
1. The tail of a peacock, Vikr. d. 81.
2. Locks of hair left at the time of tonsure, hair, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 15; 180, 1.
1. The tail of a peacock.
2. The lock of hair, or crest, left on the crown of the head, Utt. Rāmac. 105, 5; Śāk. 59, 17 (Prākṛ.).
I. i. e. śikhaṇḍin + ka, m. A cock.
II. i. e. śikhaṇḍa + ka, f. kā, A lock of hair on the crown of the head.
I. m.
1. A peacock, Utt. Rāmac. 65, 9.
2. A peacock's tail.
3. A cock.
4. An arrow.
5. A Ṛṣi.
6. The son of Drupada, who had been before a girl, Chr. 3, 1.
II. f. nī, The daughter of Drupada, who was metamorphosed into a man, Chr. 52, 13.
-- Comp. citra-, m. pl. the seven Ṛṣis, MBh. 12, 12722. sa-, adj. with Śikhaṇḍin, Chr. 54, 9.
1. Summit, Pañc. 9, 7; end.
2. The summit of a mountain, Bhartṛ. 2, 91; Vikr. 10, 6.
3. The top of a tree.
4. The edge or a point of a sword.
5. Horripilation.
6. The armpit.
7. A gem of a bright red colour; the bud of the Arabian jasmine, Megh. 80 (Sch.).
-- Comp. tri-, adj. having three summits, the name of a mountain, Rām. 4, 44, 50.
I. adj.
1. Crested, peaked, pointed.
2. Resembling the buds of the Arabian jasmine, Rām. 3, 52, 27.
II. m.
1. A mountain, Rām. 3, 55, 44.
2. A tree.
3. A stronghold.
4. The lapwing.
II. f. iṇī,
1. A line of hair extending across the navel.
2. An excellent woman.
3. A dish of curds and sugar with spices. Vikr. 42, 7 (Prākṛ.).
4. Arabian jasmine.
1. Point, top, Rām. 3, 49, 34; end. Śāk. d. 14; Ragh. 16, 48 (at the end of a comp. adj.; Sch. filaments).
2. A crest, Rām. 3, 53, 60.
3. A peacock's crest.
4. A lock of hair on the crown of the head, Vikr. d. 124 (head).
5. Flame, Pañc. i. d. 319.
6. A ray of light.
7. Chief.
8. A branch.
-- Comp. agni-śikha,
I. adj. as hot as fire, Rām. 6, 30, 27.
II. f. khā, flame. ucchikha, i. e. ud-śikha, adj. blazing upwards or brightly, Utt. Rāmac. 65, 8. tri-śikha, adj., f. khā, having the shape of a trident, Pañc. 220, 1. dīpa-, f. the flame of a lamp, Kathās. 18, 77. dīpta-śikha, adj. blazing, Rām. 3, 53, 60. stana-, f. a nipple.
I. adj., f. li.
1. Crested.
2. Burnt, Cṛ gārat. 16.
II. m. A peacock, Lass. 2. ed. 91 51.
I. adj.
1. Crested, MBh. 6, 71.
2. Having a lock of hair on the top of the head, Rām. 3, 52, 9.
II. m.
1. A cock.
2. A peacock, Vikr. d. 41.
3. A rellgious mendicant.
4. A mountain. Rājat. 5, 15.
5. An arrow.
6. A bull.
7. A horse.
8. Fire, Rām. 3, 55, 11; Pañc. iv. d. 76 (but cf. also Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 125).
9. A lamp.
10. Ketu, the personified descending node, Pañc. i. d. 240 (see my transl.).
-- Comp. śastra-, adj. proud of (the practice of) weapons, Utt. Rāmac. 149, 14.
1. A tree, Morunga guilandina.
2. A potherb.
† śiṅkh, i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To kiss, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 95.
I. m. Froth, foam.
II. n.
1. The mucus of the nose.
2. Rust of iron.
3. A glass vessel.
I. m. Tinkling.
II. f. jā, A bow-string.
I. adj. Tinkling.
II. f. nī.
1. A bow-string.
2. Metallic rings worn round the toes.
† śiṭ, siṭ siṭ, i. 1, Par. To disrespect.
I. adj.
1. Black, dark blue, Vikr. d. 151; Bhāg. P. 4, 4, 18.
2. White.
II. m. The bhūrja or birch.
1. Loose, Vikr. d. 115; Pañc. ii. d. 143; loosened, Megh. 69.
2. Flaccid, faded, Śāk. d. 41.
3. Feeble, languid, Bhartṛ. 2, 22.
4. Ineffective.
5. Relaxed, dissolved, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 5.
6. Not very careful, Pañc. ii. d. 82.
7. Not rigidly observed.
8. Loosely retained.
9. Abandoned, Ragh. 2, 41 (°lī kṛ, To abandon).
-- Comp. a-, adj. tight, close, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 16.
1. Looseness, state of dissolution, Pañc. 30, 11.
2. Relaxedness, relaxation.
3. Want of energy, Pañc. iv. d. 7.
1. Loosened, loosed, loose, Śāk. d. 57.
2. Relaxed, dissolved, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 8.
1. A fibrous root.
2. A lash with a whip, Man. 8, 369; 9, 230.
3. A river.
4. A mother.
and vī śimbī, f. A legume, a pod, Mālat. 145, 20.
I. i. e. curtailed śiras, n.
1. The head.
2. The root of the pepper plant.
II. f. rā (cf. sirā), Any vessel of the body, really, or supposed to be of a tubular form, as a nerve, Rām. 5, 32, 11; a vein.
-- Comp. tri-,
I. adj. having three points, MBh. 13, 7379.
II. m. the name of a Rākṣasa, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 9.
1. The head, Pañc. iii. d. 193; śirasā pra-ṇi-pat, To reverence by inclining one's head, Vikr. 3, 12; śirasā kṛ, To bear on one's head, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1847.
2. The top of a mountain, Kir. 5, 17; of a tree.
3. Chief, principal.
-- Comp. a-, adj. headless, Man. 9, 237. abhra-, n. a head represented by the sky, Śiś. 9, 3. aśva-,
I. n. the head of a horse, MBh. 3, 3083.
II. adj. having the head of a horse, ib. 12, 13100.
III. m. a proper name, ib. 1, 2531. uccaiḥśiras, i. e. uccais-, adj. m. a man of high rank. Kumāras. 1, 12. kapāla-, Rām. 2, 54, 30 (= 2, 54, 32 Gorr., where kalāpa-) ? perhaps a name of Śiva. kūrca-, n. the upper part of the palm and ball of the foot, Suśr. 1, 345, 9. tri-,
I. adj. having three heads, MBh. 5, 229.
II. m. the name of an Asura and a Rākṣasa, ib. 9, 1755; Rām. 3, 29, 32. dvi-, adj. having two heads, Pañc. 251, 24. bhuja-, n. the shoulder. mṛga-, n. the fifth lunar mansion. śiśu-māra-, n. a part of the heaven studded with stars, the north-east point.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. cere- in cerebrum, and cer- in cervix, (vix fron vincire, cf. śirodharā); A.S. haernes.
I. n.
1. A helmet.
2. A turban, a cap.
II. f. kā, A palanquin.
1. A helmet, Rājat. 5, 342; Ragh. 4, 64.
2. A turban, a cap.
I. adj., f. lā.
1. Veiny, showing the veins, Kāśīkh. 37, 14; Bhaṭṭ. 2, 30.
2. Showing the tendons.
II. n. An acid fruit, Averrhoa carambola.
1. A sword.
2. An arrow.
3. A murderer.
4. A locust.
I. m. A tree, Acacia sirisa, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
II. n. Its flower, Śāk. d. 145.
-- Comp. mahā-kāya-śirodhara, adj. having a great body and neck, Rām. 3, 55, 2.
† śil, sil sil, i. 6, Par. To glean (cf. the next).
A. n. Gleaning ears of corn, Man. 3, 100; 10, 112.
B. i. e. probably śo + la,
I. f. lā.
1. A stone, Pañc. 100, 18; a rock, Vikr. d. 49.
2. A flat stone on which condiments are ground.
3. Arsenic.
II. f. lā and lī.
1. A stone or beam placed across a post or pillar.
2. The timber of a door frame.
III. f. lī.
1. A dart, an arrow, Ragh. 7, 62.
2. An earth-worm.
-- Comp. gaṇḍa-śilā, f. a large rock, Bhāg. P. 3, 13, 22. jāta-rūpa-śila, m. the name of a (golden) mountain, Rām. 4, 14, 52. tīrtha-śilā, f. stone steps leading to a bathing-place, Śṛṅgārat. 1 (read °lam, at the end of a comp. adj.). badhya-, f. lā, rock of execution, Pañc. 52, 2. manaḥśila, i. e. manas-, m., and f. lā, red arsenic. svalpa-śilā, i. e. su-alpa-, f. a very small stone.
1. A room on the top of a house.
2. A hole.
and lī śili/ī (cf. śilī, under śila), f. The lower timber of a door.
I. m.
1. A sort of tree.
2. A kind of fish.
II. f. rī.
1. Clay, earth.
2. A small earthworm (cf. śilī, under śila).
3. A sort of bird.
III. n.
1. Hail (cf. śilā).
2. A mushroom, Megh. 11.
3. The flower of the plantain tree.
1. Proficiency in any manual or mechanical art, or profession; art, Pañc. i. d. 4, 446; Bhāg. P. 3, 23, 17; Chr. 51. 1; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 12.
2. A sort of spoon used at sacrifices to throw the butter into the fire.
-- Comp. kṛta-, adj. one who has attained a knowledge of his art, Yājñ. 2, 184.
I. adj. Manual, mechanic.
II. n.
1. Handicraft.
2. (and śispaka śilpa + ka), A sort of drama.
I. adj. Belonging or relating to a mechanical profession or art.
II. m., f. nī, and n. An artificer, a mechanic, Pañc. 10, 6; Johns. Sel. 9, 11.
I. adj.
1. Prosperous, Hit. 68, 17; auspicious, Mālat. 6, 12; happy.
2. Right, Nal. 20, 17.
3. 17.
3. Comparat. śivatara, Very complacent, Utt. Rāmac. 145, 2.
II. m.
1. Śiva, a deity of the Hindu triad, Kir. 5, 21; dual, Śiva and his wife, ib. 5, 40.
2. The phallic emblem of Śiva.
3. An auspicious planetary conjunction.
4. The Vedas.
5. One of the astronomical periods termed yogas.
6. A pillar to which cattle are tied.
7. A sort of perfume.
III. f. vā.
1. Durgā, the wife of Śiva.
2. The female jackal, Sāv. 5, 75.
3. The name of several plants.
IV. n.
1. Happiness, Arj. 5, 19; bliss, Mālat. 160, 14.
2. Wellbeing, Pañc. 16, 5.
3. Final emancipation from separate existence.
4. Water.
5. Sea or fossile salt.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. inauspicious, Rām. 3, 29, 11.
II. n. ill-luck, ib. 3, 30, 3. sadā-, m. Śiva.
1. A beast of prey.
2. The name of a king, Sāv. 2, 17; MBh. 13, 2046, sqq.; pl. his descendants, Draup. 8, 3.
1. A palanquin, a litter, Rām. 2, 60, 76, Seramp.
2. A tent, Johns. Sel. 9, 12; a marquee.
3. A proper name, MBh. 3, 13155.
I. m. The name of a tribe(?), Rājat. 5, 176.
II. n.
1. A camp.
2. A royal camp or residence.
3. A guard or defence for the soldiers.
4. A sort of grain.
I. adj. Cold, cool, Vikr. d. 41; comparat. Very cool, refreshing, Pañc. 9, 4.
II. (m. and) n.
1. Cold, frost, Megh. 81.
2. Coolness, Vikr. 19, 17 (of a wood).
3. The cold season, Pañc. v. d. 4.
1. The young of man or any animal, Vikr. d. 121; Pañc. 160, 4; a child, Pañc. i. d. 241; a calf, Pañc. 182, 12; a pup, etc.
2. A boy.
3. A pupil.
1. A child, Pañc ii. d. 200.
2. A porpoise.
† 1. śiṣ, i. 1, Par. To hurt, to kill.
2. śiṣ, ii. 7, śinaṣ, śiṃṣ, Par. To leave; pass. To be left, MBh. 2, 1964. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śiṣṭa.
1. Left, remaining.
2. Also sbst. Chief, Hit. 100, 15. Comp. viṣama-, adj. unfair (division). Caus. śeṣaya, To leave, to spare, MBh. 3, 14760.
-- With the prep. ava ava, pass. To be left, MBh. 3, 2276. avaśiṣṭa, Remaining, Hit. 61, 4, M. M.; remainder, Man. 3, 116; Hit. 103, 14 (avaśiṣṭa-bala, adj. With the rest of [my] army). Caus. avaśeṣita (perhaps avaśeṣa + ita), Left, spared, MBh. 1, 5129.
-- With samava sam-ava, Caus. pass. samavaśeṣita, Left, spared, MBh. 1, 6337.
-- With ud ud, ucchiṣṭa,
1. Left, remainder, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 8.
2. Left behind, Rājat. 5, 11.
3. One who has a remnant of food in his mouth, Man. 2, 56; 4, 75. n. Remains, remainder of food, Man. 5, 140.
-- With nis nis, Caus. niḥśeṣita (perhaps rather niḥśeṣa, i. e. nis-śeṣa, + ita),
1. Used up entirely (without leaving any part), Rām. 1, 65, 6.
2. Exterminated, Pañc. 201, 22 (cf. my translation, n. 1210).
-- With pari pari, Caus. To leave, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 93; with na, To destroy, Ragh. 12, 79.
-- With vi vi, To distinguish, to make distinguished, to augment, Mālat. 71, 8. Pass.
1. To be distinguished, Ragh. 17, 62.
2. To prefer, with abl. and instr., MBh. 3, 14735. Pass.
a. To be better than, Man. 2, 83; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1678 (mūrkha-sahasreṇa prājñe eka vi śiṣyate, One wise man is better than a thousand fools); to be of more weight, Rām. 2, 35, 8.
b. To be most preferable, best, Hit. iii. d. 50; to be pre-eminent, Man. 9, 297. viśiṣṭa,
1. Having distinctive and exclusive properties, Bhāṣāp. 132.
2. Especial.
3. Endowed with, possessed of.
4. Distinguished, Hit. pr. 42, M. M.; superior, pre-eminent, Chr. 28, 15; best, Bhag. 1, 7. Ptcple. cf the fut. pass. viśeṣya.
1. What is determinable or to be distinguished, Bhāṣāp. 131.
2. Principal, primary, chief. m. A substantive. n. The subject of a predicate. Caus.
1. To distinguish, MBh. 3, 16449.
2. To surpass, Chr. 44, 2.
3. To adorn, Mṛcch. 59, 14. viśeṣita,
1. Distinguished, separated.
2. Excellent.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To increase, Utt. Rāmac. 102, 5.
-- With prativi prati-vi, prativiśiṣṭa, Better than (with abl.), MBh. 1, 4684.
-- Cf. Lat. quaeso, quaero, quaestor, perhaps cura; Goth. qvisteins, qvistjan, fra -qvisteins, fra-qvistjan, fra-qvistnan, us-qvistjan, based on a noun qvist = *śiṣ + ti, Leaving, abandoning; also us-haista, Poor.
1. To lie (as on the ground), Daśak. in Chr. 187, 11.
2. To lie down, 187, 6.
3. To repose, MBh. 1, 5033.
4. To sleep, Man. 2, 163. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śayita, Lying, Śiś. 9, 39. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. śayanīya, Fit for sleeping, lying on, Utt. Rāmac. 67, 3. n. A couch. Caus. śāyaya,
1. To cause to lie, to throw, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 22.
2. To put, Rām. 2, 66. 16.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To surpass, Ragh. 5, 14 (Calc.).
2. To sleep longer than (acc.), MBh. 3, 14686. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. an-ati-śayarīya, adj. Not to be surpassed, Kir. 5, 52.
-- With adhi adhi,
1. To lie down on (acc.), Rām. 2, 88, 12.
2. To sleep on, Ragh. 5, 28 (Calc.).
3. To sleep, Pañc. 26, 25.
4. To inhabit, Bhaṭṭ. 10, 35.
-- With anu anu, To lie down, to sleep, near, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 4.
-- With ā ā, To sleep on, Vikr. d. 41.
-- With upa upa, To lie near (with acc.), Lass. 2. ed. 70, 51.
-- With nis nis, in niḥśayāna (rather śayāna with nis, adj.), Not sleeping, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 10.
-- With prati prati, To sleep opposite to (acc.), MBh. 3, 16300.
-- With sam sam, saṃśayāna, and saṃśayita, Dubious, Chr. 31, 32 (Hit. iv. d. 19, read saṃśayitam).
-- Cf. [greek] (= śete), [greek] Lat. quies, quiesco, civis; O.H.G. hīwī, matrimonium; A.S. hiwa, familia; O.H.G. hīwo, m. hīwa, f. conjux; hīwjan, hījan, pubere; Goth. hêthjo (= [greek]), haithi, campus, haims; O.H.G. haim; A.S. ham, haeman (cf. [greek]).
1. śīk or sīk sīk (probably better, cf. sic), i. 1, Ātm. To sprinkle, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 76.
† 2. śīk, sīk sīk, i. 1, Ātm. To go, to move. i. 1, and 10, Par.
1. To be angry.
2. To endure patiently.
3. To touch.
† 3. śīk, i. 10, Par. To speak, to shine.
I. m.
1. A drop of water, Ragh. 16, 62; of rain, Śāk. d. 166.
2. Thin rain, Ṛt. 1, 15; Kir. 5, 15 (also sīkara, MBh. 14, 2201).
3. Spray, Mālat. 147, 14.
II. n. A sort of pine, or its resin.
-- Comp. kara- and karin-, m. water expelled by an elephant's trunk, Kir. 16, 9.
1. Quick, speedy, Vikr. d. 140 (maṇḍala-śīghra-cāra, Turning round quickly).
2. Violent, Pañc. iii. d. 52.
3. °ram, adv. Swiftly, Pañc. 128, 4. Comparat. °ratara + m, adv. As quickly as possible, Pañc. 88, 6.
-- Cf. A.S. higian, To make haste; [greek]
I. adj.
1. Cold, Hit. i. d. 79, M. M.; chilly.
2. A pathetic.
3. Idle.
4. Stupid.
II. n.
1. Coldness, Pañc. 169, 14.
2. Water.
-- Comp. a-, adj. hot, Bhāṣāp. 25.
I. adj. Cold, cool, Pañc. ii. d. 58; figurat., Vikr. d. 90. Comparat. °latara, Cooler, Śiś. 9, 4.
II. m.
1. The moon.
2. A sort of camphor.
III. m., f. lā, and lī, and n. The name of several plants.
IV. n.
1. Coldness.
2. A pearl.
-- Comp. a-, adj. hot, Śiś. 9, 86. ati-, adj. very cool, Hit. iii. d. 45. su-, adj. very cool, Hit. i. d. 96, M.M. hima-, adj. very cold.
1. Making the sound śit, sighing on account of pleasure.
2. A frown. Amar. 31 (Sch.).
-- Comp. sa-śītkāra + m, adv. with sighs, Vikr. d. 103.
† śībh, i. 1, Ātm. To boast.
-- Comp. go-,
I. adj. shaped like a cow's head, MBh. 7, 8097.
II. n. a kind of sandal, Rām. 4, 41, 59. tri-, adj. having three heads, MBh. 1, 2162. daśaśīrṣa, i. e. daśan-, m. 1. a name of Rāvaṇa, Rām. 4, 10, 22. 2. a spell, ib. 1, 30, 5. pañca-, adj. having five heads, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 21. pūrva-, adj, f. ṣā, with the head turned to the east, MBh. 13, 463. mṛga-, m. the fifth lunar mansion, Lass. 16, 18.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. and A. S. hals; Lat. collum; see śiras.
I. m. Rāhu.
II. n.
1. The skull.
2. A helmet.
3. Judgment, sentence.
-- Comp. sthūla-śīrṣikā, f. a small ant with a large head.
I. m. Clean and unentangled hair.
II. n. A helmet.
1. † To meditate.
2. To adore, to worship. Caus., and i. 10, Par.
1. To make, Gīt. 9, 6.
2. To practise, Mṛcch. 34, 19.
3. To visit, Gīt. 7, 4.
4. To worship, MBh. 1, 3207.
5. To put on, to dress, Gīt. 5, 11.
6. † To repeat.
7. † To surpass. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śīlita, Skilled, conversant.
A. śiṣ + la (m. and) n.
1. Nature, quality. MBh. 1, 4054.
2. Disposition, inclination, character, Pañc. i. d. 282; a good character, Pañc. v. d. 2.
3. Moral practice, Man. 2, 6.
4. Good conduct, Johns. Sel. 13, 45.
5. Virtue, Bhartṛ. 2, 77.
6. Beauty.
B. śī + la, m. A large snake.
-- Comp. a-, adj. wicked, Kir. 11, 25. abhivādana-, adj. one who habitually salutes, Man. 2, 121. guṇa-, adj. virtuous, Hit. i. d. 182. dāna-, adj. liberal, Yājñ. 3, 48. dus-, adj. wicked, Rām. 3, 2, 23. duḥkha-, adj. austere, MBh. 4, 277. dharma-, adj. just, virtuous, Indr. 1, 22. puṇya-, adj. virtuous, MBh. 5, 6011. māṃsa-, adj. fleshy. mṛgayā-, adj. attached to hunting. yajña-, adj. sbst. a sacrificer, Man. 11, 20. vi-, adj. not observing approved usages, Man. 5, 154. viṣama-, adj. uneven, difficult. śānti-, m. a proper name, Lass. 2, 4. sādhu-, adj. virtuous. su-,
I. adj. 1. well disposed, of good disposition. 2. well made, Pañc. ii. d. 74.
II. f. lā, the wife of Yama. snāna-, adj. bathing, observing ablations, Hit. 18, 7, M.M.
1. By natural disposition, Pañc. i. d. 288.
2. Concerning the character, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 8.
-- Comp. śruti-, adj. one who is learned in the Vedas, Man. 3, 27.
I. m. The boaconstrictor.
II. f. varī, An iguana.
† śuk, i. 1. Par. To go.
I. m.
1. A parrot, Vikr. d. 41.
2. A proper name.
II. m. and n. The name of several plants.
III. n.
1. A turban.
2. The hem of a cloth.
3. Cloth.
4. A sort of perfume.
-- Comp. gṛha-, m. 1. a parrot kept in a house, Amar. 13. 2. a poet maintained by a prince, Rājat. 5, 31.
I. adj.
1. Sour, acid.
2. Harsh.
3. i. e. 2. śuc + ta, Clean, pure.
II. n.
1. A preparation which has become acid by undergoing fermentation, as vinegar, etc., Man. 2, 177; 4, 211; 11, 153.
2. Sour gruel.
3. Flesh.
1. A perarl oyster, Pañc. i. d. 280.
2. A conch.
3. A small shell.
4. A portion of the skull used as a cup.
5. A curl or feather on a horse's neck or breast.
6. A disease of the cornea.
7. A sort of perfume.
8. A weight of two karṣas.
-- Comp. mahā-, f. the pearl oyster.
I. adj.
1. Resplendent, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14.
2. Pure, Windischmaun, Sankara, 68.
II. m.
1. A name of Agni.
2. The planet Venus, Pañc. pr. d. 3.
3. The month Jyeṣṭhā (May -- June), Hiḍ. 1, 10.
III. n.
1. Semen virile, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 13; MBh. 1, 2434; male and female strength, Man. 3, 49.
2. A morbid affection of the iris.
I. adj. White, Pañc. i.d. 39; bright, i. d. 104; Man. 1, 66 (with pakṣa, the fortnight of the month in which the moon increases).
II. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. One of the astronomical yogas.
3. The light half of the month from new to full moon. Bhag. 8, 24; Rājat. 5, 412.
III. f. lā, A name of Sarasvatī.
IV. n.
1. Silver.
2. Fresh butter.
3. A disease of the cornea.
-- Comp. pañcaśukla, i. e. pañcan-, m. a certain poisonous insect, Suśr. 2, 288, 7. mahā-śuklā, f. Sarasvatī.
I. m. The Indian figtree, Windischmann, Sankara, 179.
II. f. gā, The sheath of a young bud (cf. Atharv.-Ved. viii. 7, 4, at the end of a comp. adj.).
1. śuc, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 4, 488),
1. To be afflicted, to grieve, Man. 3, 57.
2. To grieve for, to bewail, Pañc. i. d. 379.
3. To regret, to repent, Pañc. 118, 6.
4. To be absorbed in deep meditation, Lass. 2. ed. 42, 11, cf. 9. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śucita, Sad, lamenting. Comp. ptcple. of the fut. pass. a-śocya, adj. Not to be grieved for, Pañc. i. d. 379; 475. Caus.
1. To afflict. MBh. 4, 581.
2. To bewail, MBh. 1, 5649.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To bewail, Bhag. 2, 11; Pañc. i. d. 475. Caus. The same, MBh. 2, 2594.
-- With pari pari,
1. To be much afflicted, MBh. 1, 4025.
2. To bewail, MBh. 3, 13656.
-- With anupra anu-pra, To bewail, MBh. 1, 3229.
-- Cf. Goth. hiufan, queri; A.S. heaf, heofian; O.H.G. huvo, ulula.
2. śuc, i. 4, Par. Ātm.
1. To shine, to be pure (ved.).
2. † To be wet.
3. † To be fetid. Ptcple of the fut. pass. śocya.
1. To be purified.
2. Wicked, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 6. Comp. a-, adj. innocent, ib. Caus. To make pure, Kathās. 19, 84, dūṣitaṃ tṛṇatoyādi pratiyogair aśocayat, He made pure (i. e. he restored to their former state), by antidotes, food, water, etc., which were spoiled (i. e. poisoned).
3. 1. śuc, f.
1. Sorrow, Hit. i. d. 133, M. M.; grief, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 14.
2. Calamity.
2. śuc + i,
I. adj.
1. White, resplendent, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3322.
2. Clear (as a jewel), Utt. Rāmac. 35, 18.
3. Gentle (cf. śuci-smita, s. v. smi).
4. Clean, Bhartṛ. 2, 17; purified.
5. Pure, Man. 1, 76; pious.
6. Exempt from passion.
7. Honest, upright, Rām. 3, 53, 12; Pañc. 191, 13.
8. Free from fault, Pañc. i. d. 215.
II. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. Purity, virtue, correctness.
3. Purification by ablution.
4. Judicial acquittal.
5. A faithful and tried minister.
6. The month Jyeṣṭha (May -June), and Āṣāḍha (June -- July), i. e. the hot season, Ragh. 3, 3; Rājat. 5, 477; Hiḍ. 1, 10.
7. The sun.
8. The moon.
9. Fire.
10. The planet Venus.
11. Śiva.
12. A Brāhmaṇa.
13. Oblation to fire at the first feeding of an infant.
-- Comp. a-, adj. impure, Hit. ii. d. 24. upadhā-, adj. free from deceit, Hit. iii. d. 16.
† śucy, cucy cucy, i. 1, Par. To express or squeeze out. śukta, see s.v.
† śuṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To be lame.
2. To prevent. i. 10, Par. To be lazy (cf. 1. śaṭh).
† śuṇṭh, i. 1, Par. To be lame. i. 1. and 10, Par. To be dried or desiccated.
† śuṇḍ, i. 1, Par.
1. To break.
2. To vex, to torment.
I. m. The exudation from an elephant's temples.
II. f. ḍā.
1. Spirituous liquor.
2. A tavern.
3. An elephant's trunk, Pañc. 165, 1.
4. The stalk of the lotus.
5. A whore.
1. A distiller.
2. An elephant's trunk, Mahāvīrac. 17, 7.
-- Comp. gala-, f. 1. the uvufa or the soft palate, Yājñ. 3, 98. 2. swelling of the kernels of the throat, Suśr. 1, 90, 16.
1. The private or women's apartments, Vikr. d. 43; Utt. Rāmac. 25, 4 (-cārin, m., add. s. v. cārin, A servant of the private apartments).
2. The king's wife or concubine.
1. Cleaning, cleansing.
2. Purity, purification, Pañc. iii. d. 119.
3. Correctness, truth, Mālat. 50, 14; certainty, Lass. 22, 11.
4. Acquittal.
5. Covering (of expenses), Pañc. 251, 16.
-- Comp. agni-, f. purification by fire, passing the fiery ordeal, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 1. dravya-, f. purification of inammate things, Man. 5, 57. vaira-, f. revenge.
1. To be purified, Man. 3, 132; Pañc. i. d. 307.
2. To become pure, Man. 5, 63. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śuddha.
1. Pure, Hit. d. 78, M. M.
2. White.
3. Faultless, genuine, Mālav. d. 30.
4. Innocent.
5. Acquitted.
6. Authorised.
7. Alone, Megh. 88; only, mere, simple.
8. Whetted. n.
1. Pure spirit.
2. Rock-salt. Comp. a-, adj. impure, wicked, Pañc. i. d. 335. ati-, very pure, Hit. i. d. 198, M. M. Ptcple. of the pf. act. śuddhavant, f. vatī; nom. pl. vatjas, Man. 11, 249, designates a holy text beginning śuddhavatyas. Caus.
1. To purify, Man. 9, 282.
2. To explain, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 4.
3. To examine, to investigate, Pañc. 42, 11. śodhita, Purified, excused, Man. 8, 202.
-- With the prep. pari pari, Caus.
1. To clean, to secure, Rām. 2, 31, 25.
2. To solve, to explain, Gīt. 12, 28.
-- With vi vi, To be purified, Man. 5, 66. viśuddha,
1. Pure, Pañc. pr. d. 9.
2. Faultless, Mālav. 21, 8; Hit. pr. d. 23, M. M. (vaṃśa-, regarding, the bambu, of which it is made, viz. a bow).
3. White, Ṛt. 6, 34.
4. Corrected.
5. Pious, virtuous.
6. Humble, modest.
7. Settled, Man. 8, 201. Comp. a-, adj. wicked, Rājat. 5, 315. Caus. To purify, MBh. 3, 15979.
-- With sam sam, saṃśvddha,
1. Purified, expiated, Bhag. 6, 45.
2. Clean.
3. Refined.
4. Acquitted (as a debt, or of a crime). Caus.
1. To purify, Rājat. 5, 89.
2. To secure, Man. 7, 185.
3. To cover (as expenses), MBh. 2, 204.
4. To examine, Man. 7, 219.
-- Cf. śundh; [greek] probably Lat. castus, O.H.G. haitar, screnus.
† śun, i. 6, Par. To go.
I. adj. Purifying, Chr. 289, 9 = Rigv. i. 50, 9.
II. m. A name of Agni.
1. śubh (probably for original śvabh, cf. śudh; see also śumbh, s. v. 2. śubh), i. 1, Ātm., i. 6, Par.
1. To shine, Chr. 40. 9.
2. To be splendid, Rām. 2, 47, 17.
3. To be beautiful, MBh. 4, 49.
4. To be gay or happy, Pañc. iii. d. 226.
5. † To hurt, to kill Ved. infin. śubhe, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4. Caus. śobhaya, To cause to shine, to adorn, Rām. 2, 96, 31. Ved. Caus. śubhaya, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3. śobhita, Trimmed, Hit. iii. d. 27.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To shine, Pañc. i. d. 85. Caus. To adorn, Rām. 1, 5, 16; Pañc. 159, 20.
-- With vi vi, To shine, Hit. ii. d. 71.
-- With sam sam, Caus. To adorn, Ṛt. 6, 23.
† 2. śubh, śumbh śumbh, subh subh, sumbh sumbh, i. 1, Par.
1. To speak, to shine.
2. To kill, to hurt.
I. adj., f. bhā.
1. Splendid, Lass. 2. ed. 72, 5; beautiful, Pañc. iii. d. 185. Comparat. śubhatara, Very beautiful, Pañc. 226, 5.
2. Distinguished, Lass. 2. ed. 59, 10.
3. Learned.
4. Happy, Hit. i. d. 5, M. M.; good, Pañc. iii. d. 106; virtuous, i. d. 150.
II. m. One of the astrological Yogas.
III. f. bhā.
1. A female friend of the goddess Umā, Rām. 3, 52, 26.
2. Bambu manna.
3. Bent grass.
IV. n. Happiness, hail, Hit. 54, 17.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. wicked, Pañc. i. d. 403. 2. inauspicious, Lass. 16, 19. śubhāśubha, i. e. śubha-a-śubha, adj. good or wicked, Pañc. ii. d. 18.
I. adj.
1. White, Megh. 53; Lass. 4, 17.
2. Shining, bright, Chr. 291, 3 = Rigv. i. 85, 3; Pañc. i. d. 252.
II. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. Sandal, Padmap. 3, 4.
III. f. rā.
1. The Ganges.
2. Crystal.
3. Bambu manna.
IV. n.
1. Silver.
2. Talc.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. silver.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Ātm. To assume as ornament, to adorn one's self with (acc.), Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. To adorn one's self carefully, Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1.
-- Cf. probably, A.S. camb: O.H.G. kamp; [greek]
† śulk, i. 10, Par.
1. To create.
2. To gain.
3. To abandon.
4. To speak (cf. śvalk).
1. Toll, tax, duty, Man. 10, 120.
2. Money given at the purchase of anything, to ratify the bargain.
3. Money given to the parents of the bride, originally as purchase-price, cf. MBh. 13, 2422, sqq. and 4530; Man. 3, 51.
4. A nuptial present, Man. 9, 93.
5. The profits of household labour, care of milch cattle, etc-, when considered as the legal property of the wife.
6. Price, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 15.
-- Comp. guṇa-, Dhana-, Virya-, adj., f. kā, having as its price, i. e. to be purchase by, good qualities, money, prowess, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 24; 191, 1, and Chr. 4, 14.
1. Copper.
2. A rope.
3. Institute, law.
4. A sacrificial observance.
5. A quantity of water.
I. adj. Obedient, Lass. 41, 14.
II. m. A servant.
1. Wishing to hear.
2. Obedience, Lass. 41, 7.
3. Service, Man. 1, 91; 2, 112; Pañc. 214, 19; reverence, Man. 2, 229.
4. Speaking.
-- Comp. agni-, f. attention to the sacred fires, Man. 2, 248. caraṇa-, f. prostration, Rām. 3, 14, 8. pari-, f. complete obedience, Lass. 41, 15. pāda-, f. obedience, Hariv. 12585.
1. To become dry, literally and figuratively, Rām. 2, 69, 19; MBh. 2, 1685; 3, 591.
2. To be withered, to be afflicted, Draup. 6, 11. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śuṣka.
1. Dried up, Pañc. 51, 5; dry, Pañc. ii. d. 96.
2. Causeless, Pañc. 172, 1.
3. Unprofitable.
4. Offensive, Man. 11, 35. Caus.
1. To dry up, Pañc, i. d. 117; MBh. 3, 189
2. To emaciate, Man. 6, 24.
3. To destroy, Gīt. 12, 5.
-- With the prep. ud ud, Caus.
1. To dry up, Rām. 2, 64, 65.
2. To emaciate, Chr. 57, 23.
-- With samud sam-ud, To become dried up, Bhaṭṭ. 16, 17.
-- With upa upa, Caus.
1. To dry up, MBh. 3, 12874.
2. To emaciate, MBh. 1, 4624.
-- With pari pari,
1. To become dried up and withered, Rām. 2, 30, 25.
2. To be afflicted, Chr. 12, 25. pari śuṣka,
1. Completely dry, Rām. 2, 59, 9.
2. Withered.
3. Emaciated, Rām. 4, 16, 35. Caus. To emaciate, Pañc. 182, 11.
-- With vi vi, viśuṣka,
1. Very dry, thirsty, Ṛt. 1, 15
2. Withered, Mālat. 78, 4. Caus. To dry up, MBh. 3, 10767.
-- With sam sam, To be dried up, MBh. 1, 8230. saṃśuṣka, Completely dry, Ṛt. 1, 22. Caus. To dry up, Ragh. 6, 36.
-- Cf. [greek] (= śuṣka for sus + ka), [greek] Lat. siccus (= śuṣka for sus + ka); Goth. siuk; A.S. seoc, seac, sioc, sic; O.H.G. siuh, siucī, siuhjan; Goth. sauht; A.S. and O.H.G. suht.
1. Drying.
2. A hole in the ground.
I. adj. Perforated (cf. śuṣa).
II. m.
1. Fire.
2. A rat.
III. n.
1. A hole.
2. A wind instrument.
1. The sun.
2. Fire.
I. adj. Strong, Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
II. m.
1. The sun.
2. Fire.
3. Wind.
III. n. Light.
-- Comp. an-anta-, adj. always roaring, Chr. 290, 10 = Rigv. i. 64, 10.
I. m. Fire.
II. n.
1. Light, lustre.
2. Strength.
1. The awn of barley.
2. A bristle, a spicula.
3. Compassion.
-- Comp. śasya-, n. the beard of corn. śita (or sita-), m. 1. barley. 2. wheat.
I. m.A man of the fourth caste, Man. 1, 31; 116; Hit. iv. d. 21.
II. f. rā, A woman of that caste.
III. f. rī, or rāṇī, The wife of a Śūdra.
-- Comp. mahā-, m. a cowherd. f. rī, a milk-woman.
I. see śvi.
II. (cf. suna), f. nā.
1. A slaughter-house, Man. 4, 85; Mālav. 25, 2; cf. the next.
2. The soft palate.
I. adj.
1. Empty, void, Vikr. 66, 1; vacant, Mālat. 11, 8; ruined, Rām. 2, 13, 16.
2. Deprived of, with instr., Bhāṣāp. 69 (read śūnyā siddhir); Vikr. d. 130 (as former part of a comp. Without, Pañc. 208, 22; figurat., Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 249).
3. Unsuspicious, Rām. 3, 50, 24.
4. Unmeaning, indifferent, Pañc. 117, 14.
5. Lonely, Pañc. 231, 18 (śūnye, secretly); desert, Rām. 3, 51, 17 (n. in the lonely place).
II. f. yā, A hollow reed.
III. n.
1. A vacuum.
2. Heaven.
3. A dot.
4. A cypher.
5. Absolute vacuity or rather nonentity, a principle of the Bauddha metaphysics, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 14.
-- Comp. a-, adj. full, performed, Śāk. 24, 16. anyathā-siddhi-, adj. free from superfluous determination (as a cause), Bhāṣāp. 15. pari-, adj. completely empty, or void of, Ragh. 8, 65; 19, 6. sarva-, adj. completely empty, Hit. i. d. 125, M. M.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Emptiness, Lass. 72, 10 (tā).
2. Unreality.
-- Comp. mātṛ-, f. condition of having no mother, Cāṇ. 49 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 410.
† śūr, sūr sūr, i. 4, Ātm.
1. To hurt or kill.
2. To be firm. i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Ātm.
1. To be valiant.
2. To make great exertion. visūrita, see s. v.
1. A hero, Hit. i. d. 71, M. M.
2. The sun.
3. A lion.
4. A boar.
5. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 32; 46.
-- Comp. piṇḍī- (see piṇḍa), m. a hero at dinner. sva-bhāva-, adj. containing men who are naturally heroes, Hit. iii. d. 87.
-- Cf. [greek] probably [greek]
† śūrp, i. 10 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To measure.
I. m. and n. A winnowing basket, Man. 5, 117.
II. m. A measure of two droṇas.
III. f. pī.
1. A small winnowing basket, a toy for children.
2. A proper name.
† śūl, i. 1 (rather a denomin. derived from the next), Par.
1. To be sick.
2. To make a loud noise.
3. To impale.
I. m. and n.
1. A pike, a dart, a weapon, Sund. 1, 24; Rām. 5, 53, 53.
2. An iron pin or spit.
3. A banner.
4. Sharp pain, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 19; Lass. 31, 18; especially in the belly, as colic, Rājat. 5, 53.
5. Death.
II. f. lā.
1. A stake for impaling criminals, Pañc. 238, 1.
2. A whore.
-- Comp. a-kāṇḍa- (m. n.), sudden colic, Rājat. 5, 53. karṇa-, m. and n. earache, Suśr. 1, 55, 4. kukṣi-, m. colic, ib. 1, 219, 11 tri-,
I. n. a trident, Rām. 5, 37, 38.
II. m. Śiva. danta- (m. and n.), toothache, MBh. 12, 11267.
I. adj. Roasted on a spit (ŚKD.).
II. m. A hare.
I. adj. Suffering sharp pain.
II. m.
1. A spearman.
2. A stake-bearer.
3. Śiva, Bhartṛ. 2, 52.
-- Comp. tri-,
I. n. Śiva.
II. f. nī, Durgā, Hariv. 9428.
I. adj.
1. Roasted on a spit, Bhaṭṭ. 4, 9.
2. Deserving impalement.
II. n. Roasted meat.
I. m.
1. Ajackal, Hit. 52, 4, M. M.
2. A rogue.
3. A coward.
4. A demon.
5. Kṛṣṇa.
II. f. lī.
1. A she-jackal, Pañc. 220, 9.
2. A fox.
1. A female jackal, Pañc. 226, 20.
2. A fox.
3. A proper name, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 9.
1. A chain, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 12 (lā).
2. A belt worn round a man's body.
-- Comp. uccṛṅkhala, i. e. ud-, adj. ungovernable, Hit. iii. d. 97. chinna-, adj. (vb. chid), having broken (his) chain (viz. an elephant), Daśak. in Chr. 190, 9. vi-, adj. unfettered, unrestrained, dissolute, Bhartṛ. 2, 49.
I. n.
1. A horn, Pañc. 9, 7; a horn-like vessel, Ragh. 16, 70.
2. The top of a mountain, Bhartṛ. 2, 77; Daśak. in Chr. 188, 21 (udaya-acala-indra-padmarāga-śṛṅga-kalpā, As if it [viz. the sun] was the ruby top of the mountain udaya); summit of a building, Pañc. 10, 8.
3. Height, dignity.
4. Sovereignty.
5. A mark.
6. A lotus.
7. An artificial fountain.
II. f. gī.
1. A fish, a sort of silurus.
2. A sort of drug.
3. A sort of gold used for making trinkets.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no horns, Rājat. 5, 460. ṛksāmaśṛṅga, i. e. ṛc-sāman-, m. a name of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 17. eka-,
I. m. 1. epithet of Viṣṇu, Rām. 6, 102, 13. 2. pl. a class of Manes, MBh. 2, 463.
II. f. gā, a proper name, Hariv. 987. catuḥśṛ°, i. e. catur-, m. the name of a mountain, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 15. prabāla-maṇi-, adj. having horns of coral and jewels, Rām. 3, 49, 21. sa-, adj. possessed of a horn, Chr. 40, 9.
-- Cf. as akin, [greek] Lat. cornu; Goth. haurn; A.S. horn.
I. n. Ginger.
II. Name of a town, Utt. Rāmac. 14, 10.
I. m.
1. Copulation, coition, Pañc. i. d. 191.
2. Love, Vikr. d. 9; as an object of poetical description.
3. (m. or n.?), Elegant dress (properly, a dress for amorous purposes), Pañc. 36, 18 (cf. my transl. n. 173).
4. Marks made with red lead on an elephant's head and trunk.
5. Mark in general, Lass. 69, 5 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
II. n.
1. Red lead.
2. Cloves.
3. Fragrant powder for the dress or person.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Horned, Hit. i. d. 18, M. M.
2. Crested, peaked.
II. m.
1. A mountain.
2. A tree.
3. An elephant.
III. f. iṇī, A cow.
-- Comp. prabāla-maṇi-, i. e. prabālamaṇiśṛṅga + in, adj. having horns of coral and jewels, Rām. 3, 49, 4.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To break wind against somebody, Man. 8, 282.
-- Cf. śakṛt.
1. To hurt, to wound, Kir. 14, 13.
2. Pass. To be broken, to split in pieces, MBh. 3, 591 (with the termination of the Par.). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śīrṇa.
I. Broken; Pañc. i. d. 387; MBh. i. d. 267.
2. Withered, Megh. 30.
3. Wasted, decayed, Mālat. 79, 18 (antar-, Mouldering in it, viz. its water).
4. Slender, thin.
-- With the prep. ava ava, pass. To be dissolved, to spread, Rām. 1, 31, 44, Seramp. (Schlegel, 1, 38, 14, v. r.).
-- With pari pari, pass. To be broken, to split, MBh. 3, 11141.
-- With vi vi, pass.
1. To be broken, Man. 8, 408.
2. To be destroyed, MBh. 1, 3726.
3. To go asunder, to slip away, Man. 2, 74.
4. To fade away, Bhartṛ. 2, 25; Hit. iv. d. 42. viśīrṇa,
1. Broken, Pañc. 80, 9.
2. Divided, Megh. 19.
3. Withered, decayed.
4. Wasted, dispersed, Nal. 13, 17.
-- Cf. A.S. hyrt; [greek] Lat. cornu; Goth. haurn; A.S. horn; [greek] Lat. cervus; A.S. heorot, heort; [greek] probably [greek] Goth. hairus, A sword; perhaps O.H.G. bi -hal, bipennis; Lat. clava, quiris, probably in-columis; cf. śaru, śṛṅga.
1. A crest, a diadem, Mālat. 145, 8; Lass. 13, 6 (at the end of a comp. adj.); chief, Caurap. 45 (read śekhara).
2. A garland of flowers worn on the crown of the head, Ṛt. 1, 6.
3. A proper name, Lass. n. ad 67, 10.
-- Comp. indu-, Candra-, and śaśiśekhara, i. e. śaśin-, m. Śiva (having the moon as crest, wearing the moon on his head), Kathās. 4, 22 (indu-); Hit. 116, 6 (candra-).
1. The penis.
2. A testicle.
1. A small tree, Cord myxa.
2. A kind of fruit, Man. 5, 6.
† śev, i. 1, Ātm. To worship (cf. sev).
I. m.
1. A snake (vb. śī)
2. Happiness.
II. acc. vam, indecl. Hail, homage, an exclamation or salutation addressed to the deities.
III. n., and f. vā, The penis (cf. śepa).
I. adj. Remaining, Man. 1, 102; 3, 47; Megh. 31; other, Pañc. 123, 13; all the other, Vikr. d. 52.
II. m. and n.
1. Remainder, residue, Pañc. iii. d. 256; 51, 11 (vīja-śeṣa-mātra, Even a residue of seed), Daśak. in Chr. 184, 24 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
2. What is omitted, Man. 8, 320; 322 (śeṣe, for less).
III. m.
1. Killing, destroying, finishing.
2. End, Pañc. 55, 6.
3. The king of the serpent race, at once the conch and canopy of Viṣṇu, and the upholder of the world, Bhartṛ. 2, 28,
4. A name of Baladeva.
IV. f. ṣā, Flowers and other things that have been offered to an idol (and are then distributed amongst the worshippers), Sāv. 1, 27.
-- Comp.
A. as former part of comp. words, often: remaining, cf. śeṣa-śarīra, śeṣa-bhāga.
B. a-, adj., f. ṣā, entire, all, every, Mālat. 2, 3; Ragh. 3, 65; Pañc. 163, 7. acc. ṣam, instr. ṣeṇa, and adv. ṣa + tas, entirely, Kumāras. 5, 82; Bhag. 10, 16; Man. 1, 59. ālekhya-, adj. (of whom is left only a likeness), dead, Ragh. 14, 15. kārya-, n. the completion of a business, or affair begun, Man. 3, 157. jiva-, adj. having saved only the bare life, Pañc. 160, 2. deva-, n. the remainder of an offering to a deity, MBh. 13, 2019. nāmaśeṣa, i. e. nāman-, adj., f. ṣā, 1. one of whom only the name is left, Utt. Rāmac. 37, 18. 2. dead. niḥśeṣa, i. e. nis-, adj., f. ṣā, 1. without leaving a residue, without sparing anybody or anything, completely destroyed, Pañc. iii. d. 256; MBh. 2, 1531. 2. all, whole, Pañc. i. d. 21. °ṣam, ṣa + tas, adv. completely, Kathās. 24, 83. malamallaka-, adj. one to whom is left nothing but a small piece of cloth to cover his privities. Daśak. in Chr. 184, 24. yaśas-, adj. dead. vākya-, m. the remainder of one's speech, Vikr. 35, 8 (i. e. you will say). smṛti-, adj. f. ṣā, that of which is left nothing but remembrance, Rājat. 5, 189. hata-, adj. the remainder of the killed, i. e. those who had avoided being killed, Pañc. 122, 24.
1. Looseness, laxity, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 11.
2. Flaccidity.
3. Weakness, Śāk. 110, 15; cowardice, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 11.
4. Smallness, Hit. 62, 22.
5. Relaxation of rule or connexion.
6. Inattention, Pañc. 118, 8.
I. adj.
1. Stony, Arj. 8, 10; rocky.
2. Mountainous, mountaineer.
II. m.
1. A mountain, Man. 1, 27; Vikr. 10, 6.
2. A dike, Pañc. i. d. 115.
III. n.
1. Bitumen.
2. Storax.
-- Comp. krīḍā, m. a pleasure mountain, Megh. 61. tārkṣya-, n. a kind of collyrium, Suśr. 2, 66, 9. tuhina-, m. the Himālaya, Kathās. 22, 255. pañcaśaila, i. e. pañśhan-, m. the name of a mountain, Mārk. P. 55, 8. badarī- (see vadarī), n. a part of the Himālaya range. mantha-, m. the mount Mandara. mahā-, m. a great mountain, Bhartṛ. 2, 56.
-- Comp. hima-, f. jā, Pārvatī.
1. A mountaineer, a barbarian.
2. A lion.
3. Crystal.
4. An idol.
1. An actor, a public dancer, Man. 4, 214.
2. The master of the band, or one who beats time.
3. A rogue, a cheat.
4. a tree, Aegle marmelos.
I. adj.
1. Produced in the mountains.
2. Mountainous, mountaineer.
II. m. A bee, Ṛt. 6, 25.
III. f. yī, Pārvatī.
IV. n.
1. Rock-salt.
2. Benzoin or storax.
3. A kind of vegetable perfume.
I. adj. Relating, belonging, to Śiva, Rām. 1, 66, 19.
II. m. A worshipper of Śiva.
III. n. A plant, Vallisneria octandra.
and śaivāla śaiva/āla, see śevāla.
I. i. e. śiva + ya, adj. Relating to Śiva.
II. m.
1. One of the horses of Kṛṣṇa.
2. i. e. śivi + ya, A tribe of the Śivis.
3. A proper name.
III. f. yā, A proper name, Sāv. 6, 2.
I. adj. Belonging to the cold season, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 738.
II. m. The name of a mountain, Arj. 3, 10.
I. śāta.
1. Sharpened, sharp, Rājat. 5, 407.
2. Handsome.
3. Happy.
4. Thin, Ragh. 10, 70; feeble. n. Joy, happiness.
II. śita.
1. Sharpened, sharp, Chr. 29, 35.
2. Thin, emaciated.
3. Feeble.
-- With the prep. ā ā, ii. 3, To incite, Lass. 101. 15 = Rigv. vii. 16, 6.
-- With ni ni,
I. niśāta, Sharpened, sharp, Bhāg. P. 3, 19, 14; polished, burnished.
II. niśita, Sharpened, sharp, Chr. 29, 27; figurat., Pañc. i. d. 201. n. Iron. Comp. su-niśita, adj. very sharp, Chr. 29, 32.
-- With sam sam, saṃśita,
1. Certain, certified, established.
2. Completed, finished, Chr. 9, 38; 45, 16 (cf. saṃśita-vrata).
3. Completing, attentive in completing, Johns. Sel. 1, 1.
-- Cf. also (see above), [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek] Lat. aculeus, cātus (= śāta), tri-que + trus, cos, cautes, citus (= śita), probably ciere, cio, cieo (= śyāmi); Goth. ahana, probably O.H.G. hvezjan; A.S. hwettan (a denomin.); Goth. hvotjan.
-- Comp. a-, see s. v. tri-, m. the name of a Ṛṣi, Chr. 297, 13 = Rigv. i. 112, 13. niḥś°, i. e. nis- and vi-, adj. free front sorrow, Hariv. 14227 (nis-). vita-, i. e. vi-ita-,
I. adj. free from sorrow.
II. m. the Aśoka tree. sa-, adj. sorrowfal. Hit. 77, 1; sad, Ṛt. 6, 16. °kam, adv. sorrowfully, Vikr. 52, 18. hṛcchoka, i. e. hṛd-, and hṛdaya-, m. heartache, a pang.
I. adj. Sorrowing.
II. n. Sorrow, grief.
I. adj. Having (rays of) light as hair, epithet of the sun, Chr. 289, 8 = Rigv. i. 50, 8.
II. m. Fire.
-- Comp. śukra-, adj. possessed of a resplendent lustre, Lass. 102, 7 = Rigv. vii. 14, 1.
1. Foolish, a blockhead.
2. Idle, an idler.
3. A rogue.
4. A low man.
5. A sinner, a criminal.
† śoṇ, i. 1, Par.
1. To become red (rather a denomin. derived from the next).
2. To go, to move. śoṇita, see s. v.
I. adj.
1. Crimson, of a crimson colour, of chesnut colour, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 11.
2. Red in the face, from passion, etc.
II. m.
1. Crimson, the colour of the red lotus.
2. A horse of a reddish or bright chesnut colour, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 10.
3. Fire.
4. A red sort of sugar-cane.
5. The name of a river.
6. A flower, Bignonia indica.
III. n.
1. Blood.
2. Red lead.
I. adj. Red, crimson, Ragh. 2, 39.
II. n.
1. Blood, Pañc. iii. d. 32.
2. Saffron.
-- Comp. jiva-, n. living, i. e. sound blood. Suśr. 2, 193, 9. pūya-, n. purulent blood, Man. 3, 180.
I. adj. Cleaning, purifying.
II. m. The lime.
III. f. nī, A broom.
IV. n.
1. Cleaning, removing what may be prejudicial, Hit. 97, 15; purifying.
2. Expiation, Man. 11, 125.
3. Punishment, Man. 1, 115.
4. Correcting from faults.
5. Rooting up, Man. 9, 253.
6. Precise determination, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 11.
7. The refining of metals.
8. Payment, acquittal.
9. Faeces, ordure.
10. Green vitriol.
-- Comp. danta-, m. swelling of the gum, Suśr. 1, 116, 7.
I. adj.
1. Bright.
2. Handsome.
II. f. bhā.
1. Splendour, Megh. 60; Daśak. in Chr. 183, 4 (at the end of a comp. adj., f. bhā).
2. Light.
3. Beauty, Hit. ii. d. 148.
I. adj., f. nā.
1. Splendid.
2. Beautiful, Rām. 4, 44, 38; ironically, Pañc. 216, 8.
3. Propitious, Pañc. 143, 23; 153, 21 (n. with na, Misfortune, Pañc. 175, 18).
4. Virtuous.
5. Good, Pañc. 126, 20.
6. Richly dressed.
II. m.
1. A planet.
2. Burnt offering for auspicious results.
III. n.
1. Shining, being splendid.
2. A lotus.
-- Comp. vana-, n. a lotus.
1. Shining, Vikr. d. 137; Rājat. 5, 358; Megh. 58.
2. Exceeding, Rājat. 5, 384.
-- Comp. smita- (vb. smi), adj., f. nī, smiling beautifully, Lass. 2. ed. 55, 66.
1. Drying up, Pañc. 51, 5; 159, 15.
2. Exsiccation, ib. 76, 11.
3. Pulmonary consumption.
-- Comp. tālu-, m. morbid dryness of the palate, Suśr. 1, 306, 3. dus-, adj. difficult to be dried up, MBh. 8, 656. pari-, m. complete drying up or shrivelling, Rām. 4, 15, 34.
I. adj. Drying up, causing to fade, Śāk. d. 58.
II. m. One of the arrows of Kāma, Lass. 7, 3.
III. n. Drying up, Lass. 2. ed. 91, 61; Pañc. 27, 1 (vṛthā-śarīra-, Useless mortifying one's self).
1. Purity, Rājat. 5, 11; cleanness, Pañc. iii. d. 112.
2. Honesty, Pañc. v. d. 2.
3. Purification, Man. 2, 69; cleaning (of vessels), Pañc. ii. d. 109, cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3029.
-- Comp. a-, n. 1. impurity. Man. 11, 183. 2. perfidy, Lass. 21, 9. artha-, n. purity in acquiring wealth, honesty, Man. 5, 106.
† śauṭ, śauḍ śauḍ, i. 1, Par. To be proud.
1. A hero, Rām. 3, 48, 4.
2. An ascetic who has given up worldly pursuits.
3. An upstart.
1. Pride.
2. Heroism.
1. Drunk, intoxicated.
2. Addicted to liquor, Draup. 6, 5.
-- Comp. dāna-, adj. exceedingly liberal, Rājat. 6, 87.
I. m. A distiller and vendor of spirituous liquors, Man. 4, 216.
II. f. kī. A female keeper of a tavern, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3355.
1. A butcher, Man. 4, 86.
2. A poulterer, a vendor of flesh of birds.
3. Chase, hunting.
I. adj. Eating flesh.
II. m. A vendor of flesh (ŚKD.).
1. Shed, sprinkled.
2. Dropping, flowing.
-- With the prep. upa upa, To drop, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 87, 2 (ścut).
-- With ni ni, ścut, To drop down, Mālat. 128, 5.
-- With pra pra, To distill, Mālat. 24, 3; Bhaṭṭ. 14, 79 (ścut).
-- Cf. Goth. skevjan (= ścu); skura; A.S. scur.
2. -ścyut, latter part of comp. words, adj. Shedding, jala- (water), Kir. 5, 9.
-- Cf. Goth. snithan; A. S. snidhan.
-- Comp. pāreśmaśānam, i. e. pāra + i-śmaśāna + m, adv. beyond the cemetery, Mālat. 79, 19.
-- Comp. rakta- (vb. rañj), adj. having a red beard, Hiḍ. 3, 27. sa-, f. a woman with a beard. sita-, adj. silvery-bearded.
† śmīl, smīl smīl (cf. mīl), i. 1, Par. To wink, to contract the eyelids.
I. adj., f. mā.
1. Green.
2. Dark-blue, Vikr. d. 26.
3. Black, Bhartṛ. 2, 14; 36 (dry ?); shady, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 8.
4. Brown, Hiḍ. 2, 25; Nal. 12, 50; 18, 11.
II. m.
1. Green, black (the colour).
2. A cloud.
3. The kokila or Indian cuckoo.
4. A sacred fig-tree at prayāga, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 11; cf. Wilson, Hind. Theat. 2. ed. i. 302, n. †.
5. Thorn-apple.
III. m., and f. mā, A sort of grain, Panicum frumentaceum.
IV. f. mā.
1. Night.
2. Shade, shadow.
3. The female of the Indian cuckoo, Pañc. 157, 4.
4. A cow.
5. Durgā.
6. A married woman before she has borne children.
7. A plant, commonly Priyaṅgn, Megh. 102; and name of several others.
V. n.
1. Pepper.
2. Sea salt.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. adj., f. lā, Of a dark-blue or black colour, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 13; blackish, Mālat. 145, 10.
II. m.
1. Black (the colour).
2. Pepper.
3. The religious fig-tree.
4. A large bee.
III. f. lā, Pārvatī.
I. adj., f. tā and śyenī, White, Kir. 5, 31.
II. m. White (the colour).
I. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. A hawk, Pañc. 188, 15.
II. f. nī. A female hawk.
I. śyāna, Thick, viscous, adhesive.
II. śīna, Thick. congealed.
-- With the prep. ā ā, To dry up, Ragh. 17, 37. āśyāna,
1. Dry, Ragh. 4, 24.
2. A little dry (i. e. śyāna, with ā), Kumāras. 7, 9.
-- With prati prati, pratiśīna, Melted, fluid, oozing.
† śraṅk, sraṅk sraṅk, ślaṅk śraṅk, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
† śraṅg, ślaṅg ślaṅg, śvaṅg śvaṅg, svaṅg svaṅg, i. 1, Par. To go.
-- With the prep. vi vi, i. 10, To distribute, to give, Ragh. 14, 15. viśrāṇita, Given away, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. cred in credo, for cred-do; see dhā, p. 437.
1. To tie (ved. ii. 9).
2. To untie, to loosen (ved. ii. 9).
3. † To kill. śranth, i. 1, Ātm. To be loose. śrath, i. 10, Par.
I. † śrāthaya,
1. To apply diligently.
2. To delight frequently.
II. śrathaya, † To be loose.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. crates, rete, restis; Goth. af-hlathan; O.H.G. and A.S. hládan; O.H.G. hlast; A.S. hlaest.
1. Tieing.
2. Untieing.
1. Faith, Man. 3, 202 (f.); Bhag. 6, 37 (f.).
2. Trust, intimacy, Rājat. 5, 285.
3. Respect, reverence, Pañc. 265, 15 (f.).
4. Purity.
5. Wish, hope, Bhartṛ. 1, 89.
-- Comp. a-śraddhā, f. want of faith, Man. 4, 225. yathā-śraddha + m, adv. confidently, without reserve, Nal. 4, 1.
I. adj.
1. Faithful.
2. Wishing, desirous.
II. f. A pregnant woman longing for anything.
1. Tieing.
2. Untieing.
3. Viṣṇu.
1. Tieing.
2. Stringing flowers.
3. Loosening.
4. Killing.
1. To exert one's self, Lass. 2. ed. 66, 18.
2. To perform acts of religious austerity, to undergo mortification or penance.
3. To be wearied, Megh. 97.
4. † To be distressed. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śrānta.
1. Wearied, fatigued, tired, Vikr. 67, 2.
2. Calmed. m. An ascetic. Comp. a-śrānta + m, adv. indefatigably, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 7. ati-, adj. very fatigued, Pañc. 52, 4.
-- With the prep. pari pari, pariśrānta,
1. Having performed acts of religious austerity, MBh. 3, 10002.
2. Fatigued, Man. 4, 99.
3. Exhausted, MBh. 1, 7626.
4. Overcome with distress, Mālat. 154, 10.
-- With vi vi,
1. To repose, Hit. iv. d. 67; Rām. 1, 62, 1.
2. To go to rest, Vikr. 40, 2.
3. To cease, Pañc. 220, 25 (with ptcple. in the signification of an infin.). viśrānta,
1. Reposed, Hit. 77, 1; reposing, Pañc. 222, 1; having reposed, Hit. 99, 5.
2. Ceased, Vikr. d. 130; desisting from.
3. Calm, composed, Utt. Rāmac. 3, 1. Caus. śramaya (and in epic pectry śrāmaya), To let repose, MBh. 3, 11004.
-- Cf. perhaps A. S. hearm, grief, and O.H.G. rāmen, rāmjan, intendere.
1. Exertion, Pañc. 226, 25; labour, toil, Pañc. 134, 14; taking pains, Chr. 22, 20; with kṛ, to study, Man. 2, 168.
2. Military exercise.
3. Fatigue, weariness, Hiḍ. 1, 19; Kir. 5, 28; Utt. Rāmac. 158, 10 (-ambu, Perspiration).
-- Comp. a-, m. absence of weariness, Ragh. 2, 67. ati-, m. great fatigue, Śāk. d. 103. kṛta-, adj. tired, Hit. iii. d. 110. khyāta-vyākaraṇa-, m. renowned for his study of grammar, Rājat. 5, 29. jita-, adj. not suffering from fatigue, Hit. iii. d. 87. matta-ibha-kumbha-vidalana-kṛta-, adj. one who has ever endeavoured to tear to pieces the frontal globes of furious elephants, Pañc. i. d. 351. vṛthā-, m. vain exertion, Pañc. 116, 25. sa-, adj. wearied fatigued.
I. adj.
1. Following a low business.
2. Base.
II. m.
1. An ascetic, a Bauddha friar, Rājat. 5, 427.
2. A religious mendicant, Rām. 1, 13, 13.
III. f. ṇā.
1. A female mendicant; also ṇī, Rām. 2, 38, 5.
2. A woman of low caste or business.
3. A handsome woman.
1. Laborious, diligent.
2. Wearying.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To entrust, to confide. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. viśrabdha.
1. Confided, entrusted, MBh. 3, 2161.
2. Confided in.
3. Confident, fearless, Pañc. 75, 9.
4. Firm, Chr. 32, 30.
5. Tranquil, patient.
6. Lowlyminded. Acc. °dham, adv.
1. Without hesitation, Man. 8, 417.
2. Without fear, Rām. 3, 49, 33.
3. Quietly, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 6.
1. śru + a, The ear.
2. (Wrongly for srava), Oozing, dripping.
-- Comp. karṇa-, adj. perceivable by the ear, Man. 4, 102. su-dus-, m. very ill fame, Utt. Rāmac. 166, 2.
I. m. and n. The ear, Hit. i. d. 193, M.M.
II. m., and f. ṇā, The twenty-third lunar asterism.
III. n.
1. Hearing, Pañc. 188, 10.
2. Study, Vedāntas. in Chr. 216, 2; learning, Mālat. 6, 5.
-- Comp. ugra-, adj. dreadful to hear, Johns. Sel. 96, 79.
1. The ear.
2. Renown, wealth, Chr. 294, 8 = Rigv. i. 92, 8.
-- Comp. uccaiḥśravas, i. e. uccais-, m. a fabulous horse, MBh. 1, 366. cakṣuḥśravas, i. e. cakṣus-, m. a snake, MBh. 12, 13803. dirgha-, adj. widely renowned, Chr. 297, 11 = Rigv. i. 112, 11. deva-, m. a proper name, Hariv. 1461 ([greek]). pṛthu-,
I. adj. widely renowned, Bhāg. P. 4, 15, 4.
II. a proper name. viṣṭara-, m. Viṣṇu. vṛddha- (vb. vṛdh), m. Indra. su-, adj. famous, Chr. 288, 2 = Rigv. i. 49, 2 (cf. [greek]).
-- Cf. [greek]
1. To boil, to cook, to mature, to ripen.
2. † To sweat; cf. śrī. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. śrāṇa.
1. Boiled, dressed.
2. Moist, wet. f. ṇā, Rice-gruel.
II. śrita, Cooked, ved. and Rām. 2, 56, 24, Schlegel (but Gorr. 2, 56, 26, śṛta).
III. śṛta, Boiled, Man. 11, 147. Caus. śrapaya and † śrāpaya, To cook, MBh. 3, 5038.
-- Cf. [greek]- [greek] probably [greek] perhaps [greek]- [greek] Lat. cremare, carbo, probably catere, cinis; Goth. hauri, hlaibs; A. S. heordh, hláf, haerefaest, haerfest, Ripe.
I. adj. Faithful.
II. n.
I. A funeral ceremony and worship of the Manes, consisting of offerings to the gods and Manes, and gifts and food to the relations and assisting Brāhmaṇas, Man. 1, 112; 3, 81; 82; 204; Pañc. ii. d. 101.
2. Gifts given at the śrāddha, Lass. 89, 1.
-- Comp. vṛddhi-, n. a sacrifice to progenitors on any prosperous occasion, as a birth of a son, etc.
I. adj.
1. Relating to an obsequial offering.
2. n. A present given at a śrāddha, Man. 4, 116.
II. m., f. ki, n. The object, receiver, or enjoyer of an obsequial oblation.
1. A temporary shed.
2. Time.
3. A month.
I. śri + a, m. Refuge, protection.
II. śrī + a, adj. Sacred, or belonging, to the goddess śrī.
1. The name of a class of the Bauddha votaries; a lay votary of the Bauddha religion, Pañc. 236, 19.
2. A pupil, Mālat, 174, 4.
A. śravaṇa + a,
I. adj. Born or produced under the asterism śravana/ā.
II. m. The name of a month (July -- August).
III. f. ṇī.
1. The day of full moon in the month Śrāvaṇa, Man. 4, 95.
2. The name of one of the domestic sacrifices (pāka-yajña), Journ. of the German Oriental Society, vii. 527.
B. śru, Caus., + ana, n. Causing to hear.
-- Comp. satya-, n. taking an oath, Pañc. 97, 17.
1. To go to, Ragh. 3, 70 (Calc.); to come, Vikr. d. 112.
2. To enter, MBh. 5, 1741.
3. To obtain, Chr. 294, 2 = Rigv. i. 92, 2.
4. To undergo, Rājat. 5, 132 (with the abstract ānukūlyam, 'To become inclined,' read aśiśriyan).
5. To serve (ved.). Ptcple of the pf. pass. śrita.
1. Cherished, protected, fied for refuge.
2. Served, worshipped.
3. Joined with, contiguous to.
4. Sitting on, Lass. 2. ed. 89, 37.
5. Covered.
6. Having.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, To ascend; with śayanam, To go to rest, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 20. adhiśrita,
1. Trespassing, being out of, Pañc. 291, 11 (v. r.).
2. Placed.
3. Received.
4. Included.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi, To approach, Nal. 23, 12.
-- With abhi abhi, To have recourse to, MBh. 1, 8274.
-- With ā ā,
1. To go to, Pañc. 188, 18; Chr. 46, 19; to retire in (acc.), Vikr. d. 155.
2. With a word implying, 'Ground, earth,' To fall to, Chr. 32, 25.
3. To enter, Rām. 2, 67, 5; with ratham, To mount, MBh. 1, 8187.
4. To undergo, Hit. 75, 17; Rājat. 5, 130; mitrabhāvam āśritya, Having become friends, Pañc. 141, 19; to take, Utt. Rāmac. 88, 2.
5. To have recourse to, MBh. 3, 13069; absol. āśritya, By help, by means of, Śāk. 4, 12.
6. To use, Lass. 85, 7.
7. To seek, Hit. ii. d. 127.
8. To choose, Hit. 75, 10.
9. To obtain, Pañc. 94, 24.
10. To follow, Bhartṛ. 2, 33.
11. To inhabit, Man. 7, 72.
12. To depend upon, Man. 1, 17.
13. To assist, MBh. 1, 5916. āśrita,
1. Having recourse to; with ahaṃkāram, Having grown presumptuous, Pañc. 76, 20; using, Johns. Sel. 38, 27.
2. Having attained, Pañc. 76, 8.
3. Having assumed, Johns. Sel. 94, 56.
4. Following, Man. 5, 90; practising.
5. Inhabiting.
6. Being, Rām. 3, 49, 33.
7. Receiving anything as an inherent or integral part.
8. Inherent, Bhāṣāp. 85.
9. Taking one's station, Rājat. 5, 286.
10. A dependent, Hit. 30, 10, M. M.; Kumāras. 3, 1. Comp. an-eka-, adj. inherent in many, Bhāṣāp. 88. para-, adj. dependent, Hit. ii. d. 20.
-- With anvā anu-ā, To go to, Rām. 2, 84, 7.
-- With apā apa-ā, To resort to, to have recouse to, MBh. 1, 651 (an-apāśritya, without the help of).
-- With vyapā vi-apa-ā, To have recourse to, Bhag. 9, 32.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To go to, MBh. 1, 5918.
2. To have recourse to, Bhag. 4, 10. upāśritya, By aid, Man. 9, 316. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. upāśrita.
1. Supporting.
2. Relying upon. Comp. an-, adj. not relied upon, used as support, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 7.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To have recourse to, MBh. 2, 618. samupāśrita, Having reserted to, Rājat. 5, 141.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To go to, MBh. 1, 59, 27; to approach; with āsanam, to sit down, Pañc. i. d. 283.
2. To enter, Man. 6, 2.
3. To occupy, Pañc. 136. 8; to obtain, i. d. 417.
4. To have recourse to, Pañc. 154, 15; samāśritya, by aid, Man. 3, 77.
5. To confide in, Man. 7, 70. samāśrita,
1. Fled for refuge, protected.
2. Having assumed, Chr. 29, 25.
3. Joined, Rājat. 5, 248.
4. Depending on, Pañc. iii. d. 62.
-- With ud ud,
1. Ātm. To rise, MBh. 4, 1018.
2. Par. To raise, Rām. 2, 66, 17. ucchrita,
1. Produced.
2. Lifted up. Hit. ii. d. 154.
3. High, Kir. 5, 1.
4. Rising, MBh. 3, 2437.
5. Increased in size or bulk.
6. Prosperous.
7. Left, abandoned.
8. Deprived, Pañc. v. d. 11 (phala-, Will not be fulfilled). Comp. ati-, excessively elevated, Hit. ii. d. 120.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, abhyucchrita, Raised, Draup. 8, 20.
-- With prod pra-ud, procchrita, High, Mṛcch. 76, 21.
-- With samud sam-ud, samucchrita,
1. Raised, MBh. 3, 8064.
2. Lofty, Hit. ii. d. 84.
-- With upa upa, To come to, to hit, MBh. 3, 10456.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To come out, Sāv. 6, 14.
-- With pra pra, praśrita, Modest, humble, well-behaved, Indr. 1, 10.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, saṃpraśrita, The same, Rām. 2, 70, 11.
-- With sam sam,
1. To unite, Mālat. 15, 2 (Ātm.).
2. To go to, MBh. 3, 13053.
3. To attain, to get, Man. 10, 60.
4. To have recourse to, MBh. 2, 128; Pañc. 155, 21; to flec to, Hit. iii. d. 147.
5. To seek, Rām. 1, 1, 6.
6. To depend upon, Rām. 2, 60, 20.
7. To inhabit, Man. 2, 24. saṃśrita,
1. Having gone for refuge to (acc.), Pañc. iii. d. 129.
2. Come for refage, Śāk. d. 104.
3. Protected, supported.
4. Joined, Rājat. 5, 335. m. Anattendant, Man. 4, 179.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, abhisaṃśrita, Having gone to, Lass. 2. ed. 76, 54 (went to).
-- Cf. śaraṇa, and Goth. hulth; A.S. hold; perhaps Goth. hail; A.S. hál; perhaps Lat. clemens; to the original signification seem to belong, [greek]- [greek] Lat. in-clinare, clivus; Goth. hlains, hleithra, hlija; A.S. hlynian, hlidh.
† śriṣ, śliṣ śliṣ, i. 1, Par. To burn (cf. śrā).
1. śrī (cf. śrā), ii. 9, śrīṇā, ṇī, Par. Ātm.
1. To cook, to burn.
2. To mix.
-- Cf. probably [greek] etc.; Lat. pin-cerna.
2. śrī (either from śrā, To ripen, cf. Lat. Ceres, or from śri-, To approach for protection), f.
1. The deity of plenty and prosperity, the wife of Viṣṇu, Rām. 3, 52, 22.
2. Fortune, Vikr. d. 161; 162; success, happiness, prosperity, Chr. 291, 12 = Rigv. i. 64, 12; highest dignity, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2 (pl.); royal bliss, power, Vikr. d. 76; Pañc. i. d. 271; well-being, Pañc. i. d. 292; favour, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6.
3. Wealth, property, Kir. 14, 13.
4. Beauty, Vikr. d. 26.
5. Light, splendour, Pañc. v. d. 4.
6. Glory, Pañc. iii. d. 259.
7. Intellect.
8. Decoration.
9. A name of Sarasvatī.
10. A tree, Pinus longifolia.
11. Cloves.
12. A prefix to the names of deities, and revered persons, and books, implying, Holy, illustrious, famous; e. g. śrī-viṣṇu, The holy deity, Viṣṇu; śri-rāma; Śrī-bhāgavata-purāṇa, The holy Bhāgavata-Purāṇa, cf. Rājat. 5, 30; 426; Lass. 45, 12; 66, 16; 67, 4; Bhartṛ. p. 21, 1. 1.
-- Comp. apa-, adj. deprived of beauty, Śiś. 11, 64. jaya-, f. the goddess of victory, Rājat. 2, 64. mahā-, f. epithet of Lakṣmī.
1. Unfortunate, MBh. 5, 533.
2. Deprived of beauty, light, ib. 14, 476. puṇya-, Endowed with a pure royal majesty, Utt. Rāmac. 105, 5. vi-gata-, adj. Unfortunate.
I. adj., f. matī.
1. Fortunate, Hit. 54, 20.
2. Wealthy.
3. Famous, Pañc. iii. d. 238.
4. Beautiful, Mālat. 148, 8; Chr. 27, 6.
II. m.
1. Viṣṇu.
2. Śiva.
3. Kuvera.
1. Fortunate.
2. Wealthy.
1. śru, ii. 5, śṛṇu, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 1, 386),
1. To hear, Man. 5, 75; Chr. 292, 2 = Rigv. i. 86, 2 (ved. śṛṇutā); Chr. 288, 10 = Rigv. i. 48, 10 (śrudhi, imperat. aor.).
2. To be attentive, Man. 1, 4.
3. To be obedient, Bhag. 13, 58. śruta,
1. Understood.
2. Called, Lass. 2. ed. 61, 28. n.
1. The object of hearing, that which is heard.
2. Sacred learning, Man. 2, 149; Bhartṛ. 2, 55. Comp. ku- and dus-, adj. imperfectly heard, Pañc. v. d. 1 (ku-); Rām. 3, 41, 10 (dus-). Bahu-, adj. having learned much, Hit. i. d. 25, M.M. Desider. śuśrūṣa, Ātm.
1. To wish to hear, MBh. 3, 13248; to wish to learn, Bhāg. P. 2, 9, 40.
2. To obey, Indr. 5, 34.
3. To attend dutifully, Man. 4, 244.
4. To serve, Man. 10, 100.
5. To worship, Rām. 1, 8, 10. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śuśrūṣita, Served, Pañc. 118, 24. Caus. śrāvaya,
1. To cause to hear, i. e. to speak, to say, Rām. 2, 3, 31.
2. To propound, Man. 1, 59.
3. To inform, Rām. 1, 17, 18.
4. To report, MBh. 1, 6518.
-- With the prep. anu anu, To hear, Man. 9, 100; pass. To be told, Pañc. 3, 10. Desider. To obey, Rām. 2, 8, 18.
-- With ā ā, To hear, Chr. 292, 5 = Rigv. i. 86, 5 (śroṣantu, imperat. of the aor.). Caus. To report, MBh. 3, 15260.
-- With samā sam-ā, To promise, Rām. 2, 76, 3, Seramp.
-- With upa upa,
1. To be attentive, Chr. 11, 18.
2. To hear, Utt. Rāmac. 40, 3; MBh. 2, 1244; with abl. To hear from, Vikr. 11, 15.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To hear, MBh. 1, 384.
-- With pari pari, To hear, MBh. 1, 3754.
-- With prati prati, To promise, Rām. 1, 16, 8.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, Caus. To remind one of his promise, Rām. 2, 107, 5.
-- With vi vi, pass.
1. To be heard round about, Rām. 1, 13, 13.
2. To become famous, Hit. pr. d. 20, M.M. viśruta,
1. Told round about, celebrated, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 12.
2. Heard, attended to, Amar. 15.
3. Known.
4. Famous, Rām. 3, 53, 32.
5. Pleased, happy. Caus.
1. To cry aloud, MBh. 1, 6287.
2. To fill with noise, to pervade, MBh. 3, 16556.
3. To report, MBh. 3, 12266.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, abhiviśruta, Celebrated, MBh. 1, 2718.
-- With sam sam,
1. To hear, MBh. 1, 1627.
2. Ātm. To promise, MBh. 3, 2143. Caus.
1. To cause to be heard, to cry, Pañc. 172, 25.
2. To report, MBh. 5, 560.
-- Cf. [greek] (= śruta), [greek] (= śravas), [greek] Lat clutus, cliens, probably aus-cultare, laudo (for claus-do, cf. śravas); Goth. hrotheigs, hliuma; A.S. hlud, hlyd, hlowan (Causal), hlyn, hlyrian(?), hliosa, hlyst, hlystan; O.H.G. hliumunt (= ved. śromanta), hlosên.
2. śru, see sru.
1. Hearing, Indr. 2, 5.
2. An ear, Vikr. d. 56.
3. Report, Johns. Sel. 53, 127.
4. The Vedas, the revealed law, Hit. i. d. 31, M. M.; Pañc. 167, 1.
5. A holy text, Man. 2, 15; 11; 33; Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 5.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. not hearing, Utt. Rāmac. 69, 11. 2. oblivion. śhakṣuḥśruti, i. e. cakṣus-, m. a snake, Rājat. 5, 1. pūrṇa- (vb. pṛ10), adj. having the ears filled. yathā-, adv. conformable to the precepts of the Vedas, Śāk. d. 152.
1. A sacrificial ladle to pour ghṛta on the fire of a sacrifice, Rām. 6, 96, 12.
2. Sacrifice, Rām. 2, 62, 26.
1. A line, a row, Lass. 67, 10; 69, 8.
2. A troop, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 6; Chr. 34, 13 (ṇī); Bhartṛ. 2, 28 (ṇī; bhuvana-, all the worlds); ib. 71 (ṇi; upakāra-, plenty of benefits); Rājat. 5, 331 (śiras-śreṇi, a great quantity of heads).
3. A company of artisans following the same business, Bhāg. P. 9, 10, 38.
4. A corporation, Man. 8, 41.
5. A bucket, a baling vessel.
-- Comp. pada-, f. footsteps, Kathās. 33, 113.
I. Comparat. of praśasya (see śaṃs).
1. Better, Hit. iii. d. 3.
2. Best, Pañc. iii. d. 55; excellent, most beloved, Hit. iii. d. 34. acc. n. yas, adv. Well, most excellent; with na, Rather -- than, Rām. 3, 48, 16.
II. f. yasi, The name of several plants.
III. n. yas.
1. Prosperity, Pañc. 182, 1; fortune, Vikr. 68, 7 (pl.); happiness, Pañc. i. d. 344; Kir. 5, 49 (pl.).
2. Final happiness.
3. Virtue.
4. An act leading to the chief temporal good, Man. 3, 223, 224.
-- Comp. a-, n. evil, Chr. 23, 30.
I. adj. Happy.
II. °sam, adv. Well.
III. n.
1. Happiness.
2. Brahman.
1. Effecting happiness, Pañc. 73, 19.
2. Ensuring felicity, Man. 7, 88.
3. Making better.
4. Propitious.
1. Superiority, Man. 10, 66.
2. Final beatitude.
I. Superl. of śreyaṃs.
1. Best, excellent, Lass. 40, 6; of a higher rank, Pañc. iii. d. 219.
2. Oldest, senior.
3. Superl. śreṣṭha + tama, The very best, Hit. iii. d. 87.
II. m.
1. A king.
2. A Brāhmaṇa.
3. Kuvera.
III. n. Cow's milk.
-- Comp. kuru-, Bharata-, Bhṛgu-, m. an excellent descendant of Kuru, Bharata, Bhṛgu, Chr. 17, 32; 41, 6; 26, 74. muni-, m. an excellent sage, Lass. 48, 3. varṇa-, adj. being of the best caste, Hit. iv. d. 21.
I. adj. Best.
II. m.
1. An artist eminent by birth.
2. The head of a body of persons following the same business, Pañc. 234, 6; i. d. 14, read °ṭhī; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 12.
† śroṇ, śloṇ śloṇ, i. 1, Par. To accumulate.
1. The hips and loins, buttocks, Vikr. d. 100 (ṇi); Megh. 80 (ṇī).
2. A road, a way.
-- Comp. pṛthu-śronī, adj., f. having large buttocks, Indr. 5, 5. mahā-kaṭi-taṭa-śroṇī, adj. having large hips and buttocks, Indr. 2, 32. su-śroṇī, adj., f. [greek] Lass. 52, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. clunis; [greek]
1. The ear.
2. An organ of sense; the trunk of an elephant as his special organ, Megh. 43 (Sch.).
3. Erroneously for srotas.
4. śrotam, Padmap. 8, 11, must be changed to śrautam.
-- Cf. A.S. hleodhor.
I. adj. Modest, well-behaved.
II. m.
1. A Brāhmaṇa conversant with the Vedas, Man. 2, 134 (cf. Sch. ad Śāk. d. 128).
2. One who observes the religious precepts, Pañc. 110, 24.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without learned Brāhmaṇas, Pañc. ii. d. 101. mantriśrotriya, i. e. mantrin-, m. a śrotriya- like minister, Pañc. 25, 13.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the ear, hearing.
2. Relating to sacred learning, on the Vedas, Padmap. 8, 11 (see śrotas).
3. Prescribed by the Vedas, Śāk. 61, 12.
II. n. Any observance ordained by the Vedas.
1. Small, slender, thin, Lass. 2. ed. 60, 19.
2. Smooth, even, soft, Nal. 5, 5; Man. 8, 396; polished, Rām. 1, 13, 32, Seramp.
3. Mild, amiable, Nal. 8, 12.
4. Honest.
1. To be relaxed, to open, Bhāg. P. 8, 12, 21.
2. To be weak (cf. śrath).
-- With the prep. vi vi, To be relaxed, Bhāg. P. 6, 1, 60.
1. Untied.
2. Relaxed, Bhartṛ. 1, 25; loose, Vikr. d. 146; flaccid, Ṛt. 6, 8.
3. Dishevelled (hair).
-- Comp. a-pari-ślatha + m, adv. very tightly, Utt. Rāmac. 147, 8.
† ślākh, i. 1, Par. To pervade.
1. To flatter, Bhaṭṭ. 8, 72.
2. To praise, MBh. 1. 1; ślāghya, Praiseworthy, Rām. 3, 55, 16.
3. To boast, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 20. ślāghya, Honourable, ib. 186, 21. Caus. To approve, Hit. 61, 6.
-- Cf. [greek] probably [greek]
1. Flattery.
2. Praise, Pañc. iii. d. 33; Böhtī, Ind. Spr. 1155.
3. Boasting, Vikr. 56, 15.
4. Service.
5. Wish, desire.
-- Comp. sa-ślāgha + m, adv. praising, Vikr. 52, 7.
I. m. A servant.
II. n.(?), Astronomy.
1. śliṣ, i. 4, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 1, 3040); the original signification seems to have been, To adhere (cf. śri).
1. To embrace, Gīt. 1, 44.
2. To tie, Hit. i. d. 83.
3. To join, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 19. śliṣṭa, Touched by, clung or adhered to, leaning on, Rām. 2, 68, 22, Seramp. Comp. su-, adj. 1. well fastened, Hit. i. d. 87, M. M. 2. well strung, Mālat. 18, 4. † i. 10, Par. To unite.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To embrace, Rām. 2, 96, 22.
2. To approach, Arj. 6, 12.
-- With upā upa-ā, upāśliṣṭa, Having embraced, Lass. 2. ed. 73, 23.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To embrace, MBh. 3, 10043.
2. To bring near, Arj. 6, 8.
-- With svā su-ā, To embrace tightly, Man. 11, 103.
-- With upa upa,
1. To embrace, MBh. 4, 515.
2. With urasā, To press against one's breast, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 6. Caus.
1. To hold near, Vikr. 78, 11.
2. To stop, Vikr. 10, 16.
-- With vi vi, To burst, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 67. viśliṣṭa, Separated, disunited. Caus.
1. To separate, Megh. 7.
2. To disunite, Pañc. 42, 7.
-- With sam sam, with urasā, To press against one's breast, Rām. 1, 10, 28. saṃśliṣṭa,
1. Close together, adjoining, touching.
2. United, joined, Pañc. ii. d. 136.
3. Endowed, Pañc. 143, 8.
4. Embraced. Caus. To join, MBh. 2, 735.
2. śliṣ, see śriṣ.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. coarse, vulgar. 2. abusive. n. 1. rustic language. 2. untruth. 3. low abuse, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 23.
1. Embracing, an embrace, Utt. Rāmac. 153, 4.
2. Union.
3. Association.
4. Paronomasia.
† ślok (rather a denomin. derived from the next), i. 1, Ātm.
1. To compose verses.
2. To be composed.
3. To acquire.
4. To abandon.
1. Fame.
2. A verse, Pañc. 106, 8; a saying, Chr. 22, 24.
-- Comp. puṇya-,
I. adj. well-famed, Bhāg. P. 1, 12, 18.
II. m. 1. a name of Nala, Nal. 7, 18. 2. epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira and Viṣṇu.
III. f. kā, a name of Damayantī and Sītā.
† śvaṅk, or svaṅk svaṅk, i. 1, Ātm. To go, to move.
I. m. A dog, Hit. i. d. 112, M. M.
II. f. śunī, A bitch.
-- Comp. deva-śunī, f. the bitch of the gods, saramā, MBh. 1, 671. vana-śvan, m. 1. A jackal. 2. a tiger. 3. a civet or polecat.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. canis, catulus (based on śvant, the original form of śvan); Goth. hunds (based on śvant); A. S. hund.
1. A dog-feeder.
2. A man or woman of a low caste, Rājat. 5, 390; 404.
I. m.
1. A man of a low and outcaste tribe, Rājat. 5, 217; 382.
2. The son of a kṣattṛ by an ugrā woman, Man. 10, 19.
II. f. kī, A woman of a low or outcaste tribe, Rājat. 5, 390.
† śvabhr, i. 10, Par.
1. To go.
2. To live in distress.
3. To make a hole, to pierce (cf. the next).
† śvart, or svart svart, i. 10, Par.
1. To go.
2. To live in distress.
† śval, śvall śvall, i. 1, Par. To run.
† śvalk, i. 10, Par. To speak; cf. śulk.
I. m.
1. A father-in-law, a wife's or husband's father, Rām. 3, 53, 5.
2. du. A father and mother-in-law.
II. f. śvaśrū, A mother-in-law, Sāv. 3, 20; Rājat. 5, 245.
-- Cf. Lat. socer, socrus; Goth. svaihra; A.S. sweger, sweor; [greek]
1. śvas, ii. 2 (but potent. very often, according to i. 1, śvaset), Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 690); the original signification seems to have been 'To pant.'
1. To breathe, Hit. i. d. 150.
2. To sigh, Rām. 2, 22, 1.
3. To hiss, MBh. 4, 2040.
4. † To kill. Ptcple. pf. pass. śvasita.
1. Breathing.
2. Sighing. n.
1. Breathing.
2. Breath.
3. Sighing, Śiś. 9, 65; sigh, Mālat. 11, 9. Caus. To (cause to breathe easily, i. e. to) re-create, Rām. 2, 84, 18.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To fetch breath, to revive, MBh. 2, 17.
2. To recover, Mālat. 64, 4.
3. To take courage, MBh. 3, 690.
4. To sigh, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 56.
I. āśvasita, Encouraged, cheered, consoled.
II. āśvasta, Recreated, MBh. 3, 13150. Caus.
1. To cause to fetch breath, to cause to recover, MBh. 1, 5406; to refresh, Pañc. 104, 7.
2. To inspire with courage, Bhag. 11, 30; with hope, Vikr. d. 50.
3. To console, Rām. 2, 75, 39.
4. To soothe, to reconcile, Hit. 57, 7. āśvāsita, Blessed, Vikr. d. 154.
-- With paryā pari-ā, Caus. To console, MBh. 3, 11006.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To respire, Rām. 2, 51, 2.
2. To take courage again, Ragh. 7, 74. pratyāśvasta, Recollected, Rām. 1, 67, 20; re-created, Megh. 96.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To recover, Vikr. 7, 6.
2. To calm one's self, Nal. 11, 73.
3. To take courage, Hit. 103, 18.
4. To take confidence, Mālat. 20, 10; to confide in, MBh. 3, 16098. samāśvasta, Full of confidence, Man. 7, 59. Caus.
1. To encourage, Rām. 1, 17, 29.
2. To console, MBh. 3, 2679.
3. To calm, Hit. 90, 21.
-- With ud ud,
1. To exhale, Mālat, 12, 15.
2. To breathe, Man. 3, 72.
3. To pant, MBh. 3, 15690.
4. To expand, to open (as a flower), Vikr. d. 57; Mālav. d. 31.
5. To sigh, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 120.
6. To heave, to rise, Vikr. d. 6. ucchvasita,
1. Swollen (figurat.), Megh. 98.
2. n. Loosening, Megh. 69.
3. n. Breath, Śāk. 31, 10. Caus. To refresh, Ṛt. 6, 8, v. r. ucchvāsita,
1. Made loose, Megh. 59.
2. Fatigued, ib. 71.
-- With ni ni,
1. To sigh, MBh. 3, 2376.
2. To hiss, Rām. 3, 53, 55.
-- With vini vi-ni, To sigh heavily, Pañc. iv. d. 5.
-- With nis nis, To sigh, Vikr. 21, 14; Rām. 2, 57, 11.
-- With vinis vi-nis, To sigh heavily, Rām. 2, 85, 19.
-- With vi vi,
1. To confide, Mṛcch. 63, 24.
2. To put one's trust in, with gen. and loc., Hit. i. d. 85.
3. To be fearless, Bhaṭṭ. 2, 25.
I. viśvasita and viśvasta, Trusted, confided in.
II. viśvasta,
1. Confided, deserving confidence, Hit. iii. d. 128.
2. Faithful.
3. Bold, Rājat. 5, 405.
4. Full of confidence, fearless, Hiḍ. 2, 25; without any suspicion, Pañc. 33, 8. Comp. su-, adj. 1. confidential. 2. without any suspicion, Pañc. 34, 25. Caus. To inspire with confidence, Pañc. 33, 7.
-- With abhivi abhi-vi, Caus. To inspire with confidence, MBh. 3, 10021.
-- With parivi pari-vi, To confide completely, to be fearless, MBh. 3, 11451. Caus. To console, Rām. 2, 30, 26.
-- Cf. Lat. queri, ques + tus; A.S. hweosan, difficulter respirare, and perhaps hysian, hyst, gist.
2. śvas, probably from śvi in śvit, adv.
1. To-morrow, Hit. iv. d. 126.
2. Future, e. g. as former part in śvas-śreyasa, and śvas + tana, and cf. śvovasīya.
-- Comp. paraśvas, incorrectly for paraḥśvas, i. e. paras-, adv. The day after to-morrow, Pañc. ed. orn. 41, 10.
-- Cf. Lat. cras.
1. śvas + ana,
I. m.
1. Air, wind, breath, Śiś. 9, 52; Kir. 10, 34.
2. A plant, Vangueria spinosa.
II. n.
1. Breathing, MBh. 8, 4205.
2. Sighing.
2. śvas + tana, adj., f. nī,
1. What will be to-morrow.
2. Future.
-- Cf. Lat. crastinus.
2. śvas + tya, adj. What will be to-morrow.
I. m. A dog, Pañc. iii. d. 118.
II. f. nī, A bitch.
I. adj. Ferocious, relating to a beast of prey.
II. m. A beast of prey, Pañc. ii. d. 124; Lass. 53, 15.
1. Breathing, Pañc. ii. d. 173.
2. Breath, Rājat. 5, 183.
3. Air, wind.
4. Sighing.
-- Comp. chinna- (vb. chid),
I. adj. one who breathes at irregular intervals, Suśr. 1, 115, 17.
II. m. a kind of asthma, ib. 2, 294, 7.
1. To swell, Bhaṭṭ. 6, 19.
2. To increase; ved. śūśuvaṃs, anomal. ptcple. of the red. pf. Large, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 92, 15.
3. † To go. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. śūna.
1. Swelled, swollen, Suśr. 2, 134, 3.
2. Increased.
3. Morbidly swollen.
-- With the prep. ud ud, ucchūna,
1. Swollen, Megh. 82; Rājat. 5, 271; turgid.
2. Lofty, high.
3. Fat, bulky.
-- With prod pra-ud, procchūna, Swelled, swollen.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] (based on the frequent.); Lat. cuneus, cumulus, super-cilia, crescere; Goth. us-hulon; A. S. hol; see śūnya.
-- With the prep. vi vi, To shine, Chr. 295, 12 = Rigv. i. 92, 12 (aśvait, ved. aor.).
1. Innocent.
2. Guilty.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Goth. hveits; A.S. hvít; O.H.G. hwīz; Goth. hvaitei; A.S. hvaete; O.H.G. hwaizi, hiza, haiz; A.S. hat; (O.H.G. hei, perhaps from śvi without the final nd).
I. adj., f. tā and nī, White, Pañc. 60, 24; wearing a white dress, Pañc. iii. d. 73.
II. m., and f. tā, A small white shell used as a coin.
III. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. A white cloud.
3. The planet venus.
4. A fabulous range of mountains.
5. One of the dvīpas, or divisions of the world.
6. A conch.
7. Cumin seed.
IV. f. tā.
1. Crystal.
2. Candied sugar.
3. The name of several plants.
V. n. Silver.
-- Comp. mahā-, f. tā, 1. Sarasvatī. 2. candied sugar. 3. the name of two plants.
I. adj. Fortunate, auspicious.
II. -vasīya, n. Happiness, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 19.
I. adj. Six, sixfold.
II. n. An aggregate of six, Pañc, 5, 12; Bhāṣāp. 31.
-- Comp. ūrmi-, n. the six waves (human infirmities), which obstruct the course of quiet life, viz. grief, ignorance, old age, death, hunger, and thirst, Lass. 58, 9 (where thus to be corrected).
I. m.
1. A bull at liberty.
2. An eunuch.
3. A wood, a thicket, Megh. 20.
4. A multitude.
II. m. and n. A quantity of lotuses.
-- Comp. kamala-, n. a multitude of fotuses, Lass. 2. ed. 46, 27. taru- and druma-, n. a group of trees, Pañc. 10, 4; Rām. 4, 13, 13 (taru-); 4, 13, 12 (druma-). Padma-, n. a quantity of lotuses, ib. 3, 76, 15 (cf. śaṇḍa, śaṇḍha, ṣaṇḍha, and khaṇḍa).
-- Comp. dvi-, twelve Bhāg. P. 4, 1, 7.
-- Cf. Lat. sex; [greek] Goth. saihs; A.S. scox, six, sex.
-- Comp. eka-, sixtyfirst. ekona-, i. e. eka-ūna-, fifty-ninth. dvā- and dvi-, sixty-secon. tri-, sixty-third. catuḥṣ° i. e. catur-, sixty-fourth. pañcaṣ°, i. e. pañcan-, sixty-fifth, etc., MBh. xii. adhy. 61, sqq.
-- Comp. eka-, f. sixty-one, Bhāg. P. 6, 6, 29. dvā- and dvi-, f. sixty-two, MBh. xii. 162; i. adhy. 162. catuḥṣ°, i. e. catur-, f. sixty-four, Man. 8, 338. pañcaṣ°, i. e. pañcan-, f. sixty-five, MBh. xii. adhy. 165.
I. adj. Bought with sixty.
II. m., and f. kā, A kind of rice of quick growth.
-- Comp. eka-, sixty-first, Rām. v. sarg. 61. dvā- and dvi-, sixty-second, Rām. iv. sarg. 62; v. adhy. 62. tri-, sixtythird, MBh. i. adhy. 63. catuḥṣ°, i. e. catur-, sixty-fourth, Rām. vi. sarg. 64. pañcaṣ°, i. e. pancan-, sixty-fifth, MBh. ii. adhy. 65. navaṣ°, i. e. navan-, sixty-ninth, Rām. vi. sarg. 69.
-- Comp. tri-, adv. in sixty-three parts, Suśr. 1, 153, 18.
I. ord. num., f. ṭhī, Sixth, Vikr. d. 20.
II. f. ṭhā.
1. Durgā.
2. The sixth day of the lunar fortnight.
-- Comp. mātṛ-, adj. six, inclusively of the mother, Hiḍ. 1, 1.
-- Cf. Lat. sextus; Goth. saihsta; A. S. sixta; [greek]
1. Sentiment.
2. Music.
1. Relating to six months, come to pass six months ago, Bṛhaspati ap. Cowell, Kusumāñjali transl. p. 65, n. †.
2. Half-yearly, Man. 7, 126.
-- Comp. pari-, full sixteen, Nal. 26, 2. vṛṣabha- (having a bull as sixteenth, i. e.) fifteen cows and a bull, Man. 9, 124, v. r. (cf. Lois.).
† ṣṭhiv, i. 1, ṣṭhīva, and i. 4, ṣṭhīvya, and ṣṭhīv ṣṭhīv, i. 1, Par. To spit, Bhaṭṭ. 12, 18. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. ṣṭhyūta, Ejected, as saliva.
-- With the prep. ni ni, To spit, Man. 5, 145. niṣṭhyūta, Spit out, Rājat. 5, 462 (kūrca-ābhāṣaṇa-, spit out, i. e. uttered, with boasting words); ejected, ib. 96. n. Saliva, Man. 4, 132.
-- With avani ava-ni, To spit on, Man. 8, 282.
-- With nis nis, To sketch, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 18. niḥṣṭhyūta, Distilled, Śāk. d. 80.
-- Cf. probably [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. spuere; Goth. speivan; A. S. spíwan; O.H.G. spīcilla; cf. kṣiv.
1. Spitting.
2. Spittle, Man. 4, 156; 5, 123.
-- Comp. kūrca-, n. boasting speech, Rājat. 5, 462 (cf. the last).
† ṣvask, svaṣk ṣvaṣk, ṣvakk ṣvakk, ṣukk ṣukk, svask svask, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
I. See tad; in the Vedas appears also the loc. sasmin.
II. As former part of comp. nouns.
1. With; see sa-kamala, adj. With lotus flowers.
2. The same, like, equal; see sa-dharman, adj. Of the same caste, etc.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] (e. g. in [greek]), [greek] (e. g. in [greek]), [greek] (e. g. in [greek]); Lat. sum = eum, sam = eam, -sum, sem- in semper, simin simplex; Goth. sa, so, A. S. se, sco.
1. Restraining, Man. 2, 88.
2. Restraint, forbearance.
3. Abstaining, Bhartṛ. 2, 60.
4. Avoiding the infliction of pain on others, compassionateness, Śāk. d. 177.
-- Comp. vāksaṃyama, i. e. vāc-, m. modesty, Bhartṛ. 2, 80.
I. m. A ruler, Sāv. 5, 65.
II. n.
1. Restraining, Sāv. 3, 20.
2. Selfdenial or control, forbearance.
3. A religious vow or obligation.
4. Holding, detaining.
5. Drawing in, Śāk. 5, 12.
6. A cluster of four houses.
III. f. nī, The capital of Yama.
I. sam-yam + in, adj. Who or what restrains, subdues; abstaining, Bhag. 2, 69.
II. saṃyama + in, m. One who subdues his passions, a sage.
1. Restraint.
2. Self-control, forbearance.
3. Abstaining from giving pain to others.
1. Joined.
2. Endowed with good qualities.
1. Connexion, Man. 3, 157; Rām. 3, 49, 20; Chr. 38, 15 (saṃyogam enasā na prāpsyase, You will not incur guilt).
2. Junction, Bhāṣāp. 3; adherence, accession, Pañc. ii. d. 146.
3. A kind of alliance where both parties unite only for one object, but attack with united power, Hit. iv. d. 115.
4. Union, being, living, with, Megh. 85; 88.
1. Joining, uniting, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 20; Daśak. in Chr. 281, 2.
2. Copulation, coition.
1. Protecting, guarding, Pañc. 129, 2; protection, Johns. Sel. 95, 71.
2. Saving, Man. 6, 68.
1. Beginning, Vikr. d. 61.
2. Wrath, Vikr. d. 115; rage, anger, Vikr. d. 39.
3. Pride, arrogance.
4. Agitation, Rājat. 5, 334.
1. Angry.
2. Proud.
3. Agitated.
1. Propitiation.
2. Perfect meditation, Windischmann, Sankara, 173.
1. Hindering, stopping, Pañc. 162, 11; Mālat. 79, 18.
2. Impediment.
3. Check, curb.
4. Fetter.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. expiry of the time (for which something has been pledged), Man. 8, 143.
1. A year.
2. A year of vikramāditya's era.
-- Cf. [greek]
-- Comp. pari-, m. a full year, Man. 3, 119.
I. n., and f. nā (cf. the next).
1. Subduing by charms or magical drugs.
2. A charm.
II. n.
1. Communication of tidings.
2. Sight, seeing.
1. Subduing by charms or magical drugs; a means of securing, Ragh. 16, 74.
2. Fascination, charming, Rājat. 5, 188.
1. Destruction of the universe, Johns. Sel. 91, 35.
2. A cloud.
3. Multitude, Mālat. 166, 12.
4. Being.
5. Beleric myrobalan.
6. The name of a Muni.
1. Submarine fire, Bhartṛ. 2, 68.
2. Baladeva.
3. The plough of Baladeva.
1. Increasing, thriving, increase, Vikr. 49, 16; happiness, Vikr. 57, 2.
2. Bearing up, nourishing and developing, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 4.
1. Conversation, Pañc. 118, 25.
2. Communication of intelligence, information, Mālat. 80, 5.
3. Assent, agreement, Mālav. 72, 8.
4. Conformity, correspondence, sameness.
1. Dwelling together, Pañc. 196, 15.
2. Society, union, Hit. iv. d. 65.
3. A house.
4. An open space within or without a town for the meeting of the townsmen.
1. Rubbing the body.
2. An attendant employed to rub and knead the body.
3. Extortion, Rājat. 5, 175.
1. Bearing, carrying, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 15.
2. Rubbing and kneading the body, Megh. 94; stroking, touching, Mālat. 150, 10.
3. Extortion, Rājat. 5, 191.
1. Perception, knowledge, Kir. 11, 34, 16, 32.
2. Recollection of a thing or person previously known.
3. Reconciliation, accommodation.
1. Contract, agreement, Man. 8, 5; Pañc. ii. d. 60.
2. Promise, MBh. 1, 1223.
3. Intellect.
4. Knowledge, Mālat. 100, 10; Kir. 18, 42.
5. Name, appellation.
6. Sign, signal.
7. A watch-word, a battle-cry.
8. Battle.
9. Institute.
10. Pleasing.
11. Hemp.
-- Comp. na-, f. want of consciousness, Bhartṛ. 1, 27, v. r.
1. Arrangement, food, Ragh. 14, 17.
2. Kind of living, Ragh. 1, 94.
1. Distributing, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 22.
2. Apportioning, giving a portion, Man. 4, 32; Pañc. ii. d. 25.
3. Communication, Mālat. 128, 12.
4. Part, share.
1. Haste proceeding from fear, Utt. Rāmac. 51, 14.
2. Speed, Utt. Rāmac. 26, 12 (tīvra-, adj. Wounding quickly).
3. Vehemence, Utt. Rāmac. 95, 5.
1. Copulation.
2. A chair.
3. Sleeping, sleep.
4. Dreaming, a dream.
1. Relation to each other, Pañc. i. d. 316.
2. Business, Man. 8, 131.
1. Cloth, vesture.
2. Covering.
3. An upper garment, Kir. 4, 28.
1. A soldier sworn never to recede, and stationed to prevent the flight of the rest.
2. A brother in arms.
1. Doubt, Hit. pr. d. 10, M. M.; uncertainty; very often with na, to be sure, Pañc. i. d. 256.
2. Possibility, Hit. ii. d. 160.
3. Danger, Rām. 3, 51, 13.
-- Comp. a-, 1. m. absence of doubt, to be sure, Rām. 5, 23, 25. 2. °yam, adv. undoubtedly, Pañc. i. d. 406. artha-, adj. one whose solvency is doubtful, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 2. nis-, adj. 1. doubtless, Brāhmaṇav. 2, 30. 2. resolute, MBh. 5, 7080. 3. °yam, adv. undoubtedly, certainly, MBh. 3, 1243. prāṇa-, m. danger of life, Pañc. 130, 5. vi-saṃśaya + m, adv. undoubtedly, Pañc. ii. d. 119. sa-, adj. doubtful.
1. Cleaning the body.
2. Purification, Bhag. 16, 1.
3. Correction.
4. Acquittal of debt.
5. Acquittance of charge or crime.
1. Cleaning.
2. Purifying.
3. Correcting.
4. Refining.
5. Discharging, paying.
1. Refuge, a dwelling-place, Pañc. 155, 23; having become the dwelingplace, being possessed by, Nal. 20, 41.
2. Asylum.
3. Protection, Śāk. d. 177.
4. Seeking protection (Man. 7, 160), or the alliance of a powerful prince, Pañc. 154, 10.
5. Alliance, Pañc. 154, 20.
-- Comp. anyonya-, m. supporting each other, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2150. eka-, m.
I. union, Pañc. iii. d. 52.
II. adj. united, Pañc. iii. d. 49. kaṣṭa-, adj. accompanied by pains, Pañc. i. d. 179. bhuja-, m. taking refuge to one's arms, help of arms, Lass. 2. ed. 68. 33.
1. Hearing, Mālat. 48, 17.
2. Agreement.
3. Promise.
-- Comp. a-, m. the not being audible; loc. ve, out of hearing, Man. 2, 203.
1. Embracing, embrace, Śāk. d. 124.
2. Union, Windischmann, Sankara, 152; contact, association, Lass. 24, 7.
-- Comp. a-ghaṭita-, adj., f. ṣā, impossible to be closely joined, Pañc. 203, 4.
1. Tieing, fastending.
2. Union.
3. Proximity.
4. Intimacy, acquaintance.
5. Addiction to, devotion.
1. An assembly, Pañc. 19, 14.
2. Court of justice, Man. 8, 52.
1. Going, proceeding.
2. Going unobstructedly.
3. The unresisted march of troops.
4. The beginning of war or battle.
5. A highway.
6. A resting-place for passengers near the gates of a city.
7. Birth, the production of living beings.
8. The world.
1. Mixture, Hit. i. d. 5, M.M.
2. Touching, contact, Śāk. d. 3; Pañc. i. d. 280.
3. Union, Hit. pr. d. 41, M. M.
4. Acquaintance, familiarity, intercourse, Pañc. iii. d. 234; Daśak. in Chr. 196, 3.
5. Sensual attachment, Man. 6, 72.
1. In contact with, united, connected, Cāṇ. 106 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 413.
2. Familiar, acquainted.
1. Abandoning, leaving.
2. Voiding.
1. Creeping.
2. Gliding.
1. Transmigration, Man. 12, 40.
2. Mundane existence, Pañc. 165, 17.
3. The world, Hit. pr. d. 14, M. M.
-- Comp. ā-, adj. always changing, Kathās. 5, 103. °ram, adv. till the end of the world, Rājat. 5, 119.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Mundane, worldly.
II. m. An animal or sentient being, a man, Mālat. 140, 9.
1. Perfection, Bhag. 3, 20; Pañc. 4, 21.
2. Obtaining, Kathās. 13, 166.
3. Natural disposition, nature.
1. Current, stream.
2. Course, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 9.
3. Transmigration, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 14.
4. The world.
1. Union.
2. (In law), The voluntary co-residence of father and son, or brothers, after partition of property.
1. Uniting.
2. Collecting.
3. Living together in one family.
1. Completing.
2. Perfecting, perfection, Utt. Rāmac. 135, 6.
3. Embellishment, decoration, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 19; Pañc. 185, 25; ornament, Mālat. 126, 9.
4. Institution and education, Man. 1, 111.
5. Purification.
6. A purificatory rite, Man. 2, 26; 27; Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 13.
7. Ceremony in general, Man. 3, 43.
8. The investiture with the holy cord, Man. 11, 150.
9. Consecration (of a king), Man. 7, 2.
10. Obsequies, Lass. 17, 11.
11. Purity.
12. Preparing as an article of medicine or food.
13. Impression, form, mould, Śāk. d. 133 (Sch. a polishing stone).
14. The power of memory, Kathās. 7, 19.
15. Apprehension, conception, Rājat. 5, 228; resolution, Hit. 112, 5 (vi-smṛta-pūrva-, adj. Forgetting his former resolution).
16. The selfreproductive quality (Ballantyne, i. e. vitality, elasticity, and mental impression), Bhāṣāp. 29; 156.
-- Comp. agni-, m. 1. consecration of fire. 2. burning of the dead body, Man. 5, 69. dus-, m. bad inclination, Rājat. 5, 228. keśa-, m. dressing the hair, Megh. 33. pātra-, m. cleaning a vessel that has been used. punaḥsaṃskāra, i. e. punar-, m. renewed investiture, Man. 11, 150. śarīra-, m. 1. adorning the person. 2. purification of the body by various ceremonies, initiation, etc., Man. 2, 26.
1. Any purificatory rite.
2. Funeral ceremonies, as burning the dead body.
1. Fixing, making firm (as a post).
2. Confirming.
3. Stop.
4. Paralysis.
1. A couch, a bed, Pañc. 117, 12; a layer, MBh. 1, 4708.
2. Sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 23.
1. Praise, Pañc. iv. d. 60.
2. Acquaintance, Kir. 4, 22, 25.
1. Hymning in chorus, the repetition of the verses of the Veda by a number of Brāhmaṇas.
2. The place occupied at a sacrifice by the singing Brāhmaṇas.
1. Assemblage, heap.
2. Vicinity.
3. Spreading, diffusion.
4. A house, Mālat. 23, 11.
A. i. e. sam-stha,
I. adj.
1. Standing, being, Pañc. i. d. 231 (maṇdala-, in the dise, viz. of the sun); ii. d. 157.
2. Staying with, associated.
3. Stationary, fixed.
4. Living, Pañc. 94, 2; iii. d. 226.
5. Lasting, Lass. 42, 15.
II. m.
1. An inhabitant.
2. A countryman.
3. A spy.
B. i. e. sam-sthā, f.
1. An assembly.
2. Condition of being, situation, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 38.
3. Appearance.
4. Form.
5. Occupation, Man. 1, 21.
6. Continuance in the right way, correct conduct.
7. A sort of sacrifice.
8. Stay, step.
9. A royal ordinance.
10. End.
11. Death.
12. Destruction.
-- Comp. dūra-, adj. distant, Megh. 3. dhara-, adj. having the form of a mountain, Kir. 15, 12. phala-, adj. bearing fruit, Brāhmaṇav. 3, 13. brāhmaṇa-, adj. belonging to Brāhmaṇas, Man. 8, 325. sva-, f. absorption in one's own self, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 26.
1. A heap, a quantity.
2. The aggregation of the primitive atoms.
3. Position, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 17; form, figure, shape, Śāk. d. 126.
4. Fabrication, construction.
5. A vicinity.
6. Standing, being, Hit. ii. d. 90 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 59).
7. A common place of abode.
8. A place where four roads meet, an open place(?), Rām. 2, 65, 32, Seramp.
9. Any place, Man. 8, 371; a station, 9, 261.
10. A mark, a spot, a sign.
11. Death.
1. Collecting.
2. Placing.
3. Establishing, Bhag. 4, 8; fixing, Lass. 2. ed. 87 14.
4. A regulation, Man. 8, 402.
1. Staying together, Hit. i. d. 38, M. M.
2. Accumulation, heap.
3. Contiguity.
4. Abiding, Hit. i. d. 104, M. M.; abode, Man. 6, 90.
5. State of life.
6. Duration, Hit. i. d. 42, M. M.
7. Restraint, Man. 9, 14.
8. Death.
1. Touching, Rām. 3, 49, 44; contact, Pañc. 198, 13; mixture, 250, 4.
2. Being touched, being affected, Pañc. 93, 1.
3. Perception, sense.
-- Comp. duḥkha-, adj. of whom or of which the touch causes pain, MBh. 5, 2046.
-- Comp. karṇa-, m. suppuration of the ear, Suśr. 2, 362, 4.
1. Close approximation, contact, Śiś. 9. 44 (tā, and agreement).
2. Compactness.
3. Combination.
4. Union, Hit. iv. d. 26 (tva); agreement (see
1.).
1. Combination, Hit. i. d. 34. M.M.; union, agreement, Rājat. 5, 247 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
2. Assemblage, heap, multitude, Kir. 5, 4; bulk, 12, 10.
3. Compactness.
-- Comp. ari-, f. multitude of enemies, Nalod. 4, 46. bhinna- (vb. bhid), adj. disunited, Rājat. 5, 260. śastra-, f. an arsenal. hima-, f. ice and snow.
I. m. A destroyer, a conqueror, MBh. 3, 13300.
II. n.
1. Rubbing the body.
2. Compactness, inflexibility, MBh. 1, 7022.
3. Strength.
4. Body, Utt. Rāmac. 152, 12.
5. Agreement, MBh. 12, 2420.
-- Comp. siṃha-, adj. 1. of lion strength. 2. handsome and well shaped.
1. Collecting.
2. Restraining.
3. Destroying, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 17 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
4. Taking.
I. sam-hṛṣ + a.
1. Pleasure, joy.
2. Erection of the hair of the body.
II. for saṃgharṣa.
1. Rubbing.
2. Envy.
3. Wind.
1. Collection, comprehensive description, in ṛtu-, of the (six) seasons, title of a poem, Lass. 60, 1.
2. Abridgment.
3. Restraining.
4. Destruction (of the world), Man. 1, 80.
5. Practice, Rām. 1, 30, 2; skill.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with charms for restraining (magical weapons), Johns. Sel. 4, 22.
-- Comp. yūtha-pati-sakāśa + m, acc. To the chief of the herd, Pañc. 160, 24.
1. Once, Vikr. d. 10.
2. At once, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 5.
3. With, together. Cf. śakṛt.
-- Comp. a-, adv. repeatedly, Pañc. iii. d. 116; Chr. 30. 37.
1. Contact.
2. Junction, Kir. 5, 46.
3. Addiction to, attachment.
-- Comp. ati-, f. closest union, Śiś. 9, 7.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. too much attached, Hit. iv. d. 31.
1. The thigh.
2. A bone.
3. The frame of a cart.
I. m.
1. A dear friend, Chr. 13, 12.
2. A tree, Mimosa catechu.
II. f. khī, A female friend, Utt. Rāmac. 61, 13. balabhid-, m. Friend of Indra, Śāk. 27, 23. madirā-, m. The mango, Mangifera Indica. madhu-, m. Kāma. marut-, m.
1. Indra.
2. Fire, Ragh. 2, 10. vasanta-, m.
1. Friend of spring, Vikr. 31, 18.
2. Kāma. vāyu-, m. Fire. smara-, m. The moon.
I. m.
1. An associate, Pañc. iii. d. 56; a companion, 265, 3.
2. A friend, Vikr. 12, 1.
II. f. khī, A female friend, Vikr. 8, 2; Pañc. 258, 9.
-- Cf. Lat. socius.
1. Friendship, Hit. 38, 4, M. M.
2. Equality, Man. 2, 134.
† sag, i. 1, Par. To cover.
1. adj. Poisonous.
2. The name of a king, whose greatgrandson brought the Ganges from heaven to the earth, Pañc. iii. d. 269; Rām. 1, 40, sqq. Gorr.; Daśak. in Chr. 197, 21.
1. † To hurt, to kill.
2. To bear (cf. sah).
1. Mixing, blending, Rājat. 5, 377.
2. The union of a man with a woman of a higher caste, Man. 5, 89; culpable mixture, Rām. 1, 6, 17.
3. A mixed or degraded caste.
4. Dust, sweepings.
5. The crackling of flame.
1. Mixing, blending.
2. Causing loss of caste, Man. 11, 68.
3. Confusion either in kind, number, or arrangement.
I. n.
1. Attracting.
2. Ploughing.
II. m.
1. Baladeva, brother of Kṛṣṇa, Johns. Sel. 55, 140; Rājat. 5, 112.
2. Name of another man, Lass. 2. ed. 88, 24.
I. n., and f. nā.
1. Heaping.
2. Junction, collision, Kir. 18, 8.
3. Blending, intermixture.
II. n. Addition.
1. Will, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 1; Hit. 54, 8, M.M.
2. Wish, Megh. 100; desire, Mālat. 125, 4.
3. Mind, Nal. 24, 50.
4. A solemn vow, Chr. 48, 5.
5. Expectation of advantage from a holy work, Man. 2, 3.
-- Comp. dhṛta-, adj., f. pā, resolved (to, with loc.), Chr. 45, 10. pāpa-, adj. illintentioned, Rām. 2, 74, 28. śiva- (m.), the name of a hymn, Man. 11, 250. siddha-, adj. one who has obtained his wishes, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 23. hṛṣṭa-, adj. contented, glad, Nal. 24, 50.
I. adj. Proceeding from hope of advantage.
II. m. Kāma, Johns. Sel. 45, 68.
1. Unsteady, fickle.
2. Uncertain, doubtful.
3. Feeble, weak.
4. Wicked.
-- Comp. a-, adj. firm, steady (in mind), Man. 6, 43, v. r.
I. m.
1. Dust, sweepings.
2. The crackling of flame.
II. f. rī, A girl recently deflowered.
1. Praising.
2. Glorification.
3. Honour.
1. Crowded, Pañc. 43, 4.
2. Filled with, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 14; full, 1, 9, 41.
3. Mixed, Nal. 13, 13.
4. Perplexed, Hit. iii. d. 107.
5. n. Throng, Mālat. 19, 5.
1. To invite.
2. † To advise.
3. To fix or appoint a time. Comp. ptcple. of the pf. pass. (or rather saṃketa + ita), a-saṃketita, adj. Without agreement, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 11.
1. Sign, Lass. 2. ed. 5, 20.
2. Gesture, gesticulation.
3. Appointment, agreement, convention, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 24; Pañc. 26, 3.
4. Condition, the circumstances under which anything is effected.
I. m.
1. Contracting, contraction, Pañc. iii. d. 20 (kaurmaṃ saṃkocam āsthāya, Contracting himself like a tortoise).
2. Diminution, Pañc. i. d. 105.
3. Fear, Rājat. 5, 14.
4. Shutting, closing (as a flower), Naiṣ. 22, 43 (Sch.).
5. Tieing, binding.
6. A fish, Raia Sancara Ham.
II. n. Saffron.
and saṃkrāma saṃkra/āma, i. e. sam-kram + a,
I. m. and n.
1. Difficult progress, making way through almost impervious passes.
2. The means of effecting such a passage, a causeway, a bridge, Man. 9, 285 (ra).
3. Means of attaining, Pañc. iv. d. 2 (ra).
II. m.
1. Concurrence.
2. Going.
3. Traversing.
-- Comp. sūrya-saṃkrama, m. the passage of the sun from one sign to another.
1. Concurrence.
2. Passing from one point to another, transition from one body into another, Pañc. 48, 16; Lass. 26, 4.
3. The day at which begins the sun's progress to the north of the equator, the summer solstice.
-- Comp. garbha-, n. entering in a womb, MBh. 14, 472.
1. Union, Mālat. 153, 17; Utt. Rāmac. 63, 4 (imbibing).
2. Passage from one point to another.
3. The passage of the sun or planetary bodies from one sign of the zodiac to another.
4. Proceeding, Mālav. d. 15; 18.
5. Imitation.
6. Reflection.
-- Comp. uttarāyaṇa-, i. e. uttara-ayana-, f. the sun's entrance into its northern journey, Pañc. 119, 1. sūrya-, f. the sun's entrance into a new sign.
1. Moisture, wet, damp.
2. The rudiment of the foetus, its form in the first month after conception, Yājñ. 3, 75.
1. Complete consumption, Pañc. 47, 10.
2. Loss, Rājat. 5, 385.
3. Destroying, Pañc. i. d. 256; destruction, Pañc. 104, 18; iii. d. 13.
4. The destruction of the world, Chr. 34, 8.
5. End, Chr. 30, 38.
1. Abridgment.
2. Throwing.
3. Sending.
4. Ambuscade.
1. Throwing together; instr. eṇa, In all, Man. 7. 157.
2. Abridgment, MBh. 1, 102; Pañc. 4, 17; iii. d. 103 (pāt, in a few words).
3. Conciseness.
4. Throwing.
5. Sending.
6. Taking away.
7. Assisting in another's duty.
1. Shaking, Vikr. d. 12.
2. Trembling, Indr. 5, 9.
3. Agitation.
4. Overturning.
5. Pride.
I. n. War, battle, Rām. 3, 54, 28.
II. f. yā,
1. Number in general, Pañc. 156, 6; saṃkhyayā parivarjita, Without number, innumerable, Pañc. ii. d. 62.
2. A numeral.
3. Reflection, deliberation.
4. Intellect.
5. Manner, Rājat. 5, 172.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. yā, innumerable, Pañc. 122, 7. kula-, f. being numbered among, belonging to eminent families, Man. 3, 66. go-, m. a cowherd, MBh. 4, 284. daśārdha-, i. e. daśan-ardha-, adj. five, Johns. Sel. 52, 113. śata-saṃkhya, adj. numbering a hundred, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 911. sahasra-, f. a thousand, Kir. 5, 34.
1. Number.
2. Numeration, counting.
1. Numbering, enumeration, Man. 8, 400.
2. Reckoning.
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. Having number, numbered.
2. Intelligent.
II. m. A learned Brāhmaṇa, a teacher.
1. Joining, uniting, Pañc. 187, 6.
2. Meeting, Utt. Rāmac. 33, 6.
3. Confluence of rivers.
4. Touch, Mālat. 170, 3.
5. Association, Hit. i. d. 202, M. M.; Pañc. i. d. 224; keeping company, Bhartṛ. 2, 34; intercourse, friendship, love (kāntā-, of one's wife), Pañc. v. d. 83.
6. Attaching, Ragh. 2, 42 (an arrow, i. e. throwing).
7. Attachment, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 600; Pañc. i. d. 194; wordly attachment, Bhag. 2, 48.
8. Desire, cupidity, Indr. 4, 3; Daśak. in Chr. 181, 3.
-- Comp. a-, I. m. 1. non-attachment, not being attached to, Man. 6, 75. 2. a proper name, Hariv. 9207.
II. adj. 1. unfastened, MBh. 2, 944. 2. unimpeded, Ragh. 3, 63 (Mallin., ed. Calc. v. r.). dus-, m. bad inclination, Bhāg. P. 1, 10, 11. nis-,
I. adj. 1. unimpeded, MBh. 5, 2371. 2. disinterested, free from desire, self-interest, Hit. i. d. 187, M. M.; indifferent, Prab. 110, 16.
II. °gam, adv. without hesitation, Rām. 2, 21, 12. mukta- (vb. muc), adj. disinterested. yathā-saṅga + m, adv. so as to be adapted. Nal. 23, 9 (the door lifts itself as much as is necessary far his entering it without bowing). satsaṅga, i. e. sant- (vb. 1. as),
I. m. association with the good.
II. adj. good, pious, Utt. Rāmac. 41, 12.
1. Meeting, Pañc. iv. d. 20.
2. Chance, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 2.
3. Union. Johns. Sel. 37, 19; association, Pañc. iii. d. 55.
4. Intercourse, Pañc. 60, 9; sexual intercourse, Daśak. in Car. 182, 13.
5. Frequenting.
6. Questioning for further information.
1. Meeting, Pañc. iii. d. 127; acquiring, Pañc. ii. d. 197.
2. Confluence of rivers, Utt. Rāmac. 49, 5.
3. Association, attendance, Hit. i. d. 113, M. M.; union, Vikr. d. 33; Pañc. ii. d. 184; company, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212.
4. Touch, Hit. iii. d. 20; mixture.
-- Comp. trad-, m. union with thee, Vikr. d. 61.
I. m.
1. Agreement.
2. Promise, Indr. 4, 12.
3. A transaction of sale.
4. War, battle, Man. 4, 121; Bhartṛ. 2, 85.
5. Misfortune.
6. Poison (cf. gara).
II. n. The fruit of the Śamī tree.
-- Comp. satya- and sthira-, adj. true, veracious, Indr. 4, 12 (sthira).
1. Uniting with.
2. Attached, devoted to, Bhag. 3, 26.
3. Lustful, libidinous.
1. The science of music and dancing.
2. Discourse.
1. Collection, Pañc. ii. d. 176; conjunction, Bhāṣāp. 133; totality, Bhag. 18, 18.
2. A place where anything is kept.
3. Quantity.
4. A compilation, an abridgment, Bhag. 8, 11.
5. A catalogue.
6. Clenching the fist, clenching, grasp, Hit. iv. d. 13.
7. Effort.
8. Restraining, Lass. 2, 1.
9. Governing, Man. 7, 113.
10. Protecting, protection, Man. 8, 311.
11. Propitiating, attaching, Pañc. i. d. 330 (kurvanti saṃgraham, Attach to themselves); Rājat. 5, 295; encouraging, Man. 3, 138.
12. Assent, promise.
13. Taking, seizing, Rājat. 5, 274; mentioning, Hit. ii. d. 57.
14. Elevation, loftiness.
-- Comp. dāra-, m. marrying, Chr. 51, 8. dharma-, m. a collection of merit, of good actions, Pañc. iii. d. 96 (hartavyaḥ, one must do many good actions); Chr. 28, 23. madhyama-, m. intriguing with another man's wife. sāra-, adj. containing the essence, Cāṇ. 2 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, p. 407.
I. n.
1. Collecting, compiling.
2. Enchasing, Hit. ii. d. 71.
3. Sexual intercourse.
4. Adultery, Man. 8, 72; cf. 6; 356, sqq.
5. Taking.
6. Accepting.
7. Hope.
II. f. ṇī, Dysentery.
-- Comp. pāṇi-, n. shaking hands as a token of promise, Rām. 4, 34, 23. strī-, n. adultery, Man. 8, 6.
† saṃgrām, i. 10 (or rather a denomin. derived from the next), Ātm. (Par.), To fight, to make war.
1. War, battle, Hit. 75, 17; fighting, Pañc. 238, 22.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 305; 423.
1. Clenching the fist.
2. The fist.
3. The gripe of a shield.
4. Seizing forcibly.
1. Multitude, Indr. 1, 36.
2. Flock, Hariv. 8788.
3. Quantity.
4. Inhabitants, Man. 8, 219.
I. m.
1. Friction, Megh. 54; rubbing.
2. Embracing.
3. Clashing together, Mālat. 74, 13; collision, Pañc. 35, 5; shock, Mālat. 144, 11.
4. Meeting, encounter.
II. f. ṭā, A large creeper.
-- Comp. a-, m. having no rival, Ragh. 14, 86.
1. Rubbing together.
2. Collision, Pañc. 165, 8.
3. Close contact.
4. The intertwining of wrestlers.
5. Union, Lass. 24, 8 (erreneously, °ghaḍḍana); cohesion.
6. Collecting, Rājat. 5, 340.
7. Meeting.
1. Trituration, rubbing, grinding, friction, MBh. 1, 1134; Rājat, 5, 477.
2. Collision, Rām. 1, 26, 10.
3. Emulation, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 19; envy.
4. Going gently, gliding.
-- Comp. danta-, m. gnashing the teeth, Mārk. P. 34, 72.
1. By troops.
2. Collectively.
-- Comp. śata-, adv. by troops of hundreds, Indr. 1, 36.
1. A couple.
2. A procuress.
3. Smell.
4. A plant, Trapa bispinosa.
1. Association, connexion, Bhartṛ. 2, 56 (śilā-, properly, of a stone, i. e. its strong structure, a hard stone).
2. Assemblage, multitude, Pañc. 157, 24; Rājat. 5, 260; cluster, Mālat. 153, 8.
3. Killing, striking.
4. A division of Tartarus.
5. Phlegm.
-- Comp. bhrātṛ-, i. e. bhrātṛsaṃghāta + cant, m. having many brothers, Pañc. iii. d. 8.
1. To follow.
2. To obey.
3. To favour.
4. To honour, Chr. 291, 12 = Rigv. i. 64, 12.
5. To cause to flow, Chr. 296, 9 = Rigv. i. 112, 9. Comp. ptcple. of the pres. a-saścant and a-saścat (Not obeying, not ceding), not ceasing, inexhaustible, Chr. 296, 2 = Rigv. i. 112, 2.
-- Cf. Lat. sequi, secundus, secus, sequior, sacer; [greek] (for [greek] = ved. saśc), [greek]
1. A friend, a companion, Rājat. 5, 341.
2. A minister, a counsellor, Rām. 3, 53, 4; Kām. Nītis. 4, 28, sqq.; Pañc. 155, 5.
-- Comp. See ku-. Dhī-, m. a counsellor, Rājat. 2, 67. narmasaciva, i. e. narman-, m. a princes's companion, whose business it is to amuse him by jokes, Kām. Nītis. 5, 20; a favourite, Mālat. 37, 4.
I. adj. sbst. Associated, a companion.
II. sajūs, adv. With, together with (with the instr.).
1. sajj, see sañj.
† 2. sajj, sañc sañc (sañj sañj), i. 1, Par. To go, to move.
1. sajj + a,
I. adj.
1. Armed.
2. Fortified.
3. Got ready, Chr. 30, 3; 31, 18; prepared, Pañc. ii. d. 200 (cf. my transl.).
4. Ornamented.
5. Dressed.
II. f. jā.
1. Armour.
2. Dress.
A. sant (vb. 1. as), -jana, adj.
1. Respectable.
2. Good, virtuous, Bhartṛ. 2, 46; 50.
B. 1. sajj + ana,
I. (m., f. nā), n.
1. Fastening, Man. 2, 63.
2. Arming.
3. Dressing.
4. Preparing.
II. n.
1. A guard.
2. A ferry.
III. f. nā, Caparisoning an elephant, Govardh. Āryā Sapt. 370, d.
1. Prepared, Pañc. i. d. 173; 197, 25.
2. Armed.
3. Dressed, ornamented.
1. Collection, Man. 4, 3.
2. Heaping up, accumulation, Pañc. ii. d. 158; Hit. i. d. 159, M. M.
3. Being constructed, built, Pañc. 33, 6.
4. Heap, Pañc. 175, 2 (kāṣṭha-, pl. A funeral pile).
5. Multitude, Mālat. 14, 6; quantity, Pañc. ii. d. 142.
-- Comp. ati-, m. excessive accumulation, Hit. i. d. 159, M. M.
1. Gathering up, Man. 5, 59; putting together, Pañc. 244, 2.
2. Collecting the ashes and bones of a body which has been burned.
1. A defile, any narrow or difficult pass, a road along the edge of a mountain, or a bridge, etc.
2. Difficult passage.
3. A road.
4. The body.
5. Killing.
-- Comp. mūrti-, adj. embodied, Utt. Rāmac. 145, 12.
1. Going, Mālat. 15, 12.
2. Setting in motion, use, Pañc. 44, 17 (perhaps it must be changed to saṃcāraṇa, q. cf.).
1. Difficult progress.
2. Difficulty, distress.
3. Going, Rām. 3, 52, 34; motion, Bhartṛ. 1, 11.
4. Course, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 16 (of life).
5. Contagion.
6. Setting in motion, Bhāṣāp. 151.
7. Leading.
8. Inciting.
9. A gem supposed to be in the head of a serpent.
-- Comp. duḥkha-, adj. passing in a disagreeable manner, Rām. 3, 22, 10. dus-, adj., f. rā, difficult to be passed, Pañc. i. d. 189. nis-, adj. 1. not walking, staying at home, Rājat. 6, 125. 2. motionless, quiet, Mālat. 126, 6. pātra-, m. perhaps, arranging the vessels after dinner, MBh. 12, 9975 (perhaps to be corrected to pātrasaṃskāra). bhūta-,
1. m. possession by evil spirits.
II. f. rī, fire in a forest.
I. m. A leader, Hit. ii. d. 123.
II. f. rikā.
1. A female messenger, a bawd.
2. A pair.
3. Smell.
1. Setting in motion (cf. saṃcaraṇa).
2. Impelling.
3. Leading.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Moving, Kumāras. 3, 54.
2. Fickle, unsteady, changeable.
3. Difficult.
4. Putting in motion.
5. Contagious.
6. Hereditary (as disease).
II. m. Incense.
-- Comp. bhūta-saṃcāriṇī, f. fire in a forest.
1. sañj, i. 1, saja, Par. The pass. sajya has become very often sajja, which in epic poetry appears with the terminations of the Par. (MBh. 1, 7694), whence sajj has begun to be considered as a radical vb., To adhere, Ragh. 4, 47; Chr. 20, 20; nahi vāṇā mayotsṛṣṭāḥ sajjantīha śarīriṇāṃ kāyeṣu, literally, 'For the arrows cast by me do not stick to the bodies of living men,' i. e. 'all those who are hit by my arrows will die.' Pass.
1. To be attached, MBh. 3, 63.
2. To become attached, Man. 6, 55. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sakta.
1. Attached, Man. 7, 30.
2. Devoted.
3. Diligent, intent on.
4. Impending, Pañc. 186, 24.
5. Belonging, Pañc. 222, 13; related, 89, 18.
6. Concerning, Pañc. 221, 14. Comp. a-, adj. not attached, Pañc. ii. d. 130. Caus. To pimp, Man. 8, 362 (sajjaya).
-- With the prep. ati ati, ṣañj; ati-sakta (i. e. sakta with ati), Exceedingly attached, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 21.
-- With vyati vi-ati,
1. Par. To connect mutually, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 8.
2. Ātm. To change, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 3. vyatiṣakta, Intermarrying, Man. 10, 25.
-- With anu anu, ṣañj, To cling, to cleave, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 15. Pass. To be attached to, Bhag. 6, 4.
-- With abhi abhi, ṣañj, To humiliate, MBh. 3, 1090.
-- With ava ava, To suspend, Rām. 3, 53, 52. avasakta.
1. Hanging, MBh. 1, 1692.
2. Taken hold of, and pervaded, Śiś. 9, 7.
-- With ā ā,
1. To fix, to put on, MBh. 3, 16125.
2. To entrust, MBh. 1, 1955. Pass. To be attached or fettered, Śāk. d. 74. āsakta,
1. Attached, Rām. 3, 50, 9.
2. Intent on, occupied, Pañc. 27, 9; zealously following.
3. Trusting to.
4. Eternal.
5. °tam, adv. Eternally. Caus. sañjaya, To cause to be attached, Ragh. 6, 83.
-- With vyā vi-ā, vyāsakta, Occupied, Vikr. 60, 6.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To attach, MBh. 1, 4418.
2. To entrust, to resign to, Man. 4, 257. samāsakta,
1. Attached, Rām. 2, 64, 9.
2. Joined.
3. Combined.
4. Marked, affected by.
-- With ud ud, To attac, Mālat. 172, 13. utsakta, Attached, Rājat. 5, 127.
-- With ni ni, niṣakta, Fixed, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 3.
-- With pra pra, To attach one's self, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 3. Pass.
1. To be strongly addicted, Man. 4, 16.
2. To be relevant, to apply, Bhāṣāp. 61. prasakta,
1. Attached to, Pañc. ii. d. 3.
2. Fettered, Pañc. i. d. 208.
3. Engaged in, Pañc. 197, 25.
4. Connected with.
5. Obtained.
6. Employed.
7. Continual, Mālat. 70, 19; eternal.
8. Opened, expanded, Utt. Rāmac. 118, 5.
9. °tam, adv. Continually.
-- With atipra ati-pra in atiprasakta, i. e. prasakta with ati, Too much attached, Pañc. i. d. 201.
-- With anupra anu-pra, anuprasakta, Attached, Śiś. 9, 63.
-- With vi vi, viṣakta,
1. Hung up, Śāk. d. 31.
2. Adhering closely, firmly rooted, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 23; Utt. Rāmac. 94, 12.
3. In contact with.
-- With sam sam, pass.
1. To adhere, MBh. 3, 17228.
2. To be entwined, MBh. 2, 917.
3. To be connected, Rām. 2, 25, 37. saṃsakta,
1. Attached to, Pañc. i. d. 192; attached, Mālat. 145, 11.
2. Tied, connected, Rājat. 5, 366.
3. Restrained, Nal. 13, 21.
4. Endowed with.
5. Joined, linked together.
6. Contiguous.
-- Cf. [greek] (for. [greek]), [greek] probably [greek]
2. sañj, see 2. sajj.
1. Brahman
2. Śiva.
1. Begetting.
2. Producing, Lass. 2. ed. 60, 20.
I. n.
1. Animating, bringing to life, Pañc. 244, 4; reanimating, Utt. Rāmac. 51, 9; life-restoring, Mālat. 167, 4.
2. A hell, Man. 4, 89.
3. A cluster of four houses.
II. f. nī, A kind of elixir, Lass. 79, 15.
1. Consciousness, Vikr. 71, 20; Chr. 31, 18.
2. Intellect, mind, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 1.
3. Thought.
4. Knowledge, Bhag. 1, 7.
5. Sign, Vikr. 47, 12; gesticulation.
6. Name, appellation, Hit. iv. d. 88.
-- Comp. antaḥsaṃjña, i. e. antar-, adj. possessed of internal consciousness, Man. 1, 49. kṛta-, adj. 1. ready-minded. 2. dīstinguiṣed by appropriate marks, Man. 7, 190. a-kṛta-, adj. irresolute, MBh. 14, 588. gata-, adj. bereft of sense, Indr. 5, 21. jīva-, adj. called life, Man. 12, 13. nis-, adj. deprived of consciousness, Rām. 3, 62, 25. vi-, adj. 1. lifeless, 2. bereft of sense. sūrya-saṃjña, n. saffron. soma-, n. camphor.
1. Recovered after insensibility.
2. Having a name.
-- Comp. kara-, adj. called tax, Man. 7, 137.
1. Fever.
2. Heat, burning, scorching, a burn.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without indignation, Man. 4, 185.
† saṭ, i. 1, Par. To be a part or portion.
1. An ascetic's clotted hair, Bhāg. P. 7, 8, 32 (ṭā).
2. A braid of hair, Draup. 9, 9 (ṭā); a mane, Śiś. 1, 47; bristles (of a boar), Ragh. 9, 60.
3. A crest.
† saṭṭ, i. 10, Par.
1. To kill, to injure.
2. To be strong.
3. To give.
4. To dwell.
I. adj. Continual, eternal.
II. °tam, adv. Continually, eternally, always, Pañc. 182, 9; Hit. i. d. 41, M.M. When former part of a comp. the final m is dropped; e. g. satata-yāyin, Taking place continually, Man. 1, 50; Bhartṛ. 2, 46 (satata-durgata, i. e. -dus-gata, Ever poor.)
1. Gift, giving.
2. End, destruction.
1. m. A bambu.
2. Air, wind.
II. m., and f. lā, Peas, or a particular kind of pulse (cf. satīna).
1. A good act.
2. Virtue.
3. Hospitality.
4. Funeral obsequies.
5. Expiation.
1. Reverence, Sāv. 3, 20, b.; attention, Pañc. i. d. 84.
2. Hospitality, hospitable reception, Hit. 60, 1, M. M.
3. A meal, a festival, Man. 3, 59.
4. Care, Sāv. 3, 20, a.
-- Comp. a-, m. injury, MBh. 1, 6355. atithi-, m. hospitable treatment, Śāk. 7, 15 (corr. °kā°).
1. Good action, Bhartṛ. 2, 96.
2. Doing good, charity, virtue, Śāk. d. 112.
3. Worship.
4. Respectful treatment, Kir. 1, 12.
5. Hospitality, Man. 3, 126.
6. Funeral or obsequial ceremonies.
7. Any purificatory ceremony.
-- Comp. anta-, f. funeral ceremonies, Rājat. 5, 224.
1. Existence, being, reality, Bhāṣāp. 7.
2. Goodness, excellence.
I. sad + tra.
1. A sacrifice, Utt. Rāmac. 4, 1.
2. Liberality, munificence.
II. perhaps sa-trā.
1. Covering, concealing, a hiding-place, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 10 (tad-dṛṣṭi-vibhrama-utpala-vana-sattra-apāśraya, adj. Concealed in the play of her looks, which seemed as it were the covert of a wood of lotuses).
2. Fraud, cheating.
3. A house.
4. Wealth.
5. A wood, a forest, Kir. 13, 9.
6. A tank.
-- Comp. dīrgha-, n. 1. a Soma sacrifice of long continuance, MBh. 3, 5051. 2. the name of a place of pilgrimage, ib. 5050. deva-, n. a longlasting sacrifice in honour of the gods, MBh. 3, 8188. pañcasattra, i. e. pañcan-, n. the name of a locality, Rājat. 5. 155. brahmasattra, i. e. brahman-, n. 1. what must be read constantly, Man. 2, 106. 2. teaching the Veda, Man. 4, 9.
1. One constantly performing sacrifice, occupied with a sacrifice, Man. 5, 93.
2. A priest superintending a sacrifice.
3. A liberal housekeeper,
4. An ambassador.
-- Comp. dīrgha-, i. e. dīrghasattra + in, adj. one who performs a long sacrifice, Bhāg. P. 1, 4, 1.
I. m. and n.
1. An animal, Pañc. 69, 5 (n.); Hit. 56, 20; Lass. 2. ed. 44, 3 (m.); a beast, Ragh. 15, 15; a monster, Rām. 1, 40, 20.
2. A being, Pañc. 165, 9; Rām. 3, 55, 48 (n.).
II. n.
1. Being, existence.
2. Life, Śāk. d. 42.
3. Nature, natural property, Hit. ii. d. 39; character, 100, 6.
4. Essence, true essence, Bhag. 2, 45; 10, 36.
5. Certainty, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 17.
6. Breath.
7. Mind, Draup. 7, 15.
8. Strength, power, Hit. 67, 5, M. M.; courage, Hit. ii. d. 78.
9. Self-possession, Arj. 6, 20.
10. A demon, a goblin.
11. The quality of goodness, Man. 3, 40; virtue, Lass. 2. ed. 44, 2.
-- Comp. a-,
I. n. non-existence.
II. adj. without energy, Rām. 6, 89, 2. a-dīna-, adj. happy, Draup. 2, 13. āpanna- (vb. pad), adj. f. vā, pregnant, Śāk. 65, 9. gata- (vb. gam), adj. lifeless, Nal. 16, 30. deva-, adj. having the nature of a deity, Rām. 2, 1, 29 Goir. nis-, adj. 1. deprived of living beings, Pañc. 55, 8. 2. deprived of strength, Hit. i. d. 133, M. M. (niḥ-sattva + tā, f. misery, Mālat. 79, 12). bodhi-, m. a Bauddha saint. ati-bodhi-sattva, adj. surpassing a bodhisattva, Mālat. 171, 9 (corr. dhi). mahā-, adj. good, virtuous, Hit. 100, 12. mūḍha- (vb. muh), adj. insane, silly, Draup. 7, 15. sa-, f. vā, pregnant, a pregnant woman, Ragh. 3, 9.
1. Living, a living being, Rām. 1, 41, 8.
2. Endowed with, possessed of, the true essence, Bhag. 10, 36.
3. Endowed with strength, magnanimous, Bhartṛ. 2, 31.
4. Natural.
1. Existing in the natuare of things.
2. Animate.
3. Inherent in animals.
4. Good, excellent.
5. Performing well, Mālav. 20, 9.
I. adj.
1. True, Kathās. 4, 104; superl. satyatama, Quite true, Hit. 87, 7, M. M.; realised, Chr. 48, 11; satyaṃ kṛ, To fulfli, Rām. 3, 53, 8.
2. Sincere, Lass. 2. ed. 29, 19; honest.
II. °yam, adv.
1. Truly, Vikr. 71, 18; indeed, Rājat. 5, 86; yes, Man. 11, 196.
2. A particle of interrogation.
III. m.
1. Rāmacandra.
2. The uppermost of the seven worlds, the abode of Brahman.
IV. f. yā.
1. Veracity.
2. Sītā.
V. n.
1. Truth, Rām. 3, 53, 20.
2. An oath, Chr. 58, 3; Pañc. 97, 17.
3. Demonstrated conclusion.
4. The first Yuga, the golden age.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. untrue, false, MBh. 3, 14133.
II. n. untruth, Man. 11, 69.
-- Cf. [greek] A.S. for-sodh, Forsooth.
I. adj. True, veracious.
II. n. Ratifioation of a bargain.
1. Truth, trueness, Rājat. 5, 27 (they ascended living to the truly highest abode of Hara).
2. Veracity, Hit. i. d. 95, M. M.
-- Comp. nis-, f. wnat of veracity, Hit. i. d. 97, M.M.
I. adj., f. vatī, True, practising truth.
II. m. A proper name.
III. f. vati, A proper name, Chr. 3, 6.
† satr, i. 10, Ātm.
1. To accomplish, or to extend.
2. To connect.
1. sad, i. 1 and 6, sīda (for sisada), Par. (in epic poetry also Atm., MBh. 1, 5184),
1. To sink down, to lie, Rām. 3, 74, 31.
2. To sit down (ved.).
3. To become helpless, Man. 4, 191; to be in distress, Pañc. ii. d. 24.
4. To be impeded, Man. 9, 94.
5. To be low-spirited, dejected, MBh. 1, 2061; Hit. iii. d. 6.
6. To decay, to perish, Man. 4, 34; Hit. ii. d. 75. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sanna.
1. Lying motionkess, Man. 6, 56; still.
2. Shrunk, diminished.
3. Gone, lost, Kir. 3, 38.
4. Dispirited.
5. Oppressed, Kumāras. 7, 85.
6. Spoiled, Ragh. 19, 19. Caus. sādaya,
1. To throw down, Draup. 8, 29.
2. To afflict, MBh. 3, 50.
3. To destroy, Vikr. d. 42. sādita,
1. Exterminated.
2. Exhausted.
3. Decayed.
4. Broken.
5. Distressed, Kir. 14, 57.
6. Drawn.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To wither, to perish gradually, MBh. 3, 2674; to perish, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 10.
2. To be exhausted, to pine, Man. 4, 187.
3. To be afflicted, Sāv. 5, 47. avasanna,
1. Ended, Hit. 14, 6, M.M.
2. Languid, weak, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 12.
3. Dispirited, unhapapy, Cāṇ. 65 in Berl. Montasb. 1864, 411.
4. Bent.
5. Separated.
6. Nonsuited. Caus.
1. To destroy, Bhag. 6, 5.
2. To mitigate, Śāk. d. 103. Comp. absol. an-avasādya, Without desponding, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 9.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To sink down, MBh. 3, 713.
2. To perish, MBh. 3, 823.
-- With samava sam-ava, samavasanna, Sorrowful, MBh. 2, 956.
-- With ā ā, To sit down, Chr. 291, 6 = Rigv. i. 85, 6. i. 1 and 10, sādaya,
1. To approach, Rām. 2, 56, 33; to come to, Pañc. 127, 17; 247, 8 (rātrim āsādya, at night); to reach, Hit. pr. d. 47, M. M.; to overtake, Vikr. 6, 7.
2. To attack, Rām. 1, 21, 12.
3. To find, Man. 4, 227.
4. To obtain, Vikr. 73, 4; MBh. 3, 10472; with garram, To become proud. Pañc. 26, 3. āsanna, Near, Hit. 84, 7, M. M. Comp. mahā-, m. Kuvera. āsādita,
1. Gone to, reached.
2. Obtained, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 5.
3. Spread.
4. Effected. Comp. an-āsādita, adj. not tested, Hit. iii. d. 41 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3202). Absol. āsāāya,
1. Having found. Hit. iv. d. 60 (kāryam, a motive. i. e. if it is one's interest).
2. Agreeably to, Man. 8, 324.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To step on, Kir. 5, 52.
2. To obtain, MBh. 3, 17101.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To be near, Kir. 11, 36. pratyāsanna, Near, Pañc. 10, 9; imminent, Hit. 115, 15.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To approach, Chr. 58, 10.
2. To concounter, to meet with, Pañc. 120, 9; MBh. 2, 553.
3. To attach, MBh. 1, 5453.
4. To find, Pañc. 87, 7; MBh. 1, 2346.
5. To obtain (cetanām, To recover), Pañc. 58, 19. samāsādita,
1. Attained.
2. Obtained, Pañc. 69, 16.
3. Finished, performed.
-- With ud ud,
1. To perish, Bhag. 3, 24.
2. † To ascend. Caus.
1. To destroy, Rām. 5, 3, 21.
2. To draw forth, Man. 9, 267.
-- With prod pra-ud, Caus.
1. To destroy, to remove, MBh. 2, 235.
2. To draw forth, Man. 9. 261.
-- With samud sam-ud, Caus. To destroy, MBh. 3, 8832.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach.
2. To worship, Lass. 100, 1 = Rigv. vii. 15, 1.
-- With ni ni,
1. To sit down, Rām. 1, 20, 14; Pañc. 8, 18 (to fall down); to plunge, Vikr. d. 41.
2. To be afflicted, MBh. 3, 333. niṣaṇṇa,
1. Sitting, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 7.
2. Placed in.
3. Reciined, supported, Vikr. 64, 12.
4. Gone to Caus. To cause to sit down, to kneel, Mālat. 91, 9.
-- With sani sam-ni,
1. To sink down, Chr. 31, 15.
2. To sit down, MBh. 1, 8077 (saṃniṣidatuḥ, corr. °ṣedatuḥ).
-- With pra pra,
1. To be propitious, gracious, Vikr. d. 39 (for the transition to this signification, cf. inclined, Lat. propensus, Germ. geneigt); to favour, MBh. 1, 1259.
2. To be soothed, Vikr. 72, 5; Hit. ii. d. 150.
3. To be calm, Man. 2, 54; to be glad, Mālat. 46, 12.
4. To become clear, Man. 6, 67. prasanna,
1. Favourable, soothed, Pañc. 223, 9; kind, Vikr. d. 53; propitious, Chr. 39, 5.
2. Quiet, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 6.
3. Pleased.
4. Clear, Nal. 12, 112.
5. True, Mālat. 20, 3. f. nā, Spirituous liquor. Caus.
1. To propitiate, Vikr. d. 54; Rām. 1, 66, 24.
2. To soothe, Man. 11, 205.
3. To solicit. to beg, Rām. 1, 45, 9 Gorr.; to beg pardon, Pañc. 223, 11. prasādita,
1. Worshipped.
2. Reconciled, Chr. 42, 15.
3. Cleansed, purified.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, Caus. To soothe, MBh. 3, 14063.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To be soothed, Rām. 2, 26, 34. Caus. To propitiate, MBh. 3, 14039.
-- With vi vi,
1. To be exhausted, MBh. 3, 448.
2. To be afflicted. Bhag. 1, 28.
3. To be sorrowful, MBh. 3, 3075.
4. To despair, Hit. 82, 18. viṣaṇṇa, Dejected, Vikr. 43, 2; sad, Rām. 1, 40, 24; desponding, spiritless. Comp. su-, adj. very sad, Rām. 3, 50, 28. Caus. To afflict, Rām. 2, 53, 31.
-- With sam sam, To be in distress, Pañc. ii. d. 24; to pine, Man. 4. 33.
-- Cf. [greek] probably, Goth. sinths; A.S. in-sidhian, To enter (= sādaya ?); [greek] Lat. solum; [greek] Lat. sedeo; Goth. sitan; A.S. on-settan, sittan; [greek] (= sid + yāmi); Lat. sidere, probably de-sidero, sella (i. e. sed + la); Goth. sitls; O.H.G. sezal; A.S. sadl, sadel; O.H.G. satul; [greek]
2. -sad, latter part of comp. words, Sitting, dwelling; e. g. araṇya-, adj. Living in forests, Utt. Rāmac. 133, 6. āśrama-, m. An anchorite, Śāk. 28, 11. gagaṇa-, m. An inhabitant of the air, Śiś. 4, 53.
1. A house, Pañc. ii. d. 64; a palace, Pañc. i. d. 352.
2. Decaying, perishing.
3. Exhaustion.
4. Water.
-- Comp. rājasadana, i. e. rājan-, m. a palace.
1. Seat, abode, Chr. 291, 2 = Rigv. i. 85, 2.
2. (and m.), Assembly, Hit. i. d. 32, M. M.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. An assistant at a sacrifice, Śāk. 32, 11.
2. Any person present or belonging to an assembly, Rām. 1, 13, 23.
I. adj. Eternal.
II. m. Viṣṇu.
I. adj. Always happy.
II. m. A proper name, Vedāntas. in Chr. 219, 16.
1. Like, Vikr. 36, 10; similar, Pañc. 165, 18; of the same rank, Pañc. iii. d. 219.
2. Conformable, Śāk. 7, 4; fit, Hit. ii. d. 47; proper, right, suitable, Utt. Rāmac. 166, 6.
3. Worthy, Utt. Rāmac. 41, 6.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unbecoming, Rām. 3, 49, 10. an-anya-, adj. not having their like, surpassing all others, Pañc. 4, 24.
1. A house, a dwelling, Kir. 5, 30.
2. A temple, Rājat. 5, 158 (read śūra-sadm°).
3. Water.
-- Comp. deva-, n. the seat of the gods, MBh. 1, 3687. bloga-, n. the zenana. sura-, n. heaven.
1. To-day, Utt. Rāmac. 90, 7.
2. Instantly, Pañc. 175, 1; in an instant, on a sudden, Vikr. d. 154.
1. Resting, staying.
2. Going.
-- Cf. probably [greek] in [greek].
I. adj., f. rīcī, Accompanying, a companion.
II. f. rīcī, A woman's female friend.
III. °yak, adv. Together with, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 48 (united with themselves).
1. † To honour.
2. To obtain.
3. To give. Desider. siṣāsa, To wish to obtain (aid), Chr. 296, 5. = Rigv. i. 112, 5.
-- Cf. Goth. sins, [greek] Goth. sineigs; Lat. senex.
-- Cf. A.S. sin.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Perpetual, eternal, Man. 1. 7; Pañc. ii. d. 112.
2. Firm, permanent.
3. Primeval, Man. 1, 22 (ordained from the beginning); 3, 284.
II. m. Viṣṇu, Bhaṭṭ. 1, 1; Śiva, Brahman.
III. f. nī, Lakṣmī, Durgā, Sarasvatī.
-- Cf. Goth. sinteins, sinteino.
I. m.
1. Worship, service.
2. Giving, donation.
II. m., f., and nī, f. A respectful solicitation.
III. f. ni/ī, A quarter or point of the compass.
1. Continuity, Mālat. 14, 16.
2. Continuous line, line, Pañc. 182, 17.
3. Extent, multitude, Kir. 5, 17.
4. Race, lincage.
5. Offspring, Utt. Rāmac. 166, 8; Hit. 67, 9; a son, a daughter.
-- Comp. kula-, f. propagation of family, Man. 5, 159.
1. Satiating.
2. Satisfying.
3. Gratifying, delighting, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 13; Mālat. 95, 7.
1. Spreading, Utt. Rāmac. 50, 10; Hit. i. d. 206, M.M. (extending their influence from one existence to another); extension, Śāk, d. 167.
2. Being spread, having grown, Utt. Rāmac. 97, 13 (-vāhin, old).
3. Family, race, lincage, Draup. 5, 88.
4. Progeny, Man. 3, 15.
5. A son, a daughter, Hit. iv. d. 109.
6. One of the trees of heaven.
1. Froth.
2. Cream.
3. A cobweb.
4. The blade of a knife of sword.
1. Heat, Mālat. 17, 9 (figurat.); fire, Utt. Rāmac. 141, 10; Pañc. i. d. 392.
2. Affliction, Pañc. ii. d. 59.
3. Pain, Vikr. 55, 20; distress.
4. Passion.
5. Repentance, Pañc. v. d. 16.
6. Penance, Kir. 5, 50.
I. adj. Burning.
II. m. One of the arrows of Kāmadeva.
III. n.
1. Burning.
2. Paining, afflicting.
3. Exciting passion.
1. End, destruction.
2. Gift, giving.
1. Contentedness, Pañc. ii. d. 163; satisfaction; with kṛ, To be satisfied, Pañc. 136, 12; to be content, Pañc. 139, 17.
2. Joy.
3. Thumb and forefinger.
-- Comp. a-, m. pain, Mālat. 94, 10.
1. Pleasing.
2. Comforting.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not content, Pañc. ii. d. 163.
I. m. A pair of tongs, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 10.
II. f. śikā.
1. A pair of nippers, or small shears or tongs.
2. A vice.
1. Weaving garlands.
2. Stringing, collecting.
3. Uniting, mixture, Utt. Rāmac. 170, 2.
4. Work, Utt. Rāmac. 111, 3.
1. Seeing each other, meeting, Pañc. 109, 22; 161, 14.
2. Looking, sight, presence, Chr. 25, 60.
3. Consideration, Hit. 129, 10.
4. Appearance, Vikr. 78, 19; saṃdarśanaṃ gam, To appear, Pañc. 235, 10.
5. Vision, Megh. 105.
6. Showing.
I. sam- 3. dā + ana, n. A rope, a cord (especially for tieing cattle).
II. sam-dāna, m. The elephant's temples, or part whence the ichorous fluid issues.
I. n. Inflaming, Ṛt, 1, 12; inflammation (of wrath), Utt. Rāmac. 116, 10.
II. m. One of Kāmadeva's arrows, Lass. 7, 3.
1. Information, news, tidings, Pañc. 162, 3; Kathās. 17, 161.
2. Commission, Megh. 97.
3. Command, Vikr. 86, 17.
1. Doubt, Pañc. iv. d. 25; uncertainty.
2. Danger, Pañc. i. d. 192.
-- Comp. nis-,
I. adj. doubtless.
II. °ham, adv. undoubtedly, Somad. Nal. 127.
1. Agreement, promise, Daśak. in Chr. 195, 19.
2. Intimate union.
3. State, condition.
4. Stipulation, Lass. 2. ed. 91, 54.
5. Steadiness, fixedness.
6. Twilight.
-- Comp. jala-saṃdha, m. a proper name, Johns. Sel. 24, 6. jarā-saṃdha, m. a proper name, ib. 49, 91. satya-saṃdha,
I. adj. 1. veracious, adhering to truth, Chr. 12, 1. 2. faithful to his promise, Man. 7, 31.
II. m.
1. Bharata. 2. Janamejaya.
III. f. dhā, Draupadī. a-satya-saṃdha, adj. treacherous, Hit. i. d. 78, M.M.
I. n.
1. Uniting, Hit. iii. d. 119 (bhinna- [vb. bhid], Uniting what is disunited); joining.
2. Fixing (the arrow to the bow), Śāk. d. 52.
3. Tieing, binding.
4. Peace, alliance.
5. Association, union, Pañc. iii. d. 10; Śāk. d. 9.
6. Company.
7. Mixing.
8. A relish, something eaten to excite thirst.
9. Pickles.
10. Sour rice-gruel.
11. Spirituous liquor.
12. Supporting.
13. Receiving.
14. Contracting the skin, etc., by astringent applications.
II. n., and f. nī, Distillation.
III. f. nī, A foundry.
-- Comp. ati-, n. deceit (v.r. abhi-, better), Śāk. d. 121. abhi-, n. 1. speech, Rām. 5, 51, 21. 2. deceit, Ragh. 17, 76. dus-, adj. difficult to be united, Hit. i. d. 91, M.M.
1. Strung together.
2. Bound, tied.
1. Union, junction, Pañc. 210, 13; Megh. 59 (joint, structure of a mountain).
2. Alliance, Man. 7, 163.
3. Peace, Man 7, 56.
4. Making peace, a treaty, Hit. i. d. 87, M.M.
5. A joint, an articulation of the body, Ṛt. 1, 7; Hit. iv. d. 63 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1842).
6. A fold, Pañc. 62, 13.
7. The euphonic union of the final and initial letters of words or parts of a comp.
8. An interval, a pause or rest.
9. A period at the expiration of each Yuga or age, MBh. 12, 12953.
10. A hole, a chasm, especially in a wall, for felonious purposes, a breach, Man. 9, 276; Daśak. in Chr. 186, 12.
11. Breaking, dividing, division, Lass. 87, 5.
12. The vulva.
-- Comp. kapāla-, m. a peace on equal terms, Hit. iv. d. 108. dhruva-, m. a proper name, Rām. 1, 70, 26 Gorr. pada-, m. = 7. Rām. 1, 3, 60 Gorr. parvasaṃdhi, i. e. parvan-, m. the time of the periodic change of the moon, MBh. 3, 11647. sam-gata- (vb. gam), m. a peace concluded after having before made friendship, Hit. iv. d. 109. saṃtāna-, m. a peace concluded after having given one's daughter (in marriage), Hit. iv. d. 109. sama-, f. alliance or peace on equal terms. su-kara-, adj. easy to be joined or united, Pañc. ii. d. 36.
I. adj.
1. Tied, bound, Man. 8, 342.
2. United, Pañc. i. d. 130; reconciled.
3. Pickled.
II. n. Pickles.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unbound, Man. 8, 342. ati-, see under dhā. Sama-, adj. 1. allied on equal terms (cf. the last). 2. bound equally. su-, adj. well reconciled, Pañc. iii. d. 24.
1. A cow with calf, or one which has taken a bull, Man. 5, 8.
2. One who is milked unseasonably.
I. saṃdhi + ya,
1. Twilight, either morning or evening, Man. 2, 101; Rām. 3, 51, 5; Pañc. i. d. 198; evening, Mālat. 41, 16.
2. The period between the expiration of one Yuga, or age, and the commencement of another, Man. 1, 69.
3. Holy rites of morning, noon, and evening, Man. 2, 69.
4. Evening prayer, Vikr. 37, 9; MBh. 1, 1890.
5. Promise, agreement.
6. Joining, union.
7. Boundary.
8. A particular flower.
9. The name of a river.
II. sam-dhyai, Reflection.
-- Comp. agra-, f. dawn, Śāk. d. 78 (v. r.). upa-saṃdhya + m, adv. near twilight, Śiś. 9, 5. tri-saṃdhya, n. morning, noon, and evening, MBh. 3, 4063. sa-saṃdhya, adj. 1. vespertine. 2. with the period following the end of a Yuga (see
2.), Man. 1, 70 (see the next).
1. Twilight.
2. The period at the end of each Yuga, Man. 1, 70 (samdhyāṃśa is perhaps especially the twilight following the expiring Yuga, and saṃdhyā that which precedes the commencing Yuga).
1. Reverence, reverential salutation.
2. Humility, Rām. 1, 46, 9.
3. Sound.
1. Multitude, Johns. Sel. 53, 126; number, quantity.
2. Rear, rearguard.
-- Comp. sarva-, n. assembling a complete army.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. without a coat of mail, Man. 7, 92. sarva-, 1. arming or assembling a complete army. 2. the Universal Spirit.
1. Connection, relation, Bhāṣāp. 62, 131.
2. Nearness, proximity, Utt. Rāmac. 151, 11; Pañc. i. d. 157.
1. Approximation, approaching.
2. Proximity.
1. A receiver of stolen goods, Man. 9, 278.
2. One who places near, who introduces, the name of a court officer, Pañc. 156, 17.
1. Proximity, Hit. pr. d. 41, M.M. (dhāna); Pañc. v. d. 42 (dhi).
2. Perceptibility, appearance, presence, Vikr. 19, 1. (dhāna); Hit. i. d. 113, M.M. (dhi); Bhartṛ. 2, 99 (saṃnidhi-ratna-pūrṇa, Full of jewels in close neighbourhood, i. e. round about himself, easily to be caught).
3. Placing, depositing, a receptacle, Pañc. i. d. 204 (dhāna).
4. Receiving, taking charge of.
-- Comp. kula-saṃnidhi, m. the presence of a company, Man. 8, 194.
1. Contact, collision, Bhāṣāp. 116; Kir. 5, 36.
2. Assemblage, multitude.
3. Morbid state of the three humours, Pañc. i. d. 193.
4. Alighting, descending.
5. Arrival.
6. Union, junction.
7. Mixture, Megh. 5; miscellaneous collection.
1. Return, Śāk. d. 137.
2. Restraint, forbearance.
1. An open place, either in a town or its vicinity, where the people take exercise; place, Ragh. 6, 19.
2. Assemblage, multitude, Ragh. 16, 11 (? v. r.).
3. Vicinity.
4. Junction, union, Mālat. 18, 5.
5. Causing to enter, putting in.
6. Construction, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 13 (kanyā-pura-, of the gynaeceum); fabrication, Mālat. 151, 21.
-- Comp. bhūmi-, m. the shape, face of a region, Utt. Rāmac. 47, 4. samāja-, m. a building for an assembly, Utt. Rāmac. 161, 9.
1. Abandonment of all worldly affections and possessions, Bhag. 3, 4.
2. Entrusting to.
1. Abandonment.
2. Abandonment of all worldey affections and possessions, and fixing one's mind only on the Supreme, pirit, Man. 1, 114; 5, 108.
3. Deposit, trust.
4. Stake (in game), Nal. 26, 5.
5. Sudden death.
6. Indian spikenard.
1. One who has abandoned all worldly affections, etc. (see saṃnyāsa), Bhag. 5, 3; Lass. 48, 15.
2. The Brāhmaṇa of the fourth order, the religious mendicant.
3. An ascetic.
1. To connect.
2. To worship.
-- Cf. [greek], perhaps [greek] (doubtful on account of [greek]).
I. adj., f. nā, Hostile, Pañc. i. d. 318.
II. m. A foe, Man. 4, 14; cf. patnī.
-- Comp. a-, and nis-, adj. 1. without a rival, Vikr. d. 85 (nis-). 2. uncontested, MBh. 3, 4093 (a-).
1. Instantly, Pañc. 198, 3.
2. Quickly.
I. adj.
1. Containing seven, Man. 11, 52.
2. Seven.
3. Seventh.
II. n. A collection of seven verses, Man. 11, 255.
III. f. kī, A woman's girdle.
-- Comp. saptasaptaka, i. e. saptan-, n. fortynine (winds), Rām. 3, 53, 41.
-- Comp. eka-, f. seventy-one, Man. 1, 79. drā- or dvi-, f. seventy-two, MBh. xii. adhy. 172 (dvā); Man. 7, 157 (dvi). pañcas°, i. e. pañcan-, f. seventy-five, MBh. xii. adhy. 175. saptas°, i. e. saptan-, f. seventy-seven, Rājat, 5, 221. śuka-, f. seventy tales of a parrot, title of a work, Lass. 38, 6.
-- Comp. dvi-, seventy-second. tri-, seventy-third, MBh. ii. adhy. 73. catuḥs°, i. e. catur-, seventy-fourth, Rām. vi. sarga 74. navas°, i. e. navan-, seventy-ninth, Rām. vi. sarga 79.
-- Comp. dvi-, adv. in fourteen parts, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 8.
-- Comp. tri-, adj. twentyone, MBh. 9, 664. pañcasaptan, i. e. pañcan-, adj. thirty-five, Mārk. P. 76, 12. saptasaptan, i. e. saptan-, adj. seven and seven (seven ancestors and seven descendants), Man. 1, 105.
-- Cf. [greek]; Lat. septem; Goth. sibun; A.S. seofon.
I. ord. num., f. mī, Seventh, MBh. iv. adhy. 7; Lass. 2. ed. 13, 12 (the seventh lunar mansion).
II. f. mī, The seventh day of the fortnight, Rājat. 5, 221.
-- Cf. Lat. septimus; [greek].
1. The seven Ṛṣis or great saints, marīci, Atri, etc.
2. The constellation Ursa major.
1. A span (of horses), united like a span, Chr. 291, 1 = Rigv. i. 85, 1
2. A horse.
-- Comp. saptasapti, i. e. saptan-, m. the sun (properly, drawn by seven horses), Kir. 5, 34. sita-, m. Arjuna, Kir. 13. 19.
1. An assembly, Man. 8, 11; council, Rām. 2, 63, 36, Seramp
2. A much frequented place, Man. 9, 264.
3. A court of justice, Man. 8, 12; Pañc. iii. d. 109.
4. A house.
5. A palace, Johns. Sel. 94, 57; Rājat. 5, 391.
-- Comp. rājasabhā, i. e. rājan-, f. a royal assembly, a court, Lass. 2, 2. strī-sabha, n. an assembly of females. hrasva-sabhā, f. a small hall; cf. sabhya.
1. To serve, to worship, Rām. 5, 8, 20.
2. To bonour, to beautify, Utt. Rāmac. 105, 5.
3. † To exhilarate.
4. † To show.
1. Courtesy, politeness.
2. Honour, Mālav. 74, 10 (thanks).
1. An assistant at an assembly, Rām. 2, 5, 24 (sad); Pañc. i. d. 336 (sada).
2. A judge, Man. 8, 12 (sad).
I. adj.
1. Relating to an assembly, fit for it, Ragh. 1, 55; polite, Pañc. i. d. 294 (cf. Bhartṛ. 3, 57; sabhya-itara, vulgar).
2. Trusted, faithful.
II. m.
1. An assistant at an assembly of scholars, Rājat. 5, 32; of courtiers, 86; of judges, Pañc. 40, 23.
2. A person of honourable parentage, Bhaṭṭ. 1, 13,
3. The keeper of a gaming-house.
4. The servant of a keeper of a gaminghouse (?), Daśak. in Chr. 186, 4.
-- Cf. O.H.G. sibba; A.S. sib, sibbe, ge-sib; Goth. trasti-sibja, adoptatio, ga-sibjon, reconciliare, un-sibja, iniqua; O.H.G. sibbi, sibbo, ga-sibbo, ga-sibbot.
† 1. sam, stam stam, i. 1, Par.
1. To be unconfused.
2. To be confused. i. 10, samaya, stamaya, Par. To be confused.
2. sa + m (acc. sing. n. of sa),
1. prep. With, only in the Veda, Chr. 290, 8 = Rigv. i. 64, 8.
2. Combined and compounded with verbs and their derivatives, and compounded with nouns, With, together, much, very, wholly, beautifully. When followed by a prefix, it is generally without a special signification; e. g. sam-ud-kṣip, Pañc. 43, 8.
I. adj.
1. Even, plain, Śāk. 5, 14; Pañc. ii. d. 188.
2. Same, Hit. 116, 18.
3. Equal, MBh. 10, 622; samaṃ kṛ, To balaṇce, to pay, Man. 8, 177.
4. Convenient, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1880; Nalod. 4, 8 (voice, neither too low nor too loud).
5. Straight, Śāk. d. 9.
6. Looking on unmoved, (with gen. and loc.), MBh. 1, 1061; 1942.
7. Impartial, indifferent, Lass. 6, 16.
8. Mean, common, Man. 7, 85; Hit. pr. d. 42, M.M. (not pre-eminent).
9. Like, similar, Chr. 8, 27 (mayā, Like myself).
10. Good, Chr. 12, 28; virtuous.
11. A purchaser at a fair price, Man. 9, 287.
12. Full, complete.
13. All, whole, entire (follows the pronominal declension).
II. °mam, A. adv.
1. With (with instr.), Rājat. 5, 216; together, Śiś. 9, 24; Vikr. 88, 17.
2. Equally, Hit. iii. d. 49; Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 18.
3. Like, Johns. Sel. 15, 55 (with loc. ?).
4. In the same way, Śiś. 9, 44.
5. Conformable to, Pañc. 25, 14.
6. Entirely, ib. 63, 1.
B. prep. (with instr.), With, Hit. i. d. 79, M. M.; together with, Pañc. ii. d. 200.
III. f. mā, A year, Man. 4, 26.
IV. n. Level plain, Man. 1, 24.
-- Comp. a-, 1. uneven, Kir. 5, 7. 2. unequal, Man. 10, 73. 3. incomparable, Kathās. 23, 32. catuḥsama, i. e. catur-, adj. having four even or smooth (members of the body), Rām. 5, 32, 13.
-- Cf. Goth. sama, and sama-, e. g. in sama-frathjis; A.S. same, sam-; Goth. samana; A.S. somne, samne; Goth. samath; A.S. sámod; Goth. sums, and A.S. sum, quidam; Lat. similis, simul, semel, sem-per, singuli; [greek] (cf. sa).
1. Entire, complete, Megh. 57; full, Hiḍ. 3, 13.
2. All, Rām. 3, 49, 37.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not full-grown, Vikr. d. 124.
1. Equanimity.
2. Indifference.
I. m.
1. A multitude of beasts.
2. A number of blockheads.
II. n. A forest.
I. adj.
1. Proper, right, fit, Johns. Sel. 5, 28 (na-ati-, Not very proper, f. sā; MBh. 1, 5832, f. sī).
2. Correct, true.
3. Virtuous, good, Kir. 14, 12.
4. Experienced.
II. n.
1. Propriety.
2. Correct evidence, Man. 8, 256.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. unfit, unskilled, Utt. Rāmac. 95, 12; incorrect, Mālat. 162, 10.
II. sam, adv. unbecomingly, MBh. 2, 2100.
III. n. impropriety, an abominable act, Pañc. in Weber, Ind. St. iii. 371, 15.
1. Sameness, similarity.
2. Equality, Pañc. ii. d. 90 (sva-jāti-samatāṃ gata, Grown equal to his kind).
3. State of a common (not pre-eminent) person, Hit. pr. d. 42, M.M.
4. Equanimity, Man. 6, 44.
5. Right decision, Man. 8, 178.
6. Perfectness, Pañc. v. d. 83.
1. Transgressing.
2. Omission, Man. 11, 203.
1. Equality, Bhag, 2, 48.
2. Identity, Pañc. i. d. 468.
1. Exceeding, Megh. 100.
2. Abundant, plentiful, Utt. Rāmac. 90, 4.
1. Zeal.
2. A diligent man, Chr. 287, 6 = Rigv. i. 48, 6.
1. Assent.
2. Permission.
I. adj.
1. From every part, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1446; entire.
2. All.
II. Abl. tāt, adv.
1. From every part, Pañc. 51, 18.
2. All round, on every side, Mālat. 158, 4; Pañc. 230, 16; Chr. 4, 20.
3. Completely, Pañc. 148, 12.
III. m. Limit, boundary.
1. All round, on every side, Hit. ii. d. 158.
2. Wholly, Man. 3, 58.
1. Natural succession.
2. Connected sequence, consequence, Lass. 2. ed. 46, 31.
3. Conjunction with each other, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 49.
1. Approaching.
2. Seeking.
3. Endeavouring to gain.
1. Repetition.
2. Excess, surplus.
1. Agreement, Pañc. 193, 13; treaty, Pañc. 24, 25; contract, bargain.
2. Engagement, Chr. 58, 2; appointment.
3. Religious obligation, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 304.
4. Established moral or ceremonial custom, Chr. 19, 4.
5. Rule, Man. 9, 273; law, Hit. ii. d. 45, M.M.
6. Condition, Nal. 13, 67.
7. Order, instruction.
8. Oath, Sāv. 4, 17.
9. Sign, hint, indication.
10. Proper time for anything, season, Kir. 2, 28.
11. Opportunity, leisure.
12. Time, Vikr. 56, 1; Pañc. 229, 10.
13. Same time, Chr. 7, 15.
14. Limit, boundary.
15. Demonstrated conclusion, and conclusion in general, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp.. ṛtu-, m. season proper for conception, Pañc. 74, 18. yathā-samaya + m, adv. according to established custom, Johns. Sel. 10, 20. lagna-, m. auspicious time, Pañc. 129, 16.
I. (old instr. of sama).
1. Within, midst.
2. Near, Vārt. ad Pāṇ. ii. 3, 2; Nalod. 4, 8.
II. (old instr. of samaya).
1. At a fixed time.
2. Seasonably, in due time.
-- Cf. [greek].
I. m. and n. War, battle, Hit. 106, 10.
II. m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 25.
I. adj., f. thā.
1. Proper, fit, Pañc. 169, 10.
2. Allowed, Man. 4, 186.
3. Made proper, prepared, Pañc. 121, 24.
4. Able, Hit. 31, 3, M. M.; adequate to.
5. Strong, powerful, Pañc. iii. d. 54.
6. Connected in sense.
II. m. The construction of words.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not adequate, Vedāntas. in Chr. 215, 11. 2. unable, Hit. 32, 4, M.M. ati-, adj. very strong, Hit. 83, 13.
1. Adequancy.
2. Ability.
3. Strength, power.
4. Signification of terms.
1. Reconciling differences, allaying a dispute.
2. Perseverance in an arduous undertaking.
3. Deliberation, deciding on the propriety or impropriety of anything.
4. Objecting, objection.
1. Multitude, Pañc. 130, 7; aggregate; meeting, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 14.
2. Assembly, Man. 4, 108.
3. Intimate and constant relation, Bhāṣāp. 1, 58; as of yarn and the cloth made of it, the individual and its species, etc.
4. Intimate union, Śāk. 108, 10; union, Pañc. i. d. 376.
I. adj.
1. Aggregated.
2. Connected intimately, Bhāṣāp. 16; 17.
II. n. Intimate and inseparable cause, as thread of cloth.
-- Comp. a-, adj. the non-intimate cause, as the conjunction of two halves for a jar, Sch. ad Bhāṣāp. 17.
1. Combination.
2. Formation of compound terms.
3. Contraction.
1. Even.
2. Like, similar.
1. The part of a stanza given to another person to complete it.
2. The giving to another person part of a stanza, and requiring him to complete it.
I. m. An equal part.
II. adj. Entitled to an equal share.
I. adj. Possessing a diffusive fragrance.
II. m., f. ṇī, n. A scent spreading afar, Amarakoṣa.
1. Fame.
2. Name.
1. Arrival.
2. Union.
3. Meeting.
4. (i. e. sama-āgati), Similar progress or condition.
1. Arrival, Vikr. 10, 21 (return); approach.
2. Union, Vikr. d. 29; junction, Pañc. 128, 3; assembly, Pañc. 196, 16.
3. Association, intercourse, Hit. pr. d. 42, M. M.
4. Encountering, meeting, Pañc. 161, 12.
-- Comp. dhūrta-, m. the assemblage of rogues, title of a drama, Lass. 66, 1.
1. War, battle.
2. Killing.
I. sam-ā-car + a, m.
1. Proper practice or conduct, MBh. 5, 2688; Pañc. 24, 10.
2. Proceeding, conduct, Draup. 9, 17.
3. Going, way, Pañc. 109, 11.
4. Information, report.
II. sama-ācāra, adj. Equal in virtuous conduct, Pañc. iii. d. 140.
-- Comp. mokṣa-kriyā-, adj. affording a way for liberating, Pañc. 109, 11. vṛthā-kula-, adj. descended from a low family and ill-behaved, Johns. Sel. 20, 97. sādhu-, adj. wellbehaved, Pañc. 41, 17.
1. A multitude, MBh. 1, 5698; a number.
2. An assembly, Pañc. 158, 7.
3. A convivial meeting.
4. An elephant.
-- Comp. dyūta-, m. an assembly of gamesters, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 16. prekṣā-, m. the crowd at theatres, Man. 9, 84.
1. Receiving suitable donations.
2. Tuking.
3. The daily observances of the jaina sect.
1. Restraining the senses and confining the mind to contemplation on the true nature of spirit, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 13, cf. 18; contemplation, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 5.
2. Promising, declaring.
1. Composing or reconciling differences.
2. Storing corn.
3. The joint of the neck, Kir. 16, 21.
4. A tomb.
5. Agreement, promise.
6. Requital.
7. Restraining the senses and confining the mind to contemplation on the true nature of spirit, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 18; 216, 1, cf. 217, 21; contemplation, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 1; devotion, Pañc. 162, 24.
8. A religious vow or obligation, Kumāras. 3, 24.
9. Silence.
10. Demonstrated conclusion.
11. Attempting impossibilities.
A. i. e. sa-māna,
I. adj., f. nā and nī.
1. Like, similar, equal, Vikr. d. 110; Pañc. ii. d. 26.
2. Same, Chr. 295, 10 = Rigv. i. 92, 10; Man. 7, 163; Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 21; one, uniform.
3. Good, virtuous.
4. Honoured, Lass. 1, 12.
II. am, adv. Equally (with instr.), Kir. 18, 4.
III. m. A friend, Nalod. 2, 16.
B. i. e. sam-an + a, m. One of the vital airs, that which is essential to digestion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 12.
1. Sameness, equality.
2. Community of kind or quality.
1. Finishing, completing.
2. Killing.
1. Conclusion, completion, Man. 5, 88.
2. A section, a chapter.
3. Profound meditation.
4. Acquisition.
5. Killing.
1. End, Man. 2, 244.
2. Perfection, accomplishment, Rām. 2, 43, 31; Bhartṛ. 3, 98.
3. Reconciling differences, putting an end to disputes.
I. adj.
1. Completing, final.
2. One who has finished the whole, Man. 3, 145.
II. m.
1. A finisher.
2. One who has completed a whole course of holy study.
-- Comp. paśu-, m. works on animal sacrifices, Utt. Rāmac. 114, 6.
1. A visit.
2. Arrival, Mālat. 170, 2.
1. Union, Lass. 2. ed. 65, 6; junction, connection.
2. Aiming with (a bow), Rām. 1, 67, 10.
3. Heap, multitude.
4. Cause, motive, object.
1. Commencement, beginning, Pañc. ii. d. 196.
2. Undertaking, Chr. 7, 14; Pañc. 183, 2.
3. Using, Pañc. ii. d. 146.
4. An unguent, Sch. Śāk. ap. Böhtl. 211, ad 18.
1. Ascending.
2. Riding upon.
3. Agreeing.
1. Smearing the body with coloured perfumes, cf. Böhtl. ad Śāk. 48, 18.
2. samālambha, Seizing (for a sacrifice), MBh. 2, 864.
1. Integral aggregation, totality, Bhāg. P. 2, 8, 14.
2. Association.
3. A multitude.
1. Entrance.
2. Possession by evil spirits.
3. Affection, passion.
1. Refuge.
2. Seeking protection.
3. Protection.
4. A dwelling-place, Pañc. 126, 2; iii. d. 94.
1. Recreating, recreation, Pañc. 162, 18.
2. Consolation, Vikr. 26, 17.
1. Aggregation.
2. Composition of words, Pāṇ. ii. 1, 3.
3. Composition of differences.
4. Contraction, conciseness; °sena, instr. Succinctly, Man. 2, 25; Lass. 2. ed. 49, 6.
1. Union.
2. Comprehension.
3. Affection, attachment.
I. adj., f. vatī.
1. Compounded.
2. Abridged.
II. m. A tree, Cedrela Tunna.
1. Habituated to acquire, Man. 7, 60.
2. A collector (of taxes or duties ?), Pañc. 156, 17.
1. Collection, aggregation, Mālat. 155, 8.
2. Contraction, abridgment.
1. Calling out.
2. War, battle.
3. The conflict of animals or birds for sport, cockfighting, etc., Man. 9, 223; 221.
1. Calling, Pañc. 193, 17.
2. Challenge, Nal. 7, 8.
-- Cf. samīda and [greek]; Lat. simila, similago; it appears also in the Coptic samit and Arab. samīd, and is probably borrowed from the Greek.
i. e.
I. sam-i + ti, f.
1. Meeting, union.
2. Assembly, Nal. 5, 7; company,
3. Likeness, equality.
4. War, battle.
II. sam-iti, indecl. A holy verse beginning with sam, Man. 11, 119.
1. Equalising.
2. Assimilation, digestion, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 13.
I. f. kṣā.
1. Investigation, search.
2. Looking, inspection, sight.
3. Understanding, intellect.
4. Nature, essential nature.
II. n. The sāṅkhya system of philosophy (cf. Śiś. 2, 59, where samīkṣya).
-- Comp. a -samīkṣa + m, adv. inconsiderately, Hit. 43, 22 (former part of a compound, without the final m, but v.r. a-samīkṣya-kārin, probably to be preferred, Acting without due deliberation).
I. m. The ocean.
II. f. cī, A doe.
I. adj.
1. Right, correct.
2. True.
3. Fit, proper, Pañc. 229, 1.
II. n. Truth, Bhāg. P. 2, 4, 4.
1. Yearly, annual.
2. Hired for a year.
3. A year hence.
I. adj. Near, at hand.
II. n. Proximity, vicinity, Pañc. 81, 17; 167, 7; loc. pe, To, Pañc. 83, 25.
-- Comp. asmad-, i. e. asmatsamīpa + tas, adv. in our presence, Nal. 6, 4. deva-rāja-, adv. in the presence of the king of the gods, Arj. 2, 9.
and samira sami/īra, i. e. sam m. Air, wind, Bhāg. P. 8, 24, 36; Prab. 80, 3.
I. m.
1. Air, Mālat. 148, 20; wind, Arj. 4, 7.
2. A traveller.
3. A plant, commonly Maruvaka.
II. n. Throwing.
1. Collection, Cāṇ. 2 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 407.
2. Coniunction of words or sentences.
1. Height, elevation.
2. Opposition, enmity.
1. Crying aloud.
2. An osprey.
1. Rising, Chr. 33, 34; getting up.
2. Born, produced, Man. 8, 353.
3. Occasioned, occurring.
1. Rising, getting up.
2. Increase (as of size or wealth), Rām. 3, 49, 49.
3. Healing a wound, perfect cure, Man. 8, 287.
4. Symptom of disease.
5. Performance of work, occupation.
6. With saṃbhūya, Partnership, Man. 8, 4.
1. Origin, Man. 1, 111; production, birth.
2. Formation, Man. 5, 49.
3. Occurrence, existence. Man. 6, 65.
I. adj. Excessively confused.
II. m. An army in great disorder.
1. Abandoning.
2. Giving.
3. Voiding of excrements, Man. 4, 50.
1. Regretting, sorrowful, longing, Vikr. d. 10; 13.
2. Agitated, Lass. 2. ed. 62, 42.
-- Comp. pari-, adj. very agitated, Rām. 2, 65, 11.
-- Comp. haima-citra-, adj., f. dhā, enchased with golden pictures, Draup. 8, 4.
and samudāya samuda/āya, i. e. sam-ud-i + a, m.
1. Rising (as of the sun), rise.
2. A day.
3. Effort.
4. Revenue, Man. 7, 56 (a).
5. Multitude, Pañc. 82, 5 (ā); number, heap, Utt. Rāmac. 145, 8; Chr. 53, 5 (sam dayaṃ balānāṃ kṛtvā, Having collected his armies).
6. War, battle.
7. The rear or reserve of an army.
1. Intention, purpose, design.
2. Proper, or right usage (address), Śāk. 67, 9 (Prākṛ.).
1. Declaring, speaking, pronouncing, Dev. 4, 7.
2. Repeating.
I. sam-ud-ga, adj.
1. Who or what rises.
2. Who or what pervades.
II. sa-mudga, m. A covered box, a casket.
1. Pointing out.
2. Describing.
3. Particularising.
1. Taking out.
2. Eradicating.
3. Drawing up.
4. Food vomited or thrown up.
5. Extricating, lifting out.
1. Who or what takes out, pulls out, etc.
2. A deliverer, a redeemer.
-- Comp. kula-, adj. descended from a high family, Hit. 7, 21 (v. r.). majjasamudbhava, i. e. majjan-, n. semen genitale. mad-bandhana-, adj. caused by (the binding of me, i. e.) my bondage, Pañc. iii. d. 162. vahni-dāha-, adj., f. vā, produced by burning, Pañc. v. d. 66. sārtha-bhraṃśa-, adj. beginning with the loss of the caravan, Pañc. 68, 21.
1. Lifting up, Chr. 29, 25.
2. Effort, exertion, Bhag. 1, 22.
3. Commencing, onset.
I. sam-und + ra, m. A sea, the ocean, Pañc. 157, 25; Vikr. 68, 6.
II. sa-mudra (cf. mudrā), adj. Sealed, Man. 8, 188.
-- Comp. kṣāra-, m. the sea of salt, Bhāg. P. 5, 17, 6. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, Pañc. 44, 21. saṃsāra-, m. the ocean-like world, ib. 33, 15.
I. m.
1. A trader by sea.
2. A seaman.
II. f. gā, A river.
1. A shark.
2. A large fabulous fish.
3. Rāma's bridge.
1. Height, elevation, Hit. pr. d. 14, M.M.
2. Rank, dignity.
3. Pride.
4. Increase, prosperity, Kir. 2, 21.
5. Lifting up.
-- Comp. dāyāda-, m. all the kinsmen, Pañc. 222, 7. śastra-, n. (?), an arsenal.
I. n. Collection, plenty, Man. 4, 102.
II. f. nī, A broom.
1. Thriving, increase, Ragh. 8, 13 (at the end of a comp. adj.); gain, Pañc. 134, 8.
2. Prosperity, Hit. i. d. 209, M. M.; well-being, Bhartṛ. 2, 34.
3. Supremacy, power.
4. Wealth, Pañc. ii. d. 71.
-- Comp. a-, f. misfortune, Man. 4, 137.
-- Comp. a-, f. non-succeeding, Man. 12, 36. dhana-, f. wealth, Hit. pr. d. 11, M. M. rūpa-, f. beauty.
1. Success, Hit. i. d. 183, M.M.; prosperity, Hit. i. d. 32, M.M.
2. Blessing, Śāk. d. 189.
3. Wealth, Śāk. 91, 13; power, Megh. 54.
4. Accomplishment, Mālat. 104, 17; perfection, excellence, Hit. iii. d. 53; Śiś. 9, 1 (abhitāpa-, Most violent heat, excess of heat).
5. Advancement in good qualities, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 7.
6. Adornment, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 18.
7. Fate, Bhag. 16, 3; 4.
8. A necklace of pearls.
9. A treasure, Man. 3, 255; Rājat. 5, 231.
1. War, battle, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 2.
2. Calamity.
3. Futurity.
4. A son.
1. Mixture.
2. Copulation.
3. Union, Vikr. d. 13; Pañc. iii. d. 58.
4. Contact, Megh. 26.
1. Blended, mixed.
2. United with.
3. In contact with.
I. adj.
1. Reasoning, a reasoner.
2. Impudent.
3. Lecherous, libertine.
4. Small, little.
II. m. A tree, Cassia fistula.
1. Concurrence, falling against each other, Johns. Sel. 58, 170; butting together, Pañc. 35, 7.
2. Meeting, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 15.
3. Descending, falling down, Bhartṛ. 2, 29; Vikr. 85, 20 (flashing); Daśak. in Chr. 186, 15 (flashing).
4. Alighting (as a bird), flying (of arrows), Bhag. 1, 20.
5. A special mode of flight (of birds), Pañc. ii. d. 57.
6. Going, moving, Utt. Rāmac. 22, 8.
7. Being removed, Man. 6, 56.
8. The son of Garuda, a fabulous bird.
-- Comp. dhārā-, m. a shower of rain, Prab. 87, 9. nis-, adj. impassable, Hariv. 4286. vṛṣṭi-, m. a shower of rain, Rājat. 5, 275.
1. Accomplishing, Vikr. 37, 7 (vrata-, The completion of a vow); effecting, making, Pañc. 133, 1.
2. Cleansing, Man. 3, 255.
3. Attaining.
4. Acquiring.
I. m.
1. Pain, torture.
2. Agitating, Kir. 7, 12.
3. Sending.
II. f. ḍā, Torment, Man. 12, 76.
1. Pressing.
2. Castigation, punishment.
3. Sending.
1. Cavity, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 2; Ṛt. 1, 21.
2. A covered box.
3. A flower, commonly Kuruvaka.
I. m. A casket.
II. f. ṭikā, A box filled with ornaments, Pañc. ii. d. 177.
1. A judge, Man. 7, 26.
2. A ruler.
1. Heating, burning.
2. Afflicting.
3. One of the hells, Man. 4, 89.
1. Agreement.
2. Admission.
3. Co-operation.
4. Presence, company.
5. Assault.
6. Doing, performing.
1. Giving, gift, Hit. iv. d. 108.
2. Bestowing in marriage, Man. 7, 152.
1. Traditional doctrine, Utt. Rāmac. 39, 12 (datta-divya-astra-, adj. Possessed of the traditional knowledge of the celestial arms); Rājat. 5, 139.
2. A peculiar doctrine and exclusive worship of one divinity.
1. Union, Mālat. 36, 8; copulation, connexion.
2. Mutual relation, proportion.
3. Order, natural series.
4. Magic.
1. A joiner.
2. A libertine.
3. A catamite.
4. A conjuror.
1. Favour, grace, Utt. Rāmac. 42, 5.
2. Serenity, Windischmann, Sankara, 171.
1. Striking, wounding.
2. War, battle, Śāk. 98, 14.
3. Going, motion.
-- Comp. dvaṃdva-, m. a single combat, Utt. Rāmac. 121, 8.
1. Obtaining, Pañc. 5, 10; acquisition, ib. 104, 1.
2. Gaining, Man. 7, 208.
1. Attachment, affection, Man. 3, 113.
2. Friendly assent, 8, 146.
3. Delight.
1. Surge, Rām. 1, 32, 17.
2. Submerging, submersion, Hariv. 12375; inundation.
3. Falling on all sides, Man. 4, 103; ruin, Hit. i. d. 72, M. M. (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 458).
† samb, śamb śamb, sāmb sāmb, i. 10, Par. To connect.
-- Cf. sarb.
1. Connexion, union, Man. 3, 157; Utt. Rāmac. 27, 15 (mad-, with me); Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 9 (of intimately united subjects, cf. 204, 1; 212, 19; 21).
2. Relationship, Pañc. ii. d. 106; relation, Hit. i. d. 157, M.M. (asyedam iti sambandho hānau duḥkhena gamyate, The proprietary connection between them is ascertained only by his grief in losing it).
3. Fitness, propriety.
4. Success, prosperity.
-- Comp. saptati-, m. a collection of seventy tales, Lass. 40, 12. su-, adj. well joined, Pañc. ii. d. 136. strī-, m. marriage.
I. adj.
1. Relating, concerning.
2. Fit, suitable, Chr. 55, 7.
3. m. (viz. saṃdhi), Proceeding from relationship, name of a kind of alliance, Hit. iv. d. 123.
II. m. A friend, Rām. 1, 12, 21.
1. Connected with, Pañc. iii. d. 141; inherent, Vedāntas. in Chr. 214, 2; referring to, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 22.
2. Related, Man. 2, 132; 4, 179; a relation by marriage, Utt. Rāmac. 12, 4; 98, 3.
3. Belonging to, Pañc. 121, 25.
4. Possessing good qualities.
I. (m.), n. Stock for travelling expenses.
II. n. Water (cf. śambala, śambara).
I. m.
1. Being thronged, Hariv. 2677.
2. Pressing on, pressure, Johns. Sel. 60, 185.
3. Difficulty, Mārk. P. 21, 1.
4. The road to Tartarus.
5. The vulva.
6. Fear.
II. adj., f. dhā (Rām. 1, 40, 22, Schlegel; 2, 65, 33, Seramp.; Śakuntalop. ap. Chezy, ii. 29).
1. Narrow.
2. Crowded, Ragh. 12, 67.
3. Blocked up, Pañc. i. d. 427 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1446); impassable.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. large, MBh. 2, 345. 2. lonely, Kir. 3, 53. abhi-, adj., f. dhā, very narrow. ā-, adj. crowded, full of, Rām. 5, 23, 21. nis-, adj. 1. large, Suśr. 1, 241, 7. 2. shortest (properly, without any obstruction), Daśak. in Chr. 186, 16. śara-, adj., f. dhā, covered with arrows, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 2. hastyaśvaratha-, i. e. hastin-aśva-ratha-, adj., f. dhā, crowded by elephants, horses, and carriages, Rām. 3, 54, 16.
1. Obstructing, Pañc. i. d. 427 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1446).
2. A barrier, a gate.
3. A door-keeper.
4. The point of a stake or spit.
1. Calling, or calling to.
2. (In grammar), The vocative case, Pāṇ. 2, 3, 49.
1. Calling.
2. Addressing, Chr. 38, 16.
3. (In grammar), The vocative case (see saṃbuddhi).
1. Mixing, union.
2. Adaptation, appropriateness.
3. Adequacy, ability.
4. Possibility.
5. Compatibility, consistency.
6. Agreement.
7. Acquaintance.
8. Destruction, loss.
9. Springing up, Hit. iv. d. 72; origin, Man. 1, 116; birth, Mālat. 156, 6; Pañc. 263, 23; production, Hit. 16, 5, M.M.
10. Producing and rearing, Man. 2, 227.
11. Cause, motive, Pañc. i. d. 328 (grahaṇa-, of taking, viz. the life of a dependent).
-- Comp. a-,
I. m. 1. non-existence, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 872; impossibility, Pañc. ii. d. 4. 2. omission, Man. 11, 27.
II. adj. impossible, Hit. i. d. 27, M.M. apunaḥsambhava, i. e. a-punar-, adj., f. vā, not rising again, Rājat. 1, 161. asthi-,
I. adj. produced by the bones, MBh. 1, 1514.
II. m. the marrow. ātmasambhava-, i. e. ātman-,
I. m. a son, Rām. 5, 18, 27.
II. f. vā, a daughter, ib. 3, 20, 22. ūru-, adj., f. vā, produced from the thigh, Vikr. 8, 17. kumbha-, adj., m. epithet of Agastya, Bhāg. P, 6, 3, 35. garbha-, m. the production of an embryo, pregnancy, Yājñ. 1, 69, dadhi-, adj. prepared of milk, Man. 5, 10. deva-yajana-, adj., f. vā, sprung up from a place prepared for a sacrifice, Utt. Rāmac. 10, 4. padma-, adj., m. epithet of Brahman, Hariv. 3233. paulomī-, adj. born from Paulomī, Vikr. d. 152. mānuṣa-, adj. coming from a man, Pañc. 141, 3. viśāla-kula-, adj. sprung from an illustrious race, Hit. pr. d. 39, M. M. sura-ari-, adj. caused by an enemy of the gods, Vikr. d. 5.
1. Maintaining, supporting.
2. Apparatus, things required for any act or affair, Rām. 1, 11, 13; Pañc. 157, 22.
3. Provision, getting everything ready.
4. Completion, Mālat. 171, 5.
5. Fullness, wealth, Nal. 26, 24.
6. Multitude, heap, quantity, Utt. Rāmac. 141, 8; Pañc. i. d. 35; Rājat. 5, 273.
1. Adequacy, ability.
2. Fitness.
3. Possibility.
4. Doubt.
5. Considering, Ragh. 5, 28 (f.); reflecting.
6. Review, Pañc. 218, 6 (f.).
7. Thought, Mālav. 38, 15 (Prākṛ.).
8. Worship, Pañc. 264, 4; honour, Rājat. 5, 328.
9. Love, Śāk. d. 163 (f.).
-- Comp. sarpatva-, f. imagination of being a snake, mistaking for a snake, Vedāntas. in Chr. 206, 7.
I. m. Conversation, Man. 2, 195; in sneha-, Kind conversation, Pañc. 51, 23.
II. f.
1. Greeting, Hit. i. d. 38, M. M.
2. A criminal connexion, Man. 8, 363.
3. Contract, agreement.
4. War-cry, watch-word.
-- Comp. madhura-saṃbhāṣa, adj. discoursing agreeably, Chr. 53, 2.
1. Conversation, Lass. 41, 17.
2. Sexual intercourse, Lass. 10, 20.
3. War-cry, watchword.
1. Combination.
2. Birth, Man. 2, 147.
3. Origin, Rājat. 5, 73; production.
-- Comp. garbha-, f. pregnancy, Kathās. 5, 61.
1. Support, nourishment.
2. Preparation, provision.
3. Plenitude, fullness.
1. Breaking, splitting.
2. Union, mixture, Mālat. 167, 4.
3. The confluence of two rivers, Man. 8, 356, or the junction of a river with the sea.
1. Enjoyment, Pañc. ii. d. 67; sensual enjoyment, Rājat. 5, 230.
2. Coition, Megh. 94; copulation.
3. A catamite.
4. Use, occupation, Man. 8, 200.
-- Comp. a-, m. non-enjoyment, Hit. i. d. 156, M.M.
I. adj., f. nī, Convivial, Man. 8, 141.
II. n. A meal.
1. Turning round, revolving.
2. Haste, MBh. 1, 764.
3. Confusion arising from fear, joy, haste, etc.; cheerful quickness, Bhartṛ. 2, 54; zeal, Rājat. 5, 306.
4. Fear, alarm, Man. 4, 118; Pañc. 52, 16.
5. Error, ignorance.
6. Reverence, Hit. iv. d. 103 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3337).
-- Comp. a- and nis-, adj. unembarrassed, Rājat. 5, 82; 4, 94. sa-sambhrama + m, adv. 1. hastily, Śāk. 6, 15; Pañc. 198, 9. 2. in confusion, Śāk. 40, 18; perplexed, Pañc. 140, 24. 3. in fear, Vikr. 25, 20. su-, m. great haste, Hit. pr. d. 15, M.M.
1. Agreement.
2. Approbation, Pañc. 229, 1.
3. Regard, respect, Kir. 10, 36.
4. Real knowledge.
5. Wish, desire.
1. Friction, rubbing.
2. War, battle, Kathās. 3, 66.
3. Trampling on, treading on, Rājat. 5, 57.
I. sam-man + a, n. (Wils. and thus Hit. ii. d. 132, but Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2755 corrects °naḥ, m.; the n. is against the general rule), Respect, honour, Man. 2, 162.
II. saṃmā + ana, n. Measure.
-- Comp. a-, m. no honour, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 164.
I. n. Cleaning, purifying, sweeping, Pañc. 27, 5; 26, 22.
II. f. nī, A broom.
1. Uniform, or universal expansion, or permeation.
2. Increasing.
3. Height.
4. Fainting, insensibility.
1. Beguilement, fascination.
2. Stupefaction, Utt. Rāmac. 107, 8.
3. Folly.
4. Illusion of mind, Man. 7, 12.
5. Ignorance.
6. Fainting.
I. adj., f. mīcī.
1. Going with, accompanying.
2. Same, common, uniform.
3. Accurate, correct.
4. Right, true.
5. Pleasant, agreeable.
II. acc. sing. n. yak, adv.
1. Properly, fitly, rightly, Man. 2, 14; well, Pañc. 134, 7; Vikr. 39, 7.
2. Duly, Man. 3, 76; Pañc. 128, 17.
3. By honourable means, Man. 7, 60.
4. Distinctly, Man. 2, 101; Pañc. 167, 6.
5. Wholly, completely, Pañc. 72, 17.
6. Comprehensively, Man. 2, 89.
7. With, Nal. 9, 8.
8. Together, Lass. 98, 14 = Rigv. v. 9, 5.
† say, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
I. adj. Who or what goes.
II. m.
1. Going.
2. An arrow (? see śara).
3. The coagulum of curds or milk.
4. Salt, saltness.
III. m., and f. rā or rī, A waterfall.
IV. n.
1. Water.
2. A pond, a lake, Pañc. 131, 15.
-- Comp. maṇi-, m. a necklace, Utt. Rāmac. 18, 6. mauktika-, m. a string of pearls, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 13.
-- Cf. Lat. serum; [greek] Lat. sal; Goth. salt; A.S. sealt; [greek] Lat. salum, insula; [greek] A.S. siringie.
I. adj. Going, moving.
II. m. and n.
1. A continuous line of road.
2. Spirituous liquor.
3. Drinking spirits.
4. A drinking vessel.
5. Distribution of spirits.
III. n.
1. Going.
2. A lake.
3. Heaven.
-- Comp. tri-, n. a mixture of three spirituous liquors, Śiś. 10, 12.
1. Air, wind.
2. A cloud.
3. A lizard.
4. (ved.), A bee, Chr. 297, 21 = Rigv. i. 112, 21.
1. Wind.
2. A cloud (cf. saraṭ).
I. adj. Who or what goes.
II. n.
1. Going.
2. Oxidised iron.
III. f. ṇā and ṇi, A plant, Paederia fetida.
and ṇī saraṇi/ī, i. e. sṛ + ana + ī, f.
1. A path, a road.
2. A straight or continuous line.
3. A disease of the throat. Cf. the last.
1. A bird.
2. A rogue.
3. A sort of ornament.
1. Air, wind.
2. Water.
3. A cloud.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. The bitch of the gods, MBh. 1, 671.
2. The daughter of Dakṣa, Viṣṇu P. 122, n. 19.
3. The wife of Rāvaṇa's brother.
I. m. Air, wind.
II. f., also yū yū, The name of a river, Rām. 2, 49, 15 (yū).
I. adj.
1. Straight, Pañc. ii. d. 189.
2. Upright, honest, Mālat. 38, 1.
II. m. A sort of pine, Pinus longifolia Roxb., Megh. 54.
I. n., and f. sī.
1. A large pond, Pañc. 159, 14 (ras); Kir. 12, 51 (rasī).
2. A piece of water in which the lotus grows.
II. n. Water.
-- Comp. karpūra-, Tṛṇa-vindu-, n. names of lakes, Hit. 84, 13, M.M. (karpūra-); MBh. 3, 15365 (tṛṇavindu-). Nabhas-, n. clouds, sky, Rām. 5, 55, 4. hima-, n. cold water, Mālat. 17, 9.
-- Cf. O.N. sir, saer, sior (sea); A. S. sirendae.
I. n.
1. A pond.
2. (or m. ?), Alchemy, Rājat. 4, 247.
3. A substitute for saras at the end of some comp. words.
II. adj.
1. Tasty, juicy, Megh. 14.
2. Beautiful, charming, Mālat. 51, 5; Bhartṛ. 1, 6; agreeable, Ṛt. 1, 2.
3. New, Śiś. 9, 85.
4. Impassioned.
5. °sam, adv. Enraptured, Vikr. 57, 11.
I. adj.
1. Juicy, sapid.
2. Elegant.
3. Sentimental.
II. m.
1. The ocean.
2. A male river.
3. A buffalo.
III. f. vatī.
1. The wife of Brahman, the goddess of speech and eloquence, Rājat. 5, 415; of wisdom, Vikr. d. 162.
2. The wife of a Muni.
3. An excellent woman.
4. Speech, Hit. 116, 8; Ragh. 15, 46, ed. Calc.; Rām. 1, 2, 34 (? modulation); the faculty or its exercise.
5. A river.
6. The name of a river, Chr. 20, 24.
7. A crow.
1. A river, Man. 1, 24; Vikr. 68, 5 (paramārtha-, Indeed a river).
2. Thread.
-- Comp. ku-, f. a rivulet, Pañc. ii. d. 92. dyu-, f. the celestial Gaṅgā, Bhartṛ. 3, 85.
and sarīman sari/īman (vb. sṛ), m. Wind.
I. m. Brahman.
II. f. nī.
1. A lotus, Bhartṛ. 1, 100.
2. A multitude of lotuses.
3. A pond abounding in lotuses.
1. Abandoning, letting go.
2. Creation, Man. 1, 27.
3. Natural property, nature, Bhag. 5, 19.
4. Certainty,
5. Tendency of a thing.
6. Assent, agreement.
7. Effort, will, Ragh. 3, 51.
8. A chapter, Rām. i. sarga 1, sqq.; a book, Śiś. 1, sqq.
9. Voiding, as of excrement.
-- Comp. ādi-, m. first creation, MBh. 14, 1095. tri-, m. the threefold production (of qualities), Bhāg. P. 1, 1, 1.
† sarj, i. 1, Par. To gain (cf. arj).
1. A tree, Shorea robusta, Mālat. 148, 14.
2. Another tree, Pentaptera arjuna.
3. The resinous exudation of the Shorea robusts, MBh. 1, 5723.
1. Abandoning.
2. Creating.
3. Voiding.
4. The rear or reserve of an army.
I. m. A merchant.
II. f.
1. Lightning.
2. A necklace.
3. Going, following.
I. m.
1. Sliding motion.
2. A snake, Man. 1, 37; Pañc. iii. d. 46.
II. f. pī, The female of the snake.
-- Comp. kāla-, and kṛṣṇa-, m. a particular snake, Coluber Naga, Lass. 16, 11; Pañc. i. d. 233.
-- Cf. Lat. serpens, [greek]
1. Gliding, going.
2. The slow flight of an arrow nearly parallel to the ground.
1. A peacock.
2. A crane.
3. A large snake.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Gliding, creeping.
2. Moving, Kir. 5, 35.
II. f. iṇī.
1. A female serpent, Pañc. 210, 12.
2. A small medicinal shrub.
-- Comp. pīṭha-, m. a cripple, Man. 8, 394.
† sarb, samb samb, i. 1, Par. To go.
I. adj., f. vā.
1. All, Nal. 17, 50.
2. Every, Megh. 20; 91.
3. Whole, entire, Pañc. 53, 24.
II. m. Viṣṇu, Śiva.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. soll-ennis, soll-ers, salvus, salus (= ved. sarva + tāti, [greek]).
I. adj.
1. All-sustaining.
2. Patient, enduring.
II. f. hā, The earth, Govardh. Āryā Saptaśatī, 163, d.
I. adj. All-pervading.
II. m.
1. Brahman.
2. Śiva.
3. Soul, spirit.
III. n. Water.
I. adj. All-pervading, allsubduing, Mālat. 14, 19.
II. m. A rogue.
1. Allsubduing, irresistible.
2. All-surpassing.
I. adj. Omniscient, Hit. 129, 9; Bhartṛ. 2, 8.
II. m. Śiva.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not omniscient, Rājat. 5, 317.
1. From every quarter, Man. 2, 240; from every part, Pañc. iii. d. 51; from everybody, i. d. 156 (cf. Böhhtl. Ind. Spr. 1031).
2. In every direction, Nal. 1, 25.
3. Round about, Chr. 4, 19.
4. Wholly, entirely.
I. = loc. of sarva, Cāṇ. 48 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 410.
II. adv.
1. In all places, everywhere, Pañc. ii. d. 125.
2. At all times, always, Vikr. 30, 14; 39, 14.
1. In all ways, by all means, Pañc. 161, 13; with na, Not at all, Mālat. 154, 13.
2. At every time, Man. 2, 15.
3. Certainly, Vikr. 32, 8.
4. Exceeding, mostly, completely, Hit. 81, 22.
I. Comprising all beings, Man. 1, 7.
II. m. The supreme Spirit.
1. Universally, everywhere, Johns. Sel. 29, 34.
2. All together, Chr. 37, 1; Nal. 2, 22; 12, 85.
1. Spreading through the whole body, spread over all the limbs, Vikr. d. 51; thrilling through the whole body, d. 149.
2. Relating to the Aṅgas or parts of science collectively.
I. m.
1. sort of mustard, Sinapis dichotoma, Windischmann, Sankara, 165.
2. A small measure of weight, a mustard seed so considered.
3. A sort of poison.
II. f. pī, A small bird.
-- Comp. gaura-, m. 1. white mustard, Sinapis glauca, Man. 5, 120; Suśr. 1, 16, 10. 2. a measure of weight, Man. 8, 133. rājasarṣapa, i. e. rājan-, m. 1. mustard. 2. a measure of weight, Man. 8, 133.
† sal, i. 1, Par. To go (cf. sṛ).
-- Comp. aṅtaḥsalila, i. e. antar-, adj., f. lā, containing water, Ragh. 3. 9. a-gādha-, adj. having bottomless water, Pañc. ii. d. 21. nayana-, n. tears, Megh. 40; 88. niḥsalila, i. e. nis-, adj. deprived of water. Rājat. 1, 33.
I. m.
1. Sacrifice.
2. Offspring.
3. The sun.
4. The moon.
II. n.
1. Sprinkling the Soma, or juice of the acid Asclepias.
2. The juice of flowers.
3. Water.
-- Comp. go-, m. a kind of sacrifice, Man. 11, 74.
I. m. The moon.
II. n.
1. Extracting and drinking the Soma, or juice of the acid Asclepias.
2. A sacrifice, Rām. 1, 13, 5.
3. Bearing children, bringing forth young.
I. m. The sun, Vikr. d. 20.
II. f. trī, A mother.
III. adj. Causing, Kir. 3, 5.
1. Left, left hand, Pañc. i. d. 86.
2. Southern, south.
3. Backward, reverse, contrary.
-- Comp. apa-,
I. adj. right (not left), Man. 3, 214; apasavyaṃ kṛ, to keep the right side towards one, ib.
II. apasavyam, adv. from the left to the right, Man. 3, 279.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. scaevus. probably also sinister.
1. Fruit, Nal. 24, 52 (at the end of a comp. adj., f. yā).
2. Corn, grain, Man. 4, 26 (cf. śasya, under śaṃs).
3. A weapon (cf. śas).
4. A quality, an excellence (cf. śaṃs).
-- Cf. perhaps [greek].
I. adj. Possessed of all good qualities.
II. n.
1. A sort of precious stone.
2. A sword.
1. sah (probably a combination of two originally different verbs, viz. sah, 'to conquer,' cf. sahas, and sa-vah, 'to bear,' cf. infin. soḍhum = sa-voḍhum, ptcple. of the pf. pass. soḍha = sa-ūḍha), i. 1, Ātm. (also Par.), and † i. 10, Par.
1. To bear, Vikr. d. 135; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 997 (Par.); to undergo, Man. 2, 227.
2. To endure, Bhartṛ. 2, 30.
3. To allow, Pañc. 135, 7 (Par.).
4. To forbear (with gen.), Bhag. 11, 44.
5. To be patient, to wait, Ragh. 5, 25.
6. To be able to resist, to oppose, to conquer, Rām. 1, 22, 21.
7. To stop, Rām. 2, 24, 27.
8. To be able (with infin.), Hit. ii. d. 139. Comp, ptcple. of the pres, a-sahamāna, adj. Not able to endure, Pañc. 221, 1. Ptcple. of the pf. pass, soḍha.
1. Borne, endured.
2. Patient, enduring. sahita, see s.v. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. sahya.
1. Equal or adequate to, Pañc. ii. d. 200 (but cf. my transl. n. 907).
2. Sweet, agreeable; see also s.v. Comp. a-sahya, adj. 1. insupportable, Ṛt. 1. 10. 2. unconquerable, Ragh. 18, 24.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, absol. abhiṣahya, Forcibly, Man. 8, 367.
-- With ud ud,
1. To make an effort or exertion, Bhaṭṭ. 19, 16.
2. To dare, Pañc. 22, 1; with acc., To dare to pursue, Nal. 4, 16.
3. To be able (with infin. and dat. of an abstract noun), Rām. 3, 51, 17; MBh. 3, 16543 (paribhogāya, To enjoy).
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To be able, to wish, Ragh. 5, 22.
-- With prod pra-ud, Caus. To incite, to instigate, Rām. 2, 9, 46.
-- With samud sam-ud, Caus. To incite, MBh. 2, 1412.
-- With pra pra,
1. To make an effort, Pañc. iii. d. 51.
2. To endure, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 5; absolut. prasahya, Violently, Man. 8, 235.
3. To overpower, Rām. 2, 5;, 7.
4. To be able (with infin.), MBh. 1, 4842.
-- With abhipra abhi-pra, To be able, Kir. 12, 18.
-- With prati prati, To sustain, Rām. 1, 37, 8.
-- With vi vi,
1. To sustain, Ragh. 4, 49.
2. To suffer, Rām. 2, 61, 4.
3. To endure, Rām. 2, 12, 106.
4. To be able to resist, MBh. 5, 2021.
5. To determine. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. viṣahya, Possible, Arj. 5, 9. Comp. a-, adj. not being able to be determined or ascertained, Man. 8, 265. durviṣahya, i. e. dus-, adj., f. yā, difficult to be sustained.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek]; see sahas and sahya.
† 2. sah, i. 4, Par.
1. To bear.
2. To satisfy.
3. To delight.
1. sah + a,
I. adj.
1. Bearing, Bhartṛ. 2, 68.
2. Suffering.
3. Enduring, Pañc. iii. d. 178 (śīta-vāta-ātapa-, Enduring coldness, wind, and heat).
4. Patient.
5. Able, Vikr. 78, 10; Śiś. 9, 51.
II. m. and n. Strength, power.
III. m. The month Mārgaśīrṣa (November -- December).
IV. f. hā.
1. The earth.
2. The name of several plants.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not able to support, Kathās. 9, 37. 2. impatient, 6, 114. 3. unable, Hit. ii. d. 120 (bharasya, to bear). a-kāla-, adj. unable to be maintained a long time, Hit. iii. d. 135. niḥsaha, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. unable to bear, Kathās. 17, 9. 2. powerless, Gīt. 2, 17. mahā-,
I. adj. much-enduring.
II. f. hā, the name of several plants. śatru-, adj. enduring an enemy. sarva-, adj. enduring everything, very patient, Hit. i. d. 63, M.M. sva-kārya-, adj. able to do one's duty, Vikr. d. 156.
2. saha, i. e. sa + dhā (with h for dh as often, and the final shortened, cf. tra for trā, sadha, ved.),
1. adv. as former part of comp. words, With, united, common, like, complete (e. g. sahakārin).
2. prep. With (with instr., Rām. 3, 55, 41; epic also with dat., Chr. 13, 15; with abl., Cāṇ, 105 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 413).
-- Cf. probably Lat. sodā + lis.
i. e.
I. sa-ha-kāra, adj. Endowed with the letter ha, i. e. the vocative particle, i. e. calling, Nalod. 2, 14.
II. 2. saha-kāra, m. A fragrant sort of mango, Vikr. d. 25.
I. m. A companion, Pañc. 243, 3; a friend, 43, 4.
II. f. rī, A companion, a wife, Vikr. d. 102.
I. adj.
1. Born or produced with, together, Johns. Sel. 16, 66.
2. Innate, Indr. 4, 7.
3. Natural, Hit. 87, 12; Pañc. 110, 15.
II. m.
1. A brother of whole blood.
2. The natural state or disposition.
I. m. The youngest of the five Pāṇḍava princes.
II. f. vā and vī, The name of several plants, Pañc. 157, 23 (vī).
I. m. A husband, Śāk. 111, 12.
II. f. iṇī, A legitimate wife, ib. 5; Utt. Rāmac. 85, 12.
I. adj.; f. iṇī.
1. Following the same law.
2. Having same or like properties.
II. f. iṇī, A woman married according to the ritual of the Vedas.
I. adj. Enduring.
II. n. Bearing, enduring.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. nā, 1. unable to bear or endure, Kathās. 15, 87. 2. jealous, Vikr. d. 55.
I. m.
1. The month Mārgaśīrṣa (Nov. -- Dec.).
2. The winter season.
II. n.
1. ved. Victory, strength, Lass. 101, 10 = Rigv. vii. 16, 4; power.
2. instr. sā, adv. a. Without consideration, precipitately, Hit. iv. d. 97; quickly, Rām. 3, 54, 9. b. On a sudden, Pañc. 222, 23; Śāk. d. 9; at once, Pañc. 182, 14; with (?), Johns. Sel. 46, 1, 1 (perhaps corr. saha cāps°).
3. Light.
-- Cf. Goth. sigis; A. S. sigor, sige.
-- Comp. paraḥsahasra, i. e. paras-, adj., f. rā, more than a thousand, Utt. Rāmac. 11, 8.
1. A thousand times, Man. 2, 79.
2. Repeatedly.
I. adj. Thousandfold.
II. n. A thousand, Śiś. 9, 80.
-- Comp. śata-, adv. by hundreds of thousands, by myriads, Johns. Sel. 11, 27.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Having a thousand, Pañc. v. d. 69.
2. Consisting of thousands, Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15.
3. (A fine) amounting to a thousand. Man. 8, 276.
II. m.
1. A body of a thousand men.
2. Commander or prefect of a thousand.
1. A companion, Pañc. 221, 22.
2. An adherent.
3. A helper, Lass. 52, 1.
4. An ally, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 1.
5. The ruddy goose, Anas casarca.
6. A sort of drug and perfume.
-- Comp. a-, adj. one who has no assistant, Man. 7, 30; no allies, Pañc. iii. d. 54. kariṇī-, adj. with his female elephant, Vikr. 64, 2. dus-, adj. abandoned, MBh. 5, 1861. dharma-, m. a companion for fulfilling religious duties, Sāh. D. 37, 2. madhu-, m. Kāmadeva, the god of love. vacana-, m. a companion for conversation, Pañc. 221, 22.
1. A multitude of companions.
2. Companionship, union, Pañc. 59, 10 (tva).
3. Help, Pañc. 154, 17 (tva).
1. Having a companion, Pañc. i. d. 97; Hit. iv. d. 18 ('in the true sense of the word').
2. Assisted, befriended.
-- Comp. a-, adj. alone, Man. 6, 42.
1. Accompanied by; at the end of comp. words, With, Hit. 61, 4.
2. With (with instr.), Chr. 23, 32.
3. Associated, Chr. 62, 52. pl. All, Lass. 2. ed. 61, 30.
-- Comp. karṇa-, adj. with the ears, Pañc. 217, 5.
1. Able to support, Śāk. d. 37.
2. Patient, Kir. 2, 50; resigned.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. unable to bear, Mālat. 144, 4. 2. unable, Hit. 126, 17. 3. envious, Hit. 85, 8.
1. Ability to support, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 17.
2. Patience, resignation.
-- Comp. a-, f. envy, Bhartṛ. 2, 42.
I. m. The sun.
II. f. The earth.
1. The son of a pregnant bride, Man. 9, 160.
2. A thief caught with stolen property upon him.
A. See sah.
B. i. e. saha + ya,
I. adj. Powerful, strong.
II. n.
1. Health, convalescence.
2. Assistance, Rām. 6, 3, 26.
C. m. The name of a range of mountains, Kir. 18, 5.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] and [greek] in [greek] Lat. sanus, but questionable on account of A.S. sund; O.H.G. ga-sunt (perhaps = saha + vant).
I. adj. Skilled in war, Vikr. 87, 2; warlike, Ragh. 11, 30.
II. m.
1. A soldier skilled in war.
2. An able leader.
I. adj. Annual, perennial.
II. m. An almanac-maker, an astrologer, Kām. Nītis. 4, 33; Pañc. iii. d. 67.
-- Comp. ati-, adj., f. rī, going beyond a year, Man. 8, 153.
I. adj. Yearly, Man. 7, 80.
II. m. An astrologer, Pañc, 156, 21.
1. Dubious, Pañc, iii. d. 11.
2. Irresolute.
1. Belonging to a thing's nature, innate, Bhāṣāp. 38.
2. Effected naturally, spontaneous, Sāukhya Aph. iii. 20.
3. Effected by supernatural means, as spells, etc. ib. v. 111.
I. adv. At the same time, together, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4.
II. prep. With (with instr.), Kāvya Prak. 103, 6.
1. Totality, Nalod. 3, 19; instr. yena, Completely, Man. 12, 25.
2. The whole, all.
I. m. Barley.
II. n. A quantity of fried grain.
1. In presence, Nal. 24, 13 (in their presence, being present); before, eye to eye, Indr. 2, 16.
2. From (cf. sakāśāt, s.v. sakāśa), Arj. 1, 12.
3. Manifestly, evidently, visibly, Man. 2, 237; Pañc. 46, 6; Nal. 1, 4 (sakṣād-iva manuḥ, like an embodied Manu); with one's own eyes, Pañc. 197, 12.
4. Openly, Mālat. 6, 13.
5. As, like.
I. adj., f. iṇī.
1. Witnessing, having witnessed, Hit. iv. d. 62.
2. Attesting.
II. m. A witness, Pañc. iii. d. 93; with gen. and loc., Pāṇ. ii. 3, 39.
-- Comp. kūṭa- and dus-, m. a false witness, Yājñ. 2, 77 (kūṭa-); Rām. 3, 18, 34 (dus-).
1. Evidence, Man. 8, 82.
2. Giving evidence, 8, 62; testimony, MBh. 5, 1225
1. The ocean, Pañc. i. d. 240.
2. A kind of deer.
-- Comp. kṣīra-, m. the sea of milk, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 11. pūrva-, m. the eastern sea, Ragh. 4, 32. buddhi-, m. a proper name, or rather, plenty of wisdom, or having plenty of wisdom, Lass. 6, 2.
1. Mixture.
2. The concurrence of various properties in one subject.
I. adj.
1. Numeral, relating to number.
2. Deliberating, reasoning, Bhag. 3, 3.
3. Rational, discriminative.
II. m. The Sāṅkhya system of philosophy, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 33; Bhag. 2, 39.
1. With the members, divisions.
2. Complete, finished, Utt. Rāmac. 166, 2.
I. adj. Associating.
II. m.
1. A visitor.
2. One who comes on business, Man. 3, 103.
1. Friendship.
2. Ministership, Pañc. 13, 4.
† sāṭ, i. 10, Par. To make manifest.
1. Gaining, acquisition, Chr. 297, 22 = Rigv. i. 112, 15.
2. Gift, giving.
3. End, conclusion.
4. Destruction.
5. Sharp pain.
-- Comp. vāja-, f. gain of food, Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. i. 112, 24.
I. adj.
1. Endowed with the quality sattva, i. e. the best of qualities, Man. 3, 263.
2. Endowed with goodness, Man. 12, 40.
3. Relating, belonging to, or proceeding from, that quality, Bhag. 7, 12; Man. 12, 31.
4. Good, honest, true, Hit. i. d. 15, M. M.; sincere, Mālat. 16, 3.
II. m. Brahman.
I. m.
1. Viṣṇu.
2. Baladeva.
3. The son of an outcaste Vaiśya, Man. 10, 23.
4. pl. The name of a people.
II. f. tī, A proper name.
1. A follower, a worshipper.
2. A man of the Yādava tribe, Bhāg. P. 8, 5, 13.
A. sad + a,
1. Perishing, decay, Nalod. 2, 26; 3, 24; Vikr. d. 44 (a-pakṣa-, Not being deprived of its wings).
2. Weariness, exhaustion, Ragh. 8, 57; Śiś. 9, 77.
3. Pain, Nalod. 2, 26.
B. Purity, Padmap. 8, 20; cleanness.
-- Comp. kara-, m. sinking down of one's arms, and setting or disappearing of the sun's rays, Pañc. i. d. 194.
1. Dispelling.
2. Destroying.
3. Wearying.
4. Exhaustion.
5. A house, a dwelling, Hiḍ. 4, 7.
-- Comp. yama-, n. the palace of Yama i. e. Tartarus, Lass. 17, 3.
I. adj. Destroying, Rām. 2, 34, 37.
II. m. One who rides on a horse or elephant, or is mounted in a car, Johns. Sel. 26, 8; Rājat. 5, 451.
-- Comp. aśva-, m. a horseman, Ragh. 7, 44.
1. Resemblance, similarity, Kir. 5, 26; Bhāṣāp. 78.
2. A likeness, Megh. 83.
1. To finish, to accomplish.
2. To conquer, Hit. iii. d. 40. † i. 4, Par. To be completed or accomplished (cf. sidh). Caus. (also of sidh, q. cf.),
1. To bring to a conclusion, to accomplish, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 24; Hit. i. d. 1.
2. To prepare for heaven, Man. 2, 248.
3. To secure, Man. 7, 173.
4. To effect, to perform, MBh. 5, 117.
5. To overcome, Hit. 59, 21; to conquer, MBh. 1, 7435; to kill, Pañc. 211, 12.
6. To obtain, Man. 6, 75.
7. To recover a debt, Man. 8, 176.
8. To learn, Ragh. 10, 29.
9. To set out, to go away, Śāk. 7, 19; to fly, Mālat. 126, 5; to proceed, Vikr. 60, 13. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sādhita.
1. Accomplished, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 24.
2. Mastered, Kathās. 46, 118; obtained, Daśak. in Chr. 189, 11.
3. Successful, Lass. 3, 16.
4. Recovered (as a debt).
5. Fulfilled, discharged.
6. Punished, Pañc. 257, 4; punished by fine.
7. Awarded (as the thing or fine).
8. Awarded to or in favour of (as the person to whom the fine is to be paid). Ptcple. of the fut. pass. sādhya.
1. What must or will be accomplished, Hit. pr. d. 1.
2. Practicable, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 23.
3. Conquerable, Pañc. i. d. 244.
4. To be mastered, Pañc. i. d. 73; Śiś. 5, 49.
5. Able to be destroyed, Pañc. 194, 19.
6. To be inferred or concluded, Bhāṣāp. 137.
7. To be cured, curable. m. A class of inferior deity, Man. 3, 195. n.
1. Accomplishment, perfection.
2. (In logic), The major term in a syllogism, Siddh. Mukt. 62, 3. Comp. a-, adj. 1. unattainable, Pañc. i. d. 223. 2. intractable, Hit. ii. d. 98. āyāsa-, adj. scarcely to be settled, Pañc. i. d. 421. duḥsādhya, i. e. dus-, adj.
1. difficult to be accomplished, Pañc. ii. d. 26. 2. difficult to be conquered, Pañc. 56, 10. 3. difficult to be cured, Hariv. 16132.
-- With the prep. upa upa, upasādhita, Subdued, Pañc. iii. d. 249.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To settle, Man. 8, 187.
-- With pra pra, Caus.
1. To further, Pañc. i. d. 407.
2. To accomplish, Pañc. i. d. 140.
3. To dress, Śāk. 49, 21.
4. To acquire, Pañc. i. d. 2.
5. To subdue, Man. 7, 103. prasādhita,
1. Accomplished, done.
2. Ornamented, decorated, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 10. prasādhya,
1. What may be done.
2. To be destroyed, defeated. Comp. duṣprasādhya, i. e. dus-, adj. difficult to be defeated, Kām. Nītis. 10, 38.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Caus. To settle, Hit. iv. d. 117.
-- With sam sam, Caus.
1. Ātm. To be successful, MBh. 3, 1478.
2. To endow with, Rām. 2, 36, 9.
3. To destroy, MBh. 3, 1683.
4. To extinguish, MBh. 1, 2841.
5. To obtain, Man. 2, 100.
6. To cause to be paid, 8, 213.
7. To regain, 8, 50.
-- Cf. probably Goth. sandjan; A.S. sendan.
I. adj., f. dhikā,
1. Accomplishing.
2. Helping, Indr. 5, 56.
3. Magical, Pañc. 241, 2; an adept, Mālat. 74, 6; 9, 7 (Prākṛ.).
II. f. ikā, Deep sleep (= suṣupti, a vedantic term).
-- Comp. uttara-, m. one who accomplishes what remains, an assistant, Lass. 3, 20. kārya-, adj., f. dhikā, accomplishing one's aim, Hit. i. d. 34, M. M.
1. Accomplishing, Hit. iv. d. 98 (sādhya-, What must be accomplished, i. e. one's aim).
2. Advancement, Man. 4, 196.
3. A means of accomplishing, Pañc. i. d. 8.
4. Wealth.
5. A part of an army, Utt. Rāmac. 39, 12.
6. Instrument.
7. Cause, efficient cause, Man. 11, 237; source of prosperity, Man. 12, 100.
8. Subduing by charms, Pañc. 241, 2.
9. Killing, destroying, Kir. 14, 17.
10. Obsequies.
11. Authority.
12. Proof, substantiation.
13. The hetu or middle term in an inference.
14. Enforcement of the delivery of anything, of payment, especially juridically, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20; 185, 21.
15. Medicament, drug.
16. Matter, materials, that of which anything is composed.
17. Substance, thing.
18. The penis, Sāh. D. 212, 19.
19. Going.
20. Following, profit, Pañc. 86, 24.
21. Good works, Windischmann, Sankara, 97.
22. Friendship.
-- Comp. a-, adj. having no means, Hit. i. d. 1, M.M. tri-, adj., f. nā, having a threefold origin, Ragh. 3, 13 (viz. majesty, perseverance, and counsel). mantra-, n. a magical performance, Lass. 3, 16 (ghora-, dele' before ghora). lekhana-, n. writing materials, Śāk. 37, 9 (Prākṛ.). sādhya-, n. effecting what is to be done, Hit. iv. d. 98. siddha-,
I. m. white mustard.
II. n. 1. the performance of magical rites. 2. the materials employed in magical or alchemical processes.
-- Comp. bahu-sādhanatā, f. possessing many expedients, Śiś. 9, 6.
1. Community, equality, of duty, Vikr. 65, 12.
2. Community of properties, common character, Bhāṣāp. 12. 28; likeness, Kusumāñj. 3, 9.
1. Belonging to many, common, Bhāṣāp. 71; equal, Vikr. d. 34.
2. Like, similar, Lass. 85, 10.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. not common, Bhāṣāp. 72. 2. unparalleled, Hit. 32, 8, M. M. 3. excessive, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 17.
I. adj., f. dhu and dhvī, comparat. sādhīyaṃs, superl. sādhiṣṭha,
1. Perfect, Śāk. d. 2.
2. Fit, proper, right.
3. Good, Hit. i. d. 11, M. M.; kind, Pañc. iv. d. 72; virtuous, pure.
4. Excellent.
5. Beautiful, pleasing.
II. acc. sing. dhu, adv.
1. Well, Śāk. d. 11; Vikr. 6, 6.
2. Indeed, Vikr. 20, 9.
3. With instr., prohibiting, Enough, away with, Pañc. v. d. 40.
III. m.
1. A Muni or sage.
2. An honest man, Pañc. 67, 6.
3. A usurer, Hit. 111, 1; a merchant, Hit. 65, 9.
IV. f. dhu and dhvī, A chaste, virtuous woman.
-- Comp. a-, adj. wicked, Kir. 14, 12; 21; unpleasant, Kir. 1, 4. sarva-, adv. quite well, Hit. 127, 14.
1. Correctness, Utt. Rāmac. 4, 10 (tva).
2. Goodness, Pañc. i. d. 277 (tva); Daśak. in Chr. 187, 23 (tā).
-- Comp. a-sādhutva, n. wickedness, Hit. iii. d. 48.
1. See sādh.
2. i. e. sādhya + a, adj. Belonging to the Sādhyas, a class of inferior deity, Arj. 4, 30.
I. adj., f. vatī, Comprehending that which is to be proved.
II. m. (In law), The party on whom rest the onus probandi.
III. n. That in which the sādhya or major term resides (i. e. the pakṣa and its sapakṣa's), Bhāṣāp. 67; 73.
1. Fear, terror, Vikr. d. 56; Mālav. 20, 9; 53, 21; Śāk. 12, 21.
2. Perturbation, Bhāg. P. 1, 11, 19.
3. Torpor, Utt. Rāmac. 80, 10.
-- Comp. ati-, m. too great fear, Hit. iii. d. 123. niḥsādhvasa, i. e. nis-, adj. 1. fearless, Hariv. 8709. 2. bold, Rām. 1, 64, 16 Gorr. sa-, adj., f. sā, alarmed, frightened, timid, Vikr. 28, 10. °sam, adv., 28, 14.
1. End, point, the top of a mountain, Mālat. 145, 10.
2. Level ground on the top or edge of a mountain, tableland, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 13.
3. A forest.
4. A shoot, a sprout.
5. A road.
6. A gale of wind.
7. A learned man, a sage.
8. The sun.
-- Comp. antaḥsānu, i. e. antar-, adv. on a table-land, Kir. 5, 36.
I. m. A mountain, Vikr. d. 76.
II. f. matī, The name of an Apsaras, Śāk. 77, 1.
-- Comp. mahā-, n. a severer sort of penance.
I. adj.
1. Expansive.
2. Relating to posterity.
3. Belonging to the heavenly tree. saṃtāna, Kir. 18, 20.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa intending to marry for the sake of issue, Man. 11, 1.
I. n.
1. Conciliation, reconcilement.
2. Appeasing, Rājat. 5, 345 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
II. n., and f. nā.
1. Speaking kindly and in a conciliatory manner.
2. Mildness, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 21 (n.); kind or deceiving words, Pañc. iv. d. 1 (n. pl.).
3. Friendly salutation and enquiry.
I. adj.
1. Thick, coarse, gross, Caurap. 12; Ṛt. 1, 20; intense, Śiś. 9, 15; 22.
2. Stout, robust.
3. Much, abundant, Mālat. 60, 13.
4. Vehement, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 830; Daśak. in Chr. 190, 8; Ragh. 7, 11; sāndratara, Increased, Śiś. 9, 37.
5. Clustering, collected.
6. Compact, but having interstices.
7. Unctuous, oily, Kāvya Prak. 62, 11.
8. Soft, bland.
9. Pleasing, agreeable, Mālat. 127, 12; Megh. 97 (v. r.).
II. n.
1. A thicket, a wood.
2. A heap, a cluster.
-- Cf. probably [greek].
I. adj.
1. Bearing or putting on armour.
2. Calling to arms.
II. m. An armour-bearer.
1. Vicinity, Pañc. 258, 7.
2. Presence, Man. 8, 87; attendance, Hit. 53, 12.
3. °yam, adv. Near, Indr. 5, 24.
-- Comp. a-, n. absence, Rām. 3, 55, 50.
1. Complicated (as disease), relating to the morbid state of the three humours collectively, Hit. iii. d. 119.
2. Miscellaneous, promiscuous, collective.
I. m. An enemy.
II. n. Ambition, Rām. 1, 45, 16.
B. sa-patnī + ya, n. Plurality of wives, or the condition of the wife of one who has other wives.
1. Productiveness, fruitfulness, Hit. ii. d. 21.
2. Advantage, Man. 12, 93.
3. State of earning the fruit, Mālat. 72, 9 (at the end of a Bahuvr.).
† sām, i. 10 (rather a dénomin. derived from sāman), Par. To conciliate, to appease.
1. Entireness, wholeness, the whole, Bhāṣāp. 63 (grī); Rām. 2, 70, 45, Scramp. (read prāṇasāmagryam),
2. Perfection, Pañc. 109, 10 (grī).
3. Stock, Hit. 130, 1 (grī); effects.
4. Implements, apparatus, Pañc. iii. d. 129 (grī); utensils, 250, 5 (grī).
5. Train, retinue, Hit. 98, 11 (yrī).
I. i. e. sāman + ja, adj. Producing from or produced by the Sāma-Veda.
II. m. An elephant.
1. Calming, Nalod. 1, 41.
2. Conciliation.
3. Speaking kindly, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1847.
4. Mildness, Man. 8, 187; instr. mnā, Willingly, voluntarily, Pañc. iv. d. 27.
5. Negotiation, Man. 7, 107.
6. Peaceable way, Pañc. i. d. 421; Chr. 20, 17.
7. The name of the third Veda, the Sāma- Veda, Man. 1, 23.
8. Song, Bhag. 10, 35; Indr. 2, 28.
-- Comp. jyeṣṭha-,
I. n. the name of a particular song (of the Sāma- Veda), Man. 3, 185.
II. m. one who sings this song, Yājñ. 1, 219. tri-, adj. one who sings three verses (of the SāmaVeda), or the song called triḥsāman (?), MBh. 12, 3638. su-, n. good negotiation, Pañc. iii. 21.
I. adj.
1. Limitative.
2. Bordering, neighbouring, Man. 8, 259.
3. Universal, Ragh. 5, 28 (Sch.).
II. m.
1. A neighbour, Man. 7, 69; Pañc. iii. d. 91.
2. The chief of a district, a (tributary) king, Mālat. 102, 6; Rājat. 5, 223; Vikr. d. 60.
3. A leader, a general, Rām. 1, 20, 12; a champion, Rājat. 5, 249.
III. n. Neighbourhood.
1. According to agreement, exact.
2. Conventional, customary.
3. Seasonable.
-- Comp. a-, unseasonable, Kir. 2, 40.
1. Fitness, Rājat. 5, 308.
2. Adequacy, Pañc. i. d. 215 (that which is adequate, but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1873, v.r.); being entitled, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3027.
3. Profit, Rām. 2, 61, 44, Seramp.
4. Ability, Pañc. 263, 7.
5. Strength, Rājat. 5, 384; power, Hit. ii. d. 140; fortitude, Bhag. 2, 36.
6. Mutual relation of words.
7. Sense of words.
-- Comp. a-, n. weakness, Pañc. 69, 3. niḥsāmarthya, i. e. nis-, adj. unfit, MBh. 5, 4587. hīna-darśana- (vb. kā), adj. blind, Rājat. 5, 219.
1. The chief of a company or corporation.
2. A principal minister.
1. Common office.
2. The condition of relating to the same object, Vedāntas. in Chr. 212, 21.
3. The residing in the same substratum or subject, Kusumāñj. 14, 20.
I. adj.
1. Common, Hit. i. d. 157, M. M.; Nal. 13, 17; in common, Pañc. 264, 2; base, Rājat. 5, 197; sāmānyatara, Very insignificant, not dexterous, Pañc. 133, 1.
2. Equal, Śāk. d. 92.
3. Generic.
4. General, universal, whole.
II. n.
1. Totality.
2. Public affairs, Man. 7, 56.
3. Equanimity, Hit. i. d. 95, M.M.
4. Common property, Hit. pr. d. 25, M.M.
5. Kind, genus, or species, Bhāṣāp. 1; 7, 63.
6. Identity, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 11.
III. f. yā, A whore.
-- Comp. a- and nis-, adj. uncommon, extraordinary, Pañc. 115. 7; Rājat. 4, 371. an-anya-nārī-, adj. having no intercourse with other women, Vikr. d. 59. a-loka-, adj. uncommon, Mālat. 6, 8. sarva-, adj. common to all.
1. Compounded, Bhag. 10, 33; composite.
2. Comprehensive, comprising the whole, Man. 7, 180; 10, 63.
3. Summary, brief.
1. Half.
2. Blameably.
-- Cf. O.H.G. sāmi-, A.S. sām-, e. g. in O.H.G. sāmi-quek, A.S. sām-cuce; Lat. semi-, [greek].
I. m. A mantra or mystical prayer.
II. f. nī,
1. Fuel.
2. A prayer used on adding fuel to the sacrificial fire.
I. m. A neighbour, Sāv. 2, 8.
II. n. Proximity.
I. adj. Marine, sea-born.
II. m. A mariner, a voyager.
III. n.
1. Seasalt.
2. Cuttle-fish bone.
3. (i. e. sa-mudra + a, see mudrā), A spot or mark on the body (cf. the next).
I. adj. Relating to spots on the body, or the good or ill fortune supposed to be indicated by them.
II. m. An interpreter of spots on the body.
I. adj. Warlike (?). MBh. 1, 723.
II. (n.),
1. Future, MBh. 1, 1921.
2. Future life, Bhāg. P. 8, 19, 2.
I. adj.
1. Relating to war, military, Man. 7, 185; warlike, Ragh. 17, 62.
2. Calamitous.
3. Future, relating to a future state, Man. 11, 30.
II. n. War, battle.
1. Now, at this time, Pañc. 161, 18.
2. Seasonably, fitly, properly.
-- Comp. a-sāmprata, adj. unbecoming, Pañc. i. d. 275. °tam, adv. unbecomingly, Hit. iii. d. 111.
1. Equality, Man. 11, 195.
2. Lquability, Bhag. 6, 33.
3. Harmony, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 4,
4. Likeness, similarity, Kir. 17, 51.
-- Comp. tri-, n. equality of the three fundamental quallties, Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 40.
A. i. e. se + a,
I. m.
1. End.
2. Evening, Vikr. 77, 12.
B. m. An arrow.
II. acc. yam, adv. Evening, in the evening, Pañc. iii. d. 159.
III. loc. ye, adv. In the evening.
-- Comp. ati-sāyam, adv. too late, Man. 4, 62.
-- Cf. Lat. serus, serum.
1. An arrow, Pañc. 120, 10.
2. A sword.
-- Comp. a-sanva- and puṣpa-, m. Kāma, the god of love, Kathās. 15, 2; Lass. 66, 11.
1. Intimate union, identification.
2. Similarity, likeness.
-- Comp. rājasāyujya, i. e. rājan-, n. royalty.
II.
9. as first signification,
I. adj.
1. Easential, Hit. iv. d. 71.
2. Excellent, best, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 22; Pañc. i. d. 284; Hit. iii. d. 89.
3. Hard, Śāk. d. 10.
4. Irrefragable (as an argument), proved, Man. 9, 262.
II. m. (and n.).
1. The pith or sap of trees.
2. The essence of anything, the essential or vital part of it, Hit. ii. d. 126; Pañc. 49, 4.
3. Nectar, Bhāg. P. 7, 6, 25.
4. The substance or material part (of a book, speech, etc.), Pañc. pr. d. 3; 10 (n.).
5. Marrow, Ragh. 10, 10.
6. Strength, vigour, Hit. 104, 7; affluence, Hit. i. d. 90, M.M. (artha-, of wealth, cf.
IV. 2.).
7. Prowess, heroism.
8. Firmness, hardness.
9. The coagulum of curds, cream.
10. Fresh butter.
11. Air, wind (cf. śāra).
12. Disease, pus, Hit. ii. d. 101 (and wealth).
III. m., and f. rī, A man at chess, backgammon (cf. śāra).
IV. n.
1. Water.
2. Wealth, Man. 8, 126; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 3 (at the end of a comp. adj.).
3. Fitness.
4. Steel.
5. (In rhetoric), Climax.
V. f. rā, Kuśa grass.
VI. f. rī, Turdus Salica Buch.
-- Comp. a-, adj. 1. sapless, Hit. iv. d. 87. 2. insipid, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 2; vain, Pañc. 165, 17. 3. weak, Pañc. i. d. 376. 4. bad, Man. 8, 202. 5. poor, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 23. sāra-a-, m. 1. strength and weakness, Hit. 104, 7. 2. excellence or defect, Man. 9, 331. 3. substance and emptiness. agra-, f. rā, a method of numbering, by which one may sum up the sand of a hundred Koṭis of Gaṅgā rivers, Lalit. 141 (cf. Arcimedes' method). adri-, m. iron. antaḥsāra, i. e. antar-,
I. m. and n. 1. the inward pus and wealth, Hit. ii. d. 101. 2. own worth, Cāṇ. 69 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411.
II. adj. 1. having inward essence, full of strength, Pañc. i. d. 142. 2. heavy, ponderous. artha-, m. important motive, Pañc. ii. d. 46. aśmasāra, i. e. aśman-, m. iron, Suśr. 2, 531, 4. eka-, m. only essence, Bhartṛ. 2, 1. kṛṣṇa- (cf. śāra),
I. adj. of a blue-black colour, Rām. 5, 32, 47.
II. m. 1. the black-pied antelope, Man. 2, 23; Vikr. d. 120. 2. the name of several plants. giri-, m. 1. iron. 2. tin. ghana-, m. camphor, Lass. 92, 8. candana-, m. the best sandal, Rām. 2, 20, 43 Gorr. traksāra, i. e. tvac-, m. reed, Man. 10, 37. dṛṣṭa-, adj. one of whom the strength is tested, Kām. Nītis. 8, 67. nis-abhibhava-, adj. having the highest excellence, i. e. than which there is nothing better, Bhartṛ. 2, 54 (but cf. also Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1859). niḥsāra, i. e. nis-, adj., f. rā, 1. sapless, Suśr. 1, 20, 16; Cāṇ. 66 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 411. 2. powerless, insignificant, Pañc. i. d. 421.
3. insipid.
4. vain, perishable, Hit. iv. d. 71. prāṇa-, adj. having the marrew of life, Śāk. d. 37. vajra-,
I. adj. having the vigour of a thunderbolt, Pañc. 58, 10.
II. m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 226. vedānta-, m. the essence of the Vedānta philosophy, Vedāntas. title, in Chr. 202, 1. śilā-, m. iron. śaila-, adj. firm as a rock, Kir. 10, 14 sa-kala-artha-śāstra-, adj. containing the essence of precepts about all things, Pañc. pr. d. 3. sattva-, m. excellence of strength, i. e. the most powerful, Utt. Rāmac. 151, 1. su-, m. 1. a kind of jewel or crystal (?), MBh. 7, 672. 2. Mimosa catechu. sva-anubhūti-eka-sāra-, adj. whose only essence consists in enjoying himself, Bhartṛ. 2, 1.
-- Cf. sara; Goth. sāls; A.S. sel, sael.
I. adj. Variegated, spotted.
II. m.
1. Variegated colour.
2. A lion.
3. An elephant.
4. A deer, Vikr. 63, 9; Śāk5, 5.
5. The Cātaka, Cuculus melanoleucus, Megh. 21.
6. The Indian cuckoo.
7. A kind of crane.
8. A peacock.
9. A large bee, Nalod. 1, 44.
10. A cloud.
11. A tree.
12. A parasol.
13. A garment.
14. Hair.
15. A lotus.
16. A flower.
17. A conch-shell.
18. A jewel.
19. Gold.
20. A bow.
21. Kāmadeva, the god of love.
22. Sandal.
23. Camphor.
III. f. gī, A sort of fiddle.
-- Comp. kriṣṇa-,
I. adj. blackpied.
II. m. the black-pied antelope, Śāk. 61, 14 (v. r.).
and ṇī sāraṇi/ī i. e. sṛ + ana + ī, f. A canal, a water-condult.
1. Essentially.
2. Vigorously.
3. Concerning (their) wealth, fortune, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 8; in proportion to the value, Man. 8, 405.
1. Essence, Pañc. ii. d. 84.
2. Substance.
3. Strength.
4. Highest degree, Rājat. 5, 400.
-- Comp. a-, f. fragility, Ragh. 8, 50. sāra-a-, f. strong and weak points, Pañc. 53, 9.
-- Comp. ku-, m. a bad charioteer. Lass. 53, 11. dharma-, a proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 17, 11. pārṣṇi-, m. du. the two carioteers who govern the outer horses attached to the extremities of the axletree, MBh. 1, 5490. madhu-, m. Kāmadeva, the god of love.
-- Comp. aśva-, n. management of horses and cars, Man. 10, 47.
I. m. A dog, Pañc. 110, 23.
II. f. yī, A bitch.
-- Cf. probably [greek]
1. Substantial, having pith, substance.
2. Fertile, Hit. iv. d. 121.
I. adj. Relating or belonging to a lake, Nalod. 2, 40.
II. m., and f. sī, The Indian crane, male and female, Ardea sibirica, Rām. 3, 53, 58; Pañc. 82, 6; ii. d. 103 (cf. my transl.); a bird in general, Nalod. 2, 10.
III. m. The moon.
IV. n. A lotus, Caurap. 44.
-- Comp. rājasārasa, i. e. rājan-, m. a peacock.
I. adj., f. tī,
1. Relating to the goddess Sarasvatī,
2. Relating or belonging to the river Sarasvatī, Megh. 50.
3. Eloquent.
II. m.
1. A staff of the Vilva tree.
2. The name of a country; pl. its people.
I. sṛ + in, adj. Going; pārva-, Going in front, being the first, MBh. 5, 142.
II. sāra + in, adj. Having the essence or substance of, Nal. 12, 59.
1. Identity of form.
2. Conformity, Man. 4, 18.
3. Close resemblance.
I. adj.
1. Opulent.
2. Of like meaning.
3. Significant.
II. m.
1. A caravan, Pañc. 3, 21.
2. A troop, Rājat. 5, 374.
3. A multitude in general, Lass. 66, 17; Śāk. 32, 6.
-- Comp. eka-sārtha + m, together, Johns. Sel. 36, 6. bhañga-, adj. fraudulent.
I. adj. Relating to a snake.
II. f. pī, The ninth lunar mansion.
1. Belonging or relating to all elements, beings.
2. Comprising all animated beings, Man. 12, 51.
I. adj. Relating to, or consisting of, the whole earth.
II. m.
1. An universal monarch.
2. The elephant of the northern quarter.
3. A proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 10.
1. Of every kind, Man. 2, 244.
2. Belonging to every tribe.
I. adj. Made of or from mustard.
II. n. Mustard oil.
I. m.
1. A wall surrounding a building, a wall in general, Daśak. in Chr. 201, 1.
2. A tree, Shorea robusta, Man. 8, 246.
3. A tree in general.
4. A fish, Ophiocephalus Wrahl.
II. f. lā, A house.
1. = śālva.
2. The name of a demon.
1. An employer of priests for a sacrifice.
2. The ceremonies by which a sacrifice is terminated.
3. Varuṇa.
4. A month of thirty solar days.
-- Comp. indra-, the fourteenth Manu, ib. 34. dakṣa-, m. the ninth Manu, ib. 18. deva-, m. the thirteenth Manu, ib. 31. dharma-, m. the eleventh Manu, ib. 25. brahman-, m. the tenth Manu, ib. 21. rudra-, m. the twelfth Manu, ib. 28.
I. adj.
1. Descended from the sun, Utt. Rāmac. 132, 3.
2. Belonging to the dynasty descended from the sun, ib. 27, 13.
II. m.
1. The sun.
2. Śiva.
3. A Vasu or demigod so called.
4. Karṇa, child of the sun.
5. One of the Nakṣatras, or lunar asterisms, Johns. Sel. 15, 62.
III. f. trī.
1. A beam of light, a cluster of solar rays.
2. Umā, the wife of Śiva, Sāv. 1, 7.
3. A proper name, Sāv. 1, 21.
4. The name of the most holy verse of the Rigv. (iii. 62, 11), Man. 2, 77; 11, 191.
5. The ceremony of investiture with the sacrificial string, Man. 2, 38.
IV. n. The sacrificial string.
1. Violence, Man. 8. 345.
2. Oppression, cruelty, Śiś. 8, 59.
3. Punishment, Man. 8, 120.
4. Rape, ravishment.
5. Hatred.
6. Boldness, daring, Hit. ii. d. 3; Pañc. 135, 8; courage, Mālat. 75, 12.
7. Rashness, Hit. iii. d. 115; Hit. 100, 3.
8. Suicide, Pañc. 135, 6; Daśak. in Chr. 189, 7.
-- Comp. viṣama-, n. temerity.
I. adj., f. kī.
1. Using force or violence, Man. 3, 344.
2. Rapacious.
3. Cruel, Mālat. 9, 5.
4. Inflicted as punishment.
5. Perpetrated by violence.
6. Bold, daring.
7. Rash, Mālat. 64, 4; impetuous.
II. m. A robber, Pañc. i. d. 390.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. kī, being of a mild disposition, Śiś. 9, 59. ati-, adj. very bold, daring, Pañc. 241, 3. a-sama-, adj. who has not his match in boldness, Lass. 4, 17. mahā-, m. 1. an assaulter. 2. a robber.
I. adj.
1. Relating or belonging to a thousand.
2. Bought with a thousand.
3. Paid per thousand, as interest, duty.
4. A thousandfold, a thousand times better, Man. 2, 85.
II. m. An army or detachment, a thousand strong.
III. n. An aggregate of many thousands.
-- Comp. daśasāhasra, i. e. daśan-,
I. adj. consisting of ten thousand, MBh. 4, 289.
II. n. ten thousand, Hariv. 13900. dvādaśasāhasra, i. e. dvādaśan-, adj. consisting of twelve thousand, Man. 1, 71. śata-, adj. consisting of a hundred thousand, a hundred thousandfold, Man. 7, 85.
1. Friendship.
2. Alliance.
3. Help. Pañc. ii. d. 13.
I. n., and f. hiti, Society, connexion, combination.
II. n. Poetry, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3250.
-- Cf. āhvaya.
-- With the prep. pra pra, prasita,
1. Bound.
2. Attached to.
3. Diligent, attentive.
-- Cf. sīman; [greek]; O.H.G. sail; A.S. sal, laqueus, sael, saelan, sieran, syrwan; Goth. in-sailjan, illaqueare; O.H.G. saito; A. S. sad, laqueus.
I. m.
1. A lion, Pañc. 218, 22.
2. The sign Leo.
3. As latter part of comp. words, Preeminent; e. g. puruṣa-, m. (properly, a lion-like man), A hero, Hit. pr. d. 31, M.M. rājasiṃha, i. e. rājan-, m. A great king, Hit. iii. d. 121.
II. f. hī, A lioness, Rām. 3, 53, 46; Pañc. 218, 22.
I. n.
1. Tin.
2. Brass.
3. Cassia bark.
II. n., and f. lā, Ceylon, Hit. 63, 10 (la).
1. Rust of iron.
2. The mucus of the nose.
I. m. pl. Sand.
II. f. tā.
1. Sandy soil.
2. Sand, Vikr. d. 79 (pl.); Pañc. ii. d. 62.
3. Gravel or stone (the disease).
I. m.
1. Boiled rice.
2. A lump or ball of boiled rice, Skanda P., Kāśīkh. 81, 38.
II. n.
1. Beeswax.
2. Indigo.
-- Comp. madhu-, n. a sort of poison.
1. To sprinkle, MBh. 1, 8153.
2. To discharge, Man. 11, 170; with śukram, To lose semen, 2, 181.
3. To pour in, Bhartṛ. 2, 20.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, ṣic,
1. To besprinkle, Rām. 1, 38, 14; to wet, Pañc. 50, 9.
2. To pour upon, Megh. 49.
3. To inaugurate by sprinkling with sacred water, to initiate, Rām. 1, 1, 79; Vikr. d. 161. Ātm. To be inaugurated, MBh. 3, 14423. Caus. To cause to be inaugurated, MBh. 1, 3117.
-- With ava ava, avasikta, Sprinkled, MBh. 1, 7730.
-- With ā ā, Caus. To order to be dropped in, Man. 8, 272.
-- With ud ud, To make haughty, Ragh. 17, 43. utsikta,
1. Sprinkled.
2. Overflowing, abounding, Rām. 1, 21, 13.
3. Haughty, Kathās. 18, 86.
4. Mad, Man. 8, 71.
-- With ni ni, ṣic, To sprinkle, Vikr. d. 23; Ragh. 3, 26. Caus. To cause to be sprinkled, Rām. 2, 63, 9.
-- With pari pari, ṣic,
1. To sprinkle round about, Pañc. iii. d. 26.
2. To sprinkle, MBh. 1, 4500.
-- With pra pra, i. 4, To flow away, MBh. 3, 14767. prasikta, Sprinkled, Utt. Rāmac. 58, 4.
-- With sam sam, saṃsikta,
1. Sprinkled, Rām. 1, 5, 8.
2. Moistened, Pañc. iii. d. 33.
-- Cf. O.H.G. sīhan, colare, seihjan, mingere, probably Goth. saivs; O.H.G. seo, gi-sic; Lat. stilla (for stic-la; cf. strau in O.H.G. straum = Sskr. sro, vb. sru); [greek] probably [greek]
I. (cf. si and so), adj. White, Vikr. d. 53; Pañc. 158, 3.
II. m.
1. White (the colour).
2. The light half of the month from new to full moon, Rājat. 5, 327.
3. The planet Venus.
4. An arrow.
III. f. tā.
1. Candied sugar.
2. Moonlight.
3. A handsome woman.
4. Spirituous liquor.
5. The name of several plants.
IV. n.
1. Silver.
2. Sandal.
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. tā and asiknī,
I. adj. 1. black, Rām. 2, 96, 19. 2. the black half of the month from full to new moon, Pañc. ed. orn. i. d. 139.
II. m. 1. black (the colour). 2. a proper name, MBh. 1, 106.
III. f. tā, a proper name, Hariv. 120. sita-a-,
I. adj. white and black.
II. m. a name of Baladeva.
I. adj. One who has obtained his aim, Chr. 62, 60; successful.
II. m. White mustard, Pañc. 158, 3.
-- Comp. a-, adj. unfortunate, Rām. 3, 55, 20.
1. Accomplishment, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 4; Hit. ii. d. 13; fulfilment, Vikr. d. 28 (read abhimukhiṣviva, in the ed. of Bollens).
2. Success, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3255; prosperity, well-being, Pañc. i. d. 432.
3. Use, Pañc. ii. d. 93 (na siddhyai, useless).
4. Final emancipation, supreme felicity, Man. 2, 93.
5. The fruit of the adoration of the gods or of ascetic austerities.
6. The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means, magical power, Pañc. 241, 3.
7. A magical shoe, which is supposed to convey the bearer wherever he likes.
8. A medicinal root.
9. Indisputable conclusion, decision, Pañc. iii. d. 91.
10. Validity.
11. Knowledge, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 8; understanding, intellect, Rām. 5, 18, 13.
12. Acquittance, discharge (of debt).
13. Concealment.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. imperfect accomplishment, failure, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3255. 2. want of proof, conclusion not warranted by the premises, Bhāṣāp. 74. āśraya-a-, Svarūpa-a-, Vyāpyatva-a-, f. forms of asiddhi, or fallacious inference, Bhāṣāp. 74-76. ati-, f. excessive accomplishment, Rām. 4, 57, 10. anyathā-, f. establishing wrongly, especially assigning superfluous causes, Bhāṣāp. 15. mahā-, f. magical power, Lass. 3, 17. yajña-, f. due performance of sacrifice, Man. 1, 23. rasa-, f. knowledge of alchemy. vighāla-, and vighna-, f. removing obstacles. sādhya-, f. 1. completion. 2. establishing what is to be proved. sāmasiddhi, i. e. sāman-, f. the art of accomplishing something in a peaceable way, Pañc. 91, 17.
1. sidh (i. e. probably so-dhā, cf. sādh), i. 4, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 12025),
1. To be accomplished, Pañc. i. d. 2.
2. To reach, Śāk. d. 38 (with loc.).
3. To attain one's aim, Pañc. i. d. 131.
4. To succeed, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 3.
5. To be established, Hit. 84, 17; to be valid, Man. 8, 74; 163.
6. Pass. To be concluded, Bhāṣāp. 77. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. siddha.
1. Accomplished, Hit. i. d. 31, M.M. (prakṛti-, by nature, i. e. natural; n. true nature, Bhartṛ. 2, 42); effected, settled, Pañc. i. d. 424.
2. Succeeded, Pañc. 44, 10; successful, Pañc. v. d. 77.
3. Liberated, emancipated.
4. Endowed with supernatural powers.
5. Prepared, compounded (in medicine).
6. Ready (as money), Hit. ii. d. 92.
7. Cooked, dressed, Man. 3, 84; Pañc. 116, 22.
8. Subdued, acquired, by magical power, Lass. 2. ed. 3, 3; Kathās. 18, 177; gained, Pañc. 250, 12.
9. Demonstrated, proved.
10. Judged, decided, Utt. Rāmac. 10, 8.
11. Valid, deemed right, Mālat. 160, 5.
12. Celebrated, famous.
13. Shining, splendid.
14. Eternal.
15. Initiated in alchemy or magic, magical, Pañc. 241, 6.
16. Discharged, settled (as a debt). m.
1. A sort of demigod, Pañc. 242, 5.
2. A wise man, Hit. ii. d. 98.
3. An ascetic who has attained one or all of his purposes.
4. A magician, Panc. 242, 21. n. Sea salt. Comp. a-, adj. 1. unaccomplished. 2. imperfect. 3. unproven. 4. unripe. anyathā-, adj. wrongly established, especially used of superfluous causes, Bhāṣāp. 20. rasa-,
I. adj. accomplished in poetry, Bhartṛ. 2, 21.
II. m. an alchemist. a-vi-hita- (vb. dha), adj. not artificial, innate, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 3. saṃkalpa-, adj. endowed with supernatural powers by energy, Chr. 58, 4. suvarṇa-, m. an adept who has acquired gold (by magical means), Pañc. 243, 1, sqq. Caus. sedhaya and sādhaya, see sādh.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To be acquired, Man. 11, 237.
2. To succeed, Bhag. 3, 8.
3. To be known, Man. 12, 97. prasiddha,
1. Celebrated, famous, Pañc. 127, 20; Lass. 49, 17.
2. Known, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 11.
3. Adorned.
-- With sam sam, To attain beatitude, Man. 2, 87. saṃsiddha, One who has attained beatitude, Lass. 49, 9.
2. sidh, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 3, 15643),
1. To command.
2. To restrain, Lass. 101, 1 = Rigv. vii. 15, 10.
3. To ordain.
4. † To do an auspicious act.
5. † To go. siddha, see s.v. 1. sidh.
-- With the prep. apa apa, To remove, Man. 11, 198.
-- With ni ni, ṣidh,
1. To remove, Rājat. 5, 56.
2. To prohibit, MBh. 1, 279.
3. To forbid, Man. 8, 361; Pañc. 160, 25. Caus. To prohibit, Pañc. 160, 25.
-- With prati prati, ṣidh,
1. To prevent, Pañc. 171, 25.
2. To restrain, Man. 2, 206.
3. To forbid, Man. 8, 361. Caus.
1. To restrain, MBh. 1, 1594.
2. To keep off, Chr. 31, 9.
-- With viprati vi-prati, vipratiṣiddha, Contradicted, containing contradiction, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 7.
I. m. A sort of tree.
II. f. rī.
1. Red clothes.
2. The name of two plants.
III. n. Red lead, minium, Ṛt. 1, 24; Kathās. 23, 78 (red colour).
I. m.
1. The Indus, Rājat. 5, 215.
2. The ocean, Pañc. i. d. 117.
3. The country along the Indus; m. pl. Its inhabitants, Draup. 1, 6.
4. The juice that exudes from an elephant's temples.
5. An elephant.
II. f. A river in general, Śāk. d. 117; Rājat. 5, 112.
-- Comp. dyu-, f. the Gaṅgā, Kathās. 4, 137. soma-, m. Viṣṇu.
I. adj.
1. River or sea-born.
2. Born in Sindhu.
II. n. Rock-salt.
I. m.
1. Perspiration, sweat.
2. The moon.
II. f. rā.
1. A woman's zone.
2. A female buffalo.
3. A river near Oujein, Pañc. 240, 11; Megh. 32.
I. m. The root of long pepper.
II. f. rā.
1. Any tubular vessel of the body, as a vein, a nerve, Suśr. 1, 267, 13.
2. A bucket a baling vessel.
1. To sew.
2. To unite, Utt. Rāmac. 128, 5. Ptcple. cf. the pf. pass. syūta.
1. Sewn, Mālat. 77, 4; stitched, joined, made, Prab. 116, 8.
2. Pierced by a fishing-book.
-- With the prep. anu anu, anusyūta,
1. Sewn on (cf. anusyūtatva).
2. Closely attached to.
3. Uninterrupted.
-- Cf. si; Goth. siujan; A.S. siwian; O.H.G. siut, suila, saum; A. S. seam, limbus; O.N. saumr, sutura; Lat. suere, Con-sus, Con-sualia; [greek] probably [greek] and [greek] (cf. sīvanī, s. v. sīvana).
1. A furrow, the track of the ploughshare.
2. Husbandry, Man. 9, 293.
3. Name of a goddess, wife of Indra, presiding over fruits, etc., Pāraskara Gṛ. S. in Journ. of the German Oriental Society, vii. 538, 17.
4. The wife of Rāma, Rām. 5, 48, 19.
5. Lakṣmī.
6. Umā.
7. One of the fabulous branches of the Gaūgā.
8. Spirituous liquor.
-- Cf. sītya.
I. adj. Tilled, ploughed.
II. n. Corn, grain.
-- Cf. probably [greek].
1. A boundary, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 461; a limit, a landmark, Man. 8, 149; 255; Pañc. i. d. 104 (man and mā); skirt, Utt. Rāmac. 43, 6 (man).
2. Observance of due bounds in morals, Bhaṭṭ. 1, 6; Nalod. 3, 28.
3. A field.
4. The nape of the neck.
5. The scrotam.
-- Comp. niḥsīman, i. e. nis-, adj. boundless, Bhartṛ. 2, 28.
-- Cf. [greek]; O.S. sīmo, laqueus.
I. m. A separation of the hair on each side, so as to leave a distinct line on the top of the head, Megh. 66.
II. m. and n. The head.
III. m. or n. A landmark (?), Lass. 41, 7.
1. A plough, Megh. 16.
2. The sun.
-- Comp. ardha-, i. e. ardhasīra + in, m. A cultivator who takes half the crop for his labour, Yājñ. 1, 166.
I. n. Sewing, stitching.
II. f. nī, The frenum of the prepuce.
1. su, i. 1, and ii. 2, Par., and sū sū, ii. 4, suya (properly pass. refl. of su), and ii. 2, Ātm.
1. To beget, Man. 10, 32.
2. To bear, to bring forth, Man. 10, 39; Pañc. pr. d. 5. ii. 5, sunu, Par. Ātm. (the act of expressing the Soma juice being compared to the act of generating, cf. Rigv. i. 28), To express the Soma juice, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i, 92, 3. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. suta,
1. m. A son, Pañc. i. d. 185.
2. f. tā, A daughter, Chr. 3, 9.
3. m. pl. Cildren, Man. 2, 28. Comp. giri-, f. tā, Pārvatī, Pañc. i. d. 175. jahnu-, f. tā, the Gaṅgā, MBh. 1, 3913. jīva-, adj. one who has living children, Bhāg. P. 6, 19, 25. dāra-, m. wife and son, Yājñ. 2, 175. dāsī-, m. a base man, Rājat. 5, 179. dharma-, m. (the son of the god Dharma), epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 49. bhū- and mahī-, m. the planet Mars. bhṛgu-, m. 1. Śukra or Venus. 2. Paraśurāma. rādhā-, m. Karṇa. śaila-, f. tā, Pārvatī, Vikr. d. 128.
II. sūla,
1. Engendered.
2. Born. f. tā,
1. A daughter, Pañc. 181, 5.
2. A woman lying in; see s.v. Comp. sūra-, m. Aruṇa, the dawn.
III. sūna,
1. Born, produced.
2. Blown, budded (as a flower). m. A son, Pañc. 198, 2. f. nā, A daughter. n.
1. Bringing forth, parturition.
2. A flower.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, ṣu,
1. To express the Soma juice, Rām. 1, 13, 5 (cf. Sclegel's translation).
2. To extract juice, Man. 5, 10.
3. To sprinkle, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 90.
-- With ud ud, ii. 5, To agitate, Bhāg. P. 3, 20, 35 (cf. 2. sū).
-- With pra pra,
1. To beget, Man. 10, 30.
2. To bring forth, Man. 4, 44.
3. Pass. To be brought forth, Man, 10, 36; with the termination of the Par. (i. 4, Par.), MBh. 12, 5687. prasūta,
1. Engendered, Hit. pr. d. 23, M.M.
2. Born, Pañc. 45, 2.
3. Produced, Chr. 294, 8 = Rigv. i. 92, 8.
4. Engendering, Man. 3, 19.
5. Having brought forth, delivered, Hit. 72, 14; Utt. Rāmac. 52, 1 (she has brought forth). Comp. a-, adj. one who has not brought forth, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 809. kula-, adj. descended from a respectable family, Pañc. pr. d. 6. prasūna, Born, produced. n.
1. A bud, a blossom, Utt. Rāmac. 129, 12; flower, Mālat. 57, 13.
2. Fruit. Comp. visa-, n. a lotus.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra,
1. To beget, Man. 10, 33.
2. Pass. To be brought forth, MBh. 3, 12978 (with the termination of the Par.).
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. sunus; A.S. sunu (cf. sūnu).
2. su, i. 1, and ii. 2, Par. † To possess power or supremacy (cf. the last).
3. su, i. 1, Par. Ātm. † To go.
4. su (for original vasu, cf. [greek] = Zend. vaṅhvām = Sskr. *vasvām),
I. adv. ved. Beautifully, Chr. 296, 1 = Rigv. i. 112, 1.
II. Very seldom combined and compounded with a verbum finitum; e. g. Pañc. i. d. 205, but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 647; but very often with nouns,
1. Good, well, Rām. 3, 53, 6; Ṛt. 6, 2; Lass. 15, 5.
2. Beautiful, beautifully, Rām. 3, 52, 35.
3. Much, very, Chr. 4, 12.
4. Easily, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 2. Comparat. sutarām,
1. Better.
2. With na, Very badly, Pañc. 199, 24; with mā, In no way, Megh. 108.
3. More, Śiś. 9, 67; Pañc. 163, 3.
4. Exceedingly, Śiś. 9, 55.
5. Consequently, of course.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Virtuous, pious, Chr. 294, 3 = Rigv. i. 92, 3; Pañc. ii. d. 170.
2. Fortunate.
I. adj.
1. Happy.
2. Joyful, Ṛt. 6, 2.
3. Agreeable, sweet, Chr. 16, 15; Rām. 3, 55, 45.
4. Virtuous, pious.
5. Easy, Pañc. 211, 10.
II. kham, adv.
1. And sukhena, Joyfully, Nal. 17, 18; Pañc. 53, 7; iii. d. 79; well, Pañc. iii. d. 164; Vikr. 65, 17 (sukham āstāṃ bhavān, Farewell).
2. Placidly, Man. 1, 54.
3. Willingly, Bhartṛ. 2, 49; Indr. 4, 18; with following na punar, Rather...than, Bhartṛ. 2, 100 (tejasvinaḥ sukham asūn api saṃ tyajanti...na punaḥ pratijñām, The virtuous renounce even life rather than break a promise).
4. And sukhena, Easily, Bhartṛ. 2, 3; Pañc. 52, 20; 48, 2.
III. n.
1. Happiness, Pañc. 184, 2.
2. Joy, MBh. 12, 12427.
3. Pleasure, Vikr. d. 49; Pañc. 216, 10; alleviation, Pañc. iv. d. 19.
4. Easiness, see
II.
4. 5. Paradise.
6. Water.
-- Comp. a-,
I. adj. 1. unhappy, MBh. 1, 3984. 2. difficult, Kir. 5, 49.
II. n. distress, Pañc. ii. d. 191. a-nirdeśya- (vb. diś), adj. having inexpressible pleasure, Vikr. d. 59. antaḥsukha, i. e. antar-, adj. one who derives his happiness from his soul, Bhag. 5, 24. grāma- and grāmya-, n. pleasure of common people, sexual intercourse, MBh. 5, 3225; 3226. nis-, adj. sad, MBh. 5, 2379. yathā-sukha + m, adv. 1. happily, Hit. 95, 1, M.M. 2. willingly, Nal. 23, 9.
I. adj. Affording pleasure, Pañc. ii. d. 2.
II. f. dā, A courtesan of Indra's heaven.
III. n. The seat of Viṣṇu.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Happy, Pañc. 262, 10.
2. Glad, Hit. 78, 3.
3. Pleasant.
4. Comfortable (corpulent), Hit. 106, 16.
II. m. A religious ascetic.
I. adj.
1. Going well.
2. Graceful.
3. Well rid of.
4. Plain, intelligible.
5. Easy of access, Pañc. ii. d. 151.
II. n. Faeces, ordure.
1. Goodness, Bhartṛ. 2, 99 (upa yāti sujanatām, becomes a good person, a friend).
2. Benevolence, Bhartṛ. 2, 80 (tā).
† suṭṭ, i. 10, Par.
1. To disregard.
2. To be small.
I. adj. Having children.
II. m.
1. The father of a son.
2. A drinker of the Soma juice.
I. adj., f. nī, Having a child or children, Pañc. pr. d. 7.
II. m. A father.
III. f. nī, A mother.
1. An offerer or drinker of the Soma juice, Bhaṭṭ. 4, 12, Sch.
2. A student who has performed his ablutions subsequent or preparatory to a sacrifice.
1. A cloud.
2. A mountain.
3. The sea.
1. Plaster, mortar, Rām. 2, 80, 13; Daśak. in Chr. 199, 18.
2. A brick, Chr. 57, 22.
3. The beverage of the gods, nectar, Pañc. v. d. 42.
4. The nectar of flowers.
5. Juice.
6. Water.
7. Lightning.
8. The name of several plants.
I. adj., f. yī,
1. Made of plaster.
2. Consisting of nectar.
II. m. A palace, a mansion, a brick or stone building.
I. adj., f. rī, Handsome, Pañc. 184, 14; Draup. 1, 15; charming, Kathās. 22, 103; right, Pañc. 130, 4; 164, 11. Comparat. °ratara + m, adv. Very well, Pañc. 88, 15.
II. m. Kāma, the god of love.
III. f. rī.
1. A bandsome woman, Rām. 3, 52, 29.
2. Turmeric.
3. A small timber tree, Heritiera minor.
-- Comp. a-, adj. disagreeable, Hit. ii. d. 49. ati-, adj., f. rī, very beautiful, Draup. 1, 13. sura-, f. rī, an Apsaras or courtesan of heaven, Kir. 5, 28. sura-loka-, f. rī, 1. a celestial woman, Vikr. d. 21. 2. a name of Durgā, Rājat. 5, 100.
1. Sleeping, sleep.
2. Drowsiness.
3. Numbness, insensibility.
4. Confidence, trust.
-- Comp. sama-, f. universal sleep, the end of a Kalpa, and destruction of the world.
4. su + mna, n. A hymn.
-- Cf. [greek]
I. m. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 72.
II. f. yā, A proper name, ib. 74.
† sur, i. 6, Par.
1. To possess superhuman power.
2. To shine.
I. m.
1. The sun, Pañc. iii. d. 69.
2. A god, Pañc. iii. d. 211; Vikr. d. 48.
3. A sage.
II. f. rā and rī.
1. Spirituous liquor, Pañc. i. d. 338 (rā).
2. A drinking vessel.
3. A snake.
I. adj.
1. Fragrant, Vikr. d. 105; sweet-smelling.
2. Pleasing.
3. Handsome.
4. Friendly.
5. Good.
6. Wise.
7. Celebrated.
II. m.
1. A fragrance, a perfume.
2. Spring, Kir. 10, 30.
3. The month Caitra (March -- April).
4. Resin.
5. The Michelia Champaca.
6. Nutmeg.
III. f. bhi/ī.
1. The earth.
2. The cow of plenty, Lass. 2. ed. 89, 36 (i); Megh. 46.
3. A cow.
4. Spirituous liquor.
5. The name of several plants.
IV. n.
1. Gold.
2. Sulphur.
1. Of easy acquisition, easy to be found, Pañc. ii. d. 171; easy to be got, Pañc. iii. d. 262; easy to be perceived, Vikr. d. 26.
2. Easy to be effected.
3. Easy.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not easy to be obtained, Vikr. 19, 2; Hit. i. d. 184, M. M.
I. m. A country so named.
II. f. lā.
1. The wife of the sun.
2. Linseed.
-- Comp. brahmasuvarcalā, i. e. brahman-, f. a plant, an infusion of which is used as an expiatory means, Man. 11, 159.
I. n. A haram.
II. f. lā, A woman.
I. adj.
1. Same, even.
2. Beautiful.
3. All.
II. f. mā, Exquisite beauty.
I. adj.
1. Cold.
2. Pleasant.
3. Intense, Daśak. 106, 6, cf. Wils., n.
II. m.
1. Cold.
2. The moon gem.
3. A sort of snake.
1. Well, Hit. 73, 21; Vikr. 60, 6; excellently.
2. Much, very much.
1. Being well, healthy, Hit. iii. d. 119; Man. 4, 142.
2. Happy, Utt. Rāmac. 16, 13.
† suh, (in signification 1, 2, for sukh, q. cf.), i. 4, Par.
1. To satisfy, to delight.
2. To be pleased.
3. To bear, to endure (cf. sah).
1. sū, see 1. su.
2. sū, i. 6, Par.
1. To cast, to send.
2. To incite, to impel. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sūta.
1. Sent, dispatched.
2. Gone, departed, Pañc. 176, 4; see s. v.; see 1. su with ud.
-- Cf. perhaps [greek] Lat. saevus.
3. sū,
A. (1. sū),
I. f. Birth.
II. As latter part of comp. words,
1. Bringing forth, yielding; e. g. kāma-, adj. Yielding wishes, Ragh. 5, 33.
2. A father. kumāra-, m. A name of Agni, father of Kumāra, the god of war, MBh. 2, 1148.
3. One who has brought forth. jīva-, adj. f. One who has borne a living child, MBh. 1, 7353. f. A mother. vicitravīrya-, f. The mother of Vicitravīrya.
B. (2. sū), in sa-asu-, adj. Having arrows, Kir. 15, 5.
2. sū + ka, m.
1. An arrow.
2. Air, wind.
I. m.
1. A hog (see śūkara).
2. The hog-deer.
3. A petter.
II. f. rī, A sort of moss, Lycopodium imbricatum.
-- With the first part cf. Lat. sus; [greek] O. H. G. sū; A. S; sugu; Goth. svein; A. S. swin.
I. adj. Well or properly said.
II. n.
1. A hymn.
2. A sentence, Pañc. 266, 5.
3. pl. Seducing words, MBh. 8, 2037.
I. adj.
1. Little, small, Pañc. i. d. 254; Bhartṛ. 2, 90.
2. A tomic, atom-like, Man. 1, 7; 22.
3. Fine, delicate, tender, Rām. 3, 49, 3; 52. 9; Pañc. i. d. 395.
4. Subtle, exact, Pañc. 62, 12. °mam, adv. Attentively, Utt. Rāmac. 154, 10.
II. m.
1. An atom.
2. Clearingnut plant, Strychnos potatorum.
III. f. mā.
1. A kind of jasmine.
2. Small cardamoms.
3. A sort of perfume.
IV. n.
1. Fine thread.
2. The supreme soul.
3. Subtlety, craft.
4. Fraud.
-- Comp. su-, adj. very small, Pañc. ii. d. 42.
1. To indicate, to show (by a gesture), Śāk. 8, 17; Vikr. 7, 4.
2. To prove, MBh. 3, 2706.
3. To betray, Ragh. 17, 50.
4. To espy, to see, Śāk. d. 14; to trace out, Vikr. 57, 5.
5. To hear, Śāk. 52, 11.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, To indicate, Nal. 23, 18.
-- With sam sam,
1. To indicate, Pañc. 158, 7.
2. To prove, Hit. iv. d. 72.
I. m. The shoot of Kuśa grass.
II. f. cā.
1. Piercing.
2. (cf. sūc), Gesticulation.
3. Light.
I. adj. Indicative, Johns. Sel. 15, 59.
II. m.
1. A spy, an informer.
2. A teacher.
3. A dog.
4. A crow.
5. A cat.
6. A detracter, Man. 4, 71; 11, 50.
7. A scoundrel.
8. An imp.
9. The manager or chief actor of a company.
-- Comp. viṣa-, m. the Greek partridge, Perdix rufa.
I. m.
1. Informing, information.
2. Teaching, describing.
II. f. nā.
1. Piercing (cf. sūci).
2. Conveying any intimation by signs, gesticulation.
3. Wickedness.
and sūcī sūcī (probably akin to siv, cf. sūtra), f.
1. Piercing.
2. A needle, Rām. 3, 53, 50; Megh. 24 (ci); Hit. 98, 22 (cī).
3. (cf. sūc), Indication of a feeling by signs.
4. A mode of dancing, MBh. 7, 3383 (?).
5. A mode of array, a sharp file or column.
6. A cone.
I. m. A tailor.
II. f. kā.
1. A needle.
2. An elephant's trunk.
I. cf. 1. su and 2. sū.
II. m.
A. i. e. probably 2. sū + tṛ (cf. nāpita).
1. A charioteer, Vikr. 5, 4.
2. The son of a Kṣattriya by a Brāhmaṇī wife, Man. 10, 10.
3. A bard, Johns. Sel. 37, 16.
B. 1. A carpenter.
2. The sun.
III. m. and n. Quicksilver.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with the charioteer, Chr. 34, 11.
I. n.
1. Birth, Man. 4, 112; 5, 58; cf. 4, 110 (birth of Rāhu = causing an eclipse).
2. Impurity from child-birth, Lass. 76, 7.
II. m. and n. Quicksilver.
III. f. kā and tikā, A woman recently delivered, Man. 4, 212.
A. sū + tī, (see vb. 1. su), f.
1. Birth, production.
2. Offspring.
3. Source, Kir. 2, 56.
B. i. e. siv + ti, f. Sewing.
-- Comp. mṛtyu-, f. a crab.
1. sū + tyā, f.
1. Drinking the Soma juice.
2. Religious ablution.
1. To bind, to string.
2. † To unbind, to loosen. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sūtita.
1. Strung.
2. Arranged in the form of sūtras, Lass. 2. ed. 89, 34.
3. Arranged.
4. Ruled, prescribed (in the Sūtras), Rājat. 5, 477.
-- With the prep. ā ā, āsūtrita, Attached, Rājat. 5, 482.
1. A thread, Hit. 65, 13.
2. Fibre, Vikr. d. 19.
3. A string, Vikr. d. 140; the holy string, d. 157.
4. A rule in morals or science, a short aphorism, e. g. the rules of Pāṇini.
5. An opinion or decree in law.
-- Comp. kaṭi-, n. a zone, Bhāg. P. 5, 3, 4. kaṇṭha-, n. a kind of embracing, Ragh. 19, 32. kalpa-, n. a sūtra or rule concerning ritual. kāla-, n. the name of a hell, Man. 3, 249. dirgha-, adj. irresolute, Pañc. 245, 23. (dirgha-sūtra + tā, f. procrastination, Rām. 2, 72, 96, Seramp). a-dīrgha-, adj. resolute. dharma-,
I. n. a work on law, Utt. Rāmac. 71, 12.
II. m. a proper name, Bhāg. P. 9, 22, 16. brahmasūtra, i. e. brahman-, n. title of a vedantic work, Lass. 2. ed. 87, 14 (see śārīraka-). māna-, n. 1. a chain of gold or silver worn round the loins. 2. a thread for measuring, Daśak. in Chr. 186, 11. mūla-, n. a principal precept, Cāṇ. 3 in Berl. Monstab. 1864, p. 407. yajña-, n. the sacrificial cord. śārīraka-, n. statement concerning the embodied spirit, i. e. the brahmasūtras of Bādarāyaṇa, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 7. sāvitrī-, n. the sacrificial cord. hasta-, n. a bracelet.
-- Comp. taurya-trika-, m. author of the rules concerning vocal and instrumental music and dancing, ib. 111, 4.
1. Stringing.
2. Arranging.
1. A carpenter, Hit. 49, 12.
2. The manager or principal actor of a company Vikr. 3, 12.
3. The author of a set of rules.
4. Indra.
I. adj., f. iṇt, Having threads, rules.
II. m. A crow.
1. To kill, to hurt.
2. To distill.
3. To eject. Caus., or i. 10, Par.
1. To incite (ved.).
2. To kill, MBh. 1, 2833; Pañc. 48, 3; ii. d. 39.
3. † To distill.
4. † To eject.
5. † To promise.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, Caus. To kill, Rām. 1, 27, 19.
-- With ni ni, Caus. To kill, MBh. 1, 1339.
-- With vini vi-ni, To kill, MBh. 3, 8814.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, To kill, MBh. 3, 8742.
-- Cf. [greek] in [greek] (see 2. sū).
1. A cook, Rām. 3, 28, 27.
2. Seasoning.
3. Anything seasoned.
4. Split peas.
5. Mud.
I. adj. Destructive, a destroyer, Johns. Sel. 16, 67; 22, 116.
II. n. Destroying, Nal. 12, 126.
-- Comp. krauñca-, m. a name of the god of war, Suśr. 2, 386, 10. bala-, m. a name of Indra, Lass. 50, 17. madhu-, m. Viṣṇu.
I. See 1. su.
II. adj. Empty (wrongly for śūna, see śvi).
III. f. nā (cf. śūna).
1. A shambles or slaughter-house, a place or utensil of slaughter, Man. 3, 68.
2. Hurting, killing, Bhāg. P. 1, 17, 38.
3. The uvula.
4. A zone.
5. A river.
6. The mumps.
7. A ray.
1. A butcher.
2. A hunter.
I. m.
1. A son, Vikr. d. 145.
2. A younger. brother.
3. The sun.
II. f. nū, A daughter.
-- Cf. Goth sunus; A.S. sunu.
I. f. tā, Excellent song, Chr. 287, 2 = Rigv. i. 48, 2; Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7.
II. adj. ta, f. tā,
1. True and agreeable, Utt. Rāmac. 135, 4.
2. Auspicious.
3. Gentle, Hit. i. d. 59, M. M.; kind, Śāk. 13, 1.
4. Dear to.
III. n. Agreeable and true discourse or speech.
and sūnmāda i. e. su-unmāda, adj. Mad, crazy.
1. Broth, Man. 3, 226; soup.
2. Sauce.
3. A cook.
4. A vessel.
5. An arrow.
-- Cf. O.H.G. suf; O.N. sup; A.S. supan; O.H.G. sūfan, saufjan.
1. Milk.
2. Water.
3. Sky.
1. The sun, Chr. 289, 2; 9 = Rigv. i. 50, 2; 9.
2. A wise man, Chr. 292, 5 = Rigv. i. 86, 5.
3. A teacher.
1. Compassionate, tender.
2. Calm, tranquil.
1. The sun.
2. A wise man, Chr. 287, 4 = Rigv. i. 48, 4; Pañc. i. d. 71.
3. A teacher.
I. adj. Wise.
II. m. A learned man, a teacher.
† sūrkṣ, i. 1, Par.
1. To respect.
2. To disregard.
† sūrkṣy, i. 1, Par.
1. To envy.
2. To disregard.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. swarb, gurges; N. N. L. zwerven, vagari; Goth. svairban; O.H.G. swerban (To dry something, originally, by swinging it in the open air).
and sūrmī sūrmi/ī, f.
1. An iron image (of a woman), Man. 11, 103.
2. The pillar of a house.
-- Comp. tapta-sūrmi, f. the name of a hell, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 7.
I. m.
1. The sun, Pañc. 37, 20.
2. Gigantic swallow-wort.
3. The sen of Bali.
II. f. yā.
1. The wife of the sun.
2. A new bride.
3. A bitter gourd.
-- Comp. prati-sūrya + m, adv. opposite to the sun; pratisūrya, see s. v.
-- Cf. [greek] (for [greek] = *savar + ya), [greek] Goth. sauil; Lat. sol; Goth. sunna (= *savan + ya), sunno; A. S. sunna, sunne, sun.
I. m.
1. Karṇa.
2. Sugrīva.
II. f. jā, The Yamunā river.
1. A worshipper of the sun.
2. A flower, Pentapetes phoenicea.
I. adj. One who comes after sunset, Pañc. 35, 16; i. d. 136.
II. m. An evening guest.
† sūṣ (cf. 1. su), śūṣ śūṣ, i. 1, Par. To bring forth, to bear.
1. To flow, to flow to, Chr. 292, 5 = Rigv. i. 86, 5 (sasruṣīs, ved. for sasruṣyas).
2. To blow, Megh. 54.
3. To go, MBh. 1, 169, 6; to go to, 3, 2728. Caus., or i. 10, Par.
1. To extend.
2. To move, to touch, Megh. 84.
3. To remove, Megh. 89.
-- With the prep. ati ati, Caus. To extend, MBh. 3, 665.
-- With anu anu,
1. To follow, Man. 11, 77; to pursue, Pañc. 227, 23.
2. To go to, Megh. 31.
3. To return to, Pañc. 137, 12. anusṛta, Accompanied, Utt. Rāmac. 90, 9. Caus. To pursue, MBh. 1, 4309.
-- With apa apa, To retire, Pañc. iii. d. 40; 220, 13; to withdraw, Hit. 13, 18. Caus. To order to withdraw, Man. 7, 149; to remove, Pañc. 15, 25.
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To go to, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 1; to approach, MBh. 1, 3002.
2. To attack, MBh. 1, 1175. Caus. To meet, Mṛcch. 121, 14.
-- With atvabhi ati-abhi, To pass, MBh. 1, 3854.
-- With ud ud, Caus.
1. To cause to go out, to call out, Chr. 53, 22.
2. To expel, MBh. 3, 14872; to drive away, Bhartṛ. 1, 18.
-- With prod pra-ud, Caus.
1. To offer, Hit. ii. d. 154.
2. To urge on, to incite, MBh. 3, 10620.
-- With samud sam-ud, Caus. To give, Prab. 116, 7.
-- With upa upa,
1. To approach, Śāk. 12, 14; Vikr. 11, 11; with āsanam, To sit down, Vikr. 46, 20.
2. To visit, Vikr. d. 3; Daśak. in Chr. 192, 16.
-- With ni ni, nisṛta,
1. (= niḥsṛta), Gone forth, disappeared, Rājat. 4, 566.
2. f. tā, A plant, Ipomoea Turpethum.
-- With nis nis,
1. To slip or to go forth or out, Hit. 29, 5, M. M.; 44, 7, M. M.
2. To depart, Man. 6, 4. a-niḥsarant, adj. Not being able to withdraw, Pañc. 195, 8. niḥsṛta,
1. Gone out, having left (abl.), Hit. iii. d. 133.
2. Broken forth, Śiś. 9, 25. Caus.
1. To cause to go out, MBh. 3, 12995.
2. To drive away, to expel, Pañc. 227, 9.
-- With vinis vi-nis, viniḥsṛta, Gone forth or out, issued forth, Man. 4, 165; Vikr. d. 43.
-- With pari pari, To flow round, MBh. 3, 10983.
-- With pra pra,
1. To proceed, Rām. 2, 59, 10; to pass, Vikr. d. 63.
2. To spring up, Pañc. iii. d. 258.
3. To break forth, Mālat. 24, 17.
4. To increase, Pañc. iii. d. 2.
5. To extend, Ṛt. 1, 25. prasṛta,
1. Gone.
2. Spread.
3. Stretched.
4. Long.
5. Swift.
6. Modest, Rām. 3, 52, 21.
7. Attached to, occupied.
8. Appointed. m. The palm of the hand. f. tā, The leg. n. A measure of two palas. Comparat. prasṛtatara, Excessive, Dacak. in Chr. 194, 15. Comp. pancavinduprasṛta, i. e. pancan-vindu-, n. a kind of dancing motion, Daśak. 145, 13. Caus.
1. To stretch forward or out, MBh. 3, 345; Pañc. 53, 6.
2. To spread, Pañc. 105, 1; 157, 25; 174, 11.
3. To open wide, Mṛcch. 35, 17.
4. To expece for sale, Man. 5, 129.
-- With vipra vi-pra, To spread, Ragh. 16, 3.
-- With prati prati, Caus.
1. To replace, Śāk. d. 61.
2. To remove, Vikr. d. 47. pratisārita,
1. Repelled.
2. Dressed (as a wound).
-- With vi vi,
1. To spread, Śiś. 9, 19.
2. To return, Śiś. 9, 37. visṛta,
1. Spread.
2. Drawn (as a bowstring), Kir. 10, 53.
3. Uttered, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 22. Caus. To extend, Rām. 1, 42, 6. visārita,
1. Set on foot.
2. Effected.
-- With sam sam, To obtain, Man. 12, 70. Caus. To cause to revolve, Man. 12, 124.
-- With anusam anu-sam, Caus. To dismiss, MBh. 3, 11552.
-- Cf. [greek] etc., [greek] Lat. salio, saltare (A. S. saltian, borrowed); [greek] also [greek] (rather than to ṛ, p. 136), probably also Lat. serere; [greek] A.S. serian, to set in order (Caus., cf. also Lat serere).
1. A lotus.
2. Air, wind.
3. An arrow (cf. sṛga).
-- Comp. viṣa-, m. a wase.
1. To let flow, to let loose, Rām. 1, 44, 38.
2. To effuse, to shed (ved.).
3. To create, Man. 1, 25; 41; with gen. in the sense of the dat., Hit. pr. d. 27, M.M. (to destinate).
4. To beget, Rām. 1, 16, 9.
5. To cast, Chr. 32, 23.
6. To put on, to place, Nal. 5, 28. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sṛṣṭa.
1. Abandoned.
2. Connected.
3. Adorned.
4. Much, many. Comp. a-, adj. uninterrupted, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 7.
-- With the prep. ati ati,
1. To leave, MBh. 3, 431.
2. To give (with gen.), Rām. 2, 18, 23; Vikr. d. 15.
3. To remit.
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To abandon, MBh. 3, 16104.
-- With abhi abhi, To give, Rām. 1, 9, 63.
-- With ava ava,
1. To let loose, Man. 1, 8; Matsyop. 23.
2. To cast, MBh. 1, 1973.
3. To give (one his life), Nal. 26, 23.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To throw, MBh. 3, 14253.
2. To put down, MBh. 3, 10438.
-- With samava sam-ava,
1. To abandon, MBh. 1, 6749.
2. To throw, MBh. 3, 1586.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To place on, MBh. 1, 1703.
2. To commit, Man. 9, 323.
-- With ud ud,
1. To shed, Chr. 12, 28.
2. To let loose, Chr. 36, 21; Pañc. 224, 4.
3. To abandon, Man. 6, 16; Vikr. 37, 8; Daśak. in Chr. 194, 23.
4. To shoot, figurat., Pañc. i. d. 219 (cf. my transl.); to cast, Chr. 20, 20.
5. To throw away, Vikr. d. 94; 70, 8.
6. To dismiss, MBh. 3, 2093.
7. To give up, Man. 8, 144.
8. To decline, Man. 8, 170.
9. To repudiate, Pañc. iii. d. 210; 170, 25.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To shed, Rām. 2, 44, 21.
2. To let loose, to leave, Pañc. 226, 23.
3. To cast, Man. 4, 56.
4. To put off, Chr. 30, 4.
5. To place, Man. 3, 244.
6. To dismiss (without punishment), Man. 8, 347.
7. To lose, MBh. 3, 8750.
-- With upa upa, upasṛṣṭa,
1. Connected to.
2. Swarming, Man. 4, 61.
3. Seized by, possessed by (evil demons), Rām. 2, 47, 1, Seramp.
4. Assailed, Bhāg. P. 4, 12, 16.
5. Eclipsed, Man. 4, 37. n. Coition.
-- With ni ni, nisṛṣṭa,
1. Delivered.
2. Emancipated, Man. 8, 419.
3. Centrical. Comp. a-, adj. not allowed, Man. 2, 205.
-- With saṃni sam-ni, saṃnisṛṣṭa, Committed, MBh. 1, 7134.
-- With pra pra,
1. To abandon, MBh. 3, 1080.
2. To injure, MBh. 2, 856.
-- With prati prati, pratisṛṣṭa,
1. Sent.
2. Given.
3. Celebrated.
-- With vi vi,
1. To shed, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 7.
2. To let loose, Rām. 1, 44, 13; to abandon, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38.
3. To create, to produce, Man. 1, 11.
4. To drop, Man. 9, 282.
5. To send, Chr. 54, 12.
6. To let fall, Utt. Rāmac. 41, 3; to cast, MBh. 4, 1856; to throw away, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2876.
7. To repudiate, Pañc. 200, 4.
8. To utter, to sound, Rām. 3, 51, 20.
9. To give, Rām. 2, 36, 8 (with gen. instead of dat.); Utt. Rāmac. 111, 5. visṛṣṭa,
1. Abandoned, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 14.
2. Given away.
3. Dismissed.
4. Expelled. Caus.
1. To shed, Ṛt. 6, 12, v. r.
2. To dismiss, Pañc. 214, 3; Chr. 14, 25.
3. To spare, MBh. 1, 8362.
4. To repudiate, MBh. 3, 1860.
5. To put off, Chr. 42. 14. visarjita,
1. Abandoned, Hit. ii. d. 17.
2. Given away.
-- With sam sam, pass.
1. To mix, Ragh. 5, 69.
2. To meet with (instr.), Ragh. 13, 73.
3. To converse with one, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 6. saṃsṛṣṭa,
1. United, composed, Man. 1, 56.
2. Reunited, Man. 9, 212.
3. Connected as partners.
4. Dressed in clean clothes.
5. Involved in.
1. A people, Johns. Sel. 29, 34.
2. A proper name, Chr. 13, 7; 15, 28.
I. m.
1. An enemy.
2. The moon.
II. m., f., and ṇī, f. A hook to drive an elephant.
1. Gliding, Man. 6, 63.
2. Going, procceding.
3. A road, Bhag. 8, 27.
4. Hurting. See ku-.
-- Cf. Lat. sors.
I. m.
1. Fire.
2. Wind.
3. Indra's thunderbolt.
4. The disc of the sun.
II. f. A river.
1. To creep, Rām. 2, 59, 10.
2. To go, to move, Hit. 30, 3.
-- With the prep. vyati vi-ati, To move to and fro, MBh. 4, 1042.
-- With anu anu, To approach, MBh. 1, 6201.
-- With apa apa,
1. To go away, MBh. 3, 14112.
2. To run away, Rām. 2, 29, 4.
3. To deviate from, Pañc. iii. d. 241 (apasarpya, anomal., or erroneously for apasṛpya).
4. To espy, Utt. Rāmac. 25, 5 (paura-jānapadān, the inhabitants of the town and district).
-- With vyapa vi-apa, To run away, MBh. 4, 1899.
-- With ud ud, To rise, Nal. 23, 9 (cf. yathāsaṃgam, under saṅga).
-- With samud sam-ud, To rise, Ragh. 6, 8.
-- With upa upa,
1. To go near, to approach, Chr. 61. 40.
2. To undergo, Hit. ii. d. 175.
3. To go forth, Pañc. 159, 23; Man. 9, 269.
4. To move, Hit. iv. d. 27.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To approach, MBh. 1, 6450.
-- With pari pari, To go to and fro. Rām. 3, 52, 48.
-- With pra pra, To proceed, Pañc. 120, 9. prasṛpta, Come forth, Utt. Rāmac. 27, 6.
-- With vi vi,
1. To sneak about, Pañc. ii. d. 48; to fly about, Hit. 16, 3, M.M.
2. To spread, Mālat. 32, 4.
3. To disperse, Nal. 1, 25.
4. To flow to and fro on (acc.), Utt. Rāmac. 18, 7.
5. To wind, to meander, Rām. 1, 44, 17.
6. To run away, MBh. 1, 8286.
-- With sam sam,
1. To flow, Megh. 29.
2. To glide, to move, Megh. 52.
-- Cf. Lat. serpere; [greek] A.S. slipan.
† sṛbh, sṛmbh sṛmbh, sibh sibh, simbh simbh, sribh sribh, srimbh srimbh, i. 1, Par. To kill, to hurt.
I. adj. Going.
II. m. A young deer, Rām. 3, 49. 24.
1. Creation, Vikr. 8, 18; Man. 1, 25; with ādyā, Śāk. d. 1, The first creation, i. e. water.
2. Nature.
3. A liberal gift, Man. 3, 255.
1. Sprinkling, Hit. ii. d. 132; Kir. 5, 26; a drop (? of fire), Pañc. i. d. 416.
2. Seminal fluid.
-- Comp. amṛta-, m. sprinkling with the beverage of the gods, Hit. ii. d. 132 (phalanty amṛtaseke 'pi na pathyāni viṣadrumāḥ, 'Poisonous trees, although sprinkled with nectar, do not bear healthy fruits').
I. m., f. trī, and n. Who or what sprinkles.
II. m. A husband.
I. adj. Sprinkling.
II. m. A cloud.
I. n.
1. Sprinkling, watering, Śāk. 8, 23.
2. Dripping.
II. n., and f. nī, A bucket.
-- Comp. agni-, n. spirituous liquor (?), Pañc. ii. d. 165 (Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2772 reads sevanaiḥ).
1. The water melon.
2. A kind of cucumber.
1. A mound, a bank, a dike, Rājat. 5, 91; figurat. Means of protecting (the law and institutes), Bhāg. P. 3, 1, 36; 3, 21, 54.
2. A high causeway in fields.
3. A landmark, Man. 8, 245.
4. A pass, a defile.
5. Figurat. Law, Bhāg. P. 3, 9, 19.
6. A bridge, Pañc. i. d. 115 (cf. my transl.).
7. The islands between India and Ceylon (cf. nala-setu), Lass. 2. ed. 92, 66.
3. A tree, Tapia crataeva.
-- Comp. dharma-, m. a dike for the protection of right, Hariv. 11315. a-pāṣaṇḍa-dharma-setu, m. a dike for the protection of right free from heresy, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 22. nala-, m. the bridge constructed by the monkey Nala, name of the islands between India and Ceylon, Rām. 6, 108, 16.
2. The wife of Kārttikeya, the god of war.
-- Comp.
I. At the end of Tatpuruṣa comp. it may become n.; e. g. brāṇmaṇa-senā, f., or -sena, n., Pāṇ. ii. 4, 25.
II. indra- and citra-sena, m. proper names, Draup. 8, 15; Indr. 3. 8. citra-senā, f. a proper name, Indr. 2, 30. deva-,
I. f. an army of celestials, MBh. 3, 14245.
II. m. deva-sena, a proper name, Kathās. 15, 63.
III. f. nā, a proper name, MBh. 3, 14257. mahā-,
I. adj. having a great army, Chr. 52, 12.
II. m. 1. a general.
2. Kārttikeya, the god of war, Vikr. d. 161. yajña-, m. a proper name, Johns. Sel. 26, 11. rūpa-sena, m. a proper name, Lass. 19, 12. vīra-sena, m. the father of Nala, Nal. 1, 1. śūra-sena, m. 1. a country about Mathura, Man. 7, 193. 2. a proper name. 3. pl. m., and also °nakāḥ °nakāḥ, the inhabitants, Man. 2, 19.
1. A general, Hit. iii. d. 69.
2. Kārttikeya, the god of war, Kir. 15, 7.
-- With the prep. ati ati, Caus. To oblige to make excessive marches, Hit. iii. d. 91.
1. To follow, to apply one's self to, Man. 6, 35.
2. To study, MBh. 3, 27.
3. To practise, Man. 6, 29; to do, Ragh. 17, 49.
4. To enjoy, Hit. i. d. 172, M. M. (cherish); Pañc. v. d. 24; carnally, Man. 8, 365; to love, Hit. 87, 1.
5. To inhabit, MBh. 3, 2402.
6. To tarry somewhere (with acc.), Man. 4, 131.
7. To frequent, Pañc. i. d. 9; Lass. 39, 7; to search, Vikr. d. 41.
8. To stand at, to guard, Hit. 98, 18.
9. To serve, to gratify, Ragh. 11, 11.
10. To honour, Man. 7, 38; to worship, Hit. ii. d. 27. sevita,
1. Pursued, used.
2. Protected.
3. Frequented, Hit. i. d. 150, M. M. Comp. a-, adj. not frequented, Hit. i. d. 144, M. M. su-, adj. well served, Hit. i. d. 21, M.M. sevya,
1. To be taken care of.
2. Venerable; with jana, Master, Vikr. d. 39. m., f. yā, and n. Names of plants. Comp. a-, adj. 1. not deserving to be served, Pañc. i. d. 286. 2. not deserving to be visitéd, Pañc. 31, 1. dus-, adj. difficult to be treated, MBh. 13, 2225. Caus. To worship, Hit. ii. d. 33.
-- With the prep. ā ā,
1. To practise, Mṛcch. 35, 6.
2. Toemploy for smearing with, Ṛt. 6, 12 (v. r.).
3. To enjoy, Vikr. 67, 3; MBh. 3, 16564.
-- With samā sam-ā, To practise, Man. 11, 174. samāserita, Served.
-- With upa upa,
1. To apply one's self to, to practise, MBh. 2, 159.
2. To perform, MBh. 13, 7567.
3. To enjoy, MBh. 3, 15382.
4. To serve, to honour, Man. 4, 133.
5. To haunt, Pañc. i. d. 279. upasevita, Smeared, Rām. 2, 100, 33.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, To observe, MBh. 3, 13432.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To enjoy, Rām. 1, 35, 23.
-- With ni ni, ṣev,
1. To pursue, to attach one's self to, Hit. i. d. 209, M. M.
2. To practise, Man. 4, 155.
3. To employ, Śiś. 9, 68.
4. To enjoy, MBh. 3, 11877.
5. To inhabit, Pañc. 31, 1; Rām. 1, 31, 21.
6. To observe, Śāk. d. 26.
7. To attend, Man. 9, 300.
-- With sam sam, To worship, Kir. 18, 24.
A. sev + aka,
I. adj. Servile, dependent,
II. m. A servant, Pañc. 217, 25; Rājat. 5, 51 (read deva sevakaḥ, 'O king, a servant of the minister Śūra, hold by him like a son...').
B. i. e. siv + aka, A sack.
-- Comp. kula-, m. an excellent servant, Pañc. i. d. 399.
1. A divine treasure owned by Kuvera, the god of wealth.
2. A treasure, Man. 2, 114.
I. n.
1. Sewing, stitching.
2. A sack.
3. Following, being addicted to, haunting, Pañc. 241, 1; practising, Hit. ii. d. 32; using, 217, 23.
4. Enjoying, dallying with, Man. 11, 178.
5. Service, Rājat. 5, 368.
II. f. nī, A needle.
-- Comp. kāma-, n. wantonness, Lass. 40, 12. kṛṣi-, n. husbandry, Bhartṛ. 2, 91. tunna- (vb. tud), f. nī, the suture of a wound, Suśr. 1, 93, 18.
1. Service, Man. 4, 5; Vikr. d. 42.
2. Servitude, Hit. i. d. 136, M. M.
3. Practice, Rājat. 5, 280.
4. Worship, Bhag. 4, 34.
5. Homage, Rājat. 5, 154.
-- Comp. a-, f. avoiding to serve, Man. 2, 96. vāra-, f. 1. harlotry. 2. a set of courtesans. strī-, f. libertinism. hina- (vb. hā), f. serving a low person, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3355.
1. Staying, inhabiting, Bhag. 13, 10.
2. Serving, devotion.
1. Pursuing, practising.
2. Serving.
3. Honouring, Man. 7, 38.
4. Dwelling, Vikr. 64, 1.
-- Comp. dviṭsevin, i. e. dviṣ-, m. a traitor, Man. 9, 232.
1. State of being honoured, Ṛt. 1, 2; Hit. ii. d. 89 (cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1304).
2. Rank, eminence, worth, Mālat. 46, 10.
† sai, i. 1, Par. To waste or decline.
1. Inherent in a lion, Hit. i. d. 174. M. M.
2. Lion-like.
I. i. e. siṃha + ika, adj. Lion-like.
II. i. e. siṃhikā + a, metronym., m. Rāhu.
I. adj. Sandy.
II. n.
1. A sand-bank, Śāk. d. 144.
2. A bank, a shore, Ragh. 5, 8.
I. adj. Living in doubt and error.
II. m. A religious mendicant.
III. n. A thread worn to secure good fortune.
I. adj. Belonging or relating to an army.
II. m.
1. A soldier, Hit. ii. d. 82; Rājat. 5, 430.
2. A guard, a picket.
3. A body of forces in array.
I. adj.
1. Marine.
2. Produced or born in Sindh, Johns. Sel. 96, 73.
II. m. and n. Rock-salt.
III. m.
1. A horse.
2. pl. The people of the country along the Indus, Draup. 6, 6.
I. m.
1. A soldier, Rājat. 5, 216.
2. A guard.
II. n. An army, Hit. iii. d. 79.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. with the army, Rājat. 5, 323.
1. A female artist, a female servant, Nal. 13, 55; Pañc. iii. d. 240.
2. Epithet and name of Draupadī.
I. adj.
1. Relating to a plough.
2. Having furrows.
II. m.
1. A ploughman.
2. A plough-ox.
I. m.
1. A menial servant.
2. The son of a Dasyu by an Ayogava female, Man. 10, 32.
II. f. dhrī (cf. sairandhrī), 1. A female servant.
2. Draupadī.
1. A buffalo.
2. Indra's heaven.
-- With the prep. ava ava,
1. To let fly, Rigv. i. 104, 1.
2. To fail, Kir. 16, 17. avasita, Completed, Śāk. 3, 6; finished, Vikr. 37, 9. Comp. dus-, adj. difficult to be comprehended, Bhāg. P. 6, 16, 47. Caus. sāyaya, To cause to be completed, Ragh. 5, 76.
-- With adhyava adhi-ava,
1. To practise, Hit. 42, 10, M.M.
2. To be able, Śiś. 9, 76.
3. To determine, MBh. 3, 16254.
4. To reflect, Śāk. d. 115, v. r.
-- With paryava pari-ava, To endeavour, Naiṣ. 6, 23. paryavasita,
1. Finished, Utt. Rāmac. 29, 10.
2. Resolved, Mālat. 75, 3.
3. Perished, lost Mālat. 149, 6.
4. With lokāntaram Gone in another world, Utt. Rāmac. 172, 4.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, pratya-vasita, Eaten.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To effectuate, to be able, Megh. 29.
2. To establish, Man. 12, 113.
3. To determine, Megh. 112.
4. To reflect, Śāk. d. 115.
5. To believe, Rām. 2, 12, 71.
6. To wish, Śāk. d. 17. Anomal. pres. sāmi, MBh. 3, 16808; potent. seyam, 1, 4163; fut. siṣyāmi, 1, 6118; absol. vyavasya, 1, 5926. vyavasita,
1. Resolved, Mālat. 21, 10.
2. Energetic, persevering, Vikr. 57, 2; endeavouring, Vikr. d. 125.
3. Tricked, cheated. n. Certainty. Caus. sāyaya, To embolden, Kir. 1, 28.
-- With saṃvyava sam-vi-ava, To decree, Man. 7, 13.
-- With vi vi, To distill, Chr. 291, 5 = Rigv. i. 85, 5.
1. Enduring, patient.
2. Powerful, able.
-- Comp. pāṇḍu-, m. the son of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī female, Man. 10, 37.
-- Comp. sukhārohaṇa-, i. e. sukha-ārohaṇa-, adj. having stairs easy ascent, MBh. 2, 1281.
I. m.
1. The acid juice of the Sarcostema viminalis, Chr. 292, 10 = Rigv. i. 85, 10; Bhag. 9, 20.
2. Sarcostema viminalis, MBh. 14, 274; Pañc. i. d. 346; personified, Pañc. iii. d. 111; 112.
3. Nectar, the beverage of the immortals.
4. Water.
5. The moon, Chr. 27, 8.
6. Kuvera, the god of wealth; Yama, the god of death; Śiva.
7. Air, wind,
8. Camphor.
9. A mountainous range.
II. n.
1. Rice-gruel.
2. Sky.
-- Comp. nṛ-, m. a distinguished man (properly, a moon-like man), Ragh. 5, 59.
1. Grandfather of Drupada.
2. pl. Name of the whole family, Johns. Sel. 42, 51; Chr. 3, 2.
and somapā soma-pa/ā, m.
1. One that drinks the juice of the moonplant; the performer of a sacrifice.
2. The Manes of the Brāhmaṇas, Man. 3, 197.
1. Relating to a hog, Kir. 12, 53.
2. Hoggish, swinish.
1. Ease of effecting anything.
2. Easy and extempore preparation of food or medicine.
3. Hoggishness.
1. Youthfulness, Rām. 3, 52, 36.
2. Tenderness, Mālat. 57, 11.
3. Delicacy, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 10.
1. Minuteness.
2. Subtilty, Bhag. 13, 32.
1. A follower of the Bauddha faith, Lass. 2. ed. 88, 28; Śiś. 2, 28.
2. A heretic.
1. A fragrant grass.
2. Fragrance.
I. adj. Fragrant, Nal. 13. 2.
II. m.
1. A dealer in perfumes.
2. Sulphur.
III. n.
1. The white water lily, Indr. 2, 2.
2. A fragrant grass.
3. A ruby.
-- Comp. tri-, n. three spices, Suśr. 1, 162, 12.
1. Goodness, Utt. Rāmac, 60, 4; magnanimousness, Rājat. 5, 192; generosity, Mālat. 66, 2.
2. Kindness, compassion, benevolence, Bhartṛ. 2, 45; clemency, Mālat. 140, 10.
3. Friendship.
I. adj. According to rule or precept.
II. m.
1. A Brāhmaṇa.
2. A radical which is no verbal root.
1. Lightning, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 8 (mini).
2. One of the Apsaras.
3. A proper name, Mālat. 144, 1 (minī).
1. A mansion, a palace, Pañc. 128, 8.
2. Silver.
3. Opal.
I. Relating to a slaughter-house.
II. n. Butcers' meat.
1. A butcher, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 31.
2. A vendor of the flesh of beasts or birds, Utt. Rāmac. 29, 4.
I. adj. Belonging or relating to Garuḍa, Utt. Rāmac. 132, 9.
II. n.
1. The emerald.
2. Dry ginger.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. surpassing that (viz. the power) of Garuḍa, Rām. 4, 58, 33.
I. adj. Somnolent, somniferous.
II. n. Nocturnal combat, MBh. 10, title.
I. m. The name of a people, Chr. 14, 24; 18, 35.
II. n. The city of Hariścandra, suspended in mid-air.
1. A gift of fortune, riches, Chr. 288, 9; 295, 15 = Rigv. i. 48, 9; 92, 15.
2. Welfare, MBh. 1, 724.
1. Good fortune, auspiciousness, Megh. 30; Nal. 1, 10; Rājat. 5, 230; 282.
2. Beauty, charm, Ṛt. 6, 3; Utt. Rāmac. 155, 4.
3. Red lead.
I. adj.
1. Pleasing.
2. Flowery.
II. n. Pleasure, satisfaction, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 92, 6.
I. adj.
1. Performed with the Soma juice, Man. 4, 26; relating to it.
2. Lunar.
II. f. kī, A sacrince performed on the day of full moon.
and saumitri saumitra, and tri, i. e. sumitrā (see mitra), + a, or i, metronym., m. Lakṣmaṇa, Rām. 3, 49, 11 (tri).
I. adj., f. mī.
1. Handsome, Sāv. 1, 14; pleasing, excellent, Man. 2, 125; used in addressing, Dear, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 11; Draup. 1, 14; Megh. 50; 84.
2. Strong, Pañc. 169, 6.
3. Placid, mild, Rām. 3, 52, 51; 55, 3.
4. Sacred to the moon.
II. m.
1. Budha, regent of Mercury.
2. One of the Khaṇḍas, or divisions of the continent.
3. A class of Pitṛs or Manes, Man. 3, 199.
4. pl. Five stars in Orion's head.
III. f. yā, The Soma plant, Sarcostema viminalis, and several others.
1. Beauty.
2. Gentleness, Indr. 5, 7 (tā).
3. Benevolence, Bhag. 17, 16 (tva).
I. adj., f. rī.
1. Solar, Pañc. iii. d. 187.
2. Sacred to Sūrya, i. e. the sun, Man. 5, 86.
3. Celestial.
4. Spirituous,
II. m.
1. A solar month.
2. A solar day.
3. The planet Saturn.
III. f. rī, The wife of the sun.
I. adj. Fragrant.
II. f. bhī, A cow, Brāhmaṇav. 1, 12.
III. n. Fragrance.
I. m. An ox.
II. f. yī, A cow.
I. m. Kuvera, the god of wealth.
II. n.
1. Fragrance, Lass. 92, 8.
2. Pleasingness, beauty.
3. Fame.
I. adj.
1. Celestial.
2. Spirituous.
3. Due for liquors, Man. 8, 159.
II. m.
1. Heaven.
2. A vendor of spirituous liquors.
1. socal salt.
2. Natron, alkali.
1. Golden, Pañc. 174, 22.
2. Weighing a suvarṇa (see suvarṇa under varṇa).
I. adj. Benedictory.
II. m. A family pricst.
I. m.
1. The name of a country.
2. pl. Its inhabitants, Draup. 4, 12; 8, 27.
3. The king of the Sauvīras, ib. 4, 7.
II. n.
1. The fruit of the jujube.
2. Antimony.
3. Sour gruel.
-- Comp. sindhu-, m. pl. name of a people, Rām. 1, 12, 25.
1. Excellence, beauty, Mālav. 20, 3.
2. Excess.
3. Fleetness, MBh. 1, 5368 (read sauṣṭhavena); lightness, suppleness, Mālav. 14, 9.
4. A part of a drama.
-- Comp. a-, adj. disarrayed, Mālat. 11, 8. sa-, adj. 1. excellent. 2. quick.
1. Affection, Mālat. 2, 18 (da).
2. Friendship, Hit. i. d. 99, M. M. (da).
1. Satiety, satisfaction.
2. Fullness.
-- Comp. ati-, n. excessive satiety, Man. 4, 62.
-- Comp. dṛḍha-sauhṛda, adj. having true friendship, Pañc. 239, 13. vigata-sneha-sauhṛda (vb. gam), adj. abandoning love and friendship, Sund. 4, 17.
1. skand, i. 1, Par.
1. To jump.
2. To jump upwards, to ascend.
3. To burst out, MBh. 1, 5105.
4. To jump downward, to drop, to fall, Bhaṭṭ. 22, 11.
5. To perish, Man. 7, 84. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. skanna.
1. Trickled down, Rām. 1, 38, 27.
2. Sprinkled, MBh. 1, 2434.
3. Fallen. Caus.
1. To emit (the seminal fluid), Man. 2, 180; 9, 150.
2. To neglect. Man. 6, 9.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To assail, to besiege, Śiś. 1, 51.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To jump out, MBh. 4, 810.
-- With samava sam-ava, Caus. To assail, Man. 7, 196.
-- With ā ā, To assail, Mālat. 151, 9; Bhaṭṭ. 17, 11.
-- With samā sam-ā, To assail, Bhaṭṭ. 16, 10.
-- With pari pari, skand and ṣkand, To spring about, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 75.
-- With pra pra,
1. To spring forward, MBh. 1, 134; to spring down, 3, 15587.
2. To burst forth, MBh. 1, 2380. praskanna, Fallen. m. A sinner, one who has violated the usages of his caste. Caus To cross (a river), MBh. 4, 1971.
-- Cf. Lat. scandere; [greek] for [greek] by the influence of [greek]), probably [greek].
† skand, skandh skandh, i. 10, Par. To collect.
3. skand, see skund.
1. skand + a, m.
1. Skanda or Kārttikeya, the god of war, Megh. 44.
2. A king.
3. The body.
4. The bank of a river.
5. A clever man (cf. skandha).
6. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 417 (or ghrāṇaskanda).
1. Effusion.
2. Purging.
3. Going.
I. m.
1. The shoulder, Pañc. 144, 23.
2. The body, Mālat. 84, 17.
3. The trunk of a tree, Pañc. iii. d. 149.
4. A branch, Pañc. 134, 5.
5. A branch of human knowledge.
6. A book, Bhāg. P. i. ii., etc.
7. The five objects of sense.
8. The five forms of mundane consciousness, in the Bauddha philosophy, Śiś. 2, 26; cf. Burnouf, Introd. à l'Hist. du Buddh. 475.
9. A road.
10. Part of an army.
11. War.
12. A multitude.
13. An agreement.
14. A king.
15. A wise or learned man.
16. A heron.
II. f. dhā.
1. A branch.
2. A creeper.
-- Comp. kāla-, m. the name of several plants, e. g. Diospyros embryopteris Pers., Suśr. 1, 138, 3. mahā-pṛṣṭha-gala-, adj. having a large back, neck, and shoulders, Hiḍ. 2, 4. rājaskandha, i. e. rājan-, m. a horse. viṣāṇa-ud-nāmita- (vb. nam), adj. whose shoulders reach to his horns, Hit. iii. d. 144 (but cf. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 932). viṣāṇa-ud-likhita-, adj. whose shoulders are slit up by horns, i. e. brave, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 932. vṛṣa-, adj. having the shoulders of a bull, Rām. 3, 55, 4. skandha- (repeated), m. every shoulder, Kām. Nītis. 9, 19 (where the visarga must be erased), Hit. iv. d. 122, v. r.
-- Cf. A.S. sculdor, sculder; O.H.G. scultarra; probably [greek] Lat. scapula (for old scaphula, cf. rufus, s. v. rudhira, and rutilus, ib. for old ruthilus).
1. The shoulder.
2. The trunk of a tree (cf. the last).
1. An army, or division of it attached to the king.
2. A royal residence.
3. A camp, Hit. 107, 21; MBh. 1, 6950.
1. To make firm (to create), Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 40.
2. To support (ved.).
3. To stop, to obstruet, to impede.
-- With the prep. vi vi, Caus. viṣkambhita,
1. Impeded, shown away, Pañc. 29, 6.
2. Obstructed, precluded, Pañc. 56, 10.
-- Cf. stambh and stamba; Lat. scabellum, scamnum; Goth. ga-skapjan, ga -skafts; A. S. scapen, sceápan, sceaft; O. H. G. scafan, scafon, scoppon, to stop; probably [greek].
1. † To go by leaps.
2. To cover, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 82.
3. † To lift.
4. † To approach.
-- With prati prati, To cover in one's turn, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 82.
-- Cf. Lat. ob-scurus, scutum, corium, cavere, cautus, causa; probably A. S. scuva, umbra; Goth. skoh; A. S. scoh, sceo; O.H.G. scur, tugurium; A. S. scunian; O.H.G. skiuhan also A. S. scawian, sceawian, to see (concerning the signification, cf. vṛ, [greek].
† skund, skand skand, i. 1, Ātm.
1. To jump or go by leaps.
2. To raise (cf. 1. skand).
† skumbh, ii. 5, skubhnu, and 9, skubhnā, nī, Par.
1. To stop or hinder.
2. To hold; cf. skambh.
1. To cut.
2. To hurt or kill.
3. To discomfit. to defeat.
4. To fatigue, to exhaust.
5. To destroy.
6. To make firm.
-- Cf. kṣad.
1. To stumble, to tumble, Hit. iii. d. 132.
2. To fall, Mālat. 73, 2.
3. To stutter, Mālat. 162, 10; to hesitate, Hit. ii. d. 63.
4. To err, to fail, Rām. 1, 13, 10
5. To disappear, Śriṅgārat. 7. skhalita,
1. Shaken, Mālat. 148, 15.
2. Shaking, wavering.
3. Staggering, Śiś. 9, 78; interrupted, faltering, Utt. Rāmac. 70, 6; stammering, ib. 95, 12.
4. Fluctuating, Pañc. 188, 10.
5. Drunk.
6. Hesitating.
7. Slipped, fallen.
8. Stopped, Śāk. d. 131; obstructed, Vikr d. 49.
9. Confounded, Śāk. d. 132; Śiś. 9, 83. n.
1. Tumbling, Pañc. i. d. 316; ii. d. 188; falling.
2. Deviating from virtue, fault, Vikr. d. 89; sin, d. 115.
3. Stratagem. Comp. a-, adj. not stumbled, Pañc. ii. d. 188.
-- With the prep. pra pra,
1. To stagger, Arj. 8, 14.
2. To tumble, Pañc. 36, 16. -cf. chala; Lat. scelus, culpa; Goth. skula, skulan; A. S. sceal, sculan, scyld; cf. also sphar, sphur, sphal, sphul, which may be originally identical.
1. Stumbling.
2. Falling, Caurap. 13; Utt. Rāmac. 44, 13 (flowing through).
3. Falling from virtue.
4. Tripping in speech.
5. Falling together.
6. Rubbing, Śiś. 9, 52.
† skhuḍ, i. 6, Par. To cover (v. r.).
† stak, i. 1, Par. To resist.
1. Thunder, Man. 4, 103.
2. The noise of clapping the hands. Comp. sa-vidyut-, adj. with lightning and thunder.
-- With the prep. ni ni, ṣṭan,
1. To sigh, MBh. 3, 14060.
2. To bewail, Rām. 2, 77, 8.
-- Cf. [greek] Icel. stynja; N.H.G. stöhnen; Lat. tonare (cf. ved. tan + yatu = stanayitnu, thunder), tonitru; A. S. thunor.
-- Comp. gala-,
I. m. a small fleshy process resembling nipples, hanging from the throat of some species of the Bengal goat, Pañc. iii. d. 265.
II. f. nī, a she-goat. tri-, adj., f. nī, having three breasts, Pañc. v. d. 77. prasnuta-, adj., f. nī, from whose breast drops milk, Rājat. 5, 76; Utt. Rāmac. 64, 10 (a token of maternal love, cf. Arji Bordschi, in the German Journal, Ausland, 1858, p. 823; Stan. Julien, Mém. sur les Contrées Occident., par Hiouen Thsang. ii. 152). saṃhata- (vb. han), adj., f. nī, whose breasts are very contiguous to each other, Rām. 3, 52, 35.
1. Sound.
2. Groaning.
3. The grumbling of clouds.
I. adj. Suckling, Mālat. 164, 11 (read dṛṣṭas tanayaḥ st°).
II. m., and f. yā and yī, An infant, Ragh. 14, 78.
1. Thunder, Utt. Rāmac. 122, 12.
2. Lightning, Utt. Rāmac. 55, 8.
3. A cloud.
4. Sickness.
5. Death.
I. m.
1. A post to which an elephant is tied.
2. A mountain.
3. A shrub.
4. A clump of grass, a cluster, Pañc. 140, 25.
II. n.
1. A post.
2. Stupidity insensibility.
-- Comp. kuśa-, m. 1. a cluster of Kuśa grass, Bhāg. P. 5, 20, 13. 2. the name of a place of pilgrimage, MBh. 13, 1714. brahmastamba, i. e. brahman-, m. the world, Mahāvīrac. 51, 4; 86, 21. śara-, m. a clump of reeds, Pañc. 140, 25.
-- Cf. A. S. stapel, a prop.
I. adj. Turf-destroying.
II. m.
1. A hoe.
2. A sickle.
1. To make firm (to create), ved.
2. To stop, to make immovable, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 45.
3. To oppose, to hurtle, Arj. 6, 13. i. 1, Ātm. To become immovable, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 55. Ptcple, of the pf. pass. stabdha,
1. Stopped, blocked up.
2. Immovable, MBh. 3, 2214.
3. Firm, Utt. Rāmac. 76, 1; hard, Pañc. 190, 17; rigid, Daśak. in Chr. 187, 13; stiff, Hit. 51, 8, M. M.
4. Hard-hearted, Hit. iv. d. 102.
5. Stubborn, Bhag. 18, 28.
6. Coarse, Bhāg. P. 4, 2, 8.
7. Stupid, Śṛṅgārat. 21.
8. Insensible.
9. Indifferent, Hit. ii. d. 104.
10. Paralysed. Caus.
1. To support, MBh. 3, 827.
2. To make immovable, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 10; to stop, MBh. 3, 10378. stambhita,
1. Stopped, contained, Megh. 61; constrained, Mālat. 140, 4.
2. Stupified, paralysed, Rām. 1, 75, 17; insensible, Utt. Rāmac. 159, 3.
-- With the prep. ava ava, after which the initial st becomes ṣṭ,
1. To bind, Böhtl. Chr. 229, verse 178.
2. To rest on, Mahāvīrac. 74, 5.
3. To rely on, Bhag. 9, 8. avaṣṭabdha,
1. Supported.
2. Stopped.
3. Paralysed.
4. Opposed.
5. Near, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 72.
6. Hanging from.
7. Surpassed, overcome.
8. Bound.
9. Wrapped up.
-- With paryava pari-ava,
1. To surround, Mālat. 86, 4; 8.
2. To surround and oppose, Utt. Rāmac. 122, 18.
-- With samava sam-ava, To encourage, Chr. 29, 34.
-- With ud ud, Caus. uttambhaya, To cherish, support, Kir. 2, 48. uttambhila,
1. Supported, upheld.
2. Erect, Utt. Rāmac. 60, 3.
3. Stopped.
-- With ni ni, nistabdha, Stopped. Comp. a-, adj. unconquered, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 89.
-- With prati prati,
I. pratistabdha, Stopped. Comp. a-, adj. unconquered, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 82.
II. pratiṣṭabdha, Stopped, obstructed.
-- With vi vi, ṣṭambh,
1. To fix (to create), MBh. 1, 6694; with pādau, to stand immovable, Hit. ii. d. 120.
2. To stop, MBh. 3, 2123; to restrain, Chr. 29, 36. viṣṭabdha,
1. Fixed, well supported, Man. 9, 296.
2. Placed in or upon.
3. Hindered.
4. Made motionless. Caus. To stop, to restrain, MBh. 3, 10314. viṣṭambhita, Stopped, Śāk. d. 106.
-- With sam sam,
1. To support, Bhag. 3, 43.
2. To corroborate, Rām. 2, 14, 13.
3. To stop, Rām. 2, 63, 47.
4. To hurtle, Pañc. 190, 15. saṃstabdha,
1. Made firm.
2. Corroborated.
3. Stopped. Caus.
1. To corroborate, Rām. 2, 34, 53.
2. To make immovable, MBh. 1, 7291.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To corroborate, Rām. 2, 64, 11.
-- Cf. [greek] (cf. stamba); O.H.G. stamphon; O.N. stofn; O.H.G. stam; A. S. stemn (based on stambh + na).
1. A post, a pillar, Hit. 49, 11; Pañc. i. d. 142.
2. A stem, Hit. iv. d. 71 (kadalī-, adj. Having the stem of a kadalī, i. e. faintly supported).
3. Obstruction.
4. Stupefaction, Kir. 12, 28.
5. Stupidity.
6. Insensibility, Bhartṛ. 3, 6.
7. Coldness, Mālat. 80, 7.
8. Paralysis, Mālat. 21, 7.
-- Comp. niḥstambha, i. e. nis-, adj. without pillars, Kām. Nītis. 11, 66. netra-, m. rigidity of the eyes, Suśr. 2, 232, 4. sa-vāṣpa-stambha + m, adv. suppressing tears, Utt. Rāmac. 45, 5. smara-, m. the penis.
-- Cf. A. S. steb, a trunk (of a tree).
I. m. One of Kāma's arrows.
II. n.
1. Supporting, holding upright, Pañc. i. d. 405.
2. Stopping.
3. Suppressing the use of the faculties by magic.
I. m.
1. A layer.
2. A bed.
II. f. rī, Smoke.
-- Comp. sa-, m. a bed of leaves.
and starīman stari/īman, i. e. stṛ + i/īman, m. A bed.
1. Praising, MBh. 13, 7662.
2. Praise.
1. Praise.
2. A panegyrist.
3. A cluster of blossoms, Pañc. iii. d. 155; Vikr. d. 125; a designation of chapters in the Kusumāñjali.
4. A multitude.
-- Comp. kusuma-, m. a nosegay, Bhartṛ. 2, 25.
-- Comp. abhinava-kusuma-stavaka + ita, adj. having clusters of fresh blossoms, Vikr. d. 119. nāri-dṛś-nīraja-, adj. having as (i. e. instead of) clusters of blossoms the lotus-like eyes of the women, Rājat. 5, 480.
† stigh, ii. 5, Ātm.
1. To ascend.
2. To assail.
-- Cf. Goth. steigan; A. S. stigan, staeger, a stair; O.H.G. steigal; A.S. sticol; [greek].
† stip, step step, i. 1, Ātm. To ooze, to drop.
1. Wet, Mālat. 16, 5; Rājat. 5, 481.
2. Immovable, Ragh. 1, 73; Rām. 3, 52, 12 (adv.); steady, fixed (of the eye), Megh. 37 (Sch.): benumbed, Mālat. 12, 2.
3. Soft, Śāk. d. 192.
4. Unsteady, tossing, Mālat. 50, 13; trembling, Mālav. d. 27 (? rather, immovable; vāmaṃ saṃdhi-stimita-valayam, The left hand, of which the bracelet is immovable, on account of the contact or support (of the hip). n. Moisture, Pañc. i. d. 35.
1. To praise, Rām. 2, 65, 53; ved. Ātm. To be praised, Chr. 294, 7 = Rigv. i. 92, 7 (stave instead of stavate, i. 1).
2. To worship by hymns, MBh. 1, 721.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi, ṣṭu, To praise, Pañc. 172, 14.
-- With samabhi sam-abhi, To praise, Rām. 1, 14, 26.
-- With pra pra,
1. To praise, Mālat. 76, 13.
2. To begin, Utt. Rāmac. 162, 10; Mālav. 13, 21.
3. To say, to report, Hit. 100, 16. prastuta,
1. Praised.
2. Declared, Mālat. 16, 15; vowed, Hit. 120, 21.
3. Approached.
4. Desired, expected.
5. Prepared, ready, being at hand, Hit. 87, 21.
6. Done.
7. Made of. Comp. a-, adj. 1. extraneous. 2. unsuitable, Pañc. 36, 23; cf. i. d. 193. yathā-prastuta + m, adv. conformably to the circumstances, Mālat. 146, 3. Caus. To cause to begin, MBh. 1, 6. prastāvita, Caused to be told, Mālat. 47, 1.
-- With vi vi, ṣṭu, To praise, MBh. 1, 7056.
-- With sam sam, To praise, Indr. 2, 9. saṃstavāna, Eloquent. saṃstuta,
1. Praised, Rājat. 5, 9.
2. Known, Utt. Rāmac, 76, 2. Comp. a-, 1. disagreeing, Śāk. d. 33. 2. unfit, Pañc. i. d. 41 (but cf. v. r., Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 404).
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To praise, MBh. 3, 12709.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To praise, MBh. 1, 2122.
-- Cf. perhaps AEol. [greek] (questionable, on account of Zend. śtaman, the muzzle).
† stuc, i. 1, Ātm. To be clear, to be propitious.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. without praising (anything,) MBh. 12, 8832.
1. (i. e. stu-bhā), i. 1, Par. To praise.
2. † i. 1, Ātm. To stupify, to be stupified; cf. stumbh. Caus. ved. To praise, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 88, 6.
-- With prati prati, ṣṭubh, ved. To praise, ib.
† stumbh, ii. 5, stubhnu, and 9, stubhnā, nī (cf. stambh), Par.
1. To stop (cf. Rigv. v. 54, 1).
2. To stupify.
3. To expel.
-- Cf. [greek] and [greek]; probably [greek]; perhaps O.H.G. stumph, stumbal; A.S. stypel; Goth. and A. S. dumb.
† stūp, i. 4 and 10, Par. To heap, to pile.
1. A heap, a pile, a Bauddha construction for keeping holy relics.
2. A funeral pile.
1. stṛ, ii. 5, stṛṇu, and stṝ stṛ10, ii. 9, stṛṇā, ṇī, Par. Ātm.
1. To spread, to expand.
2. To cover, Ragh. 7, 55. Caus. To cover, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 48.
-- With the prep. ava ava, To cover, to fill, Kir. 14, 29.
-- With ā ā,
1. To spread, MBh. 3, 15142.
2. To cover, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 15. āstaraṇīya, n. A cover, a carpet, Rām. 5, 11, 19.
-- With samā sam-ā, To cover (fire with water, i. e. to extinguish), MBh. 1, 1495.
-- With upa upa, ptcple. pf. pass. upastīrṇa, Arranged, MBh. 2, 2033.
-- With pari pari,
1. To spread, Rām. 3, 49, 9.
2. To arrange, MBh. 1, 69, 75.
3. To cover, Śiś. 9, 18.
-- With pra pra, prastṛta, Disappeared.
-- With vi vi, To spread, Man. 1, 51; 7, 33. vistṛta.
1. Diffused.
2. Diffuse.
3. Wide opened, MBh. 3, 12905.
4. Broad, Matsyop. 13; ample, Nalod. 3, 14. vistīrṇa, Large, great, Pañc. 51, 20; iii. d. 264. Comp. su-vistīrṇa, adj. very large, Hit. 79, 13. Caus.
1. To cause to spread, Pañc. 171, 3.
2. To extend, Man. 7, 188.
-- With sam sam,
1. To spread, MBh. 1, 7163.
2. To cover, MBh. 2, 1774.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. sternere, strages, struere, stringo; O.H.G. sturm; A.S. stearm, storm; strene, lectus; Goth. straujan; A. S. streowian, sternere; A. S. strion, thesaurus, strionan; O.H.G. sterbjan (old Caus.), interficere, sterban; A. S. stearfian, steorfan, mori; strec; O.H.G. strac; A. S. streccan, a-stregdan, a -strican, probably stregan, stredan; ge -strangian, To strengthen, etc.
2. stṛ, see spṛ.
3. stṛ, probably 2. as + tṛ, A star, Chr. 293, 1 = Rigv. i. 87, 1.
-- Cf. [greek] AEol. [greek] Goth. stairno; A.S. steorra; Lat. stella (see tāra).
† stṛh, stṝh stṛh, i. 6, Par. To hurt, to kill.
-- Cf. prebably [greek] Goth. stilan; A. S. stelan, stal, stalian, stalu.
† step, i. 10, Par. To throw; see stip.
-- Comp. a-, n. not stealing, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 15.
I. adj.
1. Little, Pañc. 263, 25; short, Pañc. 245, 13; small, few, Pañc. 31, 5.
2. Low, Bhartṛ. 2, 10.
II. °kam, adv.
1. A little, Pañc. 170, 6.
2. Cf. bahutaram, see bahu.
III. m.
1. The Cātaka, Cuculus melanoleucus.
2. A drop of water.
-- Comp. a-, adj. much, Mālat. 161, 2.
-- Comp. anyathā-, n. ironical praise, Yājñ. 2, 204.
1. Stopping.
2. Contumely.
3. Latter part of the name of some verses of the Sāmaveda.
† stom, i. 10 (a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To praise.
I. m.
1. Praise, Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14.
2. Sacrifice.
3. A heap, a quantity, multitude, Utt. Rāmac. 31, 7.
II. n.
1. The head.
2. Wealth.
3. Grain.
4. A stick bound with iron.
III. adj. Crooked.
-- Comp. vrātya-, m. a sacrifice to recover the rights forfeited by an improper delay of the investiture.
1. A thief.
2. Nectar.
1. To be collected or joined.
2. Pass. To increase, Utt. Rāmac. 45, 3 (to spread round about).
3. To sound. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. styāna,
1. Thick, gross, bulky.
2. Soft, bland. n.
1. Thickness.
2. Idleness.
3. Echo, Utt. Rāmac. 45, 2.
-- With pra pra, ptcple. of the pf. pass. prastīta and prastīma.
1. Crowded, clustering.
2. Sounded.
-- Cf. probably [greek] Lat. stipare (Caus.).
1. A woman, Pañc. iii. d. 61.
2. A female in general, Draup. 4, 4.
-- Comp. amara-, f. an Apsaras, Kir. 10, 15. kula-, f. a respectable or chaste woman, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 277; Daśak. in Chr. 191, 6. su-kula-, f. a respect able woman, Cāṇ. 36 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 409. paṇa- and paṇya-, f. a courtesan, Mṛcch. 127, 20; Pañc. iii. d. 61. su-, f. a brave wife, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1155. sura-, f. an Apsaras, a nymph, Vikr. d. 3.
I. adj. Female, Feminine.
II. n.
1. Womanhood, Utt. Rāmac. 100, 8.
2. The female sex, Bhartṛ. suppl. 24 (Sch., children).
-- Comp. bhūyiṣṭha-dvija-bāla-vṛddha-vikala-straiṇa, adj. consisting for the greatest part of Brāhmaṇas, children, old and sick persons, and women, Utt. Rāmac. 114, 2.
1. Standing on the shore.
2. Indifferent, Utt. Rāmac. 60, 2. dūra-, adj. Standing aloof, Man. 2, 202. bhū-tala-, adj. Standing, being on the surface of the earth, Pañc. 106, 6. yauvana-, adj., f. thā, Marriageable, Sāv. 1, 22.
I can scarcely find words). Caus.
1. To cover, Mālat. 7, 8; to veil, Mālat. 149, 15.
2. To cause inability of perceiving anything, Utt. Rāmac. 78, 2.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. tegere; O.H.G. dakjan; A.S. theccan, thaca.
I. adj.
1. Cheating, a rogue.
2. Shameless.
II. f. gī, A betel box.
1. A courtesan, Śukas. Narr. 7, MS.
2. The office of the betel-bearer, Pañc. v. r. of the MSS. H.,
I., and K., ad Kos. 63, 23.
1. A square place prepared for a sacrifice, MBh. 13, 6550; Rājat. 6, 87.
2. A barren field.
3. A heap of clods, Man. 10, 71.
4. A boundary, a landmark, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 41.
I. m.
1. An architect, Pañc. 10, 4.
2. A carpenter, a wheelwright, Rām. 2, 63, 2, Seramp.
3. The performer of the Vṛhaspati sacrifice, MBh. 1, 2029.
4. A carioteer.
5. A king or chief.
6. A guard or attendant of the womens' apartment.
II. adj. Chief, best.
-- Comp. puṣkara-, m. a name of Śiva, MBh. 13, 1207 (erroneously written puskara-).
1. Distressed.
2. Bent with pain, Mālat. 78, 17.
† sthal (akin to sthā, cf. the next), i. 1, Par. To stand or be firm.
-- Cf. O.H.G. stallan, stellan.
I. n., and f. lī.
1. Firm or dry ground, Hit. i. d. 89, M. M. (la).
2. Place, Vikr. d. 79 (li); Pañc. 161, 15 (la).
II. n., and f. lā, A spot drained and raised.
III. n.
1. A mound, a terrace, Megh. 67.
2. A tent.
3. Point, topic.
-- Comp. adri-kṛta-, f. lī, an Apsaras. kuśa-, n., and f. lī, names of towns, MBh. 2, 614 (lī). kḷpta-harmya-sthala, adj., f. lī, of which the ground of the palaces was made, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 15. gaṇḍa-, n., and f. lī, 1. the cheek, Śṛngārat. 7 (la); Daśak. in Chr. 199, 2 (lī). 2. an elephant's temple, Pañc. i. d. 139. jaghana-sthalī, f. the buttcks, Śiś. 9, 45. prasava-, f. lī, a mother. maru-, n. a desert, Hit. i. d. 10, M. M.; 80, 7. mahā-, f. lī, the earth. vakṣas-, n. breast, Hit. iv. d. 130.
-- Cf. O.H.G. stal, stall; A.S. stal, stael; O.H.G. stullan; Goth. ga-stalds; O.H.G. stelza, stolz; also A.S. stillan, stille.
1. Growing on earth, Man. 6, 13.
2. Terrestrial.
I. adj., f. rā.
1. Fixed, firm.
2. Old, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 12.
II. m.
1. An old man.
2. A beggar.
3. Brahman.
1. To stand, Hit. i. d. 97; with jānubhyām, To kneel, Vikr. 63, 6; with śāsane, To obey, Vikr. d. 155.
2. To cease to move, to stand still, to stop, Vikr. d. 20; Rām. 1, 60, 19; to wait, Vikr. 88, 17; to be restrained, Man. 7, 108.
3. To stay, MBh. 2, 732; to abide, Man. 7, 37 (śāsane, He may abide by their decision). Impers. pass., Hit. 46, 2, MM.; Lass. 56, 2, sthīyatām, It may be abided, viz. by you, i. e. you may abide.
4. With instr. To practise, to use what the instrumental expresses, Pañc. 31, 18 (sāmādibhis, To use conciliatory speech, etc.); 76, 20 (maunavratena, To be silent).
5. To be, Man. 8, 158; to exist, Man. 7, 8.
6. To remain, Lass. 51, 25; Man. 4, 111; to stand at one's side, Hit. i. d. 72, M.M.
7. With an absol. it implies duration of the action expressed by the absol.; e.g. yā sthitā vyāpya, Which ever fills, Śāk. d. 1; Vikr. 14, 5 (parikramyopaviśya sthita, After having walked up and down, he sits down and remains sitting).
8. To be at hand, Man. 5, 104; Hit. 50, 21.
9. Ātm. To stand firm, MBh. 1, 5558. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. sthita.
1. Got up, risen.
2. Standing, Chr. 17, 24.
3. Steady, firm, immovable.
4. Upright, virtuous.
5. Stayed, stopped.
6. Desisted, Pañc. v. d. 40 (from singing).
7. Having lived (sukhe, happily), Pañc. ii. d. 95; kathaṃ sthitāsi, How did you do ? Vikr. 72, 6; living, Rām. 3, 53, 59.
8. Being, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 11; Pañc. 149, 13 (evaṃ sthite, The matter being thus); Pañc. 136, 3 (lambamānau yathā sthitau, How they hang down).
9. Established, determined, Chr. 28, 17.
10. Agreed, promised. Comp. evam-, adj. so conditioned, Pañc. 87, 19. taṭa-, adj. indifferent, Utt. Rāmac. 156, 8. dus-, adj. unsteady, Bhāg. P. 1, 5, 14. n. indecent kind of standing, MBh. 12, 3084. su-, adj. 1. living well. 2. being well. 3. safe, Mālat. 86, 12. a-su-, adj. not being well, dejected, Hit. iii. d. 108. Ptcple. fut. pass. stheya,
1. To be fixed or determined.
2. To be placed. m.
1. A judge, an arbitrator, Hit. iv. d. 1.
2. A domestic priest. Comp. uccaiḥstheya, i. e. uccais-, n. standing upright, Bhartṛ. 2, 61. dus-, n. difficult standing, MBh. 12, 11090. Caus. sthāpaya,
1. To place, Vikr. 78, 7; Hit. i. d. 112.
2. To establish, Rām. 3, 54, 19.
3. To restrain, to stop, Śāk. 6, 16; Vikr. 10, 19.
4. To keep, Man. 7, 44.
5. To cause to exist, to found, Man. 1, 62.
6. To cause to be durable, Lass. 2. ed. 67, 21.
7. To let live, Hit. 121, 14.
8. To give in marriage, MBh. 1, 2576.
-- With the prep. adhi adhi, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm.),
1. To stand on, Man. 4, 78; MBh. 2, 2541, śiraḥ pādenādhi sthāsyāmi, I shall put my foot on his head.
2. To be supported, to rest on, Rām. 1, 34, 34.
3. To stay, MBh. 1, 3572.
4. To remain, Chr. 32, 31, śarā antarādhiṣṭhitāḥ, The arrows remained in the sky.
5. To inhabit, MBh. 3, 12198.
6. To stand, MBh. 1, 8325.
7. To be, MBh. 1, 2867.
8. To command, Man. 7, 114; to govern, Rām. 2, 1, 25; to lead, Utt. Rāmac. 91, 8.
9. To pass over, Rām. 1, 31, 19.
10. To surpass, MBh. 3, 14652; to overcome, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 72.
11. To ascend to, Chr. 288, 2 = Rigv. i. 49, 2.
12. To do; with prasādam, To show favour, Mālat. 140, 11. adhiṣṭhita (and dhiṣṭhita),
1. Guided, Utt. Rāmac. 3, 7.
2. Fixed, established, Pañc. 29, 7.
3. Occupied, Hit. 56, 20.
4. Overpowered, Pañc. 30, 5.
5. Guarded, Utt. Rāmac. 38, 13.
6. Presiding, Pañc. 97, 1.
7. Standing, MBh. 13, 835. Comp. dus-, adj. wrongly performed, MBh. 7, 3314. n. remaining unbecomingly in some place, MBh. 12, 3084.
-- With samadhi sam-adhi, To administer, MBh. 2, 199.
-- With anu anu,
1. To stand near, Man. 11, 111.
2. To follow, to obey, Man. 2, 9.
3. To remain, Lass. 56, 10.
4. To execute, to perform, Rām. 1, 12, 3; to do, Pañc. 192, 10; to act, Vikr. 24, 7; to practise, Daśak. in Chr. 182, 6.
5. To govern, Draup. 4, 12. anuṣṭhita,
1. Agreed to, done accordingly.
2. Done, Rām. 1, 51, 6; tathā-anuṣṭhite, Afterwards, thereupon, Pañc. 43, 14; 42, 2; 37, 22. n. Action, Pañc. 43, 15. Desider. tiṣṭhāsa, To wish to imitate, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 6.
-- With ava ava, Ātm.
1. To withdraw, Hit. 47, 22.
2. To stand firm, Vedāntas. in Chr. 218, 5; to keep ground, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 70 (= Hit. ii. d. 120, v. r.); to stand ready, Pañc. 91, 6 (with dat., for).
3. To be decided, Śāk. 23, 11.
4. To remain, Man. 8, 145; Pañc. 127, 17.
5. To be present, MBh. 1, 4826.
6. To stay; kim atrāvasthāya mayā kartavyam, What shall
I. do here ? Hit. 59, 1, M. M.; with instr. To practise, Pañc. 50, 13 (cf. the simple vb). avasthita,
1. Standing, Vikr. d. 160; Rājat. 5, 49.
2. Abiding, remaining firm, Rām. 3, 50, 15.
3. Steady, Man. 7, 60.
4. Being, Pañc. 180, 20 (evam avasthite, Matters being in this state). yathāvasthita, As it was, Pañc. 196, 18. °tam, adv. Truly (as it happened), Pañc. 237, 19.
5. Engaged in, prosecuting. Comp. an-, adj. 1. unsteady, changed, Utt. Rāmac. 47, 4. 2. fickle, unchaste, Rām. 5, 51, 10; Man. 11, 138. Caus.
1. To cause to stand, to place, Hit. 61, 4, M.M.
2. To cause to stay, to leave, Vikr. 35, 3.
-- With paryava pari-ava, Ātm.
1. To rely on, MBh. 1, 4029.
2. To exist everywhere, Bhag. 2, 65.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, To stand opposite, Sund. 3, 24. Caus. To collect; with ātmānam, To recover, Vikr. 8, 1.
-- With vyava vi-ava, vyavasthita,
1. Separated, going away, Pañc. 57, 9, agre, He took the head.
2. Extracted.
3. Constant, Lass. 2. ed. 39, 10.
4. Declared.
5. Appointed.
6. Fixed, Man. 10, 68; based, Mālat. 70, 7.
7. Depending on, Hit. iv. d. 98.
8. Staying, having rested at the same place, Chr. 20, 1.
9. Restrained, Utt. Rāmac. 135, 8 (-viṣaya, Of which the sphere is restrained to one alone).
10. Standing, Chr. 27, 1; Pañc. 229, 21 (agre, Was standing in front of him).
11. With vākye, Obeying, Rām. 3, 51, 35.
12. Existing, Pañc. 76, 23.
13. One who has agreed, Man. 8, 156. Caus.
1. To establish, Daśak. in Chr. 184, 19.
2. To perform, Ragh. 14, 53.
-- With samava sam-ava, samavasthita,
1. Ready, MBh. 3, 633.
2. Standing immovable, Vikr. d. 4. Caus.
1. To stop (a chariot), MBh. 3, 887.
2. To found, (a tribe), MBh. 1, 4365.
-- With ā ā,
1. To be near at hand, Man. 9, 87.
2. To stand on, Chr. 290, 9 = Rigv. i. 64, 9; to sit on, MBh. 3, 11776.
3. To stay, to remain, Hit. 95, 1, M.M.
4. To walk toward, Man. 11, 104.
5. To turn to; apayānam āsthita, Turning to withdraw, i. e. being about to withdraw, Śiś. 9, 84; kāṃ buddhim āsthāya, What did you think (when ...)? Chr. 21, 5.
6. To ascend, MBh. 1, 3677 (a chariot).
7. To assume, Pañc. iii. d. 20; Rām. 3, 50, 26 (a shape).
8. To apply, MBh. 3, 11964 (a weapon); Man. 2, 88 (care).
9. To observe, Man. 7, 226; with vṛttim, To behave, Man. 2, 133.
10. To perform, Man. 2, 103; MBh. 3, 8514 (religious austerities).
11. To act, to behave, Nal. 9, 8. āsthita,
1. Standing on (with acc.), Chr. 36, 16.
2. Stayed.
3. Occupied.
4. Applied to, having recourse to, having assumed, Rām. 3, 50, 26.
5. Undergone, Lass. 2. ed. 90, 49.
6. Spread.
7. Observing, following, Man. 5, 36.
8. Practising, exhibiting, Lass. 53, 17; with acc., Vikr. d. 130 (absorbed in).
-- With upā upa-ā, Ātm. To approach carnally, MBh. 3, 10754.
-- With samupā sam-upa-ā, To observe (a law). MBh. 1, 7452.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To undergo, Chr. 49, 4 (samāsthitas tapo ghoram, He performed great austerities).
2. To apply, MBh. 3, 11967; with vṛttim, To act, Man. 4, 2; with yogam, To exert one's self, Man. 7, 44.
3. To perform, Rām. 1, 56, 24. samāsthita, Seated.
-- With ud ud,
1. To get up, to rise, Rām. 2, 72, 24; Vikr. 31, 18; uttiṣṭhamāna, Being about to rise, Pañc. i. d. 408. utthāya-utthāya, Whenever one rises, Hit. i. d. 3, M.M.
2. To rouse one's self, Bhag. 2, 3. Ptcple. pf. pass. utthita.
1. Rising, Lass. 2. ed. 46, 23.
2. Arising (as revenue), Hit. iv. d. 121. Caus.
1. To lead away (one's wife from her father's house), Lass. 22, 1 (cf. 24, 9).
2. To lift, Hit. 91, 13, M. M.; to raise, Rām. 2, 72, 23 (a fallen person); to lift out, Hit. 21, 7, M. M.
3. To arouse, MBh. 1, 1887.
4. To reanimate, MBh. 1, 3297.
-- With anūd anu-ud, To rise after one, Ragh. 2, 24.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud,
1. To rise, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 14.
2. To rise to (with acc.), Utt. Rāmac. 83, 5.
-- With pratyud prati-ud, To rise to salute, Man. 2, 119.
-- With vyud vi-ud, To incite, MBh. 1, 7404.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To rise together, Chr. 13. 7.
2. To rise, Sāv. 1, 8.
3. To return to life, MBh. 3, 16574. samutthita,
1. Swollen up, Rām. 3, 49, 51.
2. Arisen, produced, Pañc. 57, 15. Caus.
1. To raise, MBh. 1, 6588.
2. To reanimate, Rām. 1, 1, 85.
-- With upa upa,
1. To stand near, Rām. 1, 13, 38; to be imminent, Pañc. 86, 25.
2. To stand opposite, Man. 2, 48.
3. To be at hand, MBh. 3, 11671.
4. To serve, Rām. 1, 16, 28; to wait on, Śāk. 3, 12; Vikr. 3, 8 (Ātm.); to salute, Mālat. 2, 3 (Ātm.).
5. To oblige (by presents), Ragh. 18, 21.
6. To adore, MBh. 1, 4405.
7. To embrace, MBh. 3, 10754.
8. To approach, Rām. 1, 25, 4; to arrive at, Man. 3, 76.
9. To fall to one's share, Pañc. 194, 5; MBh. 3, 3043. upasthita,
1. Arrived, come, Man. 3, 103.
2. Staying, standing by or near, Hit. 47, 2, M. M.
3. Near, Rām. 2, 51, 18; impending, Hit. i. d. 3, M. M.
4. Caused.
5. Got.
6. Felt.
7. Cleansed.
8. Done.
9. Known. Caus.
1. To bring near, Śāk. 28, 9; to order to be brought, Utt. Rāmac. 22, 8.
2. To supply, Rām. 1, 26, 2 (a ship).
3. To place, Rām. 2, 3, 18.
-- With abhyupa abhi-upa, To adore, Bhāg. P. 5, 7, 12. abhyupasthita, Accompanied, MBh. 3, 16132.
-- With paryupa pari-upa,
1. To surround, Rām. 2, 64, 1.
2. To wait on, Rām. 2, 32, 15. paryupasthita, Imminent, MBh. 3, 13027.
-- With pratyupa prati-upa, pratyupasthita,
1. Imminent, MBh. 3, 1920.
2. Present, Utt. Rāmac. 156, 14.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. To approach, Chr. 7, 17; Pañc. ii. d. 13.
2. To fall in the way, Hit. 76, 8, M. M.
3. To send, Śāk, d. 43. samupasthita, Imminent, Chr. 5, 4.
-- With ni ni, niṣṭhita,
1. Firm, fixed.
2. Certain.
3. Staying in, Bhag. 13, 17.
4. Versed in, Rām. 1, 12, 20.
5. Engaged in.
-- With parini pari-ni, pariniṣṭhita, Very skilled in, Rām. 1, 9, 8. Caus. pariniṣṭhāpita, Taught, Utt. Rāmac. 35, 10.
-- With pari pari, To stand round about, to surround, Pañc. 51, 19. pariṣṭhita, Standing, Lass. 23, 6.
-- With pra pra, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.),
1. To set out, Vikr. 12, 10; to depart (with the acc., to), MBh. 3, 2401.
2. To come, Vikr. 37, 17. prasthita, Set out, Śāk. 7, 9. Comp. pūrva-, adj. set out before, Vikr. 6, 6. Caus.
1. To push on, Rājat. 5, 415.
2. To induce to retire, Hit. 130, 10.
3. To send away, Rām. 2, 9, 2; to despatch, Hit. 88, 8, M. M.; to dismiss, MBh. 3, 2716.
-- With pratyabhipra prati-abhi-pra, Ātm. To depart, MBh. 1, 683.
-- With vipra vi-pra, Ātm.
1. To depart, MBh. 1, 8140.
2. To spread, MBh. 1, 3709.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, Ātm. To depart, MBh. 2, 1198. samprasthita,
1. Departed, MBh. 3, 8540.
2. Being about to set off, Rām. 2, 38, 13.
-- With prati prati,
1. To stand firm, to be supported, Pañc. i. d. 93.
2. To depend upon, MBh. 1, 6190.
3. To stay, MBh. 3, 11855. pratiṣṭhita,
1. Fixed, Pañc. i. d. 93; staying, Pañc. iii. d. 214.
2. Secured, acquired.
3. Supported, Man. 8, 163.
4. Placed.
5. Married.
6. Comprised.
7. Infixed, present, Bhag. 3, 15.
8. Applied, Man. 8, 226.
9. Applicable.
10. Completed, done, Pañc. 86, 20.
11. Consecrated.
12. Famous (rather pratiṣṭhā + ita), Nal. 22, 12.
13. Valued. Comp. su-, 1. well rooted, Pañc. iii. d. 51. 2. well set up, well consecrated, Hit. pr. d. 45, M. M. 3. celebrated. Caus.
1. To set up, to erect, Rājat. 5, 38.
2. To place, Chr. 12, 28.
3. To offer, Man. 3, 135. pratiṣṭhāpita, Appointed, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 20.
-- With saṃprati sam-prati, To rest on, MBh. 1, 8359.
-- With vi vi, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.),
1. To spread, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 92, 5.
2. To stand apart, to stand, MBh. 1, 6559. viṣṭhita, Stopping, Rām. 3, 52, 11.
-- With sam sam, Ātm. (in epic poetry also Par.),
1. To stand close together, MBh. 3, 15716.
2. To stand on, to be on, Bhartṛ. 2, 57.
3. To agree, to conform to, Mṛcch. 15, 12.
4. To be completed, Man. 5, 98.
5. To exist, to live, Pañc. 96, 13.
6. To perish, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 9. saṃsthita,
1. Heaped, covered (painted ?), Rām. 5, 10, 4.
2. Frequented, Man. 8, 371.
3. Contiguous.
4. Like.
5. Placed in or on, Pañc. i. d. 105 (niyoga-, Being in office).
6. Residing, Pañc. 60, 24.
7. Lying, Hit. iv. d. 130.
8. Abiding, Lass. 53, 9.
9. Fixed.
10. Stopped, MBh. 3, 1763.
11. Concluded.
12. Dead, Man. 3, 247. Comp. su-, 1. very contiguous (to each other), Rām. 3, 52, 28. 2. well situated. 3. being well. 4. well defined, circumscribed. Caus.
1. To collect, to compose, Vikr. 29, 15 (one's self.)
2. To place, Pañc. 174, 21.
3. To subject, Man. 9, 2.
4. To restrain, to stop.
5. To kill, MBh. 1, 4610. saṃsthāpita,
1. Accumulated.
2. Restrained.
3. Fixed, established.
-- With parisam pari-sam, parisaṃsthita, Standing together round about, MBh. 1, 4827.
-- Cf. [greek] [greek] (from the Caus.); Lat. stare, sistere, stamen, stupere (Caus.), stupidus; cf. sthūla; O.H.G. stān, stên; Goth. and A. S. standan (frequent.); O.H.G. standa; A. S. stidh, stand, cupellus; stadhelian; O.H.G. stat, locus; stat, stad, ripa; tur-studil; A. S. studu, postis; O.H.G. stunt; A.S. stund; A. S. staef (based on the Caus.), stif, stifian (or to styai?). On nouns like sthavi, etc., are based [greek] Goth. staujan, stojan; O.H.G. stauuan; cf. also A.S. stow, etc.
I. adj. Firm, steady, fixed, immovable, Chr. 46, 20; MBh. 1, 7291.
II. m. and n. The trunk of a tree, Man. 9, 44; Bhāṣāp. 128.
III. m.
1. A stake, a post, Pañc. i. d. 55.
2. A spear.
3. A nest of white ants.
4. Śiva, Vikr. d. 1; Rām. 3, 53, 60.
1. An ascetic who sleeps on the place prepared for a sacrifice.
2. A religious mendicant.
-- Cf. Lat. stator.
I. n.
1. Staying, Lass, 28, 10; stay, state, Utt. Rāmac. 51, 5; Man. 7, 56 (forces); position, Hit. i. d. 51, M. M.
2. Middle state, as neither loss nor gain (equality), calmness, Rām. 3, 52, 2 (corr. nahi me jīvitaṃ sthāne, My life, i. e. my whole being, is disquieted).
3. Firmness of troops.
4. Keeping in array.
5. Halt.
6. Place, Pañc. 133, 5; 37, 8; a holy place, Chr. 46, 26; the right palce, Hit. ii. d. 70.
7. Country, Hit. i. d. 169, M. M.
8. An altar, Vikr. d. 43.
9. An open place in a town.
10. A dwelling-place, Hit. iii. d. 5; house, Chr. 60, 37; Cṛṅgārat. 11.
11. A town.
12. Office, Rājat. 5, 297.
13. The part of an actor, Vikr. 3, 9.
14. Degree, rank, Hit. i. d. 168, M.M.
15. Object, Man. 2, 136; Pañc. 82, 12.
16. Likeness.
17. Intimation (cf. sthānaka), Lass. 7, 5.
18. Interval.
II. loc. ne, adv.
1. Fitly, properly, justly, Vikr. 8, 16; in the right moment, Śāk. 37, 34.
2. Sometimes, MBh. 1, 6845.
3. Because.
4. Instead, Pañc. 37, 21.
5. Like, as, Pañc. 52, 1; 55, 22.
-- Comp. a-sthāna, n. unsuitable, wrong place, Pañc. 10, 10. an-ucita-, n. the same, Pañc. 64, 8. asmad-, n. our place; loc. ne, instead of us (me), Pañc. 83, 19. uccais-, n. elevation in rank, Man. 7, 121. eka-, n. same place; loc. ne, together, Pañc. 85, 22. karmasthāna, i. e. karman-, n. a government building, Rājat. 5, 166. kopa-, n. an object of wrath, i. e. easy to be injured, Lass. 41, 4. jana-, n. the name of a wood, Utt Rāmac. 17, 12. janmasthāna, i. e. janman-, n. birthplace, home, Pañc. 247, 4. tadīya-, n. its place, Vikr. 71, 11. dhana-, n. treasury, Rājat. 4, 621. dharma-adhikaraṇa-, n. court of justice, Pañc. 40, 22. prasava-, n. a nest, Pañc. 74, 25. badhya-, or vadhya- (vb. vadh), n. place of execution, Pañc. 41, 15. bandhana-, n. a stable, Pañc. 224, 8. bhakṣa-, n. state of being (one's) food, Pañc. 131, 2 (bhakṣasthāne sthitam api, although you are destined to be his food). yathā-sthāna + m, adv. instantly, Pañc. in Weber, Ind. St. iii. 373, 4. vibhīṣikā-, n. object, or means, of frightening, Pañc. 160, 21. viśvāsa-,
I. n. an object or person of trust.
II. viśvāsasthāne, adv. as hostage, Pañc. 55, 22. vīra-, n. a certain posture, Lass. 2. ed. 70, 55. vyañjana-sthāne, loc. as condiment (karomi,
I shall use), Pañc. 52, 1. śulka-, n. any object of toll or duty, Man. 8, 398. saṃketa-, n. 1. place of assignation. 2. a sign, an intimation. Lass. 7, 5. sura-, n. a temple, Hit. iii. d. 36. siddhi-, n. name of a country, Lass. 40, 19. hṛdaya-, n. the breast.
-- Cf. [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek].
1. A town.
2. A basin of water at the root of a tree,
3. A bubble on spirits or wine.
4. A kind of speaking (addressing ?), Vikr. 64, 21.
-- Comp. patākā-, n. intimation of an episode in a drama, Daśar. 1, 14.
I. adj. Local.
II. m. The governor of a place.
I. adj. Relating or suitable to any place.
II. n. A city.
-- Comp. avataṃsa-, adj., f. yā, taking the place of a crest, i. e. being, as it were, the ornament, Daśak. in Chr. 179, 14. kaṇṭha-, adj. having its place in the throat, Vedāntas. in Chr. 207, 11.
I. adj. Causing to stand, placing, fixing, ordering.
II. m.
1. A stage manager.
2. The founder of a temple.
-- Comp. sthiti-,
I. adj. who or what fixes (cf. sthiti).
II. m. (n., Wils.), elasticity, Bhāṣāp. 95; 156 (cf. sthiti).
I. m. A guard of the womens' apartments.
II. n. Architecture, building, erecting, Rām. 1, 12, 6.
I. n.
1. Placing, Naiṣ. 22, 45, Sch.; fixing, erecting, founding.
2. Concentrating one's thoughts upon the object of meditation.
3. Ordering.
4. A habitation.
5. A ceremony performed when the mother perceives the first signs of living conception.
II. f. nā, Stage management.
III. f. nī, A plant, Cissampelos hexandra.
1. Staying, lasting, Hit. i. d. 48, M. M.
2. Firm, steady, unchangeable, Pañc. i. d. 39.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not permanent, Bhartṛ. 2, 83. puras-, adj. standing before one's eyes, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1212. vana-,
I. adj. abiding in a wood.
II. m. a hermit.
I. adj. Steady, stationary.
II. m. The overseer of a village.
I. n. A plate, a dish, Rājat. 5, 46.
II. f. lī, A pot, Pañc. 262, 16.
I. adj.
1. Fixed, stable, immovable, Man. 1, 40; 41; 5, 28.
2. Stationary (guards), Man. 9, 266.
3. Established, regular.
II. m. A mountain, Bhag. 10, 25.
III. n.
1. A bowstring.
2. Real estate.
3. A heirloom.
1. A bubble of any fluid (cf. sthānaka).
2. Smearing the body with fragrant unguents.
1. Firm, immovable, Man. 1, 56.
2. Durable, eternal, Kir. 2, 19.
1. Standing, Mālat. 160, 6; staying, stay, Man. 11, 237.
2. Living, doing well, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1125.
3. Residence, Utt. Rāmac. 5, 1.
4. Remaining, Pañc. pr. d. 8 (garbhe, in the womb, i. e. not being brought forth).
5. Keeping, i. d. 159 (but cf. v. r. Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1561).
6. Being fixed, duration, Vikr. d. 153; a firm position, Pañc. i. d. 220.
7. State, Cāṇ. 90 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 412; condition, Pañc. 124, 4; natural state (cf. -sthāpaka, Bhāṣāp. 95, properly 'restoring the natural state').
8. Correctness of conduct, Kir. 11, 54.
9. Honour, Mālat. 152, 20; dignity, Nal. 12, 10.
10. Stop, cessation.
11. Limit, boundary.
12. A sure decision, Man. 2, 225; a settled rule, 3, 120; a maxim, Hit. 50, 9, M. M.
13. Order, decree.
-- Comp. a-bhinna- (vb. bhid), adj. not swerving from the right path, Śāk. d. 107. pṛthak-, f. separation, Vikr. d. 102. maṭha-, f. staying in a college of priests, Pañc. ii. d. 66 (read maṭhasthityā). rājya-, f. staying in government, being a king, Pañc. 251, 9. su-, f. 1. welfare. 2. health.
1. Firm, stable, Vikr. d. 160.
2. Virtuous, Man. 9, 74.
I. adj., comparat. stheyaṃs, superl. stheṣṭha.
1. Firm, Vikr. d. 1; fixed, immovable, Bhag. 6, 33 (sthirī kṛ, To stop, Pañc. 258, 20).
2. Permanent, Vikr. d. 109; Chr. 291, 15 = Rigv. i. 64, 15; eternal, Megh. 56.
3. Hard, Utt. Rāmac. 30, 2; solid, strong, Indr. 1, 18.
4. Steady, Mālat. 175, 6; free from passion, Bhartṛ. 2, 44.
5. Cool, collected, Lass. 43, 17.
6. Convinced, sure, Chr. 53, 25.
7. Constant, determined, Chr. 43, 28.
8. Faithful, Pañc. 107, 11.
II. m.
1. A deity.
2. Final emancipation.
3. A mountain.
4. A tree.
5. A bull.
6. Kārttikeya, the god of war.
7. Saturn.
III. f. rā.
1. The earth.
2. Silk-cotton tree, and two other plants.
-- Comp. a-sthira, adj. 1. inconstant, Hit. iii. d. 106. 2. weak, Man. 8, 77.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. stolidus, stultus; O.H.G. starên; A.S. starian; O.H.G. storrên, stornên, starh; A.S. starc; O.H.G. ga-starkên, starhjan, etc.
1. Firmness, Śāk. d. 90; stability; sthiratāṃ nī, To secure, Pañc. 97, 14.
2. Moral firmness.
3. Fortitude.
-- Comp. a-, n. inconstancy, Man. 8, 77.
† sthuḍ, i. 6, To cover.
1. A pillar, a post, Pañc. 37, 6.
2. An iron image,
3. An anvil.
4. A disease.
-- Comp. veśmasthūṇā, i. e. veśman-, f. the main post of a house.
-- Cf. Zend. śtaora (= sthūra, or rather sthaura, cf. sthaurin), A beast of burden; Goth. stiurs; A. S. steor; [greek] cf. also sthūla, and O.H.G. stiuri, fortis; A. S. stor; O.H.G. stur, magnus.
† sthūl, i. 10 (a denomin. derived from the next), Par. To become big or bulky.
I. adj., comparat. sthūlatara and sthavīyaṃs, superl. sthūlatama and sthaviṣṭha.
1. Great, large, Rājat. 5, 12; Megh. 47; Pañc. i. d. 373; sthūlatara, Very large, Pañc. 134, 5.
2. Bulky, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 22; fat.
3. Powerful, Pañc. 168, 25.
4. Clumsy.
5. Coarse, Pañc. 133, 1.
6. Stupid.
II. m. The jack tree.
III. f. lā.
1. A sort of pepper.
2. A pumpkin gourd.
IV. n.
1. A heap.
2. A tent.
-- Comp. ati-, adj. 1. very big, Rām. 5, 10, 17. 2. too clumsy, Suśr. 1, 25, 21. muktā-, adj. as large as pearls, Megh. 105.
1. Coarseness, bulkiness, Pañc. i. d. 205.
2. Stupidity.
1. Fitmness, stability, staying continually, Pañc. 225, 22.
2. Constancy, Pañc. iii. d. 102.
3. Patience, Pañc. iii. d. 238.
-- Comp. a-, n. perishableness, Rājat. 5, 381.
1. Strength, power.
2. A load for a horse or ass.
1. A pack-horse.
2. A strong horse.
1. Washing.
2. Bathing, ablution, Śiś. 8, 70.
† snas, i. 1 and 4, Par.
1. To eject.
2. To eat (?).
-- Cf. perhaps O.H.G. snor, snuor, see snāva.
1. To bathe, Man. 4, 82; anomal. potent. snāyīta, MBh. 3, 7072.
2. To perform the ceremony of bathing when leaving the house of one's spiritual preceptor, Man. 2, 245. snāta,
1. Bathed, having bathed, Rājat. 5, 391; Daśak. in Chr. 188, 20.
2. Purified, Mahāv. 77, 2; pure. m. (One whose spiritual instruction is finished, see
2.), an initiated householder. Comp. mṛta-, adj. 1. bathed after mourning. 2. dying immediately after ablution. su-,
I. adj. very clean, Lass. 24, 4.
II. m. a student who has performed his ablutions preparatory or subsequent to a sacrifice. Caus. sna/āpaya,
1. To wash, to cleanse, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 7 (ā); Megh. 44 (a).
2. To weep for (?), Utt. Rāmac. 69, 1 (a). snapita,
1. Bathed, Mālat. 60, 10.
2. Moistened, Kir. 5, 44; 47.
-- With apa apa, apasnāta, Bathed after mourning, Rām. 2, 42, 22.
-- With ni ni, niṣṇāta,
1. Perfect, superior.
2. Learned, MBh. 1, 3988; skilful, conversant, Śāk. 65, 18.
3. Given to, Mālat. 37, 3.
4. (In law), Agreed upon, Mālat. 174, 13. ati-niṣṇāta, Very conversant, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 19.
-- With prati prati,
1. pratisnāta, Bathed.
2. pratiṣṇāta, Pure. Comp. su-pratiṣṇāta, adj. certain.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. nare; Goth. nadr; A. S. naeddre, nedre; O.H.G. naco; see nau.
-- Comp. vidyā-, Vidyā-vrata-, and vrata-, m. a Brāhmaṇa who has completed his studentship.
1. Bathing, Pañc. 100, 8.
2. Purification by bathing, Man. 1, 111; Pañc. iii. d. 120.
3. Anything used in it, as water, perfumed powder, etc., Ṛt. 1, 4; Megh. 34, Sch.
-- Comp. tris-, n. bathing three times a day, Kām. Nītis. 2, 28. dus-, n. inauspicious bathing, Hariv. 3413. mṛta-, n. funeral ablution.
-- Comp. nitya-, adj. constantly bathing, Hit. 40, 10. M. M.
1. A tendon, Man. 8, 234; Pañc. 182, 17; a muscle, Bhartṛ. 2, 23.
2. The string of a bow, Pañc. 121, 1.
-- Cf. probably O.H.G. senwa; A. S. sinu, sinw, senw.
1. Affection.
2. Unctuousness.
1. To go.
2. To love (cf. snih).
1. Oily, unctuous, smooth, Rājat. 5, 319.
2. Wet, Megh. 16 (Sch.),
3. Resplendent, Vikr. d. 70 (kanaka-nikaṣa-, like a streak of pure gold).
4. Agreeable, Megh. 65.
5. Coarse.
6. Thick, dense, Megh. 1.
7. Cooling, emollient.
8. Attached, Hit. ii. d. 151; kind, well affected, Man. 7, 32; 120; loving, Pañc. i. d. 317. m.
1. A friend, Pañc. ii. d. 178.
2. Two kinds of pine. f. dhā, Marrow. n.
1. Oil, Megh. 60.
2. Beeswax.
3. Light.
4. Thickness. † i. 10, Par. To be unctuous.
-- With ati ati, atisnigdha, Very smooth, Rām. 3, 49, 36.
-- With upa upa, Caus. To cause to love, to fascinate, Utt. Rāmac. 34, 18.
-- With pra pra, prasnigdha, Very oily, Śāk. d. 14.
1. snu, ii. 2, Par. To distill, to flow.
-- With pra pra, To pour forth, Rām. 2, 64, 55, Seramp. prasnuta, Dropping, Rājat. 5, 76 (cf. s. v. stana).
-- Cf. AEol. [greek] Goth. snivan; A. S. sniwan; O.H.G. snittan; A.S. snytan; probably also Goth. sniumjan, sniumundo; O.H.G. sniumi A. S. sneome.
2. snu, probably so + nu (cf. sānu), m. and n. Table-land.
1. A daughter-inlaw, Utt. Rāmac. 15, 8.
2. The milkhedge plant.
-- Cf. O.H.G. snur; A. S. snóru; Lat. nurus; [greek].
† snus, i. 4, Par. To eat, or to be invisible, or to take (?).
† snuh. i. 4, Par. To vomit.
1. Oil, Ragh. 4, 75; unguent, grease, Megh. 93; Rām. 2, 64, 68.
2. Moisture, the corporeal fluids, Man. 12, 120.
3. Oiliness, viscidity, Bhāṣāp. 4; 86.
4. Affection, love, Pañc. ii. d. 178; Megh. 111 (plur., read snehān āhuḥ).
-- Comp. nis-, adj., f. hā, 1. not oily, Man. 5, 87. 2. void of affection, Pañc. iv. d. 47. 3. fred from desire, MBh. 13, 1658. 4. not. treated affectionately, Pañc. i. d. 94. 5. abhorred, Somad. Nal. 71. mastaka-, m. the brain. vi-gata- (vb gam), adj. void of affection, Sund. 4, 17. sa-sneha, adj. affectionate, Hit. iv. d. 74. °ham, adv. affectionately, Pañc. 187, 8.
1. Anointing.
2. Unctuousness.
3. An unguent, an emollient.
-- Comp. a-, deprived of affection, Pañc. i. d. 310.
I. adj.
1. Kind, affectionate.
2. Beloved.
II. m. A friend.
I. adj.
1. A ffectionate.
2. Oily.
II. m.
1. A friend.
2. A painter.
1. Affectionateness.
2. Oiliness.
1. Throbbing, Vikr. d. 50; beating.
2. Gone. n. Pulsation.
-- With the prep. pari pari, To tremble, Rām. 2, 14, 12.
-- With vi vi, To struggle, MBh. 3, 445.
-- Cf. [greek] by the influence of [greek]); Lat. funda.
-- Comp. a-, adj. immovable, Utt. Rāmac. 125, 13; Rājat. 5, 364. sparśa-, m. a frog.
1. Quivering, trembling (Bhāṣāp. 6, read spandano°).
2. Throbbing, Mālat. 5, 3.
3. Quickening of the child in the womb.
4. Going.
-- Comp. garbha-a-, n. immobility of the child in the womb, Suśr. 1, 49, 15.
1. Quivering, Rājat. 5, 1.
2. Palpitating (as an eye), Megh. 93 (with upari-, above).
1. To contend with, to contest, MBh. 1, 205.
2. To emulate, to vie, Pañc. v. d. 50; to envy, Rām. 2, 60, 65, Seramp.
3. To be equal, MBh. 1, 4991. spardhita, Contended with, envied, defied.
-- With bi vi, To vie, MBh. 1, 1088.
-- Cf. Goth. spaurds; A. S. spyrd; O. H. G. spurt, stadium (originally certamen); probably also A. S. flit, ge-flit, strife; see spṛh.
I. adj. Emulous, envious.
II. f. dhā.
1. Emulation, envy, jealousy, Johns. Sel. 45, 68; Rājat. 5. 285.
2. Successive elevation.
3. Sameness.
-- Comp. vi-spardhā, f. absence of envy, MBh. 5, 1602.
1. Rivalling, Pañc. ed. orn. 3, 5.
2. Emulating, Ragh. 13, 13.
3. Envious.
4. Proud.
† sparś, spaś spaś, i. 10, Par.
1. To take.
2. To embrace (cf. spṛś).
I. m.
1. Touch, Vikr. 47, 12; feeling, Man. 1, 76; Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 23; Bhāṣāp. 3; touching, Śāk. d. 27; Mālav. 29, 13; contact, Bhag. 2, 14.
2. Sexual intercourse, Rājat. 5, 401.
3. Gift, donation.
4. The thing touching.
5. Air, wind, Arj. 5, 14.
6. The agent of pain, as sickness (Daśak. in Chr. 190, 19, śiras-śūla-, headache, or literally, 'the perceiving as of a sharp spear in my head').
7. Morbid heat.
II. f. śā, A wanton woman.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. 1. of difficult or disagreeable touch, MBh. 13, 2109. 2. affecting disagreeably, Bhāg. P. 3, 17, 5 (of wind). sama-, adj. literally, having the same contact, i. e. 1. wounding like, Chr. 39, 5. 2. the touching of which has the same effect, viz. to defile, Pañc. iii. d. 118.
I. m. Wind.
II. n.
1. Touching, Pañc. 163, 5.
2. Sensation, Man. 12, 120.
3. Gift, donation.
-- Comp. a-, n. not touching, Pañc. ii. d. 167.
1. Palpable, Bhāṣāp. 25.
2. Smooth, soft, Kumāras. 1, 56.
1. The agent of pain.
2. Morbid heat.
1. spaś, † paś paś, † paṣ paṣ, † pas pas, i. 1, Par. Ātm.
1. † To obstruct.
2. To string together.
3. To begin.
2. spaś, see sparś.
1. A spy, Man. 8, 116 (v. r. see Lois.; read in Kull. commentary cārabhūta, and cf. the vedic designation of Agni as dūta, messenger); Pañc. 156, 21.
2. A secret agent,
3. War.
4. Fighting with a dangerous animal.
1. Evident, Vedāntas. in Chr. 211, 18.
2. Clear, able to see (not blind), Pañc. 262, 24.
3. Intelligible.
4. ṭam, adv. a Distinctly, Lass. 2. ed. 34, 20. b. Looking in the face, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396.
-- Comp. a-, adj. indistinct, Vedāntas. in Chr. 205, 5. vi-, see s. v.
-- Cf. Lat. con-spectus.
1. † To gratify.
2. To protect.
3. † To live.
1. spṛś, i. 6, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm.),
1. To touch, Rām. 2, 42, 6; 3, 53, 47; with adbhis, To sprinkle with water, Man. 2, 60; with hastam anyonyam, To shake hands with each other, Vikr. 11, 14.
2. To reach, to attain, Lass. 2. ed. 78, 72.
3. Pass. To be seized, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 5 (by inebriation or frenzy).
4. To obtain, to undergo, MBh. 3, 318. spṛṣṭa,
1. Touched, Bhartṛ. 2, 36.
2. Felt.
3. Defiled, Lass. 2. ed. 67, 31. Comp. śvaspṛṣṭa, i. e. śvan-, adj. touched by a dog, defiled. Comp. ptcple. of the fut pass. a-spṛśya, not to be touched, Rājat. 5, 401. Caus.
1. To order to touch, Man. 8, 114.
2. To give, Man. 11, 135.
-- With apa apa, in apo paspṛśya, MBh. 1, 764, To touch water for ablution, i. e. to rinse one's mouth, is probably preserved as an archaism for apa upaspṛśya, see upa-spṛś.
-- With upa upa,
1. To couch, Chr. 36, 14; dantaīs dantān, To gnash the teeth, Nal. 7, 3; with and without adbhis, To sprinkle with water, Man. 4, 143; 5, 138.
2. To rinse one's mouth (as ablution), Man. 2, 53.
3. To bathe, Man. 5, 62.
-- With paryupa pari-upa, To touch or to use for ablution, MBh. 3, 165.
-- With samupa sam-upa,
1. The same, MBh. 3, 8022.
2. To bathe, MBh. 3, 10530.
-- With pari pari, To touch, Rām. 1, 9, 38.
-- With sam sam,
1. To touch, Man. 3, 178; with adbhis, To sprinkle with water, Man. 2, 53.
2. To perceive, Rājat. 5, 375. saṃspṛṣṭa, Touched, Hit. ii. d. 16.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To bathe, MBh. 3, 8080.
-- With parisam pari-sam, To touch, to stroke, MBh. 3, 1457.
2. spṛś, adj. Who or what touches, touching, Rājat. 5, 343; 475 (having).
-- Comp. diva-, and nabhas-, adj. touching or reaching to the heavens, MBh. 1, 2854; 11, 133. praṇaya-, adj. affectionate, Mālat. 76, 4.
-- Comp. dus-, adj. of disagreeable touch, Hariv. 3654. nabhas-, adj. touching the heavens, Bhag. 11, 24 (may belong also to nabhaḥ-spṛś).
1. To envy, Pañc. 137, 16.
2. To desire, to long for, Rām. 3, 53, 39; Śāk. 103, 4.
-- Cf. probably Lat. spero, spes; O.H.G. spulgen.
-- Comp. a-gata-, adj., f. hā, not having attained one's desire, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1156. nis-, Vi-gata- (vb. gam), and vīta-, i. e. vi-ita-, adj., f. hā, free from wish or desire, Pañc. iii. d. 84 (nis-); Kir. 3, 12 (vīta-), sa-, adj., f. hā, desirous, Kir, 14, 36. °ham, adv. passionately longing, Śāk. 11, 19; Vikr. 13, 18.
† spṛ10, ii. 9, spṛṇā, ṇī, Par. To hurt, to kill.
I. m., f. ṭrī, n. Who or what touches.
II. m.
1. The agent of pain, as a disease.
2. Morbid heat.
I. m., and f. ṭā, A snake's expanded hood.
II. f. ṭī, Alum.
† sphaṇḍ, sphuṇḍ sphuṇḍ, sphaṇṭ sphaṇṭ, sphuṇḍ sphuṇṭ, i. 10, Par. To jest or joke with.
1. Swelling, intumescence.
2. Increase.
I. sphāta, Swollen, enlarged.
II. sphīta,
1. Swollen, enlarged, large, Nal. 24, 37; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 11; thick, Mālat. 75, 21.
2. Abounding, Lass. 1, 8 (abounding in taste, i. e. elegant); much, many.
3. Successful, risen in rank.
4. Affected by hereditary disease. Caus. sphāvaya (for original sphāpaya), To augment, Bhaṭṭ. 12, 76.
-- Cf. O.H.G. sapannan (originally, To) draw); O.H.G. and A. S. spanan; Goth. and A. S. spinnan; [greek] (i. e. [greek]); Lat. spatium, patere (a denomin. derived from *pa-to, old ptcple. pf. pass.); probably also A. S. spówan (cf. Caus.); spédan; Goth. spêd.
I. adj.
1. Large, Mālat. 81, 14; great, Kathās. 7, 19; Pañc. v. d. 22; spreading, Bhartṛ. 3, 85 (cf. sphārī-bhū).
2. Loud.
II. m.
1. Quivering, throbbing.
2. Twanging, as of a bowstring.
3. A bubble or flaw in gold.
-- Cf. [greek] (i. e. [greek]).
1. Quivering, shaking.
2. Rubbing, friction.
-- Comp. bṛhatsphic, i. e. bṛhant-, m. a proper name, Pañc. 117, 13. lamba-, adj. having large buttocks, Hiḍ. 2, 3.
-- Cf. O.H.G. spec; A. S. spic (the buttocks being the fattest parts of the body).
† sphiṭ, i. 10, Par.
1. To despise.
2. To love.
3. See the next.
† sphiṭṭ, sphiṭ sphiṭ, sphaṭ sphaṭ, i. 10, Par. To kill.
1. Large.
2. Much, many.
1. (also † i. 1, Par., and † sphuṇṭ sphuṇṭ, sphaṭ sphaṭ, † sphaṇṭ sphaṇṭ, i. 1, Par.), To burst, Utt. Rāmac. 77, 15; MBh. 1, 3023.
2. To open, to expand (as a flower), Pañc. i. d. 152.
3. To disperse, to run away, Bhaṭṭ. 10, 8. sphuṭita,
1. Burst, broken, destroyed, Pañc. 98, 1; 254, 23 (cf. 42, 10).
2. Splay (as feet), Pañc. 104, 15. Caus., or i. 10,
1. sphoṭaya, To break, to divide, to tear open, Pañc. 87, 7; to destroy, Pañc. 42, 10.
2. † sphuṭaya, To burst, to appear.
3. sphāṭaya, sphāṭita, Cleft, Hit. 49, 11.
-- With ā ā, Caus., or i. 10, sphoṭaya,
1. To cause to sound, MBh. 3, 11139.
2. To strike, Lass. 30, 18; especially one's own arm with the hand (perhaps rather, to snap the fingers, cf. sphoṭana), Man. 4, 64.
3. To pat, MBh. 3, 1780.
-- With pra pra, Caus., or i. 10, To pierce, MBh. 4, 2100.
I. adj.
1. Broken, rent.
2. Opened, expanded (as a flower), Utt. Rāmac. 81, 5.
3. Spread.
4. Loud, Rām. 6, 8, 45.
5. Manifest, evident, Kir. 11, 44.
6. Plain, distinct, Pañc. iii. d. 109, i. d. 180 (without duplicity).
7. White, bright, Bhartṛ. 3, 23.
8. Known.
II. ṭam, adv. Distinctly, Pañc. 167, 15; evidently, Hit. iii. d. 89; certainly, Nalod. 2, 41.
III. f. ṭā, A snake's expanded hood, Pañc. iii. 135.
-- Comp. ati-pari-, adj. very distinct; with na, half concealed, Śāk. d. 110.
1. Tearing, rending.
2. Opening, expanding.
and sphuṭī. sphuṭ + i/ī, f.
1. Kibe, swelling of the feet.
2. A sort of melon.
† sphuṭṭ, i. 10, Par. To slight, to despise.
† sphuḍ, i. 6, Par. To cover.
† sphuṇḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To open, to expand (cf. sphuṭ); see sphaṇḍ.
1. To tremble, MBh. 3, 1867; to palpitate, Mṛcch. 143, 14; to throb, Mālat. 5, 5.
2. To struggle, Pañc. iii. d. 123; to rebound, Johns. Sel. 48, 83.
3. To break forth, Gīt. 11, 1; Hit. ii. d. 59 (puraḥ sphurant, Springing up before one's eyes).
4. To flash, to shine, to sparkle, Gīt. 10, 6; Hit. ii. d. 52; Pañc. i. d. 33; Vikr. d. 136.
5. To destroy (ved.). sphurita,
1. Shaken.
2. Trembling, Pañc. 64, 15; throbbing.
3. Glittering, Megh. 15; shining, Mālat. 40, 10.
4. Swollen. n.
1. Trembling, motion, MBh. 1, 1258.
2. Throbbing of the eyelids, the quivering of the lip, Kumāras. 7, 18. Caus. sphāraya, and † sphoraya, To cast, Lass. 66, 8. sphārita,
1. Throbbing, Mālat. 60, 12.
2. Spread, large, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 552.
-- With abhi abhi, abhisphurita,
1. Expanded, in full bloom.
2. Known.
-- With pari pari, parisphurita,
1. Glanced.
2. Glancing.
3. Expanded, Utt. Rāmac. 72, 10.
-- With pra pra, To tremble, MBh. 3, 11498. prasphurita,
1. Trembling, Johns. Sel. 22, 112.
2. Swollen, Pañc. 220, 1.
3. Budded.
-- With vi vi,
1. To tremble, MBh. 3, 15639.
2. To struggle, MBh. 1, 6001.
3. To glitter, Kathās. 26, 283. visphurita,
1. Tremulous, shaken, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 10.
2. Swollen, enlarged. Caus. sphāraya,
1. To draw (a bow), Rām. 3, 30, 28; Kir. 17, 24.
2. To cause to flash, MBh. 3, 404. visphārita,
1. Trembling.
2. Flashing, Rām. 1, 54, 19.
3. Twanged or drawn, as a bowstring, Kir. 14, 31.
4. Evident.
-- Cf. [greek] (i. e. [greek] + [greek] the Sskr. ph is produced by the influence of s), [greek] probably [greek] the ved. use shows that hither belong also A. S. spurnan; [greek] A. S. spura; probably Lat. sperno. Cf. skhal.
1. Trembling, Pañc. iii. d. 237; throbbing.
2. Swelling.
3. A shield.
1. Trembling, Bhāg. P. 3, 26, 29 (trembling appearance).
2. Quivering of the lips, throbbing of the eyes.
3. Expansion of the mind, Pañc. 42, 6.
4. Breaking forth, flashing, Megh. 28; glittering, Mālat. 143, 5.
† sphurch (i. e. sphur + ch), svurch svurch, i. 1, sphūrccha, svūrccha, Par.
1. To expand.
2. To forget.
-- With vi vi, visphūrjita, Resounding (as arrows), Bhāg. P. 2, 7, 25. n.
1. Roar (of the wind), Arj. 8, 6 (read sphūrj°).
2. Increase, Ragh. 13, 12, Calc. Sch.
-- Cf. Lat. spargo; A. S. sprecan; spraencan, sprengan, sprincan, springan.
1. † To tremble, to throb.
2. † To appear.
3. † To collect.
-- With ā ā, Caus. sphālaya,
1. To strike, Utt. Rāmac. 123, 4; Ragh. 16, 13; to touch, Utt. Rāmac. 150, 8 (?).
2. To crush, Pañc. 93, 17.
-- With vi vi, To move cheerfully, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 76.
-- Cf. [greek] (Caus.); O.H.G. fallan; A. S. feallan; Lat. fallere. Cf. skhal.
-- Comp. vi-, m. 1. the same. 2. a sort of poison.
1. The sound of thunder.
2. Indra's thunderbolt.
1. Tremulous.
2. Kind-hearted.
I. m.
1. Bursting, breaking.
2. A tumour, a boil, Suśr. 2, 383, 10.
3. The eternal sound, in the Pūrva Mīmāṃsā.
II. f. ṭā, The hood of the snake.
-- Comp. muktā-, m. a pearf-oyster.
I. n.
1. Breaking, Pañc. 81, 8; tearing.
2. Fidgeting with the hand, snapping the fingers.
II. f. nī, A gimblet, an auger.
1. A present and ptcple. of the pres. followed by it have generally a past sense; e. g. prati vasataḥ, sma, They dwelt, Pañc. 43, 1; kathayantau sma...āsātām, Chr. 16, 20, They were sitting and told.
2. Preceded by mā, sometimes after a present, and in the Ved., after particles, it has no distinct signification; mā sma kārṣīs, Do not, Chr. 41, 4; caranti sma, They go, Indr. 1, 23; adha sma, Lass. 98, 14 = Rigv. v. 9, 5.
1. Surprise, astonishment.
2. Arrogance, pride, Bhartṛ. 3, 2; Rājat. 5, 4.
1. Recollection.
2. Love, Hit. 86, 4, M. M.
3. Kāma, the god of love, Pañc. 226, 1; Śāk. d. 119 (and at the same time, perhaps, Remembrance).
-- Comp. jāti-, adj., f. rā, one who remembers or knows his former existences, MBh. 3, 8180. dus-, adj. disagreeable to be remembered, Utt. Rāmac. 157, 14.
1. Remembering, Hit. ii. d. 56; remembrance, Pañc. 208, 14.
2. Memory,
3. Regretting.
-- Comp. jāti-, n. Remembering one's former existences, MBh. 12, 6256.
I. adj.
1. Memorial, relating to memory.
2. Within memory.
3. Recorded in the smṛtis, or codes of law, Man. 1, 108.
4. Following or professing the law books.
II. m. A Brāhmaṇa following the revealed law; one who knows the traditional law, Pañc. i. d. 283.
1. Smiling, Pañc. i. d. 152.
2. Blown (as a flower), Pañc. i. d. 152. n. A smile, Vikr. 13, 4. Comp. śuci-, adj. smiled, smiling sweetly, Rām. 3, 49, 22. sa-, adj. smiling; °tam, adv., Vikr. 28, 12; Rām. 3, 49, 51. su-, adj. smiling. f. tā, a woman with a smiling countenance. † i. 10, Ātm. To despise. Frequent. seṣmīya, To suffer from convulsions, to tremble, Mālav. 47, 5.
-- With abhi abhi, To smile, MBh. 3, 8237.
-- With ud ud, To smile, MBh. 1, 7059. utsmāyitvā (Rām. 1, 1, 63), is an anomalous form either for utsmāyayitvā, Caus. 'To make a mock of, to insult.' or for utsmitvā, and then to be changed to utsmayitvā, 'To burst into laughter.'
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To smile, Chr. 44, 35.
-- With vi vi,
1. To be surprised, Rām. 3, 49, 3.
2. To admire.
3. To be proud, Man. 4, 236. vismita, Astonished, perplexed, Hit. 56, 18. Comp. su-, adj. much surprised, Pañc. 41, 21. Caus. smāpaya, To cause to be surprised, Ragh. 2, 33.
-- Cf. smera and O.H.G. smielan; A. S. smaerc, smirk; Lat. mirari; probably [greek] (Caus.), [greek].
† smiṭ (akin to smi), i. 10, Par.
1. To despise.
2. To love.
3. To go.
1. smṛ, i. 1, Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., MBh. 1, 3005),
1. To remember (with acc. and gen.), Vikr. 29, 16; Chr. 20, 17; with the second fut. in the sense of past time, Śiś. 1, 68, smarati -- haniṣyati, You remember having killed.
2. To desire, to long for (with gen.), MBh. 3, 12281.
3. To record, to declare, Pañc. i. d. 36. smṛta,
1. Recollected.
2. Recorded, Chr. 52, 11.
3. Said (according to traditional doctrine), Man. 1, 20.
4. Allowed (according to tradition), Man. 3, 13.
5. Called, Man. 1, 10. Comp. ptcple, of the fut. pass. smara-smarya, m. An ass. Caus.
I. smāraya,
1. To cause to remember, MBh. 2, 2484; with gen., Kir. 6, 13 (smaraya.).
2. To give in formation, Mālat. 8, 9.
II. smaraya, To cause to remember with grief, Vikr. d. 78.
-- With anu anu,
1. To call to mind, Man. 2, 217; to remember, Bhāg. P. 4, 30, 28 (pass.)
2. To invoke, Pañc. 258, 25. Caus. smaraya, To cause to remember with sorrow, Kir. 5, 14.
-- With apa apa, To forget, Mālat. 161, 2.
-- With vi vi, To forget, MBh. 3, 15705; Śāk. 37, 4. Caus. smāraya, To cause to forget, Vikr. d. 59.
-- With sam sam, To remember, Man. 4, 149. Caus. smāraya, To cause to remember, MBh. 2, 2537.
-- With anusam anu-sam,
1. To remember, MBh. 1, 6911.
2. To long for, MBh. 4, 149.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To remember, MBh. 3, 15758.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. memor; O. H. G. māri; Goth. mêrjan, meritha; A. S. maelan, mal, ge-maered, maerdh, a -maerian, maersian, meldian; Goth. maurnan; A. S. murnan.
2. smṛ, see spṛ.
1. Recollection, remembrance, memory, Hit. iv. d. 96; Bhag. 2, 63; Bhāṣāp. 47; Rājat. 5, 5; Utt. Rāmac. 100, 14.
2. The body of law, as delivered originally by tradition; tradition, Man. 2, 6; Pañc. 164, 20.
3. A law book.
4. A passage concerning law, Vedāntas. in Chr. 203, 2.
5. Understanding.
6. Desire, wish.
1. Remembering, having recovered one's recollection, Śāk. 112, 16.
2. Having a good memory, Man. 7, 64.
I. adj.
1. Smiling, Kāvya Prak. 121, 5; Ratnāv. p. 35, 10 (2. ed.).
2. Blown (as a flower), blooming, Bhartṛ. 1, 35; opened, Mālat. 16, 10.
3. Evident.
II. m. Evidence, appearance.
1. To drop, to distill, Lass. 59, 5.
2. To flow, MBh. 1, 3990.
3. To run, Nal. 13, 10.
-- With the prep. abhi abhi (ṣyand and syand), To rain on, Utt. Rāmac. 16, 10; 133, 9 (hṛdayaṃ snehena, To flow, to melt with love).
-- With ni ni (ṣyand and syand), To flow, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 38.
I. adj. Quick, Kir. 15, 16.
II. m.
1. A war chariot, Hit. iii. d. 81.
2. Air.
3. A tree, Dalbergia ougeinensis, Nal. 12, 3.
II. f. nī, Saliva.
IV. n.
1. Oozing, Bhāṣāp. 6; 155.
2. Water.
3. Going swiftly.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Oozing, trickling, Utt. Rāmac. 23, 3.
2. Going.
II. f. nī.
1. Saliva.
2. A cow bearing twins.
-- Comp. sudhā-, adj. flowing with nectar, Bhartṛ. 2, 6.
† syam, i. 1, Par.
1. To sound.
2. To go. i. 10, Ātm. To consider, to think.
I. m.
1. An anthill.
2. A particular tree.
3. Time.
4. Cloud.
II. f. kā, Indigo.
I. m.
1. A wife's brother, Bhag. 1, 34 (ś).
2. The favourite of a king, Rājat. 5, 451 (? ś).
II. f. lī, A wife's sister.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. Sewing, needle-work.
2. A sack.
3. Offspring.
1. A ray of light.
2. The sun.
3. A sack.
A. adj. Handsome, pleasing.
B. (vb. siv),
I. m.
1. A ray of light.
2. The sun.
3. A sack.
II. n. Happiness.
1. sraṃs, i. 1, Ātm. To fall down. Bhag. 1, 30; to fall asunder, Utt. Rāmac. 77, 15. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. srasta.
1. Fallen, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 20.
2. Hanging down, Śāk. d. 29.
3. Loosened.
4. Separated. Caus.
1. To cause to fall from, Bhartṛ. 1, 49.
2. To move, Ragh. 6, 75. Ptcple. pf. pass. sraṃsita, Caused to be loosened, Utt. Rāmac. 40, 12.
-- With the prep. ā ā, āsrasta, Fallen off, MBh. 4, 777.
-- With vi vi, visrasta, The same, Arj. 10, 64. Caus. To cause to drop, Mahāvīrac. 73, 17.
2. sraṃs, v. r. of śrambh.
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Falling, Mālat. 79, 3; being loosened, Śāk. d. 29.
2. Hanging down, pendulous.
II. m. A tree, commonly pīlu.
† sraṃh, i. 1, Ātm. To confide (cf. śrambh).
I. m.
1. Oozing, trickling, flowing, Lass. 2. ed. 59, 5.
2. A drop, Hiḍ. 2, 9.
3. A fountain.
II. f. vā, A plant, Sanseviera zeylanica.
-- Comp. giri-, f. vā, a mountain stream, MBh. 13, 6362.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. Oozing, flowing.
2. Sweat.
3. Urine.
1. A creator, Man. 1, 33; MBh. 7, 2864; Vikr. d. 159.
2. A maker, author, Rājat. 4, 655.
3. Brahman.
4. Śiva.
-- Comp. garbha-, m. miscarriage, abortment, Pañc. pr. d. 8. nāsā-, m. catarrh, Suśr. 2, 371, 14. lālā-, m. a spider.
1. To injure, to assail (ved.).
2. To be injured (ved.).
-- Cf. O.H.G. stritan, strit; A. S. stridh; Lat. stlis, lis.
† sriv, i. 4, srīvya, Par.
1. To go.
2. To dry.
1. To flow, Rām. 2, 63, 18; Man. 4, 122.
2. To slip away, Man. 4, 74; to perish, MBh. 2, 932.
3. To be divulged, to transpire, Daśak in Chr. 198, 3.
4. To let flow, Rām. 2, 91, 15; to shed, MBh. 1, 1485. sruta, Flowing, dropping, Śiś. 9, 15. Caus. srāvaya, To cause to flow, Man. 4, 169.
-- With nis nis, Caus. To cause to flow off, to empty, MBh. 3, 13164.
-- With pari pari,
1. To flow round about, Mālat. 169, 3.
2. To flow, MBh. 3, 2966. parisruta, Oozed, trickled. f. tā, Vinous or distilled liquor.
-- With pra pra,
1. To flow forth, MBh. 3, 8127.
2. To let flow, Rām. 2, 48, 13; Hit. i. d. 177, M. M. (to yield, viz. milk). prasruta,
1. Oozed, dropped.
2. Dropping, Kir. 4, 10. Comp. tri-, m. (an elephant in rut), of whom the juice breaks forth at three places of his forehead, Rām. 2, 26, 18 Gorr.
-- With vi vi, To shed, MBh. 3, 825. visruta,
1. Flowing, Rām. 1, 34, 9.
2. Dropped.
3. Spread. Caus. visrāvita,
1. Caused to flow.
2. Bled.
-- Cf. O.H.G. straum; A. S. streám; O. H. G. sliumo, slunic, slunigên; [greek].
1. Oozing, distilling; Kir. 5, 44.
2. Exudation, resin, Megh. 106.
3. Stream, Rājat. 5, 111.
I. m., and f. vā, A sacrificial ladle to pour ghṛta on a sacrificial fire, Journ. of the German Oriental Society, ix. viii.
II. f. vā, The name of two plants.
1. A sacrificial ladle, Rām. 1, 60, 12.
2. A cascade.
† srek, sek sek, śrek śrek, svek svek, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
-- Comp. śuṣka-, adj., f. tā, of whom the water is dried up, Nal. 16, 14.
1. A current, stream, Vikr. d. 24.
2. The course of water, Mālat. 79, 18.
3. A torrent, Mālat. 60, 11; a river.
4. A wave, Śāk. d. 50.
5. A spring.
6. Water.
7. An organ of sense (? cf. śrotas and Mallinātha ad Megh. 43), MBh. 1, 814.
-- Comp. ud-, and ūrdhva-, adj. the course (of life) of which is going upwards, Bhāg. P. 3, 10, 18; MBh. 14, 1054. garga-, n. the name of a place of pilgrimage, MBh. 9, 2132. tiryaksrotas, i. e. tiryañc-, m. the course (of life) of which is going athwart, the animals, Mārk. P. 47, 18. trī-, adj. having three courses, epithet of the Gaṅgā, Śāk. d. 165. mūla-, n. principal current, Rājat. 5, 96.
1. Śiva.
2. A thief.
I. pron. refl. One's own self, Vedāntas. in Chr. 210, 13; Man. 8, 85; especially as former part of comp. words, e. g. sva-gata, adj. Kept to one's self, apart; adv. svagatam,
1. Speaking to himself, Pañc. 27, 11.
2. Aside (in theatrical language), Vikr. 30, 8.
II. adj., f. svā.
1. Own, Pañc. i. d. 369; 226, 14 (my); Vikr. 27, 3 (thy); Hit. i. d. 16, M. M. (his).
2. Of one's own tribe, Man. 3, 13.
III. m.
1. Soul, Nalod. 3, 30.
2. A kinsman, Man. 2, 109.
IV. n. Property, wealth, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 13; Hit. 65, 17 (hṛta-sarva-, adj. Robbed of all his property).
-- Comp. deva-, n. property of the gods, Man. 11, 20. nis-, adj. 1. deprived of property, Man. 9, 231. 2. poor, Pañc. ii. d. 97. para-, n. another person's property, Man. 7, 123. yathā-sva + m, adv. 1. properly. 2. individually, Kir. 14, 43. sarva-, n. 1. the whole property, Pañc. iii. d. 132. 2. the whole essence of anything, Pañc. 111, 6; iii. d. 104.
-- Cf. Lat. se, suns; Goth. sve, sik, seina; A. S. sín; [greek] A.S. swa.
1. Own, Pañc. 187, 12; his, ib. 42, 2.
2. Of one's own family.
I. adj. Self-born or produced.
II. m.
1. A son.
2. Perspiration.
III. f. jā, A daughter.
IV. n. Blood.
-- With pari pari, ṣvañj, To embrace, Vikr. 11, 3.
-- With abhipari abhi-pari, To embrace, Rām. 2, 44, 10.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, To embrace, MBh. 1, 3307.
-- With sam sam, To embrace, Chr. 32, 27.
1. Independence, Man. 5, 148.
2. Wilfulness.
1. By one's own self, MBh. 3, 10054; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 15.
2. Of itself, Bhāṣāp. 135.
3. Out of one's own property, Man. 8, 166; 408.
I. adj. Selfpreserving.
II. m. A blind man.
1. Self-existence.
2. Independence.
3. Ownership, proprietary right.
1. To taste, to eat, MBh. 1, 3362.
2. To please, to be liked, Śiś. 10, 23. svādanīya, Savoury, Indr. 1, 26. i. 10, Par.
1. To taste, Bhaṭṭ. 7, 40.
2. † To cut.
-- With āṃ ā, To taste, to eat, Rām. 1, 9, 36. Comp. ptcple. pf. pass., an-āsvādita, adj. Not tasted, not touched, Śāk. d. 43. āsvādya, Savoury, Hit. pr. d. 47, M. M. n. Cookery, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 7 (?). Comp. nis-, adj. yielding no enjoy ment, Rām. 2, 36, 12. āsvādanīya. Comp. amṛta-, adj. as pleasant to the taste as nectar, MBh. 3, 1740. i. 10,
1. To taste, Pañc. 35, 3.
2. To eat, Pañc. 214, 22.
-- Cf. A. S. swaesend, Food; [greek] and [greek] (and see svādu).
I. f.
1. Spontaneity, Chr. 290, 4 = Rigv. i. 64, 4 (they are produced without an external cause).
2. Self-will, strength, Chr. 294, 6 = Rigv. i. 88, 6.
3. A personification of Māya, or worldly illusion.
4. The food offered to deceased ancestors, Man. 9, 127.
5. A nymph, the food of the Manes personified.
II. Indecl. An exclamation or blessing used on presenting an oblation to the Manes, Man. 3, 252.
-- Cf. Lat. suetus; Goth. sidus; A. S. sidu, siodo; [greek].
1. A deified ancestor.
2. A deity.
I. svanita, Sounding. n. The noise of thunder.
II. svānta, Sounded. Caus. svanaya, †
1. To cause to sound.
2. † To sound.
3. and svānaya, † To adorn.
-- With the prep. ava ava, or vi vi, To make a noise when eating; in this signification the vb. is changed to ṣvaṇ.
-- With ni ni, nisvanita, n. Noise, MBh. 7, 324.
-- Cf. Lat. sonare.
-- Comp. kara-, m. the sound produced by clapping the hands, Rām. 5, 83, 5. dus-, adj. sounding disagreeably, MBh. 5, 7241. mañju-, adj., f. nā, sweetsounding, Vikr. 60, 12. mahā-, I. adj. loud-sounding, Nal. 21, 5.
II. m. 1. a loud sound. 2. a kind of drum. mahā-megha-, adj. having the sound of a large cloud, Indr. 1, 5.
-- Cf. Lat. sonus.
1. To sleep, Man. 1, 25.
2. To fall asleep, MBh. 2, 2027.
3. To lie down to sleep, to go to bed, Man. 4, 99.
4. To lie down, to extend one's self, Man. 11, 103.
5. To lie, MBh. 4, 1674.
6. To be dead, Bhaṭṭ. 18, 11. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. supta.
1. Having slept, Sāv. 5, 64.
2. Sleeping, Vikr. d. 135.
3. Senseless. n. Sleep. Comp. divā-, adj. sleeping at day, Hit. iii. d. 110.
-- With the prep. ava ava. To sleep, Rām. 2, 56, 1.
-- With pra pra, To fall asleep, Hit. 50, 2. prasupta,
1. Beginning to sleep, Pañc. 134, 6; gone to bed, Pañc. 117, 12.
2. Fallen asleep, Chr. 38, 6.
3. Slept, Sāv. 5, 65.
4. Sleeping, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 6.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To sleep, MBh. 1, 955.
-- With sam sam, To sleep, MBh. 1, 5967.
-- Cf. Lat. sopire (Caus.); A. S. swefian; O.H.G. suabjan, suebjan; [greek] see svapna, also with l for v (cf. śvas); Goth. slêpan; A. S. slápan.
1. Sleeping, Hit. iii. d. 75.
2. Sleep.
-- Comp. divā-, n. sleeping by day, Suśr. 1, 330, 8.
1. Sleep, Vedāntas. in Chr. 208, 6.
2. Indolence, Man. 12, 33.
3. Dreaming.
4. A dream, Vikr. d. 29; Pañc. 134, 6.
-- Comp. jāgratsvapna, i. e. jāgrant-, m. waking and sleeping, Man. 1, 57. divā-, m. sleeping by day, Man. 7, 47. dus-, m. an inauspicious dream, Rām. 2, 71, 23 Gorr. su-, m. a lucky dream.
-- Cf. A. S. swefn; Lat. somnus; [greek].
1. Become by one's own nature, Hit. i. d. 205, M. M.
2. Innate, Hit. i. d. 194, M. M.
1. Viṣṇu.
2. Brahman.
I. m. The public choice of a husband by a princess, Nal. 2, 8.
II. f. rā, A girl choosing her husband, Man. 9, 92.
1. Reflective pronoun of the three persons; Self, myself, Pañc. 163, 19; himself, Pañc. iii. d. 114; one's self, Hit. ii. d. 23; by himself, Mālat. 70, 5.
2. Spontaneously, Bhartṛ. 2, 82; Pañc. 230, 15.
3. Of one's own accord, Pañc. v. d. 49.
1. Brahman, Man. 1, 3; 94; Viṣṇu, Śiva, Pañc. i. d. 422 (?).
2. Time.
3. Love.
† svar (sur sur), i. 10, svaraya (suraya), To blame.
2. svar, i. e. sū + an (with r for n),
I. n. (Rigv. i. 105, 3), The sun, Chr. 289, 5 = Rigv. i. 50, 5.
II. indecl.
1. Splendour.
2. Heaven, Bhag. 9, 20; Rājat. 5, 8.
3. Paradise.
4. A mystical word, signifying the space between the sun and polar star, Man. 2, 76; Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 1.
1. Sound, Pañc. 82, 17; voice, Pañc. v. d. 83.
2. Snoring.
3. A note in music, Pañc. v. d. 43.
4. A vowel.
5. Accent, Sāv. 5, 25.
-- Comp. a-, adj. low, indistinct, Rām. 2, 42, 26. tāra-, m. loud sound or voice, Pañc. 97, 19; 107, 5. bhinna- (vb. bhid), adj. 1. faltering in speech. 2. hoarse. mahā-, adj. crying aloud, Rām. 3, 55, 32. vi-, adj. discordant, inharmonious. su-, adj. loud, Chr. 12, 28.
I. adj.
1. Articulated.
2. Sounded as a note.
3. Accented.
II. m. The circumflex accent.
I. svṛ + u,
1. Indra's thunderbolt.
2. An arrow.
II.
1. Sunshine.
2. A sacrifice.
3. A kind of scorpion.
4. Shavings of the sacrificial post.
5. The sacrificial post, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 92, 5.
1. Natural state.
2. Handsomeness.
-- Comp. bhū-, m. the mountain Sumeru.
1. A deity, Śāk. d. 193; Megh. 31.
2. (In law), Dead.
1. Heavenly.
2. Procuring a place in heaven, Man. 3, 106.
-- Comp. a-, adj. prejudicial to heavenly beatitude, Man. 2, 57.
-- Comp. kūṭa-, n. counterfeit gold, Yājñ. 2, 297.
† svard, i. 1, Ātm. To taste.
† sval, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Little.
2. Few.
-- Comp. yama-, f. the Yamunā river.
-- Cf. Goth. svistar; A. S. sweoster, swuster, syster; Lat. soror, con-sobrinus.
I. f. Welfare, blessing, Lass. 102, 12 = Rigv. vii. 14, 3.
II. indecl.
1. A particle of benediction, bliss, hail! happiness, in the sense of a nomin., Chr. 36, 16; Vikr. 87, 19; Rām. 3, 51, 37; or acc., Nal. 12, 120.
2. A term of sanction or approbation, so be it!
I. m. and n. A temple of a particular form, with a portico in front.
II. m.
1. Any auspicious object.
2. The meeting of four roads.
3. A palace having a portico on three sides.
4. A mystical mark, Mālat. 73, 13 (at the end of a Bahuvr. comp. f. kā); a cross.
5. The crossing of the arms.
6. A particular kind of posture, Vedāntas. in Chr. 217, 17.
7. A kind of cake.
8. A libertine.
9. Garlic.
-- Comp. padma-, m. or n. a mystical mark consisting of lotus flowers, Rām. 5, 10, 4 (Sch. a fourcornered sort of painting).
I. adj. Auspicious, producing happiness, Man. 1, 106.
II. n. The recitation of holy texts for the averting of evil, Man. 5, 152; benediction, Chr. 25, 51 (kṛta-svastyayana, adj. After having received benedictions).
1. Relying upon one's self, resolute, Pañc. 106, 22; firm, Pañc. ii. d. 88.
2. Content, Pañc. 56, 2.
3. Well, safe, Mālat. 63, 12; healthy, Man. 7, 226.
4. Selfsufficient, independent, Nal. 2, 1 (damayantī na svasthā babhūva Nalaṃ prati, Damayantī was dependent with regard to Nala, i. e. she was in love with Nala).
-- Comp. a-, adj., f. thā, 1. not firm, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 936. 2. ill, suffering, Śāk. 31, 9. 3. dependent, cnamoured, Nal. 2, 5.
I. m. A sister's son, Man. 3, 148.
II. f. yā, A sister's daughter, Man. 11, 171.
1. Independence, Man. 9, 3; Bhartṛ. 3, 92.
2. Wilfulness, Man. 5, 147 (mere pleasure, Jones).
or svātī svāti/ī, f.
1. One of the wives of the sun.
2. The star Arcturus, or fifteenth lunar asterism.
3. An auspicious constellation, Bhartṛ. 2, 57.
4. A sword.
1. Tasting, eating, Pañc. 253, 18; drinking.
2. Taste.
-- Comp. vi-, adj. insipid.
I. adj., comparat. svādīyaṃs, superl. srādiṣṭha,
1. Grateful to the palate.
2. Sweet, Pañc. v. d. 88; svādiṣṭha, with abl. Sweeter, Bhartṛ. 3, 97.
3. Agreeable.
4. Handsome.
II. du, adv. Sweetly.
III. m.
1. Sweetness, Megh. 25 (? n.).
2. Molasses.
3. A medicinal root.
IV. f. du, or dvī, A grape.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. unsweet, Hit. 77, 1, M. M.
-- Cf. A. S. swét, swaes; Goth. suts; O.H.G. suozi; Lat. suavis (i. e. svādu + i), suadere; [greek]
1. A student of the Vedas.
2. A tradesman.
I. See svan.
II. i. e. sva-anta, n.
1. The mind, Vedāntas. in Chr. 202, 12; Bhartṛ. 3, 92.
2. A cavern.
1. Sleeping, Utt. Rāmac. 24, 7; sleep.
2. Sleepiness.
3. Loss of sensation.
4. The sleep of a limb.
5. Ignorance.
6. Dream.
-- Comp. divā-, m. sleeping by day, Suśr. 1, 330, 5.
1. Ownership.
2. Sovereignty, Pañc. 163, 14.
1. A proprietor.
2. A master, Pañc. i. d. 328.
3. A sovereign, Hit. 3, 4, M. M.
4. A husband, Hit. 87, 9, M. M.; a lover.
5. A spiritual preceptor.
6. A learned Brāhmaṇa.
7. Viṣṇu, Śiva, Kārttikeya, the god of war, Garuḍa, a fabulous bird.
8. In comp. it signifies often a sanctuary built by, or in honour of those who are denoted in the former part of the comp.; e. g. avanti-, m. a sanctuary built by Avantivarman, Rājat. 5, 45. abhimanyu-, m. A sanctuary built in commemoration of Abhimanyu, Rājat. 6, 299. dharma-, m. A sanctuary built by Dharma, Rājat. 4, 696. viṣṇu-, A sanctuary built in honour of Viṣṇu, Rājat. 5, 99.
-- Comp. a-, m. one who is not owner, Man. 8, 4. ku-, m. a wlcked master, Pañc. 73, 11. go-, m. 1. the owner of cattle, Man. 8, 231. 2. a holy man, used after proper names, as a honorary title. jagat-, m. the lord of the universe, Prab. 99, 8. jaya-, m. the lord of victory, epithet of Śiva, Rājat. 5, 448. raṇa-, m. the lord of battles, epithet of Śiva, Rājat. 5, 394. śiva-, m. a proper name, Rājat. 5, 34.
1. Ownership.
2. Mastership.
3. Supremacy, Hit. 84, 7; dominion, Dev. 1, 8.
4. Marital dominion, Man. 5, 152.
I. adj.
1. Relating to Brahman.
2. Descended from Brahman.
II. m. The son of Brahman, Śāk. d. 168; epithet of the first Manu, Man. 1, 61; 63.
I. sva-rāj + ya, The state of Brahman, union with Brahman, final felicity, Man. 12, 91.
II. svārāj + ya, Indra's heaven.
1. Done with one's own property.
2. Having one's own object.
3. Having its literal meaning.
1. Health, Pañc. 183, 22.
2. Content.
3. Happiness, Pañc. ii. d. 165.
4. Self-reliance, firmness, Pañc. ii. d. 170 (with vraj, To recover).
I. indecl. An exclamation on offering to the gods.
II. f. A personification of the preceding as the wife of fire, Ragh. 1, 56.
1. svid, i. 4, Par. To perspire, to sweat, Gīt. 10, 16. i. 1, Ātm.
1. † To be greasy or unctuous.
2. † To be disturbed.
3. † To shed. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. svidita,
1. Sweated, melted.
2. Perspiring.
II. svinna, Sweating, Lass. 59, 6. Caus.
1. To cause to perspire; svedya, What must be treated by sudorific means, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 890.
2. To warm, Hit. ii. d. 131. svedita, Sweated, heated.
-- With pra pra, prasvinna, and prasvedind,
1. Perspiring, covered with perspiration, Rām. 2, 100, 35 (svinna).
2. Heated; prasvedita (also
3.), Hot, causing perspiration.
-- Cf. Goth. sveitan; A. S. swaetan; O. H. G. svizzan, sueizjan (Caus.); [greek] Lat. sudor, sudare.
2. svid, i. e. su-id,
1. A particle used in an interrogation, Perhaps, Kir. 12, 15; 14, 60; after kim, MBh. 3, 10648; after uta and utāho (see uta), Or, Pañc. 41, 1; 142, 5.
2. An exclamation of doubt or surprise.
1. Assenting.
2. Promising.
3. Marriage, Śāk. 66, 17.
1. Assent.
2. Promise.
I. adj. Own, Pañc. ii. d. 80.
II. f. yā, A faithful. wife.
-- Cf. [greek].
1. To sound.
2. To praise (ved.).
3. To be pained.
4. † To go. Caus. To sing, Chr. 294, 5 = Rigv. i. 88, 5 (sasvar, ved. aor.).
-- With sam sam, Ātm. To pain, Bhaṭṭ. 9, 28.
-- Cf. Lat. susurro, absurdus, surdus (properly, Suffering from humming in the ears), sorex; [greek] probably Goth. svaran; A. S. swaran, swerian, and-swar, answer; probably Lat. sorbere; [greek] (from the sound of drinking; cf. Zend. qar = Sskr. svar, properly, To smack; cf. ava and vi, with svan, also viṣvaṇana, viṣvāṇa).
† svṛ10, svṝ sbṛ10, sṝ sṛ10, ii. 9, svṛṇā, sbṛṇā, sṛṇā, ṇī, Par. To hurt, to kill.
1. Perspiration, sweat, Vikr. 27, 2.
2. Hot moisture, Vedāntas. in Chr. 209, 5.
3. Warmth.
4. Hot work, labour, Chr. 292, 8 = Rigv. i. 86, 8.
5. Vapour.
-- Comp. sa-,
I. adj. perspiring, exuding, Rājat. 5, 343.
II. f. dā, a virgin deflowered.
-- Cf. O.H.G. sueiz; A.S. swát.
I. n.
1. Perspiration.
2. Causing to perspire, warming, Hit. ii. d. 130.
3. A sudorific.
II. f. nī, An iron plate used for cooking and frying.
I. adj.
1. Self-willed, Pañc. 31, 3; of one's own accord, Rām. 3, 52, 27 (without the permission of her husband); unrestrained.
2. Slow, or refractory, Nal. 21, 13; Sāv. 5, 98.
3. Dependent on one's will, unimportant, MBh. 1, 1726; 1921; 3, 13573.
II. ram, adv.
1. With one's own will, assent, Rām. 3, 52, 27; Utt. Rāmac. 29, 6; Kathās. 22, 99.
2. Of one's own accord, Rājat. 5, 411.
III. n. Wilfulness.
I. adj., f. iṇī, Self-willed, wanton, Lass. 42, 13.
II. f. iṇī, An unchaste woman, Pañc. 129, 1; Rājat. 5, 316.
1. ha,
1. = ved. gha, Lass. 98, 2 = Rigv. vi. 64, 5.
2. A particle laying a stress on the preceding word (as [greek]), or without a distinct signification, Man. 9, 28; Chr. 12, 2; 25, 62; na ha, Not indecd, Man. 9, 270; used very often after the red. pf. (Rām. 3, 52, 53), and imperf., Pāṇ. iii. 2, 116.
3. A vocative particle, Ho! holloa!
4. A particle of reproach.
-- Cf. Lat. ha, ho, hi, in hic, haec, hoc; Goth. prefix, ga-; A.S. ge-; see gha.
2. -ha (vb. han), at the end of comp. adj. Killing, Pāṇ. iii. 2, 49.
I. m.
1. A goose, a gander, a swan, a phoenicopteros, Vikr. d. 95; Man. 3, 10; it is the vehicle of Brahman.
2. A sort of horse.
3. The sun.
4. A devotee.
5. A liberal prince.
6. One of the vital breaths.
7. Brahman, Viṣṇu, Śiva, Kāma, the god of love.
8. (In composition), Best, excellent.
II. f. sī.
1. A goose.
2. A proper name, Rājat. 5, 359.
-- Comp. para-, and parama-, m. an ascetic who has subdued all his senses, MBh. 13, 6478 (parama). rājahaṃsa, i. e. rājan-, m. 1. an excellent king. 2. m., f. sī, a white goose with red legs and bill, Vikr. d. 19; a flamingo, Hit. 79, 7. 3. a drake.
-- Cf. O. H. G. gans; A. S. gós, gandra; Lat. anser; [greek]
1. The flamingo.
2. An ornament for the feet.
1. An interjection of calling, Caurap. 22; Ho! holloa! Pañc. 192, 12; Vikr. 61, 12.
2. A particle of contempt.
† haṭ, i. 1, Par. To shine.
I. m. A market, a fair, Pañc. 262, 15.
II. f ṭī, A petty market.
† haṭh, i. 1, Par.
1. To jump.
2. To treat with violence.
3. To bind to a post.
I. m.
1. Violence, Rām. 5, 35, 11; abl. ṭhāt, By force, Pañc. 138, 1.
2. Rapine.
II. m., f. ṭhī, A plant, Pistia stratiotes.
I. adj. Miserable (?), Mālat. 87, 3.
II. m. A coward, Utt. Rāmac. 30, 7.
1. Hopeless, desponding.
2. Weak.
3. Barren.
4. Cruel, merciless.
5. Vile, wicked, Vikr. 8, 9 (Prākṛ.).
1. Striking; in kala-, f. Ploughing.
2. Destroying, removing, Bhartṛ. 3, 100.
-- Cf. A. S. dynt; see han.
1. A weapon.
2. Sickness.
-- Comp. go-, f. killing a cow, Man. 11, 115. brahmahatyā, i. e. brahman-, f. killing a Brāhmaṇa, Hit. i. d. 184. bhrūṇa-, f. murder of an unborn child, Rām. 2, 47, 41, Seramp. vīra-, f. the slaughter of a man (Jones, 'a son'), Man. 11, 41. strī-, f. the crime of having killed a woman, Pañc. 216, 17.
-- Cf. [greek] probably O. H. G. scīzan; A. S. scitan.
1. To strike, MBh. 1, 6706; to peck, Hit. 81, 21.
2. To wound, to hurt, Man. 10, 84; to injure, Pañc. iii. d. 50 (badhyante, pass.), to overturn (right), Man. 8, 15.
3. To kill, Rām. 2, 78, 22; pass. badh, with the termination of the Par., MBh. 2, 8765.
4. To destroy, Man. 8, 14; mā kato 'badhit, 8, 15 (blot out the').
5. To remove (darkness), Hit. pr. d. 17, M. M.; (impurity), Man. 2, 102.
6. To impede, Rājat. 5, 253.
7. † To go. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. hata.
1. Killed, Chr. 62, 51.
2. Utterly ruined, Śāk. d. 22.
3. Ended.
4. Lost, Chr. 32, 28.
5. Deprived of, without, especially when former part of comp. adj.; e. g. hata-sādhvasa, adj. Fearless, cf. also Kir. 5, 49; Sāv. 5, 17.
6. Disappointed.
7. Worthless, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 809.
8. (In arithmetic), Multiplied. n.
1. Hurting, killing.
2. Multiplication. Comp. a-, adj. 1. not beaten (as a drum). 2. unwashed, MBh. 2, 99. 3. new, Rām. 2, 3, 10. n. new cloth (properly, 'not yet waṣed'). manohata, i. e. manas-, adj. disappointed. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. badhya.
1. Deserving death, Vikr. d. 144.
2. Condemned to death. Comp. ātmavadhyā, i. e. ātman-, f. suicide, MBh. 1, 6227. Frequent. jaṃghan, To strike repeatedly, Chr. 293, 2 = Rigv. i. 88, 2. Desider. jighāṃsa, To wish or to be inclined to kill, Man. 5, 3; Johns. Sel. 54, 135 (Ātm.). Caus. ghātaya, properly a denomin. derived from ghāta, To cause to be killed, Bhag. 2, 21 (kaṃ ghātayati hanti kam, Whom will he kill by means of others or by his own hand?). ghātavya (anomal. for ghātayitavya, or hantavya?), Deserving death, Mālav. 9, 9. ghātya, To be killed, Pañc. 194, 6 (sukha-, Easy to be killed).
-- With apa apa,
1. To remove (sin), Man. 6, 96.
2. To take away, Bhartṛ. 2, 15 (probably is to be read apahartum).
-- With abhi abhi,
1. To assail, Daśak. in Chr. 194, 11.
2. To strike, Man. 11, 206; anomal. abhy aghnam, Arj. 7, 6.
3. To cast on, Utt. Rāmac. 117, 3.
4. To kill, MBh. 3. 12108. abhihata,
1. Struck, Chr. 40, 9.
2. Subdued.
3. (In medicine), Obstructed.
4. (In arithmetic), Multiplied.
-- With ava ava, To kick (anyonyaṃ jānubhis, each other with the knees, in wrestling), MBh. 2, 915.
-- With ā ā, Ātm., when without object, or the object being a member,
1. To strike, Dev. 9, 27; Rām. 3, 50, 20.
2. To beat (a kettle-drum), Megh. 67.
3. Ātm. To kill one's self, Daśak. in Chr. 199, 12. āhata,
1. Struck, Pañc. v. d. 4; injured, killed.
2. Understood, known.
3. Uttered falsely.
4. Multiplied. m. A drum. n.
1. Old cloth.
2. Assertion of an impossibility. Comp. an-, adj. without being beaten (as drums), Chr. 37, 25.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā,
1. To strike, MBh. 1, 8223.
2. To wound, Chr. 43, 25. abhyāhata,
1. Killed.
2. Obstructed, impeded.
-- With pratyā prati-ā, To drive back, Chr. 31, 11 (Ātm.).
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. To obstruct, to impede, Rām. 2, 10, 32.
2. To delay, Ragh. 9, 54. a-vyāhata, Unimpeded, Pañc. 16, 1. Caus. To obstruct, MBh. 1, 8109.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To join, Arj. 3, 40.
2. To strike, Pañc. i. d. 339; MBh. 1, 6291.
3. To beat (a kettle-drum), MBh. 1, 7941.
4. To kill, Rām. 1, 32, 17. samāhata,
1. Struck, Hit. iii. d. 147 (nīti-mantra-pavanaiḥ, Struck by the counsels of good policy as by storms).
2. Wounded.
-- With ud ud, ved. jighna, To throw up, Chr. 290, 11 = Rigv. i. 64, 11. uddhata,
1. Thrown up (as dust), Śāk. d. 8; (as the sea), Johns. Sel. 28, 27.
2. Raised, Ṛt. 1, 10; moved, Pañc. 21, 2.
3. Intense, Pañc. 93, 2.
4. Puffed up, haughty, Utt. Rāmac. 151, 2; Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2375.
5. Ill-behaved, rude.
6. Rām. 2, 53, 32, read uddhṛtau, with Gorr. 39. Comp. an-, adj. not proud, Rām. 2, 6, 22. mada-, adj. drunk, mad, Pañc. 254, 8.
-- With samud sam-ud, samuddhata,
1. Risen, Utt. Rāmac. 124, 10.
2. Proud, Śiś. 2, 117; Kir. 5, 15.
-- With upa upa,
1. To scratch, MBh. 2, 2123 (you scratch as a cat its nourisher).
2. To touch, Man. 9, 208.
3. To strike, Mālat. 160, 18.
4. To kill, Kathās. 26, 140; Utt. Rāmac. 176, 8. upahata,
1. Injured, spoiled, Vikr. d. 127.
2. Assailed, Śṛṅgārat. 12.
3. Pained, afflicted, Ṛt. 1, 15; dāridra-, adj. Afflicted by poverty, Pañc. 119, 5; apāya-upahata-antar-ātman, adj. One whose heart is discouraged by misfortune, Hit. iii. d. 115.
4. Struck by lightning, etc., by the rays of the sun, Kir. 5, 48.
5. Destroyed.
6. Infected, polluted, tarniṣed, Śāk. d. 191.
7. Impure. Comp. an-, adj. approved, Bhartṛ. 2, 60.
-- With ni ni,
1. To strike, MBh. 3, 11953.
2. To kill, Hit. iii. d. 116.
3. To destroy, Hit. i. d. 42, M. M.
4. To disregard, Hit. pr. d. 31, M. M. nihata,
1. Struck down, Lass. 2. ed. 78, 70.
2. Killed, Kir. 14, 14.
3. Infixed, attached, Rām. 2, 82, 16.
-- With pariṇi pari-ni, To strike, MBh. 3, 12261 (has ni).
-- With vini vi-ni,
1. To pat, Rām. 1, 9, 16.
2. To kill, Pañc. i. d. 347.
3. To destroy, Hit. iv. d. 37; to remove (darkness), MBh. 1, 85.
-- With nis nis,
1. To drag out (of one's house), Rājat. 5, 432.
2. To remove, Suśr. 1, 100, 16.
-- With parā parā, To push on, MBh. 3, 1288 (the clouds were pushed on by the violence of the wind). parāhata,
1. Struck.
2. Assailed. n. Strike, Mālat. 140, 15.
-- With pari pari, parihata, Lost, Gīt. 5, 13. Comp. a-, adj. not avoided, Śāk. 69, 2 (v. r. probably is to be read aparikṛta).
-- With pra pra, prahata,
1. Struck, wounded.
2. Beaten (as a drum), Megh. 65.
3. Killed.
4. Repelled.
5. Overcome.
6. Spread, expanded.
7. Contiguous.
8. Learned, accomplished. Absol. prabadhya, Being killed, Pañc. iii. d. 269.
-- With vipra vi-pra, a-viprahata, adj. Not distant, Rām. 1, 26, 12.
-- With prati prati,
1. To return a blow, MBh. 3, 1091.
2. To drive back, Śāk. d. 50; to remove, Vikr. d. 20.
3. To disown, Śāk. d. 191.
4. To keep off, Śāk. d. 13; to prevent, Mālat. 174, 6.
5. To oppose, to resist, Arj. 10, 20. pratihata,
1. Obstructed, Mālat. 156, 9.
2. Repulsed, Arj. 8, 11; averted, Śāk. 91, 15.
3. Hated.
4. Struck.
5. Disappointed.
6. Sent, dispatched.
7. Overthrown, fallen.
8. Tied, bound. Comp. a-, adj. 1. uninjured, Hit. i. d. 126, M. M. 2. unfailing, Mālat. 86, 3.
-- With vi vi,
1. To strike, Arj. 10, 23.
2. To afflict, MBh. 2, 151; Rām. 3, 79, 28.
3. To kill, Pañc. 86, 23; MBh. 3, 11117.
4. To destroy, Man. 7, 27.
5. To interrupt, Mālav. d. 38.
6. To separate, Mālat. 163, 3.
7. To obstruct, to impede, Pañc. iii. d. 232; Bhartṛ. 2, 73.
8. To deny, to refuse, Ragh. 11, 2. vihata, Opposed, resisted. Comp. a-, adj. irresistible, Megh. 10. Caus. To cause to be destroyed, Hit. iii. d. 109.
-- With sam sam, To put together, to close (one's hands), Man. 2, 71. saṃhata,
1. Joined, combined, Hit. i. d. 36, M. M.
2. Collected, Indr. 1, 6; keeping together, Hit. iii. d. 125.
3. Closely allied, Man. 7, 66.
4. Closed, shut.
5. Compact, Rām. 3, 52, 25.
6. Strong-knit, Draup. 7, 9 (the forehead by frowning); well-limbed.
7. Combining, acting together.
8. Struck, wounded, killed. Comp. a-, adj. disagreeing, Pañc. v. d. 86. su-, adj. well-compacted, well-knit.
-- With abhisam abhi-sam, To unite, MBh. 2, 800.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. dauths, dauthus; A. S. deád, deadh; dydan, to kill; Lat. fen-d in offendere, infestus, probably fessus, fatigare (cf. rutilus, s. v. rudhira, latere, s. v. rah, etc.); with badh, cf. [greek] Lat. patior; perhaps A. S. beado, battle; bytl, a hammer; also Goth. du-ginnan; A. S. a-ginnan.
I. m. A killer.
II. Latter part of comp. words, Killing; e. g. kṣatriya-haṇa, m. A destroyer of the Kṣatriyas, MBh. 5, 7116. vīra-haṇa, adj., f. ṇī, Hero-killing, MBh. 9, 3238.
1. Striking, Mālat. 85, 7.
2. Injuring.
3. Killing.
4. Multiplication.
I. hanu (vb. 1. hā? cf. A. S. goma, the jaws), m., f. also nū nū (and n.), The jaw.
II. han + u, f.
1. A weapon.
2. Sickness.
3. Death.
4. A sort of vegetable perfume.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. gena; Goth. kinnus; A. S. cinn, cyn.
and hanūmant hanu/ū + mant,
I. adj. Having large jaws.
II. m. The monkey chief, Hanumant, Utt. Rāmac. 20, 8 (ū); Mahāv. 114, 17 (u).
I. An inceptive particle, Lass. 2. ed. 69, 44.
II. An interjection.
1. Of grief, pity, Alas! Mālat. 24, 6; Utt. Rāmac. 13, 17.
2. Of pleasure, Vikr. 10, 9; Utt. Rāmac. 37, 5; joy, ib. 39, 15.
3. Of hurry, Śṛṅgārat. 14.
4. Of surprise, Utt. Rāmac. 142, 10.
1. Death.
2. A bull.
1. A murderer, Man. 5, 34.
2. A theif, a robber.
3. One who injures, Hit. i. d. 76, M. M. (kārya-, another's interest).
-- Comp. dharma-, f. trī, one who overturns the law, MBh. 1, 2440. vighna-, m. a destroyer of obstacles, Cān. 97 in Berl. Monatsb. 1864, 413.
† hamm, i. 1, Par. To go.
† hay, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To worship.
3. To sound.
4. To be weary.
I. m.
1. A horse, Vikr. d. 4.
2. A man of a particular class.
3. Indra.
II. f. yī, A mare.
-- Comp. hari-, m. 1. Indra, Johns. Sel. 19, 88.
2. the sun.
3. Skanda, the god of war.
4. Ganeśa.
1. A charioteer.
2. Indra's charioteer.
I. m. A year.
II. n. A covered carriage.
I. adj. Taking, Pañc. i. d. 278; seizing, carrying, Kir. 5, 50; depriving of (vibhrama-, surpassing the beauty), Bhartṛ. 1, 5.
II. m.
1. Śiva, Vikr. d. 48.
2. Agni.
3. An ass (cf. khara).
-- Comp. aṃśa-, m. a co-heir, Yājñ. 2, 132; 133. mūla-, adj. uprooting (viz. happiness), Man. 8, 353. riktha-, m. an heir, ib. 9, 185. sarva-pāpa-, adj. removing, or the remover of, all sin. smara-, m. Śiva, Kāvya. Prak. 103, 14.
1. A taker.
2. A rogue.
3. A person of reflection.
4. Śiva.
I. m. The hand.
II. n.
1. Taking, seizing, Pañc. iv. d. 28; carrying away, Pañc. ii. d. 111; 112; removing, Hit. ii. d. 155; stealing, Man. 8, 323.
2. Withholding, Hit. iii. d. 90.
3. Annulling. disregarding, Rājat. 5, 180.
4. The arm.
5. Accepting.
6. A special gift, as a nuptial present.
7. Semen virile.
8. Gold.
9. Boiling water.
-- Comp. kāla-, n. delaying, Utt. Rāmac. 125, 4. go-, n. stealing cattle, Pañc. i. d. 281. strī-, n. carrying off a woman, ravishment.
I. adj.
1. Green.
2. Tawny.
3. Yellow, Indr. 1, 7; Arj. 4, 12.
II. m.
1. Green, tawny, yellow, the colour.
2. Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa, Hit. pr. d. 28, M. M.; Pañc. pr. d. 1.
3. Indra, Śāk. d. 156.
4. Śiva.
5. Yama.
6. The sun, Mālat. 149, 1.
7. The moon.
8. A ray of light.
9. Fire.
10. Wind.
11. A horse (of Indra; cf. the ved. use of harit, and Śāk. 6, 5); Arj. 4, 32.
12. A lion, Vikr. d. 16.
13. A parrot.
14. The Indian cuckoo.
15. A peacock.
16. A goose.
17. An ape, Utt. Rāmac. 84, 9.
18. A frog.
19. A snake.
20. One of the varṣas, or divisions, into which the continent is divided.
-- Comp. nara-, and nṛ-, m. Viṣṇu, in his fourth avatāra, as a lionheaded man, Bhāg. P. 5, 18, 7; 7, 8, 27.
-- Cf. A. S. growan; O.H.G. groen, groni; A. S. groen, grene; also geal, gealla; Lat. gilvus; [greek] and probably [greek] cf. harit.
(akin to harit, cf. hari),
I. adj., f. ṇī, Yellowish-white, MBh. 13, 5893; Rājat. 5, 482.
II. m.
1. Yellowish-white (the colour).
2. White.
3. A deer, an antelope, Pañc. 140, 23.
4. A goose.
5. Viṣṇu, Śiva.
6. A minor division of the world.
III. f. ṇī.
1. A doe, Megh. 80; 102.
2. Yellow jasmine.
3. A beautiful woman.
4. A golden image, Rājat. 5, 15.
I. adj. Green.
II. m.
1. Green, the colour.
2. A horse of the sun (properly, his rays), Chr. 287, 8 = Rigv. i. 50, 8.
3. A lion.
4. The sun, Śāk. 6, 5.
5. Viṣṇu.
6. Kidney bean.
III. m. and n. Grass.
IV. f.
1. A quarter, or point of the compass, Śiś, 9, 28.
2. Turmeric.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. gulth; A. S. gold (see hari, Yellow, and hiraṇa); akin is also Goth. glitmunjan, To shine; cf. also [greek] Goth. gras; A. S. graes.
I. adj., f. tā, or iṇī (cf. hariṇa),
1. Green, Megh. 21; Hit. i. d. 178, M. M. (in haritī-kṛta, adj. Made green)
2. Dark blue, Kir. 5, 38.
3. Grassy.
II. m.
1. Green, the colour.
2. A lion.
III. f. tā.
1. Bent grass.
2. Turmeric.
3. A brown grape.
I. n. Yellow orpiment.
II. f. lī.
1. Bent grass.
2. A line in the sky.
3. A sort of creeper.
I. m. The green pigeon.
II. f. likā.
1. A sort of grass.
2. The fourth lunar day of the month Bhadra.
III. n. Theatrical decoration of the person.
I. i. e. hari + iman, Paleness, Chr. 289, 11 = Rigv. i. 50, 11.
II. i. e. hṛ + iman, Time.
I. m. Peas, pulse.
II. f.
1. A sort of drug and perfume.
2. A reputable woman.
1. One who takes, seizes, a robber, Man. 8, 342.
2. One who brings, Mālat. 150, 10.
-- Comp. bhaya-, m. a remover of fear. śalya-, m. a weeder, Rām. 5, 28, 6.
1. Thrown.
2. Burned (cf. gharma).
3. Yawned (cf. the last).
-- Comp. maṇi-, n. a pavilion of gems, Vikr. 38, 11.
1. To take, ved., cf. hṛ.
2. † To go.
3. † To desire.
4. † To be weary.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. gailjan, goljan; A. S. gal, gagol; see hṛ, and cf. hṛṣ.
I. adj., f. ṣā, Delighted, happy, Mālav. 60, 5.
II. m. Joy, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 12; exultation, Hit. i. d. 32, M. M.; happiness, Pañc. iii. d. 188.
-- Comp. upātta-, i. e. upa-ā-datta- (vb. dā), adj. joyful, Ṛt. 6, 21. danta-, m. 1. a morbid affection of the teeth, Suśr. 1, 305, 3. 2. chattering of the teeth. romaharṣa, i. e. roman-, m. horripilation. sa-harṣa + m, adv. cheerfully, Vikr. 6, 1. sanna- (vb. sad), adj. destitute of joy.
I. adj. Delighting.
II. m. The name of a mountain.
I. adj. Delighting.
II. m.
1. A cause of pleasure.
2. A morbid affection of the eyes.
III. n. Rejoicing.
-- Comp. romaharṣaṇa, i. e. roman-,
I. adj. causing the hair to stand erect, terrible, Rām. 1, 30, 17.
II. n. horripilation, caused by pleasure. lomaharṣaṇa, i. e. loman-,
I. adj. causing horripilation or delight, Chr. 39, 2; Utt. Rāmac. 42, 18.
II. n. horripilation. a-loman-, adj. causing displeasure, Rām. 3, 51, 31.
I. adj. Delighting.
II. m. A child.
III. (m. ?), Gold.
I. adj. Delighted, Rājat. 5, 473.
II. m.
1. A lover.
2. A deer.
† hal, i. 1, Par. To plough.
I. m. A plough, Gīt. 1, 12.
II. f. lā.
1. The earth.
2. Vinous liquor.
3. Water. See halā, s. v.
I. adj. Having a plough.
II. m. Balarāma, Megh. 60.
1. Shout, Rām. 2, 60, 68, Seramp; 2, 13, 29 Gorr.
2. Tumult, noise, Chr. 41, 1.
1. A furrow.
2. Agriculture.
1. A ploughman.
2. Balarāma.
I. adj. Ploughed.
II. f. yā, A multitude of ploughs.
1. A dance performed by women in a circle.
2. A minor dramatic entertainment.
I. hu + a, m. Sacrifice, oblation.
II. hve (q. cf.), + a,
1. Calling, Chr. 288, 10 = Rigv. i. 48, 10; 292, 2 = Rigv. i. 86, 2.
2. Challenging.
3. Order.
I. n. Sacrifice.
II. f. nī, A hole in the ground for receiving the sacrificial fire.
1. Fire, Śiś. 1, 2.
2. The name of the Manes of the Kṣatriyas, Man. 3, 197.
1. Clarified butter.
2. The same with rice.
3. An oblation, Man. 3, 256.
4. Wild grains, Man. 11, 77; 106.
1. Clarified butter, Bhag. 4, 24.
2. An oblation, sacrifice, Lass. 100, 1 = Rigv. vii. 15, 1; Śāk. d. 1.
1. To laugh, Daśak. in Chr. 185, 24; to smile, Lass. 2. ed. 53, 48.
2. To laugh at (with acc.), Śiś. 1, 71. hasita,
1. Smiling.
2. Blown (as a flower). n.
1. Laughter, jesting, Kir. 13, 47.
2. Smiling, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 396.
3. The bow of Kāma, the god of love. kāsya, Laughable, ridiculous, Pañc. i. d. 356. n.
1. Laughter, mirth.
2. Amusement, Man. 9, 227.
3. Jest, Pañc. 209, 16; Rām. 2, 69, 5.
4. Ridicule, Hit. pr. d. 7, M. M. Frequent. jāhas, jāhasya, To smile very much, MBh. 3, 14650. Caus. hāsaya, To cause to laugh, Kumāras. 7, 95.
-- With vyati vi-ati, Par. To laugh at each other.
-- With apa apa, To laugh at, Rām. 2, 35, 21. Caus. To ridicule, 1, 34, 17.
-- With ava ava,
1. To laugh, Pañc. 191, 3; to smile, Lass. 2. ed. 55, 74.
2. To laugh at, ridicule, MBh. 3, 11181. avahāsya, Ridiculous, Rām. 4, 14, 31.
-- With upa upa, To mock, Mṛcch. 49, 10.
-- With pra pra,
1. To laugh, Pañc. 216, 10; Rām. 1, 2, 23.
2. To mock, Nal. 12, 117. prahasita, Laughing, cheerful, Pañc. 36, 2. n. Laughter, mirth. Caus. prahāsita, Caused to laugh, Daśak. in Chr. 196, 24.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To laugh, MBh. 1, 3431.
-- With vi vi,
1. To laugh, Vikr. 12, 20; Lass. 73, 9; Pañc. 74, 15 (vihasyamāna, perhaps corr. °hasamāna, but also irreg.).
2. To smile, Śāk. 17, 8.
3. To laugh at, MBh. 1, 4762. vihasita, n. A gentle laugh.
-- With saṃvi sam-vi, To laugh, Mṛcch. 85, 14.
-- Cf. probably Lat. histrio; perhaps [greek] frequentative.
1. Laughter.
2. Derision, Padmap. 16, 82.
I. n. Laughter.
II. f. nī, A fire-pan.
I. m.
1. The hand, Vikr. 27, 3.
2. An elephant's trunk, Megh. 14; Hiḍ. 3, 9.
3. A multitude, after words signifying 'hair.'
4. A cubit, or measure extending from the elbow to the little finger, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3348.
II. m., f. tā, The thirteenth lunar asterism.
III. n. A bellows.
-- Comp. a-, adj. without hands, Man. 5, 29. agra-, m. 1. the tip of the extended hand, Rām. 2, 23, 4. 2. the tip of an elephant's trunk, Vikr. d. 107. apa-, n. It taking away. 2. stealing. kapota-, m. a mode of joining the hands, as token of reverence, Śāk. 78, 9. kṛta-, adj. 1. skilled in archery, MBh. 4, 1843. 2. dexterous, clever. keśa-, m. a tuft of hair, MBh. 3, 1822. khaḍga-, adj. bearing a sword, Lass. 26, 17. gala-, m. throttling, Kathās. 4, 68. jāla-, adj. with a net or nets in (his or their) hands, Pañc. 104, 14; 246, 14. daṇḍa-,
I. adj. bearing a staff, MBh. 6, 4959.
II. m. 1. a staffbearer. 2. a door-keeper. dhanus-vyagra-, adj., f. tā, holding a bow in one's hand, Vikr. 77, 4. pāśa-, adj. bearing a noose in his hand, Rām. 3, 54, 9. mukta- (vb. muc), adj. liberal, Hit. iii. d. 121. a-mukta^2, adj., f. tā, economical, Man. 5, 150. laghu-, I. adj. ready, or light-handed.
II. m. a good archer. vi-, adj. confounded, bewildered, Ragh. 5, 49. śūla-, adj. armed with a lance, Sund. 1, 14. śūla-mudgara-, adj. armed with clubs and lances, Sund. 2, 3. sthūla-, m. the fore part of an elephant's trunk, Megh. 14. srasta- (vb. sraṃs), adj. relaxing one's hold. sva-, m. own hand, handwriting, letter, Vikr. d. 38 (dayitā-sneha-, a love-letter of one's mistress).
-- Cf. Goth. handu; A. S. hand; Lat. pre-hendere; [greek]
1. Endowed with hands, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1106.
2. Dexterous, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 18.
I. m. An elephant, Hit. i. d. 17, M.M.
II. f. nī.
1. A female elephant.
2. A class of women.
3. A drug and perfume.
-- Comp. gandha-, m. a kind of elephant (in rut?), Rām. 5, 73, 26. jala-, m. a large aquatic animal (the crocodile ?), Pañc. 51, 9.
1. An elephant-driver, Hit. ii. d. 83 (paka).
2. An elephant-keeper.
1. Given with the hand.
2. Done with the hand.
-- Comp. su-, adj. clever, skilful, Chr. 290, 1 = Rigv. i. 64, 1.
1. hā, ii. 3, jihā, Ātm.
1. To give way (ved.).
2. To go, Kir. 13, 23.
-- With ud ud,
1. To rise, Daśak. in Chr. 183, 13 (Rām. 2, 71, 12, Schl. read urjihān°, with Gorr. 2, 73, 10).
2. To raise, Bhaṭṭ. 3, 47.
3. To leave, Mālat. 163, 11.
-- With upa upa, To descend, Śiś. 1, 37.
-- With sam sam, To obtain, Nalod. 1, 54.
-- Cf. [greek] Lat. in-hiare, hiscere; O. H. G. gīên, ginên, geinon; A. S. ginan, cinan, geonan, gynian, ganian.
2. hā (akin to the last), ii. 3, jahā, Par.
1. To abandon, to leave, MBh. 3, 12339; to forsake, Man. 6, 42.
2. To avoid, Pañc. iii. d. 71.
3. To remove, MBh. 1, 2301.
4. To resign, Bhag. 2, 50.
5. To let fall, Hit. ii. d. 120.
6. To lose, Rām. 2, 63, 50. Pass. hīya,
1. To be forsaken, Man. 6, 42.
2. To be lost, Pañc. ii. d. 6.
3. To be deprived, Man. 3, 17; 5, 161.
4. To be omitted, MBh. 1, 6424.
5. To become weary or weak, MBh. 1, 6291.
6. To be lowered, Hit. pr. 42.
7. To fail (in a lawsuit), Man. 8, 56; cf. Pañc. 166, 18. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. hīna.
1. Deprived, Man. 8, 232; Rām. 3, 51, 40.
2. Free from.
3. Wasted, decayed, feeble, Pañc. iii. d. 133.
4. Dencient, defective.
5. Lower, less, Man 2, 194.
6. Blameable, vile, bad, low, Man. 3, 107. m. An objectionable witness. Comp. pāda-hīnāt, abl., adv. on a sudden, Suśr. 2, 145, 12. phala-, adj. yielding no profit, Pañc. i. d. 168. Absol. hitvā, Neglecting, without regarding, Hit. iv. d. 17. Desider. jihāsa, To wish to leave, Daśak. in Chr. 188, 8. Caus. hāpaya,
1. To cause to want, to refuse, MBh. 3, 1463.
2. To omit, Man. 3, 71.
-- With apa apa, To leave, Vikr. 33, 13; Nal. 24, 11. Absol. apahāya, Besides, Ragh. 6, 19 (whom did Lakṣmī worship besides him?).
-- With ava ava, pass. To be left, MBh. 3, 11558.
-- With vyava vi-ava, To abandon, MBh. 3, 13661.
-- With apā apa-ā,
1. To leave, MBh. 1, 4946.
2. To pass by, MBh. 3, 2963 (= Nal. 24, 13, Bopp., apahāya, against the metre). Absol. apāhāya, Except (except immortality, speak what you wish for), MBh. 3, 11982 (= Arj. 3, 47, Bopp., apahāya, against the metre).
-- With ni ni, nihīna, Low, vile.
-- With pari pari, pass.
1. To decrease, MBh. 3, 12858; with aṅgais, Śāk. 34, 12 (Prākṛ. Thy limbs become thinner).
2. To be wanting, Rām. 1, 2, 16 (act so that nothing may be wanting); to be unacquainted with, Mālat. 69, 18.
3. To be deprived, Man. 9, 254.
4. To be lost, Hit. ii. d. 68.
5. To be avoided, Hit. ii. d. 54.
6. To be omitted, to be sinped, MBh. 2, 2460 (with the termination of the Par.). parihīna,
1. Deprived, Bhāṣāp. 14.
2. Waned, decayed. Caus. To abandon, Man. 8, 206.
-- With pra pra,
1. To leave, MBh. 1, 4620.
2. Pass. To be lost, to perish, Man. 4, 41; to be relinquished, Kir. 14, 13.
-- With vipra vi-pra, viprahīṇa,
1. Abandoned, Chr. 8, 27 (read ṇā).
2. Deprived, MBh. 1, 8142.
-- With vi vi, To abandon, Lass. 2. ed. 77, 65; to leave, Śāk. d. 67; Vikr. d. 41. vihīna,
1. Deprived, void of, without, Bhartṛ. 2, 17; Rām. 2, 52, 37; Pañc. iii. d. 24.
2. Free from, Ragh. 18, 13. Comp. pṛcchā-, adj. one who has not asked, Pañc. i. d. 438. Caus. vihāpita,
1. Given.
2. Extorted. n. Gift.
-- With pravi pra-vi, To neglect, to disdain, Pañc. iv. d. 36.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. gaidv, giban; A. S. gifan (= hāpaya, cf. vihāpita), gafol, gaefel, gif; Engl. if; Lat. habere.
3. hā, an interj.
1. Of pain, weariness, grief, Ah! Mālat. 153, 21; Rām. 3, 50, 22; 55, 35; sorrow, Woe! Vikr. 61, 7.
2. Of joy.
3. Of reproach, Rām. 3, 51, 25.
4. Of wrath, Mālat. 82, 5. Repeated, hāhā hā-hā, interjection of,
1. Surprise.
2. Grief, Pañc. 35, 10.
I. adj. Golden, Rām. 3, 49, 8.
II. n. Gold, Pañc. 184. 16.
1. Relinquishing.
2. Prowess.
2. hā + ni, f.
1. Abandonment, Bhag. 2, 65.
2. Privation, absence, Pañc. v. d. 83.
3. Diminution, neglecting, Utt. Rāmac. 86, 10.
4. Loss, Hit. i. d. 157, M. M.
5. Want, Rājat. 5, 179.
-- Comp. tejas-, f. loss of splendour and of power, Pañc. i. d. 194. vīrya-, f. 1. loss of vigour or courage. 2. impotence. svatva-, f. forfeiture of proprietary right.
I. m. and n. A year, Man. 2, 154.
II. m.
1. A flame.
2. A sort of rice
-- Comp. eka-, adj. one year old, Man. 11, 136. tri-hāyaṇa, adj., f. ṇī, three years old, MBh. 3, 14854. ṣaṣṭi-,
I. adj. sixty years old, Hiḍ. 4, 23.
II. m. an elephant.
I. adj. Who or what takes.
II. m.
1. Taking.
2. A porter.
3. A string of pearls, Pañc. 52, 22; 53, 1.
4. War, battle.
-- Comp. jala-, m., f. rī, one who carries water, Hariv. 3400. preta-, i. e. pra-ita-, m. one who carries a corpse, a near kinsman, Man. 5, 65. sarva-sva-, m. seizure or confiscation of all one's property, Man. 9, 242; 8, 399.
I. adj. Taking, drawing upon one's self, Man. 8, 308.
II. m.
1. A thief, a plunderer, Rājat. 5, 451.
2. A rogue.
3. i. e. kāra + ka, A string of pearls, Pañc. 176, 3.
-- Comp. maṇḍa-, m. a distiller.
I. m. Vinous liquor.
II. f. rā, A grape.
I. i. e. hṛ + i, adj. Handsome.
II. f.
1. A caravan.
2. Defeat in war or gambling.
III. f. rī, A pearl.
I. adj. Wearing a necklace.
II. m. The Indian cuckoo.
1. Green, the colour.
2. The green pigeon, Lass. 2. ed. 52, 34.
I. adj.
1. Stained with turmeric.
2. Yellow.
II. m.
1. Yellow, the colour.
2. The Kadamba tree.
1. Taking, Man. 8, 308.
2. Robbing, Pañc. i. d. 31.
3. Agitating (with gen.), Man. 12, 28.
4. Captivating, Śāk. d. 5; charming, Pañc. i. d. 303; Daśak. in Chr. 196, 19; delighting, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 3288.
5. Pleasant, Kathās. 22. 103.
6. Bringing, Śāk. 61, 9.
-- Comp. rihtha-,
I. adj. taking or inheriting property.
II. m. 1. an heir. 2. a maternal uncle. roga-, m. a physician. strī-, m. one who carries off a woman.
1. The green pigeon, Ragh. 4, 46.
2. A Muni, author of a law book.
3. A rogue.
1. Affection, love, Vikr. d. 148; kindness.
2. Will, Bhāg. P. 1, 7, 55.
-- Comp. sa-, adj. affectionate, tender, Śiś. 9, 69.
I. i. e. hala + a, m.
1. A plough.
2. Balarāma, Śālivāhana.
II. f. lā, Spirituous liquor, Pañc. i. d. 62.
III. f. lī, A wife's younger sister.
1. Calling.
2. Coquetry, dalliance, Indr. 2, 32; cf. Bharata, ap. Sch. ad Nalod. 2, 55.
1. Laughing, Hit. ii. d. 56.
2. Joy, Nalod. 1, 31,
3. Derision, Rām. 1, 3, 19.
-- Comp. antar-, m. an inward or suppressed laugh, Pañc. 187, 1. mahā-, m. a horse-laugh. puṣpa-, m. 1. a flowergarden (?), Hariv. 12395.
2. a name of Viṣṇu. 3. a proper name. maṃsa-, f. sā, skin. sa-, adj. smiling, Lass. 66, 5; °sam, adv. scornfully, Utt. Rāmac. 136, 1.
I. m. A buffoon.
II. f. sikā, Laughter.
I. m. A rider on an elephant.
II. n. A herd of elephants.
I. adj. As big as an elephant.
II. n. Hastināpura.
1. Lamentation.
2. The uproar of battle, Lass. 2. ed. 78, 71.
1. hi, ii. 5, hinu, Par.
1. To go.
2. To send.
3. To discharge, as an arrow from a bow, to throw, Bhaṭṭ. 14, 36.
-- With pra pra, hiṇu,
1. To send, Pañc. 161, 19; Daśak. in Chr. 184, 19.
2. To discharge, to throw, Chr. 40, 12 (anomal. °hiṇvam). prahita,
1. Dispatched, Hit. 92, 20.
2. Stretched out, extended.
-- With anupra anu-pra, anuprahita, Dispatched after (something), Utt. Rāmac. 39, 13.
2. hi,
I. A particle,
1. Because, Utt. Rāmac. 167, 8; for, Chr. 4, 16; on account of; with preceding tathā, Namely, to wit, Śāk. d. 31; Pañc. 221, 6.
2. Assuredly (assertion), Matsyop. 22; Chr. 288, 11 = Rigv. i. 48, 11.
3. Indeed (interrogation), Hiḍ. 3, 17.
4. But, Chr. 10, 2; Daśak. in Chr. 180, 20.
II. An interjection,
1. Of grief, Ah! alas!
2. Of envy and hurry.
1. To strike, Bhaṭṭ. 17, 13.
2. To hurt, Man. 7, 73.
3. To kill, Man. 5, 42.
4. To destroy, Vikr. d. 16; Pañc. i. d. 342. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. hiṃsita, n. Injury, Pañc. v. d. 70. Caus., or i. 10, Par. To kill, MBh. 3, 13030.
-- With ā ā, To kill, Man. 7, 20, v. r.
-- With upa upa,
1. To hurt, Man. 7, 73.
2. To injure, Man. 11, 26.
-- With prati prati, pratihiṃsita, n. Requital of an injury, Pañc. v. d. 70.
-- With vi vi,
1. To injure, Rām. 2, 56, 39, Seramp.
2. To damage (grain), Man. 8, 238.
I. adj.
1. Mischievous, injurious, noxious, Panc. iii. d. 106.
2. One who has injured, Panc. i. d. 342.
II. m.
1. A beast of prey.
2. An enemy.
3. A Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Atharva-Veda (cf. hiṃsā).
-- Comp. a-, adj. innoxious, harmless, Man. 5, 45.
1. Slaying, Man. 10, 78
2. Injury, ib. 2, 177.
1. Injuring, Man. 8, 255; injury, mischief, Rām. 3, 51, 20.
2. Spoiling, Man. 11, 63.
3. Incantation; in hiṃsā-karman, Employment of mystical texts for malevolent purposes.
4. Killing, murder, Bhāg. P. 2, 6, 8; Pañc. 60, 6.
-- Comp. a-, f. 1. not hurt, Man. 5, 44. 2. not injuring, 6, 75.
3. not giving pain, Man. 2, 159. 4. benevolence, Hit. 43, 1, M. M.
I. adj. Mischievous.
II. m. A mischievous dog.
1. A tiger.
2. A villain.
I. adj.
1. One who delights in mischief, Man. 3, 164; mischievous, destroying, Man. 9, 310.
2. Terrible.
3. Cruel, Hit. ii. d. 174.
II. m.
1. A beast of prey, Ragh. 2, 62.
2. Śiva.
III. f. rā.
1. A vein.
2. The name of three plants.
-- Comp. a-, adj. not injuring (any living being), Man. 4, 246. hiṃsra-a-, n. noxious and innocent, Man. 1, 29.
† hikk, i. 1, Par. To hiccough. i. 10, Ātm., v. r. of kiṣk.
I. m. The name of a Rākṣasa, Hiḍ. 2, 1 (read hiḍ°).
II. f. bā, His sister, ib. 15 (read hiḍ°).
1. To go.
2. To disregard.
-- With ā ā, To ramble, Śāk. 20, 5 (Prākṛ.).
-- With pari pari, Daśak. 151, 6 (anomal. pary ahiṇḍata, which Wilson translates, 'They were deserted').
1. Wandering.
2. Copulation.
3. Writing.
I. m. Cuttle-fish bone, Sāh. D. 287, 16.
II. n. A pomegranate.
I. Ptcple. pf. pass. of dhā and hi (q. cf.).
II. f. tā, A causeway, a dike, Man. 9, 274.
I. adj. Kind, favourable.
II. m. A benefactor.
1. Friendly.
2. Useful, Hit. iii. d. 98.
† hindolaya (a denomin. derived from hindola), Par. To swing.
† hinv, i. 1, Par. To satisfy or please (cf. dhinv).
I. adj. Cold, Bhāg. P. 4, 25, 18.
II. n.
1. Frost, show, Pañc. 169, 14.
2. Cold, Pañc. iii. d. 165; coolness, Mālat. 100, 4.
3. Fresh butter.
4. Tin.
5. A pearl.
6. A lotus.
7. Sandal-wood.
III. m.
1. The moon.
2. The Himālaya mountain.
3. Sandal.
4. Camphor.
IV. f. mā.
1. Winter (a year), Chr. 291, 14 = Rigv. i. 64, 14.
2. Small cardamoms.
3. A fragrant grass, Cyperus.
4. A perfume.
-- Cf. Lat. hiems, hibernus (for himernus); [greek]
I. adj. Frigorific, cold.
II. m.
1. The moon, Lass. 92, 7.
2. Camphor.
I. adj.
1. Produced by cold.
2. Produced in the Himālaya.
II. f. jā, Pārvatī.
I. adj., f. vatī, Cold.
II. m. Himālaya, Vikr. d. 160; Rājat. 5, 152.
1. Gold.
2. A cowry (a small coin).
3. Semen virile.
I. adj., f. yī, Golden, MBh. 7, 2266; Utt. Rāmac. 39, 6.
II. m. Brahman.
III. n. One of the divisions of the continent.
1. Gold, Pañc. iii. d. 15; Man. 2, 29 (a golden spoon).
2. Silver.
3. Wealth.
4. A cowry (a small coin).
5. Substance.
6. Imperishable matter
7. Semen virile.
-- Comp. go-, n. kine and gold, MBh. 2, 1833.
1. The river Sone.
2. Śiva.
1. Without, except.
2. Amongst.
3. Near.
† hil, i. 6, Par. To express (amorous) inclination, to dally.
I. m.
1. Indra's thunderbolt.
2. A necklace.
3. A lion.
4. A snake.
5. Śiva.
II. f. rā.
1. Lakṣmī.
2. An ant.
3. A cockroach.
III. n. A diamond.
1. An interjection of laughter, Hee! hee!
2. Of surprise, Ah!
1. To sacrifice, Man. 4, 206.
2. To worship by oblations, Man. 2, 156. huta,
1. Sacrificed, Bhartṛ. 2, 67.
2. One to whom is sacrificed, Sāv. 1, 21. n. Oblation. Comp. a-huta, adj. not sacrificed (= japa), divine study, Man. 3, 74. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. havya, Fit to be offered. n.
1. An offering to the gods, Man. 1, 94; 95.
2. Clarified butter, Kir. 1, 22. Caus. To cause to worship, Rām. 2, 25, 25.
-- With ā ā, āhuta, Worshipped by sacrifices, Lass. 100, 14 = Rigv. vii. 15, 7. āhavanīya, m. (viz. agni), The sacrificial fire, Man. 2, 231.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To worship by sacrifices, Ragh. 1, 53.
-- With pra pra, prahuta, m. (viz. yajña), Sacrificial food offered to spirits, Man. 3, 73. n. Offering to spirits. Comp. a-prahuta, adj. not sacrificed before, Bhāg. P. 5, 26, 18.
-- Cf. [greek] Goth. giutan; A. S. geotan; Lat. fundere.
1. Uttering a menacing sound, Rājat. 5, 345.
2. Roaring, bellowing, Pañc. 162, 25 (of an elephant).
3. Twang (of a bow), Śāk. d. 52.
I. adj. Uttered as an incantation.
II. n.
1. Incantation.
2. Roar (of the thunder), Mālat. 151, 2.
† huḍ, i. 6, Par.
1. To collect,
2. To dive.
3. See hūḍ.
-- Comp. sa-huḍa, adj., f. ḍā, MBh. 3, 640, with rams (for fighting ?).
1. A gallinule.
2. A drunken man.
3. A kind of drum.
4. A stick bound with iron.
5. The bar of a door.
† huṇḍ, i. 1, Par.
1. To collect.
2. To select.
3. See bhuṇḍ.
1. A tiger.
2. A ram.
3. A village hog.
4. An imp.
5. A blockhead.
1. Of remembering, Ah! Utt. Rāmac. 136, 14.
2. Of repulse, Away!
3. Of interrogation, Hey?
4. Of assent, Yes.
5. Of doubt.
6. A mystical syllable used in incantations (cf. huṃkāra, huṃkṛta).
† hurch (properly, hvṛ + ch; cf. ṛ + ch, s. v. ṛ, gach, s. v. gam, etc.), i. 1, Par. To be crooked, to go crookedly.
-- Cf. Goth. vraiqs; probably Lat. quercus, ob-liquus; [greek] (old ptcple. pf. pass.).
† hul, i. 1, Par.
1. To go.
2. To cover.
3. To kill.
and huhū huhu/ū (probably from an anomal. frequent. of hve), m. A Gandharva, Indr. 2, 14 (hu); MBh. 13, 7639 (hū).
1. Uttering the sound hūm, Dev. 6, 9; as injury, Man. 11, 204.
2. Roaring, Kathās. 4, 24.
1. Making hūm, sound of a sleeping person, Kathās. 3, 64, at the end of a comp. adj.
2. Injury, Nalod. 2, 5.
† hūḍ, hoḍ hoḍ, huḍ hut hauḍ hauḍ, hrūḍ hrūḍ, hruḍ hruḍ, hrauḍ hrauḍ, i. 1, Par. To go.
1. Calling.
2. Challenging.
-- Comp. deva-, f. 1. invocation of the gods, Lass. 102, 7 = Rigv. vii. 14, 1. 2. deva-hūtī, the name of a spell, Bhāg. P. 9, 24, 31. 3. a proper name. su-puru-, adj. very much invoked, Bhāg. P. 6, 9, 30. pūrva-, f. former invocation, Lass. 98, 2 = Rigv. vi. 64, 5.
1. Of doubt, Humph! ha!
2. Of interrogation, Hey?
3. Of assent, Yes.
4. Of anger, fear.
5. Of laughing, Lass. 80, 1 (Prākṛ.). i. Of reproach, contempt, Lass. 2. ed. 48, 47; equivalent to 'Be silent,' Tuṣ!
7. Of aversion.
8. A mystical syllable, Cf. hūṃkāra, hūṃkṛti.
1. To convey, Megh. 7.
2. To offer, Man. 3, 121.
3. To direct or discharge (an arrow), Chr. 37, 29.
4. To take, to fetch, Sāv. 5, 103.
5. To retain, Hit. 90, 9.
6. To seize, to carry away, Vikr. d. 38; Bhag. 2, 67 (his understanding is carried away, as a ship by the wind).
7. To cut off (the head), MBh. 3, 10184.
8. To steal, to rob, Rām. 1, 1, 51; to charm, Vikr. d. 85.
9. To acquire, Bhartṛ. 3, 97; to gain, Hit. iv. d. 133.
10. To put off, Man. 4, 74.
11. To accept, to inherit, Man. 9, 131. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. kṛta, Captivated, Śāk. d. 5. Ptcple. of the fut. pass. hārya (Lass. 98, 12, read hvārya). Comp. a-hārya, 1. not to be seized or confiscated, Man. 9, 189. 2. not to be brought back, Daśak. in Chr. 181, 8 (sā ced ahāryaniścayā, 'if she cannot be induced to change her mind').
3. not to be gained (by bribes), incapable of perfidy, Man. 7, 217. Desider. jihīrṣa, To wish to rob, MBh. 1, 7480. Caus. hāraya,
1. To cause to take, i. e. to give, Pañc. iv. d. 47; to give away, i. d. 296; to cause to drink, Rājat. 5, 368.
2. To send, Megh. 4. hārita,
1. Lost, Lass. 21, 19.
2. Fascinated, Rājat. 5, 367.
-- With anu anu, To imitate. Gīt. 8, 4.
-- With apa apa,
1. To take away, Pañc. i. d. 352; to rob, Ragh. 9, 7; Vikr. 11, 5.
2. To captivate, Lass. 69, 10.
3. To take off, Man. 4, 55.
4. To remove, MBh. 3, 719. apakṛta, Seized (by sleep), Nal. 10, 7. Caus. apahārita, Caused or ordered to be robbed, Rām. 1, 42, 2.
-- With vyapa vi-apa,
1. To remove, MBh. 3, 870.
2. To cut off, MBh. 2, 1584.
-- With abhi abhi, To remove, to cut off, MBh. 3, 14610. Caus. To attack, Draup. 8, 5.
-- With ava ava, To put off, MBh. 4, 1304. avahṛta,
1. Taken off, back, or away, seized, stolen.
2. Fined. avahārya,
1. Recoverable, to be restored, Man. 8, 145.
2. To be fined, Man. 8, 198.
-- With abhyava abhi-ava, To eat, Bhāg. P. 5, 9, 12. abhyavahārya, see s. v. Caus.
1. To cause to eat, Daśak. in Chr. 200, 8.
2. To cause to resist, MBh. 3, 16369.
-- With pratyava prati-ava, Caus. To suspend or to interrupt again, Chr. 37, 30.
-- With vyava vi-ava,
1. To waste away, Mālat. 153, 21.
2. To distinguish, to name, Vedāntas. in Chr. 204, 13.
3. To act, Hit. 62, 9; MBh. 3, 12861; to behave, Mālat. 7, 7.
4. To litigate, Daśak. in Chr. 190, 2.
5. To fight, MBh. 4, 1870.
6. To obtain, MBh. 3, 1462 (satisfaction). vyavahārya,
1. To be observed as a duty.
2. Subject to legal process.
-- With ā ā,
1. To carry, Man. 2, 182.
2. To offer (a sacrifice), Rām. 6, 113, 10; Man. 6, 10.
3. To give, Man. 2, 245.
4. To fetch, Nal. 20, 5.
5. To rob, Nal. 26, 7.
6. To get, Man. 9, 190 (to bring forth a son).
7. To enjoy, Lass. 70, 14.
8. To eat, MBh. 3, 54; 57.
9. To destroy, Mālat. 153, 12. āhṛta,
1. Brought, Hit. iii. d. 6.
2. Collected, Pañc. 263, 22.
3. Made captive, Man. 8, 415 (dhvaja-, under a standard, or in battle, a kind of slave). āhārya,
1. Producible (an-, Not producible, Man. 8, 202).
2. Removable. Desider. To wish to recover, MBh. 1, 6247. Caus.
1. To cause to hold, Man. 8, 114.
2. To cause to be paid, MBh. 2, 987; to collect (duties), Man. 7, 80.
3. To apply, Hiḍ. 4, 48.
4. To show (as anger), Rām. 1, 60, 19; (joy), Chr. 58, 11.
5. To eat, Lass. 29, 14.
-- With anvā anu-ā, anvāhārya, see s. v.
-- With abhyā abhi-ā, To offer, MBh. 1, 3733.
-- With udā ud-ā,
1. To utter, Man. 11, 96; to pronounce, 2, 199; to call, Vikr. d. 88.
2. To tell, MBh. 3, 2190.
3. To require, Mālat. 2, 15. udāhṛta,
1. Called, named, Kir. 11, 72.
2. Said, Chr. 42, 12.
3. Illustrated.
4. Predicated, Bhāṣāp. 14.
-- With pratyudā prati-ud-ā, To answer, Rām. 1, 52, 10.
-- With samudā sam-ud-ā, samudāhṛta,
1. Uttered, Rām. 1, 14, 23.
2. Declared.
3. Illustrated, recorded, Man. 1, 50.
-- With upā upa-ā,
1. To offer, MBh. 1, 758 (cf. Man. 2, 245).
2. To employ, MBh. 3, 1353. upāhṛta,
1. Taken, got, Rājat. 5, 444.
2. Prepared, cultivated (?), Rām. 5, 110.
-- With pratyā prati-ā,
1. To recover, MBh. 3, 8655.
2. To utter, MBh. 3, 2177 (a speech).
3. To cry, Draup. 6, 7.
4. To report, Chr. 45, 14. pratyāhṛta,
1. Resumed.
2. Restrained.
3. Withheld.
-- With vyā vi-ā,
1. To explain, declare, MBh. 3, 12466; Vikr. 55, 21.
2. To report, Pañc. 30, 8.
3. To tell, Rām. 2, 53, 5.
4. To speak, Rām. 1, 48, 1; to address (acc.), Pañc. 109, 18.
5. To utter, to pronounce, Bhag. 8, 13.
6. To answer, Rām. 2, 93, 8.
-- With abhivyā abhi-vi-ā, Caus. To pronounce, Man. 2, 172.
-- With pravyā pra-vi-ā,
1. To foretell, MBh. 1, 7240.
2. To roar, MBh. 3, 15673.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To restore (to its former condition), Man. 8, 319.
2. To collect, to assemble, MBh. 1, 6951.
3. To offer, Rām. 1, 58, 4.
4. To destroy, Bhag. 11, 32. samāhṛta,
1. Accepted.
2. Compiled.
3. Much, Pañc. 171, 11.
-- With ud ud,
1. To take out, Ragh. 2, 30 (an arrow out of the quiver); to draw out of (abl.), Hit. iii. d. 30; from, Hit. 39, 2, M. M.
2. To lift up, MBh. 1, 3299.
3. To pluck up, Man. 7, 110.
4. To pull out, MBh. 3, 11186; to exterminate, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 483; to destroy, MBh. 3, 221.
5. To hold out, to extend, Man. 4, 58.
6. To raise, to extol, MBh. 1, 4923.
7. To corroborate, Bhag. 6, 5 (cf. Daśak. in Chr. 189, 9).
8. To deliver from (abl.), Vikr. d. 94; to save, MBh. 2, 2293; Pañc. i. d. 403. uddhṛta,
1. Thrown up.
2. Vomited.
3. Separated.
4. Divided.
5. Recovered.
6. Uncovered.
7. Dispersed.
8. Extracted, Man. 4, 62. In the Pañcatantra occurs uddharita instead of uddhṛta, Saved, Pañc. 114, 7; 141, 10; cf. my translation, n. 753. Desider. To wish to relieve, Man. 4, 251. Caus.
1. To order to pull out, Ragh. 9, 78.
2. To lift up, MBh. 3, 10946.
-- With abhyud abhi-ud, To further, Pañc. iii. d. 246. abhyuddhṛta,
1. Taken out.
2. Destined, Mṛcch. 61, 3. Caus. To snatch away, MBh. 3, 13326.
-- With prod pra-ud,
1. To lift up, Rām. 2, 110, 4.
2. To fetch (water), Ṛt. 1, 23.
3. To save, Lass. 2. ed. 88. 21.
-- With samud sam-ud,
1. To take out, Sāv. 5, 17.
2. To pick up, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 2262.
3. To lift up, MBh. 3, 10946.
4. To extol, MBh. 1, 4271.
5. To favour, Pañc. 188, 1.
6. To destroy, Ṛt. 1, 20; MBh. 1, 3821 samuddhṛta,
1. Thrown up (as food).
2. Extricated, lifted out.
3. Divided, set apart, deducted, Man. 9, 116.
4. Seized.
-- With upa upa,
1. To bring, Daśak. in Chrg. 196, 18.
2. To offer, Śāk. 113, 4; with pūjām, To honour, Rām. 1, 51, 5.
3. To sacrifice, Mālat. 75, 6.
4. To destroy, MBh. 2, 861. Desider. To wish to offer, MBh. 2, 862. Caus. To cause to be offered, Rām. 1, 20, 9.
-- With samupa sam-upa, To offer, to perform (a sacrifice), Rām. 1, 40, 2.
-- With nis nis,
1. To draw from, Man. 7, 4.
2. To export (wares), Man. 8, 399.
3. To carry out (a corpse), Man. 5, 91; 10, 55.
4. To pull out, MBh. 3, 6033.
5. To mix (the clothes of one person with those of another), Man. 8, 396. nirhṛta, Extracted.
-- With pari pari,
1. To pass by (a place for paying custom), Man. 8, 400.
2. To shun, Hit. i. d. 75.
3. To avoid, Pañc. 261, 5; Megh. 14.
4. To conceal, Mṛcch. 14, 3.
5. To leave, to spare, Rām. 2, 48, 10 (Gorr. v. r. 2, 45, 26). parihṛta, Quitted, Rājat. 5, 190. parihārya, To be separated, Kathās. 39, 32. Comp. a-, adj. unavoidable, Bhag. 2, 27.
-- With pra pra,
1. To direct, Śāk. d. 11.
2. To strike, Man. 8, 300.
3. To assail (with dat.), Chr. 28, 24; (with gen.), 25 (read pra hare); to attack, Pañc. 149, 1. Ptcple. of the pres. praharant, m. A warrior, Chr. 35, 2. prahṛta, Seized. n. Striking, killing.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, To fight, MBh. 3, 15167.
-- With vi vi,
1. To remove, to wipe off (a tear), Śāk. 49, 19.
2. To change, Johns. Sel. 5, 31.
3. To alternate (between standing and sitting), Man. 6, 22.
4. To ramble for pleasure, Megh. 61; to ramble, Pañc. 197, 22.
5. To divert one's self, Man. 7, 221.
6. To pass (as time), Man. 6, 33.
7. To live, MBh. 4, 27. vthṛta,
1. Expanded.
2. Sported. n. Reluctance (in a female) to avow her feelings to her lover.
-- With sam sam,
1. To contract, Bhag. 2, 58 (as the tortoise contracts its limbs).
2. To clench (the fist), MBh. 3, 11517.
3. To abridge, Ragh. 10, 33.
4. To seize, MBh. 3, 18.
5. To draw away (the curtain of a theatre), Mālav. d. 22.
6. To take back, Śāk. d. 131; to put aside, Utt. Rāmac. 148, 12.
7. To withhold, Hit. i. d. 60, M. M.
8. To destroy, MBh. 1, 241.
9. To restrain (as wrath), Nal. 6, 14; (fear), Mālat. 125, 1.
10. To take, Man. 9, 113; 8, 188; 189.
11. To conciliate, MBh. 1, 5996. saṃhṛta, Scattered. Comp. a-, adj. unrestrained, perpetual, Utt. Rāmac. 2, 9.
-- With upasam upa-sam,
1. To take back, Śāk. 94, 20.
2. To withhold, Hit. i. d. 58, M. M.
3. To collect, MBh. 1, 7206.
-- With samupasam sam-upa-sam, To stop, Utt. Rāmac. 144, 4.
-- With pratisam prati-sam,
1. To take back, Ragh. 9, 57; to draw back, Śāk. d. 11.
2. To retract, Rām. 2, 22, 10. pratisaṃhṛta,
1. Compressed.
2. Checked, Śiś. 2, 15.
3. Comprehended, included. Caus. To retract, Rām. 2, 22, 26.
-- Cf. probably Lat. co-hors; heres; [greek] (cf. jiharmi); Goth. geiro, gairon, gairnjan; A. S. georn, avidus, geornian, to yearn; Engl. yare; cf. hary.
1. To be angry.
2. To be ashamed.
-- Cf. O. H. G. galla; A. S. gealla; [greek] Lat. fel, bilis.
1. Censure, reproach.
2. Bashfulness.
1. The heart, Hit. 77, 3, M. M.; Pañc. i. d. 151 (former part of a comp.).
2. The mind.
-- Comp. dus-,
I. adj. wicked, MBh. 3, 17300.
II. m. an enemy, MBh. 4, 82. su-,
I. adj. loving, Pañc. i. d. 294; superl. suhṛttama, very fond (of each other), Hit. i. d. 1, M. M.
II. m. 1. a friend, Vikr. 11, 13. 2. an ally. a-su-, adj. hostile, Rājat. 5, 191. kim-su-, m. a bad friend, Hit. ii. d. 31 (read kiṃsuhṛd); cf. Kir. 1, 5. makhāsu-, i. e. makha-a-su-, m. Śiva. madhu-su-, m. Kāmadeva.
-- Cf. Goth. hairto; A. S. heorte; Lat. cor, cordis; [greek]
1. The heart, Vikr. d. 7.
2. The mind, Pañc. i. d. 198.
3. Knowledge, Nal. 14, 21.
-- Comp. a-karṇa-, adj. deprived of ears and heart, Pañc. iv. d. 33. ayas-, adj. iron-hearted, Ragh. 9, 9. bhīru-, m. a deer. riktī-kṛta- (vb. ric), adj. deprived of (its) heart, Pañc. 89, 2. śūnya-, adj. unsuspecting, unsuspicious, Pañc. 208, 22. sa-, I. adj. 1. along with the heart, Vikr. 71, 13. 2. compassionate, Rām. 2, 13, 16.
II. m. a wise man, Böhtl. Ind. Spr. 1265. su-, adj. good-hearted. hariṇa-, adj. fearful.
-- Cf. [greek]
1. Affecting.
2. Touching the heart, sweet, Ragh. 19. 13.
3. Dear, Utt. Rāmac. 103, 5; Rājat. 5, 79.
I. adj.
1. Produced in or from the heart.
2. Dear, Bhag. 17, 8.
3. Affectionate.
4. Pleasant, Rām. 3, 52, 25; Kathās. 26, 283.
5. Savoury, Man. 3, 227.
II. m. A Mantra or verse for effecting fascination.
III. f. yā, A medicinal root.
IV. n. Cassia bark.
1. Hiccough.
2. Heart-ache, Mālat. 57, 9 (Sch. = hṛdaya-śocaka and hṛdaya-avasāda).
1. To bristle, to be erect (as hair, especially of the body, a token of fear, or, more commonly, of pleasure), MBh. 2, 1757; Rām. 3, 50, 27.
2. To be glad, Daśak. in Chr. 197, 6. † i. 1, Par. To lie, to affirm falsely. Ptcple. of the pf. pass.
I. hṛṣita and hṛṣṭa.
1. Having the hair of the body erect with pleasure, Rām. 3, 50, 27 (hṛṣṭa); MBh. 4, 1245 (hṛṣita); with fear, Rām. 2, 9, 34 Gorr.
2. Standing erect (of flowers), Nal. 23, 17 (hṛṣita).
3. Pleased, Vikr. 75, 1 (hṛṣṭa).
4. Astonishe d
5. Disappointed, deceived.
II. hṛṣṭa, Smiling. Caus.
1. To delight, Chr. 27 10.
2. To be glad, Man. 6, 57. harṣita, Delighted, Pañc. 146, 22.
-- With ni ni, nihṛṣṭa, Pleased, Daśak. in Chr. 198, 4.
-- With pari pari, Caus. To delight much, MBh. 3, 887.
-- With saṃpari sam-pari, Caus. To delight completely, or much, MBh. 3, 17470.
-- With pra pra, To be very glad, Bhag. 5, 20; prahṛṣṭa, Very glad, Pañc. 241, 23. Caus. To delight, Hit. iv. d. 9; praharṣita, Very delighted, Pañc. 241, 16.
-- With saṃpra sam-pra, saṃprahṛṣṭa,
1. Erect (viz. the hair of the body), MBh. 3, 3061.
2. Pleased, MBh. 1, 3107. Caus. saṃpraharṣita, Much delighted, MBh. 3, 11829.
-- With sam sam, To be glad, MBh. 2, 941. saṃhṛṣṭa-romāṅga, i. e. -roman-aṅga, adj. literally, 'Having a body, the hair of which stood erect,' Rām. 3, 55, 5.
-- With atisam ati-sam, atisaṃhṛṣṭa, Very glad, Lass. 2. ed. 47, 40.
-- With parisam pari-sam, parisaṃhṛṣṭa, Very pleased, Rām. 3, 49, 11.
-- With pratisam prati-sam, To be glad, Rām. 3, 49, 11.
-- Cf. [greek] O. H. G. burst; A. S. byrst, bristl, forst, frost, gelu; frysan; a-grísan, gerst, gryre; Lat. horrere, Hersilia; probably [greek]
-- Comp. dus-, adj. having defective organs of sense, MBh. 3, 13951.
1. A vocative particle, Lass. 8, 18.
2. An interjection expressing envy or malice, He! Pañc. 37, 23; disapprobation, Bhartṛ. 2, 96.
† heṭ (?), heṭh heṭh, i. 1, Ātm. and Par.
1. To be wicked.
2. To vex or harass, to hurt; see heḍh.
1. Hindering, obstructing.
2. Hurting, injury.
† heḍh, heṭh heṭh, ii. 9, heḍhṇā, heṭhṇā, ṇī, Par.
1. To be born again.
2. To produce happiness or purity.
1. A weapon, Pañc. i. d. 236.
2. A ray of the sun.
3. Flame.
-- Comp. śvāsa-, f. sleep.
1. Motive; abl., on account of, Rām. 3, 49, 39; in order to, Hit. i. d. 173, M. M.; dat. mṛtyu-hetave, In order to kill, Bhāg. P. 7, 1, 41.
2. Origin.
3. Cause, Hit. i. d. 42, M. M.; reason, Pañc. i. d. 417; proof, Lass. 2. ed. 65, 2.
4. Means, Hit. 114, 7; Rājat. 5, 310; prize, 5, 71.
5. Condition, Draup. 9, 10; law, Hit. ii. d. 10.
6. The reason or middle term in an inference, Bhāṣāp. 68.
7. hetau, loc. By reason of.
8. Logic, Daśak. in Chr. 180, 8.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. having no cause, MBh. 12, 3277.
I. adj.
1. Relating to the cause.
2. Causal, instrumental
II. m.
1. An active cause, an instrument, Hit. 55. 5.
2. A logician, Man. 12, 111.
-- Comp. bhaya-, adj. dangerous, Hit. 85, 1, M. M. sa-, adj. 1. produced by a cause, Bhāṣāp. 100. 2. with the motive, Rājat. 5, 54 (Śūra knowing that he had retired, and also his motive for it).
-- Comp. nimitta-hetu + tva, n. the being an instrumental cause, Bhāṣāp. 16.
1. Having a cause; that in which the reason or middle term resides (i. e. the pakṣa), Bhāṣāp. 68.
2. Accompanied by arguments, Rām. 3, 53, 20.
3. Attacked by arguments, MBh. 12, 597 (perhaps it is to be read hi instead of 'pi, then it would be, Skilled in logic).
I. m. A horse of dark colour.
II. n. Gold (cf. heman).
I. m. Winter (ŚKD.).
II. n. Gold, Ragh. 1, 10, Naiṣ. 52; Vikr. d. 140 (or hema).
-- Cf. [greek] with [greek] for [greek]
-- Cf. [greek]
1. A goldsmith.
2. A touchstone.
3. A lizard.
1. Gaṇeśa, Mālat. 144, 21.
2. A buffalo.
3. A proud hero.
1. Disregard, Bhāg. P. 1, 19, 2.
2. Dalliance.
1. Sport, Ratnāv. 2. ed. 17, 11.
2. Contempt, Śiś. 2, 48.
3. Dallying, lascivious endearment, delight, Mālat. 157, 19.
4. Manner, Neriosengh, see Gött. Gel. Anz. 1861, p. 1837.
5. instr. layā (properly, Sportively, easily; cf. līlā), At once, Pañc. ii. d. 80; 106, 1; 134, 13; 168, 6; Rājat. 5, 84.
-- Comp. eka-, f. instr. at once, Pañc. 256, 24. sa-, adj. sportive.
1. The sun (borrowed from [greek]), Bhaviṣyap., see Aufrecht, Ujjvalad. 267, n.
2. Embracing.
-- Cf. probably Lat. hinnire, hinnulus; [greek] but cf. also hreṣ.
I. adj. Causal, causative.
II. m.
1. A follower of the Mīmāṃsā doctrines.
2. A sceptic, a sophist, Man. 4, 30.
-- Comp. kāma-, adj. caused by arbitrariness, i. e. by accident, Bhag. 16, 8.
I. adj.
1. Cold.
2. Golden, Vikr. d. 157.
II. n. Hoar-frost.
III. f. mī, Yellow jasmine.
I. adj., f. nī, Winterly, MBh. 2, 2669; Kir. 17, 12.
II. m. The month Mārgaśīrṣa.
III. n. Winter.
I. adj. Wintry.
II. n. Winter.
I. adj., f. tī, Belonging to the Himālaya mountain, Draup. 5, 5.
II. m. A sort of poison.
III. f. tī.
1. Pārvatī.
2. Several plants.
IV. n. India.
1. The name of a people, Chr. 34, 12.
2. A prince.
† hoḍ, i. 1, Ātm. To disregard; see hūd.
I. adj. Stolen.
II. n. Stolen goods, Man. 9, 270.
I. hu + tṛ, m., f. trī, and n. Sacrificing, a sacrificer, Śāk. d. 1; Bhartṛ. 2, 47.
II. hu, or hve + tṛ (cf. hve), m. A priest who, at sacrifice, recites the hymns of the Rigveda.
1. A burnt-offering.
2. An oblation of clarified butter.
-- Comp. agni-, n. 1. a ceremony consisting in oblations to consecrated fire, Man. 4, 25. 2. the consecrated fire, Man. 5, 167. vīti-, m. 1. Agni. 2. the sun. śāli-, see s. v.
I. m. A priest offering an oblation.
II. n. A place where oblations are offered.
-- Comp. japa-, m. the oblation consisting in prayers, Man. 10, 111. darvi/ī, m. oblation with a spoon, MBh. 2, 537 (vī). huta- (vb. hu), m. a Brāhmaṇa who has offered an oblation. (n.), an oblation.
1. Fire.
2. Clarified butter.
3. Water.
1. The rising of a sign of the zodiac.
2. An hour.
3. A line.
4. A work on astrology.
1. To take away, Bhaṭṭ. 15, 88.
2. To conceal one's self, Pāṇ. i. 4, 34.
-- With apa apa,
1. To conceal, Naiṣ. 1, 49.
2. To deny, to disclaim, Man. 8, 53.
-- With ni ni, To deny, Man. 8, 59.
-- With atini ati-ni, To deny stronly, Daśak. in Chr. 193, 9.
-- With apani apa-ni, To conceal, Mālat. 16, 14.
-- Cf. Lat. ab-nuere, nutare, gnavus, navare, i-gnavus, se-gnis, niti, nictare, con-nivere; Goth. hneivan, hnaivs; A. S. hnigan; [greek] etc.
† hmal, i. 1, Par. To shake.
-- Cf. Lat. hes + ternus, heri; Goth. gis + tra; A. S. gyrstan; [greek]
† hrag, hrag hlag, i. 1, Par. To cover.
1. A large piece of water, Utt. Rāmac. 53, 9; a deep lake, Pañc. 159, 14.
2. A ray of light.
-- Comp. gaṅgā-, Tīrtha-mahā-, Rāma-, m. names of holy ponds, MBh. 3, 7047 (gaṅgā-); 13, 7645 (tīrthamahā-); Chr. 46, 28 (rāma-). Śata-, f. dā, 1. lightning, Vikr. 66, 1. 2. the thunderbolt.
1. A river, Bhāg. P. 6, 4, 41.
2. Lightning.
1. † To sound (cf. ras).
2. To become small, to be lessened, Man. 1, 83. Caus. hrāsaya, To diminish, Man. 11, 216.
I. adj., comparathrasīyaṃs, superl. hrasiṣṭha,
1. Short, Johns. Sel. 15, 53; Bhāṣāp. 109.
2. Small, Johns. Sel. 51, 107.
3. Low Nal. 23, 9.
II. m. A dwarf.
-- Cf. [greek] perhaps Lat. brevis.
-- Cf. [greek] (see hlād), probably [greek] Lat. grando; perhaps [greek] etc.; Goth. grêtan; A. S. graetan.
I. adj., f. nī, Sounding.
II. f. nī.
1. Lightning.
2. Indra's thunderbolt.
3. A river.
4. The olibanum tree.
2. Decrease, Man. 1, 85.
-- With sam sam, saṃhrīṇa, Ashamed.
-- Cf. probably O. H. G. hriuwan; A. S. hreówan.
1. Bashfulness, modesty.
2. Fear.
-- Comp. nis-, adj. bold, MBh. 7, 4806.
† hrīch (i. e. hrī + ch; cf. hurch), i. 1, Par. To be ashamed or modest.
† hrep, i. 1, Ātm. To go.
1. To neigh as a horse, MBh.
2. † To go. hreṣita, n. Neighing, MBh. 3, 11764. Caus. To neigh, MBh. 3, 11764.
-- Cf. ras; O. H. G. hros; A. S. hors; [greek]
† hlap, hrap hrap, i. 10, Par. To speak (cf. klap and lap).
† hlas, i. 1, Par. To sound (cf. hras).
-- With ā ā, Caus. To delight, Nal. 21, 8.
-- With pra pra, To be delighted, Kir. 11, 8. Ptcple. of the pf. pass. prahlanna, Pleased, glad. Caus. To delight, Rām. 1, 9, 56; Pañc. ii. d. 63; Vikr. d. 149 (Ātm.). prahlādita, Rejoiced.
-- Cf. [greek] A. S. glaed, glad, gladian; O. H. G. glat, splendens (cf. hra/ādinī, hlādinī).
I. adj., f. nī.
1. Delighting, Ṛt. 6, 29.
2. Happy, glad.
II. f. nī.
1. Lightining.
2. Indra's thunderbolt.
I. (= hrīku), adj. Bashful, modest.
II. m.
1. Tin.
2. Lac.
-- With vi vi, To stagger, to be agitated, Rām. 2, 13, 4. vihvalita, Staggering, Rām. 1, 9, 15.
-- Comp. ku-, n. disagreeable cry, Bhāg. P. 1, 14, 14.
-- Cf. Lat. curvus, varus; [greek] Goth. hvairban; A. S. hwearfian (Caus.), hwerfa, hweorfan; hwealf, hwealfa; [greek]
1. To call, Rām. 2, 34, 11; Chr. 289, 4 = Rigv. i. 49, 4 (ahūṣata, ved. aor.); Chr. 288, 14 = Rigv. i. 48, 14 (juhūre, ved. red. pf.).
2. To name, Kumāras. 1, 26.
3. To invoke, MBh. 1, 4944.
4. To challenge, to vie with (with acc.), MBh. 3, 1823 (śaśinaṃ hvayantī, Vying with the moon). Ptcple. of the pf. pass. hūta, Summoned, invited. Comp. puru-, adj. invoked by many, or much invoked.
-- With ā ā,
I. Par. (in epic poetry also Ātm., Rām. 2, 91, 12).
1. To call, Rām. 2, 58, 1.
2. To invoke, Rām. 2, 91, 12; Lass. 101, 3 = Rigv. vii. 16, 1 (ā huve, ved. pres.); Lass. 101, 7 = Rigv. vii. 16, 3 (ā juhvāna, ptcple. pf. pass.).
3. To invite, Man. 3, 27.
4. To convoke, Hit. 82, 16.
II. Ātm.
1. To challenge, MBh. 2, 879; Chr. 26, 74 (āhvayām āsa, anomal. pf.), 37, 10 (āhvayāna, anomal. ptcple. pres.).
2. To emulate. Caus. hvāyaya, To order to call, Rām. 2, 89, 3.
-- With upā upa-ā, Ātm. To challenge, MBh. 2, 1785.
-- With samā sam-ā,
1. To convoke, Pañc. 82, 6; Rām. 1, 8, 18.
2. To call, Pañc. 210, 10; MBh. 3, 8549.
3. To challenge, MBh. 2, 1518. samā-hūta, Convoked, Daśak. in Chr. 191, 19.
-- With ni ni, To call down (from heaven), Chr. 298, 24 = Rigv. i. 112, 24.
-- With pra pra, To call, Utt. Rāmac. 146, 2.
-- Cf. O. H. G. hweion; Goth. vopjan (probably the regular Caus.); A. S. hweóp (cry, called out), and wepan; probably also cygan (3. conj., cl. juhū); [greek] probably [greek] and [greek] Lat. re-boare, and perhaps vovere, votum.